This is a modern-English version of The Crown of Wild Olive: also Munera Pulveris; Pre-Raphaelitism; Aratra Pentelici; The Ethics of the Dust; Fiction, Fair and Foul; The Elements of Drawing, originally written by Ruskin, John.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Etched by E. A. Fowle—From a painting by Samuel Lawrence
Illustrated Library Edition
THE CROWN OF WILD OLIVE
ALSO
MUNERA PULVERIS
PRE-RAPHAELITISM—ARATRA PENTELICI
THE ETHICS OF THE DUST
FICTION, FAIR AND FOUL
THE ELEMENTS OF DRAWING
BY
JOHN RUSKIN, M.A.

BOSTON AND NEW YORK
COLONIAL PRESS COMPANY
PUBLISHERS
CONTENTS.
THE CROWN OF WILD OLIVE.
PAGE
LECTURE I.
Work, 17
LECTURE II.
Traffic, 44
LECTURE III.
War, 66
MUNERA PULVERIS.
Preface, 97
CHAP.
I. Definitions, 111
II. Store-Keeping, 125
III. Coin-Keeping, 151
IV. Commerce, 170
V. Government, 181
VI. Mastership, 204
Appendices, 222
PRE-RAPHAELITISM.
Preface, 235
Pre-Raphaelitism, 237
ARATRA PENTELICI.
Preface, 283
LECTURE
I. Of the Division of Arts, 287
II. Idolatry, 304
III. Imagination, 322
IV. Likeness, 350
V. Structure, 372
VI. The School of Athens, 395
The Future of England, 415
Notes on Political Economy of Prussia, 435
THE CROWN OF WILD OLIVE.
PAGE
LECTURE I.
Job, 17
LECTURE II.
Traffic, 44
LECTURE III.
Conflict, 66
MUNERA PULVERIS.
Introduction, 97
CHAP.
I. Definitions, 111
II. Inventory management, 125
III. Coin Management, 151
IV. Business, 170
V. Government, 181
VI. Mastery, 204
Appendices, 222
PRE-RAPHAELITISM.
Introduction, 235
Pre-Raphaelite Movement, 237
ARATRA PENTELICI.
Introduction, 283
LECTURE
I. Of the Arts Division, 287
II. Worshiping idols, 304
III. Creativity, 322
IV. Image, 350
V. Structure, 372
VI. The School of Athens, 395
The Future of England, 415
Notes on the Political Economy of Prussia, 435
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
ARATRA PENTELICI.
PLATES FACING PAGE
I. Porch of San Zenone. Verona, 300
II. The Arethusa of Syracuse, 302
III. The Warning to the Kings, 302
IV. The Nativity of Athena, 308
V. Tomb of the Doges Jacopo and Lorenzo Tiepolo, 333
VI. Archaic Athena of Athens and Corinth, 334
VII. Archaic, Central and Declining Art of Greece, 355
VIII. The Apollo of Syracuse and the Self-made Man, 366
IX. Apollo Chrysocomes of Clazomenæ, 368
X. Marble Masonry in the Duomo of Verona, 381
XI. The First Elements of Sculpture, 382
XII. Branch of Phillyrea. Dark Purple, 390
XIII. Greek Flat Relief and Sculpture by Edged
Incision, 392
XIV. Apollo and the Python. Heracles and the Nemean Lion, 400
XV. Hera of Argos. Zeus of Syracuse, 401
XVI. Demeter of Messene. Hera of Crossus, 402
XVII. Athena of Thurium. Sereie Ligeia of Terina, 402
XVIII. Artemis of Syracuse. Hera of Lacinian Cape, 404
XIX. Zeus of Messene. Ajax of Opus, 405
XX. Greek and Barbarian Sculpture, 407
XXI. The Beginnings of Chivalry, 409
FIGURE PAGE
1. Specimen of Plate, 293
2. Woodcut, 323
3. Figure on Greek Type of Vases, 326
4. Early Drawing of the Myth, 330
5. Cut, "Give It To Me," 332
6. Engraving on Coin, 335
7. Drawing of Fish. By Turner, 362
8. Iron Bar, 379
9. Diagram of Leaf, 391
Dishes FACING PAGE
I. San Zenone's Porch. Verona, 300
II. The Arethusa in Syracuse, 302
III. The Kings' Warning, 302
IV. The Birth of Athena, 308
V. Tomb of the Doges Jacopo and Lorenzo Tiepolo, 333
VI. Ancient Athena of Athens and Corinth, 334
VII. Ancient, Classical, and Declining Art of Greece, 355
VIII. The Apollo of Syracuse and the Self-made Man, 366
IX. Apollo Chrysocomes of Clazomenae, 368
X. Marble Work in the Verona Cathedral, 381
XI. The Basics of Sculpture, 382
XII. Phillyrea branch. Dark purple., 390
XIII. Greek Flat Relief and Sculpture by Edged Incision, 392
XIV. Apollo and the Python. Heracles and the Nemean Lion., 400
XV. Hera from Argos. Zeus from Syracuse., 401
XVI. Demeter from Messene. Hera from Crossus., 402
XVII. Athena from Thurium. Sereie Ligeia from Terina, 402
XVIII. Artemis of Syracuse. Hera of Lacinian Cape., 404
XIX. Zeus from Messene. Ajax from Opus., 405
XX. Greek and Non-Greek Sculpture, 407
XXI. The Origins of Chivalry, 409
FIGURE PAGE
1. Sample of Plate, 293
2. Woodcut print, 323
3. Diagram of Greek Style Vases, 326
4. Early Drawing of the Myth, 330
5. Cut, "Give It to Me," 332
6. Coin Engraving, 335
7. Fish Drawing. By Turner, 362
8. Iron Bar, 379
9. Leaf Diagram, 391
THE CROWN OF WILD OLIVE
THREE LECTURES ON WORK, TRAFFIC AND WAR
PREFACE.
Twenty years ago, there was no lovelier piece of lowland scenery in South England, nor any more pathetic in the world, by its expression of sweet human character and life, than that immediately bordering on the sources of the Wandle, and including the lower moors of Addington, and the villages of Beddington and Carshalton, with all their pools and streams. No clearer or diviner waters ever sang with constant lips of the hand which 'giveth rain from heaven;' no pastures ever lightened in spring time with more passionate blossoming; no sweeter homes ever hallowed the heart of the passer-by with their pride of peaceful gladness—fain-hidden—yet full-confessed. The place remains, or, until a few months ago, remained, nearly unchanged in its larger features; but, with deliberate mind I say, that I have never seen anything so ghastly in its inner tragic meaning,—not in Pisan Maremma—not by Campagna tomb,—not by the sand-isles of the Torcellan shore,—as the slow stealing of aspects of reckless, indolent, animal neglect, over the delicate sweetness of that English scene: nor is any blasphemy or impiety—any frantic saying or godless thought—more appalling to me, using the best power of judgment I have to discern its sense and scope, than the insolent defilings of those springs by the human herds that drink of them. Just where the welling of stainless water, trembling and pure, like a body of light, enters the pool of Carshalton, cutting itself a radiant channel down to the gravel, through warp of feathery weeds, all waving, which it traverses with its deep threads of clearness, like the chalcedony in moss-agate, starred here and there with white grenouillette; just in the very rush and murmur of the first spreading currents, the human[Pg 6] wretches of the place cast their street and house foulness; heaps of dust and slime, and broken shreds of old metal, and rags of putrid clothes; they having neither energy to cart it away, nor decency enough to dig it into the ground, thus shed into the stream, to diffuse what venom of it will float and melt, far away, in all places where God meant those waters to bring joy and health. And, in a little pool, behind some houses farther in the village, where another spring rises, the shattered stones of the well, and of the little fretted channel which was long ago built and traced for it by gentler hands, lie scattered, each from each, under a ragged bank of mortar, and scoria; and brick-layers' refuse, on one side, which the clean water nevertheless chastises to purity; but it cannot conquer the dead earth beyond; and there, circled and coiled under festering scum, the stagnant edge of the pool effaces itself into a slope of black slime, the accumulation of indolent years. Half-a-dozen men, with one day's work, could cleanse those pools, and trim the flowers about their banks, and make every breath of summer air above them rich with cool balm; and every glittering wave medicinal, as if it ran, troubled of angels, from the porch of Bethesda. But that day's work is never given, nor will be; nor will any joy be possible to heart of man, for evermore, about those wells of English waters.
Twenty years ago, there was no more beautiful piece of lowland scenery in Southern England, nor anywhere more touching in the world for its expression of sweet human character and life, than the area around the sources of the Wandle, including the lower moors of Addington and the villages of Beddington and Carshalton, with all their pools and streams. No clearer or more divine waters ever sang continuously of the hand that "gives rain from heaven;" no pastures ever bloomed more passionately in spring; no sweeter homes ever warmed the heart of the passerby with their hidden pride and obvious peaceful joy. The place remains, or until a few months ago, remained, nearly unchanged in its larger features; but I must say that I have never seen anything so horrifying in its tragic meaning—not in Pisan Maremma, not by the tombs of the Campagna, not on the sandy shores of Torcello—than the slow invasion of careless, lazy neglect over the delicate beauty of that English scene. No blasphemy or impiety—no wild statement or godless thought—seems more appalling to me, using my best judgment to understand its meaning and significance, than the shameless pollution of those springs by the human crowds that drink from them. Just where the pure water flows, trembling and clear, like a beam of light, into the pool of Carshalton, carving a bright channel down to the gravel, through the soft, waving weeds that it traverses with its deep threads of clarity, like chalcedony in moss-agate, dotted here and there with white accents; right in the rush and murmur of the first spreading currents, the miserable people of the area throw their garbage from the streets and houses; piles of dust and slime, broken bits of metal, and rags of rotten clothes; having neither the energy to remove it nor the decency to bury it, they simply dump it into the stream, allowing whatever poison it contains to float away into the places where God intended those waters to bring joy and health. And in a little pool, behind some houses deeper in the village, where another spring rises, the broken stones of the well and the small, worn channel that was crafted long ago by kinder hands lie scattered apart under a scrubby bank of mortar and debris; bricklayers' waste, on one side, which the clean water purifies; but it can't conquer the dead earth beyond; and there, surrounded and trapped under rotting scum, the stagnant edge of the pool fades into a slope of black slime, the result of lazy years. A handful of men, with just one day's work, could clean those pools, tidy the flowers around their edges, and make every breath of summer air above them rich with cool freshness; and every sparkling wave could be as healing as if it flowed, touched by angels, from the porch of Bethesda. But that day's work is never done, nor will it be; and no joy will ever be possible for the human heart, anymore, around those English waters.
When I last left them, I walked up slowly through the back streets of Croydon, from the old church to the hospital; and, just on the left, before coming up to the crossing of the High Street, there was a new public-house built. And the front of it was built in so wise manner, that a recess of two feet was left below its front windows, between them and the street-pavement—a recess too narrow for any possible use (for even if it had been occupied by a seat, as in old time it might have been, everybody walking along the street would have fallen over the legs of the reposing wayfarers). But, by way of making this two feet depth of freehold land more expressive of the dignity of an establishment for the sale of spirituous liquors, it was fenced from the pavement by an imposing iron railing, having four or five spearheads to the yard of it, and six feet high; containing as much iron and iron-work, indeed[Pg 7] as could well be put into the space; and by this stately arrangement, the little piece of dead ground within, between wall and street, became a protective receptacle of refuse; cigar ends, and oyster shells, and the like, such as an open-handed English street-populace habitually scatters from its presence, and was thus left, unsweepable by any ordinary methods. Now the iron bars which, uselessly (or in great degree worse than uselessly), enclosed this bit of ground, and made it pestilent, represented a quantity of work which would have cleansed the Carshalton pools three times over;—of work, partly cramped and deadly, in the mine; partly fierce[1] and exhaustive, at the furnace; partly foolish and sedentary, of ill-taught students making bad designs: work from the beginning to the last fruits of it, and in all the branches of it, venomous, deathful, and miserable. Now, how did it come to pass that this work was done instead of the other; that the strength and life of the English operative were spent in defiling ground, instead of redeeming it; and in producing an entirely (in that place) valueless piece of metal, which can neither be eaten nor breathed, instead of medicinal fresh air, and pure water?
When I last left them, I walked slowly through the back streets of Croydon, from the old church to the hospital; and just to the left, before reaching the intersection of the High Street, a new pub had been built. The front of it was designed in such a way that a two-foot recess was left below its front windows, between them and the sidewalk—a recess too narrow for any practical use (because even if it had been occupied by a seat, as it might have been long ago, everyone walking along the street would have tripped over the legs of the resting passersby). To make this two feet of land appear more fitting for a place selling alcoholic drinks, it was separated from the pavement by an impressive iron railing, adorned with four or five spearheads per yard and standing six feet high; it contained as much iron and ironwork as could possibly fit in the space. Because of this grand arrangement, the little patch of barren ground between the wall and the street became a dumping ground for trash; cigar butts, oyster shells, and other things that an open-handed English crowd typically discards and were thus left, unsweepable by any usual means. Now the iron bars that uselessly (or even more than uselessly) enclosed this patch of ground, and made it foul, represented a large amount of labor that could have cleaned the Carshalton pools three times over—work that was partly cramped and deadly in the mine; partly fierce and exhausting at the furnace; partly foolish and sedentary, done by poorly trained students creating bad designs: labor that was, from beginning to end, and in every form, toxic, deadly, and miserable. So how did it happen that this work was done instead of the other; that the strength and energy of the English worker were wasted in polluting land instead of restoring it; and in producing a completely valueless piece of metal that can't be eaten or breathed, instead of fresh, clean air and pure water?
There is but one reason for it, and at present a conclusive one,—that the capitalist can charge per-centage on the work[Pg 8] in the one case, and cannot in the other. If, having certain funds for supporting labour at my disposal, I pay men merely to keep my ground in order, my money is, in that function, spent once for all; but if I pay them to dig iron out of my ground, and work it, and sell it, I can charge rent for the ground, and per-centage both on the manufacture and the sale, and make my capital profitable in these three bye-ways. The greater part of the profitable investment of capital, in the present day, is in operations of this kind, in which the public is persuaded to buy something of no use to it, on production, or sale, of which, the capitalist may charge per-centage; the said public remaining all the while under the persuasion that the per-centages thus obtained are real national gains, whereas, they are merely filchings out of partially light pockets, to swell heavy ones.
There’s just one clear reason for this: the capitalist can charge a percentage on the work[Pg 8] in one scenario but not in the other. If I have some funds to support labor and I pay people just to keep my land maintained, that money is spent once and for all. However, if I pay them to extract iron from my land, process it, and sell it, I can charge rent for the land, plus a percentage on both the manufacturing and the selling, making my capital profitable in these three ways. Nowadays, most profitable investments of capital are in such operations, where the public is convinced to buy something that’s of no real use to them, allowing the capitalist to charge a percentage on the production or sale. Meanwhile, the public is under the impression that these percentages are genuine national gains, when in reality, they are just taking money from lighter pockets to fill heavier ones.
Thus, the Croydon publican buys the iron railing, to make himself more conspicuous to drunkards. The public-housekeeper on the other side of the way presently buys another railing, to out-rail him with. Both are, as to their relative attractiveness to customers of taste, just where they were before; but they have lost the price of the railings; which they must either themselves finally lose, or make their aforesaid customers of taste pay, by raising the price of their beer, or adulterating it. Either the publicans, or their customers, are thus poorer by precisely what the capitalist has gained; and the value of the work itself, meantime, has been lost to the nation; the iron bars in that form and place being wholly useless. It is this mode of taxation of the poor by the rich which is referred to in the text (page 31), in comparing the modern acquisitive power of capital with that of the lance and sword; the only difference being that the levy of black mail in old times was by force, and is now by cozening. The old rider and reiver frankly quartered himself on the publican for the night; the modern one merely makes his lance into an iron spike, and persuades his host to buy it. One comes as an open robber, the other as a cheating pedlar; but the result, to the injured person's pocket, is absolutely the same. Of course many useful industries mingle with, and disguise the useless ones; and[Pg 9] in the habits of energy aroused by the struggle, there is a certain direct good. It is far better to spend four thousand pounds in making a good gun, and then to blow it to pieces, than to pass life in idleness. Only do not let it be called 'political economy.' There is also a confused notion in the minds of many persons, that the gathering of the property of the poor into the hands of the rich does no ultimate harm; since, in whosesoever hands it may be, it must be spent at last, and thus, they think, return to the poor again. This fallacy has been again and again exposed; but grant the plea true, and the same apology may, of course, be made for black mail, or any other form of robbery. It might be (though practically it never is) as advantageous for the nation that the robber should have the spending of the money he extorts, as that the person robbed should have spent it. But this is no excuse for the theft. If I were to put a turnpike on the road where it passes my own gate, and endeavour to exact a shilling from every passenger, the public would soon do away with my gate, without listening to any plea on my part that 'it was as advantageous to them, in the end, that I should spend their shillings, as that they themselves should.' But if, instead of out-facing them with a turnpike, I can only persuade them to come in and buy stones, or old iron, or any other useless thing, out of my ground, I may rob them to the same extent, and be, moreover, thanked as a public benefactor, and promoter of commercial prosperity. And this main question for the poor of England—for the poor of all countries—is wholly omitted in every common treatise on the subject of wealth. Even by the labourers themselves, the operation of capital is regarded only in its effect on their immediate interests; never in the far more terrific power of its appointment of the kind and the object of labour. It matters little, ultimately, how much a labourer is paid for making anything; but it matters fearfully what the thing is, which he is compelled to make. If his labour is so ordered as to produce food, and fresh air, and fresh water, no matter that his wages are low;—the food and fresh air and water will be at last there; and he will at last get them. But if he is paid to destroy food and fresh air or[Pg 10] to produce iron bars instead of them,—the food and air will finally not be there, and he will not get them, to his great and final inconvenience. So that, conclusively, in political as in household economy, the great question is, not so much what money you have in your pocket, as what you will buy with it, and do with it.
Thus, the Croydon bar owner buys the iron railing to stand out to drunk patrons. The bar owner across the street quickly buys another railing to outdo him. Both are, in terms of their relative appeal to discerning customers, exactly where they were before; but they have lost the cost of the railings, which they must either ultimately absorb themselves or make those discerning customers pay for by increasing the price of their beer or diluting it. So either the pub owners or their customers end up poorer by exactly what the capitalist has gained; and the value of the work itself has been lost to the nation, as the iron bars in that form and location are completely useless. This way of taxing the poor by the rich is what’s referred to in the text (page 31), comparing the modern power of capital with that of the spear and sword; the only difference being that the old tax collection was by force, while now it's done through trickery. The old horseman would openly stay with the pub owner for the night; the modern one just turns his spear into an iron spike and convinces his host to buy it. One comes as an open thief, the other as a deceptive merchant; but the outcome for the victim’s wallet is exactly the same. Of course, many useful industries mix with and hide the useless ones; and [Pg 9] amidst the energy stirred up by the struggle, there is some direct benefit. It’s far better to spend four thousand pounds making a good gun, then blow it to pieces, than to live a life of idleness. Just don’t call it 'political economy.' There’s also a muddled belief among many people that the accumulation of the poor's wealth into the hands of the rich does no ultimate harm; since, no matter who owns it, it must eventually be spent and thus, they think, return to the poor again. This misconception has been exposed repeatedly; but even if we grant that it's true, the same argument could be made for extortion or any other form of theft. It could be (though it almost never is) just as beneficial for the nation that a thief spends the money he steals as it is for the victim to have spent it. But that’s no justification for the theft. If I were to set up a toll on the road passing my gate and try to charge a shilling from every traveler, the public would soon remove my gate, without caring about any defense I might have that ‘it’s ultimately just as beneficial for them that I spend their shillings as it is for them to spend them.’ But if I can only convince them to come in and buy stones, or scrap metal, or any other worthless thing from my property, I can rob them just the same and be thanked as a public benefactor and promoter of commercial progress. And this crucial question for the poor in England—for the poor everywhere—is completely ignored in every standard textbook on wealth. Even laborers themselves view the effects of capital only in terms of their immediate interests; they never consider the far more frightening power of its direction of labor types and objects. Ultimately, it doesn’t matter how much a laborer is paid for making something; what matters significantly is what he's forced to create. If his labor produces food, fresh air, and clean water, it doesn’t matter if his wages are low—the food, fresh air, and water will eventually be there, and he will get them. But if he's paid to destroy food and fresh air or [Pg 10] to produce iron bars instead of them—the food and air will ultimately not be available, and he will not get them, leading to his significant and final suffering. Therefore, in both political and household economy, the main issue is not so much how much money you have in your pocket, but what you will buy and do with it.
I have been long accustomed, as all men engaged in work of investigation must be, to hear my statements laughed at for years, before they are examined or believed; and I am generally content to wait the public's time. But it has not been without displeased surprise that I have found myself totally unable, as yet, by any repetition, or illustration, to force this plain thought into my readers' heads,—that the wealth of nations, as of men, consists in substance, not in ciphers; and that the real good of all work, and of all commerce, depends on the final worth of the thing you make, or get by it. This is a practical enough statement, one would think: but the English public has been so possessed by its modern school of economists with the notion that Business is always good, whether it be busy in mischief or in benefit; and that buying and selling are always salutary, whatever the intrinsic worth of what you buy or sell,—that it seems impossible to gain so much as a patient hearing for any inquiry respecting the substantial result of our eager modern labours. I have never felt more checked by the sense of this impossibility than in arranging the heads of the following three lectures, which, though delivered at considerable intervals of time, and in different places, were not prepared without reference to each other. Their connection would, however, have been made far more distinct, if I had not been prevented, by what I feel to be another great difficulty in addressing English audiences, from enforcing, with any decision, the common, and to me the most important, part of their subjects. I chiefly desired (as I have just said) to question my hearers—operatives, merchants, and soldiers, as to the ultimate meaning of the business they had in hand; and to know from them what they expected or intended their manufacture to come to, their selling to come to, and their[Pg 11] killing to come to. That appeared the first point needing determination before I could speak to them with any real utility or effect. 'You craftsmen—salesmen—swordsmen,—do but tell me clearly what you want, then, if I can say anything to help you, I will; and if not, I will account to you as I best may for my inability.' But in order to put this question into any terms, one had first of all to face the difficulty just spoken of—to me for the present insuperable,—the difficulty of knowing whether to address one's audience as believing, or not believing, in any other world than this. For if you address any average modern English company as believing in an Eternal life, and endeavour to draw any conclusions, from this assumed belief, as to their present business, they will forthwith tell you that what you say is very beautiful, but it is not practical. If, on the contrary, you frankly address them as unbelievers in Eternal life, and try to draw any consequences from that unbelief,—they immediately hold you for an accursed person, and shake off the dust from their feet at you. And the more I thought over what I had got to say, the less I found I could say it, without some reference to this intangible or intractable part of the subject. It made all the difference, in asserting any principle of war, whether one assumed that a discharge of artillery would merely knead down a certain quantity of red clay into a level line, as in a brick field; or whether, out of every separately Christian-named portion of the ruinous heap, there went out, into the smoke and dead-fallen air of battle, some astonished condition of soul, unwillingly released. It made all the difference, in speaking of the possible range of commerce, whether one assumed that all bargains related only to visible property—or whether property, for the present invisible, but nevertheless real, was elsewhere purchasable on other terms. It made all the difference, in addressing a body of men subject to considerable hardship, and having to find some way out of it—whether one could confidentially say to them, 'My friends,—you have only to die, and all will be right;' or whether one had any secret misgiving that such advice was more blessed to him that gave, than to him that took it. And therefore[Pg 12] the deliberate reader will find, throughout these lectures, a hesitation in driving points home, and a pausing short of conclusions which he will feel I would fain have come to; hesitation which arises wholly from this uncertainty of my hearers' temper. For I do not now speak, nor have I ever spoken, since the time of my first forward youth, in any proselyting temper, as desiring to persuade any one of what, in such matters, I thought myself; but, whomsoever I venture to address, I take for the time his creed as I find it; and endeavour to push it into such vital fruit as it seems capable of. Thus, it is a creed with a great part of the existing English people, that they are in possession of a book which tells them, straight from the lips of God all they ought to do, and need to know. I have read that book, with as much care as most of them, for some forty years; and am thankful that, on those who trust it, I can press its pleadings. My endeavour has been uniformly to make them trust it more deeply than they do; trust it, not in their own favourite verses only, but in the sum of all; trust it not as a fetish or talisman, which they are to be saved by daily repetitions of; but as a Captain's order, to be heard and obeyed at their peril. I was always encouraged by supposing my hearers to hold such belief. To these, if to any, I once had hope of addressing, with acceptance, words which insisted on the guilt of pride, and the futility of avarice; from these, if from any, I once expected ratification of a political economy, which asserted that the life was more than the meat, and the body than raiment; and these, it once seemed to me, I might ask without accusation or fanaticism, not merely in doctrine of the lips, but in the bestowal of their heart's treasure, to separate themselves from the crowd of whom it is written, 'After all these things do the Gentiles seek.'
I have long been used to, like everyone involved in research, having my statements laughed at for years before they are looked into or believed; and I’m usually fine with waiting for the public’s attention. But I’ve been quite surprised to find that I can’t seem to get through to my readers about this simple idea—that the wealth of nations, just as with individuals, is based on real value, not just numbers; and that the true benefit of all work and all business relies on the actual worth of what you create or obtain. This is a straightforward enough statement, you would think: but the English public has been deeply influenced by modern economists who think that business is always good, whether it’s up to mischief or doing good; and that buying and selling are always beneficial, regardless of the true value of what’s exchanged—making it nearly impossible to get a patient hearing for any questions about the real outcomes of our passionate modern efforts. I've never felt more stuck by this challenge than while organizing the topics of these three lectures, which, although delivered at different times and locations, were not prepared without considering each other. The connection would have been clearer if I hadn’t been hindered by what I see as another big challenge in addressing English audiences: the difficulty of confidently discussing the common, yet most crucial aspects of our topics. I mainly wanted to question my listeners—workers, businesspeople, and soldiers—about the ultimate purpose of their work; to understand what they hoped or intended their production, sales, and even their actions in battle would lead to. That seemed like the first point that needed clarification before I could talk to them with any real purpose or impact. 'You tradespeople—salespeople—warriors—just tell me what you want, and if I can help you with anything, I will; and if not, I will do my best to explain my limitations.' However, to pose this question in meaningful terms, one first had to confront the mentioned difficulty—an insurmountable one for me right now—of knowing whether to speak to the audience as if they believed, or didn’t believe, in any kind of afterlife. Because if you speak to an average modern English gathering as though they believed in eternal life, and try to draw conclusions based on that belief about their current endeavors, they’ll immediately tell you that while what you're saying is beautiful, it’s not practical. On the other hand, if you openly address them as nonbelievers in eternal life and attempt to draw implications from that unbelief, they will quickly dismiss you and shake the dust off their feet at you. The more I thought about what I needed to convey, the less I found I could express it without acknowledging this elusive or tough aspect of the topic. It makes a huge difference, when discussing any principle of warfare, whether one assumes that firing artillery merely flattens a certain amount of red clay, as in a brick field; or whether one believes that from every individually named part of the resulting wreckage, some astonished essence of spirit is reluctantly released into the smoky, death-laden air of battle. It makes all the difference when talking about the potential scope of commerce, whether one assumes that all transactions only involve tangible assets—or whether there is property, presently unseen but nonetheless real, that can be acquired elsewhere on different terms. It makes a significant difference when addressing a group of people facing severe hardships trying to find a way out—whether one can confidently tell them, ‘My friends—you only need to die, and everything will be fine;’ or whether one has any hidden doubts that such advice is more beneficial for the one giving it than for the one receiving it. Therefore, the careful reader will notice throughout these lectures a hesitation in making strong points and a reluctance to reach conclusions that he will sense I would have liked to reach; a hesitation that stems entirely from this uncertainty regarding my audience's mindset. For I am not now speaking, nor have I ever spoken since my youth, with any intent to convert anyone to what I think about these matters; instead, whoever I address, I take their beliefs as I find them and try to push them into the most vital outcome they can hold. So it is a belief among a large part of the current English populace that they possess a book containing everything they need to know straight from the mouth of God. I've read that book with as much care as most of them for about forty years; and I’m grateful that I can urge its messages on those who trust it. My goal has consistently been to make them trust it more deeply than they do; to trust it not only in their favorite verses, but in the whole; to trust it not as an object to be saved by daily recitations, but as a command to be listened to and obeyed at their own risk. I was always encouraged by assuming my listeners held such beliefs. To those individuals, if to anyone, I once hoped to share, with acceptance, messages that emphasized the wrongness of pride and the emptiness of greed; and from them, if from anyone, I expected affirmation of a political economy that claimed that life is more than food and the body more than clothing; and I once believed I could ask them, without accusation or fanaticism, not just in words, but in their emotional contributions, to distinguish themselves from those of whom it is written, 'After all these things do the Gentiles seek.'
It cannot, however, be assumed, with any semblance of reason, that a general audience is now wholly, or even in majority, composed of these religious persons. A large portion must always consist of men who admit no such creed; or who, at least, are inaccessible to appeals founded on it. And as, with the so-called Christian, I desired to plead for honest[Pg 13] declaration and fulfilment of his belief in life,—with the so-called Infidel, I desired to plead for an honest declaration and fulfilment of his belief in death. The dilemma is inevitable. Men must either hereafter live, or hereafter die; fate may be bravely met, and conduct wisely ordered, on either expectation; but never in hesitation between ungrasped hope, and unconfronted fear. We usually believe in immortality, so far as to avoid preparation for death; and in mortality, so far as to avoid preparation for anything after death. Whereas, a wise man will at least hold himself prepared for one or other of two events, of which one or other is inevitable; and will have all things in order, for his sleep, or in readiness, for his awakening.
It can't be assumed, with any reason, that a general audience is now entirely, or even mostly, made up of religious people. A significant part must always consist of individuals who don't follow any creed, or who, at the very least, are not swayed by appeals based on it. Just as I wanted to advocate for the honest expression and fulfillment of a so-called Christian's beliefs in life, I also wanted to advocate for the honest expression and fulfillment of a so-called Infidel's beliefs in death. The dilemma is unavoidable. People must either live on or die eventually; they can face their fate bravely and manage their actions wisely with either expectation, but they should never hesitate between ungrasped hope and unaddressed fear. We typically believe in immortality enough to avoid preparing for death, and in mortality enough to avoid preparing for anything after death. However, a wise person will at least be ready for one of the two events, knowing that one of them is certain, and will have everything in order for their sleep or ready for their awakening.
Nor have we any right to call it an ignoble judgment, if he determine to put them in order, as for sleep. A brave belief in life is indeed an enviable state of mind, but, as far as I can discern, an unusual one. I know few Christians so convinced of the splendour of the rooms in their Father's house, as to be happier when their friends are called to those mansions, than they would have been if the Queen had sent for them to live at Court: nor has the Church's most ardent 'desire to depart, and be with Christ,' ever cured it of the singular habit of putting on mourning for every person summoned to such departure. On the contrary, a brave belief in death has been assuredly held by many not ignoble persons, and it is a sign of the last depravity in the Church itself, when it assumes that such a belief is inconsistent with either purity of character, or energy of hand. The shortness of life is not, to any rational person, a conclusive reason for wasting the space of it which may be granted him; nor does the anticipation of death to-morrow suggest, to any one but a drunkard, the expediency of drunkenness to-day. To teach that there is no device in the grave, may indeed make the deviceless person more contented in his dulness; but it will make the deviser only more earnest in devising, nor is human conduct likely, in every case, to be purer under the conviction that all its evil may in a moment be pardoned, and all its wrong-doing in a moment redeemed; and that the sigh of repentance, which[Pg 14] purges the guilt of the past, will waft the soul into a felicity which forgets its pain,—than it may be under the sterner, and to many not unwise minds, more probable, apprehension, that 'what a man soweth that shall he also reap'—or others reap,—when he, the living seed of pestilence, walketh no more in darkness, but lies down therein.
We don't have the right to call it a mean judgment if someone chooses to arrange things as if preparing for sleep. A strong belief in life is certainly an admirable mindset, but, as far as I can see, it’s quite rare. I know few Christians who are so convinced of the beauty of the rooms in their Father’s house that they feel happier when their friends are called to those homes than they would have been if the Queen had invited them to live at Court. Moreover, the Church’s most passionate desire to “depart and be with Christ” has never stopped it from the odd habit of mourning every time someone is called to such departure. In fact, many decent people have held a brave belief in death, and it reflects a serious moral failure in the Church itself when it assumes that such a belief is incompatible with either purity of character or strong action. The shortness of life is not, to any rational person, a good reason to waste whatever time they have; and the thought of death tomorrow shouldn’t lead anyone, except a drunk, to think that getting drunk today is a good idea. Teaching that there is no creativity in the grave might make someone without creativity more comfortable in their dullness, but it will only make creative people more determined to create. Human behavior is unlikely to be purer when convinced that all its wrongs can be instantly forgiven and all wrongdoings suddenly redeemed; and that a sigh of repentance will cleanse the past and lift the soul into a happiness that forgets its suffering—than when it considers the harsher, and to many wiser perspective, that "what a man sows, he will also reap"—or that others will reap—when he, the living source of trouble, no longer walks in darkness but lays down in it.
But to men whose feebleness of sight, or bitterness of soul, or the offence given by the conduct of those who claim higher hope, may have rendered this painful creed the only possible one, there is an appeal to be made, more secure in its ground than any which can be addressed to happier persons. I would fain, if I might offencelessly, have spoken to them as if none others heard; and have said thus: Hear me, you dying men, who will soon be deaf for ever. For these others, at your right hand and your left, who look forward to a state of infinite existence, in which all their errors will be overruled, and all their faults forgiven; for these, who, stained and blackened in the battle smoke of mortality, have but to dip themselves for an instant in the font of death, and to rise renewed of plumage, as a dove that is covered with silver, and her feathers like gold; for these, indeed, it may be permissible to waste their numbered moments, through faith in a future of innumerable hours; to these, in their weakness, it may be conceded that they should tamper with sin which can only bring forth fruit of righteousness, and profit by the iniquity which, one day, will be remembered no more. In them, it may be no sign of hardness of heart to neglect the poor, over whom they know their Master is watching; and to leave those to perish temporarily, who cannot perish eternally. But, for you, there is no such hope, and therefore no such excuse. This fate, which you ordain for the wretched, you believe to be all their inheritance; you may crush them, before the moth, and they will never rise to rebuke you;—their breath, which fails for lack of food, once expiring, will never be recalled to whisper against you a word of accusing;—they and you, as you think, shall lie down together in the dust, and the worms cover you;—and for them there shall be no consolation, and on you no vengeance,—only the question[Pg 15] murmured above your grave: 'Who shall repay him what he hath done?' Is it therefore easier for you in your heart to inflict the sorrow for which there is no remedy? Will you take, wantonly, this little all of his life from your poor brother, and make his brief hours long to him with pain? Will you be readier to the injustice which can never be redressed; and niggardly of mercy which you can bestow but once, and which, refusing, you refuse for ever? I think better of you, even of the most selfish, than that you would do this, well understood. And for yourselves, it seems to me, the question becomes not less grave, in these curt limits. If your life were but a fever fit,—the madness of a night, whose follies were all to be forgotten in the dawn, it might matter little how you fretted away the sickly hours,—what toys you snatched at, or let fall,—what visions you followed wistfully with the deceived eyes of sleepless phrenzy. Is the earth only an hospital? Play, if you care to play, on the floor of the hospital dens. Knit its straw into what crowns please you; gather the dust of it for treasure, and die rich in that, clutching at the black motes in the air with your dying hands;—and yet, it may be well with you. But if this life be no dream, and the world no hospital; if all the peace and power and joy you can ever win, must be won now; and all fruit of victory gathered here, or never;—will you still, throughout the puny totality of your life, weary yourselves in the fire for vanity? If there is no rest which remaineth for you, is there none you might presently take? was this grass of the earth made green for your shroud only, not for your bed? and can you never lie down upon it, but only under it? The heathen, to whose creed you have returned, thought not so. They knew that life brought its contest, but they expected from it also the crown of all contest: No proud one! no jewelled circlet flaming through Heaven above the height of the unmerited throne; only some few leaves of wild olive, cool to the tired brow, through a few years of peace. It should have been of gold, they thought; but Jupiter was poor; this was the best the god could give them. Seeking a greater than this, they had known it a mockery. Not in war, not in wealth, not in tyranny,[Pg 16] was there any happiness to be found for them—only in kindly peace, fruitful and free. The wreath was to be of wild olive, mark you:—the tree that grows carelessly, tufting the rocks with no vivid bloom, no verdure of branch; only with soft snow of blossom, and scarcely fulfilled fruit, mixed with grey leaf and thornset stem; no fastening of diadem for you but with such sharp embroidery! But this, such as it is, you may win while yet you live; type of grey honour and sweet rest.[2] Free-heartedness, and graciousness, and undisturbed trust, and requited love, and the sight of the peace of others, and the ministry to their pain;—these, and the blue sky above you, and the sweet waters and flowers of the earth beneath; and mysteries and presences, innumerable, of living things,—these may yet be here your riches; untormenting and divine: serviceable for the life that now is nor, it may be, without promise of that which is to come.
But for the men whose sight is weak, whose souls are bitter, or who have been hurt by the actions of those who claim to have greater hope, this painful belief may be the only one they can hold onto. There is a plea to be made to them that is more solid than anything that can be said to those who are happier. I would want, if I could do so without causing offense, to speak to them as if no one else was listening, and I would say: Listen to me, you dying men, who will soon be forever deaf. As for those to your right and left, who look forward to an endless existence where all their mistakes will be corrected and all their faults forgiven; for those who, stained and battered by life, just have to briefly immerse themselves in the waters of death and rise renewed, like a dove that's covered in silver, with feathers like gold; for them, it might be acceptable to waste their limited time believing in a future filled with countless hours; to them, in their weakness, it might be okay to toy with sin that can only lead to righteousness and to benefit from wrongdoing that will someday be forgotten. In them, it may not show hardness of heart to overlook the poor, knowing their Master is watching; to leave those who cannot perish eternally to suffer temporally. But for you, there is no such hope, and therefore no excuse. The fate you impose on the wretched is all you believe they will inherit; you may crush them before the moths, and they will never rise to confront you; their breath, which fails because of lack of food, once gone, will never come back to accuse you;—they and you, as you think, will lie down together in the dust, and the worms will cover you;—there will be no comfort for them, and no retribution on you,—only the question murmured above your grave: 'Who will repay him for what he has done?' Is it easier for you to inflict the sorrow for which there is no remedy? Will you wantonly take away this little bit of life from your poor brother, making his brief hours painful? Will you be quick to commit injustice that can never be rectified, and stingy with mercy that you can only give once, refusing it forever? I think better of you, even of the most selfish, than to believe you would willingly do this, if you understood well. And for yourselves, the question seems no less serious, even within these short limits. If your life were just a fever fit—a madness of a night, whose foolishness would all be forgotten by dawn—it might not matter much how you squabbled away the sickly hours—what trivial things you reached for or dropped—what illusions you chased after with the deceived eyes of sleepless delirium. Is the earth just a hospital? Play, if you wish, on the hospital's floor. Weave its straw into whatever crowns you like; gather its dust as treasure, and die rich in that, clutching at the black specks in the air with your dying hands;—yet, it might go well with you. But if this life is not a dream, and the world is not simply a hospital; if all the peace, power, and joy you can ever achieve must be won now; and if all the fruits of victory must be harvested here, or never at all;—will you still exhaust yourselves in the flames of vanity throughout your brief existence? If there is no rest waiting for you, is there none you might take now? Was this grass of the earth made green only for your shroud, not for your bed? Can you never lie down on it, only beneath it? The pagans, to whose beliefs you have returned, did not think so. They knew that life has its struggles, but they also expected it to offer the reward of all contests: Not a proud one! not a jeweled crown shining from Heaven above unearned thrones; just a few leaves of wild olive, cool against a tired brow during a few years of peace. They thought it should have been made of gold; but Jupiter was poor; this was the best the god could offer them. Seeking something greater than this, they found it to be a mockery. They believed there was no happiness in war, wealth, or tyranny—only in kind peace, fruitful and free. The wreath was to be made of wild olive, mind you:—the tree that grows carelessly, tufting the rocks with no bright bloom, no lush branches; just soft blossoms, and barely developed fruit, mixed with grey leaves and thorny stems; no diadem for you, fastened with such sharp details! But this, as it is, you can win while you still live; a symbol of grey honor and sweet rest. Free-heartedness, kindness, undisturbed trust, reciprocated love, the sight of others' peace, and the ability to minister to their pain;—these, along with the blue sky above you, and the sweet waters and flowers of the earth below; and the countless mysteries and presences of living things—these may still be your treasures here; untroubled and divine: useful for the life that is now, and perhaps, with promise of that which is to come.
FOOTNOTES:
[1] 'A fearful occurrence took place a few days since, near Wolverhampton. Thomas Snape, aged nineteen, was on duty as the "keeper" of a blast furnace at Deepfield, assisted by John Gardner, aged eighteen, and Joseph Swift, aged thirty-seven. The furnace contained four tons of molten iron, and an equal amount of cinders, and ought to have been run out at 7.30 p.m. But Snape and his mates, engaged in talking and drinking, neglected their duty, and in the meantime, the iron rose in the furnace until it reached a pipe wherein water was contained. Just as the men had stripped, and were proceeding to tap the furnace, the water in the pipe, converted into steam, burst down its front and let loose on them the molten metal, which instantaneously consumed Gardner; Snape, terribly burnt, and mad with pain, leaped into the canal and then ran home and fell dead on the threshold, Swift survived to reach the hospital, where he died too.
[1] 'A terrifying incident happened a few days ago near Wolverhampton. Thomas Snape, who was nineteen, was on duty as the "keeper" of a blast furnace at Deepfield, with the help of John Gardner, who was eighteen, and Joseph Swift, who was thirty-seven. The furnace held four tons of molten iron and an equal amount of cinders, and it was supposed to be emptied at 7:30 p.m. However, Snape and his coworkers, busy talking and drinking, neglected their responsibilities, and during that time, the iron in the furnace rose until it reached a pipe containing water. Just as the men had stripped down and were about to tap the furnace, the water in the pipe turned into steam, burst through the front, and unleashed the molten metal on them. Gardner was instantly consumed, while Snape, severely burned and overwhelmed with pain, jumped into the canal, then ran home and collapsed dead on the doorstep. Swift managed to get to the hospital, where he also died.'
In further illustration of this matter, I beg the reader to look at the article on the 'Decay of the English Race,' in the 'Pall-Mall Gazette' of April 17, of this year; and at the articles on the 'Report of the Thames Commission,' in any journals of the same date.
In further illustration of this matter, I ask the reader to look at the article on the 'Decay of the English Race' in the 'Pall-Mall Gazette' from April 17 of this year, and at the articles on the 'Report of the Thames Commission' in any journals from the same date.
[2] μελιτεσσα, αεθλων γ' ενεκεν.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ honey, for the sake of competition.
THE CROWN OF WILD OLIVE.
LECTURE I.
WORK.
(Delivered before the Working Men's Institute, at Camberwell.)
My Friends,—I have not come among you to-night to endeavour to give you an entertaining lecture; but to tell you a few plain facts, and ask you some plain, but necessary questions. I have seen and known too much of the struggle for life among our labouring population, to feel at ease, even under any circumstances, in inviting them to dwell on the trivialities of my own studies; but, much more, as I meet to-night, for the first time, the members of a working Institute established in the district in which I have passed the greater part of my life, I am desirous that we should at once understand each other, on graver matters. I would fain tell you, with what feelings, and with what hope, I regard this Institution, as one of many such, now happily established throughout England, as well as in other countries;—Institutions which are preparing the way for a great change in all the circumstances of industrial life; but of which the success must wholly depend upon our clearly understanding the circumstances and necessary limits of this change. No teacher can truly promote the cause of education, until he knows the conditions of the life for which that education is to prepare his pupil. And the fact that he is called upon to address you nominally, as a 'Working Class,' must compel him, if he is in any wise earnest or thoughtful, to inquire in the outset,[Pg 18] on what you yourselves suppose this class distinction has been founded in the past, and must be founded in the future. The manner of the amusement, and the matter of the teaching, which any of us can offer you, must depend wholly on our first understanding from you, whether you think the distinction heretofore drawn between working men and others, is truly or falsely founded. Do you accept it as it stands? do you wish it to be modified? or do you think the object of education is to efface it, and make us forget it for ever?
My Friends,—I haven't come here tonight to give you an entertaining speech; rather, I want to share some straightforward facts and ask you some necessary questions. I've witnessed and understood too much about the struggle for survival among our working population to feel comfortable inviting them to focus on the trivialities of my own studies; especially now, as I meet for the first time with the members of a working Institute established in the district where I’ve spent most of my life, I want us to understand each other regarding more serious matters. I want to express to you how I feel and the hope I have for this Institution, which is one of many now established throughout England and other countries—Institutions that are paving the way for significant changes in all aspects of industrial life; however, the success of these changes relies entirely on our clear understanding of the circumstances and necessary limits of this transformation. No educator can truly advance the cause of education unless they understand the conditions of the life for which that education is preparing their student. And the fact that I am addressing you, referred to as a 'Working Class,' compels me, if I am sincere or thoughtful at all, to initially inquire[Pg 18] about what you believe this class distinction was based on in the past and what it should be based on in the future. The nature of the entertainment and the content of the teaching that any of us can provide must depend entirely on our initial understanding from you, whether you believe the distinction between working men and others is based in reality or is false. Do you accept it as it is? Do you want it to change? Or do you believe the goal of education is to erase it and make us forget it entirely?
Let me make myself more distinctly understood. We call this—you and I—a 'Working Men's' Institute, and our college in London, a 'Working Men's' College. Now, how do you consider that these several institutes differ, or ought to differ, from 'idle men's' institutes and 'idle men's' colleges? Or by what other word than 'idle' shall I distinguish those whom the happiest and wisest of working men do not object to call the 'Upper Classes?' Are there really upper classes,—are there lower? How much should they always be elevated, how much always depressed? And, gentlemen and ladies—I pray those of you who are here to forgive me the offence there may be in what I am going to say. It is not I who wish to say it. Bitter voices say it; voices of battle and of famine through all the world, which must be heard some day, whoever keeps silence. Neither is it to you specially that I say it. I am sure that most now present know their duties of kindness, and fulfil them, better perhaps than I do mine. But I speak to you as representing your whole class, which errs, I know, chiefly by thoughtlessness, but not therefore the less terribly. Wilful error is limited by the will, but what limit is there to that of which we are unconscious?
Let me clarify my point more clearly. We call this—you and I—a 'Working Men's' Institute, and our college in London, a 'Working Men's' College. Now, how do you think these different institutes should differ from 'idle men's' institutes and 'idle men's' colleges? Or what other term besides 'idle' can I use to describe those whom the best and wisest working men refer to as the 'Upper Classes'? Are there really upper classes—are there lower ones? How much should they always be elevated, and how much always brought down? And, ladies and gentlemen—I ask those of you here to excuse me for any offense in what I'm about to say. It's not I who want to say it. Bitter voices are saying it; voices of struggle and hunger from all over the world, which must be heard eventually, no matter who stays silent. I'm not addressing you specifically with this. I am sure that most of you present know your duties of kindness and carry them out, perhaps even better than I do mine. But I speak to you as representatives of your entire class, which I know often errs mainly out of thoughtlessness, but that doesn't make it any less serious. Intentional mistakes are limited by will, but what limit is there to those of which we are unaware?
Bear with me, therefore, while I turn to these workmen, and ask them, also as representing a great multitude, what they think the 'upper classes' are, and ought to be, in relation to them. Answer, you workmen who are here, as you would among yourselves, frankly; and tell me how you would have me call those classes. Am I to call them—would you think me right in calling them—the idle classes? I think you would feel somewhat uneasy, and as if I were not treating[Pg 19] my subject honestly, or speaking from my heart, if I went on under the supposition that all rich people were idle. You would be both unjust and unwise if you allowed me to say that;—not less unjust than the rich people who say that all the poor are idle, and will never work if they can help it, or more than they can help.
Please bear with me while I turn to these workers and ask them, also representing a large group, what they think the 'upper classes' are and should be in relation to them. Answer, you workers who are here, as you would among yourselves, honestly; and tell me what you’d like me to call those classes. Should I call them—and would you think I’m right in calling them—the idle classes? I think you might feel a bit uncomfortable, as if I weren’t approaching[Pg 19] my subject honestly or speaking from the heart, if I continued under the assumption that all wealthy people are idle. You would be both unfair and unwise if you let me say that;—just as unfair as the wealthy who claim that all the poor are idle and will never work if they can avoid it, or more than they can avoid.
For indeed the fact is, that there are idle poor and idle rich; and there are busy poor and busy rich. Many a beggar is as lazy as if he had ten thousand a year; and many a man of large fortune is busier than his errand-boy, and never would think of stopping in the street to play marbles. So that, in a large view, the distinction between workers and idlers, as between knaves and honest men, runs through the very heart and innermost economies of men of all ranks and in all positions. There is a working class—strong and happy—among both rich and poor; there is an idle class—weak, wicked, and miserable—among both rich and poor. And the worst of the misunderstandings arising between the two orders come of the unlucky fact that the wise of one class habitually contemplate the foolish of the other. If the busy rich people watched and rebuked the idle rich people, all would be right; and if the busy poor people watched and rebuked the idle poor people, all would be right. But each class has a tendency to look for the faults of the other. A hard-working man of property is particularly offended by an idle beggar; and an orderly, but poor, workman is naturally intolerant of the licentious luxury of the rich. And what is severe judgment in the minds of the just men of either class, becomes fierce enmity in the unjust—but among the unjust only. None but the dissolute among the poor look upon the rich as their natural enemies, or desire to pillage their houses and divide their property. None but the dissolute among the rich speak in opprobrious terms of the vices and follies of the poor.
For the truth is that there are lazy poor people and lazy rich people, as well as busy poor people and busy rich people. Many beggars are just as idle as if they had an income of ten thousand a year, while many wealthy individuals are busier than their assistants and wouldn't dream of stopping in the street to play games. So, when you look at the bigger picture, the divide between workers and idlers, just like the divide between dishonest and honest people, runs deep through the core of society across all groups and statuses. There is a strong and happy working class among both the rich and the poor; there is a weak, wicked, and miserable idle class among both the rich and the poor. The main misunderstandings between these two groups happen because the wise individuals in one class often focus on the foolish in the other. If hardworking wealthy individuals kept an eye on and corrected the idle wealthy, everything would be fine; and if busy poor individuals did the same with the idle poor, things would also be better. Instead, each group tends to point out the faults of the other. A hardworking person with wealth is especially irritated by an idle beggar, while a disciplined, yet poor, worker naturally finds it hard to accept the extravagant lifestyles of the rich. What may seem like harsh judgment to fair-minded people in each class turns into bitter hostility among the unjust—but only among the unjust. Only the immoral among the poor see the rich as natural enemies or wish to rob their homes and take their belongings. Only the immoral among the rich speak disparagingly about the faults and mistakes of the poor.
There is, then, no class distinction between idle and industrious people; and I am going to-night to speak only of the industrious. The idle people we will put out of our thoughts at once—they are mere nuisances—what ought to be done with them, we'll talk of at another time. But there are class distinctions,[Pg 20] among the industrious themselves; tremendous distinctions, which rise and fall to every degree in the infinite thermometer of human pain and of human power—distinctions of high and low, of lost and won, to the whole reach of man's soul and body.
There’s no class distinction between lazy and hardworking people; tonight, I’m only going to talk about the hardworking. We can disregard the lazy ones for now—they're just a bother—what should be done about them, we can discuss another time. But there are class distinctions,[Pg 20] even among the hardworking themselves; significant distinctions that vary greatly on the endless scale of human suffering and strength—distinctions between those who have and those who have lost, affecting the entire scope of human experience, both mind and body.
These separations we will study, and the laws of them, among energetic men only, who, whether they work or whether they play, put their strength into the work, and their strength into the game; being in the full sense of the word 'industrious,' one way or another—with a purpose, or without. And these distinctions are mainly four:
These separations we will study, and the rules governing them, among energetic people only, who, whether they’re working or playing, put their effort into both the work and the game; being fully 'industrious' in every sense of the word, with a purpose or not. And these distinctions are mainly four:
I. Between those who work, and those who play.
I. Between those who work and those who play.
II. Between those who produce the means of life, and those who consume them.
II. Between those who create the resources for living and those who use them.
III. Between those who work with the head, and those who work with the hand.
III. Between those who work with their minds, and those who work with their hands.
IV. Between those who work wisely, and who work foolishly.
IV. Between those who work smart and those who work stupidly.
For easier memory, let us say we are going to oppose, in our examination.—
For easier recall, let's say we're going to challenge this in our review.—
IV. From sense to nonsense.
I. First, then, of the distinction between the classes who work and the classes who play. Of course we must agree upon a definition of these terms,—work and play,—before going farther. Now, roughly, not with vain subtlety of definition, but for plain use of the words, 'play' is an exertion of body or mind, made to please ourselves, and with no determined end; and work is a thing done because it ought to be done, and with a determined end. You play, as you call it, at cricket, for instance. That is as hard work as anything else; but it amuses you, and it has no result but the amusement. If it were done as an ordered form of exercise, for health's sake, it would become work directly. So, in like manner, whatever we do to please ourselves, and only for the sake of the pleasure, not for an ultimate object, is 'play,' the[Pg 21] 'pleasing thing,' not the useful thing. Play may be useful in a secondary sense (nothing is indeed more useful or necessary); but the use of it depends on its being spontaneous.
I. First, let’s talk about the difference between those who work and those who play. We need to agree on what we mean by these terms—work and play—before we go any further. Basically, without getting too technical, 'play' is when we use our body or mind just for our own enjoyment, without a specific goal; whereas 'work' is something we do because it needs to be done, and it has a clear purpose. For example, when you play cricket, that’s as much work as anything else; it's hard work, but it makes you happy, and the only outcome is your enjoyment. If you were to play cricket as a structured exercise for health reasons, it would become work right away. Similarly, anything we do just for our own enjoyment, without aiming for a final objective, is 'play'—the[Pg 21] 'fun thing,' not the practical thing. Play can be helpful in a broader way (in fact, it’s often very necessary); but its usefulness comes from it being something we do spontaneously.
Let us, then, enquire together what sort of games the playing class in England spend their lives in playing at.
Let’s explore together what kinds of games the playing class in England spends their time playing.
The first of all English games is making money. That is an all-absorbing game; and we knock each other down oftener in playing at that than at foot-ball, or any other roughest sport; and it is absolutely without purpose; no one who engages heartily in that game ever knows why. Ask a great money-maker what he wants to do with his money—he never knows. He doesn't make it to do anything with it. He gets it only that he may get it. 'What will you make of what you have got?' you ask. 'Well, I'll get more,' he says. Just as, at cricket, you get more runs. There's no use in the runs, but to get more of them than other people is the game. And there's no use in the money, but to have more of it than other people is the game. So all that great foul city of London there,—rattling, growling, smoking, stinking,—a ghastly heap of fermenting brick-work, pouring out poison at every pore,—you fancy it is a city of work? Not a street of it! It is a great city of play; very nasty play, and very hard play, but still play. It is only Lord's cricket ground without the turf,—a huge billiard table without the cloth, and with pockets as deep as the bottomless pit; but mainly a billiard table, after all.
The first and foremost game for all English people is making money. It’s an all-consuming game; we knock each other down more often in this game than in football or any other rough sport; and it has absolutely no purpose; no one who really gets into that game ever knows why. Ask a successful money-maker what he plans to do with his money—he never knows. He doesn’t earn it to do anything with it. He gets it just so he can get it. 'What are you going to do with what you've got?' you ask. 'Well, I'll get more,' he says. Just like in cricket, you aim to get more runs. There’s no real use for the runs, but the game is about getting more than everyone else. And there’s no real use for the money, but the game is about having more than everyone else. So that whole filthy city of London—rattling, growling, smoking, stinking—a horrifying pile of rotting bricks, spewing poison from every angle—you think it’s a city of work? Not a single street in it! It’s a giant city of play; very nasty play, and very tough play, but still play. It’s just Lord's cricket ground without the grass—a massive billiard table without the felt, and with pockets as deep as the abyss; but mainly, it’s a billiard table, after all.
Well, the first great English game is this playing at counters. It differs from the rest in that it appears always to be producing money, while every other game is expensive. But it does not always produce money. There's a great difference between 'winning' money and 'making' it; a great difference between getting it out of another man's pocket into ours, or filling both. Collecting money is by no means the same thing as making it; the tax-gatherer's house is not the Mint; and much of the apparent gain (so called), in commerce, is only a form of taxation on carriage or exchange.
Well, the first big English game is playing with counters. It stands out because it seems to always be generating money, while every other game costs you money. But it doesn’t always lead to profit. There’s a big difference between 'winning' money and 'making' it; a huge difference between taking it from someone else’s pocket into ours, or creating wealth for both. Collecting money isn’t the same as generating it; the tax collector’s office isn’t a Mint; and a lot of the so-called gains in business are just a form of tax on shipping or transactions.
Our next great English game, however, hunting and shooting, is costly altogether; and how much we are fined for it annually in land, horses, gamekeepers, and game laws, and all[Pg 22] else that accompanies that beautiful and special English game, I will not endeavour to count now: but note only that, except for exercise, this is not merely a useless game, but a deadly one, to all connected with it. For through horse-racing, you get every form of what the higher classes everywhere call 'Play,' in distinction from all other plays; that is—gambling; by no means a beneficial or recreative game: and, through game-preserving, you get also some curious laying out of ground; that beautiful arrangement of dwelling-house for man and beast, by which we have grouse and black-cock—so many brace to the acre, and men and women—so many brace to the garret. I often wonder what the angelic builders and surveyors—the angelic builders who build the 'many mansions' up above there; and the angelic surveyors, who measured that four-square city with their measuring reeds—I wonder what they think, or are supposed to think, of the laying out of ground by this nation, which has set itself, as it seems, literally to accomplish, word for word, or rather fact for word, in the persons of those poor whom its Master left to represent him, what that Master said of himself—that foxes and birds had homes, but He none.
Our next major English pastime, hunting and shooting, is quite expensive overall; and I won’t attempt to calculate all the ways we are financially burdened by it each year in terms of land, horses, gamekeepers, game laws, and everything else that comes with this unique and lovely English pastime. However, it’s important to note that, aside from exercise, this isn't just a pointless activity—it's a dangerous one for everyone involved. Through horse racing, we engage in various forms of what the upper classes everywhere refer to as 'Play,' which is essentially gambling—not a beneficial or enjoyable game at all. Additionally, game preservation leads to some intriguing land development; this beautiful arrangement of living spaces for people and animals results in grouse and black-cock—so many pairs per acre, and people—so many pairs per apartment. I often wonder what the heavenly builders and surveyors—the heavenly builders responsible for constructing the 'many mansions' above, and the heavenly surveyors who measured that four-square city with their measuring rods—think, or are expected to think, about the land use by a nation that seems determined to literally fulfill, word for word, or rather fact for fact, what its Master said about himself—that foxes and birds have homes, but He does not.
Then, next to the gentlemen's game of hunting, we must put the ladies' game of dressing. It is not the cheapest of games. I saw a brooch at a jeweller's in Bond Street a fortnight ago, not an inch wide, and without any singular jewel in it, yet worth 3,000l. And I wish I could tell you what this 'play' costs, altogether, in England, France, and Russia annually. But it is a pretty game, and on certain terms, I like it; nay, I don't see it played quite as much as I would fain have it. You ladies like to lead the fashion:—by all means lead it—lead it thoroughly, lead it far enough. Dress yourselves nicely, and dress everybody else nicely. Lead the fashions for the poor first; make them look well, and you yourselves will look, in ways of which you have now no conception, all the better. The fashions you have set for some time among your peasantry are not pretty ones; their doublets are too irregularly slashed, and the wind blows too frankly through them.[Pg 23]
Then, next to the gentlemen's pastime of hunting, we have the ladies' pastime of dressing. It’s not the cheapest of hobbies. I saw a brooch at a jeweler's on Bond Street two weeks ago, not even an inch wide, and with no special gem in it, yet it was worth £3,000. I wish I could give you a total of what this 'play' costs each year in England, France, and Russia. But it’s a lovely game, and under certain conditions, I appreciate it; in fact, I don’t see it being played as much as I would like. You ladies enjoy setting the trend: by all means, go ahead—set it decisively, set it widely. Dress well yourselves and make sure everyone else dresses well, too. Set the fashions for the poor first; make them look good, and you will look, in ways you can’t even imagine now, all the better. The trends you’ve established among your peasantry aren’t very nice; their doublets are too erratically slashed, and the wind blows a little too freely through them.[Pg 23]
Then there are other games, wild enough, as I could show you if I had time.
Then there are other games, pretty crazy, that I could show you if I had time.
There's playing at literature, and playing at art—very different, both, from working at literature, or working at art, but I've no time to speak of these. I pass to the greatest of all—the play of plays, the great gentlemen's game, which ladies like them best to play at,—the game of War. It is entrancingly pleasant to the imagination; the facts of it, not always so pleasant. We dress for it, however, more finely than for any other sport; and go out to it, not merely in scarlet, as to hunt, but in scarlet and gold, and all manner of fine colours: of course we could fight better in grey, and without feathers; but all nations have agreed that it is good to be well dressed at this play. Then the bats and balls are very costly; our English and French bats, with the balls and wickets, even those which we don't make any use of, costing, I suppose, now about fifteen millions of money annually to each nation; all of which, you know is paid for by hard labourer's work in the furrow and furnace. A costly game!—not to speak of its consequences; I will say at present nothing of these. The mere immediate cost of all these plays is what I want you to consider; they all cost deadly work somewhere, as many of us know too well. The jewel-cutter, whose sight fails over the diamonds; the weaver, whose arm fails over the web; the iron-forger, whose breath fails before the furnace—they know what work is—they, who have all the work, and none of the play, except a kind they have named for themselves down in the black north country, where 'play' means being laid up by sickness. It is a pretty example for philologists, of varying dialect, this change in the sense of the word 'play,' as used in the black country of Birmingham, and the red and black country of Baden Baden. Yes, gentlemen, and gentlewomen, of England, who think 'one moment unamused a misery, not made for feeble man,' this is what you have brought the word 'play' to mean, in the heart of merry England! You may have your fluting and piping; but there are sad children sitting in the market-place, who indeed cannot say to you, 'We have piped unto you, and ye[Pg 24] have not danced:' but eternally shall say to you, 'We have mourned unto you, and ye have not lamented.'
There's a difference between pretending to do literature and art, and actually doing them, but I don’t have time to discuss that. Let’s move on to the biggest topic of all—the ultimate game, the one that men enjoy playing the most, and that women prefer to watch—the game of War. It’s wonderfully captivating for the imagination; the reality of it isn’t always as enjoyable. Still, we dress for it more elegantly than any other sport, not just in red like we do for hunting, but in red and gold, and a variety of vibrant colors. Of course, we’d perform better in gray and without feathers, but every nation agrees that looking sharp is important in this game. The equipment is also very expensive; our English and French bats, balls, and wickets, even the ones we don’t use, cost about fifteen million dollars a year for each nation, all of which is funded by the hard work of laborers in the fields and factories. It’s an expensive game!—and that’s not even touching on its consequences, which I won't discuss right now. I want you to focus on the immediate costs of all these games; they all come with a heavy price somewhere, as many of us know too well. The gem cutter, who strains his eyes over diamonds; the weaver, whose arms grow tired from working on the loom; the ironworker, whose breath gives out in front of the furnace—they know what real work is—they who do all the hard labor and have no enjoyment, except a kind they’ve named for themselves in the harsh northern regions, where 'play' means being bedridden by illness. It’s an interesting example for linguists, this shift in the meaning of the word 'play' as used in the industrial area of Birmingham, and the upscale area of Baden Baden. Yes, gentlemen and ladies of England, who think 'one moment without fun is a tragedy, not meant for frail humans,' this is what you have turned the word 'play' into, in the heart of cheerful England! You may enjoy your music and dancing; but there are sorrowful children sitting in the marketplace, who cannot say to you, 'We have played for you, and you have not danced:' but will forever say to you, 'We have mourned for you, and you have not cried.'
This, then, is the first distinction between the 'upper and lower' classes. And this is one which is by no means necessary; which indeed must, in process of good time, be by all honest men's consent abolished. Men will be taught that an existence of play, sustained by the blood of other creatures, is a good existence for gnats and sucking fish; but not for men: that neither days, nor lives, can be made holy by doing nothing in them: that the best prayer at the beginning of a day is that we may not lose its moments; and the best grace before meat, the consciousness that we have justly earned our dinner. And when we have this much of plain Christianity preached to us again, and enough respect for what we regard as inspiration, as not to think that 'Son, go work to-day in my vineyard,' means 'Fool, go play to-day in my vineyard,' we shall all be workers, in one way or another; and this much at least of the distinction between 'upper' and 'lower' forgotten.
This is the first difference between the 'upper and lower' classes. And this distinction isn’t necessary at all; in fact, it should eventually be agreed upon by all decent people and removed. People will learn that a life of leisure, supported by the suffering of others, is suitable for insects and parasites, but not for humans: that neither days nor lives can be made meaningful by doing nothing with them: that the best way to start a day is to hope we don’t waste its moments; and the best prayer before a meal is the awareness that we’ve fairly earned our food. When we hear this simple message of Christianity again, and have enough respect for what we consider sacred to understand that 'Son, go work to-day in my vineyard,' doesn't mean 'Fool, go waste time in my vineyard,' we’ll all become workers in some form; and this at least will blur the lines between the 'upper' and 'lower' classes.
II. I pass then to our second distinction; between the rich and poor, between Dives and Lazarus,—distinction which exists more sternly, I suppose, in this day, than ever in the world, Pagan or Christian, till now. I will put it sharply before you, to begin with, merely by reading two paragraphs which I cut from two papers that lay on my breakfast table on the same morning, the 25th of November, 1864. The piece about the rich Russian at Paris is commonplace enough, and stupid besides (for fifteen francs,—12s. 6d.,—is nothing for a rich man to give for a couple of peaches, out of season). Still, the two paragraphs printed on the same day are worth putting side by side.
II. Now, I’ll move on to our second distinction; between the rich and the poor, between Dives and Lazarus—a difference that is probably more pronounced today than it has ever been in either pagan or Christian contexts. To start, I’ll highlight this by reading two paragraphs I found in two papers on my breakfast table on the morning of November 25, 1864. The article about the wealthy Russian in Paris is pretty typical and rather dull (since fifteen francs—12s. 6d.—is nothing for a rich person to spend on a couple of out-of-season peaches). Still, these two paragraphs published on the same day are valuable to compare.
'Such a man is now here. He is a Russian, and, with your permission, we will call him Count Teufelskine. In dress he is sublime; art is considered in that toilet, the harmony of colour respected, the chiar' oscuro evident in well-selected contrast. In manners he is dignified—nay, perhaps apathetic; nothing disturbs the placid serenity of that calm exterior. One day our friend breakfasted chez Bignon. When the bill came he read, "Two peaches, 15f." He paid.[Pg 25] "Peaches scarce, I presume?" was his sole remark. "No, sir," replied the waiter, "but Teufelskines are."' Telegraph, November 25, 1864.
'There’s a man here now. He’s Russian, and, if you don’t mind, we’ll call him Count Teufelskine. His style is impressive; his attire shows an appreciation for art, with color harmony respected and the chiar' oscuro apparent in well-chosen contrasts. His manners are dignified—perhaps even indifferent; nothing disrupts the calm composure of his exterior. One day, our friend had breakfast at chez Bignon. When the bill arrived, he saw "Two peaches, 15f." He paid. [Pg 25] His only comment was, "Peaches are scarce, I assume?" "No, sir," replied the waiter, "but Teufelskines are."' Telegraph, November 25, 1864.
'Yesterday morning, at eight o'clock, a woman, passing a dung heap in the stone yard near the recently-erected alms-houses in Shadwell Gap, High Street, Shadwell, called the attention of a Thames police-constable to a man in a sitting position on the dung heap, and said she was afraid he was dead. Her fears proved to be true. The wretched creature appeared to have been dead several hours. He had perished of cold and wet, and the rain had been beating down on him all night. The deceased was a bone-picker. He was in the lowest stage of poverty, poorly clad, and half-starved. The police had frequently driven him away from the stone yard, between sunset and sunrise, and told him to go home. He selected a most desolate spot for his wretched death. A penny and some bones were found in his pockets. The deceased was between fifty and sixty years of age. Inspector Roberts, of the K division, has given directions for inquiries to be made at the lodging-houses respecting the deceased, to ascertain his identity if possible.'—Morning Post, November 25, 1864.
'Yesterday morning, at eight o'clock, a woman walking past a pile of dung in the stone yard near the newly built alms-houses in Shadwell Gap, High Street, Shadwell, pointed out a man sitting on the dung heap and said she was worried he might be dead. Unfortunately, her fears were correct. The poor man appeared to have been dead for several hours. He had frozen to death from the cold and wet, and the rain had been pouring down on him all night. The deceased was a bone-picker. He was living in extreme poverty, poorly dressed, and half-starved. The police had often chased him away from the stone yard between sunset and sunrise, telling him to go home. He chose a very desolate spot for his unfortunate demise. A penny and some bones were found in his pockets. The deceased was between fifty and sixty years old. Inspector Roberts, from the K division, has instructed inquiries to be made at the lodging houses about the deceased, to identify him if possible.'—Morning Post, November 25, 1864.
You have the separation thus in brief compass; and I want you to take notice of the 'a penny and some bones were found in his pockets,' and to compare it with this third statement, from the Telegraph of January 16th of this year:—
You have the separation summarized here, and I want you to pay attention to the part that says 'a penny and some bones were found in his pockets,' and compare it with this third statement from the Telegraph dated January 16th of this year:—
'Again, the dietary scale for adult and juvenile paupers was drawn up by the most conspicuous political economists in England. It is low in quantity, but it is sufficient to support nature; yet within ten years of the passing of the Poor Law Act, we heard of the paupers in the Andover Union gnawing the scraps of putrid flesh and sucking the marrow from the bones of horses which they were employed to crush.'
'Once again, the food allowance for adult and child paupers was created by the most prominent political economists in England. It may be low in quantity, but it is enough to sustain life; however, within ten years of the Poor Law Act being enacted, we learned that paupers in the Andover Union were gnawing on scraps of rotten meat and sucking the marrow from the bones of horses they were forced to crush.'
You see my reason for thinking that our Lazarus of Christianity has some advantage over the Jewish one. Jewish Lazarus expected, or at least prayed, to be fed with crumbs from the rich man's table; but our Lazarus is fed with crumbs from the dog's table.[Pg 26]
You can see why I think our Christian Lazarus has an edge over the Jewish one. The Jewish Lazarus hoped, or at least wished, to get scraps from the rich man's table; but our Lazarus gets scraps from the dog’s table.[Pg 26]
Now this distinction between rich and poor rests on two bases. Within its proper limits, on a basis which is lawful and everlastingly necessary; beyond them, on a basis unlawful, and everlastingly corrupting the framework of society. The lawful basis of wealth is, that a man who works should be paid the fair value of his work; and that if he does not choose to spend it to-day, he should have free leave to keep it, and spend it to-morrow. Thus, an industrious man working daily, and laying by daily, attains at last the possession of an accumulated sum of wealth, to which he has absolute right. The idle person who will not work, and the wasteful person who lays nothing by, at the end of the same time will be doubly poor—poor in possession, and dissolute in moral habit; and he will then naturally covet the money which the other has saved. And if he is then allowed to attack the other, and rob him of his well-earned wealth, there is no more any motive for saving, or any reward for good conduct; and all society is thereupon dissolved, or exists only in systems of rapine. Therefore the first necessity of social life is the clearness of national conscience in enforcing the law—that he should keep who has justly earned.
Now this distinction between rich and poor is based on two foundations. Within its proper limits, it relies on a foundation that is lawful and eternally necessary; beyond those limits, it's based on something unlawful that constantly corrupts the structure of society. The lawful basis of wealth is that a person who works should be paid the fair value of their work; and if they choose not to spend it today, they should be free to keep it and spend it tomorrow. Thus, a diligent person who works hard every day and saves regularly eventually accumulates a significant amount of wealth, to which they have an absolute right. The lazy person who refuses to work and the wasteful person who saves nothing will end up doubly poor—poor in possessions and lacking in moral character; and they will naturally envy the money that the other has saved. If they are then allowed to attack the other and steal their hard-earned wealth, there will be no motivation for saving or any reward for good behavior; and society will either break down or exist only in systems of lawlessness. Therefore, the first necessity of social life is a clear national conscience in enforcing the law—that those who have rightfully earned should keep what is theirs.
That law, I say, is the proper basis of distinction between rich and poor. But there is also a false basis of distinction; namely, the power held over those who earn wealth by those who levy or exact it. There will be always a number of men who would fain set themselves to the accumulation of wealth as the sole object of their lives. Necessarily, that class of men is an uneducated class, inferior in intellect, and more or less cowardly. It is physically impossible for a well-educated, intellectual, or brave man to make money the chief object of his thoughts; as physically impossible as it is for him to make his dinner the principal object of them. All healthy people like their dinners, but their dinner is not the main object of their lives. So all healthily minded people like making money—ought to like it, and to enjoy the sensation of winning it; but the main object of their life is not money; it is something better than money. A good soldier, for instance, mainly wishes to do his fighting well. He is glad of his pay—very[Pg 27] properly so, and justly grumbles when you keep him ten years without it—still, his main notion of life is to win battles, not to be paid for winning them. So of clergymen. They like pew-rents, and baptismal fees, of course; but yet, if they are brave and well educated, the pew-rent is not the sole object of their lives, and the baptismal fee is not the sole purpose of the baptism; the clergyman's object is essentially to baptize and preach, not to be paid for preaching. So of doctors. They like fees no doubt,—ought to like them; yet if they are brave and well educated, the entire object of their lives is not fees. They, on the whole, desire to cure the sick; and,—if they are good doctors, and the choice were fairly put to them,—would rather cure their patient, and lose their fee, than kill him, and get it. And so with all other brave and rightly trained men; their work is first, their fee second—very important always, but still second. But in every nation, as I said, there are a vast class who are ill-educated, cowardly, and more or less stupid. And with these people, just as certainly the fee is first, and the work second, as with brave people the work is first and the fee second. And this is no small distinction. It is the whole distinction in a man; distinction between life and death in him, between heaven and hell for him. You cannot serve two masters;—you must serve one or other. If your work is first with you, and your fee second, work is your master, and the lord of work, who is God. But if your fee is first with you, and your work second, fee is your master, and the lord of fee, who is the Devil; and not only the Devil, but the lowest of devils—the 'least erected fiend that fell.' So there you have it in brief terms; Work first—you are God's servants; Fee first—you are the Fiend's. And it makes a difference, now and ever, believe me, whether you serve Him who has on His vesture and thigh written, 'King of Kings,' and whose service is perfect freedom; or him on whose vesture and thigh the name is written, 'Slave of Slaves,' and whose service is perfect slavery.
That law is the right foundation for distinguishing between the rich and the poor. However, there’s also a misleading way to make that distinction; namely, the control that those who collect wealth have over those who earn it. There will always be people who focus solely on accumulating wealth as their main goal. Naturally, this group tends to be uneducated, less intelligent, and somewhat cowardly. It's physically impossible for a well-educated, intelligent, or courageous person to make money their primary focus; just as impossible as making dinner the central focus of their thoughts. Everyone enjoys a good meal, but dinner isn’t the main goal of life. Similarly, all mentally healthy people like earning money—they should enjoy the thrill of making it—but their primary aim in life isn’t money; it’s something more meaningful. For example, a good soldier primarily wants to excel in combat. He appreciates his pay—rightfully so—and grumbles if he goes ten years without it; however, his main purpose in life is to win battles, not to get paid for them. The same goes for clergymen. They appreciate pew rents and baptismal fees, of course, but if they are brave and well-educated, those fees aren’t the only focus of their lives; their true purpose is to baptize and preach, not just to get paid for it. The same applies to doctors. They certainly like their fees—rightly so; yet if they are brave and well-educated, their entire life’s aim isn’t fees. Overall, they want to heal the sick; and, if they are good doctors and the choice was fairly presented to them, they would rather cure their patient and forgo their fee than let them die and collect payment. The same is true for other brave and well-trained individuals; their work comes first, and their fee comes second—very important, but still second. But in every nation, as I mentioned, there exists a large group of people who are uneducated, cowardly, and somewhat dull. For these individuals, the fee comes first, and the work comes second, just as the work comes first and the fee comes second for brave people. This is a significant distinction. It's the fundamental distinction within a person; the difference between life and death in them, between heaven and hell for them. You cannot serve two masters—you must serve one or the other. If your work is your priority and your fee is secondary, then work is your master, and the ultimate master of work is God. But if your fee comes first and your work comes second, then the fee is your master, and the lord of the fee is the Devil; and not just the Devil, but the lowest of devils—the "least erected fiend that fell." So there you have it in simple terms: Work first—you are servants of God; Fee first—you are servants of the Fiend. And it does make a difference, now and forever, believe me, whether you serve Him who has "King of Kings" written on His vesture and thigh and whose service is perfect freedom; or him on whose vesture and thigh is written "Slave of Slaves," and whose service is perfect slavery.
However, in every nation there are, and must always be, a certain number of these Fiend's servants, who have it principally for the object of their lives to make money. They are[Pg 28] always, as I said, more or less stupid, and cannot conceive of anything else so nice as money. Stupidity is always the basis of the Judas bargain. We do great injustice to Iscariot, in thinking him wicked above all common wickedness. He was only a common money-lover, and, like all money-lovers, didn't understand Christ;—couldn't make out the worth of Him, or meaning of Him. He didn't want Him to be killed. He was horror-struck when he found that Christ would be killed; threw his money away instantly, and hanged himself. How many of our present money-seekers, think you, would have the grace to hang themselves, whoever was killed? But Judas was a common, selfish, muddle-headed, pilfering fellow; his hand always in the bag of the poor, not caring for them. He didn't understand Christ;—yet believed in Him, much more than most of us do; had seen Him do miracles, thought He was quite strong enough to shift for Himself, and he, Judas, might as well make his own little bye-perquisites out of the affair. Christ would come out of it well enough, and he have his thirty pieces. Now, that is the money-seeker's idea, all over the world. He doesn't hate Christ, but can't understand Him—doesn't care for him—sees no good in that benevolent business; makes his own little job out of it at all events, come what will. And thus, out of every mass of men, you have a certain number of bag-men—your 'fee-first' men, whose main object is to make money. And they do make it—make it in all sorts of unfair ways, chiefly by the weight and force of money itself, or what is called the power of capital; that is to say, the power which money, once obtained, has over the labour of the poor, so that the capitalist can take all its produce to himself, except the labourer's food. That is the modern Judas's way of 'carrying the bag,' and 'bearing what is put therein.'
However, in every country, there are always, and will always be, a number of these servants of the Devil, whose main goal in life is to make money. They are[Pg 28] often, as I mentioned, somewhat clueless and can't imagine anything more appealing than money. Ignorance is the foundation of the betrayal deal. We do a great disservice to Iscariot by thinking of him as purely evil. He was just a typical money-obsessed person who, like all who chase money, didn’t understand Christ—couldn’t grasp His value or significance. He didn’t want Him to be killed. He was shocked when he learned that Christ would be killed; he immediately threw his money away and took his own life. How many of today’s money-seekers do you think would have the decency to end their lives, regardless of who was killed? Judas was just a common, self-centered, confused thief; his hand always in the poor’s bag, indifferent to them. He didn’t understand Christ; yet he believed in Him much more than most of us do; he had seen Him perform miracles and thought He was strong enough to take care of Himself, so he, Judas, could as well benefit from the situation. Christ would come through it fine, and he would get his thirty pieces. That is the mentality of money-seekers everywhere. They don’t hate Christ, but they can’t understand Him—they don’t care for Him—see no benefit in that charitable work; they just want to make their own little gain from it, regardless of the outcome. Thus, out of every group of people, you find a certain number of opportunists—your ‘fee-first’ types, whose primary aim is to make money. And they do make it—through all sorts of unfair methods, mainly by leveraging the power of money itself, or what’s called the power of capital; that is, the control that money, once acquired, has over the labor of the poor, allowing the capitalist to take all of its output for themselves, minus the laborer's basic needs. That is the modern Judas's way of 'carrying the bag' and 'taking what’s inside.'
Nay, but (it is asked) how is that an unfair advantage? Has not the man who has worked for the money a right to use it as he best can? No; in this respect, money is now exactly what mountain promontories over public roads were in old times. The barons fought for them fairly:—the strongest and cunningest got them; then fortified them, and made[Pg 29] everyone who passed below pay toll. Well, capital now is exactly what crags were then. Men fight fairly (we will, at least, grant so much, though it is more than we ought) for their money; but, once having got it, the fortified millionaire can make everybody who passes below pay toll to his million, and build another tower of his money castle. And I can tell you, the poor vagrants by the roadside suffer now quite as much from the bag-baron, as ever they did from the crag-baron. Bags and crags have just the same result on rags. I have not time, however, to-night to show you in how many ways the power of capital is unjust; but this one great principle I have to assert—you will find it quite indisputably true—that whenever money is the principal object of life with either man or nation, it is both got ill, and spent ill; and does harm both in the getting and spending; but when it is not the principal object, it and all other things will be well got, and well spent. And here is the test, with every man, of whether money is the principal object with him, or not. If in mid-life he could pause and say, "Now I have enough to live upon, I'll live upon it; and having well earned it, I will also well spend it, and go out of the world poor, as I came into it," then money is not principal with him; but if, having enough to live upon in the manner befitting his character and rank, he still wants to make more, and to die rich, then money is the principal object with him, and it becomes a curse to himself, and generally to those who spend it after him. For you know it must be spent some day; the only question is whether the man who makes it shall spend it, or some one else. And generally it is better for the maker to spend it, for he will know best its value and use. This is the true law of life. And if a man does not choose thus to spend his money, he must either hoard it or lend it, and the worst thing he can generally do is to lend it; for borrowers are nearly always ill-spenders, and it is with lent money that all evil is mainly done, and all unjust war protracted.
No, but how is that an unfair advantage? Doesn't the person who worked for the money have the right to use it as they see fit? No; in this sense, money is just like the mountain cliffs over public roads in the old days. The barons fought fairly for them: the strongest and most cunning seized them; then they fortified them and made[Pg 29] everyone who passed below pay a toll. Well, capital is the same as those cliffs were back then. People fight fairly (we'll at least agree on that, even though it's more than we should) for their money; but once they have it, the wealthy person can make everyone below pay a toll to their fortune and build yet another tower in their financial castle. And I can tell you, the poor wanderers by the roadside suffer just as much now from the wealthy as they did from the barons of old. Money and cliffs have the same impact on the needy. I don’t have time tonight to explain all the ways that the power of capital is unjust; but I want to stress one important principle—you will find it absolutely true—that whenever money is the main goal of either a person or a nation, it is both acquired poorly and spent poorly; causing harm both in the earning and in the spending; but when it is not the main goal, both money and everything else will be acquired and spent wisely. Here’s the test for each person to see if money is their main goal or not. If in mid-life they can pause and say, “Now I have enough to live on, I’ll live on it; and since I’ve earned it, I will also spend it well, and leave this world poor, just as I came into it,” then money is not their main focus; but if they have enough to live in a way that suits their character and status yet still want to make more and to die rich, then money becomes the main goal for them, and it turns into a curse for themselves and generally for those who spend it after them. Because you know it must be spent someday; the only question is whether the person who makes it will spend it, or someone else will. Usually, it’s better for the creator to spend it, as they will understand its value and use best. This is the true law of life. If a person doesn’t choose to spend their money in this way, they will either hoard it or lend it, and generally, the worst thing they can do is lend it; because borrowers are almost always poor spenders, and it is with borrowed money that most harm is done, and all unjust wars are prolonged.
For observe what the real fact is, respecting loans to foreign military governments, and how strange it is. If your little boy came to you to ask for money to spend in squibs[Pg 30] and crackers, you would think twice before you gave it him; and you would have some idea that it was wasted, when you saw it fly off in fireworks, even though he did no mischief with it. But the Russian children, and Austrian children, come to you, borrowing money, not to spend in innocent squibs, but in cartridges and bayonets to attack you in India with, and to keep down all noble life in Italy with, and to murder Polish women and children with; and that you will give at once, because they pay you interest for it. Now, in order to pay you that interest, they must tax every working peasant in their dominions; and on that work you live. You therefore at once rob the Austrian peasant, assassinate or banish the Polish peasant, and you live on the produce of the theft, and the bribe for the assassination! That is the broad fact—that is the practical meaning of your foreign loans, and of most large interest of money; and then you quarrel with Bishop Colenso, forsooth, as if he denied the Bible, and you believed it! though, wretches as you are, every deliberate act of your lives is a new defiance of its primary orders; and as if, for most of the rich men of England at this moment, it were not indeed to be desired, as the best thing at least for them, that the Bible should not be true, since against them these words are written in it: 'The rust of your gold and silver shall be a witness against you, and shall eat your flesh, as it were fire.'
For a moment, let's consider the reality of lending money to foreign military governments and how odd it is. If your little boy came to you asking for cash to spend on fireworks, you would think twice before giving it to him; you would have a sense that it would be wasted when you watched him set off those fireworks, even if he didn't cause any harm with it. Yet, the children of Russia and Austria come to you, asking for money not to buy innocent fireworks but for bullets and bayonets to attack you in India, suppress noble life in Italy, and harm Polish women and children; and you give it to them immediately because they pay you interest on it. To pay that interest, they have to tax every working peasant in their lands; and on that labor, you depend. Thus, you effectively rob the Austrian peasant, assassinate or exile the Polish peasant, and benefit from the results of that theft and the murder! That is the harsh reality—that’s what your foreign loans truly mean, and it applies to the majority of high-interest money; yet, you argue with Bishop Colenso as if he denies the Bible while you claim to believe it! Though, miserable as you are, every intentional action in your lives is a direct challenge to its fundamental teachings; and as if, for most wealthy people in England right now, it wouldn't actually be preferable—at least for them—that the Bible should not be true, since it contains these damning words against them: 'The rust of your gold and silver shall be a witness against you and shall eat your flesh as if it were fire.'
III. I pass now to our third condition of separation, between the men who work with the hand, and those who work with the head.
III. I now move on to our third condition of separation, between those who work with their hands and those who work with their minds.
And here we have at last an inevitable distinction. There must be work done by the arms, or none of us could live. There must be work done by the brains, or the life we get would not be worth having. And the same men cannot do both. There is rough work to be done, and rough men must do it; there is gentle work to be done, and gentlemen must do it; and it is physically impossible that one class should do, or divide, the work of the other. And it is of no use to try to conceal this sorrowful fact by fine words, and to talk to the workman about the honourableness of manual labour[Pg 31] and the dignity of humanity. That is a grand old proverb of Sancho Panza's, 'Fine words butter no parsnips;' and I can tell you that, all over England just now, you workmen are buying a great deal too much butter at that dairy. Rough work, honourable or not, takes the life out of us; and the man who has been heaving clay out of a ditch all day, or driving an express train against the north wind all night, or holding a collier's helm in a gale on a lee-shore, or whirling white hot iron at a furnace mouth, that man is not the same at the end of his day, or night, as one who has been sitting in a quiet room, with everything comfortable about him, reading books, or classing butterflies, or painting pictures. If it is any comfort to you to be told that the rough work is the more honourable of the two, I should be sorry to take that much of consolation from you; and in some sense I need not. The rough work is at all events real, honest, and, generally, though not always, useful; while the fine work is, a great deal of it, foolish and false as well as fine, and therefore dishonourable; but when both kinds are equally well and worthily done, the head's is the noble work, and the hand's the ignoble; and of all hand work whatsoever, necessary for the maintenance of life, those old words, 'In the sweat of thy face thou shalt eat bread,' indicate that the inherent nature of it is one of calamity; and that the ground, cursed for our sake, casts also some shadow of degradation into our contest with its thorn and its thistle; so that all nations have held their days honourable, or 'holy,' and constituted them 'holydays' or 'holidays,' by making them days of rest; and the promise, which, among all our distant hopes, seems to cast the chief brightness over death, is that blessing of the dead who die in the Lord, that 'they rest from their labours, and their works do follow them.'
And here we finally have an unavoidable distinction. There must be work done by hands, or none of us could survive. There must be work done by minds, or the life we have wouldn’t be worth living. And it’s impossible for the same people to do both. There’s tough work to be done, and tough people have to do it; there’s delicate work to be done, and sophisticated people have to do it; and it’s physically impossible for one group to do or share the work of the other. It’s pointless to try to hide this sad fact with fancy words, and to talk to the worker about the nobility of manual labor and the dignity of humanity. That’s an old saying from Sancho Panza: 'Fine words butter no parsnips;' and I can tell you that, all over England right now, you workers are paying way too much for that butter. Tough work, whether honorable or not, drains us; and the person who has been shoveling dirt out of a ditch all day, or driving an express train against the north wind all night, or steering a coal ship in a storm, or shaping white-hot iron at a furnace, is not the same at the end of their day or night as someone who has been sitting in a comfortable room, reading books, sorting butterflies, or painting. If it comforts you to hear that tough work is the more honorable of the two, I would hate to take that little consolation from you; and in some ways, I don’t have to. Tough work is at least real, honest, and, usually, though not always, useful; while a lot of fine work is merely foolish and deceitful as well as fine, and thus dishonorable; but when both types of work are done well and with integrity, the mind's work is noble, and the hand's work is less noble; and of all manual labor necessary for survival, those old words, 'In the sweat of thy face thou shalt eat bread,' suggest that its very nature is one of hardship; and that the ground, cursed for our sake, also casts a shadow of degradation in our struggle with its thorn and its thistle; so that all nations have honored their days as 'holy' by designating them as days of rest; and the promise that, among all our distant hopes, seems to shine the brightest over death, is the blessing of those who die in the Lord, that 'they rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.'
And thus the perpetual question and contest must arise, who is to do this rough work? and how is the worker of it to be comforted, redeemed, and rewarded? and what kind of play should he have, and what rest, in this world, sometimes, as well as in the next? Well, my good working friends, these questions will take a little time to answer yet. They[Pg 32] must be answered: all good men are occupied with them, and all honest thinkers. There's grand head work doing about them; but much must be discovered, and much attempted in vain, before anything decisive can be told you. Only note these few particulars, which are already sure.
And so the ongoing question and debate come up: who is going to do this tough work? And how will the worker be comforted, supported, and rewarded? What kind of fun and rest should he get in this life, as well as in the next? Well, my good working friends, it will take some time to answer these questions. They[Pg 32] need answers: all good people are thinking about them, and so are all honest thinkers. There’s some serious intellectual work happening around them; but a lot needs to be discovered, and many attempts will fail before anything definitive can be told. Just keep in mind these few certain details.
As to the distribution of the hard work. None of us, or very few of us, do either hard or soft work because we think we ought; but because we have chanced to fall into the way of it, and cannot help ourselves. Now, nobody does anything well that they cannot help doing: work is only done well when it is done with a will; and no man has a thoroughly sound will unless he knows he is doing what he should, and is in his place. And, depend upon it, all work must be done at last, not in a disorderly, scrambling, doggish way, but in an ordered, soldierly, human way—a lawful way. Men are enlisted for the labour that kills—the labour of war: they are counted, trained, fed, dressed, and praised for that. Let them be enlisted also for the labour that feeds: let them be counted, trained, fed, dressed, praised for that. Teach the plough exercise as carefully as you do the sword exercise, and let the officers of troops of life be held as much gentlemen as the officers of troops of death; and all is done: but neither this, nor any other right thing, can be accomplished—you can't even see your way to it—unless, first of all, both servant and master are resolved that, come what will of it, they will do each other justice. People are perpetually squabbling about what will be best to do, or easiest to do, or adviseablest to do, or profitablest to do; but they never, so far as I hear them talk, ever ask what it is just to do. And it is the law of heaven that you shall not be able to judge what is wise or easy, unless you are first resolved to judge what is just, and to do it. That is the one thing constantly reiterated by our Master—the order of all others that is given oftenest—'Do justice and judgment.' That's your Bible order; that's the 'Service of God,' not praying nor psalm-singing. You are told, indeed, to sing psalms when you are merry, and to pray when you need anything; and, by the perversion of the Evil Spirit, we get to think that praying and psalm-singing are[Pg 33] 'service.' If a child finds itself in want of anything, it runs in and asks its father for it—does it call that, doing its father a service? If it begs for a toy or a piece of cake—does it call that serving its father? That, with God, is prayer, and He likes to hear it: He likes you to ask Him for cake when you want it; but He doesn't call that 'serving Him.' Begging is not serving: God likes mere beggars as little as you do—He likes honest servants, not beggars. So when a child loves its father very much, and is very happy, it may sing little songs about him; but it doesn't call that serving its father; neither is singing songs about God, serving God. It is enjoying ourselves, if it's anything; most probably it is nothing; but if it's anything, it is serving ourselves, not God. And yet we are impudent enough to call our beggings and chauntings 'Divine Service:' we say 'Divine service will be "performed"' (that's our word—the form of it gone through) 'at eleven o'clock.' Alas!—unless we perform Divine service in every willing act of our life, we never perform it at all. The one Divine work—the one ordered sacrifice—is to do justice; and it is the last we are ever inclined to do. Anything rather than that! As much charity as you choose, but no justice. 'Nay,' you will say, 'charity is greater than justice.' Yes, it is greater; it is the summit of justice—it is the temple of which justice is the foundation. But you can't have the top without the bottom; you cannot build upon charity. You must build upon justice, for this main reason, that you have not, at first, charity to build with. It is the last reward of good work. Do justice to your brother (you can do that, whether you love him or not), and you will come to love him. But do injustice to him, because you don't love him; and you will come to hate him. It is all very fine to think you can build upon charity to begin with; but you will find all you have got to begin with, begins at home, and is essentially love of yourself. You well-to-do people, for instance, who are here to-night, will go to 'Divine service' next Sunday, all nice and tidy, and your little children will have their tight little Sunday boots on, and lovely little Sunday feathers in their hats; and you'll think, complacently and piously, how[Pg 34] lovely they look! So they do: and you love them heartily and you like sticking feathers in their hats. That's all right: that is charity; but it is charity beginning at home. Then you will come to the poor little crossing-sweeper, got up also,—it, in its Sunday dress,—the dirtiest rags it has,—that it may beg the better: we shall give it a penny, and think how good we are. That's charity going abroad. But what does Justice say, walking and watching near us? Christian Justice has been strangely mute, and seemingly blind; and, if not blind, decrepit, this many a day: she keeps her accounts still, however—quite steadily—doing them at nights, carefully, with her bandage off, and through acutest spectacles (the only modern scientific invention she cares about). You must put your ear down ever so close to her lips to hear her speak; and then you will start at what she first whispers, for it will certainly be, 'Why shouldn't that little crossing-sweeper have a feather on its head, as well as your own child?' Then you may ask Justice, in an amazed manner, 'How she can possibly be so foolish as to think children could sweep crossings with feathers on their heads?' Then you stoop again, and Justice says—still in her dull, stupid way—'Then, why don't you, every other Sunday, leave your child to sweep the crossing, and take the little sweeper to church in a hat and feather?' Mercy on us (you think), what will she say next? And you answer, of course, that 'you don't, because every body ought to remain content in the position in which Providence has placed them.' Ah, my friends, that's the gist of the whole question. Did Providence put them in that position, or did you? You knock a man into a ditch, and then you tell him to remain content in the 'position in which Providence has placed him.' That's modern Christianity. You say—'We did not knock him into the ditch.' How do you know what you have done, or are doing? That's just what we have all got to know, and what we shall never know, until the question with us every morning, is, not how to do the gainful thing, but how to do the just thing; nor until we are at least so far on the way to being Christian, as to have understood that maxim of the poor half-way Mahometan,[Pg 35] 'One hour in the execution of justice is worth seventy years of prayer.'
As for how hard work is divided up, very few of us do either hard or easy work because we think we should; we just end up in that situation and can't change it. No one does anything well unless they have to; work is only done well when there’s a true desire behind it. A person isn't fully committed unless they realize they’re doing what they should be doing and are in the right position. Ultimately, all work needs to be completed in a structured, respectful way—not in a chaotic, haphazard manner, but with order and humanity—a lawful way. Men are recruited for the labor that can destroy—war labor: they are counted, trained, fed, equipped, and praised for that. Let them also be enlisted for the labor that nourishes: let them be counted, trained, fed, equipped, and praised for that too. Teach plowing with the same care you teach swordplay, and treat the leaders of productive work as gentlemen just like the leaders of destructive work; that would solve most issues. However, this, or any other right thing, can't happen unless both servant and master are determined to treat each other fairly, no matter the circumstances. People are always arguing about what’s best to do, or easiest to do, or most advisable to do, or most profitable to do; but they rarely, if ever, ask what is simply just to do. It’s a heavenly principle that you won’t know what is wise or easy unless you first commit to determining what is just, and then acting on it. That’s the constant message from our Master—the primary order we receive often—'Do justice and judgment.' That’s the command from the Bible; that’s the real 'Service of God,' not just praying or singing psalms. Sure, you’re encouraged to sing psalms when you’re happy and pray when you need something, but due to the corruption of the Evil Spirit, we start believing that praying and psalm-singing are[Pg 33] 'service.' When a child needs something, it runs to its father to ask for it—does it think of that as serving its father? If it asks for a toy or a snack—does it consider that serving its father? That, in a sense, is prayer to God, and He enjoys hearing it: He appreciates when you ask Him for what you want. But He doesn’t see that as 'serving Him.' Begging isn’t serving; God dislikes beggars just as much as you do—He values honest servants over beggars. So when a child loves its father a lot and feels happy, it may sing little songs for him; but it doesn’t think of that as serving its father; likewise, singing songs about God isn’t serving God. If anything, it’s just us enjoying ourselves; if it has any significance, it’s about serving our own interests, not God’s. Yet we boldly refer to our requests and songs as 'Divine Service': we say 'Divine service will be "performed"' (that’s our phrasing—the act performed) 'at eleven o'clock.' Unfortunately, unless we practice Divine service in every willing act of our lives, we never truly do it at all. The one true Divine work—the ultimate sacrifice—is to do justice; and it’s often the last thing we’re inclined to do. We’d rather do anything than that! Lots of charity, sure, but no justice. 'No,' you might say, 'charity is greater than justice.' Yes, it is greater; it’s the pinnacle of justice—it’s the structure that justice is built upon. But you can’t have a peak without a foundation; you can’t build on charity. You need to establish your foundation on justice for one key reason: initially, you don’t start with charity to build upon. It is the final reward for doing good. Do justice to your brother (you can do that regardless of your feelings about him), and you will learn to love him. But treat him unjustly because you don't love him, and you’ll come to hate him. It’s nice to think you can start by building on charity, but you’ll realize that what you really start with is your own self-interest. You well-off folks, for instance, who are here tonight, will attend 'Divine service' next Sunday, all neatly dressed, and your little children will have their nice Sunday shoes on and adorable feathers in their hats; you’ll think proudly and piously about how[Pg 34] cute they look! And they do look adorable: you love them dearly and enjoy decorating their hats. That’s nice; that is charity; but it’s charity that starts at home. Then you see the poor little street sweeper, dressed too—in its best rags—so it can beg more effectively: we’ll toss it a penny and feel good about ourselves. That’s charity reaching outward. But what does Justice have to say as she walks and watches us? Christian Justice has been strangely quiet and seemingly blind; and, if not blind, certainly a bit worn out, for quite a while: she still keeps her records—very carefully—doing so at night, with her bandage off and her best glasses on (the only invention of modern science she cares about). You have to lean in close to hear her speak; and when you do, you’ll be shocked by her first whisper, which will surely be, 'Why shouldn’t that little street sweeper have a feather on its head, just like your own child?' Then you might ask Justice, a bit incredulously, 'How could she possibly be so silly as to think children could sweep streets with feathers on their heads?' You lean in again, and Justice responds—still in her dull, unexciting way—'Then why don’t you, every other Sunday, let your child sweep the street and take the little sweeper to church wearing a hat and feather?' Goodness (you think), what will she say next? Then you respond, of course, 'You don’t do that because everyone should be content in the situation Providence has put them.' Ah, my friends, that’s the heart of the matter. Did Providence place them in that situation, or did you? You push someone into a ditch, and then tell them to be content with the 'position in which Providence has placed them.' That’s modern Christianity. You say—'We didn’t push him into the ditch.' How do you know what you’ve done or are doing? That’s what we all need to understand, and what we won’t realize until every morning we focus not on how to make a profit, but on how to do what is right; nor until we have at least begun to understand that teaching from the poor half-hearted Muslim,[Pg 35] 'One hour spent on justice is worth seventy years of prayer.'
Supposing, then, we have it determined with appropriate justice, who is to do the hand work, the next questions must be how the hand-workers are to be paid, and how they are to be refreshed, and what play they are to have. Now, the possible quantity of play depends on the possible quantity of pay; and the quantity of pay is not a matter for consideration to hand-workers only, but to all workers. Generally, good, useful work, whether of the hand or head, is either ill-paid, or not paid at all. I don't say it should be so, but it always is so. People, as a rule, only pay for being amused or being cheated, not for being served. Five thousand a year to your talker, and a shilling a day to your fighter, digger, and thinker, is the rule. None of the best head work in art, literature, or science, is ever paid for. How much do you think Homer got for his Iliad? or Dante for his Paradise? only bitter bread and salt, and going up and down other people's stairs. In science, the man who discovered the telescope, and first saw heaven, was paid with a dungeon; the man who invented the microscope, and first saw earth, died of starvation, driven from his home: it is indeed very clear that God means all thoroughly good work and talk to be done for nothing. Baruch, the scribe, did not get a penny a line for writing Jeremiah's second roll for him, I fancy; and St. Stephen did not get bishop's pay for that long sermon of his to the Pharisees; nothing but stones. For indeed that is the world-father's proper payment. So surely as any of the world's children work for the world's good, honestly, with head and heart; and come to it, saying, 'Give us a little bread, just to keep the life in us,' the world-father answers them, 'No, my children, not bread; a stone, if you like, or as many as you need, to keep you quiet.' But the hand-workers are not so ill off as all this comes to. The worst that can happen to you is to break stones; not be broken by them. And for you there will come a time for better payment; some day, assuredly, more pence will be paid to Peter the Fisherman, and fewer to Peter the Pope; we shall pay people not quite[Pg 36] so much for talking in Parliament and doing nothing, as for holding their tongues out of it and doing something; we shall pay our ploughman a little more and our lawyer a little less, and so on: but, at least, we may even now take care that whatever work is done shall be fully paid for; and the man who does it paid for it, not somebody else; and that it shall be done in an orderly, soldierly, well-guided, wholesome way, under good captains and lieutenants of labour; and that it shall have its appointed times of rest, and enough of them; and that in those times the play shall be wholesome play, not in theatrical gardens, with tin flowers and gas sunshine, and girls dancing because of their misery; but in true gardens, with real flowers, and real sunshine, and children dancing because of their gladness; so that truly the streets shall be full (the 'streets,' mind you, not the gutters) of children, playing in the midst thereof. We may take care that working-men shall have at least as good books to read as anybody else, when they've time to read them; and as comfortable fire-sides to sit at as anybody else, when they've time to sit at them. This, I think, can be managed for you, my working friends, in the good time.
Supposing we’ve figured out fairly who should do the hands-on work, the next questions are how the workers will be paid, how they’ll be refreshed, and what kind of leisure time they’ll have. The amount of leisure time depends on the pay, and the pay is a concern for all workers, not just those who do manual labor. Usually, meaningful work, whether it’s physical or intellectual, is either poorly paid or goes unpaid altogether. I’m not saying it should be this way, but it usually is. People typically pay only for entertainment or deceit, not for service. It's common to see someone earn five thousand a year for speaking while those who fight, dig, and think might get just a shilling a day. The best intellectual efforts in art, literature, or science are rarely compensated. How much do you think Homer received for the Iliad? Or Dante for Paradise? Just some meager bread and salt, and some grief while climbing up and down other people’s stairs. In science, the inventor of the telescope, who first gazed into the heavens, ended up in a dungeon, while the inventor of the microscope, who first observed the earth, died from starvation, exiled from home. It’s unmistakably clear that the divine intends genuine quality work and ideas to be unpaid. Baruch the scribe probably didn’t earn a penny a line for writing Jeremiah's second scroll, and St. Stephen didn’t receive a bishop’s pay for his lengthy sermon to the Pharisees; just stones. That is indeed how the world rewards its children. Whenever anyone works for the greater good, honestly and with their heart and mind, and approaches it saying, ‘Just give us enough to stay alive,’ the world responds, ‘No, my children, no bread; you can have a stone, or as many as you need to keep you quiet.’ But hand-workers aren't as unfortunate as it seems. The worst you might face is breaking stones, not being broken by them. There will come a time for better pay; for sure, someday there’ll be more pennies for Peter the Fisherman and fewer for Peter the Pope. We'll pay people less for talking in Parliament and doing nothing, and more for keeping quiet while doing something productive; we’ll pay our farmers a bit more and our lawyers a bit less, and so on. At the very least, we can ensure that any work done is properly paid for, and the individual doing the work receives the payment, not someone else. It should be done in an organized, responsible, beneficial manner, under good leaders of labor, with scheduled times for rest, and plenty of them. During those breaks, the leisure should be genuine and fulfilling, not in fake gardens with plastic flowers and gaslight sunshine, with people dancing out of desperation, but in real gardens with actual flowers, real sunshine, and children dancing out of joy. The streets should be filled (the ‘streets,’ mind you, not the gutters) with children playing joyfully. We should ensure that working people have access to at least as good reading materials as anyone else when they find time to read, and cozy places to relax as anyone else when they can take a break. I believe this can be made possible for you, my working friends, in the near future.
IV. I must go on, however, to our last head, concerning ourselves all, as workers. What is wise work, and what is foolish work? What the difference between sense and nonsense, in daily occupation?
IV. However, I need to move on to our last point about all of us as workers. What constitutes wise work, and what counts as foolish work? What’s the difference between sensible and nonsensical activities in our daily jobs?
Well, wise work is, briefly, work with God. Foolish work is work against God. And work done with God, which He will help, may be briefly described as 'Putting in Order'—that is, enforcing God's law of order, spiritual and material, over men and things. The first thing you have to do, essentially; the real 'good work' is, with respect to men, to enforce justice, and with respect to things, to enforce tidiness, and fruitfulness. And against these two great human deeds, justice and order, there are perpetually two great demons contending,—the devil of iniquity, or inequity, and the devil of disorder, or of death; for death is only consummation of disorder. You have to fight these two fiends daily. So far as you don't fight against the fiend of iniquity, you work for[Pg 37] him. You 'work iniquity,' and the judgment upon you, for all your 'Lord, Lord's,' will be 'Depart from me, ye that work iniquity.' And so far as you do not resist the fiend of disorder, you work disorder, and you yourself do the work of Death, which is sin, and has for its wages, Death himself.
Well, wise work is, in short, work with God. Foolish work is work against God. Work done with God, which He will assist with, can be described as 'Putting in Order'—which means enforcing God's law of order, both spiritual and material, over people and things. The first thing you really need to do, in essence; the true 'good work' is, concerning people, to uphold justice, and concerning things, to maintain tidiness and productivity. And against these two fundamental human duties, justice and order, there are always two great demons battling— the devil of injustice and the devil of disorder, or death; for death is merely the culmination of disorder. You have to fight these two evil forces every day. If you don’t resist the devil of injustice, you’re working for[Pg 37] him. You 'work injustice,' and the judgment against you, despite all your 'Lord, Lord's,' will be 'Depart from me, you who work iniquity.' And if you don’t stand against the devil of disorder, you create disorder, and you yourself become an agent of Death, which is sin, and its consequence is Death itself.
Observe then, all wise work is mainly threefold in character. It is honest, useful, and cheerful.
Observe then, all wise work has three main qualities. It is honest, useful, and cheerful.
I. It is honest. I hardly know anything more strange than that you recognise honesty in play, and you do not in work. In your lightest games, you have always some one to see what you call 'fair-play.' In boxing, you must hit fair; in racing, start fair. Your English watchword is fair-play, your English hatred, foul-play. Did it ever strike you that you wanted another watchword also, fair-work, and another hatred also, foul-work? Your prize-fighter has some honour in him yet; and so have the men in the ring round him: they will judge him to lose the match, by foul hitting. But your prize-merchant gains his match by foul selling, and no one cries out against that. You drive a gambler out of the gambling-room who loads dice, but you leave a tradesman in flourishing business, who loads scales! For observe, all dishonest dealing is loading scales. What does it matter whether I get short weight, adulterate substance, or dishonest fabric? The fault in the fabric is incomparably the worst of the two. Give me short measure of food, and I only lose by you; but give me adulterate food, and I die by you. Here, then, is your chief duty, you workmen and tradesmen—to be true to yourselves, and to us who would help you. We can do nothing for you, nor you for yourselves, without honesty. Get that, you get all; without that, your suffrages, your reforms, your free-trade measures, your institutions of science, are all in vain. It is useless to put your heads together, if you can't put your hearts together. Shoulder to shoulder, right hand to right hand, among yourselves, and no wrong hand to anybody else, and you'll win the world yet.
I. It is trustworthy. I can’t think of anything stranger than the fact that you recognize honesty in games but not in work. In your lightest games, you always have someone to ensure what you call 'fair play.' In boxing, you have to hit fair; in racing, you need to start fair. Your English motto is fair play, and your English hatred is foul play. Has it ever occurred to you that you might need another motto as well, fair work, and another hatred too, foul work? Your prize fighter still has some honor, and so do the people in the ring around him; they will judge him to lose the match for foul hitting. But your prize merchant wins his match through foul selling, and no one calls him out on that. You kick a gambler out of the gambling room for loading the dice, but you let a tradesman who cheats with the scales thrive in business! Because, remember, all dishonest dealing is loading the scales. What difference does it make if I get short weight, adulterated substance, or dishonest fabric? The problem with the fabric is far worse than the other two. Give me short measure of food, and I lose from you; but give me adulterated food, and I could die because of you. Here, then, is your main duty, you workers and tradesmen—to be true to yourselves and to us who want to help you. We can't do anything for you, nor can you for yourselves, without honesty. Get that, and you get everything; without it, your votes, your reforms, your free trade measures, and your scientific institutions are all pointless. It’s useless to come together in thought, if you can’t come together in heart. Side by side, right hand to right hand, among yourselves, and no wrong hand towards anyone else, and you’ll conquer the world yet.
II. Then, secondly, wise work is useful. No man minds, or ought to mind, its being hard, if only it comes to something; but when it is hard, and comes to nothing; when all[Pg 38] our bees' business turns to spiders'; and for honeycomb we have only resultant cobweb, blown away by the next breeze—that is the cruel thing for the worker. Yet do we ever ask ourselves, personally, or even nationally, whether our work is coming to anything or not? We don't care to keep what has been nobly done; still less do we care to do nobly what others would keep; and, least of all, to make the work itself useful instead of deadly to the doer, so as to use his life indeed, but not to waste it. Of all wastes, the greatest waste that you can commit is the waste of labour. If you went down in the morning into your dairy, and you found that your youngest child had got down before you; and that he and the cat were at play together, and that he had poured out all the cream on the floor for the cat to lap up, you would scold the child, and be sorry the milk was wasted. But if, instead of wooden bowls with milk in them, there are golden bowls with human life in them, and instead of the cat to play with—the devil to play with; and you yourself the player; and instead of leaving that golden bowl to be broken by God at the fountain, you break it in the dust yourself, and pour the human blood out on the ground for the fiend to lick up—that is no waste! What! you perhaps think, 'to waste the labour of men is not to kill them.' Is it not? I should like to know how you could kill them more utterly—kill them with second deaths, seventh deaths, hundredfold deaths? It is the slightest way of killing to stop a man's breath. Nay, the hunger, and the cold, and the little whistling bullets—our love-messengers between nation and nation—have brought pleasant messages from us to many a man before now; orders of sweet release, and leave at last to go where he will be most welcome and most happy. At the worst you do but shorten his life, you do not corrupt his life. But if you put him to base labour, if you bind his thoughts, if you blind his eyes, if you blunt his hopes, if you steal his joys, if you stunt his body, and blast his soul, and at last leave him not so much as to reap the poor fruit of his degradation, but gather that for yourself, and dismiss him to the grave, when you have done with him, having, so far as in you lay, made the walls of that[Pg 39] grave everlasting (though, indeed, I fancy the goodly bricks of some of our family vaults will hold closer in the resurrection day than the sod over the labourer's head), this you think is no waste, and no sin!
II. Secondly, wise work is helpful. No one minds, or should mind, if it's hard as long as it leads to something valuable; but when it’s hard, and leads to nothing—when all our efforts turn to waste and instead of honeycomb, all we have is a bunch of cobwebs blown away by the next gust of wind—that’s the truly cruel part for the worker. Yet do we ever ask ourselves, either individually or as a society, whether our work is actually achieving anything? We don't value what has been done nobly; even less, we care to do noble things for others to appreciate; and, least of all, we fail to make the work itself meaningful instead of harmful to the worker, wasting their life rather than making the most of it. Of all wastes, the biggest waste you can commit is wasting labor. If you went into your dairy one morning and found that your youngest child got there before you, playing with the cat, and poured all the cream on the floor for the cat to drink, you would scold the child and regret the wasted milk. But if, instead of wooden bowls filled with milk, there are golden bowls filled with human life, and instead of a cat to play with, it’s the devil; and you yourself are the one playing with it; and instead of leaving that golden bowl to be broken by God at the fountain, you break it yourself in the dirt and pour human blood on the ground for the fiend to devour—that’s not waste! What? You might think that wasting people’s labor isn’t the same as killing them. Is it not? I’d like to know how you could kill them more completely—killing them over and over, in countless ways? Stopping someone’s breath is the least of killing. The hunger, the cold, and the little whistling bullets—our love-messengers between nations—have delivered pleasant messages from us to many a man before now; sweet orders of release, giving them permission to go where they will be most welcome and happy. At worst, you merely shorten his life; you don’t taint it. But if you force him into degrading labor, if you bind his thoughts, blind his eyes, dull his hopes, steal his joy, stifle his body, ruin his soul, and ultimately leave him without even the chance to enjoy the poor fruits of his humiliation but instead gather those for yourself and send him off to the grave when you're done with him—having, as far as you could, made the walls of that[Pg 39] grave everlasting (though, frankly, I think the sturdy bricks of some of our family vaults will hold together better on the resurrection day than the earth above the laborer’s head)—and you think that's not waste and not a sin!
III. Then, lastly, wise work is cheerful, as a child's work is. And now I want you to take one thought home with you, and let it stay with you.
III. Finally, wise work is happy, just like a child's work. And now, I want you to take one idea home with you and let it linger in your mind.
Everybody in this room has been taught to pray daily, 'Thy kingdom come.' Now, if we hear a man swear in the streets, we think it very wrong, and say he 'takes God's name in vain.' But there's a twenty times worse way of taking His name in vain, than that. It is to ask God for what we don't want. He doesn't like that sort of prayer. If you don't want a thing, don't ask for it: such asking is the worst mockery of your King you can mock Him with; the soldiers striking Him on the head with the reed was nothing to that. If you do not wish for His kingdom, don't pray for it. But if you do, you must do more than pray for it; you must work for it. And, to work for it, you must know what it is: we have all prayed for it many a day without thinking. Observe, it is a kingdom that is to come to us; we are not to go to it. Also, it is not to be a kingdom of the dead, but of the living. Also, it is not to come all at once, but quietly; nobody knows how. 'The kingdom of God cometh not with observation.' Also, it is not to come outside of us, but in the hearts of us: 'the kingdom of God is within you.' And, being within us, it is not a thing to be seen, but to be felt; and though it brings all substance of good with it, it does not consist in that: 'the kingdom of God is not meat and drink, but righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost:' joy, that is to say, in the holy, healthful, and helpful Spirit. Now, if we want to work for this kingdom, and to bring it, and enter into it, there's just one condition to be first accepted. You must enter it as children, or not at all; 'Whosoever will not receive it as a little child shall not enter therein.' And again, 'Suffer little children to come unto me, and forbid them not, for of such is the kingdom of heaven.'
Everyone in this room has been taught to pray every day, 'Thy kingdom come.' Now, if we hear someone cursing in the streets, we think it's very wrong and say they 'take God's name in vain.' But there’s a twenty times worse way to take His name in vain than that. It’s to ask God for what we don’t want. He doesn’t appreciate that kind of prayer. If you don’t want something, don’t ask for it: such asking is the worst mockery you can make of your King; it’s nothing compared to the soldiers striking Him on the head with the reed. If you don’t desire His kingdom, don’t pray for it. But if you do, you need to do more than just pray for it; you must work for it. And to work for it, you need to know what it is: we’ve all prayed for it many times without really thinking. Notice that it’s a kingdom that is coming to us; we’re not going to it. Also, it’s not going to be a kingdom of the dead, but of the living. It’s not going to come all at once, but quietly; nobody knows how. 'The kingdom of God cometh not with observation.' Additionally, it’s not going to come outside of us, but within our hearts: 'the kingdom of God is within you.' And since it’s within us, it’s not something we can see, but something we can feel; and although it brings all good things with it, it doesn’t consist of that: 'the kingdom of God is not meat and drink, but righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost:' joy, that is, in the holy, healthy, and helpful Spirit. Now, if we want to work for this kingdom and bring it forth and enter into it, there’s just one condition that must be accepted first. You must enter it as children, or not at all; 'Whosoever will not receive it as a little child shall not enter therein.' And again, 'Suffer little children to come unto me, and forbid them not, for of such is the kingdom of heaven.'
Of such, observe. Not of children themselves, but of such[Pg 40] as children. I believe most mothers who read that text think that all heaven is to be full of babies. But that's not so. There will be children there, but the hoary head is the crown. 'Length of days, and long life and peace,' that is the blessing, not to die in babyhood. Children die but for their parents sins; God means them to live, but He can't let them always; then they have their earlier place in heaven: and the little child of David, vainly prayed for;—the little child of Jeroboam, killed by its mother's step on its own threshold,—they will be there. But weary old David, and weary old Barzillai, having learned children's lessons at last, will be there too: and the one question for us all, young or old, is, have we learned our child's lesson? it is the character of children we want, and must gain at our peril; let us see, briefly, in what it consists.
Of such, take note. Not of children themselves, but of such[Pg 40] as children. I believe most mothers who read that text think that heaven will be full of babies. But that's not the case. There will be children there, but the gray-haired ones will be the crowning glory. 'Length of days, long life, and peace,' that is the blessing, not dying in infancy. Children die because of their parents' sins; God intends for them to live, but He can't allow it forever; then they have their earlier place in heaven: and the little child of David, prayed for in vain;—the little child of Jeroboam, killed by its mother's step on its own doorstep,—they will be there. But weary old David, and tired old Barzillai, who have finally learned the lessons of childhood, will be there too: and the one question for all of us, young or old, is whether we have learned our child's lesson? It is the character of children that we seek and must acquire, at our peril; let’s briefly look at what that entails.
The first character of right childhood is that it is Modest. A well-bred child does not think it can teach its parents, or that it knows everything. It may think its father and mother know everything,—perhaps that all grown-up people know everything; very certainly it is sure that it does not. And it is always asking questions, and wanting to know more. Well, that is the first character of a good and wise man at his work. To know that he knows very little;—to perceive that there are many above him wiser than he; and to be always asking questions, wanting to learn, not to teach. No one ever teaches well who wants to teach, or governs well who wants to govern; it is an old saying (Plato's, but I know not if his, first), and as wise as old.
The first trait of a proper childhood is that it’s modest. A well-bred child doesn’t believe it can teach its parents or that it knows everything. It might think its mom and dad know it all—maybe that all adults do—but it definitely knows it doesn’t. It’s constantly asking questions and wanting to learn more. Well, that’s the first trait of a good and wise person at work. Knowing that they know very little, recognizing that there are many people wiser than themselves, and always asking questions, wanting to learn rather than teach. No one ever teaches well who wants to teach, or governs well who wants to govern; it’s an old saying (Plato’s, though I’m not sure if he was the first), and as wise as it is old.
Then, the second character of right childhood is to be Faithful. Perceiving that its father knows best what is good for it, and having found always, when it has tried its own way against his, that he was right and it was wrong, a noble child trusts him at last wholly, gives him its hand, and will walk blindfold with him, if he bids it. And that is the true character of all good men also, as obedient workers, or soldiers under captains. They must trust their captains;—they are bound for their lives to choose none but those whom they can trust. Then, they are not always to be thinking that what seems[Pg 41] strange to them, or wrong in what they are desired to do, is strange or wrong. They know their captain: where he leads they must follow, what he bids, they must do; and without this trust and faith, without this captainship and soldiership, no great deed, no great salvation, is possible to man. Among all the nations it is only when this faith is attained by them that they become great: the Jew, the Greek, and the Mahometan, agree at least in testifying to this. It was a deed of this absolute trust which made Abraham the father of the faithful; it was the declaration of the power of God as captain over all men, and the acceptance of a leader appointed by Him as commander of the faithful, which laid the foundation of whatever national power yet exists in the East; and the deed of the Greeks, which has become the type of unselfish and noble soldiership to all lands, and to all times, was commemorated, on the tomb of those who gave their lives to do it, in the most pathetic, so far as I know, or can feel, of all human utterances: 'Oh, stranger, go and tell our people that we are lying here, having obeyed their words.'
Then, the second trait of a right childhood is to be faithful. Recognizing that their father knows what's best for them, and realizing that when they've gone against him, he was right and they were wrong, a noble child ultimately trusts him completely, gives him their hand, and will walk blindfolded with him if he asks. This reflects the true character of all good men as obedient workers or soldiers under their captains. They must trust their captains; they are committed for life to choose only those they can trust. They shouldn’t constantly think that what seems strange to them or wrong in what they're asked to do actually is strange or wrong. They know their captain: wherever he leads, they must follow, whatever he commands, they must do; and without this trust and faith, without this leadership and camaraderie, no great deeds or great salvation are possible for humanity. Among all nations, it is only when they achieve this faith that they become great: the Jew, the Greek, and the Muslim all agree on this. It was this absolute trust that made Abraham the father of the faithful; it was the declaration of God's power as the ultimate leader of all people, and the acceptance of a leader He appointed as commander of the faithful, which laid the foundation of any national strength that still exists in the East. The actions of the Greeks, which have become a symbol of selfless and noble soldiering to all nations and times, are commemorated on the tomb of those who sacrificed their lives to achieve it, in the most poignant expression, as far as I know or can feel, of all human statements: 'Oh, stranger, go and tell our people that we are lying here, having obeyed their words.'
Then the third character of right childhood is to be Loving and Generous. Give a little love to a child, and you get a great deal back. It loves everything near it, when it is a right kind of child—would hurt nothing, would give the best it has away, always, if you need it—does not lay plans for getting everything in the house for itself, and delights in helping people; you cannot please it so much as by giving it a chance of being useful, in ever so little a way.
Then the third characteristic of a healthy childhood is being loving and generous. Show a little love to a child, and you’ll receive a lot in return. A well-adjusted child loves everything around it—wouldn’t hurt anything, would share its best toys anytime you needed it—doesn't plot to take everything for itself, and enjoys helping others; you can’t make it happier than by giving it the opportunity to be helpful, even in a small way.
And because of all these characters, lastly, it is Cheerful. Putting its trust in its father, it is careful for nothing—being full of love to every creature, it is happy always, whether in its play or in its duty. Well, that's the great worker's character also. Taking no thought for the morrow; taking thought only for the duty of the day; trusting somebody else to take care of to-morrow; knowing indeed what labour is, but not what sorrow is; and always ready for play—beautiful play,—for lovely human play is like the play of the Sun. There's a worker for you. He, steady to his time, is set as a strong man to run his course, but also, he rejoiceth as a[Pg 42] strong man to run his course. See how he plays in the morning, with the mists below, and the clouds above, with a ray here and a flash there, and a shower of jewels everywhere; that's the Sun's play; and great human play is like his—all various—all full of light and life, and tender, as the dew of the morning.
And because of all these characters, in the end, it is Cheerful. Trusting its father, it worries about nothing—being filled with love for every creature, it is always happy, whether playing or fulfilling its duties. Well, that's the essence of a great worker too. Not thinking about tomorrow; focused only on today’s tasks; trusting someone else to handle tomorrow; knowing what hard work is, but not what sorrow is; and always ready for fun—wonderful fun—because beautiful human play is like the Sun's play. There's a true worker for you. Steady and determined, he’s set like a strong man to run his course, but he rejoices as a[Pg 42] strong man to run his course. Look at how he plays in the morning, with the mists below, and the clouds above, with a ray here and a flash there, and a shower of jewels everywhere; that’s the Sun’s play; and great human play resembles it—all diverse—all full of light and life, and gentle, like the morning dew.
So then, you have the child's character in these four things—Humility, Faith, Charity, and Cheerfulness. That's what you have got to be converted to. 'Except ye be converted and become as little children'—You hear much of conversion now-a-days; but people always seem to think they have got to be made wretched by conversion,—to be converted to long faces. No, friends, you have got to be converted to short ones; you have to repent into childhood, to repent into delight, and delightsomeness. You can't go into a conventicle but you'll hear plenty of talk of backsliding. Backsliding, indeed! I can tell you, on the ways most of us go, the faster we slide back the better. Slide back into the cradle, if going on is into the grave—back, I tell you; back—out of your long faces, and into your long clothes. It is among children only, and as children only, that you will find medicine for your healing and true wisdom for your teaching. There is poison in the counsels of the men of this world; the words they speak are all bitterness, 'the poison of asps is under their lips,' but, 'the sucking child shall play by the hole of the asp.' There is death in the looks of men. 'Their eyes are privily set against the poor;' they are as the uncharmable serpent, the cockatrice, which slew by seeing. But 'the weaned child shall lay his hand on the cockatrice den.' There is death in the steps of men: 'their feet are swift to shed blood; they have compassed us in our steps like the lion that is greedy of his prey, and the young lion lurking in secret places,' but, in that kingdom, the wolf shall lie down with the lamb, and the fatling with the lion, and 'a little child shall lead them.' There is death in the thoughts of men: the world is one wide riddle to them, darker and darker as it draws to a close; but the secret of it is known to the child, and the Lord of heaven and earth is most to be thanked in[Pg 43] that 'He has hidden these things from the wise and prudent, and has revealed them unto babes.' Yes, and there is death—infinitude of death in the principalities and powers of men. As far as the east is from the west, so far our sins are—not set from us, but multiplied around us: the Sun himself, think you he now 'rejoices' to run his course, when he plunges westward to the horizon, so widely red, not with clouds, but blood? And it will be red more widely yet. Whatever drought of the early and latter rain may be, there will be none of that red rain. You fortify yourselves, you arm yourselves against it in vain; the enemy and avenger will be upon you also, unless you learn that it is not out of the mouths of the knitted gun, or the smoothed rifle, but 'out of the mouths of babes and sucklings' that the strength is ordained which shall 'still the enemy and avenger.'
So, you see the child's character in these four things—Humility, Faith, Charity, and Cheerfulness. That's what you need to change into. 'Unless you change and become like little children'—You hear a lot about conversion these days; but people always seem to think they have to become miserable through conversion—to be converted into long faces. No, friends, you need to be converted into short ones; you have to repent into childhood, to repent into joy and happiness. You can't go to any gathering without hearing plenty of talk about backsliding. Backsliding, really! I can tell you, on the paths most of us take, the faster we slide back the better. Slide back into the cradle if moving forward is heading to the grave—back, I say; back—out of your long faces, and into your long clothes. It's among children only, and as children only, that you will find the cure for your healing and true wisdom for your teaching. There is poison in the advice of the men of this world; their words are all bitter, 'the poison of asps is under their lips,' but 'the nursing child shall play by the hole of the asp.' There is death in men's looks. 'Their eyes are set against the poor;' they are like the uncharmable serpent, the cockatrice, which kills by simply seeing. But 'the weaned child shall lay his hand on the cockatrice den.' There is death in the steps of men: 'their feet are quick to shed blood;' they surround us in our paths like a lion greedy for prey, and the young lion lurking in secret places, but in that kingdom, the wolf will lie down with the lamb, and the fatling with the lion, and 'a little child shall lead them.' There is death in the thoughts of men: the world is one big riddle to them, growing darker and darker as it approaches its end; but the answer is known to the child, and the Lord of heaven and earth is to be thanked that 'He has hidden these things from the wise and prudent, and has revealed them to babes.' Yes, and there is death—an infinity of death in the powers and authorities of men. As far as the east is from the west, so far our sins are—not removed from us, but multiplied around us: do you think the Sun itself, as it 'rejoices' to run its course, feels good when it plunges westward to the horizon, so widely red, not with clouds, but blood? And it will be even more red. Whatever drought of the early and latter rain may be, there will be none of that red rain. You arm yourselves against it in vain; the enemy and avenger will come for you too, unless you learn that it is not from the mouths of the loaded gun or the smoothed rifle, but 'out of the mouths of babes and sucklings' that the strength is ordained which will 'still the enemy and avenger.'
LECTURE II.
TRAFFIC.
(Delivered in the Town Hall, Bradford.)
My good Yorkshire friends, you asked me down here among your hills that I might talk to you about this Exchange you are going to build: but earnestly and seriously asking you to pardon me, I am going to do nothing of the kind. I cannot talk, or at least can say very little, about this same Exchange. I must talk of quite other things, though not willingly;—I could not deserve your pardon, if when you invited me to speak on one subject, I wilfully spoke on another. But I cannot speak, to purpose, of anything about which I do not care; and most simply and sorrowfully I have to tell you, in the outset, that I do not care about this Exchange of yours.
My good friends from Yorkshire, you invited me here to talk about the Exchange you’re planning to build, but I must sincerely ask for your understanding as I won’t be doing that. I can’t really discuss, or at least say much about, this Exchange. I need to talk about other matters, although I don’t want to; I wouldn’t deserve your forgiveness if, when you invited me to talk about one topic, I purposely chose to speak about another. However, I can’t speak meaningfully about anything that doesn’t interest me, and I must sadly tell you right off the bat that I do not care about this Exchange of yours.
If, however, when you sent me your invitation, I had answered, 'I won't come, I don't care about the Exchange of Bradford,' you would have been justly offended with me, not knowing the reasons of so blunt a carelessness. So I have come down, hoping that you will patiently let me tell you why, on this, and many other such occasions, I now remain silent, when formerly I should have caught at the opportunity of speaking to a gracious audience.
If, when you sent me your invitation, I had responded, 'I'm not coming, I don't care about the Exchange of Bradford,' you would have every right to be offended with me, not knowing the reasons behind such a rude disregard. So, I’ve come down, hoping that you will kindly let me explain why, on this and many other occasions like this, I now stay quiet when in the past I would have jumped at the chance to speak to such a gracious audience.
In a word, then, I do not care about this Exchange,—because you don't; and because you know perfectly well I cannot make you. Look at the essential circumstances of the case, which you, as business men, know perfectly well, though perhaps you think I forget them. You are going to spend 30,000l., which to you, collectively, is nothing; the buying a new coat is, as to the cost of it, a much more important matter of consideration to me than building a new Exchange[Pg 45] is to you. But you think you may as well have the right thing for your money. You know there are a great many odd styles of architecture about; you don't want to do anything ridiculous; you hear of me, among others, as a respectable architectural man-milliner: and you send for me, that I may tell you the leading fashion; and what is, in our shops, for the moment, the newest and sweetest thing in pinnacles.
In short, I don’t care about this Exchange—because you don’t; and because you know very well that I can’t make you. Consider the key facts of the situation, which you, as business people, are all too aware of, even if you think I've forgotten them. You’re about to spend £30,000, which to you, as a group, is nothing; buying a new coat is, in terms of cost, a far more significant consideration for me than building a new Exchange[Pg 45] is for you. But you think you deserve to get the right thing for your money. You know there are plenty of unusual architectural styles out there; you don’t want to do anything ridiculous; you hear about me, among others, as a reputable architectural designer: and you reach out to me, so I can tell you the latest trend; and what is, in our shops, currently the freshest and most stylish thing in pinnacles.
Now, pardon me for telling you frankly, you cannot have good architecture merely by asking people's advice on occasion. All good architecture is the expression of national life and character; and it is produced by a prevalent and eager national taste, or desire for beauty. And I want you to think a little of the deep significance of this word 'taste;' for no statement of mine has been more earnestly or oftener controverted than that good taste is essentially a moral quality. 'No,' say many of my antagonists, 'taste is one thing, morality is another. Tell us what is pretty; we shall be glad to know that; but preach no sermons to us.'
Now, excuse me for being straightforward, but you can't achieve great architecture just by occasionally seeking people's opinions. All great architecture reflects the life and character of a nation; it's created by a strong and passionate national interest or desire for beauty. I want you to consider the deep meaning of the word 'taste'; because no statement of mine has been more passionately disputed than my claim that good taste is fundamentally a moral quality. "No," say many of my critics, "taste is one thing, and morality is another. Just tell us what looks good; we would love to know that, but don’t preach to us."
Permit me, therefore, to fortify this old dogma of mine somewhat. Taste is not only a part and an index of morality—it is the only morality. The first, and last, and closest trial question to any living creature is, 'What do you like?' Tell me what you like, and I'll tell you what you are. Go out into the street, and ask the first man or woman you meet, what their 'taste' is, and if they answer candidly, you know them, body and soul. 'You, my friend in the rags, with the unsteady gait, what do you like?' 'A pipe and a quartern of gin.' I know you. 'You, good woman, with the quick step and tidy bonnet, what do you like?' 'A swept hearth and a clean tea-table, and my husband opposite me, and a baby at my breast.' Good, I know you also. 'You, little girl with the golden hair and the soft eyes, what do you like?' 'My canary, and a run among the wood hyacinths.' 'You, little boy with the dirty hands and the low forehead, what do you like?' 'A shy at the sparrows, and a game at pitch-farthing.' Good; we know them all now. What more need we ask?
Let me, then, strengthen this old belief of mine a bit. Taste isn't just a part of morality and a reflection of it—it is the only morality. The first, last, and most important question for any living being is, 'What do you like?' Tell me your preferences, and I'll tell you who you are. Walk out into the street and ask the first person you see what their 'taste' is, and if they respond honestly, you'll understand them completely. 'You, my friend in rags with an unsteady walk, what do you like?' 'A pipe and a quarter of gin.' I get you. 'You, good woman with a quick step and a neat bonnet, what do you like?' 'A clean home and a tidy tea table, with my husband across from me and a baby in my arms.' Great, I understand you too. 'You, little girl with golden hair and gentle eyes, what do you like?' 'My canary and running through the bluebells.' 'You, little boy with dirty hands and a low forehead, what do you like?' 'A shot at the sparrows and a game of pitch-farthing.' Good; now we know them all. What more do we need to ask?
'Nay,' perhaps you answer: 'we need rather to ask what these people and children do, than what they like. If they do[Pg 46] right, it is no matter that they like what is wrong; and if they do wrong, it is no matter that they like what is right. Doing is the great thing; and it does not matter that the man likes drinking, so that he does not drink; nor that the little girl likes to be kind to her canary, if she will not learn her lessons; nor that the little boy likes throwing stones at the sparrows, if he goes to the Sunday school.' Indeed, for a short time, and in a provisional sense, this is true. For if, resolutely, people do what is right, in time they come to like doing it. But they only are in a right moral state when they have come to like doing it; and as long as they don't like it, they are still in a vicious state. The man is not in health of body who is always thirsting for the bottle in the cupboard, though he bravely bears his thirst; but the man who heartily enjoys water in the morning and wine in the evening, each in its proper quantity and time. And the entire object of true education is to make people not merely do the right things, but enjoy the right things—not merely industrious, but to love industry—not merely learned, but to love knowledge—not merely pure, but to love purity—not merely just, but to hunger and thirst after justice.
'No,' you might reply: 'we should really be asking what these people and children do, rather than what they like. If they do[Pg 46] the right thing, it doesn’t matter if they like the wrong thing; and if they do the wrong thing, it doesn’t matter if they like the right thing. What matters is actions; it doesn’t matter if a man enjoys drinking as long as he doesn’t drink; nor if a little girl likes being kind to her canary if she won’t learn her lessons; nor if a little boy likes throwing stones at sparrows if he attends Sunday school.' Indeed, for a while, and in a temporary sense, this is true. For if people consistently do what is right, over time they start to enjoy doing it. But they’re only in a truly moral state when they have come to enjoy doing it; as long as they don’t enjoy it, they remain in a negative state. A man isn’t in good health who is always craving the bottle in the cupboard, even if he bravely endures his thirst; but the man who genuinely enjoys water in the morning and wine in the evening, each in its proper amount and time. The whole goal of true education is to make people not just do the right things, but enjoy the right things—not just hardworking, but to love hard work—not just knowledgeable, but to love learning—not just pure, but to love purity—not just just, but to crave justice.
But you may answer or think, 'Is the liking for outside ornaments,—for pictures, or statues, or furniture, or architecture,—a moral quality?' Yes, most surely, if a rightly set liking. Taste for any pictures or statues is not a moral quality, but taste for good ones is. Only here again we have to define the word 'good.' I don't mean by 'good,' clever—or learned—or difficult in the doing. Take a picture by Teniers, of sots quarrelling over their dice: it is an entirely clever picture; so clever that nothing in its kind has ever been done equal to it; but it is also an entirely base and evil picture. It is an expression of delight in the prolonged contemplation of a vile thing, and delight in that is an 'unmannered,' or 'immoral' quality. It is 'bad taste' in the profoundest sense—it is the taste of the devils. On the other hand, a picture of Titian's, or a Greek statue, or a Greek coin, or a Turner landscape, expresses delight in the perpetual contemplation of a good and perfect thing. That is[Pg 47] an entirely moral quality—it is the taste of the angels. And all delight in art, and all love of it, resolve themselves into simple love of that which deserves love. That deserving is the quality which we call 'loveliness'—(we ought to have an opposite word, hateliness, to be said of the things which deserve to be hated); and it is not an indifferent nor optional thing whether we love this or that; but it is just the vital function of all our being. What we like determines what we are, and is the sign of what we are; and to teach taste is inevitably to form character. As I was thinking over this, in walking up Fleet Street the other day, my eye caught the title of a book standing open in a bookseller's window. It was—'On the necessity of the diffusion of taste among all classes.' 'Ah,' I thought to myself, 'my classifying friend, when you have diffused your taste, where will your classes be? The man who likes what you like, belongs to the same class with you, I think. Inevitably so. You may put him to other work if you choose; but, by the condition you have brought him into, he will dislike the other work as much as you would yourself. You get hold of a scavenger, or a costermonger, who enjoyed the Newgate Calendar for literature, and "Pop goes the Weasel" for music. You think you can make him like Dante and Beethoven? I wish you joy of your lessons; but if you do, you have made a gentleman of him:—he won't like to go back to his costermongering.'
But you might ask, 'Is a preference for outside decorations—like pictures, statues, furniture, or architecture—a moral quality?' Yes, definitely, if it’s a properly oriented preference. Liking any pictures or statues isn’t a moral quality, but liking good ones is. However, we need to clarify what 'good' means here. I don’t mean 'good' as in clever, learned, or difficult to create. Take a painting by Teniers, depicting drunks fighting over their dice: it's a very clever painting, so clever that nothing of its kind has ever matched it; but it’s also a totally base and negative image. It shows a pleasure in the prolonged observation of something vile, and taking joy in that is an 'unrefined' or 'immoral' trait. It’s 'bad taste' in the deepest sense—it’s the taste of the devils. On the flip side, a painting by Titian, or a Greek statue, or a Greek coin, or a Turner landscape, represents joy in the continual observation of a good and perfect thing. That is[Pg 47] an entirely moral quality—it reflects the taste of the angels. All appreciation of art, and all love for it, come down to a simple affection for what deserves to be loved. That worthiness is what we call 'loveliness'—(we should have a word for the opposite, 'hateliness,' to refer to things deserving hate); and it's not neutral or optional whether we love this or that; it’s a vital aspect of our existence. What we like shapes who we are, and shows what we are; thus, teaching taste inevitably shapes character. While I was reflecting on this during a walk up Fleet Street the other day, I noticed the title of a book displayed in a bookstore window. It was—'On the necessity of spreading taste among all social classes.' I thought to myself, 'Ah, my classifying friend, when you spread your taste, where will your classes go? The person who likes what you like belongs to the same group as you, I believe. It’s inevitable. You might assign him different work if you want, but given his conditioned likes, he will dislike the other work just as much as you would. You get a street cleaner or a vendor who enjoys the Newgate Calendar for literature and "Pop Goes the Weasel" for music. Do you think you can make him appreciate Dante and Beethoven? Good luck with your lessons; but if you succeed, you have made a gentleman out of him:—he won’t want to return to his street vending.'
And so completely and unexceptionally is this so, that, if I had time to-night, I could show you that a nation cannot be affected by any vice, or weakness, without expressing it, legibly, and for ever, either in bad art, or by want of art; and that there is no national virtue, small or great, which is not manifestly expressed in all the art which circumstances enable the people possessing that virtue to produce. Take, for instance, your great English virtue of enduring and patient courage. You have at present in England only one art of any consequence—that is, iron-working. You know thoroughly well how to cast and hammer iron. Now, do you think in those masses of lava which you build volcanic cones to melt, and which you forge at the mouths of the Infernos[Pg 48] you have created; do you think, on those iron plates, your courage and endurance are not written for ever—not merely with an iron pen, but on iron parchment? And take also your great English vice—European vice—vice of all the world—vice of all other worlds that roll or shine in heaven, bearing with them yet the atmosphere of hell—the vice of jealousy, which brings competition into your commerce, treachery into your councils, and dishonour into your wars—that vice which has rendered for you, and for your next neighbouring nation, the daily occupations of existence no longer possible, but with the mail upon your breasts and the sword loose in its sheath; so that, at last, you have realised for all the multitudes of the two great peoples who lead the so-called civilisation of the earth,—you have realised for them all, I say, in person and in policy, what was once true only of the rough Border riders of your Cheviot hills—
And so completely and unambiguously is this true that if I had time tonight, I could show you that a nation cannot be influenced by any vice or weakness without clearly expressing it, either through poor art or a lack of art, and that there is no national virtue, big or small, that isn't visibly shown in all the art that circumstances allow the people with that virtue to create. For example, consider your significant English virtue of enduring and patient courage. Right now, England only has one art of any importance—that is, iron-working. You know how to cast and hammer iron extremely well. Now, do you think in those massive lava structures you create to melt, and which you forge at the mouths of the Infernos[Pg 48] that you have created; do you think your courage and endurance aren't permanently inscribed on those iron plates—not just with an iron pen, but on iron parchment? And also look at your significant English vice—European vice—the vice of the entire world—the vice of all the other worlds that revolve or shine in heaven, yet still carry the atmosphere of hell—the vice of jealousy, which brings competition into your trade, betrayal into your councils, and dishonor into your wars—that vice which has made daily life for you and your neighboring nation no longer possible without armor on your chests and swords loose in their sheaths; so that, ultimately, you have made it real for all the countless people of the two great nations that lead what’s called the civilization of the earth—what was once only true of the rough Border riders of your Cheviot hills—
With iron gloves,
And they drank the red wine through the barred helmet;—
do you think that this national shame and dastardliness of heart are not written as legibly on every rivet of your iron armour as the strength of the right hands that forged it? Friends, I know not whether this thing be the more ludicrous or the more melancholy. It is quite unspeakably both. Suppose, instead of being now sent for by you, I had been sent for by some private gentleman, living in a suburban house, with his garden separated only by a fruit-wall from his next door neighbour's; and he had called me to consult with him on the furnishing of his drawing room. I begin looking about me, and find the walls rather bare; I think such and such a paper might be desirable—perhaps a little fresco here and there on the ceiling—a damask curtain or so at the windows. 'Ah,' says my employer, 'damask curtains, indeed! That's all very fine, but you know I can't afford that kind of thing just now!' 'Yet the world credits you with a splendid income!' 'Ah, yes,' says my friend, 'but do you know, at[Pg 49] present, I am obliged to spend it nearly all in steel-traps?' 'Steel-traps! for whom?' 'Why, for that fellow on the other side the wall, you know: we're very good friends, capital friends; but we are obliged to keep our traps set on both sides of the wall; we could not possibly keep on friendly terms without them, and our spring guns. The worst of it is, we are both clever fellows enough; and there's never a day passes that we don't find out a new trap, or a new gun-barrel, or something; we spend about fifteen millions a year each in our traps, take it all together; and I don't see how we're to do with less.' A highly comic state of life for two private gentlemen! but for two nations, it seems to me, not wholly comic? Bedlam would be comic, perhaps, if there were only one madman in it; and your Christmas pantomime is comic, when there is only one clown in it; but when the whole world turns clown, and paints itself red with its own heart's blood instead of vermilion, it is something else than comic, I think.
Do you think this national disgrace and cowardice aren't clearly marked on every rivet of your iron armor just as much as the strength of the hands that forged it? Friends, I’m not sure if this situation is more ridiculous or more sorrowful. It's both indescribably. Imagine, instead of being summoned by you, I had been called by some guy living in a suburban house, separated from his neighbor by a fruit-wall; he wanted to consult with me about decorating his living room. As I start looking around, I notice the walls are quite bare; I think maybe this or that wallpaper could work—perhaps a little fresco here and there on the ceiling, a few damask curtains at the windows. “Ah,” my client says, “damask curtains sound nice! But you see, I can’t really afford that right now!” “Yet the world thinks you have a great income!” “Ah, yes,” my friend replies, “but do you know that right now, I have to spend almost all of it on steel traps?” “Steel traps! For whom?” “Well, for the guy on the other side of the wall, of course: we’re great friends, really good friends; but we have to keep our traps set on both sides of the wall; we couldn’t possibly stay friendly without them and our spring guns. The worst part is, we’re both smart enough; every day we discover a new trap or a new gun-barrel, or something; we each spend about fifteen million a year on our traps altogether; and I don’t see how we can manage with less.” It’s a pretty comical situation for two private individuals! But for two nations, it doesn’t seem entirely funny to me? A madhouse might be amusing if there were only one madman in it; and a Christmas pantomime is comedic when there’s just one clown; but when the whole world turns into a clown and paints itself red with its own blood instead of red paint, it feels like something more than just humorous, I think.
Mind, I know a great deal of this is play, and willingly allow for that. You don't know what to do with yourselves for a sensation: fox-hunting and cricketing will not carry you through the whole of this unendurably long mortal life: you liked pop-guns when you were schoolboys, and rifles and Armstrongs are only the same things better made: but then the worst of it is, that what was play to you when boys, was not play to the sparrows; and what is play to you now, is not play to the small birds of State neither; and for the black eagles, you are somewhat shy of taking shots at them, if I mistake not.
Look, I know a lot of this is just for fun, and I accept that. You guys don't know what to do with yourselves for excitement: fox hunting and cricket won't get you through this unbearably long life. You enjoyed toy guns when you were kids, and rifles and artillery are just the same things made better. But the worst part is, what was fun for you as boys wasn't fun for the sparrows; and what is fun for you now isn't fun for the little birds of the State either; and when it comes to the black eagles, you seem a bit hesitant to take shots at them, if I'm not mistaken.
I must get back to the matter in hand, however. Believe me, without farther instance, I could show you, in all time, that every nation's vice, or virtue, was written in its art: the soldiership of early Greece; the sensuality of late Italy; the visionary religion of Tuscany; the splendid human energy and beauty of Venice. I have no time to do this to-night (I have done it elsewhere before now); but I proceed to apply the principle to ourselves in a more searching manner.
I need to get back to the point at hand, though. Trust me, I could easily demonstrate that throughout history, every nation's weaknesses and strengths are reflected in its art: the military prowess of ancient Greece; the hedonism of late Italy; the idealism of Tuscany; the incredible human spirit and beauty of Venice. I don’t have the time to go into all of this tonight (I've covered it elsewhere before); instead, I'll focus on applying this principle to ourselves in a deeper way.
I notice that among all the new buildings that cover your[Pg 50] once wild hills, churches and schools are mixed in due, that is to say, in large proportion, with your mills and mansions and I notice also that the churches and schools are almost always Gothic, and the mansions and mills are never Gothic. Will you allow me to ask precisely the meaning of this? For, remember, it is peculiarly a modern phenomenon. When Gothic was invented, houses were Gothic as well as churches; and when the Italian style superseded the Gothic, churches were Italian as well as houses. If there is a Gothic spire to the cathedral of Antwerp, there is a Gothic belfry to the Hôtel de Ville at Brussels; if Inigo Jones builds an Italian Whitehall, Sir Christopher Wren builds an Italian St. Paul's. But now you live under one school of architecture, and worship under another. What do you mean by doing this? Am I to understand that you are thinking of changing your architecture back to Gothic; and that you treat your churches experimentally, because it does not matter what mistakes you make in a church? Or am I to understand that you consider Gothic a pre-eminently sacred and beautiful mode of building, which you think, like the fine frankincense, should be mixed for the tabernacle only, and reserved for your religious services? For if this be the feeling, though it may seem at first as if it were graceful and reverent, you will find that, at the root of the matter, it signifies neither more nor less than that you have separated your religion from your life.
I notice that among all the new buildings that now cover your[Pg 50] once wild hills, churches and schools are mixed in, that is to say, in large proportion, with your mills and mansions. I also observe that the churches and schools are almost always Gothic, while the mansions and mills are never Gothic. Can I ask what this means? Remember, this is a distinctly modern phenomenon. When Gothic architecture was first developed, both houses and churches were Gothic; and when the Italian style took over from Gothic, churches were Italian just like the houses. If there’s a Gothic spire to the cathedral of Antwerp, there’s a Gothic belfry on the Hôtel de Ville in Brussels; if Inigo Jones designs an Italian Whitehall, Sir Christopher Wren designs an Italian St. Paul’s. But now, you live under one style of architecture and worship under another. What’s the meaning behind this? Should I take it that you’re thinking about reverting your architecture back to Gothic; and that you treat your churches as experimental because it doesn’t matter what mistakes you make there? Or should I understand that you regard Gothic as a primarily sacred and beautiful way to build, which you believe, like fine frankincense, should only be reserved for the tabernacle and your religious services? Because if this is your perspective, even though it may initially seem graceful and respectful, you will find that at its core, it signifies nothing less than the separation of your religion from your everyday life.
For consider what a wide significance this fact has; and remember that it is not you only, but all the people of England, who are behaving thus just now.
For think about how important this fact is; and remember that it’s not just you, but everyone in England, who is acting this way right now.
You have all got into the habit of calling the church 'the house of God.' I have seen, over the doors of many churches, the legend actually carved, 'This is the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven.' Now, note where that legend comes from, and of what place it was first spoken. A boy leaves his father's house to go on a long journey on foot, to visit his uncle; he has to cross a wild hill-desert; just as if one of your own boys had to cross the wolds of Westmoreland, to visit an uncle at Carlisle. The second or third day[Pg 51] your boy finds himself somewhere between Hawes and Brough, in the midst of the moors, at sunset. It is stony ground, and boggy; he cannot go one foot farther that night. Down he lies, to sleep, on Wharnside, where best he may, gathering a few of the stones together to put under his head;—so wild the place is, he cannot get anything but stones. And there, lying under the broad night, he has a dream; and he sees a ladder set up on the earth, and the top of it reaches to heaven, and the angels of God are ascending and descending upon it. And when he wakes out of his sleep, he says, 'How dreadful is this place; surely, this is none other than the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven.' This place, observe; not this church; not this city; not this stone, even, which he puts up for a memorial—the piece of flint on which his head has lain. But this place; this windy slope of Wharnside; this moorland hollow, torrent-bitten, snow-blighted; this any place where God lets down the ladder. And how are you to know where that will be? or how are you to determine where it may be, but by being ready for it always? Do you know where the lightning is to fall next? You do know that, partly; you can guide the lightning; but you cannot guide the going forth of the Spirit, which is that lightning when it shines from the east to the west.
You all have gotten used to calling the church 'the house of God.' I've seen the phrase actually carved over the doors of many churches, 'This is the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven.' Now, pay attention to where that phrase comes from and where it was first spoken. A boy leaves his father's house to go on a long journey on foot to visit his uncle; he has to cross a wild, hilly area; just like if one of your boys had to cross the hills of Westmoreland to visit an uncle in Carlisle. On the second or third day[Pg 51], your boy finds himself somewhere between Hawes and Brough, in the middle of the moors at sunset. The ground is rocky and boggy; he can't go any further that night. He lies down to sleep on Wharnside, wherever he can find a spot, gathering a few stones to put under his head—so wild is the place that all he can find are stones. And there, lying under the vast night sky, he has a dream; he sees a ladder set up on the earth, reaching up to heaven, with the angels of God going up and down on it. When he wakes up, he says, 'How awesome is this place; surely, this is none other than the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven.' This location, notice; not this church; not this city; not even this stone, which he uses as a memorial—the piece of flint where his head has rested. But this place; this windy slope of Wharnside; this moorland hollow, battered by torrents and snow; this any place where God brings down the ladder. And how do you know where that will be? Or how can you figure out where it might be, except by being prepared for it at all times? Do you know where lightning will strike next? You do know that, in part; you can predict lightning's path; but you can't direct the movement of the Spirit, which is like lightning when it shines from east to west.
But the perpetual and insolent warping of that strong verse to serve a merely ecclesiastical purpose, is only one of the thousand instances in which we sink back into gross Judaism. We call our churches 'temples.' Now, you know, or ought to know, they are not temples. They have never had, never can have, anything whatever to do with temples. They are 'synagogues'—'gathering places'—where you gather yourselves together as an assembly; and by not calling them so, you again miss the force of another mighty text—'Thou, when thou prayest, shalt not be as the hypocrites are; for they love to pray standing in the churches' [we should translate it], 'that they may be seen of men. But thou, when thou prayest, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father,'—which is, not in chancel nor in aisle, but 'in secret.'[Pg 52]
But the constant and disrespectful bending of that strong verse to serve a purely church-related purpose is just one of countless examples where we revert back to blatant Judaism. We call our churches 'temples.' Now, you know, or should know, they are not temples. They have never been, and never can be, anything related to temples. They are 'synagogues'—'gathering places'—where you come together as a group; and by not calling them that, you again miss the power of another significant text—'You, when you pray, should not be like the hypocrites; for they love to pray standing in the churches' [we should translate it], 'so that they may be seen by others. But you, when you pray, go into your room, and when you have shut your door, pray to your Father,'—which is, not in the chancel or aisle, but 'in secret.'[Pg 52]
Now, you feel, as I say this to you—I know you feel—as if I were trying to take away the honour of your churches. Not so; I am trying to prove to you the honour of your houses and your hills; I am trying to show you—not that the Church is not sacred—but that the whole Earth is. I would have you feel, what careless, what constant, what infectious sin there is in all modes of thought, whereby, in calling your churches only 'holy,' you call your hearths and homes profane; and have separated yourselves from the heathen by casting all your household gods to the ground, instead of recognising, in the place of their many and feeble Lares, the presence of your One and Mighty Lord and Lar.
Now, as I say this to you, I know you feel like I'm trying to take the honor away from your churches. That's not true; I'm trying to show you the honor of your homes and your hills. I'm trying to demonstrate—not that the Church isn't sacred—but that the whole Earth is. I want you to understand how thoughtless, how constant, and how contagious sin is in thinking that by calling your churches 'holy,' you label your hearths and homes as profane; and you have separated yourselves from the unfaithful by casting all your household gods aside, instead of recognizing, in the place of their many and weak spirits, the presence of your One and Mighty Lord.
'But what has all this to do with our Exchange?' you ask me, impatiently. My dear friends, it has just everything to do with it; on these inner and great questions depend all the outer and little ones; and if you have asked me down here to speak to you, because you had before been interested in anything I have written, you must know that all I have yet said about architecture was to show this. The book I called 'The Seven Lamps' was to show that certain right states of temper and moral feeling were the magic powers by which all good architecture, without exception, had been produced. 'The Stones of Venice,' had, from beginning to end, no other aim than to show that the Gothic architecture of Venice had arisen out of, and indicated in all its features, a state of pure national faith, and of domestic virtue; and that its Renaissance architecture had arisen out of, and in all its features indicated, a state of concealed national infidelity, and of domestic corruption. And now, you ask me what style is best to build in; and how can I answer, knowing the meaning of the two styles, but by another question—do you mean to build as Christians or as Infidels? And still more—do you mean to build as honest Christians or as honest Infidels? as thoroughly and confessedly either one or the other? You don't like to be asked such rude questions. I cannot help it; they are of much more importance than this Exchange business; and if they can be at once answered, the Exchange business settles itself in a moment. But, before I press them farther,[Pg 53] I must ask leave to explain one point clearly. In all my past work, my endeavour has been to show that good architecture is essentially religious—the production of a faithful and virtuous, not of an infidel and corrupted people. But in the course of doing this, I have had also to show that good architecture is not ecclesiastical. People are so apt to look upon religion as the business of the clergy, not their own, that the moment they hear of anything depending on 'religion,' they think it must also have depended on the priesthood; and I have had to take what place was to be occupied between these two errors, and fight both, often with seeming contradiction. Good architecture is the work of good and believing men; therefore, you say, at least some people say, 'Good architecture must essentially have been the work of the clergy, not of the laity.' No—a thousand times no; good architecture has always been the work of the commonalty, not of the clergy. What, you say, those glorious cathedrals—the pride of Europe—did their builders not form Gothic architecture? No; they corrupted Gothic architecture. Gothic was formed in the baron's castle, and the burgher's street. It was formed by the thoughts, and hands, and powers of free citizens and soldier kings. By the monk it was used as an instrument for the aid of his superstition; when that superstition became a beautiful madness, and the best hearts of Europe vainly dreamed and pined in the cloister, and vainly raged and perished in the crusade—through that fury of perverted faith and wasted war, the Gothic rose also to its loveliest, most fantastic, and, finally, most foolish dreams; and, in those dreams, was lost.
'But what does all this have to do with our Exchange?' you ask me, impatiently. My dear friends, it has everything to do with it; the big questions are what the smaller questions depend on. If you invited me here because you’ve shown interest in what I’ve written before, you should understand that everything I’ve said about architecture serves this purpose. The book I called 'The Seven Lamps' was meant to show that the right attitudes and moral feelings are the magic powers behind all good architecture, no exceptions. 'The Stones of Venice' had no other aim from start to finish than to show that the Gothic architecture of Venice arose from, and reflected in all its features, a state of pure national faith and domestic virtue; and that its Renaissance architecture grew out of, and in all its elements indicated, a state of hidden national infidelity and domestic corruption. And now, you’re asking me what style is best to build in; how can I respond, knowing the meanings of these two styles, without asking another question—do you want to build as Christians or as Infidels? And even more—do you want to build as honest Christians or as honest Infidels? As completely and openly one or the other? You don’t like being asked such blunt questions. I can’t help it; they are much more crucial than this Exchange matter; and if they can be answered clearly, the Exchange issue resolves itself immediately. But, before I dig deeper into it,[Pg 53] I need to clarify one point. In all my previous work, my goal has been to show that good architecture is fundamentally religious—the creation of a faithful and virtuous people, not an infidel and corrupted one. However, in the process, I've had to show that good architecture is not ecclesiastical. People often view religion as the business of the clergy and not their own, so when they hear anything related to 'religion,' they assume it must also involve the priesthood; I have had to navigate the space between these two misconceptions and challenge both, often seeming contradictory. Good architecture is the work of good, believing people; therefore, some say, 'Good architecture must essentially have been the work of the clergy, not the laity.' No—a thousand times no; good architecture has always been the work of the common people, not the clergy. What, you ask, about those glorious cathedrals—the pride of Europe—didn’t their builders create Gothic architecture? No; they corrupted Gothic architecture. Gothic was formed in the baron's castle and the burgher's street. It was shaped by the thoughts, hands, and abilities of free citizens and soldier kings. The monk used it as a tool for his superstition; when that superstition evolved into a beautiful madness, and the best hearts of Europe vainly dreamed and yearned in the cloister, and vainly raged and perished in the crusade—through that fervor of twisted faith and wasted war, the Gothic reached its loveliest, most fantastical, and ultimately, most foolish dreams; and, in those dreams, was lost.
I hope, now, that there is no risk of your misunderstanding me when I come to the gist of what I want to say to-night—when I repeat, that every great national architecture has been the result and exponent of a great national religion. You can't have bits of it here, bits there—you must have it everywhere, or nowhere. It is not the monopoly of a clerical company—it is not the exponent of a theological dogma—it is not the hieroglyphic writing of an initiated priesthood; it is the manly language of a people inspired by resolute and common[Pg 54] purpose, and rendering resolute and common fidelity to the legible laws of an undoubted God.
I hope that now there’s no chance of you misunderstanding me when I get to the main point of what I want to say tonight—when I emphasize that every great national architecture has been shaped and represented by a great national religion. You can’t have parts of it here and parts of it there—you need to have it everywhere, or nowhere at all. It’s not the exclusive domain of a religious group—it’s not just about a specific theological belief—it’s not the secret writing of an elite priesthood; it’s the straightforward language of a people motivated by a strong and shared purpose, showing unwavering loyalty to the clear laws of an undeniable God.
Now, there have as yet been three distinct schools of European architecture. I say, European, because Asiatic and African architectures belong so entirely to other races and climates, that there is no question of them here; only, in passing, I will simply assure you that whatever is good or great in Egypt, and Syria, and India, is just good or great for the same reasons as the buildings on our side of the Bosphorus. We Europeans, then, have had three great religions: the Greek, which was the worship of the God of Wisdom and Power; the Mediæval, which was the Worship of the God of Judgment and Consolation; the Renaissance, which was the worship of the God of Pride and Beauty; these three we have had—they are past,—and now, at last, we English have got a fourth religion, and a God of our own, about which I want to ask you. But I must explain these three old ones first.
Now, there have been three distinct schools of European architecture. I mention European because Asian and African architectures belong entirely to different races and climates, so they aren’t relevant here; I’ll just assure you that what’s good or great in Egypt, Syria, and India is considered good or great for the same reasons as the buildings on our side of the Bosphorus. We Europeans have experienced three major religions: the Greek, which was the worship of the God of Wisdom and Power; the Medieval, which was the Worship of the God of Judgment and Consolation; and the Renaissance, which was the worship of the God of Pride and Beauty. These three are in the past—and now, at last, we English have a fourth religion, and a God of our own, which I want to ask you about. But first, I need to explain these three older ones.
I repeat, first, the Greeks essentially worshipped the God of Wisdom; so that whatever contended against their religion,—to the Jews a stumbling block,—was, to the Greeks—Foolishness.
I say it again, first, the Greeks essentially worshipped the God of Wisdom; so whatever went against their religion— a stumbling block for the Jews—was, for the Greeks—Foolishness.
The first Greek idea of Deity was that expressed in the word, of which we keep the remnant in our words 'Di-urnal' and 'Di-vine'—the god of Day, Jupiter the revealer. Athena is his daughter, but especially daughter of the Intellect, springing armed from the head. We are only with the help of recent investigation beginning to penetrate the depth of meaning couched under the Athenaic symbols: but I may note rapidly, that her ægis, the mantle with the serpent fringes, in which she often, in the best statues, is represented as folding up her left hand for better guard, and the Gorgon on her shield, are both representative mainly of the chilling horror and sadness (turning men to stone, as it were,) of the outmost and superficial spheres of knowledge—that knowledge which separates, in bitterness, hardness, and sorrow, the heart of the full-grown man from the heart of the child. For out of imperfect knowledge spring terror, dissension,[Pg 55] danger, and disdain; but from perfect knowledge, given by the full-revealed Athena, strength and peace, in sign of which she is crowned with the olive spray, and bears the resistless spear.
The initial Greek concept of divinity was expressed in a term that still lingers in our words 'Di-urnal' and 'Di-vine'—the god of Day, Jupiter the revealer. Athena is his daughter, but more importantly, she represents the Daughter of Intellect, emerging fully armed from his head. Recent research is just starting to uncover the deeper meanings behind the symbols associated with Athena. I’ll quickly point out that her ægis, the cloak adorned with serpentine fringes, often depicted in her left hand for added protection, and the Gorgon on her shield, mainly symbolize the chilling horror and sadness (that can turn men to stone, so to speak) found in the outermost and superficial realms of knowledge—knowledge that harshly divides the heart of an adult from that of a child. Imperfect knowledge leads to fear, conflict,[Pg 55] danger, and contempt; whereas perfect knowledge, as given by the fully revealed Athena, brings strength and peace, which is signified by her being crowned with an olive branch and holding a powerful spear.
This, then, was the Greek conception of purest Deity, and every habit of life, and every form of his art developed themselves from the seeking this bright, serene, resistless wisdom; and setting himself, as a man, to do things evermore rightly and strongly;[3] not with any ardent affection or ultimate hope; but with a resolute and continent energy of will, as knowing that for failure there was no consolation, and for sin there was no remission. And the Greek architecture rose unerring, bright, clearly defined, and self-contained.
This was the Greek idea of the purest Deity, and every aspect of their life and every form of their art stemmed from the pursuit of this bright, calm, unstoppable wisdom. They strived, as individuals, to do things better and stronger; not out of passionate love or ultimate hope, but with a determined and disciplined will, knowing that failure came with no consolation and sin had no forgiveness. Greek architecture emerged flawless, brilliant, clearly defined, and self-sufficient.
Next followed in Europe the great Christian faith, which was essentially the religion of Comfort. Its great doctrine is the remission of sins; for which cause it happens, too often, in certain phases of Christianity, that sin and sickness themselves are partly glorified, as if, the more you had to be healed of, the more divine was the healing. The practical result of this doctrine, in art, is a continual contemplation of sin and disease, and of imaginary states of purification from them; thus we have an architecture conceived in a mingled sentiment of melancholy and aspiration, partly severe, partly luxuriant, which will bend itself to every one of our needs, and every one of our fancies, and be strong or weak with us, as we are strong or weak ourselves. It is, of all architecture, the basest, when base people build it—of all, the noblest, when built by the noble.
Next in Europe came the great Christian faith, which was fundamentally the religion of Comfort. Its main teaching is the forgiveness of sins; for this reason, in certain phases of Christianity, sin and sickness are sometimes glorified, as if the more you have to be healed from, the more divine the healing becomes. The practical outcome of this belief in art is a constant reflection on sin and disease, along with imagined states of purification from them. This results in an architecture created with a mix of melancholy and aspiration, partly severe and partly lush, which adapts to all our needs and whims, becoming strong or weak with us, depending on our own strength or weakness. It is, of all architecture, the most basic when built by base people—of all, the most noble when constructed by the noble.
And now note that both these religions—Greek and Mediæval—perished[Pg 56] by falsehood in their own main purpose. The Greek religion of Wisdom perished in a false philosophy—'Oppositions of science, falsely so called.' The Mediæval religion of Consolation perished in false comfort; in remission of sins given lyingly. It was the selling of absolution that ended the Mediæval faith; and I can tell you more, it is the selling of absolution which, to the end of time, will mark false Christianity. Pure Christianity gives her remission of sins only by ending them; but false Christianity gets her remission of sins by compounding for them. And there are many ways of compounding for them. We English have beautiful little quiet ways of buying absolution, whether in low Church or high, far more cunning than any of Tetzel's trading.
And now notice that both of these religions—Greek and Medieval—failed[Pg 56] because of falsehood in their main purpose. The Greek religion of Wisdom failed due to a false philosophy—'Oppositions of science, falsely so called.' The Medieval religion of Comfort failed because of false reassurance; it involved the dishonest forgiveness of sins. It was the sale of absolution that brought an end to the Medieval faith; and I can tell you more, it is the sale of absolution which, for all time, will define false Christianity. Pure Christianity offers forgiveness of sins only by ending them; but false Christianity obtains forgiveness of sins by compounding for them. And there are many ways to compound for them. We English have our own clever little ways of buying absolution, whether in low Church or high, far more cunning than any of Tetzel's schemes.
Then, thirdly, there followed the religion of Pleasure, in which all Europe gave itself to luxury, ending in death. First, bals masqués in every saloon, and then guillotines in every square. And all these three worships issue in vast temple building. Your Greek worshipped Wisdom, and built you the Parthenon—the Virgin's temple. The Mediæval worshipped Consolation, and built you Virgin temples also—but to our Lady of Salvation. Then the Revivalist worshipped beauty, of a sort, and built you Versailles, and the Vatican. Now, lastly, will you tell me what we worship, and what we build?
Then, thirdly, came the religion of Pleasure, where all of Europe indulged in luxury, leading to death. First, there were masked balls in every salon, and then guillotines in every square. All three of these worships resulted in grand temple construction. Your Greek worshipped Wisdom, building the Parthenon—the temple of the Virgin. The Medieval worshipped Consolation, and also built Virgin temples—but for our Lady of Salvation. Then the Revivalist worshipped a certain kind of beauty, creating Versailles and the Vatican. Now, lastly, can you tell me what we worship and what we build?
You know we are speaking always of the real, active, continual, national worship; that by which men act while they live; not that which they talk of when they die. Now, we have, indeed, a nominal religion, to which we pay tithes of property, and sevenths of time; but we have also a practical and earnest religion, to which we devote nine-tenths of our property and six-sevenths of our time. And we dispute a great deal about the nominal religion; but we are all unanimous about this practical one, of which I think you will admit that the ruling goddess may be best generally described as the 'Goddess of Getting-on,' or 'Britannia of the Market.' The Athenians had an 'Athena Agoraia,' or Minerva of the Market: but she was a subordinate type of their goddess,[Pg 57] while our Britannia Agoraia is the principal type of ours. And all your great architectural works, are, of course, built to her. It is long since you built a great cathedral; and how you would laugh at me, if I proposed building a cathedral on the top of one of these hills of yours, taking it for an Acropolis! But your railroad mounds, prolonged masses of Acropolis; your railroad stations, vaster than the Parthenon, and innumerable; your chimneys, how much more mighty and costly than cathedral spires! your harbour-piers; your warehouses; your exchanges!—all these are built to your great Goddess of 'Getting-on;' and she has formed, and will continue to form, your architecture, as long as you worship her; and it is quite vain to ask me to tell you how to build to her; you know far better than I.
You know we're always talking about the genuine, active, ongoing national worship; the kind that influences how people behave while they're alive, not what they say when they're dying. We do have a nominal religion, to which we give a portion of our income and some of our time; but we also have a practical and serious religion, to which we dedicate most of our wealth and a significant amount of our time. We argue a lot about the nominal religion, but we all agree on this practical one, which I think you would agree is best described as the 'Goddess of Getting Ahead,' or 'Britannia of the Market.' The Athenians had an 'Athena Agoraia,' or Minerva of the Market: but she was a lesser representation of their goddess,[Pg 57] while our Britannia Agoraia is the central figure of ours. And all your grand architectural projects are, of course, dedicated to her. It's been a long time since you built a grand cathedral; and you'd probably laugh at me if I suggested building a cathedral on top of one of your hills, thinking of it as an Acropolis! But your railroad embankments are like extended Acropolises; your train stations are larger than the Parthenon and numerous; your chimneys are so much mightier and more expensive than cathedral spires! your harbor piers; your warehouses; your exchanges!—all these are built for your great Goddess of 'Getting Ahead;' and she has shaped, and will continue to shape, your architecture as long as you worship her; and it's pointless to ask me how to build to her; you already know much better than I do.
There might indeed, on some theories, be a conceivably good architecture for Exchanges—that is to say if there were any heroism in the fact or deed of exchange, which might be typically carved on the outside of your building. For, you know, all beautiful architecture must be adorned with sculpture or painting; and for sculpture or painting, you must have a subject. And hitherto it has been a received opinion among the nations of the world that the only right subjects for either, were heroisms of some sort. Even on his pots and his flagons, the Greek put a Hercules slaying lions, or an Apollo slaying serpents, or Bacchus slaying melancholy giants, and earth-born despondencies. On his temples, the Greek put contests of great warriors in founding states, or of gods with evil spirits. On his houses and temples alike, the Christian put carvings of angels conquering devils; or of hero-martyrs exchanging this world for another; subject inappropriate, I think, to our manner of exchange here. And the Master of Christians not only left his followers without any orders as to the sculpture of affairs of exchange on the outside of buildings, but gave some strong evidence of his dislike of affairs of exchange within them. And yet there might surely be a heroism in such affairs; and all commerce become a kind of selling of doves, not impious. The wonder has always been great to me, that heroism has never been[Pg 58] supposed to be in anywise consistent with the practice of supplying people with food, or clothes; but rather with that of quartering oneself upon them for food, and stripping them of their clothes. Spoiling of armour is an heroic deed in all ages; but the selling of clothes, old, or new, has never taken any colour of magnanimity. Yet one does not see why feeding the hungry and clothing the naked should ever become base businesses, even when engaged in on a large scale. If one could contrive to attach the notion of conquest to them anyhow? so that, supposing there were anywhere an obstinate race, who refused to be comforted, one might take some pride in giving them compulsory comfort; and as it were, 'occupying a country' with one's gifts, instead of one's armies? If one could only consider it as much a victory to get a barren field sown, as to get an eared field stripped; and contend who should build villages, instead of who should 'carry' them. Are not all forms of heroism, conceivable in doing these serviceable deeds? You doubt who is strongest? It might be ascertained by push of spade, as well as push of sword. Who is wisest? There are witty things to be thought of in planning other business than campaigns. Who is bravest? There are always the elements to fight with, stronger than men; and nearly as merciless. The only absolutely and unapproachably heroic element in the soldier's work seems to be—that he is paid little for it—and regularly: while you traffickers, and exchangers, and others occupied in presumably benevolent business, like to be paid much for it—and by chance. I never can make out how it is that a knight-errant does not expect to be paid for his trouble, but a pedlar-errant always does;—that people are willing to take hard knocks for nothing, but never to sell ribands cheap;—that they are ready to go on fervent crusades to recover the tomb of a buried God, never on any travels to fulfil the orders of a living God;—that they will go anywhere barefoot to preach their faith, but must be well bribed to practise it, and are perfectly ready to give the Gospel gratis, but never the loaves and fishes. If you chose to take the matter up on any such soldierly principle, to do your commerce, and your[Pg 59] feeding of nations, for fixed salaries; and to be as particular about giving people the best food, and the best cloth, as soldiers are about giving them the best gunpowder, I could carve something for you on your exchange worth looking at. But I can only at present suggest decorating its frieze with pendant purses; and making its pillars broad at the base for the sticking of bills. And in the innermost chambers of it there might be a statue of Britannia of the Market, who may have, perhaps advisably, a partridge for her crest, typical at once of her courage in fighting for noble ideas; and of her interest in game; and round its neck the inscription in golden letters, 'Perdix fovit quæ non peperit.'[4] Then, for her spear, she might have a weaver's beam; and on her shield, instead of her Cross, the Milanese boar, semi-fleeced, with the town of Gennesaret proper, in the field and the legend 'In the best market,' and her corslet, of leather, folded over her heart in the shape of a purse, with thirty slits in it for a piece of money to go in at, on each day of the month. And I doubt not but that people would come to see your exchange, and its goddess, with applause.
There might actually be a really good design for Exchanges according to some theories—if you think there's some kind of heroism in the act of exchange that could be carved on the outside of your building. After all, all great architecture needs to be decorated with sculpture or painting, and for that, you need a subject. So far, it’s been a commonly held belief among cultures around the world that the only appropriate subjects for either are some form of heroism. Even on his pots and jugs, the Greek depicted Hercules fighting lions, or Apollo battling snakes, or Bacchus defeating gloomy giants and earthly despair. On his temples, the Greeks showcased contests between great warriors founding states, or gods battling evil spirits. Similarly, Christians sculpted angels defeating demons on their homes and churches; or hero-martyrs trading this world for another, which seems like a less fitting subject for our style of exchange today. Moreover, the Master of Christians not only left his followers without guidance on the sculpture of exchange-related themes on buildings, but also showed clear disapproval of exchange activities happening within them. Nonetheless, there surely could be a form of heroism in such transactions; and commerce could be seen as a sort of selling of doves that isn't sinful. I’ve always found it fascinating that heroism has never been considered compatible with providing people with food or clothing, but rather with taking advantage of them to get food and stripping them of clothes. Taking armor is an act of heroism throughout history, but selling clothes, whether old or new, has never been viewed as noble. Yet, it’s hard to understand why feeding the hungry and clothing the naked would ever be seen as degrading work, even when done on a large scale. If only we could somehow connect the idea of conquest to these tasks? For example, if there were a stubborn group of people refusing comfort, we might take pride in giving them mandatory comfort, as if ‘occupying a land’ with our gifts instead of our armies. If we could view it as much of a triumph to sow a barren field as to strip a fruitful one, and see who could build villages rather than tear them down, wouldn’t all forms of heroism be conceivable in these helpful acts? You wonder who is the strongest? That could be determined by the push of a spade, just as easily as by the push of a sword. Who is the wisest? There are clever ideas to be had in planning for purposes other than battles. Who is the bravest? There will always be natural elements to wrestle with, which are stronger than humans and almost as ruthless. The only truly heroic aspect of a soldier’s job seems to be that he gets paid very little and regularly. Meanwhile, you traders, exchangers, and others in presumably generous work prefer to get paid a lot, and by chance. I can never figure out why a knight-errant doesn’t expect payment for his efforts, but a traveling salesperson always does; why people are ready to endure hardships for free but won't sell ribbons cheaply; why they are eager to embark on passionate crusades to reclaim the tomb of a buried God but won’t undertake any journey to fulfill the orders of a living God; why they’ll walk barefoot to preach their faith but require significant payment to practice it, happily giving away the Gospel for free but never the loaves and fishes. If you wanted to approach this matter with a soldierly mindset, to do your commerce and feeding of nations for fixed salaries; and if you were as committed to providing people with the best food and the finest clothing as soldiers are about giving them the best gunpowder, I could suggest something noteworthy for your exchange. But for now, I can only suggest decorating its frieze with hanging purses and widening its pillars at the base for posting bills. In the innermost chambers, there could be a statue of Britannia of the Market, who might wisely have a partridge as her crest, symbolizing both her bravery in fighting for noble ideas and her interest in games, with a golden inscription around her neck stating, 'Perdix fovit quæ non peperit.' Then, for her spear, she might hold a weaver's beam; and on her shield, instead of a Cross, have the Milanese boar, partially sheared, with the town of Gennesaret depicted on the field and the phrase 'In the best market,' and her cuirass, made of leather, folded over her heart in the shape of a purse, featuring thirty slots for a piece of money to enter each day of the month. I have no doubt that people would come to admire your exchange and its goddess, generating excitement.
Nevertheless, I want to point out to you certain strange characters in this goddess of yours. She differs from the great Greek and Mediæval deities essentially in two things—first, as to the continuance of her presumed power; secondly, as to the extent of it.
Nevertheless, I want to highlight some unusual traits in this goddess of yours. She is fundamentally different from the great Greek and Medieval deities in two main ways—first, regarding the continuity of her supposed power; and second, concerning the scope of that power.
1st, as to the Continuance.
First, regarding the Continuance.
The Greek Goddess of Wisdom gave continual increase of wisdom, as the Christian Spirit of Comfort (or Comforter) continual increase of comfort. There was no question, with these, of any limit or cessation of function. But with your Agora Goddess, that is just the most important question. Getting on—but where to? Gathering together—but how much? Do you mean to gather always—never to spend? If so, I wish you joy of your goddess, for I am just as well[Pg 60] off as you, without the trouble of worshipping her at all. But if you do not spend, somebody else will—somebody else must. And it is because of this (among many other such errors) that I have fearlessly declared your so-called science of Political Economy to be no science; because, namely, it has omitted the study of exactly the most important branch of the business—the study of spending. For spend you must, and as much as you make, ultimately. You gather corn:—will you bury England under a heap of grain; or will you, when you have gathered, finally eat? You gather gold:—will you make your house-roofs of it, or pave your streets with it? That is still one way of spending it. But if you keep it, that you may get more, I'll give you more; I'll give you all the gold you want—all you can imagine—if you can tell me what you'll do with it. You shall have thousands of gold pieces;—thousands of thousands—millions—mountains, of gold: where will you keep them? Will you put an Olympus of silver upon a golden Pelion—make Ossa like a wart? Do you think the rain and dew would then come down to you, in the streams from such mountains, more blessedly than they will down the mountains which God has made for you, of moss and whinstone? But it is not gold that you want to gather! What is it? greenbacks? No; not those neither. What is it then—is it ciphers after a capital I? Cannot you practise writing ciphers, and write as many as you want? Write ciphers for an hour every morning, in a big book, and say every evening, I am worth all those noughts more than I was yesterday. Won't that do? Well, what in the name of Plutus is it you want? Not gold, not greenbacks, not ciphers after a capital I? You will have to answer, after all, 'No; we want, somehow or other, money's worth.' Well, what is that? Let your Goddess of Getting-on discover it, and let her learn to stay therein.
The Greek Goddess of Wisdom continuously provides wisdom, just like the Christian Spirit of Comfort offers endless comfort. With these deities, there's no question of any limits or stopping. But with your Agora Goddess, that's the crucial question. Moving forward—but to where? Coming together—but how much? Do you intend to keep gathering—never using anything? If that’s the case, good luck with your goddess, because I'm just as fine without the hassle of worshipping her at all. But if you don’t spend, someone else will—someone must. It’s because of this (among many other mistakes) that I boldly declare your so-called science of Political Economy is not a science; it has overlooked the study of the most essential part of the business—the study of spending. Because you must spend, and ultimately, as much as you make. You gather corn: are you going to bury England under a pile of grain, or will you, after gathering, finally eat? You gather gold: will you make roofs out of it, or pave your streets with it? That's one way of spending it. But if you hold onto it to get more, I’ll give you more; I’ll give you all the gold you can imagine—if you can tell me what you’ll do with it. You will receive thousands of gold pieces—thousands upon thousands—millions—mountains of gold: where will you put them? Are you going to stack a mountain of silver on a golden one—make an Olympus that’s just a wart? Do you think the rain and dew would then fall on you from such mountains more blessedly than from the mountains God made for you, of moss and stone? But it’s not gold you want to gather! What is it? Paper money? No, not that either. What is it then—numbers after a capital I? Can’t you practice writing numbers and write as many as you want? Write numbers for an hour every morning in a big book, and say every evening, "I’m worth all those zeros more than I was yesterday." Won’t that work? Well, what on earth do you want? Not gold, not paper money, not numbers after a capital I? You’ll have to admit it, “No; we want, somehow or other, money's worth.” Well, what does that even mean? Let your Goddess of Getting-on figure it out, and let her learn to stay there.
II. But there is yet another question to be asked respecting this Goddess of Getting-on. The first was of the continuance of her power; the second is of its extent.
II. But there’s another question to consider regarding this Goddess of Getting-on. The first was about the ongoing nature of her power; the second is about how far it reaches.
Pallas and the Madonna were supposed to be all the world's Pallas, and all the world's Madonna. They could teach all[Pg 61] men, and they could comfort all men. But, look strictly into the nature of the power of your Goddess of Getting-on; and you will find she is the Goddess—not of everybody's getting on—but only of somebody's getting on. This is a vital, or rather deathful, distinction. Examine it in your own ideal of the state of national life which this Goddess is to evoke and maintain. I asked you what it was, when I was last here;[5]—you have never told me. Now, shall I try to tell you?
Pallas and the Madonna were meant to represent everyone in the world. They could teach and comfort all people. But if you look closely at the power of your Goddess of Success, you'll see she represents not everyone's success, but only some people's success. This is an important, or even deadly, distinction. Consider it in your vision of the national life that this Goddess is supposed to inspire and uphold. I asked you what that vision was when I was last here; you never told me. So, should I attempt to explain it to you?
Your ideal of human life then is, I think, that it should be passed in a pleasant undulating world, with iron and coal everywhere underneath it. On each pleasant bank of this world is to be a beautiful mansion, with two wings; and stables, and coach-houses; a moderately sized park; a large garden and hot houses; and pleasant carriage drives through the shrubberies. In this mansion are to live the favoured votaries of the Goddess; the English gentleman, with his gracious wife, and his beautiful family; always able to have the boudoir and the jewels for the wife, and the beautiful ball dresses for the daughters, and hunters for the sons, and a shooting in the Highlands for himself. At the bottom of the bank, is to be the mill; not less than a quarter of a mile long, with a steam engine at each end, and two in the middle, and a chimney three hundred feet high. In this mill are to be in constant employment from eight hundred to a thousand workers, who never drink, never strike, always go to church on Sunday, and always express themselves in respectful language.
Your ideal of human life seems to be that it should take place in a pleasant, rolling landscape, with iron and coal everywhere beneath it. Each lovely area of this world should have a beautiful mansion with two wings, plus stables and coach houses; a moderately sized park; a large garden with greenhouses; and nice drives winding through the shrubbery. In this mansion should live the favored followers of the Goddess: the English gentleman, along with his elegant wife and beautiful children; always able to provide his wife with a boudoir and jewels, his daughters with lovely ball gowns, his sons with hunters, and himself with a shooting retreat in the Highlands. At the bottom of the slope, there should be a mill; no less than a quarter mile long, with a steam engine at each end and two in the middle, plus a chimney three hundred feet tall. This mill is to employ between eight hundred and a thousand workers who never drink, never strike, always attend church on Sundays, and consistently use respectful language.
Is not that, broadly, and in the main features, the kind of thing you propose to yourselves? It is very pretty indeed seen from above; not at all so pretty, seen from below. For, observe, while to one family this deity is indeed the Goddess of Getting on, to a thousand families she is the Goddess of not Getting on. 'Nay,' you say, 'they have all their chance.' Yes, so has every one in a lottery, but there must always be the same number of blanks. 'Ah! but in a lottery it is not skill and intelligence which take the lead, but blind chance.' What then! do you think the old practice, that 'they should[Pg 62] take who have the power, and they should keep who can,' is less iniquitous, when the power has become power of brains instead of fist? and that, though we may not take advantage of a child's or a woman's weakness, we may of a man's foolishness? 'Nay, but finally, work must be done, and some one must be at the top, some one at the bottom.' Granted, my friends. Work must always be, and captains of work must always be; and if you in the least remember the tone of any of my writings, you must know that they are thought unfit for this age, because they are always insisting on need of government, and speaking with scorn of liberty. But I beg you to observe that there is a wide difference between being captains or governors of work, and taking the profits of it. It does not follow, because you are general of an army, that you are to take all the treasure, or land, it wins (if it fight for treasure or land); neither, because you are king of a nation, that you are to consume all the profits of the nation's work. Real kings, on the contrary, are known invariably by their doing quite the reverse of this,—by their taking the least possible quantity of the nation's work for themselves. There is no test of real kinghood so infallible as that. Does the crowned creature live simply, bravely, unostentatiously? probably he is a King. Does he cover his body with jewels, and his table with delicates? in all probability he is not a King. It is possible he may be, as Solomon was; but that is when the nation shares his splendour with him. Solomon made gold, not only to be in his own palace as stones, but to be in Jerusalem as stones. But even so, for the most part, these splendid kinghoods expire in ruin, and only the true kinghoods live, which are of royal labourers governing loyal labourers; who, both leading rough lives, establish the true dynasties. Conclusively you will find that because you are king of a nation, it does not follow that you are to gather for yourself all the wealth of that nation; neither, because you are king of a small part of the nation, and lord over the means of its maintenance—over field, or mill, or mine, are you to take all the produce of that piece of the foundation of national existence for yourself.[Pg 63]
Isn't that, broadly speaking, what you aim for? It's really beautiful from above, but not so much when you're below. Look, while one family might see this deity as the Goddess of Success, for a thousand families, she represents the Goddess of Failure. 'But,' you say, 'everyone has their chance.' Sure, just like everyone has a chance in a lottery, but there are always the same number of losers. 'Oh! But in a lottery, it’s not about skill and intelligence; it’s pure luck.' So what? Do you think the old idea that 'those with power take, and those who can keep' becomes less unfair just because power now comes from intelligence instead of force? And just because we might not exploit a child's or a woman's weakness, we can still take advantage of a man's foolishness? 'But ultimately, work has to get done, and there needs to be someone at the top and someone at the bottom.' Okay, I agree. There will always be work, and there will always be leaders; and if you recall the tone of any of my writings, you'll know they’re often seen as outdated for insisting on the need for governance while showing contempt for freedom. However, I urge you to notice that there's a huge difference between being in charge of work and reaping its benefits. Just because you’re the general of an army doesn’t mean you get all the treasure or land it wins (if it fights for gold or land); nor does being the king of a nation mean you should consume all the fruits of the nation's labor. True kings, on the contrary, are known for doing the exact opposite—taking the smallest share of the nation’s work for themselves. There’s no clearer sign of true kingship than that. Does the crowned individual live simply, courageously, and without show? Then he’s probably a King. Does he adorn himself with jewels and fill his table with lavish dishes? Then he’s probably not a King. He could be, like Solomon; but that happens when the nation shares in his wealth. Solomon made gold not just for his palace, but for all of Jerusalem to share. Yet, most of these lavish kingships end in downfall, while true kingships endure—those of royal laborers governing loyal workers, both leading tough lives and establishing real dynasties. Ultimately, just because you’re a king of a nation doesn’t mean you should hoard all its wealth; and just because you’re king of a small part of the nation and control its resources—be it farmland, factory, or mine—doesn’t give you the right to take all the output from that part of the foundation of national existence for yourself.[Pg 63]
You will tell me I need not preach against these things, for I cannot mend them. No, good friends, I cannot; but you can, and you will; or something else can and will. Do you think these phenomena are to stay always in their present power or aspect? All history shows, on the contrary, that to be the exact thing they never can do. Change must come; but it is ours to determine whether change of growth, or change of death. Shall the Parthenon be in ruins on its rock, and Bolton priory in its meadow, but these mills of yours be the consummation of the buildings of the earth, and their wheels be as the wheels of eternity? Think you that 'men may come, and men may go,' but—mills—go on forever? Not so; out of these, better or worse shall come; and it is for you to choose which.
You might say I shouldn't preach about these things because I can't fix them. You're right, I can't; but you can, and you will; or someone else will. Do you really think these issues will always remain the same? History shows us that can never happen. Change must happen; it's up to us to decide whether that change leads to growth or decay. Will the Parthenon stand in ruins on its rock, and Bolton Priory in its meadow, while your mills become the peak of all buildings, and their wheels turn like the wheels of eternity? Do you think 'men may come, and men may go,' but—mills—will go on forever? Not at all; from this, something better or worse will emerge; and it's up to you to choose which.
I know that none of this wrong is done with deliberate purpose. I know, on the contrary, that you wish your workmen well; that you do much for them, and that you desire to do more for them, if you saw your way to it safely. I know that many of you have done, and are every day doing, whatever you feel to be in your power; and that even all this wrong and misery are brought about by a warped sense of duty, each of you striving to do his best, without noticing that this best is essentially and centrally the best for himself, not for others. And all this has come of the spreading of that thrice accursed, thrice impious doctrine of the modern economist, that 'To do the best for yourself, is finally to do the best for others.' Friends, our great Master said not so; and most absolutely we shall find this world is not made so. Indeed, to do the best for others, is finally to do the best for ourselves; but it will not do to have our eyes fixed on that issue. The Pagans had got beyond that. Hear what a Pagan says of this matter; hear what were, perhaps, the last written words of Plato,—if not the last actually written (for this we cannot know), yet assuredly in fact and power his parting words—in which, endeavouring to give full crowning and harmonious close to all his thoughts, and to speak the sum of them by the imagined sentence of the Great Spirit, his strength and his heart fail him, and the words cease, broken off for ever. It is the close[Pg 64] of the dialogue called 'Critias,' in which he describes, partly from real tradition, partly in ideal dream, the early state of Athens; and the genesis, and order, and religion, of the fabled isle of Atlantis; in which genesis he conceives the same first perfection and final degeneracy of man, which in our own Scriptural tradition is expressed by saying that the Sons of God intermarried with the daughters of men, for he supposes the earliest race to have been indeed the children of God; and to have corrupted themselves, until 'their spot was not the spot of his children.' And this, he says, was the end; that indeed 'through many generations, so long as the God's nature in them yet was full, they were submissive to the sacred laws, and carried themselves lovingly to all that had kindred with them in divineness; for their uttermost spirit was faithful and true, and in every wise great; so that, in all meekness of wisdom, they dealt with each other, and took all the chances of life; and despising all things except virtue, they cared little what happened day by day, and bore lightly the burden of gold and of possessions; for they saw that, if only their common love and virtue increased, all these things would be increased together with them; but to set their esteem and ardent pursuit upon material possession would be to lose that first, and their virtue and affection together with it. And by such reasoning, and what of the divine nature remained in them, they gained all this greatness of which we have already told, but when the God's part of them faded and became extinct, being mixed again and again, and effaced by the prevalent mortality; and the human nature at last exceeded, they then became unable to endure the courses of fortune; and fell into shapelessness of life, and baseness in the sight of him who could see, having lost everything that was fairest of their honour; while to the blind hearts which could not discern the true life, tending to happiness, it seemed that they were then chiefly noble and happy, being filled with all iniquity of inordinate possession and power. Whereupon, the God of God's, whose Kinghood is in laws, beholding a once just nation thus cast into misery, and desiring to lay such punishment upon them as might make them repent into restraining, gathered[Pg 65] together all the gods into his dwelling-place, which from heaven's centre overlooks whatever has part in creation; and having assembled them, he said'——
I know that none of this wrong is done on purpose. I know, on the contrary, that you genuinely care about your workers; that you do a lot for them, and that you want to do even more if you could do so safely. I understand that many of you have done and are doing everything within your power; and that all this wrongdoing and suffering come from a distorted sense of duty, each of you trying to do your best, without realizing that this best is mostly for yourselves, not for others. This has all arisen from the spread of that terribly misguided idea of the modern economist, that 'Doing what's best for yourself ultimately benefits others.' Friends, our great Master did not say this; and we will find that this world does not work that way. In fact, doing the best for others is truly doing the best for ourselves; but we shouldn’t focus solely on that outcome. The Pagans had moved past this. Listen to what a Pagan said about this; listen to what might be Plato's last written words—if not actually the last written (since we can't know for sure), they are certainly his final, powerful words—where, trying to bring all his thoughts to a harmonious conclusion and conveying them through the imagined voice of the Great Spirit, his strength and heart fail him, and his words stop, left unfinished forever. It is the conclusion of the dialogue called 'Critias,' where he describes, partly from actual tradition, partly as an ideal dream, the early state of Athens; and the origin, order, and religion of the mythical isle of Atlantis; in which origin he imagines the same initial perfection and eventual decline of humanity, which in our own Scriptural tradition is expressed by saying that the Sons of God intermarried with the daughters of men, as he assumes the earliest race to have been truly the children of God; and to have corrupted themselves, until 'their spot was not the spot of his children.' And this, he states, was the end; that indeed 'through many generations, as long as the divine nature within them remained strong, they respected the sacred laws, and treated all who shared their divinity with love; for their ultimate spirit was faithful and true, and great in every way; so that, in all humility of wisdom, they interacted with each other and took all the ups and downs of life lightly; caring little for daily happenings, they bore lightly the burden of wealth and possessions; for they saw that, as long as their shared love and virtue grew, all these things would grow alongside them; but to focus their desire and pursuit solely on material possessions would mean losing that first, along with their virtue and affection. And through such reasoning, and what remained of the divine nature within them, they achieved all this greatness we’ve already mentioned; but when the divine part of them faded and diminished, being mixed over and over again, and eroded by the overwhelming mortality; and as their human nature ultimately took over, they became unable to cope with the forces of fate; and fell into a chaotic life, and shame in the sight of someone who could see, having lost everything noble in their character; while to the blind hearts that couldn’t discern true life, aiming for happiness, they seemed to be noble and happy, filled with all the wrongs of excessive wealth and power. Therefore, the God of gods, whose Kingdom is in laws, seeing a once just nation plunged into misery, and wishing to impose punishment that might lead them to repentance and restraint, gathered[Pg 65] all the gods into his dwelling place, which overlooks all of creation from the center of heaven; and having assembled them, he said—
The rest is silence. So ended are the last words of the chief wisdom of the heathen, spoken of this idol of riches; this idol of yours; this golden image high by measureless cubits, set up where your green fields of England are furnace-burnt into the likeness of the plain of Dura: this idol, forbidden to us, first of all idols, by our own Master and faith; forbidden to us also by every human lip that has ever, in any age or people, been accounted of as able to speak according to the purposes of God. Continue to make that forbidden deity your principal one, and soon no more art, no more science, no more pleasure will be possible. Catastrophe will come; or worse than catastrophe, slow mouldering and withering into Hades. But if you can fix some conception of a true human state of life to be striven for—life for all men as for yourselves—if you can determine some honest and simple order of existence; following those trodden ways of wisdom, which are pleasantness, and seeking her quiet and withdrawn paths, which are peace;—then, and so sanctifying wealth into 'commonwealth,' all your art, your literature, your daily labours, your domestic affection, and citizen's duty, will join and increase into one magnificent harmony. You will know then how to build, well enough; you will build with stone well, but with flesh better; temples not made with hands, but riveted of hearts; and that kind of marble, crimson-veined, is indeed eternal.
The rest is silence. So ended the last words of the chief wisdom of the heathen, spoken of this idol of wealth; this idol of yours; this golden image towering high beyond measure, set up where your lush English fields are scorched into the likeness of the plain of Dura: this idol, forbidden to us, first of all idols, by our own Master and faith; also forbidden to us by every human voice that has ever, in any age or culture, been seen as capable of speaking according to the purposes of God. Keep making that forbidden deity your main focus, and soon there will be no more art, no more science, no more joy. Catastrophe will come; or worse than catastrophe, slow decay and fading into Hades. But if you can envision a true human way of life to strive for—life for everyone as for yourselves—if you can establish some honest and simple way of living; following those well-trodden paths of wisdom, which are delightful, and seeking her calm and hidden paths, which bring peace;—then, by sanctifying wealth into 'commonwealth,' all your art, your literature, your daily work, your family love, and civic duty will come together and grow into one magnificent harmony. You will then know how to build well enough; you will build with stone effectively, but with flesh even better; temples not made with hands, but forged from hearts; and that kind of marble, crimson-veined, is indeed eternal.
FOOTNOTES:
[3] It is an error to suppose that the Greek worship, or seeking, was chiefly of Beauty. It was essentially of Rightness and Strength, founded on Forethought: the principal character of Greek art is not Beauty, but Design: and the Dorian Apollo-worship and Athenian Virgin-worship are both expressions of adoration of divine Wisdom and Purity. Next to these great deities rank, in power over the national mind, Dionysus and Ceres, the givers of human strength and life: then, for heroic example, Hercules. There is no Venus-worship among the Greek in the great times: and the Muses are essentially teachers of Truth, and of its harmonies.
[3] It's a mistake to think that Greek worship or pursuit was mainly about Beauty. It was fundamentally about Rightness and Strength, based on Forethought: the main focus of Greek art isn't Beauty, but Design. The worship of the Dorian Apollo and the Athenian Virgin are both expressions of admiration for divine Wisdom and Purity. After these major deities, Dionysus and Ceres hold significant influence over the national consciousness as the sources of human strength and life; then there’s Hercules as a heroic example. There was no worship of Venus among the Greeks during the great times, and the Muses are primarily teachers of Truth and its harmonies.
[4] Jerem. xvii. 11 (best in Septuagint and Vulgate). 'As the partridge, fostering what she brought not forth, so he that getteth riches, not by right shall leave them in the midst of his days, and at his end shall be a fool.'
[4] Jerem. xvii. 11 (best in Septuagint and Vulgate). 'Just like a partridge raising chicks she didn’t hatch, those who gain wealth unfairly will lose it in the prime of their lives, and in the end, they will be seen as fools.'
[5] Two Paths, p. 98.
>LECTURE III.
WAR.
(Delivered at the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich.)
Young soldiers, I do not doubt but that many of you came unwillingly to-night, and many in merely contemptuous curiosity, to hear what a writer on painting could possibly say, or would venture to say, respecting your great art of war. You may well think within yourselves, that a painter might, perhaps without immodesty, lecture younger painters upon painting, but not young lawyers upon law, nor young physicians upon medicine—least of all, it may seem to you, young warriors upon war. And, indeed, when I was asked to address you, I declined at first, and declined long; for I felt that you would not be interested in my special business, and would certainly think there was small need for me to come to teach you yours. Nay, I knew that there ought to be no such need, for the great veteran soldiers of England are now men every way so thoughtful, so noble, and so good, that no other teaching than their knightly example, and their few words of grave and tried counsel should be either necessary for you, or even, without assurance of due modesty in the offerer, endured by you.
Young soldiers, I have no doubt that many of you came here tonight unwillingly, and some out of sheer curiosity to see what a painter could possibly say about your incredible field of war. You might think that while a painter can lecture younger artists about art, a young lawyer shouldn't lecture on law, nor a young doctor on medicine—least of all a young warrior on war. In fact, when I was first asked to speak to you, I hesitated a long time because I thought you wouldn't be interested in what I do, and you’d certainly feel there was no need for me to teach you about yours. In truth, I knew there should be no such need, because the great veteran soldiers of England are now thoughtful, noble, and good men, and their honorable examples and their few words of wise and tested advice should be more than enough for you, and certainly deserve a presentation that reflects due modesty from the speaker.
But being asked, not once nor twice, I have not ventured persistently to refuse; and I will try, in very few words, to lay before you some reason why you should accept my excuse, and hear me patiently. You may imagine that your work is wholly foreign to, and separate from mine. So far from that, all the pure and noble arts of peace are founded on war; no great art ever yet rose on earth, but among a nation of soldiers. There is no art among a shepherd people, if it remains[Pg 67] at peace. There is no art among an agricultural people, if it remains at peace. Commerce is barely consistent with fine art; but cannot produce it. Manufacture not only is unable to produce it, but invariably destroys whatever seeds of it exist. There is no great art possible to a nation but that which is based on battle.
But when asked, not just once but several times, I haven't tried to refuse outright; instead, I'll briefly give you a few reasons why you should accept my excuse and listen to me patiently. You might think that your work is completely separate from mine. In reality, all the pure and noble arts of peace are built on war; no great art has ever emerged on this earth except among a nation of soldiers. There is no art in a peaceful shepherd society. There is no art in an agricultural society if it remains at peace. Trade barely aligns with fine art; it cannot create it. Industry not only fails to create it, but it also tends to destroy any potential for it. A nation can only achieve great art through the foundation of battle.
Now, though I hope you love fighting for its own sake, you must, I imagine, be surprised at my assertion that there is any such good fruit of fighting. You supposed, probably, that your office was to defend the works of peace, but certainly not to found them: nay, the common course of war, you may have thought, was only to destroy them. And truly, I who tell you this of the use of war, should have been the last of men to tell you so, had I trusted my own experience only. Hear why: I have given a considerable part of my life to the investigation of Venetian painting and the result of that enquiry was my fixing upon one man as the greatest of all Venetians, and therefore, as I believed, of all painters whatsoever. I formed this faith, (whether right or wrong matters at present nothing,) in the supremacy of the painter Tintoret, under a roof covered with his pictures; and of those pictures, three of the noblest were then in the form of shreds of ragged canvas, mixed up with the laths of the roof, rent through by three Austrian shells. Now it is not every lecturer who could tell you that he had seen three of his favourite pictures torn to rags by bombshells. And after such a sight, it is not every lecturer who would tell you that, nevertheless, war was the foundation of all great art.
Now, while I hope you enjoy fighting for its own sake, you might be surprised by my claim that there’s any positive outcome from fighting. You probably thought your role was to defend peaceful achievements, not to create them; indeed, you might have believed that war typically only serves to destroy them. And honestly, I who am sharing this perspective on the purpose of war would have been the last person to do so if I had only trusted my own experience. Here’s why: I’ve dedicated a significant part of my life to studying Venetian painting, and my research led me to believe that one artist stood out as the greatest of all Venetians, and therefore, as I thought, the greatest of all painters. I held this belief (whether right or wrong doesn’t really matter now) about the supremacy of the painter Tintoretto, surrounded by his artwork; and among those paintings, three of the finest were then reduced to tattered pieces of canvas, mixed with the beams of the roof, torn apart by three Austrian shells. Now, not every lecturer can say they’ve seen three of their favorite paintings shredded by bombshells. And after witnessing something like that, not every lecturer would claim that, despite everything, war was the basis of all great art.
Yet the conclusion is inevitable, from any careful comparison of the states of great historic races at different periods. Merely to show you what I mean, I will sketch for you, very briefly, the broad steps of the advance of the best art of the world. The first dawn of it is in Egypt; and the power of it is founded on the perpetual contemplation of death, and of future judgment, by the mind of a nation of which the ruling caste were priests, and the second, soldiers. The greatest works produced by them are sculptures of their kings going out to battle, or receiving the homage of conquered armies.[Pg 68] And you must remember also, as one of the great keys to the splendour of the Egyptian nation, that the priests were not occupied in theology only. Their theology was the basis of practical government and law, so that they were not so much priests as religious judges, the office of Samuel, among the Jews, being as nearly as possible correspondent to theirs.
Yet the conclusion is clear from any careful comparison of the states of significant historic races at different times. To illustrate what I mean, I’ll briefly outline the key steps in the progression of the world's finest art. Its earliest beginnings can be traced back to Egypt, where its power was rooted in the constant contemplation of death and future judgment by a nation whose ruling class comprised priests and, secondly, soldiers. The most impressive works produced by them are sculptures depicting their kings going into battle or receiving the tribute of defeated armies.[Pg 68] It's important to remember, as one of the main reasons for the greatness of the Egyptian nation, that the priests were not solely focused on theology. Their religious beliefs were the foundation of practical governance and law, meaning they were more like religious judges than just priests, with their role closely resembling that of Samuel among the Jews.
All the rudiments of art then, and much more than the rudiments of all science, are laid first by this great warrior-nation, which held in contempt all mechanical trades, and in absolute hatred the peaceful life of shepherds. From Egypt art passes directly into Greece, where all poetry, and all painting, are nothing else than the description, praise, or dramatic representation of war, or of the exercises which prepare for it, in their connection with offices of religion. All Greek institutions had first respect to war; and their conception of it, as one necessary office of all human and divine life, is expressed simply by the images of their guiding gods. Apollo is the god of all wisdom of the intellect; he bears the arrow and the bow, before he bears the lyre. Again, Athena is the goddess of all wisdom in conduct. It is by the helmet and the shield, oftener than by the shuttle, that she is distinguished from other deities.
All the basics of art and much more than the basics of all science are established first by this great warrior nation, which looked down on all manual trades and held a deep disdain for the peaceful life of shepherds. From Egypt, art moves directly to Greece, where all poetry and painting are nothing but descriptions, praises, or dramatic depictions of war and the training for it, connected to religious duties. All Greek institutions were primarily focused on war; their understanding of it, as a vital role in both human and divine life, is simply reflected in the images of their guiding gods. Apollo is the god of all intellectual wisdom; he carries the arrow and bow before he carries the lyre. Similarly, Athena is the goddess of wisdom in action. She is identified more by the helmet and shield than by the shuttle, setting her apart from other deities.
There were, however, two great differences in principle between the Greek and the Egyptian theories of policy. In Greece there was no soldier caste; every citizen was necessarily a soldier. And, again, while the Greeks rightly despised mechanical arts as much as the Egyptians, they did not make the fatal mistake of despising agricultural and pastoral life; but perfectly honoured both. These two conditions of truer thought raise them quite into the highest rank of wise manhood that has yet been reached; for all our great arts, and nearly all our great thoughts, have been borrowed or derived from them. Take away from us what they have given; and I hardly can imagine how low the modern European would stand.
There were, however, two significant differences in principle between Greek and Egyptian political theories. In Greece, there was no separate soldier class; every citizen was expected to be a soldier. Furthermore, while the Greeks rightly looked down on mechanical arts just like the Egyptians did, they didn’t make the critical error of undervaluing agricultural and pastoral life; they held both in high regard. These two aspects of deeper thinking elevate them to the highest level of intellectual achievement ever reached, as all our greatest arts and most of our important ideas have been influenced or derived from them. If we were to remove what they contributed, I can hardly imagine how low modern Europeans would rank.
Now, you are to remember, in passing to the next phase of history, that though you must have war to produce art—you must also have much more than war; namely, an art-instinct[Pg 69] or genius in the people; and that, though all the talent for painting in the world won't make painters of you, unless you have a gift for fighting as well, you may have the gift for fighting, and none for painting. Now, in the next great dynasty of soldiers, the art-instinct is wholly wanting. I have not yet investigated the Roman character enough to tell you the causes of this; but I believe, paradoxical as it may seem to you, that, however truly the Roman might say of himself that he was born of Mars, and suckled by the wolf, he was nevertheless, at heart, more of a farmer than a soldier. The exercises of war were with him practical, not poetical; his poetry was in domestic life only, and the object of battle, 'pacis imponere morem.' And the arts are extinguished in his hands, and do not rise again, until, with Gothic chivalry, there comes back into the mind of Europe a passionate delight in war itself, for the sake of war. And then, with the romantic knighthood which can imagine no other noble employment,—under the fighting kings of France, England, and Spain; and under the fighting dukeships and citizenships of Italy, art is born again, and rises to her height in the great valleys of Lombardy and Tuscany, through which there flows not a single stream, from all their Alps or Apennines, that did not once run dark red from battle: and it reaches its culminating glory in the city which gave to history the most intense type of soldiership yet seen among men;—the city whose armies were led in their assault by their king, led through it to victory by their king, and so led, though that king of theirs was blind, and in the extremity of his age.
Now, as we move on to the next phase of history, remember that while you need war to create art, you also need much more than just war; you need an artistic instinct[Pg 69] or genius within the people. Even though having all the talent for painting won't make you painters if you don’t also have the ability to fight, it’s possible to have the ability to fight without any talent for painting. In the next major era of soldiers, there’s a complete lack of artistic instinct. I haven't looked into the Roman character deeply enough to explain why this is; but I believe, as paradoxical as it may sound to you, that despite how the Roman might claim he was born of Mars and raised by a wolf, he was really more of a farmer at heart than a soldier. For him, the activities of war were practical rather than poetic; his poetry existed only in domestic life, and the purpose of battle was simply to impose peace. The arts are snuffed out in his hands and don’t re-emerge until, with Gothic chivalry, Europe rediscovers a passionate love for war itself, purely for its own sake. Then, with the romantic knights, who can envision no other noble pursuit—under the warrior kings of France, England, and Spain, and under the fighting dukes and citizens of Italy—art is reborn and reaches its peak in the magnificent valleys of Lombardy and Tuscany, where every stream from the Alps or Apennines once ran dark red from battle. It reaches its greatest glory in the city that produced the most intense example of soldiery yet seen among humans: the city whose armies were led into battle by their king, pushed to victory by their king, even though that king was blind and at the end of his life.
And from this time forward, as peace is established or extended in Europe, the arts decline. They reach an unparalleled pitch of costliness, but lose their life, enlist themselves at last on the side of luxury and various corruption, and, among wholly tranquil nations, wither utterly away; remaining only in partial practice among races who, like the French and us, have still the minds, though we cannot all live the lives, of soldiers.
And from this point on, as peace is created or spread in Europe, the arts begin to fade. They become incredibly expensive but lose their vitality, ultimately aligning themselves with luxury and various forms of corruption. In completely peaceful nations, they completely die out, surviving only in limited ways among cultures that, like the French and us, still have the mindset of soldiers, even if we can't all live that lifestyle.
'It may be so,' I can suppose that a philanthropist might exclaim. 'Perish then the arts, if they can flourish only at[Pg 70] such a cost. What worth is there in toys of canvas and stone if compared to the joy and peace of artless domestic life?' And the answer is—truly, in themselves, none. But as expressions of the highest state of the human spirit, their worth is infinite. As results they may be worthless, but, as signs, they are above price. For it is an assured truth that, whenever the faculties of men are at their fulness, they must express themselves by art; and to say that a state is without such expression, is to say that it is sunk from its proper level of manly nature. So that, when I tell you that war is the foundation of all the arts, I mean also that it is the foundation of all the high virtues and faculties of men.
'That might be true,' I can imagine a philanthropist saying. 'Let the arts perish if they can only thrive at[Pg 70] such a price. What value do paintings and sculptures have when compared to the happiness and tranquility of a simple home life?' And the answer is—honestly, none at all. But as reflections of the highest state of the human spirit, their value is immeasurable. As results, they may seem worthless, but as symbols, they are priceless. For it is an undeniable truth that whenever people are at their best, they must express themselves through art; and to say a society lacks such expression is to say it has fallen from its true level of human nature. So when I say that war is the foundation of all the arts, I also mean that it is the foundation of all the great virtues and capabilities of humanity.
It was very strange to me to discover this; and very dreadful—but I saw it to be quite an undeniable fact. The common notion that peace and the virtues of civil life flourished together, I found, to be wholly untenable. Peace and the vices of civil life only flourish together. We talk of peace and learning, and of peace and plenty, and of peace and civilisation; but I found that those were not the words which the Muse of History coupled together: that on her lips, the words were—peace and sensuality, peace and selfishness, peace and corruption, peace and death. I found, in brief, that all great nations learned their truth of word, and strength of thought, in war; that they were nourished in war, and wasted by peace; taught by war, and deceived by peace; trained by war, and betrayed by peace;—in a word, that they were born in war, and expired in peace.
It felt really strange for me to realize this; and it was quite terrifying—but I recognized it as an undeniable truth. The common belief that peace and the values of civil life thrive together turned out to be completely false. Instead, peace and the vices of civil life coexist. We often talk about peace and education, peace and abundance, and peace and civilization; however, I discovered that those were not the terms that the Muse of History paired together: on her lips, it was—peace and indulgence, peace and greed, peace and corruption, peace and death. In short, I found that all great nations learned their truths of language and strength of thought in war; that they were sustained by war and depleted by peace; instructed by war and misled by peace; prepared by war and betrayed by peace;—in other words, they were born in war and faded away in peace.
Yet now note carefully, in the second place, it is not all war of which this can be said—nor all dragon's teeth, which, sown, will start up into men. It is not the ravage of a barbarian wolf-flock, as under Genseric or Suwarrow; nor the habitual restlessness and rapine of mountaineers, as on the old borders of Scotland; nor the occasional struggle of a strong peaceful nation for its life, as in the wars of the Swiss with Austria; nor the contest of merely ambitious nations for extent of power, as in the wars of France under Napoleon, or the just terminated war in America. None of these forms of war build anything but tombs. But the creative or foundational[Pg 71] war is that in which the natural restlessness and love of contest among men are disciplined, by consent, into modes of beautiful—though it may be fatal—play: in which the natural ambition and love of power of men are disciplined into the aggressive conquest of surrounding evil: and in which the natural instincts of self-defence are sanctified by the nobleness of the institutions, and purity of the households, which they are appointed to defend. To such war as this all men are born; in such war as this any man may happily die; and forth from such war as this have arisen throughout the extent of past ages, all the highest sanctities and virtues of humanity.
Yet now pay close attention, secondly, it's not all war that fits this description—nor is it all dragon's teeth that, when sown, will sprout into men. It’s not the devastation caused by a savage wolf pack, like under Genseric or Suwarrow; nor the constant unrest and plundering of mountain dwellers, like those on the old Scottish borders; nor the occasional fight of a strong, peaceful nation for its survival, like the Swiss wars with Austria; nor the struggle of merely ambitious nations for power, like the wars of France under Napoleon or the recently ended war in America. None of these types of war create anything but graves. But the creative or foundational[Pg 71] war is one where the natural restlessness and love of competition among people are channeled, by mutual agreement, into modes of beautiful—though it may be deadly—play: in which the natural ambition and desire for power are directed toward the aggressive fight against surrounding evils: and in which the natural instincts of self-defense are honored by the nobility of the institutions and the purity of the households they are meant to protect. To such war, all people are born; in such war, anyone may die with honor; and from such war have emerged, throughout history, all the greatest sanctities and virtues of humanity.
I shall therefore divide the war of which I would speak to you into three heads. War for exercise or play; war for dominion; and, war for defence.
I will therefore divide the war that I want to talk to you about into three categories: war for exercise or play; war for control; and war for defense.
I. And first, of war for exercise or play. I speak of it primarily in this light, because, through all past history, manly war has been more an exercise than anything else, among the classes who cause, and proclaim it. It is not a game to the conscript, or the pressed sailor; but neither of these are the causers of it. To the governor who determines that war shall be, and to the youths who voluntarily adopt it as their profession, it has always been a grand pastime; and chiefly pursued because they had nothing else to do. And this is true without any exception. No king whose mind was fully occupied with the development of the inner resources of his kingdom, or with any other sufficing subject of thought, ever entered into war but on compulsion. No youth who was earnestly busy with any peaceful subject of study, or set on any serviceable course of action, ever voluntarily became a soldier. Occupy him early, and wisely, in agriculture or business, in science or in literature, and he will never think of war otherwise than as a calamity. But leave him idle; and, the more brave and active and capable he is by nature, the more he will thirst for some appointed field for action; and find, in the passion and peril of battle, the only satisfying fulfilment of his unoccupied being. And from the earliest incipient civilisation until now, the population of the earth divides itself, when you look at it widely, into two races; one[Pg 72] of workers, and the other of players—one tilling the ground, manufacturing, building, and otherwise providing for the necessities of life;—the other part proudly idle, and continually therefore needing recreation, in which they use the productive and laborious orders partly as their cattle, and partly as their puppets or pieces in the game of death.
I. First, let’s talk about war as a form of exercise or play. I mention this primarily because, throughout history, actual warfare has often been more of an exercise than anything else, especially for those who instigate and declare it. For the conscript or the pressed sailor, it’s not a game; but they aren’t the ones who cause it. For the rulers who decide that war should happen, and for the young people who choose it as their career, it has always been a grand pastime, mainly pursued because they had nothing better to do. This holds true without exception. No king preoccupied with developing the resources of his kingdom or any other fulfilling subject of thought ever went to war unless compelled. No young person deeply engaged in peaceful studies or useful pursuits ever willingly became a soldier. If you occupy him early and wisely with farming, business, science, or literature, he will only view war as a disaster. But if you let him be idle, the braver and more capable he is by nature, the more he will crave a defined field for action; and he will find, in the excitement and danger of battle, the only satisfying fulfillment of his unoccupied existence. Since the dawn of civilization until now, the world’s population can be broadly divided into two groups: one of workers and the other of players—one group cultivating the land, manufacturing, constructing, and providing for life’s necessities; the other group, proudly idle and in constant need of entertainment, using the hardworking population partly as their livestock, and partly as their pawns or pieces in the game of death.
Now, remember, whatever virtue or goodliness there may be in this game of war, rightly played, there is none when you thus play it with a multitude of small human pawns.
Now, remember, any virtue or goodness that might come from this game of war, when played properly, disappears when you play it with countless small human pawns.
If you, the gentlemen of this or any other kingdom, choose to make your pastime of contest, do so, and welcome; but set not up these unhappy peasant-pieces upon the green fielded board. If the wager is to be of death, lay it on your own heads, not theirs. A goodly struggle in the Olympic dust, though it be the dust of the grave, the gods will look upon, and be with you in; but they will not be with you, if you sit on the sides of the amphitheatre, whose steps are the mountains of earth, whose arena its valleys, to urge your peasant millions into gladiatorial war. You also, you tender and delicate women, for whom, and by whose command, all true battle has been, and must ever be; you would perhaps shrink now, though you need not, from the thought of sitting as queens above set lists where the jousting game might be mortal. How much more, then, ought you to shrink from the thought of sitting above a theatre pit in which even a few condemned slaves were slaying each other only for your delight! And do you not shrink from the fact of sitting above a theatre pit, where,—not condemned slaves,—but the best and bravest of the poor sons of your people, slay each other,—not man to man,—as the coupled gladiators; but race to race, in duel of generations? You would tell me, perhaps, that you do not sit to see this; and it is indeed true, that the women of Europe—those who have no heart-interests of their own at peril in the contest—draw the curtains of their boxes, and muffle the openings; so that from the pit of the circus of slaughter there may reach them only at intervals a half-heard cry and a murmur as of the wind's sighing, when myriads of souls expire. They shut out the[Pg 73] death-cries; and are happy, and talk wittily among themselves. That is the utter literal fact of what our ladies do in their pleasant lives.
If you, gentlemen of this or any other kingdom, choose to turn your leisure into competition, go ahead; you are welcome to do so. But don't place these unfortunate peasant pieces on the battlefield. If the stakes are death, let it rest on your own heads, not theirs. A noble struggle in the Olympic dust, even if it’s the dust of the grave, the gods will watch and support you; but they won’t be with you if you sit on the sides of the amphitheater, with the mountains as your steps and valleys as the arena, pushing your peasant masses into gladiatorial war. And you, delicate women, for whom all true battles have been fought and must always be; you might hesitate now, though you shouldn’t, at the thought of sitting as queens above lists where the jousting might end in death. How much more should you recoil from the idea of sitting above a theater pit where even a few condemned slaves are killing each other just for your enjoyment! And do you not recoil from the fact of sitting above a theater pit where—not condemned slaves—but the finest and bravest of the poor sons of your people are killing each other—not man to man—but race to race, in a duel of generations? You might tell me that you don’t watch this; and it’s true that the women of Europe—those without any personal stakes in the contest—draw the curtains of their boxes and muffle the openings so that they only hear occasional half-formed cries and murmurs that sound like the wind sighing when countless souls are lost. They block out the[Pg 73] death cries and are content, chatting wittily among themselves. That is the simple, unvarnished truth about what our ladies do in their pleasant lives.
Nay, you might answer, speaking for them—'We do not let these wars come to pass for our play, nor by our carelessness; we cannot help them. How can any final quarrel of nations be settled otherwise than by war?' I cannot now delay, to tell you how political quarrels might be otherwise settled. But grant that they cannot. Grant that no law of reason can be understood by nations; no law of justice submitted to by them: and that, while questions of a few acres, and of petty cash, can be determined by truth and equity, the questions which are to issue in the perishing or saving of kingdoms can be determined only by the truth of the sword, and the equity of the rifle. Grant this, and even then, judge if it will always be necessary for you to put your quarrel into the hearts of your poor, and sign your treaties with peasants' blood. You would be ashamed to do this in your own private position and power. Why should you not be ashamed also to do it in public place and power? If you quarrel with your neighbour, and the quarrel be indeterminable by law, and mortal, you and he do not send your footmen to Battersea fields to fight it out; nor do you set fire to his tenants' cottages, nor spoil their goods. You fight out your quarrel yourselves, and at your own danger, if at all. And you do not think it materially affects the arbitrement that one of you has a larger household than the other; so that, if the servants or tenants were brought into the field with their masters, the issue of the contest could not be doubtful? You either refuse the private duel, or you practise it under laws of honour, not of physical force; that so it may be, in a manner, justly concluded. Now the just or unjust conclusion of the private feud is of little moment, while the just or unjust conclusion of the public feud is of eternal moment: and yet, in this public quarrel, you take your servants' sons from their arms to fight for it, and your servants' food from their lips to support it; and the black seals on the parchment of your treaties of peace are the deserted hearth and the fruitless field.[Pg 74] There is a ghastly ludicrousness in this, as there is mostly in these wide and universal crimes. Hear the statement of the very fact of it in the most literal words of the greatest of our English thinkers:—
No, you might respond on their behalf—'We don't allow these wars to happen for our entertainment or through our negligence; we can't prevent them. How can any final dispute between nations be resolved without war?' I can't take the time now to explain how political disagreements might be settled differently. But let's assume they can't. Let's assume that no laws of reason can be understood by nations; no laws of justice accepted by them: and that while disputes over a few acres or petty money can be resolved through truth and fairness, the matters that determine the survival or destruction of kingdoms can only be decided by the force of arms and the power of weapons. Even granting this, consider whether you must always drag your people into your conflicts and seal your treaties with the blood of the innocent. You would be embarrassed to do this in your private life and position. So why shouldn't you feel the same shame in your public role? If you have a dispute with your neighbor, and it can't be settled by law and is life-threatening, you don't send your hired hands to the fields to settle it; you don't burn down their homes or steal their belongings. You settle the dispute yourself and take the risk if you engage at all. You don't think it makes a significant difference that one of you has a bigger household than the other; as if bringing in servants or tenants would ensure a clear outcome in the fight? You either reject a private duel, or you conduct it under codes of honor, not brute strength; so that it might end, in a way, justly. Now, the fairness or unfairness of a private feud is of little consequence, while the fairness or unfairness of a public feud carries eternal significance: yet in this public conflict, you take your workers’ sons from their families to fight in it, and take food from their tables to support it; and the black stamps on the parchment of your peace treaties are the abandoned homes and the barren fields. [Pg 74] There is a grim absurdity in this, as there often is in these large-scale and universal wrongs. Listen to the statement of the very fact in the precise words of the greatest of our English thinkers:—
'What, speaking in quite unofficial language, is the net-purport and upshot of war? To my own knowledge, for example, there dwell and toil, in the British village of Dumdrudge, usually some five hundred souls. From these, by certain "natural enemies" of the French, there are successively selected, during the French war, say thirty able-bodied men. Dumdrudge, at her own expense, has suckled and nursed them; she has, not without difficulty and sorrow, fed them up to manhood, and even trained them to crafts, so that one can weave, another build, another hammer, and the weakest can stand under thirty stone avoirdupois. Nevertheless, amid much weeping and swearing, they are selected; all dressed in red; and shipped away, at the public charges, some two thousand miles, or say only to the south of Spain; and fed there till wanted.
'What, speaking in very unofficial terms, is the main idea and outcome of war? For example, in the British village of Dumdrudge, there are usually about five hundred people living and working. From these, due to certain "natural enemies" of the French, around thirty able-bodied men are chosen during the French war. Dumdrudge has raised and supported them at her own expense; she has, not without hardship and sorrow, fed them to adulthood, and even taught them skills, so that one can weave, another can build, another can hammer, and the weakest can carry thirty stone. Yet, amid a lot of crying and cursing, they are selected; all dressed in red; and sent away, at public expense, about two thousand miles, or just to the south of Spain; and fed there until they are needed.'
'And now to that same spot in the south of Spain are thirty similar French artisans, from a French Dumdrudge, in like manner wending; till at length, after infinite effort, the two parties come into actual juxtaposition; and Thirty stands fronting Thirty, each with a gun in his hand.
'And now, at that same place in southern Spain, there are thirty French artisans, from a French Dumdrudge, making their way there as well; until finally, after endless effort, the two groups come face to face; and Thirty stands opposite Thirty, each holding a gun.'
'Straightway the word "Fire!" is given, and they blow the souls out of one another, and in place of sixty brisk useful craftsmen, the world has sixty dead carcases, which it must bury, and anon shed tears for. Had these men any quarrel? Busy as the devil is, not the smallest! They lived far enough apart; were the entirest strangers; nay, in so wide a universe, there was even, unconsciously, by commerce, some mutual helpfulness between them. How then? Simpleton! their governors had fallen out; and instead of shooting one another, had the cunning to make these poor blockheads shoot.' (Sartor Resartus.)
'Straight away, the command "Fire!" is given, and they shoot each other dead, turning sixty skilled craftsmen into sixty lifeless bodies that the world now has to bury and mourn. Did these men have any issues with each other? Not a chance! They were too far apart, complete strangers; in such a vast universe, there was even some unexpected mutual support through trade. So how did this happen? Simple! Their leaders had a falling out and, instead of fighting each other, cleverly made these poor fools fight instead.' (Sartor Resartus.)
Positively, then, gentlemen, the game of battle must not, and shall not, ultimately be played this way. But should it be played any way? Should it, if not by your servants, be practised by yourselves? I think, yes. Both history and human instinct seem alike to say, yes. All healthy men like fighting, and like the sense of danger; all brave women like to hear of their fighting, and of their facing danger. This is a fixed instinct in the fine race of them; and I cannot help[Pg 75] fancying that fair fight is the best play for them, and that a tournament was a better game than a steeple-chase. The time may perhaps come in France as well as here, for universal hurdle-races and cricketing: but I do not think universal 'crickets' will bring out the best qualities of the nobles of either country. I use, in such question, the test which I have adopted, of the connection of war with other arts; and I reflect how, as a sculptor, I should feel, if I were asked to design a monument for a dead knight, in Westminster abbey, with a carving of a bat at one end, and a ball at the other. It may be the remains in me only of savage Gothic prejudice; but I had rather carve it with a shield at one end, and a sword at the other. And this, observe, with no reference whatever to any story of duty done, or cause defended. Assume the knight merely to have ridden out occasionally to fight his neighbour for exercise; assume him even a soldier of fortune, and to have gained his bread, and filled his purse, at the sword's point. Still, I feel as if it were, somehow, grander and worthier in him to have made his bread by sword play than any other play; had rather he had made it by thrusting than by batting;—much more, than by betting. Much rather that he should ride war horses, than back race horses; and—I say it sternly and deliberately—much rather would I have him slay his neighbour, than cheat him.
Positively, then, gentlemen, the game of battle must not, and shall not, ultimately be played this way. But should it be played any other way? If not by your servants, should it be practiced by you? I believe so. Both history and human nature seem to agree, yes. All healthy men enjoy fighting and the thrill of danger; all brave women appreciate hearing about their fighting and facing danger. This is a deep instinct in the noble nature of both; and I can’t help[Pg 75] but feel that a fair fight is the best activity for them, and that a tournament is a better game than a steeplechase. The time might come in France as well as here for universal hurdle races and cricket games: but I don’t think universal cricket will showcase the best qualities of the nobility in either country. In discussions like this, I use the principle I have adopted, which is the connection of war with other arts; and I think about how, as a sculptor, I would feel if I were asked to design a monument for a dead knight in Westminster Abbey, with a carving of a bat at one end and a ball at the other. It might just be a remnant of my primitive Gothic bias, but I would prefer to sculpt it with a shield at one end and a sword at the other. And this, mind you, with no reference whatsoever to any story of duty fulfilled or causes defended. Assume the knight merely rode out occasionally to fight his neighbor for exercise; assume he was even a mercenary, earning his living and filling his wallet at the sword’s point. Still, I feel it’s somehow grander and nobler for him to have earned his living through swordplay than through any other kind of play; I’d much prefer that he earned it by thrusting rather than by batting—much more so than by betting. I’d much rather he rode warhorses than racehorses; and—I say this firmly and with intent—I would much rather have him slay his neighbor than cheat him.
But remember, so far as this may be true, the game of war is only that in which the full personal power of the human creature is brought out in management of its weapons. And this for three reasons:—
But keep in mind, as true as this may be, the game of war is only that in which the full personal power of the human being is showcased in the handling of its weapons. And this for three reasons:—
First, the great justification of this game is that it truly, when well played, determines who is the best man;—who is the highest bred, the most self-denying, the most fearless, the coolest of nerve, the swiftest of eye and hand. You cannot test these qualities wholly, unless there is a clear possibility of the struggle's ending in death. It is only in the fronting of that condition that the full trial of the man, soul and body, comes out. You may go to your game of wickets, or of hurdles, or of cards, and any knavery that is in you may stay unchallenged all the while. But if the play may be[Pg 76] ended at any moment by a lance-thrust, a man will probably make up his accounts a little before he enters it. Whatever is rotten and evil in him will weaken his hand more in holding a sword hilt, than in balancing a billiard cue; and on the whole, the habit of living lightly hearted, in daily presence of death, always has had, and must have, a tendency both to the making and testing of honest men. But for the final testing, observe, you must make the issue of battle strictly dependent on fineness of frame, and firmness of hand. You must not make it the question, which of the combatants has the longest gun, or which has got behind the biggest tree, or which has the wind in his face, or which has gunpowder made by the best chemist, or iron smelted with the best coal, or the angriest mob at his back. Decide your battle, whether of nations, or individuals, on those terms;—and you have only multiplied confusion, and added slaughter to iniquity. But decide your battle by pure trial which has the strongest arm, and steadiest heart,—and you have gone far to decide a great many matters besides, and to decide them rightly.
First, the main purpose of this game is that it really, when played well, reveals who is the best person;—who has the best background, the highest level of selflessness, the most courage, the calmest nerves, and the quickest reflexes. You can’t fully test these qualities unless there’s a real chance that the struggle could end in death. It’s only when faced with that possibility that a true test of a person, body and soul, emerges. You can engage in your cricket, hurdles, or card games, and any deceit within you might go unchallenged the whole time. But if the game can be[Pg 76] cut short by a thrust of a lance, a person is likely to take stock of his life before entering. Whatever is flawed and corrupt in him will make it harder to grip a sword than to handle a billiard cue; and overall, the habit of living with a light heart in the daily presence of death has always had, and will continue to have, a tendency to both create and test honest individuals. But for the ultimate test, you must ensure that the outcome of the battle relies purely on the strength of character and steadiness of hand. You must not make it about which fighter has the longest gun, who is hiding behind the biggest tree, who has the wind at his back, who uses the best gunpowder, who has the highest-quality iron, or who has the angriest mob supporting him. If you decide your battle, whether between nations or individuals, on those terms;—you only create more chaos and add violence to wrongdoing. But if you determine your battle based on a true test of who has the strongest arm and the steadiest heart,—you will have gone a long way towards resolving many issues correctly.
And the other reasons for this mode of decision of cause, are the diminution both of the material destructiveness, or cost, and of the physical distress of war. For you must not think that in speaking to you in this (as you may imagine), fantastic praise of battle, I have overlooked the conditions weighing against me. I pray all of you, who have not read, to read with the most earnest attention, Mr. Helps's two essays on War and Government, in the first volume of the last series of 'Friends in Council.' Everything that can be urged against war is there simply, exhaustively, and most graphically stated. And all, there urged, is true. But the two great counts of evil alleged against war by that most thoughtful writer, hold only against modern war. If you have to take away masses of men from all industrial employment,—to feed them by the labour of others,—to move them and provide them with destructive machines, varied daily in national rivalship of inventive cost; if you have to ravage the country which you attack,—to destroy for a score of future years, its roads, its woods, its cities, and its harbours;—and if, finally, having brought masses[Pg 77] of men, counted by hundreds of thousands, face to face, you tear those masses to pieces with jagged shot, and leave the fragments of living creatures countlessly beyond all help of surgery, to starve and parch, through days of torture, down into clots of clay—what book of accounts shall record the cost of your work;—What book of judgment sentence the guilt of it?
And the other reasons for this way of deciding issues are the reduction of both the material destruction or expense and the physical pain of war. Don’t think that in giving you this (as you might imagine) outrageous praise of battle, I’ve ignored the challenges against me. I urge all of you who haven’t read to pay serious attention to Mr. Helps's two essays on War and Government, in the first volume of the latest series of 'Friends in Council.' Everything that can be said against war is laid out simply, thoroughly, and vividly there. And everything mentioned is true. But the two main arguments against war made by that insightful writer apply only to modern warfare. If you have to take large groups of people away from all productive work—to feed them through the efforts of others—to move them and equip them with destructive machines, each day competing with the latest national inventions; if you have to ravage the country you attack—to ruin its roads, woods, cities, and harbors for many years to come;—and if, finally, after bringing together hundreds of thousands of men, you tear them apart with jagged bullets, leaving the mangled remains of living beings far beyond any surgical help to suffer through days of agony until they turn to dirt—what record will keep track of the cost of this endeavor;—What judgment can sentence the guilt of it?
That, I say, is modern war,—scientific war,—chemical and mechanic war, worse even than the savage's poisoned arrow. And yet you will tell me, perhaps, that any other war than this is impossible now. It may be so; the progress of science cannot, perhaps, be otherwise registered than by new facilities of destruction; and the brotherly love of our enlarging Christianity be only proved by multiplication of murder. Yet hear, for a moment, what war was, in Pagan and ignorant days;—what war might yet be, if we could extinguish our science in darkness, and join the heathen's practice to the Christian's theory. I read you this from a book which probably most of you know well, and all ought to know—Muller's 'Dorians;'—but I have put the points I wish you to remember in closer connection than in his text.
That, I say, is modern war—scientific war—chemical and mechanical war, even worse than the savage's poisoned arrow. And yet you might tell me that any war other than this is impossible now. It might be true; the advancement of science can perhaps only be shown through new ways of causing destruction, and the brotherly love of our expanding Christianity might only be demonstrated by an increase in murder. Yet listen, for a moment, to what war was like in pagan and ignorant days—what war could still be if we could erase our science and unite the practices of heathens with the principles of Christians. I read this to you from a book that most of you probably know well and that everyone should know—Muller's 'Dorians'—but I've connected the points I want you to remember more closely than in his text.
'The chief characteristic of the warriors of Sparta was great composure and subdued strength; the violence λυσσα of Aristodemus and Isadas being considered as deserving rather of blame than praise; and these qualities in general distinguished the Greeks from the northern Barbarians, whose boldness always consisted in noise and tumult. For the same reason the Spartans sacrificed to the Muses before an action; these goddesses being expected to produce regularity and order in battle; as they sacrificed on the same occasion in Crete to the god of love, as the confirmer of mutual esteem and shame. Every man put on a crown, when the band of flute-players gave the signal for attack; all the shields of the line glittered with their high polish, and mingled their splendour with the dark red of the purple mantles, which were meant both to adorn the combatant, and to conceal the blood of the wounded; to fall well and decorously being an incentive the more to the most heroic valour. The conduct of the Spartans in battle denotes a high and noble disposition, which rejected all the[Pg 78] extremes of brutal rage. The pursuit of the enemy ceased when the victory was completed; and after the signal for retreat had been given, all hostilities ceased. The spoiling of arms, at least during the battle, was also interdicted; and the consecration of the spoils of slain enemies to the gods, as, in general, all rejoicings for victory, were considered as ill-omened.
The main trait of the Spartan warriors was their great composure and controlled strength. The violent behavior of Aristodemus and Isadas was seen as more blameworthy than commendable. These qualities set the Greeks apart from the northern Barbarians, whose boldness was mostly just noise and chaos. For this reason, the Spartans sacrificed to the Muses before battle; they believed these goddesses would bring order and discipline in combat. They sacrificed on the same occasion in Crete to the god of love as a way to reinforce mutual respect and honor. When the flute players signaled the attack, every man donned a crown. All the shields in the line shone brightly, their shine blending with the deep red of the purple cloaks that both decorated the warriors and hid the blood of the wounded. Falling well and with dignity was an encouragement to achieve the highest bravery. The Spartan strategy in battle showed a noble and elevated character, avoiding all extremes of brutal rage. They stopped pursuing the enemy once victory was secured; after the retreat signal was given, all fighting ended. Taking enemy weapons during battle was prohibited, and offering the spoils of slain enemies to the gods, as well as celebrating victory, was generally viewed as a bad omen.
Such was the war of the greatest soldiers who prayed to heathen gods. What Christian war is, preached by Christian ministers, let any one tell you, who saw the sacred crowning, and heard the sacred flute-playing, and was inspired and sanctified by the divinely-measured and musical language, of any North American regiment preparing for its charge. And what is the relative cost of life in pagan and Christian wars, let this one fact tell you:—the Spartans won the decisive battle of Corinth with the loss of eight men; the victors at indecisive Gettysburg confess to the loss of 30,000.
Such was the battle of the greatest soldiers who prayed to false gods. What a Christian war is, as preached by Christian ministers, let anyone tell you who saw the sacred crowning and heard the sacred flute-playing, becoming inspired and uplifted by the beautifully measured and musical language of any North American regiment getting ready for its charge. And to understand the difference in the cost of life in pagan versus Christian wars, consider this fact: the Spartans won the key battle of Corinth with only eight men lost; the victors at the inconclusive Gettysburg admitted to losing 30,000.
II. I pass now to our second order of war, the commonest among men, that undertaken in desire of dominion. And let me ask you to think for a few moments what the real meaning of this desire of dominion is—first in the minds of kings—then in that of nations.
II. Now I’ll move on to our second type of war, the most common among people, which is fought for the sake of control. And I’d like you to take a moment to reflect on what this desire for control really means—first for kings—and then for nations.
Now, mind you this first,—that I speak either about kings, or masses of men, with a fixed conviction that human nature is a noble and beautiful thing; not a foul nor a base thing. All the sin of men I esteem as their disease, not their nature; as a folly which may be prevented, not a necessity which must be accepted. And my wonder, even when things are at their worst, is always at the height which this human nature can attain. Thinking it high, I find it always a higher thing than I thought it; while those who think it low, find it, and will find it, always lower than they thought it: the fact being, that it is infinite, and capable of infinite height and infinite fall; but the nature of it—and here is the faith which I would have you hold with me—the nature of it is in the nobleness, not in the catastrophe.
Now, keep this in mind—I'm speaking about either kings or groups of people with a strong belief that human nature is something noble and beautiful, not something dirty or base. I consider all human sin to be a disease, not part of who we are; a mistake that can be avoided, not a necessity we have to accept. Even when things seem at their worst, I am always amazed by the heights that human nature can reach. When I think it’s high, I find that it can always reach even greater heights; while those who see it as low will find it, and will continue to find it, lower than they expected: the truth is, it is infinite, capable of both incredible rises and devastating falls; but the essence of it—and here is the belief I want you to share with me—is that the essence lies in its nobility, not in its downfall.
Take the faith in its utmost terms. When the captain of the 'London' shook hands with his mate, saying 'God speed you! I will go down with my passengers,' that I believe to be[Pg 79] 'human nature.' He does not do it from any religious motive—from any hope of reward, or any fear of punishment; he does it because he is a man. But when a mother, living among the fair fields of merry England, gives her two-year-old child to be suffocated under a mattress in her inner room, while the said mother waits and talks outside; that I believe to be not human nature. You have the two extremes there, shortly. And you, men, and mothers, who are here face to face with me to-night, I call upon you to say which of these is human, and which inhuman—which 'natural' and which 'unnatural?' Choose your creed at once, I beseech you:—choose it with unshaken choice—choose it forever. Will you take, for foundation of act and hope, the faith that this man was such as God made him, or that this woman was such as God made her? Which of them has failed from their nature—from their present, possible, actual nature;—not their nature of long ago, but their nature of now? Which has betrayed it—falsified it? Did the guardian who died in his trust, die inhumanly, and as a fool; and did the murderess of her child fulfil the law of her being? Choose, I say; infinitude of choices hang upon this. You have had false prophets among you—for centuries you have had them—solemnly warned against them though you were; false prophets, who have told you that all men are nothing but fiends or wolves, half beast, half devil. Believe that and indeed you may sink to that. But refuse that, and have faith that God 'made you upright,' though you have sought out many inventions; so, you will strive daily to become more what your Maker meant and means you to be, and daily gives you also the power to be—and you will cling more and more to the nobleness and virtue that is in you, saying, 'My righteousness I hold fast, and will not let it go.'
Take faith at its deepest level. When the captain of the 'London' shook hands with his mate, saying, "Godspeed! I will go down with my passengers," that I believe to be[Pg 79] 'human nature.' He doesn't do it for any religious reason, any hope of reward, or any fear of punishment; he does it because he is a human being. But when a mother, living in the beautiful fields of merry England, lets her two-year-old child be suffocated under a mattress in her inner room while she waits and talks outside; that I believe to be not human nature. You have the two extremes right there. And you, men and mothers, who are here facing me tonight, I urge you to say which of these is human, and which is inhuman— which is 'natural' and which is 'unnatural?' Choose your beliefs right now, I beg you:—choose it with unwavering certainty—choose it forever. Will you take, as the foundation of your actions and hopes, the belief that this man was made by God, or that this woman was made by God? Which of them has strayed from their nature—from their current, real nature;—not their nature from long ago, but their nature now? Which has betrayed it—twisted it? Did the guardian who died in his duty die inhumanly and foolishly, and did the mother who killed her child act according to her true nature? Choose, I say; an infinite number of choices depend on this. You have had false prophets among you—for centuries you have seen them—despite being solemnly warned against them; false prophets who have told you that all men are nothing but fiends or wolves, half beast, half devil. Believe that, and you might actually become that. But refuse that, and hold onto the belief that God 'made you upright,' even though you have created many wrongs; then, you will strive daily to become more like what your Maker intended and still intends for you to be, and daily He gives you the power to be—and you will cling more and more to the nobleness and virtue within you, saying, 'My righteousness I hold firm, and will not let it go.'
I have put this to you as a choice, as if you might hold either of these creeds you liked best. But there is in reality no choice for you; the facts being quite easily ascertainable. You have no business to think about this matter, or to choose in it. The broad fact is, that a human creature of the highest race, and most perfect as a human thing, is invariably both[Pg 80] kind and true; and that as you lower the race, you get cruelty and falseness, as you get deformity: and this so steadily and assuredly, that the two great words which, in their first use, meant only perfection of race, have come, by consequence of the invariable connection of virtue with the fine human nature, both to signify benevolence of disposition. The word generous, and the word gentle, both, in their origin, meant only 'of pure race,' but because charity and tenderness are inseparable from this purity of blood, the words which once stood only for pride, now stand as synonyms for virtue.
I’ve presented this to you as a choice, as if you could prefer either of these beliefs. But in reality, there’s no choice for you; the facts are easily verifiable. You shouldn’t even consider this matter or try to choose. The clear fact is that a human being from the highest race, and the most developed as a person, is always both kind and truthful; and as you go down the races, you find cruelty and dishonesty, just like you find deformity: this is so consistent and guaranteed that the two important words, which originally meant only perfection of race, have come to signify, because of the unbreakable link of virtue with superior human nature, the idea of kindness by nature. The words generous and gentle, both originally meant simply 'of pure race,' but because compassion and kindness are inseparable from this purity of lineage, the words that once only represented pride now also represent virtue.
Now, this being the true power of our inherent humanity, and seeing that all the aim of education should be to develop this;—and seeing also what magnificent self sacrifice the higher classes of men are capable of, for any cause that they understand or feel,—it is wholly inconceivable to me how well-educated princes, who ought to be of all gentlemen the gentlest, and of all nobles the most generous, and whose title of royalty means only their function of doing every man 'right'—how these, I say, throughout history, should so rarely pronounce themselves on the side of the poor and of justice, but continually maintain themselves and their own interests by oppression of the poor, and by wresting of justice; and how this should be accepted as so natural, that the word loyalty, which means faithfulness to law, is used as if it were only the duty of a people to be loyal to their king, and not the duty of a king to be infinitely more loyal to his people. How comes it to pass that a captain will die with his passengers, and lean over the gunwale to give the parting boat its course; but that a king will not usually die with, much less for, his passengers,—thinks it rather incumbent on his passengers, in any number, to die for him? Think, I beseech you, of the wonder of this. The sea captain, not captain by divine right, but only by company's appointment;—not a man of royal descent, but only a plebeian who can steer;—not with the eyes of the world upon him, but with feeble chance, depending on one poor boat, of his name being ever heard above the wash of the fatal waves;—not with the cause of a nation resting on his act, but helpless to save so much as a child from among the lost crowd[Pg 81] with whom he resolves to be lost,—yet goes down quietly to his grave, rather than break his faith to these few emigrants. But your captain by divine right,—your captain with the hues of a hundred shields of kings upon his breast,—your captain whose every deed, brave or base, will be illuminated or branded for ever before unescapable eyes of men,—your captain whose every thought and act are beneficent, or fatal, from sunrising to setting, blessing as the sunshine, or shadowing as the night,—this captain, as you find him in history, for the most part thinks only how he may tax his passengers, and sit at most ease in his state cabin!
Now, this is the true power of our inherent humanity, and since the goal of education should be to develop this;—and recognizing also the incredible self-sacrifice that the higher classes of people can show for any cause they understand or feel,—it’s completely beyond me how well-educated princes, who should be the gentlest of gentlemen and the most generous of nobles, and whose title of royalty signifies their role in doing what is right for everyone—how these individuals, throughout history, have so rarely taken a stand for the poor and for justice, but instead have continuously maintained their own interests through the oppression of the poor and the distortion of justice; and how this has come to be accepted as so normal that loyalty, meaning fidelity to the law, is viewed as if the only duty of the people is to be loyal to their king, rather than the king having a much greater duty to be loyal to his people. How is it that a captain will die with his passengers and lean over the side of the ship to direct the lifeboat’s course, yet a king will not usually die with—or even for—his people, but rather thinks it’s their responsibility to die for him? Consider, I urge you, the absurdity of this situation. The sea captain, not appointed by divine right, but just by a company;—not of royal lineage, but merely a commoner who knows how to steer;—not with everyone’s gaze upon him, but with just one frail boat providing him a slim chance of ever being remembered above the sound of the crashing waves;—not with the fate of a nation resting on his shoulders, but powerless to save even a child from the lost crowd with whom he has chosen to be lost,—yet he quietly goes down to his grave rather than betray the trust of these few emigrants. But your king by divine right,—your king adorned with the symbols of countless royal families upon his breast,—your king whose every action, whether noble or cowardly, will be spotlighted or condemned forever before the unavoidable scrutiny of mankind,—your king whose every thought and deed has the power to uplift or doom, bringing light like the sun or casting shadows like the night,—this king, as seen throughout history, mostly thinks only of how to tax his subjects and enjoy the utmost comfort in his royal quarters!
For observe, if there had been indeed in the hearts of the rulers of great multitudes of men any such conception of work for the good of those under their command, as there is in the good and thoughtful masters of any small company of men, not only wars for the sake of mere increase of power could never take place, but our idea of power itself would be entirely altered. Do you suppose that to think and act even for a million of men, to hear their complaints, watch their weaknesses, restrain their vices, make laws for them, lead them, day by day, to purer life, is not enough for one man's work? If any of us were absolute lord only of a district of a hundred miles square, and were resolved on doing our utmost for it; making it feed as large a number of people as possible; making every clod productive, and every rock defensive, and every human being happy; should we not have enough on our hands think you? But if the ruler has any other aim than this; if, careless of the result of his interference, he desire only the authority to interfere; and, regardless of what is ill-done or well-done, cares only that it shall be done at his bidding,—if he would rather do two hundred miles' space of mischief, than one hundred miles' space of good, of course he will try to add to his territory; and to add inimitably. But does he add to his power? Do you call it power in a child, if he is allowed to play with the wheels and bands of some vast engine, pleased with their murmur and whirl, till his unwise touch, wandering where it ought not, scatters beam and wheel into ruin? Yet what machine is so[Pg 82] vast, so incognisable, as the working of the mind of a nation what child's touch so wanton, as the word of a selfish king? And yet, how long have we allowed the historian to speak of the extent of the calamity a man causes, as a just ground for his pride; and to extol him as the greatest prince, who is only the centre of the widest error. Follow out this thought by yourselves; and you will find that all power, properly so called, is wise and benevolent. There may be capacity in a drifting fire-ship to destroy a fleet; there may be venom enough in a dead body to infect a nation:—but which of you, the most ambitious, would desire a drifting kinghood, robed in consuming fire, or a poison-dipped sceptre whose touch was mortal? There is no true potency, remember, but that of help; nor true ambition, but ambition to save.
For example, if the leaders of large groups of people truly cared about doing good for those they govern, like the thoughtful and caring leaders of small teams do, then wars just for the sake of gaining more power would never happen, and our understanding of power itself would be completely changed. Do you think that thinking and acting for even a million people—listening to their complaints, noticing their weaknesses, controlling their vices, making laws for them, guiding them each day toward a better life—aren't enough for one person's efforts? If any of us were the absolute ruler of a hundred-square-mile area and were determined to do our best for it; to make it support as many people as possible; to turn every piece of land productive, every rock into a defense, and every person happy; wouldn’t that be more than enough work for us? But if the ruler aims for anything other than this; if he cares little about the consequences of his actions and only wants the power to act; and, disregarding whether things go well or poorly, focuses only on having things done his way—if he prefers to do two hundred miles' worth of harm rather than one hundred miles' worth of good, then of course he’ll try to expand his territory. But does he actually gain power? Is it truly power when a child plays with the gears and levers of a massive machine, enchanted by its sounds and motions, until his reckless touch sends parts flying into chaos? Yet what machine is as vast and incomprehensible as the workings of a nation’s mind, and what child's touch is as careless as the orders of a selfish king? And still, how long have we let historians measure a person's pride based on the vastness of the disasters they create, praising someone as the greatest leader who is really just at the center of the biggest mistakes? Explore this idea for yourselves, and you'll find that all true power is wise and kind. There may be the potential in a drifting fire ship to destroy a fleet; there could be enough poison in a dead body to infect an entire nation—but which of you, the most ambitious, would desire a chaotic kingdom, engulfed in flames, or a deadly scepter that brings death? Remember, true power comes only from the ability to help; and true ambition is the ambition to save.
And then, observe farther, this true power, the power of saving, depends neither on multitude of men, nor on extent of territory. We are continually assuming that nations become strong according to their numbers. They indeed become so, if those numbers can be made of one mind; but how are you sure you can stay them in one mind, and keep them from having north and south minds? Grant them unanimous, how know you they will be unanimous in right? If they are unanimous in wrong, the more they are, essentially the weaker they are. Or, suppose that they can neither be of one mind, nor of two minds, but can only be of no mind? Suppose they are a more helpless mob; tottering into precipitant catastrophe, like a waggon load of stones when the wheel comes off. Dangerous enough for their neighbours, certainly, but not 'powerful.'
And then, consider this: real power, the power to save, doesn’t depend on the number of people or the size of the land. We often think that nations grow strong based on their population. They can become strong if that population shares a common mindset; but how can you be sure you can keep them united in thought and prevent divisions between them? Even if they are in agreement, how do you know they will agree on what’s right? If they are united in what’s wrong, the larger their numbers, the weaker they actually are. Or, what if they can’t agree on anything at all? What if they are just a disorganized crowd, stumbling toward disaster, like a wagon full of stones when a wheel breaks? That’s certainly a threat to their neighbors, but not 'powerful.'
Neither does strength depend on extent of territory, any more than upon number of population. Take up your maps when you go home this evening,—put the cluster of British Isles beside the mass of South America; and then consider whether any race of men need care how much ground they stand upon. The strength is in the men, and in their unity and virtue, not in their standing room: a little group of wise hearts is better than a wilderness full of fools; and only that nation gains true territory, which gains itself.[Pg 83]
Neither does strength depend on the size of territory, just as it doesn't rely on population numbers. When you get home this evening, look at your maps—place the cluster of British Isles next to the expanse of South America; then think about whether any group of people should be concerned about how much land they occupy. The strength lies in the people and their unity and morals, not in the space they inhabit: a small group of wise individuals is more valuable than a vast area filled with fools; and only that nation truly gains territory that gains itself.[Pg 83]
And now for the brief practical outcome of all this. Remember, no government is ultimately strong, but in proportion to its kindness and justice; and that a nation does not strengthen, by merely multiplying and diffusing itself. We have not strengthened as yet, by multiplying into America. Nay, even when it has not to encounter the separating conditions of emigration, a nation need not boast itself of multiplying on its own ground, if it multiplies only as flies or locusts do, with the god of flies for its god. It multiplies its strength only by increasing as one great family, in perfect fellowship and brotherhood. And lastly, it does not strengthen itself by seizing dominion over races whom it cannot benefit. Austria is not strengthened, but weakened, by her grasp of Lombardy; and whatever apparent increase of majesty and of wealth may have accrued to us from the possession of India, whether these prove to us ultimately power or weakness, depends wholly on the degree in which our influence on the native race shall be benevolent and exalting. But, as it is at their own peril that any race extends their dominion in mere desire of power, so it is at their own still greater peril, that they refuse to undertake aggressive war, according to their force, whenever they are assured that their authority would be helpful and protective. Nor need you listen to any sophistical objection of the impossibility of knowing when a people's help is needed, or when not. Make your national conscience clean, and your national eyes will soon be clear. No man who is truly ready to take part in a noble quarrel will ever stand long in doubt by whom, or in what cause, his aid is needed. I hold it my duty to make no political statement of any special bearing in this presence; but I tell you broadly and boldly, that, within these last ten years, we English have, as a knightly nation, lost our spurs: we have fought where we should not have fought, for gain; and we have been passive where we should not have been passive, for fear. I tell you that the principle of non-intervention, as now preached among us, is as selfish and cruel as the worst frenzy of conquest, and differs from it only by being not only malignant, but dastardly.[Pg 84]
And now for the quick practical takeaway from all this. Remember, no government is truly strong except to the extent that it is kind and just; and a nation doesn't get stronger just by expanding and spreading itself out. We haven’t become stronger by just multiplying in America. Even when not facing the challenges of emigration, a nation shouldn’t brag about growing on its own land if it multiplies like flies or locusts, worshiping the god of flies. It only gains strength by coming together as one big family in perfect unity and brotherhood. Lastly, it doesn’t become stronger by dominating races that it can’t genuinely benefit. Austria is weakened, not strengthened, by holding onto Lombardy; and any increase in power and wealth we've gained from India will ultimately show whether we are strong or weak, depending entirely on how benevolent and uplifting our influence on the local people is. But just as it's risky for any race to expand its control out of mere desire for power, it’s even riskier for them to avoid engaging in justified conflicts when they know their authority could be helpful and protective. Don’t listen to the tricky arguments about the impossibility of knowing when help is needed. Clean up your national conscience, and soon your national vision will be clear. No one who is genuinely prepared to join a noble fight will stay confused about who needs their help or for what cause. I believe it’s my duty not to make any specific political statement here; but I’ll tell you straightforwardly that, during the last decade, we English, as a chivalrous nation, have lost our way: we have fought in battles we shouldn’t have for personal gain; and we have been passive in situations where we should have acted, out of fear. I assert that the principle of non-intervention currently preached among us is as selfish and cruel as the worst form of conquest, differing only in that it is not just harmful, but cowardly.[Pg 84]
I know, however, that my opinions on this subject differ too widely from those ordinarily held, to be any farther intruded upon you; and therefore I pass lastly to examine the conditions of the third kind of noble war;—war waged simply for defence of the country in which we were born, and for the maintenance and execution of her laws, by whomsoever threatened or defied. It is to this duty that I suppose most men entering the army consider themselves in reality to be bound, and I want you now to reflect what the laws of mere defence are; and what the soldier's duty, as now understood, or supposed to be understood. You have solemnly devoted yourselves to be English soldiers, for the guardianship of England. I want you to feel what this vow of yours indeed means, or is gradually coming to mean. You take it upon you, first, while you are sentimental schoolboys; you go into your military convent, or barracks, just as a girl goes into her convent while she is a sentimental schoolgirl; neither of you then know what you are about, though both the good soldiers and good nuns make the best of it afterwards. You don't understand perhaps why I call you 'sentimental' schoolboys, when you go into the army? Because, on the whole, it is love of adventure, of excitement, of fine dress and of the pride of fame, all which are sentimental motives, which chiefly make a boy like going into the Guards better than into a counting-house. You fancy, perhaps, that there is a severe sense of duty mixed with these peacocky motives? And in the best of you, there is; but do not think that it is principal. If you cared to do your duty to your country in a prosaic and unsentimental way, depend upon it, there is now truer duty to be done in raising harvests than in burning them; more in building houses, than in shelling them—more in winning money by your own work, wherewith to help men, than in taxing other people's work, for money wherewith to slay men; more duty finally, in honest and unselfish living than in honest and unselfish dying, though that seems to your boys' eyes the bravest. So far then, as for your own honour, and the honour of your families, you choose brave death in a red coat before brave life in a black one, you are sentimental; and now see[Pg 85] what this passionate vow of yours comes to. For a little while you ride, and you hunt tigers or savages, you shoot, and are shot; you are happy, and proud, always, and honoured and wept if you die; and you are satisfied with your life, and with the end of it; believing, on the whole, that good rather than harm of it comes to others, and much pleasure to you. But as the sense of duty enters into your forming minds, the vow takes another aspect. You find that you have put yourselves into the hand of your country as a weapon. You have vowed to strike, when she bids you, and to stay scabbarded when she bids you; all that you need answer for is, that you fail not in her grasp. And there is goodness in this, and greatness, if you can trust the hand and heart of the Britomart who has braced you to her side, and are assured that when she leaves you sheathed in darkness, there is no need for your flash to the sun. But remember, good and noble as this state may be, it is a state of slavery. There are different kinds of slaves and different masters. Some slaves are scourged to their work by whips, others are scourged to it by restlessness or ambition. It does not matter what the whip is; it is none the less a whip, because you have cut thongs for it out of your own souls: the fact, so far, of slavery, is in being driven to your work without thought, at another's bidding. Again, some slaves are bought with money, and others with praise. It matters not what the purchase-money is. The distinguishing sign of slavery is to have a price, and be bought for it. Again, it matters not what kind of work you are set on; some slaves are set to forced diggings, others to forced marches; some dig furrows, others field-works, and others graves. Some press the juice of reeds, and some the juice of vines, and some the blood of men. The fact of the captivity is the same whatever work we are set upon, though the fruits of the toil may be different. But, remember, in thus vowing ourselves to be the slaves of any master, it ought to be some subject of forethought with us, what work he is likely to put us upon. You may think that the whole duty of a soldier is to be passive, that it is the country you have left behind who is to command, and you have only to obey. But[Pg 86] are you sure that you have left all your country behind, or that the part of it you have so left is indeed the best part of it? Suppose—and, remember, it is quite conceivable—that you yourselves are indeed the best part of England; that you who have become the slaves, ought to have been the masters; and that those who are the masters, ought to have been the slaves! If it is a noble and whole-hearted England, whose bidding you are bound to do, it is well; but if you are yourselves the best of her heart, and the England you have left be but a half-hearted England, how say you of your obedience? You were too proud to become shopkeepers: are you satisfied then to become the servants of shopkeepers? You were too proud to become merchants or farmers yourselves: will you have merchants or farmers then for your field marshals? You had no gifts of special grace for Exeter Hall: will you have some gifted person thereat for your commander-in-chief, to judge of your work, and reward it? You imagine yourselves to be the army of England: how if you should find yourselves, at last, only the police of her manufacturing towns, and the beadles of her little Bethels?
I know, however, that my views on this topic differ too much from the usual opinions out there, so I won’t impose them on you any longer. Instead, I’ll lastly examine the circumstances of the third type of noble war: war fought simply to defend the country where we were born and to uphold her laws, no matter who threatens or defies them. I believe most men joining the army genuinely feel this duty. Now, I want you to really think about what the laws of mere defense are, and what the soldier's duty is, as it's currently understood—or assumed to be understood. You have made a solemn commitment to be English soldiers and protect England. I want you to understand what this vow truly means or is slowly coming to mean. You take this vow while you are still sentimental schoolboys. You enter your military academy or barracks much like a girl enters a convent when she is a sentimental schoolgirl; neither of you know exactly what you’re doing, although both good soldiers and good nuns make the best of it later on. You might wonder why I call you 'sentimental' schoolboys when you join the army. It’s primarily because it’s a love for adventure, excitement, fine uniforms, and the pride of fame—all sentimental motivations—that usually draws a boy to the Guards over a desk job. You may think there’s a strong sense of duty mixed in with these flashy motivations. And in the best of you, there is; but don’t think it’s the main reason. If you genuinely wanted to fulfill your duty to your country in a straightforward and unsentimental way, trust me, there is now more true duty to be done in growing crops than in destroying them; more in building homes than in bombarding them; more in earning money through your own labor to help others than in taxing others' labor for money to kill people; and ultimately, more duty in living honestly and selflessly than in dying honestly and selflessly—though that may seem the bravest option to you boys. So when it comes to your own honor and that of your families, choosing a brave death in a red coat over a brave life in a black one makes you sentimental. Now reflect on what your passionate vow amounts to. For a period, you ride off, hunting tigers or fighting savages; you shoot and get shot; you feel happy and proud, enjoying honors and grief if you die, feeling satisfied with your life and its end, believing overall that your life brings good rather than harm to others, along with a lot of pleasure to you. But as a sense of duty shapes your developing minds, your vow changes in meaning. You realize that you’ve put yourselves in the hands of your country as a weapon. You’ve vowed to strike when she commands you and to remain quiet when she asks you. All you need to justify is that you don’t fail in her grasp. There’s goodness and greatness in this if you can trust the hand and heart of the Britomart who has bound you to her side and are sure that when she leaves you shrouded in darkness, there’s no need for you to shine in the light. But remember, as noble and good as this state may be, it is a form of slavery. There are different kinds of slaves and different masters. Some slaves are forced to work through whips, others through restlessness or ambition. It doesn’t matter what the whip is; it’s still a whip, even if you’ve made the thongs from your own souls. The essence of slavery is being driven to work without thought, at someone else’s command. Some slaves are bought with money, while others with praise. It doesn’t matter what the price is—the key sign of slavery is being purchased and having a price. Again, it doesn’t matter what kind of work you’re assigned. Some slaves are forced to dig for gold, others to march relentlessly; some plow fields, some build strongholds, and others dig graves. Some extract juice from reeds, others from vines, and some spill the blood of men. The reality of captivity is the same no matter what work we are given, even if the results of our labor vary. However, remember, when we vow to become the slaves of any master, we should give some thought to what kind of work he might assign us. You might think that a soldier's duty is to be passive, that it’s the country you’ve left behind that will give the orders and you just need to follow them. But are you sure that you’ve left behind *all* of your country, or that the part you’ve left is truly the best part? Suppose—and keep in mind, it’s entirely possible—that you are the best part of England; you who have become slaves ought to have been the masters; and those who are the masters ought to have been slaves! If you’re bound to obey a noble and whole-hearted England, that’s good; but if you’re truly the best of her heart and the England you’ve left is only half-hearted, what does your obedience mean? You were too proud to be shopkeepers: are you okay with being servants to shopkeepers then? You were too proud to be merchants or farmers yourselves: will you accept merchants or farmers as your field marshals? You didn’t have special talents for Exeter Hall: will you let someone with gifts from there be your commander-in-chief, deciding your worth and rewarding your efforts? You see yourselves as the army of England; what if you find out, in the end, that you are merely the police of her manufacturing towns, and the enforcers of her small charitable institutions?
It is not so yet, nor will be so, I trust, for ever; but what I want you to see, and to be assured of, is, that the ideal of soldiership is not mere passive obedience and bravery; that, so far from this, no country is in a healthy state which has separated, even in a small degree, her civil from her military power. All states of the world, however great, fall at once when they use mercenary armies; and although it is a less instant form of error (because involving no national taint of cowardice), it is yet an error no less ultimately fatal—it is the error especially of modern times, of which we cannot yet know all the calamitous consequences—to take away the best blood and strength of the nation, all the soul-substance of it that is brave, and careless of reward, and scornful of pain, and faithful in trust; and to cast that into steel, and make a mere sword of it; taking away its voice and will; but to keep the worst part of the nation—whatever is cowardly, avaricious, sensual, and faithless—and to give to this the voice, to this the authority, to this the chief privilege, where there is least[Pg 87] capacity, of thought. The fulfilment of your vow for the defence of England will by no means consist in carrying out such a system. You are not true soldiers, if you only mean to stand at a shop door, to protect shop-boys who are cheating inside. A soldier's vow to his country is that he will die for the guardianship of her domestic virtue, of her righteous laws, and of her anyway challenged or endangered honour. A state without virtue, without laws, and without honour, he is bound not to defend; nay, bound to redress by his own right hand that which he sees to be base in her. So sternly is this the law of Nature and life, that a nation once utterly corrupt can only be redeemed by a military despotism—never by talking, nor by its free effort. And the health of any state consists simply in this: that in it, those who are wisest shall also be strongest; its rulers should be also its soldiers; or, rather, by force of intellect more than of sword, its soldiers its rulers. Whatever the hold which the aristocracy of England has on the heart of England, in that they are still always in front of her battles, this hold will not be enough, unless they are also in front of her thoughts. And truly her thoughts need good captain's leading now, if ever! Do you know what, by this beautiful division of labour (her brave men fighting, and her cowards thinking), she has come at last to think? Here is a bit of paper in my hand,[6] a good one too, and an honest one; quite representative of the best common public thought of England at this moment; and it is holding forth[Pg 88] in one of its leaders upon our 'social welfare,'—upon our 'vivid life'—upon the 'political supremacy of Great Britain.' And what do you think all these are owing to? To what our English sires have done for us, and taught us, age after age? No: not to that. To our honesty of heart, or coolness of head, or steadiness of will? No: not to these. To our thinkers, or our statesmen, or our poets, or our captains, or our martyrs, or the patient labour of our poor? No: not to these; or at least not to these in any chief measure. Nay, says the journal, 'more than any agency, it is the cheapness and abundance of our coal which have made us what we are.' If it be so, then 'ashes to ashes' be our epitaph! and the sooner the better. I tell you, gentlemen of England, if ever you would have your country breathe the pure breath of heaven again, and receive again a soul into her body, instead of rotting into a carcase, blown up in the belly with carbonic acid (and great that way), you must think, and feel, for your England, as well as fight for her: you must teach her that all the true greatness she ever had, or ever can have, she won while her fields were green and her faces ruddy;—that greatness is still possible for Englishmen, even though the ground be not hollow under their feet, nor the sky black over their heads;—and that, when the day comes for their country to lay her honours in the dust, her crest will not rise from it more loftily because it is dust of coal. Gentlemen, I tell you, solemnly, that the day is coming when the soldiers of England must be her tutors and the captains of her army, captains also of her mind.
It’s not like that yet, nor will it be, I hope, forever; but what I want you to understand is that the ideal of being a soldier isn’t just about passive obedience and bravery. In fact, no country is truly healthy if it has even a slight separation between its civil and military power. All nations, no matter how powerful, fall apart when they rely on hired armies; and while this is a less immediate mistake (because it doesn’t reflect a national cowardice), it’s still a mistake that can lead to ultimate disaster. This is especially true in modern times, where we can't yet grasp all the disastrous consequences of focusing on the best and bravest parts of the nation and turning them into mere weapons, stripping away their voice and will, while elevating the worst traits of society—those that are cowardly, greedy, indulgent, and untrustworthy—and giving those traits the power and authority, especially where there’s the least capacity for thought. Fulfilling your vow to defend England cannot consist of upholding such a system. You aren’t true soldiers if you plan to just stand by a store to protect shopkeepers cheating inside. A soldier's vow to his country means he will die to protect her domestic values, her just laws, and her honor when it's threatened. A state that lacks virtue, laws, and honor is one that he is *not* obligated to protect; in fact, he is compelled to correct what he sees as wrong with his own hands. So strictly is this the law of nature and life that a nation that has completely lost its integrity can only be restored through military tyranny, never through dialogue or free effort. The health of any state depends simply on this: that in it, those who are wisest are also the strongest; its leaders should also be its soldiers; or rather, through intellect more than sword, its soldiers should be its leaders. Whatever connection the aristocracy of England has to the hearts of its people, because they always lead in battles, this connection won’t be enough unless they also lead in thought. And truly, England’s thoughts need strong leadership now more than ever! Do you know what, through this lovely division of labor (brave men fighting and cowards thinking), she has come to understand? Here in my hand is a piece of paper, a good one too, representing the best public thought in England at this moment; it discusses our 'social welfare', our 'vibrant life', and the 'political dominance of Great Britain.' And what do you think these achievements are due to? What our English ancestors have done for us and taught us over the years? No: not that. To our honesty of heart, calmness of mind, or steadfast will? No: not those either. To our thinkers, statesmen, poets, captains, martyrs, or the hard work of our poor? No: not really any of those either. In fact, the journal states that 'more than any other factor, it’s the low cost and abundance of our coal that has made us who we are.' If that’s the case, then 'ashes to ashes' should be our epitaph! And the sooner the better. I tell you, gentlemen of England, if you ever want your country to breathe fresh air again and regain a soul instead of decaying into a lifeless husk inflated with carbonic acid, you must think and feel for your England as much as you fight for her: you must show her that all the true greatness she ever had or will ever have came when her fields were green and her faces rosy;—that greatness is still possible for Englishmen, even when the ground isn’t hollow underneath them, nor the sky dark above their heads;—and that, when the time comes for their country to lay her honors in the dust, her crest won’t rise more proudly from it just because it’s coal dust. Gentlemen, I solemnly tell you that the day is coming when the soldiers of England must also be her teachers, and the captains of her army must also lead her thoughts.
And now, remember, you soldier youths, who are thus in all ways the hope of your country; or must be, if she have any hope: remember that your fitness for all future trust depends upon what you are now. No good soldier in his old age was ever careless or indolent in his youth. Many a giddy and thoughtless boy has become a good bishop, or a good lawyer, or a good merchant; but no such an one ever became a good general. I challenge you, in all history, to find a record of a good soldier who was not grave and earnest in his youth. And, in general, I have no patience with people who talk about 'the thoughtlessness of youth' indulgently,[Pg 89] I had infinitely rather hear of thoughtless old age, and the indulgence due to that. When a man has done his work, and nothing can any way be materially altered in his fate, let him forget his toil, and jest with his fate, if he will; but what excuse can you find for wilfulness of thought, at the very time when every crisis of future fortune hangs on your decisions? A youth thoughtless! when all the happiness of his home for ever depends on the chances, or the passions, of an hour! A youth thoughtless! when the career of all his days depends on the opportunity of a moment! A youth thoughtless! when his every act is a foundation-stone of future conduct, and every imagination a fountain of life or death! Be thoughtless in any after years, rather than now—though, indeed, there is only one place where a man may be nobly thoughtless,—his deathbed. No thinking should ever be left to be done there.
And now, remember, you young soldiers, who are in every way the hope of your country; or must be, if she has any hope: remember that your ability to take on future responsibilities depends on who you are now. No good soldier in his old age was ever careless or lazy in his youth. Many reckless and naive boys have grown up to be good bishops, good lawyers, or good merchants; but none of them ever became good generals. I challenge you to find a single example in history of a good soldier who wasn't serious and dedicated in his youth. And, generally, I have no patience with people who talk about 'the carelessness of youth' lightly, [Pg 89] I would much rather hear about careless old age, and the leniency that comes with that. When a man has done his work, and nothing can be significantly changed about his fate, let him forget his struggles and joke about his fate if he wants; but what excuse do you have for being careless in your thoughts right when every critical moment for your future depends on your choices? A youth who is careless! when all the happiness of his home forever relies on the odds, or the emotions, of a single hour! A youth who is careless! when the course of his entire life hinges on the opportunity of a moment! A youth who is careless! when every action is a building block for future behavior, and every thought is a source of life or death! Be careless in any later years, rather than now—even though, truly, there’s only one place where a man can be nobly careless—on his deathbed. No thinking should ever be left to be done there.
Having, then, resolved that you will not waste recklessly, but earnestly use, these early days of yours, remember that all the duties of her children to England may be summed in two words—industry, and honour. I say first, industry, for it is in this that soldier youth are especially tempted to fail. Yet surely, there is no reason because your life may possibly or probably be shorter than other men's, that you should therefore waste more recklessly the portion of it that is granted you; neither do the duties of your profession, which require you to keep your bodies strong, in any wise involve the keeping of your minds weak. So far from that, the experience, the hardship, and the activity of a soldier's life render his powers of thought more accurate than those of other men; and while, for others, all knowledge is often little more than a means of amusement, there is no form of science which a soldier may not at some time or other find bearing on business of life and death. A young mathematician may be excused for langour in studying curves to be described only with a pencil; but not in tracing those which are to be described with a rocket. Your knowledge of a wholesome herb may involve the feeding of an army; and acquaintance with an obscure point of geography, the success of a campaign.[Pg 90] Never waste an instant's time, therefore; the sin of idleness is a thousandfold greater in you than in other youths; for the fates of those who will one day be under your command hang upon your knowledge; lost moments now will be lost lives then, and every instant which you carelessly take for play, you buy with blood. But there is one way of wasting time, of all the vilest, because it wastes, not time only, but the interest and energy of your minds. Of all the ungentlemanly habits into which you can fall, the vilest is betting, or interesting yourselves in the issues of betting. It unites nearly every condition of folly and vice; you concentrate your interest upon a matter of chance, instead of upon a subject of true knowledge; and you back opinions which you have no grounds for forming, merely because they are your own. All the insolence of egotism is in this; and so far as the love of excitement is complicated with the hope of winning money, you turn yourselves into the basest sort of tradesmen—those who live by speculation. Were there no other ground for industry, this would be a sufficient one; that it protected you from the temptation to so scandalous a vice. Work faithfully, and you will put yourselves in possession of a glorious and enlarging happiness: not such as can be won by the speed of a horse, or marred by the obliquity of a ball.
Having decided that you won't waste time recklessly but will make good use of your early days, remember that all the responsibilities of children to England can be summed up in two words—hard work and honor. First, hard work, because this is where young soldiers often struggle. However, just because your life might be shorter than others', it doesn't mean you should waste the time you have even more. The demands of your profession, which require you to keep your body strong, don’t mean you should neglect your mind. In fact, the challenges, hardships, and activities of a soldier's life sharpen your thinking more than those of others; while for most people, knowledge is often just a source of entertainment, a soldier can find value in any form of science when it comes to matters of life and death. A young mathematician can be excused for being uninterested in studying curves drawn only with a pencil, but not when figuring out those for a rocket. Understanding a beneficial herb might be essential for feeding an army, and knowing a specific geographic detail could decide the outcome of a campaign.[Pg 90] Therefore, don’t waste a single moment; the sin of idleness is far more severe for you than for other young people, because the futures of those who will one day be under your command depend on what you know. Wasted moments now will lead to lost lives later, and every moment you carelessly spend in leisure comes at the cost of lives. But there’s one way to waste time that is the worst of all, as it wastes not only time but also the interest and energy of your minds. Of all the unsophisticated habits you can fall into, the worst is gambling or getting involved in betting. It combines nearly every kind of foolishness and vice; you focus your interest on something random instead of on something truly worthwhile, and you support opinions without any real basis simply because you feel attached to them. This displays the worst kind of arrogance, and when the desire for thrill is mixed with the hope of winning money, you reduce yourselves to the lowest sort of traders—those who thrive on speculation. Even if there were no other reason to work hard, this alone would be enough: it keeps you away from the temptation of such a disgraceful vice. Work diligently, and you will gain a joyful and fulfilling happiness—not something you can attain by a horse's speed or ruined by an errant ball.
First, then, by industry you must fulfil your vow to your country; but all industry and earnestness will be useless unless they are consecrated by your resolution to be in all things men of honour; not honour in the common sense only, but in the highest. Rest on the force of the two main words in the great verse, integer vitæ, scelerisque purus. You have vowed your life to England; give it her wholly—a bright, stainless, perfect life—a knightly life. Because you have to fight with machines instead of lances, there may be a necessity for more ghastly danger, but there is none for less worthiness of character, than in olden time. You may be true knights yet, though perhaps not equites; you may have to call yourselves 'cannonry' instead of 'chivalry,' but that is no reason why you should not call yourselves true men. So the first thing you have to see to in becoming soldiers is that you make yourselves[Pg 91] wholly true. Courage is a mere matter of course among any ordinarily well-born youths; but neither truth nor gentleness is matter of course. You must bind them like shields about your necks; you must write them on the tables of your hearts. Though it be not exacted of you, yet exact it of yourselves, this vow of stainless truth. Your hearts are, if you leave them unstirred, as tombs in which a god lies buried. Vow yourselves crusaders to redeem that sacred sepulchre. And remember, before all things—for no other memory will be so protective of you—that the highest law of this knightly truth is that under which it is vowed to women. Whomsoever else you deceive, whomsoever you injure, whomsoever you leave unaided, you must not deceive, nor injure, nor leave unaided according to your power, any woman of whatever rank. Believe me, every virtue of the higher phases of manly character begins in this;—in truth and modesty before the face of all maidens; in truth and pity, or truth and reverence, to all womanhood.
First, you must fulfill your commitment to your country through hard work; however, all your effort and dedication will be pointless unless they are backed by your determination to always be men of honor—not just in the usual way, but in the highest sense. Focus on the meaning of the two main words from the great phrase, integer vitæ, scelerisque purus. You have dedicated your life to England; give it to her entirely—a bright, unblemished, perfect life—a noble life. Although you will be fighting with machines instead of lances, there may be a greater risk of danger, but that doesn’t mean your character has to be any less worthy than in the past. You can still be true knights, even if you are not equites; while you might have to refer to yourselves as 'cannonry' instead of 'chivalry,' that doesn’t mean you can’t call yourselves true men. So, the first thing you need to focus on in becoming soldiers is to make yourselves[Pg 91] completely true. Courage may come naturally to any reasonably well-bred young man; but neither truth nor kindness is guaranteed. You must hold them close like shields around your necks; you must engrave them on your hearts. Even if it’s not demanded of you, hold yourselves to this vow of absolute truth. If you leave your hearts untouched, they will be like tombs in which a god lies buried. Dedicate yourselves as crusaders to reclaim that sacred tomb. And remember, above all else—because there is no other memory that will offer you such protection—that the highest law of this knightly truth is what you owe to women. No matter whom else you may deceive, harm, or neglect, you must never deceive, harm, or leave unaided any woman, regardless of her status, if you are able to do so. Believe me, every virtue that signifies the higher aspects of manly character starts here—in truth and modesty in front of all maidens; in truth and compassion, or truth and respect, towards all womanhood.
And now let me turn for a moment to you,—wives and maidens, who are the souls of soldiers; to you,—mothers, who have devoted your children to the great hierarchy of war. Let me ask you to consider what part you have to take for the aid of those who love you; for if you fail in your part they cannot fulfil theirs; such absolute helpmates you are that mo man can stand without that help, nor labour in his own strength.
And now, let me take a moment to address you—wives and daughters, the hearts of soldiers; to you—mothers, who have entrusted your children to the vast structure of war. I’d like you to think about the role you play in supporting those who love you; if you neglect your part, they won’t be able to do theirs. You are such essential partners that no man can stand strong without your support or rely solely on his own strength.
I know your hearts, and that the truth of them never fails when an hour of trial comes which you recognise for such. But you know not when the hour of trial first finds you, nor when it verily finds you. You imagine that you are only called upon to wait and to suffer; to surrender and to mourn. You know that you must not weaken the hearts of your husbands and lovers, even by the one fear of which those hearts are capable,—the fear of parting from you, or of causing you grief. Through weary years of separation, through fearful expectancies of unknown fate; through the tenfold bitterness of the sorrow which might so easily have been joy, and the tenfold yearning for glorious life struck down in its prime—through[Pg 92] all these agonies you fail not, and never will fail. But your trial is not in these. To be heroic in danger is little;—you are Englishwomen. To be heroic in change and sway of fortune is little;—for do you not love? To be patient through the great chasm and pause of loss is little;—for do you not still love in heaven? But to be heroic in happiness; to bear yourselves gravely and righteously in the dazzling of the sunshine of morning; not to forget the God in whom you trust, when He gives you most; not to fail those who trust you, when they seem to need you least; this is the difficult fortitude. It is not in the pining of absence, not in the peril of battle, not in the wasting of sickness, that your prayer should be most passionate, or your guardianship most tender. Pray, mothers and maidens, for your young soldiers in the bloom of their pride; pray for them, while the only dangers round them are in their own wayward wills; watch you, and pray, when they have to face, not death, but temptation. But it is this fortitude also for which there is the crowning reward. Believe me, the whole course and character of your lovers' lives is in your hands; what you would have them be, they shall be, if you not only desire to have them so, but deserve to have them so; for they are but mirrors in which you will see yourselves imaged. If you are frivolous, they will be so also; if you have no understanding of the scope of their duty, they also will forget it; they will listen,—they can listen,—to no other interpretation of it than that uttered from your lips. Bid them be brave;—they will be brave for you; bid them be cowards; and how noble soever they be;—they will quail for you. Bid them be wise, and they will be wise for you; mock at their counsel, they will be fools for you: such and so absolute is your rule over them. You fancy, perhaps, as you have been told so often, that a wife's rule should only be over her husband's house, not over his mind. Ah, no! the true rule is just the reverse of that; a true wife, in her husband's house, is his servant; it is in his heart that she is queen. Whatever of the best he can conceive, it is her part to be; whatever of highest he can hope, it is hers to promise; all that is dark in him she must purge into purity; all that is failing[Pg 93] in him she must strengthen into truth: from her, through all the world's clamour, he must win his praise; in her, through all the world's warfare, he must find his peace.
I know your hearts, and they stay true when a trial comes that you recognize as such. But you don't know when the trial will find you, nor do you realize the moment it truly arrives. You think you're just expected to wait and endure; to give in and grieve. You understand that you can't weaken the hearts of your husbands and lovers, even with the one fear that they can feel—the fear of being apart from you or causing you pain. Through long years of separation, through the worry of an uncertain fate; through the deep sorrow of what could have been joy, and the deep longing for vibrant life cut short in its prime—through[Pg 92] all this suffering, you persist, and you always will. But your true trial isn't in these moments. Being brave in danger is nothing;—you are Englishwomen. Being brave through change and shifting fortunes is minor;—because do you not love? Being patient through the deep void of loss is small;—for do you not still love in heaven? But being heroic in happiness; to carry yourselves with dignity and righteousness in the bright morning light; not to forget the God you trust when He gives you the most; not to fail those who trust you when they seem to need you the least; this is true strength. It is not in the pain of absence, not in the danger of battle, not in the toll of sickness, that your prayers should be the most fervent or your care the most tender. Pray, mothers and daughters, for your young soldiers in their prime; pray for them while the only dangers they face are their own reckless choices; watch over them and pray when they have to confront not death, but temptation. But there is also a special reward for this strength. Believe me, the entire course and character of your lovers' lives depend on you; what you want them to be, they will become, if you not only desire it but deserve it; for they reflect what you show them. If you are shallow, they will be too; if you don't understand the nature of their duty, they will forget it as well; they will listen,—they can listen,—to no other interpretation than what you express. Encourage them to be brave;—they will be brave for you; tell them to be cowards; and however noble they are;—they will shrink for you. Encourage them to be wise, and they will be wise for you; belittle their advice, and they will act foolishly for you: such is your complete control over them. You may think, as you've been told many times, that a wife's influence should only extend to her husband's household, not his mind. Ah, no! The true influence is the opposite; a true wife, within her husband's home, is his support; it is in his heart that she reigns. Everything noble he can imagine, she should embody; everything lofty he hopes for, she should promise; all that is dark within him she must transform into purity; all that is lacking[Pg 93] in him she must bolster into truth: from her, amidst all the noise of the world, he must gain his recognition; in her, through all the world's conflicts, he must find his peace.
And, now, but one word more. You may wonder, perhaps, that I have spoken all this night in praise of war. Yet, truly, if it might be, I, for one, would fain join in the cadence of hammer-strokes that should beat swords into ploughshares: and that this cannot be, is not the fault of us men. It is your fault. Wholly yours. Only by your command, or by your permission, can any contest take place among us. And the real, final, reason for all the poverty, misery, and rage of battle, throughout Europe, is simply that you women, however good, however religious, however self-sacrificing for those whom you love, are too selfish and too thoughtless to take pains for any creature out of your own immediate circles. You fancy that you are sorry for the pain of others. Now I just tell you this, that if the usual course of war, instead of unroofing peasants' houses, and ravaging peasants' fields, merely broke the china upon your own drawing-room tables, no war in civilised countries would last a week. I tell you more, that at whatever moment you chose to put a period to war, you could do it with less trouble than you take any day to go out to dinner. You know, or at least you might know if you would think, that every battle you hear of has made many widows and orphans. We have, none of us, heart enough truly to mourn with these. But at least we might put on the outer symbols of mourning with them. Let but every Christian lady who has conscience toward God, vow that she will mourn, at least outwardly, for His killed creatures. Your praying is useless, and your churchgoing mere mockery of God, if you have not plain obedience in you enough for this. Let every lady in the upper classes of civilised Europe simply vow that, while any cruel war proceeds, she will wear black;—a mute's black,—with no jewel, no ornament, no excuse for, or evasion into, prettiness.—I tell you again, no war would last a week.
And now, just one more thing. You might be wondering why I've spent this entire night praising war. Honestly, if I could, I would much rather join in the sound of hammers turning swords into ploughshares. The fact that this isn't happening isn't the fault of us men. It's your fault. Completely yours. Only by your command or permission can any conflict occur among us. The real reason for all the poverty, suffering, and anger from battles across Europe is simply that you women, no matter how good, religious, or self-sacrificing you are for those you love, are too selfish and thoughtless to care for anyone outside your immediate circles. You think you're sorry for the pain of others. Let me tell you this: if the usual course of war only broke the china on your own living room tables instead of damaging peasants' homes and fields, no war in civilized countries would last a week. I’ll say more: whenever you choose to end war, you could do it more easily than it takes you to go out to dinner. You know, or at least you could know if you thought about it, that every battle you hear about has created many widows and orphans. None of us really have the heart to mourn with them. But at the very least, we could show some outward signs of mourning with them. If every Christian woman with a conscience toward God vowed to outwardly mourn for His lost creatures, your prayers would mean something, and your church attendance wouldn't be a mockery if you had enough plain obedience in you for this. Let every woman in the upper classes of civilized Europe simply vow that while any brutal war continues, she will wear black;—a mute's black,—without any jewelry, no decorations, no excuses to turn it into something pretty. I tell you again, no war would last a week.
And lastly. You women of England are all now shrieking with one voice,—you and your clergymen together,—because[Pg 94] you hear of your Bibles being attacked. If you choose to obey your Bibles, you will never care who attacks them. It is just because you never fulfil a single downright precept of the Book, that you are so careful for its credit: and just because you don't care to obey its whole words, that you are so particular about the letters of them. The Bible tells you to dress plainly,—and you are mad for finery; the Bible tells you to have pity on the poor,—and you crush them under your carriage-wheels; the Bible tells you to do judgment and justice,—and you do not know, nor care to know, so much as what the Bible word 'justice means.' Do but learn so much of God's truth as that comes to; know what He means when He tells you to be just: and teach your sons, that their bravery is but a fool's boast, and their deeds but a firebrand's tossing, unless they are indeed Just men, and Perfect in the Fear of God;—and you will soon have no more war, unless it be indeed such as is willed by Him, of whom, though Prince of Peace, it is also written, 'In Righteousness He doth judge, and make war.'
And finally, you women of England are all screaming in unison—along with your clergymen—because[Pg 94] you hear about attacks on your Bibles. If you truly followed your Bibles, you wouldn't care who criticized them. It's only because you don't live out a single clear teaching from the Book that you’re so concerned about its reputation; and it's precisely because you aren’t willing to obey its entire message that you focus so much on the specifics of the wording. The Bible instructs you to dress simply—and yet you’re obsessed with luxury; it tells you to have compassion for the poor—and yet you run them over with your carriages; it calls for justice and fair treatment—and you don’t even know, or care to know, what the Bible means by 'justice.' Just gain some understanding of God's truth as far as that goes; understand what He means when He tells you to be just: and teach your sons that their courage is just empty bragging, and their actions just reckless showiness, unless they are truly Just men, and Perfect in the Fear of God;—and you will soon see no more war, unless it is indeed the kind willed by Him, who, although the Prince of Peace, is also said to ‘judge in Righteousness, and make war.’
FOOTNOTES:
[6] I do not care to refer to the journal quoted, because the article was unworthy of its general tone, though in order to enable the audience to verify the quoted sentence, I left the number containing it on the table, when I delivered this lecture. But a saying of Baron Liebig's, quoted at the head of a leader on the same subject in the 'Daily Telegraph' of January 11, 1866, summarily digests and presents the maximum folly of modern thought in this respect. 'Civilization,' says the Baron, 'is the economy of power, and English power is coal.' Not altogether so, my chemical friend. Civilization is the making of civil persons, which is a kind of distillation of which alembics are incapable, and does not at all imply the turning of a small company of gentlemen into a large company of ironmongers. And English power (what little of it may be left), is by no means coal, but, indeed, of that which, 'when the whole world turns to coal, then chiefly lives.'
[6] I don’t want to mention the journal I cited because the article didn’t match its usual quality, but I left the issue with the quote on the table for the audience to check while I gave this lecture. However, a quote from Baron Liebig at the beginning of an article on the same topic in the 'Daily Telegraph' from January 11, 1866, sums up the complete absurdity of modern thought on this matter. 'Civilization,' says the Baron, 'is the economy of power, and English power is coal.' Not quite so, my chemistry friend. Civilization is about creating civil individuals, which is a process that can't be done in alembics, and it doesn't just mean turning a small group of gentlemen into a large group of iron sellers. And English power (whatever little might remain) is definitely not coal, but rather that which 'when the whole world turns to coal, then chiefly lives.'
MUNERA PULVERIS
SIX ESSAYS
ON THE ELEMENTS OF
POLITICAL ECONOMY
PREFACE.
The following pages contain, I believe, the first accurate analysis of the laws of Political Economy which has been published in England. Many treatises, within their scope, correct, have appeared in contradiction of the views popularly received; but no exhaustive examination of the subject was possible to any person unacquainted with the value of the products of the highest industries, commonly called the "Fine Arts;" and no one acquainted with the nature of those industries has, so far as I know, attempted, or even approached, the task.
The following pages include, I believe, the first accurate analysis of the laws of Political Economy that has been published in England. Many writings have appeared that correct popular views within their scope; however, no comprehensive examination of the subject was possible for anyone unfamiliar with the value of the products of the highest industries, usually referred to as the "Fine Arts." As far as I know, no one who understands those industries has attempted or even come close to taking on this task.
So that, to the date (1863) when these Essays were published, not only the chief conditions of the production of wealth had remained unstated, but the nature of wealth itself had never been defined. "Every one has a notion, sufficiently correct for common purposes, of what is meant by wealth," wrote Mr. Mill, in the outset of his treatise; and contentedly proceeded, as if a chemist should proceed to investigate the laws of chemistry without endeavouring to ascertain the nature of fire or water, because every one had a notion of them, "sufficiently correct for common purposes."
So by the year 1863, when these Essays were published, not only had the major conditions for generating wealth remained unaddressed, but the concept of wealth itself had never been defined. "Everyone has a notion, good enough for everyday purposes, of what wealth means," wrote Mr. Mill at the beginning of his treatise; and he went on, as if a chemist were to study the principles of chemistry without trying to define the nature of fire or water, just because everyone had a notion of them that was "good enough for everyday purposes."
But even that apparently indisputable statement was untrue. There is not one person in ten thousand who has a notion sufficiently correct, even for the commonest purposes, of "what is meant" by wealth; still less of what wealth everlastingly is, whether we mean it or not; which it is the business of every student of economy to ascertain. We, indeed, know (either by experience or in imagination) what it is to be able to provide ourselves with luxurious food, and handsome clothes; and if Mr. Mill had thought that wealth consisted[Pg 98] only in these, or in the means of obtaining these, it would have been easy for him to have so defined it with perfect scientific accuracy. But he knew better: he knew that some kinds of wealth consisted in the possession, or power of obtaining, other things than these; but, having, in the studies of his life, no clue to the principles of essential value, he was compelled to take public opinion as the ground of his science; and the public, of course, willingly accepted the notion of a science founded on their opinions.
But even that seemingly undeniable statement was false. There’s not one person in ten thousand who has a clear understanding, even for the simplest purposes, of "what is meant" by wealth; even less so of what wealth truly is, whether we acknowledge it or not; that’s something every student of economics should figure out. We know (either from experience or imagination) what it’s like to provide ourselves with gourmet food and stylish clothes; and if Mr. Mill had believed that wealth consisted[Pg 98] only of these things, or the means to obtain them, it would have been straightforward for him to define it with perfect scientific precision. But he understood better: he realized that some types of wealth involved possessing or being able to obtain things beyond just these; however, since he found no guidance in the essential principles of value throughout his studies, he had to rely on public opinion as the basis of his science; and naturally, the public gladly accepted the idea of a science built on their views.
I had, on the contrary, a singular advantage, not only in the greater extent of the field of investigation opened to me by my daily pursuits, but in the severity of some lessons I accidentally received in the course of them.
I had, on the other hand, a unique advantage, not just because my daily activities opened up a wider range of investigation, but also due to the harsh lessons I unexpectedly learned along the way.
When, in the winter of 1851, I was collecting materials for my work on Venetian architecture, three of the pictures of Tintoret on the roof of the School of St. Roch were hanging down in ragged fragments, mixed with lath and plaster, round the apertures made by the fall of three Austrian heavy shot. The city of Venice was not, it appeared, rich enough to repair the damage that winter; and buckets were set on the floor of the upper room of the school to catch the rain, which not only fell directly through the shot holes, but found its way, owing to the generally pervious state of the roof, through many of the canvases of Tintoret's in other parts of the ceiling.
When, in the winter of 1851, I was gathering information for my work on Venetian architecture, three of Tintoretto's paintings on the ceiling of the School of St. Roch were hanging down in torn pieces, mixed with lath and plaster, around the openings created by the impact of three heavy Austrian cannonballs. It seemed that the city of Venice wasn't wealthy enough to repair the damage that winter; buckets were placed on the floor of the upper room of the school to catch the rain, which not only leaked directly through the shot holes but also dripped, due to the generally porous state of the roof, through many of Tintoretto's canvases in other areas of the ceiling.
It was a lesson to me, as I have just said, no less direct than severe; for I knew already at that time (though I have not ventured to assert, until recently at Oxford,) that the pictures of Tintoret in Venice were accurately the most precious articles of wealth in Europe, being the best existing productions of human industry. Now at the time that three of them were thus fluttering in moist rags from the roof they had adorned, the shops of the Rue Rivoli at Paris were, in obedience to a steadily-increasing public Demand, beginning to show a steadily-increasing Supply of elaborately-finished and coloured lithographs, representing the modern dances of delight, among which the cancan has since taken a distinguished place.[Pg 99]
It was a lesson for me, as I just mentioned, no less direct than harsh; because I already knew at that time (though I didn't dare say it until recently at Oxford) that the paintings by Tintoretto in Venice were truly the most valuable treasures in Europe, being the finest existing works of human creativity. Now, while three of them were fluttering in damp rags from the roof they had once decorated, the shops on Rue Rivoli in Paris were, in response to a growing public demand, starting to display an increasing supply of elaborately finished and colorful lithographs showcasing the modern dances of joy, among which the cancan has since become quite prominent.[Pg 99]
The labour employed on the stone of one of these lithographs is very much more than Tintoret was in the habit of giving to a picture of average size. Considering labour as the origin of value, therefore, the stone so highly wrought would be of greater value than the picture; and since also it is capable of producing a large number of immediately saleable or exchangeable impressions, for which the "demand" is constant, the city of Paris naturally supposed itself, and on all hitherto believed or stated principles of political economy, was, infinitely richer in the possession of a large number of these lithographic stones, (not to speak of countless oil pictures and marble carvings of similar character), than Venice in the possession of those rags of mildewed canvas, flaunting in the south wind and its salt rain. And, accordingly, Paris provided (without thought of the expense) lofty arcades of shops, and rich recesses of innumerable private apartments, for the protection of these better treasures of hers from the weather.
The effort put into the stone of one of these lithographs is much greater than what Tintoret typically put into an average-sized painting. If we consider labor as the source of value, then the highly detailed stone would be worth more than the painting. Also, because it can produce many sellable or exchangeable prints, for which there is a constant demand, Paris thought it was—and based on all previously accepted economic principles—is far richer by owning a large number of these lithographic stones (not to mention countless oil paintings and marble sculptures of a similar kind) than Venice is with its worn-out canvases, flapping in the southern wind and salt rain. Therefore, Paris invested (without worrying about the cost) in grand arcades of shops and luxurious spaces in numerous private homes to protect these valuable treasures from the elements.
Yet, all the while, Paris was not the richer for these possessions. Intrinsically, the delightful lithographs were not wealth, but polar contraries of wealth. She was, by the exact quantity of labour she had given to produce these, sunk below, instead of above, absolute Poverty. They not only were false Riches—they were true Debt, which had to be paid at last—and the present aspect of the Rue Rivoli shows in what manner.
Yet, all the while, Paris wasn't better off for these possessions. Essentially, the beautiful lithographs weren't wealth; they were the complete opposite of wealth. By the exact amount of labor she put into creating these, she was below, not above, absolute poverty. They weren't just fake riches—they were real debt that had to be paid eventually—and the current state of Rue Rivoli shows how that happens.
And the faded stains of the Venetian ceiling, all the while, were absolute and inestimable wealth. Useless to their possessors as forgotten treasure in a buried city, they had in them, nevertheless, the intrinsic and eternal nature of wealth; and Venice, still possessing the ruins of them, was a rich city; only, the Venetians had not a notion sufficiently correct even for the very common purpose of inducing them to put slates on a roof, of what was "meant by wealth."
And the faded stains on the Venetian ceiling were, all the while, pure and priceless wealth. Useless to their owners like forgotten treasure in a buried city, they still held the essential and timeless nature of wealth; and Venice, still having the remnants of them, was a wealthy city. The Venetians, however, did not have a clear enough understanding, even for the simple purpose of convincing them to put tiles on a roof, of what "wealth" really meant.
The vulgar economist would reply that his science had nothing to do with the qualities of pictures, but with their exchange-value only; and that his business was, exclusively, to consider whether the remains of Tintoret were worth as[Pg 100] many ten-and-sixpences as the impressions which might be taken from the lithographic stones.
The shallow economist would argue that his field was solely concerned with the exchange value of artworks, not their intrinsic qualities; his job was strictly to determine whether the remnants of Tintoret were worth as[Pg 100] many ten-and-sixpences as the prints that could be made from the lithographic stones.
But he would not venture, without reserve, to make such an answer, if the example be taken in horses, instead of pictures. The most dull economist would perceive, and admit, that a gentleman who had a fine stud of horses was absolutely richer than one who had only ill-bred and broken-winded ones. He would instinctively feel, though his pseudo-science had never taught him, that the price paid for the animals, in either case, did not alter the fact of their worth: that the good horse, though it might have been bought by chance for a few guineas, was not therefore less valuable, nor the owner of the galled jade any the richer, because he had given a hundred for it.
But he wouldn't confidently give such an answer if we were talking about horses instead of pictures. Even the most clueless economist would realize that a man with a great collection of horses is definitely wealthier than someone with only poorly bred and unhealthy ones. He would instinctively understand, even if his so-called science hadn't taught him, that the amount spent on the animals doesn’t change their actual value: the good horse, even if bought by chance for a few guineas, isn't any less valuable, nor is the owner of the lame horse any richer just because he paid a hundred for it.
So that the economist, in saying that his science takes no account of the qualities of pictures, merely signifies that he cannot conceive of any quality of essential badness or goodness existing in pictures; and that he is incapable of investigating the laws of wealth in such articles. Which is the fact. But, being incapable of defining intrinsic value in pictures, it follows that he must be equally helpless to define the nature of intrinsic value in painted glass, or in painted pottery, or in patterned stuffs, or in any other national produce requiring true human ingenuity. Nay, though capable of conceiving the idea of intrinsic value with respect to beasts of burden, no economist has endeavoured to state the general principles of National Economy, even with regard to the horse or the ass. And, in fine, the modern political economists have been, without exception, incapable of apprehending the nature of intrinsic value at all.
So when the economist says that his field doesn’t consider the qualities of pictures, he really means that he can’t think of any quality of inherent badness or goodness in pictures; and that he can’t analyze the economic principles surrounding such items. Which is true. However, since he can’t define intrinsic value in pictures, it follows that he also can’t define the nature of intrinsic value in stained glass, or in painted pottery, or in patterned fabrics, or in any other national products that require real human creativity. Even though he can understand the idea of intrinsic value concerning work animals, no economist has tried to outline the general principles of National Economy regarding horses or donkeys. Ultimately, modern political economists have all been unable to grasp the concept of intrinsic value at all.
And the first specialty of the following treatise consists in its giving at the outset, and maintaining as the foundation of all subsequent reasoning, a definition of Intrinsic Value, and Intrinsic Contrary-of-Value; the negative power having been left by former writers entirely out of account, and the positive power left entirely undefined.
And the main feature of this treatise is that it starts off by providing a definition of Intrinsic Value and Intrinsic Contrary-of-Value, which serves as the basis for all the reasoning that follows. Previous writers completely overlooked the negative aspect and did not define the positive aspect at all.
But, secondly: the modern economist, ignoring intrinsic value, and accepting the popular estimate of things as the[Pg 101] only ground of his science, has imagined himself to have ascertained the constant laws regulating the relation of this popular demand to its supply; or, at least, to have proved that demand and supply were connected by heavenly balance, over which human foresight had no power. I chanced, by singular coincidence, lately to see this theory of the law of demand and supply brought to as sharp practical issue in another great siege, as I had seen the theories of intrinsic value brought, in the siege of Venice.
But, secondly: the modern economist, disregarding intrinsic value and accepting the common perception of things as the[Pg 101] only basis of his discipline, believes he has figured out the constant laws governing the relationship between this popular demand and its supply; or at least, he has demonstrated that demand and supply are linked by a universal balance, which human foresight cannot control. I happened to see this theory of the law of demand and supply tested in a different major siege, just as I had observed the theories of intrinsic value during the siege of Venice.
I had the honour of being on the committee under the presidentship of the Lord Mayor of London, for the victualling of Paris after her surrender. It became, at one period of our sittings, a question of vital importance at what moment the law of demand and supply would come into operation, and what the operation of it would exactly be: the demand, on this occasion, being very urgent indeed; that of several millions of people within a few hours of utter starvation, for any kind of food whatsoever. Nevertheless, it was admitted, in the course of debate, to be probable that the divine principle of demand and supply might find itself at the eleventh hour, and some minutes over, in want of carts and horses; and we ventured so far to interfere with the divine principle as to provide carts and horses, with haste which proved, happily, in time for the need; but not a moment in advance of it. It was farther recognized by the committee that the divine principle of demand and supply would commence its operations by charging the poor of Paris twelve-pence for a penny's worth of whatever they wanted; and would end its operations by offering them twelve-pence worth for a penny, of whatever they didn't want. Whereupon it was concluded by the committee that the tiny knot, on this special occasion, was scarcely "dignus vindice," by the divine principle of demand and supply: and that we would venture, for once, in a profane manner, to provide for the poor of Paris what they wanted, when they wanted it. Which, to the value of the sums entrusted to us, it will be remembered we succeeded in doing.
I had the honor of being on the committee led by the Lord Mayor of London, working on getting supplies to Paris after it surrendered. At one point during our meetings, we had to discuss when the law of supply and demand would kick in and exactly what that would mean: in this case, the demand was incredibly urgent; millions of people were just hours away from starving, needing any kind of food they could get. Still, during our discussions, it became clear that the principle of supply and demand might find itself at the last possible moment needing carts and horses; so we took it upon ourselves to arrange for these, and fortunately, we did so just in time for the crisis—not a moment too early. The committee also recognized that the principle of supply and demand would start by charging the poor of Paris twelve pence for a penny's worth of what they needed and would finish by offering them twelve pences' worth for just a penny of what they didn't want. Therefore, the committee agreed that, given the circumstances, this tiny situation was hardly "dignus vindice" by the principle of supply and demand: and that we would, for once, untraditionally provide the people of Paris with what they needed, when they needed it. And, considering the funds we were given, it’ll be remembered that we succeeded in doing just that.
But the fact is that the so-called "law," which was felt to be false in this case of extreme exigence, is alike false in cases[Pg 102] of less exigence. It is false always, and everywhere. Nay to such an extent is its existence imaginary, that the vulgar economists are not even agreed in their account of it; for some of them mean by it, only that prices are regulated by the relation between demand and supply, which is partly true; and others mean that the relation itself is one with the process of which it is unwise to interfere; a statement which is not only, as in the above instance, untrue; but accurately the reverse of the truth: for all wise economy, political or domestic, consists in the resolved maintenance of a given relation between supply and demand, other than the instinctive, or (directly) natural, one.
But the reality is that the so-called "law," which seemed incorrect in this extreme situation, is equally untrue in cases[Pg 102] of lesser urgency. It is false all the time, everywhere. In fact, its existence is so imaginary that ordinary economists can't even agree on what it means; some think it just refers to how prices are influenced by the balance between demand and supply, which is partly accurate; while others believe that this balance is a process that shouldn't be tampered with, a statement that is not only untrue as seen in the previous example but is actually the opposite of the truth: for all sound economics, whether political or personal, depends on deliberately maintaining a specific relationship between supply and demand, rather than leaving it to instinct or the (directly) natural order.
Similarly, vulgar political economy asserts for a "law" that wages are determined by competition.
Similarly, crude political economy claims that there's a "law" stating that wages are determined by competition.
Now I pay my servants exactly what wages I think necessary to make them comfortable. The sum is not determined at all by competition; but sometimes by my notions of their comfort and deserving, and sometimes by theirs. If I were to become penniless to-morrow, several of them would certainly still serve me for nothing.
Now I pay my staff exactly what I think they need to feel comfortable. The amount isn’t influenced by competition; instead, it’s sometimes based on my ideas of their comfort and worthiness, and sometimes on theirs. If I were to go broke tomorrow, several of them would definitely still work for me for free.
In both the real and supposed cases the so-called "law" of vulgar political economy is absolutely set at defiance. But I cannot set the law of gravitation at defiance, nor determine that in my house I will not allow ice to melt, when the temperature is above thirty-two degrees. A true law outside of my house, will remain a true one inside of it. It is not, therefore, a law of Nature that wages are determined by competition. Still less is it a law of State, or we should not now be disputing about it publicly, to the loss of many millions of pounds to the country. The fact which vulgar economists have been weak enough to imagine a law, is only that, for the last twenty years a number of very senseless persons have attempted to determine wages in that manner; and have, in a measure, succeeded in occasionally doing so.
In both real and hypothetical situations, the so-called "law" of basic political economy is completely disregarded. But I can’t ignore the law of gravity, nor can I decide that I won’t let ice melt in my house when the temperature is above thirty-two degrees. A true law outside my house remains a true law inside it. Therefore, it's not a natural law that wages are set by competition. Even less is it a law of the State, or else we wouldn’t be arguing about it publicly, costing the country millions of pounds. The idea that basic economists have wrongly assumed to be a law comes from the last twenty years, during which a bunch of very foolish people have tried to determine wages that way and have somewhat succeeded occasionally.
Both in definition of the elements of wealth, and in statement of the laws which govern its distribution, modern political economy has been thus absolutely incompetent, or absolutely false. And the following treatise is not, as it has been[Pg 103] asserted with dull pertinacity, an endeavour to put sentiment in the place of science; but it contains the exposure of what insolently pretended to be a science; and the definition, hitherto unassailed—and I do not fear to assert, unassailable—of the material elements with which political economy has to deal, and the moral principles in which it consists; being not itself a science, but "a system of conduct founded on the sciences, and impossible, except under certain conditions of moral culture." Which is only to say, that industry, frugality, and discretion, the three foundations of economy, are moral qualities, and cannot be attained without moral discipline: a flat truism, the reader may think, thus stated, yet a truism which is denied both vociferously, and in all endeavour, by the entire populace of Europe; who are at present hopeful of obtaining wealth by tricks of trade, without industry; who, possessing wealth, have lost in the use of it even the conception,—how much more the habit?—of frugality; and who, in the choice of the elements of wealth, cannot so much as lose—since they have never hitherto at any time possessed,—the faculty of discretion.
Both in defining the elements of wealth and in explaining the laws that govern its distribution, modern political economy has been completely incompetent or entirely misleading. The following essay is not, as it has been[Pg 103] frustratingly claimed, an attempt to replace science with sentiment; rather, it reveals what falsely claimed to be a science. It provides a definition that has yet to be challenged—and I confidently assert, is unassailable—of the material elements that political economy deals with, as well as the moral principles it is based on. Political economy is not a science itself but "a system of conduct based on the sciences and only possible under specific conditions of moral culture." This simply means that industry, frugality, and discretion—the three foundations of economy—are moral qualities that cannot be achieved without moral discipline. The reader may think this is a straightforward truth, but it is a truth that is both loudly denied and actively rejected by the entire population of Europe. Many currently hope to gain wealth through trading tricks without any industry; those who have wealth have lost even the idea—let alone the practice—of frugality in its use; and in choosing the elements of wealth, they cannot even lose—since they have never truly possessed it—the ability to exercise discretion.
Now if the teachers of the pseudo-science of economy had ventured to state distinctly even the poor conclusions they had reached on the subjects respecting which it is most dangerous for a populace to be indiscreet, they would have soon found, by the use made of them, which were true, and which false.
Now, if the teachers of the fake science of economics had been bold enough to clearly express even the weak conclusions they had come to on the issues that are most dangerous for the public to be naive about, they would have quickly discovered, based on how those conclusions were used, which ones were true and which were false.
But on main and vital questions, no political economist has hitherto ventured to state one guiding principle. I will instance three subjects of universal importance. National Dress. National Rent. National Debt.
But on major and important issues, no political economist has yet dared to propose a guiding principle. I will mention three topics of universal significance: National Dress, National Rent, and National Debt.
Now if we are to look in any quarter for a systematic and exhaustive statement of the principles of a given science, it must certainly be from its Professor at Cambridge.
Now if we want to find a thorough and comprehensive explanation of the principles of a particular science, it has to come from its Professor at Cambridge.
Take the last edition of Professor Fawcett's Manual of Political Economy, and forming, first clearly in your mind these three following questions, see if you can find an answer to them.
Take the latest edition of Professor Fawcett's Manual of Political Economy, and first, clearly think about these three questions; see if you can find answers to them.
I. Does expenditure of capital on the production of luxurious[Pg 104] dress and furniture tend to make a nation rich or poor?
I. Does spending money on the production of luxury[Pg 104] clothing and furniture make a nation rich or poor?
II. Does the payment, by the nation, of a tax on its land, or on the produce of it, to a certain number of private persons, to be expended by them as they please, tend to make the nation rich or poor?
II. Does the nation paying a tax on its land, or on what it produces, to a certain number of private individuals who can spend it as they wish, make the nation richer or poorer?
III. Does the payment, by the nation, for an indefinite period, of interest on money borrowed from private persons, tend to make the nation rich or poor?
III. Does the government's payment of interest on money borrowed from private individuals for an unlimited time make the country richer or poorer?
These three questions are, all of them, perfectly simple, and primarily vital. Determine these, and you have at once a basis for national conduct in all important particulars. Leave them undetermined, and there is no limit to the distress which may be brought upon the people by the cunning of its knaves, and the folly of its multitudes.
These three questions are all really straightforward and fundamentally important. Answering them gives you a solid foundation for national behavior in all key areas. If you leave them unanswered, there’s no end to the suffering that can be inflicted on the people by the deceit of its tricksters and the ignorance of its masses.
I will take the three in their order.
I will address the three in their order.
I. Dress. The general impression on the public mind at this day is, that the luxury of the rich in dress and furniture is a benefit to the poor. Probably not even the blindest of our political economists would venture to assert this in so many words. But where do they assert the contrary? During the entire period of the reign of the late Emperor it was assumed in France, as the first principle of fiscal government, that a large portion of the funds received as rent from the provincial labourer should be expended in the manufacture of ladies' dresses in Paris. Where is the political economist in France, or England, who ventured to assert the conclusions of his science as adverse to this system? As early as the year 1857 I had done my best to show the nature of the error, and to give warning of its danger;[7] but not one of the men who had the foolish ears of the people intent on their words, dared to follow me in speaking what would have been an offence to the powers of trade; and the powers of trade in Paris had their full way for fourteen years more,—with this result, to-day,—as told us in precise and curt terms by the Minister of Public Instruction,—[8][Pg 105]
I. Dress. Nowadays, people generally believe that the rich’s luxury in clothing and furniture benefits the poor. Probably even the most blinded of our political economists wouldn’t say this outright. But where do they argue the opposite? Throughout the reign of the late Emperor, it was assumed in France that a significant amount of the rent paid by provincial workers should be spent on making women’s dresses in Paris. Where is the political economist in France or England who dared to challenge this system with their findings? As early as 1857, I tried to highlight the error in this belief and warned of its dangers;[7] but not one of those who captured the foolish attention of the public was willing to join me in saying something that would upset the powers of commerce; and the commerce powers in Paris had their way for fourteen more years—with today’s outcome, which is summed up precisely and concisely by the Minister of Public Instruction,—[8][Pg 105]
"We have replaced glory by gold, work by speculation, faith and honour by scepticism. To absolve or glorify immorality; to make much of loose women; to gratify our eyes with luxury, our ears with the tales of orgies; to aid in the manœuvres of public robbers, or to applaud them; to laugh at morality, and only believe in success; to love nothing but pleasure, adore nothing but force; to replace work with a fecundity of fancies; to speak without thinking; to prefer noise to glory; to erect sneering into a system, and lying into an institution—is this the spectacle that we have seen?—is this the society that we have been?"
"We’ve swapped glory for gold, hard work for speculation, and faith and honor for skepticism. We either excuse or glorify immorality, put loose women on a pedestal, indulge in luxury for our eyes, and relish tales of debauchery for our ears. We either support public robbers or cheer them on; we laugh at morality and only believe in success; we love only pleasure and worship only power. We replace hard work with a flood of fantasies, talk without thinking, prefer noise over glory, turn sneering into a system, and lying into an institution. Is this the spectacle we've witnessed? Is this the society we've become?"
Of course, other causes, besides the desire of luxury in furniture and dress, have been at work to produce such consequences; but the most active cause of all has been the passion for these; passion unrebuked by the clergy, and, for the most part, provoked by economists, as advantageous to commerce; nor need we think that such results have been arrived at in France only; we are ourselves following rapidly on the same road. France, in her old wars with us, never was so fatally our enemy as she has been in the fellowship of fashion, and the freedom of trade: nor, to my mind, is any fact recorded of Assyrian or Roman luxury more ominous, or ghastly, than one which came to my knowledge a few weeks ago, in England; a respectable and well-to-do father and mother, in a quiet north country town, being turned into the streets in their old age, at the suit of their only daughter's milliner.
Of course, other factors, besides the desire for luxurious furniture and clothing, have been contributing to such outcomes; but the strongest factor has been the obsession with these things—an obsession that goes unchallenged by the clergy and is mostly encouraged by economists, who see it as beneficial for trade. We shouldn't think that these results are unique to France; we are quickly heading down the same path. France, during its old wars with us, was never as dangerously our enemy as it has been through the influence of fashion and free trade. To me, no recorded fact about Assyrian or Roman luxury is more alarming or disturbing than a story I came across a few weeks ago in England: a respectable and well-off mom and dad in a quiet northern town were put out on the streets in their old age due to a lawsuit from their only daughter’s dressmaker.
II. Rent. The following account of the real nature of rent is given, quite accurately, by Professor Fawcett, at page 112 of the last edition of his Political Economy:—
II. Rent. The following account of the real nature of rent is given, quite accurately, by Professor Fawcett, at page 112 of the last edition of his Political Economy:—
"Every country has probably been subjugated, and grants of vanquished territory were the ordinary rewards which the conquering chief bestowed upon his more distinguished followers. Lands obtained by force had to be defended by force; and before law had asserted her supremacy, and property was made secure, no baron was able to retain his possessions, unless those who lived on his estates were prepared to[Pg 106] defend them....[9] As property became secure, and landlords felt that the power of the State would protect them in all the rights of property, every vestige of these feudal tenures was abolished, and the relation between landlord and tenant has thus become purely commercial. A landlord offers his land to any one who is willing to take it; he is anxious to receive the highest rent he can obtain. What are the principles which regulate the rent which may thus be paid?"
"Every country has probably been conquered, and the conquered lands were the usual rewards that the winning leader gave to his more notable supporters. Lands gained by force had to be defended by force; and before the law established its authority and property became secure, no baron could keep his possessions unless those living on his land were ready to[Pg 106] defend them....[9] As property became secure, and landlords realized that the government would protect their property rights, every trace of these feudal agreements was eliminated, and the relationship between landlord and tenant became purely commercial. A landlord offers his land to anyone willing to take it; he wants to get the highest rent possible. What are the principles that determine the rent that can be charged?"
These principles the Professor goes on contentedly to investigate, never appearing to contemplate for an instant the possibility of the first principle in the whole business—the maintenance, by force, of the possession of land obtained by force, being ever called in question by any human mind. It is, nevertheless, the nearest task of our day to discover how far original theft may be justly encountered by reactionary theft, or whether reactionary theft be indeed theft at all; and farther, what, excluding either original or corrective theft, are the just conditions of the possession of land.
The Professor continues to study these principles with satisfaction, never seeming to consider for a moment the possibility that the foundational idea of maintaining land acquired through force could be questioned by anyone. Still, it is our urgent task today to figure out how much the initial act of stealing land can be justly challenged by a subsequent act of reclaiming it, or whether that second act can even be considered theft. Furthermore, we must explore what the fair conditions for land ownership are, without relying on either original or corrective theft.
III. Debt. Long since, when, a mere boy, I used to sit silently listening to the conversation of the London merchants who, all of them good and sound men of business, were wont occasionally to meet round my father's dining-table; nothing used to surprise me more than the conviction openly expressed by some of the soundest and most cautious of them, that "if there were no National debt they would not know what to do with their money, or where to place it safely." At the 399th page of his Manual, you will find Professor Fawcett giving exactly the same statement.
III. Debt. Long ago, when I was just a boy, I would sit quietly listening to the conversations of the London merchants who, all reputable and reliable business people, would occasionally gather around my father's dinner table. Nothing surprised me more than the belief clearly stated by some of the most sensible and careful among them, that "if there were no National debt, they wouldn’t know what to do with their money or where to invest it safely." On the 399th page of his Manual, you'll find Professor Fawcett making exactly the same point.
"In our own country, this certainty against risk of loss is provided by the public funds;"
"In our country, this assurance against the risk of loss is offered by public funds;"
and again, as on the question of rent, the Professor proceeds, without appearing for an instant to be troubled by any misgiving that there may be an essential difference between the effects on national prosperity of a Government paying interest[Pg 107] on money which it spent in fire works fifty years ago, and of a Government paying interest on money to be employed to-day on productive labour.
and again, just like with the rent issue, the Professor continues, without showing any hint of doubt that there might be a fundamental difference between the impact on national prosperity of a government paying interest[Pg 107] on money it spent on fireworks fifty years ago, and a government paying interest on money that will be used today for productive work.
That difference, which the reader will find stated and examined at length, in §§ 127-129 of this volume, it is the business of economists, before approaching any other question relating to government, fully to explain. And the paragraphs to which I refer, contain, I believe, the only definite statement of it hitherto made.
That difference, which you can find detailed and discussed extensively in §§ 127-129 of this volume, is something economists need to fully explain before tackling any other questions about government. I believe that the paragraphs I'm referring to provide the only clear statement of it made so far.
The practical result of the absence of any such statement is, that capitalists, when they do not know what to do with their money, persuade the peasants, in various countries, that the said peasants want guns to shoot each other with. The peasants accordingly borrow guns, out of the manufacture of which the capitalists get a per-centage, and men of science much amusement and credit. Then the peasants shoot a certain number of each other, until they get tired; and burn each other's homes down in various places. Then they put the guns back into towers, arsenals, &c., in ornamental patterns; (and the victorious party put also some ragged flags in churches). And then the capitalists tax both, annually, ever afterwards, to pay interest on the loan of the guns and gunpowder. And that is what capitalists call "knowing what to do with their money;" and what commercial men in general call "practical" as opposed to "sentimental" Political Economy.
The practical result of not having any such statement is that capitalists, when they don’t know what to do with their money, convince peasants in various countries that these peasants want guns to shoot each other. As a result, the peasants borrow guns, from which the capitalists earn a percentage, and scientists get a lot of entertainment and recognition. Then the peasants end up shooting a number of each other until they get tired and burn down each other’s homes in different places. After that, they return the guns to towers and arsenals, arranged in decorative patterns; the winning side even puts up some tattered flags in churches. And then, the capitalists tax both sides annually forever after to pay interest on the loans for the guns and gunpowder. And that’s what capitalists refer to as "knowing how to manage their money," and what commercial people generally consider "practical" as opposed to "sentimental" Political Economy.
Eleven years ago, in the summer of 1860, perceiving then fully, (as Carlyle had done long before), what distress was about to come on the said populace of Europe through these errors of their teachers, I began to do the best I might, to combat them, in the series of papers for the Cornhill Magazine, since published under the title of Unto this Last. The editor of the Magazine was my friend, and ventured the insertion of the three first essays; but the outcry against them became then too strong for any editor to endure, and he wrote to me, with great discomfort to himself, and many apologies to me, that the Magazine must only admit one Economical Essay more.[Pg 108]
Eleven years ago, in the summer of 1860, realizing fully, (as Carlyle had done long before), the distress that was about to affect the people of Europe because of their teachers' mistakes, I started doing my best to fight against them in a series of articles for the Cornhill Magazine, which were later published under the title Unto this Last. The editor of the Magazine was my friend and agreed to publish the first three essays, but the backlash against them became too intense for any editor to handle, and he wrote to me, feeling very uncomfortable and offering many apologies, that the Magazine could only accept one more Economic Essay.[Pg 108]
I made, with his permission, the last one longer than the rest, and gave it blunt conclusion as well as I could—and so the book now stands; but, as I had taken not a little pains with the Essays, and knew that they contained better work than most of my former writings, and more important truths than all of them put together, this violent reprobation of them by the Cornhill public set me still more gravely thinking; and, after turning the matter hither and thither in my mind for two years more, I resolved to make it the central work of my life to write an exhaustive treatise on Political Economy. It would not have been begun, at that time, however, had not the editor of Fraser's Magazine written to me, saying that he believed there was something in my theories, and would risk the admission of what I chose to write on this dangerous subject; whereupon, cautiously, and at intervals, during the winter of 1862-63, I sent him, and he ventured to print, the preface of the intended work, divided into four chapters. Then, though the Editor had not wholly lost courage, the Publisher indignantly interfered; and the readers of Fraser, as those of the Cornhill, were protected, for that time, from farther disturbance on my part. Subsequently, loss of health, family distress, and various untoward chances, prevented my proceeding with the body of the book;—seven years have passed ineffectually; and I am now fain to reprint the Preface by itself, under the title which I intended for the whole.
I made, with his permission, the last one longer than the others and gave it a blunt conclusion as best as I could—and so the book now stands; but, since I had put a lot of effort into the Essays and knew they contained better work than most of my previous writings, along with more important truths than all of them combined, the harsh criticism from the Cornhill readers made me think even more seriously; and after considering the matter back and forth in my mind for two more years, I decided to make it my life's work to write a comprehensive treatise on Political Economy. At that time, I wouldn’t have started it, however, if the editor of Fraser's Magazine hadn’t reached out to me, saying he believed there was something to my theories and would be willing to publish whatever I chose to write on this controversial topic; so, cautiously and at intervals during the winter of 1862-63, I sent him the preface of the intended work divided into four chapters, which he dared to print. Then, although the Editor hadn’t completely lost his nerve, the Publisher angrily intervened; and the readers of Fraser, like those of the Cornhill, were spared further disturbance from me for that time. Later on, health issues, family troubles, and various unfortunate circumstances prevented me from continuing with the book;—seven years have gone by without progress; and now I am compelled to reprint the Preface by itself, under the title I originally intended for the whole work.
Not discontentedly; being, at this time of life, resigned to the sense of failure; and also, because the preface is complete in itself as a body of definitions, which I now require for reference in the course of my Letters to Workmen; by which also, in time, I trust less formally to accomplish the chief purpose of Munera Pulveris, practically summed in the two paragraphs 27 and 28: namely, to examine the moral results and possible rectifications of the laws of distribution of wealth, which have prevailed hitherto without debate among men. Laws which ordinary economists assume to be inviolable, and which ordinary socialists imagine to be on the eve of total abrogation. But they are both alike deceived.[Pg 109] The laws which at present regulate the possession of wealth are unjust, because the motives which provoke to its attainment are impure; but no socialism can effect their abrogation, unless it can abrogate also covetousness and pride, which it is by no means yet in the way of doing. Nor can the change be, in any case, to the extent that has been imagined. Extremes of luxury may be forbidden, and agony of penury relieved; but nature intends, and the utmost efforts of socialism will not hinder the fulfilment of her intention, that a provident person shall always be richer than a spendthrift; and an ingenious one more comfortable than a fool. But, indeed, the adjustment of the possession of the products of industry depends more on their nature than their quantity, and on wise determination therefore of the aims of industry.
Not unhappily; being, at this stage of life, accepting of the sense of failure; and also because the preface stands complete on its own as a set of definitions, which I now need for reference in my Letters to Workmen; by which, over time, I hope to more casually achieve the main goal of Munera Pulveris, practically summed up in paragraphs 27 and 28: specifically, to investigate the moral consequences and possible corrections of the laws governing the distribution of wealth, which have existed until now without discussion among people. Laws that typical economists believe are unchangeable, and that typical socialists think are about to be completely abolished. But both groups are mistaken.[Pg 109] The laws that currently control wealth ownership are unfair because the motivations driving its acquisition are not pure; however, no form of socialism can abolish these laws unless it can also eliminate greed and pride, which it is certainly not close to achieving. Nor can the change be as drastic as has been envisioned. Extreme luxury may be restricted, and the pain of poverty eased; but nature intends, and even the greatest efforts of socialism will not stop this from happening, that a cautious person will always be wealthier than a spendthrift; and a smart one will be more comfortable than a fool. However, the distribution of the products of labor relies more on their nature than their quantity, and thus on a wise decision about the goals of industry.
A nation which desires true wealth, desires it moderately, and can therefore distribute it with kindness, and possess it with pleasure; but one which desires false wealth, desires it immoderately, and can neither dispense it with justice, nor enjoy it in peace.
A nation that seeks genuine wealth seeks it in moderation, allowing for a kind distribution and pleasurable possession. However, a nation that seeks false wealth desires it excessively, leading to an inability to share it fairly or enjoy it peacefully.
Therefore, needing, constantly in my present work, to refer to the definitions of true and false wealth given in the following Essays, I republish them with careful revisal. They were written abroad; partly at Milan, partly during a winter residence on the south-eastern slope of the Mont Saléve, near Geneva; and sent to London in as legible MS. as I could write; but I never revised the press sheets, and have been obliged, accordingly, now to amend the text here and there, or correct it in unimportant particulars. Wherever any modification has involved change in the sense, it is enclosed in square brackets; and what few explanatory comments I have felt it necessary to add, have been indicated in the same manner. No explanatory comments, I regret to perceive, will suffice to remedy the mischief of my affected concentration of language, into the habit of which I fell by thinking too long over particular passages, in many and many a solitary walk towards the mountains of Bonneville or Annecy. But I never intended the book for anything else than a dictionary of reference, and that for earnest readers; who will, I have good[Pg 110] hope, if they find what they want in it, forgive the affectedly curt expressions.
Therefore, since I need to frequently refer to the definitions of true and false wealth in the following Essays for my current work, I am republishing them with careful revisions. They were written abroad; partly in Milan and partly during a winter stay on the southeastern slope of Mont Saléve, near Geneva; and sent to London with the clearest handwriting I could manage. However, I never reviewed the press sheets, so I have to make some amendments to the text here and there or correct minor details. Any changes that affect the meaning are put in square brackets, and any necessary explanatory comments are indicated the same way. Unfortunately, I realize that no amount of explanatory comments will fix the issues caused by my overly concentrated language, a habit I developed from spending too much time thinking about specific passages during many solitary walks toward the mountains of Bonneville or Annecy. Still, I never intended for the book to be anything other than a reference dictionary for serious readers, who I hope will forgive the deliberately brief expressions if they find what they seek in it.
The Essays, as originally published, were, as I have just stated, four in number. I have now, more conveniently, divided the whole into six chapters; and (as I purpose throughout this edition of my works) numbered the paragraphs.
The Essays, when they were first published, were, as I’ve just mentioned, four in total. I have now conveniently divided everything into six chapters; and (as I plan to do throughout this edition of my works) numbered the paragraphs.
I inscribed the first volume of this series to the friend who aided me in chief sorrow. Let me inscribe the second to the friend and guide who has urged me to all chief labour, Thomas Carlyle.
I dedicated the first volume of this series to the friend who supported me during my greatest sorrow. Let me dedicate the second to the friend and mentor who has encouraged me in all my important work, Thomas Carlyle.
I would that some better means were in my power of showing reverence to the man who alone, of all our masters of literature, has written, without thought of himself, what he knew it to be needful for the people of his time to hear, if the will to hear were in them: whom, therefore, as the time draws near when his task must be ended, Republican and Free-thoughted England assaults with impatient reproach; and out of the abyss of her cowardice in policy and dishonour in trade, sets the hacks of her literature to speak evil, grateful to her ears, of the Solitary Teacher who has asked her to be brave for the help of Man, and just, for the love of God.
I wish I had better ways to show respect to the man who, more than any other literary figure, wrote selflessly about what he believed was essential for his time, if only people were willing to listen. As the end of his work approaches, Republican and free-thinking England criticizes him with impatience; from the depths of her cowardice in politics and dishonor in trade, she allows her literary hacks to speak ill of the Solitary Teacher, who has urged her to be brave for the sake of humanity and just for the love of God.
Denmark Hill,
25th November, 1871.
Denmark Hill,
November 25, 1871.
FOOTNOTES:
MUNERA PULVERIS.
Small Matinum near the shore of fine powder. Munera.
CHAPTER I.
DEFINITIONS.
1. As domestic economy regulates the acts and habits of a household, Political economy regulates those of a society or State, with reference to the means of its maintenance.
1. Just like a household economy governs the actions and routines of a home, political economy oversees those of a society or state, focusing on how to sustain it.
Political economy is neither an art nor a science; but a system of conduct and legislature, founded on the sciences, directing the arts, and impossible, except under certain conditions of moral culture.
Political economy isn't just an art or a science; it's a system of conduct and laws built on science, guiding the arts, and it can't exist without certain levels of moral development.
2. The study which lately in England has been called Political Economy is in reality nothing more than the investigation of some accidental phenomena of modern commercial operations, nor has it been true in its investigation even of these. It has no connection whatever with political economy, as understood and treated of by the great thinkers of past ages; and as long as its unscholarly and undefined statements are allowed to pass under the same name, every word written on the subject by those thinkers—and chiefly the words of Plato, Xenophon, Cicero and Bacon—must be nearly useless to mankind. The reader must not, therefore, be surprised at the care and insistance with which I have retained the literal and earliest sense of all important terms used in these papers;[Pg 112] for a word is usually well made at the time it is first wanted; its youngest meaning has in it the full strength of its youth: subsequent senses are commonly warped or weakened; and as all careful thinkers are sure to have used their words accurately, the first condition, in order to be able to avail our selves of their sayings at all, is firm definition of terms.
2. The study recently referred to as Political Economy in England is really just an examination of some random aspects of modern business practices, and it hasn’t even accurately investigated those. It has no real connection to political economy as it was understood and discussed by the great thinkers of the past; and as long as its vague and poorly defined statements are allowed to go by the same name, everything written on the topic by those thinkers—especially the works of Plato, Xenophon, Cicero, and Bacon—will be nearly useless to society. Therefore, the reader shouldn’t be surprised by the care and emphasis with which I have kept the original and earliest meanings of all important terms used in these papers;[Pg 112] because a word is typically well-formed when it is first needed; its earliest meaning carries all the vitality of its youth: later meanings are often distorted or diminished; and since all careful thinkers are sure to have used their words precisely, the first requirement in order to make use of their insights is a clear definition of terms.
3. By the "maintenance" of a State is to be understood the support of its population in healthy and happy life; and the increase of their numbers, so far as that increase is consistent with their happiness. It is not the object of political economy to increase the numbers of a nation at the cost of common health or comfort; nor to increase indefinitely the comfort of individuals, by sacrifice of surrounding lives, or possibilities of life.
3. By the "maintenance" of a State, we mean supporting its population to lead healthy and happy lives, and growing their numbers as long as that growth supports their happiness. The goal of political economy isn't to boost a nation's population at the expense of overall health or comfort; nor is it to endlessly increase individuals' comfort at the cost of the well-being or life opportunities of others.
4. The assumption which lies at the root of nearly all erroneous reasoning on political economy,—namely, that its object is to accumulate money or exchangeable property,—may be shown in a few words to be without foundation. For no economist would admit national economy to be legitimate which proposed to itself only the building of a pyramid of gold. He would declare the gold to be wasted, were it to remain in the monumental form, and would say it ought to be employed. But to what end? Either it must be used only to gain more gold, and build a larger pyramid, or for some purpose other than the gaining of gold. And this other purpose, however at first apprehended, will be found to resolve itself finally into the service of man;—that is to say, the extension, defence, or comfort of his life. The golden pyramid may perhaps be providently built, perhaps improvidently; but the wisdom or folly of the accumulation can only be determined by our having first clearly stated the aim of all economy, namely, the extension of life.
4. The assumption that underlies most faulty reasoning about political economy—that its goal is just to pile up money or valuable assets—can be easily proven wrong. No economist would accept a national economy that only aimed to create a huge pyramid of gold. They would say that the gold is wasted if it just sits there as a monument, and that it should be put to use. But for what purpose? It can either be used just to acquire more gold and build a bigger pyramid, or for something other than just gaining gold. This other purpose, no matter how it is initially understood, will ultimately connect back to serving people; that is, to improve, protect, or enhance their lives. The golden pyramid might be built wisely or foolishly, but whether the accumulation is wise or foolish can only be determined once we clearly define the goal of all economy: the extension of life.
If the accumulation of money, or of exchangeable property, were a certain means of extending existence, it would be useless, in discussing economical questions, to fix our attention upon the more distant object—life—instead of the immediate one—money. But it is not so. Money may sometimes be accumulated at the cost of life, or by limitations of it; that is[Pg 113] to say, either by hastening the deaths of men, or preventing their births. It is therefore necessary to keep clearly in view the ultimate object of economy; and to determine the expediency of minor operations with reference to that ulterior end.
If gathering money or valuable property guaranteed a longer life, it would be pointless to focus on the broader goal of life when discussing economic issues, instead of the immediate goal of money. But that’s not the case. Sometimes, money can be amassed at the expense of life or by limiting it; that is, either by speeding up people’s deaths or preventing births. Therefore, it’s essential to always keep the ultimate goal of the economy in mind and to assess the usefulness of smaller actions in relation to that greater aim.[Pg 113]
5. It has been just stated that the object of political economy is the continuance not only of life, but of healthy and happy life. But all true happiness is both a consequence and cause of life: it is a sign of its vigor, and source of its continuance. All true suffering is in like manner a consequence and cause of death. I shall therefore, in future, use the word "Life" singly: but let it be understood to include in its signification the happiness and power of the entire human nature, body and soul.
5. It has just been stated that the goal of political economy is not only the continuation of life but also a healthy and happy life. True happiness is both a result and a reason for life: it's a sign of vitality and a source of sustainability. Similarly, true suffering is both a result and a reason for death. From now on, I will use the word "Life" alone, but let it be understood that it encompasses the happiness and strength of all human nature, both body and soul.
6. That human nature, as its Creator made it, and maintains it wherever His laws are observed, is entirely harmonious. No physical error can be more profound, no moral error more dangerous, than that involved in the monkish doctrine of the opposition of body to soul. No soul can be perfect in an imperfect body: no body perfect without perfect soul. Every right action and true thought sets the seal of its beauty on person and face; every wrong action and foul thought its seal of distortion; and the various aspects of humanity might be read as plainly as a printed history, were it not that the impressions are so complex that it must always in some cases (and, in the present state of our knowledge, in all cases) be impossible to decipher them completely. Nevertheless, the face of a consistently just, and of a consistently unjust person, may always be rightly distinguished at a glance; and if the qualities are continued by descent through a generation or two, there arises a complete distinction of race. Both moral and physical qualities are communicated by descent, far more than they can be developed by education; (though both may be destroyed by want of education), and there is as yet no ascertained limit to the nobleness of person and mind which the human creature may attain, by persevering observance of the laws of God respecting its birth and training.
6. Human nature, as designed by its Creator and maintained wherever His laws are followed, is completely harmonious. There is no deeper physical error or more dangerous moral error than the monkish belief in the conflict between body and soul. No soul can reach perfection in an imperfect body, and no body can be perfect without a perfect soul. Every right action and true thought enhances the beauty of a person's appearance, while every wrong action and bad thought distorts it. The different aspects of humanity could be read as clearly as a printed history, if the impressions weren't so complex that it’s often impossible to fully understand them. However, you can always easily distinguish the face of a consistently just person from that of a consistently unjust one at a glance; and if these traits are passed down through a generation or two, it leads to a clear distinction of race. Both moral and physical traits are inherited much more than they can be shaped through education, although both can be diminished by a lack of education. There’s still no known limit to the greatness of character and intellect that a person can achieve by consistently following the laws of God regarding their upbringing and development.
7. We must therefore yet farther define the aim of political economy to be "The multiplication of human life at the highest[Pg 114] standard." It might at first seem questionable whether we should endeavour to maintain a small number of persons of the highest type of beauty and intelligence, or a larger number of an inferior class. But I shall be able to show in the sequel, that the way to maintain the largest number is first to aim at the highest standard. Determine the noblest type of man, and aim simply at maintaining the largest possible number of persons of that class, and it will be found that the largest possible number of every healthy subordinate class must necessarily be produced also.
7. We must further clarify that the goal of political economy is "The increase of human life at the highest[Pg 114] standard." At first, it may seem debatable whether we should try to keep a small number of individuals who are exceptionally beautiful and intelligent, or a larger group of those who are less exceptional. However, I will demonstrate later that the key to having the largest population is to first aim for that highest standard. Identify the most noble type of person, and focus on maintaining the largest possible number of individuals from that group, and it will turn out that the greatest possible number of all healthy lower classes will also be produced.
8. The perfect type of manhood, as just stated, involves the perfections (whatever we may hereafter determine these to be) of his body, affections, and intelligence. The material things, therefore, which it is the object of political economy to produce and use, (or accumulate for use,) are things which serve either to sustain and comfort the body, or exercise rightly the affections and form the intelligence.[10] Whatever truly serves either of these purposes is "useful" to man, wholesome, healthful, helpful, or holy. By seeking such things, man prolongs and increases his life upon the earth.
8. The ideal kind of manhood, as mentioned, includes the best qualities (whatever we may decide those are) of his body, emotions, and intellect. The tangible things that political economy aims to produce and utilize (or gather for use) are those that help sustain and comfort the body, or properly engage the emotions and develop the intellect.[10] Anything that genuinely fulfills either of these roles is "useful" to a person—beneficial, nourishing, supportive, or righteous. By pursuing these things, a person extends and enhances their life on earth.
On the other hand, whatever does not serve either of these purposes,—much more whatever counteracts them,—is in like manner useless to man, unwholesome, unhelpful, or unholy; and by seeking such things man shortens and diminishes his life upon the earth.
On the flip side, anything that doesn't support these goals—especially anything that works against them—is equally useless to people, unhealthy, unhelpful, or immoral; and by pursuing such things, people shorten and undermine their lives on this planet.
9. And neither with respect to things useful or useless can man's estimate of them alter their nature. Certain substances being good for his food, and others noxious to him, what he thinks or wishes respecting them can neither change, nor prevent, their power. If he eats corn, he will live; if nightshade, he will die. If he produce or make good and beautiful things, they will Re-Create him; (note the solemnity and weight of the word); if bad and ugly things, they will "corrupt" or "break in pieces"—that is, in the exact degree of their power, Kill him. For every hour of labour, however enthusiastic or well intended, which he spends for that which is not bread, so much possibility of life is lost to him. His[Pg 115] fancies, likings, beliefs, however brilliant, eager, or obstinate, are of no avail if they are set on a false object. Of all that he has laboured for, the eternal law of heaven and earth measures out to him for reward, to the utmost atom, that part which he ought to have laboured for, and withdraws from him (or enforces on him, it may be) inexorably, that part which he ought not to have laboured for until, on his summer threshing-floor, stands his heap of corn; little or much, not according to his labour, but to his discretion. No "commercial arrangements," no painting of surfaces, nor alloying of substances, will avail him a pennyweight. Nature asks of him calmly and inevitably, What have you found, or formed—the right thing or the wrong? By the right thing you shall live; by the wrong you shall die.
9. And neither in terms of useful or useless things can a person's opinion change their nature. Some substances are good for his food, while others are harmful; what he thinks or wishes about them can't change or stop their effects. If he eats grain, he will live; if he eats nightshade, he will die. If he creates good and beautiful things, they will Re-Create him; (note the seriousness and importance of the word); if he creates bad and ugly things, they will "corrupt" or "break apart"—meaning, to the exact degree of their power, they will kill him. For every hour of work, no matter how passionate or well-intentioned, that he spends on things that aren’t necessary, he loses a possibility of life. His[Pg 115] thoughts, preferences, and beliefs, no matter how brilliant, eager, or stubborn, mean nothing if they're focused on the wrong thing. For all that he has worked for, the eternal laws of heaven and earth reward him exactly, down to the last detail, for what he should have worked for, and harshly take away from him (or impose on him, perhaps) what he shouldn’t have worked for, until he has his pile of grain on the summer threshing-floor; little or much, based not on his effort, but on his judgment. No "commercial arrangements," no superficial changes, or mixing of materials will earn him a single pennyweight. Nature calmly and inevitably asks him, What have you found or made—the right thing or the wrong? By the right thing you will live; by the wrong you will die.
10. To thoughtless persons it seems otherwise. The world looks to them as if they could cozen it out of some ways and means of life. But they cannot cozen it: they can only cozen their neighbours. The world is not to be cheated of a grain; not so much as a breath of its air can be drawn surreptitiously. For every piece of wise work done, so much life is granted; for every piece of foolish work, nothing; for every piece of wicked work, so much death is allotted. This is as sure as the courses of day and night. But when the means of life are once produced, men, by their various struggles and industries of accumulation or exchange, may variously gather, waste, restrain, or distribute them; necessitating, in proportion to the waste or restraint, accurately, so much more death. The rate and range of additional death are measured by the rate and range of waste; and are inevitable;—the only question (determined mostly by fraud in peace, and force in war) is, Who is to die, and how?
10. To thoughtless people, it seems different. The world appears to them as if they could trick it out of some resources for living. But they cannot fool it: they can only deceive their neighbors. The world cannot be cheated of a single grain; not even a breath of its air can be taken secretly. For every piece of wise work done, life is granted; for every piece of foolish work, nothing; for every piece of wicked work, death is dealt out. This is as certain as the rhythms of day and night. But once the means of life are produced, people, through various struggles and efforts of accumulation or exchange, can gather, waste, restrict, or share them; which requires, in proportion to the waste or restriction, exactly that much more death. The rate and range of additional death are determined by the rate and range of waste; and are unavoidable;—the only question (mostly decided by deceit in peace, and force in war) is, Who will die, and how?
11. Such being the everlasting law of human existence, the essential work of the political economist is to determine what are in reality useful or life-giving things, and by what degrees and kinds of labour they are attainable and distributable. This investigation divides itself under three great heads;—the studies, namely, of the phenomena, first, of Wealth; secondly, of Money; and thirdly, of Riches.[Pg 116]
11. Since this is the fundamental law of human existence, the main job of the political economist is to figure out what things are genuinely useful or life-sustaining, and how they can be obtained and distributed through different types and amounts of labor. This inquiry can be categorized into three main areas: the study of the phenomena of, first, Riches; second, Cash; and third, Wealth.[Pg 116]
These terms are often used as synonymous, but they signify entirely different things. "Wealth" consists of things in themselves valuable; "Money," of documentary claims to the possession of such things; and "Riches" is a relative term, expressing the magnitude of the possessions of one person or society as compared with those of other persons or societies.
These terms are often used interchangeably, but they mean completely different things. "Wealth" refers to things that have intrinsic value; "Money" refers to documents that claim ownership of these valuable things; and "Riches" is a relative term that indicates the amount of possessions one person or society has compared to others.
The study of Wealth is a province of natural science:—it deals with the essential properties of things.
The study of wealth is a branch of natural science—it focuses on the fundamental properties of things.
The study of Money is a province of commercial science:—it deals with conditions of engagement and exchange.
The study of money is a branch of business science: it focuses on the conditions of transactions and trade.
The study of Riches is a province of moral science:—it deals with the due relations of men to each other in regard of material possessions; and with the just laws of their association for purposes of labour.
The study of wealth is a branch of moral science: it addresses the proper relationships between people concerning material possessions and the fair rules governing their cooperation for work purposes.
I shall in this first chapter shortly sketch out the range of subjects which will come before us as we follow these three branches of inquiry.
I will briefly outline the topics we will cover in this first chapter as we explore these three areas of investigation.
12. And first of Wealth, which, it has been said, consists of things essentially valuable. We now, therefore, need a definition of "value."
12. First, let's talk about Wealth, which has been described as consisting of things that are fundamentally valuable. So, we now need to define "value."
"Value" signifies the strength, or "availing" of anything towards the sustaining of life, and is always twofold; that is to say, primarily, intrinsic, and secondarily, effectual.
"Value" means the ability of something to sustain life and is always twofold; that is to say, first, inherent, and second, effective.
The reader must, by anticipation, be warned against confusing value with cost, or with price. Value is the life-giving power of anything; cost, the quantity of labour required to produce it; price, the quantity of labour which its possessor will take in exchange for it.[11] Cost and price are commercial conditions, to be studied under the head of money.
The reader should be warned ahead of time not to confuse value with cost or price. Value is the essential worth of something; cost is the amount of labor needed to create it; price is the amount of labor that its owner will accept in exchange for it.[11] Cost and price are business concepts that should be examined in the context of money.
13. Intrinsic value is the absolute power of anything to support life. A sheaf of wheat of given quality and weight has in it a measurable power of sustaining the substance of the body; a cubic foot of pure air, a fixed power of sustaining its warmth; and a cluster of flowers of given beauty a fixed power of enlivening or animating the senses and heart.[Pg 117]
13. Intrinsic value is the fundamental ability of anything to support life. A bundle of wheat of a certain quality and weight has a measurable capacity to nourish the body; a cubic foot of clean air has a specific ability to maintain heat; and a bunch of flowers with certain beauty has a consistent power to uplift or inspire the senses and emotions.[Pg 117]
It does not in the least affect the intrinsic value of the wheat, the air, or the flowers, that men refuse or despise them. Used or not, their own power is in them, and that particular power is in nothing else.
It doesn't change the inherent value of the wheat, the air, or the flowers at all if people reject or look down on them. Whether they're used or not, their true value comes from within, and that specific value is found nowhere else.
14. But in order that this value of theirs may become effectual, a certain state is necessary in the recipient of it. The digesting, breathing, and perceiving functions must be perfect in the human creature before the food, air, or flowers can become of their full value to it. The production of effectual value, therefore, always involves two needs: first, the production of a thing essentially useful; then the production of the capacity to use it. Where the intrinsic value and acceptant capacity come together there is Effectual value, or wealth; where there is either no intrinsic value, or no acceptant capacity, there is no effectual value; that is to say, no wealth. A horse is no wealth to us if we cannot ride, nor a picture if we cannot see, nor can any noble thing be wealth, except to a noble person. As the aptness of the user increases, the effectual value of the thing used increases; and in its entirety can co-exist only with perfect skill of use, and fitness of nature.
14. For this value to be effective, the recipient needs to be in a certain state. The functions of digestion, respiration, and perception must be fully developed in a person before food, air, or flowers can provide their maximum benefit. Creating effective value, therefore, always requires two things: first, producing something that is essentially useful; and second, developing the ability to use it. Where intrinsic value and the ability to accept it come together, there is effective value, or wealth; where there is no intrinsic value, or no ability to accept it, there is no effective value; that is to say, no wealth. A horse doesn’t have value to us if we can’t ride it, nor does a painting have value if we can’t see it, and no noble thing can be considered wealth except to someone noble. As the skill of the user increases, the effective value of what is used also increases; and it can only fully exist alongside perfect skill in use and suitability of nature.
15. Valuable material things may be conveniently referred to five heads:
15. Valuable material things can be easily categorized into five groups:
(i.) Land, with its associated air, water, and organisms.
(i.) Land, along with the air, water, and living things connected to it.
(ii.) Houses, furniture, and instruments.
Houses, furniture, and tools.
(iii.) Stored or prepared food, medicine, and articles of bodily luxury, including clothing.
(iii.) Stored or prepared food, medicine, and items for personal comfort, including clothing.
(iv.) Books.
(iv.) Books.
(v.) Works of art.
Art pieces.
The conditions of value in these things are briefly as follows:—
The value conditions for these things are simply as follows:—
16. (i.) Land. Its value is twofold; first, as producing food and mechanical power; secondly, as an object of sight and thought, producing intellectual power.
16. (i.) Land. Its value is twofold; first, as a source of food and energy; second, as something to observe and contemplate, fostering intellectual growth.
Its value, as a means of producing food and mechanical power, varies with its form (as mountain or plain), with its substance (in soil or mineral contents), and with its climate. All these conditions of intrinsic value must be known and complied with by the men who have to deal with it, in order to[Pg 118] give effectual value; but at any given time and place, the intrinsic value is fixed: such and such a piece of land, with its associated lakes and seas, rightly treated in surface and substance, can produce precisely so much food and power, and no more.
Its value as a source of food and mechanical power depends on its type (like mountain or plain), its composition (in terms of soil or minerals), and its climate. All these factors of intrinsic value must be understood and respected by those who work with it to [Pg 118] realize effective value; however, at any specific time and location, the intrinsic value is set: a particular piece of land, along with its lakes and seas, when managed correctly in both surface and composition, can yield exactly a certain amount of food and power, and nothing more.
The second element of value in land being its beauty, united with such conditions of space and form as are necessary for exercise, and for fullness of animal life, land of the highest value in these respects will be that lying in temperate climates, and boldly varied in form; removed from unhealthy or dangerous influences (as of miasm or volcano); and capable of sustaining a rich fauna and flora. Such land, carefully tended by the hand of man, so far as to remove from it unsightlinesses and evidences of decay, guarded from violence, and inhabited, under man's affectionate protection, by every kind of living creature that can occupy it in peace, is the most precious "property" that human beings can possess.
The second element of land's value is its beauty, combined with the necessary conditions of space and shape for physical activity and thriving animal life. The most valuable land in these aspects will be located in temperate climates, with a varied landscape; free from unhealthy or dangerous influences (like swamps or volcanoes); and capable of supporting a rich variety of plants and animals. Such land, carefully maintained by humans to remove unsightliness and signs of decay, protected from harm, and home to all kinds of living creatures that can coexist peacefully, is the most valuable "property" that people can own.
17. (ii.) Buildings, furniture, and instruments.
17. (ii.) Buildings, furniture, and equipment.
The value of buildings consists, first, in permanent strength, with convenience of form, of size, and of position; so as to render employment peaceful, social intercourse easy, temperature and air healthy. The advisable or possible magnitude of cities and mode of their distribution in squares, streets, courts, &c.; the relative value of sites of land, and the modes of structure which are healthiest and most permanent, have to be studied under this head.
The value of buildings comes from their lasting strength, as well as their convenient design, size, and location; these factors help make work more peaceful, social interactions easier, and ensure a healthy temperature and air quality. We need to examine the appropriate or feasible size of cities and how they are organized into squares, streets, courts, etc.; we also need to consider the relative value of land sites and the types of structures that are the healthiest and most durable.
The value of buildings consists secondly in historical association, and architectural beauty, of which we have to examine the influence on manners and life.
The value of buildings also lies in their historical significance and architectural beauty, which we need to consider in terms of their impact on culture and lifestyle.
The value of instruments consists, first, in their power of shortening labour, or otherwise accomplishing what human strength unaided could not. The kinds of work which are severally best accomplished by hand or by machine;—the effect of machinery in gathering and multiplying population, and its influence on the minds and bodies of such population; together with the conceivable uses of machinery on a colossal scale in accomplishing mighty and useful works, hitherto unthought[Pg 119] of, such as the deepening of large river channels;—changing the surface of mountainous districts;—irrigating tracts of desert in the torrid zone;—breaking up, and thus rendering capable of quicker fusion, edges of ice in the northern and southern Arctic seas, &c., so rendering parts of the earth habitable which hitherto have been lifeless, are to be studied under this head.
The value of tools lies, first, in their ability to reduce labor or achieve tasks that human strength alone couldn't manage. The types of work best suited for hand or machine; the impact of machinery on population growth and its effects on the minds and bodies of that population; along with the possible applications of large-scale machinery in performing great and beneficial projects, previously unimagined, like deepening large river channels; transforming mountainous areas; irrigating deserts in tropical regions; breaking up ice edges in the Arctic seas to allow for quicker melting, etc., making previously uninhabitable parts of the earth livable, should be explored in this context.[Pg 119]
The value of instruments is, secondarily, in their aid to abstract sciences. The degree in which the multiplication of such instruments should be encouraged, so as to make them, if large, easy of access to numbers (as costly telescopes), or so cheap as that they might, in a serviceable form, become a common part of the furniture of households, is to be considered under this head.[12]
The value of tools lies, to some extent, in how they support abstract sciences. We should think about how much we should promote the production of these tools to ensure they are either easily accessible to many people (like expensive telescopes) or affordable enough that they can be a standard part of household items in a functional form. [12]
18. (iii.) Food, medicine, and articles of luxury. Under this head we shall have to examine the possible methods of obtaining pure food in such security and equality of supply as to avoid both waste and famine: then the economy of medicine and just range of sanitary law: finally the economy of luxury, partly an æsthetic and partly an ethical question.
18. (iii.) Food, medicine, and luxury items. In this section, we will explore potential ways to ensure access to pure food with consistent supply and fairness, avoiding waste and hunger. We'll also look at the economics of medicine and a fair approach to public health laws. Finally, we'll discuss the economics of luxury, which raises both aesthetic and ethical considerations.
19. (iv.) Books. The value of these consists,
19. (iv.) Books. Their value comes from,
First, in their power of preserving and communicating the knowledge of facts.
First, in their ability to save and share information about facts.
Secondly, in their power of exciting vital or noble emotion and intellectual action. They have also their corresponding negative powers of disguising and effacing the memory of facts, and killing the noble emotions, or exciting base ones. Under these two heads we have to consider the economical and educational value, positive and negative, of literature;—the means of producing and educating good authors, and the means and advisability of rendering good books generally accessible, and directing the reader's choice to them.
Secondly, in their ability to stir up essential or noble feelings and intellectual activity. They also have the opposing negative powers of masking and erasing memories of facts, and stifling noble emotions, or provoking base ones. Under these two points, we need to think about the economic and educational value, both positive and negative, of literature—how to produce and nurture good authors, how to make good books widely available, and how to guide readers toward choosing them.
20. (v.) Works of art. The value of these is of the same nature as that of books; but the laws of their production and possible modes of distribution are very different, and require separate examination.
20. (v.) Works of art. Their value is similar to that of books; however, the rules governing their creation and potential ways of distribution are quite different and need to be looked at separately.
21. II.—Money. Under this head, we shall have to examine the laws of currency and exchange; of which I will note here the first principles.
21. II.—Cash. In this section, we will look at the rules of currency and exchange, starting with the basic principles.
Money has been inaccurately spoken of as merely a means of exchange. But it is far more than this. It is a documentary expression of legal claim. It is not wealth, but a documentary claim to wealth, being the sign of the relative quantities of it, or of the labour producing it, to which, at a given time, persons, or societies, are entitled.
Money has often been mischaracterized as just a way to trade. But it’s much more than that. It represents a legal claim. It’s not wealth itself, but rather a claim to wealth, serving as an indicator of how much of it or how much labor has produced it, to which people or societies have a right at a certain time.
If all the money in the world, notes and gold, were destroyed in an instant, it would leave the world neither richer nor poorer than it was. But it would leave the individual inhabitants of it in different relations.
If all the money in the world, including cash and gold, were wiped out in an instant, the world itself wouldn't be any richer or poorer than before. However, it would change the relationships among the people living in it.
Money is, therefore, correspondent in its nature to the title-deed of an estate. Though the deed be burned, the estate still exists, but the right to it has become disputable.
Money is, therefore, similar in nature to the title deed of a property. Even if the deed is destroyed, the property still exists, but the right to it has become questionable.
22. The real worth of money remains unchanged, as long as the proportion of the quantity of existing money to the quantity of existing wealth or available labour remains unchanged.
22. The true value of money stays the same as long as the ratio of the amount of money in circulation to the amount of wealth or available labor doesn't change.
If the wealth increases, but not the money, the worth of the money increases; if the money increases, but not the wealth, the worth of the money diminishes.
If wealth goes up but money doesn't, the value of the money increases; if money goes up but wealth doesn't, the value of the money goes down.
23. Money, therefore, cannot be arbitrarily multiplied, any more than title-deeds can. So long as the existing wealth or available labour is not fully represented by the currency, the currency may be increased without diminution of the assigned worth of its pieces. But when the existing wealth, or available labour is once fully represented, every piece of money thrown into circulation diminishes the worth of every other existing piece, in the proportion it bears to the number of them, provided the new piece be received with equal credit;[Pg 121] if not, the depreciation of worth takes place, according to the degree of its credit.
23. Money, therefore, can’t be created out of nowhere, just like property titles can’t. As long as the current wealth or available labor isn’t completely reflected by the currency, the amount of currency can be increased without losing the value of its pieces. However, once the current wealth or available labor is fully represented, every new piece of money that enters circulation decreases the value of every existing piece, based on how many pieces there are, assuming that the new piece is accepted with the same value; if not, the reduction in value happens based on how much credit it has.[Pg 121]
24. When, however, new money, composed of some substance of supposed intrinsic value (as of gold), is brought into the market, or when new notes are issued which are supposed to be deserving of credit, the desire to obtain the money will, under certain circumstances, stimulate industry: an additional quantity of wealth is immediately produced, and if this be in proportion to the new claims advanced, the value of the existing currency is undepreciated. If the stimulus given be so great as to produce more goods than are proportioned to the additional coinage, the worth of the existing currency will be raised.
24. When new money, made of something thought to have real value (like gold), enters the market, or when new notes are issued that are believed to be trustworthy, the desire to get this money can, in certain situations, boost industry: an extra amount of wealth is quickly created, and if this matches the new claims presented, the value of the current currency stays stable. If the boost is strong enough to create more goods than what matches the new money, the value of the existing currency will actually increase.
Arbitrary control and issues of currency affect the production of wealth, by acting on the hopes and fears of men, and are, under certain circumstances, wise. But the issue of additional currency to meet the exigencies of immediate expense, is merely one of the disguised forms of borrowing or taxing. It is, however, in the present low state of economical knowledge, often possible for governments to venture on an issue of currency, when they could not venture on an additional loan or tax, because the real operation of such issue is not understood by the people, and the pressure of it is irregularly distributed, and with an unperceived gradation.
Arbitrary control and currency issues influence wealth production by impacting people's hopes and fears, and can sometimes be wise under certain conditions. However, creating extra currency to cover immediate expenses is just another hidden way of borrowing or taxing. In today’s limited economic understanding, it's often feasible for governments to issue currency when they wouldn't be able to take on more debt or increase taxes, because the true implications of such an issue are not well understood by the public, and its effects are unevenly spread and not easily noticeable.
25. The use of substances of intrinsic value as the materials of a currency, is a barbarism;—a remnant of the conditions of barter, which alone render commerce possible among savage nations. It is, however, still necessary, partly as a mechanical check on arbitrary issues; partly as a means of exchanges with foreign nations. In proportion to the extension of civilization, and increase of trustworthiness in Governments, it will cease. So long as it exists, the phenomena of the cost and price of the articles used for currency are mingled with those proper to currency itself, in an almost inextricable manner: and the market worth of bullion is affected by multitudinous accidental circumstances, which have been traced, with more or less success, by writers on commercial operations: but with these variations the true political economist has no more[Pg 122] to do than an engineer, fortifying a harbour of refuge against Atlantic tide, has to concern himself with the cries or quarrels of children who dig pools with their fingers for its streams among the sand.
25. Using valuable substances as currency materials is outdated—leftover from a barter system that only allows trade among primitive societies. However, it's still needed, partly to prevent arbitrary minting and partly to facilitate trade with other countries. As civilization grows and governments become more trustworthy, this practice will disappear. While it remains, the cost and price of the items used as currency are tangled with those related to currency itself in a complex way. The market value of metal is influenced by many random factors, which have been analyzed to varying degrees by experts in commerce. But for the true political economist, this complexity is as irrelevant as an engineer for a safe harbor concerned with the noise or squabbles of kids digging in the sand for its streams.[Pg 122]
26. III.—Riches. According to the various industry, capacity, good fortune, and desires of men, they obtain greater or smaller share of, and claim upon, the wealth of the world.
26. III.—Wealth. Based on their different levels of effort, abilities, luck, and ambitions, people receive a larger or smaller portion of, and entitlement to, the world's wealth.
The inequalities between these shares, always in some degree just and necessary, may be either restrained by law or circumstance within certain limits; or may increase indefinitely.
The differences between these shares, which are always somewhat just and necessary, can either be limited by law or circumstances to a certain extent, or they can grow without bounds.
Where no moral or legal restraint is put upon the exercise of the will and intellect of the stronger, shrewder, or more covetous men, these differences become ultimately enormous. But as soon as they become so distinct in their extremes as that, on one side, there shall be manifest redundance of possession, and on the other manifest pressure of need,—the terms "riches" and "poverty" are used to express the opposite states; being contrary only as the terms "warmth" and "cold" are contraries, of which neither implies an actual degree, but only a relation to other degrees, of temperature.
Where there are no moral or legal limits on the actions of stronger, smarter, or more greedy individuals, these differences can become huge. But once these extremes are so clear that one side has an obvious excess of resources while the other shows a clear lack of necessities, we use the terms "riches" and "poverty" to describe these opposing conditions. They are opposites just like "warmth" and "cold," which don’t indicate a specific level but only a comparison to other levels of temperature.
27. Respecting riches, the economist has to inquire, first, into the advisable modes of their collection; secondly, into the advisable modes of their administration.
27. When it comes to wealth, the economist needs to look into, first, the best ways to gather it; and secondly, the best ways to manage it.
Respecting the collection of national riches, he has to inquire, first, whether he is justified in calling the nation rich, if the quantity of wealth it possesses relatively to the wealth of other nations, be large; irrespectively of the manner of its distribution. Or does the mode of distribution in any wise affect the nature of the riches? Thus, if the king alone be rich—suppose Croesus or Mausolus—are the Lydians or Carians therefore a rich nation? Or if a few slave-masters are rich, and the nation is otherwise composed of slaves, is it to be called a rich nation? For if not, and the ideas of a certain mode of distribution or operation in the riches, and of a certain degree of freedom in the people, enter into our idea of riches as attributed to a people, we shall have to define the degree of fluency, or circulative character which is essential to[Pg 123] the nature of common wealth; and the degree of independence of action required in its possessors. Questions which look as if they would take time in answering.[13]
When considering the collection of national wealth, he first needs to ask whether it’s fair to call a nation rich if it has a lot of wealth compared to other nations, regardless of how that wealth is distributed. Does the way wealth is distributed actually impact what we consider the nature of that wealth? For example, if only the king is wealthy—like Croesus or Mausolus—are the Lydians or Carians considered a rich nation? Or if a few slave owners are wealthy while the rest of the population consists of slaves, should that nation be labeled rich? If not, and if we also factor in a certain way of distributing wealth or a certain level of freedom among the people into our definition of national wealth, we have to clarify the level of liquidity and circulation that’s essential to the idea of common wealth, as well as the level of independence expected from its holders. These are questions that seem like they would take a while to answer.[Pg 123]
28. And farther. Since the inequality, which is the condition of riches, may be established in two opposite modes—namely, by increase of possession on the one side, and by decrease of it on the other—we have to inquire, with respect to any given state of riches, precisely in what manner the correlative poverty was produced: that is to say, whether by being surpassed only, or being depressed also; and if by being depressed, what are the advantages, or the contrary, conceivable in the depression. For instance, it being one of the commonest advantages of being rich to entertain a number of servants, we have to inquire, on the one side, what economical process produced the riches of the master; and on the other, what economical process produced the poverty of the persons who serve him; and what advantages each, on his own side, derives from the result.
28. And further. Since inequality, which is a condition of wealth, can be established in two opposite ways—by an increase of possessions for one side and a decrease for the other—we need to investigate, regarding any given level of wealth, exactly how the corresponding poverty was created: that is, whether it was due to being outdone or also to being brought down; and if it was due to being brought down, what benefits or drawbacks might arise from that situation. For example, since one of the most common benefits of being wealthy is being able to employ several servants, we must look into what economic processes led to the wealth of the master and what economic processes led to the poverty of those who serve him; and what benefits each side derives from the situation.
29. These being the main questions touching the collection of riches, the next, or last, part of the inquiry is into their administration.
29. Since these are the main questions about gathering wealth, the next, or final, part of the investigation is about managing it.
Their possession involves three great economical powers which require separate examination: namely, the powers of selection, direction, and provision.
Their possession involves three significant economic powers that need to be looked at individually: the powers of selection, direction, and provision.
The power of Selection relates to things of which the supply is limited (as the supply of best things is always). When it becomes matter of question to whom such things are to belong, the richest person has necessarily the first choice, unless some arbitrary mode of distribution be otherwise determined upon. The business of the economist is to show how this choice may be a wise one.
The power of Choice connects to things that are in limited supply (since the best things are always in short supply). When it comes to deciding who gets these things, the wealthiest person naturally gets the first pick, unless a different method of distribution is agreed upon. The economist’s job is to demonstrate how this choice can be a smart one.
The power of Direction arises out of the necessary relation of rich men to poor, which ultimately, in one way or another,[Pg 124] involves the direction of, or authority over, the labour of the poor; and this nearly as much over their mental as their bodily labour. The business of the economist is to show how this direction may be a Just one.
The influence of Direction comes from the essential connection between wealthy individuals and those who are less fortunate, which ultimately, one way or another,[Pg 124] entails directing or having control over the work of the poor; this applies to both their mental and physical labor. The role of the economist is to demonstrate how this direction can be fair.
The power of Provision is dependent upon the redundance of wealth, which may of course by active persons be made available in preparation for future work or future profit; in which function riches have generally received the name of capital; that is to say, of head-, or source-material. The business of the economist is to show how this provision may be a Distant one.
The power of Supply relies on the abundance of wealth, which can be utilized by proactive individuals in preparation for future work or profit. In this context, wealth is commonly referred to as capital, meaning the primary or source material. The role of the economist is to demonstrate how this provision can be proactive and forward-looking.
30. The examination of these three functions of riches will embrace every final problem of political economy;—and, above, or before all, this curious and vital problem,—whether, since the wholesome action of riches in these three functions will depend (it appears), on the Wisdom, Justice, and Farsightedness of the holders; and it is by no means to be assumed that persons primarily rich, must therefore be just and wise,—it may not be ultimately possible so, or somewhat so, to arrange matters, as that persons primarily just and wise, should therefore be rich?
30. Looking at these three roles of wealth will cover every key issue in political economy; and above all, this intriguing and important question—whether the positive impact of wealth in these three roles relies (it seems) on the Wisdom, Justice, and Foresight of those who possess it; and we can't assume that people who are wealthy will automatically be just and wise—might it not be possible to organize things in such a way that people who are fundamentally just and wise could also be wealthy?
Such being the general plan of the inquiry before us, I shall not limit myself to any consecutive following of it, having hardly any good hope of being able to complete so laborious a work as it must prove to me; but from time to time, as I have leisure, shall endeavour to carry forward this part or that, as may be immediately possible; indicating always with accuracy the place which the particular essay will or should take in the completed system.
Given the overall plan of the inquiry we're examining, I won't restrict myself to a strict sequence, as I have little hope of finishing such a demanding task. Instead, whenever I have some free time, I'll try to make progress on different sections as I can, clearly indicating where each specific essay fits into the final structure.
FOOTNOTES:
[10] See Appendix I.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix I.
[12] [I cannot now recast these sentences, pedantic in their generalization, and intended more for index than statement, but I must guard the reader from thinking that I ever wish for cheapness by bad quality. A poor boy need not always learn mathematics; but, if you set him to do so, have the farther kindness to give him good compasses, not cheap ones, whose points bend like lead.]
[12] [I can't reshape these sentences now, which are overly formal and meant more for reference than for actual meaning, but I have to make sure the reader knows that I never want cheapness when it comes to quality. A struggling kid doesn’t always have to learn math; but if you decide to teach him, please be kind enough to give him good compasses, not cheap ones that bend easily.]
[13] [I regret the ironical manner in which this passage, one of great importance in the matter of it, was written. The gist of it is, that the first of all inquiries respecting the wealth of any nation is not, how much it has; but whether it is in a form that can be used, and in the possession of persons who can use it.]
[13] [I regret the ironic way this important passage was written. The main point is that the first thing to investigate about a nation's wealth is not how much it has, but whether it is in a usable form and is owned by people who can use it.]
CHAPTER II.
STORE-KEEPING.
31. The first chapter having consisted of little more than definition of terms, I purpose, in this, to expand and illustrate the given definitions.
31. The first chapter was mainly about defining terms, so in this one, I plan to elaborate on and clarify those definitions.
The view which has here been taken of the nature of wealth, namely, that it consists in an intrinsic value developed by a vital power, is directly opposed to two nearly universal conceptions of wealth. In the assertion that value is primarily intrinsic, it opposes the idea that anything which is an object of desire to numbers, and is limited in quantity, so as to have rated worth in exchange, may be called, or virtually become, wealth. And in the assertion that value is, secondarily, dependent upon power in the possessor, it opposes the idea that the worth of things depends on the demand for them, instead of on the use of them. Before going farther, we will make these two positions clearer.
The perspective presented here on the nature of wealth—specifically, that it is rooted in an intrinsic value generated by a vital force—stands in stark contrast to two nearly universal views of wealth. By emphasizing that value is primarily intrinsic, it challenges the notion that anything desired by many and limited in supply, thereby having a market value, can be considered wealth or could effectively become wealth. Additionally, by asserting that value is, secondarily, dependent on the power of the possessor, it contradicts the idea that the worth of items is determined by their demand, rather than their actual use. Before we proceed further, let's clarify these two positions.
32. I. First. All wealth is intrinsic, and is not constituted by the judgment of men. This is easily seen in the case of things affecting the body; we know, that no force of fantasy will make stones nourishing, or poison innocent; but it is less apparent in things affecting the mind. We are easily—perhaps willingly—misled by the appearance of beneficial results obtained by industries addressed wholly to the gratification of fanciful desire; and apt to suppose that whatever is widely coveted, dearly bought, and pleasurable in possession, must be included in our definition of wealth. It is the more difficult to quit ourselves of this error because many things which are true wealth in moderate use, become false wealth in immoderate; and many things are mixed of good and evil,—as mostly, books, and works of art,—out of which one person Will get the good, and another the evil; so that it seems as if[Pg 126] there were no fixed good or evil in the things themselves, but only in the view taken, and use made of them.
32. I. First. All wealth is intrinsic and isn’t determined by people’s judgments. This is easy to see with things that affect the body; we know that no amount of imagination can make stones nutritious or poison harmless. However, it's less clear when it comes to things that affect the mind. We can easily—maybe even willingly—be misled by the appearance of positive outcomes from industries that focus entirely on satisfying fanciful desires; and we tend to think that anything that is widely desired, expensive, and enjoyable to own must fit our definition of wealth. It’s harder to free ourselves from this misconception because many things that are true wealth in moderation can become false wealth in excess; and many things are a mix of good and bad—like most books and works of art—where one person benefits while another suffers. It seems as if[Pg 126] there is no fixed good or evil in these things themselves, but rather in how they are perceived and used.
But that is not so. The evil and good are fixed; in essence, and in proportion. And in things in which evil depends upon excess, the point of excess, though indefinable, is fixed; and the power of the thing is on the hither side for good, and on the farther side for evil. And in all cases this power is inherent, not dependent on opinion or choice. Our thoughts of things neither make, nor mar their eternal force; nor—which is the most serious point for future consideration—can they prevent the effect of it (within certain limits) upon ourselves.
But that's not the case. Good and evil are established; in their essence and in relation to each other. In situations where evil arises from excess, the threshold of excess, although hard to define, is set; and the power of the situation lies on the side of good and on the far side of evil. In every instance, this power is inherent, not based on opinions or choices. Our thoughts about things neither create nor diminish their eternal force; nor—which is the most important point for future consideration—can they stop its impact (within certain limits) on ourselves.
33. Therefore, the object of any special analysis of wealth will be not so much to enumerate what is serviceable, as to distinguish what is destructive; and to show that it is inevitably destructive; that to receive pleasure from an evil thing is not to escape from, or alter the evil of it, but to be altered by it; that is, to suffer from it to the utmost, having our own nature, in that degree, made evil also. And it may be shown farther, that, through whatever length of time or subtleties of connexion the harm is accomplished, (being also less or more according to the fineness and worth of the humanity on which it is wrought), still, nothing but harm ever comes of a bad thing.
33. So, the goal of any in-depth analysis of wealth will be not just to list what is useful, but to identify what is harmful; and to demonstrate that it is inevitably harmful; that enjoying something bad doesn't remove or change the badness of it, but instead, changes you; that is, to suffer from it to the fullest, having our own nature, to that extent, become bad as well. Furthermore, it can be shown that, no matter how long it takes or how complex the connections are through which the harm is done (which can vary based on the quality and value of the person affected), ultimately, nothing good ever comes from a bad thing.
34. So that, in sum, the term wealth is never to be attached to the accidental object of a morbid desire, but only to the constant object of a legitimate one.[14] By the fury of ignorance, and fitfulness of caprice, large interests may be continually attached to things unserviceable or hurtful; if their nature could be altered by our passions, the science of Political Economy would remain, what it has been hitherto among us, the weighing of clouds, and the portioning out of shadows. But of ignorance there is no science; and of caprice no law. Their disturbing forces interfere with the operations of faithful[Pg 127] Economy, but have nothing in common with them: she, the calm arbiter of national destiny, regards only essential power for good in all that she accumulates, and alike disdains the wanderings[15] of imagination, and the thirsts of disease.
34. In summary, the term wealth should never be connected to the random object of an unhealthy desire, but only to the consistent object of a legitimate one.[14] Because of ignorance and unpredictable whims, significant interests can become attached to things that are useless or harmful; if our passions could change their nature, Political Economy would remain, as it has been, just an exercise in weighing clouds and measuring shadows. But there is no science in ignorance; and no law in whims. Their disruptive forces interfere with the workings of true[Pg 127] Economy, but have nothing to do with it: she, the steady guide of national destiny, only considers the essential power for good in all that she gathers, and dismisses both the meanderings[15] of imagination and the cravings of illness.
35. II. Secondly. The assertion that wealth is not only intrinsic, but dependent, in order to become effectual, on a given degree of vital power in its possessor, is opposed to another popular view of wealth;—namely, that though it may always be constituted by caprice, it is, when so constituted, a substantial thing, of which given quantities may be counted as existing here, or there, and exchangeable at rated prices.
35. II. Secondly. The claim that wealth isn't only intrinsic, but also relies on a certain level of vital power in its owner to be effective, contradicts another common belief about wealth;—specifically, that while it can be shaped by whims, once it is shaped, it becomes a tangible thing that can be quantified as existing in certain places and exchanged at set prices.
In this view there are three errors. The first and chief is the overlooking the fact that all exchangeableness of commodity, or effective demand for it, depends on the sum of capacity for its use existing, here or elsewhere. The book we cannot read, or picture we take no delight in, may indeed be called part of our wealth, in so far as we have power of exchanging either for something we like better. But our power of effecting such exchange, and yet more, of effecting it to advantage, depends absolutely on the number of accessible persons who can understand the book, or enjoy the painting, and who will dispute the possession of them. Thus the actual worth of either, even to us, depends no more on their essential goodness than on the capacity existing somewhere for the perception of it; and it is vain in any completed system of production to think of obtaining one without the other. So that, though the true political economist knows that co-existence of capacity for use with temporary possession cannot be always secured, the final fact, on which he bases all action and administration, is that, in the whole nation, or group of nations, he has to deal with, for every atom of intrinsic value produced he must with exactest chemistry produce its twin atom of acceptant digestion, or understanding capacity; or, in the degree of his failure, he has no wealth. Nature's challenge to us is, in earnest, as the Assyrians mock; "I will give thee two thousand horses, if thou be able on thy part to set riders[Pg 128] upon them." Bavieca's paces are brave, if the Cid backs him; but woe to us, if we take the dust of capacity, wearing the armour of it, for capacity itself, for so all procession, however goodly in the show of it, is to the tomb.
In this perspective, there are three mistakes. The first and most important is ignoring the fact that all interchangeability of goods, or effective demand for them, relies on the total capacity for their use existing, whether here or elsewhere. The book we can't read, or the painting we don't appreciate, can indeed be considered part of our wealth, as long as we have the ability to exchange either for something we prefer more. However, our ability to make such exchanges, and especially to do so profitably, entirely depends on the number of available people who can understand the book or enjoy the painting, and who will compete for their ownership. Therefore, the actual value of either, even to us, is not determined by their essential quality but by the existing capacity somewhere for their appreciation; and it is futile in any complete production system to think of acquiring one without the other. Although the true political economist understands that the coexistence of capacity for use and temporary ownership cannot always be ensured, the fundamental fact upon which he bases all actions and management is that, for every unit of intrinsic value produced in the entire nation or group of nations he is dealing with, he must, with precise care, produce its equivalent unit of accepting capacity, or understanding; or, to the extent of his failure, he has no wealth. Nature's challenge to us is serious, just like the Assyrians mockingly say: "I will give you two thousand horses if you can provide riders for them." Bavieca's strides are impressive if the Cid is riding him; but woe to us if we mistake the appearance of capacity, dressed up for capacity itself, because then all processes, no matter how magnificent they look, lead to the grave.
36. The second error in this popular view of wealth is, that in giving the name of wealth to things which we cannot use, we in reality confuse wealth with money. The land we have no skill to cultivate, the book which is sealed to us, or dress which is superfluous, may indeed be exchangeable, but as such are nothing more than a cumbrous form of bank-note, of doubtful or slow convertibility. As long as we retain possession of them, we merely keep our bank-notes in the shape of gravel or clay, of book-leaves, or of embroidered tissue. Circumstances may, perhaps, render such forms the safest, or a certain complacency may attach to the exhibition of them; into both these advantages we shall inquire afterwards; I wish the reader only to observe here, that exchangeable property which we cannot use is, to us personally, merely one of the forms of money, not of wealth.
36. The second mistake in this common belief about wealth is that by calling things we can’t use “wealth,” we actually confuse wealth with money. The land we can't cultivate, the book that we can’t read, or clothes that we don’t need may be tradable, but they are really just cumbersome forms of cash that can be hard to turn into money quickly. As long as we own them, we’re just holding our cash in the form of dirt, unused books, or fancy fabric. There may be situations where these forms are the safest, or we might feel good showing them off; we’ll explore those points later. Here, I just want the reader to note that exchangeable property we can’t use is, for us personally, just a form of money, not true wealth.
37. The third error in the popular view is the confusion of Guardianship with Possession; the real state of men of property being, too commonly, that of curators, not possessors, of wealth.
37. The third error in the popular view is confusing Guardianship with Possession; the actual situation for property owners is often that of caretakers, not holders, of wealth.
A man's power over his property is at the widest range of it, fivefold; it is power of Use, for himself, Administration, to others, Ostentation, Destruction, or Bequest: and possession is in use only, which for each man is sternly limited; so that such things, and so much of them as he can use, are, indeed, well for him, or Wealth; and more of them, or any other things, are ill for him, or Illth.[16] Plunged to the lips in Orinoco, he shall drink to his thirst measure; more, at his peril: with a thousand oxen on his lands, he shall eat to his hunger measure; more, at his peril. He cannot live in two houses at once; a few bales of silk or wool will suffice for the fabric of all the clothes he can ever wear, and a few books will probably hold all the furniture good for his brain. Beyond these, in the best of us but narrow, capacities, we have[Pg 129] but the power of administering, or mal-administering, wealth: (that is to say, distributing, lending, or increasing it);—of exhibiting it (as in magnificence of retinue or furniture),—of destroying, or, finally, of bequeathing it. And with multitudes of rich men, administration degenerates into curatorship; they merely hold their property in charge, as Trustees, for the benefit of some person or persons to whom it is to be delivered upon their death; and the position, explained in clear terms, would hardly seem a covetable one. What would be the probable feelings of a youth, on his entrance into life, to whom the career hoped for him was proposed in terms such as these: "You must work unremittingly, and with your utmost intelligence, during all your available years, you will thus accumulate wealth to a large amount; but you must touch none of it, beyond what is needful for your support. Whatever sums you gain, beyond those required for your decent and moderate maintenance, and whatever beautiful things you may obtain possession of, shall be properly taken care of by servants, for whose maintenance you will be charged, and whom you will have the trouble of superintending, and on your deathbed you shall have the power of determining to whom the accumulated property shall belong, or to what purposes be applied."
A man's control over his possessions is extensive, consisting of five aspects: Use for himself, Administration for others, Showiness, Destruction, and Bequest. However, possession is only valuable in use, which is strictly limited for each person; what he can actually use is beneficial, or Wealth, while anything beyond that is detrimental, or Illth. If he is fully immersed in the Orinoco, he can only drink what satisfies his thirst; drinking more is risky. With a thousand oxen on his land, he can eat enough to satisfy his hunger; more is a danger. He can't live in two homes at the same time; a few bundles of silk or wool are enough for all the clothes he could ever wear, and a few books will likely provide all the knowledge he needs. Beyond these, even in the best among us, our abilities remain limited; we primarily have the capacity to manage, or mismanage, wealth—meaning we can distribute, lend, or increase it; display it (like through an extravagant entourage or furnishings); destroy it; or ultimately bequeath it. For many wealthy individuals, management turns into mere caretaking; they simply hold the property as Trustees, to benefit someone else after they die, and this role, when clearly defined, doesn’t seem very desirable. What would a young person feel upon entering life if their future was described like this: "You must work tirelessly and with all your intelligence for all your available years to accumulate a lot of wealth; however, you can only use what is necessary for your living. Any amounts you acquire beyond what you need for a decent and modest life, along with any lovely things you possess, will be properly managed by servants, for whom you'll have to pay, and you’ll be responsible for overseeing them. On your deathbed, you will have the privilege of deciding who will inherit your accumulated property or what it will be used for."
38. The labour of life, under such conditions, would probably be neither zealous nor cheerful; yet the only difference between this position and that of the ordinary capitalist is the power which the latter supposes himself to possess, and which is attributed to him by others, of spending his money at any moment. This pleasure, taken in the imagination of power to part with that with which we have no intention of parting, is one of the most curious, though commonest forms of the Eidolon, or Phantasm of Wealth. But the political economist has nothing to do with this idealism, and looks only to the practical issue of it—namely, that the holder of wealth, in such temper, may be regarded simply as a mechanical means of collection; or as a money-chest with a slit in it, not only receptant but suctional, set in the public thoroughfare;—chest of which only Death has the key, and evil Chance the distribution[Pg 130] of the contents. In his function of Lender (which, however, is one of administration, not use, as far as he is himself concerned), the capitalist takes, indeed, a more interesting aspect; but even in that function, his relations with the state are apt to degenerate into a mechanism for the convenient contraction of debt;—a function the more mischievous, because a nation invariably appeases its conscience with respect to an unjustifiable expense, by meeting it with borrowed funds, expresses its repentance of a foolish piece of business, by letting its tradesmen wait for their money, and always leaves its descendants to pay for the work which will be of the least advantage to them.[17]
38. Life under these circumstances would probably be neither enthusiastic nor happy; yet the only difference between this situation and that of the typical capitalist is the power the latter believes he has, and that others attribute to him, to spend his money whenever he wants. This pleasure, taken in the imagination of having the power to part with what we don’t actually intend to give up, is one of the most interesting, though also one of the most common, forms of the Illusion, or Phantom of Wealth. However, the political economist isn't concerned with this idealism and focuses only on its practical outcome—specifically, that the holder of wealth, in such a mindset, can be seen simply as a mechanical means of collection; like a money-box with a slot in it, not only receiving but also sucking in, placed in a public space;—a box for which only Death has the key, and bad luck distributes the contents.[Pg 130] In his role as Lender (which, however, is more about administration than actual use, as far as he is concerned), the capitalist does take on a more engaging aspect; but even in that role, his relationship with the state tends to turn into a system for conveniently accruing debt;—a function that is especially harmful, since a nation typically eases its conscience regarding an unjustifiable expense by funding it with borrowed money, shows regret for a foolish decision by making its vendors wait for payment, and always leaves its future generations to pay for the projects that will benefit them the least.[17]
39. Quit of these three sources of misconception, the reader will have little farther difficulty in apprehending the real nature of Effectual value. He may, however, at first not without surprise, perceive the consequences involved in his acceptance of the definition. For if the actual existence of wealth be dependent on the power of its possessor, it follows that the sum of wealth held by the nation, instead of being constant, or calculable, varies hourly, nay, momentarily, with the number and character of its holders! and that in changing hands, it changes in quantity. And farther, since the worth of the currency is proportioned to the sum of material wealth which it represents, if the sum of the wealth changes, the worth of the currency changes. And thus both the sum of the property, and power of the currency, of the state, vary momentarily as the character and number of the holders. And not only so, but different rates and kinds of variation are caused by the character of the holders of different kinds of wealth. The transitions of value caused by the character of the holders of land differ in mode from those caused by character in holders of works of art; and these again from those caused by character in holders of machinery or other working capital. But we cannot examine these special phenomena[Pg 131] of any kind of wealth until we have a clear idea of the way in which true currency expresses them; and of the resulting modes in which the cost and price of any article are related to its value. To obtain this we must approach the subject in its first elements.
39. If we set aside these three sources of misunderstanding, the reader will find it much easier to understand the true nature of Effectual value. However, they may initially be surprised by the implications of accepting this definition. Since the actual existence of wealth depends on the power of its possessor, it follows that the total wealth held by the nation is not fixed or easily calculated; rather, it changes constantly, even moment to moment, based on who holds it and their characteristics! And as it changes hands, its quantity also changes. Furthermore, since the value of currency is linked to the amount of material wealth it represents, if the total wealth changes, the value of the currency also changes. Thus, both the total property and the strength of the currency of the state fluctuate momentarily based on the characteristics and number of its holders. Additionally, different rates and types of variation occur due to the nature of the holders of different kinds of wealth. The shifts in value caused by the characteristics of landowners differ from those caused by art collectors, and these again differ from the changes attributed to the holders of machinery or other working capital. However, we cannot investigate these specific phenomena of any type of wealth until we have a clear understanding of how true currency reflects them, as well as the resulting ways in which the cost and price of any item relate to its value. To achieve this, we must address the topic from its basic components.
40. Let us suppose a national store of wealth, composed of material things either useful, or believed to be so, taken charge of by the Government,[18] and that every workman, having produced any article involving labour in its production, and for which he has no immediate use, brings it to add to this store, receiving from the Government, in exchange, an order either for the return of the thing itself, or of its equivalent in other things, such as he may choose out of the store, at any time when he needs them. The question of equivalence itself (how much wine a man is to receive in return for so much corn, or how much coal in return for so much iron) is a quite separate one, which we will examine presently. For the time, let it be assumed that this equivalence has been determined, and that the Government order, in exchange for a fixed weight of any article (called, suppose a), is either for the return of that weight of the article itself, or of another fixed weight of the article b, or another of the article c, and so on.
40. Let's imagine a national store of wealth made up of useful things—or things thought to be useful—that the Government manages,[18] and every worker, after creating an item that required labor to produce and that they don’t need right away, brings it to this store. In return, they receive from the Government an order for either the return of that item or its equivalent in other things they can choose from the store whenever they need them. The issue of equivalence itself (like how much wine someone gets back for a certain amount of corn or how much coal for a set amount of iron) is a completely separate matter that we will look into shortly. For now, let's assume that this equivalence has been agreed upon, and that the Government's order, in exchange for a specific weight of any item (let's call it a), is either for the return of that same weight of the item itself or for another fixed weight of item b, or another of item c, and so forth.
Now, supposing that the labourer speedily and continually presents these general orders, or, in common language, "spends the money," he has neither changed the circumstances of the nation, nor his own, except in so far as he may have produced useful and consumed useless articles, or vice versâ. But if he does not use, or uses in part only, the orders he receives, and lays aside some portion of them; and thus every day bringing his contribution to the national store, lays by some per-centage of the orders received in exchange for it, he increases the national wealth daily by as much as he does not use of the received order, and to the same amount accumulates a monetary claim on the Government. It is, of course, always in his power, as it is his legal right, to bring forward this accumulation of claim, and at once to consume, destroy, or distribute, the sum of his wealth. Supposing he never[Pg 132] does so, but dies, leaving his claim to others, he has enriched the State during his life by the quantity of wealth over which that claim extends, or has, in other words, rendered so much additional life possible in the State, of which additional life he bequeaths the immediate possibility to those whom he invests with his claim. Supposing him to cancel the claim, he would distribute this possibility of life among the nation at large.
Now, let’s say the worker quickly and consistently handles these general orders, or, in simpler terms, "spends the money." He hasn’t changed the situation for the country or himself, except maybe by producing useful things and using up unnecessary ones, or vice versa. But if he doesn’t use all the orders he receives or only uses part of them and sets aside some of them; then, by contributing to the national store every day and saving a portion of the orders he gets in exchange for it, he increases the national wealth daily by whatever he doesn’t use from the received orders, and he accumulates a monetary claim against the Government for the same amount. It’s always within his power, as it is his legal right, to present this accumulated claim and immediately consume, destroy, or share the amount of his wealth. Suppose he never does this and dies, leaving his claim to others; he has enriched the State during his lifetime by the amount of wealth that claim covers, which means he has made additional life possible in the State and gives that immediate possibility to those he passes his claim on to. If he decides to cancel the claim, he would spread this potential for life among the entire nation.
41. We hitherto consider the Government itself as simply a conservative power, taking charge of the wealth entrusted to it.
41. Until now, we have viewed the Government as just a conservative force, responsible for managing the wealth entrusted to it.
But a Government may be more or less than a conservative power. It may be either an improving, or destructive one.
But a government can be more or less than a conservative force. It can be either a progressive or a harmful one.
If it be an improving power, using all the wealth entrusted to it to the best advantage, the nation is enriched in root and branch at once, and the Government is enabled, for every order presented, to return a quantity of wealth greater than the order was written for, according to the fructification obtained in the interim. This ability may be either concealed, in which case the currency does not completely represent the wealth of the country, or it may be manifested by the continual payment of the excess of value on each order, in which case there is (irrespectively, observe, of collateral results afterwards to be examined) a perpetual rise in the worth of the currency, that is to say, a fall in the price of all articles represented by it.
If it's a productive power, using all the wealth it's been given to the best advantage, the nation is enriched both fundamentally and universally, and the Government is able, for every order received, to return an amount of wealth greater than what the order was written for, based on the growth achieved in the meantime. This capability may be hidden, meaning the currency doesn't fully reflect the country's wealth, or it may be shown by the ongoing payment of the value excess on each order, in which case there is (regardless of any collateral outcomes to be considered later) a continuous increase in the value of the currency, which means a decrease in the price of all items represented by it.
42. But if the Government be destructive, or a consuming power, it becomes unable to return the value received on the presentation of the order.
42. But if the government is harmful or overly controlling, it can't give back the value it received when the order is presented.
This inability may either be concealed by meeting demands to the full, until it issue in bankruptcy, or in some form of national debt;—or it may be concealed during oscillatory movements between destructiveness and productiveness, which result on the whole in stability;—or it may be manifested by the consistent return of less than value received on each presented order, in which case there is a consistent fall in the worth of the currency, or rise in the price of the things represented by it.[Pg 133]
This inability might be hidden by completely meeting demands until it leads to bankruptcy or some kind of national debt; or it might be masked during fluctuating cycles of destruction and productivity that ultimately lead to stability; or it could show up as a steady return of less value than what was paid for with each order, which would then cause a consistent decline in the currency's value or an increase in the price of the goods it represents.[Pg 133]
43. Now, if for this conception of a central Government, we substitute that of a body of persons occupied in industrial pursuits, of whom each adds in his private capacity to the common store, we at once obtain an approximation to the actual condition of a civilized mercantile community, from which approximation we might easily proceed into still completer analysis. I purpose, however, to arrive at every result by the gradual expansion of the simpler conception; but I wish the reader to observe, in the meantime, that both the social conditions thus supposed (and I will by anticipation say also, all possible social conditions), agree in two great points; namely, in the primal importance of the supposed national store or stock, and in its destructibility or improveability by the holders of it.
43. Now, if we replace the idea of a central Government with a group of people engaged in industrial work, where each person contributes to the common pool in their private capacity, we can get a closer representation of the actual situation in a civilized trading community. From this representation, we could easily move toward a more complete analysis. However, I plan to reach all conclusions by gradually expanding from this simpler idea. Still, I want the reader to note that both the social conditions assumed here (and, as I will also mention, all possible social conditions) share two major points: first, the fundamental importance of the assumed national stock or resources, and second, its potential for destruction or enhancement by those who possess it.
44. I. Observe that in both conditions, that of central Government-holding, and diffused private-holding, the quantity of stock is of the same national moment. In the one case, indeed, its amount may be known by examination of the persons to whom it is confided; in the other it cannot be known but by exposing the private affairs of every individual. But, known or unknown, its significance is the same under each condition. The riches of the nation consist in the abundance, and their wealth depends on the nature, of this store.
44. I. Notice that in both situations, whether the central government holds the stock or it's spread out among private individuals, the total amount of stock is equally important for the nation. In one case, you can determine how much there is by looking at the people it's entrusted to; in the other case, you can only find out by revealing everyone's private financial situations. But whether it's known or unknown, its importance remains the same in both cases. The country's wealth lies in the abundance of this stock, and their prosperity depends on its quality.
45. II. In the second place, both conditions, (and all other possible ones) agree in the destructibility or improveability of the store by its holders. Whether in private hands, or under Government charge, the national store may be daily consumed, or daily enlarged, by its possessors; and while the currency remains apparently unaltered, the property it represents may diminish or increase.
45. II. Secondly, both conditions (and all other possible ones) share the fact that the store can be destroyed or improved by its holders. Whether it's in private hands or under government control, the national store can be consumed or expanded daily by its owners; and while the currency itself seems unchanged, the value of the property it represents can go up or down.
46. The first question, then, which we have to put under our simple conception of central Government, namely, "What store has it?" is one of equal importance, whatever may be the constitution of the State; while the second question—namely, "Who are the holders of the store?" involves the discussion of the constitution of the State itself.
46. The first question we need to consider regarding our basic idea of central Government, which is, "What resources does it have?" is equally important, regardless of how the State is structured; while the second question—"Who controls those resources?"—requires a discussion about the structure of the State itself.
The first inquiry resolves itself into three heads:[Pg 134]
The first question breaks down into three parts:[Pg 134]
1. What is the nature of the store?
1. What is the nature of the store?
2. What is its quantity in relation to the population?
2. What is its quantity compared to the population?
3. What is its quantity in relation to the currency?
3. What is its amount in relation to the currency?
The second inquiry into two:
The second investigation into two:
1. Who are the Holders of the store, and in what proportions?
1. Who owns the store, and in what percentages?
2. Who are the Claimants of the store, (that is to say, the holders of the currency,) and in what proportions?
2. Who are the Claimants of the store (that is, the currency holders), and in what proportions?
We will examine the range of the first three questions in the present paper; of the two following, in the sequel.
We will look at the first three questions in this paper; the next two will be covered later.
47. I. Question First. What is the nature of the store? Has the nation hitherto worked for and gathered the right thing or the wrong? On that issue rest the possibilities of its life.
47. I. Question First. What’s the nature of the store? Has the nation been working towards and collecting the right things or the wrong ones? This question determines the future of its existence.
For example, let us imagine a society, of no great extent, occupied in procuring and laying up store of corn, wine, wool, silk, and other such preservable materials of food and clothing; and that it has a currency representing them. Imagine farther, that on days of festivity, the society, discovering itself to derive satisfaction from pyrotechnics, gradually turns its attention more and more to the manufacture of gunpowder; so that an increasing number of labourers, giving what time they can spare to this branch of industry, bring increasing quantities of combustibles into the store, and use the general orders received in exchange to obtain such wine, wool, or corn, as they may have need of. The currency remains the same, and represents precisely the same amount of material in the store, and of labour spent in producing it. But the corn and wine gradually vanish, and in their place, as gradually, appear sulphur and saltpetre, till at last the labourers who have consumed corn and supplied nitre, presenting on a festal morning some of their currency to obtain materials for the feast, discover that no amount of currency will command anything Festive, except Fire. The supply of rockets is unlimited, but that of food, limited, in a quite final manner; and the whole currency in the hands of the society represents an infinite power of detonation, but none of existence.
For example, let’s picture a small society focused on collecting and stockpiling corn, wine, wool, silk, and other durable food and clothing items, all represented by a currency. Now imagine that during festive days, this society realizes they enjoy fireworks, and gradually shifts their focus more and more to making gunpowder. As a result, more and more workers, whenever they have spare time, dedicate themselves to this industry, bringing in larger amounts of combustible materials and using the currency they earn in exchange to buy whatever wine, wool, or corn they need. The currency stays the same and still represents the same amount of stock and labor that went into producing it. But the corn and wine slowly disappear, replaced instead by sulfur and saltpeter, until eventually, the workers who consumed the corn and contributed the saltpeter find that on a festive morning, offering their currency for feast supplies results in nothing festive at all— only Fire. The supply of fireworks is endless, but the food supply is limited in a very final way; thus, all the currency held by the society symbolizes limitless explosive power, but none of what is necessary to sustain life.
48. This statement, caricatured as it may seem, is only exaggerated[Pg 135] in assuming the persistence of the folly to extremity, unchecked, as in reality it would be, by the gradual rise in price of food. But it falls short of the actual facts of human life in expression of the depth and intensity of the folly itself. For a great part (the reader would not believe how great until he saw the statistics in detail) of the most earnest and ingenious industry of the world is spent in producing munitions of war; gathering, that is to say the materials, not of festive, but of consuming fire; filling its stores with all power of the instruments of pain, and all affluence of the ministries of death. It was no true Trionfo della Morte[19] which men have seen and feared (sometimes scarcely feared) so long; wherein he brought them rest from their labours. We see, and share, another and higher form of his triumph now. Task-master, instead of Releaser, he rules the dust of the arena no less than of the tomb; and, content once in the grave whither man went, to make his works to cease and his devices to vanish,—now, in the busy city and on the serviceable sea, makes his work to increase, and his devices to multiply.
48. This statement, as exaggerated as it might sound, only amplifies the idea of unchecked foolishness to the extreme, while in reality, it would be moderated by the gradual increase in food prices. However, it still doesn't fully capture the sheer depth and intensity of that foolishness. A significant portion (you wouldn't believe how much until you look at the detailed statistics) of the world's most dedicated and clever efforts goes into creating weapons of war; in other words, gathering materials not for celebration, but for destructive purposes; stockpiling everything that inflicts pain and enables death. It wasn't a true Trionfo della Morte that people have seen and feared (and sometimes scarcely feared) for so long, where it offered them a break from their toil. Today, we see and share a different, higher form of that triumph. Instead of being a liberator, he acts as a taskmaster, controlling the dust of both the arena and the grave; and while in the past he might have been satisfied with putting an end to human labor and making their creations disappear, now he ensures that work increases and innovations multiply in bustling cities and on the busy sea.
49. To this doubled loss, or negative power of labour, spent in producing means of destruction, we have to add, in our estimate of the consequences of human folly, whatever more insidious waste of toil there is in production of unnecessary luxury. Such and such an occupation (it is said) supports so many labourers, because so many obtain wages in following it; but it is never considered that unless there be a supporting power in the product of the occupation, the wages given to one man are merely withdrawn from another. We cannot say of any trade that it maintains such and such a number of persons, unless we know how and where the money, now spent in the purchase of its produce, would have been spent, if that produce had not been manufactured. The purchasing funds truly support a number of people in making[Pg 136] This; but (probably) leave unsupported an equal number who are making, or could have made That. The manufacturers of small watches thrive at Geneva;—it is well;—but where would the money spent on small watches have gone, had there been no small watches to buy?
49. To this doubled loss, or negative power of labor, spent on creating means of destruction, we need to add, in our assessment of the consequences of human foolishness, any insidious waste of effort in producing unnecessary luxury. It’s often said that such and such an occupation supports a certain number of workers because that many people earn wages from it; however, it’s rarely considered that unless there’s a supporting value in the product of that occupation, the wages given to one person are just taken from another. We can’t claim that any trade supports a specific number of people unless we know how and where the money now spent on buying its products would have been spent if those products hadn’t been made. The funds used for purchasing genuinely support a number of people in making[Pg 136] This; but (likely) leave an equal number unsupported who are making, or could have made That. The manufacturers of small watches are doing well in Geneva; that’s great; but where would the money spent on small watches have gone if there weren’t any small watches to buy?
50. If the so frequently uttered aphorism of mercantile economy—"labour is limited by capital," were true, this question would be a definite one. But it is untrue; and that widely. Out of a given quantity of funds for wages, more or less labour is to be had, according to the quantity of will with which we can inspire the workman; and the true limit of labour is only in the limit of this moral stimulus of the will, and of the bodily power. In an ultimate, but entirely unpractical sense, labour is limited by capital, as it is by matter—that is to say, where there is no material, there can be no work,—but in the practical sense, labour is limited only by the great original capital of head, heart, and hand. Even in the most artificial relations of commerce, labour is to capital as fire to fuel: out of so much fuel, you can have only so much fire; but out of so much fuel, you shall have so much fire,—not in proportion to the mass of combustible, but to the force of wind that fans and water that quenches; and the appliance of both. And labour is furthered, as conflagration is, not so much by added fuel, as by admitted air.[20]
50. If the often-repeated saying in business—"labor is limited by capital"—were true, this question would be straightforward. But it’s not true at all. From a set amount of funds for wages, you can get more or less labor depending on how much motivation we can give the worker; and the real limit of labor is only the limit of this moral motivation and physical ability. In a very abstract but completely impractical sense, labor is limited by capital, just like it is by materials—that is, without material, there can be no work—but in practical terms, labor is only limited by our fundamental resources of intelligence, emotion, and effort. Even in the most complex business situations, labor relates to capital like fire relates to fuel: from a certain amount of fuel, you can produce only a certain amount of fire; but from that same fuel, you will produce a certain amount of fire—not based on the amount of fuel, but on the strength of the wind that fans it and the water that puts it out; and on how you apply both. And labor is advanced, just like a fire, not so much by adding more fuel but by allowing in more air.[20]
51. For which reasons, I had to insert, in § 49, the qualifying "probably;" for it can never be said positively that the purchase-money, or wages fund of any trade is withdrawn from some other trade. The object itself may be the stimulus of the production of the money which buys it; that is to say, the work by which the purchaser obtained the means of buying it, would not have been done by him unless he had wanted that particular thing. And the production of any article not intrinsically (nor in the process of manufacture) injurious, is[Pg 137] useful, if the desire of it causes productive labour in other directions.
51. For this reason, I had to include the word "probably" in § 49, because we can't say for sure that the money spent on purchases or the wage fund of any trade comes from another trade. The item itself might inspire the production of the money used to buy it; in other words, the work the buyer did to earn the money would not have happened if they didn't want that specific item. Additionally, the production of any item that isn't harmful in itself (or during the manufacturing process) is[Pg 137] useful if the desire for it leads to productive work in other areas.
52. In the national store, therefore, the presence of things intrinsically valueless does not imply an entirely correlative absence of things valuable. We cannot be certain that all the labour spent on vanity has been diverted from reality, and that for every bad thing produced, a precious thing has been lost. In great measure, the vain things represent the results of roused indolence; they have been carved, as toys, in extra time; and, if they had not been made, nothing else would have been made. Even to munitions of war this principle applies; they partly represent the work of men who, if they had not made spears, would never have made pruning hooks, and who are incapable of any activities but those of contest.
52. In the national store, the presence of things that have no real value doesn't mean that there's a total absence of valuable things. We can't be sure that all the time spent on vanity has come at the expense of reality, or that for every bad thing created, a valuable thing has been lost. A lot of these vain items reflect the outcomes of stirred-up laziness; they’ve been crafted as toys during spare time; and if they hadn’t been made, nothing else would have been created. This principle even applies to weapons of war; they partly represent the efforts of people who, if they hadn’t made tools for battle, would never have crafted tools for farming, and who are only capable of activities focused on competition.
53. Thus then, finally, the nature of the store has to be considered under two main lights; the one, that of its immediate and actual utility; the other, that of the past national character which it signifies by its production, and future character which it must develop by its use. And the issue of this investigation will be to show us that.
53. So, finally, we need to look at the nature of the store from two main perspectives: first, its immediate and practical utility; second, the historical national character it represents through its production, and the future character it will shape through its use. The outcome of this exploration will demonstrate that.
Economy does not depend merely on principles of "demand and supply," but primarily on what is demanded, and what is supplied; which I will beg of you to observe, and take to heart.
Economy doesn’t just rely on the principles of "demand and supply," but mainly on what people want and what is provided; I ask you to pay attention to this and take it to heart.
54. II. Question Second.—What is the quantity of the store, in relation to the population?
54. II. Question 2.—What is the amount of the store compared to the population?
It follows from what has been already stated that the accurate form in which this question has to be put is—"What quantity of each article composing the store exists in proportion to the real need for it by the population?" But we shall for the time assume, in order to keep all our terms at the simplest, that the store is wholly composed of useful articles, and accurately proportioned to the several needs for them.
It follows from what has been said that the right way to frame this question is—"What amount of each item in the store is available in relation to the actual need for it by the population?" However, for simplicity's sake, we will assume that the store consists entirely of useful items and is exactly matched to the various needs for them.
Now it cannot be assumed, because the store is large in proportion to the number of the people, that the people must be in comfort; nor because it is small, that they must be in distress. An active and economical race always produces[Pg 138] more than it requires, and lives (if it is permitted to do so) in competence on the produce of its daily labour. The quantity of its store, great or small, is therefore in many respects indifferent to it, and cannot be inferred from its aspect. Similarly an inactive and wasteful population, which cannot live by its daily labour, but is dependent, partly or wholly, on consumption of its store, may be (by various difficulties, hereafter to be examined, in realizing or getting at such store) retained in a state of abject distress, though its possessions may be immense. But the results always involved in the magnitude of store are, the commercial power of the nation, its security, and its mental character. Its commercial power, in that according to the quantity of its store, may be the extent of its dealings; its security, in that according to the quantity of its store are its means of sudden exertion or sustained endurance; and its character, in that certain conditions of civilization cannot be attained without permanent and continually accumulating store, of great intrinsic value, and of peculiar nature.[21]
Now, just because the store is large compared to the number of people doesn't mean the people are comfortable; and just because it's small doesn't mean they're suffering. A proactive and resourceful community usually produces more than it needs and lives, if allowed, comfortably off the fruits of their daily work. So, the amount of their store, whether big or small, doesn't really matter to them in many ways and can't be judged by its appearance. On the flip side, a lazy and wasteful population that can't sustain itself through daily labor but relies, fully or partly, on consuming its store might, due to various challenges (which we'll look into later), remain in deep distress, even if it has a lot of resources. However, the size of the store always has implications: it determines the nation's commercial power, its security, and its societal character. Its commercial power is tied to how much store it has, affecting the scale of its transactions; its security is based on the quantity of its store, which provides means for rapid response or long-term resilience; and its character, as certain levels of civilization can't be reached without a consistent and steadily growing store of high intrinsic value and specific nature.[21]
55. Now, seeing that these three advantages arise from largeness of store in proportion to population, the question arises immediately, "Given the store—is the nation enriched by diminution of its numbers? Are a successful national speculation, and a pestilence, economically the same thing?"
55. Now that we see these three benefits come from having a large supply in relation to the population, the question immediately arises, "With the supply—does reducing the population enrich the nation? Are a successful national investment and a plague economically equivalent?"
This is in part a sophistical question; such as it would be to ask whether a man was richer when struck by disease which must limit his life within a predicable period, than he was when in health. He is enabled to enlarge his current expenses, and has for all purposes a larger sum at his immediate disposal (for, given the fortune, the shorter the life, the larger the annuity); yet no man considers himself richer because he is condemned by his physician.
This is partly a tricky question; it's similar to asking if a person is wealthier when faced with a disease that limits their life expectancy compared to when they are healthy. They might be able to increase their current spending and have a larger amount available immediately (since, with a given amount of money, the shorter the life, the larger the annuity); yet no one truly feels richer just because their doctor has given them a grim diagnosis.
56. The logical reply is that, since Wealth is by definition only the means of life, a nation cannot be enriched by its own mortality. Or in shorter words, the life is more than the meat; and existence itself, more wealth than the means of existence. Whence, of two nations who have equal store, the[Pg 139] more numerous is to be considered the richer, provided the type of the inhabitant be as high (for, though the relative bulk of their store be less, its relative efficiency, or the amount of effectual wealth, must be greater). But if the type of the population be deteriorated by increase of its numbers, we have evidence of poverty in its worst influence; and then, to determine whether the nation in its total may still be justifiably esteemed rich, we must set or weigh, the number of the poor against that of the rich.
56. The straightforward response is that, since wealth is essentially just a means to live, a nation can't really benefit from its own mortality. In simpler terms, life is more valuable than material possessions, and existence itself is worth more than the resources needed to sustain it. So, between two nations that have the same amount, the one with a larger population is typically considered richer, assuming the quality of the inhabitants is also high (because even if their resources are less in total, their effective wealth, or the actual impact of that wealth, has to be greater). However, if the quality of the population declines as the numbers increase, it reflects severe poverty. To figure out if the nation can still be fairly considered rich overall, we need to compare the number of poor people to the number of rich people.
To effect which piece of scale-work, it is of course necessary to determine, first, who are poor and who are rich; nor this only, but also how poor and how rich they are. Which will prove a curious thermometrical investigation; for we shall have to do for gold and for silver, what we have done for quicksilver;—determine, namely, their freezing-point, their zero, their temperate and fever-heat points; finally, their vaporescent point, at which riches, sometimes explosively, as lately in America, "make to themselves wings:"—and correspondently, the number of degrees below zero at which poverty, ceasing to brace with any wholesome cold, burns to the bone.[22]
To achieve this kind of social analysis, we first need to identify who is poor and who is rich; but beyond that, we also need to understand just how poor and how rich they are. This will turn out to be an interesting exploration, because we’ll have to measure wealth like we do with mercury—by finding its freezing point, its zero, its comfortable range, and its boiling point, where wealth can suddenly take off, as we've seen recently in America, "making wings for itself." Similarly, we'll need to measure the degrees below zero at which poverty, rather than being a healthy chill, becomes a burning pain. [22]
57. For the performance of these operations, in the strictest sense scientific, we will first look to the existing so-called "science" of Political Economy; we will ask it to define for us the comparatively and superlatively rich, and the comparatively and superlatively poor; and on its own terms—if any terms it can pronounce—examine, in our prosperous England, how many rich and how many poor people there are; and whether the quantity and intensity of the poverty is indeed so overbalanced by the quantity and intensity of wealth,[Pg 140] that we may permit ourselves a luxurious blindness to it, and call ourselves, complacently, a rich country. And if we find no clear definition in the existing science, we will endeavour for ourselves to fix the true degrees of the scale, and to apply them.[23]
57. To carry out these operations in the most scientific way, we will first turn to the current so-called "science" of Political Economy. We will ask it to define what it means to be relatively and extremely rich, as well as relatively and extremely poor. Then, based on its own criteria—if it has any—we will examine how many rich and how many poor people exist in our prosperous England, and whether the extent and severity of poverty really gets overshadowed by the extent and severity of wealth,[Pg 140] allowing us to remain willfully blind to it and to proudly consider ourselves a wealthy nation. If we find no clear definitions in the existing science, we will strive to establish the actual degrees of the scale ourselves and apply them.[23]
58. Question Third. What is the quantity of the store in relation to the Currency?
58. Question Three. What is the amount of the store compared to the Currency?
We have seen that the real worth of the currency, so far as dependent on its relation to the magnitude of the store, may vary, within certain limits, without affecting its worth in exchange. The diminution or increase of the represented wealth may be unperceived, and the currency may be taken either for more or less than it is truly worth. Usually it is taken for much more; and its power in exchange, or credit-power, is thus increased up to a given strain upon its relation to existing wealth. This credit-power is of chief importance in the thoughts, because most sharply present to the experience, of a mercantile community: but the conditions of its stability[24] and all other relations of the currency to the material[Pg 141] store are entirely simple in principle, if not in action. Far other than simple are the relations of the currency to the available labour which it also represents. For this relation is involved not only with that of the magnitude of the store to the number, but with that of the magnitude of the store to the mind, of the population. Its proportion to their number, and the resulting worth of currency, are calculable; but its proportion to their will for labour is not. The worth of the piece of money which claims a given quantity of the store is, in exchange, less or greater according to the facility of obtaining the same quantity of the same thing without having recourse to the store. In other words it depends on the immediate Cost and Price of the thing. We must now, therefore, complete the definition of these terms.
We have seen that the actual value of currency, in relation to the size of the wealth it represents, can change within certain limits without affecting its exchange value. A decrease or increase in the represented wealth may go unnoticed, allowing the currency to be perceived as either worth more or less than its true value. Typically, it's viewed as worth much more, which boosts its exchange power, or credit power, until a limit is reached based on its relation to existing wealth. This credit power is particularly significant in the minds of a trading community because it is closely tied to their experiences. However, the conditions for its stability[24] and all other relationships between currency and the physical wealth[Pg 141] it represents are fundamentally straightforward in principle, if not in practice. The connections between currency and available labor it also symbolizes, on the other hand, are far from simple. This relationship is not only tied to the size of the wealth relative to the workforce but also to how the population perceives that wealth. The ratio of wealth to the population size, and the resulting value of currency, can be calculated; however, the relationship to their willingness to work cannot. The value of a piece of currency that claims a specific amount of wealth in exchange varies based on how easily one can obtain that same amount without tapping into the wealth. In other words, it relies on the immediate cost and price of the item. We must now, therefore, complete the definitions of these terms.
59. All cost and price are counted in Labour. We must know first, therefore, what is to be counted as Labour.
59. All costs and prices are calculated in Labor. We must first understand what is considered as Labor.
I have already defined labour to be the Contest of the life of man with an opposite. Literally, it is the quantity of "Lapse," loss, or failure of human life, caused by any effort. It is usually confused with effort itself, or the application of power (opera); but there is much effort which is merely a mode of recreation, or of pleasure. The most beautiful actions of the human body, and the highest results of the human intelligence, are conditions, or achievements, of quite unlaborious,—nay, of recreative,—effort. But labour is the suffering in effort. It is the negative quantity, or quantity of de-feat, which has to be counted against every Feat, and of de-fect which has to be counted against every Fact, or Deed of men. In brief, it is "that quantity of our toil which we die in."
I’ve already defined labor as the struggle of human life against something opposed. Essentially, it’s the amount of "Lapse," loss, or failure of human life that results from any effort. People often confuse it with effort itself or the application of power (opera); however, there’s plenty of effort that is just a form of recreation or enjoyment. The most beautiful actions of the human body and the highest achievements of human intelligence come from entirely effortless—indeed, enjoyable—effort. But labor is the suffering that comes with effort. It’s the negative aspect, or the amount of defeat, that needs to be considered against every victory, and of defect that needs to be accounted for against every fact or deed of people. In short, it’s "that amount of our toil that we die in."
We might, therefore, à priori, conjecture (as we shall ultimately find), that it cannot be bought, nor sold. Everything else is bought and sold for Labour, but labour itself cannot be bought nor sold for anything, being priceless.[25] The idea[Pg 142] that it is a commodity to be bought or sold, is the alpha and omega of Politico-Economic fallacy.
We might, therefore, à priori, assume (as we will eventually discover) that it cannot be bought or sold. Everything else is traded for labor, but labor itself can't be bought or sold for anything, as it is priceless.[25] The belief that it is a commodity to be bought or sold is the beginning and end of the Politico-Economic fallacy.[Pg 142]
60. This being the nature of labour, the "Cost" of anything is the quantity of labour necessary to obtain it;—the quantity for which, or at which, it "stands" (constant). It is literally the "Constancy" of the thing;—you shall win it—move it—come at it, for no less than this.
60. Given the nature of labor, the "Cost" of anything is the amount of labor needed to get it;—the amount for which, or at which, it "remains" (constant). It is basically the "Constancy" of the thing;—you will acquire it—shift it—access it, for no less than this.
Cost is measured and measurable (using the accurate Latin terms) only in "labour," not in "opera."[26] It does not matter how much work a thing needs to produce it; it matters only how much distress. Generally the more the power it requires, the less the distress; so that the noblest works of man cost less than the meanest.
Cost is measured and measurable (using the precise Latin terms) only in "labor," not in "opera."[26] It doesn't matter how much work it takes to produce something; what matters is how much distress it causes. Generally, the more power it requires, the less distress there is; so the greatest achievements of mankind end up costing less than the simplest ones.
True labour, or spending of life, is either of the body, in fatigue or pain; of the temper or heart (as in perseverance of search for things,—patience in waiting for them,—fortitude or degradation in suffering for them, and the like), or of the intellect. All these kinds of labour are supposed to be included in the general term, and the quantity of labour is then expressed by the time it lasts. So that a unit of labour is "an hour's work" or a day's work, as we may determine.[27]
True labor, or how we spend our lives, involves either our physical exertion, through fatigue or pain; our emotions or heart (like the perseverance in searching for things, patience in waiting for them, and strength or suffering for them), or our intellect. All these types of labor are generally included under one term, and the amount of labor is measured by its duration. Therefore, a unit of labor is defined as "an hour's work" or a day's work, as we choose to define it.[27]
61. Cost, like value, is both intrinsic and effectual. Intrinsic cost is that of getting the thing in the right way; effectual[Pg 143] cost is that of getting the thing in the way we set about it. But intrinsic cost cannot be made a subject of analytical investigation, being only partially discoverable, and that by long experience. Effectual cost is all that the political Economist can deal with; that is to say, the cost of the thing under existing circumstances, and by known processes.
61. Cost, like value, has both intrinsic and practical aspects. Intrinsic cost refers to acquiring something in the best possible way; practical cost is about getting it the way we actually pursue it. However, intrinsic cost can't be analyzed thoroughly, as it can only be somewhat identified through extensive experience. Practical cost is the only aspect that political economists can examine, meaning the cost of something under current conditions and through established methods.
Cost, being dependent much on application of method, varies with the quantity of the thing wanted, and with the number of persons who work for it. It is easy to get a little of some things, but difficult to get much; it is impossible to get some things with few hands, but easy to get them with many.
Cost, which largely depends on the method used, changes based on how much of something is needed and how many people are working for it. It's easy to obtain a small amount of certain things, but hard to acquire a lot; some things can't be obtained with just a few people, but it's easy to get them when there are many hands involved.
62. The cost and value of things, however difficult to determine accurately, are thus both dependent on ascertainable physical circumstances.[28]
62. The cost and value of things, while hard to measure precisely, are both influenced by measurable physical conditions.[28]
But their price is dependent on the human will.
But their price depends on choice.
Such and such a thing is demonstrably good for so much. And it may demonstrably be had for so much.
Such and such a thing is clearly good for this much. And it can clearly be obtained for this much.
But it remains questionable, and in all manner of ways questionable, whether I choose to give so much.[29]
But it’s still open to question, in many ways, whether I decide to give this much.[29]
This choice is always a relative one. It is a choice to give a price for this, rather than for that;—a resolution to have the thing, if getting it does not involve the loss of a better thing. Price depends, therefore, not only on the cost of the commodity itself, but on its relation to the cost of every other attainable thing.[Pg 145]
This choice is always relative. It's a decision to pay a price for one thing instead of another—a commitment to obtain something, as long as doing so doesn’t mean losing out on something better. The price, then, isn’t just about the cost of the item itself; it also depends on how it compares to the cost of everything else that’s available.[Pg 145]
Farther. The power of choice is also a relative one. It depends not merely on our own estimate of the thing, but on everybody else's estimate; therefore on the number and force of the will of the concurrent buyers, and on the existing quantity of the thing in proportion to that number and force.
Farther. The power of choice is also relative. It doesn't just depend on our own opinion of something, but also on everyone else's opinion; so it relies on the number and strength of the will of the other buyers, as well as on how much of the item is available in relation to that number and strength.
Hence the price of anything depends on four variables.
Hence, the price of anything depends on four factors.
(1.) Its cost.
The price.
(2.) Its attainable quantity at that cost.
(2.) The amount you can get for that price.
(3.) The number and power of the persons who want it.
(3.) The number and influence of the people who want it.
(4.) The estimate they have formed of its desirableness.
(4.) The opinion they have formed about its attractiveness.
Its value only affects its price so far as it is contemplated in this estimate; perhaps, therefore, not at all.
Its value only influences its price as much as it's considered in this estimate; maybe, therefore, not at all.
63. Now, in order to show the manner in which price is expressed in terms of a currency, we must assume these four quantities to be known, and the "estimate of desirableness," commonly called the Demand, to be certain. We will take the number of persons at the lowest. Let A and B be two labourers who "demand," that is to say, have resolved to labour for, two articles, a and b. Their demand for these articles (if the reader likes better, he may say their need) is to be conceived as absolute, their existence depending on the getting these two things. Suppose, for instance, that they are bread and fuel, in a cold country, and let a represent the least quantity of bread, and b the least quantity of fuel, which will support a man's life for a day. Let a be producible by an hour's labour, but b only by two hours' labour.
63. Now, to demonstrate how price is represented in terms of currency, we need to assume that these four quantities are known and that the "estimate of desirability," often referred to as Demand, is certain. We'll consider the number of people at the lowest. Let A and B be two workers who "demand," meaning they have decided to work for two items, a and b. Their demand for these items (or their need, if you prefer) should be viewed as absolute, with their survival hinging on obtaining these two items. For example, let's say they need bread and fuel in a cold climate, where a represents the minimum amount of bread and b indicates the minimum amount of fuel necessary to keep a person alive for a day. Assume a can be produced with one hour of labor, but b requires two hours of work.
Then the cost of a is one hour, and of b two (cost, by our definition, being expressible in terms of time). If, therefore, each man worked both for his corn and fuel, each would have to work three hours a day. But they divide the labour for its greater ease.[30] Then if A works three hours, he produces 3 a, which is one a more than both the men want. And if B works three hours, he produces only 1-1/2 b, or half of b less than both want. But if A work three hours and B six, A has[Pg 146] 3 a, and B has 3 b, a maintenance in the right proportion for both for a day and half; so that each might take half a day's rest. But as B has worked double time, the whole of this day's rest belongs in equity to him. Therefore the just exchange should be, A giving two a for one b, has one a and one b;—maintenance for a day. B giving one b for two a, has two a and two b; maintenance for two days.
Then the cost of a is one hour, and of b two (cost, by our definition, being expressible in terms of time). If each person worked for both their corn and fuel, each would need to work three hours a day. But they divide the labor to make it easier. [30] So if A works for three hours, he produces 3 a, which is one more than both men need. And if B works for three hours, he produces only 1-1/2 b, or half of b less than what both want. But if A works for three hours and B works six, A has [Pg 146] 3 a, and B has 3 b, which is enough for both for a day and a half; so that each could take half a day off. However, since B has worked double the hours, the entire day of rest rightfully belongs to him. Therefore, the fair exchange should be, A gives two a for one b, gaining one a and one b;—enough for one day's maintenance. B gives one b for two a, gaining two a and two b; enough for two days of maintenance.
But B cannot rest on the second day, or A would be left without the article which B produces. Nor is there any means of making the exchange just, unless a third labourer is called in. Then one workman, A, produces a, and two, B and C, produce b:—A, working three hours, has three a;—B, three hours, 1-1/2 b;—C, three hours, 1-1/2 b. B and C each give half of b for a, and all have their equal daily maintenance for equal daily work.
But B can't take a break on the second day, or A would end up without the item that B makes. There's also no way to make the exchange fair unless a third worker is involved. So, one worker, A, produces a, and two, B and C, produce b:—A, working three hours, has three a;—B, three hours, 1-1/2 b;—C, three hours, 1-1/2 b. B and C each give half of b for a, and everyone gets their fair daily sustenance for the same amount of work.
To carry the example a single step farther, let three articles, a, b, and c be needed.
To take the example a step further, let's say we need three items, a, b, and c.
Let a need one hour's work, b two, and c four; then the day's work must be seven hours, and one man in a day's work can make 7 a, or 3-1/2 b, or 1-3/4 c.
Let a take one hour to complete, b take two hours, and c take four hours; then the total work in a day must be seven hours, and one person can accomplish 7 a, or 3.5 b, or 1.75 c in a day's work.
Therefore one A works for a, producing 7 a; two B's work for b, producing 7 b; four C's work for c, producing 7 c.
Therefore one A works for a, producing 7 a; two B's work for b, producing 7 b; four C's work for c, producing 7 c.
A has six a to spare, and gives two a for one b, and four a for one c. Each B has 2-1/2 b to spare, and gives 1/2 b for one a, and two b for one c.
A has six a to spare, gives two a for one b, and four a for one c. Each B has 2.5 b to spare, gives 0.5 b for one a, and two b for one c.
Each C has 3/4 of c to spare, and gives 1/2 c for one b, and 1/4 of c for one a.
Each C has 3/4 of c leftover, gives 1/2 c for one b, and 1/4 of c for one a.
And all have their day's maintenance.
And they all have what they need for the day.
Generally, therefore, it follows that if the demand is constant,[31] the relative prices of things are as their costs, or as the quantities of labour involved in production.
Generally, it follows that if demand is constant,[31] the relative prices of things correspond to their costs, or to the amounts of labor required for production.
64. Then, in order to express their prices in terms of a currency, we have only to put the currency into the form of orders for a certain quantity of any given article (with us it is in the form of orders for gold), and all quantities of other articles are priced by the relation they bear to the article which the currency claims.
64. To express prices in a currency, we just need to convert the currency into orders for a specific quantity of any item (for us, it’s in the form of orders for gold), and all other items’ prices are determined by their relationship to the item that the currency represents.
But the worth of the currency itself is not in the slightest degree founded more on the worth of the article which it either claims or consists in (as gold) than on the worth of every other article for which the gold is exchangeable. It is just as accurate to say, "so many pounds are worth an acre of land," as "an acre of land is worth so many pounds." The worth of gold, of land, of houses, and of food, and of all other things, depends at any moment on the existing quantities and relative demands for all and each; and a change in the worth of, or demand for, any one, involves an instantaneously correspondent change in the worth of, and demand for, all the rest;—a change as inevitable and as accurately balanced (though often in its process as untraceable) as the change in volume of the outflowing river from some vast lake, caused by change in the volume of the inflowing streams, though no eye can trace, nor instrument detect, motion, either on its surface, or in the depth.
But the value of currency itself isn't based more on the value of the item it represents or is made of (like gold) than on the value of every other item it can be traded for. It’s just as accurate to say, "a certain number of pounds is worth an acre of land," as it is to say, "an acre of land is worth a certain number of pounds." The value of gold, land, houses, food, and everything else depends at any given moment on the current quantities and relative demands for each item; and a change in the value of, or demand for, any one item triggers an immediate corresponding change in the value of, and demand for, all the others. This change is as inevitable and as perfectly balanced (though often untraceable in its process) as the change in volume of the outflowing river from a large lake, caused by changes in the volume of the inflowing streams, even if no one can see or measure the movement, either on the surface or beneath it.
65. Thus, then, the real working power or worth of the currency is founded on the entire sum of the relative estimates formed by the population of its possessions; a change in this estimate in any direction (and therefore every change in the national character), instantly alters the value of money, in its second great function of commanding labour. But we must always carefully and sternly distinguish between this worth of currency, dependent on the conceived or appreciated value of what it represents, and the worth of it, dependent on the existence of what it represents. A currency is true, or false, in proportion to the security with which it gives claim to the possession of land, house, horse, or picture; but a currency is strong or weak,[32] worth much, or worth little, in proportion to the degree of estimate in which the nation holds the house, horse, or picture which is claimed. Thus the power of the English currency has been, till of late, largely based on the national estimate of horses and of wine: so that a man[Pg 148] might always give any price to furnish choicely his stable, or his cellar; and receive public approval therefor: but if he gave the same sum to furnish his library, he was called mad or a biblio-maniac. And although he might lose his fortune by his horses, and his health or life by his cellar, and rarely lost either by his books, he was yet never called a Hippo-maniac nor an Oino-maniac; but only Biblio-maniac, because the current worth of money was understood to be legitimately founded on cattle and wine, but not on literature. The prices lately given at sales for pictures and MSS. indicate some tendency to change in the national character in this respect, so that the worth of the currency may even come in time to rest, in an acknowledged manner, somewhat on the state and keeping of the Bedford missal, as well as on the health of Caractacus or Blink Bonny; and old pictures be considered property, no less than old port. They might have been so before now, but that it is more difficult to choose the one than the other.
65. So, the real power or value of currency is based on the overall sum of how much people think it’s worth; any change in this perception (and therefore any change in national sentiment) instantly affects the value of money, especially in its key role of securing labor. However, we must always clearly and carefully differentiate between this value of currency, which depends on the perceived or appreciated worth of what it represents, and the worth that depends on the existence of what it represents. A currency is true or false based on how securely it claims ownership of land, houses, horses, or art; but a currency is strong or weak,[32] worth a lot or worth little, based on the value the nation places on the house, horse, or art being claimed. For example, the strength of the British currency has, until recently, been largely tied to the national value placed on horses and wine, so a person[Pg 148] could always spend any amount to beautifully equip his stable or cellar, and receive public approval for it. But if he spent the same amount on his library, he was labeled crazy or a book addict. And although he might lose his fortune through horses, and his health or life through his wine collection, and hardly ever lost anything through his books, he was never called a horse-lover or a wine-lover; just a book addict, because the current value of money was thought to be legitimately based on livestock and wine, but not on literature. The recent sale prices for paintings and manuscripts suggest a possible shift in national sentiment regarding this, so that in time, the value of currency might also be seen to rely, in a recognized way, somewhat on the condition and preservation of the Bedford missal, as well as on the health of Caractacus or Blink Bonny; and old paintings could be viewed as property just as much as old port. They might have been considered so earlier, but it’s harder to choose one over the other.
66. Now, observe, all these sources of variation in the power of the currency exist, wholly irrespective of the influences of vice, indolence, and improvidence. We have hitherto supposed, throughout the analysis, every professing labourer to labour honestly, heartily, and in harmony with his fellows. We have now to bring farther into the calculation the effects of relative industry, honour, and forethought; and thus to follow out the bearings of our second inquiry: Who are the holders of the Store and Currency, and in what proportions?
66. Now, notice that all these factors affecting the strength of the currency exist completely separate from the impacts of laziness, carelessness, and poor planning. Up until now, we’ve assumed that every worker has been putting in honest, dedicated effort and working well with others. We now need to consider the effects of varying levels of industry, integrity, and foresight; and this will help us explore our second question: Who holds the Store and Currency, and in what amounts?
This, however, we must reserve for our next paper—noticing here only that, however distinct the several branches of the subject are, radically, they are so interwoven in their issues that we cannot rightly treat any one, till we have taken cognizance of all. Thus the need of the currency in proportion to number of population is materially influenced by the probable number of the holders in proportion to the non-holders; and this again, by the number of holders of goods, or wealth, in proportion to the non-holders of goods. For as, by definition, the currency is a claim to goods which are not possessed, its quantity indicates the number of claimants in[Pg 149] proportion to the number of holders; and the force and complexity of claim. For if the claims be not complex, currency as a means of exchange may be very small in quantity. A sells some corn to B, receiving a promise from B to pay in cattle, which A then hands over to C, to get some wine. C in due time claims the cattle from B; and B takes back his promise. These exchanges have, or might have been, all effected with a single coin or promise; and the proportion of the currency to the store would in such circumstances indicate only the circulating vitality of it—that is to say, the quantity and convenient divisibility of that part of the store which the habits of the nation keep in circulation. If a cattle breeder is content to live with his household chiefly on meat and milk, and does not want rich furniture, or jewels, or books—if a wine and corn grower maintains himself and his men chiefly on grapes and bread;—if the wives and daughters of families weave and spin the clothing of the household, and the nation, as a whole, remains content with the produce of its own soil and the work of its own hands, it has little occasion for circulating media. It pledges and promises little and seldom; exchanges only so far as exchange is necessary for life. The store belongs to the people in whose hands it is found, and money is little needed either as an expression of right, or practical means of division and exchange.
This, however, we will cover in our next paper—just noting here that, despite the different branches of the topic, they are so interconnected in their outcomes that we can't properly discuss any one without considering all of them. For instance, the need for currency in relation to the population size is significantly influenced by the number of holders compared to non-holders; and this is further affected by the number of people who possess goods or wealth relative to those who do not. By definition, currency represents a claim to goods that are not owned, so its quantity reflects the number of claimants in[Pg 149] relation to the number of holders, as well as the strength and complexity of those claims. If the claims are not complicated, the currency used for transactions may be minimal. For example, A sells some corn to B and receives a promise from B to pay with cattle, which A then uses to buy wine from C. C eventually claims the cattle from B, and B fulfills his promise. All these transactions could have been completed with just a single coin or promise; thus, the relationship between currency and goods in such scenarios would only reflect the active circulation of money—meaning the quantity and convenient divisibility of the part of the goods that the habits of the people keep in circulation. If a cattle farmer is satisfied living mostly on meat and milk and has no desire for fancy furniture, jewelry, or books—if a wine and grain farmer supports himself and his workers mainly with grapes and bread;—if family members make their own clothing, and the society as a whole is content with the products of its own land and labor, then there is little need for circulating currency. There are few promises made and exchanges are limited to what's necessary for daily life. The goods belong to those who hold them, and money is not greatly needed as a symbol of rights, or as a practical means of division and trade.
67. But in proportion as the habits of the nation become complex and fantastic (and they may be both, without therefore being civilized), its circulating medium must increase in proportion to its store. If every one wants a little of everything,—if food must be of many kinds, and dress of many fashions,—if multitudes live by work which, ministering to fancy, has its pay measured by fancy, so that large prices will be given by one person for what is valueless to another,—if there are great inequalities of knowledge, causing great inequalities of estimate,—and, finally, and worst of all, if the currency itself, from its largeness, and the power which the possession of it implies, becomes the sole object of desire with large numbers of the nation, so that the holding of it is disputed among them as the main object of life:—in each[Pg 150] and all of these cases, the currency necessarily enlarges in proportion to the store; and as a means of exchange and division, as a bond of right, and as an object of passion, has a more and more important and malignant power over the nation's dealings, character, and life.
67. As the habits of a nation become more complex and outlandish (and they can be both without actually being civilized), its money supply has to grow in relation to its wealth. If everyone wants a bit of everything—if food comes in many varieties, and clothing has many styles—if large numbers of people work in jobs that cater to whims, with their pay determined by those same whims, leading to some people paying a lot for things that others see as worthless—if there are significant gaps in knowledge that create big differences in perception—and, ultimately, if the currency itself, due to its abundance and the status it bestows, becomes the main goal for many in the nation, such that owning it is fiercely contested as the primary purpose of life: In all these situations, the money supply inevitably increases relative to the wealth. As a tool for trade and division, a symbol of rights, and an object of desire, it gains an ever more significant and harmful influence over the nation's interactions, character, and existence.
Against which power, when, as a bond of Right, it becomes too conspicuous and too burdensome, the popular voice is apt to be raised in a violent and irrational manner, leading to revolution instead of remedy. Whereas all possibility of Economy depends on the clear assertion and maintenance of this bond of right, however burdensome. The first necessity of all economical government is to secure the unquestioned and unquestionable working of the great law of Property—that a man who works for a thing shall be allowed to get it, keep it, and consume it, in peace; and that he who does not eat his cake to-day, shall be seen, without grudging, to have his cake to-morrow. This, I say, is the first point to be secured by social law; without this, no political advance, nay, no political existence, is in any sort possible. Whatever evil, luxury, iniquity, may seem to result from it, this is nevertheless the first of all Equities; and to the enforcement of this, by law and by police-truncheon, the nation must always primarily set its mind—that the cupboard door may have a firm lock to it, and no man's dinner be carried off by the mob, on its way home from the baker's. Which, thus fearlessly asserting, we shall endeavour in next paper to consider how far it may be practicable for the mob itself, also, in due breadth of dish, to have dinners to carry home.
When the power of right becomes too obvious and too heavy, people tend to react in a violent and unreasonable way, leading to revolution instead of finding solutions. However, the ability to manage resources depends on clearly establishing and maintaining this right, no matter how burdensome it may be. The first requirement for good governance is to ensure that the fundamental law of Property works without question—that is, a person who works for something should be allowed to obtain it, keep it, and enjoy it in peace; and that anyone who doesn't eat their cake today should be recognized, without resentment, as having their cake tomorrow. This, I say, is the primary principle that social law must secure; without it, no political progress or even political existence is possible. Regardless of the evils, luxury, or injustices that may seem to arise from it, this is the most fundamental of all equitable principles. The nation must always focus on enforcing this, through laws and even force if necessary—to ensure that the cupboard door is securely locked, and no one’s dinner is taken by the mob on its way home from the bakery. In the next section, we will explore how feasible it might be for the mob itself to also have meals to take home.
FOOTNOTES:
[14] Remember carefully this statement, that Wealth consists only in the things which the nature of humanity has rendered in all ages, and must render in all ages to come, (that is what I meant by "constant") the objects of legitimate desire. And see Appendix II.
[14] Remember this statement well: Wealth is made up of things that humanity has always seen as the true objects of legitimate desire, and will continue to do so in the future (that’s what I meant by “constant”). Also, refer to Appendix II.
[16] See Appendix III.
[17] I would beg the reader's very close attention to these 37th and 38th paragraphs. It would be well if a dogged conviction could be enforced on nations, as on individuals, that, with few exceptions, what they cannot at present pay for, they should not at present have.
[17] I urge the reader to pay close attention to these 37th and 38th paragraphs. It would be beneficial if a strong belief could be instilled in nations, just like in individuals, that, with few exceptions, if they can’t afford something right now, they shouldn’t have it.
[18] See Appendix IV.
[19] I little thought, what Trionfo della Morte would be, for this very cause, and in literal fulfilment of the closing words of the 47th paragraph, over the fields and houses of Europe, and over its fairest city—within seven years from the day I wrote it.
[19] I never expected what Trionfo della Morte would become, for this very reason, and in literal fulfillment of the final words of the 47th paragraph, over the fields and homes of Europe, and over its most beautiful city—within seven years from the day I wrote it.
[20] The meaning of which is, that you may spend a great deal of money, and get very little work for it, and that little bad; but having good "air" or "spirit," to put life into it, with very little money, you may get a great deal of work, and all good; which, observe, is an arithmetical, not at all a poetical or visionary circumstance.
[20] What this means is that you can spend a lot of money and get very little quality work in return, and often that work is subpar; however, if you have good "energy" or "vibe" to bring it to life, you can achieve a lot with very little money, and all of it can be good. Note that this is a practical calculation, not a poetic or fanciful idea.
[21] More especially, works of great art.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Especially, art masterpieces.
[22] The meaning of that, in plain English, is, that we must find out how far poverty and riches are good or bad for people, and what is the difference between being miserably poor—so as, perhaps, to be driven to crime, or to pass life in suffering—and being blessedly poor, in the sense meant in the Sermon on the Mount. For I suppose the people who believe that sermon, do not think (if they ever honestly ask themselves what they do think), either that Luke vi. 24. is a merely poetical exclamation, or that the Beatitude of Poverty has yet been attained in St. Martin's Lane and other back streets of London.
[22] What this really means is that we need to understand how poverty and wealth affect people, and what distinguishes being desperately poor—possibly pushed into crime or living in constant suffering—from being happily poor, as described in the Sermon on the Mount. I assume that those who believe in that sermon don’t truly consider (if they ever take a moment to reflect) whether Luke vi. 24 is just a poetic statement, or if the Blessing of Poverty is something that has yet to be experienced in St. Martin's Lane and other side streets of London.
[23] Large plans!—Eight years are gone, and nothing done yet. But I keep my purpose of making one day this balance, or want of balance, visible, in those so seldom used scales of Justice.
[23] Big plans!—Eight years have passed, and nothing has happened yet. But I still intend to make this balance, or lack of balance, clear one day, in those rare scales of Justice.
[24] These are nearly all briefly represented by the image used for the force of money by Dante, of mast and sail:—
[24] Almost all of these are briefly captured by the image Dante uses for the power of money, which is mast and sail:—
The image may be followed out, like all of Dante's, into as close detail as the reader chooses. Thus the stress of the sail must be proportioned to the strength of the mast, and it is only in unforeseen danger that a skilful seaman ever carries all the canvas his spars will bear, states of mercantile languor are like the flap of the sail in a calm; of mercantile precaution, like taking in reefs; and mercantile ruin is instant on the breaking of the mast.
The image can be explored in as much detail as the reader desires, just like all of Dante's work. So, the tension of the sail needs to match the strength of the mast, and a skilled sailor only takes on the full sail when there's no unexpected danger. States of commercial stagnation are like a sail flapping in still air; states of commercial caution are like reducing sail; and commercial disaster happens the moment the mast breaks.
[I mean by credit-power, the general impression on the national mind that a sovereign, or any other coin, is worth so much bread and cheese—so much wine—so much horse and carriage—or so much fine art: it may be really worth, when tried, less or more than is thought: the thought of it is the credit-power.]
[I mean by credit-power, the overall perception in the national mindset that a sovereign or any other coin is worth a certain amount of bread and cheese—certain wine—certain horse and carriage—or certain fine art: it might actually be worth more or less than what people think when actually tested: the belief about it is the credit-power.]
[25] The object of Political Economy is not to buy, nor to sell labour, but to spare it. Every attempt to buy or sell it is, in the outcome, ineffectual; so far as successful, it is not sale, but Betrayal; and the purchase-money is a part of that thirty pieces which bought, first the greatest of labours, and afterwards the burial-field of the Stranger; for this purchase-money, being in its very smallness or vileness the exactly measured opposite of the "vilis annona amicorum," makes all men strangers to each other.
[25] The goal of Political Economy isn't to buy or sell labor, but to save it. Any attempt to buy or sell it ultimately fails; when it does succeed, it's not a transaction but a Betrayal. The money exchanged is just a part of those thirty pieces that first purchased the greatest labor and then the burial place of the Stranger. This money, in its smallness or worthlessness, stands in stark contrast to the "cheap grain of friends," making everyone strangers to one another.
[26] Cicero's distinction, "sordidi quæstus, quorum operæ, non quorum artes emuntur," admirable in principle, is inaccurate in expression, because Cicero did not practically know how much operative dexterity is necessary in all the higher arts; but the cost of this dexterity is incalculable. Be it great or small, the "cost" of the mere perfectness of touch in a hammer-stroke of Donatello's, or a pencil-touch of Correggio's, is inestimable by any ordinary arithmetic.
[26] Cicero's distinction, "sordidi quæstus, quorum operæ, non quorum artes emuntur," is admirable in theory but inaccurate in expression, because Cicero didn’t truly understand how much skill is required in all the higher arts; however, the value of this skill is immeasurable. Whether it's a lot or a little, the "cost" of simply perfecting the touch in a hammer strike from Donatello or a brush stroke from Correggio can't be evaluated by regular math.
[Old notes, these, more embarrassing I now perceive, than elucidatory; but right, and worth retaining.]
[These old notes are more embarrassing to me now than they are helpful; but they're still valid and worth keeping.]
[27] Only observe, as some labour is more destructive of life than other labour, the hour or day of the more destructive toil is supposed to include proportionate rest. Though men do not, or cannot, usually take such rest, except in death.
[27] Just notice that some jobs are more harmful to life than others; the hours or days spent on the more harmful work are expected to come with a corresponding amount of rest. Even though people often don't, or can't, take that rest—except in death.
[28] There is, therefore, observe, no such thing as cheapness (in the common use of that term), without some error or injustice. A thing is said to be cheap, not because it is common, but because it is supposed to be sold under its worth. Everything has its proper and true worth at any given time, in relation to everything else; and at that worth should be bought and sold. If sold under it, it is cheap to the buyer by exactly so much as the seller loses, and no more. Putrid meat, at twopence a pound, is not "cheaper" than wholesome meat at sevenpence a pound; it is probably much dearer; but if, by watching your opportunity, you can get the wholesome meat for sixpence a pound, it is cheaper to you by a penny, which you have gained, and the seller has lost. The present rage for cheapness is either, therefore, simply and literally a rage for badness of all commodities, or it is an attempt to find persons whose necessities will force them to let you have more than you should for your money. It is quite easy to produce such persons, and in large numbers; for the more distress there is in a nation, the more cheapness of this sort you can obtain, and your boasted cheapness is thus merely a measure of the extent of your national distress.
[28] So, notice that there’s really no such thing as cheapness (in the usual sense of the word) without some sort of error or wrongdoing. Something is considered cheap not because it’s common, but because it’s thought to be sold for less than it’s worth. Everything has its own appropriate and true value at any moment, compared to everything else; and it should be sold and bought at that value. If it’s sold for less, it’s cheap for the buyer by exactly as much as the seller loses, and not any more. Spoiled meat at two pence a pound isn't "cheaper" than good meat at seven pence a pound; it’s likely much more expensive. However, if you manage to buy the good meat for six pence a pound, it’s cheaper for you by a penny, which you gain, and the seller loses. The current obsession with cheapness is either just a fascination with the low quality of all products, or it’s an effort to find people whose needs will force them to accept less than they deserve for their money. It’s quite easy to create such situations, and in large numbers; because the more hardship there is in a country, the more of this kind of cheapness you can find, and what you call cheapness is really just a reflection of the level of national distress.
There is, indeed, a condition of apparent cheapness, which we have some right to be triumphant in; namely, the real reduction in cost of articles by right application of labour. But in this case the article is only cheap with reference to its former price; the so-called cheapness is only our expression for the sensation of contrast between its former and existing prices. So soon as the new methods of producing the article are established, it ceases to be esteemed either cheap or dear, at the new price, as at the old one, and is felt to be cheap only when accident enables it to be purchased beneath this new value. And it is no advantage to produce the article more easily, except as it enables you to multiply your population. Cheapness of this kind is merely the discovery that more men can be maintained on the same ground; and the question how many you will maintain in proportion to your additional means, remains exactly in the same terms that it did before.
There is, in fact, a situation of apparent low cost, which we have some reason to celebrate; specifically, the genuine decrease in the price of goods through effective use of labor. However, in this scenario, the item is only considered cheap in relation to its previous price; what we call cheapness is just our way of expressing the feeling of contrast between the old and current prices. Once the new methods of production are established, it stops being regarded as either cheap or expensive at the new price, just like it was at the old price, and is only felt to be cheap when an opportunity allows it to be bought for less than this new value. Also, there is no real benefit in making the product easier to produce, except that it lets you increase your population. This kind of cheapness is simply the realization that more people can be supported on the same land; and the question of how many you will support relative to your increased resources remains exactly the same as it was before.
A form of immediate cheapness results, however, in many cases, without distress, from the labour of a population where food is redundant, or where the labour by which the food is produced leaves much idle time on their hands, which may be applied to the production of "cheap" articles.
A kind of instant affordability comes about, in many situations, without hardship, from a workforce in places where food is plentiful, or where the labor that produces food allows for a lot of free time, which can be used to make "cheap" goods.
All such phenomena indicate to the political economist places where the labour is unbalanced. In the first case, the just balance is to be effected by taking labourers from the spot where pressure exists, and sending them to that where food is redundant. In the second, the cheapness is a local accident, advantageous to the local purchaser, disadvantageous to the local producer. It is one of the first duties of commerce to extend the market, and thus give the local producer his full advantage.
All these phenomena show political economists areas where labor is unbalanced. In the first instance, the right balance should be achieved by moving workers from places with excess pressure to those where food is plentiful. In the second case, the low prices are a local occurrence that benefits local buyers but harms local producers. One of the primary responsibilities of commerce is to expand the market, thereby allowing local producers to gain their full advantage.
Cheapness caused by natural accidents of harvest, weather, &c., is always counterbalanced, in due time, by natural scarcity, similarly caused. It is the part of wise government, and healthy commerce, so to provide in times and places of plenty for times and places of dearth, as that there shall never be waste, nor famine.
Cheapness caused by natural events like harvests and weather is always balanced out over time by natural scarcity caused in a similar way. It's the responsibility of good governance and healthy trade to plan during times of abundance for times of need, ensuring that there is never waste or famine.
Cheapness caused by gluts of the market is merely a disease of clumsy and wanton commerce.
Cheapness caused by market oversupply is just a symptom of careless and reckless trade.
[29] Price has been already defined (p. 9) to be the quantity of labour which the possessor of a thing is willing to take for it. It is best to consider the price to be that fixed by the possessor, because the possessor has absolute power of refusing sale, while the purchaser has no absolute power of compelling it; but the effectual or market price is that at which their estimates coincide.
[29] Price has already been defined (p. 9) as the amount of labor that the owner of a thing is willing to accept for it. It's best to think of the price as being set by the owner, since the owner has complete control over whether to sell, while the buyer does not have the same power to force a sale; however, the effective or market price is the point where their valuations align.
[30] This "greater ease" ought to be allowed for by a diminution in the times of the divided work; but as the proportion of times would remain the same, I do not introduce this unnecessary complexity into the calculation.
[30] This "greater ease" should be accounted for by reducing the divided work times; however, since the time proportions would stay the same, I won't add this unnecessary complexity to the calculation.
[32] [That is to say, the love of money is founded first on the intenseness of desire for given things; a youth will rob the till, now-a-days, for pantomime tickets and cigars; the "strength" of the currency being irresistible to him, in consequence of his desire for those luxuries.]
[32] [In other words, the love of money is driven primarily by a strong desire for certain things; these days, a young person might steal from the cash register for tickets to a show or for cigars, as the appeal of money is hard for him to resist because of his craving for those luxuries.]
CHAPTER III.
COIN-KEEPING.
68. It will be seen by reference to the last chapter that our present task is to examine the relation of holders of store to holders of currency; and of both to those who hold neither. In order to do this, we must determine on which side we are to place substances such as gold, commonly known as bases of currency. By aid of previous definitions the reader will now be able to understand closer statements than have yet been possible.
68. As mentioned in the last chapter, our current task is to look at the relationship between those who hold stocks and those who hold currency, as well as how both relate to those who hold neither. To do this, we need to decide where to categorize substances like gold, which are commonly referred to as currency bases. With the definitions we've discussed before, the reader will now be able to grasp more detailed statements than have been possible up to this point.
69. The currency of any country consists of every document acknowledging debt, which is transferable in the country.[33]
69. The currency of any country includes all documents that recognize debt and can be transferred within the country.[33]
This transferableness depends upon its intelligibility and credit. Its intelligibility depends chiefly on the difficulty of forging anything like it;—its credit much on national character, but ultimately always on the existence of substantial means of meeting its demand.[34]
This transferability relies on how understandable and trustworthy it is. Its understandability mostly comes from how hard it is to replicate something similar; its trustworthiness heavily depends on national reputation, but ultimately always on having enough real resources to fulfill its demand.[34]
As the degrees of transferableness are variable, (some documents passing only in certain places, and others passing, if at all, for less than their inscribed value), both the mass, and, so to speak, fluidity, of the currency, are variable. True or perfect currency flows freely, like a pure stream; it becomes sluggish or stagnant in proportion to the quantity of less[Pg 152] transferable matter which mixes with it, adding to its bulk, but diminishing its purity. [Articles of commercial value, on which bills are drawn, increase the currency indefinitely; and substances of intrinsic value if stamped or signed without restriction so as to become acknowledgments of debt, increase it indefinitely also.] Every bit of gold found in Australia, so long as it remains uncoined, is an article offered for sale like any other; but as soon as it is coined into pounds, it diminishes the value of every pound we have now in our pockets.
As the levels of transferability vary (some documents are accepted only in specific locations, while others may only circulate for less than their stated value), both the volume and, so to speak, the liquidity of the currency fluctuate. True or perfect currency flows freely, like a clear stream; it becomes slow or stagnant based on the amount of less [Pg 152] transferable material that combines with it, increasing its size but reducing its purity. [Articles of commercial value, which serve as the basis for bills, can expand the currency indefinitely; similarly, substances with intrinsic value, if stamped or signed without limits to become acknowledgments of debt, can also increase it indefinitely.] Every piece of gold found in Australia, as long as it remains uncoined, is a product available for sale like anything else; however, once it is minted into pounds, it reduces the value of every pound we currently have in our pockets.
70. Legally authorized or national currency, in its perfect condition, is a form of public acknowledgment of debt, so regulated and divided that any person presenting a commodity of tried worth in the public market, shall, if he please, receive in exchange for it a document giving him claim to the return of its equivalent, (1) in any place, (2) at any time, and (3) in any kind.
70. Legally recognized or national currency, in its ideal form, serves as a public acknowledgment of debt, structured and divided in such a way that anyone offering a verified valuable commodity in the public market can, if they choose, receive a document entitling them to the return of its equivalent, (1) in any location, (2) at any time, and (3) in any form.
When currency is quite healthy and vital, the persons entrusted with its management are always able to give on demand either,
When the currency is strong and stable, the people responsible for managing it are always able to provide it on demand either,
A. The assigning document for the assigned quantity of goods. Or,
A. The document that assigns the specified quantity of goods. Or,
B. The assigned quantity of goods for the assigning document.
B. The specified amount of products for the assignment document.
If they cannot give document for goods, the national exchange is at fault.
If they can’t provide documentation for the goods, the national exchange is to blame.
If they cannot give goods for document, the national credit is at fault.
If they can't provide goods for documentation, then the national credit is to blame.
The nature and power of the document are therefore to be examined under the three relations it bears to Place, Time, and Kind.
The nature and power of the document should be examined in relation to Place, Time, and Kind.
71. (1.) It gives claim to the return of equivalent wealth in any Place. Its use in this function is to save carriage, so that parting with a bushel of corn in London, we may receive an order for a bushel of corn at the Antipodes, or elsewhere. To be perfect in this use, the substance of currency must be to the maximum portable, credible, and intelligible. Its non-acceptance or discredit results always from some form of ignorance or dishonour: so far as such interruptions rise out[Pg 153] of differences in denomination, there is no ground for their continuance among civilized nations. It may be convenient in one country to use chiefly copper for coinage, in another silver, and in another gold,—reckoning accordingly in centimes, francs, or zecchins: but that a franc should be different in weight and value from a shilling, and a zwanziger vary from both, is wanton loss of commercial power.
71. (1.) It enables the return of equivalent wealth in any Place. Its purpose in this function is to save on transportation, so that when we give up a bushel of corn in London, we can receive an order for a bushel of corn at the other side of the world, or elsewhere. To be effective in this role, the nature of currency must be as portable, credible, and understandable as possible. Its rejection or lack of trust always stems from some form of ignorance or dishonor: as long as these disruptions arise from discrepancies in denomination, there’s no reason for them to persist among civilized nations. It may be practical in one country to primarily use copper for coins, in another silver, and in yet another gold—counted accordingly in centimes, francs, or zecchins: but for a franc to differ in weight and value from a shilling, and a zwanziger to vary from both, is just a reckless waste of commercial power.
72. (2.) It gives claim to the return of equivalent wealth at any Time. In this second use, currency is the exponent of accumulation: it renders the laying-up of store at the command of individuals unlimitedly possible;—whereas, but for its intervention, all gathering would be confined within certain limits by the bulk of property, or by its decay, or the difficulty of its guardianship. "I will pull down my barns and build greater," cannot be a daily saying; and all material investment is enlargement of care. The national currency transfers the guardianship of the store to many; and preserves to the original producer the right of re-entering on its possession at any future period.
72. (2.) It allows for the return of equivalent wealth at any Time. In this second use, currency represents accumulation: it makes it possible for individuals to store wealth without limits;—whereas, without its presence, all accumulation would be restricted by the quantity of property, its deterioration, or the challenges of safeguarding it. "I will tear down my barns and build larger ones" can't be a daily saying; and all physical investment involves increased responsibility. The national currency shifts the responsibility of managing the stored wealth to many and retains for the original producer the right to reclaim it at any future time.
73. (3.) It gives claim (practical, though not legal) to the return of equivalent wealth in any Kind. It is a transferable right, not merely to this or that, but to anything; and its power in this function is proportioned to the range of choice. If you give a child an apple or a toy, you give him a determinate pleasure, but if you give him a penny, an indeterminate one, proportioned to the range of selection offered by the shops in the village. The power of the world's currency is similarly in proportion to the openness of the world's fair, and, commonly, enhanced by the brilliancy of external aspect, rather than solidity of its wares.
73. (3.) It provides a claim (practical, though not legal) to the return of equivalent value in any form. It’s a transferable right, not just to this or that, but to anything; and its effectiveness in this role depends on the variety of options available. When you give a child an apple or a toy, you give them a specific pleasure, but if you give them a penny, it’s an unspecified one, depending on the selection available at the shops in the village. The value of the world’s currency works similarly, linked to how many options are at the world’s fair, and is often boosted by the attractiveness of its appearance rather than the quality of the goods themselves.
74. We have said that the currency consists of orders for equivalent goods. If equivalent, their quality must be guaranteed. The kinds of goods chosen for specific claim must, therefore, be capable of test, while, also, that a store may be kept in hand to meet the call of the currency, smallness of bulk, with great relative value, is desirable; and indestructibility, over at least a certain period, essential.
74. We’ve mentioned that currency is made up of claims for equivalent goods. If they are equivalent, their quality needs to be guaranteed. The types of goods selected for specific claims should, therefore, be testable, and it’s also important that they can be stored easily to meet currency demands, meaning they should be small but have high relative value. Durability, at least for a certain period, is essential.
Such indestructibility, and facility of being tested, are[Pg 154] united in gold; its intrinsic value is great, and its imaginary value greater; so that, partly through indolence, partly through necessity and want of organization, most nations have agreed to take gold for the only basis of their currencies;—with this grave disadvantage, that its portability enabling the metal to become an active part of the medium of exchange, the stream of the currency itself becomes opaque with gold—half currency and half commodity, in unison of functions which partly neutralize, partly enhance each other's force.
Such durability and ease of testing are[Pg 154] found in gold; its inherent value is significant, and its perceived value even greater. As a result, partly due to laziness and partly out of necessity and lack of organization, most countries have agreed to use gold as the sole basis for their currencies. This comes with a serious drawback: its portability allows gold to actively participate in the exchange medium, making the flow of currency itself murky with gold—serving as both currency and commodity, with functions that both neutralize and enhance each other's effectiveness.
75. They partly neutralize, since in so far as the gold is commodity, it is bad currency, because liable to sale; and in so far as it is currency, it is bad commodity, because its exchange value interferes with its practical use. Especially its employment in the higher branches of the arts becomes unsafe on account of its liability to be melted down for exchange.
75. They somewhat balance each other out because, to the extent that gold functions as a commodity, it's poor currency since it can be sold. And to the extent that it serves as currency, it becomes a poor commodity because its value in trade disrupts its actual usage. Particularly, its use in advanced art forms becomes risky due to the possibility of being melted down for cash.
Again. They partly enhance, since in so far as the gold has acknowledged intrinsic value, it is good currency, because everywhere acceptable; and in so far as it has legal exchangeable value, its worth as a commodity is increased. We want no gold in the form of dust or crystal; but we seek for it coined, because in that form it will pay baker and butcher. And this worth in exchange not only absorbs a large quantity in that use,[35] but greatly increases the effect[Pg 155] on the imagination of the quantity used in the arts. Thus, in brief, the force of the functions is increased, but their precision blunted, by their unison.
Again. They partly enhance, since as long as gold has recognized intrinsic value, it serves as good currency because it’s accepted everywhere; and as it has legal exchangeable value, its worth as a commodity goes up. We don’t want gold in the form of dust or crystal; we want it coined, because in that form it can pay the baker and the butcher. This exchange value not only allows for a substantial quantity to be used for that purpose,[35] but also greatly amplifies its effect[Pg 155] on the imagination when used in the arts. So, in short, the power of these functions is enhanced, but their accuracy is diminished by their unity.
76. These inconveniences, however, attach to gold as a basis of currency on account of its portability and preciousness. But a far greater inconvenience attaches to it as the only legal basis of currency. Imagine gold to be only attainable in masses weighing several pounds each, and its value, like that of malachite or marble, proportioned to its largeness of bulk;—it could not then get itself confused with the currency in daily use, but it might still remain as its basis; and this second inconvenience would still affect it, namely, that its significance as an expression of debt varies, as that of every other article would, with the popular estimate of its desirableness, and with the quantity offered in the market. My power of obtaining other goods for gold depends always on the strength of public passion for gold, and on the limitation of its quantity, so that when either of two things happen—that the world esteems gold less, or finds it more easily—my right of claim is in that degree effaced; and it has been even gravely maintained that a discovery of a mountain of gold would cancel the National Debt; in other words, that men may be paid for what costs much in what costs nothing. Now, it is true that there is little chance of sudden convulsion in this respect; the world will not so rapidly increase in wisdom as to despise gold on a sudden; and perhaps may [for a little time] desire it more eagerly the more easily it is obtained; nevertheless, the right of debt ought not to rest on a basis of imagination; nor should the frame of a national currency vibrate with every miser's panic, and every merchant's imprudence.
76. These problems, however, come with using gold as the basis of currency because of its portability and value. But a much bigger problem arises from it being the only legal foundation for currency. Imagine if gold could only be found in massive chunks weighing several pounds each, with its value being tied to its size, like malachite or marble; in such a case, it wouldn’t mix with everyday currency, but it could still serve as its foundation. This second issue remains, specifically that its meaning as a measure of debt changes, just like any other item, based on how much people want it and how much is available in the market. My ability to trade goods for gold always depends on how much the public values gold and how limited its supply is, so if either of two things happens—that people value gold less or it becomes easier to find—my right to claim it is diminished; and it has even been seriously argued that finding a mountain of gold would erase the National Debt; in other words, people could be paid for something that costs a lot with something that costs nothing. Now, while it’s unlikely there will be a sudden shift in this regard; the world won't quickly grow wise enough to suddenly stop valuing gold, and maybe, for a little while, people will want it even more the more easily it can be obtained; still, the right of debt shouldn’t rely on something imagined; nor should the structure of a national currency be shaken by every miser's panic and every merchant's carelessness.
77. There are two methods of avoiding this insecurity, which would have been fallen upon long ago, if, instead of calculating the conditions of the supply of gold, men had only considered how the world might live and manage its affairs without gold at all.[36] One is, to base the currency on[Pg 156] substances of truer intrinsic value; the other, to base it on several substances instead of one. If I can only claim gold, the discovery of a golden mountain starves me; but if I can claim bread, the discovery of a continent of corn-fields need not trouble me. If, however, I wish to exchange my bread for other things, a good harvest will for the time limit my power in this respect; but if I can claim either bread, iron, or silk at pleasure, the standard of value has three feet instead of one, and will be proportionately firm. Thus, ultimately, the steadiness of currency depends upon the breadth of its base; but the difficulty of organization increasing with this breadth, the discovery of the condition at once safest and most convenient[37] can only be by long analysis, which must for the present be deferred. Gold or silver[38] may always be retained in limited use, as a luxury of coinage and questionless standard, of one weight and alloy among all nations, varying only in the die. The purity of coinage, when metallic, is closely indicative of the honesty of the system of revenue, and even of the general dignity of the State.[39]
77. There are two ways to avoid this insecurity that people would have figured out long ago if they had thought about how the world could live and operate without gold at all.[36] One way is to base currency on[Pg 156] things that have real intrinsic value. The other way is to base it on several items instead of just one. If I can only use gold, then finding a gold mountain could leave me in need; but if I can use bread, then discovering a continent filled with corn fields won’t bother me. However, if I want to trade my bread for other goods, a good harvest could limit my options temporarily. But if I can choose between bread, iron, or silk, the value standard has three points of support instead of one, making it much more stable. Therefore, ultimately, the stability of currency depends on how broad its base is; however, organizing this breadth can be challenging, so finding the safest and most convenient condition[37] requires extensive analysis, which will need to wait for now. Gold or silver[38] can still be used sparingly as a luxury in coinage and as a clear standard, with one weight and alloy across all nations, differing only in the design. The purity of the coinage, when it’s metal, reflects the integrity of the revenue system and even the overall dignity of the State.[39]
78. Whatever the article or articles may be which the national currency promises to pay, a premium on that article indicates bankruptcy of the government in that proportion, the division of its assets being restrained only by the remaining confidence of the holders of notes in the return of prosperity to the firm. Currencies of forced acceptance, or of unlimited issue, are merely various modes of disguising taxation, and delaying its pressure, until it is too late to interfere with the cause of pressure. To do away with the possibility of such disguise would have been among the first results of a true economical science, had any such existed; but there have been too many motives for the concealment, so long as it could by any artifices be maintained, to permit hitherto even the founding of such a science.
78. Whatever the item or items that the national currency promises to pay, a premium on that item shows the government's bankruptcy to that extent, with the distribution of its assets limited only by the continued trust of the note holders in the return of prosperity to the institution. Currencies that must be accepted or have unlimited issuance are simply different ways of disguising taxation, postponing its impact until it’s too late to address the source of the problem. Eliminating the possibility of such deception would have been one of the first outcomes of a true economic science if it had ever existed; but there have been too many reasons for concealment, as long as it could be maintained through any tricks, to allow even the establishment of such a science until now.
79. And indeed, it is only through evil conduct, wilfully persisted in, that there is any embarrassment, either in the theory or working of currency. No exchequer is ever embarrassed, nor is any financial question difficult of solution, when people keep their practice honest, and their heads cool. But when governments lose all office of pilotage, protection, or scrutiny; and live only in magnificence of authorized larceny, and polished mendacity; or when the people, choosing Speculation (the s usually redundant in the spelling) instead of Toil, visit no dishonesty with chastisement, that each may with impunity take his dishonest turn;—there are no tricks of financial terminology that will save them; all signature and mintage do but magnify the ruin they retard; and even the riches that remain, stagnant or current, change only from the slime of Avernus to the sand of Phlegethon—quicksand at the embouchure;—land fluently recommended by recent auctioneers as "eligible for building leases."
79. In fact, it’s only through ongoing bad behavior that there’s any trouble with currency, both in theory and practice. No treasury is ever troubled, nor is any financial issue hard to solve, when people act honestly and keep a level head. But when governments abandon their role as guides, protectors, or overseers, living instead in the grandeur of legalized theft and polished lies; or when people choose speculation instead of hard work and face no consequences for dishonesty, allowing everyone to take their turn being dishonest without punishment—no financial jargon will save them; all signatures and minted coins only amplify the ruin they delay; and even the wealth that remains, whether stagnant or in circulation, merely shifts from the muck of the underworld to quicksand at the river's mouth—land that auctioneers recently promoted as "suitable for building leases."
80. Finally, then, the power of true currency is fourfold.
80. Finally, the power of real currency is fourfold.
(1.) Credit power. Its worth in exchange, dependent on public opinion of the stability and honesty of the issuer.
(1.) Credit power. Its value in transactions relies on the public's perception of the issuer's stability and integrity.
(2.) Real worth. Supposing the gold, or whatever else the currency expressly promises, to be required from the issuer, for all his notes; and that the call cannot be met in full. Then the actual worth of the document would be, and its actual[Pg 158] worth at any moment is, therefore to be defined as, what the division of the assets of the issuer would produce for it.
(2.) Real worth. If the issuer is required to provide gold or whatever else the currency specifically promises for all his notes, and if he can't fulfill that demand completely, then the true worth of the document would be defined as what the distribution of the issuer's assets would yield for it at any given moment.
(3.) The exchange power, of its base. Granting that we can get five pounds in gold for our note, it remains a question how much of other things we can get for five pounds in gold. The more of other things exist, and the less gold, the greater this power.
(3.) The exchange power, of its base. Assuming we can get five pounds in gold for our note, it raises the question of how much of other things we can get for five pounds in gold. The more other things there are, and the less gold there is, the greater this power.
(4.) The power over labour, exercised by the given quantity of the base, or of the things to be got for it. The question in this case is, how much work, and (question of questions!) whose work, is to be had for the food which five pounds will buy. This depends on the number of the population, on their gifts, and on their dispositions, with which, down to their slightest humours, and up to their strongest impulses, the power of the currency varies.
(4.) The control over labor, influenced by the amount of the base or the goods that can be obtained for it. The key question here is how much work, and (the ultimate question!) whose work, can be acquired for the food that five pounds can purchase. This is determined by the population size, their talents, and their attitudes, which, from their smallest quirks to their strongest motivations, affect the power of the currency.
81. Such being the main conditions of national currency, we proceed to examine those of the total currency, under the broad definition, "transferable acknowledgment of debt;"[40][Pg 159] among the many forms of which there are in effect only two, distinctly opposed; namely, the acknowledgments of debts which will be paid, and of debts which will not. Documents, whether in whole or part, of bad debt, being to those of good debt as bad money to bullion, we put for the present these forms of imposture aside (as in analysing a metal we should wash it clear of dross), and then range, in their exact quantities, the true currency of the country on one side, and the store or property of the country on the other. We place gold, and all such substances, on the side of documents, as far as they operate by signature;—on the side of store as far as they operate by value. Then the currency represents the quantity of debt in the country, and the store the quantity of its possession. The ownership of all the property is divided between the holders of currency and holders of store, and whatever the claiming value of the currency is at any moment, that value is to be deducted from the riches of the store-holders.
81. With that as the main condition of national currency, we now look at the total currency, defined broadly as a "transferable acknowledgment of debt;"[40][Pg 159] among the various forms, there are essentially only two that are opposites: acknowledgments of debts that will be paid and those that won’t be. Documents related to bad debt are to good debt as counterfeit money is to real currency, so for now, we'll set these fraudulent forms aside (just like we would remove impurities when analyzing a metal), and then accurately categorize the true currency of the country on one side and the assets or property of the country on the other. We categorize gold and similar materials on the side of documents when they function through signatures; on the side of assets when they hold value. Thus, the currency reflects the total amount of debt in the country, while the assets reflect the total amount of possession. The ownership of all property is split between currency holders and asset holders, and whatever the claimed value of the currency is at any moment, that value needs to be subtracted from the wealth of the asset holders.
82. Farther, as true currency represents by definition debts which will be paid, it represents either the debtor's wealth, or his ability and willingness; that is to say, either wealth existing in his hands transferred to him by the creditor, or wealth which, as he is at some time surely to return it, he is either increasing, or, if diminishing, has the will and strength to reproduce. A sound currency therefore, as by its increase it represents enlarging debt, represents also enlarging means; but in this curious way, that a certain quantity of it marks the deficiency of the wealth of the country from what it would have been if that currency had not existed.[41] In this respect[Pg 160] it is like the detritus of a mountain; assume that it lies at a fixed angle, and the more the detritus, the larger must be the mountain; but it would have been larger still, had there been none.
82. Furthermore, since true currency inherently represents debts that will be paid, it reflects either the wealth of the debtor or their ability and willingness to pay; in other words, it represents either wealth that currently exists in their possession, transferred to them by the creditor, or wealth that they are expected to return at some point, which they are either increasing or, if decreasing, have the desire and capability to restore. A healthy currency, therefore, indicates increasing debt alongside increasing means; but this is interesting because a certain amount of it highlights the shortfall of the country's wealth compared to what it would have been if that currency had never existed.[41] In this respect[Pg 160], it resembles the debris of a mountain; if we assume it rests at a fixed angle, then the more debris there is, the larger the mountain must be; however, it would have been even larger if there were no debris at all.
83. Farther, though, as above stated, every man possessing money has usually also some property beyond what is necessary for his immediate wants, and men possessing property usually also hold currency beyond what is necessary for their immediate exchanges, it mainly determines the class to which they belong, whether in their eyes the money is an adjunct of the property, or the property of the money. In the first case the holder's pleasure is in his possessions, and in his money subordinately, as the means of bettering or adding to them. In the second, his pleasure is in his money, and in his possessions only as representing it. (In the first case the money is as an atmosphere surrounding the wealth, rising from it and raining back upon it; but in the second, it is as a deluge, with the wealth floating, and for the most part perishing in it.[42]) The shortest distinction between the men is that the one wishes always to buy, and the other to sell.
83. Furthermore, as mentioned earlier, every person with money typically has some assets beyond what they need for their immediate needs, and those who own property usually have cash beyond what's necessary for their daily transactions. This largely determines the social class they belong to, depending on whether they view money as an extension of their property or their property as an extension of their money. In the first scenario, the person's enjoyment comes from their possessions, with money being a secondary means to enhance or add to them. In the second scenario, the individual's enjoyment stems from their money, with possessions being merely a representation of it. (In the first case, money surrounds wealth like an atmosphere, rising from it and returning back to it; in the second case, it's like a flood, with wealth floating along and often getting lost in it.[42]) The simplest distinction between the two is that one always wants to buy, while the other wants to sell.
84. Such being the great relations of the classes, their several characters are of the highest importance to the nation; for on the character of the store-holders chiefly depend the preservation, display, and serviceableness of its wealth; on that of the currency-holders, its distribution; on that of both, its reproduction.
84. Given the significant relationships between the classes, their individual characteristics are crucial to the nation; the character of the storeholders primarily determines how well its wealth is maintained, displayed, and utilized; the character of the currency holders influences its distribution; and the characteristics of both groups affect its regeneration.
We shall, therefore, ultimately find it to be of incomparably greater importance to the nation in whose hands the thing is[Pg 161] put, than how much of it is got; and that the character of the holders may be conjectured by the quality of the store; for such and such a man always asks for such and such a thing; nor only asks for it, but if it can be bettered, betters it: so that possession and possessor reciprocally act on each other, through the entire sum of national possession. The base nation, asking for base things, sinks daily to deeper vileness of nature and weakness in use; while the noble nation, asking for noble things, rises daily into diviner eminence in both; the tendency to degradation being surely marked by "αταξια;" that is to say, (expanding the Greek thought), by carelessness as to the hands in which things are put, consequent dispute for the acquisition of them, disorderliness in the accumulation of them, inaccuracy in the estimate of them, and bluntness in conception as to the entire nature of possession.
We will ultimately see that the importance of who controls something is far greater for the nation than the amount of it that is acquired. The character of those in control can be inferred from the quality of what they seek; certain individuals consistently request specific items, and not only do they ask for them, but they also improve upon them if possible. Thus, possession and the possessor influence each other throughout the entirety of national ownership. A corrupt nation that seeks base things declines further into moral decay and ineffectiveness, while a noble nation that seeks higher ideals elevates itself daily. The tendency toward degradation is clearly indicated by "αταξια," which expands the Greek concept to include a lack of care about who controls things, resulting in conflict over acquisition, chaos in accumulation, inaccuracies in valuation, and a dullness in understanding the true nature of ownership.
85. The currency-holders always increase in number and influence in proportion to the bluntness of nature and clumsiness of the store-holders; for the less use people can make of things, the more they want of them, and the sooner weary of them, and want to change them for something else; and all frequency of change increases the quantity and power of currency. The large currency-holder himself is essentially a person who never has been able to make up his mind as to what he will have, and proceeds, therefore, in vague collection and aggregation, with more and more infuriate passion, urged by complacency in progress, vacancy in idea, and pride of conquest.
85. The number of currency holders always grows along with their influence, especially when nature is unyielding and store owners are clumsy. The less useful things are to people, the more they crave them, and the quicker they lose interest and want to swap them for something else. This constant cycle of change boosts the amount and power of currency. A large currency holder is basically someone who has never decided what they truly want, so they end up collecting and accumulating in a vague manner, driven by an increasing obsession, a sense of pride in their progress, a lack of clear ideas, and a desire for victory.
While, however, there is this obscurity in the nature of possession of currency, there is a charm in the seclusion of it, which is to some people very enticing. In the enjoyment of real property, others must partly share. The groom has some enjoyment of the stud, and the gardener of the garden; but the money is, or seems, shut up; it is wholly enviable. No one else can have part in any complacencies arising from it.
While there’s some confusion about the nature of owning money, there's also a certain allure in its secrecy that many find attractive. When it comes to owning property, others have to share in the enjoyment. The groom gets some pleasure from the horses, and the gardener enjoys the garden; but money feels, or seems, locked away; it's completely desirable. No one else can share in the satisfaction it brings.
The power of arithmetical comparison is also a great thing to unimaginative people. They know always they are so much better than they were, in money; so much better than others,[Pg 162] in money; but wit cannot be so compared, nor character. My neighbour cannot be convinced that I am wiser than he is, but he can, that I am worth so much more; and the universality of the conviction is no less flattering than its clearness. Only a few can understand,—none measure—and few will willingly adore, superiorities in other things; but everybody can understand money, everybody can count it, and most will worship it.
The power of comparing numbers is significant for those who lack imagination. They always know they are doing much better than they used to in terms of money; so much better than others,[Pg 162] in money; but you can’t compare wit or character in the same way. My neighbor might not believe that I’m wiser than he is, but he can see that I’m worth much more; and the widespread nature of this belief is just as flattering as it is clear. Only a few can truly understand—none can measure—and few will willingly admire superiority in other areas; but everyone understands money, everyone can count it, and most will worship it.
86. Now, these various temptations to accumulation would be politically harmless if what was vainly accumulated had any fair chance of being wisely spent. For as accumulation cannot go on for ever, but must some day end in its reverse—if this reverse were indeed a beneficial distribution and use, as irrigation from reservoir, the fever of gathering, though perilous to the gatherer, might be serviceable to the community. But it constantly happens (so constantly, that it may be stated as a political law having few exceptions), that what is unreasonably gathered is also unreasonably spent by the persons into whose hands it finally falls. Very frequently it is spent in war, or else in a stupefying luxury, twice hurtful, both in being indulged by the rich and witnessed by the poor. So that the mal tener and mal dare are as correlative as complementary colours; and the circulation of wealth, which ought to be soft, steady, strong, far-sweeping, and full of warmth, like the Gulf stream, being narrowed into an eddy, and concentrated at a point, changes into the alternate suction and surrender of Charybdis. Which is indeed, I doubt not, the true meaning of that marvellous fable, "infinite," as Bacon said of it, "in matter of meditation."[43]
86. Now, these different temptations to accumulate would be politically harmless if what was collected had any real chance of being spent wisely. Since accumulation can't go on forever and will eventually lead to its opposite—if this opposite result were indeed a beneficial distribution and usage, like irrigation from a reservoir, then the urge to gather, though risky for the gatherer, could be beneficial to the community. However, it often happens (so often that we can treat it as a political law with few exceptions) that what is unreasonably accumulated is also unreasonably spent by those who eventually receive it. Very often, it's spent on war or on excessive luxury, which harms both the wealthy who indulge in it and the poor who witness it. So, the mal tener and mal dare are as related as complementary colors; and the flow of wealth, which should be smooth, steady, strong, wide-reaching, and warm like the Gulf Stream, becomes constricted into a whirlpool, changing into the alternating pull and release of Charybdis. This, I believe, captures the true meaning of that amazing fable, "infinite," as Bacon described it, "in matter of meditation."[43]
87. It is a strange habit of wise humanity to speak in enigmas only, so that the highest truths and usefullest laws must be hunted for through whole picture-galleries of dreams, which to the vulgar seem dreams only. Thus Homer, the Greek tragedians, Plato, Dante, Chaucer, Shakspeare, and Goethe, have hidden all that is chiefly serviceable in their[Pg 163] work, and in all the various literature they absorbed and re-embodied, under types which have rendered it quite useless to the multitude. What is worse, the two primal declarers of moral discovery, Homer and Plato, are partly at issue; for Plato's logical power quenched his imagination, and he became incapable of understanding the purely imaginative element either in poetry or painting: he therefore somewhat overrates the pure discipline of passionate art in song and music, and misses that of meditative art. There is, however, a deeper reason for his distrust of Homer. His love of justice, and reverently religious nature, made him dread, as death, every form of fallacy; but chiefly, fallacy respecting the world to come (his own myths being only symbolic exponents of a rational hope). We shall perhaps now every day discover more clearly how right Plato was in this, and feel ourselves more and more wonderstruck that men such as Homer and Dante (and, in an inferior sphere, Milton), not to speak of the great sculptors and painters of every age, have permitted themselves, though full of all nobleness and wisdom, to coin idle imaginations of the mysteries of eternity, and guide the faiths of the families of the earth by the courses of their own vague and visionary arts: while the indisputable truths of human life and duty, respecting which they all have but one voice, lie hidden behind these veils of phantasy, unsought, and often unsuspected. I will gather carefully, out of Dante and Homer, what, in this kind, bears on our subject, in its due place; the first broad intention of their symbols may be sketched at once.
87. It's a strange habit of wise humanity to communicate only in riddles, so that the most important truths and useful principles must be searched for through entire galleries of dreams, which seem like mere fantasies to the average person. This is how Homer, the Greek tragedians, Plato, Dante, Chaucer, Shakespeare, and Goethe have concealed what is most beneficial in their[Pg 163] work, and in all the diverse literature they engaged with and reinterpreted, under symbols that render it practically useless to the masses. Worse still, the two original proclaimers of moral discovery, Homer and Plato, partially disagree; Plato's logical prowess dampened his imagination, making him unable to grasp the purely imaginative aspects of poetry or painting: he thus tends to overvalue the strict discipline of passionate art in song and music while missing the discipline of meditative art. However, there's a deeper reason for his skepticism towards Homer. His commitment to justice and his deeply religious nature made him fear, above all else, any form of deception, particularly concerning the afterlife (his own myths being merely symbolic representations of rational hope). We may become increasingly aware, day by day, of how correct Plato was in this regard, and we may be ever more amazed that individuals like Homer and Dante (and, in a lesser way, Milton), not to mention the great sculptors and painters throughout history, allowed themselves, though filled with nobility and wisdom, to fabricate fanciful ideas about the mysteries of eternity, guiding the beliefs of families across the globe with their vague and visionary arts: while the undeniable truths of human life and duty, about which they all agree, lie hidden behind these layers of fantasy, often overlooked and sometimes unsuspected. I will carefully gather from Dante and Homer what relates to our topic, in its proper context; the primary broad intention of their symbols can be outlined right away.
88. The rewards of a worthy use of riches, subordinate to other ends, are shown by Dante in the fifth and sixth orbs of Paradise; for the punishment of their unworthy use, three places are assigned; one for the avaricious and prodigal whose souls are lost, (Hell, canto 7); one for the avaricious and prodigal whose souls are capable of purification, (Purgatory, canto 19); and one for the usurers, of whom none can be redeemed (Hell, canto 17). The first group, the largest in all hell ("gente piu che altrove troppa," compare Virgil's "quæ maxima turba"), meet in contrary currents, as the[Pg 164] waves of Charybdis, casting weights at each other from opposite sides. This weariness of contention is the chief element of their torture; so marked by the beautiful lines beginning "Or puoi, figliuol," &c.: (but the usurers, who made their money inactively, sit on the sand, equally without rest, however. "Di qua, di la, soccorrien," &c.) For it is not avarice, but contention for riches, leading to this double misuse of them, which, in Dante's light, is the unredeemable sin. The place of its punishment is guarded by Plutus, "the great enemy," and "la fièra crudele," a spirit quite different from the Greek Plutus, who, though old and blind, is not cruel, and is curable, so as to become far-sighted. (ου τυφλος αλλ' οξυ βλεπων.—Plato's epithets in first book of the Laws.) Still more does this Dantesque type differ from the resplendent Plutus of Goethe in the second part of Faust, who is the personified power of wealth for good or evil—not the passion for wealth; and again from the Plutus of Spenser, who is the passion of mere aggregation. Dante's Plutus is specially and definitely the Spirit of Contention and Competition, or Evil Commerce; because, as I showed before, this kind of commerce "makes all men strangers;" his speech is therefore unintelligible, and no single soul of all those ruined by him has recognizable features.
88. The benefits of using wealth wisely, focused on other goals, are illustrated by Dante in the fifth and sixth spheres of Paradise; for the punishment of its misuse, three places are designated: one for the greedy and wasteful whose souls are lost, (Hell, canto 7); one for the greedy and wasteful whose souls can be purified, (Purgatory, canto 19); and one for the usurers, of whom none can be saved (Hell, canto 17). The first group, the largest in all of hell ("gente piu che altrove troppa," see Virgil's "quæ maxima turba"), find themselves in opposing currents, like the[Pg 164] waves of Charybdis, throwing weights at one another from opposite sides. This exhausting conflict is the main source of their torment; as highlighted by the beautiful lines beginning "Or puoi, figliuol," etc.: (but the usurers, who made their money without effort, sit on the sand, equally restless, however. "Di qua, di la, soccorrien," etc.) It’s not just greed, but the struggle for wealth, leading to this dual misuse of it, that, in Dante's view, is the unforgivable sin. The area of punishment is watched over by Plutus, "the great enemy," and "la fièra crudele," a spirit very different from the Greek Plutus, who, although old and blind, is not cruel and can be healed to regain sight. (ου τυφλος αλλ' οξυ βλεπων.—Plato's descriptors in the first book of the Laws.) Furthermore, this Dantesque figure vastly differs from the radiant Plutus of Goethe in the second part of Faust, who embodies the power of wealth for both good and evil—not the desire for wealth; and again from the Plutus of Spenser, who represents the drive for mere accumulation. Dante's Plutus is specifically and distinctly the Spirit of Contention and Competition, or Evil Commerce; because, as I mentioned earlier, this type of commerce "makes all men strangers;" his speech is thus incomprehensible, and no individual soul ruined by him has recognizable features.
On the other hand, the redeemable sins of avarice and prodigality are, in Dante's sight, those which are without deliberate or calculated operation. The lust, or lavishness, of riches can be purged, so long as there has been no servile consistency of dispute and competition for them. The sin is spoken of as that of degradation by the love of earth; it is purified by deeper humiliation—the souls crawl on their bellies; their chant is, "my soul cleaveth unto the dust." But the spirits thus condemned are all recognizable, and even the worst examples of the thirst for gold, which they are compelled to tell the histories of during the night, are of men swept by the passion of avarice into violent crime, but not sold to its steady work.
On the other hand, in Dante's view, the redeemable sins of greed and wastefulness are those that don't come from deliberate or calculated actions. The desire for wealth can be cleansed, as long as there hasn't been a constant struggle and competition for it. This sin is described as humiliation brought on by a love for earthly things; it is purified through deeper humiliation—souls crawl on their bellies, chanting, "my soul clings to the dust." However, the spirits condemned in this way are all recognizable, and even the worst examples of the desire for gold, which they must recount during the night, are individuals driven by greed into violent crime rather than being sold to its consistent demands.
89. The precept given to each of these spirits for its deliverance is—Turn thine eyes to the lucre (lure) which the[Pg 165] Eternal King rolls with the mighty wheels. Otherwise, the wheels of the "Greater Fortune," of which the constellation is ascending when Dante's dream begins. Compare George Herbert—
89. The instruction given to each of these spirits for its escape is—Focus on the reward (lure) that the[Pg 165] Eternal King unfolds with the powerful wheels. If not, the wheels of "Greater Fortune," the one that is rising when Dante's dream starts. Compare George Herbert—
Exchange stars for money; stars that can't be counted. "By any art that hasn't been bought yet."
And Plato's notable sentence in the third book of the Polity.—"Tell them they have divine gold and silver in their souls for ever; that they need no money stamped of men—neither may they otherwise than impiously mingle the gathering of the divine with the mortal treasure, for through that which the law of the multitude has coined, endless crimes have been done and suffered; but in their's is neither pollution nor sorrow."
And Plato's famous quote in the third book of the Polity: "Tell them they have divine gold and silver in their souls forever; that they don't need any money made by humans—nor should they mix the divine treasures with mortal wealth, because countless crimes have been committed and endured through what the majority has minted; but in theirs, there is neither corruption nor sorrow."
90. At the entrance of this place of punishment an evil spirit is seen by Dante, quite other than the "Gran Nemico." The great enemy is obeyed knowingly and willingly; but this spirit—feminine—and called a Siren—is the "Deceitfulness of riches," απατη πλουτου of the Gospels, winning obedience by guile. This is the Idol of riches, made doubly phantasmal by Dante's seeing her in a dream. She is lovely to look upon, and enchants by her sweet singing, but her womb is loathsome. Now, Dante does not call her one of the Sirens carelessly, any more than he speaks of Charybdis carelessly; and though he had got at the meaning of the Homeric fable only through Virgil's obscure tradition of it, the clue he has given us is quite enough. Bacon's interpretation, "the Sirens, or pleasures," which has become universal since his time, is opposed alike to Plato's meaning and Homer's. The Sirens are not pleasures, but Desires: in the Odyssey they are the phantoms of vain desire; but in Plato's Vision of Destiny, phantoms of divine desire; singing each a different note on the circles of the distaff of Necessity, but forming one harmony, to which the three great Fates put words. Dante, however, adopted the Homeric conception of them, which was that they were demons of the Imagination, not carnal; (desire of the eyes; not lust of the flesh); therefore said to be daughters of the Muses. Yet not of the Muses, heavenly or historical[Pg 166] but of the Muse of pleasure; and they are at first winged, because even vain hope excites and helps when first formed; but afterwards, contending for the possession of the imagination with the Muses themselves, they are deprived of their wings.
90. At the entrance of this place of punishment, Dante sees an evil spirit that is different from the "Great Enemy." The great enemy is obeyed knowingly and willingly, but this spirit—female and called a Siren—represents the "Deceitfulness of riches," απατη πλουτου from the Gospels, winning obedience through trickery. This is the idol of riches, made even more ghostly by Dante's dream about her. She is beautiful to look at and captivates with her sweet singing, but her insides are repulsive. Dante doesn’t call her one of the Sirens casually, just as he doesn’t mention Charybdis lightly; and although he learned the meaning of the Homeric fable only through Virgil's obscure interpretation, the clue he provides is sufficient. Bacon's view, "the Sirens, or pleasures," which has become widely accepted since his time, contradicts both Plato's meaning and Homer's. The Sirens are not pleasures but Desires: in the Odyssey, they symbolize the illusions of vain desire; while in Plato's Vision of Destiny, they represent the illusions of divine desire, each singing a different note on the distaff of Necessity, but together creating one harmony, to which the three great Fates provide words. Dante, however, embraced the Homeric idea of them as demons of the Imagination, not carnal; (desire of the eyes, not lust of the flesh); thus, they are said to be daughters of the Muses. However, not of the heavenly or historical Muses[Pg 166] but of the Muse of pleasure; and they are initially winged because even empty hope stirs and aids when first formed; but later, as they compete for the imagination against the Muses themselves, they lose their wings.
91. And thus we are to distinguish the Siren power from the power of Circe, who is no daughter of the Muses, but of the strong elements, Sun and Sea; her power is that of frank, and full vital pleasure, which, if governed and watched, nourishes men; but, unwatched, and having no "moly," bitterness or delay, mixed with it, turns men into beasts, but does not slay them,—leaves them, on the contrary, power of revival. She is herself indeed an Enchantress;—pure Animal life; transforming—or degrading—but always wonderful (she puts the stores on board the ship invisibly, and is gone again, like a ghost); even the wild beasts rejoice and are softened around her cave; the transforming poisons she gives to men are mixed with no rich feast, but with pure and right nourishment,—Pramnian wine, cheese, and flour; that is, wine, milk, and corn, the three great sustainers of life—it is their own fault if these make swine of them; (see Appendix V.) and swine are chosen merely as the type of consumption; as Plato's ὑων πολις, in the second book of the Polity, and perhaps chosen by Homer with a deeper knowledge of the likeness in variety of nourishment, and internal form of body.
91. So, we need to differentiate the Siren's power from Circe's, who isn’t a daughter of the Muses but of the powerful elements, the Sun and the Sea. Her power brings straightforward, full-blooded pleasure, which, if managed and overseen, nourishes people. However, if left unchecked and without "moly," mixed with bitterness or delay, it turns people into beasts but doesn’t kill them—in fact, it leaves them with the ability to revive. She is indeed an Enchantress; pure animal life—transforming or degrading, but always amazing (she secretly stores supplies on the ship and vanishes like a ghost); even wild animals delight in her presence and soften around her cave. The transformative substances she gives to people are mixed not with lavish feasts but with pure and wholesome nourishment—Pramnian wine, cheese, and flour; that is, wine, milk, and corn, the three essential sources of life. It's their own fault if these turn them into swine; (see Appendix V.) and swine are chosen just to represent overindulgence; like Plato's ὑων πολις in the second book of the Polity, perhaps selected by Homer with a deeper understanding of the variety in nourishment and the internal structure of the body.
"Et quel est, s'il vous plait, cet audacieux animal qui se permet d'être bâti au dedans comme une jolie petite fille?"
"And what is, if you please, this bold creature that dares to be built like a cute little girl on the inside?"
"Hélas! chère enfant, j'ai honte de le nommer, et il ne faudra pas m'en vouloir. C'est ... c'est le cochon. Ce n'est pas précisément flatteur pour vous; mais nous en sommes tous là, et si cela vous contrarie par trop, il faut aller vous plaindre au bon Dieu qui a voulu que les choses fussent arrangées ainsi: seulement le cochon, qui ne pense qu'à manger, a l'estomac bien plus vaste que nous et c'est toujours une consolation."—(Histoire d'une Bouchée de Pain, Lettre ix.)
"Hélas! dear child, I’m ashamed to say it, and I hope you won’t hold it against me. It’s... it’s the pig. It’s not exactly flattering for you; but we all deal with this, and if it bothers you too much, you should complain to God who chose to arrange things this way: it's just that the pig, who only thinks about eating, has a stomach much larger than ours, and that’s always a comfort."—(Histoire d'une Bouchée de Pain, Lettre ix.)
92. But the deadly Sirens are in all things opposed to the Circean power. They promise pleasure, but never give it. They nourish in no wise; but slay by slow death. And[Pg 167] whereas they corrupt the heart and the head, instead of merely betraying the senses, there is no recovery from their power; they do not tear nor scratch, like Scylla, but the men who have listened to them are poisoned, and waste away. Note that the Sirens' field is covered, not merely with the bones, but with the skins, of those who have been consumed there. They address themselves, in the part of the song which Homer gives, not to the passions of Ulysses, but to his vanity, and the only man who ever came within hearing of them, and escaped untempted, was Orpheus, who silenced the vain imaginations by singing the praises of the gods.
92. But the deadly Sirens are completely opposed to the power of Circe. They promise pleasure but never deliver. They don't provide any nourishment; instead, they kill slowly. And[Pg 167] while they corrupt both the heart and the mind, rather than just deceiving the senses, there is no escaping their influence; they don’t claw or scratch like Scylla, but the men who listen to them are poisoned and waste away. It’s important to note that the Sirens’ area is filled not just with bones but also with the skins of those who have perished there. In the part of the song that Homer provides, they appeal not to Ulysses' passions but to his vanity, and the only man who ever heard them and walked away untempted was Orpheus, who silenced the empty fantasies by singing praises to the gods.
93. It is, then, one of these Sirens whom Dante takes as the phantasm or deceitfulness of riches; but note further, that she says it was her song that deceived Ulysses. Look back to Dante's account of Ulysses' death, and we find it was not the love of money, but pride of knowledge, that betrayed him; whence we get the clue to Dante's complete meaning: that the souls whose love of wealth is pardonable have been first deceived into pursuit of it by a dream of its higher uses, or by ambition. His Siren is therefore the Philotimé of Spenser, daughter of Mammon—
93. So, this Siren represents for Dante the illusion or deceitfulness of wealth; however, it's worth noting that she claims it was her song that tricked Ulysses. If we look back at Dante's description of Ulysses' death, we see that it wasn't his desire for money that led to his downfall, but rather his pride in knowledge. This gives us insight into Dante's full meaning: the souls whose desire for wealth is justifiable were first misled into seeking it by dreams of its greater purposes or by ambition. His Siren is therefore the Philotimé from Spenser, daughter of Mammon—
Honor and dignity come only from her. Derived are.
By comparing Spenser's entire account of this Philotimé with Dante's of the Wealth-Siren, we shall get at the full meaning of both poets; but that of Homer lies hidden much more deeply. For his Sirens are indefinite; and they are desires of any evil thing; power of wealth is not specially indicated by him, until, escaping the 'harmonious danger of imagination, Ulysses has to choose between two practical ways of life, indicated by the two rocks of Scylla and Charybdis. The monsters that haunt them are quite distinct from the rocks themselves, which, having many other subordinate significations, are in the main Labour and Idleness, or getting and spending; each with its attendant monster, or betraying[Pg 168] demon. The rock of gaining has its summit in the clouds, invisible, and not to be climbed; that of spending is low, but marked by the cursed fig-tree, which has leaves, but no fruit. We know the type elsewhere; and there is a curious lateral allusion to it by Dante when Jacopo di Sant' Andrea, who had ruined himself by profusion and committed suicide, scatters the leaves of the bush of Lotto degli Agli, endeavouring to hide himself among them. We shall hereafter examine the type completely; here I will only give an approximate rendering of Homer's words, which have been obscured more by translation than even by tradition.
By comparing Spenser's entire account of this Philotimé with Dante's description of the Wealth-Siren, we can grasp the full meaning of both poets; however, Homer's meaning is buried much deeper. His Sirens are vague and represent desires for any harmful thing; the power of wealth isn’t specifically pointed out until Ulysses, dodging the 'harmonious danger of imagination,' has to choose between two practical ways of living, represented by the two rocks of Scylla and Charybdis. The monsters that inhabit these rocks are quite different from the rocks themselves, which primarily symbolize Labor and Idleness, or getting and spending; each comes with its own accompanying monster or deceptive[Pg 168] demon. The rock of gaining reaches high into the clouds, invisible and unclimbable, while the rock of spending is lower but marked by the cursed fig-tree, which has leaves but no fruit. We recognize this type from other contexts; there’s an interesting reference to it in Dante when Jacopo di Sant' Andrea, who ruined himself through excessive spending and took his own life, scatters the leaves of the bush from Lotto degli Agli, trying to hide among them. We will look at this type in detail later; for now, I’ll just offer an approximate translation of Homer's words, which have been obscured more by translation than by tradition.
94. "They are overhanging rocks. The great waves of blue water break round them; and the blessed Gods call them the Wanderers.
94. "They are cliffside rocks. The massive waves of blue water crash around them, and the divine beings refer to them as the Wanderers.
"By one of them no winged thing can pass—not even the wild doves that bring ambrosia to their father Jove—but the smooth rock seizes its sacrifice of them." (Not even ambrosia to be had without Labour. The word is peculiar—as a part of anything is offered for Sacrifice; especially used of heave-offering.) "It reaches the wide heaven with its top, and a dark blue cloud rests on it, and never passes; neither does the clear sky hold it, in summer nor in harvest. Nor can any man climb it—not if he had twenty feet and hands, for it is smooth as though it were hewn.
"Not even a single winged creature can pass through here—not even the wild doves that bring ambrosia to their father Jove—because the smooth rock takes its sacrifice from them." (No ambrosia is available without effort. The word is unique—as part of anything is given for a sacrifice; especially used in reference to heave-offering.) "It reaches high into the sky with its peak, and a dark blue cloud settles on it, never moving; nor does the clear sky embrace it, in summer or during harvest. No one can climb it—not even with twenty feet and hands, because it is as smooth as if it were carved."
"And in the midst of it is a cave which is turned the way of hell. And therein dwells Scylla, whining for prey: her cry, indeed, is no louder than that of a newly-born whelp: but she herself is an awful thing—nor can any creature see her face and be glad; no, though it were a god that rose against her. For she has twelve feet, all fore-feet, and six necks, and terrible heads on them; and each has three rows of teeth, full of black death.
"And in the middle of it is a cave that leads to hell. Inside lives Scylla, crying out for prey: her sound is no louder than that of a newborn puppy; but she is a terrifying sight—no creature can look at her face and feel happy; not even if a god faced her. For she has twelve feet, all of them front feet, and six necks, each with horrifying heads; and each head has three rows of teeth, filled with black death."
"But the opposite rock is lower than this, though but a bow-shot distant; and upon it there is a great fig-tree, full of leaves; and under it the terrible Charybdis sucks down the black water. Thrice in the day she sucks it down, and thrice; casts it up again: be not thou there when she sucks down, for Neptune himself could not save thee."[Pg 169]
"But the opposite rock is lower than this, even though it's just a short distance away; and on it, there's a large fig tree, lush with leaves; and underneath it, the fearsome Charybdis pulls down the dark water. She sucks it down three times a day, and three times, she spits it back up: don’t be there when she pulls it down, because even Neptune himself couldn't save you."[Pg 169]
[Thus far went my rambling note, in Fraser's Magazine. The Editor sent me a compliment on it—of which I was very proud; what the Publisher thought of it, I am not informed; only I know that eventually he stopped the papers. I think a great deal of it myself, now, and have put it all in large print accordingly, and should like to write more; but will, on the contrary, self-denyingly, and in gratitude to any reader who has got through so much, end my chapter.]
[Thus far went my rambling note, in Fraser's Magazine. The editor sent me a compliment about it—something I was really proud of; I don’t know what the publisher thought of it, but I do know that eventually he stopped the publications. I think highly of it now and have put it all in large print accordingly, and I would like to write more; but instead, out of gratitude to any reader who has managed to get through this much, I will end my chapter here.]
FOOTNOTES:
[33] Remember this definition: it is of great importance as opposed to the imperfect ones usually given. When first these essays were published, I remember one of their reviewers asking contemptuously, "Is half-a-crown a document?" it never having before occurred to him that a document might be stamped as well as written, and stamped on silver as well as on parchment.
[33] Keep this definition in mind: it's really important compared to the incomplete ones that are usually provided. When these essays were first published, I recall one reviewer snidely asking, "Is half-a-crown a document?" He had never considered that a document could be stamped, not just written, and stamped on silver as well as on parchment.
[34] I do not mean the demand of the holder of a five-pound note for five pounds, but the demand of the holder of a pound for a pound's worth of something good.
[34] I’m not talking about the request from someone holding a five-pound note for five pounds, but rather the request from someone holding a pound for something good worth a pound.
[35] [Read and think over, the following note very carefully.] The waste of labour in obtaining the gold, though it cannot be estimated by help of any existing data, may be understood in its bearing on entire economy by supposing it limited to transactions between two persons. If two farmers in Australia have been exchanging corn and cattle with each other for years, keeping their accounts of reciprocal debt in any simple way, the sum of the possessions of either would not be diminished, though the part of it which was lent or borrowed were only reckoned by marks on a stone, or notches on a tree; and the one counted himself accordingly, so many scratches, or so many notches, better than the other. But it would soon be seriously diminished if, discovering gold in their fields, each resolved only to accept golden counters for a reckoning; and accordingly, whenever he wanted a sack of corn or a cow, was obliged to go and wash sand for a week before he could get the means of giving a receipt for them.
[35] [Read and think over the following note very carefully.] The wasted effort in getting gold, while it can't be calculated with any existing data, can be understood in terms of the overall economy by imagining it as a transaction between two people. If two farmers in Australia have been swapping corn and cattle for years, keeping their records of what they owe each other in a simple way, neither would lose possessions, even if the amounts owed were tracked with scratches on a stone or notches on a tree; each would just count himself as having so many scratches or notches better than the other. However, their wealth would quickly diminish if they found gold in their fields and each decided to only accept gold coins for transactions; then, whenever one wanted a sack of corn or a cow, he would have to spend a week washing sand to have the means to pay for them.
[36] It is difficult to estimate the curious futility of discussions such as that which lately occupied a section of the British Association, on the absorption of gold, while no one can produce even the simplest of the data necessary for the inquiry. To take the first occurring one,—What means have we of ascertaining the weight of gold employed this year in the toilettes of the women of Europe (not to speak of Asia); and, supposing it known, what means of conjecturing the weight by which, next year, their fancies, and the changes of style among their jewellers, will diminish or increase it?
[36] It's hard to gauge the pointless nature of discussions like the one that recently took place at a section of the British Association about the absorption of gold, especially when no one can provide even the most basic data needed for the topic. For example, how can we determine the amount of gold used this year in the jewelry of women in Europe (let alone Asia)? And even if we did know, how could we possibly predict the amount that will change next year based on their preferences and the evolving styles of their jewelers?
[37] See, in Pope's epistle to Lord Bathurst, his sketch of the difficulties and uses of a currency literally "pecuniary"—(consisting of herds of cattle).
[37] Check out Pope's letter to Lord Bathurst, where he outlines the challenges and benefits of a currency that’s literally "pecuniary"—(made up of livestock).
[38] Perhaps both; perhaps silver only. It may be found expedient ultimately to leave gold free for use in the arts. As a means of reckoning, the standard might be, and in some cases has already been, entirely ideal.—See Mill's Political Economy, book iii. chap. VII. at beginning.
[38] Maybe both; maybe just silver. It might be best to keep gold available for use in the arts. As a way of measuring value, the standard could be, and in some cases already has been, purely theoretical.—See Mill's Political Economy, book iii. chap. VII. at beginning.
[39] The purity of the drachma and zecchin were not without significance of the state of intellect, art, and policy, both in Athens and Venice;—a fact first impressed upon me ten years ago, when, in taking daguerreotypes at Venice, I found no purchaseable gold pure enough to gild them with, except that of the old Venetian zecchin.
[39] The quality of the drachma and zecchin had a lot to say about the level of intellect, art, and government in both Athens and Venice. I first realized this ten years ago when I was taking daguerreotypes in Venice and discovered that there was no gold pure enough to use for gilding them, except for the old Venetian zecchin.
[40] Under which term, observe, we include all documents of debt, which, being honest, might be transferable, though they practically are not transferred; while we exclude all documents which are in reality worthless, though in fact transferred temporarily, as bad money is. The document of honest debt, not transferred, is merely to paper currency as gold withdrawn from circulation is to that of bullion. Much confusion has crept into the reasoning on this subject from the idea that the withdrawal from circulation is a definable state, whereas it is a graduated state, and indefinable. The sovereign in my pocket is withdrawn from circulation as long as I choose to keep it there. It is no otherwise withdrawn if I bury it, nor even if I choose to make it, and others, into a golden cup, and drink out of them; since a rise in the price of the wine, or of other things, may at any time cause me to melt the cup and throw it back into currency; and the bullion operates on the prices of the things in the market as directly, though not as forcibly, while it is in the form of a cup as it does in the form of a sovereign. No calculation can be founded on my humour in either case. If I like to handle rouleaus, and therefore keep a quantity of gold, to play with, in the form of jointed basaltic columns, it is all one in its effect on the market as if I kept it in the form of twisted filigree, or, steadily "amicus lamnæ," beat the narrow gold pieces into broad ones, and dined off them. The probability is greater that I break the rouleau than that I melt the plate; but the increased probability is not calculable. Thus, documents are only withdrawn from the currency when cancelled, and bullion when it is so effectually lost as that the probability of finding it is no greater than of finding new gold in the mine.
[40] By this term, we mean all debt documents that, being valid, could be transferred, even though they usually aren't; while we exclude documents that are really worthless, even if they're temporarily transferred, like bad money. An honest debt document that isn’t transferred is to paper currency what gold taken out of circulation is to bullion. A lot of confusion around this topic comes from thinking that withdrawal from circulation is a clear condition, when it’s actually a gradual and unclear state. The sovereign coin in my pocket is out of circulation as long as I choose to keep it there. It remains out of circulation if I bury it, or if I decide to make it into a golden cup and drink from it; since a rise in the price of wine, or anything else, might at any time lead me to melt it down and put it back into circulation. Gold in the form of a cup affects market prices just as much, though not as strongly, as when it's in the form of a coin. No calculation can hinge on my whims in either case. If I prefer to keep gold as playful jointed sculptures instead of in the form of delicate designs, it makes no real difference to the market than if I were to beat coins into larger pieces and use them for dinner. I might be more likely to break the sculpture than melt down a plate, but that increased likelihood can’t be calculated. Therefore, documents are only out of circulation when they are canceled, and bullion when it is lost to the point where the chance of finding it is no greater than finding new gold in a mine.
[41] For example, suppose an active peasant, having got his ground into good order and built himself a comfortable house, finding time still on his hands, sees one of his neighbours little able to work, and ill-lodged, and offers to build him also a house, and to put his land in order, on condition of receiving for a given period rent for the building and tithe of the fruits. The offer is accepted, and a document given promissory of rent and tithe. This note is money. It can only be good money if the man who has incurred the debt so far recovers his strength as to be able to take advantage of the help he has received, and meet the demand of the note; if he lets his house fall to ruin, and his field to waste, his promissory note will soon be valueless: but the existence of the note at all is a consequence of his not having worked so stoutly as the other. Let him gain as much as to be able to pay back the entire debt; the note is cancelled, and we have two rich store-holders and no currency.
[41] For example, let's say a hardworking farmer, after getting his land in good shape and building himself a comfy house, has some free time. He notices that one of his neighbors can't work much and lives in poor conditions. So, he offers to build a house for him and help get his land in order, in exchange for rent for the house and a share of the crops for a certain period. The neighbor accepts, and they create a written agreement for the rent and share. This agreement is like money. It’ll only be valuable if the person who owes it can recover enough to benefit from the help he received and pay back what he owes. If he lets his house fall apart and his land go to ruin, the agreement will lose its value quickly. But the existence of the agreement comes from the fact that he wasn't able to work as hard as the other guy. Once he makes enough to pay off the entire debt, the agreement becomes void, and then we have two wealthy individuals and no currency.
[42] [You need not trouble yourself to make out the sentence in parenthesis, unless you like, but do not think it is mere metaphor. It states a fact which I could not have stated so shortly, but by metaphor.]
[42] [You don't have to stress over figuring out the sentence in parentheses, unless you want to, but don't think it's just a metaphor. It conveys a truth that I couldn't express so concisely, except through metaphor.]
[43] [What follows, to the end of the chapter, was a note only, in the first printing; but for after service, it is of more value than any other part of the book, so I have put it into the main text.]
[43] [What comes next, until the end of the chapter, was just a note in the first printing; however, for future reference, it holds more value than any other part of the book, so I’ve included it in the main text.]
CHAPTER IV.
COMMERCE.
95. As the currency conveys right of choice out of many things in exchange for one, so Commerce is the agency by which the power of choice is obtained; so that countries producing only timber can obtain for their timber silk and gold; or, naturally producing only jewels and frankincense, can obtain for them cattle and corn. In this function, commerce is of more importance to a country in proportion to the limitations of its products, and the restlessness of its fancy;—generally of greater importance towards Northern latitudes.
95. Just like currency allows for choosing from many things in exchange for one, commerce is the means through which the power of choice is gained. This way, countries that only produce timber can trade their timber for silk and gold, or countries that naturally produce only jewels and frankincense can trade them for cattle and corn. In this role, commerce is more crucial to a country in relation to the limitations of its products and the restlessness of its desires—generally more significant in Northern regions.
96. Commerce is necessary, however, not only to exchange local products, but local skill. Labour requiring the agency of fire can only be given abundantly in cold countries; labour requiring suppleness of body and sensitiveness of touch, only in warm ones; labour involving accurate vivacity of thought only in temperate ones; while peculiar imaginative actions are produced by extremes of heat and cold, and of light and darkness. The production of great art is limited to climates warm enough to admit of repose in the open air, and cool enough to render such repose delightful. Minor variations in modes of skill distinguish every locality. The labour which at any place is easiest, is in that place cheapest; and it becomes often desirable that products raised in one country should be wrought in another. Hence have arisen discussions on "International values" which will be one day remembered as highly curious exercises of the human mind. For it will be discovered, in due course of tide and time, that international value is regulated just as inter-provincial or inter-parishional value is. Coals and hops are exchanged between Northumberland and[Pg 171] Kent on absolutely the same principles as iron and wine between Lancashire and Spain. The greater breadth of an arm of the sea increases the cost, but does not modify the principle of exchange; and a bargain written in two languages will have no other economical results than a bargain written in one. The distances of nations are measured, not by seas, but by ignorances; and their divisions determined, not by dialects, but by enmities.[44]
96. Commerce is essential, not just for exchanging local products, but also for sharing local skills. Labor that needs fire is plentiful in colder regions; labor that requires flexibility and sensitivity is found in warmer ones; work that demands sharp thinking is best in temperate zones. Unique creative expressions come from extreme heat and cold, as well as from varying amounts of light and darkness. Great art thrives in climates that are warm enough for comfortable outdoor work but cool enough to make it enjoyable. Every place has its own minor variations in skills. The type of labor that's easiest in a location is also the cheapest there, leading to a situation where it often makes sense for products made in one country to be processed in another. This has sparked discussions about "International values," which will one day be seen as fascinating exercises of human thought. Eventually, it will become clear that international value is determined just like inter-provincial or inter-local value. Coal and hops are traded between Northumberland and Kent based on the same principles as iron and wine between Lancashire and Spain. While a wider sea may increase costs, it doesn’t change the principles of exchange; a deal written in two languages will yield the same economic results as one written in just one. The distances between nations aren’t measured by oceans, but by ignorance; their divisions aren’t formed by dialects, but by hostility.[44]
97. Of course, a system of international values may always be constructed if we assume a relation of moral law to physical geography; as, for instance, that it is right to cheat or rob across a river, though not across a road; or across a sea, though not across a river, &c.;—again, a system of such values may be constructed by assuming similar relations of taxation to physical geography; as, for instance, that an article should be taxed in crossing a river, but not in crossing a road; or in being carried fifty miles, but not in being carried five, &c.; such positions are indeed not easily maintained when once put in logical form; but one law of international value is maintainable in any form: namely, that the farther your neighbour lives from you, and the less he understands you, the more you are bound to be true in your dealings with him; because your power over him is greater in proportion to his ignorance, and his remedy more difficult in proportion to his distance.[45]
97. Obviously, we can create a system of international values if we assume a connection between moral law and physical geography; for example, it might be seen as acceptable to cheat or steal across a river, but not across a road; or across a sea, but not across a river, etc.—similarly, a system of such values can be built by assuming the same relationships between taxation and physical geography; for instance, that an item should be taxed when crossing a river, but not when crossing a road; or when transported fifty miles, but not when transported five, etc.; however, these arguments are not easy to defend when expressed logically; but one law of international value can be supported in any way: specifically, that the farther away your neighbor is and the less he understands you, the more you must be honest in your dealings with him; because your influence over him grows as his ignorance increases, and it becomes harder for him to seek redress the farther away he is.[45]
98. I have just said the breadth of sea increases the cost of exchange. Now note that exchange, or commerce, in itself, is always costly; the sum of the value of the goods being diminished by the cost of their conveyance, and by the maintenance of the persons employed in it; so that it is only when there is advantage to both producers (in getting the one thing for the[Pg 172] other) greater than the loss in conveyance, that the exchange is expedient. And it can only be justly conducted when the porters kept by the producers (commonly called merchants) expect mere pay, and not profit.[46] For in just commerce there are but three parties—the two persons or societies exchanging, and the agent or agents of exchange; the value of the things to be exchanged is known by both the exchangers, and each receives equal value, neither gaining nor losing (for whatever one gains the other loses). The intermediate agent is paid a known per-centage by both, partly for labour in conveyance, partly for care, knowledge, and risk; every attempt at concealment of the amount of the pay indicates either effort on the part of the agent to obtain unjust profit, or effort on the part of the exchangers to refuse him just pay. But for the most part it is the first, namely, the effort on the part of the merchant to obtain larger profit (so-called) by buying cheap and selling dear. Some part, indeed, of this larger gain is deserved, and might be openly demanded, because it is the reward of the merchant's knowledge, and foresight of probable necessity; but the greater part of such gain is unjust; and unjust in this most fatal way, that it depends, first, on keeping the exchangers ignorant of the exchange value of the articles; and, secondly, on taking advantage of the buyer's need and the seller's poverty. It is, therefore, one of the essential, and quite the most fatal, forms of usury; for usury means merely taking an exorbitant[47] sum for the use of anything; and it is no matter whether the exorbitance is on loan or exchange, on rent or on price—the essence of the usury being that it is obtained by advantage of opportunity or necessity, and not as due reward for labour. All the great[Pg 173] thinkers, therefore, have held it to be unnatural and impious, in so far as it feeds on the distress of others, or their folly.[48] Nevertheless, attempts to repress it by law must for ever be ineffective; though Plato, Bacon, and the First Napoleon—all three of them men who knew somewhat more of humanity than the "British merchant" usually does—tried their hands at it, and have left some (probably) good moderative forms of law, which we will examine in their place. But the only final check upon it must be radical purifying of the national character, for being, as Bacon calls it, "concessum propter duritiem cordis," it is to be done away with by touching the heart only; not, however, without medicinal law—as in the case of the other permission, "propter duritiem." But in this more than in anything (though much in all, and though in this he would not himself allow of their application, for his own laws against usury are sharp enough), Plato's words in the fourth book of the Polity are true, that neither drugs, nor charms, nor burnings, will touch a deep-lying political sore, any more than a deep bodily one; but only right and utter change of constitution: and that "they do but lose their labour who think that by any tricks of law they can get the better of these mischiefs of commerce, and see not that they hew at a Hydra."
98. I just mentioned that the distance over water raises the cost of trade. Now, keep in mind that trade, or commerce, in itself, is always expensive; the total value of the goods is reduced by shipping costs and by the wages of the people involved in it. Therefore, exchange is only worthwhile when both producers receive something in return that is more valuable than the cost of moving the goods. It can only be done fairly when the carriers hired by the producers (commonly known as merchants) expect only payment and not profit.[46] In a fair trade, there are just three parties involved—the two individuals or groups exchanging goods, and the intermediary or intermediaries facilitating the exchange. Both parties know the value of what they're exchanging, and each gets equal value, neither gaining nor losing (as whatever one gains, the other loses). The intermediary is paid a known percentage by both, partly for transportation and partly for their expertise, care, and the risks involved. Any attempt to hide the payment amount indicates either the intermediary's effort to make an unfair profit or the exchangers' effort to deny them fair compensation. Generally, it’s the former, where the merchant tries to maximize profit by buying low and selling high. Some of this extra profit is deserved and can be openly asked for, as it rewards the merchant's knowledge and foresight regarding demand; however, most of that profit is unfair, particularly in two ways: it relies on keeping the exchangers unaware of the true value of the goods and exploits the buyer’s desperation and the seller’s need. Thus, it becomes a fundamental and quite harmful form of usury; usury simply means charging an excessive [47] amount for the use of anything. It doesn't matter if the excess comes from loans, trades, rents, or prices—the core issue of usury is that it benefits from opportunity or necessity rather than being a just reward for labor. All the great [Pg 173] thinkers have deemed it unnatural and immoral, as it thrives on the misfortunes or ignorance of others.[48] Yet, efforts to control it through legislation will always be futile; although Plato, Bacon, and the First Napoleon—all of whom understood human nature better than the "British merchant" typically does—attempted to regulate it and left behind some (probably) effective laws that we will review later. Ultimately, the only effective solution must be a fundamental change in the national character, as Bacon called it, "concessum propter duritiem cordis," which can only be achieved by touching the heart; not, however, without regulatory laws—similar to dealing with other permissions, "propter duritiem." But more than anything else (although much applies in all cases, and although he wouldn't personally permit their use, given that his laws against usury are quite strict), Plato’s assertion in the fourth book of the Republic rings true: neither medications, charms, nor burnings can heal a deeply rooted social problem any more than they can a physical one; only a complete and genuine change of the system can do that. Those who think that clever laws can resolve these commercial issues are only wasting their efforts and fail to see that they are fighting a Hydra.
99. And indeed this Hydra seems so unslayable, and sin sticks so fast between the joinings of the stones of buying and selling, that "to trade" in things, or literally "cross-give" them, has warped itself, by the instinct of nations, into their worst word for fraud; for, because in trade there cannot but be trust, and it seems also that there cannot but also be injury in answer to it, what is merely fraud between enemies becomes treachery among friends: and "trader," "traditor," and "traitor" are but the same word. For which simplicity of language there is more reason than at first appears: for as in true commerce there is no "profit," so in true commerce there is no "sale." The idea of sale is that of an[Pg 174] interchange between enemies respectively endeavouring to get the better one of another; but commerce is an exchange between friends; and there is no desire but that it should be just, any more than there would be between members of the same family.[49] The moment there is a bargain over the pottage, the family relation is dissolved:—typically, "the days of mourning for my father are at hand." Whereupon follows the resolve, "then will I slay my brother."
99. This Hydra seems impossible to defeat, and sin lurks so deeply in the crevices of buying and selling that “to trade” in goods, or literally “to give and take,” has twisted itself, by the instinct of nations, into their worst term for deceit. In trade, there must be trust, and it seems there must also be harm in response to it; what is simply deceit among enemies becomes betrayal among friends: and “trader,” “traditor,” and “traitor” are just variations of the same word. There’s more reason to this simplicity of language than it first appears: in true commerce, there’s no “profit,” and in true commerce, there’s no “sale.” The concept of sale implies a transaction between enemies who are trying to outdo each other, while commerce is an exchange between friends; and there’s no wish other than that it should be fair, just like there wouldn’t be among family members. The moment there’s a deal made over the food, the family bond is broken:—typically, “the days of mourning for my father are at hand.” Then follows the resolve, “so I will kill my brother.”
100. This inhumanity of mercenary commerce is the more notable because it is a fulfilment of the law that the corruption of the best is the worst. For as, taking the body natural for symbol of the body politic, the governing and forming powers may be likened to the brain, and the labouring to the limbs, the mercantile, presiding over circulation and communication of things in changed utilities, is symbolized by the heart; and, if that hardens, all is lost. And this is the ultimate lesson which the leader of English intellect meant for us, (a lesson, indeed, not all his own, but part of the old wisdom of humanity), in the tale of the Merchant of Venice; in which the true and incorrupt merchant,—kind and free beyond every other Shakspearian conception of men,—is opposed to the corrupted merchant, or usurer; the lesson being deepened by the expression of the strange hatred which the corrupted merchant bears to the pure one, mixed with intense scorn,—
100. This cruelty of mercenary trade stands out even more because it shows that the corruption of the best leads to the worst. Just as in the body natural serves as a symbol for the body politic, the governing and shaping forces can be compared to the brain, while the workers are like the limbs; the trade aspect, which oversees the circulation and exchange of things with altered values, is represented by the heart. If that heart hardens, everything is doomed. This is the key lesson that the leader of English thought wanted to convey to us (a lesson not entirely his own, but part of the ancient wisdom of humanity) in the story of the Merchant of Venice; where the true and untainted merchant—kind and generous beyond any other Shakespearian portrayal of men—is contrasted with the corrupted merchant, or usurer; the lesson is reinforced by the peculiar hatred that the corrupted merchant feels for the pure one, mixed with deep contempt,—
"This is the fool that lent out money gratis; look to him, jailer," (as to lunatic no less than criminal) the enmity, observe, having its symbolism literally carried out by being aimed straight at the heart, and finally foiled by a literal appeal to the great moral law that flesh and blood cannot be weighed, enforced by "Portia"[50] ("Portion"), the type of divine[Pg 175] Fortune, found, not in gold, nor in silver, but in lead, that is to say, in endurance and patience, not in splendour; and finally taught by her lips also, declaring, instead of the law and quality of "merces," the greater law and quality of mercy, which is not strained, but drops as the rain, blessing him that gives and him that takes. And observe that this "mercy" is not the mean "Misericordia," but the mighty "Gratia," answered by Gratitude, (observe Shylock's leaning on the, to him detestable, word, gratis, and compare the relations of Grace to Equity given in the second chapter of the second book of the Memorabilia;) that is to say, it is the gracious or loving, instead of the strained, or competing manner, of doing things, answered, not only with "merces" or pay, but with "merci" or thanks. And this is indeed the meaning of the great benediction "Grace, mercy, and peace," for there can be no peace without grace, (not even by help of rifled cannon), nor even without triplicity of graciousness, for the Greeks, who began but with one Grace, had to open their scheme into three before they had done.
"This is the fool who lent out money for free; watch him, jailer," (as much a madman as a criminal) the hatred, notice, being symbolically directed at the heart, and ultimately defeated by a direct appeal to the great moral law that flesh and blood cannot be weighed, reinforced by "Portia"[50] ("Portion"), representing divine[Pg 175] Fortune, found not in gold or silver, but in lead, meaning in endurance and patience, not in splendor; and finally taught by her words too, stating, instead of the law and nature of "merces," the higher law and quality of mercy, which is not forced, but falls like rain, blessing both the giver and the receiver. And note that this "mercy" is not the lesser "Misericordia," but the powerful "Gratia," answered by Gratitude (observe Shylock's reliance on the, to him, loathsome word, gratis, and compare the relations of Grace to Equity given in the second chapter of the second book of the Memorabilia;); that is to say, it is the gracious or loving, rather than the strained or competitive way of doing things, returned not only with "merces" or payment, but with "merci" or thanks. And this is indeed the essence of the great blessing "Grace, mercy, and peace," for there can be no peace without grace (not even with the help of rifled cannons), nor even without a threefold graciousness, as the Greeks, who started with one Grace, had to expand their scheme into three before they were done.
101. With the usual tendency of long repeated thought, to take the surface for the deep, we have conceived these goddesses as if they only gave loveliness to gesture; whereas[Pg 176] their true function is to give graciousness to deed, the other loveliness arising naturally out of that. In which function Charis becomes Charitas;[51] and has a name and praise even greater than that of Faith or Truth, for these may be maintained sullenly and proudly; but Charis is in her countenance always gladdening (Aglaia), and in her service instant and humble; and the true wife of Vulcan, or Labour. And it is not until her sincerity of function is lost, and her mere beauty contemplated instead of her patience, that she is born again of the foam flake, and becomes Aphrodite; and it is then only that she becomes capable of joining herself to war and to the enmities of men, instead of to labour and their services. Therefore the fable of Mars and Venus is chosen by Homer, picturing himself as Demodocus, to sing at the games in the court of Alcinous. Phæacia is the Homeric island of Atlantis; an image of noble and wise government, concealed, (how slightly!) merely by the change of a short vowel for a long[Pg 177] one in the name of its queen; yet misunderstood by all later writers, (even by Horace, in his "pinguis, Phæaxque"). That fable expresses the perpetual error of men in thinking that grace and dignity can only be reached by the soldier, and never by the artisan; so that commerce and the useful arts have had the honour and beauty taken away, and only the Fraud and Pain left to them, with the lucre. Which is, indeed, one great reason of the continual blundering about the offices of government with respect to commerce. The higher classes are ashamed to employ themselves in it; and though ready enough to fight for (or occasionally against) the people,—to preach to them,—or judge them, will not break bread for them; the refined upper servant who has willingly looked after the burnishing of the armoury and ordering of the library, not liking to set foot in the larder.
101. With the typical tendency of long, repeated thinking to take what’s superficial for what’s profound, we’ve imagined these goddesses as if they only add beauty to gestures; when in fact[Pg 176] their true role is to bring grace to actions, with that beauty naturally flowing from it. In this role, Charis becomes Charitas;[51] and she has a name and recognition even greater than that of Faith or Truth, because these can be upheld in a gloomy and proud manner; but Charis is always cheerful in her expression (Aglaia), and her service is immediate and humble; she is the true partner of Vulcan, or Labor. It’s only when her genuine purpose is lost, and her mere beauty is admired instead of her patience, that she is reborn from the foam flake and becomes Aphrodite; and it’s only then that she is capable of aligning with war and the conflicts among men, instead of with labor and their services. Thus, the story of Mars and Venus is chosen by Homer, picturing himself as Demodocus, to sing at the games in the court of Alcinous. Phæacia is the Homeric island of Atlantis; a symbol of noble and wise governance, disguised (how slightly!) only by changing a short vowel to a long[Pg 177] one in the name of its queen; yet it has been misunderstood by all later writers, (even by Horace, in his "pinguis, Phæaxque"). That fable illustrates the ongoing mistake of men in believing that grace and dignity can only be attained by soldiers, and never by artisans; resulting in commerce and practical arts being stripped of honor and beauty, leaving them only with Fraud and Pain, alongside profit. This is, indeed, a significant reason for the continual mistakes regarding government’s role in commerce. The upper classes are embarrassed to engage in it; and although they are quick to fight for (or sometimes against) the people, to preach to them, or to judge them, they won’t share a meal with them; the refined upper servant who willingly oversees the polishing of the armory and organizing of the library, reluctant to step into the pantry.
102. Farther still. As Charis becomes Charitas on the one side, she becomes—better still—Chara, Joy, on the other; or rather this is her very mother's milk and the beauty of her childhood; for God brings no enduring Love, nor any other good, out of pain; nor out of contention; but out of joy and harmony. And in this sense, human and divine, music and gladness, and the measures of both, come into her name; and Cher becomes full-vowelled Cheer, and Cheerful; and Chara opens into Choir and Choral.[52]
102. Further still. As Charis becomes Charitas on one side, she transforms—better yet—into Chara, Joy, on the other; or rather, this is her very mother's milk and the beauty of her childhood; for God brings no lasting Love, nor any other good, out of pain; nor out of struggle; but out of joy and harmony. In this sense, both human and divine, music and happiness, and the measures of both, are reflected in her name; and Cher turns into fully pronounced Cheer, and Cheerful; and Chara expands into Choir and Choral.[52]
103. And lastly. As Grace passes into Freedom of action, Charis becomes Eleutheria, or Liberality; a form of liberty quite curiously and intensely different from the thing usually[Pg 178] understood by "Liberty" in modern language: indeed, much more like what some people would call slavery: for a Greek always understood, primarily, by liberty, deliverance from the law of his own passions (or from what the Christian writers call bondage of corruption), and this a complete liberty: not being merely safe from the Siren, but also unbound from the mast, and not having to resist the passion, but making it fawn upon, and follow him—(this may be again partly the meaning of the fawning beasts about the Circean cave; so, again, George Herbert—
103. Lastly, as Grace transitions into Freedom of action, Charis becomes Eleutheria, or Liberality; a type of liberty that is quite intriguingly and intensely different from what is usually understood as "Liberty" in modern terms: indeed, it's much closer to what some might refer to as slavery. A Greek traditionally understood liberty primarily as freedom from the control of their own desires (or what Christian writers call the bondage of corruption), and this is a complete freedom: not just being safe from the Sirens but also untethered from the mast, having no need to resist passion but instead having it be docile and follow him—(this might again relate to the meaning of the obedient creatures near the Circean cave; likewise, George Herbert—
Then may the beasts lead you to joyful light)—
And it is only in such generosity that any man becomes capable of so governing others as to take true part in any system of national economy. Nor is there any other eternal distinction between the upper and lower classes than this form of liberty, Eleutheria, or benignity, in the one, and its opposite of slavery, Douleia, or malignity, in the other; the separation of these two orders of men, and the firm government of the lower by the higher, being the first conditions of possible wealth and economy in any state,—the Gods giving it no greater gift than the power to discern its true freemen, and "malignum spernere vulgus."
And it is only through such generosity that anyone can effectively govern others and truly participate in any national economic system. There is no other lasting distinction between the upper and lower classes than this type of freedom, Eleutheria, or kindness, in one group, and its opposite, slavery, Douleia, or hostility, in the other. The separation of these two groups of people, along with the strong governance of the lower by the higher, are the essential conditions for potential wealth and economic stability in any state. The gods grant no greater gift than the ability to recognize true free individuals and to "reject the malevolent crowd."
104. While I have traced the finer and higher laws of this matter for those whom they concern, I have also to note the material law—vulgarly expressed in the proverb, "Honesty is the best policy." That proverb is indeed wholly inapplicable to matters of private interest. It is not true that honesty, as far as material gain is concerned, profits individuals. A clever and cruel knave will in a mixed society always be richer than an honest person can be. But Honesty is the best "policy," if policy mean practice of State. For fraud gains nothing in a State. It only enables the knaves in it to live at the expense of honest people; while there is for every act of fraud, however small, a loss of wealth to the[Pg 179] community. Whatever the fraudulent person gains, some other person loses, as fraud produces nothing; and there is, besides, the loss of the time and thought spent in accomplishing the fraud, and of the strength otherwise obtainable by mutual help (not to speak of the fevers of anxiety and jealousy in the blood, which are a heavy physical loss, as I will show in due time). Practically, when the nation is deeply corrupt cheat answers to cheat; every one is in turn imposed upon, and there is to the body politic the dead loss of the ingenuity, together with the incalculable mischief of the injury to each defrauded person, producing collateral effect unexpectedly. My neighbour sells me bad meat: I sell him in return flawed iron. We neither of us get one atom of pecuniary advantage on the whole transaction, but we both suffer unexpected inconvenience; my men get scurvy, and his cattle-truck runs off the rails.
104. While I've examined the finer and higher laws of this matter for those involved, I also want to point out the basic law—commonly summarized in the saying, "Honesty is the best policy." This saying really doesn’t apply to personal interests. It’s not true that honesty leads to material gain for individuals. A clever and ruthless trickster will always end up wealthier than an honest person in a mixed society. However, honesty is the best "policy" if policy means the practice of governance. Fraud doesn’t benefit a society. It only allows the dishonest to thrive at the expense of honest people, and for every act of fraud, no matter how small, there's a loss of wealth to the[Pg 179] community. Whatever the fraudster gains, someone else loses, since fraud doesn’t create anything; plus, there’s the additional loss of time and effort spent on the deceit, and the potential benefits of working together (not to mention the stress and jealousy that can take a physical toll, as I will explain later). Essentially, when a nation becomes heavily corrupt, cheating leads to more cheating; everyone gets fooled in turn, causing a dead loss to the political body from the wasted ingenuity and the unimaginable harm done to each victim, which can lead to unexpected consequences. My neighbor sells me bad meat; I sell him defective iron in return. Neither of us gains anything financially from the whole transaction, but we both face unexpected issues; my workers get scurvy, and his cattle truck derails.
105. The examination of this form of Charis must, therefore, lead us into the discussion of the principles of government in general, and especially of that of the poor by the rich, discovering how the Graciousness joined with the Greatness, or Love with Majestas, is the true Dei Gratia, or Divine Right, of every form and manner of King; i. e., specifically, of the thrones, dominations, princedoms, virtues, and powers of the earth:—of the thrones, stable, or "ruling," literally right-doing powers ("rex eris, recte si facies"):—of the dominations—lordly, edifying, dominant and harmonious powers; chiefly domestic, over the "built thing," domus, or house; and inherently twofold, Dominus and Domina; Lord and Lady:—of the Princedoms, pre-eminent, incipient, creative, and demonstrative powers; thus poetic and mercantile, in the "princeps carmen deduxisse" and the merchant-prince:—of the Virtues or Courages; militant, guiding, or Ducal powers:—and finally of the Strengths, or Forces pure; magistral powers, of the More over the less, and the forceful and free over the weak and servile elements of life.
105. The examination of this form of Charis must, therefore, lead us into the discussion of the principles of government in general, and especially of the rich governing the poor, uncovering how Graciousness combined with Greatness, or Love with Authority, represents the true Dei Gratia, or Divine Right, of every type of king; i.e., specifically, of the thrones, dominions, principalities, virtues, and powers of the earth:—of the thrones, stable, or "ruling," literally right-doing powers ("rex eris, recte si facies"):—of the dominions—lordly, uplifting, dominant and harmonious powers; mainly domestic, over the "built thing," domus, or house; and inherently twofold, Dominus and Domina; Lord and Lady:—of the Principalities, pre-eminent, initiating, creative, and demonstrative powers; thus poetic and mercantile, in the "princeps carmen deduxisse" and the merchant-prince:—of the Virtues or Courage; military, guiding, or Ducal powers:—and finally of the Strengths, or pure Forces; authoritative powers, of the Greater over the Lesser, and the powerful and free over the weak and subservient elements of life.
Subject enough for the next paper, involving "economical" principles of some importance, of which, for theme, here is a sentence, which I do not care to translate, for it would sound[Pg 180] harsh in English,[53] though, truly, it is one of the tenderest ever uttered by man; which may be meditated over, or rather through, in the meanwhile, by any one who will take the pains:—
Subject enough for the next paper, involving "economical" principles of some importance, of which, for theme, here is a sentence that I don’t want to translate because it would sound[Pg 180] harsh in English,[53] though it is truly one of the most touching ever spoken by a person; which can be contemplated, or rather thought through, in the meantime, by anyone willing to put in the effort:—
Αρ' ουν, ὡσπερ Ἱππος τω ανεπιστημονι μεν εγχειρουντι δε χρησθαι ζημια εστιν, ουτω και αδελφος, ὁταν τις αυτω μη επισταμενος εγχειρ χρησθαι, ζημια εστι;
Αρ' ουν, ὡσπερ Ἱππος τω ανεπιστημονι μεν εγχειρουντι δε χρησθαι ζημια εστιν, ουτω και αδελφος, ὁταν τις αυτω μη επισταμενος εγχειρ χρησθαι, ζημια εστι;
FOOTNOTES:
[44] I have repeated the substance of this and the next paragraph so often since, that I am ashamed and weary. The thing is too true, and too simple, it seems, for anybody ever to believe. Meantime, the theories of "international values," as explained by Modern Political Economy, have brought about last year's pillage of France by Germany, and the affectionate relations now existing in consequence between the inhabitants of the right and left banks of the Rhine.
[44] I’ve repeated the main points of this and the next paragraph so many times since that I’m embarrassed and tired. The issue is too real and too straightforward for anyone to truly believe it. In the meantime, the ideas of "international values," as outlined by Modern Political Economy, have led to last year's looting of France by Germany, and the friendly ties that now exist between the people living on the right and left banks of the Rhine.
[47] Since I wrote this, I have worked out the question of interest of money, which always, until lately, had embarrassed and defeated me; and I find that the payment of interest of any amount whatever is real "usury," and entirely unjustifiable. I was shown this chiefly by the pamphlets issued by Mr. W. C. Sillar, though I greatly regret the impatience which causes Mr. Sillar to regard usury as the radical crime in political economy. There are others worse, that act with it.
[47] Since I wrote this, I’ve figured out the issue of interest on money, which had always confused and defeated me until recently. I now see that paying interest of any amount is outright "usury," and completely unjustifiable. I primarily learned this from the pamphlets published by Mr. W. C. Sillar, though I regret the impatience that leads Mr. Sillar to view usury as the main crime in political economy. There are worse issues that accompany it.
[48] Hence Dante's companionship of Cahors, Inf., canto xi., supported by the view taken of the matter throughout the middle ages, in common with the Greeks.
[48] So, Dante's association with Cahors, Inf., canto xi., aligns with the understanding throughout the Middle Ages, similar to that of the Greeks.
[49] I do not wonder when I re-read this, that people talk about my "sentiment." But there is no sentiment whatever in the matter. It is a hard and bare commercial fact, that if two people deal together who don't try to cheat each other, they will in a given time, make more money out of each other than if they do. See § 104.
[49] I’m not surprised when I read this again that people refer to my "feelings." But there’s no emotion in this matter. It’s a tough and straightforward business fact that if two people engage with one another without trying to deceive each other, they’ll, in a certain timeframe, benefit more from each other than if they don’t. See § 104.
[50] Shakspeare would certainly never have chosen this name had he been forced to retain the Roman spelling. Like Perdita, "lost lady," or Cordelia, "heart-lady," Portia is "fortune" lady. The two great relative groups of words, Fortuna, fero, and fors—Portio, porto, and pars (with the lateral branch, op-portune, im-portune, opportunity, &c.), are of deep and intricate significance; their various senses of bringing, abstracting, and sustaining being all centralized by the wheel (which bears and moves at once), or still better, the ball (spera) of Fortune,—"Volve sua spera, e beata si gode:" the motive power of this wheel distinguishing its goddess from the fixed majesty of Necessitas with her iron nails; or ανανκη, with her pillar of fire and iridescent orbits, fixed at the centre. Portus and porta, and gate in its connexion with gain, form another interesting branch group; and Mors, the concentration of delaying, is always to be remembered with Fors, the concentration of bringing and bearing, passing on into Fortis and Fortitude.
[50] Shakespeare would definitely not have chosen this name if he had to stick with the Roman spelling. Like Perdita, meaning "lost lady," or Cordelia, meaning "heart-lady," Portia means "fortune lady." The two main groups of related words, Fortuna, fero, and fors—Portio, porto, and pars (along with related terms like opportune, importune, opportunity, etc.)—carry deep and complex meanings; their various interpretations of bringing, abstracting, and sustaining are all connected by the wheel (which both carries and moves at the same time), or even better, the ball (spera) of Fortune,—"Volve sua spera, e beata si gode:" the driving force of this wheel sets its goddess apart from the fixed power of Necessitas with her iron nails; or ανανκη, with her pillar of fire and colorful orbits, fixed at the center. Portus and porta, along with gate in relation to gain, form another intriguing group of words; and Mors, the essence of delay, should always be remembered alongside Fors, the essence of bringing and carrying, leading into Fortis and Fortitude.
[This note is literally a mere memorandum for the future work which I am now completing in Fors Clavigera; it was printed partly in vanity, but also with real desire to get people to share the interest I found in the careful study of the leading words in noble languages. Compare the next note.]
[This note is basically a quick reminder for the future work I'm finishing up in Fors Clavigera; it was published partly out of vanity, but also with a genuine hope that others would share the interest I discovered in the careful study of key words in great languages. Check out the next note.]
[51] As Charis becomes Charitas, the word "Cher," or "Dear," passes from Shylock's sense of it (to buy cheap and sell dear) into Antonio's sense of it: emphasized with the final i in tender "Cheri," and hushed to English calmness in our noble "Cherish." The reader must not think that any care can be misspent in tracing the connexion and power of the words which we have to use in the sequel. (See Appendix VI.) Much education sums itself in making men economize their words, and understand them. Nor is it possible to estimate the harm which has been done, in matters of higher speculation and conduct, by loose verbiage, though we may guess at it by observing the dislike which people show to having anything about their religion said to them in simple words, because then they understand it. Thus congregations meet weekly to invoke the influence of a Spirit of Life and Truth; yet if any part of that character were intelligibly expressed to them by the formulas of the service, they would be offended. Suppose, for instance, in the closing benediction, the clergyman were to give vital significance to the vague word "Holy," and were to say, "the fellowship of the Helpful and Honest Ghost be with you, and remain with you always," what would be the horror of many, first at the irreverence of so intelligible an expression; and secondly, at the discomfortable occurrence of the suspicion that while throughout the commercial dealings of the week they had denied the propriety of Help, and possibility of Honesty, the Person whose company they had been now asking to be blessed with could have no fellowship with cruel people or knaves.
[51] As Charis becomes Charitas, the word "Cher," or "Dear," shifts from Shylock's interpretation (to buy cheap and sell high) to Antonio's understanding: highlighted by the final i in the affectionate "Cheri," and softened into English serenity in our noble "Cherish." The reader should not think that any effort is wasted in tracing the connection and significance of the words we will use later. (See Appendix VI.) Much of education is about helping people use their words wisely and understand them. We can’t fully appreciate the damage caused by vague language, especially in deeper discussions and actions, though we can get a sense of it by noticing how people react negatively to straightforward discussions about their faith, because then it makes sense to them. For example, congregations gather weekly to seek the presence of a Spirit of Life and Truth; yet if any aspect of that role were clearly stated using the language of the service, they would be upset. Imagine if, in the final blessing, the clergyman were to give real meaning to the vague term "Holy," saying, "the fellowship of the Helpful and Honest Ghost be with you, and remain with you always." Many would be horrified, first at the irreverence of such a clear statement; and secondly, at the uncomfortable realization that, throughout their business dealings of the week, they had dismissed the idea of Help and the possibility of Honesty, while they had been asking for blessings from a presence that could not associate with cruel people or deceitful individuals.
[52] "τα μεν ουν αγγα ζωα ουκ εχειν αισθησιν των εν ταις κινησεσι ταξεων ουδε αταξιων οις δη ρυθμος υνομα και ἁομονια ημιν δε ους ειπομεν τους Θεους (Apollo, the Muses, and Bacchus—the grave Bacchus, that is—ruling the choir of age; or Bacchus restraining; 'sæva tene, cum Berecyntio cornu tympana,' &c.) συνχορευτας δεδοσθαι, τουτους ειναι και τους δεδωκοτας την ενρυθμον τε και εναρμονιον αισθησιν μεθ' ηδονης ... χορους τε ωνομακεναι παρα της χαρας εμφυτον ονομα." "Other animals have no perception of order nor of disorder in motion; but for us, Apollo and Bacchus and the Muses are appointed to mingle in our dances; and there are they who have given us the sense of delight in rhythm and harmony. And the name of choir, choral dance, (we may believe,) came from chara (delight)."—Laws, book ii.
[52] "Other animals don’t have any perception of order or disorder in movement; but for us, Apollo, Bacchus, and the Muses are chosen to join us in our dances. They have given us the sense of pleasure in rhythm and harmony. We might say that the term choir, or choral dance, comes from chara (delight)."—Laws, book ii.
[53] [My way now, is to say things plainly, if I can, whether they sound harsh or not;—this is the translation—"Is it possible, then, that as a horse is only a mischief to any one who attempts to use him without knowing how, so also our brother, if we attempt to use him without knowing how, may be a mischief to us?"]
[53] [These days, I prefer to speak plainly, no matter how it may come across;—this is what I mean—"Could it be that just like a horse can cause trouble for anyone who tries to ride it without the right skills, our brother might also bring us trouble if we try to engage with him without understanding how?"]
CHAPTER V.
GOVERNMENT.
106. It remains for us, as I stated in the close of the last chapter, to examine first the principles of government in general, and then those of the government of the Poor by the Rich.
106. As I mentioned at the end of the last chapter, we now need to look at the basic principles of government in general, and then specifically at how the Rich govern the Poor.
The government of a state consists in its customs, laws, and councils, and their enforcements.
The government of a state is made up of its customs, laws, and councils, along with how they are enforced.
I. Customs.
I. Customs.
As one person primarily differs from another by fineness of nature, and, secondarily, by fineness of training, so also, a polite nation differs from a savage one, first, by the refinement of its nature, and secondly by the delicacy of its customs.
As one person mainly differs from another by their natural qualities, and, to a lesser extent, by their training, a polite society also differs from a primitive one, first, by the refinement of its nature, and secondly by the sophistication of its customs.
In the completeness of custom, which is the nation's self-government, there are three stages—first, fineness in method of doing or of being;—called the manner or moral of acts; secondly, firmness in holding such method after adoption, so that it shall become a habit in the character: i. e., a constant "having" or "behaving;" and, lastly, ethical power in performance and endurance, which is the skill following on habit, and the ease reached by frequency of right doing.
In the fullness of tradition, which is the nation's self-governance, there are three stages—first, excellence in how we act or exist; this is known as the manner or morality of actions; second, consistency in maintaining that method after it is adopted, so it becomes a habit in our character: i. e., a constant way of "having" or "behaving;" and finally, ethical strength in execution and perseverance, which is the skill that comes from habit and the ease achieved through regularly doing what is right.
The sensibility of the nation is indicated by the fineness of its customs; its courage, continence, and self-respect by its persistence in them.
The nation's sensitivity is shown by the quality of its customs; its bravery, self-control, and self-respect are reflected in how consistently it upholds them.
By sensibility I mean its natural perception of beauty, fitness, and rightness; or of what is lovely, decent, and just: faculties dependent much on race, and the primal signs of fine breeding in man; but cultivable also by education, and necessarily perishing without it. True education has, indeed, no other function than the development of these[Pg 182] faculties, and of the relative will. It has been the great error of modern intelligence to mistake science for education. You do not educate a man by telling him what he knew not, but by making him what he was not.
By sensibility, I mean the natural ability to perceive beauty, appropriateness, and what is right; or what is lovely, respectable, and fair: abilities that depend a lot on race and the basic signs of good breeding in humans; but can also be developed through education, and will inevitably fade away without it. True education really has no other purpose than to enhance these[Pg 182]abilities and the related will. It has been the major mistake of modern thinking to confuse science with education. You don’t educate someone by simply telling them things they didn’t know, but by transforming them into someone they weren’t.
And making him what he will remain for ever: for no wash of weeds will bring back the faded purple. And in that dyeing there are two processes—first, the cleansing and wringing-out, which is the baptism with water; and then the infusing of the blue and scarlet colours, gentleness and justice, which is the baptism with fire.
And turning him into what he will always be: because no amount of weeds can restore the lost purple. In this process of dyeing, there are two steps—first, the washing and wringing-out, which is like a baptism with water; and then, the infusion of blue and scarlet colors, representing gentleness and justice, which is the baptism with fire.
107.[54] The customs and manners of a sensitive and highly-trained race are always Vital: that is to say, they are orderly manifestations of intense life, like the habitual action of the fingers of a musician. The customs and manners of a vile and rude race, on the contrary, are conditions of decay: they are not, properly speaking, habits, but incrustations; not restraints, or forms, of life; but gangrenes, noisome, and the beginnings of death.
107.[54] The customs and behaviors of a sensitive and highly-trained group are always essential: they are structured expressions of vibrant life, similar to a musician's fingers moving instinctively. In contrast, the customs and behaviors of a crude and uncivilized group signify decline: they are not true habits, but rather layers of buildup; they are not constraints or forms of life, but rather infections, harmful and the onset of death.
And generally, so far as custom attaches itself to indolence instead of action, and to prejudice instead of perception, it takes this deadly character, so that thus
And generally, as long as habits are linked to laziness rather than taking action, and to biases rather than awareness, it takes on this harmful nature, so that thus
As heavy as frost and as deep as life itself.
But that weight, if it become impetus, (living instead of dead weight) is just what gives value to custom, when it works with life, instead of against it.
But that weight, if it becomes momentum, (living instead of dead weight) is exactly what adds value to tradition when it operates with life, instead of against it.
108. The high ethical training of a nation implies perfect Grace, Pitifulness, and Peace; it is irreconcilably inconsistent with filthy or mechanical employments,—with the desire of money,—and with mental states of anxiety, jealousy, or indifference to pain. The present insensibility of the upper classes of Europe to the surrounding aspects of suffering, uncleanness, and crime, binds them not only into one responsibility with the sin, but into one dishonour with the foulness,[Pg 183] which rot at their thresholds. The crimes daily recorded in the police-courts of London and Paris (and much more those which are unrecorded) are a disgrace to the whole body politic;[55] they are, as in the body natural, stains of disease on a face of delicate skin, making the delicacy itself frightful. Similarly, the filth and poverty permitted or ignored in the midst of us are as dishonourable to the whole social body, as in the body natural it is to wash the face, but leave the hands and feet foul. Christ's way is the only true one: begin at the feet; the face will take care of itself.
108. The high ethical standard of a nation means complete grace, compassion, and peace; it can't coexist with dirty or mechanical jobs, the pursuit of money, or feelings of anxiety, jealousy, or indifference to suffering. The current insensitivity of the upper classes in Europe to the surrounding suffering, filth, and crime connects them not only to the sin but also to the shame of the ugliness that festers at their doors.[Pg 183] The crimes reported daily in the courts of London and Paris (and even more so those that go unreported) are a disgrace to our entire society;[55] they are, like sickness marks on a delicate face, making the delicacy itself horrifying. Likewise, the filth and poverty that are allowed or overlooked among us are just as shameful to the whole social body, as it is in the natural body to clean the face while leaving the hands and feet dirty. Christ's way is the only true way: start from the feet, and the face will take care of itself.
109. Yet, since necessarily, in the frame of a nation, nothing but the head can be of gold, and the feet, for the work they have to do, must be part of iron, part of clay;—foul or mechanical work is always reduced by a noble race to the minimum in quantity; and, even then, performed and endured, not without sense of degradation, as a fine temper is wounded by the sight of the lower offices of the body. The highest conditions of human society reached hitherto have cast such work to slaves; but supposing slavery of a politically defined kind to be done away with, mechanical and foul employment must, in all highly organized states, take the aspect either of punishment or probation. All criminals should at once be set to the most dangerous and painful forms of it, especially to work in mines and at furnaces,[56] so as to relieve[Pg 184] the innocent population as far as possible: of merely rough (not mechanical) manual labour, especially agricultural, a large portion should be done by the upper classes;—bodily health, and sufficient contrast and repose for the mental functions, being unattainable without it; what necessarily inferior labour remains to be done, as especially in manufactures, should, and always will, when the relations of society are reverent and harmonious, fall to the lot of those who, for the time, are fit for nothing better. For as, whatever the perfectness of the educational system, there must remain infinite differences between the natures and capacities of men; and these differing natures are generally rangeable under the two qualities of lordly, (or tending towards rule, construction, and harmony), and servile (or tending towards misrule, destruction, and discord); and[Pg 185] since the lordly part is only in a state of profitableness while ruling, and the servile only in a state of redeemableness while serving, the whole health of the state depends on the manifest separation of these two elements of its mind; for, if the servile part be not separated and rendered visible in service, it mixes with, and corrupts, the entire body of the state; and if the lordly part be not distinguished, and set to rule, it is crushed and lost, being turned to no account, so that the rarest qualities of the nation are all given to it in vain.[57]
109. However, in the context of a nation, only the leaders can be golden, while the workers—the ones who have to do the heavy lifting—must be part iron, part clay. Lowly or menial work is always minimized by a noble class, and even then, it’s done with a sense of degradation, like how a refined nature feels wounded by the sight of the body’s more unpleasant tasks. The highest levels of human society have relegated such work to slaves; but if we abolish slavery as it is politically defined, then routine and menial jobs will, in any well-structured society, be viewed either as punishment or as a trial period. All criminals should immediately be assigned the most dangerous and grueling kinds of work—especially in mines and furnaces—to alleviate the burden on the innocent public as much as possible. A significant amount of purely manual (not mechanical) labor, especially in agriculture, should be done by the upper classes, as good physical health and the needed contrast and rest for mental functions cannot be achieved without it. The remaining, necessarily lower-quality work, particularly in manufacturing, should, and always will, fall to those who, for the time being, are suited for nothing better, when societal relations are respectful and harmonious. Regardless of how perfect the education system might be, there will always be infinite differences in human abilities and natures; these differing natures typically fall into two categories: noble (aiming for leadership, structure, and harmony) and servile (leaning towards chaos, destruction, and discord). Since the noble class thrives only when in charge, and the servile class is only valuable when in service, the health of the entire state relies on a clear distinction between these two aspects of its identity. If the servile class isn’t visibly identified in service, it muddles and corrupts the whole state; and if the noble class isn’t recognized and set to rule, it gets suppressed and wasted, rendering the nation’s rarest qualities useless.
II. Laws.
II. Laws.
110. These are the definitions and bonds of custom, or of what the nation desires should become custom.
110. These are the definitions and connections of tradition, or of what the nation wants to become traditional.
Law is either archic,[58] (of direction), meristic, (of division), or critic, (of judgment).
Law is either archic,[58] (about direction), meristic (about division), or critic (about judgment).
Archic law is that of appointment and precept: it defines what is and is not to be done.
Archic law involves appointment and directive: it specifies what should and shouldn't be done.
Meristic law is that of balance and distribution: it defines what is and is not to be possessed.
Meristic law is about balance and distribution: it determines what can and can't be owned.
Critic law is that of discernment and award: it defines what is and is not to be suffered.
Critic law is about judgment and recognition: it determines what is and isn't to be suffered.
111. A. Archic Law. If we choose to unite the laws of precept and distribution under the head of "statutes," all law[Pg 186] is simply either of statute or judgment; that is, first the establishment of ordinance, and, secondly, the assignment of the reward, or penalty, due to its observance or violation.
111. A. Archic Law. If we decide to combine the laws of instruction and distribution under the term "statutes," then all law[Pg 186] is essentially either a statute or a judgment; that is, first, the creation of rules, and second, the determination of the reward or punishment associated with following or breaking those rules.
To some extent these two forms of law must be associated, and, with every ordinance, the penalty of disobedience to it be also determined. But since the degrees and guilt of disobedience vary, the determination of due reward and punishment must be modified by discernment of special fact, which is peculiarly the office of the judge, as distinguished from that of the lawgiver and law-sustainer, or king; not but that the two offices are always theoretically, and in early stages, or limited numbers, of society, are often practically, united in the same person or persons.
To some extent, these two types of law must be connected, and with every rule, the punishment for breaking it should also be established. However, since the levels of guilt and disobedience vary, the assignment of appropriate rewards and punishments must be adjusted based on specific circumstances, which is primarily the role of the judge, unlike that of the lawmaker and enforcer, or king; although, in theory and in the early stages or smaller groups of society, these roles are often practically combined in the same individual or individuals.
112. Also, it is necessary to keep clearly in view the distinction between these two kinds of law, because the possible range of law is wider in proportion to their separation. There are many points of conduct respecting which the nation may wisely express its will by a written precept or resolve, yet not enforce it by penalty:[59] and the expedient degree of penalty is always quite a separate consideration from the expedience of the statute; for the statute may often be better enforced by mercy than severity, and is also easier in the bearing, and less likely to be abrogated. Farther, laws of precept have reference especially to youth, and concern themselves with training; but laws of judgment to manhood, and concern themselves with remedy and reward. There is a highly curious feeling in the English mind against educational law: we think no man's liberty should be interfered with till he has done irrevocable wrong; whereas it is then just too late for the only gracious and kingly interference, which is to hinder him from doing it. Make your educational laws strict, and[Pg 187] your criminal ones may be gentle; but, leave youth its liberty and you will have to dig dungeons for age. And it is good for a man that he "wear the yoke in his youth:" for the reins may then be of silken thread; and with sweet chime of silver bells at the bridle; but, for the captivity of age, you must forge the iron fetter, and cast the passing bell.
112. It's important to clearly recognize the difference between these two types of law because the potential scope of law increases with their distinction. There are many aspects of behavior that the nation can wisely express through a written rule or decision, yet not enforce with punishment:[59] and determining the appropriate level of punishment is always a separate issue from the practicality of the law itself; often, the law can be upheld more effectively through mercy than through harshness, which is also easier to handle and less likely to be overturned. Furthermore, laws regarding behavior primarily relate to youth and focus on education; whereas laws of judgment pertain to adulthood and deal with consequences and rewards. There is a peculiar sentiment in the English mindset against educational law: we believe that a person's freedom shouldn't be restricted until they commit irreversible wrongdoing; however, by then, it's already too late for the only benevolent and noble intervention, which is to prevent them from going down that path. If you make your educational laws strict, your criminal laws can afford to be lenient; but if you allow youth its freedom, you'll end up needing to create prisons for the elderly. It's beneficial for a person to "wear the yoke in their youth": for the reins can then be made of soft thread, with the sweet sound of silver bells on the bridle; but for the bondage of old age, you must create iron chains and hear the tolling of the funeral bell.
113. Since no law can be, in a final or true sense, established, but by right, (all unjust laws involving the ultimate necessity of their own abrogation), the law-giving can only become a law-sustaining power in so far as it is Royal, or "right doing;"—in so far, that is, as it rules, not misrules, and orders, not dis-orders, the things submitted to it. Throned on this rock of justice, the kingly power becomes established and establishing; "θειος," or divine, and, therefore, it is literally true that no ruler can err, so long as he is a ruler, or αρχων ουδεις αμαρτανει τοτε ὁταν αρχων η; perverted by careless thought, which has cost the world somewhat, into—"the king can do no wrong."
113. Since no law can truly be established without being just (all unjust laws eventually need to be abolished), the authority that creates laws can only maintain them to the extent that it acts rightly—that is, it governs correctly and brings order rather than chaos to what it oversees. Built on this foundation of justice, royal power becomes established and capable of establishing others; it is divine, and thus, it is literally true that no ruler can make mistakes as long as they are in power, or as it is said, "no ruler ever errs when they are ruling"; twisted over time through careless thinking, which has cost the world quite a bit, into the phrase, "the king can do no wrong."
114. B. Meristic Law,[60] or that of the tenure of property, first determines what every individual possesses by right, and secures it to him; and what he possesses by wrong, and deprives him of it. But it has a far higher provisory function: it determines what every man should possess, and puts it within his reach on due conditions; and what he should not possess, and puts this out of his reach, conclusively.
114. B. Meristic Law,[60] or the law governing property rights, first identifies what each person has the right to own and protects that ownership; it also recognizes what someone wrongfully possesses and takes it away. However, it has an even more important role: it defines what everyone should own and makes it attainable under certain conditions; and it identifies what they should not own and ensures that it remains out of their reach.
115. Every article of human wealth has certain conditions attached to its merited possession; when these are unobserved, possession becomes rapine. And the object of meristic law is not only to secure to every man his rightful share (the share, that is, which he has worked for, produced, or received by gift from a rightful owner), but to enforce the due conditions of possession, as far as law may conveniently reach; for instance, that land shall not be wantonly allowed to run to waste, that streams shall not be poisoned by the persons through whose properties they pass, nor air be rendered unwholesome[Pg 188] beyond given limits. Laws of this kind exist already in rudimentary degree, but need large development; the just laws respecting the possession of works of art have not hitherto been so much as conceived, and the daily loss of national wealth, and of its use, in this respect, is quite incalculable. And these laws need revision quite as much respecting property in national as in private hands. For instance: the public are under a vague impression that, because they have paid for the contents of the British Museum, every one has an equal right to see and to handle them. But the public have similarly paid for the contents of Woolwich arsenal; yet do not expect free access to it, or handling of its contents. The British Museum is neither a free circulating library, nor a free school: it is a place for the safe preservation, and exhibition on due occasion, of unique books, unique objects of natural history, and unique works of art; its books can no more be used by everybody than its coins can be handled, or its statues cast. There ought to be free libraries in every quarter of London, with large and complete reading-rooms attached; so also free educational museums should be open in every quarter of London, all day long, until late at night, well lighted, well catalogued, and rich in contents both of art and natural history. But neither the British Museum nor National Gallery is a school; they are treasuries; and both should be severely restricted in access and in use. Unless some order of this kind is made, and that soon, for the MSS. department of the Museum, (its superintendents have sorrowfully told me this, and repeatedly), the best MSS. in the collection will be destroyed, irretrievably, by the careless and continual handling to which they are now subjected.
115. Every item of human wealth comes with certain conditions for its rightful ownership; when these conditions aren't met, ownership turns into theft. The purpose of fair law is not only to guarantee that everyone gets their fair share (the share they’ve worked for, produced, or received as a gift from a rightful owner), but also to enforce the proper conditions for possession, to the extent that the law can manage. For example, land shouldn’t be allowed to go to waste carelessly, rivers must not be contaminated by the people whose properties they flow through, and air shouldn't be made unhealthy beyond certain limits. Laws like these already exist to some extent, but they need significant development; just laws regarding ownership of art have yet to be fully conceived, and the ongoing loss of national wealth and its use in this area is immense. These laws also need to be updated for properties in both public and private ownership. For example, the public has a vague belief that, since they’ve funded the contents of the British Museum, everyone has an equal right to see and handle them. However, the public has also funded the contents of Woolwich Arsenal, yet they don’t expect free access to it or the ability to handle its items. The British Museum isn’t a free circulating library or a free school; it serves as a place for the safe preservation and occasional exhibition of unique books, rare natural history items, and exceptional works of art. Its books can’t be used by just anyone, nor can its coins be handled, or its statues moved. There should be free libraries in every neighborhood of London, with large and complete reading rooms attached; similarly, free educational museums should be open in every area of London, available all day and late into the night, well-lit, well-cataloged, and rich in both art and natural history content. However, neither the British Museum nor the National Gallery functions as a school; they are treasuries, and both should have strict access and usage limitations. Unless some arrangement like this is put in place soon for the Museum's manuscripts department (which its supervisors have sadly informed me about multiple times), the best manuscripts in the collection will be irreparably damaged by the careless and constant handling they currently endure.
Finally, in certain conditions of a nation's progress, laws limiting accumulation of any kind of property may be found expedient.
Finally, under certain circumstances in a country's development, it may be beneficial to have laws that restrict the accumulation of any type of property.
116. C. Critic Law determines questions of injury, and assigns due rewards and punishments to conduct.
116. C. Critic's Law decides issues of harm and assigns appropriate rewards and punishments for actions.
Two curious economical questions arise laterally with respect to this branch of law, namely, the cost of crime, and[Pg 189] the cost of judgment. The cost of crime is endured by nations ignorantly, that expense being nowhere stated in their budgets; the cost of judgment, patiently, (provided only it can be had pure for the money), because the science, or perhaps we ought rather to say the art, of law, is felt to found a noble profession and discipline; so that civilized nations are usually glad that a number of persons should be supported by exercise in oratory and analysis. But it has not yet been calculated what the practical value might have been, in other directions, of the intelligence now occupied in deciding, through courses of years, what might have been decided as justly, had the date of judgment been fixed, in as many hours. Imagine one half of the funds which any great nation devotes to dispute by law, applied to the determination of physical questions in medicine, agriculture, and theoretic science; and calculate the probable results within the next ten years!
Two interesting economic questions come up in relation to this area of law: the cost of crime and the cost of judgment. The cost of crime is suffered by nations without them realizing it, as this expense isn't recorded in their budgets. The cost of judgment is endured patiently, as long as it's offered fairly for the price, because the study—or maybe we should call it the practice—of law is seen as a respectable profession and discipline. As a result, civilized nations are generally pleased to support people engaged in speaking and analysis. However, it's never been figured out what the practical value might have been, in other areas, of the intelligence currently spent on long-term judgments that could have been aptly resolved in just a few hours. Imagine if half of the money that any major nation uses for legal disputes were redirected toward solving physical problems in medicine, agriculture, and theoretical science; think about the possible outcomes over the next decade!
I say nothing yet of the more deadly, more lamentable loss, involved in the use of purchased, instead of personal, justice—"επακτω παρ αλλων—απορια οικεων."
I haven’t mentioned the even more serious and regrettable loss that comes from relying on purchased justice instead of personal justice—"επακτω παρ αλλων—απορια οικεων."
117. In order to true analysis of critic law, we must understand the real meaning of the word "injury."
117. To properly analyze the law of criticism, we must grasp the true meaning of the word "injury."
We commonly understand by it, any kind of harm done by one man to another; but we do not define the idea of harm: sometimes we limit it to the harm which the sufferer is conscious of; whereas much the worst injuries are those he is unconscious of; and, at other times, we limit the idea to violence, or restraint; whereas much the worse forms of injury are to be accomplished by indolence, and the withdrawal of restraint.
We usually think of it as any kind of harm one person causes to another; however, we don’t really define what we mean by harm: sometimes we restrict it to the harm that the victim is aware of, while the worst injuries are often the ones they’re unaware of; other times, we confine the idea to violence or force, but many of the most damaging forms of injury come from neglect and the absence of restraint.
118. "Injury" is then simply the refusal, or violation of, any man's right or claim upon his fellows: which claim, much talked of in modern times, under the term "right," is mainly resolvable into two branches: a man's claim not to be hindered from doing what he should; and his claim to be hindered from doing what he should not; these two forms of hindrance being intensified by reward, help, and fortune, or Fors, on one side, and by punishment, impediment, and even final arrest, or Mors, on the other.[Pg 190]
118. "Injury" is simply the denial or violation of any person's rights or claims against others: this claim, often discussed today as a "right," breaks down mainly into two parts: a person's right not to be prevented from doing what they ought to do; and their right to be prevented from doing what they shouldn't do; these two forms of interference being intensified by rewards, support, and good fortune on one side, and by punishment, obstacles, and even ultimate consequences on the other.[Pg 190]
119. Now, in order to a man's obtaining these two rights, it is clearly needful that the worth of him should be approximately known; as well as the want of worth, which has, unhappily, been usually the principal subject of study for critic law, careful hitherto only to mark degrees of de-merit, instead of merit;—assigning, indeed, to the Deficiencies (not always, alas! even to these) just estimate, fine, or penalty; but to the Efficiencies, on the other side, which are by much the more interesting, as well as the only profitable part of its subject, assigning neither estimate nor aid.
119. Now, for a person to gain these two rights, it’s essential that their worth is roughly understood; along with the lack of worth, which has unfortunately been the main focus of legal criticism, only paying attention to the degrees of demerit instead of merit. While it does assign a just estimate, fine, or penalty to the Deficiencies (though, sadly, not always even to these), it completely neglects the Efficiencies, which are far more interesting and the only truly valuable part of its subject, giving them neither estimate nor support.
120. Now, it is in this higher and perfect function of critic law, enabling instead of disabling, that it becomes truly Kingly, instead of Draconic: (what Providence gave the great, wrathful legislator his name?): that is, it becomes the law of man and of life, instead of the law of the worm and of death—both of these laws being set in changeless poise one against another, and the enforcement of both being the eternal function of the lawgiver, and true claim of every living soul: such claim being indeed strong to be mercifully hindered, and even, if need be, abolished, when longer existence means only deeper destruction, but stronger still to be mercifully helped, and recreated, when longer existence and new creation mean nobler life. So that reward and punishment will be found to resolve themselves mainly[61] into help and hindrance; and these again will issue naturally from time recognition of deserving, and the just reverence and just wrath which follow instinctively on such recognition.
120. Now, in this higher and perfect role of critique, empowering instead of disabling, it becomes truly regal, rather than harsh: (what led the great, angry lawmaker to his title?): that is, it transforms into the law of humanity and life, rather than the law of decay and death—both of these laws balanced against each other, and the enforcement of both being the eternal duty of the lawgiver and the rightful claim of every living being: such a claim being indeed valid to be compassionately limited, and even, if necessary, eliminated, when prolonged existence only means greater suffering, but even more valid to be compassionately supported and renewed when extended existence and new beginnings signify a greater life. So, reward and punishment will largely boil down to help and hinder; and these will naturally arise from the timely recognition of merit, along with the proper respect and rightful anger that instinctively follow such recognition.
121. I say, "follow," but, in reality, they are part of the recognition. Reverence is as instinctive as anger;—both of them instant on true vision: it is sight and understanding that we have to teach, and these are reverence. Make a man perceive worth, and in its reflection he sees his own relative unworth, and worships thereupon inevitably, not with stiff courtesy, but rejoicingly, passionately, and, best of all, restfully: for the inner capacity of awe and love is infinite in[Pg 191] man, and only in finding these, can we find peace. And the common insolences and petulances of the people, and their talk of equality, are not irreverence in them in the least, but mere blindness, stupefaction, and fog in the brains,[62] the first sign of any cleansing away of which is, that they gain some power of discerning, and some patience in submitting to, their true counsellors and governors. In the mode of such discernment consists the real "constitution" of the state, more than in the titles or offices of the discerned person; for it is no matter, save in degree of mischief, to what office a man is appointed, if he cannot fulfil it.
121. I say, "follow," but really, they are part of the recognition. Respect is as instinctive as anger;—both happen instantly with true perception: it’s sight and understanding that we need to teach, and these are respect. When a person recognizes value, he sees his own relative lack of worth in its reflection and inevitably worships, not with rigid courtesy, but joyfully, passionately, and best of all, calmly: for the inner capacity for awe and love is infinite in[Pg 191] humans, and only by discovering these can we find peace. The common rudeness and irritability of people, and their talk about equality, are not disrespect in them at all, but simple blindness, confusion, and fog in their minds,[62] the first sign of which being that they gain some ability to discern and some patience to submit to their true advisors and leaders. The actual "constitution" of the state lies more in this ability to discern than in the titles or roles of the person being recognized; for it doesn’t matter, except in how much harm it causes, what position a person holds if they are unable to fulfill it.
122. III. Government by Council.
122. III. Council Governance.
This is the determination, by living authority, of the national conduct to be observed under existing circumstances; and the modification or enlargement, abrogation or enforcement, of the code of national law according to present needs or purposes. This government is necessarily always by council, for though the authority of it may be vested in one person, that person cannot form any opinion on a matter of public interest but by (voluntarily or involuntarily) submitting himself to the influence of others.
This is the decision, made by those in power, about how the nation should act given the current situation; and the adjustment, expansion, repeal, or enforcement of the national laws based on today's needs or goals. This government always operates by committee, because even if the authority rests with one person, that person cannot form an opinion on a public issue without (willingly or unwillingly) taking into account the perspectives of others.
This government is always twofold—visible and invisible.
This government always has two sides—one you can see and one you can't.
The visible government is that which nominally carries on the national business; determines its foreign relations, raises taxes, levies soldiers, orders war or peace, and otherwise becomes the arbiter of the national fortune. The invisible government is that exercised by all energetic and intelligent men, each in his sphere, regulating the inner will and secret ways of the people, essentially forming its character, and preparing its fate.
The visible government is the one that officially manages the country's affairs; it decides on foreign relations, collects taxes, recruits soldiers, declares war or peace, and generally acts as the decision-maker for the nation's future. The invisible government is the influence wielded by all proactive and knowledgeable individuals, each in their own realm, shaping the inner desires and hidden actions of the people, fundamentally shaping its identity and determining its destiny.
Visible governments are the toys of some nations, the diseases of others, the harness of some, the burdens of more[Pg 192] the necessity of all. Sometimes their career is quite distinct from that of the people, and to write it, as the national history, is as if one should number the accidents which befall a man's weapons and wardrobe, and call the list his biography. Nevertheless, a truly noble and wise nation necessarily has a noble and wise visible government, for its wisdom issues in that conclusively.
Visible governments are the playthings of some nations, the problems of others, the control of some, and the burdens of many[Pg 192] the necessity for all. Sometimes their path is quite separate from that of the people, and to document it as national history is like trying to catalog the mishaps of a man's possessions and calling that his life story. However, a genuinely noble and wise nation will inevitably have a noble and wise visible government, as that wisdom manifests in that way.
123. Visible governments are, in their agencies, capable of three pure forms, and of no more than three.
123. Visible governments can take on three distinct forms in their agencies, and no more than three.
They are either monarchies, where the authority is vested in one person; oligarchies, when it is vested in a minority; or democracies, when vested in a majority.
They are either monarchies, where power is held by one person; oligarchies, where it is held by a small group; or democracies, where it is held by the majority.
But these three forms are not only, in practice, variously limited and combined, but capable of infinite difference in character and use, receiving specific names according to their variations; which names, being nowise agreed upon, nor consistently used, either in thought or writing, no man can at present tell, in speaking of any kind of government, whether he is understood; nor, in hearing, whether he understands. Thus we usually call a just government by one person a monarchy, and an unjust or cruel one, a tyranny: this might be reasonable if it had reference to the divinity of true government; but to limit the term "oligarchy" to government by a few rich people, and to call government by a few wise or noble people "aristocracy," is evidently absurd, unless it were proved that rich people never could be wise, or noble people rich; and farther absurd, because there are other distinctions in character, as well as riches or wisdom (greater purity of race, or strength of purpose, for instance), which may give the power of government to the few. So that if we had to give names to every group or kind of minority, we should have verbiage enough. But there is only one right name—"oligarchy."
But these three forms aren't just limited and mixed in practice; they can also differ infinitely in character and use, receiving specific names based on their variations. However, since these names are not consistently agreed upon or used in thought or writing, no one can really know if they will be understood when talking about any type of government, nor can they tell if they truly understand what they're hearing. For example, we typically refer to a fair government led by one person as a monarchy and an unfair or cruel one as a tyranny. This might make sense if it relates to the essence of true government, but it's clearly absurd to restrict the term "oligarchy" to rule by a few wealthy individuals and call rule by a few wise or noble people "aristocracy," unless we can prove that rich individuals can't be wise or noble individuals can't be wealthy. It’s further absurd because there are other distinctions, beyond wealth or wisdom (like greater purity of lineage or strength of conviction, for instance), that can also grant power to a select few. So, if we had to label every group or type of minority, we would have an abundance of terms. But there’s really only one correct term—"oligarchy."
124. So also the terms "republic" and "democracy"[63] are[Pg 193] confused, especially in modern use; and both of them are liable to every sort of misconception. A republic means, properly, a polity in which the state, with its all, is at every man's service, and every man, with his all, at the state's service—(people are apt to lose sight of the last condition), but its government may nevertheless be oligarchic (consular, or decemviral, for instance), or monarchic (dictatorial). But a democracy means a state in which the government rests directly with the majority of the citizens. And both these conditions have been judged only by such accidents and aspects of them as each of us has had experience of; and sometimes both have been confused with anarchy, as it is the fashion at present to talk of the "failure of republican institutions in America," when there has never yet been in America any such thing as an institution, but only defiance of institution; neither any such thing as a res-publica, but only a multitudinous res-privata; every man for himself. It is not republicanism which fails now in America; it is your model science of political economy, brought to its perfect practice. There you may see competition, and the "law of demand and supply" (especially in paper), in beautiful and unhindered operation.[64] Lust of wealth, and trust in it; vulgar faith in magnitude and multitude, instead of nobleness; besides that faith natural to backwoodsmen—"lucum ligna,"[65]—perpetual self-contemplation, issuing in passionate vanity; total ignorance of the finer and higher arts, and of all that they teach and bestow; and the discontent of energetic minds unoccupied, frantic with hope of uncomprehended change, and progress they know not whither;[66]—these are the things that[Pg 194] have "failed" in America; and yet not altogether failed—it is not collapse, but collision; the greatest railroad accident on record, with fire caught from the furnace, and Catiline's quenching "non aquâ, sed ruinâ."[67] But I see not, in any of our talk of them, justice enough done to their erratic strength of purpose, nor any estimate taken of the strength of endurance of domestic sorrow, in what their women and children suppose a righteous cause. And out of that endurance and suffering, its own fruit will be born with time; [not abolition of slavery, however. See § 130.] and Carlyle's prophecy of them (June, 1850), as it has now come true in the first clause, will, in the last:—
124. The terms "republic" and "democracy" are often mixed up, especially in today’s context, and both can lead to misunderstandings. A republic is essentially a system where the state serves every individual, and each individual serves the state — people often overlook the latter part. However, its government can still be oligarchic (like a consular or decemviral system) or monarchic (like a dictatorship). On the other hand, a democracy is one where the government is directly controlled by the majority of citizens. Both concepts have been judged based on the experiences we've had, and sometimes they're confused with anarchy. Currently, there's talk about the "failure of republican institutions in America," but in reality, there has never been a true institution in America, only a disregard for institutions; there is no true res-publica, only a multitude of res-privata; it's every person acting for themselves. It's not republicanism that’s failing in America; it’s actually the well-practiced model of political economy. There you can observe competition and the "law of demand and supply" (especially in paper) working perfectly. The desire for wealth and faith in it, a shallow belief in size and quantity instead of virtue, along with the inherent faith of those living in the backwoods — “lucum ligna” — constant self-reflection leading to vanity, overall ignorance of finer arts and what they offer, and the frustration of active minds feeling unoccupied and desperate for change they can’t understand — these are the true "failures" in America; yet, it’s not a complete failure; it’s not a collapse, but a collision; it’s the largest railroad disaster recorded, fueled by fire from the furnace, akin to Catiline’s extinguishing “non aquâ, sed ruinâ.” But in our discussions, I don’t think we give enough credit to their unpredictable determination nor recognize the resilience of the domestic sorrow that their women and children believe is for a just cause. From that suffering and endurance, its own outcome will emerge with time; [not abolition of slavery, though. See § 130.] and Carlyle's prediction about them (June, 1850), which has now come true in the first part, will eventually be true in the last.
"America, too, will find that caucuses, divisionalists, stump-oratory, and speeches to Buncombe will not carry men to the immortal gods; that the Washington Congress, and constitutional battle of Kilkenny cats is there, as here, naught for such objects; quite incompetent for such; and, in fine, that said sublime constitutional arrangement will require to be (with terrible throes, and travail such as few expect yet) remodelled, abridged, extended, suppressed, torn asunder, put together again—not without heroic labour and effort, quite other than that of the stump-orator and the revival preacher, one day."
"America will also discover that caucuses, factionalism, empty speeches, and grandstanding won't lead anyone to greatness; that the Washington Congress, and the endless conflicts among politicians, are of no use for such aspirations; entirely incapable of achieving those goals; and ultimately, that this lofty constitutional setup will need to be restructured—with much struggle and effort that few anticipate—remodeled, shortened, expanded, suppressed, pulled apart, and reassembled again—not without significant work and determination, quite different from that of the politician and the revivalist, one day."
125.[68] Understand, then, once for all, that no form of government, provided it be a government at all, is, as such, to be either condemned or praised, or contested for in anywise, but[Pg 195] by fools. But all forms of government are good just so far as they attain this one vital necessity of policy—that the wise and kind, few or many, shall govern the unwise and unkind; and they are evil so far as they miss of this, or reverse it. Not does the form, in any case, signify one whit, but its firmness, and adaptation to the need; for if there be many foolish persons in a state, and few wise, then it is good that the few govern; and if there be many wise, and few foolish, then it is good that the many govern; and if many be wise, yet one wiser, then it is good that one should govern; and so on. Thus, we may have "the ant's republic, and the realm of bees," both good in their kind; one for groping, and the other for building; and nobler still, for flying;—the Ducal monarchy[69] of those
125.[68] Understand this once and for all: no type of government, as long as it qualifies as a government, should be outright condemned, praised, or contested by anyone but fools. All forms of government are good to the extent that they fulfill this crucial policy need—that the wise and kind, whether few or many, should govern the unwise and unkind; and they are bad when they fail to do this or turn it upside down. The specific form doesn’t matter; what counts is its stability and how well it meets the needs of the state. If there are many foolish people in a society and only a few wise ones, then it’s better for the few to govern. Conversely, if there are many wise individuals and only a few who are foolish, then the many should lead. If there are many wise, but one is wiser still, then that one should lead; and so forth. This way, we can have "the ant's republic and the realm of bees," both good in their own ways; one for foraging and the other for building; and even nobler yet, for flying;—the Ducal monarchy[69] of those
126. Nor need we want examples, among the inferior creatures, of dissoluteness, as well as resoluteness, in government. I once saw democracy finely illustrated by the beetles of North Switzerland, who by universal suffrage, and elytric acclamation, one May twilight, carried it, that they would fly over the Lake of Zug; and flew short, to the great disfigurement of the Lake of Zug,—Κανθαρον λιμην—over some leagues square, and to the close of the cockchafer democracy for that year. Then, for tyranny, the old fable of the frogs and the stork finely touches one form of it; but truth will image it more closely than fable, for tyranny is not complete when it is only over the idle, but when it is over the laborious and the blind. This description of pelicans and climbing perch, which I find quoted in one of our popular natural histories, out of Sir Emerson Tennant's Ceylon, comes as near as may be to the true image of the thing:[Pg 196]—
126. We don’t have to look far for examples of both excess and determination in leadership among lesser creatures. I once saw democracy perfectly showcased by the beetles of North Switzerland, who, through universal voting and enthusiastic cheers, decided one May evening that they would fly over Lake Zug; and they flew short, greatly disfiguring Lake Zug,—Κανθαρον λιμην—over several square leagues, marking the end of that year's beetle democracy. As for tyranny, the old fable of the frogs and the stork perfectly captures one type of it; but reality reveals it more accurately than fable, since tyranny isn’t complete when it only affects the lazy, but when it affects the hardworking and the blind. This description of pelicans and climbing perch, which I found quoted in one of our popular natural histories from Sir Emerson Tennant's Ceylon, comes as close as possible to the true image of the concept:[Pg 196]—
"Heavy rains came on, and as we stood on the high ground, we observed a pelican on the margin of the shallow pool gorging himself; our people went towards him, and raised a cry of 'Fish, fish!' We hurried down, and found numbers of fish struggling upward through the grass, in the rills formed by the trickling of the rain. There was scarcely water to cover them, but nevertheless they made rapid progress up the bank, on which our followers collected about two baskets of them. They were forcing their way up the knoll, and had they not been interrupted, first by the pelican, and afterwards by ourselves, they would in a few minutes have gained the highest point, and descended on the other side into a pool which formed another portion of the tank. In going this distance, however, they must have used muscular exertion enough to have taken them half a mile on level ground; for at these places all the cattle and wild animals of the neighbourhood had latterly come to drink, so that the surface was everywhere indented with footmarks, in addition to the cracks in the surrounding baked mud, into which the fish tumbled in their progress. In those holes, which were deep, and the sides perpendicular, they remained to die, and were carried off by kites and crows."[70]
"Heavy rains poured down, and while we stood on elevated ground, we saw a pelican by the edge of the shallow pool eating eagerly; our group moved toward him, shouting 'Fish, fish!' We rushed down and found many fish struggling to swim up through the grass in the small streams created by the rain. There was hardly enough water to cover them, yet they managed to move quickly up the bank, where our people gathered about two baskets of them. The fish were trying to reach the hilltop, and if they hadn’t been interrupted first by the pelican and then by us, they would have soon reached the highest point and gone down into another pool that was part of the tank. To travel that distance, they must have exerted enough energy to cover half a mile on flat ground; nearby, all the cattle and wild animals had recently come to drink, leaving the ground marked with footprints and cracks in the dried mud, causing fish to fall into those holes as they pushed through. In those deep holes with steep sides, they stayed to die, where they were later taken away by kites and crows." [70]
127. But whether governments be bad or good, one general disadvantage seems to attach to them in modern times—that they are all costly.[71] This, however, is not essentially the fault of the governments. If nations choose to play at war, they will always find their governments willing to lead the game, and soon coming under that term of Aristophanes, "καπηλοι ασπιδων," "shield-sellers." And when (πημ επι πηματι)[72] the shields take the form of iron ships, with apparatus[Pg 197] "for defence against liquid fire,"—as I see by latest accounts they are now arranging the decks in English dockyards—they become costly biers enough for the grey convoy of chief mourner waves, wreathed with funereal foam, to bear back the dead upon; the massy shoulders of those corpse-bearers being intended for quite other work, and to bear the living, and food for the living, if we would let them.
127. But whether governments are bad or good, one major downside seems to stick to them in modern times—that they are all expensive.[71] However, this isn't necessarily the fault of the governments. If nations decide to engage in war, they will always find their governments ready to lead the charge, quickly falling into the description by Aristophanes, "καπηλοι ασπιδων," or "shield-sellers." And when (πημ επι πηματι)[72] the shields take the form of iron ships, equipped[Pg 197] "for defense against liquid fire,"—as I've seen in recent reports, they are currently outfitting the decks in English shipyards—they turn into costly coffins for the grey procession of waves acting as chief mourners, wrapped in funeral foam, to carry the dead back; the heavy shoulders of those bearers are meant for quite different work, intended to carry the living and provide for them, if only we would allow it.
128. Nor have we the least right to complain of our governments being expensive, so long as we set the government to do precisely the work which brings no return. If our present doctrines of political economy be just, let us trust them to the utmost; take that war business out of the government's hands, and test therein the principles of supply and demand. Let our future sieges of Sebastopol be done by contract—no capture, no pay—(I admit that things might sometimes go better so); and let us sell the commands of our prospective battles, with our vicarages, to the lowest bidder; so may we have cheap victories, and divinity. On the other hand, if we have so much suspicion of our science that we dare not trust it on military or spiritual business, would it not be but reasonable to try whether some authoritative handling may not prosper in matters utilitarian? If we were to set our governments to do useful things instead of mischievous, possibly even the apparatus itself might in time come to be less costly. The machine, applied to the building of the house, might perhaps pay, when it seems not to pay, applied to pulling it down. If we made in our dockyards ships to carry timber and coals, instead of cannon, and with provision for the brightening of domestic solid culinary fire, instead of for the scattering of liquid hostile fire, it might have some effect on the taxes. Or suppose that we tried the experiment on land instead of water carriage; already the government, not unapproved, carries letters and parcels for us; larger packages may in time follow;—even general merchandise—why not, at last, ourselves? Had the money spent in local mistakes and vain private litigation, on the railroads of England, been laid out, instead, under proper government restraint, on really useful railroad work, and had no absurd expense been incurred[Pg 198] in ornamenting stations, we might already have had,—what ultimately it will be found we must have,—quadruple rails, two for passengers, and two for traffic, on every great line; and we might have been carried in swift safety, and watched and warded by well-paid pointsmen, for half the present fares. [For, of course, a railroad company is merely an association of turnpike-keepers, who make the tolls as high as they can, not to mend the roads with, but to pocket. The public will in time discover this, and do away with turnpikes on railroads, as on all other public-ways.]
128. We have no right to complain about our governments being expensive as long as we ask them to do work that doesn't generate any return. If our current economic theories are valid, let’s fully trust them; take the military stuff out of government control and test the principles of supply and demand there. Let future sieges of Sebastopol be contracted out—no capture, no pay—(I admit that sometimes this might actually work better); and let’s auction off command of our future battles, along with our church positions, to whoever bids the lowest; this way we might achieve cheap victories and divinity. On the flip side, if we doubt our knowledge so much that we’re afraid to trust it in military or spiritual matters, wouldn’t it make sense to see if authoritative management might succeed in practical areas? If we directed our governments to focus on useful projects instead of harmful ones, maybe the overall costs could eventually decrease. A machine designed to build houses might actually be profitable, while one used to tear them down might not be. If we built ships in our dockyards to transport timber and coal instead of cannons, and designed them to provide better home cooking fuel instead of causing destruction, that might help lower taxes. Or what if we tried this approach with land transport instead of water? The government already carries letters and packages for us, and eventually, larger packages might follow—maybe even general merchandise—why not us, too? If the money wasted on local blunders and pointless private lawsuits related to England’s railroads had instead been spent, under sensible government oversight, on genuinely useful rail projects, and no ridiculous expenses had gone into decorating stations, we might already have what we ultimately need—quadruple tracks, two for passengers and two for cargo, on every major route. We could be traveling quickly and safely, supervised by well-paid workers, for half what we’re paying now. [Because, of course, a railroad company is just a group of toll road operators who charge as much as they can, not to improve the roads, but to line their own pockets. Eventually, the public will realize this and eliminate tolls on railroads, just like on all other public roads.]
129. Suppose it should thus turn out, finally, that a true government set to true work, instead of being a costly engine, was a paying one? that your government, rightly organized, instead of itself subsisting by an income-tax, would produce its subjects some subsistence in the shape of an income dividend?—police, and judges duly paid besides, only with less work than the state at present provides for them.
129. Imagine if it turned out that a well-functioning government, instead of being an expensive burden, was actually profitable? What if a properly organized government could provide its citizens with support in the form of an income dividend instead of relying on an income tax?—with police and judges being paid as well, but having to do less work than they currently do.
A true government set to true work!—Not easily to be imagined, still less obtained; but not beyond human hope or ingenuity. Only you will have to alter your election systems somewhat, first. Not by universal suffrage, nor by votes purchasable with beer, is such government to be had. That is to say, not by universal equal suffrage. Every man upwards of twenty, who has been convicted of no legal crime, should have his say in this matter; but afterwards a louder voice, as he grows older, and approves himself wiser. If he has one vote at twenty, he should have two at thirty, four at forty, ten at fifty. For every single vote which he has with an income of a hundred a year, he should have ten with an income of a thousand, (provided you first see to it that wealth is, as nature intended it to be, the reward of sagacity and industry—not of good luck in a scramble or a lottery). For every single vote which he had as subordinate in any business, he should have two when he became a master; and every office and authority nationally bestowed, implying trustworthiness and intellect, should have its known proportional number of votes attached to it. But into the detail and working of a true system in these matters we cannot now enter; we are concerned[Pg 199] as yet with definitions only, and statements of first principles, which will be established now sufficiently for our purposes when we have examined the nature of that form of government last on the list in § 105,—the purely "Magistral," exciting at present its full share of public notice, under its ambiguous title of "slavery."
A real government doing real work!—It's not easy to imagine, and even harder to achieve; but it's not out of reach for human hope or creativity. You will need to change your voting systems a bit first. This kind of government can't be had through universal suffrage or votes bought with beer. That is to say, not through universal equal suffrage. Every man over twenty, who hasn't been convicted of any legal crime, should have a say in this matter; but as he gets older and proves to be wiser, his vote should carry more weight. If he gets one vote at twenty, he should have two at thirty, four at forty, and ten at fifty. For every single vote he has with an income of a hundred a year, he should get ten with an income of a thousand, (as long as you ensure that wealth is, as nature intended, a reward for wisdom and hard work—not just luck in a scramble or lottery). For every single vote he had as a subordinate in any job, he should have two when he becomes a manager; and every position of authority given at a national level, signifying trust and intelligence, should have a known proportional number of votes attached to it. But we can't go into the details and workings of a proper system right now; we're focused[Pg 199] on definitions and statements of first principles, which will be adequately established for our purposes once we examine the nature of that form of government last on the list in § 105,—the purely "Magistral," currently capturing its fair share of public attention under the vague title of "slavery."
130. I have not, however, been able to ascertain in definite terms, from the declaimers against slavery, what they understand by it. If they mean only the imprisonment or compulsion of one person by another, such imprisonment or compulsion being in many cases highly expedient, slavery, so defined, would be no evil in itself, but only in its abuse; that is, when men are slaves, who should not be, or masters, who should not be, or even the fittest characters for either state, placed in it under conditions which should not be. It is not, for instance, a necessary condition of slavery, nor a desirable one, that parents should be separated from children, or husbands from wives; but the institution of war, against which people declaim with less violence, effects such separations,—not unfrequently in a very permanent manner. To press a sailor, seize a white youth by conscription for a soldier, or carry off a black one for a labourer, may all be right acts, or all wrong ones, according to needs and circumstances. It is wrong to scourge a man unnecessarily. So it is to shoot him. Both must be done on occasion; and it is better and kinder to flog a man to his work, than to leave him idle till he robs, and flog him afterwards. The essential thing for all creatures is to be made to do right; how they are made to do it—by pleasant promises, or hard necessities, pathetic oratory, or the whip—is comparatively immaterial.[73] To be deceived is perhaps as incompatible with human dignity as to be whipped; and I suspect the last method to be not the worst, for the help of many individuals. The Jewish nation throve under it, in the hand of a monarch reputed not unwise; it is only the change of whip for scorpion which is inexpedient; and[Pg 200] that change is as likely to come to pass on the side of license as of law. For the true scorpion whips are those of the nation's pleasant vices, which are to it as St. John's locusts—crown on the head, ravin in the mouth, and sting in the tail. If it will not bear the rule of Athena and Apollo, who shepherd without smiting (ου πληγη νεμοντες), Athena at last calls no more in the corners of the streets; and then follows the rule of Tisiphone, who smites without shepherding.
130. I haven't been able to figure out exactly what the critics of slavery mean by it. If they only mean the imprisonment or coercion of one person by another, then such imprisonment or coercion can sometimes be quite necessary. This definition of slavery wouldn’t be inherently evil, but only when misused; that is, when people are made slaves who shouldn't be, or when those who shouldn't be masters take control, or even when the right individuals for either role are placed under inappropriate conditions. For instance, it's not a necessary or desirable aspect of slavery that parents should be separated from their children, or husbands from their wives; yet the institution of war, which people criticize less passionately, often causes such separations—sometimes in a very permanent way. Forcibly taking a sailor, conscripting a young man for military service, or capturing a black person for labor can all be justified or condemned depending on the situation. It is wrong to beat someone unnecessarily. It's also wrong to shoot them. Both actions might be necessary at times; and it might be kinder to push someone to work than to leave them idle until they commit a crime and then punish them. The most important thing for all living beings is to be guided to do what's right; how they are guided—whether through incentives, strict needs, emotional speeches, or punishment—is relatively unimportant. To be deceived might be just as degrading to human dignity as being whipped; and I think the latter might actually help many individuals more. The Jewish nation prospered under it, governed by a king known to be quite wise; it’s only the switch from a whip to a more dangerous form of control that is inadvisable; and that switch is just as likely to happen in a state of freedom as under strict law. The real dangerous controls are the pleasant vices of the nation, which are like St. John's locusts—crowns on their heads, greed in their mouths, and a sting in their tails. If the nation cannot accept the leadership of wisdom and reason, which guide without punishment, Athena will no longer call out in the streets; and then the rule of revenge, which punishes without care, will take over.
131. If, however, by slavery, instead of absolute compulsion, is meant the purchase, by money, of the right of compulsion, such purchase is necessarily made whenever a portion of any territory is transferred, for money, from one monarch to another: which has happened frequently enough in history, without its being supposed that the inhabitants of the districts so transferred became therefore slaves. In this, as in the former case, the dispute seems about the fashion of the thing, rather than the fact of it. There are two rocks in mid-sea, on each of which, neglected equally by instructive and commercial powers, a handful of inhabitants live as they may. Two merchants bid for the two properties, but not in the same terms. One bids for the people, buys them, and sets them to work, under pain of scourge; the other bids for the rock, buys it, and throws the inhabitants into the sea. The former is the American, the latter the English method, of slavery; much is to be said for, and something against, both, which I hope to say in due time and place.[74]
131. If, however, by slavery we mean the purchase, by money, of the right to force someone to comply, that purchase happens whenever a part of any territory is bought and sold for money between monarchs, which has occurred often throughout history without implying that the people in those areas became slaves. In both cases, the argument seems to be more about the way it's presented than the actual reality. There are two rocks in the sea, where a small number of people live, neglected by educational and commercial authorities. Two merchants compete for these properties, but not in the same way. One offers to buy the people, makes them his property, and forces them to work, using punishment if they don’t comply; the other offers to buy the rock itself, takes it, and throws the inhabitants into the sea. The first represents the American approach to slavery, while the second represents the English approach; both have their pros and cons, which I hope to discuss in the right time and place.[74]
132. If, however, slavery mean not merely the purchase of the right of compulsion, but the purchase of the body and soul of the creature itself for money, it is not, I think, among the black races that purchases of this kind are most extensively made, or that separate souls of a fine make fetch the highest price. This branch of the inquiry we shall have occasion also to follow out at some length, for in the worst instances of the selling of souls, we are apt to get, when we ask if the sale is valid, only Pyrrhon's answer[75]—"None can know."
132. If, however, slavery doesn’t just mean the buying of the right to force someone to do something, but instead means the buying of both the body and soul of a person for money, then I don’t think this kind of purchase is most commonly found among black races, nor are the separate souls of high quality sold for the highest prices. We will also need to explore this topic in more detail, because in the worst cases of selling souls, when we ask if the sale is legitimate, we often receive only Pyrrhon's answer[75]—"No one can know."
133. The fact is that slavery is not a political institution at all, but an inherent, natural, and eternal inheritance of a large portion of the human race—to whom, the more you give of their own free will, the more slaves they will make themselves. In common parlance, we idly confuse captivity with slavery, and are always thinking of the difference between pine-trunks (Ariel in the pine), and cowslip-bells ("in the cowslip-bell I lie"), or between carrying wood and drinking (Caliban's slavery and freedom), instead of noting the far more serious differences between Ariel and Caliban themselves, and the means by which, practically, that difference may be brought about or diminished.
133. The truth is that slavery isn’t really a political system at all, but a fundamental, natural, and everlasting part of a significant portion of humanity—where the more you give them of their own choice, the more they will end up making themselves into slaves. In everyday language, we often confuse captivity with slavery, constantly thinking about the differences between pine trunks (Ariel in the pine) and cowslip bells ("in the cowslip-bell I lie"), or between carrying wood and drinking (Caliban's slavery and freedom), rather than recognizing the much more serious distinctions between Ariel and Caliban themselves, and the ways in which, effectively, that difference can be created or lessened.
134.[76] Plato's slave, in the Polity, who, well dressed and washed, aspires to the hand of his master's daughter, corresponds curiously to Caliban attacking Prospero's cell; and there is an undercurrent of meaning throughout, in the Tempest as well as in the Merchant of Venice; referring in this case to government, as in that to commerce. Miranda[77] ("the wonderful," so addressed first by Ferdinand, "Oh, you wonder!") corresponds to Homer's Arete: Ariel and Caliban are[Pg 202] respectively the spirits of faithful and imaginative labour, opposed to rebellious, hurtful and slavish labour. Prospero ("for hope"), a true governor, is opposed to Sycorax, the mother of slavery, her name "Swine-raven," indicating at once brutality and deathfulness; hence the line—
134.[76] Plato's slave, in the Polity, who, well-dressed and clean, seeks to marry his master’s daughter, interestingly parallels Caliban attacking Prospero's cell. There's a recurring theme throughout both the Tempest and the Merchant of Venice; in this instance referring to governance, while the other pertains to commerce. Miranda[77] ("the wonderful," as Ferdinand first calls her, "Oh, you wonder!") parallels Homer's Arete: Ariel and Caliban represent respectively the spirits of loyal and creative labor, contrasting with rebellious, harmful, and servile labor. Prospero ("for hope"), exemplifying true governance, stands in opposition to Sycorax, the mother of slavery, her name "Swine-raven" symbolizing both brutality and death; hence the line—
For all these dreams of Shakespeare, as those of true and strong men must be, are "φαντασματα θεια, και σκιαι των οντων"—divine phantasms, and shadows of things that are. We hardly tell our children, willingly, a fable with no purport in it; yet we think God sends his best messengers only to sing fairy tales to us, fond and empty. The Tempest is just like a grotesque in a rich missal, "clasped where paynims pray." Ariel is the spirit of generous and free-hearted service, in early stages of human society oppressed by ignorance and wild tyranny: venting groans as fast as mill-wheels strike; in shipwreck of states, dreadful; so that "all but mariners plunge in the brine, and quit the vessel, then all afire with me," yet having in itself the will and sweetness of truest peace, whence that is especially called "Ariel's" song, "Come unto these yellow sands, and there, take hands," "courtesied when you have, and kissed, the wild waves whist:" (mind, it is "cortesia," not "curtsey,") and read "quiet" for "whist," if you want the full sense. Then you may indeed foot it featly, and sweet spirits bear the burden for you—with watch in the night, and call in early morning. The vis viva in elemental transformation follows—"Full fathom five thy father lies, of his bones are coral made." Then, giving rest after labour, it "fetches dew from the still vext Bermoöthes, and, with a charm joined to their suffered labour, leaves men asleep." Snatching away the feast of the cruel, it seems to them as a harpy; followed by the utterly vile, who cannot see it in any shape, but to whom it is the picture of nobody, it still gives shrill harmony to their false and mocking catch, "Thought is[Pg 203] free;" but leads them into briers and foul places, and at last hollas the hounds upon them. Minister of fate against the great criminal, it joins itself with the "incensed seas and shores "—the sword that layeth at it cannot hold, and may "with bemocked-at stabs as soon kill the still-closing waters, as diminish one dowle that is in its plume." As the guide and aid of true love, it is always called by Prospero "fine" (the French "fine," not the English), or "delicate"—another long note would be needed to explain all the meaning in this word. Lastly, its work done, and war, it resolves itself into the elements. The intense significance of the last song, "Where the bee sucks," I will examine in its due place.
For all these dreams of Shakespeare, as those of true and strong men must be, are "divine phantoms, and shadows of things that are." We barely tell our children a fable with no purpose in it willingly; yet we think God sends his best messengers only to share fairy tales with us, fond and meaningless. The Tempest is just like a grotesque in a rich missal, "clasped where pagans pray." Ariel is the spirit of generous and free-hearted service, in the early stages of human society oppressed by ignorance and wild tyranny: venting groans as quickly as mill-wheels strike; in the shipwreck of states, dreadful; so that "all but mariners plunge in the brine, and leave the vessel, then all aflame with me," yet having in itself the will and sweetness of true peace, from which that is especially called "Ariel's" song, "Come unto these yellow sands, and there, take hands," "courtesied when you have, and kissed, the wild waves whist:" (mind, it is "cortesia," not "curtsey,") and read "quiet" for "whist," if you want the full meaning. Then you may indeed dance lightly, and sweet spirits bear the burden for you—with watch in the night, and call in early morning. The vis viva in elemental transformation follows—"Full fathom five thy father lies, of his bones are coral made." Then, giving rest after labor, it "fetches dew from the still vexed Bermudas, and, with a charm joined to their suffered labor, leaves men asleep." Snatching away the feast of the cruel, it seems to them like a harpy; followed by the utterly vile, who cannot see it in any form, but to whom it is the image of nobody, it still provides shrill harmony to their false and mocking catch, "Thought is[Pg 203] free;" but leads them into brambles and foul places, and eventually hounds them. As a minister of fate against the great criminal, it joins itself with the "incensed seas and shores"—the sword that lays at it cannot hold, and may "with mocked-at stabs as quickly kill the still-closing waters, as diminish one dowel that is in its plume." As the guide and aid of true love, it is always called by Prospero "fine" (the French "fine," not the English), or "delicate"—another long note would be needed to explain all the meaning in this word. Lastly, its work done, and war, it resolves itself into the elements. The intense significance of the last song, "Where the bee sucks," I will examine in its due place.
The types of slavery in Caliban are more palpable, and need not be dwelt on now: though I will notice them also, severally, in their proper places;—the heart of his slavery is in his worship: "That's a brave god, and bears celestial—liquor." But, in illustration of the sense in which the Latin "benignus" and "malignus" are to be coupled with Eleutheria and Douleia, note that Caliban's torment is always the physical reflection of his own nature—"cramps" and "side stiches that shall pen thy breath up; thou shalt be pinched, as thick as honeycombs:" the whole nature of slavery being one cramp and cretinous contraction. Fancy this of Ariel! You may fetter him, but you set no mark on him; you may put him to hard work and far journey, but you cannot give him a cramp.
The types of slavery in Caliban are clearer and don't need much explanation right now; although I will discuss them individually in their appropriate contexts. The core of his slavery lies in his worship: "That's a brave god, and bears celestial—liquor." To show how the Latin words "benignus" and "malignus" relate to Eleutheria and Douleia, consider that Caliban's suffering is always a physical manifestation of his own nature—"cramps" and "side stitches that will restrict your breathing; you will be pinched as tightly as honeycombs." The entire essence of slavery is one of cramping and twisted contraction. Think about Ariel! You can bind him, but you leave no mark on him; you can make him do hard labor and travel far, but you can't give him a cramp.
135. I should dwell, even in these prefatory papers, at more length on this subject of slavery, had not all I would say been said already, in vain, (not, as I hope, ultimately in vain), by Carlyle, in the first of the Latter-day Pamphlets, which I commend to the reader's gravest reading; together with that as much neglected, and still more immediately needed, on model prisons, and with the great chapter on "Permanence" (fifth of the last section of "Past and Present"), which sums what is known, and foreshadows, or rather forelights, all that is to be learned of National Discipline. I have only here farther to examine the nature of one world-wide and everlasting form of slavery, wholesome in use, as deadly in abuse;—the service of the rich by the poor.
135. I should spend more time discussing slavery, even in these introductory papers, if everything I want to say hadn't already been said, perhaps in vain (though I hope not ultimately in vain), by Carlyle in the first of the Latter-day Pamphlets, which I urge readers to take seriously. Also important, though often overlooked and even more urgently needed, is the discussion on model prisons, along with the significant chapter on "Permanence" (the fifth chapter of the last section of "Past and Present"), which summarizes what we know and hints at all that we need to learn about National Discipline. Here, I just need to further explore one universal and timeless form of slavery that can be beneficial when used properly, but deadly when abused—the service rendered by the poor to the rich.
FOOTNOTES:
[54] [Think over this paragraph carefully; it should have been much expanded to be quite intelligible; but it contains all that I want it to contain.]
[54] [Consider this paragraph closely; it could have been more detailed to be fully understandable; however, it includes everything I want it to include.]
[55] "The ordinary brute, who flourishes in the very centre of ornate life, tells us of unknown depths on the verge of which we totter, being bound to thank our stars every day we live that there is not a general outbreak, and a revolt from the yoke of civilization."—Times leader, Dec. 25, 1862. Admitting that our stars are to be thanked for our safety, whom are we to thank for the danger?
[55] "The average person, thriving right in the heart of extravagant life, indicates to us the hidden depths that we are close to falling into, reminding us to be grateful every day that there isn't a widespread uprising against civilization."—Times leader, Dec. 25, 1862. While we acknowledge that we should be thankful for our safety, who should we thank for the danger?
[56] Our politicians, even the best of them, regard only the distress caused by the failure of mechanical labour. The degradation caused by its excess is a far more serious subject of thought, and of future fear. I shall examine this part of our subject at length hereafter. There can hardly be any doubt, at present, cast on the truth of the above passages, as all the great thinkers are unanimous on the matter. Plato's words are terrific in their scorn and pity whenever he touches on the mechanical arts. He calls the men employed in them not even human, but partially and diminutively human, "ανθρωπισκοι," and opposes such work to noble occupations, not merely as prison is opposed to freedom but as a convict's dishonoured prison is to the temple (escape from them being like that of a criminal to the sanctuary); and the destruction caused by them being of soul no less than body.—Rep. vi. 9. Compare Laws, v. 11. Xenophon dwells on the evil of occupations at the furnace and especially their "ασχολια, want of leisure."—Econ. i. 4. (Modern England, with all its pride of education, has lost that first sense of the word "school;" and till it recover that, it will find no other rightly.) His word for the harm to the soul is to "break" it, as we say of the heart.—Econ. i. 6. And herein, also, is the root of the scorn, otherwise apparently most strange and cruel, with which Homer, Dante, and Shakspeare always speak of the populace; for it is entirely true that, in great states, the lower orders are low by nature as well as by task, being precisely that part of the commonwealth which has been thrust down for its coarseness or unworthiness (by coarseness I mean especially insensibility and irreverence—the "profane" of Horace); and when this ceases to be so, and the corruption and profanity are in the higher instead of the lower orders, there arises, first, helpless confusion, then, if the lower classes deserve power, ensues swift revolution, and they get it; but if neither the populace nor their rulers deserve it, there follows mere darkness and dissolution, till, out of the putrid elements, some new capacity of order rises, like grass on a grave; if not, there is no more hope, nor shadow of turning, for that nation. Atropos has her way with it.
[56] Our politicians, even the best among them, only consider the suffering caused by the failure of manual labor. The degradation caused by its overabundance is a much more serious issue to think about and to fear in the future. I will explore this aspect of our topic in detail later. Right now, there’s hardly any doubt about the truth of the ideas mentioned above, as all the major thinkers agree on this. Plato’s words are harsh in their scorn and pity whenever he discusses the mechanical arts. He refers to the workers in these fields not even as fully human but as "partially and diminutively human," or "ανθρωπισκοι," and contrasts such work with noble pursuits, not just as a prison is compared to freedom, but as a convict's dishonored prison is compared to a temple (with escaping them likened to a criminal fleeing to sanctuary); and the harm caused by them affects the soul as much as the body.—Rep. vi. 9. See Laws, v. 11. Xenophon emphasizes the negative aspects of working at the furnace, especially their "ασχολια," or lack of leisure.—Econ. i. 4. (Modern England, with all its pride in education, has lost the original meaning of the word "school;" and until it recovers that meaning, it will find no proper alternatives.) His term for the damage done to the soul is to "break" it, similar to how we talk about the heart.—Econ. i. 6. This also explains the disdain, which may seem strange and cruel, with which Homer, Dante, and Shakespeare refer to the common people; for it is entirely true that, in great societies, the lower classes are low both by nature and by their work, being precisely the part of the community that has been pushed down for its roughness or unworthiness (by roughness, I specifically mean insensitivity and irreverence—the "profane" as Horace describes); and when this stops being the case, and corruption and irreverence appear in the higher classes rather than the lower ones, confusion arises first, then, if the lower classes deserve power, a rapid revolution occurs, and they attain it; but if neither the populace nor their leaders deserve it, darkness and chaos follow, until from the decaying elements, some new order emerges, like grass growing on a grave; if not, there is no more hope, nor any chance for change for that nation. Atropos has her way with it.
So that the law of national health is like that of a great lake or sea, in perfect but slow circulation, letting the dregs fall continually to the lowest place, and the clear water rise; yet so as that there shall be no neglect of the lower orders, but perfect supervision and sympathy, so that if one member suffer, all members shall suffer with it.
So, the law of national health is like a vast lake or ocean, with a smooth but slow circulation, allowing the sediment to settle at the bottom while the clear water rises. However, it ensures that the lower classes are not overlooked, but rather receive complete oversight and care, so that if one member suffers, all members suffer together.
[58] [This following note is a mere cluster of memoranda, but I keep it for reference.] Thetic, or Thesmic, would perhaps be a better term than archic; but liable to be confused with some which we shall want relating to Theoria. The administrators of the three great divisions of law are severally Archons, Merists, and Dicasts. The Archons are the true princes, or beginners of things; or leaders (as of an orchestra). The Merists are properly the Domini, or Lords of houses and nations. The Dicasts, properly, the judges, and that with Olympian justice, which reaches to heaven and hell. The violation of archic law is ἁμαρτια (error), πονηρια (failure), or πλημμελεια (discord). The violation of meristic law is ανομια (iniquity). The violation of critic law is αδικια (injury). Iniquity is the central generic term; for all law is fatal; it is the division to men of their fate; as the fold of their pasture, it is νομος; as the assigning of their portion, μοιρα.
[58] [This next note is just a collection of reminders, but I keep it for reference.] The term Thetic, or Thesmic, might be more suitable than archic, but it could be confused with some terms we'll need related to Theoria. The leaders of the three main branches of law are the Archons, Merists, and Dicasts. The Archons are the real leaders or initiators of things; they lead like conductors of an orchestra. The Merists are essentially the Lords of households and nations. The Dicasts are the judges, exercising Olympian justice that reaches both heaven and hell. Breaking archic law results in ἁμαρτια (error), πονηρια (failure), or πλημμελεια (discord). Breaking meristic law leads to ανομια (iniquity). Violating critic law results in αδικια (injury). Iniquity is the overarching term for all violations; all law is fatal; it represents how fate is divided among people; as the defined boundaries of their resources, it’s called νομος; as the allocation of their shares, it’s μοιρα.
[59] [This is the only sentence which, in revising these essays, I am now inclined to question; but the point is one of extreme difficulty. There might be a law, for instance, of curfew, that candles should be put out, unless for necessary service, at such and such an hour, the idea of "necessary service" being quite indefinable, and no penalty possible; yet there would be a distinct consciousness of illegal conduct in young ladies' minds who danced by candlelight till dawn.]
[59] [This is the only sentence that I'm starting to question while revising these essays; however, the issue is really complicated. For example, there could be a curfew law stating that candles must be extinguished, except for essential purposes, at a certain hour, with "essential purposes" being completely vague and no penalties enforced; still, young ladies who danced by candlelight until dawn would definitely feel like they were doing something wrong.]
[61] [Mainly; not altogether. Conclusive reward of high virtue is loving and crowning, not helping; and conclusive punishment of deep vice is hating and crushing, not merely hindering.]
[61] [Mainly; not completely. The ultimate reward for great virtue is love and honor, not just assistance; and the ultimate punishment for serious vice is hatred and oppression, not just prevention.]
[62] Compare Chaucer's "villany" (clownishness).
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Compare Chaucer's "villainy" (clownishness).
And also villainous to be, And little could be nurtured To worship any being.
[63] [I leave this paragraph, in every syllable, as it was written, during the rage of the American war; it was meant to refer, however, chiefly to the Northerns: what modifications its hot and partial terms require I will give in another place: let it stand now as it stood.]
[63] [I’m leaving this paragraph exactly as it was written, during the turmoil of the American war; it was intended to mostly reference the Northerners: any changes its intense and biased wording needs I will address elsewhere: let it remain as it is for now.]
[64] Supply and demand! Alas! for what noble work was there ever any audible "demand" in that poor sense (Past and Present)? Nay, the demand is not loud, even for ignoble work. See "Average Earnings of Betty Taylor," in Times of 4th February of this year [1863]: "Worked from Monday morning at 8 a.m. to Friday night at 5.30 p.m. for 1s. 5-1/2d."—Laissez faire. [This kind of slavery finds no Abolitionists that I hear of.]
[64] Supply and demand! Alas! when has there ever been a clear “demand” for any noble work in that poor sense (Past and Present)? No, the demand isn’t even loud for unworthy work. See "Average Earnings of Betty Taylor," in Times from February 4th of this year [1863]: "Worked from Monday morning at 8 AM to Friday night at 5:30 PM for 1s. 5-1/2d."—Laissez faire. [This kind of slavery seems to have no Abolitionists that I’ve heard of.]
[66] Ames, by report of Waldo Emerson, says "that a monarchy is a merchantman, which sails well, but will sometimes strike on a rock, and go to the bottom; whilst a republic is a raft, which would never sink, but then your feet are always in the water." Yes, that is comfortable; and though your raft cannot sink (being too worthless for that), it may go to pieces, I suppose, when the four winds (your only pilots) steer competitively from its four corners, and carry it, ως οπωρινος Βορεης φορεησιν ακανθας, and then more than your feet will be in the water.
[66] Ames, according to Waldo Emerson, says "that a monarchy is like a merchant ship that sails smoothly but can sometimes hit a rock and sink, while a republic is like a raft that won't sink but keeps your feet wet." Sure, that sounds nice; and even if your raft can't sink (since it's not valuable enough for that), it could fall apart, I guess, when the four winds (your only navigators) pull it in different directions and take it, just like the autumn wind carries thorns, and then more than just your feet will be in the water.
[67] ["Not with water, but with ruin." The worst ruin being that which the Americans chiefly boast of. They sent all their best and honestest youths, Harvard University men and the like, to that accursed war; got them nearly all shot; wrote pretty biographies (to the ages of 17, 18, 19) and epitaphs for them; and so, having washed all the salt out of the nation in blood, left themselves to putrefaction, and the morality of New York.]
[67] ["Not with water, but with disaster." The worst disaster being the one that Americans boast about the most. They sent all their best and most honest young people, Harvard University students and the like, to that cursed war; nearly all of them were killed; they wrote nice biographies (for those aged 17, 18, 19) and epitaphs for them; and so, having drained the nation of its vitality through bloodshed, they left themselves to decay and the moral decay of New York.]
[69] [Whenever you are puzzled by any apparently mistaken use of words in these essays, take your dictionary, remembering I had to fix terms, as well as principles. A Duke is a "dux" or "leader;" the flying wedge of cranes is under a "ducal monarch"—a very different personage from a queen bee. The Venetians, with a beautiful instinct, gave the name to their King of the Sea.]
[69] [Whenever you’re confused by what seems like an incorrect use of words in these essays, grab your dictionary. Remember, I had to clarify both terms and principles. A Duke is a "dux" or "leader;" the flying wedge of cranes is led by a "ducal monarch"—which is a very different role from a queen bee. The Venetians, with a lovely sense, named their ruler the King of the Sea.]
[70] [This is a perfect picture of the French under the tyrannies of their Pelican Kings, before the Revolution. But they must find other than Pelican Kings—or rather, Pelican Kings of the Divine brood, that feed their children, and with their best blood.]
[70] [This is a perfect image of the French under the oppressive rule of their Pelican Kings, before the Revolution. But they need to find alternatives to Pelican Kings—or rather, Pelican Kings of a divine lineage, who nurture their offspring and give their best blood.]
[71] [Read carefully, from this point; because here begins the statement of things requiring to be done, which I am now re-trying to make definite in Fors Clavigera.]
[71] [Read carefully from here on; this is where I start outlining the actions that need to be taken, which I'm currently working to clarify in Fors Clavigera.]
[76] [I raise this analysis of the Tempest into my text; but it is nothing but a hurried note, which I may never have time to expand. I have retouched it here and there a little, however.]
[76] [I include this analysis of the Tempest in my text; however, it's just a quick note that I may never get around to expanding. I have made some minor edits here and there, though.]
[77] Of Shakspeare's names I will afterwards speak at more length; they are curiously—often barbarously—much by Providence,—but assuredly not without Shakspeare's cunning purpose—mixed out of the various traditions he confusedly adopted, and languages which he imperfectly knew. Three of the clearest in meaning have been already noticed. Desdemona, "δυσδαιμονια," "miserable fortune," is also plain enough. Othello is, I believe, "the careful;" all the calamity of the tragedy arising from the single flaw and error in his magnificently collected strength. Ophelia, "serviceableness," the true lost wife of Hamlet, is marked as having a Greek name by that of her brother, Laertes; and its signification is once exquisitely alluded to in that brother's last word of her, where her gentle preciousness is opposed to the uselessness of the churlish clergy—"A ministering angel shall my sister be, when thou liest howling." Hamlet is, I believe, connected in some way with "homely" the entire event of the tragedy turning on betrayal of home duty. Hermione (ερμα), "pillar-like," (ἡ ειδος εχε χρυσης 'ἡειδος Αφροδιτης). Titania (τιτηνη), "the queen;" Benedict and Beatrice, "blessed and blessing;" Valentine and Proteus, enduring (or strong), (valens), and changeful. Iago and Iachimo have evidently the same root—probably the Spanish Iago, Jacob, "the supplanter," Leonatus, and other such names, are interpreted, or played with, in the plays themselves. For the interpretation of Sycorax, and reference to her raven's feather, I am indebted to Mr. John R. Wise.
[77] I will discuss Shakespeare's names in more detail later; they are interestingly—often awkwardly—crafted by Providence, but definitely not without Shakespeare's clever intent. They are a mix of the various traditions he adopted and the languages he only partly understood. Three of the clearest meanings have already been mentioned. Desdemona, "δυσδαιμονια," meaning "miserable fortune," is quite straightforward. Othello is, I believe, "the careful one;" all the tragedy's calamity comes from a single flaw in his otherwise strong character. Ophelia, meaning "serviceable," is the true lost wife of Hamlet, and her Greek name is highlighted by her brother, Laertes. Its meaning is beautifully referenced in Laertes’ last words about her, where her gentle value contrasts with the uselessness of the rude clergy—"A ministering angel shall my sister be, when thou liest howling." Hamlet is, I believe, connected somehow to "homely," as the whole tragedy revolves around the betrayal of home duty. Hermione (ερμα), meaning "pillar-like," (ἡ ειδος εχε χρυσης 'ἡειδος Αφροδιτης). Titania (τιτηνη), "the queen;" Benedict and Beatrice, meaning "blessed and blessing;" Valentine and Proteus, enduring (or strong), (valens), and changeful. Iago and Iachimo clearly share the same root—most likely the Spanish Iago, Jacob, meaning "the supplanter," while Leonatus and other names are interpreted or played with in the plays themselves. For the interpretation of Sycorax and the reference to her raven's feather, I thank Mr. John R. Wise.
CHAPTER VI.
MASTERSHIP.
136. As in all previous discussions of our subject, we must study the relation of the commanding rich to the obeying poor in its simplest elements, in order to reach its first principles.
136. As in all our earlier discussions on this topic, we need to examine the relationship between the commanding wealthy and the obedient poor in its most basic components to understand its core principles.
The simplest state of it, then, is this:[78] a wise and provident person works much, consumes little, and lays by a store; an improvident person works little, consumes all his produce, and lays by no store. Accident interrupts the daily work, or renders it less productive; the idle person must then starve, or be supported by the provident one, who, having him thus at his mercy, may either refuse to maintain him altogether, or, which will evidently be more to his own interest, say to him, "I will maintain you, indeed, but you shall now work hard, instead of indolently, and instead of being allowed to lay by what you save, as you might have done, had you remained independent, I will take all the surplus. You would not lay it up for yourself; it is wholly your own fault that has thrown you into my power, and I will force you to work, or starve; yet you shall have no profit of your work, only your daily bread for it; [and competition shall determine how much of that[79]]." This mode of treatment has now become[Pg 205] so universal that it is supposed to be the only natural—nay, the only possible one; and the market wages are calmly defined by economists as "the sum which will maintain the labourer."
The simplest way to put it is this: [78] a wise and careful person works a lot, spends little, and saves for the future; an unwise person works little, spends everything he produces, and saves nothing. Unexpected events can disrupt daily work or reduce its productivity; the idle person must then either starve or be supported by the prudent one who, having control over him, may refuse to help or, what would clearly be more beneficial for himself, say to him, "I will support you, but now you have to work hard instead of being lazy, and rather than letting you keep what you save like you could have done if you had remained independent, I will take all the extra. You wouldn't have saved for yourself; it's entirely your own fault that you've come under my control, and I will make you work or let you starve; yet you'll only receive enough for your basic needs for your effort; [and competition will decide how much of that [79]]." This way of treating people has become so widespread that it is seen as the only natural—indeed, the only possible—approach; and market wages are simply described by economists as "the amount that will keep the worker alive."
137. The power of the provident person to do this is only checked by the correlative power of some neighbour of similarly frugal habits, who says to the labourer—"I will give you a little more than this other provident person: come and work for me."
137. The ability of a careful person to do this is only limited by the equivalent ability of a nearby neighbor with similar saving habits, who tells the worker—"I'll pay you a bit more than that other careful person: come work for me."
The power of the provident over the improvident depends thus, primarily, on their relative numbers; secondarily, on the modes of agreement of the adverse parties with each other. The accidental level of wages is a variable function of the number of provident and idle persons in the world, of the enmity between them as classes, and of the agreement between those of the same class. It depends, from beginning to end, on moral conditions.
The power of the responsible over the irresponsible mainly relies on how many of each group there are; additionally, it depends on how the conflicting groups interact with each other. The fluctuating level of wages varies based on the number of responsible and idle individuals in the world, the hostility between them as classes, and the cooperation among those within the same class. It all hinges on moral factors.
138. Supposing the rich to be entirely selfish, it is always for their interest that the poor should be as numerous as they can employ, and restrain. For, granting that the entire population is no larger than the ground can easily maintain—that the classes are stringently divided—and that there is sense or strength of hand enough with the rich to secure obedience; then, if nine-tenths of a nation are poor, the remaining tenth have the service of nine persons each;[80] but, if eight-tenths are poor, only of four each; if seven-tenths are poor, of two and a third each; if six-tenths are poor, of one and a half each; and if five-tenths are poor, of only one each. But, practically, if the rich strive always to obtain more power over the poor, instead of to raise them—and if, on the other hand, the poor become continually more vicious and numerous, through neglect and oppression,—though the range of the power of[Pg 206] the rich increases, its tenure becomes less secure; until, at last the measure of iniquity being full, revolution, civil war, or the subjection of the state to a healthier or stronger one, closes the moral corruption, and industrial disease.[81]
138. Assuming the wealthy are completely selfish, they always benefit from having as many poor people as they can use and control. Because, if the total population is no larger than what the land can support easily—if the classes are sharply divided—and if the wealthy have enough sense or strength to enforce their will; then, if nine-tenths of a nation is poor, the remaining tenth gets the labor of nine people each;[80] but, if eight-tenths are poor, they only have the service of four each; if seven-tenths are poor, they have two and a third each; if six-tenths are poor, they have one and a half each; and if five-tenths are poor, they only have one each. However, in reality, if the wealthy always try to gain more power over the poor instead of helping to uplift them—and if the poor, on the other hand, continue to become more vicious and numerous because of neglect and oppression—then, even though the scope of the power of[Pg 206] the rich grows, its stability becomes less secure; until, finally, when the level of injustice reaches a breaking point, revolution, civil war, or the subjection of the state to a healthier or stronger one, brings an end to the moral decay and economic sickness.[81]
139. It is rarely, however, that things come to this extremity. Kind persons among the rich, and wise among the poor, modify the connexion of the classes: the efforts made to raise and relieve on the one side, and the success of honest toil on the other, bind and blend the orders of society into the confused tissue of half-felt obligation, sullenly-rendered obedience, and variously-directed, or mis-directed toil, which form the warp of daily life. But this great law rules all the wild design: that success (while society is guided by laws of competition) signifies always so much victory over your neighbour as to obtain the direction of his work, and to take the profits of it. This is the real source of all great riches. No man can become largely rich by his personal toil.[82] The work of his own hands, wisely directed, will indeed always maintain himself and his family, and make fitting provision for his age. But it is only by the discovery of some method of taxing the labour of others that he can become opulent. Every increase of his capital enables him to extend this taxation more widely; that is, to invest larger funds in the maintenance of labourers,—to direct, accordingly, vaster and yet vaster masses of labour, and to appropriate its profits.
139. However, it’s rare for things to reach this extreme. Compassionate people among the wealthy and wise individuals among the less fortunate change the connection between classes: the efforts to uplift and support on one side, and the achievements of hardworking individuals on the other, link and mix the various parts of society into a tangled web of unspoken obligations, grudging obedience, and differently or wrongly directed efforts, which create the structure of everyday life. But the overriding principle governs this chaotic scenario: that success (while society follows competitive laws) is always a victory over your neighbor that allows you to control their work and take the profits from it. This is the true source of all significant wealth. No one can become wealthy solely through their own hard work.[82] The labor of one’s own hands, when effectively managed, will indeed always provide for him and his family and make appropriate preparations for his later years. But it is only by finding a way to tax the labor of others that one can become wealthy. Each increase in his capital allows him to spread this taxation more broadly; in other words, to invest larger amounts in employing workers—thereby directing larger and larger groups of labor and claiming its profits.
140. There is much confusion of idea on the subject of this appropriation. It is, of course, the interest of the employer to disguise it from the persons employed; and, for his own comfort and complacency, he often desires no less to disguise it from himself. And it is matter of much doubt with me, how far the foul and foolish arguments used habitually on this subject are indeed the honest expression of foul and foolish[Pg 207] convictions;—or rather (as I am sometimes forced to conclude from the irritation with which they are advanced) are resolutely dishonest, wilful, and malicious sophisms, arranged so as to mask, to the last moment, the real laws of economy, and future duties of men. By taking a simple example, and working it thoroughly out, the subject may be rescued from all but such determined misrepresentation.
140. There's a lot of confusion around the idea of this appropriation. Naturally, it's in the employer's interest to hide it from the employees, and for his own peace of mind, he often wants to hide it from himself as well. I'm quite doubtful about how much the dirty and silly arguments used about this topic are genuinely the honest expression of dirty and silly convictions;—or rather (as I sometimes feel compelled to think due to the irritation with which they are presented) they are deliberately dishonest, willful, and malicious tricks meant to obscure, until the very last moment, the true economic laws and future responsibilities of individuals. By using a simple example and fully exploring it, this issue can be cleared of nearly all determined misrepresentation.
141. Let us imagine a society of peasants, living on a rivershore, exposed to destructive inundation at somewhat extended intervals; and that each peasant possesses of this good, but imperilled, ground, more than he needs to cultivate for immediate subsistence. We will assume farther (and with too great probability of justice), that the greater part of them indolently keep in tillage just as much land as supplies them with daily food;—that they leave their children idle, and take no precautions against the rise of the stream. But one of them, (we will say but one, for the sake of greater clearness) cultivates carefully all the ground of his estate; makes his children work hard and healthily; uses his spare time and theirs in building a rampart against the river; and, at the end of some years, has in his storehouses large reserves of food and clothing,—in his stables a well-tended breed of cattle, and around his fields a wedge of wall against flood.
141. Let's picture a community of farmers living by a river, vulnerable to damaging floods that happen every so often; and suppose each farmer has more of this valuable but at-risk land than they actually need for their immediate survival. We’ll also assume (with a high likelihood of being accurate) that most of them lazily only farm enough land to provide daily meals; they let their children be idle and don't take any steps to guard against rising water. But one of them (for clarity's sake, let’s say just one) diligently farms all of his land; he makes his kids work hard and stay healthy; he uses their extra time and his to build a barrier against the river; and after a few years, he has ample supplies of food and clothing in his storerooms, a well-cared-for herd of cattle in his barn, and a protective wall around his fields to guard against flooding.
The torrent rises at last—sweeps away the harvests, and half the cottages of the careless peasants, and leaves them destitute. They naturally come for help to the provident one, whose fields are unwasted, and whose granaries are full. He has the right to refuse it to them: no one disputes this right.[83] But he will probably not refuse it; it is not his interest to do so, even were he entirely selfish and cruel. The only question with him will be on what terms his aid is to be granted.
The flood finally arrives—wiping out the crops and half the homes of the careless farmers, leaving them in need. Naturally, they turn to the one who planned ahead, whose fields are unharmed and whose storerooms are stocked. He has the right to refuse them: no one challenges that right.[83] But he probably won't refuse; it wouldn’t benefit him to do so, even if he were completely selfish and heartless. The only question for him will be under what conditions he will offer his help.
142. Clearly, not on terms of mere charity. To maintain his neighbours in idleness would be not only his ruin, but theirs. He will require work from them, in exchange for their maintenance; and, whether in kindness or cruelty, all[Pg 208] the work they can give. Not now the three or four hours they were wont to spend on their own land, but the eight or ten hours they ought to have spent.[84] But how will he apply this labour? The men are now his slaves;—nothing less, and nothing more. On pain of starvation, he can force them to work in the manner, and to the end, he chooses. And it is by his wisdom in this choice that the worthiness of his mastership is proved, or its unworthiness. Evidently, he must first set them to bank out the water in some temporary way, and to get their ground cleansed and resown; else, in any case, their continued maintenance will be impossible. That done, and while he has still to feed them, suppose he makes them raise a secure rampart for their own ground against all future flood, and rebuild their houses in safer places, with the best material they can find; being allowed time out of their working hours to fetch such material from a distance. And for the food and clothing advanced, he takes security in land that as much shall be returned at a convenient period.
142. Clearly, not just out of charity. Keeping his neighbors idle would not only ruin him, but them as well. He will expect work from them in exchange for their support; and, whether out of kindness or cruelty, all[Pg 208] the work they can provide. Not just the three or four hours they used to spend on their own land, but the eight or ten hours they should have been working.[84] But how will he put this labor to use? The men are now his slaves—nothing less, and nothing more. Under the threat of starvation, he can force them to work in whatever way and for whatever purpose he chooses. It’s through his wisdom in making this choice that the value of his leadership is shown, or its lack thereof. Clearly, he must first get them to temporarily drain the water and clean and reseed their land; otherwise, supporting them will become impossible. Once that’s done, and while he’s still feeding them, let’s say he has them build a secure barrier for their land against future floods and rebuild their houses in safer spots, using the best materials they can find, allowing them time during their work hours to gather such materials from afar. And for the food and clothing provided, he obtains security in land that will return as much at a later date.
143. We may conceive this security to be redeemed, and the debt paid at the end of a few years. The prudent peasant has sustained no loss; but is no richer than he was, and has had all his trouble for nothing. But he has enriched his neighbours materially; bettered their houses, secured their land, and rendered them, in worldly matters, equal to himself. In all rational and final sense, he has been throughout their true Lord and King.
143. We might think of this security as being redeemed and the debt settled after a few years. The wise farmer hasn’t lost anything; but is not any richer than before, and has gone through all this effort for no reason. However, he has materially improved his neighbors; enhanced their homes, secured their land, and made them, in practical terms, equal to him. In every reasonable way, he has truly been their real Lord and King all along.
144. We will next trace his probable line of conduct, presuming his object to be exclusively the increase of his own fortune. After roughly recovering and cleansing the ground, he allows the ruined peasantry only to build huts upon it, such as he thinks protective enough from the weather to keep them in working health. The rest of their time he occupies, first in pulling down, and rebuilding on a magnificent scale, his own house, and in adding large dependencies to it. This done, in exchange for his continued supply of corn, he[Pg 209] buys as much of his neighbours' land as he thinks he can superintend the management of; and makes the former owners securely embank and protect the ceded portion. By this arrangement, he leaves to a certain number of the peasantry only as much ground as will just maintain them in their existing numbers; as the population increases, he takes the extra hands, who cannot be maintained on the narrowed estates, for his own servants; employs some to cultivate the ground he has bought, giving them of its produce merely enough for subsistence; with the surplus, which, under his energetic and careful superintendence, will be large, he maintains a train of servants for state, and a body of workmen, whom he educates in ornamental arts. He now can splendidly decorate his house, lay out its grounds magnificently, and richly supply his table, and that of his household and retinue. And thus, without any abuse of right, we should find established all the phenomena of poverty and riches, which (it is supposed necessarily) accompany modern civilization. In one part of the district, we should have unhealthy land, miserable dwellings, and half-starved poor; in another, a well-ordered estate, well-fed servants, and refined conditions of highly educated and luxurious life.
144. Next, we'll look at how he would probably act, assuming his main goal is to grow his own wealth. After roughly clearing and cleaning the land, he only allows the devastated peasants to build huts that he thinks will protect them enough to stay healthy and able to work. The rest of their time he uses to tear down and rebuild his own house on a grand scale, adding large buildings to it as well. Once that's done, in exchange for the corn he keeps supplying, he buys as much of his neighbors' land as he believes he can manage, and he makes the previous owners securely fence and protect the land they gave up. With this setup, he only leaves a certain number of peasants just enough land to support themselves as their numbers stay the same; as the population grows, he takes the extra people who can't be supported on the smaller estates to be his servants. He hires some to farm the land he has bought, giving them just enough of the produce to survive; with the surplus, which will be plenty under his diligent and careful management, he maintains a group of servants for show and employs a team of workers whom he trains in decorative crafts. Now he can lavishly decorate his house, create stunning grounds, and provide richly for his table, as well as for his household and entourage. In this way, without any abuse of power, we would see all the signs of poverty and wealth that are thought to necessarily accompany modern civilization. In one part of the area, there would be unhealthy land, miserable homes, and starving poor people; in another, a well-maintained estate with well-fed servants and the high standards of life enjoyed by the educated and wealthy.
145. I have put the two cases in simplicity, and to some extremity. But though in more complex and qualified operation, all the relations of society are but the expansion of these two typical sequences of conduct and result. I do not say, observe, that the first procedure is entirely recommendable; or even entirely right; still less, that the second is wholly wrong. Servants, and artists, and splendour of habitation and retinue, have all their use, propriety, and office. But I am determined that the reader shall understand clearly what they cost; and see that the condition of having them is the subjection to us of a certain number of imprudent or unfortunate persons (or, it may be, more fortunate than their masters), over whose destinies we exercise a boundless control. "Riches" mean eternally and essentially this; and God send at last a time when those words of our best-reputed economist shall be true, and we shall indeed "all know what[Pg 210] it is to be rich;"[85] that it is to be slave-master over farthest earth, and over all ways and thoughts of men. Every operative you employ is your true servant: distant or near, subject to your immediate orders, or ministering to your widely-communicated caprice,—for the pay he stipulates, or the price he tempts,—all are alike under this great dominion of the gold. The milliner who makes the dress is as much a servant (more so, in that she uses more intelligence in the service) as the maid who puts it on; the carpenter who smooths the door, as the footman who opens it; the tradesmen who supply the table, as the labourers and sailors who supply the tradesmen. Why speak of these lower services? Painters and singers (whether of note or rhyme,) jesters and storytellers, moralists, historians, priests,—so far as these, in any degree, paint, or sing, or tell their tale, or charm their charm, or "perform" their rite, for pay,—in so far, they are all slaves; abject utterly, if the service be for pay only; abject less and less in proportion to the degrees of love and of wisdom which enter into their duty, or can enter into it, according as their function is to do the bidding and the work of a manly people;—or to amuse, tempt, and deceive, a childish one.
145. I've simplified the two cases and taken them to some extremes. But even in more complex situations, all social relationships are really just extensions of these two basic patterns of behavior and outcome. I'm not saying that the first approach is completely recommendable or even entirely right; and I definitely don't think the second is completely wrong. Servants, artists, fancy homes, and entourages all have their roles and appropriateness. However, I want the reader to clearly understand what they cost; and to see that having them means we are in control of a certain number of reckless or unfortunate individuals (or maybe even those more fortunate than their masters), whose lives we have endless power over. "Wealth" essentially means this; and I hope for a time when those words of our best-known economist will be true, and we really will "all know what it is to be rich;" that it means having control over the farthest reaches of the earth and over all the thoughts and paths of people. Every worker you employ is truly your servant: whether they are near or far, acting on your immediate commands, or catering to your widely-spread whims—for the pay they expect, or the price they seek—all fall under this vast power of money. The milliner who makes the dress is just as much a servant (even more so, because she applies more intelligence to her work) as the maid who puts it on; the carpenter who smooths the door, as the footman who opens it; the tradespeople who supply the table, as the laborers and sailors who provide for the tradespeople. Why talk about these lower services? Painters and singers (whether they're famous or not), jesters and storytellers, moralists, historians, priests—whenever these individuals, to any extent, paint, sing, tell their stories, enchant, or "perform" their rituals, for pay,—in that case, they are all slaves; utterly servile if the service is just for money; somewhat less servile as love and wisdom become more involved in their work, depending on whether their role is to serve and do the work of a dignified people; or to entertain, allure, and deceive, a childish one.
146. There is always, in such amusement and temptation, to a certain extent, a government of the rich by the poor, as of the poor by the rich; but the latter is the prevailing and necessary one, and it consists, when it is honourable, in the collection of the profits of labour from those who would have misused them, and the administration of those profits for the service either of the same persons in future, or of others; and when it is dishonourable, as is more frequently the case in modern times, it consists in the collection of the profits of labour from those who would have rightly used them, and their appropriation to the service of the collector himself.
146. There's always, in such entertainment and temptation, a situation where the rich are governed by the poor, just like the poor are governed by the rich. However, the latter is the dominant and necessary situation. When it’s done honorably, it involves collecting the profits of labor from those who would have wasted them and using those profits to benefit either the same people in the future or others. When it’s dishonorable, which is more common these days, it means taking the profits of labor from those who would have used them wisely and keeping them for the collector's own benefit.
147. The examination of these various modes of collection and use of riches will form the third branch of our future inquiries; but the key to the whole subject lies in the clear understanding of the difference between selfish and unselfish[Pg 211] expenditure. It is not easy, by any course of reasoning, to enforce this on the generally unwilling hearer; yet the definition of unselfish expenditure is brief and simple. It is expenditure which, if you are a capitalist, does not pay you, but pays somebody else; and if you are a consumer, does not please you, but pleases somebody else. Take one special instance, in further illustration of the general type given above. I did not invent that type, but spoke of a real river, and of real peasantry, the languid and sickly race which inhabits, or haunts—for they are often more like spectres than living men—the thorny desolation of the banks of the Arve in Savoy. Some years ago, a society, formed at Geneva, offered to embank the river for the ground which would have been recovered by the operation; but the offer was refused by the (then Sardinian) government. The capitalists saw that this expenditure would have "paid" if the ground saved from the river was to be theirs. But if, when the offer that had this aspect of profit was refused, they had nevertheless persisted in the plan, and merely taking security for the return of their outlay, lent the funds for the work, and thus saved a whole race of human souls from perishing in a pestiferous fen (as, I presume, some among them would, at personal risk, have dragged any one drowning creature out of the current of the stream, and not expected payment therefor), such expenditure would have precisely corresponded to the use of his power made, in the first instance, by our supposed richer peasant—it would have been the king's, of grace, instead of the usurer's, for gain.
147. The examination of these different ways to collect and use wealth will be the third part of our future studies; however, the key to understanding the whole topic lies in clearly grasping the difference between selfish and unselfish[Pg 211] spending. It’s not easy to convince a generally unwilling audience of this through any argument; yet the definition of unselfish spending is short and straightforward. It’s spending that, if you’re a capitalist, doesn’t benefit you, but benefits someone else; and if you’re a consumer, doesn’t please you, but pleases someone else. Let’s consider one specific example to further illustrate this general concept. I didn’t create this example, but I referred to a real river and the real peasant community, the weak and sickly people who inhabit—or haunt, since they often seem more like ghosts than real people—the barren banks of the Arve in Savoy. A few years ago, a group formed in Geneva offered to build a riverbank to reclaim the land that would come from this project; however, the (then Sardinian) government rejected the offer. The capitalists realized that this spending would have "benefited" them if the land saved from the river was to be theirs. But if, after the profitable offer was declined, they had still pushed on with the plan, simply taking security to cover their investment by lending money for the work, and thus saved a whole community from dying in a toxic swamp (as I assume some among them would risk their lives to rescue even a single drowning person from the current, without expecting any reward for it), that spending would have been exactly like how our hypothetical wealthier peasant used his power initially—it would have been the king's act of grace, rather than the usurer's for profit.
148. "Impossible, absurd, Utopian!" exclaim nine-tenths of the few readers whom these words may find.
148. "Impossible, ridiculous, unrealistic!" exclaim nine-tenths of the few readers who come across these words.
No, good reader, this is not Utopian: but I will tell you what would have seemed, if we had not seen it, Utopian on the side of evil instead of good; that ever men should have come to value their money so much more than their lives, that if you call upon them to become soldiers, and take chance of a bullet through their heart, and of wife and children being left desolate, for their pride's sake, they will do it gaily, without thinking twice; but if you ask them, for their country's sake,[Pg 212] to spend a hundred pounds without security of getting back a hundred-and-five,[86] they will laugh in your face.
No, good reader, this is not Utopian: but I will tell you what would have seemed, if we had not seen it, Utopian on the side of evil instead of good; that people value their money so much more than their lives, that if you ask them to become soldiers and risk a bullet through their heart, leaving their wives and children desolate for the sake of pride, they’ll do it happily, without a second thought; but if you ask them, for their country’s sake,[Pg 212] to spend a hundred pounds without a guarantee of getting back a hundred-and-five,[86] they will laugh in your face.
149. Not but that also this game of life-giving and taking is, in the end, somewhat more costly than other forms of play might be. Rifle practice is, indeed, a not unhealthy pastime, and a feather on the top of the head is a pleasing appendage; but while learning the stops and fingering of the sweet instrument, does no one ever calculate the cost of an overture? What melody does Tityrus meditate on his tenderly spiral pipe? The leaden seed of it, broadcast, true conical "Dents de Lion" seed—needing less allowance for the wind than is usual with that kind of herb—what crop are you likely to have of it? Suppose, instead of this volunteer marching and countermarching, you were to do a little volunteer ploughing and counter-ploughing? It is more difficult to do it straight: the dust of the earth, so disturbed, is more grateful than for merely rhythmic footsteps. Golden cups, also, given for good ploughing, would be more suitable in colour: (ruby glass, for the wine which "giveth his colour" on the ground, might be fitter for the rifle prize in ladies' hands). Or, conceive a little volunteer exercise with the spade, other than such as is needed[Pg 213] for moat and breastwork, or even for the burial of the fruit of the leaden avena-seed, subject to the shrill Lemures' criticism—
149. However, this game of giving and taking life is, ultimately, a bit more expensive than other types of play. Practicing with a rifle is certainly not an unhealthy hobby, and having a feather on your hat is a nice touch; but while you're learning the notes and finger placements on that lovely instrument, does anyone actually think about the price of an overture? What melody does Tityrus consider on his delicately spiraled pipe? The heavy seeds of it, scattered widely, true conical "Dandelion" seeds—requiring less allowance for wind than is typical for that type of plant—what kind of yield are you likely to get? Imagine, instead of this marching back and forth, you did a bit of volunteer plowing and counter-plowing? It's trickier to do it straight: the disturbed soil is more rewarding than just rhythmic footsteps. Golden trophies for good plowing would also be a better color: (ruby glass, for the wine that "gives its color" on the ground, might be more appropriate for the rifle prize in women's hands). Or, picture a little volunteer work with a spade, other than what's needed[Pg 213] for the moat and rampart, or even for burying the fruits of the heavy avena seed, subject to the sharp criticism of the Lemures—
If you were to embank Lincolnshire more stoutly against the sea? or strip the peat of Solway, or plant Plinlimmon moors with larch—then, in due season, some amateur reaping and threshing?
If you were to build stronger barriers in Lincolnshire against the sea, or clear the peat from Solway, or plant larch on Plinlimmon moors—then, when the time is right, some amateur reaping and threshing?
"Nay, we reap and thresh by steam, in these advanced days."
"No, we harvest and process using steam in these modern times."
I know it, my wise and economical friends. The stout arms God gave you to win your bread by, you would fain shoot your neighbours, and God's sweet singers with;[87] then you invoke the fiends to your farm-service; and—
I get it, my smart and practical friends. The strong arms God gave you to make a living with, you’d rather use to shoot your neighbors and God’s beautiful singers; then you call upon demons to help with your farming; and—
Describe how the dark goblin sweats
(His feast of ashes properly prepared),
And, belching night, where the morning breathed,
His dark flail has threshed the corn. That ten-day job couldn't be completed.
150. Going back to the matter in hand, we will press the example closer. On a green knoll above that plain of the[Pg 214] Arve, between Cluse and Bonneville, there was, in the year 1860, a cottage, inhabited by a well-doing family—man and wife, three children, and the grandmother. I call it a cottage, but in truth, it was a large chimney on the ground, wide at the bottom, so that the family might live round the fire; lighted by one small broken window, and entered by an unclosing door. The family, I say, was "well-doing;" at least it was hopeful and cheerful; the wife healthy, the children, for Savoyards, pretty and active, but the husband threatened with decline, from exposure under the cliffs of the Mont Vergi by day, and to draughts between every plank of his chimney in the frosty nights.
150. Getting back to the main topic, let’s take a closer look at the example. On a green hill overlooking the plain of the[Pg 214] Arve, between Cluse and Bonneville, there was a cottage in the year 1860, home to a thriving family—husband and wife, three children, and the grandmother. I refer to it as a cottage, but honestly, it was just a large chimney on the ground, wide at the base, so the family could gather around the fire; illuminated by one small broken window, and entered through a door that didn’t close properly. The family was "thriving," or at least hopeful and cheerful; the wife was healthy, the children, for Savoyards, were pretty and lively, but the husband was showing signs of decline from being exposed under the cliffs of Mont Vergi during the day and from drafts seeping through the gaps in his chimney on frosty nights.
"Why could he not plaster the chinks?" asks the practical reader. For the same reason that your child cannot wash its face and hands till you have washed them many a day for it, and will not wash them when it can, till you force it.
"Why can't he fix the gaps?" asks the practical reader. For the same reason your child can’t wash its face and hands until you’ve done it for them many times, and won’t wash them on its own until you make it.
151. I passed this cottage often in my walks, had its window and door mended; sometimes mended also a little the meal of sour bread and broth, and generally got kind greeting and smile from the face of young or old; which greeting this year, narrowed itself into the half-recognizing stare of the elder child, and the old woman's tears; for the father and mother were both dead,—one of sickness, the other of sorrow. It happened that I passed not alone, but with a companion, a practised English joiner, who, while these people were dying of cold, had been employed from six in the morning to six in the evening, for two months, in fitting, without nails, the panels of a single door in a large house in London. Three days of his work taken, at the right time from fastening the oak panels with useless precision, and applied[Pg 215] to fasten the larch timbers with decent strength, would have saved these Savoyards' lives. He would have been maintained equally; (I suppose him equally paid for his work by the owner of the greater house, only the work not consumed selfishly on his own walls;) and the two peasants, and eventually, probably their children, saved.
151. I often walked past this cottage and made sure its window and door were fixed; sometimes I even helped with a bit of the sour bread and broth, and usually received a warm greeting and a smile from either a young or old face. But this year, that greeting turned into a faintly recognizing stare from the older child and tears from the old woman; the father and mother had both died—one from illness and the other from grief. I happened to be passing by with a friend, an experienced English carpenter, who, while these people were freezing, had been working from six in the morning to six in the evening for two months, fitting the panels of a single door in a large house in London—without any nails. If he had taken just three days of his time, which he wasted fastening the oak panels with pointless precision, and instead used it to secure the larch timbers properly, it could have saved these Savoyards' lives. He would have still been compensated; (I assume he was paid the same by the owner of the larger house, just that his work wasn’t selfishly spent on his own place); and the two peasants, and likely their children as well, would have been saved.
152. There are, therefore,—let me finally enforce, and leave with the reader, this broad conclusion,—three things to be considered in employing any poor person. It is not enough to give him employment. You must employ him first to produce useful things; secondly, of the several (suppose equally useful) things he can equally well produce, you must set him to make that which will cause him to lead the healthiest life; lastly, of the things produced, it remains a question of wisdom and conscience how much you are to take yourself, and how much to leave to others. A large quantity, remember, unless you destroy it, must always be so left at one time or another; the only questions you have to decide are, not what you will give, but when, and how, and to whom, you will give. The natural law of human life is, of course, that in youth a man shall labour and lay by store for his old age, and when age comes, shall use what he has laid by, gradually slackening his toil, and allowing himself more frank use of his store; taking care always to leave himself as much as will surely suffice for him beyond any possible length of life. What he has gained, or by tranquil and unanxious toil continues to gain, more than is enough for his own need, he ought so to administer, while he yet lives, as to see the good of it again beginning, in other hands; for thus he has himself the greatest sum of pleasure from it, and faithfully uses his sagacity in its control. Whereas most men, it appears, dislike the sight of their fortunes going out into service again, and say to themselves,—"I can indeed nowise prevent this money from falling at last into the hands of others, nor hinder the good of it from becoming theirs, not mine; but at least let a merciful death save me from being a witness of their satisfaction; and may God so far be gracious to me as to let no good come of any of this money of mine before my eyes."[Pg 216]
152. So, let me emphasize this key takeaway for the reader: there are three important factors to consider when employing someone in need. It's not enough just to give them a job. First, you need to hire them to create useful goods; second, among the various equally useful things they can produce, you should have them work on whatever will enable them to lead the healthiest life; and lastly, when it comes to what is produced, you need to wisely and ethically decide how much you will keep for yourself and how much you will share with others. Keep in mind, a significant amount, unless you waste it, must always be left for others at some point; the only questions you really need to answer are not what you will give, but when, how, and to whom you will give it. The natural order of life suggests that in youth, a person should work and save for their old age, and when they get older, they should use what they've saved, gradually easing their workload and allowing themselves more freedom to enjoy their resources, while always ensuring they have enough to last for whatever time they may have left. Any excess that they acquire, or continue to accumulate through steady and stress-free work, should be managed in such a way that it begins to benefit others while they are still alive; this way, they can enjoy the greatest pleasure from their resources and make wise decisions about their distribution. Yet, it seems most people are uncomfortable with seeing their fortunes go back into circulation and think to themselves, "I can't stop this money from ultimately ending up in someone else's hands, nor can I prevent the benefits from being theirs and not mine; but at least let a compassionate death spare me from witnessing their happiness; and may God be kind enough to allow none of this money of mine to do any good in front of me."[Pg 216]
153. Supposing this feeling unconquerable, the safest way of rationally indulging it would be for the capitalist at once to spend all his fortune on himself, which might actually, in many cases, be quite the rightest as well as the pleasantest thing to do, if he had just tastes and worthy passions. But, whether for himself only, or through the hands, and for the sake, of others also, the law of wise life is, that the maker of the money shall also be the spender of it, and spend it, approximately, all, before he dies; so that his true ambition as an economist should be, to die, not as rich, but as poor, as possible,[88] calculating the ebb tide of possession in true and calm proportion to the ebb tide of life. Which law, checking the wing of accumulative desire in the mid-volley,[89] and leading to peace of possession and fulness of fruition in old age, is also wholesome, in that by the freedom of gift, together with present help and counsel, it at once endears and dignifies age in the sight of youth, which then no longer strips the bodies of the dead, but receives the grace of the living. Its chief use would (or will be, for men are indeed capable of attaining to this much use of their reason), that some temperance and measure will be put to the acquisitiveness of commerce.[90] For as things stand, a man holds it his duty to be[Pg 217] temperate in his food, and of his body, but for no duty to be temperate in his riches, and of his mind. He sees that he ought not to waste his youth and his flesh for luxury; but he will waste his age, and his soul, for money, and think he does no wrong, nor know the delirium tremens of the intellect for disease. But the law of life is, that a man should fix the sum he desires to make annually, as the food he desires to eat daily; and stay when he has reached the limit, refusing increase of business, and leaving it to others, so obtaining due freedom of time for better thoughts.[91] How the gluttony of business is punished, a bill of health for the principals of the richest city houses, issued annually, would show in a sufficiently impressive manner.
153. If this feeling is unbeatable, the smartest way for the capitalist to rationally enjoy it would be to spend all his wealth on himself right away, which could actually be the best and most enjoyable thing to do if he has good tastes and worthy passions. But whether it's just for himself or also for others, the principle of a wise life is that the person who makes the money should also be the one who spends it, and do so, roughly, before he dies; so his true goal as an economist should be to die as poor as possible, calculating the decline of his possessions in true and calm relation to the decline of life. This principle, which tempers the urge to accumulate in the middle of the struggle, and leads to peace of ownership and fullness of enjoyment in old age, is also beneficial because through the freedom of giving, along with present help and advice, it makes age more cherished and respected in the eyes of youth, who then no longer strip the bodies of the dead but appreciate the living. Its main purpose would be (or will be, as people are indeed capable of using their reason for this much) to bring some moderation and balance to the greed of business. Because as things are now, a man thinks it’s his responsibility to be moderate in his food and his body, but feels no obligation to be moderate in his wealth and mind. He knows he shouldn’t waste his youth and body on luxury; but he will waste his old age and his soul for money, believing he’s doing nothing wrong, and doesn’t recognize the mental “delirium tremens” as a sickness. But the rule of life is that a man should set a target income for the year, just as he does for his daily food; and stop when he reaches that limit, refusing to expand his business, and leaving it to others, thereby gaining the necessary time for better thoughts. How the greed of business is punished could be shown quite impressively in an annual health report for the leaders of the wealthiest city firms.
154. I know, of course, that these statements will be received by the modern merchant as an active border rider of the sixteenth century would have heard of its being proper for men of the Marches to get their living by the spade, instead of the spur. But my business is only to state veracities and necessities; I neither look for the acceptance of the one, nor hope for the nearness of the other. Near or distant, the day will assuredly come when the merchants of a state shall be its true ministers of exchange, its porters, in the double sense of carriers and gate-keepers, bringing all lands into frank and faithful communication, and knowing for their master of guild, Hermes the herald, instead of Mercury the gain-guarder.
154. I know, of course, that these statements will be viewed by today's merchants like a sixteenth-century border rider might have perceived it was suitable for men in the borderlands to earn a living using a shovel instead of a sword. But my job is simply to present the truths and necessities; I don’t seek approval of one, nor do I expect closeness to the other. Whether near or far, the day will definitely come when the merchants of a state will truly be its ministers of exchange, its porters, in both meanings of the word—carriers and gatekeepers—bringing all nations into open and honest communication, recognizing their master of the guild as Hermes the herald, not Mercury the keeper of profits.
155. And now, finally, for immediate rule to all who will accept it.
155. And now, finally, for everyone who is ready to accept it.
The distress of any population means that they need food, house-room, clothes, and fuel. You can never, therefore, be wrong in employing any labourer to produce food, house-room, clothes, or fuel; but you are always wrong if you employ him to produce nothing, (for then some other labourer[Pg 218] must be worked double time to feed him); and you are generally wrong, at present, if you employ him (unless he can do nothing else) to produce works of art or luxuries; because modern art is mostly on a false basis, and modern luxury is criminally great.[92]
The struggles of any community indicate that they need food, shelter, clothing, and fuel. Therefore, you can never go wrong by hiring any worker to create food, shelter, clothing, or fuel; but you are always wrong if you hire them to produce nothing (because then another worker[Pg 218] has to work extra hard to support them); and you are generally wrong, right now, if you hire them (unless they can't do anything else) to create art or luxury items; because modern art is mostly based on false premises, and modern luxury is excessively extravagant.[92]
156. The way to produce more food is mainly to bring in fresh ground, and increase facilities of carriage;—to break rock, exchange earth, drain the moist, and water the dry, to mend roads, and build harbours of refuge. Taxation thus spent will annihilate taxation, but spent in war, it annihilates revenue.
156. The best way to produce more food is primarily to cultivate new land and improve transportation; to break up rocky terrain, trade soil, drain wet areas, irrigate dry ones, repair roads, and construct safe harbors. Money spent on these efforts will eliminate the need for taxes, while spending it on war just destroys revenue.
157. The way to produce house-room is to apply your force first to the humblest dwellings. When your brick-layers are out of employ, do not build splendid new streets, but better the old ones; send your paviours and slaters to the poorest villages, and see that your poor are healthily lodged, before you try your hand on stately architecture. You will find its stateliness rise better under the trowel afterwards; and we do[Pg 219] do not yet build so well that we need hasten to display our skill to future ages. Had the labour which has decorated the Houses of Parliament filled, instead, rents in walls and roofs throughout the county of Middlesex; and our deputies met to talk within massive walls that would have needed no stucco for five hundred years,—the decoration might have been afterwards, and the talk now. And touching even our highly conscientious church building, it may be well to remember that in the best days of church plans, their masons called themselves "logeurs du bon Dieu;" and that since, according to the most trusted reports, God spends a good deal of His time in cottages as well as in churches, He might perhaps like to be a little better lodged there also.
157. The way to create living space is to focus your efforts first on the simplest homes. When your bricklayers are out of work, don’t build fancy new streets, but improve the old ones; send your pavement workers and roofers to the poorest villages, and make sure your less fortunate are well housed before attempting grand architecture. You’ll find that its grandeur will come more naturally later; and we still don't build so well that we need to rush to show off our skills to future generations. If the work that adorned the Houses of Parliament had instead gone to fixing up walls and roofs across Middlesex, and if our representatives gathered in sturdy buildings that wouldn’t need any plastering for five hundred years—the decoration could come later, and the discussions could happen now. And regarding our earnest church construction, it’s worth noting that in the best days of church design, the builders referred to themselves as “logeuer du bon Dieu”; and since, according to reliable reports, God spends quite a bit of time in cottages as well as churches, He might appreciate being a little more comfortably housed there too.
158. The way to get more clothes is—not, necessarily, to get more cotton. There were words written twenty years ago[93] which would have saved many of us some shivering, had they been minded in time. Shall we read them again?
158. The way to get more clothes isn’t necessarily to get more cotton. There were words written twenty years ago[93] that could have saved many of us from shivering if we had taken them seriously in time. Should we read them again?
"The Continental people, it would seem, are importing our machinery, beginning to spin cotton, and manufacture for themselves; to cut us out of this market, and then out of that! Sad news, indeed; but irremediable. By no means the saddest news—the saddest news, is that we should find our national existence, as I sometimes hear it said, depend on selling manufactured cotton at a farthing an ell cheaper than any other people. A most narrow stand for a great nation to base itself on! A stand which, with all the Corn-law abrogations conceivable, I do not think will be capable of enduring.
"The people of the continent seem to be importing our machinery, starting to spin cotton and make things for themselves; trying to edge us out of this market and then that one! It's really disappointing news, but there’s nothing we can do about it. Yet, this isn’t the worst part—the worst part is that our national survival, as I sometimes hear it put, seems to depend on selling manufactured cotton at a farthing less per yard than anyone else. What a limited foundation for a great nation to stand on! And I don’t believe this can hold up, even with all the possible Corn-law repeals."
"My friends, suppose we quitted that stand; suppose we came honestly down from it and said—'This is our minimum of cotton prices; we care not, for the present, to make cotton any cheaper. Do you, if it seem so blessed to you, make cotton cheaper. Fill your lungs with cotton fur, your heart[Pg 220] with copperas fumes, with rage and mutiny; become ye the general gnomes of Europe, slaves of the lamp!' I admire a nation which fancies it will die if it do not undersell all other nations to the end of the world. Brothers, we will cease to undersell them; we will be content to equal-sell them; to be happy selling equally with them! I do not see the use of underselling them: cotton-cloth is already twopence a yard, or lower; and yet bare backs were never more numerous among us. Let inventive men cease to spend their existence incessantly contriving how cotton can be made cheaper; and try to invent a little how cotton at its present cheapness could be somewhat justlier divided among us.
"My friends, what if we stepped back from that position? What if we honestly said, 'This is our lowest price for cotton; we don't want to make it any cheaper for now. If you think it's so great, go ahead and make it cheaper. Fill your lungs with cotton dust, fill your heart with chemical fumes, with anger and rebellion; become the general workers of Europe, slaves to the grind!' I admire a country that believes it will perish if it doesn't undercut all others forever. Brothers, we will stop undercutting them; we will be happy to sell at the same price as them! I don't see the point in undercutting them: cotton fabric is already two pence a yard or less, and yet there are more bare backs among us than ever. Let creative individuals stop wasting their lives figuring out how to make cotton cheaper and instead think about how to distribute cotton more fairly at its current low price."
"Let inventive men consider—whether the secret of this universe does after all consist in making money. With a hell which means—'failing to make money,' I do not think there is any heaven possible that would suit one well. In brief, all this Mammon gospel of supply-and-demand, competition laissez faire, and devil take the hindmost (foremost, is it not, rather, Mr. Carlyle?), 'begins to be one of the shabbiest gospels ever preached.'"
"Let creative people think about whether the secret of this universe really comes down to making money. With a hell that means 'not making money,' I don't believe there's any heaven that would really be okay for someone. In short, all this money-focused teaching about supply and demand, competition, and 'every man for himself' (isn't it really 'every man for himself,' Mr. Carlyle?) is starting to feel like one of the most outdated messages ever shared."
159. The way to produce more fuel[94] is first to make your coal mines safer, by sinking more shafts; then set all your convicts to work in them, and if, as is to be hoped, you succeed in diminishing the supply of that sort of labourer, consider what means there may be, first, of growing forest where its growth will improve climate; secondly, of splintering the forests which now make continents of fruitful land pathless and poisonous, into fagots for fire;—so gaining at once dominion icewards and sunwards. Your steam power has been given (you will find eventually) for work such as that: and not for excursion trains, to give the labourer a moment's breath, at the peril of his breath for ever, from amidst the cities which it has crushed into masses of corruption. When you know how to build cities, and how to rule them, you will be able to[Pg 221] breathe in their streets, and the "excursion" will be the afternoon's walk or game in the fields round them.
159. The way to produce more fuel[94] is to start by making your coal mines safer by digging more shafts; then put all your convicts to work in them, and if, as we hope, you manage to reduce the number of that type of laborer, think about how to grow forests where their growth can improve the climate; and also how to break down the forests that now make large areas of fertile land inaccessible and harmful, turning them into firewood—thus gaining control over both icy and sunny regions. Your steam power has been given (you’ll eventually see) for work like this: not for excursion trains that give workers a moment’s break at the risk of their lives from the cities that have turned into piles of corruption. Once you know how to build cities and govern them, you will be able to[Pg 221] breathe easily in their streets, and the "excursion" will be a leisurely walk or game in the fields surrounding them.
160. "But nothing of this work will pay?"
160. "So, none of this work is going to pay off?"
No; no more than it pays to dust your rooms, or wash your doorsteps. It will pay; not at first in currency, but in that which is the end and the source of currency,—in life; (and in currency richly afterwards). It will pay in that which is more than life,—in light, whose true price has not yet been reckoned in any currency, and yet into the image of which, all wealth, one way or other, must be cast. For your riches must either be as the lightning, which,
No; not any more than it makes sense to dust your rooms or wash your doorsteps. It will pay off; not at first in cash, but in what is the ultimate source of cash—life; (and later on, it will pay off richly in cash). It will pay off in something that is more than life—in light, whose true value hasn’t been calculated in any currency yet, and yet all wealth, in one way or another, must conform to its image. Because your wealth must either be like the lightning, which,
Even though shining brightly and speaking loudly,
As it starts, it finishes its violent race; And where it shines, it hurts the spot;—
or else, as the lightning of the sacred sign, which shines from one part of the heaven to the other. There is no other choice; you must either take dust for deity, spectre for possession, fettered dream for life, and for epitaph, this reversed verse of the great Hebrew hymn of economy (Psalm cxii.):—"He hath gathered together, he hath stripped the poor, his iniquity remaineth for ever:"—or else, having the sun of justice to shine on you, and the sincere substance of good in your possession, and the pure law and liberty of life within you, leave men to write this better legend over your grave:—
or else, like the lightning of the sacred sign that flashes from one side of the sky to the other. There’s no other option; you must either worship dust as a god, accept a ghost as your reality, live within a constrained dream, and for your epitaph, this twisted verse from the great Hebrew hymn of economy (Psalm cxii.):—"He has gathered together, he has stripped the poor, his wrongdoing lasts forever:"—or else, with the sun of justice shining down on you, and the genuine goodness in your grasp, and the pure law and freedom of life within you, let people write this better tribute on your grave:—
"He hath dispersed abroad. He hath given to the poor. His righteousness remaineth for ever."
"He has spread his resources widely. He has given to those in need. His goodness lasts forever."
FOOTNOTES:
[78] In the present general examination, I concede so much to ordinary economists as to ignore all innocent poverty. I adapt my reasoning, for once, to the modern English practical mind, by assuming poverty to be always criminal; the conceivable exceptions we will examine afterwards.
[78] In this general discussion, I’ll give in to mainstream economists by overlooking all innocent poverty. For once, I'm adjusting my reasoning to fit the contemporary English practical mindset by assuming that poverty is always a result of wrongdoing; we will look at any possible exceptions later.
[79] [I have no terms of English, and can find none in Greek nor Latin, nor in any other strong language known to me, contemptuous enough to attach to the bestial idiotism of the modern theory that wages are to be measured by competition.]
[79] [I have no words in English, and I can't find any in Greek or Latin, or in any other strong language I know, harsh enough to describe the ridiculous stupidity of the modern idea that wages should be determined by competition.]
[80] I say nothing yet of the quality of the servants, which, nevertheless, is the gist of the business. Will you have Paul Veronese to paint your ceiling, or the plumber from over the way? Both will work for the same money; Paul, if anything, a little the cheaper of the two, if you keep him in good humour; only you have to discern him first, which will need eyes.
[80] I won't mention the skill of the workers yet, which is really what matters. Do you want Paul Veronese to paint your ceiling, or the plumber from down the street? Both will charge the same amount; Paul might even be a bit cheaper if you keep him happy; you just need to be able to recognize his talent first, which requires some insight.
[81] [I have not altered a syllable in these three paragraphs, 137, 138, 139, on revision; but have much italicised: the principles stated being as vital, as they are little known.]
[81] [I haven't changed a single word in these three paragraphs, 137, 138, 139, during the revision; but I've added a lot of italics: the principles discussed are crucial, yet very few people are aware of them.]
[82] By his art he may; but only when its produce, or the sight or hearing of it, becomes a subject of dispute, so as to enable the artist to tax the labour of multitudes highly, in exchange for his own.
[82] He can do this through his art, but only when what he produces, or the experience of seeing or hearing it, becomes a point of contention, allowing the artist to charge a lot for the work of many, in return for his own effort.
[83] [Observe this; the legal right to keep what you have worked for, and use it as you please, is the corner-stone of all economy: compare the end of Chap. II.]
[83] [Notice this; the legal right to keep what you've earned and use it however you want is the foundation of all economic systems: see the end of Chap. II.]
[85] [See Preface to Unto this Last.]
[86] I have not hitherto touched on the subject of interest of money; it is too complex, and must be reserved for its proper place in the body of the work. The definition of interest (apart from compensation for risk) is, "the exponent of the comfort of accomplished labour, separated from its power;" the power being what is lent: and the French economists who have maintained the entire illegality of interest are wrong; yet by no means so curiously or wildly wrong as the English and French ones opposed to them, whose opinions have been collected by Dr. Whewell at page 41 of his Lectures; it never seeming to occur to the mind of the compiler, any more than to the writers whom he quotes, that it is quite possible, and even (according to Jewish proverb) prudent, for men to hoard as ants and mice do, for use, not usury; and lay by something for winter nights, in the expectation of rather sharing than lending the scrapings. My Savoyard squirrels would pass a pleasant time of it under the snow-laden pine branches, if they always declined to economize because no one would pay them interest on nuts.
[86] I haven't yet talked about the topic of money interest; it’s too complicated and should be discussed in its proper section in the body of the text. The definition of interest (apart from compensation for risk) is, "the measure of the comfort of completed work, separated from its power;" the power being what is lent. The French economists who argue that interest is completely illegal are mistaken; however, they aren't nearly as oddly or wildly mistaken as their English and French counterparts, whose views have been gathered by Dr. Whewell on page 41 of his Lectures. It never seems to occur to the compiler, nor to the authors he quotes, that it’s entirely possible, and even (according to a Jewish proverb) wise, for people to save like ants and mice do, for use, not for profit; and to set aside something for winter nights, expecting to share rather than lend their leftovers. My Savoyard squirrels would have a great time under the snow-covered pine branches if they always chose not to save because no one would pay them interest on the nuts.
[I leave this note as it stood: but, as I have above stated, should now side wholly with the French economists spoken of, in asserting the absolute illegality of interest.]
[I leave this note as it is: but, as I mentioned earlier, I now completely align with the French economists I referred to, in claiming that interest is entirely illegal.]
[87] Compare Chaucer's feeling respecting birds (from Canace's falcon, to the nightingale, singing, "Domine, labia—" to the Lord of Love), with the usual modern British sentiments on this subject. Or even Cowley's:—
[87] Compare Chaucer's feelings about birds (from Canace's falcon to the nightingale singing, "Domine, labia—" to the Lord of Love) with the typical modern British views on this topic. Or even Cowley's:—
Without any reward or appreciation for their helpful efforts!
"It’s good if they don’t become prey."
Yes; it Is better than well; particularly since the seed sown by the wayside has been protected by the peculiar appropriation of part of the church-rates in our country parishes. See the remonstrance from a "Country parson," in The Times of June 4th (or 5th; the letter is dated June 3rd,) 1862:—"I have heard at a vestry meeting a good deal of higgling over a few shillings' outlay in cleaning the church; but I have never heard any dissatisfaction expressed on account of that part of the rate which is invested in 50 or 100 dozens of birds' heads."
Yes; it's better than good; especially since the seed sown by the wayside has been safeguarded by the unusual use of part of the church rates in our rural parishes. Check out the complaint from a "Country parson" in The Times from June 4th (or 5th; the letter is dated June 3rd,) 1862:—"I've heard a lot of fuss at a vestry meeting over spending a few shillings to clean the church; but I've never heard anyone complain about that part of the rate that's spent on 50 or 100 dozens of birds' heads."
[If we could trace the innermost of all causes of modern war, I believe it would be found, not in the avarice nor ambition of nations, but in the mere idleness of the upper classes. They have nothing to do but to teach the peasantry to kill each other.]
[If we could identify the root cause of modern war, I think it would be found, not in the greed or ambition of nations, but in the sheer idleness of the upper classes. They have nothing to do except teach the common people to fight against each other.]
[88] [See the Life of Fenelon. "The labouring peasantry were at all times the objects of his tenderest care; his palace at Cambray, with all his books and writings, being consumed by fire, he bore the misfortune with unruffled calmness, and said it was better his palace should be burnt than the cottage of a poor peasant." (These thoroughly good men always go too far, and lose their power over the mass.) He died exemplifying the mean he had always observed between prodigality and avarice, leaving neither debts nor money.]
[88] [See the Life of Fenelon. "The hardworking peasants were always the focus of his deepest care; when his palace in Cambray, along with all his books and writings, was destroyed by fire, he handled the disaster with unshakable calm and stated it was better for his palace to burn than the home of a poor peasant." (These truly good people often go too far and lose their influence over the masses.) He died exemplifying the balance he always maintained between extravagance and stinginess, leaving behind neither debts nor wealth.]
[89] και πενιαν ἡγουμενους ειναι μη το την ουσιαν ελαττω ποιειν αλλα το τηι απληστιαν ρλειω. "And thinking (wisely) that poverty consists not in making one's possessions less, but one's avarice more."—Laws, v. 8. Read the context, and compare. "He who spends for all that is noble, and gains by nothing but what is just, will hardly be notably wealthy, or distressfully poor."—Laws, v. 42.
[89] And thinking wisely that poverty isn't about having fewer possessions but rather about having more greed. "And thinking (wisely) that poverty consists not in making one's possessions less, but one's avarice more."—Laws, v. 8. Read the context, and compare. "He who spends on all that is noble and gains only through what is fair will hardly be very wealthy or painfully poor."—Laws, v. 42.
[90] The fury of modern trade arises chiefly out of the possibility of making sudden fortunes by largeness of transaction, and accident of discovery or contrivance. I have no doubt that the final interest of every nation is to check the action of these commercial lotteries; and that all great accidental gains or losses should be national,—not individual. But speculation absolute, unconnected with commercial effort, is an unmitigated evil in a state, and the root of countless evils beside.
[90] The anger surrounding modern trade mainly comes from the chance to strike it rich quickly through large transactions and unexpected discoveries or inventions. I firmly believe that every nation’s ultimate goal is to regulate these commercial risks; that any major gains or losses should benefit the country as a whole, not just individuals. However, pure speculation, detached from any actual business effort, is a complete disaster for a state and the source of numerous other problems.
[92] It is especially necessary that the reader should keep his mind fixed on the methods of consumption and destruction, as the true sources of national poverty. Men are apt to call every exchange "expenditure," but it is only consumption which is expenditure. A large number of the purchases made by the richer classes are mere forms of interchange of unused property, wholly without effect on national prosperity. It matters nothing to the state whether, if a china pipkin be rated as worth a hundred pounds, A has the pipkin and B the pounds, or A the pounds and B the pipkin. But if the pipkin is pretty, and A or B breaks it, there is national loss, not otherwise. So again, when the loss has really taken place, no shifting of the shoulders that bear it will do away with the reality of it. There is an intensely ludicrous notion in the public mind respecting the abolishment of debt by denying it. When a debt is denied, the lender loses instead of the borrower, that is all; the loss is precisely, accurately, everlastingly the same. The Americans borrow money to spend in blowing up their own houses. They deny their debt, by one-third already [1863], gold being at fifty premium; and they will probably deny it wholly. That merely means that the holders of the notes are to be the losers instead of the issuers. The quantity of loss is precisely equal, and irrevocable; it is the quantity of human industry spent in effecting the explosion, plus the quantity of goods exploded. Honour only decides who shall pay the sum lost not whether it is to be paid or not. Paid it must be, and to the uttermost farthing.
[92] It is especially important for the reader to focus on the ways of consumption and destruction as the real causes of national poverty. People often mistakenly label every exchange as "expenditure," but only consumption truly counts as expenditure. Many purchases made by the wealthy are just exchanges of unused assets, having no impact on national prosperity. It doesn’t matter to the state whether A has a china pot valued at a hundred pounds while B has the money, or if roles are reversed. However, if the pot is attractive and A or B breaks it, that results in a national loss. Moreover, once a loss occurs, simply shifting the burden doesn’t eliminate its reality. There's a rather ridiculous belief among the public that debt can be erased by denying it. When a debt is denied, the lender suffers instead of the borrower; the loss remains exactly the same. Americans borrow money to spend on destroying their own homes. They are already denying a third of their debt [1863], with gold at a fifty percent premium, and they will likely deny it entirely. This just means that the note holders will take the hit instead of the issuers. The amount of loss remains the same and is irreversible; it includes the human effort put into the destruction plus the value of the items destroyed. Honor merely determines who will bear the cost, not whether it will be paid. It must be paid, down to the last penny.
[93] [(Past and Present. Chap. IX. of Third Section.) To think that for these twenty—now twenty-six—years, this one voice of Carlyle's has been the only faithful and useful utterance in all England, and has sounded through all these years in vain! See Fors Clavigera, Letter X.]
[93] [(Past and Present. Chap. IX. of Third Section.) Can you believe that for these twenty—now twenty-six—years, Carlyle's voice has been the only genuine and helpful voice in all of England, and yet it has echoed all these years without anyone listening? See Fors Clavigera, Letter X.]
[94] [We don't want to produce more fuel just now, but much less; and to use what we get for cooking and warming ourselves, instead of for running from place to place.]
[94] [We don't want to produce more fuel right now, but much less; and to use what we do get for cooking and keeping warm, instead of for traveling around.]
APPENDICES.
I have brought together in these last pages a few notes, which were not properly to be incorporated with the text, and which, at the bottom of pages, checked the reader's attention to the main argument. They contain, however, several statements to which I wish to be able to refer, or have already referred, in other of my books, so that I think right to preserve them.
I have gathered a few notes in these last pages that didn’t really fit with the main text and distracted the reader from the main argument. However, they include several points that I want to reference, or have already referenced, in my other books, so I think it's important to keep them.
APPENDIX I.—(p. 22.)
APPENDIX I.—(p. 22.)
The greatest of all economists are those most opposed to the doctrine of "laissez faire," namely, the fortifying virtues, which the wisest men of all time have arranged under the general heads of Prudence, or Discretion (the spirit which discerns and adopts rightly); Justice (the spirit which rules and divides rightly); Fortitude (the spirit which persists and endures rightly); and Temperance (the spirit which stops and refuses rightly). These cardinal and sentinel virtues are not only the means of protecting and prolonging life itself, but they are the chief guards, or sources, of the material means of life, and the governing powers and princes of economy. Thus, precisely according to the number of just men in a nation, is their power of avoiding either intestine or foreign war. All disputes may be peaceably settled, if a sufficient number of persons have been trained to submit to the principles of justice, while the necessity for war is in direct ratio to the number of unjust persons who are incapable of determining a quarrel but by violence. Whether the injustice take the form of the desire of dominion, or of refusal to submit to it, or of lust of territory, or lust of money, or of[Pg 223] mere irregular passion and wanton will, the result is economically the same;—loss of the quantity of power and life consumed in repressing the injustice, added to the material and moral destruction caused by the fact of war. The early civil wars of England, and the existing[95] war in America, are curious examples—these under monarchical, this under republican, institutions—of the results on large masses of nations of the want of education in principles of justice. But the mere dread or distrust resulting from the want of the inner virtues of Faith and Charity prove often no less costly than war itself. The fear which France and England have of each other costs each nation about fifteen millions sterling annually, besides various paralyses of commerce; that sum being spent in the manufacture of means of destruction instead of means of production. There is no more reason in the nature of things that France and England should be hostile to each other than that England and Scotland should be, or Lancashire and Yorkshire; and the reciprocal terrors of the opposite sides of the English Channel are neither more necessary, more economical, nor more virtuous, than the old riding and reiving on the opposite flanks of the Cheviots, or than England's own weaving for herself of crowns of thorn, from the stems of her Red and White roses.
The greatest economists are those who strongly oppose the idea of "laissez faire," and focus on the essential virtues that the wisest individuals throughout history have categorized under four main headings: Prudence (the ability to make sound judgments); Justice (the ability to fairly govern and distribute); Fortitude (the ability to persist and endure); and Temperance (the ability to control and deny oneself). These essential virtues not only safeguard and extend life itself, but they are also the primary protectors and sources of the material means necessary for living, as well as the governing forces of economy. Therefore, the strength of a nation to avoid both internal and external conflicts directly correlates with the number of just individuals within it. Disputes can be resolved peacefully if enough people are trained to adhere to principles of justice, while the need for war increases in direct proportion to the number of unjust individuals who can only resolve conflicts through violence. Whether this injustice stems from a desire for power, a refusal to submit, the greed for land, the lust for wealth, or simply chaotic desires, the economic outcome remains the same: the loss of power and life spent on suppressing injustice, along with the material and moral destruction that war brings. The early civil wars in England and the ongoing war in America are striking examples—one under a monarchy and the other under a republic—showing the impact on large populations lacking education in principles of justice. However, the fear or distrust stemming from the absence of inner virtues like Faith and Charity can often be just as costly as war itself. The mutual fear that France and England have of each other costs each country about fifteen million pounds a year, along with various disruptions to trade; that amount is spent on creating weapons instead of means for production. There’s no reason inherent in nature for France and England to be hostile toward one another any more than for England and Scotland to be, or Lancashire and Yorkshire. The mutual fears across the English Channel are no more necessary, economical, or virtuous than the historic raiding between neighboring regions in the Cheviots, or than England’s own struggles with the conflicting symbols of her Red and White roses.
APPENDIX II.—(p. 34.)
APPENDIX II. — (p. 34.)
Few passages of the book which at least some part of the nations at present most advanced in civilization accept as an expression of final truth, have been more distorted than those bearing on Idolatry. For the idolatry there denounced is neither sculpture, nor veneration of sculpture. It is simply the substitution of an "Eidolon," phantasm, or imagination of Good, for that which is real and enduring; from the Highest Living Good, which gives life, to the lowest material good[Pg 224] which ministers to it. The Creator, and the things created, which He is said to have "seen good" in creating, are in this their eternal goodness appointed always to be "worshipped,"—i. e., to have goodness and worth ascribed to them from the heart; and the sweep and range of idolatry extend to the rejection of any or all of these, "calling evil good, and good evil,—putting bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter."[96] For in that rejection and substitution we betray the first of all Loyalties, to the fixed Law of life, and with resolute opposite loyalty serve our own imagination of good, which is the law, not of the House, but of the Grave, (otherwise called the law of "mark missing," which we translate "law of Sin"); these "two masters," between whose services we have to choose, being otherwise distinguished as God and Mammon, which Mammon, though we narrowly take it as the power of money only, is in truth the great evil Spirit of false and fond desire, or "Covetousness, which is Idolatry." So that Iconoclasm—image-breaking—is easy; but an Idol cannot be broken—it must be forsaken; and this is not so easy, either to do, or persuade to doing. For men may readily be convinced of the weakness of an image; but not of the emptiness of an imagination.
Few parts of the book that some of the most advanced nations in civilization currently accept as final truth have been more distorted than those concerning idolatry. The idolatry criticized here is not about statues or the reverence of statues. It simply refers to replacing an "Eidolon," a phantom, or an imagined concept of Good, with what is real and lasting; from the Highest Living Good that gives life to the lowest material good that serves it. The Creator and the things He created that He deemed "good" are in their eternal goodness intended to be "worshipped,"—i.e., to have goodness and value ascribed to them from the heart; and the scope of idolatry extends to rejecting any or all of these, "calling evil good, and good evil,—putting bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter."[96] For in that rejection and substitution, we betray our highest Loyalty to the unchanging Law of life and, with determined opposition, serve our own imagined version of good, which is the law, not of the House, but of the Grave, (also referred to as the law of "missing the mark," which we translate as "law of Sin"); these "two masters," between whose services we have to choose, are otherwise recognized as God and Mammon. While we often narrowly view Mammon as just the power of money, it is actually the great evil Spirit of false and excessive desire, or "Covetousness, which is Idolatry." So, while breaking images—iconoclasm—is easy; an Idol cannot be shattered—it must be let go of; and this is not so easy to do, or to persuade others to do. People can easily be convinced of the weakness of an image, but not of the emptiness of an imagination.
APPENDIX III.—(p. 36.)
APPENDIX III—(p. 36)
I have not attempted to support, by the authority of other writers, any of the statements made in these papers; indeed, if such authorities were rightly collected, there would be no occasion for my writing at all. Even in the scattered passages referring to this subject in three books of Carlyle's—Sartor Resartus, Past and Present, and the Latter Day Pamphlets,—all has been said that needs to be said, and far better than I shall ever say it again. But the habit of the public mind at present is to require everything to be uttered diffusely, loudly, and a hundred times over, before it will listen; and it has revolted against these papers of mine as if they contained[Pg 225] things daring and new, when there is not one assertion in them of which the truth has not been for ages known to the wisest, and proclaimed by the most eloquent of men. It would be [I had written will be; but have now reached a time of life for which there is but one mood—the conditional,] a far greater pleasure to me hereafter, to collect their words than to add to mine; Horace's clear rendering of the substance of the passages in the text may be found room for at once,
I haven’t tried to back up any of the statements made in these papers with references from other authors; honestly, if such references were properly gathered, there wouldn’t be any reason for me to write at all. Even in the scattered sections related to this topic in three of Carlyle's books—Sartor Resartus, Past and Present, and the Latter Day Pamphlets—everything that needs to be said has already been said, and far better than I could ever express it again. However, the current public mindset demands that everything be stated thoroughly, loudly, and a hundred times before it will pay attention; it has reacted to my papers as if they contained[Pg 225] something daring and innovative, when in reality, not a single assertion in them presents anything that hasn’t been known for ages by the wisest, and declared by the most eloquent speakers. It would be [I had written will be; but have now reached a time of life for which there is but one mood—the conditional,] much more enjoyable for me in the future to collect their words rather than add to my own; Horace's clear summary of the content in the text can be included right away.
[Which may be roughly thus translated:—
[Which may be roughly thus translated:—
"Were anybody to buy fiddles, and collect a number, being in no wise given to fiddling, nor fond of music: or if, being no cobbler, he collected awls and lasts, or, having no mind for sea-adventure, bought sails, every one would call him a madman, and deservedly. But what difference is there between such a man and one who lays by coins and gold, and does not know how to use, when he has got them?"]
"Were someone to buy violins and gather a collection while having no interest in playing them or liking music, or if a person who wasn’t a cobbler collected tools like awls and shoe forms, or if someone who has no desire for sea adventures bought sails, everyone would think he was crazy, and rightly so. But what’s the difference between that person and someone who hoards coins and gold without knowing how to use them once they have them?"
With which it is perhaps desirable also to give Xenophon's statement, it being clearer than any English one can be, owing to the power of the general Greek term for wealth, "useable things."
With which it might also be good to include Xenophon's statement, since it is clearer than any English version can be, due to the strength of the general Greek term for wealth, "usable things."
[I have cut out the Greek because I can't be troubled to correct the accents, and am always nervous about them; here it is in English, as well as I can do it:—
[I’ve left out the Greek because I can’t be bothered to fix the accents, and I always get anxious about them; here it is in English, as best as I can do it:]
"This being so, it follows that things are only property to the man who knows how to use them; as flutes, for instance, are property to the man who can pipe upon them respectably; but to one who knows not how to pipe, they are no property, unless he can get rid of them advantageously.... For if they are not sold, the flutes are no property (being serviceable[Pg 226] for nothing); but, sold, they become property. To which Socrates made answer,—'and only then if he knows how to sell them, for if he sell them to another man who cannot play on them, still they are no property.'"]
"This being the case, it means that things are only considered property by someone who knows how to use them; for example, flutes are property to someone who can play them well. But to someone who doesn’t know how to play, they have no value unless he can sell them for a profit. If they aren’t sold, the flutes aren’t property (since they are useful for nothing); however, once sold, they become property. To this, Socrates replied, 'and only if he knows how to sell them, because if he sells them to someone who can’t play them either, they still aren’t property.'"
APPENDIX IV.—(p. 39.)
APPENDIX IV (p. 39)
The reader is to include here in the idea of "Government," any branch of the Executive, or even any body of private persons, entrusted with the practical management of public interests unconnected directly with their own personal ones. In theoretical discussions of legislative interference with political economy, it is usually, and of course unnecessarily, assumed that Government must be always of that form and force in which we have been accustomed to see it;—that its abuses can never be less, nor its wisdom greater, nor its powers more numerous. But, practically, the custom in most civilized countries is, for every man to deprecate the interference of Government as long as things tell for his personal advantage, and to call for it when they cease to do so. The request of the Manchester Economists to be supplied with cotton by Government (the system of supply and demand having, for the time, fallen sorrowfully short of the expectations of scientific persons from it), is an interesting case in point. It were to be wished that less wide and bitter suffering, suffering, too, of the innocent, had been needed to force the nation, or some part of it, to ask itself why a body of men, already confessedly capable of managing matters both military and divine, should not be permitted, or even requested, at need, to provide in some wise for sustenance as well as for defence; and secure, if it might be,—(and it might, I think, even the rather be),—purity of bodily, as well as of spiritual, aliment? Why, having made many roads for the passage of armies, may they not make a few for the conveyance of food; and after organizing, with applause, various schemes of theological instruction for the Public, organize,[Pg 227] moreover, some methods of bodily nourishment for them? Or is the soul so much less trustworthy in its instincts than the stomach, that legislation is necessary for the one, but inapplicable to the other.
The reader should understand "Government" to include any branch of the Executive or even any group of private individuals given the responsibility of managing public interests unrelated to their own personal matters. In discussions about the impact of legislative action on political economy, it is often unnecessarily assumed that Government will always function in the way we are used to seeing it; that its mistakes can never be less, its wisdom greater, or its powers more extensive. However, in practice, most people in civilized countries often dislike Government interference when things are going their way, but call for it when they are not. The appeal from the Manchester Economists for the Government to supply cotton (especially when the supply and demand system had sadly fallen short of the expectations of experts) serves as a notable example. It would be preferable if less widespread and painful suffering, particularly of innocent individuals, had prompted the nation, or at least part of it, to reflect on why a group of men, already acknowledged to be capable of managing both military and divine matters, should not be allowed, or even asked, to provide for sustenance just as they do for defense; and to secure, if possible,—(and I think it could be)—the purity of both physical and spiritual nourishment? Why, having built numerous roads for the movement of armies, can't they create a few for transporting food; and after successfully organizing various public theological educational programs, could they not also devise some methods for physical nourishment? Or is the soul considered far less reliable in its instincts than the stomach, requiring legislation for one while being seen as irrelevant for the other?
APPENDIX V.—(p. 70.)
APPENDIX V. (p. 70)
I debated with myself whether to make the note on Homer longer by examining the typical meaning of the shipwreck of Ulysses, and his escape from Charybdis by help of her fig-tree; but as I should have had to go on to the lovely myth of Leucothea's veil, and did not care to spoil this by a hurried account of it, I left it for future examination; and, three days after the paper was published, observed that the reviewers, with their customary helpfulness, were endeavouring to throw the whole subject back into confusion by dwelling on this single (as they imagined) oversight. I omitted also a note on the sense of the word λυγρον, with respect to the pharmacy of Circe, and herb-fields of Helen, (compare its use in Odyssey, xvii., 473, &c.), which would farther have illustrated the nature of the Circean power. But, not to be led too far into the subtleties of these myths, observe respecting them all, that even in very simple parables, it is not always easy to attach indisputable meaning to every part of them. I recollect some years ago, throwing an assembly of learned persons who had met to delight themselves with interpretations of the parable of the prodigal son, (interpretations which had up to that moment gone very smoothly,) into mute indignation, by inadvertently asking who the unprodigal son was, and what was to be learned by his example. The leading divine of the company, Mr. Molyneux, at last explained to me that the unprodigal son was a lay figure, put in for dramatic effect, to make the story prettier, and that no note was to be taken of him. Without, however, admitting that Homer put in the last escape of Ulysses merely to make his story prettier, this is nevertheless true of all Greek myths, that they have many opposite lights and[Pg 228] shades; they are as changeful as opal, and like opal, usually have one colour by reflected, and another by transmitted light. But they are true jewels for all that, and full of noble enchantment for those who can use them; for those who cannot, I am content to repeat the words I wrote four years ago, in the appendix to the Two Paths—
I struggled with whether to extend the note on Homer by exploring the typical meaning of Ulysses' shipwreck and his escape from Charybdis with the help of her fig tree. However, I realized I would then need to cover the beautiful myth of Leucothea's veil, and I didn’t want to ruin it with a rushed explanation, so I decided to save it for later. Three days after the paper was published, I noticed that the reviewers, being their usual helpful selves, were trying to throw everything into disarray by focusing on what they thought was a single oversight. I also skipped a note on the meaning of the word λυγρον regarding Circe's pharmacy and Helen's herb-fields (see its usage in Odyssey, xvii., 473, &c.), which would have further illustrated the nature of Circe's power. But I didn’t want to get too deep into the intricacies of these myths; keep in mind that even with very straightforward parables, it’s not always easy to pin down a clear meaning for every part. I remember years ago, throwing a gathering of scholars, who had come together to enjoy interpreting the parable of the prodigal son (interpretations that had been going smoothly until that point), into stunned silence by casually asking who the unprodigal son was and what we could learn from his example. The leading theologian present, Mr. Molyneux, finally explained to me that the unprodigal son was just a figure added for dramatic effect to enhance the story and that we shouldn’t pay him any mind. Without suggesting that Homer included Ulysses' final escape just to beautify his story, it is nonetheless true of all Greek myths that they can show many contrasting perspectives and shades. They are as changeable as opal, and like opal, usually appear one color when reflected and another when transmitted. But they are true gems nonetheless, filled with noble enchantment for those who can appreciate them; for those who can’t, I’m willing to reiterate the words I wrote four years ago in the appendix to the Two Paths—
"The entire purpose of a great thinker may be difficult to fathom, and we may be over and over again more or less mistaken in guessing at his meaning; but the real, profound, nay, quite bottomless and unredeemable mistake, is the fool's thought, that he had no meaning."
"The whole point of a great thinker can be hard to understand, and we might constantly guess their meaning incorrectly; but the truly serious, even endless and irredeemable mistake, is the fool's belief that they had no meaning."
APPENDIX VI.—(p. 84)
APPENDIX VI.—(p. 84)
The derivation of words is like that of rivers: there is one real source, usually small, unlikely, and difficult to find, far up among the hills; then, as the word flows on and comes into service, it takes in the force of other words from other sources, and becomes quite another word—often much more than one word, after the junction—a word as it were of many waters, sometimes both sweet and bitter. Thus the whole force of our English "charity" depends on the guttural in "charis" getting confused with the c of the Latin "carus;" thenceforward throughout the middle ages, the two ideas ran on together, and both got confused with St. Paul's αγαρη, which expresses a different idea in all sorts of ways; our "charity" having not only brought in the entirely foreign sense of alms-giving, but lost the essential sense of contentment, and lost much more in getting too far away from the "charis" of the final Gospel benedictions. For truly it is fine Christianity we have come to, which, professing to expect the perpetual grace or charity of its Founder, has not itself grace or charity enough to hinder it from overreaching its friends in sixpenny bargains; and which, supplicating evening and morning the forgiveness of its own debts, goes forth at noon to take its fellow-servants by the throat, saying,—not merely "Pay me that thou owest," but "Pay me that thou owest me not."[Pg 229]
The origins of words are similar to rivers: there’s one true source, usually small, unexpected, and hard to find, hidden high up in the hills. As the word flows and enters common usage, it gathers influences from other words and sources, transforming into something entirely different—often more than one word, becoming a blend of many influences, sometimes both positive and negative. Thus, the full meaning of our English "charity" relies on the harsh sound in "charis" merging with the "c" in the Latin "carus;" from then on, throughout the Middle Ages, the two meanings intertwined and became confused with St. Paul's αγαρη, which represents a different idea in many ways. Our "charity" not only adopted the entirely foreign idea of almsgiving, but also lost the core meaning of contentment, straying far from the "charis" of the final Gospel blessings. Truly, we have reached a version of Christianity that, while claiming to expect the ongoing grace or charity of its Founder, lacks enough grace or charity itself to avoid taking advantage of its friends over trivial bargains; and which, praying for forgiveness of its own debts morning and night, goes out at noon to grab its fellow servants by the throat, demanding—not just "Pay me what you owe," but "Pay me what you do not owe me." [Pg 229]
It is true that we sometimes wear Ophelia's rue with a difference, and call it "Herb o' grace o' Sundays," taking consolation out of the offertory with—"Look, what he layeth out; it shall be paid him again." Comfortable words indeed, and good to set against the old royalty of Largesse—
It’s true that sometimes we wear Ophelia's rue differently and call it "Herb of grace on Sundays," finding comfort in the offertory with—"Look, what he lays out; it will be paid back to him." Those are truly comforting words and a good counter to the old royalty of generosity—
[I am glad to end, for this time, with these lovely words of Chaucer. We have heard only too much lately of "Indiscriminate charity," with implied reproval, not of the Indiscrimination merely, but of the Charity also. We have partly succeeded in enforcing on the minds of the poor the idea that it is disgraceful to receive; and are likely, without much difficulty, to succeed in persuading not a few of the rich that it is disgraceful to give. But the political economy of a great state makes both giving and receiving graceful; and the political economy of true religion interprets the saying that "it is more blessed to give than to receive," not as the promise of reward in another life for mortified selfishness in this, but as pledge of bestowal upon us of that sweet and better nature, which does not mortify itself in giving.]
[I am glad to wrap up, for now, with these beautiful words from Chaucer. Recently, we've heard too much about "Indiscriminate charity," often with a hint of disapproval, not just towards the lack of discernment, but also towards the charity itself. We've managed to partially convince the poor that it's shameful to accept help; and it seems we’ll easily persuade some wealthy people that it’s shameful to give. However, the political economy of a large state makes both giving and receiving admirable; and the true religious understanding of the saying "it is more blessed to give than to receive" should not be seen as a promise of reward in the afterlife for suppressing selfishness now, but rather as a commitment to grant us that sweet and better nature, which finds joy in giving.]
Brantwood, Coniston,
5th October, 1871.
Brantwood, Coniston,
5th October, 1871.
THE END
FOOTNOTES:
[95] [Written in 1862. I little thought that when I next corrected my type, the "existing" war best illustrative of the sentence would be between Frenchmen in the Elysian Fields of Paris.]
[95] [Written in 1862. I never imagined that when I next corrected my text, the "current" war that best represented the sentence would be fought between French people in the Elysian Fields of Paris.]
PRE-RAPHAELITISM
To
FRANCIS HAWKSWORTH FAWKES, ESQ
OF FARNLEY
THESE PAGES
WHICH OWE THEIR PRESENT FORM TO ADVANTAGES GRANTED
BY HIS KINDNESS
ARE AFFECTIONATELY INSCRIBED
BY HIS OBLIGED FRIEND
JOHN RUSKIN
To
FRANCIS HAWKSWORTH FAWKES, ESQ
OF FARNLEY
THESE PAGES
WHICH OWE THEIR CURRENT FORMAT TO THE BENEFITS PROVIDED
BY HIS GENEROSITY
ARE SINCERELY DEDICATED
BY HIS GRATEFUL FRIEND
JOHN RUSKIN
PREFACE.
Eight years ago, in the close of the first volume of "Modern Painters," I ventured to give the following advice to the young artists of England:—
Eight years ago, at the end of the first volume of "Modern Painters," I took the opportunity to offer this advice to the young artists of England:—
"They should go to nature in all singleness of heart, and walk with her laboriously and trustingly, having no other thought but how best to penetrate her meaning; rejecting nothing, selecting nothing, and scorning nothing." Advice which, whether bad or good, involved infinite labor and humiliation in the following it; and was therefore, for the most part, rejected.
"They should approach nature with an open heart, exploring her with effort and trust, focusing solely on understanding her essence; accepting everything, not judging, and avoiding disdain." This advice, whether it was wise or not, required immense effort and humility to follow; as a result, it was largely dismissed.
It has, however, at last been carried out, to the very letter, by a group of men who, for their reward, have been assailed with the most scurrilous abuse which I ever recollect seeing issue from the public press. I have, therefore, thought it due to them to contradict the directly false statements which have been made respecting their works; and to point out the kind [Pg 236]of merit which, however deficient in some respects, those works possess beyond the possibility of dispute.
It has, finally, been completed exactly as promised, by a group of men who, in return, have faced the most disgusting attacks I’ve ever seen come from the media. Therefore, I feel it’s important to refute the outright false claims that have been made about their work, and to highlight the kind of merit that, while lacking in some areas, is undeniable in those works. [Pg 236]
Denmark Hill,
Aug. 1851.
Denmark Hill,
August 1851.
PRE-RAPHAELITISM.
It may be proved, with much certainty, that God intends no man to live in this world without working: but it seems to me no less evident that He intends every man to be happy in his work. It is written, "in the sweat of thy brow," but it was never written, "in the breaking of thine heart," thou shalt eat bread; and I find that, as on the one hand, infinite misery is caused by idle people, who both fail in doing what was appointed for them to do, and set in motion various springs of mischief in matters in which they should have had no concern, so on the other hand, no small misery is caused by over-worked and unhappy people, in the dark views which they necessarily take up themselves, and force upon others, of work itself. Were it not so, I believe the fact of their being unhappy is in itself a violation of divine law, and a sign of some kind of folly or sin in their way of life. Now in order that people may be happy in their work, these three things are needed: They must be fit for it: They must not do too much of it: and they must have a sense of success in it—not a doubtful sense, such as needs some testimony of other people for its confirmation, but a sure sense, or rather knowledge, that so much work has been done well, and fruitfully done, whatever the world may say or think about it. So that in order that a man may be happy, it is necessary that he should not only be capable of his work, but a good judge of his work.
It can be confidently said that God doesn’t intend for anyone to live in this world without working; but it’s equally clear to me that He wants everyone to find happiness in their work. It’s written, “in the sweat of your brow,” but it was never stated, “in the breaking of your heart,” shall you earn your bread. I find that, on one hand, endless misery comes from idle people who fail to do what they are meant to do and create trouble in areas that don’t concern them. On the other hand, a lot of misery also comes from overworked and unhappy people, whose negative views about work they impose on themselves and force on others. If that weren’t the case, I believe their unhappiness alone is a violation of divine law and indicates some kind of folly or sin in their lives. For people to find happiness in their work, three things are necessary: They must be suited for it; they must not overdo it; and they must have a sense of success in it—not a shaky sense that needs validation from others, but a solid understanding or knowledge that they have done a good job and achieved results, regardless of what the world thinks about it. Therefore, for a person to be happy, it’s essential that they not only are capable of their work but are also good judges of it.
The first thing then that he has to do, if unhappily his parents or masters have not done it for him, is to find out what he is fit for. In which inquiry a man may be very safely guided by his likings, if he be not also guided by his pride.[Pg 238] People usually reason in some such fashion as this: "I don't seem quite fit for a head-manager in the firm of —— & Co., therefore, in all probability, I am fit to be Chancellor of the Exchequer." Whereas, they ought rather to reason thus: "I don't seem quite fit to be head-manager in the firm of —— & Co., but I daresay I might do something in a small green-grocery business; I used to be a good judge of peas;" that is to say, always trying lower instead of trying higher, until they find bottom: once well set on the ground, a man may build up by degrees, safely, instead of disturbing every one in his neighborhood by perpetual catastrophes. But this kind of humility is rendered especially difficult in these days, by the contumely thrown on men in humble employments. The very removal of the massy bars which once separated one class of society from another, has rendered it tenfold more shameful in foolish people's, i. e. in most people's eyes, to remain in the lower grades of it, than ever it was before. When a man born of an artisan was looked upon as an entirely different species of animal from a man born of a noble, it made him no more uncomfortable or ashamed to remain that different species of animal, than it makes a horse ashamed to remain a horse, and not to become a giraffe. But now that a man may make money, and rise in the world, and associate himself, unreproached, with people once far above him, not only is the natural discontentedness of humanity developed to an unheard-of extent, whatever a man's position, but it becomes a veritable shame to him to remain in the state he was born in, and everybody thinks it his duty to try to be a "gentleman." Persons who have any influence in the management of public institutions for charitable education know how common this feeling has become. Hardly a day passes but they receive letters from mothers who want all their six or eight sons to go to college, and make the grand tour in the long vacation, and who think there is something wrong in the foundations of society, because this is not possible. Out of every ten letters of this kind, nine will allege, as the reason of the writers' importunity, their desire to keep their families in such and such a "station of life." There is no real desire[Pg 239] for the safety, the discipline, or the moral good of the children, only a panic horror of the inexpressibly pitiable calamity of their living a ledge or two lower on the molehill of the world—a calamity to be averted at any cost whatever, of struggle, anxiety, and shortening of life itself. I do not believe that any greater good could be achieved for the country, than the change in public feeling on this head, which might be brought about by a few benevolent men, undeniably in the class of "gentlemen," who would, on principle, enter into some of our commonest trades, and make them honorable; showing that it was possible for a man to retain his dignity, and remain, in the best sense, a gentleman, though part of his time was every day occupied in manual labor, or even in serving customers over a counter. I do not in the least see why courtesy, and gravity, and sympathy with the feelings of others, and courage, and truth, and piety, and what else goes to make up a gentleman's character, should not be found behind a counter as well as elsewhere, if they were demanded, or even hoped for, there.
The first thing he needs to do, if unfortunately his parents or mentors haven't done it for him, is to discover what he's suited for. In this quest, a person can safely follow their interests, as long as they're not also driven by their pride.[Pg 238] People often think along these lines: "I don’t really seem fit to be a head manager at the company of —— & Co., so I should probably be the Chancellor of the Exchequer instead." Instead, they should think: "I don’t seem fit to be head manager at the company of —— & Co., but I might do well in a small grocery business; I used to be good at judging peas." That is to say, they should aim lower instead of aiming too high until they find their level: once grounded, a person can build gradually and safely, rather than upsetting everyone around them with constant chaos. However, this type of humility is especially challenging these days due to the disdain directed towards people in lower-status jobs. The removal of social barriers that once separated classes has made it even more shameful in the eyes of foolish people—meaning most people—to stay in the lower tiers than it ever was before. When someone from an artisan background was viewed as a completely different kind of person from someone born into nobility, it didn't make them uncomfortable or ashamed to stay that different kind of person, just like a horse doesn’t feel ashamed for being a horse instead of a giraffe. But now, since anyone can make money, rise in the world, and mingle with people who were once far above them without judgment, the natural discontent of human beings has reached an unprecedented level. No matter what someone's position is, there's a genuine shame in remaining in the social class they were born into, and everyone feels it's their duty to strive to become a "gentleman." Those involved in managing public institutions for educational charities are well aware of how widespread this feeling has become. Hardly a day goes by without receiving letters from mothers wanting all their six or eight sons to attend college and travel abroad during long vacations, believing there's something wrong with society because this isn’t feasible. Out of every ten letters of this nature, nine will state that the reason for the writers’ insistence is their desire to maintain their families in a particular "station of life." There’s no real desire to ensure the safety, discipline, or moral goodness of the children; it’s just an overwhelming dread of the tragically pitiable situation of living one or two rungs lower on the social ladder—a situation that must be avoided at any cost, involving struggle, anxiety, and even a shortened life. I genuinely believe that no greater good could be achieved for the country than a shift in public sentiment on this matter, which could be brought about by a few caring individuals, undeniably in the "gentleman" class, who would, as a principle, engage in some of our most common trades and make them respectable; showing it’s possible for someone to maintain their dignity and remain, in the best sense, a gentleman, even if part of their day is spent doing physical work or serving customers at a counter. I really don’t see why qualities like courtesy, seriousness, empathy for others, bravery, truthfulness, and piety—to name a few traits that define a gentleman—cannot be found at a counter just as much as anywhere else, if they were sought after or expected there.
Let us suppose, then, that the man's way of life and manner of work have been discreetly chosen; then the next thing to be required is, that he do not over-work himself therein. I am not going to say anything here about the various errors in our systems of society and commerce, which appear (I am not sure if they ever do more than appear) to force us to over-work ourselves merely that we may live; nor about the still more fruitful cause of unhealthy toil—the incapability, in many men, of being content with the little that is indeed necessary to their happiness. I have only a word or two to say about one special cause of over-work—the ambitious desire of doing great or clever things, and the hope of accomplishing them by immense efforts: hope as vain as it is pernicious; not only making men over-work themselves, but rendering all the work they do unwholesome to them. I say it is a vain hope, and let the reader be assured of this (it is a truth all-important to the best interests of humanity). No great intellectual thing was ever done by great effort; a great thing can only be done by a great man, and he does it without[Pg 240] effort. Nothing is, at present, less understood by us than this—nothing is more necessary to be understood. Let me try to say it as clearly, and explain it as fully as I may.
Let’s assume that the way the man lives and works has been carefully chosen; next, it’s important that he doesn’t push himself too hard in that process. I’m not going to discuss the various flaws in our societal and economic systems, which seem (though I’m not sure they ever do more than seem) to force us to overwork ourselves just to survive; nor will I mention the even bigger reason for unhealthy labor—the tendency in many people to be dissatisfied with the little that is truly necessary for their happiness. I just want to address one specific reason for overwork—the ambitious desire to achieve great or clever things, along with the hope of accomplishing them through extraordinary efforts: a hope as futile as it is harmful; not only does it lead people to overwork themselves, but it also makes all the work they do unhealthy for them. I call it a futile hope, and I want the reader to know this (it’s a truth that's crucial for humanity’s best interests). No great intellectual achievement was ever accomplished through great effort; a great achievement can only be realized by a great person, and they do it without[Pg 240] effort. At present, nothing is less understood by us than this—nothing is more important to understand. Let me try to express it as clearly and explain it as thoroughly as I can.
I have said no great intellectual thing: for I do not mean the assertion to extend to things moral. On the contrary, it seems to me that just because we are intended, as long as we live, to be in a state of intense moral effort, we are not intended to be in intense physical or intellectual effort. Our full energies are to be given to the soul's work—to the great fight with the Dragon—the taking the kingdom of heaven by force. But the body's work and head's work are to be done quietly, and comparatively without effort. Neither limbs nor brain are ever to be strained to their utmost; that is not the way in which the greatest quantity of work is to be got out of them: they are never to be worked furiously, but with tranquillity and constancy. We are to follow the plough from sunrise to sunset, but not to pull in race-boats at the twilight: we shall get no fruit of that kind of work, only disease of the heart.
I haven't said anything particularly profound: I don't mean for this to apply to moral matters. In fact, it seems to me that just because we are meant to engage in intense moral effort throughout our lives, we are not meant to exert ourselves physically or intellectually in the same way. Our primary focus should be on our spiritual work—to the significant battle against the Dragon—securing the kingdom of heaven with determination. The tasks for our bodies and minds should be performed calmly and with minimal effort. Neither our limbs nor our brains should be pushed to their limits; that’s not how we achieve the most work from them. They shouldn't be worked frantically, but rather with patience and consistency. We are to follow the plow from sunrise to sunset, but not to race boats at twilight: that kind of effort won’t yield any productive results, only stress on the heart.
How many pangs would be spared to thousands, if this great truth and law were but once sincerely, humbly understood,—that if a great thing can be done at all, it can be done easily; that, when it is needed to be done, there is perhaps only one man in the world who can do it; but he can do it without any trouble—without more trouble, that is, than it costs small people to do small things; nay, perhaps, with less. And yet what truth lies more openly on the surface of all human phenomena? Is not the evidence of Ease on the very front of all the greatest works in existence? Do they not say plainly to us, not, "there has been a great effort here," but, "there has been a great power here"? It is not the weariness of mortality, but the strength of divinity, which we have to recognise in all mighty things; and that is just what we now never recognise, but think that we are to do great things, by help of iron bars and perspiration:—alas! we shall do nothing that way but lose some pounds of our own weight.
How many struggles could be avoided for thousands if this important truth were genuinely understood—that if something truly significant can be accomplished, it can be done with ease; that when it's necessary, there might only be one person in the world who can achieve it; and that they can do it effortlessly—without more effort than it takes for ordinary people to handle ordinary tasks; in fact, maybe even less. And yet, what truth is more evident in all human experiences? Isn't the evidence of Ease right there in front of us in all of humanity's greatest achievements? Don't they clearly communicate to us, not "there has been a great effort here," but "there has been a great power here"? It's not the fatigue of mortality we need to see, but the strength of divinity in all powerful things; and that’s precisely what we never recognize, assuming we can accomplish great things through sheer hard work:—unfortunately, all we'll achieve that way is losing some of our own weight.
Yet, let me not be misunderstood, nor this great truth be supposed anywise resolvable into the favorite dogma of young[Pg 241] men, that they need not work if they have genius. The fact is, that a man of genius is always far more ready to work than other people, and gets so much more good from the work that he does, and is often so little conscious of the inherent divinity in himself, that he is very apt to ascribe all his capacity to his work, and to tell those who ask how he came to be what he is: "If I am anything, which I much doubt, I made myself so merely by labor." This was Newton's way of talking, and I suppose it would be the general tone of men whose genius had been devoted to the physical sciences. Genius in the Arts must commonly be more self-conscious, but in whatever field, it will always be distinguished by its perpetual, steady, well-directed, happy, and faithful labor in accumulating and disciplining its powers, as well as by its gigantic, incommunicable facility in exercising them. Therefore, literally, it is no man's business whether he has genius or not: work he must, whatever he is, but quietly and steadily; and the natural and unforced results of such work will be always the things that God meant him to do, and will be his best. No agonies nor heart-rendings will enable him to do any better. If he be a great man, they will be great things; if a small man, small things; but always, if thus peacefully done, good and right; always, if restlessly and ambitiously done, false, hollow, and despicable.
Yet, let me be clear, and don't mistake this great truth as being in line with the common belief among young[Pg 241] men that they don’t need to work if they have talent. The reality is that a person with talent is usually much more eager to work than others, gains so much more from their efforts, and is often so unaware of the inner greatness within themselves that they readily attribute all their abilities to their hard work. They often respond to those who ask how they became who they are with, “If I am anything, which I genuinely doubt, I made myself this way solely through effort.” This was how Newton expressed himself, and I think it reflects the common attitude of men whose genius was focused on the physical sciences. Genius in the Arts is often more self-aware, but in any field, it will always be marked by consistent, dedicated, joyful, and diligent effort in honing its skills, as well as by its incredible, unshareable ease in using them. Therefore, ultimately, it doesn't matter whether one has talent or not: work is required for everyone, no matter who they are, but it should be done quietly and steadily. The natural and effortless outcomes of such work will always be what God intended for them to accomplish, and those will be their best. No amount of struggle or heartache will make them do any better. If they are a great person, they will achieve great things; if they are an ordinary person, they will accomplish ordinary things; but always, if done peacefully, those things will be good and right; always, if pursued restlessly and with ambition, they will be false, empty, and worthless.
Then the third thing needed was, I said, that a man should be a good judge of his work; and this chiefly that he may not be dependent upon popular opinion for the manner of doing it, but also that he may have the just encouragement of the sense of progress, and an honest consciousness of victory: how else can he become
Then the third thing needed was, I said, that a man should be a good judge of his work; and this mainly so he won't rely on popular opinion for how to do it, but also so he can feel the rightful sense of progress and have an honest awareness of success: how else can he become
"Whose past looks back with a smile."
I am persuaded that the real nourishment and help of such a feeling as this is nearly unknown to half the workmen of the present day. For whatever appearance of self-complacency there may be in their outward bearing, it is visible enough,[Pg 242] by their feverish jealousy of each other, how little confidence they have in the sterling value of their several doings. Conceit may puff a man up, but never prop him up; and there is too visible distress and hopelessness in men's aspects to admit of the supposition that they have any stable support of faith in themselves.
I believe that the true support and nourishment of such feelings are almost unknown to half of today's workers. Regardless of how self-satisfied they may seem on the outside, it's clear enough, [Pg 242], from their intense jealousy of one another, just how little faith they have in the genuine value of what they do. Arrogance can inflate a person's ego but can never provide real support; and there's too much visible distress and hopelessness in people's faces to suggest that they have any solid confidence in themselves.
I have stated these principles generally, because there is no branch of labor to which they do not apply: But there is one in which our ignorance or forgetfulness of them has caused an incalculable amount of suffering: and I would endeavor now to reconsider them with especial reference to it,—the branch of the Arts.
I’ve laid out these principles in broad terms because they apply to every type of work. However, there’s one area where our lack of awareness or forgetfulness about them has led to immense suffering. I now want to revisit these principles with a specific focus on that area—the Arts.
In general, the men who are employed in the Arts have freely chosen their profession, and suppose themselves to have special faculty for it; yet, as a body, they are not happy men. For which this seems to me the reason, that they are expected, and themselves expect, to make their bread by being clever—not by steady or quiet work; and are, therefore, for the most part, trying to be clever, and so living in an utterly false state of mind and action.
In general, men working in the Arts have chosen their profession willingly and believe they have a special talent for it; however, as a group, they are not happy. I think the reason for this is that they are expected, and they expect themselves, to make a living by being clever—not through consistent or calm work. As a result, they are mostly trying to be clever, living in a completely unrealistic state of mind and behavior.
This is the case, to the same extent, in no other profession or employment. A lawyer may indeed suspect that, unless he has more wit than those around him, he is not likely to advance in his profession; but he will not be always thinking how he is to display his wit. He will generally understand, early in his career, that wit must be left to take care of itself, and that it is hard knowledge of law and vigorous examination and collation of the facts of every case entrusted to him, which his clients will mainly demand; this it is which he has to be paid for; and this is healthy and measurable labor, payable by the hour. If he happen to have keen natural perception and quick wit, these will come into play in their due time and place, but he will not think of them as his chief power; and if he have them not, he may still hope that industry and conscientiousness may enable him to rise in his profession without them. Again in the case of clergymen: that they are sorely tempted to display their eloquence or wit, none who know their own hearts will deny, but then they know this to be a[Pg 243] temptation: they never would suppose that cleverness was all that was to be expected from them, or would sit down deliberately to write a clever sermon: even the dullest or vainest of them would throw some veil over their vanity, and pretend to some profitableness of purpose in what they did. They would not openly ask of their hearers—Did you think my sermon ingenious, or my language poetical? They would early understand that they were not paid for being ingenious, nor called to be so, but to preach truth; that if they happened to possess wit, eloquence, or originality, these would appear and be of service in due time, but were not to be continually sought after or exhibited: and if it should happen that they had them not, they might still be serviceable pastors without them.
This is not the case in any other profession. A lawyer might worry that if he doesn’t have more intelligence than those around him, he won’t move forward in his career; however, he won’t constantly be focused on showcasing his intelligence. He will usually realize early on that his cleverness can take care of itself, and what his clients truly want is his solid understanding of the law and his thorough analysis of the facts of every case he takes on. That’s what he gets paid for; it’s reliable work that can be billed by the hour. If he happens to have a sharp perception and quick thinking, those skills will be useful when the time is right, but he won’t consider them his main strength; and even if he lacks them, he can still hope that hard work and integrity will help him succeed in his profession. Similarly, for clergymen: while they may struggle against the urge to showcase their eloquence or wit, no one who understands their own hearts will deny this temptation. However, they know it’s a temptation: they never assume that cleverness is all that’s expected of them, nor would they intentionally set out to write a clever sermon. Even the least insightful or most vain among them would hide their vanity to some extent and claim to have a purpose in what they do. They wouldn’t openly ask their congregation—Did you find my sermon clever, or my language poetic? They would quickly understand that they aren’t paid for being clever, nor are they meant to be, but to preach the truth; that if they happen to have wit, eloquence, or originality, these traits may surface and be useful at the right moments, but they shouldn’t be constantly pursued or displayed. And if they don’t possess these qualities, they can still be effective pastors without them.
Not so with the unhappy artist. No one expects any honest or useful work of him; but every one expects him to be ingenious. Originality, dexterity, invention, imagination, every thing is asked of him except what alone is to be had for asking—honesty and sound work, and the due discharge of his function as a painter. What function? asks the reader in some surprise. He may well ask; for I suppose few painters have any idea what their function is, or even that they have any at all.
Not so for the unhappy artist. No one expects him to do any honest or useful work; instead, everyone expects him to be clever. Originality, skill, creativity, and imagination—everything is demanded of him except for what can truly be asked for—honesty, quality work, and fulfilling his role as a painter. "What role?" the reader might ask in surprise. It's a fair question; I would guess that few painters even understand what their role is, or even that they have one at all.
And yet surely it is not so difficult to discover. The faculties, which when a man finds in himself, he resolves to be a painter, are, I suppose, intenseness of observation and facility of imitation. The man is created an observer and an imitator; and his function is to convey knowledge to his fellow-men, of such things as cannot be taught otherwise than ocularly. For a long time this function remained a religious one: it was to impress upon the popular mind the reality of the objects of faith, and the truth of the histories of Scripture, by giving visible form to both. That function has now passed away, and none has as yet taken its place. The painter has no profession, no purpose. He is an idler on the earth, chasing the shadows of his own fancies.
And yet it can’t be that hard to figure out. The qualities a person discovers in themselves when they decide to become a painter are, I think, keen observation and the ability to imitate. A person is made to observe and imitate, and their role is to provide knowledge to others about things that can’t be taught in any way other than visually. For a long time, this role was a religious one: it aimed to make the community understand the reality of faith-based objects and the truths of Scripture stories by giving them a visible form. That role has faded away now, and nothing has taken its place. The painter has no profession, no purpose. They are just someone wandering the earth, pursuing the shadows of their own imagination.
But he was never meant to be this. The sudden and universal Naturalism, or inclination to copy ordinary natural[Pg 244] objects, which manifested itself among the painters of Europe, at the moment when the invention of printing superseded their legendary labors, was no false instinct. It was misunderstood and misapplied, but it came at the right time, and has maintained itself through all kinds of abuse; presenting in the recent schools of landscape, perhaps only the first fruits of its power. That instinct was urging every painter in Europe at the same moment to his true duty—the faithful representation of all objects of historical interest, or of natural beauty existent at the period; representations such as might at once aid the advance of the sciences, and keep faithful record of every monument of past ages which was likely to be swept away in the approaching eras of revolutionary change.
But he was never meant to be this. The sudden and widespread Naturalism, or tendency to replicate ordinary natural objects, which emerged among European painters just when the invention of printing took over their legendary efforts, was no false instinct. It was misunderstood and misapplied, but it arrived at the right moment and has persisted through all kinds of misuse; presenting in the recent landscape schools perhaps only the initial results of its influence. That instinct urged every painter in Europe at the same time to fulfill their true duty—the accurate depiction of all objects of historical significance or natural beauty existing at that time; representations that could both support the advancement of sciences and faithfully document every monument of past ages likely to be lost in the coming times of revolutionary change.
The instinct came, as I said, exactly at the right moment; and let the reader consider what amount and kind of general knowledge might by this time have been possessed by the nations of Europe, had their painters understood and obeyed it. Suppose that, after disciplining themselves so as to be able to draw, with unerring precision, each the particular kind of subject in which he most delighted, they had separated into two great armies of historians and naturalists;—that the first had painted with absolute faithfulness every edifice, every city, every battle-field, every scene of the slightest historical interest, precisely and completely rendering their aspect at the time; and that their companions, according to their several powers, had painted with like fidelity the plants and animals, the natural scenery, and the atmospheric phenomena of every country on the earth—suppose that a faithful and complete record were now in our museums of every building destroyed by war, or time, or innovation, during these last 200 years—suppose that each recess of every mountain chain of Europe had been penetrated, and its rocks drawn with such accuracy that the geologist's diagram was no longer necessary—suppose that every tree of the forest had been drawn in its noblest aspect, every beast of the field in its savage life—that all these gatherings were already in our national galleries, and that the painters of the present day were[Pg 245] laboring, happily and earnestly, to multiply them, and put such means of knowledge more and more within reach of the common people—would not that be a more honorable life for them, than gaining precarious bread by "bright effects?" They think not, perhaps. They think it easy, and therefore contemptible, to be truthful; they have been taught so all their lives. But it is not so, whoever taught it them. It is most difficult, and worthy of the greatest men's greatest effort, to render, as it should be rendered, the simplest of the natural features of the earth; but also be it remembered, no man is confined to the simplest; each may look out work for himself where he chooses, and it will be strange if he cannot find something hard enough for him. The excuse is, however, one of the lips only; for every painter knows that when he draws back from the attempt to render nature as she is, it is oftener in cowardice than in disdain.
The instinct came, as I said, right when it was needed; and let the reader think about how much and what kinds of general knowledge the nations of Europe might have had by now if their painters had understood and followed it. Imagine if, after training themselves to draw with perfect accuracy the specific kinds of subjects they loved most, they had split into two large groups of historians and naturalists;—that the first group had painted every building, every city, every battlefield, and every scene of minor historical interest with complete accuracy, capturing how they looked at the time; and that their counterparts, according to their various skills, had painted with the same loyalty the plants and animals, the natural landscapes, and the weather phenomena of every country in the world—imagine that we now had a faithful and complete record in our museums of every structure lost to war, time, or change over the last 200 years—imagine that every nook of every mountain range in Europe had been explored, and its rocks illustrated with such precision that a geologist's diagram was no longer needed—imagine that every tree in the forest had been depicted in its most magnificent form, every wild animal in its natural habitat—that all these works were already in our national galleries, and that today’s painters were[Pg 245] working diligently and happily to create even more of them, making this knowledge increasingly accessible to the general public—wouldn't that be a more honorable life for them than struggling to earn a living through “brilliant effects?” They might not think so. They might find it easy, and therefore beneath them, to be truthful; they’ve been taught that their whole lives. But that’s not true, no matter who taught them. It is incredibly challenging and deserving of the greatest effort from the greatest minds to accurately depict even the simplest features of nature; but let it also be remembered, no one is limited to the simplest subjects; each person can seek out work wherever they choose, and it would be surprising if they couldn't find something challenging enough for themselves. However, the excuse is just lip service; every painter knows that when they hesitate to capture nature as it is, it’s often more out of fear than disdain.
I must leave the reader to pursue this subject for himself; I have not space to suggest to him the tenth part of the advantages which would follow, both to the painter from such an understanding of his mission, and to the whole people, in the results of his labor. Consider how the man himself would be elevated: how content he would become, how earnest, how full of all accurate and noble knowledge, how free from envy—knowing creation to be infinite, feeling at once the value of what he did, and yet the nothingness. Consider the advantage to the people; the immeasurably larger interest given to art itself; the easy, pleasurable, and perfect knowledge conveyed by it, in every subject; the far greater number of men who might be healthily and profitably occupied with it as a means of livelihood; the useful direction of myriads of inferior talents, now left fading away in misery. Conceive all this, and then look around at our exhibitions, and behold the "cattle pieces," and "sea pieces," and "fruit pieces," and "family pieces;" the eternal brown cows in ditches, and white sails in squalls, and sliced lemons in saucers, and foolish faces in simpers;—and try to feel what we are, and what we might have been.
I have to let the reader explore this topic on their own; I don’t have enough space to point out even a fraction of the benefits that would come from understanding the true purpose of a painter, both for the artist and for everyone who experiences his work. Think about how much the artist himself would grow: how fulfilled he would feel, how dedicated and knowledgeable he would become, and how free he would be from envy—knowing that creation is limitless, recognizing the worth of his work while also understanding its insignificance. Now consider the benefits to society; the greatly enhanced appreciation for art itself; the easy, enjoyable, and complete understanding it would provide across all topics; the increased opportunities for many more people to engage with it as a viable way to earn a living; the positive guidance for countless lesser talents that are currently wasting away in despair. Imagine all that, and then look at our art exhibitions, and take in the endless “cattle pieces,” “sea pieces,” “fruit pieces,” and “family pieces”; the same old brown cows in ditches, white sails caught in storms, sliced lemons on plates, and silly faces wearing smirks;—and try to grasp who we are and who we could have become.
Take a single instance in one branch of archæology. Let[Pg 246] those who are interested in the history of religion consider what a treasure we should now have possessed, if, instead of painting pots, and vegetables, and drunken peasantry, the most accurate painters of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries had been set to copy, line for line, the religious and domestic sculpture on the German, Flemish, and French cathedrals and castles; and if every building destroyed in the French or in any other subsequent revolution, had thus been drawn in all its parts with the same precision with which Gerard Douw or Mieris paint bas-reliefs of Cupids. Consider, even now, what incalculable treasure is still left in ancient bas-reliefs, full of every kind of legendary interest, of subtle expression, of priceless evidence as to the character, feelings habits, histories, of past generations, in neglected and shattered churches and domestic buildings, rapidly disappearing over the whole of Europe—treasure which, once lost, the labor of all men living cannot bring back again; and then look at the myriads of men, with skill enough, if they had but the commonest schooling, to record all this faithfully, who are making their bread by drawing dances of naked women from academy models, or idealities of chivalry fitted out with Wardour Street armor, or eternal scenes from Gil Blas, Don Quixote, and the Vicar of Wakefield, or mountain sceneries with young idiots of Londoners wearing Highland bonnets and brandishing rifles in the foregrounds. Do but think of these things in the breadth of their inexpressible imbecility, and then go and stand before that broken bas-relief in the southern gate of Lincoln Cathedral, and see if there is no fibre of the heart in you that will break too.
Take a single example from one area of archaeology. Let[Pg 246] those who care about the history of religion think about what a treasure we would have today if, instead of painting pots, vegetables, and drunken peasants, the most talented painters of the 17th and 18th centuries had been tasked with meticulously copying the religious and domestic sculptures found on German, Flemish, and French cathedrals and castles. If every building destroyed during the French Revolution or any later upheaval had been documented in every detail with the same precision that Gerard Douw or Mieris used to paint bas-reliefs of Cupids, we would hold immeasurable value today. Even now, consider the immense treasure still left in ancient bas-reliefs, filled with legendary stories, subtle expressions, and priceless evidence about the character, feelings, habits, and histories of past generations, found in neglected and crumbling churches and homes, which are quickly vanishing across Europe—a treasure that, once lost, cannot be recovered by anyone alive today. And then look at the countless skilled individuals, who, if they had even the most basic education, could faithfully capture all of this, yet make a living by sketching dances of naked women from life models, or romanticized images of chivalry adorned with costume shop armor, or timeless scenes from Gil Blas, Don Quixote, and the Vicar of Wakefield, or picturesque mountain landscapes featuring clueless Londoners wearing Highland bonnets and waving rifles in the foreground. Just think about these things in the scope of their sheer foolishness, and then go stand before that damaged bas-relief at the southern gate of Lincoln Cathedral, and see if there isn't a part of your heart that breaks too.
But is there to be no place left, it will be indignantly asked, for imagination and invention, for poetical power, or love of ideal beauty? Yes; the highest, the noblest place—that which these only can attain when they are all used in the cause, and with the aid of truth. Wherever imagination and sentiment are, they will either show themselves without forcing, or, if capable of artificial development, the kind of training which such a school of art would give them would be the best they could receive. The infinite absurdity and failure[Pg 247] of our present training consists mainly in this, that we do not rank imagination and invention high enough, and suppose that they can be taught. Throughout every sentence that I ever have written, the reader will find the same rank attributed to these powers,—the rank of a purely divine gift, not to be attained, increased, or in any wise modified by teaching, only in various ways capable of being concealed or quenched. Understand this thoroughly; know once for all, that a poet on canvas is exactly the same species of creature as a poet in song, and nearly every error in our methods of teaching will be done away with. For who among us now thinks of bringing men up to be poets?—of producing poets by any kind of general recipe or method of cultivation? Suppose even that we see in youth that which we hope may, in its development, become a power of this kind, should we instantly, supposing that we wanted to make a poet of him, and nothing else, forbid him all quiet, steady, rational labor? Should we force him to perpetual spinning of new crudities out of his boyish brain, and set before him, as the only objects of his study, the laws of versification which criticism has supposed itself to discover in the works of previous writers? Whatever gifts the boy had, would much be likely to come of them so treated? unless, indeed, they were so great as to break through all such snares of falsehood and vanity, and build their own foundation in spite of us; whereas if, as in cases numbering millions against units, the natural gifts were too weak to do this, could any thing come of such training but utter inanity and spuriousness of the whole man? But if we had sense, should we not rather restrain and bridle the first flame of invention in early youth, heaping material on it as one would on the first sparks and tongues of a fire which we desired to feed into greatness? Should we not educate the whole intellect into general strength, and all the affections into warmth and honesty, and look to heaven for the rest? This, I say, we should have sense enough to do, in order to produce a poet in words: but, it being required to produce a poet on canvas, what is our way of setting to work? We begin, in all probability, by telling the youth of fifteen or sixteen, that Nature[Pg 248] is full of faults, and that he is to improve her; but that Raphael is perfection, and that the more he copies Raphael the better; that after much copying of Raphael, he is to try what he can do himself in a Raphaelesque, but yet original, manner: that is to say, he is to try to do something very clever, all out of his own head, but yet this clever something is to be properly subjected to Raphaelesque rules, is to have a principal light occupying one-seventh of its space, and a principle shadow occupying one-third of the same; that no two people's heads in the picture are to be turned the same way, and that all the personages represented are to possess ideal beauty of the highest order, which ideal beauty consists partly in a Greek outline of nose, partly in proportions expressible in decimal fractions between the lips and chin; but partly also in that degree of improvement which the youth of sixteen is to bestow upon God's work in general. This I say is the kind of teaching which through various channels, Royal Academy lecturings, press criticisms, public enthusiasm, and not least by solid weight of gold, we give to our young men. And we wonder we have no painters!
But is there really going to be no place left, as some might indignantly ask, for imagination and creativity, for poetic talent, or for a love of ideal beauty? Yes; the highest and noblest place—that which these can only achieve when they are all employed in service of truth. Wherever imagination and emotion exist, they'll either express themselves naturally or, if they can be artificially developed, the kind of training that such an art school would provide would be the best they could receive. The complete absurdity and failure[Pg 247] of our current training mainly lies in the fact that we don’t value imagination and creativity highly enough, and we assume that they can be taught. Throughout every sentence I’ve ever written, the reader will notice that I assign the same value to these abilities—the value of a purely divine gift, which can’t be achieved, enhanced, or modified by teaching, only concealed or stifled in various ways. Understand this clearly; know once and for all that a poet on canvas is exactly the same type of person as a poet in song, and nearly every mistake in our teaching methods would be eliminated. Because who among us today thinks about raising people to be poets?—about producing poets through any kind of standard recipe or method of cultivation? Even if we see in a young person something that we hope may develop into such a talent, should we instantly, if we want to make a poet out of him, and nothing else, forbid him all calm, steady, rational work? Should we force him to constantly spin out new ideas from his youthful imagination, and present to him, as the only subjects of his study, the rules of verse that critics claim to have discovered in the works of past authors? Would anything significant come of the boy’s gifts if treated this way? Unless, of course, they were so immense that they broke through all traps of falsehood and vanity, laying their own foundation in spite of us; whereas if, as is the case with millions, the natural talents were too weak to do this, could anything result from such training but complete meaninglessness and the artificiality of the whole person? But if we had any sense, shouldn’t we rather contain and guide the initial spark of creativity in early youth, adding fuel to it as one would to the first sparks and flames of a fire we wanted to grow? Shouldn’t we educate the whole mind into general strength and all the emotions into warmth and sincerity, and look to the divine for everything else? This, I argue, is what we should be wise enough to do in order to produce a poet with words: but when it comes to producing a poet on canvas, what is our approach? We likely start by telling a young person of fifteen or sixteen that Nature[Pg 248] is full of flaws, and that he needs to improve it; but that Raphael is perfection, and the more he copies Raphael, the better; that after extensively copying Raphael, he should try to create something himself in a Raphaelesque yet original way: in other words, he is to attempt to create something very clever, entirely from his own mind, but this clever endeavor must follow Raphaelesque rules, meaning it should have a main light taking up one-seventh of the space, and a main shadow occupying one-third of the same area; that no two people's heads in the picture should be turned the same way, and that all figures depicted must possess the highest order of ideal beauty, which consists partly in a Greek nose shape, partly in proportions that can be expressed in decimal fractions between the lips and chin; but also partly in the level of enhancement that a sixteen-year-old is to apply to God's work in general. This, I say, is the type of instruction we convey to our young men through various means—Royal Academy lectures, media critiques, public enthusiasm, and not least by significant financial incentives. And we wonder why we have no painters!
But we do worse than this. Within the last few years some sense of the real tendency of such teaching has appeared in some of our younger painters. It only could appear in the younger ones, our older men having become familiarised with the false system, or else having passed through it and forgotten it, not well knowing the degree of harm they had sustained. This sense appeared, among our youths,—increased,—matured into resolute action. Necessarily, to exist at all, it needed the support both of strong instincts and of considerable self-confidence, otherwise it must at once have been borne down by the weight of general authority and received canon law. Strong instincts are apt to make men strange, and rude; self-confidence, however well founded, to give much of what they do or say the appearance of impertinence. Look at the self-confidence of Wordsworth, stiffening every other sentence of his prefaces into defiance; there is no more of it than was needed to enable him to do his work, yet it is not a little ungraceful here and there. Suppose this stubbornness and self-trust in[Pg 249] a youth, laboring in an art of which the executive part is confessedly to be best learnt from masters, and we shall hardly wonder that much of his work has a certain awkwardness and stiffness in it, or that he should be regarded with disfavor by many, even the most temperate, of the judges trained in the system he was breaking through, and with utter contempt and reprobation by the envious and the dull. Consider, farther, that the particular system to be overthrown was, in the present case, one of which the main characteristic was the pursuit of beauty at the expense of manliness and truth; and it will seem likely, à priori, that the men intended successfully to resist the influence of such a system should be endowed with little natural sense of beauty, and thus rendered dead to the temptation it presented. Summing up these conditions, there is surely little cause for surprise that pictures painted, in a temper of resistance, by exceedingly young men, of stubborn instincts and positive self-trust, and with little natural perception of beauty, should not be calculated, at the first glance, to win us from works enriched by plagiarism, polished by convention, invested with all the attractiveness of artificial grace, and recommended to our respect by established authority.
But we do even worse than this. In recent years, some of our younger painters have started to realize the real impact of such teaching. This realization has mainly come from the younger generation, as the older artists have either become accustomed to the false system or have gone through it and forgotten it, often not recognizing the extent of the harm they experienced. This awareness among our youth has grown and matured into determined action. To exist at all, it required strong instincts and a good amount of self-confidence; without those, it would have been crushed under the weight of widespread authority and accepted norms. Strong instincts can make people seem odd and abrasive, while self-confidence, however justified, can make their words or actions come off as disrespectful. Take Wordsworth's self-confidence, which turns every other sentence of his prefaces into a challenge; there’s just enough of it for him to accomplish his work, yet it can appear somewhat awkward at times. Imagine this stubbornness and self-assurance in a young artist, working in a discipline where the skills are best learned from masters, and we’d hardly be surprised that much of his work carries a certain awkwardness and rigidity or that he faces disapproval from many, even the more moderate judges who are accustomed to the system he’s trying to break free from, and outright disdain from the envious and the mediocre. Moreover, consider that the specific system he’s fighting against is one that primarily values beauty over masculinity and truth; it seems reasonable, a priori, that those who successfully resist such a system might lack a natural sense of beauty, making them less susceptible to its allure. In summary, there’s little reason to be surprised that paintings created in a spirit of defiance by extremely young individuals, with stubborn instincts and strong self-belief, and with limited natural perception of beauty, wouldn’t, at first glance, compete with works that are enriched by imitation, refined through convention, boasting all the charm of artificial beauty, and endorsed by established authority.
We should, however, on the other hand, have anticipated, that in proportion to the strength of character required for the effort, and to the absence of distracting sentiments, whether respect for precedent, or affection for ideal beauty, would be the energy exhibited in the pursuit of the special objects which the youths proposed to themselves, and their success in attaining them.
We should have expected, however, that the stronger the character needed for the effort and the less distraction from feelings, whether it’s respect for tradition or love for ideal beauty, the more energy the young people would show in pursuing their specific goals and their success in achieving them.
All this has actually been the case, but in a degree which it would have been impossible to anticipate. That two youths, of the respective ages of eighteen and twenty, should have conceived for themselves a totally independent and sincere method of study, and enthusiastically persevered in it against every kind of dissuasion and opposition, is strange enough; that in the third or fourth year of their efforts they should have produced works in many parts not inferior to the best of Albert Durer, this is perhaps not less strange. But the[Pg 250] loudness and universality of the howl which the common critics of the press have raised against them, the utter absence of all generous help or encouragement from those who can both measure their toil and appreciate their success, and the shrill, shallow laughter of those who can do neither the one nor the other,—these are strangest of all—unimaginable unless they had been experienced.
All this has indeed happened, but to an extent that would have been impossible to predict. That two young men, aged eighteen and twenty, would develop their own completely independent and genuine method of studying and passionately stick to it despite all discouragement and opposition is odd enough; that in the third or fourth year of their efforts they would produce works that are in many ways as good as the best of Albert Durer is perhaps even stranger. But the[Pg 250]
And as if these were not enough, private malice is at work against them, in its own small, slimy way. The very day after I had written my second letter to the Times in the defence of the Pre-Raphaelites, I received an anonymous letter respecting one of them, from some person apparently hardly capable of spelling, and about as vile a specimen of petty malignity as ever blotted paper. I think it well that the public should know this, and so get some insight into the sources of the spirit which is at work against these men—how first roused it is difficult to say, for one would hardly have thought that mere eccentricity in young artists could have excited an hostility so determined and so cruel;—hostility which hesitated at no assertion, however impudent. That of the "absence of perspective" was one of the most curious pieces of the hue and cry which began with the Times, and died away in feeble maundering in the Art Union; I contradicted it in the Times—I here contradict it directly for the second time. There was not a single error in perspective in three out of the four pictures in question. But if otherwise, would it have been anything remarkable in them? I doubt, if with the exception of the pictures of David Roberts, there were one architectural drawing in perspective on the walls of the Academy; I never met but with two men in my life who knew enough of perspective to draw a Gothic arch in a retiring plane, so that its lateral dimensions and curvatures might be calculated to scale from the drawing. Our architects certainly do not, and it was but the other day that, talking to one of the most distinguished among them, the author of several most valuable works, I found he actually did not know how to draw a circle in perspective. And in this state of general science our writers for the press take it upon them to tell us, that the forest trees[Pg 251] in Mr. Hunt's Sylvia, and the bunches of lilies in Mr. Collins's Convent Thoughts, are out of perspective.[97]
And as if that wasn’t enough, there’s some private malice working against them in its own slimy way. The day after I wrote my second letter to the Times defending the Pre-Raphaelites, I got an anonymous letter about one of them from someone who could barely spell, a truly vile example of pettiness. I think the public should know this to gain some understanding of the negative spirit aimed at these men—how it started is hard to say, as you wouldn’t expect that mere eccentricity among young artists could provoke such fierce and cruel hostility; hostility that made no distinction in its claims, however outrageous. One of the most curious accusations that arose from the Times and fizzled out in the Art Union was the "absence of perspective." I refuted this in the Times, and I’ll contradict it directly again here. None of the three out of four paintings in question had a single perspective error. But even if they did, would that have made them anything extraordinary? I doubt there’s an architectural drawing in perspective hanging in the Academy, aside from the works of David Roberts. I've only met two people in my life who understood enough about perspective to draw a Gothic arch on a receding plane so that its size and curves could be accurately measured from the drawing. Our architects certainly don’t, and recently, while talking to one of the most esteemed among them—who has created several highly regarded works—I discovered he actually didn’t know how to draw a circle in perspective. And in this state of general knowledge, our press writers assume the authority to tell us that the forest trees in Mr. Hunt's Sylvia and the clusters of lilies in Mr. Collins's Convent Thoughts are out of perspective.[Pg 251]
It might not, I think, in such circumstances, have been ungraceful or unwise in the Academicians themselves to have defended their young pupils, at least by the contradiction of statements directly false respecting them,[98] and the direction[Pg 252] of the mind and sight of the public to such real merit as they possess. If Sir Charles Eastlake, Mulready, Edwin and Charles Landseer, Cope, and Dyce would each of them simply state their own private opinion respecting their paintings, sign it and publish it, I believe the act would be of more service to English art than any thing the Academy has done since it was founded. But as I cannot hope for this, I can only ask the public to give their pictures careful examination, and look at them at once with the indulgence and the respect which I have endeavored to show they deserve.
It might not have been inappropriate or unwise for the Academicians to defend their young students by contradicting any false statements about them and directing public attention to their real talents. If Sir Charles Eastlake, Mulready, Edwin and Charles Landseer, Cope, and Dyce could simply share their personal opinions on their own artwork, sign it, and publish it, I believe it would be more beneficial for English art than anything the Academy has done since its establishment. However, since I cannot expect this, I can only ask the public to carefully examine their paintings and view them with the understanding and respect that I've tried to show they deserve.
Yet let me not be misunderstood. I have adduced them only as examples of the kind of study which I would desire to see substituted for that of our modern schools, and of singular success in certain characters, finish of detail, and brilliancy of color. What faculties, higher than imitative, may be in these men, I do not yet venture to say; but I do say that if they exist, such faculties will manifest themselves in due time all the more forcibly because they have received training so severe.
Yet I don't want to be misinterpreted. I've only mentioned them as examples of the type of study I'd like to see replace what's done in our modern schools, highlighting exceptional success in some individuals, attention to detail, and vibrant color. I can't yet claim what abilities, beyond imitation, these people might have; but I will say that if they do exist, those abilities will show themselves even more clearly over time due to their rigorous training.
For it is always to be remembered that no one mind is like another, either in its powers or perceptions; and while the main principles of training must be the same for all, the result in each will be as various as the kinds of truth which each will apprehend; therefore, also, the modes of effort, even in men whose inner principles and final aims are exactly the same. Suppose, for instance, two men, equally honest, equally industrious, equally impressed with a humble desire to render some part of what they saw in nature faithfully; and, otherwise trained in convictions such as I have above endeavored to induce. But one of them is quiet in temperament, has a feeble memory, no invention, and excessively keen sight. The other is impatient in temperament, has a memory which nothing[Pg 253] escapes, an invention which never rests, and is comparatively near-sighted.
For it’s important to remember that no two minds are the same, whether in their abilities or how they perceive things. While the core principles of training should be consistent for everyone, the outcomes will be as different as the various truths each person understands. Consequently, the methods of effort will also differ, even among people who share the same inner values and ultimate goals. Take, for example, two men who are equally honest, equally hardworking, and equally motivated by a sincere desire to faithfully represent what they observe in nature; they have been shaped by the same beliefs that I’ve tried to convey. However, one of them is calm, has a weak memory, lacks creativity, and has extremely sharp vision. The other is impatient, has a memory that captures everything[Pg 253], possesses an endlessly creative mind, and is somewhat near-sighted.
Set them both free in the same field in a mountain valley. One sees everything, small and large, with almost the same clearness; mountains and grasshoppers alike; the leaves on the branches, the veins in the pebbles, the bubbles in the stream: but he can remember nothing, and invent nothing. Patiently he sets himself to his mighty task; abandoning at once all thoughts of seizing transient effects, or giving general impressions of that which his eyes present to him in microscopical dissection, he chooses some small portion out of the infinite scene, and calculates with courage the number of weeks which must elapse before he can do justice to the intensity of his perceptions, or the fulness of matter in his subject.
Set them both free in the same field in a mountain valley. One sees everything, big and small, with almost the same clarity; mountains and grasshoppers alike; the leaves on the branches, the veins in the pebbles, the bubbles in the stream: but he can remember nothing, and invent nothing. Patiently, he focuses on his immense task; immediately putting aside any thoughts of capturing fleeting moments or conveying general impressions of what his eyes show him in microscopic detail. He selects a small part from the endless scene and boldly calculates the number of weeks that must pass before he can truly do justice to the intensity of his perceptions or the richness of his subject.
Meantime, the other has been watching the change of the clouds, and the march of the light along the mountain sides; he beholds the entire scene in broad, soft masses of true gradation, and the very feebleness of his sight is in some sort an advantage to him, in making him more sensible of the aërial mystery of distance, and hiding from him the multitudes of circumstances which it would have been impossible for him to represent. But there is not one change in the casting of the jagged shadows along the hollows of the hills, but it is fixed on his mind for ever; not a flake of spray has broken from the sea of cloud about their bases, but he has watched it as it melts away, and could recall it to its lost place in heaven by the slightest effort of his thoughts. Not only so, but thousands and thousands of such images, of older scenes, remain congregated in his mind, each mingling in new associations with those now visibly passing before him, and these again confused with other images of his own ceaseless, sleepless imagination, flashing by in sudden troops. Fancy how his paper will be covered with stray symbols and blots, and undecipherable shorthand:—as for his sitting down to "draw from Nature," there was not one of the things which he wished to represent that stayed for so much as five seconds together: but none of them escaped, for all that: they are[Pg 254] sealed up in that strange storehouse of his; he may take one of them out, perhaps, this day twenty years, and paint it in his dark room, far away. Now, observe, you may tell both of these men, when they are young, that they are to be honest, that they have an important function, and that they are not to care what Raphael did. This you may wholesomely impress on them both. But fancy the exquisite absurdity of expecting either of them to possess any of the qualities of the other.
Meanwhile, the other person has been watching the changing clouds and the way light moves along the mountains. He sees the whole scene in broad, soft shades that flow into each other, and his somewhat weak vision actually helps him appreciate the airy mystery of distance, keeping him unaware of the many details he wouldn't have been able to capture. Every shift in the jagged shadows along the hills sticks in his mind forever; not a single drop of spray that has broken off from the sea of clouds around their bases escapes his attention as he watches it disappear, able to recall it to its former place in the sky with just a little effort. Even more, thousands of such images and memories of older scenes are stored in his mind, each merging with new associations of what is unfolding in front of him, mixed with other images from his restless, sleepless imagination that flash by in groups. Imagine how his paper will be filled with random symbols, blots, and unreadable shorthand; as for him sitting down to "draw from Nature," nothing he wants to capture stays for even five seconds. Still, none of them are lost; they are[Pg 254] stored away in that strange collection of his. He might pull one out, maybe twenty years from now, and paint it in his dark room, far away. Now, keep in mind, you can tell both of these men when they are young to be honest, to understand that they have an important role, and not to worry about what Raphael did. You can strongly instill this in both of them. But imagine the ridiculous expectation of thinking either of them could have any of the qualities of the other.
I have supposed the feebleness of sight in the last, and of invention in the first painter, that the contrast between them might be more striking; but, with very slight modification, both the characters are real. Grant to the first considerable inventive power, with exquisite sense of color; and give to the second, in addition to all his other faculties, the eye of an eagle; and the first is John Everett Millais, the second Joseph Mallard William Turner.
I assumed the weak eyesight of the last painter and the lack of creativity in the first painter to make their contrast more noticeable; however, with just a little adjustment, both characters are real. If you give the first painter significant creative talent along with a fine sense of color, and to the second painter, in addition to all his other skills, the eyesight of an eagle, then the first is John Everett Millais and the second is Joseph Mallard William Turner.
They are among the few men who have defied all false teaching, and have, therefore, in great measure, done justice to the gifts with which they were entrusted. They stand at opposite poles, marking culminating points of art in both directions; between them, or in various relations to them, we may class five or six more living artists who, in like manner, have done justice to their powers. I trust that I may be pardoned for naming them, in order that the reader may know how the strong innate genius in each has been invariably accompanied with the same humility, earnestness, and industry in study.
They are among the few men who have rejected all false teachings, and as a result, have largely honored the talents they were given. They represent two extremes, highlighting the peak of art in different ways; in between them, or in various connections to them, we can include five or six other contemporary artists who have similarly honored their abilities. I hope it’s okay to name them so the reader can see how each artist's strong natural genius has always been paired with the same humility, dedication, and hard work in their studies.
It is hardly necessary to point out the earnestness or humility in the works of William Hunt; but it may be so to suggest the high value they possess as records of English rural life, and still life. Who is there who for a moment could contend with him in the unaffected, yet humorous truth with which he has painted our peasant children? Who is there who does not sympathize with him in the simple love with which he dwells on the brightness and bloom of our summer fruit and flowers? And yet there is something to be regretted concerning him: why should he be allowed continually to[Pg 255] paint the same bunches of hot-house grapes, and supply to the Water Color Society a succession of pineapples with the regularity of a Covent Garden fruiterer? He has of late discovered that primrose banks are lovely; but there are other things grow wild besides primroses: what undreamt-of loveliness might he not bring back to us, if he would lose himself for a summer in Highland foregrounds; if he would paint the heather as it grows, and the foxglove and the harebell as they nestle in the clefts of the rocks, and the mosses and bright lichens of the rocks themselves. And then, cross to the Jura, and bring back a piece of Jura pasture in spring; with the gentians in their earliest blue, and the soldanelle beside the fading snow! And return again, and paint a gray wall of Alpine crag, with budding roses crowning it like a wreath of rubies. That is what he was meant to do in this world; not to paint bouquets in china vases.
It’s hardly necessary to mention the sincerity or humility in William Hunt’s work; however, it’s worth noting the great value they have as records of English rural life and still life. Who could possibly compete with him in the genuine, yet humorous way he has portrayed our peasant children? Who doesn’t resonate with him in the simple affection he shows for the brightness and beauty of our summer fruits and flowers? And yet, there is something to regret about his work: why is he allowed to continually paint the same bunches of hothouse grapes and provide the Water Color Society with a steady stream of pineapples like a Covent Garden fruit vendor? Recently, he’s discovered that primrose banks are beautiful, but there are other wildflowers besides primroses. What incredible beauty could he bring to us if he would immerse himself for a summer in the Highlands; if he would paint the heather as it grows, and the foxglove and harebell as they settle in the clefts of the rocks, along with the mosses and bright lichens of the rocks themselves? Then, he could cross over to the Jura and capture a piece of Jura pasture in spring; with gentians in their first blue and soldanelles beside the fading snow! And then, he could return and paint a gray wall of Alpine crag, adorned with budding roses like a wreath of rubies. That’s what he was meant to do in this world, not paint bouquets in china vases.
I have in various other places expressed my sincere respect for the works of Samuel Prout: his shortness of sight has necessarily prevented their possessing delicacy of finish or fulness of minor detail; but I think that those of no other living artist furnish an example so striking of innate and special instinct, sent to do a particular work at the exact and only period when it was possible. At the instant when peace had been established all over Europe, but when neither national character nor national architecture had as yet been seriously changed by promiscuous intercourse or modern "improvement;" when, however, nearly every ancient and beautiful building had been long left in a state of comparative neglect, so that its aspect of partial ruinousness, and of separation from recent active life, gave to every edifice a peculiar interest—half sorrowful, half sublime;—at that moment Prout was trained among the rough rocks and simple cottages of Cornwall, until his eye was accustomed to follow with delight the rents and breaks, and irregularities which, to another man, would have been offensive; and then, gifted with infinite readiness in composition, but also with infinite affection for the kind of subjects he had to portray, he was sent to preserve, in an almost innumerable series of drawings,[Pg 256] every one made on the spot, the aspect borne, at the beginning of the nineteenth century, by cities which, in a few years more, rekindled wars, or unexpected prosperities, were to ravage, or renovate, into nothingness.
I have expressed my genuine respect for the works of Samuel Prout in various places: his poor eyesight has understandably prevented his art from having a delicate finish or a lot of minor details; however, I believe that no other living artist provides such a striking example of innate talent, destined to create a specific work at precisely the right moment. Just when peace had been restored all over Europe, but before national character and architecture had been significantly altered by widespread interaction or modern "improvements;" when nearly every ancient and beautiful building had been left in a state of relative neglect, giving each structure a unique charm—both melancholic and majestic—Prout was honing his skills among the rugged rocks and simple cottages of Cornwall. His eye became attuned to the beauty in the cracks and irregularities that would have bothered someone else; then, with an incredible knack for composition and a deep affection for the subjects he depicted, he was tasked with capturing, in an almost countless series of drawings,[Pg 256] each made on location, the look of cities at the start of the nineteenth century that were about to face wars or unexpected booms, which would either devastate or transform them beyond recognition.
It seems strange to pass from Prout to John Lewis; but there is this fellowship between them, that both seem to have been intended to appreciate the characters of foreign countries more than of their own—nay, to have been born in England chiefly that the excitement of strangeness might enhance to them the interest of the scenes they had to represent. I believe John Lewis to have done more entire justice to all his powers (and they are magnificent ones) than any other man amongst us. His mission was evidently to portray the comparatively animal life of the southern and eastern families of mankind. For this he was prepared in a somewhat singular way—by being led to study, and endowed with altogether peculiar apprehension of, the most sublime characters of animals themselves. Rubens, Rembrandt, Snyders, Tintoret, and Titian, have all, in various ways, drawn wild beasts magnificently; but they have in some sort humanized or demonized them, making them either ravenous fiends or educated beasts, that would draw cars, and had respect for hermits. The sullen isolation of the brutal nature; the dignity and quietness of the mighty limbs; the shaggy mountainous power, mingled with grace, as of a flowing stream; the stealthy restraint of strength and wrath in every soundless motion of the gigantic frame; all this seems never to have been seen, much less drawn, until Lewis drew and himself engraved a series of animal subjects, now many years ago. Since then, he has devoted himself to the portraiture of those European and Asiatic races, among whom the refinements of civilization exist without its laws or its energies, and in whom the fierceness, indolence, and subtlety of animal nature are associated with brilliant imagination and strong affections. To this task he has brought not only intense perception of the kind of character, but powers of artistical composition like those of the great Venetians, displaying, at the same time, a refinement of drawing almost miraculous, and appreciable[Pg 257] only, as the minutiæ of nature itself are appreciable, by the help of the microscope. The value, therefore, of his works, as records of the aspect of the scenery and inhabitants of the south of Spain and of the East, in the earlier part of the nineteenth century, is quite above all estimate.
It may seem odd to transition from Prout to John Lewis, but there’s a connection between them: both seem to have been meant to appreciate the characters of foreign countries more than their own. In fact, they were likely born in England primarily so that the thrill of novelty could enhance their interest in the scenes they depicted. I believe John Lewis has done more justice to his remarkable talents than anyone else among us. His mission clearly was to depict the animal-like lives of the southern and eastern families of humanity. He prepared for this in a uniquely unusual way—by studying and being particularly gifted in understanding the most magnificent characteristics of animals. Rubens, Rembrandt, Snyders, Tintoretto, and Titian have all, in various ways, painted wild beasts beautifully; however, they tended to humanize or demonize them, portraying them either as savage monsters or as domesticated animals that pull carts and respect hermits. The dark solitude of the brutal nature; the dignity and calm of the powerful limbs; the shaggy strength mixed with grace, like a flowing stream; the quiet control of power and rage in every silent move of the massive frame—none of this seems to have been seen, much less drawn, until Lewis created and engraved a series of animal subjects many years ago. Since then, he has dedicated himself to portraying those European and Asian races where the refinements of civilization exist without its laws or vigor, and in whom the fierceness, laziness, and cunning of animal nature coexist with vivid imagination and deep emotions. He has approached this task with not only a keen perception of character but also artistic composition skills comparable to those of the great Venetians, while also displaying a level of drawing refinement that is almost miraculous, and can only be appreciated as deeply as the details of nature itself can be scrutinized through a microscope. Therefore, the value of his works, as records of the scenery and inhabitants of southern Spain and the East in the early nineteenth century, is truly beyond measure.
I hardly know how to speak of Mulready: in delicacy and completion of drawing, and splendor of color, he takes place beside John Lewis and the pre-Raphaelites; but he has, throughout his career, displayed no definiteness in choice of subject. He must be named among the painters who have studied with industry, and have made themselves great by doing so; but having obtained a consummate method of execution, he has thrown it away on subjects either altogether uninteresting, or above his powers, or unfit for pictorial representation. "The Cherry Woman," exhibited in 1850, may be named as an example of the first kind; the "Burchell and Sophia" of the second (the character of Sir William Thornhill being utterly missed); the "Seven Ages" of the third; for this subject cannot be painted. In the written passage, the thoughts are progressive and connected; in the picture they must be co-existent, and yet separate; nor can all the characters of the ages be rendered in painting at all. One may represent the soldier at the cannon's mouth, but one cannot paint the "bubble reputation" which he seeks. Mulready, therefore, while he has always produced exquisite pieces of painting, has failed in doing anything which can be of true or extensive use. He has, indeed, understood how to discipline his genius, but never how to direct it.
I can hardly describe Mulready: in terms of the delicacy and completeness of his drawing and the richness of his color, he stands alongside John Lewis and the Pre-Raphaelites. However, throughout his career, he has never been clear in his choice of subjects. He should be recognized among the painters who have worked hard and achieved greatness through their efforts; yet, after mastering a flawless technique, he has wasted it on subjects that are either completely uninteresting, beyond his abilities, or unsuitable for visual representation. "The Cherry Woman," shown in 1850, exemplifies the first category; "Burchell and Sophia" represents the second (as the character of Sir William Thornhill is completely missed); and the "Seven Ages" falls into the third category, as this subject simply cannot be painted. In writing, the thoughts are connected and progressive; in a painting, they need to be both co-existing and distinct, and it’s impossible to depict all the characters of the ages. One might illustrate the soldier at the cannon’s mouth, but you can’t capture the “bubble reputation” he seeks. Thus, while Mulready has consistently produced exquisite works of art, he has failed to create anything of true or broad significance. He has indeed learned how to discipline his talent, but never how to properly direct it.
Edwin Landseer is the last painter but one whom I shall name: I need not point out to any one acquainted with his earlier works, the labor, or watchfulness of nature which they involve, nor need I do more than allude to the peculiar faculties of his mind. It will at once be granted that the highest merits of his pictures are throughout found in those parts of them which are least like what had before been accomplished; and that it was not by the study of Raphael that he attained his eminent success, but by a healthy love of Scotch terriers.
Edwin Landseer is the second to last painter I want to mention: I don’t need to highlight for anyone familiar with his earlier works the effort or careful observation of nature they require, nor do I need to elaborate on the unique qualities of his mind. It’s obvious that the greatest strengths of his paintings are in the aspects that are unlike anything done before; and that his remarkable success didn’t come from studying Raphael, but rather from a genuine affection for Scottish terriers.
None of these painters, however, it will be answered, afford[Pg 258] examples of the rise of the highest imaginative power out of close study of matters of fact. Be it remembered, however, that the imaginative power, in its magnificence, is not to be found every day. Lewis has it in no mean degree; but we cannot hope to find it at its highest more than once in an age. We have had it once, and must be content.
None of these painters, however, it will be answered, provide[Pg 258] examples of the peak of imaginative talent emerging from detailed study of actual events. It's important to remember that such imaginative talent, in its full glory, isn’t something we encounter every day. Lewis possesses it to a significant extent; however, we can’t expect to see it at its highest more than once in a generation. We have experienced it once, and we must accept that.
Towards the close of the last century, among the various drawings executed, according to the quiet manner of the time, in greyish blue, with brown foregrounds, some began to be noticed as exhibiting rather more than ordinary diligence and delicacy, signed W. Turner.[99] There was nothing, however, in them at all indicative of genius, or even of more than ordinary talent, unless in some of the subjects a large perception of space, and excessive clearness and decision in the arrangement of masses. Gradually and cautiously the blues became mingled with delicate green, and then with gold; the browns in the foreground became first more positive, and then were slightly mingled with other local colors; while the touch, which had at first been heavy and broken, like that of the ordinary drawing masters of the time, grew more and more refined and expressive, until it lost itself in a method of execution often too delicate for the eye to follow, rendering, with a precision before unexampled, both the texture and the form of every object. The style may be considered as perfectly formed about the year 1800, and it remained unchanged for twenty years.
Toward the end of the last century, among the various drawings created in the subdued style of the time—featuring bluish-gray tones and brown foregrounds—some began to stand out for demonstrating greater diligence and finesse, signed W. Turner.[99] However, there was nothing in them to suggest genius, or even more than average talent, except for in some subjects where there was a strong sense of space and remarkable clarity and decisiveness in how the shapes were arranged. Gradually and carefully, the blues started to blend with soft greens, and then with gold; the browns in the foreground became more vibrant and were slightly mixed with other local colors; meanwhile, the brushwork, which had initially been heavy and rough—like that of the typical drawing instructors of the day—became increasingly refined and expressive, until it developed into a technique that was often too delicate for the eye to catch, achieving a level of precision previously unseen in depicting the texture and form of every object. The style can be said to have been fully developed around the year 1800, and it remained consistent for twenty years.
During that period the painter had attempted, and with more or less success had rendered, every order of landscape subject, but always on the same principle, subduing the colors of nature into a harmony of which the key-notes are greyish green and brown; pure blues and delicate golden yellows being admitted in small quantity, as the lowest and highest limits of shade and light: and bright local colors in extremely small quantity in figures or other minor accessories.
During that time, the painter tried to capture every type of landscape subject, achieving varying degrees of success, but always sticking to the same principle—muting the colors of nature into a harmonious blend dominated by greyish green and brown. Pure blues and soft golden yellows were used sparingly, marking the lowest and highest boundaries of shade and light, with vibrant local colors appearing in very small amounts in figures or other minor details.
Pictures executed on such a system are not, properly speaking,[Pg 259] works in color at all; they are studies of light and shade, in which both the shade and the distance are rendered in the general hue which best expresses their attributes of coolness and transparency; and the lights and the foreground are executed in that which best expresses their warmth and solidity. This advantage may just as well be taken as not, in studies of light and shadow to be executed with the hand: but the use of two, three, or four colors, always in the same relations and places, does not in the least constitute the work a study of color, any more than the brown engravings of the Liber Studiorum; nor would the idea of color be in general more present to the artist's mind, when he was at work on one of these drawings, than when he was using pure brown in the mezzotint engraving. But the idea of space, warmth, and freshness being not successfully expressible in a single tint, and perfectly expressible by the admission of three or four, he allows himself this advantage when it is possible, without in the least embarrassing himself with the actual color of the objects to be represented. A stone in the fore ground might in nature have been cold grey, but it will be drawn nevertheless of a rich brown, because it is in the foreground; a hill in the distance might in nature be purple with heath, or golden with furze; but it will be drawn nevertheless of a cool grey, because it is in the distance.
Pictures created using this system aren't really [Pg 259] works in color; they're more like studies of light and shadow, where both shadows and depth are shown in the overall tone that best conveys their coolness and transparency. The highlights and the things in the foreground are represented in tones that best express their warmth and solidity. This benefit could be used or not in light and shadow studies done by hand; however, using two, three, or four colors consistently in the same spots doesn’t turn the work into a color study any more than the brown prints in the Liber Studiorum do. The concept of color isn't any more present in the artist's mind when working on these drawings than when they’re using pure brown in mezzotint engraving. Since the ideas of space, warmth, and freshness can't be effectively conveyed with a single color but can be represented well with three or four, the artist takes that advantage when possible without getting caught up in the actual colors of the objects being depicted. A stone in the foreground might naturally be a cool grey, but it will be represented as a rich brown because it's in the foreground; a hill in the distance might naturally be purple with heather or golden with gorse, but it will still be depicted in a cool grey because it’s far away.
This at least was the general theory,—carried out with great severity in many, both of the drawings and pictures executed by him during the period: in others more or less modified by the cautious introduction of color, as the painter felt his liberty increasing; for the system was evidently never considered as final, or as anything more than a means of progress: the conventional, easily manageable color, was visibly adopted, only that his mind might be at perfect liberty to address itself to the acquirement of the first and most necessary knowledge in all art—that of form. But as form, in landscape, implies vast bulk and space, the use of the tints which enabled him best to express them, was actually auxiliary to the mere drawing; and, therefore, not only permissible, but even necessary, while more brilliant or varied tints were never indulged[Pg 260] in, except when they might be introduced without the slightest danger of diverting his mind for an instant from his principal object. And, therefore, it will be generally found in the works of this period, that exactly in proportion to the importance and general toil of the composition, is the severity of the tint; and that the play of color begins to show itself first in slight and small drawings, where he felt that he could easily secure all that he wanted in form.
This was basically the main idea—applied rigorously in many of the drawings and paintings he created during this time, while in others it was somewhat softened by the careful addition of color as the artist felt more freedom. The system was clearly never seen as final or more than a way to grow; the conventional, manageable colors were clearly used so that his mind could fully focus on gaining the essential and foundational knowledge in all art—understanding form. However, since form in landscapes involves large scale and space, using the colors that best helped him express these was actually supportive of the drawing itself; therefore, it was not only acceptable but necessary, while more vibrant or varied colors were only used if they could be added without distracting him for even a moment from his main goal. Consequently, it can generally be observed in the works from this time period that the greater the significance and effort of the composition, the more muted the colors tend to be; the exploration of color first starts to appear in minor, small sketches where he felt he could easily achieve what he needed in terms of form.[Pg 260]
Thus the "Crossing the Brook," and such other elaborate and large compositions, are actually painted in nothing but grey, brown, and blue, with a point or two of severe local color in the figures; but in the minor drawings, tender passages of complicated color occur not unfrequently in easy places; and even before the year 1800 he begins to introduce it with evident joyfulness and longing in his rude and simple studies, just as a child, if it could be supposed to govern itself by a fully developed intellect, would cautiously, but with infinite pleasure, add now and then a tiny dish of fruit or other dangerous luxury to the simple order of its daily fare. Thus, in the foregrounds of his most severe drawings, we not unfrequently find him indulging in the luxury of a peacock; and it is impossible to express the joyfulness with which he seems to design its graceful form, and deepen with soft pencilling the bloom of its blue, after he has worked through the stern detail of his almost colorless drawing. A rainbow is another of his most frequently permitted indulgences; and we find him very early allowing the edges of his evening clouds to be touched with soft rose-color or gold; while, whenever the hues of nature in anywise fall into his system, and can be caught without a dangerous departure from it, he instantly throws his whole soul into the faithful rendering of them. Thus the usual brown tones of his foreground become warmed into sudden vigor, and are varied and enhanced with indescribable delight, when he finds himself by the shore of a moorland stream, where they truly express the stain of its golden rocks, and the darkness of its clear, Cairngorm-like pools, and the usual serenity of his aërial blue is enriched into the softness and depth of the sapphire, when it can deepen the distant[Pg 261] slumber of some Highland lake, or temper the gloomy shadows of the evening upon its hills.
Thus, "Crossing the Brook," along with other intricate and large compositions, is actually painted using only grey, brown, and blue, with a few touches of local color in the figures. However, in the smaller drawings, gentle passages of complex color often appear in simple spots; even before 1800, he starts to include them with clear joy and eagerness in his rough and basic studies, much like a child, if it were to be guided by a fully developed intellect, would cautiously, yet joyfully, add a small dish of fruit or some other tempting treat to its usual simple meals. In the foregrounds of his strictest drawings, we often see him indulging in the luxury of a peacock; it’s impossible to convey the joy he seems to have while designing its graceful shape and enhancing its blue bloom with soft pencil strokes, after he has painstakingly worked through the detail of his nearly colorless drawing. A rainbow is another of his frequent indulgences; we see him allowing the edges of his evening clouds to be touched with soft rose or gold quite early on. Whenever the colors of nature can fit into his work without straying too far from it, he wholeheartedly commits to capturing them accurately. Thus, the typical brown tones of his foreground become suddenly vibrant and are varied and enriched with indescribable delight when he finds himself by the shore of a moorland stream, conveying the stain of its golden rocks and the darkness of its clear, Cairngorm-like pools. The usual calmness of his sky blue transforms into the softness and depth of sapphire when it can enhance the distant slumber of some Highland lake or soften the gloomy shadows of the evening across its hills.
The system of his color being thus simplified, he could address all the strength of his mind to the accumulation of facts of form; his choice of subject, and his methods of treatment, are therefore as various as his color is simple; and it is not a little difficult to give the reader who is unacquainted with his works, an idea either of their infinitude of aims, on the one hand, or of the kind of feeling which prevades them all, on the other. No subject was too low or too high for him; we find him one day hard at work on a cock and hen, with their family of chickens in a farm-yard; and bringing all the refinement of his execution into play to express the texture of the plumage; next day, he is drawing the Dragon of Colchis. One hour he is much interested in a gust of wind blowing away an old woman's cap; the next he is painting the fifth plague of Egypt. Every landscape painter before him had acquired distinction by confining his efforts to one class of subject. Hobbima painted oaks; Ruysdael, waterfalls and copses; Cuyp, river or meadow scenes in quiet afternoons; Salvator and Poussin, such kind of mountain scenery as people could conceive, who lived in towns in the seventeenth century. But I am well persuaded that if all the works of Turner, up to the year 1820, were divided into classes (as he has himself divided them in the Liber Studiorum), no preponderance could be assigned to one class over another. There is architecture, including a large number of formal "gentlemen's seats," I suppose drawings commissioned by the owners; then lowland pastoral scenery of every kind, including nearly all farming operations,—ploughing, harrowing, hedging and ditching, felling trees, sheep-washing, and I know not what else; then all kinds of town life—court-yards of inns, starting of mail coaches, interiors of shops, house-buildings, fairs, elections, &c.; then all kinds of inner domestic life—interiors of rooms, studies of costumes, of still life, and heraldry, including multitudes of symbolical vignettes; then marine scenery of every kind, full of local incident; every kind of boat and method of fishing for particular fish, being specifically drawn, round the[Pg 262] whole coast of England;—pilchard fishing at St. Ives, whiting fishing at Margate, herring at Loch Fyne; and all kinds of shipping, including studies of every separate part of the vessels, and many marine battle-pieces, two in particular of Trafalgar, both of high importance,—one of the Victory after the battle, now in Greenwich Hospital; another of the Death of Nelson, in his own gallery; then all kinds of mountain scenery, some idealised into compositions, others of definite localities; together with classical compositions, Romes and Carthages and such others, by the myriad, with mythological, historical, or allegorical figures,—nymphs, monsters, and spectres; heroes and divinities.[100]
The system of his color being simplified, he could focus all his mental energy on gathering facts about form; his choice of subjects and methods of treatment are therefore as diverse as his color is straightforward. It can be quite challenging to convey to a reader unfamiliar with his works either the vast range of his aims or the common feeling that runs through all of them. No subject was too low or too high for him; one day he might be diligently working on a rooster and hen with their chicks in a farmyard, bringing all his skill to capture the texture of their feathers; the next day he could be drawing the Dragon of Colchis. One moment he is intrigued by a gust of wind blowing away an old woman’s cap; the next, he is painting the fifth plague of Egypt. Every landscape painter before him gained recognition by focusing on one type of subject. Hobbima painted oaks; Ruysdael painted waterfalls and thickets; Cuyp depicted rivers or meadows on tranquil afternoons; Salvator and Poussin created images of mountain scenery as imagined by people living in towns during the seventeenth century. However, I firmly believe that if all of Turner’s works up to the year 1820 were categorized (as he himself did in the Liber Studiorum), no single category would dominate the others. There are architectural works, including numerous formal “gentlemen’s seats,” presumably commissioned by their owners; then there’s lowland pastoral scenes of all kinds, featuring nearly all farming activities—plowing, harrowing, hedging and ditching, felling trees, sheep-washing, and more; then various aspects of town life—inn courtyards, mail coach departures, shop interiors, house construction, fairs, elections, etc.; next, a range of domestic life—room interiors, studies of costumes, still life, and heraldry, including a multitude of symbolic vignettes; then, marine scenes of every type, rich in local detail; every kind of boat and fishing method for specific fish is specifically illustrated around the whole coast of England—pilchard fishing at St. Ives, whiting fishing at Margate, herring at Loch Fyne; and all kinds of shipping, featuring studies of every part of the vessels, along with many marine battle scenes, especially two from Trafalgar, both of great significance—one of the Victory after the battle, now in Greenwich Hospital; the other depicting the Death of Nelson, in his own gallery; then there are various mountain scenes, some idealized into compositions, others of specific locations; alongside classical compositions, with Romes, Carthages, and countless others featuring mythological, historical, or allegorical figures—nymphs, monsters, and specters; heroes and deities.[100]
What general feeling, it may be asked incredulously, can possibly pervade all this? This, the greatest of all feelings—an utter forgetfulness of self. Throughout the whole period with which we are at present concerned, Turner appears as a man of sympathy absolutely infinite—a sympathy so all-embracing, that I know nothing but that of Shakespeare comparable with it. A soldier's wife resting by the roadside is not beneath it; Rizpah, the daughter of Aiah, watching the dead bodies of her sons, not above it. Nothing can possibly be so mean as that it will not interest his whole mind, and carry away his whole heart; nothing so great or solemn but that he can raise himself into harmony with it; and it is impossible to prophesy of him at any moment, whether, the next, he will be in laughter or in tears.
What general feeling, someone might ask skeptically, could possibly permeate all of this? This, the greatest of all feelings—total forgetfulness of self. Throughout the entire period we are currently discussing, Turner stands out as a man of boundless sympathy—a sympathy so vast that I can only compare it to that of Shakespeare. A soldier's wife resting by the roadside is not beneath him; Rizpah, the daughter of Aiah, grieving over the bodies of her sons, is not beyond him. Nothing could be too trivial to catch his full attention and take over his heart; nothing so grand or serious that he can't find a way to resonate with it; and it's impossible to predict at any moment whether he will be laughing or crying next.
This is the root of the man's greatness; and it follows as a matter of course that this sympathy must give him a subtle power of expression, even of the characters of mere material things, such as no other painter ever possessed. The man who can best feel the difference between rudeness and tenderness in humanity, perceives also more difference between the branches of an oak and a willow than any one else would; and therefore, necessarily the most striking character of the drawings themselves is the speciality of whatever they represent—the thorough stiffness of what is stiff, and grace of what is[Pg 263] graceful, and vastness of what is vast; but through and beyond all this, the condition of the mind of the painter himself is easily enough discoverable by comparison of a large number of the drawings. It is singularly serene and peaceful: in itself quite passionless, though entering with ease into the external passion which it contemplates. By the effort of its will it sympathises with tumult or distress, even in their extremes, but there is no tumult, no sorrow in itself, only a chastened and exquisitely peaceful cheerfulness, deeply meditative; touched without loss of its own perfect balance, by sadness on the one side, and stooping to playfulness upon the other. I shall never cease to regret the destruction, by fire, now several years ago, of a drawing which always seemed to me to be the perfect image of the painter's mind at this period,—the drawing of Brignal Church near Rokeby, of which a feeble idea may still be gathered from the engraving (in the Yorkshire series). The spectator stands on the "Brignal banks," looking down into the glen at twilight; the sky is still full of soft rays, though the sun is gone; and the Greta glances brightly in the valley, singing its evening-song; two white clouds, following each other, move without wind through the hollows of the ravine, and others lie couched on the far away moorlands; every leaf of the woods is still in the delicate air; a boy's kite, incapable of rising, has become entangled in their branches, he is climbing to recover it; and just behind it in the picture, almost indicated by it, the lowly church is seen in its secluded field between the rocks and the stream; and around it the low churchyard wall, and the few white stones which mark the resting places of those who can climb the rocks no more, nor hear the river sing as it passes.
This is the foundation of the man's greatness; it naturally follows that this empathy gives him a unique ability to express even the qualities of ordinary material objects, something no other artist has had. The person who can truly sense the difference between rudeness and kindness in humanity also sees more distinctions between the branches of an oak and a willow than anyone else would; therefore, the most striking feature of the drawings is the uniqueness of whatever they depict—the rigid stiffness of what is stiff, the elegance of what is graceful, and the vastness of what is vast. However, through and beyond all this, the state of the painter's mind is clearly noticeable when comparing a large number of the drawings. It is remarkably calm and peaceful: entirely passionless yet effortlessly engages with the external emotions it observes. With its will, it empathizes with chaos or suffering, even at their most extreme, but there is no chaos or sorrow within itself, only a refined and exquisitely tranquil cheerfulness, deeply reflective; unaffected yet touched by sadness on one side and playful on the other. I will always regret the fire that destroyed a drawing several years ago, which seemed to perfectly capture the painter's mind at that time—the drawing of Brignal Church near Rokeby, of which a weak impression can still be gleaned from the engraving (in the Yorkshire series). The viewer stands on the "Brignal banks," looking down into the glen at twilight; the sky is still filled with soft rays, even though the sun has set; and the Greta sparkles brightly in the valley, singing its evening song; two white clouds move without wind through the hollows of the ravine, while others rest in the distant moorlands; every leaf in the woods is still in the gentle air; a boy's kite, unable to rise, is tangled in the branches, and he is climbing to retrieve it; just behind it in the picture, nearly indicated by it, the humble church appears in its quiet field between the rocks and the stream; surrounding it, the low churchyard wall and the few white stones that mark the resting places of those who can no longer climb the rocks or hear the river sing as it flows by.
There are many other existing drawings which indicate the same character of mind, though I think none so touching or so beautiful; yet they are not, as I said above, more numerous than those which express his sympathy with sublimer or more active scenes; but they are almost always marked by a tenderness of execution, and have a look of being beloved in every part of them, which shows them to be the truest expression of his own feelings.[Pg 264]
There are many other drawings out there that show the same mindset, but I don’t think any are as moving or beautiful. Still, they aren't more frequent than those that capture his connection to grander or more dynamic scenes. However, they are almost always characterized by a certain tenderness in their execution, and they have an aura of being cherished in every detail, which reveals them to be the most genuine reflection of his own emotions.[Pg 264]
One other characteristic of his mind at this period remains to be noticed—its reverence for talent in others. Not the reverence which acts upon the practices of men as if they were the laws of nature, but that which is ready to appreciate the power, and receive the assistance, of every mind which has been previously employed in the same direction, so far as its teaching seems to be consistent with the great text-book of nature itself. Turner thus studied almost every preceding landscape painter, chiefly Claude, Poussin, Vandevelde, Loutherbourg, and Wilson. It was probably by the Sir George Beaumonts and other feeble conventionalists of the period, that he was persuaded to devote his attention to the works of these men; and his having done so will be thought, a few scores of years hence, evidence of perhaps the greatest modesty ever shown by a man of original power. Modesty at once admirable and unfortunate, for the study of the works of Vandevelde and Claude was productive of unmixed mischief to him; he spoiled many of his marine pictures, as for instance Lord Ellesmere's, by imitation of the former; and from the latter learned a false ideal, which confirmed by the notions of Greek art prevalent in London in the beginning of this century, has manifested itself in many vulgarities in his composition pictures, vulgarities which may perhaps be best expressed by the general term "Twickenham Classicism," as consisting principally in conceptions of ancient or of rural life such as have influenced the erection of most of our suburban villas. From Nicolo Poussin and Loutherbourg he seems to have derived advantage; perhaps also from Wilson; and much in his subsequent travels from far higher men, especially Tintoret and Paul Veronese. I have myself heard him speaking with singular delight of the putting in of the beech leaves in the upper right-hand corner of Titian's Peter Martyr. I cannot in any of his works trace the slightest influence of Salvator; and I am not surprised at it, for though Salvator was a man of far higher powers than either Vandevelde or Claude, he was a wilful and gross caricaturist. Turner would condescend to be helped by feeble men, but could not be corrupted by false men. Besides, he had never himself seen classical life, and[Pg 265] Claude was represented to him as competent authority for it. But he had seen mountains and torrents, and knew therefore that Salvator could not paint them.
One other characteristic of his mind during this time is worth noting—its respect for talent in others. Not the kind of respect that treats people's actions as if they were the laws of nature, but a willingness to acknowledge the skill and benefit of every mind that has worked in the same area, as long as their teachings align with the true lessons of nature itself. Turner studied almost every previous landscape painter, mainly Claude, Poussin, Vandevelde, Loutherbourg, and Wilson. It was likely through figures like Sir George Beaumont and other weak conventionalists of the time that he was encouraged to focus on these artists; his choice to do so will likely be seen, many years from now, as evidence of perhaps the greatest humility ever shown by a person with original talent. A humility that is both admirable and unfortunate, as studying the works of Vandevelde and Claude proved to be entirely detrimental to him; he damaged many of his marine paintings, like Lord Ellesmere's, by imitating the former, and from the latter, he adopted a false ideal that, backed by the notions of Greek art popular in London at the beginning of this century, led to many issues in his compositional works—issues that may be best summarized by the broad term "Twickenham Classicism," which mainly includes depictions of ancient or rural life that have influenced the design of most of our suburban villas. He seems to have gained something from Nicolo Poussin and Loutherbourg; possibly from Wilson as well; and he learned much from traveling with much greater artists, especially Tintoretto and Paul Veronese. I have personally heard him express great pleasure about the beech leaves in the upper right-hand corner of Titian's *Peter Martyr*. I cannot detect any influence of Salvator in his works, and that doesn’t surprise me. Although Salvator was a far more powerful artist than either Vandevelde or Claude, he was an erratic and exaggerated caricaturist. Turner would willingly seek help from weaker artists but couldn’t be swayed by false ones. Furthermore, he had never witnessed classical life, and Claude was presented to him as a reliable authority on it. But he *had* seen mountains and rivers, and so he understood that Salvator could not accurately represent them.
One of the most characteristic drawings of this period fortunately bears a date, 1818, and brings us within two years of another dated drawing, no less characteristic of what I shall henceforward call Turner's Second period. It is in the possession of Mr. Hawkesworth Fawkes of Farnley, one of Turner's earliest and truest friends; and bears the inscription, unusually conspicuous, heaving itself up and down over the eminences of the foreground—"Passage of Mont Cenis. J. M. W. Turner, January 15th, 1820."
One of the most iconic drawings from this time fortunately has a date, 1818, and is just two years away from another dated drawing, equally characteristic of what I will now refer to as Turner's Second period. It belongs to Mr. Hawkesworth Fawkes of Farnley, one of Turner's earliest and closest friends, and features the inscription, unusually prominent, rising and falling over the highlights of the foreground—"Passage of Mont Cenis. J. M. W. Turner, January 15th, 1820."
The scene is on the summit of the pass close to the hospice, or what seems to have been a hospice at that time,—I do not remember such at present,—a small square-built house, built as if partly for a fortress, with a detached flight of stone steps in front of it, and a kind of drawbridge to the door. This building, about 400 or 500 yards off, is seen in a dim, ashy grey against the light, which by help of a violent blast of mountain wind has broken through the depth of clouds which hangs upon the crags. There is no sky, properly so called, nothing but this roof of drifting cloud; but neither is there any weight of darkness—the high air is too thin for it,—all savage, howling, and luminous with cold, the massy bases of the granite hills jutting out here and there grimly through the snow wreaths. There is a desolate-looking refuge on the left, with its number 16, marked on it in long ghastly figures, and the wind is drifting the snow off the roof and through its window in a frantic whirl; the near ground is all wan with half-thawed, half-trampled snow; a diligence in front, whose horses, unable to face the wind, have turned right round with fright, its passengers struggling to escape, jammed in the window; a little farther on is another carriage off the road, some figures pushing at its wheels, and its driver at the horses' heads, pulling and lashing with all his strength, his lifted arm stretched out against the light of the distance, though too far off for the whip to be seen.
The scene is at the top of the pass near what looks like a hospice—or at least what seemed to be one back then; I don’t recall any such place now. It’s a small, square building that appears to be built partly like a fortress, with a separate flight of stone steps leading up to it and a kind of drawbridge at the door. This building, about 400 or 500 yards away, is faintly visible in a dull, ashy gray against the light, which has burst through the thick clouds hanging over the cliffs, aided by a fierce mountain wind. There’s no actual sky, just this roof of drifting clouds; but it’s not oppressively dark—the high air is too thin for that. It’s all wild, howling, and glowing with cold, with the massive bases of the granite hills sticking out grimly here and there through the snow drifts. To the left is a bleak-looking shelter marked with the number 16 in long, ghostly figures, as the wind whips the snow off the roof and blows it through the window in a frenzied swirl. The ground nearby is pale with half-melted, half-trampled snow. A coach in front, whose horses, unable to withstand the wind, have turned around in panic, has its passengers struggling to escape, all jammed in the window. A little further on, another carriage is off the road, with a few figures pushing at its wheels, while the driver pulls and lashes at the horses with all his might, his arm raised against the distant light, though it’s too far away to see the whip.
Now I am perfectly certain that any one thoroughly accustomed[Pg 266] to the earlier works of the painter, and shown this picture for the first time, would be struck by two altogether new characters in it.
Now I'm completely sure that anyone who is really familiar with the earlier works of the painter, and sees this picture for the first time, would notice two completely new features in it.
The first, a seeming enjoyment of the excitement of the scene, totally different from the contemplative philosophy with which it would formerly have been regarded. Every incident of motion and of energy is seized upon with indescribable delight, and every line of the composition animated with a force and fury which are now no longer the mere expression of a contemplated external truth, but have origin in some inherent feeling in the painter's mind.
The first is a clear enjoyment of the excitement of the scene, completely different from the thoughtful philosophy it would have been viewed with in the past. Every moment of movement and energy is embraced with indescribable joy, and every line of the composition is filled with a force and intensity that no longer merely reflects an observed external truth, but comes from some intrinsic feeling in the artist's mind.
The second, that although the subject is one in itself almost incapable of color, and although, in order to increase the wildness of the impression, all brilliant local color has been refused even where it might easily have been introduced, as in the figures; yet in the low minor key which has been chosen, the melodies of color have been elaborated to the utmost possible pitch, so as to become a leading, instead of a subordinate, element in the composition; the subdued warm hues of the granite promontories, the dull stone color of the walls of the buildings, clearly opposed, even in shade, to the grey of the snow wreaths heaped against them, and the faint greens and ghastly blues of the glacier ice, being all expressed with delicacies of transition utterly unexampled in any previous drawings.
The second point is that, although the subject itself is almost colorless, and despite the decision to refuse all vibrant local color to enhance the wildness of the scene—even where it could have easily been added, like with the figures—still, in the chosen low minor key, the colors have been pushed to their highest potential, making them a main, rather than a background, part of the composition. The warm, subtle hues of the granite cliffs, the dull stone color of the building walls, which stand in stark contrast, even in shadow, to the gray of the snow drifts piled against them, as well as the faint greens and eerie blues of the glacier ice, are all depicted with a delicacy of transition that has never been seen in any previous drawings.
These, accordingly, are the chief characteristics of the works of Turner's second period, as distinguished from the first,—a new energy inherent in the mind of the painter, diminishing the repose and exalting the force and fire of his conceptions, and the presence of Color, as at least an essential, and often a principal, element of design.
These are the main features of Turner's second period, set apart from the first—an increase in energy within the painter's mind, reducing calmness while enhancing the power and intensity of his ideas, and the importance of Color, which is at least a key, and often a primary, element of design.
Not that it is impossible, or even unusual, to find drawings of serene subject, and perfectly quiet feeling, among the compositions of this period; but the repose is in them, just as the energy and tumult were in the earlier period, an external quality, which the painter images by an effort of the will: it is no longer a character inherent in himself. The "Ulleswater," in the England series, is one of those which are in most perfect[Pg 267] peace: in the "Cowes," the silence is only broken by the dash of the boat's oars, and in the "Alnwick" by a stag drinking; but in at least nine drawings out of ten, either sky, water, or figures are in rapid motion, and the grandest drawings are almost always those which have even violent action in one or other, or in all: e. g. high force of Tees, Coventry, Llanthony, Salisbury, Llanberis, and such others.
It's not that it's impossible or even unusual to find serene subjects and perfectly calm feelings in the works from this period; however, the tranquility is present in them just as the energy and chaos were in the earlier period—it's an external quality that the artist conveys through an effort of will, rather than a characteristic that comes from within. The "Ulleswater" from the England series is one of those that embodies perfect[Pg 267] peace: in "Cowes," the silence is only broken by the sound of the boat's oars, and in "Alnwick," by a stag drinking; yet in at least nine out of ten drawings, either the sky, water, or figures are in swift motion, and the most impressive works often feature some form of intense action in one, two, or all elements: for instance, the powerful depictions of Tees, Coventry, Llanthony, Salisbury, Llanberis, and others.
The color is, however, a more absolute distinction; and we must return to Mr. Fawkes's collection in order to see how the change in it was effected. That such a change would take place at one time or other was of course to be securely anticipated, the conventional system of the first period being, as above stated, merely a means of Study. But the immediate cause was the journey of the year 1820. As might be guessed from the legend on the drawing above described, "Passage of Mont Cenis, January 15th, 1820," that drawing represents what happened on the day in question to the painter himself. He passed the Alps then in the winter of 1820; and either in the previous or subsequent summer, but on the same journey, he made a series of sketches on the Rhine, in body color, now in Mr. Fawkes's collection. Every one of those sketches is the almost instantaneous record of an effect of color or atmosphere, taken strictly from nature, the drawing and the details of every subject being comparatively subordinate, and the color nearly as principal as the light and shade had been before,—certainly the leading feature, though the light and shade are always exquisitely harmonized with it. And naturally, as the color becomes the leading object, those times of day are chosen in which it is most lovely; and whereas before, at least five out of six of Turner's drawings represented ordinary daylight, we now find his attention directed constantly to the evening: and, for the first time, we have those rosy lights upon the hills, those gorgeous falls of sun through flaming heavens, those solemn twilights, with the blue moon rising as the western sky grows dim, which have ever since been the themes of his mightiest thoughts.
The color is, however, a more definitive distinction, and we need to look back at Mr. Fawkes's collection to see how this change happened. It was expected that such a change would eventually occur, as the conventional system from the first period was, as mentioned earlier, just a way of studying. The main reason for this shift was the journey of 1820. As suggested by the caption on the drawing mentioned earlier, "Passage of Mont Cenis, January 15th, 1820," this drawing depicts what happened to the painter on that day. He crossed the Alps in the winter of 1820, and either the previous summer or the following one—still on the same journey—he created a series of sketches along the Rhine in body color, now part of Mr. Fawkes's collection. Each of these sketches is an almost instantaneous capture of a color or atmospheric effect taken directly from nature, with the drawing and details of each subject being relatively less important, and color becoming nearly as dominant as light and shade had previously been—certainly the main feature, even though light and shade are always beautifully balanced with it. Naturally, as color becomes the focal point, moments of the day when it is most beautiful are chosen; and while earlier, at least five out of six of Turner’s drawings depicted ordinary daylight, we now see him consistently focusing on the evening: for the first time, we witness those rosy lights on the hills, those stunning sun rays breaking through vibrant skies, those solemn twilights, with the blue moon rising as the western sky fades, which have since become the subjects of his most powerful ideas.
I have no doubt, that the immediate reason of this change was the impression made upon him by the colors of the continental[Pg 268] skies. When he first travelled on the Continent (1800), he was comparatively a young student; not yet able to draw form as he wanted, he was forced to give all his thoughts and strength to this primary object. But now he was free to receive other impressions; the time was come for perfecting his art, and the first sunset which he saw on the Rhine taught him that all previous landscape art was vain and valueless, that in comparison with natural color, the things that had been called paintings were mere ink and charcoal, and that all precedent and all authority must be cast away at once, and trodden under foot. He cast them away: the memories of Vandevelde and Claude were at once weeded out of the great mind they had encumbered; they and all the rubbish of the schools together with them; the waves of the Rhine swept them away for ever; and a new dawn rose over the rocks of the Siebengebirge.
I have no doubt that the immediate reason for this change was the impression made on him by the colors of the continental[Pg 268] skies. When he first traveled on the Continent (1800), he was still a relatively young student; not yet able to draw as he desired, he had to focus all his thoughts and energy on this primary goal. But now he was free to absorb other influences; it was time to perfect his art, and the first sunset he saw on the Rhine showed him that all previous landscape art was trivial and worthless. In comparison to natural color, what had been called paintings were just ink and charcoal, and all past precedents and authorities had to be cast aside immediately and trampled. He let them go: the memories of Vandevelde and Claude were quickly swept out of the great mind they had weighed down; they and all the clutter of the schools went with them; the waves of the Rhine washed them away forever; and a new dawn broke over the rocks of the Siebengebirge.
There was another motive at work, which rendered the change still more complete. His fellow artists were already conscious enough of his superior power in drawing, and their best hope was, that he might not be able to color. They had begun to express this hope loudly enough for it to reach his ears. The engraver of one of his most important marine pictures told me, not long ago, that one day about the period in question, Turner came into his room to examine the progress of the plate, not having seen his own picture for several months. It was one of his dark early pictures, but in the foreground was a little piece of luxury, a pearly fish wrought into hues like those of an opal. He stood before the picture for some moments; then laughed, and pointed joyously to the fish;—"They say that Turner can't color!" and turned away.
There was another reason behind the change that made it even more significant. His fellow artists were already aware of his exceptional talent in drawing, and their biggest hope was that he wouldn’t be able to paint well. They had started to voice this hope loudly enough for him to hear it. The engraver of one of his most important marine paintings told me recently that one day, around that time, Turner walked into his studio to check on the progress of the plate, having not seen his own painting for several months. It was one of his dark early works, but in the foreground was a small touch of luxury, a pearly fish painted in colors reminiscent of an opal. He stood in front of the painting for a few moments, then laughed and pointed joyfully at the fish, saying, "They say that Turner can't paint!" before turning away.
Under the force of these various impulses the change was total. Every subject thenceforth was primarily conceived in color; and no engraving ever gave the slightest idea of any drawing of this period.
Under the pressure of these different influences, the change was complete. From that point on, every subject was mainly imagined in color; and no engraving ever conveyed the slightest hint of any drawing from this period.
The artists who had any perception of the truth were in despair; the Beaumontites, classicalists, and "owl species" in general, in as much indignation as their dulness was capable[Pg 269] of. They had deliberately closed their eyes to all nature, and had gone on inquiring, "Where do you put your brown tree?" A vast revelation was made to them at once, enough to have dazzled any one; but to them, light unendurable as incomprehensible. They "did to the moon complain," in one vociferous, unanimous, continuous "Tu whoo." Shrieking rose from all dark places at the same instant, just the same kind of shrieking that is now raised against the Pre-Raphaelites. Those glorious old Arabian Nights, how true they are! Mocking and whispering, and abuse loud and low by turns, from all the black stones beside the road, when one living soul is toiling up the hill to get the golden water. Mocking and whispering, that he may look back, and become a black stone like themselves.
The artists who grasped the truth were in despair; the Beaumontites, classicists, and the so-called "owl species" were filled with as much outrage as their dullness allowed[Pg 269]. They had purposefully shut their eyes to nature and kept asking, "Where do you put your brown tree?" A huge revelation hit them all at once, enough to dazzle anyone; but to them, the light was unbearable and incomprehensible. They "complained to the moon," in one loud, united, continuous "Tu whoo." A shriek erupted from all dark places at the same moment, just like the outcry now directed at the Pre-Raphaelites. Those amazing old Arabian Nights, how true they are! Mocking and whispering, alternating between loud and quiet insults, from all the black stones along the road, when one living soul is struggling up the hill to reach the golden water. Mocking and whispering, so he may look back and turn into a black stone like them.
Turner looked not back, but he went on in such a temper as a strong man must be in, when he is forced to walk with his fingers in his ears. He retired into himself; he could look no longer for help, or counsel, or sympathy from any one; and the spirit of defiance in which he was forced to labor led him sometimes into violences, from which the slightest expression of sympathy would have saved him. The new energy that was upon him, and the utter isolation into which he was driven, were both alike dangerous, and many drawings of the time show the evil effects of both; some of them being hasty, wild, or experimental, and others little more than magnificent expressions of defiance of public opinion.
Turner didn’t look back; he continued on in the kind of mood a strong person gets into when they have to walk with their fingers in their ears. He withdrew into himself; he could no longer seek help, advice, or sympathy from anyone. The defiant spirit that he had to work in sometimes drove him to acts of aggression, from which even the slightest show of support might have saved him. The new energy coursing through him and the complete isolation he was forced into were both equally dangerous, and many drawings from that time reflect the harmful effects of both. Some were rushed, chaotic, or experimental, while others were little more than grand statements against public opinion.
But all have this noble virtue—they are in everything his own: there are no more reminiscences of dead masters, no more trials of skill in the manner of Claude or Poussin; every faculty of his soul is fixed upon nature only, as he saw her, or as he remembered her.
But all have this noble quality—they are entirely his own: there are no more memories of past masters, no more tests of skill in the style of Claude or Poussin; every part of his soul is focused solely on nature, as he perceived her, or as he recalled her.
I have spoken above of his gigantic memory: it is especially necessary to notice this, in order that we may understand the kind of grasp which a man of real imagination takes of all things that are once brought within his reach—grasp thenceforth not to be relaxed for ever.
I mentioned earlier his incredible memory: it's important to highlight this so we can understand how a truly imaginative person comprehends everything that comes into their awareness—an understanding that they will never let go of.
On looking over any catalogues of his works, or of particular[Pg 270] series of them, we shall notice the recurrence of the same subject two, three, or even many times. In any other artist this would be nothing remarkable. Probably most modern landscape painters multiply a favorite subject twenty, thirty, or sixty fold, putting the shadows and the clouds in different places, and "inventing," as they are pleased to call it, a new "effect" every time. But if we examine the successions of Turner's subjects, we shall find them either the records of a succession of impressions actually perceived by him at some favorite locality, or else repetitions of one impression received in early youth, and again and again realised as his increasing powers enabled him to do better justice to it. In either case we shall find them records of seen facts; never compositions in his room to fill up a favorite outline.
When we look through any catalogs of his works, or specific[Pg 270] series of them, we’ll notice that the same subject appears two, three, or even many times. For most other artists, this wouldn’t be surprising. Many modern landscape painters often reuse a favorite subject twenty, thirty, or even sixty times, just shifting the shadows and clouds around to create a “new effect,” as they like to call it. But when we examine the sequences of Turner's subjects, we find that they either represent a series of impressions he actually experienced at a favorite location, or they are repetitions of an impression he had in early youth, which he revisited as his skills improved. In either case, these are records of seen facts; never simple compositions made in his studio to fill in a favorite outline.
For instance, every traveller, at least every traveller of thirty years' standing, must love Calais, the place where he first felt himself in a strange world. Turner evidently loved it excessively. I have never catalogued his studies of Calais, but I remember, at this moment, five: there is first the "Pas de Calais," a very large oil painting, which is what he saw in broad daylight as he crossed over, when he got near the French side. It is a careful study of French fishing boats running for the shore before the wind, with the picturesque old city in the distance. Then there is the "Calais Harbor" in the Liber Studiorum: that is what he saw just as he was going into the harbor,—a heavy brig warping out, and very likely to get in his way, or run against the pier, and bad weather coming on. Then there is the "Calais Pier," a large painting, engraved some years ago by Mr. Lupton:[101] that is what he saw when he had landed, and ran back directly to the pier to see what had become of the brig. The weather had got still worse, the fishwomen were being blown about in a distressful manner on the pier head, and some more fishing boats were running in with all speed. Then there is the "Fortrouge," Calais: that is what he saw after he had been home to Dessein's, and dined, and went out again in the evening to walk on the sands, the tide being down. He had never[Pg 271] seen such a waste of sands before, and it made an impression on him. The shrimp girls were all scattered over them too, and moved about in white spots on the wild shore; and the storm had lulled a little, and there was a sunset—such a sunset,—and the bars of Fortrouge seen against it, skeleton-wise.
For example, every traveler, at least every traveler with thirty years of experience, must love Calais, the place where they first felt like they were in a strange world. Turner clearly loved it a lot. I haven’t documented all of his studies of Calais, but right now I remember five: first, there’s the "Pas de Calais," a very large oil painting, depicting what he saw in broad daylight as he crossed over to the French side. It’s a detailed study of French fishing boats heading for the shore with the picturesque old city in the background. Then there’s the "Calais Harbor" in the Liber Studiorum; that shows what he saw as he was entering the harbor—a heavy brig maneuvering out, likely to obstruct his path or crash into the pier, with bad weather approaching. Next is the "Calais Pier," a large painting that was engraved a few years ago by Mr. Lupton: that represents what he saw right after landing, as he rushed back to the pier to check on the brig. The weather had worsened, the fishwomen were being tossed around distressingly on the pier, and more fishing boats were hurrying in. Then there’s the "Fortrouge," Calais: that’s what he saw after returning home to Dessein’s, having dinner, and venturing out again in the evening to walk on the sands as the tide receded. He had never seen such an expanse of sand before, and it made a strong impression on him. The shrimp girls were scattered across it, moving about like white spots on the wild shore; the storm had subsided a bit, and there was a sunset—what a sunset—and the bars of Fortrouge appeared against it, resembling skeletons.
He did not paint that directly; thought over it,—painted it a long while afterwards.
He didn't paint that right away; he thought about it—painted it a long time later.
Then there is the vignette in the illustrations to Scott. That is what he saw as he was going home, meditatively; and the revolving lighthouse came blazing out upon him suddenly, and disturbed him. He did not like that so much; made a vignette of it, however, when he was asked to do a bit of Calais, twenty or thirty years afterwards, having already done all the rest.
Then there’s the scene in the illustrations for Scott. That’s what he saw while he was heading home, lost in thought; and the rotating lighthouse suddenly blazed out at him, catching him off guard. He didn’t like that too much; still, he created a scene of it later when he was asked to do a piece on Calais, twenty or thirty years after, having already covered everything else.
Turner never told me all this, but any one may see it if he will compare the pictures. They might, possibly, not be impressions of a single day, but of two days or three; though in all human probability they were seen just as I have stated them;[102] but they are records of successive impressions, as plainly written as ever traveller's diary. All of them pure veracities. Therefore immortal.
Turner never shared all of this with me, but anyone can notice it if they compare the pictures. They might not be impressions from just one day, but from two or three days; although, in all likelihood, they were seen exactly as I described them;[102] but they are records of consecutive impressions, as clearly documented as any traveler's diary. All of them are absolute truths. That's what makes them timeless.
I could multiply these series almost indefinitely from the rest of his works. What is curious, some of them have a kind of private mark running through all the subjects. Thus I know three drawings of Scarborough, and all of them have a starfish in the foreground: I do not remember any others of his marine subjects which have a starfish.
I could keep adding to these examples almost endlessly from the rest of his works. What's interesting is that some of them have a unique detail that appears across all the topics. For instance, I know three drawings of Scarborough, and each one features a starfish in the foreground; I don't recall any other marine subjects of his that include a starfish.
The other kind of repetition—the recurrence to one early impression—is however still more remarkable. In the collection of F. H. Bale, Esq., there is a small drawing of Llanthony Abbey. It is in his boyish manner, its date probably about 1795; evidently a sketch from nature, finished at home. It had been a showery day; the hills were partially concealed by the rain, and gleams of sunshine breaking out at intervals. A man was fishing in the mountain stream. The young[Pg 272] Turner sought a place of some shelter under the bushes; made his sketch, took great pains when he got home to imitate the rain, as he best could; added his child's luxury of a rainbow; put in the very bush under which he had taken shelter, and the fisherman, a somewhat ill-jointed and long-legged fisherman, in the courtly short breeches which were the fashion of the time.
The other type of repetition—the return to an early impression—is even more striking. In the collection of F. H. Bale, Esq., there's a small drawing of Llanthony Abbey. It’s done in his youthful style, probably around 1795; clearly a sketch from nature that was completed at home. It had been a rainy day; the hills were partly hidden by the rain, with bursts of sunlight peeking through. A man was fishing in the mountain stream. The young Turner looked for some shelter under the bushes; he made his sketch and, when he got home, worked hard to recreate the rain as best he could; he added the childish touch of a rainbow; included the very bush he had sheltered under, and the fisherman, who was a rather awkward, long-legged fellow, dressed in the fashionable short breeches of the time.
Some thirty years afterwards, with all his powers in their strongest training, and after the total change in his feelings and principles which I have endeavored to describe, he undertook the series of "England and Wales," and in that series introduced the subject of Llanthony Abbey. And behold, he went back to his boy's sketch, and boy's thought. He kept the very bushes in their places, but brought the fisherman to the other side of the river, and put him, in somewhat less courtly dress, under their shelter, instead of himself. And then he set all his gained strength and new knowledge at work on the well-remembered shower of rain, that had fallen thirty years before, to do it better. The resultant drawing[103] is one of the very noblest of his second period.
Some thirty years later, with all his skills well-honed and after a complete transformation in his feelings and beliefs that I’ve tried to describe, he took on the series "England and Wales," where he included the topic of Llanthony Abbey. And so, he revisited his childhood sketch and thoughts. He left the bushes exactly where they were but moved the fisherman to the other side of the river, dressing him in slightly less fancy clothing and placing him under their cover instead of himself. Then he applied all his newfound strength and knowledge to improve the well-remembered rain shower that had fallen thirty years earlier. The resulting drawing[103] is one of the finest from his second period.
Another of the drawings of the England series, Ulleswater, is the repetition of one in Mr. Fawkes's collection, which, by the method of its execution, I should conjecture to have been executed about the year 1808, or 1810: at all events, it is a very quiet drawing of the first period. The lake is quite calm; the western hills in grey shadow, the eastern massed in light. Helvellyn rising like a mist between them, all being mirrored in the calm water. Some thin and slightly evanescent cows are standing in the shallow water in front; a boat floats motionless about a hundred yards from the shore: the foreground is of broken rocks, with lovely pieces of copse on the right and left.
Another drawing from the England series, Ulleswater, is similar to one in Mr. Fawkes's collection, which, based on its style, I would guess was created around 1808 or 1810. In any case, it’s a very serene piece from the earlier period. The lake is completely still; the western hills appear in grey shadow while the eastern side is brightly lit. Helvellyn rises like a mist between them, all reflected in the calm water. A few thin, slightly translucent cows are standing in the shallow water in the front; a boat floats motionless about a hundred yards from the shore. The foreground consists of broken rocks, with beautiful patches of brushwood on both the right and left.
This was evidently Turner's record of a quiet evening by the shore of Ulleswater, but it was a feeble one. He could not at that time render the sunset colors: he went back to it therefore in the England series, and painted it again with his new power. The same hills are there, the same shadows,[Pg 273] the same cows,—they had stood in his mind, on the same spot, for twenty years,—the same boat, the same rocks, only the copse is cut away—it interfered with the masses of his color: some figures are introduced bathing, and what was grey, and feeble gold in the first drawing, becomes purple, and burning rose-color in the last.
This was clearly Turner's record of a quiet evening by the shore of Ulleswater, but it was a weak one. At that time, he couldn't capture the sunset colors: he returned to it later in the England series and painted it again with his new skills. The same hills are there, the same shadows,[Pg 273] the same cows—they had stayed in his mind, in the same spot, for twenty years—the same boat, the same rocks, but the thicket is removed—it got in the way of the masses of his color: some figures are added bathing, and what was grey and dull gold in the first drawing turns into purple and vibrant rose-color in the last.
But perhaps one of the most curious examples is in the series of subjects from Winchelsea. That in the Liber Studiorum, "Winchelsea, Sussex," bears date 1812, and its figures consist of a soldier speaking to a woman, who is resting on the bank beside the road. There is another small subject, with Winchelsea in the distance, of which the engraving bears date 1817. It has two women with bundles, and two soldiers toiling along the embankment in the plain, and a baggage waggon in the distance. Neither of these seems to have satisfied him, and at last he did another for the England series, of which the engraving bears date 1830. There is now a regiment on the march; the baggage waggon is there, having got no further on in the thirteen years, but one of the women is tired, and has fainted on the bank; another is supporting her against her bundle, and giving her drink; a third sympathetic woman is added, and the two soldiers have stopped, and one is drinking from his canteen.
But one of the most interesting examples comes from the series featuring Winchelsea. The piece in the Liber Studiorum titled "Winchelsea, Sussex," is dated 1812, and it shows a soldier talking to a woman who is resting by the road. There’s another small piece with Winchelsea in the background, dated 1817. It features two women with bundles and two soldiers trudging along the embankment in the plain, along with a baggage wagon in the distance. Neither of these seemed to meet his expectations, and eventually, he created another for the England series, which is dated 1830. This version depicts a regiment on the march; the baggage wagon hasn’t moved any further in the thirteen years, but one of the women has collapsed from exhaustion on the bank while another is supporting her against her bundle and giving her water. A third sympathetic woman is included, and the two soldiers have paused, with one drinking from his canteen.
Nor is it merely of entire scenes, or of particular incidents, that Turner's memory is thus tenacious. The slightest passages of color or arrangement that have pleased him—the fork of a bough, the casting of a shadow, the fracture of a stone—will be taken up again and again, and strangely worked into new relations with other thoughts. There is a single sketch from nature in one of the portfolios at Farnley, of a common wood-walk on the estate, which has furnished passages to no fewer than three of the most elaborate compositions in the Liber Studiorum.
Nor is it just complete scenes or specific events that Turner remembers so vividly. Even the smallest elements of color or arrangement that caught his eye—the split of a branch, the way a shadow falls, the chip in a stone—will be revisited repeatedly and woven into unexpected connections with other ideas. There's one sketch from nature in one of the portfolios at Farnley, depicting a regular woodland path on the estate, that has inspired parts of at least three of the most intricate works in the Liber Studiorum.
I am thus tedious in dwelling on Turner's powers of memory, because I wish it to be thoroughly seen how all his greatness, all his infinite luxuriance of invention, depends on his taking possession of everything that he sees,—on his grasping all, and losing hold of nothing,—on his forgetting himself, and[Pg 274] forgetting nothing else. I wish it to be understood how every great man paints what he sees or did see, his greatness being indeed little else than his intense sense of fact. And thus Pre-Raphaelitism and Raphaelitism, and Turnerism, are all one and the same, so far as education can influence them. They are different in their choice, different in their faculties, but all the same in this, that Raphael himself, so far as he was great, and all who preceded or followed him who ever were great, became so by painting the truths around them as they appeared to each man's own mind, not as he had been taught to see them, except by the God who made both him and them.
I'm spending time discussing Turner's memory skills because I want to clearly show how all his greatness and boundless creativity rely on his ability to fully absorb everything he sees—his knack for grasping everything and holding onto nothing—his talent for losing himself and[Pg 274] forgetting nothing else. It's important to understand that every great artist paints what they see or have seen, with their greatness stemming largely from their deep sense of reality. This connects Pre-Raphaelitism, Raphaelitism, and Turnerism, as they all share similar influences from education. They differ in their choices and abilities, but fundamentally, Raphael himself, in so far as he was great, and all others, before or after him who were great, achieved that greatness by depicting the truths around them as they appeared to their own minds, not as they had been taught to perceive them, except by the God who created both them and their subjects.
There is, however, one more characteristic of Turner's second period, on which I have still to dwell, especially with reference to what has been above advanced respecting the fallacy of overtoil; namely, the magnificent ease with which all is done when it is successfully done. For there are one or two drawings of this time which are not done easily. Turner had in these set himself to do a fine thing to exhibit his powers; in the common phrase, to excel himself; so sure as he does this, the work is a failure. The worst drawings that have ever come from his hands are some of this second period, on which he has spent much time and laborious thought; drawings filled with incident from one side to the other, with skies stippled into morbid blue, and warm lights set against them in violent contrast; one of Bamborough Castle, a large water-color, may be named as an example. But the truly noble works are those in which, without effort, he has expressed his thoughts as they came, and forgotten himself; and in these the outpouring of invention is not less miraculous than the swiftness and obedience of the mighty hand that expresses it. Any one who examines the drawings may see the evidence of this facility, in the strange freshness and sharpness of every touch of color; but when the multitude of delicate touches, with which all the aërial tones are worked, is taken into consideration, it would still appear impossible that the drawing could have been completed with ease, unless we had direct evidence in the matter: fortunately, it is not wanting. There[Pg 275] is a drawing in Mr. Fawkes's collection of a man-of-war taking in stores: it is of the usual size of those of the England series, about sixteen inches by eleven: it does not appear one of the most highly finished, but is still farther removed from slightness. The hull of a first-rate occupies nearly one-half of the picture on the right, her bows towards the spectator, seen in sharp perspective from stem to stern, with all her portholes, guns, anchors, and lower rigging elaborately detailed; there are two other ships of the line in the middle distance, drawn with equal precision; a noble breezy sea dancing against their broad bows, full of delicate drawing in its waves; a store-ship beneath the hull of the larger vessel, and several other boats, and a complicated cloudy sky. It might appear no small exertion of mind to draw the detail of all this shipping down to the smallest ropes, from memory, in the drawing-room of a mansion in the middle of Yorkshire, even if considerable time had been given for the effort. But Mr. Fawkes sat beside the painter from the first stroke to the last. Turner took a piece of blank paper one morning after breakfast, outlined his ships, finished the drawing in three hours, and went out to shoot.
There is, however, one more feature of Turner’s second period that I still need to discuss, especially regarding the earlier point about the fallacy of overworking; namely, the incredible ease with which everything is accomplished when it is successfully done. There are a couple of drawings from this time that are not done easily. In these, Turner aimed to create something impressive to showcase his abilities; in common terms, to outdo himself. Whenever he does this, the work ends up being a failure. Some of the worst drawings he produced during this second period were those he poured a lot of time and laborious thought into; drawings cluttered with details from one side to the other, with skies stippled into sickly blue and warm lights set against them in harsh contrast; one example is a large watercolor of Bamborough Castle. But the truly remarkable works are those in which, without effort, he expressed his ideas as they came to him, forgetting himself in the process; in these, the outpouring of creativity is as extraordinary as the speed and precision of the powerful hand that conveys it. Anyone who looks closely at the drawings can see proof of this ease in the strange freshness and sharpness of every color touch; yet, when considering the multitude of delicate touches required to create the aerial tones, it still seems impossible that the drawing could have been completed with ease, unless we had direct evidence of it: fortunately, we do. There[Pg 275] is a drawing in Mr. Fawkes's collection of a man-of-war taking on supplies: it’s about the usual size for the England series, around sixteen inches by eleven: while it may not seem like one of the most finely finished, it also doesn’t appear superficial. The hull of a first-rate ship takes up nearly half of the picture on the right, her bow facing the viewer, depicted in sharp perspective from bow to stern, with all her portholes, guns, anchors, and lower rigging intricately detailed; there are two other ships in the middle distance, drawn with equal precision; a fine breezy sea dances against their broad bows, with delicate drawing in the waves; a store ship is beneath the hull of the larger vessel, along with several other boats, and a complex, cloudy sky. It might seem like a considerable mental effort to draw all the details of this shipping down to the smallest ropes from memory, while sitting in the drawing room of a mansion in the middle of Yorkshire, even if a reasonable amount of time had been given for the task. However, Mr. Fawkes sat beside the painter from the first stroke to the last. One morning after breakfast, Turner took a sheet of blank paper, sketched his ships, completed the drawing in three hours, and then went out to shoot.
Let this single fact be quietly meditated upon by our ordinary painters, and they will see the truth of what was above asserted,—that if a great thing can be done at all, it can be done easily; and let them not torment themselves with twisting of compositions this way and that, and repeating, and experimenting, and scene-shifting. If a man can compose at all, he can compose at once, or rather he must compose in spite of himself. And this is the reason of that silence which I have kept in most of my works, on the subject of Composition. Many critics, especially the architects, have found fault with me for not "teaching people how to arrange masses;" for not "attributing sufficient importance to composition." Alas! I attribute far more importance to it than they do;—so much importance, that I should just as soon think of sitting down to teach a man how to write a Divina Commedia, or King Lear, as how to "compose," in the true sense, a single building or picture. The marvellous stupidity of this age[Pg 276] of lecturers is, that they do not see that what they call "principles of composition," are mere principles of common sense in everything, as well as in pictures and buildings;—A picture is to have a principal light? Yes; and so a dinner is to have a principal dish, and an oration a principal point, and an air of music a principal note, and every man a principal object. A picture is to have harmony of relation among its parts? Yes; and so is a speech well uttered, and an action well ordered, and a company well chosen, and a ragout well mixed. Composition! As if a man were not composing every moment of his life, well or ill, and would not do it instinctively in his picture as well as elsewhere, if he could. Composition of this lower or common kind is of exactly the same importance in a picture that it is in any thing else,—no more. It is well that a man should say what he has to say in good order and sequence, but the main thing is to say it truly. And yet we go on preaching to our pupils as if to have a principal light was every thing, and so cover our academy walls with Shacabac feasts, wherein the courses are indeed well ordered, but the dishes empty.
Let this single fact be quietly thought over by our everyday artists, and they'll appreciate the truth of what was mentioned earlier—that if something significant can be accomplished, it can be done easily. They shouldn't stress themselves by twisting their compositions this way and that, repeatedly experimenting and shifting scenes. If someone can create at all, they can do it immediately, or rather, they must create despite themselves. And this explains my silence in most of my works regarding Composition. Many critics, especially those in architecture, have criticized me for not "teaching people how to arrange masses" or for not "giving enough importance to composition." Unfortunately, I value it far more than they do—so much so that I’d just as soon consider teaching someone how to write a masterpiece like the Divina Commedia or King Lear as teaching them how to "compose," in the true sense, a single building or artwork. The remarkable foolishness of this age[Pg 276] of lecturers is that they fail to see that what they call "principles of composition" are simply principles of common sense in everything, not just in art and architecture—A picture should have a main light? Sure; and just like a dinner should have a main dish, an oration should have a main point, a piece of music should center on a main note, and every person should have a main goal. A picture should have harmony among its parts? Absolutely; so should a well-delivered speech, a well-organized action, a carefully selected group, and a well-blended stew. Composition! As if someone isn’t composing every moment of their life, whether well or poorly, and wouldn’t do it naturally in their artwork as well as anywhere else, if they could. The importance of this basic or common kind of composition in a picture is exactly the same as in anything else—no more. It’s good for a person to express their thoughts in a clear order, but the most important thing is to express them truthfully. Yet we continue to preach to our students as if having a main light is everything, covering our academy walls with Shacabac feasts, where the courses are indeed organized, but the dishes are empty.
It is not, however, only in invention that men over-work themselves, but in execution also; and here I have a word to say to the Pre-Raphaelites specially. They are working too hard. There is evidence in failing portions of their pictures, showing that they have wrought so long upon them that their very sight has failed for weariness, and that the hand refused any more to obey the heart. And, besides this, there are certain qualities of drawing which they miss from over-carefulness. For, let them be assured, there is a great truth lurking in that common desire of men to see things done in what they call a "masterly," or "bold," or "broad," manner: a truth oppressed and abused, like almost every other in this world, but an eternal one nevertheless; and whatever mischief may have followed from men's looking for nothing else but this facility of execution, and supposing that a picture was assuredly all right if only it were done with broad dashes of the brush, still the truth remains the same:—that because it is not intended that men shall torment or weary themselves with any[Pg 277] earthly labor, it is appointed that the noblest results should only be attainable by a certain ease and decision of manipulation. I only wish people understood this much of sculpture, as well as of painting, and could see that the finely finished statue is, in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, a far more vulgar work than that which shows rough signs of the right hand laid to the workman's hammer: but at all events, in painting it is felt by all men, and justly felt. The freedom of the lines of nature can only be represented by a similar freedom in the hand that follows them; there are curves in the flow of the hair, and in the form of the features, and in the muscular outline of the body, which can in no wise be caught but by a sympathetic freedom in the stroke of the pencil. I do not care what example is taken, be it the most subtle and careful work of Leonardo himself, there will be found a play and power and ease in the outlines, which no slow effort could ever imitate. And if the Pre-Raphaelites do not understand how this kind of power, in its highest perfection, may be united with the most severe rendering of all other orders of truth, and especially of those with which they themselves have most sympathy, let them look at the drawings of John Lewis.
It’s not just in creating new things that artists overwork themselves, but also in the execution. I want to particularly address the Pre-Raphaelites. They are pushing themselves too hard. You can see this in the weak parts of their paintings, which show that they’ve labored so long on them that their eyes have become tired, and their hands no longer respond to their intentions. Additionally, there are certain drawing qualities they miss out on due to being overly meticulous. Let them be assured that there’s a significant truth in the common desire for things to be done in what people call a "masterly," "bold," or "broad" manner: a truth that is often burdened and misused like almost everything else in this world, yet it remains an eternal truth. Regardless of the problems that arise from people seeking nothing but this ease of execution and believing a painting is guaranteed to be good if it only features broad strokes of the brush, the truth holds firm:—it’s not meant for people to torture or exhaust themselves with any earthly labor, and it is destined that the finest results should only be reached with a certain ease and decisiveness in handling. I only wish people understood this much about sculpture just as well as they do about painting and recognized that a finely finished statue is, in ninety-nine out of a hundred cases, a much more ordinary piece than one showing rough signs of the sculptor’s hammer. However, when it comes to painting, this is felt by everyone, and rightly so. The natural flow of lines can only be captured by a similar fluidity in the hand that replicates them; there are curves in the way hair flows, in the shape of facial features, and in the muscular outline of the body, which can only be expressed through a sympathetic freedom in the stroke of the pencil. No matter the example taken, even the most delicate and careful work of Leonardo himself, there’s a playful power and ease in the outlines that no slow effort could ever replicate. If the Pre-Raphaelites don’t understand how this kind of power, in its highest form, can coexist with the strict rendering of all other kinds of truth, especially those they feel most connected to, let them examine the drawings of John Lewis.
These then are the principal lessons which we have to learn from Turner, in his second or central period of labor. There is one more, however, to be received; and that is a warning; for towards the close of it, what with doing small conventional vignettes for publishers, making showy drawings from sketches taken by other people of places he had never seen, and touching up the bad engravings from his works submitted to him almost every day,—engravings utterly destitute of animation, and which had to be raised into a specious brilliancy by scratching them over with white, spotty lights, he gradually got inured to many conventionalities, and even falsities; and, having trusted for ten or twelve years almost entirely to his memory and invention, living I believe mostly in London, and receiving a new sensation only from the burning of the Houses of Parliament, he painted many pictures between 1830 and 1840 altogether unworthy of him. But he was not thus to close his career.[Pg 278]
These are the main lessons we need to learn from Turner during his second, or central, period of work. However, there's one more important point to consider, and that's a warning. Towards the end of this period, he got caught up in creating small, conventional vignettes for publishers, making flashy drawings from sketches by other people of places he had never visited, and touching up poorly done engravings of his works that he received almost daily—engravings that completely lacked life and had to be made to look somewhat vibrant by scratching on them with white, spotty highlights. He gradually became accustomed to many conventions and even inaccuracies; and, having relied almost entirely on his memory and creativity for ten to twelve years, mostly living in London and only experiencing something new when the Houses of Parliament burned down, he produced many paintings between 1830 and 1840 that were not worthy of him. But he was not going to end his career this way.[Pg 278]
In the summer either of 1840 or 1841, he undertook another journey into Switzerland. It was then at least forty years since he had first seen the Alps; (the source of the Arveron, in Mr. Fawkes's collection, which could not have been painted till he had seen the thing itself, bears date 1800,) and the direction of his journey in 1840 marks his fond memory of that earliest one; for, if we look over the Swiss studies and drawings executed in his first period, we shall be struck with his fondness for the pass of the St. Gothard; the most elaborate drawing in the Farnley collection is one of the Lake of Lucerne from Fluelen; and, counting the Liber Studiorum subjects, there are, to my knowledge, six compositions taken at the same period from the pass of St. Gothard, and, probably, several others are in existence. The valleys of Sallenche, and Chamouni, and Lake of Geneva, are the only other Swiss scenes which seem to have made very profound impressions on him.
In the summer of either 1840 or 1841, he took another trip to Switzerland. It had been at least forty years since he first saw the Alps; (the source of the Arveron, in Mr. Fawkes's collection, which could only have been painted after he saw it himself, is dated 1800,) and the route he chose in 1840 shows how fondly he remembered that first journey. If we look at the Swiss studies and drawings from his earlier period, we notice his strong affection for the St. Gothard pass; the most detailed drawing in the Farnley collection is of Lake Lucerne from Fluelen; and counting the Liber Studiorum subjects, I know of six compositions created around the same time of the St. Gothard pass, with likely several more still out there. The valleys of Sallenche, Chamouni, and Lake Geneva are the only other Swiss locations that seem to have left a deep impression on him.
He returned in 1841 to Lucerne; walked up Mont Pilate on foot, crossed the St. Gothard, and returned by Lausanne and Geneva. He made a large number of colored sketches on this journey, and realised several of them on his return. The drawings thus produced are different from all that had preceded them, and are the first which belong definitely to what I shall henceforth call his Third period.
He returned to Lucerne in 1841, hiked up Mont Pilate on foot, crossed the St. Gothard, and came back through Lausanne and Geneva. He created a lot of colored sketches during this trip and worked on several of them when he got back. The drawings he produced are unlike anything he made before and mark the beginning of what I will now refer to as his Third period.
The perfect repose of his youth had returned to his mind, while the faculties of imagination and execution appeared in renewed strength; all conventionality being done away with by the force of the impression which he had received from the Alps, after his long separation from them. The drawings are marked by a peculiar largeness and simplicity of thought: most of them by deep serenity, passing into melancholy; all by a richness of color, such as he had never before conceived. They, and the works done in following years, bear the same relation to those of the rest of his life that the colors of sunset do to those of the day; and will be recognised, in a few years more, as the noblest landscapes ever yet conceived by human intellect.
The perfect relaxation of his youth had come back to his mind, while his imagination and ability to create were stronger than ever; all conventionality was stripped away by the powerful impression he got from the Alps after being away from them for so long. The drawings show a unique boldness and simplicity of thought: many are characterized by a deep calm that shifts into melancholy; all display a richness of color that he had never imagined before. They, along with the works created in the following years, relate to the rest of his life’s work as the colors of sunset relate to those of the day, and in a few more years, they will be recognized as the greatest landscapes ever created by the human mind.
Such has been the career of the greatest painter of this[Pg 279] century. Many a century may pass away before there rises such another; but what greatness any among us may be capable of, will, at least, be best attained by following in his path; by beginning in all quietness and hopefulness to use whatever powers we may possess to represent the things around us as we see and feel them; trusting to the close of life to give the perfect crown to the course of its labors, and knowing assuredly that the determination of the degree in which watchfulness is to be exalted into invention, rests with a higher will than our own. And, if not greatness, at least a certain good, is thus to be achieved; for though I have above spoken of the mission of the more humble artist, as if it were merely to be subservient to that of the antiquarian or the man of science, there is an ulterior aspect in which it is not subservient, but superior. Every archæologist, every natural philosopher, knows that there is a peculiar rigidity of mind brought on by long devotion to logical and analytical inquiries. Weak men, giving themselves to such studies, are utterly hardened by them, and become incapable of understanding anything nobler, or even of feeling the value of the results to which they lead. But even the best men are in a sort injured by them, and pay a definite price, as in most other matters, for definite advantages. They gain a peculiar strength, but lose in tenderness, elasticity, and impressibility. The man who has gone, hammer in hand, over the surface of a romantic country, feels no longer, in the mountain ranges he has so laboriously explored, the sublimity or mystery with which they were veiled when he first beheld them, and with which they are adorned in the mind of the passing traveller. In his more informed conception, they arrange themselves like a dissected model: where another man would be awe-struck by the magnificence of the precipice, he sees nothing but the emergence of a fossiliferous rock, familiarised already to his imagination as extending in a shallow stratum, over a perhaps uninteresting district; where the unlearned spectator would be touched with strong emotion by the aspect of the snowy summits which rise in the distance, he sees only the culminating points of a metamorphic formation, with an uncomfortable web of fan-like[Pg 280] fissures radiating, in his imagination, through their centres[104]. That in the grasp he has obtained of the inner relations of all these things to the universe, and to man, that in the views which have been opened to him of natural energies such as no human mind would have ventured to conceive, and of past states of being, each in some new way bearing witness to the unity of purpose and everlastingly consistent providence of the Maker of all things, he has received reward well worthy the sacrifice, I would not for an instant deny; but the sense of the loss is not less painful to him if his mind be rightly constituted; and it would be with infinite gratitude that he would regard the man, who, retaining in his delineation of natural scenery a fidelity to the facts of science so rigid as to make his work at once acceptable and credible to the most sternly critical intellect, should yet invest its features again with the sweet veil of their daily aspect; should make them dazzling with the splendor of wandering light, and involve them in the unsearchableness of stormy obscurity; should restore to the divided anatomy its visible vitality of operation, clothe naked crags with soft forests, enrich the mountain ruins with bright pastures, and lead the thoughts from the monotonous recurrence of the phenomena of the physical world, to the sweet interests and sorrows of human life and death.
Such has been the career of the greatest painter of this[Pg 279] century. Many centuries may pass before another like him arises; however, any greatness we may achieve will, at the very least, be best reached by following his example. We should quietly and hopefully start using whatever talents we have to portray the things around us as we perceive and feel them, trusting that the end of our lives will provide the perfect conclusion to the work we've done, while knowing that the extent to which our careful observation can transform into original ideas is determined by a higher power than ourselves. And even if we don’t achieve greatness, at least we can attain some good; for although I've mentioned the role of the more humble artist as if it were just to assist that of the antiquarian or the scientist, there’s another perspective in which it is not merely supportive but superior. Every archaeologist and natural philosopher recognizes that a certain rigidity of thought can come from a long commitment to logical and analytical studies. Weak individuals who devote themselves to such pursuits become hard and are unable to appreciate anything nobler or even recognize the worth of the results they lead to. However, even the best individuals are somewhat harmed by these studies and pay a definite price, as with most other things, for specific benefits. They gain strength but lose tenderness, flexibility, and openness to new experiences. The person who has meticulously studied a beautiful landscape no longer feels the awe or mystery of the mountain ranges they once marveled at when they first saw them, nor do they perceive them as adorned in the mind of a passing traveler. To them, these landscapes now appear like a model that has been taken apart: while another person might be overwhelmed by the grandeur of a cliff, they see nothing but the rise of a fossil-rich rock that they have already become familiar with as it stretches in a shallow layer over possibly an unremarkable area; where an untrained observer would feel strong emotions at the sight of the snowy peaks in the distance, they see only the highest points of a metamorphic formation, with an unsettling network of fan-like[Pg 280] fissures radiating in their imagination through the centers[104]. While they have gained an understanding of the inner connections of these elements to the universe and humanity, acquired insights into natural forces beyond what any human mind would have imagined, and witnessed various past states of being that reflect the unity of purpose and consistent providence of the Creator, I wouldn't deny that they have received a reward worthy of their sacrifice; yet the sense of loss remains painful if their mind is properly attuned. They would regard with immense gratitude the individual who, while maintaining a scientific accuracy in their depiction of natural scenery—making it appealing and credible even to the most rigorously critical intellect—manages to cloak it again with the gentle veil of its everyday appearance; who makes it shine with the brilliance of wandering light and shroud it in the deep mysteries of stormy darkness; who brings the fragmented anatomy back to its living vitality, covers bare cliffs with lush forests, enriches the mountain ruins with vibrant pastures, and draws thoughts from the monotonous cycles of the physical world to the sweet interests and sorrows of human life and death.
THE END.
FOOTNOTES:
[97] It was not a little curious, that in the very number of the Art Union which repeated this direct falsehood about the Pre-Raphaelite rejection of "linear perspective" (by-the-bye, the next time J. B. takes upon him to speak of any one connected with the Universities, he may as well first ascertain the difference between a Graduate and an Under-Graduate), the second plate given should have been of a picture of Bonington's,—a professional landscape painter, observe,—for the want of aërial perspective in which the Art Union itself was obliged to apologise, and in which the artist has committed nearly as many blunders in linear perspective as there are lines in the picture.
[97] It was quite interesting that in the very issue of the Art Union that repeated this outright lie about the Pre-Raphaelites' rejection of "linear perspective" (by the way, the next time J. B. talks about anyone related to the Universities, he might want to first check the difference between a Graduate and an Under-Graduate), the second plate featured a painting by Bonington—note that he was a professional landscape painter—for which the Art Union itself had to apologize for its lack of aerial perspective, and in which the artist made nearly as many mistakes in linear perspective as there are lines in the painting.
[98] These false statements may be reduced to three principal heads, and directly contradicted in succession.
[98] These false statements can be summarized into three main categories and then directly refuted one after the other.
The first, the current fallacy of society as well as of the press, was, that the Pre-Raphaelites imitated the errors of early painters.
The first major misconception in society and the media right now is that the Pre-Raphaelites copied the mistakes of early painters.
A falsehood of this kind could not have obtained credence anywhere but in England, few English people, comparatively, having ever seen a picture of early Italian Masters. If they had, they would have known that the Pre-Raphaelite pictures are just as superior to the early Italian in skill of manipulation, power of drawing, and knowledge of effect, as inferior to them in grace of design; and that in a word, there is not a shadow of resemblance between the two styles. The Pre-Raphaelites imitate no pictures: they paint from nature only. But they have opposed themselves as a body to that kind of teaching above described, which only began after Raphael's time: and they have opposed themselves as sternly to the entire feeling of the Renaissance schools; a feeling compounded of indolence, infidelity, sensuality, and shallow pride. Therefore they have called themselves Pre-Raphaelites. If they adhere to their principles, and paint nature as it is around them, with the help of modern science, with the earnestness of the men of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, they will, as I said, found a new and noble school in England. If their sympathies with the early artists lead them into mediævalism or Romanism, they will of course come to nothing. But I believe there is no danger of this, at least for the strongest among them. There may be some weak ones, whom the Tractarian heresies may touch; but if so, they will drop off like decayed branches from a strong stem. I hope all things from the school.
A lie like this could only gain traction in England, as relatively few English people have ever seen paintings by early Italian Masters. If they had, they would realize that Pre-Raphaelite paintings are just as superior to the early Italians in technique, drawing skills, and understanding of effects, while being inferior in design elegance. In short, there's no real similarity between the two styles. The Pre-Raphaelites don’t copy any paintings; they only paint from nature. However, they collectively oppose the type of teaching that emerged after Raphael's time, and they rigorously resist the overall sentiment of the Renaissance schools, which is a mix of laziness, disloyalty, indulgence, and superficial pride. That’s why they call themselves Pre-Raphaelites. If they stick to their principles and paint the nature around them, with the support of modern science and the dedication of 13th and 14th-century artists, they will, as I mentioned, establish a new and admirable school in England. If their admiration for early artists drags them into medievalism or Romanism, they will, of course, achieve nothing. But I don't believe that’s a risk, at least for the strongest among them. There might be a few weaker ones influenced by Tractarian heresies; if that happens, they will just fall away like dead branches from a sturdy trunk. I have high hopes for this school.
The second falsehood was, that the Pre-Raphaelites did not draw well. This was asserted, and could have been asserted only by persons who had never looked at the pictures.
The second misconception was that the Pre-Raphaelites didn't draw well. This claim could only have come from people who had never actually looked at the artworks.
The third falsehood was, that they had no system of light and shade. To which it may be simply replied that their system of light and shade is exactly the same as the Sun's; which is, I believe, likely to outlast that of the Renaissance, however brilliant.
The third falsehood was that they had no system of light and shadow. To which it can simply be said that their system of light and shadow is exactly the same as the Sun's; which I believe is likely to outlast that of the Renaissance, no matter how brilliant.
[102] And the more probably because Turner was never fond of staying long at any place, and was least of all likely to make a pause of two or three days at the beginning of his journey.
[102] And likely because Turner was never one to stay in one place for long, he was definitely not the type to stop for two or three days at the start of his trip.
[104] This state of mind appears to have been the only one which Wordsworth had been able to discern in men of science; and in disdain of which, he wrote that short-sighted passage in the Excursion, Book III. l. 165-190, which is, I think, the only one in the whole range of his works which his true friends would have desired to see blotted out. What else has been found fault with as feeble or superfluous, is not so in the intense distinctive relief which it gives to his character. But these lines are written in mere ignorance of the matter they treat; in mere want of sympathy with the men they describe; for, observe, though the passage is put into the mouth of the Solitary, it is fully confirmed, and even rendered more scornful, by the speech which follows.
[104] This mindset seems to be the only one that Wordsworth could see in scientists; and it’s with disdain that he wrote that short-sighted passage in the "Excursion," Book III, lines 165-190. I think this is the only part of his work that his true friends would have preferred to see erased. Anything else criticized as weak or unnecessary is not so considering the strong contrast it creates with his character. However, these lines reflect a complete ignorance of the subject they discuss and a lack of empathy for the individuals they portray; note that even though the passage is spoken by the Solitary, it is completely supported—and made even more contemptuous—by the following speech.
ARATRA PENTELICI
SIX LECTURES
ON THE ELEMENTS OF
SCULPTURE
GIVEN BEFORE THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD IN MICHAELMAS TERM, 1870
PREFACE.
I must pray the readers of the following Lectures to remember that the duty at present laid on me at Oxford is of an exceptionally complex character. Directly, it is to awaken the interest of my pupils in a study which they have hitherto found unattractive, and imagined to be useless; but more imperatively, it is to define the principles by which the study itself should be guided; and to vindicate their security against the doubts with which frequent discussion has lately encumbered a subject which all think themselves competent to discuss. The possibility of such vindication is, of course, implied in the original consent of the universities to the establishment of Art Professorships. Nothing can be made an element of education of which it is impossible to determine whether it is ill done or well; and the clear assertion that there is a canon law in formative Art is, at this time, a more important function of each University than the instruction of its younger members in any branch of practical skill. It matters comparatively little whether few or many of our students learn to draw; but it matters much that all who learn should be taught with accuracy. And the number who may be justifiably advised to give any part of the time they spend at college to the study of painting or sculpture ought to depend, and finally must depend, on their being certified that painting and sculpture, no less than language or than reasoning, have grammar and method,—that they permit a recognizable distinction between scholarship and ignorance, and enforce a constant distinction between Right and Wrong.
I need to ask the readers of the following Lectures to keep in mind that my current role at Oxford is quite complex. My primary goal is to spark my students' interest in a subject they have previously found unappealing and thought to be useless. But more importantly, I need to clarify the principles that should guide this study and ensure its credibility against the skepticism that frequent discussions have introduced to a topic everyone believes they can talk about. The very possibility of validating its importance is implied in the universities' initial agreement to establish Art Professorships. Education cannot include anything that cannot be clearly defined as well done or poorly done, and affirming that there is a foundational framework in formative Art is currently a more essential task for each University than teaching its younger members any particular practical skill. It matters relatively little if few or many of our students learn to draw; what truly matters is that everyone who learns is taught accurately. The number of students who can reasonably be encouraged to dedicate part of their college time to studying painting or sculpture should depend—and ultimately must depend—on confirming that painting and sculpture, just like language or reasoning, have structure and method; that they allow a clear distinction between knowledge and ignorance, and maintain a constant differentiation between Right and Wrong.
This opening course of Lectures on Sculpture is therefore restricted to the statement, not only of first principles, but of[Pg 284] those which were illustrated by the practice of one school, and by that practice in its simplest branch, the analysis of which could be certified by easily accessible examples, and aided by the indisputable evidence of photography.[105]
This introductory course of Lectures on Sculpture is limited to presenting not just the basic principles but also those illustrated by the practices of a specific school, focusing on its simplest aspects. The analysis can be verified with readily available examples and supported by undeniable photographic evidence.[105]
The exclusion of the terminal Lecture of the course from the series now published, is in order to mark more definitely this limitation of my subject; but in other respects the Lectures have been amplified in arranging them for the press, and the portions of them trusted at the time to extempore delivery, (not through indolence, but because explanations of detail are always most intelligible when most familiar,) have been in substance to the best of my power set down, and in what I said too imperfectly, completed.
The exclusion of the final Lecture from the published series is to clearly define the limits of my topic; however, the Lectures have been expanded in preparing them for publication. Parts that were delivered spontaneously at the time, not out of laziness but because details are easier to understand when they're familiar, have been carefully written down as accurately as I could, and I've also completed what I expressed imperfectly.
In one essential particular I have felt it necessary to write what I would not have spoken. I had intended to make no reference, in my University Lectures, to existing schools of[Pg 285] Art, except in cases where it might be necessary to point out some undervalued excellence. The objects specified in the eleventh paragraph of my inaugural Lecture, might, I hoped, have been accomplished without reference to any works deserving of blame; but the Exhibition of the Royal Academy in the present year showed me a necessity of departing from my original intention. The task of impartial criticism[106] is now, unhappily, no longer to rescue modest skill from neglect; but to withstand the errors of insolent genius, and abate the influence of plausible mediocrity.
In one important way, I've felt the need to write what I wouldn’t have said out loud. I had planned not to mention any current schools of[Pg 285] Art in my University Lectures, unless it was necessary to highlight some overlooked talent. I thought the points made in the eleventh paragraph of my inaugural Lecture could be addressed without criticizing any works that deserved it; however, the Royal Academy's Exhibition this year made it clear that I needed to change my original plan. The job of fair criticism[106] is unfortunately no longer just to bring attention to humble talent; it’s now about challenging the mistakes of arrogant genius and reducing the impact of convincing mediocrity.
The Exhibition of 1871 was very notable in this important particular, that it embraced some representation of the modern schools of nearly every country in Europe; and I am well assured that looking back upon it after the excitement of that singular interest has passed away, every thoughtful judge of Art will confirm my assertion, that it contained not a single picture of accomplished merit; while it contained many that were disgraceful to Art, and some that were disgraceful to humanity.
The Exhibition of 1871 was particularly significant because it included works from the modern schools of almost every country in Europe. I’m confident that, after the excitement of that unique interest has faded, any serious judge of Art will agree with me that it didn’t showcase a single piece of true merit; instead, it featured many works that were embarrassing for Art and some that were shameful for humanity.
It becomes, under such circumstances, my inevitable duty to speak of the existing conditions of Art with plainness enough to guard the youths whose judgments I am entrusted to form, from being misled, either by their own naturally vivid interest in what represents, however unworthily, the scenes and persons of their own day, or by the cunningly devised, and, without doubt, powerful allurements of Art which has long since confessed itself to have no other object than to allure. I have, therefore, added to the second of these Lectures such illustration of the motives and course of modern industry as naturally arose out of its subject, and shall continue[Pg 286] in future to make similar applications; rarely, indeed, permitting myself, in the Lectures actually read before the University, to introduce subjects of instant, and therefore too exciting, interest; but completing the addresses which I prepare for publication in these, and in any other particulars which may render them more widely serviceable.
It has become my unavoidable duty, in these circumstances, to clearly discuss the current state of Art to protect the young people whose opinions I am responsible for shaping. I want to prevent them from being misled by their own naturally strong interest in what represents, even if poorly, the scenes and people of their own time, or by the cleverly crafted and undeniably strong attractions of Art that has long admitted it only aims to entice. Therefore, I have added to the second of these Lectures an illustration of the motivations and trends of modern industry that naturally arose from the topic, and I will continue[Pg 286] in the future to make similar connections; indeed, I rarely allow myself, in the Lectures actually presented at the University, to bring up topics of immediate and therefore too intense interest; instead, I will finish the addresses I prepare for publication in these, and in any other ways that may make them more broadly useful.
The present course of Lectures will be followed, if I am able to fulfil the design of them, by one of a like elementary character on Architecture; and that by a third series on Christian Sculpture: but, in the meantime, my effort is to direct the attention of the resident students to Natural History, and to the higher branches of ideal Landscape: and it will be, I trust, accepted as sufficient reason for the delay which has occurred in preparing the following sheets for the press, that I have not only been interrupted by a dangerous illness, but engaged, in what remained to me of the summer, in an endeavour to deduce, from the overwhelming complexity of modern classification in the Natural Sciences, some forms capable of easier reference by Art students, to whom the anatomy of brutal and floral nature is often no less important than that of the human body.
The current series of lectures will be followed, if I can achieve my goal, by another series focused on Architecture, and then a third series on Christian Sculpture. In the meantime, I'm working to direct the attention of the resident students to Natural History and the more advanced aspects of ideal Landscape. I hope it will be seen as a valid reason for the delay in preparing these pages for publication that I've not only been interrupted by a serious illness but also spent the rest of my summer trying to extract some forms from the overwhelming complexity of modern classification in the Natural Sciences that will be easier for Art students to reference. For them, understanding the anatomy of animals and plants is often just as important as understanding the human body.
The preparation of examples for manual practice, and the arrangement of standards for reference, both in Painting and Sculpture, had to be carried on meanwhile, as I was able. For what has already been done, the reader is referred to the Catalogue of the Educational Series, published at the end of the Spring Term; of what remains to be done I will make no anticipatory statement, being content to have ascribed to me rather the fault of narrowness in design, than of extravagance in expectation.
The preparation of examples for hands-on practice and the organization of standards for reference, both in Painting and Sculpture, needed to continue as I was able. For what has already been accomplished, the reader is referred to the Catalogue of the Educational Series, published at the end of the Spring Term; as for what still needs to be done, I won’t make any predictions, preferring to be seen as someone who is careful in design rather than unrealistic in expectations.
Denmark Hill,
25th November, 1871.
Denmark Hill,
November 25, 1871.
FOOTNOTES:
[105] Photography cannot exhibit the character of large and finished sculpture; but its audacity of shadow is in perfect harmony with the more roughly picturesque treatment necessary in coins. For the rendering of all such frank relief, and for the better explanation of forms disturbed by the lustre of metal or polished stone, the method employed in the plates of this volume will be found, I believe, satisfactory. Casts are first taken from the coins, in white plaster; these are photographed, and the photograph printed by the heliotype process of Messrs. Edwards and Kidd. Plate XII. is exceptional, being a pure mezzotint engraving of the old school, excellently carried through by my assistant, Mr. Allen, who was taught, as a personal favour to myself, by my friend, and Turner's fellow-worker, Thomas Lupton. Plate IV. was intended to be a photograph from the superb vase in the British Museum, No. 564 in Mr. Newton's Catalogue; but its variety of colour defied photography, and after the sheets had gone to press I was compelled to reduce Le Normand's plate of it, which is unsatisfactory, but answers my immediate purpose.
[105] Photography can't capture the essence of large, finished sculptures; however, its bold use of shadow complements the rougher, more picturesque style that's suitable for coins. The approach used in the plates of this book will likely provide a satisfactory representation of bold reliefs and help clarify forms obscured by the shine of metal or polished stone. First, casts are made from the coins using white plaster; these casts are then photographed and printed using the heliotype process by Messrs. Edwards and Kidd. Plate XII. is an exception, featuring a pure mezzotint engraving done in the traditional method, expertly executed by my assistant, Mr. Allen, who learned this craft as a personal favor to me from my friend, and Turner's collaborator, Thomas Lupton. Plate IV. was meant to be a photograph of the stunning vase in the British Museum, No. 564 in Mr. Newton's Catalogue; however, its variety of colors proved too challenging for photography, and after the sheets were sent to press, I had to use Le Normand's plate of it, which is not ideal but serves my immediate needs.
The enlarged photographs for use in the Lecture Room were made for me with most successful skill by Sergeant Spackman, of South Kensington; and the help throughout rendered to me by Mr. Burgess is acknowledged in the course of the Lectures; though with thanks which must remain inadequate lest they should become tedious; for Mr. Burgess drew the subjects of Plates III., X., and XIII.; drew and engraved every woodcut in the book; and printed all the plates with his own hand.
The enlarged photographs for the Lecture Room were expertly made for me by Sergeant Spackman from South Kensington. I’d like to acknowledge the help I received from Mr. Burgess throughout the Lectures, though my thanks might seem inadequate and become tedious. Mr. Burgess illustrated the subjects of Plates III, X, and XIII, created every woodcut in the book, and printed all the plates himself.
[106] A pamphlet by the Earl of Southesk, "Britain's Art Paradise," (Edmonston and Douglas, Edinburgh) contains an entirely admirable criticism of the most faultful pictures of the 1871 Exhibition. It is to be regretted that Lord Southesk speaks only to condemn; but indeed, in my own three days' review of the rooms, I found nothing deserving of notice otherwise, except Mr. Hook's always pleasant sketches from fisher life, and Mr. Pettie's graceful and powerful, though too slightly painted, study from Henry VI.
[106] A pamphlet by the Earl of Southesk, "Britain's Art Paradise" (Edmonston and Douglas, Edinburgh), includes a really impressive critique of the most flawed paintings at the 1871 Exhibition. It's unfortunate that Lord Southesk only focuses on criticism; however, during my own three-day review of the galleries, I found nothing else worth mentioning, except for Mr. Hook's always enjoyable sketches of fisher life, and Mr. Pettie's elegant and strong, although a bit lightly painted, study from Henry VI.
ARATRA PENTELICI.
LECTURE I.
OF THE DIVISION OF ARTS.
November, 1870.
1. If, as is commonly believed, the subject of study which it is my special function to bring before you had no relation to the great interests of mankind, I should have less courage in asking for your attention to-day, than when I first addressed you; though, even then, I did not do so without painful diffidence. For at this moment, even supposing that in other places it were possible for men to pursue their ordinary avocations undisturbed by indignation or pity; here, at least, in the midst of the deliberative and religious influences of England, only one subject, I am well assured, can seriously occupy your thoughts—the necessity, namely, of determining how it has come to pass, that in these recent days, iniquity the most reckless and monstrous can be committed unanimously, by men more generous than ever yet in the world's history were deceived into deeds of cruelty; and that prolonged agony of body and spirit, such as we should shrink from inflicting wilfully on a single criminal, has become the appointed and accepted portion of unnumbered multitudes of innocent persons, inhabiting the districts of the world which, of all others, as it seemed, were best instructed in the laws of civilization, and most richly invested with the honour, and indulged in the felicity, of peace.
1. If, as people often think, the topic I'm about to discuss has no connection to the important issues facing humanity, I would feel less confident asking for your attention today than I did when I first spoke to you. Even back then, it was with a lot of hesitation. Right now, even if in other places people can go about their daily lives without feeling anger or sympathy, here, in the thoughtful and spiritual environment of England, I know there’s only one topic that can truly occupy your minds—the urgent need to understand how it is that, lately, the most outrageous and terrible acts can be carried out collectively by people who are more compassionate than any in history who have been misled into cruel actions; and that the ongoing suffering, both physical and mental, which we would hesitate to intentionally inflict on even one criminal, has become the standard and tolerated fate of countless innocent individuals living in parts of the world that, seemingly, were the most educated in the principles of civilization and the most blessed with peace, honor, and happiness.
Believe me, however, the subject of Art—instead of being[Pg 288] foreign to these deep questions of social duty and peril,—is so vitally connected with them, that it would be impossible for me now to pursue the line of thought in which I began these lectures, because so ghastly an emphasis would be given to every sentence by the force of passing events. It is well, then, that in the plan I have laid down for your study, we shall now be led into the examination of technical details, or abstract conditions of sentiment; so that the hours you spend with me may be times of repose from heavier thoughts. But it chances strangely that, in this course of minutely detailed study, I have first to set before you the most essential piece of human workmanship, the plough, at the very moment when—(you may see the announcement in the journals either of yesterday or the day before)—the swords of your soldiers have been sent for to be sharpened, and not at all to be beaten into ploughshares. I permit myself, therefore, to remind you of the watchword of all my earnest writings—"Soldiers of the Ploughshare, instead of Soldiers of the Sword"—and I know it my duty to assert to you that the work we enter upon to-day is no trivial one, but full of solemn hope; the hope, namely, that among you there may be found men wise enough to lead the national passions towards the arts of peace, instead of the arts of war.
Believe me, the topic of Art—instead of being[Pg 288] unrelated to these serious questions of social duty and danger—is so closely linked to them that it would be impossible for me to continue the line of thought I started these lectures with, because every sentence would carry a heavy weight due to current events. It’s good, then, that in the plan I’ve laid out for your study, we’re now being guided into examining technical details or abstract concepts of feeling; this way, the time you spend with me can be a break from heavier thoughts. However, it’s quite ironic that in this detailed study, I first need to present to you the most crucial piece of human invention, the plough, at the very moment when—(you may have seen the announcement in the news either yesterday or the day before)—the swords of your soldiers have been called for to be sharpened, and not at all to be turned into ploughshares. Therefore, I take this opportunity to remind you of the guiding principle of all my serious writings—"Soldiers of the Ploughshare, instead of Soldiers of the Sword"—and I feel it’s my duty to tell you that the work we begin today is significant, filled with serious hope; the hope that among you, there may be men wise enough to steer the national passions toward the arts of peace, rather than the arts of war.
I say the work "we enter upon," because the first four lectures I gave in the spring were wholly prefatory; and the following three only defined for you methods of practice. To-day we begin the systematic analysis and progressive study of our subject.
I refer to the work as "we're starting on," because the first four lectures I delivered in the spring were entirely introductory; and the next three just outlined methods for practice. Today, we begin the structured analysis and ongoing study of our topic.
2. In general, the three great, or fine, Arts of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture, are thought of as distinct from the lower and more mechanical formative arts, such as carpentry or pottery. But we cannot, either verbally, or with any practical advantage, admit such classification. How are we to distinguish painting on canvas from painting on china?—or painting on china from painting on glass?—or painting on glass from infusion of colour into any vitreous substance, such as enamel?—or the infusion of colour into glass and enamel from the infusion of colour into wool or silk, and weaving of[Pg 289] pictures in tapestry, or patterns in dress? You will find that although, in ultimately accurate use of the word, painting must be held to mean only the laying of a pigment on a surface with a soft instrument; yet, in broad comparison of the functions of Art, we must conceive of one and the same great artistic faculty, as governing every mode of disposing colours in a permanent relation on, or in, a solid substance; whether it be by tinting canvas, or dyeing stuffs; inlaying metals with fused flint, or coating walls with coloured stone.
2. Generally, the three main fine arts—Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture—are seen as separate from the lower, more mechanical arts like carpentry or pottery. However, we can't realistically or practically accept such a division. How do we differentiate painting on canvas from painting on china? Or painting on china from painting on glass? Or painting on glass from infusing color into any glass-like material, such as enamel? Or the infusion of color into glass and enamel from infusing color into wool or silk, and weaving images in tapestry, or designs in clothing? You’ll find that while the precise definition of painting is about applying pigment to a surface with a soft tool, in a broader discussion of art's functions, we must recognize a single great artistic ability that governs every way of arranging colors in a lasting relationship on, or within, a solid material; whether that’s through coloring canvas, dyeing fabrics, inlaying metals with melted stone, or painting walls with colored stone.
3. Similarly the word "Sculpture,"—though in ultimate accuracy it is to be limited to the development of form in hard substances by cutting away portions of their mass—in broad definition, must be held to signify the reduction of any shapeless mass of solid matter into an intended shape, whatever the consistence of the substance, or nature of the instrument employed; whether we carve a granite mountain, or a piece of box-wood, and whether we use, for our forming instrument axe, or hammer, or chisel, or our own hands, or water to soften, or fire to fuse;—whenever and however we bring a shapeless thing into shape, we do so under the laws of the one great Art of Sculpture.
3. Similarly, the word "Sculpture"—though technically it should refer to shaping hard materials by removing parts of their mass—broadly speaking, should be understood to mean the transformation of any shapeless solid into a specific shape, regardless of the material used or the tools applied; whether we carve a granite mountain or a piece of boxwood, and whether we use an axe, hammer, chisel, our hands, water to soften, or fire to melt;—whenever and however we shape a formless object, we do so according to the principles of the one great Art of Sculpture.
4. Having thus broadly defined painting and sculpture, we shall see that there is, in the third place, a class of work separated from both, in a specific manner, and including a great group of arts which neither, of necessity, tint, nor for the sake of form merely, shape, the substances they deal with; but construct or arrange them with a view to the resistance of some external force. We construct, for instance, a table with a flat top, and some support of prop, or leg, proportioned in strength to such weights as the table is intended to carry. We construct a ship out of planks, or plates of iron, with reference to certain forces of impact to be sustained, and of inertia to be overcome; or we construct a wall or roof with distinct reference to forces of pressure and oscillation, to be sustained or guarded against; and therefore, in every case, with especial consideration of the strength of our materials, and the nature of that strength, elastic, tenacious, brittle, and the like.
4. Having broadly defined painting and sculpture, we’ll see that there’s, thirdly, a category of work distinct from both, which includes a variety of arts that don’t necessarily add color or simply shape the materials they work with; instead, they construct or arrange them to withstand some external force. For example, we build a table with a flat top and some kind of support, or legs, sized according to the weights the table is meant to hold. We build a ship from wooden planks or iron sheets, considering the forces of impact it needs to handle and the inertia it has to overcome; or we construct a wall or roof specifically to deal with pressure and movement forces that need to be supported or protected against. Thus, in every case, we pay special attention to the strength of our materials and the nature of that strength—whether it’s elastic, durable, brittle, or similar.
Now although this group of arts nearly always involves the[Pg 290] putting of two or more separate pieces together, we must not define it by that accident. The blade of an oar is not less formed with reference to external force than if it were made of many pieces; and the frame of a boat, whether hollowed out of a tree-trunk, or constructed of planks nailed together, is essentially the same piece of art; to be judged by its buoyancy and capacity of progression. Still, from the most wonderful piece of all architecture, the human skeleton, to this simple one,[107] the ploughshare, on which it depends for its subsistence, the putting of two or more pieces together is curiously necessary to the perfectness of every fine instrument; and the peculiar mechanical work of Dædalus,—inlaying,—becomes all the more delightful to us in external aspect, because, as in the jawbone of a Saurian, or the wood of a bow, it is essential to the finest capacities of tension and resistance.
Now, while this group of arts almost always involves putting two or more separate pieces together, we shouldn't define it by that alone. The blade of an oar is still designed for external force just as well if it were made of multiple pieces; and the frame of a boat, whether it's carved out of a tree trunk or built from nailed planks, is fundamentally the same piece of art, judged by its buoyancy and ability to move forward. Yet, from the most impressive architectural feat, the human skeleton, to the simple ploughshare that supports our livelihood, combining two or more pieces is intriguingly essential to the perfection of every fine tool. The unique mechanical work of Dædalus—like inlaying—becomes even more pleasing to us aesthetically because, much like the jawbone of a Saurian or the wood of a bow, it is crucial for achieving the best capabilities of tension and resistance.
5. And observe how unbroken the ascent from this, the simplest architecture, to the loftiest. The placing of the timbers in a ship's stem, and the laying of the stones in a bridge buttress, are similar in art to the construction of the ploughshare, differing in no essential point, either in that they deal with other materials, or because, of the three things produced, one has to divide earth by advancing through it, another to divide water by advancing through it, and the third to divide water which advances against it. And again, the buttress of a bridge differs only from that of a cathedral in having less weight to sustain, and more to resist. We can find no term in the gradation, from the ploughshare to the cathedral buttress, at which we can set a logical distinction.
5. And notice how the climb from the simplest structures to the most grand is seamless. The way timbers are placed in a ship's bow and how stones are arranged in a bridge's support are both similar in technique to how a ploughshare is built, differing only in the materials used. One is designed to cut through the earth, another to push through water, and the third to hold back water that is flowing toward it. Moreover, the support of a bridge only differs from that of a cathedral in that it has less weight to hold up and more force to withstand. There’s no clear point in the progression from the ploughshare to the cathedral support where we can draw a logical boundary.
6. Thus then we have simply three divisions of Art—one, that of giving colours to substance; another, that of giving form to it without question of resistance to force; and the third, that of giving form or position which will make it capable of such resistance. All the fine arts are embraced[Pg 291] under these three divisions. Do not think that it is only a logical or scientific affectation to mass them together in this manner; it is, on the contrary, of the first practical importance to understand that the painter's faculty, or masterhood over colour, being as subtle as a musician's over sound, must be looked to for the government of every operation in which colour is employed; and that, in the same manner, the appliance of any art whatsoever to minor objects cannot be right, unless under the direction of a true master of that art. Under the present system, you keep your Academician occupied only in producing tinted pieces of canvas to be shown in frames, and smooth pieces of marble to be placed in niches; while you expect your builder or constructor to design coloured patterns in stone and brick, and your china-ware merchant to keep a separate body of workwomen who can paint china, but nothing else. By this division of labour, you ruin all the arts at once. The work of the Academician becomes mean and effeminate, because he is not used to treat colour on a grand scale and in rough materials; and your manufactures become base because no well educated person sets hand to them. And therefore it is necessary to understand, not merely as a logical statement, but as a practical necessity, that wherever beautiful colour is to be arranged, you need a Master of Painting; and wherever noble form is to be given, a Master of Sculpture; and wherever complex mechanical force is to be resisted, a Master of Architecture.
6. So, we have three main categories of Art—first, the use of color on materials; second, shaping materials without worrying about their ability to withstand force; and third, shaping or positioning materials so they can resist such force. All the fine arts fit into these three categories.[Pg 291] Don’t think that grouping them this way is just a logical or scientific exercise; on the contrary, it's crucial to understand that a painter's skill with color, which is as nuanced as a musician's skill with sound, is essential for guiding any work that involves color. Similarly, any application of art to smaller objects isn’t right unless directed by a true master of that art. Right now, you only have your Academician focused on creating colored canvases for frames and polished marble for niches, while expecting your builder to design colored patterns in stone and brick, and your china seller to employ a separate group of artisans who can paint china but not much else. This division of labor undermines all the arts. The Academician's work becomes trivial and delicate because they rarely handle color in a grand way or with rough materials, while your manufactured goods lose quality because no one with proper training is involved in their creation. Therefore, it's essential to recognize, not just as a logical point but as a practical necessity, that whenever beautiful color is to be arranged, you need a Master of Painting; whenever noble form is to be created, a Master of Sculpture; and whenever there is complex mechanical force to be managed, a Master of Architecture.
7. But over this triple division there must rule another yet more important. Any of these three arts may be either imitative of natural objects or limited to useful appliance. You may either paint a picture that represents a scene, or your street door, to keep it from rotting; you may mould a statue, or a plate; build the resemblance of a cluster of lotus stalks, or only a square pier. Generally speaking, Painting and Sculpture will be imitative, and Architecture merely useful; but there is a great deal of Sculpture—as this crystal ball[108] for instance, which is not imitative, and a great deal of[Pg 292] Architecture which, to some extent is so, as the so called foils of Gothic apertures; and for many other reasons you will find it necessary to keep distinction clear in your minds between the arts—of whatever kind—which are imitative, and produce a resemblance or image of something which is not present; and those which are limited to the production of some useful reality, as the blade of a knife, or the wall of a house. You will perceive also, as we advance, that sculpture and painting are indeed in this respect only one art; and that we shall have constantly to speak and think of them as simply graphic, whether with chisel or colour, their principal function being to make us, in the words of Aristotle, "θεωρητικοι του περι τα σωματα καλλους" (Polit. 8, 3.), "having capacity and habit of contemplation of the beauty that is in material things;" while Architecture, and its co-relative arts, are to be practised under quite other conditions of sentiment.
7. However, there is an even more important overarching division. Any of these three arts can either imitate natural objects or be focused on practical use. You can paint a picture that depicts a scene, or you can paint your front door to protect it from rot; you can sculpt a statue or create a plate; build a representation of a bunch of lotus stalks, or just a plain square pier. Generally, Painting and Sculpture will be imitative, while Architecture tends to be purely functional. However, there's plenty of Sculpture—like this crystal ball[108] for example—that isn't imitative, and there's also quite a bit of[Pg 292] Architecture that has some elements of imitation, like the so-called foils of Gothic windows. For many reasons, it's important to make a clear distinction in your mind between the arts—regardless of type—that are imitative and create a likeness or image of something absent; and those that are simply focused on creating something useful, like a knife blade or a house wall. As we continue, you'll also see that sculpture and painting are fundamentally one art in this regard; we’ll need to think of and discuss them as simply graphic, whether using a chisel or paint, with their main role being to enable us, in Aristotle's words, "θεωρητικοι του περι τα σωματα καλλους" (Polit. 8, 3.), "to have the capacity and habit of contemplating the beauty in material things;" while Architecture and its related arts operate under entirely different emotional conditions.
8. Now it is obvious that so far as the fine arts consist either in imitation or mechanical construction, the right judgment of them must depend on our knowledge of the things they imitate, and forces they resist: and my function of teaching here would (for instance) so far resolve itself, either into demonstration that this painting of a peach,[109] does resemble a peach, or explanation of the way in which this ploughshare (for instance) is shaped so as to throw the earth aside with least force of thrust. And in both of these methods of study, though of course your own diligence must be your chief master, to a certain extent your Professor of Art can always guide you securely, and can show you, either that the image does truly resemble what it attempts to resemble, or that the structure is rightly prepared for the service it has to perform. But there is yet another virtue of fine art which is, perhaps, exactly that about which you will expect your Professor to teach you most, and which, on the contrary, is exactly that about which you must teach yourselves all that it is essential to learn.
8. It’s clear that the fine arts, whether they involve imitation or mechanical construction, rely on our understanding of the things they mimic and the forces they counter. My teaching role here essentially boils down to either showing that this painting of a peach,[109] actually looks like a peach, or explaining how this ploughshare is designed to move the earth with minimal effort. In both cases, while your own effort should be your main guide, your Art Professor can reliably help you understand whether the image accurately represents what it seeks to portray or if the design is properly made for its intended function. However, there exists another quality of fine art that you might expect your Professor to teach you the most about, but conversely, this is something you’ll need to independently learn as much as you can.
9. I have here in my hand one of the simplest possible[Pg 293] examples of the union of the graphic and constructive powers,—one of my breakfast plates. Since all the finely architectural arts, we said, began in the shaping of the cup and the platter, we will begin, ourselves, with the platter.
9. I have in my hand one of the simplest possible[Pg 293] examples of the combination of visual and building skills—one of my breakfast plates. Since we mentioned that all the fine arts of architecture began with the design of the cup and the plate, we'll start with the plate.
Why has it been made round? For two structural reasons: first, that the greatest holding surface may be gathered into the smallest space; and secondly, that in being pushed past other things on the table, it may come into least contact with them.
Why is it round? For two structural reasons: first, to maximize the holding surface while minimizing the space it takes up; and second, so that when it's pushed past other items on the table, it has less contact with them.

Next, why has it a rim? For two other structural reasons; first, that it is convenient to put salt or mustard upon; but secondly and chiefly, that the plate may be easily laid hold of. The rim is the simplest form of continuous handle.
Next, why does it have a rim? For two other structural reasons; first, it's convenient to put salt or mustard on it; but second and most importantly, it allows the plate to be easily grabbed. The rim is the simplest form of a continuous handle.
Farther, to keep it from soiling the cloth, it will be wise to put this ridge beneath, round the bottom; for as the rim is the simplest possible form of continuous handle, so this is the simplest form of continuous leg. And we get the section given beneath the figure for the essential one of a rightly made platter.[Pg 294]
Farther, to prevent it from staining the cloth, it’s a good idea to place this ridge underneath, around the bottom; just as the rim is the simplest form of a continuous handle, this is the simplest form of a continuous leg. We can see the section shown below the figure as the essential design for a properly made platter.[Pg 294]
10. Thus far our art has been strictly utilitarian having respect to conditions of collision, of carriage, and of support. But now, on the surface of our piece of pottery, here are various bands and spots of colour which are presumably set there to make it pleasanter to the eye. Six of the spots, seen closely, you discover are intended to represent flowers. These then have as distinctly a graphic purpose as the other properties of the plate have an architectural one, and the first critical question we have to ask about them is, whether they are like roses or not. I will anticipate what I have to say in subsequent lectures so far as to assure you that, if they are to be like roses at all, the liker they can be, the better. Do not suppose, as many people will tell you, that because this is a common manufactured article, your roses on it are the better for being ill-painted, or half-painted. If they had been painted by the same hand that did this peach, the plate would have been all the better for it; but, as it chanced, there was no hand such as William Hunt's to paint them, and their graphic power is not distinguished. In any case, however, that graphic power must have been subordinate to their effect as pink spots, while the band of green-blue round the plate's edge, and the spots of gold, pretend to no graphic power at all, but are meaningless spaces of colour or metal. Still less have they any mechanical office: they add nowise to the serviceableness of the plate; and their agreeableness, if they possess any, depends, therefore, neither on any imitative, nor any structural, character; but on some inherent pleasantness in themselves, either of mere colours to the eye (as of taste to the tongue), or in the placing of those colours in relations which obey some mental principle of order, or physical principle of harmony.
10. So far, our art has been purely functional, focusing on aspects like collision, carriage, and support. But now, on the surface of our pottery, we see various bands and spots of color that are likely intended to make it more visually appealing. If you look closely at six of the spots, you'll find they represent flowers. These have as clear a graphic purpose as the plate's other features have an architectural one, and the first question we need to ask about them is whether they resemble roses or not. I want to preempt what I’ll discuss in later lectures by assuring you that if they are meant to resemble roses at all, the closer they are, the better. Don't be misled, as some might suggest, that since this is a common manufactured item, your roses benefit from being poorly painted or only partially painted. Had they been painted by the same artist who did this peach, the plate would have greatly benefited from it. Unfortunately, there was no artist like William Hunt to paint them, and their graphic quality is uninspired. In any event, that graphic quality must have been secondary to their appearance as pink spots, while the green-blue band around the plate's edge and the spots of gold don't pretend to have any graphic quality at all; they are simply meaningless patches of color or metal. They definitely don’t serve any mechanical purpose: they don't make the plate any more useful; and any pleasantness they possess, if any, doesn't come from being imitative or structural, but from an inherent appeal in themselves, whether in the colors pleasing to the eye (like tastes pleasing to the tongue), or in the arrangement of those colors following some mental principle of order or physical principle of harmony.
11. These abstract relations and inherent pleasantnesses, whether in space, number, or time, and whether of colours or sounds, form what we may properly term the musical or harmonic element in every art; and the study of them is an entirely separate science. It is the branch of art-philosophy to which the word "æsthetics" should be strictly limited, being the inquiry into the nature of things that in themselves are[Pg 295] pleasant to the human senses or instincts, though they represent nothing, and serve for nothing, their only service being their pleasantness. Thus it is the province of æsthetics to tell you, (if you did not know it before,) that the taste and colour of a peach are pleasant, and to ascertain, if it be ascertainable, (and you have any curiosity to know,) why they are so.
11. These abstract relationships and inherent pleasures, whether in space, number, or time, and whether in colors or sounds, create what we can rightly call the musical or harmonic element in every art; and studying them is a completely separate science. It is the branch of art philosophy that the term "aesthetics" should be strictly reserved for, as it investigates the nature of things that are inherently[Pg 295] pleasant to human senses or instincts, even though they represent nothing and serve no purpose other than their own pleasantness. Therefore, aesthetics is responsible for telling you, (if you didn’t already know,) that the taste and color of a peach are enjoyable, and finding out, if it can be figured out, (and if you're curious to know,) why that is.
12. The information would, I presume, to most of you, be gratuitous. If it were not, and you chanced to be in a sick state of body in which you disliked peaches, it would be, for the time, to you false information, and, so far as it was true of other people, to you useless. Nearly the whole study of æsthetics is in like manner either gratuitous or useless. Either you like the right things without being recommended to do so, or if you dislike them, your mind cannot be changed by lectures on the laws of taste. You recollect the story of Thackeray, provoked, as he was helping himself to strawberries, by a young coxcomb's telling him that "he never took fruit or sweets." "That" replied, or is said to have replied, Thackeray, "is because you are a sot, and a glutton." And the whole science of æsthetics is, in the depth of it, expressed by one passage of Goethe's in the end of the 2nd part of Faust;—the notable one that follows the song of the Lemures, when the angels enter to dispute with the fiends for the soul of Faust. They enter singing—"Pardon to sinners and life to the dust." Mephistopheles hears them first, and exclaims to his troop, "Discord I hear, and filthy jingling"—"Mistöne höre ich; garstiges Geklimper." This, you see, is the extreme of bad taste in music. Presently the angelic host begin strewing roses, which discomfits the diabolic crowd altogether. Mephistopheles in vain calls to them—"What do you duck and shrink for—is that proper hellish behaviour? Stand fast, and let them strew"—"Was duckt und zuckt ihr; ist das Hellen-brauch? So haltet stand, und lasst sie streuen." There you have, also, the extreme of bad taste in sight and smell. And in the whole passage is a brief embodiment for you of the ultimate fact that all æsthetics depend on the health of soul and body, and the proper exercise of both, not only through years, but generations. Only by harmony of[Pg 296] both collateral and successive lives can the great doctrine of the Muses be received which enables men "χαιρειν ορθως," "to have pleasures rightly;" and there is no other definition of the beautiful, nor of any subject of delight to the æsthetic faculty, than that it is what one noble spirit has created, seen and felt by another of similar or equal nobility. So much as there is in you of ox, or of swine, perceives no beauty, and creates none: what is human in you, in exact proportion to the perfectness of its humanity, can create it, and receive.
12. I assume that this information would be pointless to most of you. If it weren't, and you happened to be feeling sick and didn't like peaches, it would be false information for you at that moment, and as far as it applies to others, it would be useless to you. Nearly the entire study of aesthetics is similarly either pointless or useless. You either enjoy the right things without needing recommendations, or if you dislike them, no amount of lectures on the laws of taste will change your mind. You remember the story about Thackeray, who, while helping himself to strawberries, was annoyed by a young dandy saying he "never took fruit or sweets." Thackeray is said to have replied, "That's because you're a drunkard and a glutton." The whole science of aesthetics is, at its core, summed up by one passage from Goethe in the end of the second part of Faust;—the notable moment that comes after the song of the Lemures, when the angels enter to argue with the devils for Faust's soul. They enter singing—"Pardon for sinners and life for the dust." Mephistopheles hears them first and exclaims to his group, "I hear discord and filthy jingling"—"Mistöne höre ich; garstiges Geklimper." This, as you can see, represents the extreme of bad taste in music. Soon, the angelic host begins to scatter roses, which completely unnerves the devilish crowd. Mephistopheles calls out in vain—"Why are you ducking and shrinking—is that proper hellish behavior? Stand firm and let them scatter"—"Was duckt und zuckt ihr; ist das Hellen-brauch? So haltet stand, und lasst sie streuen." There you also have the extreme of bad taste in sight and smell. In this whole passage, you find a brief encapsulation of the ultimate truth that all aesthetics depend on the health of both soul and body, and their proper exercise not just over years, but across generations. Only through the harmony of both collateral and successive lives can the great doctrine of the Muses be embraced, allowing people to "χαίρειν ὀρθῶς," "to have pleasures rightly;" and there’s no other definition of beauty, nor of anything that delights the aesthetic faculty, than that it is what a noble spirit has created, perceived, and felt by another of similar or equal nobility. As much as there is of the brute or swine within you, perceives no beauty and creates none: only what is human in you, in exact proportion to the perfection of its humanity, can create and receive it.
13. Returning now to the very elementary form in which the appeal to our æsthetic virtue is made in our breakfast-plate, you notice that there are two distinct kinds of pleasantness attempted. One by hues of colour; the other by proportions of space. I have called these the musical elements of the arts relating to sight; and there are indeed two complete sciences, one of the combinations of colour, and the other of the combinations of line and form, which might each of them separately engage us in as intricate study as that of the science of music. But of the two, the science of colour is, in the Greek sense, the more musical, being one of the divisions of the Apolline power; and it is so practically educational, that if we are not using the faculty for colour to discipline nations, they will infallibly use it themselves as a means of corruption. Both music and colour are naturally influences of peace; but in the war trumpet, and the war shield, in the battle song and battle standard, they have concentrated by beautiful imagination the cruel passions of men; and there is nothing in all the Divina Commedia of history more grotesque, yet more frightful, than the fact that, from the almost fabulous period when the insanity and impiety of war wrote themselves in the symbols of the shields of the Seven against Thebes, colours have been the sign and stimulus of the most furious and fatal passions that have rent the nations: blue against green, in the decline of the Roman Empire; black against white, in that of Florence; red against white, in the wars of the Royal houses in England; and at this moment, red against white, in the contest of anarchy and loyalty, in all the world.[Pg 297]
13. Now, going back to the basic way in which our aesthetic sense is appealed to through our breakfast plate, you can see that there are two distinct types of pleasure being aimed for. One comes from colors; the other from spatial proportions. I've referred to these as the musical elements of visual arts, and there are actually two complete fields of study: one focused on color combinations and the other on combinations of lines and shapes, both of which could be as complex to study as music. However, between the two, the science of color is, in the Greek sense, more musical, representing one aspect of the Apollonian power. It's also highly educational; if we're not using our skill with color to educate nations, they will inevitably misuse it as a tool for corruption. Both music and color naturally promote peace, but in war, they take on a different role—through the war trumpet and shield, the battle song and standard, they have harnessed through creative imagination the brutal passions of humanity. There’s nothing in all of history’s Divine Comedy that's more absurd yet terrifying than the fact that, since the almost mythical era when the madness and sacrilege of war were expressed in the symbols of the shields of the Seven against Thebes, colors have been signs and triggers of the fiercest and deadliest passions that have divided nations: blue against green in the decline of the Roman Empire, black against white in Florence’s downfall, red against white in the conflicts of the royal houses of England, and right now, red against white in the global struggle between anarchy and loyalty.[Pg 297]
14. On the other hand, the directly ethical influence of colour in the sky, the trees, flowers, and coloured creatures round us, and in our own various arts massed under the one name of painting, is so essential and constant that we cease to recognize it, because we are never long enough altogether deprived of it to feel our need; and the mental diseases induced by the influence of corrupt colour are as little suspected, or traced to their true source, as the bodily weaknesses resulting from atmospheric miasmata.
14. On the other hand, the direct ethical impact of color in the sky, trees, flowers, and the colorful creatures around us, as well as in the different forms of art we group under the term painting, is so essential and constant that we often don't notice it. We are rarely kept away from it long enough to realize how much we need it; and the mental issues caused by the effects of polluted color are just as unnoticed and unconnected to their true source as the physical weaknesses that come from unhealthy air.
15. The second musical science which belongs peculiarly to sculpture (and to painting, so far as it represents form), consists in the disposition of beautiful masses. That is to say, beautiful surfaces limited by beautiful lines. Beautiful surfaces, observe; and remember what is noted in my fourth lecture of the difference between a space and a mass. If you have at any time examined carefully, or practised from, the drawings of shells placed in your copying series, you cannot but have felt the difference in the grace between the aspects of the same line, when enclosing a rounded or unrounded space. The exact science of sculpture is that of the relations between outline and the solid form it limits; and it does not matter whether that relation be indicated by drawing or carving, so long as the expression of solid form is the mental purpose; it is the science always of the beauty of relation in three dimensions. To take the simplest possible line of continuous limit—the circle: the flat disc enclosed by it may indeed be made an element of decoration, though a very meagre one but its relative mass, the ball, being gradated in three dimensions, is always delightful. Here[110] is at once the simplest, and in mere patient mechanism, the most skilful, piece of sculpture I can possibly show you,—a piece of the purest rock-crystal, chiselled, (I believe, by mere toil of hand,) into a perfect sphere. Imitating nothing, constructing nothing; sculpture for sculpture's sake, of purest natural substance into simplest primary form.
15. The second type of musical art that specifically belongs to sculpture (and to painting, as far as it represents form) involves arranging beautiful masses. In other words, beautiful surfaces defined by beautiful lines. Notice the beautiful surfaces; and keep in mind what I mentioned in my fourth lecture about the difference between space and mass. If you’ve ever carefully examined or practiced with the drawings of shells in your copying series, you must have noticed the difference in gracefulness between the same line when it encloses a rounded or unrounded space. The precise science of sculpture is about the relationship between the outline and the solid form it defines; and it doesn’t matter whether that relationship is shown through drawing or carving, as long as the intent is to express solid form; it is always about the beauty of relationships in three dimensions. To illustrate with the simplest continuous boundary—the circle: the flat disk it surrounds can be used as an element of decoration, although it's quite basic, but its corresponding mass, the ball, which gradates in three dimensions, is always pleasing. Here[110] is the simplest, and in terms of pure, patient craftsmanship, the most skilled piece of sculpture I can show you—a piece of pure rock crystal, carved (I believe, purely through manual labor) into a perfect sphere. It imitates nothing, constructs nothing; it’s sculpture for the sake of sculpture, made from the purest natural material into the simplest primary form.
16. Again. Out of the nacre of any mussel or oyster-shell you might cut, at your pleasure, any quantity of small flat circular[Pg 298] discs of the prettiest colour and lustre. To some extent, such tinsel or foil of shell is used pleasantly for decoration. But the mussel or oyster becoming itself an unwilling modeller, agglutinates its juice into three dimensions, and the fact of the surface being now geometrically gradated, together with the savage instinct of attributing value to what is difficult to obtain, make the little boss so precious in men's sight that wise eagerness of search for the kingdom of heaven can be likened to their eagerness of search for it; and the gates of Paradise can be no otherwise rendered so fair to their poor intelligence, as by telling them that every several gate was of "one pearl."
16. Again. From the shell of any mussel or oyster, you can cut as many small, flat, circular[Pg 298] discs as you like, in the most beautiful colors and luster. To some extent, this shiny shell material is nicely used for decoration. However, the mussel or oyster, being an unwilling creator, combines its juice into three dimensions, and the fact that the surface is now geometrically shaped, along with the natural human tendency to value what is hard to get, makes the little bumps so precious in people's eyes that the eager pursuit of the kingdom of heaven can be compared to their eagerness to find it; and the gates of Paradise can only be described as beautiful to their limited understanding by telling them that each gate was made of "one pearl."
17. But take note here. We have just seen that the sum of the perceptive faculty is expressed in those words of Aristotle's "to take pleasure rightly" or straightly—χαιρειν ορθως. Now, it is not possible to do the direct opposite of that,—to take pleasure iniquitously or obliquely—χαιρειν αδικως or σκολιως—more than you do in enjoying a thing because your neighbour cannot get it. You may enjoy a thing legitimately because it is rare, and cannot be seen often, (as you do a fine aurora, or a sunset, or an unusually lovely flower); that is Nature's way of stimulating your attention. But if you enjoy it because your neighbour cannot have it—and, remember, all value attached to pearls more than glass beads, is merely and purely for that cause,—then you rejoice through the worst of idolatries, covetousness; and neither arithmetic, nor writing, nor any other so-called essential of education, is now so vitally necessary to the population of Europe, as such acquaintance with the principles of intrinsic value, as may result in the iconoclasm of jewellery; and in the clear understanding that we are not in that instinct, civilized, but yet remain wholly savage, so far as we care for display of this selfish kind.
17. But pay attention here. We’ve just seen that the sum of our ability to perceive is captured in Aristotle’s phrase "to take pleasure rightly" or straightforwardly—χαιρειν ορθως. Now, it’s impossible to do the exact opposite of that—to take pleasure unjustly or indirectly—χαιρειν αδικως or σχολιως—more than when you enjoy something simply because your neighbor can’t have it. You might enjoy something legitimately because it’s rare and not often seen (like a beautiful aurora, a sunset, or an unusually lovely flower); that’s Nature’s way of grabbing your attention. But if you take pleasure in it because your neighbor can’t have it—and keep in mind, all the value associated with pearls over glass beads is purely for that reason—then you’re rejoicing through the worst forms of idol worship, which is covetousness. And neither arithmetic, nor writing, nor any other so-called essential of education is as urgently needed by the people of Europe as an understanding of the principles of intrinsic value, which can lead to a rejection of jewelry; and in the clear realization that in that instinct, we are not civilized, but still remain completely savage when it comes to this kind of selfish display.
You think, perhaps, I am quitting my subject, and proceeding, as it is too often with appearance of justice alleged against me, into irrelevant matter. Pardon me; the end, not only of these lectures, but of my whole professorship, would be accomplished,—and far more than that,—if only the English nation could be made to understand that the beauty which is[Pg 299] indeed to be a joy for ever, must be a joy for all; and that though the idolatry may not have been wholly divine which sculptured gods, the idolatry is wholly diabolic, which, for vulgar display, sculptures diamonds.
You might think I'm changing the subject and wandering off into unrelated topics, as people often claim against me. Please forgive me; the goal of these lectures—and my entire role as a professor—would be achieved, and even more, if we could help the English nation understand that true beauty, which is[Pg 299] meant to be a lasting joy, must be a joy for everyone. While the worship of crafted gods may not have been completely noble, the worship that focuses on flashy displays of diamonds is entirely harmful.
18. To go back to the point under discussion. A pearl, or a glass bead, may owe its pleasantness in some degree to its lustre as well as to its roundness. But a mere and simple ball of unpolished stone is enough for sculpturesque value. You may have noticed that the quatrefoil used in the Ducal Palace of Venice owes its complete loveliness in distant effect to the finishing of its cusps. The extremity of the cusp is a mere ball of Istrian marble; and consider how subtle the faculty of sight must be, since it recognizes at any distance, and is gratified by, the mystery of the termination of cusp obtained by the gradated light on the ball.
18. To return to the point we're discussing. A pearl or a glass bead can be appealing because of its shine and its round shape. However, a simple, unpolished stone ball can be valuable in its own right for sculpture. You might have noticed that the quatrefoil used in the Ducal Palace of Venice derives its beauty from the finishing of its edges. The tip of the edge is just a round piece of Istrian marble, and think about how sensitive our sense of sight must be, as it can recognize this detail from a distance and is satisfied by the intriguing way light plays on the rounded edge.
In that Venetian tracery this simplest element of sculptured form is used sparingly, as the most precious that can be employed to finish the façade. But alike in our own, and the French, central Gothic, the ball-flower is lavished on every line—and in your St. Mary's spire, and the Salisbury spire, and the towers of Notre Dame of Paris, the rich pleasantness of decoration,—indeed, their so-called "decorated style,"—consists only in being daintily beset with stone balls. It is true the balls are modified into dim likeness of flowers; but do you trace the resemblance to the rose in their distant, which is their intended effect?
In that Venetian design, this simplest element of carved form is used sparingly, as it's the most precious option available to finish the façade. However, in both our Gothic style and the French central Gothic, the ball-flower is applied generously on every line—and in your St. Mary's spire, the Salisbury spire, and the towers of Notre Dame in Paris, the rich charm of decoration—indeed, their so-called "decorated style"—comes from being delicately adorned with stone balls. It's true that the balls are shaped to vaguely resemble flowers; but can you really see the connection to the rose in their distance, which is the intended effect?
19. But farther, let the ball have motion; then the form it generates will be that of a cylinder. You have, perhaps, thought that pure Early English Architecture depended for its charm on visibility of construction. It depends for its charm altogether on the abstract harmony of groups of cylinders,[111] arbitrarily bent into mouldings, and arbitrarily associated[Pg 300] as shafts, having no real relation to construction whatsoever, and a theoretical relation so subtle that none of us had seen it, till Professor Willis worked it out for us.
19. But let's move on; when the ball is in motion, it takes on the shape of a cylinder. You might have thought that the beauty of pure Early English Architecture comes from its visible construction. Its appeal actually comes entirely from the abstract harmony of groups of cylinders,[111] bent into moldings at random, and randomly combined[Pg 300] as shafts, which have no real connection to construction at all, and a theoretical connection so nuanced that none of us recognized it until Professor Willis figured it out for us.
20. And now, proceeding to analysis of higher sculpture, you may have observed the importance I have attached to the porch of San Zenone, at Verona, by making it, among your standards, the first of the group which is to illustrate the system of sculpture and architecture founded on faith in a future life. That porch, fortunately represented in the photograph, from which Plate I. has been engraved, under a clear and pleasant light, furnishes you with examples of sculpture of every kind from the flattest incised bas-relief to solid statues, both in marble and bronze. And the two points I have been pressing upon you are conclusively exhibited here, namely,—(1). That sculpture is essentially the production of a pleasant bossiness or roundness of surface; (2) that the pleasantness of that bossy condition to the eye is irrespective of imitation on one side, and of structure on the other.
20. Now, moving on to the analysis of higher sculpture, you might have noticed the emphasis I've placed on the porch of San Zenone in Verona. I've made it, among your references, the first in the group intended to illustrate the system of sculpture and architecture based on faith in a future life. That porch, nicely captured in the photograph that forms Plate I., shows it under a clear and pleasant light and provides examples of all types of sculpture, from the flattest incised bas-relief to solid statues, both in marble and bronze. The two points I've been emphasizing are clearly shown here: (1) that sculpture fundamentally involves creating a pleasing roundness of surface; (2) that the visual appeal of that rounded form is independent of imitation on one side and structure on the other.
21. (1.) Sculpture is essentially the production of a pleasant bossiness or roundness of surface.
21. (1.) Sculpture is basically about creating a pleasing shape or smoothness of surface.
If you look from some distance at these two engravings of Greek coins, (place the book open so that you can see the opposite plate three or four yards off,) you will find the relief on each of them simplifies itself into a pearl-like portion of a sphere, with exquisitely gradated light on its surface. When you look at them nearer, you will see that each smaller portion into which they are divided—cheek, or brow, or leaf, or tress of hair—resolves itself also into a rounded or undulated surface, pleasant by gradation of light. Every several surface is delightful in itself, as a shell, or a tuft of rounded moss, or the bossy masses of distant forest would be. That these intricately modulated masses present some resemblance to a girl's face, such as the Syracusans imagined that of the water-goddess Arethusa, is entirely a secondary matter; the primary condition is that the masses shall be beautifully rounded, and disposed with due discretion and order.
If you look at these two engravings of Greek coins from a distance (hold the book open so you can see the opposite page three or four yards away), you'll notice that the details on each simplify into a pearl-like part of a sphere, with beautifully graduated light on its surface. When you get closer, you'll see that each smaller section—like the cheek, brow, leaf, or strand of hair—also becomes a rounded or wavy surface, pleasing with its play of light. Each surface is enjoyable on its own, like a shell, a clump of rounded moss, or the rounded shapes of a distant forest. The fact that these intricately shaped forms resemble a girl's face, like the one the people of Syracuse imagined for the water-goddess Arethusa, is a minor detail; the main point is that the shapes are beautifully rounded and arranged with care and order.

22. (2.) It is difficult for you, at first, to feel this order and beauty of surface, apart from the imitation. But you can see there is a pretty disposition of, and relation between, the projections of a fir-cone, though the studded spiral imitates nothing. Order exactly the same in kind, only much more complex; and an abstract beauty of surface rendered definite by increase and decline of light—(for every curve of surface has its own luminous law, and the light and shade on a parabolic solid differs, specifically, from that on an elliptical or spherical one)—it is the essential business of the sculptor to obtain; as it is the essential business of a painter to get good colour, whether he imitates anything or not. At a distance from the picture, or carving, where the things represented become absolutely unintelligible, we must yet be able to say, at a glance, "That is good painting, or good carving."
22. (2.) At first, it's hard for you to appreciate this order and beauty of surface without thinking about imitation. But you can notice there’s a nice arrangement and relationship among the projections of a fir cone, even though the studded spiral doesn’t imitate anything. The order is just as present, but much more complex; and an abstract beauty of surface is made clear by the variations in light—(because every curve of a surface has its own way of reflecting light, and the light and shadow on a parabolic shape is specifically different from that on an elliptical or spherical one)—it’s the main goal of the sculptor to achieve this; just as it’s the main goal of a painter to have good color, whether they’re imitating something or not. From a distance, where the things portrayed become completely unrecognizable, we should still be able to say, at a glance, "That’s good painting or good carving."
And you will be surprised to find, when you try the experiment, how much the eye must instinctively judge in this manner. Take the front of San Zenone for instance, Plate I. You will find it impossible without a lens, to distinguish in the bronze gates, and in great part of the wall, anything that their bosses represent. You cannot tell whether the sculpture is of men, animals, or trees; only you feel it to be composed of pleasant projecting masses; you acknowledge that both gates and wall are, somehow, delightfully roughened; and only afterwards, by slow degrees, can you make out what this roughness means; nay, though here (Plate III.) I magnify[112] one of the bronze plates of the gate to a scale, which gives you the same advantage as if you saw it quite close, in the reality,—you may still be obliged to me for the information, that this boss represents the Madonna asleep in her little bed, and this smaller boss, the Infant Christ in His; and this at[Pg 302] the top, a cloud with an angel coming out of it, and these jagged bosses, two of the Three Kings, with their crowns on, looking up to the star, (which is intelligible enough I admit); but what this straggling, three-legged boss beneath signifies, I suppose neither you nor I can tell, unless it be the shepherd's dog, who has come suddenly upon the Kings with their crowns on, and is greatly startled at them.
And you'll be surprised to see, when you try this experiment, how much the eye must instinctively judge in this way. Take the front of San Zenone for example, Plate I. You'll find it impossible, without a lens, to differentiate what the bronze gates and much of the wall actually represent. You can't tell whether the sculptures depict men, animals, or trees; you just feel that it's made up of pleasing protruding shapes; you acknowledge that both the gates and the wall have a charmingly rough texture; and only later, gradually, can you figure out what this roughness means. Even here (Plate III.), where I enlarge one of the bronze plates of the gate to a size that lets you see it as if you were close up in reality, you might still need my help to understand that this boss represents the Madonna sleeping in her little bed, and this smaller boss represents the Infant Christ in His; and this one at the top is a cloud with an angel emerging from it, and these jagged bosses depict two of the Three Kings, with their crowns on, looking up at the star (which is quite clear, I admit); but as for what this three-legged boss below signifies, I doubt either of us can tell, unless it’s the shepherd's dog, who has suddenly stumbled upon the Kings with their crowns on and is quite startled.
23. Farther, and much more definitely, the pleasantness of the surface decoration is independent of structure; that is to say, of any architectural requirement of stability. The greater part of the sculpture here is exclusively ornamentation of a flat wall, or of door panelling; only a small portion of the church front is thus treated, and the sculpture has no more to do with the form of the building than a piece of a lace veil would have, suspended beside its gates on a festal day; the proportions of shaft and arch might be altered in a hundred different ways, without diminishing their stability; and the pillars would stand more safely on the ground than on the backs of these carved animals.
23. Furthermore, and much more clearly, the attractiveness of the surface decoration has nothing to do with structure; in other words, it's not linked to any architectural needs for stability. Most of the sculpture here is purely decorative, meant for a flat wall or door paneling; only a small part of the church's front is designed this way, and the sculpture is just as unrelated to the building's shape as a piece of lace would be hanging next to its gates on a festive day. The proportions of the columns and arches could be changed in countless ways without affecting their stability; in fact, the pillars would be more stable on the ground than on top of these carved animals.
24. I wish you especially to notice these points, because the false theory that ornamentation should be merely decorated structure is so pretty and plausible, that it is likely to take away your attention from the far more important abstract conditions of design. Structure should never be contradicted, and in the best buildings it is pleasantly exhibited and enforced; in this very porch the joints of every stone are visible, and you will find me in the Fifth Lecture insisting on this clearness of its anatomy as a merit; yet so independent is the mechanical structure of the true design, that when I begin my Lectures on Architecture, the first building I shall give you as a standard will be one in which the structure is wholly concealed. It will be the Baptistry of Florence, which is, in reality, as much a buttressed chapel with a vaulted roof, as the Chapter House of York—but round it, in order to conceal that buttressed structure, (not to decorate, observe, but to conceal) a flat external wall is raised; simplifying the whole to a mere hexagonal box, like a wooden piece of Tunbridge ware, on the surface of which the eye and intellect are to be interested by the relations of dimension and curve between pieces of encrusting marble of different colours, which have no more to do with the real make of the building than the diaper of a Harlequin's jacket has to do with his bones.
24. I especially want you to pay attention to these points because the mistaken idea that decoration should only be about embellishing the structure is so attractive and convincing that it might distract you from the much more important abstract principles of design. The structure should never be contradicted, and in the best buildings, it is clearly shown and supported; in this very porch, the joints of every stone are visible, and you will find me in the Fifth Lecture emphasizing this clarity of its structure as a positive quality. Yet, the mechanical structure of true design is so independent that when I start my Lectures on Architecture, the first building I will present as a standard will be one where the structure is completely hidden. It will be the Baptistry of Florence, which is actually just as much a supported chapel with a vaulted roof as the Chapter House of York—but around it, to hide that supported structure (not to decorate it, mind you, but to hide it), a flat outer wall is built, simplifying the whole thing into a plain hexagonal box, like a wooden piece of Tunbridge ware. On the surface, the eye and mind are meant to be engaged by the relationships of size and curve between pieces of inlaid marble of different colors, which have nothing to do with the actual construction of the building, just like the pattern on a Harlequin's jacket has nothing to do with his bones.


25. The sense of abstract proportion, on which the enjoyment of such a piece of art entirely depends, is one of the æsthetic faculties which nothing can develop but time and education. It belongs only to highly-trained nations; and, among them, to their most strictly refined classes, though the germs of it are found, as part of their innate power, in every people capable of art. It has for the most part vanished at present from the English mind, in consequence of our eager desire for excitement, and for the kind of splendour that exhibits wealth, careless of dignity; so that, I suppose, there are very few now even of our best-trained Londoners who know the difference between the design of Whitehall and that of any modern club-house in Pall-mall. The order and harmony which, in his enthusiastic account of the Theatre of Epidaurus, Pausanias insists on before beauty, can only be recognized by stern order and harmony in our daily lives; and the perception of them is as little to be compelled, or taught suddenly, as the laws of still finer choice in the conception of dramatic incident which regulate poetic sculpture.
25. The sense of abstract proportion, which is essential for enjoying a piece of art, is one of the aesthetic skills that can only be developed through time and education. It belongs only to highly-trained cultures, and within those cultures, to their most refined classes; although, the basic elements of it can be found, as part of their natural ability, in every society that is capable of art. For the most part, it has faded from the English mindset today due to our strong desire for excitement and for the type of grandeur that shows off wealth without regard for dignity. So, I imagine there are very few of our best-educated Londoners who can tell the difference between the design of Whitehall and that of any modern club-house in Pall Mall. The order and harmony that Pausanias highlights in his enthusiastic description of the Theatre of Epidaurus, before beauty, can only be recognized through strict order and harmony in our everyday lives; and understanding them cannot be forced or suddenly taught, just like the even finer choices governing the conception of dramatic incidents that shape poetic sculpture.
26. And now, at last, I think, we can sketch out the subject before us in a clear light. We have a structural art, divine, and human, of which the investigation comes under the general term, Anatomy; whether the junctions or joints be in mountains, or in branches of trees, or in buildings, or in bones of animals. We have next a musical art, falling into two distinct divisions—one using colours, the other masses, for its elements of composition; lastly, we have an imitative art, concerned with the representation of the outward appearances of things. And, for many reasons, I think it best to begin with imitative Sculpture; that being defined as the art which, by the musical disposition of masses, imitates anything of which the imitation is justly pleasant to us; and does so in accordance with structural laws having due reference to the materials employed.[Pg 304]
26. And now, finally, I think we can outline the topic ahead of us clearly. We have a structural art, both divine and human, which falls under the broad category of Anatomy; whether the connections or joints are found in mountains, in tree branches, in buildings, or in animal bones. Next, we have a musical art, divided into two distinct parts—one that uses colors and the other that uses masses as its elements of composition. Lastly, we have an imitative art, which focuses on representing the outward appearances of things. For many reasons, I believe it's best to start with imitative Sculpture; defined as the art that, through the musical arrangement of masses, replicates anything whose imitation is genuinely pleasing to us; and does so according to structural laws that consider the materials used.[Pg 304]
So that you see our task will involve the immediate inquiry what the things are of which the imitation is justly pleasant to us: what, in few words,—if we are to be occupied in the making of graven images—we ought to like to make images of. Secondly, after having determined its subject, what degree of imitation or likeness we ought to desire in our graven image; and lastly, under what limitations demanded by structure and material, such likeness may be obtained.
So you can see, our task will involve an immediate inquiry into what things are genuinely pleasant for us to imitate: in short—if we’re going to be creating carved images—we need to decide what we should like to create images of. Secondly, once we have established the subject, we need to determine what level of imitation or likeness we should aim for in our carved image; and finally, we need to consider the limitations imposed by structure and material on how such likeness can be achieved.
These inquiries I shall endeavour to pursue with you to some practical conclusion, in my next four lectures, and in the sixth, I will briefly sketch the actual facts that have taken place in the development of sculpture by the two greatest schools of it that hitherto have existed in the world.
I will work with you to explore these questions in a practical way during my next four lectures, and in the sixth one, I will give a brief overview of the actual events that have occurred in the development of sculpture by the two greatest schools of sculpture that have ever existed in the world.
27. The tenor of our next lecture then must be an inquiry into the real nature of Idolatry; that is to say, the invention and service of Idols: and, in the interval, may I commend to your own thoughts this question, not wholly irrelevant, yet which I cannot pursue; namely, whether the God to whom we have so habitually prayed for deliverance "from battle, murder, and sudden death," is indeed, seeing that the present state of Christendom is the result of a thousand years' praying to that effect, "as the gods of the heathen who were but idols;" or whether—(and observe, one or other of these things must be true)—whether our prayers to Him have been, by this much, worse than Idolatry;—that heathen prayer was true prayer to false gods; and our prayers have been false prayers to the True One.
27. The focus of our next lecture will be an exploration of the true nature of Idolatry; specifically, the creation and worship of Idols. In the meantime, I encourage you to consider this question, which may not be entirely irrelevant but that I can’t delve into: is the God we have consistently prayed to for deliverance "from battle, murder, and sudden death," really the same as "the gods of the heathen who were just idols," given that the current state of Christianity is the outcome of a thousand years of prayers for that purpose? Or—note that one of these options must be true—are our prayers to Him, in this respect, worse than Idolatry; that is, did the prayers of the heathens count as genuine prayer to false gods while our prayers have been insincere prayers to the True God?
FOOTNOTES:
[107] I had a real ploughshare on my lecture table; but it would interrupt the drift of the statements in the text too long if I attempted here to illustrate by figures the relation of the coulter to the share, and of the hard to the soft pieces of metal in the share itself.
[107] I had an actual plow share on my lecture table; but it would take too long to explain the connection between the coulter and the share, as well as the relationship between the hard and soft metal components in the share itself, if I tried to illustrate it with diagrams here.
[110] The crystal ball above mentioned.
The crystal ball mentioned earlier.
[111] All grandest effects in mouldings may be, and for the most part have been, obtained by rolls and cavettos of circular (segmental) section. More refined sections, as that of the fluting of a Doric shaft, are only of use near the eye and in beautiful stone; and the pursuit of them was one of the many errors of later Gothic. The statement in the text that the mouldings, even of best time, "have no real relation to construction," is scarcely strong enough: they in fact contend with, and deny the construction, their principal purpose seeming to be the concealment of the joints of the voussoirs.
[111] All the greatest effects in moldings can be—and often have been—achieved through rolls and cavettos of circular (segmental) shape. More intricate shapes, like the fluting of a Doric column, are only useful up close and when made from beautiful stone; chasing after these was one of the many mistakes of later Gothic architecture. The assertion in the text that the moldings, even in their best examples, "have no real relation to construction," doesn't quite capture the issue: they actually compete with and contradict the construction, with their main purpose appearing to be hiding the joints of the voussoirs.
[112] Some of the most precious work done for me by my assistant Mr. Burgess, during the course of these lectures, consisted in making enlarged drawings from portions of photographs. Plate III. is engraved from a drawing of his, enlarged from the original photograph of which Plate I. is a reduction.
[112] Some of the most valuable work done for me by my assistant Mr. Burgess, during these lectures, involved creating enlarged drawings from sections of photographs. Plate III. is engraved from one of his drawings, which was enlarged from the original photograph shown in Plate I.
LECTURE II.
IDOLATRY.
November, 1870.
28. Beginning with the simple conception of sculpture as the art of fiction in solid substance, we are now to consider what its subjects should be. What—having the gift of imagery—should we by preference endeavour to image? A question[Pg 305] which is, indeed, subordinate to the deeper one—why we should wish to image anything at all.
28. Starting with the basic idea of sculpture as the art of creating solid representations, we now need to think about what subjects we should choose. What—using our imagination—should we focus on depicting? This question[Pg 305] is actually secondary to a more fundamental one—why do we even want to depict anything at all?
29. Some years ago, having been always desirous that the education of women should begin in learning how to cook, I got leave, one day, for a little girl of eleven years old to exchange, much to her satisfaction, her schoolroom for the kitchen. But as ill fortune would have it, there was some pastry toward, and she was left unadvisedly in command of some delicately rolled paste; whereof she made no pies, but an unlimited quantity of cats and mice.
29. A few years ago, always wanting women to start their education by learning how to cook, I got permission one day for an eleven-year-old girl to happily swap her classroom for the kitchen. But, as luck would have it, there was some pastry in progress, and she was left in charge of some delicately rolled dough; instead of making pies, she ended up creating an endless number of cats and mice.
Now you may read the works of the gravest critics of art from end to end; but you will find, at last, they can give you no other true account of the spirit of sculpture than that it is an irresistible human instinct for the making of cats and mice, and other imitable living creatures, in such permanent form that one may play with the images at leisure.
Now you can read the writings of even the most serious art critics from start to finish; but in the end, you'll discover they can only describe the essence of sculpture as an unstoppable human drive to create representations of cats, mice, and other life-like creatures, in a lasting way that allows you to enjoy the images whenever you want.
Play with them, or love them, or fear them, or worship them. The cat may become the goddess Pasht, and the mouse, in the hand of the sculptured king, enforce his enduring words "ες εμε τις ορεων ευσεβης εστω;" but the great mimetic instinct underlies all such purpose; and is zooplastic,—life-shaping,—alike in the reverent and the impious.
Play with them, or love them, or fear them, or worship them. The cat might become the goddess Pasht, and the mouse, in the hand of the sculpted king, might reinforce his lasting words "is there anyone who sees me that is pious?" but the strong mimetic instinct is at the core of all such intent; and it is life-shaping—zooplastic—in both the respectful and the irreverent.
30. Is, I say, and has been, hitherto; none of us dare say that it will be. I shall have to show you hereafter that the greater part of the technic energy of men, as yet, has indicated a kind of childhood; and that the race becomes, if not more wise, at least more manly,[113] with every gained century. I can fancy that all this sculpturing and painting of ours may be looked back upon, in some distant time, as a kind of doll-making, and that the words of Sir Isaac Newton may be smiled at no more: only it will not be for stars that we desert our stone dolls, but for men. When the day comes, as come it must, in which we no more deface and defile God's image in living clay, I am not sure that we shall any of us care so much for the images made of Him, in burnt clay.
30. It is, I say, and has been so far; none of us can say that it will be. I’ll need to show you later that most of the technical abilities of people, until now, have shown a kind of childishness; and that the human race, if not wiser, at least becomes more mature,[113] with each century we gain. I can imagine that all this sculpting and painting we do might be looked back on, in some future time, as a sort of playtime activity, and that the words of Sir Isaac Newton may be chuckled at eventually: it will not be for stars that we leave our stone figures, but for real people. When the day comes, as it surely will, when we no longer mar and corrupt God's image in living beings, I'm not sure that we will care as much for the images made of Him in fired clay.
31. But, hitherto, the energy of growth in any people may be almost directly measured by their passion for imitative art;[Pg 306] namely, for sculpture, or for the drama, which is living and speaking sculpture, or, as in Greece, for both; and in national as in actual childhood, it is not merely the making, but the making-believe; not merely the acting for the sake of the scene, but acting for the sake of acting, that is delightful. And, of the two mimetic arts, the drama, being more passionate, and involving conditions of greater excitement and luxury, is usually in its excellence the sign of culminating strength in the people; while fine sculpture, requiring always submission to severe law, is an unfailing proof of their being in early and active progress. There is no instance of fine sculpture being produced by a nation either torpid, weak, or in decadence. Their drama may gain in grace and wit; but their sculpture, in days of decline, is always base.
31. But up to now, the energy of growth in any culture can be almost directly measured by their passion for art that imitates life; namely, for sculpture or for drama, which is like living and speaking sculpture, or, as in Greece, for both. In national and actual childhood, it’s not just about the creating, but also the pretending; not only acting for the sake of the performance, but acting just for the joy of it, that is truly enjoyable. Among the two imitative arts, drama, being more passionate and involving heightened excitement and luxury, usually represents the peak strength of a culture. Fine sculpture, which always demands adherence to strict rules, is a reliable indicator of a culture being in an early and active state of development. There is no example of fine sculpture being created by a nation that is either stagnant, weak, or in decline. Their drama may improve in elegance and cleverness, but their sculpture, during times of decline, is always of poor quality.
32. If my little lady in the kitchen had been put in command of colours, as well as of dough, and if the paste would have taken the colours, we may be sure her mice would have been painted brown, and her cats tortoise-shell; and this, partly indeed for the added delight and prettiness of colour itself, but more for the sake of absolute realization to her eyes and mind. Now all the early sculpture of the most accomplished nations has been thus coloured, rudely or finely; and, therefore, you see at once how necessary it is that we should keep the term "graphic" for imitative art generally; since no separation can at first be made between carving and painting, with reference to the mental powers exerted in, or addressed by, them. In the earliest known art of the world, a reindeer hunt may be scratched in outline on the flat side of a clean-picked bone, and a reindeer's head carved out of the end of it; both these are flint-knife work, and, strictly speaking, sculpture: but the scratched outline is the beginning of drawing, and the carved head of sculpture proper. When the spaces enclosed by the scratched outline are filled with colour, the colouring soon becomes a principal means of effect; so that, in the engraving of an Egyptian-colour bas-relief (S. 101), Rosellini has been content to miss the outlining incisions altogether, and represent it as a painting only. Its proper definition is, "painting accented by sculpture;"[Pg 307] on the other hand, in solid coloured statues,—Dresden china figures, for example,—we have pretty sculpture accented by painting; the mental purpose in both kinds of art being to obtain the utmost degree of realization possible, and the ocular impression being the same, whether the delineation is obtained by engraving or painting. For, as I pointed out to you in my fifth lecture, everything is seen by the eye as patches of colour, and of colour only; a fact which the Greeks knew well; so that when it becomes a question in the dialogue of Minos, "τινι οντι τη οπσει ὁραται τα ὁωμενα," the answer is "αισθησει ταυτη τη δια των οφθαλμων δηλοιση ἡμιν τα χρωματα."—"What kind of power is the sight with which we see things? It is that sense which, through the eyes, can reveal colours to us."
32. If my little lady in the kitchen had been in charge of colors as well as dough, and if the dough could take on those colors, we can be sure her mice would have been painted brown and her cats tortoiseshell; and this would be partly for the added joy and beauty of color itself, but more so for the sake of a true representation in her eyes and mind. Now, all the early sculptures from the most skilled cultures were colored, either roughly or finely; and, as a result, it’s clear how important it is to keep the term "graphic" for imitative art in general, since at first there can't be a real distinction between carving and painting regarding the mental skills involved in or addressed by them. In the earliest known art of the world, a reindeer hunt might be sketched in outline on the flat side of a clean bone, with a reindeer's head carved from its end; both of these are works made with flint knives and, strictly speaking, are sculptures: but the scratched outline marks the start of drawing, and the carved head represents true sculpture. When the areas enclosed by the scratched outline are filled with color, the coloring quickly becomes a main means of effect; thus, in the engraving of an Egyptian-color bas-relief (S. 101), Rosellini has chosen to omit the outlining cuts entirely and depict it only as a painting. Its proper definition is, "painting highlighted by sculpture;" on the other hand, with solid colored statues—like Dresden china figures—we have nice sculpture highlighted by painting; the intent in both forms of art is to achieve the highest degree of realism possible, and the visual impression is the same, whether the depiction is made through engraving or painting. As I pointed out to you in my fifth lecture, everything is seen by the eye as patches of color, and only color; a fact the Greeks understood well; so when the dialogue of Minos poses the question, "What kind of power is the sight with which we see things?" the answer is "It is that sense which, through the eyes, can reveal colors to us."
33. And now observe that while the graphic arts begin in the mere mimetic effort, they proceed, as they obtain more perfect realization, to act under the influence of a stronger and higher instinct. They begin by scratching the reindeer, the most interesting object of sight. But presently, as the human creature rises in scale of intellect, it proceeds to scratch, not the most interesting object of sight only, but the most interesting object of imagination; not the reindeer, but the Maker and Giver of the reindeer. And the second great condition for the advance of the art of sculpture is that the race should possess, in addition to the mimetic instinct, the realistic or idolizing instinct; the desire to see as substantial the powers that are unseen, and bring near those that are far off, and to possess and cherish those that are strange. To make in some way tangible and visible the nature of the gods—to illustrate and explain it by symbols; to bring the immortals out of the recesses of the clouds, and make them Penates; to bring back the dead from darkness, and make them Lares.
33. Now notice that while graphic arts start with simple imitation, they progress, as they reach greater refinement, to be influenced by a stronger and higher instinct. They begin by depicting the reindeer, the most captivating sight. But soon, as humans evolve intellectually, they move on to represent not just the most captivating sight, but the most fascinating concept; not the reindeer, but the Creator and Giver of the reindeer. The second crucial condition for the advancement of sculpture is that the society should possess, in addition to the mimetic instinct, a realistic or idolizing instinct; the desire to make the unseen powers seem tangible, to bring near what is distant, and to hold dear what is unfamiliar. To somehow make the nature of the gods tangible and visible—to illustrate and explain it through symbols; to draw the immortals out of the clouds, and make them part of our homes; to bring the dead back from darkness, and elevate them to guardians in our lives.
34. Our conception of this tremendous and universal human passion has been altogether narrowed by the current idea that Pagan religious art consisted only, or chiefly, in giving personality to the gods. The personality was never doubted; it was visibility, interpretation, and possession that the hearts of men sought. Possession, first of all—the getting hold of[Pg 308] some hewn log of wild olive-wood that would fall on its knees if it was pulled from its pedestal—and, afterwards, slowly clearing manifestation; the exactly right expression is used in Lucian's dream,—Φειδιας εδειξε τον 916()#;ια; "Showed[114] Zeus;" manifested him, nay, in a certain sense, brought forth, or created, as you have it, in Anacreon's ode to the Rose, of the birth of Athena herself—
34. Our understanding of this powerful and universal human emotion has been greatly limited by the current belief that Pagan religious art was mainly about giving personality to the gods. The personality was never questioned; what people sought was visibility, interpretation, and connection. Connection, first of all—the ability to grasp[Pg 308] some crafted log of wild olive wood that would kneel if pulled from its pedestal—and then, gradually, a clearer manifestation; the right expression is found in Lucian's dream,—Φειδιας εδειξε τον 916()#;ια; "Showed[114] Zeus;" manifested him, or in a sense, brought him forth, or created him, as noted in Anacreon's ode to the Rose about the birth of Athena herself—
But I will translate the passage from Lucian to you at length—it is in every way profitable.
But I will translate the passage from Lucian for you in full—it's beneficial in every way.
35. "There came to me, in the healing[115] night, a divine dream, so clear that it missed nothing of the truth itself; yes, and still after all this time, the shapes of what I saw remain in my sight, and the sound of what I heard dwells in my ears"—note the lovely sense of εναυλος—the sound being as of a stream passing always by in the same channel,—"so distinct was everything to me. Two women laid hold of my hands and pulled me, each towards herself, so violently, that I had like to have been pulled asunder; and they cried out against one another,—the one, that she was resolved to have me to herself, being indeed her own, and the other that it was vain for her to claim what belonged to others;—and the one who first claimed me for her own was like a hard worker, and had strength as a man's; and her hair was dusty, and her hand full of horny places, and her dress fastened tight about her, and the folds of it loaded with white marble-dust, so that she looked just as my uncle used to look when he was filing stones: but the other was pleasant in features, and delicate in form, and orderly in her dress; and so in the end, they left it to me to decide, after hearing what they had to say, with which of them I would go; and first the hard featured and masculine one spoke:—
35. "In the healing[115] night, I had a vivid dream, so clear that it revealed the truth itself; even now, the images I saw linger in my mind, and the sounds I heard echo in my ears"—notice the beautiful sense of εναυλος—the sound resembling a stream flowing continuously in the same channel,—"everything felt so distinct to me. Two women grasped my hands and pulled me towards themselves so forcefully that I almost felt like I was being torn apart; they shouted at each other—the first one insisted she was determined to have me for herself, claiming that I belonged to her, while the other argued it was pointless for her to lay claim to what belonged to someone else;—the first woman who claimed me was strong like a laborer, her hair was dusty, her hands were rough, and her dress was tightly fitted, covered in white marble dust, looking just like my uncle did when he was filing stones: but the other woman was attractive, elegant in her shape, and neatly dressed; in the end, they left it up to me to decide, after hearing their arguments, which one I would choose to go with; and first, the more rugged and masculine one spoke:—

THE BIRTH OF ATHENA.
36. "'Dear child, I am the Art of Image-sculpture, which yesterday you began to learn; and I am as one of your own people, and of your house, for your grandfather,' (and she named my mother's father) 'was a stone-cutter; and both your uncles had good name through me: and if you will keep yourself well clear of the sillinesses and fluent follies that come from this creature,' (and she pointed to the other woman) 'and will follow me, and live with me, first of all, you shall be brought up as a man should be, and have strong shoulders; and, besides that, you shall be kept well quit of all restless desires, and you shall never be obliged to go away into any foreign places, leaving your own country and the people of your house; neither shall all men praise you for your talk.[116] And you must not despise this rude serviceableness of my body, neither this meanness of my dusty dress; for, pushing on in their strength from such things as these, that great Phidias revealed Zeus, and Polyclitus wrought out Hera, and Myron was praised, and Praxiteles marvelled at: therefore are these men worshipped with the gods.'"
36. "'Dear child, I am the Art of Image-sculpture, which you started learning yesterday; I’m like one of your own people and part of your family because your grandfather,' (and she named my mother's father) 'was a stone-cutter; both your uncles earned a good reputation through me. If you can avoid the foolishness and empty chatter that come from this woman,' (and she pointed to the other woman) 'and if you choose to follow me and live with me, you will grow up as a proper man, strong and capable; and on top of that, you will be free from restless desires, and you won’t have to leave your homeland or your family; nor will everyone praise you just for your words.[116] And you must not look down on this humble service of my body or the simplicity of my dusty clothes; for it is from such foundations that great artists like Phidias revealed Zeus, Polyclitus sculpted Hera, Myron gained praise, and Praxiteles was admired: that's why these artists are revered alongside the gods.'"
37. There is a beautiful ambiguity in the use of the preposition with the genitive in this last sentence. "Pushing on from these things" means indeed, justly, that the sculptors rose from a mean state to a noble one; but not as leaving the mean state;—not as, from a hard life, attaining to a soft one,—but as being helped and strengthened by the rough life to do what was greatest. Again, "worshipped with the gods" does not mean that they are thought of as in any sense equal to, or like to, the gods, but as being on the side of the gods against what is base and ungodly; and that the kind of worth which is in them is therefore indeed worshipful, as having its source with the gods. Finally, observe that every one of the expressions, used of the four sculptors, is definitely the best[Pg 310] that Lucian could have chosen. Phidias carved like one who had seen Zeus, and had only to reveal him; Polyclitus, in labour of intellect, completed his sculpture by just law, and wrought out Hera; Myron was of all most praised, because he did best what pleased the vulgar; and Praxiteles, the most wondered at or admired, because he bestowed utmost exquisiteness of beauty.
37. There’s a beautiful ambiguity in the way the preposition is used with the genitive in this last sentence. "Pushing on from these things" means that the sculptors moved from a lowly state to a noble one; but not as if they left the lowly state—it's not about moving from a harsh life to an easy one—but rather being helped and strengthened by the rough life to achieve something great. Again, "worshipped with the gods" doesn’t mean that they are considered equal to or like the gods, but rather that they stand alongside the gods against what is base and ungodly; and the kind of worth they possess is indeed worshipful, as it originates with the gods. Finally, notice that each of the expressions used for the four sculptors is definitely the best[Pg 310] that Lucian could have chosen. Phidias carved as someone who had seen Zeus and just needed to reveal him; Polyclitus, through intellectual labor, completed his sculpture with just law and crafted Hera; Myron was the most praised because he did best what appealed to the masses; and Praxiteles was the most wondered at or admired, because he added the utmost exquisiteness of beauty.
38. I am sorry not to go on with the dream; the more refined lady, as you may remember, is liberal or gentlemanly Education, and prevails at last; so that Lucian becomes an author instead of a sculptor, I think to his own regret, though to our present benefit. One more passage of his I must refer you to, as illustrative of the point before us; the description of the temple of the Syrian Hieropolis, where he explains the absence of the images of the sun and moon. "In the temple itself," he says, "on the left hand as one goes in, there is set first the throne of the sun; but no form of him is thereon, for of these two powers alone, the sun and the moon, they show no carved images. And I also learned why this is their law, for they say that it is permissible, indeed, to make of the other gods, graven images, since the forms of them are not visible to all men. But Helios and Selenaia are everywhere clear-bright, and all men behold them; what need is there therefore for sculptured work of these, who appear in the air?"
38. I’m sorry I can’t continue with the dream; the more sophisticated lady, as you might remember, represents a cultured or gentlemanly education, and ultimately wins out; so, Lucian becomes a writer instead of a sculptor, which I think he regrets, though it benefits us today. I need to mention one more part of his work, as it illustrates our point; he describes the temple of the Syrian Hieropolis, where he explains why there are no images of the sun and moon. "In the temple itself," he says, "on the left side as you enter, there is first the throne of the sun; but there’s no representation of him on it, for of these two deities alone, the sun and the moon, they do not display any carved images. And I also learned why this is their rule, for they say that it's acceptable to create graven images of other gods, since their forms are not visible to everyone. But Helios and Selenaia are always clear and bright, and all people can see them; so what’s the point of sculpting representations of those who are visible in the sky?"
39. This, then, is the second instinct necessary to sculpture; the desire for the manifestation, description, and companionship of unknown powers; and for possession of a bodily substance—the "bronze Strasbourg," which you can embrace, and hang immortelles on the head of—instead of an abstract idea. But if you get nothing more in the depth of the national mind than these two feelings, the mimetic and idolizing instincts, there may be still no progress possible for the arts except in delicacy of manipulation and accumulative caprice of design. You must have not only the idolizing instinct, but an ηθος which chooses the right thing to idolize! Else, you will get states of art like those in China or India, non-progressive, and in great part diseased and frightful,[Pg 311] being wrought under the influence of foolish terror, or foolish admiration. So that a third condition, completing and confirming both the others, must exist in order to the development of the creative power.
39. So, this is the second instinct that's essential for sculpture: the desire to reveal, describe, and connect with unknown forces, along with the need to have a tangible form—the "bronze Strasbourg," something you can hold and place flowers on its head—rather than just a vague idea. But if all you have in the essence of the national spirit are these two feelings, the mimetic and idolizing instincts, then there might not be real progress in the arts, except for more finesse in technique and a whimsical variety in design. You need to possess not just the idolizing instinct, but also a sense of ethics that helps you choose the right things to idolize! Otherwise, you'll end up with art styles like those seen in China or India, which are stagnant and often disfigured and disturbing, influenced by misguided fear or admiration. Therefore, a third condition, which reinforces and completes the other two, must be present for creative power to flourish.[Pg 311]
40. This third condition is that the heart of the nation shall be set on the discovery of just or equal law, and shall be from day to day developing that law more perfectly. The Greek school of sculpture is formed during, and in consequence of, the national effort to discover the nature of justice; the Tuscan, during, and in consequence of, the national effort to discover the nature of justification. I assert to you at present briefly, what will, I hope, be the subject of prolonged illustration hereafter.
40. This third condition is that the heart of the nation should focus on finding fair or equal laws and should work every day to improve those laws. The Greek school of sculpture developed as a result of the national effort to understand justice; the Tuscan school formed from the national quest to understand justification. I'm telling you now, briefly, what I hope will be explored in much greater detail later on.
41. Now when a nation with mimetic instinct and imaginative longing is also thus occupied earnestly in the discovery of Ethic law, that effort gradually brings precision and truth into all its manual acts; and the physical progress of sculpture as in the Greek, so in the Tuscan, school, consists in gradually limiting what was before indefinite, in verifying what was inaccurate, and in humanizing what was monstrous. I might perhaps content you by showing these external phenomena, and by dwelling simply on the increasing desire of naturalness, which compels, in every successive decade of years, literally, in the sculptured images, the mimicked bones to come together, bone to his bone; and the flesh to come up upon them, until from a flattened and pinched handful of clay, respecting which you may gravely question whether it was intended for a human form at all;—by slow degrees, and added touch to touch, in increasing consciousness of the bodily truth,—at last the Aphrodite of Melos stands before you, a perfect woman. But all that search for physical accuracy is merely the external operation, in the arts, of the seeking for truth in the inner soul; it is impossible without that higher effort, and the demonstration of it would be worse than useless to you, unless I made you aware at the same time of its spiritual cause.
41. Now when a nation with a natural instinct for imitation and a deep desire for imagination is also seriously engaged in discovering ethical principles, that effort gradually brings clarity and truth to all its physical actions. The progress of sculpture, seen in both the Greek and Tuscan schools, involves gradually defining what was once vague, correcting what was inaccurate, and humanizing what was monstrous. I could perhaps satisfy you by highlighting these external developments and focusing solely on the growing desire for naturalness, which, in each successive decade, literally compels the sculpted figures to connect, bone by bone, with flesh forming around them, until from a flat and distorted lump of clay—about which you might seriously question whether it was ever meant to represent a human figure at all—slowly, with each added touch and a heightened awareness of physical truth, the Aphrodite of Melos ultimately emerges before you, a perfect woman. However, all that pursuit of physical accuracy is merely the outward action in the arts reflecting the deeper search for truth in the inner self; it cannot happen without that higher effort, and explaining it would be pointless unless I also made you aware of its spiritual foundation.
42. Observe farther; the increasing truth in representation is co-relative with increasing beauty in the thing to be represented.[Pg 312] The pursuit of justice which regulates the imitative effort, regulates also the development of the race into dignity of person, as of mind; and their culminating art-skill attains the grasp of entire truth at the moment when the truth becomes most lovely. And then, ideal sculpture may go on safely into portraiture. But I shall not touch on the subject of portrait sculpture to-day; it introduces many questions of detail, and must be a matter for subsequent consideration.
42. Also, the growing accuracy in representation goes hand in hand with the increasing beauty of what is being represented.[Pg 312] The pursuit of justice, which guides the effort to imitate, also shapes the development of humanity toward dignity, both in character and intellect; and their highest artistic skill reaches complete truth precisely when that truth is most beautiful. At that point, ideal sculpture can safely transition into portraiture. However, I won't delve into portrait sculpture today; it raises many detailed questions and should be addressed later.
43. These then are the three great passions which are concerned in true sculpture. I cannot find better, or, at least, more easily remembered, names for them than "the Instincts of Mimicry, Idolatry, and Discipline;" meaning, by the last, the desire of equity and wholesome restraint, in all acts and works of life. Now of these, there is no question but that the love of Mimicry is natural and right, and the love of Discipline is natural and right. But it looks a grave question whether the yearning for Idolatry, (the desire of companionship with images,) is right. Whether, indeed, if such an instinct be essential to good sculpture, the art founded on it can possibly be "fine" art.
43. So, these are the three main passions involved in true sculpture. I can't come up with better, or at least more easily remembered, names for them than "the Instincts of Mimicry, Idolatry, and Discipline;" with the last one referring to the desire for fairness and healthy restraint in all actions and endeavors in life. Now, there's no doubt that the love of Mimicry is natural and good, and the love of Discipline is also natural and good. But it raises an important question whether the longing for Idolatry (the desire to connect with images) is right. If this instinct is essential for good sculpture, can the art that stems from it ever truly be considered "fine" art?
44. I must now beg for your close attention, because I have to point out distinctions in modes of conception which will appear trivial to you, unless accurately understood; but of an importance in the history of art which cannot be overrated.
44. I need you to pay close attention now, because I have to highlight differences in ways of thinking that might seem trivial to you unless clearly understood; but they are extremely important in the history of art and should not be underestimated.
When the populace of Paris adorned the statue of Strasbourg with immortelles, none, even the simplest of the pious decorators, would suppose that the city of Strasbourg itself, or any spirit or ghost of the city, was actually there, sitting in the Place de la Concorde. The figure was delightful to them as a visible nucleus for their fond thoughts about Strasbourg; but never for a moment supposed to be Strasbourg.
When the people of Paris decorated the Strasbourg statue with eternal flowers, none of them, not even the most dedicated decorators, would imagine that the city of Strasbourg or any spirit of it was actually there, sitting in Place de la Concorde. The statue was charming to them as a visible focal point for their affectionate thoughts about Strasbourg, but they never for a second thought it actually was Strasbourg.
Similarly, they might have taken delight in a statue purporting to represent a river instead of a city,—the Rhine, or Garonne, suppose,—and have been touched with strong emotion in looking at it, if the real river were dear to them, and yet never think for an instant that the statue was the river.[Pg 313]
Similarly, they might have enjoyed a statue that claimed to represent a river rather than a city—like the Rhine or Garonne, for instance—and felt a deep emotional connection while looking at it if the actual river held special meaning for them, but they would never believe for a moment that the statue was the river.[Pg 313]
And yet again, similarly, but much more distinctly, they might take delight in the beautiful image of a god, because it gathered and perpetuated their thoughts about that god; and yet never suppose, nor be capable of being deceived by any arguments into supposing, that the statue was the god.
And yet again, in a similar way but much more clearly, they might take pleasure in the beautiful image of a god, as it collected and preserved their thoughts about that god; but they would never think, nor could any arguments convince them to think, that the statue was the god.
On the other hand, if a meteoric stone fell from the sky in the sight of a savage, and he picked it up hot, he would most probably lay it aside in some, to him, sacred place, and believe the stone itself to be a kind of god, and offer prayer and sacrifice to it.
On the other hand, if a meteorite fell from the sky in front of a primitive person, and they picked it up while it was still hot, they would likely set it aside in a place they considered sacred and believe the stone itself was a kind of god, offering prayers and sacrifices to it.
In like manner, any other strange or terrifying object, such, for instance, as a powerfully noxious animal or plant, he would be apt to regard in the same way; and very possibly also construct for himself frightful idols of some kind, calculated to produce upon him a vague impression of their being alive; whose imaginary anger he might deprecate or avert with sacrifice, although incapable of conceiving in them any one attribute of exalted intellectual or moral nature.
In the same way, he would likely view any other strange or frightening object, such as a highly toxic animal or plant, similarly; and he might even create terrifying idols of some sort, designed to give him a vague sense that they were alive; he might try to appease or ward off their imagined anger with sacrifices, even though he couldn't conceive of them having any qualities of higher intelligence or morality.
45. If you will now refer to § 52-59 of my Introductory Lectures, you will find this distinction between a resolute conception, recognized for such, and an involuntary apprehension of spiritual existence, already insisted on at some length. And you will see more and more clearly as we proceed, that the deliberate and intellectually commanded conception is not idolatrous in any evil sense whatever, but is one of the grandest and wholesomest functions of the human soul; and that the essence of evil idolatry begins only in the idea or belief of a real presence of any kind, in a thing in which there is no such presence.
45. If you now look at § 52-59 of my Introductory Lectures, you will find the distinction between a clear understanding, recognized as such, and an involuntary awareness of spiritual existence, already discussed in detail. And you will see more and more clearly as we go on, that the intentional and intellectually guided understanding is not idolatrous in any negative way at all, but is one of the greatest and healthiest functions of the human soul; and that the essence of true idolatry begins only with the idea or belief in a real presence of any kind, in something that has no such presence.
46. I need not say that the harm of the idolatry must depend on the certainty of the negative. If there be a real presence in a pillar of cloud, in an unconsuming flame, or in a still small voice, it is no sin to bow down before these.
46. I don’t need to say that the damage of idol worship relies on the certainty of the negative. If there is a real presence in a pillar of cloud, an unburning flame, or a quiet voice, it’s not a sin to bow down before these.
But, as matter of historical fact, the idea of such presence has generally been both ignoble and false, and confined to nations of inferior race, who are often condemned to remain for ages in conditions of vile terror, destitute of thought. Nearly all Indian architecture and Chinese design arise out[Pg 314] of such a state: so also, though in a less gross degree, Ninevite and Phœnician art, early Irish, and Scandinavian; the latter, however, with vital elements of high intellect mingled in it from the first.
But, as a matter of historical fact, the idea of such presence has generally been both dishonorable and false, and limited to nations of inferior race, who often face prolonged periods of terrible oppression, lacking in thought. Nearly all Indian architecture and Chinese design stem from such a condition: likewise, though to a lesser extent, so does Ninevite and Phoenician art, early Irish, and Scandinavian; the latter, however, contains vital elements of high intellect mixed in from the beginning.
But the greatest races are never grossly subject to such terror, even in their childhood, and the course of their minds is broadly divisible into three distinct stages.
But the greatest races are never heavily affected by such fear, even in their early years, and the development of their thoughts can generally be divided into three clear stages.
47. (I.) In their infancy they begin to imitate the real animals about them, as my little girl made the cats and mice, but with an undercurrent of partial superstition—a sense that there must be more in the creatures than they can see; also they catch up vividly any of the fancies of the baser nations round them, and repeat these more or less apishly, yet rapidly naturalizing and beautifying them. They then connect all kinds of shapes together, compounding meanings out of the old chimeras, and inventing new ones with the speed of a running wild-fire; but always getting more of man into their images, and admitting less of monster or brute; their own characters, meanwhile, expanding and purging themselves, and shaking off the feverish fancy, as springing flowers shake the earth off their stalks.
47. (I.) In their early years, kids start to mimic the real animals around them, like when my little girl plays with cats and mice, but there's also a hint of superstition—a feeling that there’s more to these creatures than they can see; they also eagerly adopt and repeat the ideas from the more primitive cultures nearby, doing so in a somewhat childish way, yet quickly making them their own and improving them. They then link various shapes together, creating new meanings from old fantasies, and inventing new ones as quickly as wild-fire spreads; but they always infuse more human qualities into their images and include less of the monstrous or beastly traits; meanwhile, their own identities grow and refine, shedding the wild imagination like flowers shake off the dirt from their stems.
48. (II.) In the second stage, being now themselves perfect men and women, they reach the conception of true and great gods as existent in the universe; and absolutely cease to think of them as in any wise present in statues or images; but they have now learned to make these statues beautifully human, and to surround them with attributes that may concentrate their thoughts of the gods. This is, in Greece, accurately the Pindaric time, just a little preceding the Phidian; the Phidian is already dimmed with a faint shadow of infidelity; still, the Olympic Zeus may be taken as a sufficiently central type of a statue which was no more supposed to be Zeus, than the gold or elephants' tusks it was made of; but in which the most splendid powers of human art were exhausted in representing a believed and honoured God to the happy and holy imagination of a sincerely religious people.
48. (II.) In the second stage, now that they are perfect men and women, they understand the existence of true and great gods in the universe; they completely stop thinking of them as being present in statues or images. Instead, they have learned to create these statues to look beautifully human and to surround them with features that help focus their thoughts on the gods. This period in Greece accurately reflects the Pindaric time, just before the Phidian era; the Phidian period is already showing a hint of doubt. Still, the Olympic Zeus can be seen as a prime example of a statue that was not meant to actually be Zeus, just like the gold or ivory it was made from; rather, it showcased the finest skills of human artistry in portraying a revered and esteemed God to the joyful and pure imagination of a sincerely religious people.
49. (III.) The third stage of national existence follows, in which, the imagination having now done its utmost, and being[Pg 315] partly restrained by the sanctities of tradition, which permit no farther change in the conceptions previously created, begins to be superseded by logical deduction and scientific investigation. At the same moment, the elder artists having done all that is possible in realizing the national conceptions of the Gods, the younger ones, forbidden to change the scheme of existing representations, and incapable of doing anything better in that kind, betake themselves to refine and decorate the old ideas with more attractive skill. Their aims are thus more and more limited to manual dexterity, and their fancy paralyzed. Also, in the course of centuries, the methods of every art continually improving, and being made subjects of popular inquiry, praise is now to be got, for eminence in these, from the whole mob of the nation; whereas intellectual design can never be discerned but by the few. So that in this third æra, we find every kind of imitative and vulgar dexterity more and more cultivated; while design and imagination are every day less cared for, and less possible.
49. (III.) The third stage of national existence comes next, where, after pushing the imagination to its limits and being[Pg 315] somewhat restricted by the rules of tradition that allow no further changes to the existing ideas, it starts to be replaced by logical reasoning and scientific exploration. At the same time, the older artists, having done everything possible to bring the national concepts of the Gods to life, find that the younger ones, not allowed to alter the current representations and unable to create anything better in that regard, focus on refining and enhancing the old concepts with more appealing skills. Their goals become increasingly limited to technical skill while their creativity stagnates. Additionally, over the centuries, the techniques of every art continue to improve and spark public interest, meaning that recognition for excellence in these areas comes from the entire population; however, true intellectual design can only be appreciated by a select few. Thus, in this third era, we see a continuing cultivation of all sorts of imitative and commonplace skills, while design and imagination are increasingly neglected and become less achievable.
50. Meanwhile, as I have just said, the leading minds in literature and science become continually more logical and investigative; and, once that they are established in the habit of testing facts accurately, a very few years are enough to convince all the strongest thinkers that the old imaginative religion is untenable, and cannot any longer be honestly taught in its fixed traditional form, except by ignorant persons. And at this point the fate of the people absolutely depends on the degree of moral strength into which their hearts have been already trained. If it be a strong, industrious, chaste, and honest race, the taking its old gods, or at least the old forms of them, away from it, will indeed make it deeply sorrowful and amazed; but will in no whit shake its will, nor alter its practice. Exceptional persons, naturally disposed to become drunkards, harlots, and cheats, but who had been previously restrained from indulging these dispositions by their fear of God, will, of course, break out into open vice, when that fear is removed. But the heads of the families of the people, instructed in the pure habits and perfect delights of an honest life, and to whom the thought of a[Pg 316] Father in heaven had been a comfort, not a restraint, will assuredly not seek relief from the discomfort of their orphanage by becoming uncharitable and vile. Also the high leaders of their thought gather their whole strength together in the gloom; and at the first entrance of this valley of the Shadow of Death, look their new enemy full in the eyeless face of him, and subdue him, and his terror, under their feet. "Metus omnes, et inexorabile fatum,... strepitumque Acherontis avari." This is the condition of national soul expressed by the art, and the words, of Holbein, Durer, Shakspeare, Pope, and Goethe.
50. Meanwhile, as I just mentioned, the top minds in literature and science are becoming increasingly logical and investigative. Once they develop the habit of accurately testing facts, just a few years are enough to convince all the strongest thinkers that the old imaginative religion is no longer sustainable and can't honestly be taught in its traditional form, except by those who are uninformed. At this point, the fate of the people entirely depends on the level of moral strength their hearts have already developed. If they are a strong, hardworking, pure, and honest race, losing their old gods, or at least the old versions of them, will certainly make them deeply sad and shocked; however, it won't shake their resolve or change their behavior. Those who are naturally inclined to become alcoholics, prostitutes, and cheaters, but had previously restrained themselves out of fear of God, will, of course, indulge in open vice once that fear is gone. However, the family heads of the people, trained in the principles and joys of living an honest life, and for whom the idea of a[Pg 316] Father in heaven has been a comfort rather than a burden, will not seek relief from the discomfort of feeling abandoned by becoming cruel and vile. Additionally, the leading thinkers gather all their strength in the darkness; and when they first enter this valley of the Shadow of Death, they face their new enemy directly, confronting him, and put his terror beneath their feet. "Metus omnes, et inexorabile fatum,... strepitumque Acherontis avari." This reflects the condition of the national soul as expressed through the art and words of Holbein, Durer, Shakespeare, Pope, and Goethe.
51. But if the people, at the moment when the trial of darkness approaches, be not confirmed in moral character, but are only maintaining a superficial virtue by the aid of a spectral religion; the moment the staff of their faith is broken, the character of the race falls like a climbing plant cut from its hold: then all the earthliest vices attack it as it lies in the dust; every form of sensual and insane sin is developed, and half a century is sometimes enough to close, in hopeless shame, the career of the nation in literature, art, and war.
51. But if the people, when faced with a trial of darkness, are not strong in their moral character and are just keeping up a surface-level virtue through a ghostly religion, the instant their faith is shattered, their character collapses like a climbing plant that has lost its grip. Then, all the most base vices pounce on them as they lie in the dirt; every kind of indulgent and crazed sin emerges, and sometimes it only takes half a century to end the nation’s journey in literature, art, and war in hopeless shame.
52. Notably, within the last hundred years, all religion has perished from the practically active national mind of France and England. No statesman in the senate of either country would dare to use a sentence out of their acceptedly divine Revelation, as having now a literal authority over them for their guidance, or even a suggestive wisdom for their contemplation. England, especially, has cast her Bible full in the face of her former God; and proclaimed, with open challenge to Him, her resolved worship of His declared enemy, Mammon. All the arts, therefore, founded on religion, and sculpture chiefly, are here in England effete and corrupt, to a degree which arts never were hitherto in the history of mankind: and it is possible to show you the condition of sculpture living, and sculpture dead, in accurate opposition, by simply comparing the nascent Pisan school in Italy with the existing school in England.
52. Over the last hundred years, religion has almost completely disappeared from the active national consciousness of France and England. No politician in the legislature of either country would dare to quote anything from their recognized divine Revelation, as if it held any literal authority or even provided wisdom for their thoughts. England, in particular, has turned her back on the Bible and openly challenged God, choosing instead to worship His declared enemy, Mammon. Consequently, all the arts based on religion, especially sculpture, are now in England weak and corrupt, to a degree not seen in the history of mankind before: it’s possible to clearly compare the thriving Pisan school in Italy with the current state of sculpture in England, highlighting the differences between vibrant and lifeless art.
53. You were perhaps surprised at my placing in your[Pg 317] educational series, as a type of original Italian sculpture, the pulpit by Niccola Pisano in the Duomo of Siena. I would rather, had it been possible, have given the pulpit by Giovanni Pisano in the Duomo of Pisa; but that pulpit is dispersed in fragments through the upper galleries of the Duomo, and the cloister of the Campo Santo; and the casts of its fragments now put together at Kensington are too coarse to be of use to you. You may partly judge, however, of the method of their execution by the eagle's head, which I have sketched from the marble in the Campo Santo (Edu., No. 113), and the lioness with her cubs, (Edu., No. 103, more carefully studied at Siena); and I will get you other illustrations in due time. Meanwhile, I want you to compare the main purpose of the Cathedral of Pisa, and its associated Bell Tower, Baptistery, and Holy Field, with the main purpose of the principal building lately raised for the people of London. In these days, we indeed desire no cathedrals; but we have constructed an enormous and costly edifice, which, in claiming educational influence over the whole London populace, and middle class, is verily the Metropolitan cathedral of this century,—the Crystal Palace.
53. You might have been surprised that I included the pulpit by Niccola Pisano in the Duomo of Siena as a type of original Italian sculpture in your[Pg 317] educational series. If possible, I would have preferred to showcase the pulpit by Giovanni Pisano in the Duomo of Pisa; however, that pulpit is scattered in pieces throughout the upper galleries of the Duomo and the cloister of the Campo Santo, and the casts of those fragments now assembled at Kensington are too rough to be useful to you. You can partially assess their execution by looking at the eagle's head, which I've sketched from the marble in the Campo Santo (Edu., No. 113), and the lioness with her cubs (Edu., No. 103, which I studied more closely in Siena); I'll get you more illustrations in due course. Meanwhile, I want you to compare the main purpose of the Cathedral of Pisa and its associated Bell Tower, Baptistery, and Holy Field with the primary purpose of the major building recently erected for the people of London. These days, we don’t really want cathedrals, but we’ve built a huge and expensive structure that, in its ambition to have an educational impact on the entire population of London and the middle class, is truly the Metropolitan cathedral of this century—the Crystal Palace.
54. It was proclaimed, at its erection, an example of a newly discovered style of architecture, greater than any hitherto known,—our best popular writers, in their enthusiasm, describing it as an edifice of Fairyland. You are nevertheless to observe that this novel production of fairy enchantment is destitute of every kind of sculpture, except the bosses produced by the heads of nails and rivets; while the Duomo of Pisa, in the wreathen work of its doors, in the foliage of its capitals, inlaid colour designs of its façade, embossed panels of its baptistery font, and figure sculpture of its two pulpits, contained the germ of a school of sculpture which was to maintain, through a subsequent period of four hundred years, the greatest power yet reached by the arts of the world in description of Form, and expression of Thought.
54. When it was built, it was hailed as an example of a newly discovered style of architecture, surpassing anything known before—our best popular writers, in their excitement, describing it as a structure from Fairyland. However, you should note that this new creation of fairy magic lacks all forms of sculpture, except for the shapes made by the heads of nails and rivets; whereas the Duomo of Pisa, with the intricate work of its doors, the foliage of its capitals, the colorful designs on its façade, the embossed panels of its baptismal font, and the figure sculptures on its two pulpits, contained the beginnings of a sculpture school that would last for the next four hundred years, achieving the greatest heights in the arts of the world in terms of Form and expression of Thought.
55. Now it is easy to show you the essential cause of the vast discrepancy in the character of these two buildings.
55. Now it’s easy to point out the main reason for the big difference in the character of these two buildings.
In the vault of the apse of the Duomo of Pisa, was a[Pg 318] colossal image of Christ, in coloured mosaic, bearing to the temple, as nearly as possible, the relation which the statue of Athena bore to the Parthenon; and in the same manner, concentrating the imagination of the Pisan on the attributes of the God in whom he believed.
In the apse of the Duomo of Pisa, there was a[Pg 318] huge mosaic image of Christ, which linked to the temple much like the statue of Athena related to the Parthenon; it aimed to capture the imagination of the people of Pisa by highlighting the qualities of the God they believed in.
In precisely the same position with respect to the nave of the building, but of larger size, as proportioned to the three or four times greater scale of the whole, a colossal piece of sculpture was placed by English designers, at the extremity of the Crystal Palace, in preparation for their solemnities in honour of the birthday of Christ, in December, 1867 or 1868.
In the exact same location relative to the main part of the building, but much larger to match the three or four times greater scale of the whole structure, a huge sculpture was set up by English designers at the far end of the Crystal Palace, in anticipation of their ceremonies celebrating the birthday of Christ in December, 1867 or 1868.
That piece of sculpture was the face of the clown in a pantomime, some twelve feet high from brow to chin, which face, being moved by the mechanism which is our pride, every half minute opened its mouth from ear to ear, showed its teeth, and revolved its eyes, the force of these periodical seasons of expression being increased and explained by the illuminated inscription underneath "Here we are again."
That sculpture was the face of a clown in a pantomime, about twelve feet high from brow to chin. The face, powered by the mechanism we take pride in, opened its mouth from ear to ear every half minute, revealed its teeth, and moved its eyes. The impact of these periodic expressions was enhanced by the glowing inscription underneath: "Here we are again."
56. When it is assumed, and with too good reason, that the mind of the English populace is to be addressed, in the principal Sacred Festival of its year, by sculpture such as this, I need scarcely point out to you that the hope is absolutely futile of advancing their intelligence by collecting within this building, (itself devoid absolutely of every kind of art, and so vilely constructed that those who traverse it are continually in danger of falling over the cross-bars that bind it together) examples of sculpture filched indiscriminately from the past work, bad and good, of Turks, Greeks, Romans, Moors, and Christians, miscoloured, misplaced, and misinterpreted;[117] here thrust into unseemly corners, and there mortised together into mere confusion of heterogeneous obstacle; pronouncing itself hourly more intolerable in weariness, until any kind of relief is sought from it in steam wheelbarrows or cheap toy-shops;[Pg 319] and most of all in beer and meat, the corks and the bones being dropped through the chinks in the damp deal flooring of the English Fairy Palace.
56. When it's correctly assumed that the mind of the English public is meant to be engaged during its main Sacred Festival of the year with sculptures like this, I hardly need to point out that the hope of enhancing their understanding by gathering within this building—completely lacking any kind of art and so poorly constructed that anyone walking through it is always at risk of tripping over the cross-bars holding it together—is utterly pointless. Collecting sculptures taken haphazardly from the past works, whether good or bad, of Turks, Greeks, Romans, Moors, and Christians, miscolored, misplaced, and misinterpreted; here shoved into inappropriate corners, and there awkwardly crammed together into a confusing jumble of mismatched obstacles; becoming increasingly unbearable over time, until relief is sought in steam wheelbarrows or cheap toy shops; and most of all in beer and meat, with corks and bones falling through the gaps in the damp floorboards of the English Fairy Palace.[Pg 319]
57. But you will probably think me unjust in assuming that a building prepared only for the amusement of the people can typically represent the architecture or sculpture of modern England. You may urge, that I ought rather to describe the qualities of the refined sculpture which is executed in large quantities for private persons belonging to the upper classes, and for sepulchral and memorial purposes. But I could not now criticise that sculpture with any power of conviction to you, because I have not yet stated to you the principles of good sculpture in general. I will, however, in some points, tell you the facts by anticipation.
57. But you might think I'm being unfair by suggesting that a building designed solely for the entertainment of the public can truly represent the architecture or sculpture of modern England. You could argue that I should instead focus on the refined sculpture that's produced in large amounts for wealthy individuals and for funerary and commemorative purposes. However, I can't effectively critique that sculpture with any real conviction because I haven't yet explained the principles of good sculpture in general. Still, I will share some facts in advance.
58. We have much excellent portrait sculpture; but portrait sculpture, which is nothing more, is always third-rate work, even when produced by men of genius;—nor does it in the least require men of genius to produce it. To paint a portrait, indeed, implies the very highest gifts of painting; but any man, of ordinary patience and artistic feeling, can carve a satisfactory bust.
58. We have a lot of great portrait sculptures; however, portrait sculpture alone is typically mediocre work, even when created by talented individuals—it's not necessary for it to be done by geniuses. Painting a portrait certainly requires the highest skills in painting; but anyone with a little patience and artistic sensibility can carve a decent bust.
59. Of our powers in historical sculpture, I am, without question, just, in taking for sufficient evidence the monuments we have erected to our two greatest heroes by sea and land; namely, the Nelson Column, and the statue of the Duke of Wellington opposite Apsley House. Nor will you, I hope, think me severe,—certainly, whatever you may think me, I am using only the most temperate language, in saying of both these monuments, that they are absolutely devoid of high sculptural merit. But, consider how much is involved in the fact thus dispassionately stated, respecting the two monuments in the principal places of our capital, to our two greatest heroes.
59. Regarding our capabilities in historical sculpture, I believe it's fair to point out the monuments we've built for our two greatest heroes, both at sea and on land: the Nelson Column and the statue of the Duke of Wellington in front of Apsley House. I hope you won't see me as too harsh—honestly, no matter what you think of me, I’m using very measured language when I say that both these monuments lack significant artistic value. However, think about how much it means that we can make such a straightforward claim about these two monuments dedicated to our greatest heroes in the heart of our capital.
60. Remember that we have before our eyes, as subjects of perpetual study and thought, the art of all the world for three thousand years past: especially, we have the best sculpture of Greece, for example of bodily perfection; the best of Rome, for example of character in portraiture; the best of Florence,[Pg 320] for example of romantic passion: we have unlimited access to books and other sources of instruction; we have the most perfect scientific illustrations of anatomy, both human and comparative; and, we have bribes for the reward of success, large, in the proportion of at least twenty to one, as compared with those offered to the artists of any other period. And with all these advantages, and the stimulus also of fame carried instantly by the press to the remotest corners of Europe, the best efforts we can make, on the grandest of occasions, result in work which it is impossible in any one particular to praise.
60. Remember that we have in front of us, as subjects for constant study and reflection, the art of the entire world from the past three thousand years: particularly, we have the finest sculpture from Greece, showcasing bodily perfection; the best from Rome, demonstrating character in portraiture; and the best from Florence,[Pg 320] illustrating romantic passion. We have unlimited access to books and other learning resources; we have the most accurate scientific illustrations of anatomy, both human and comparative; and we have significant rewards for success, at least twenty times greater compared to what was offered to artists in any previous era. With all these advantages, and the added motivation of instant fame spread by the press to the farthest corners of Europe, our best efforts on the grandest occasions result in work that is lacking in praise for any one aspect.
Now consider for yourselves what an intensity of the negation of the faculty of sculpture this implies in the national mind! What measures can be assigned to the gulf of incapacity, which can deliberately swallow up in the gorge of it the teaching and example of three thousand years, and produce as the result of that instruction, what it is courteous to call "nothing?"
Now think about what a strong rejection of the art of sculpture this shows in our national mindset! How can we measure the vast gap of incompetence that can intentionally engulf the lessons and examples of three thousand years, resulting in what we politely refer to as "nothing?"
61. That is the conclusion at which we arrive, on the evidence presented by our historical sculpture. To complete the measure of ourselves, we must endeavour to estimate the rank of the two opposite schools of sculpture employed by us in the nominal service of religion, and in the actual service of vice.
61. That’s the conclusion we reach based on the evidence shown by our historical sculpture. To fully understand ourselves, we need to try to assess the status of the two contrasting schools of sculpture used in the supposed service of religion and in the real service of wrongdoing.
I am aware of no statue of Christ, nor of any apostle of Christ, nor of any scene related in the New Testament, produced by us within the last three hundred years, which has possessed even superficial merit enough to attract public attention.
I don't know of any statue of Christ, or any apostle of Christ, or any scene from the New Testament, created by us in the last three hundred years, that has had even a little merit to catch the public's attention.
Whereas the steadily immoral effect of the formative art which we learn, more or less apishly, from the French schools, and employ, but too gladly, in manufacturing articles for the amusement of the luxurious classes, must be ranked as one of the chief instruments used by joyful fiends and angry fates, for the ruin of our civilization.
Whereas the continuously harmful impact of the art we learn, often imitated from the French schools, and utilize, all too eagerly, in creating products for the entertainment of wealthy elites, should be considered one of the main tools used by joyful demons and wrathful fates, for the downfall of our civilization.
If, after I have set before you the nature and principles of true sculpture, in Athens, Pisa, and Florence, you reconsider these facts,—(which you will then at once recognize as such),—you[Pg 321] will find that they absolutely justify my assertion that the state of sculpture in modern England, as compared with that of the great Ancients, is literally one of corrupt and dishonourable death, as opposed to bright and fameful life.
If, after I have shown you the nature and principles of true sculpture in Athens, Pisa, and Florence, you think about these facts again—(which you will immediately recognize as true)—you[Pg 321] will see that they completely support my claim that the state of sculpture in modern England, when compared to that of the great Ancients, is truly one of corrupt and dishonorable death, in contrast to vibrant and celebrated life.
62. And now, will you bear with me, while I tell you finally why this is so?
62. So now, will you stay with me while I finally explain why this is the case?
The cause with which you are personally concerned is your own frivolity; though essentially this is not your fault, but that of the system of your early training. But the fact remains the same, that here, in Oxford, you, a chosen body of English youth, in no wise care for the history of your country, for its present dangers, or its present duties. You still, like children of seven or eight years old, are interested only in bats, balls, and oars: nay, including with you the students of Germany and France, it is certain that the general body of modern European youth have their minds occupied more seriously by the sculpture and painting of the bowls of their tobacco-pipes, than by all the divinest workmanship and passionate imagination of Greece, Rome, and Mediæval Christendom.
The issue you’re concerned about is your own lack of seriousness; while this isn’t entirely your fault and stems from your early upbringing, it’s still true that here in Oxford, you and the other select young people of England don't really care about the history of your country, its current threats, or your responsibilities right now. Like children aged seven or eight, you’re only interested in games and sports. In fact, along with students from Germany and France, it’s clear that the majority of modern European youth are more focused on the design of their tobacco pipes than on the incredible art and passionate creativity of Greece, Rome, and Medieval Christendom.
63. But the elementary causes, both of this frivolity in you, and of worse than frivolity in older persons, are the two forms of deadly Idolatry which are now all but universal in England.
63. But the basic reasons for your silliness, and for the even worse silliness in older people, are the two forms of deadly Idolatry that are almost everywhere in England now.
The first of these is the worship of the Eidolon, or Phantasm of Wealth; worship of which you will find the nature partly examined in the 37th paragraph of my Munera Pulveris; but which is briefly to be defined as the servile apprehension of an active power in Money, and the submission to it as the God of our life.
The first of these is the worship of the Eidolon, or Phantasm of Wealth; worship of which you will find the nature partly examined in the 37th paragraph of my Munera Pulveris; but which is briefly defined as the submissive belief in an active power in Money, and the surrender to it as the God of our lives.
64. The second elementary cause of the loss of our nobly imaginative faculty, is the worship of the Letter, instead of the Spirit, in what we chiefly accept as the ordinance and teaching of Deity; and the apprehension of a healing sacredness in the act of reading the Book whose primal commands we refuse to obey.
64. The second basic reason for losing our noble imagination is that we honor the literal text instead of the deeper meaning in what we mainly see as the rules and teachings of the Divine. We seek a comforting holiness in reading the Book, yet we ignore its fundamental commands.
No feather idol of Polynesia was ever a sign of a more shameful idolatry, than the modern notion in the minds of[Pg 322] certainly the majority of English religious persons, that the Word of God, by which the heavens were of old, and the earth, standing out of the water and in the water,—the Word of God which came to the prophets, and comes still for ever to all who will hear it, (and to many who will forbear); and which, called Faithful and True, is to lead forth, in the judgment, the armies of heaven,—that this "Word of God" may yet be bound at our pleasure in morocco, and carried about in a young lady's pocket, with tasselled ribands to mark the passages she most approves of.
No feather idol from Polynesia has ever represented a more disgraceful form of idolatry than the current belief held by most English religious individuals that the Word of God, by which the heavens and the earth were created—standing out of and in the water—the same Word of God that came to the prophets and continues to be available for all who choose to hear it (and even for many who ignore it); and which, known as Faithful and True, will lead the armies of heaven in judgment— can be treated as something we can bind in leather, carried around in a young woman’s purse, with decorative ribbons marking her favorite passages.
65. Gentlemen, there has hitherto been seen no instance, and England is little likely to give the unexampled spectacle, of a country successful in the noble arts, yet in which the youths were frivolous, the maidens falsely religious, the men, slaves of money, and the matrons, of vanity. Not from all the marble of the hills of Luni will such a people ever shape one statue that may stand nobly against the sky; not from all the treasures bequeathed to them by the great dead, will they gather, for their own descendants, any inheritance but shame.
65. Gentlemen, until now, there hasn’t been an example, and England is unlikely to provide the unprecedented sight, of a country thriving in the noble arts, yet where the young people are frivolous, the women are falsely pious, the men are slaves to money, and the married ladies are obsessed with vanity. From all the marble of the hills of Luni, such a people will never create a statue that can stand proudly against the sky; from all the treasures left to them by the great ones who have passed, they will collect nothing for their own descendants except shame.
FOOTNOTES:
[115] In the Greek, "ambrosial." Recollect always that ambrosia, as food of gods, is the continual restorer of strength; that all food is ambrosial when it nourishes, and that the night is called "ambrosial" because it restores strength to the soul through its peace, as, in the 23rd Psalm, the stillness of waters.
[115] In Greek, "ambrosial." Always remember that ambrosia, as the food of the gods, is the constant source of strength; that all food is ambrosial when it nourishes, and that night is referred to as "ambrosial" because it replenishes the soul's strength through its tranquility, much like the still waters mentioned in the 23rd Psalm.
[116] I have italicised this final promise of blessedness, given by the noble Spirit of Workmanship. Compare Carlyle's 5th Latter-day pamphlet, throughout; but especially pp. 12-14, in the first edition.
[116] I have italicized this final promise of happiness, given by the noble Spirit of Craftsmanship. Check out Carlyle's 5th Latter-day pamphlet, especially pages 12-14, in the first edition.
[117] "Falsely represented," would be the better expression. In the cast of the tomb of Queen Eleanor, for a single instance, the Gothic foliage of which one essential virtue is its change over every shield, is represented by a repetition of casts from one mould, of which the design itself is entirely conjectural.
[117] "Misrepresented" would be a more accurate term. In the tomb of Queen Eleanor, for example, the Gothic foliage, which is meant to change on every shield, is actually shown through repeated casts from a single mold, while the design itself is purely speculative.
LECTURE III.
IMAGINATION.
November, 1870.
66. The principal object of the preceding lecture (and I choose rather to incur your blame for tediousness in repeating, than for obscurity in defining it), was to enforce the distinction between the ignoble and false phase of Idolatry, which consists in the attribution of a spiritual power to a material thing; and the noble and truth-seeking phase of it, to which I shall in these lectures[118] give the general term of Imagination;—that is to say, the invention of material symbols which may lead us to contemplate the character and nature of gods, spirits, or abstract virtues and powers, without in the least implying the actual presence of such Beings among us, or even their possession, in reality, of the forms we attribute to them.
66. The main point of the previous lecture (and I'd rather risk your annoyance for being repetitive than for being unclear) was to clarify the difference between the unworthy and misleading version of Idolatry, which involves giving spiritual power to physical objects, and the honorable and truth-seeking version, which I will refer to in these lectures[118] as Imagination. This means creating physical symbols that encourage us to think about the character and nature of gods, spirits, or abstract virtues and powers, without suggesting that such Beings are actually present among us, or that they truly possess the forms we attribute to them.

[Pg 325]67. For instance, in the ordinarily received Greek type of Athena, on vases of the Phidian time (sufficiently represented in the opposite woodcut), no Greek would have supposed the vase on which this was painted to be itself Athena, nor to contain Athena inside of it, as the Arabian fisherman's casket contained the genie; neither did he think that this rude black painting, done at speed as the potter's fancy urged his hand, represented anything like the form or aspect of the Goddess herself. Nor would he have thought so, even had the image been ever so beautifully wrought. The goddess might, indeed, visibly appear under the form of an armed virgin, as she might under that of a hawk or a swallow, when it pleased her to give such manifestation of her presence; but it did not, therefore, follow that she was constantly invested with any of these forms, or that the best which human skill could, even by her own aid, picture of her, was, indeed, a likeness of her. The real use, at all events, of this rude image, was only to signify to the eye and heart the facts of the existence, in some manner, of a Spirit of wisdom, perfect in gentleness, irresistible in anger; having also physical dominion over the air which is the life and breadth of all creatures, and clothed, to human eyes, with ægis of fiery cloud, and raiment of falling dew.
[Pg 325]67. For example, in the typical Greek representation of Athena, as seen on vases from Phidian times (well illustrated in the woodcut opposite), no Greek would have thought of the vase itself as Athena or imagined it contained Athena inside, like the genie in the Arabian fisherman's casket. Nor would they have believed that this rough black painting, created quickly as the potter's imagination flowed, depicted anything resembling the form or appearance of the Goddess herself. Even if the image had been beautifully crafted, that wouldn’t have changed their view. The goddess might, indeed, appear visibly as an armed virgin, or take the form of a hawk or a swallow whenever she chose to show her presence; however, that didn’t mean she was always embodied in any of these forms, nor did it mean that the best representation human skill could create, even with her own help, was actually a likeness of her. In any case, the real purpose of this crude image was simply to signify to the eye and heart the existence of a Spirit of wisdom, perfect in gentleness and unstoppable in anger; possessing physical control over the air, which is the essence of all living beings, and visibly enveloped, to human eyes, in a fiery cloud and adorned with falling dew.
68. In the yet more abstract conception of the Spirit of agriculture, in which the wings of the chariot represent the winds of spring, and its crested dragons are originally a mere type of the seed with its twisted root piercing the ground, and sharp-edged leaves rising above it; we are in still less danger of mistaking the symbol for the presumed form of an actual Person. But I must, with persistence, beg of you to observe that in all the noble actions of imagination in this kind, the distinction from idolatry consists, not in the denial of[Pg 326] the being, or presence of the Spirit, but only in the due recognition of our human incapacity to conceive the one, or compel the other.
68. In an even more abstract understanding of the Spirit of agriculture, where the wings of the chariot symbolize the spring winds, and its crested dragons originally represent the seed with its twisted root pushing into the ground and sharp leaves growing above it; we are even less likely to confuse the symbol for an imagined form of a real person. But I must, insistently, ask you to notice that in all the noble creative acts of this nature, the difference from idolatry lies not in denying the existence or presence of the Spirit, but in properly acknowledging our human limitation to understand one or control the other.

69. Farther—and for this statement I claim your attention still more earnestly. As no nation has ever attained real greatness during periods in which it was subject to any condition of Idolatry, so no nation has ever attained or persevered in greatness, except in reaching and maintaining a passionate Imagination of a spiritual estate higher than that of men; and of spiritual creatures nobler than men, having a quite real and personal existence, however imperfectly apprehended by us.[Pg 327]
69. Furthermore—and for this point, I ask for your attention even more seriously. Just as no nation has ever achieved true greatness while being under any form of Idolatry, no nation has ever reached or sustained greatness without aspiring to and preserving a passionate belief in a spiritual realm higher than humanity; and in spiritual beings that are more noble than humans, who have a real and personal existence, even if our understanding of them is incomplete.[Pg 327]
And all the arts of the present age deserving to be included under the name of sculpture have been degraded by us, and all principles of just policy have vanished from us,—and that totally,—for this double reason; that we are on one side, given up to idolatries of the most servile kind, as I showed you in the close of the last lecture,—while, on the other hand, we have absolutely ceased from the exercise of faithful imagination; and the only remnants of the desire of truth which remain in us have been corrupted into a prurient itch to discover the origin of life in the nature of the dust, and prove that the source of the order of the universe is the accidental concurrence of its atoms.
And all the forms of art today that should be recognized as sculpture have been undermined by us, and all principles of fair governance have completely disappeared from us—for two reasons: on one hand, we have succumbed to the most servile idolatry, as I explained at the end of the last lecture; on the other hand, we have entirely stopped using our imagination in a faithful way. The only traces of our desire for truth that remain have been twisted into a crude obsession with finding the origin of life in the makeup of dust, and proving that the order of the universe comes from the random arrangement of its atoms.
70. Under these two calamities of our time, the art of sculpture has perished more totally than any other, because the object of that art is exclusively the representation of form as the exponent of life. It is essentially concerned only with the human form, which is the exponent of the highest life we know; and with all subordinate forms only as they exhibit conditions of vital power which have some certain relation to humanity. It deals with the "particula undique desecta" of the animal nature, and itself contemplates, and brings forward for its disciples' contemplation, all the energies of creation which transform the πηλος, or lower still, the βορβορος of the trivia, by Athena's help, into forms of power;—(το μεν ὁλον αρχιτεκτων αυτος ην. συνειργαζετο δε τοι και η 'Αθηνα εμπνεουσα τον πηλον και εμπσυχα ροιουσα ειναι τα πλασματα;)[119]—but it has nothing whatever to do with the representation of forms not living, however beautiful, (as of clouds or waves); nor may it condescend to use its perfect skill, except in expressing the noblest conditions of life.
70. Under these two disasters of our time, the art of sculpture has completely disappeared more than any other, because its sole purpose is to represent form as a symbol of life. It mainly focuses on the human form, which represents the highest life we know, and on all other forms only as they show aspects of vitality that relate to humanity. It works with the "particula undique desecta" of animal nature, and it itself reflects on and presents for its students' contemplation all the creative energies that transform the πηλος, or even further down to the βορβορος of the trivia, with the help of Athena, into forms of power;—(το μεν ὁλον αρχιτεκτων αυτος ην. συνειργαζετο δε τοι και η 'Αθηνα εμπνεουσα τον πηλον και εμπσυχα ροιουσα ειναι τα πλασματα;)[119]—but it has nothing to do with representing non-living forms, no matter how beautiful they might be (like clouds or waves); nor should it lower itself to use its perfect skill, except in expressing the highest conditions of life.
These laws of sculpture, being wholly contrary to the practice of our day, I cannot expect you to accept on my assertion, nor do I wish you to do so. By placing definitely good and bad sculpture before you, I do not doubt but that I shall[Pg 328] gradually prove to you the nature of all excelling and enduring qualities; but to-day I will only confirm my assertions by laying before you the statement of the Greeks themselves on the subject; given in their own noblest time, and assuredly authoritative, in every point which it embraces, for all time to come.
These rules of sculpture, being completely different from how we do things today, I can't expect you to believe me just on my word, nor do I want you to. By clearly showing you examples of both good and bad sculpture, I’m confident that I will[Pg 328] gradually show you what all the great and lasting qualities are; but today, I will only support my claims by presenting the opinions of the Greeks themselves on this topic; expressed during their greatest period, and definitely authoritative in every aspect it covers, for all time to come.
71. If any of you have looked at the explanation I have given of the myth of Athena in my Queen of the Air, you cannot but have been surprised that I took scarcely any note of the story of her birth. I did not, because that story is connected intimately with the Apolline myths; and is told of Athena, not essentially as the goddess of the air, but as the goddess of Art-Wisdom.
71. If any of you have read the explanation I provided about the myth of Athena in my Queen of the Air, you must be surprised that I barely mentioned the story of her birth. I didn’t do this because that story is closely linked to the Apolline myths; and it’s told about Athena, not primarily as the goddess of the air, but as the goddess of Art-Wisdom.
You have probably often smiled at the legend itself, or avoided thinking of it, as revolting. It is indeed, one of the most painful and childish of sacred myths; yet remember, ludicrous and ugly as it seems to us, this story satisfied the fancy of the Athenian people in their highest state; and if it did not satisfy—yet it was accepted by, all later mythologists: you may also remember I told you to be prepared to find that, given a certain degree of national intellect, the ruder the symbol, the deeper would be its purpose. And this legend of the birth of Athena is the central myth of all that the Greeks have left us respecting the power of their arts; and in it they have expressed, as it seemed good to them, the most important things they had to tell us on these matters. We may read them wrongly; but we must read them here, if anywhere.
You’ve likely smiled at the legend itself or tried not to think about it because it’s so unpleasant. It is, indeed, one of the most painful and childish of sacred myths; yet remember, as ridiculous and ugly as it appears to us, this story captured the imagination of the Athenian people at their peak; and even if it didn't satisfy everyone, it was accepted by all later mythologists. You may also recall that I mentioned you should be ready to find that, with a certain level of national intellect, the more primitive the symbol, the deeper its meaning. This legend of Athena's birth is the central myth of everything the Greeks have left us regarding the power of their arts; and through it, they expressed what they felt was most important to share with us on these subjects. We might interpret them incorrectly; but we have to explore them here, if anywhere.
72. There are so many threads to be gathered up in the legend, that I cannot hope to put it before you in total clearness, but I will take main points. Athena is born in the island of Rhodes; and that island is raised out of the sea by Apollo, after he had been left without inheritance among the gods. Zeus[120] would have cast the lot again, but Apollo[Pg 329] orders the golden-girdled Lachesis to stretch out her hands; and not now by chance or lot, but by noble enchantment, the island rises out of the sea.
72. There are so many threads to pull together in this story that I can't hope to lay it all out clearly for you, but I'll focus on the main points. Athena is born on the island of Rhodes, which is lifted from the sea by Apollo, after he has been left without an inheritance among the gods. Zeus[120] was going to draw lots again, but Apollo[Pg 329] tells the golden-girded Lachesis to extend her hands; and now, not by chance or lot, but by noble magic, the island emerges from the sea.
Physically, this represents the action of heat and light on chaos, especially on the deep sea. It is the "Fiat lux" of Genesis, the first process in the conquest of Fate by Harmony. The island is dedicated to the Nymph Rhodos, by whom Apollo has the seven sons who teach σοφωτατα νοηματα; because the rose is the most beautiful organism existing in matter not vital, expressive of the direct action of light on the earth, giving lovely form and colour at once; (compare the use of it by Dante as the form of the sainted crowd in highest heaven) and remember that, therefore, the rose is in the Greek mind, essentially a Doric flower, expressing the worship of Light, as the Iris or Ion is an Ionic one, expressing the worship of the Winds and Dew.
Physically, this illustrates how heat and light interact with chaos, especially in the deep sea. It’s the "Fiat lux" from Genesis, marking the first step in overcoming Fate with Harmony. The island is devoted to the Nymph Rhodos, by whom Apollo has the seven sons who teach profound insights; because the rose is the most beautiful non-living organism, showcasing the direct impact of light on the earth, giving stunning form and color simultaneously; (compare this to Dante’s use of it to represent the saintly crowd in the highest heaven) and keep in mind that, for the Greeks, the rose is fundamentally a Doric flower, symbolizing the worship of Light, just as the Iris or Ion represents an Ionic connection to the worship of the Winds and Dew.
73. To understand the agency of Hephæstus at the birth of Athena, we must again return to the founding of the arts on agriculture by the hand. Before you can cultivate land you must clear it; and the characteristic weapon of Hephæstus,—which is as much his attribute as the trident is of Poseidon, and the rhabdos of Hermes, is not, as you would have expected, the hammer, but the clearing-axe—the doubled-edged πελεκυς, the same that Calypso gives Ulysses with which to cut down the trees for his home voyage; so that both the naval and agricultural strength of the Athenians are expressed by this weapon, with which they had to hew out their fortune. And you must keep in mind this agriculturally laborious character of Hephæstus, even when he is most distinctly the god of serviceable fire; thus Horace's perfect epithet for him "avidus" expresses at once the devouring eagerness of fire, and the zeal of progressive labour, for Horace gives it to him when he is fighting against the giants. And this rude symbol of his cleaving the forehead of Zeus with the axe, and giving birth to Athena signifies, indeed, physically the thrilling power of heat in the heavens, rending the clouds, and giving birth to the blue air; but far more deeply it signifies the subduing of adverse Fate by true labour; until, out of the chasm,[Pg 330] cleft by resolute and industrious fortitude, springs the Spirit of Wisdom.
73. To understand Hephæstus's role in the birth of Athena, we need to revisit the origins of the arts tied to agriculture. Before you can farm land, you have to clear it. Hephæstus’s signature tool, much like Poseidon's trident or Hermes’s staff, isn’t what you’d expect—it’s not a hammer but a clearing axe, the double-edged πελεκυς, the same one Calypso gives to Ulysses to chop down trees for his journey home. This tool symbolizes both the maritime and agricultural strength of the Athenians, representing the effort needed to carve out their fortune. Remember this agricultural aspect of Hephæstus, even when he’s mostly seen as the god of useful fire. Horace’s perfect description of him as "avidus" captures both the consuming intensity of fire and the enthusiasm for hard work, as he uses it when fighting the giants. This rough image of him splitting Zeus’s forehead with an axe symbolizes the powerful heat in the skies, tearing through the clouds and creating the blue air. More profoundly, it represents overcoming adversity through genuine effort; from the chasm,[Pg 330] formed by steadfast and diligent strength, emerges the Spirit of Wisdom.
74. Here (Fig. 4) is an early drawing of the myth, to which I shall have to refer afterwards in illustration of the childishness of the Greek mind at the time when its art-symbols were first fixed; but it is of peculiar value, because the physical character of Vulcan, as fire, is indicated by his wearing the ενδρομιδες of Hermes, while the antagonism of Zeus, as the adverse chaos, either of cloud or of fate, is shown by his striking at Hephæstus with his thunderbolt. But Plate IV. gives you (as far as the light on the rounded vase will allow it to be deciphered) a characteristic representation of the scene, as conceived in later art.
74. Here (Fig. 4) is an early drawing of the myth, which I will refer to later to illustrate the immaturity of the Greek mindset when its artistic symbols were first established; however, it holds special significance because Vulcan’s physical nature as fire is represented by him wearing Hermes' sandals, while Zeus’ role as the opposing chaos, whether of clouds or fate, is shown by him striking Hephaestus with his thunderbolt. But Plate IV. gives you (as much as the light on the rounded vase allows it to be interpreted) a typical representation of the scene as envisioned in later art.

75. I told you in a former lecture of this course that the entire Greek intellect was in a childish phase as compared to that of modern times. Observe, however, childishness does not necessarily imply universal inferiority: there may be a vigorous, acute, pure, and solemn childhood, and there may be a weak, foul, and ridiculous condition of advanced life; but the one is still essentially the childish, and the other the adult phase of existence.
75. I mentioned in an earlier lecture of this course that the entire Greek intellect was in a childish stage compared to modern times. However, keep in mind that being childish doesn't always mean being universally inferior: there can be a strong, sharp, innocent, and serious childhood, just as there can be a weak, corrupt, and absurd state in later life; but one is still fundamentally the childish phase, while the other is the adult phase of existence.
76. You will find, then, that the Greeks were the first people that were born into complete humanity. All nations before them had been, and all around them still were, partly[Pg 331] savage, bestial, clay-encumbered, inhuman; still semi-goat, or semi-ant, or semi-stone, or semi-cloud. But the power of a new spirit came upon the Greeks, and the stones were filled with breath, and the clouds clothed with flesh; and then came the great spiritual battle between the Centaurs and Lapithæ; and the living creatures became "Children of Men." Taught, yet, by the Centaur—sown, as they knew, in the fang—from the dappled skin of the brute, from the leprous scale of the serpent, their flesh came again as the flesh of a little child, and they were clean.
76. You will see that the Greeks were the first people who were fully human. All the nations before them, and those around them, were still somewhat savage, brutal, burdened by ignorance; still partly like goats, ants, stones, or clouds. But then a new spirit awakened within the Greeks, and the stones gained life, and the clouds took on flesh; this sparked the great spiritual conflict between the Centaurs and the Lapiths; and living beings became "Children of Men." They were taught by the Centaur—born, as they realized, from a fierce nature—crafted from the spotted skin of the beast, from the scaly hide of the serpent, their bodies were reborn as the body of a child, and they were pure.
Fix your mind on this as the very central character of the Greek race—the being born pure and human out of the brutal misery of the past, and looking abroad, for the first time, with their children's eyes, wonderingly open, on the strange and divine world.
Fix your mind on this as the core essence of the Greek people—their emergence, pure and human, from the harsh suffering of the past, gazing out for the first time, with the curious eyes of children, at the unfamiliar and divine world.
77. Make some effort to remember, so far as may be possible to you, either what you felt in yourselves when you were young, or what you have observed in other children, of the action of thought and fancy. Children are continually represented as living in an ideal world of their own. So far as I have myself observed, the distinctive character of a child is to live always in the tangible present, having little pleasure in memory, and being utterly impatient and tormented by anticipation: weak alike in reflection and forethought, but having an intense possession of the actual present, down to the shortest moments and least objects of it; possessing it, indeed, so intensely that the sweet childish days are as long as twenty days will be; and setting all the faculties of heart and imagination on little things, so as to be able to make anything out of them he chooses. Confined to a little garden, he does not imagine himself somewhere else, but makes a great garden out of that; possessed of an acorn-cup, he will not despise it and throw it away, and covet a golden one in its stead: it is the adult who does so. The child keeps his acorn-cup as a treasure, and makes a golden one out of it in his mind; so that the wondering grown-up person standing beside him is always tempted to ask concerning his treasures, not, "What would you have more than these?" but "What possibly can[Pg 332] you see in these?" for, to the bystander, there is a ludicrous and incomprehensible inconsistency between the child's words and the reality. The little thing tells him gravely, holding up the acorn-cup, that "this is a queen's crown, or a fairy's boat," and, with beautiful effrontery, expects him to believe the same. But observe—the acorn-cup must be there, and in his own hand. "Give it me;" then I will make more of it for myself. That is the child's one word, always.
77. Try to remember, as much as you can, either what you felt as a child or what you’ve seen in other kids about thinking and imagination. Children are often described as living in their own ideal world. From what I’ve noticed, a child's unique trait is living fully in the immediate present, finding little joy in memories, and being completely restless and anxious about what’s to come: lacking both reflection and foresight, but having a deep connection with the present moment, down to the briefest instances and smallest objects. They’re so immersed in it that their sweet childhood days feel as long as twenty days; they channel all their heart and imagination into small things, turning anything they wish into something special. When they’re in a small garden, they don’t dream of being elsewhere; instead, they create a vast garden out of that space. When they have an acorn cup, they won’t dismiss it for a golden one—it’s the adults who do that. The child treasures their acorn cup, picturing a golden one in their mind; so the curious adult standing next to them is often tempted to ask about their treasures, not "What do you want more than this?" but "What on earth can[Pg 332] you see in this?" because, to the observer, there's a funny and confusing mismatch between what the child says and what’s real. The little one seriously holds up the acorn cup, saying, "This is a queen’s crown or a fairy's boat," and confidently expects them to believe it. But notice—the acorn cup must be there, and in their own hand. "Give it to me; then I’ll create more from it for myself." That’s the child’s one consistent request.

78. It is also the one word of the Greek—"Give it me." Give me any thing definite here in my sight, then I will make more of it.
78. It is also the one word in Greek—"Give it to me." Give me anything clear here in front of me, then I will make more of it.

I cannot easily express to you how strange it seems to me that I am obliged, here in Oxford, to take the position of an apologist for Greek art; that I find, in spite of all the devotion of the admirable scholars who have so long maintained in our public schools the authority of Greek literature, our younger students take no interest in the manual work of the people upon whose thoughts the tone of their early intellectual life has exclusively depended. But I am not surprised that the interest, if awakened, should not at first take the form of admiration. The inconsistency between an Homeric description of a piece of furniture or armour, and the actual rudeness of any piece of art approximating within even three or four centuries, to the Homeric period, is so great, that we at first cannot recognize the art as elucidatory of, or in any way related to, the poetic language.
I can’t quite explain how odd it feels to me that here in Oxford, I have to defend Greek art. Despite the dedication of the wonderful scholars who have long upheld the importance of Greek literature in our public schools, our younger students show no interest in the craftsmanship of the people whose ideas have shaped their early intellectual lives. However, I’m not surprised that, if their interest is piqued, it doesn’t immediately turn into admiration. The gap between an epic description of a piece of furniture or armor and the roughness of any artwork from even three or four centuries after the Homeric period is so vast that at first, we can’t see the art as explaining or connected to the poetic language.
79. You will find, however, exactly the same kind of discrepancy between early sculpture, and the languages of deed and thought, in the second birth, and childhood, of the world, under Christianity. The same fair thoughts and bright imaginations arise again; and similarly, the fancy is content with the rudest symbols by which they can be formalized to the eyes. You cannot understand that the rigid figure (2) with chequers or spots on its breast, and sharp lines of drapery to its feet, could represent, to the Greek, the healing majesty of heaven: but can you any better understand how a symbol so haggard as this (Fig. 5) could represent to the noblest hearts of the Christian ages the power and ministration of angels? Yet it not only did so, but retained in the rude undulatory and linear ornamentation of its dress, record of the thoughts intended to be conveyed by the spotted ægis and falling chiton of Athena, eighteen hundred years before. Greek and Venetian alike, in their noble childhood, knew with the same terror the coiling wind and congealed hail in heaven—saw with the same thankfulness the dew shed softly on the earth, and on its flowers; and both recognized, ruling these, and symbolized by them, the great helpful spirit of Wisdom, which leads the children of men to all knowledge, all courage, and all art.
79. You’ll notice that there’s the same kind of gap between early sculpture and the expressions of action and thought during the second birth and childhood of the world under Christianity. The same beautiful thoughts and vibrant imaginations emerge again, and similarly, the imagination is satisfied with the simplest symbols that can be seen. You might have trouble understanding how the rigid figure (2) with checks or spots on its chest, and sharply defined drapery at its feet, could represent to the Greeks the healing majesty of heaven. But can you really grasp how a symbol as worn as this (Fig. 5) could symbolize to the noblest hearts of the Christian ages the power and service of angels? Yet it not only did so, but also carried in its rough, wavy, and linear decoration a record of the ideas intended to be conveyed by the spotted aegis and flowing chiton of Athena, eighteen hundred years prior. Both Greeks and Venetians, in their noble youth, experienced the same fear from the swirling wind and frozen hail in heaven—appreciated with the same gratitude the dew softly falling on the earth and its flowers; and both acknowledged, ruling these elements and symbolized by them, the great guiding spirit of Wisdom, which leads humanity to all knowledge, courage, and art.
80. Read the inscription written on the sarcophagus (Plate V.), at the extremity of which this angel is sculptured. It stands in an open recess in the rude brick wall of the west front of the church of St. John and Paul at Venice, being the[Pg 334] tomb of the two doges, father and son, Jacopo and Lorenzo Tiepolo. This is the inscription:—
80. Read the inscription on the sarcophagus (Plate V.), at the end of which this angel is carved. It’s located in an open recess in the rough brick wall of the west front of the church of St. John and Paul in Venice, serving as the[Pg 334] tomb for the two doges, father and son, Jacopo and Lorenzo Tiepolo. Here’s the inscription:—
Dalmatian lands were given to the homeland after being conquered by Mars. Sanguine fleets stained the sea. Suscipit oblatos Prince Laurentius Istros,
And he conquered the unyielding, with a great slaughter falling, Bononia's people. Hence, Cervia submitted.
Create paths of peace; courageously abandoned Both sought the divine with sacred minds.
You see, therefore, this tomb is an invaluable example of thirteenth century sculpture in Venice. In Plate VI., you have an example of the (coin) sculpture of the date accurately corresponding in Greece to the thirteenth century in Venice, when the meaning of symbols was everything and the workmanship comparatively nothing. The upper head is an Athena, of Athenian work in the seventh or sixth century—(the coin itself may have been struck later, but the archaic type was retained). The two smaller impressions below are the front and obverse of a coin of the same age from Corinth, the head of Athena on one side, and Pegasus, with the archaic Koppa, on the other. The smaller head is bare, the hair being looped up at the back and closely bound with an olive branch. You are to note this general outline of the head, already given in a more finished type in Plate II., as a most important elementary form in the finest sculpture, not of Greece only, but of all Christendom. In the upper head the hair is restrained still more closely by a round helmet, for the most part smooth, but embossed with a single flower tendril, having one bud, one flower, and above it, two olive leaves. You have thus the most absolutely restricted symbol possible to human thought of the power of Athena over the flowers and trees of the earth. An olive leaf by itself could not have stood for the sign of a tree, but the two can, when set in position of growth.
You see, this tomb is an invaluable example of 13th-century sculpture in Venice. In Plate VI, you have an example of the coin sculpture from the same period in Greece as 13th-century Venice, when the meaning of symbols mattered most and the quality of workmanship wasn’t as significant. The upper head represents Athena, made in Athens during the 7th or 6th century—(the coin itself may have been minted later, but the archaic design was kept). The two smaller impressions below show the front and back of a coin from the same period from Corinth, featuring Athena's head on one side and Pegasus, along with the archaic Koppa, on the other. The smaller head is bare, with the hair styled up at the back and tightly tied with an olive branch. You should note this general outline of the head, which was previously shown in a more refined form in Plate II, as a key foundational shape in the finest sculpture, not just in Greece, but throughout all of Christendom. In the upper head, the hair is held even more tightly by a round helmet, which is mostly smooth but embossed with a single flower tendril, featuring one bud, one flower, and above it, two olive leaves. This represents the most concise symbol of Athena’s power over the flowers and trees of the earth. An olive leaf alone couldn't symbolize a tree, but two can, when arranged in a growing position.

I would not give you the reverse of the coin on the same plate, because you would have looked at it only, laughed at it, and not examined the rest; but here it is, wonderfully engraved for you (Fig. 6): of it we shall have more to say afterwards.
I wouldn’t put the other side of the coin on the same plate because you would just look at it, laugh, and not pay attention to the rest; but here it is, beautifully engraved for you (Fig. 6): we’ll talk more about it later.

81. And now as you look at these rude vestiges of the religion of Greece, and at the vestiges, still ruder, on the Ducal tomb, of the religion of Christendom, take warning against two opposite errors.
81. And now as you look at these rough remnants of the religion of Greece, and at the even rougher remnants on the Ducal tomb of the religion of Christianity, be cautious of two contrasting mistakes.
There is a school of teachers who will tell you that nothing but Greek art is deserving of study, and that all our work at this day should be an imitation of it.
There are some teachers who will tell you that only Greek art is worth studying, and that all our efforts today should focus on imitating it.
Whenever you feel tempted to believe them, think of these portraits of Athena and her owl, and be assured that Greek art is not in all respects perfect, nor exclusively deserving of imitation.
Whenever you feel tempted to believe them, think of these portraits of Athena and her owl, and remember that Greek art isn’t perfect in every way and isn’t the only style worth imitating.
There is another school of teachers who will tell you that Greek art is good for nothing; that the soul of the Greek was outcast, and that Christianity entirely superseded its faith, and excelled its works.
There’s another group of teachers who will tell you that Greek art is worthless; that the soul of the Greek was rejected, and that Christianity completely replaced its beliefs and surpassed its achievements.
Whenever you feel tempted to believe them, think of this angel on the tomb of Jacopo Tiepolo; and remember, that Christianity, after it had been twelve hundred years existent as an imaginative power on the earth, could do no better work than this, though with all the former power of Greece to help it; nor was able to engrave its triumph in having stained its fleets in the seas of Greece with the blood of her people, but between barbarous imitations of the pillars which that people had invented.[Pg 336]
Whenever you feel tempted to believe them, think of this angel on the tomb of Jacopo Tiepolo; and remember that after twelve hundred years of being an imaginative force on earth, Christianity could achieve no better work than this, even with all the past power of Greece backing it. It also wasn't able to mark its triumph by staining its fleets in the seas of Greece with the blood of her people, but only through crude imitations of the pillars that those people had created.[Pg 336]
82. Receiving these two warnings, receive also this lesson; In both examples, childish though it be, this Heathen and Christian art is alike sincere, and alike vividly imaginative: the actual work is that of infancy; the thoughts, in their visionary simplicity, are also the thoughts of infancy, but in their solemn virtue, they are the thoughts of men.
82. After getting these two warnings, also take this lesson to heart: In both examples, though they may seem childish, this art from both heathens and Christians is equally sincere and vividly imaginative. The actual work is the product of childhood; the ideas, in their simple vision, are also like the ideas of children, but in their serious virtue, they represent the thoughts of grown-ups.
We, on the contrary, are now, in all that we do, absolutely without sincerity;—absolutely, therefore, without imagination, and without virtue. Our hands are dexterous with the vile and deadly dexterity of machines; our minds filled with incoherent fragments of faith, which we cling to in cowardice, without believing, and make pictures of in vanity, without loving. False and base alike, whether we admire or imitate, we cannot learn from the Heathen's art, but only pilfer it; we cannot revive the Christian's art, but only galvanize it; we are, in the sum of us, not human artists at all, but mechanisms of conceited clay, masked in the furs and feathers of living creatures, and convulsed with voltaic spasms, in mockery of animation.
We, on the other hand, are now completely lacking in sincerity in everything we do; and as a result, we're also missing imagination and virtue. Our hands are skilled in the ugly and deadly way machines are; our minds are filled with jumbled bits of faith that we hold onto out of fear, without truly believing, and make images of out of vanity, without any real love. Whether we admire or imitate, we can't truly learn from ancient art, we can only steal from it; we can't genuinely revive Christian art, we can only electrify it. Ultimately, we are not human artists at all, but just self-important mechanisms made of clay, disguised in the furs and feathers of living beings, twitching with artificial energy, pretending to be alive.
83. You think, perhaps, that I am using terms unjustifiable in violence. They would, indeed, be unjustifiable, if, spoken from this chair, they were violent at all. They are, unhappily, temperate and accurate,—except in shortcoming of blame. For we are not only impotent to restore, but strong to defile, the work of past ages. Of the impotence, take but this one, utterly humiliatory, and, in the full meaning of it, ghastly, example. We have lately been busy embanking, in the capital of the country, the river which, of all its waters, the imagination of our ancestors had made most sacred, and the bounty of nature most useful. Of all architectural features of the metropolis, that embankment will be, in future, the most conspicuous; and in its position and purpose it was the most capable of noble adornment.
83. You might think that I am using terms that are unreasonably harsh. They would definitely be unreasonable if they were coming from this position and were truly harsh at all. Unfortunately, they are measured and accurate—except for the lack of blame. We are not just incapable of restoring but also powerful in ruining the accomplishments of the past. For a strikingly humiliating and truly horrifying example of our impotence, consider this: Recently, we’ve been busy building a riverbank in the capital, which was once regarded by our ancestors as the most sacred of all its waters and one of nature's most valuable gifts. Of all the architectural elements in the city, this riverbank will stand out the most in the future; and given its location and purpose, it could have been beautifully embellished.
For that adornment, nevertheless, the utmost which our modern poetical imagination has been able to invent, is a row of gas-lamps. It has, indeed, farther suggested itself to our minds as appropriate to gas-lamps set beside a river, that the gas should come out of fishes' tails; but we have not ingenuity[Pg 337] enough to cast so much as a smelt or a sprat for ourselves; so we borrow the shape of a Neapolitan marble, which has been the refuse of the plate and candlestick shops in every capital of Europe for the last fifty years. We cast that badly, and give lustre to the ill-cast fish with lacquer in imitation of bronze. On the base of their pedestals, towards the road, we put for advertisement's sake, the initials of the casting firm; and, for farther originality and Christianity's sake, the caduceus of Mercury; and to adorn the front of the pedestals towards the river, being now wholly at our wit's end, we can think of nothing better than to borrow the door-knocker which—again for the last fifty years—has disturbed and decorated two or three millions of London street-doors; and magnifying the marvellous device of it, a lion's head with a ring in its mouth (still borrowed from the Greek), we complete the embankment with a row of heads and rings, on a scale which enables them to produce, at the distance at which only they can be seen, the exact effect of a row of sentry boxes.
For that decoration, however, the best our modern poetic imagination has come up with is a line of gas lamps. It's even crossed our minds that it would be fitting for the gas to come from fish tails beside a river; but we lack the creativity[Pg 337] to create even a small fish or a sprat ourselves, so we take the shape of a Neapolitan marble, which has been discarded by plate and candlestick shops in every capital of Europe for the past fifty years. We mold that poorly and give a shiny finish to the badly made fish with lacquer that mimics bronze. On the base of their pedestals, facing the road, we place for advertising purposes the initials of the casting company; and for added originality and a nod to Christianity, we include the caduceus of Mercury; and to decorate the front of the pedestals facing the river, being completely out of ideas, we can only think of borrowing the door knocker that—once again for the last fifty years—has disturbed and decorated millions of London street doors; and by enlarging the fantastic design of it, a lion's head with a ring in its mouth (still taken from the Greeks), we finish the embankment with a row of heads and rings, on a scale that makes them appear, from a distance where they can only be seen, to have the exact effect of a line of sentry boxes.
84. Farther. In the very centre of the city, and at the point where the Embankment commands a view of Westminster Abbey on one side and of St. Paul's on the other—that is to say, at precisely the most important and stately moment of its whole course—it has to pass under one of the arches of Waterloo Bridge, which, in the sweep of its curve, is as vast—it alone—as the Rialto at Venice, and scarcely less seemly in proportions. But over the Rialto, though of late and debased Venetian work, there still reigns some power of human imagination: on the two flanks of it are carved the Virgin and the Angel of the Annunciation; on the keystone the descending Dove. It is not, indeed, the fault of living designers that the Waterloo arch is nothing more than a gloomy and hollow heap of wedged blocks of blind granite. But just beyond the damp shadow of it, the new Embankment is reached by a flight of stairs, which are, in point of fact, the principal approach to it, a-foot, from central London; the descent from the very midst of the metropolis of England to the banks of the chief river of England; and for this approach, living designers are answerable.[Pg 338]
84. Farther. In the heart of the city, where the Embankment provides views of Westminster Abbey on one side and St. Paul's on the other—precisely at the most significant and impressive point of its journey—it has to pass under one of Waterloo Bridge's arches, which is as vast in its curve as the Rialto in Venice and nearly as elegant in design. However, despite being a later and lesser Venetian work, the Rialto still carries a sense of human creativity: the Virgin and the Angel of the Annunciation are carved on its sides, and the descending Dove is featured on the keystone. It's not the current designers' fault that the Waterloo arch is merely a dark and lifeless stack of awkward granite blocks. But just beyond its damp shadow, a set of stairs leads to the new Embankment, which is actually the main way to get there on foot from central London; it's a descent from the very center of England's capital to the banks of England's principal river, and for this access, current designers are responsible.[Pg 338]
85. The principal decoration of the descent is again a gas-lamp, but a shattered one, with a brass crown on the top of it or, rather, half-crown, and that turned the wrong way, the back of it to the river and causeway, its flame supplied by a visible pipe far wandering along the wall; the whole apparatus being supported by a rough cross-beam. Fastened to the centre of the arch above is a large placard, stating that the Royal Humane Society's drags are in constant readiness, and that their office is at 4, Trafalgar Square. On each side of the arch are temporary, but dismally old and battered boardings, across two angles capable of unseemly use by the British public. Above one of these is another placard, stating that this is the Victoria Embankment. The steps themselves—some forty of them—descend under a tunnel, which the shattered gas-lamp lights by night, and nothing by day. They are covered with filthy dust, shaken off from infinitude of filthy feet; mixed up with shreds of paper, orange-peel, foul straw, rags, and cigar ends, and ashes; the whole agglutinated, more or less, by dry saliva into slippery blotches and patches; or, when not so fastened, blown dismally by the sooty wind hither and thither, or into the faces of those who ascend and descend. The place is worth your visit, for you are not likely to find elsewhere a spot which, either in costly and ponderous brutality of building, or in the squalid and indecent accompaniment of it, is so far separated from the peace and grace of nature, and so accurately indicative of the methods of our national resistance to the Grace, Mercy, and Peace of Heaven.
85. The main feature of the descent is again a gas lamp, but this one is broken, with a brass crown on top, or rather, a half-crown that’s installed the wrong way, facing away from the river and the pathway. Its flame is fueled by a visible pipe running along the wall; the entire setup is held up by a rough cross beam. Hanging from the center of the arch above is a large sign, stating that the Royal Humane Society's rescue boats are always ready and that their office is at 4 Trafalgar Square. On either side of the arch are temporary but very old and battered boards, positioned awkwardly for less-than-appropriate use by the public. Above one of these boards is another sign that notes this is the Victoria Embankment. The steps themselves—about forty of them—lead down into a tunnel, which the broken gas lamp illuminates at night, but does nothing during the day. They are covered in filthy dust, shaken off by countless dirty feet; mixed up with scraps of paper, orange peels, nasty straw, rags, cigar butts, and ashes, all stuck together in slippery blobs and patches by dried saliva; or, when not clumped together, blown around by the smoky wind, sometimes into the faces of those going up and down. This place is worth a visit because you won’t find many spots that are so glaringly disconnected from the peace and beauty of nature, either in the heavy and unpleasant architecture or in the grimy surroundings, and that clearly show our national resistance to the grace, mercy, and peace of heaven.
86. I am obliged always to use the English word "Grace" in two senses, but remember that the Greek χαρις includes them both (the bestowing, that is to say of Beauty and Mercy); and especially it includes these in the passage of Pindar's first ode, which gives us the key to the right interpretation of the power of sculpture in Greece. You remember that I told you, in my Sixth Introductory Lecture (§ 151), that the mythic accounts of Greek sculpture begin in the legends of the family of Tantalus; and especially in the most grotesque legend of them all, the inlaying of the ivory shoulder[Pg 339] of Pelops. At that story Pindar pauses—not, indeed, without admiration, nor alleging any impossibility in the circumstances themselves, but doubting the careless hunger of Demeter—and gives his own reading of the event, instead of the ancient one. He justifies this to himself, and to his hearers, by the plea that myths have, in some sort, or degree, (που τι), led the mind of mortals beyond the truth: and then he goes on:—
86. I always have to use the English word "Grace" in two ways, but remember that the Greek χαρις includes both meanings (the giving of Beauty and Mercy); and it especially encompasses these in the passage of Pindar's first ode, which provides the key to understanding the power of sculpture in Greece. You recall I mentioned, in my Sixth Introductory Lecture (§ 151), that the mythic stories of Greek sculpture begin with the legends of the family of Tantalus; particularly in the most bizarre legend, the inlaying of the ivory shoulder[Pg 339] of Pelops. In that story, Pindar pauses—not without admiration, nor claiming that the circumstances are impossible, but questioning Demeter's careless hunger—and offers his own interpretation of the event instead of the traditional one. He justifies this to himself and his audience by arguing that myths have, in some way or to some extent, (που τι), led human minds away from the truth: and then he continues:—
"Grace, which creates everything that is kindly and soothing for mortals, adding honour, has often made things at first untrustworthy, become trustworthy through Love."
"Grace, which brings about everything kind and comforting for humans, adding honor, has often turned things that seemed untrustworthy into trustworthy through Love."
87. I cannot, except in these lengthened terms, give you the complete force of the passage; especially of the αριστον εμησατο ριοτον—"made it trustworthy by passionate desire that it should be so"—which exactly describes the temper of religious persons at the present day, who are kindly and sincere, in clinging to the forms of faith which either have long been precious to themselves, or which they feel to have been without question instrumental in advancing the dignity of mankind. And it is part of the constitution of humanity—a part which, above others, you are in danger of unwisely contemning under the existing conditions of our knowledge, that the things thus sought for belief with eager passion, do, indeed, become trustworthy to us; that, to each of us, they verily become what we would have them; the force of the μηνις and μνημη with which we seek after them, does, indeed, make them powerful to us for actual good or evil; and it is thus granted to us to create not only with our hands things that exalt or degrade our sight, but with our hearts also, things that exalt or degrade our souls; giving true substance to all that we hoped for; evidence to things that we have not seen, but have desired to see; and calling, in the sense of creating, things that are not, as though they were.
87. I can only express the full meaning of this passage in these extended words, especially regarding the phrase αριστον εμησατο ριοτον—"made it trustworthy by passionate desire that it should be so"—which perfectly captures the attitude of religious people today, who are warm-hearted and genuine in holding onto the beliefs that have long been important to them or that they believe have undoubtedly helped uplift humanity. It's part of human nature—something you might be tempted to overlook given today's understanding—that the beliefs pursued with fervent passion do, indeed, become reliable for us; they genuinely become what we want them to be. The intensity of the μηνις and μνημη with which we chase after them truly empowers them for either good or harm in our lives. This allows us to create not only with our hands things that elevate or diminish our vision but also with our hearts, things that uplift or undermine our souls, providing real substance to everything we hoped for; evidence of things we've not seen but wished to see; and calling into existence things that aren't, as if they were.
88. You remember that in distinguishing Imagination from Idolatry, I referred you to the forms of passionate affection with which a noble people commonly regards the rivers and springs of its native land. Some conception of personality or of spiritual power in the stream, is almost necessarily involved[Pg 340] in such emotion; and prolonged χαρις in the form of gratitude, the return of Love for benefits continually bestowed, at last alike in all the highest and the simplest minds, when they are honourable and pure, makes this untrue thing trustworthy; αριστον εμησατο ριστον, until it becomes to them the safe basis of some of the happiest impulses of their moral nature. Next to the marbles of Verona, given you as a primal type of the sculpture of Christianity, moved to its best energy in adorning the entrance of its temples, I have not unwillingly placed, as your introduction to the best sculpture of the religion of Greece, the forms under which it represented the personality of the fountain Arethusa. But, without restriction to those days of absolute devotion, let me simply point out to you how this untrue thing, made true by Love, has intimate and heavenly authority even over the minds of men of the most practical sense, the most shrewd wit, and the most severe precision of moral temper. The fair vision of Sabrina in Comus, the endearing and tender promise, "Fies nobilium tu quoque fontium," and the joyful and proud affection of the great Lombard's address to the lakes of his enchanted land,—
88. You remember that when I distinguished Imagination from Idolatry, I mentioned the way a noble people often feels about the rivers and springs of their homeland. There's almost always some sense of personality or spiritual power in the stream that's involved in such feelings[Pg 340]; and ongoing grace in the form of gratitude—the reciprocal love for benefits continually given—ultimately connects all the highest and simplest minds, as long as they are honorable and pure, making this untrue thing feel reliable; αριστον εμησατο ριστον, until it becomes a solid foundation for some of the happiest impulses of their moral nature. Next to the marbles of Verona, which I’ve given you as a prime example of Christian sculpture, energized by its finest art adorning the entrances of its temples, I have willingly placed, as your introduction to the best sculpture of the Greek religion, the forms representing the personality of the fountain Arethusa. But beyond those times of absolute devotion, let me simply point out to you that this untrue thing, made true by Love, holds an intimate and divine authority even over the minds of practical people with sharp wit and strict moral precision. The beautiful vision of Sabrina in Comus, the affectionate and tender promise, "Fies nobilium tu quoque fontium," and the joyful and proud affection expressed by the great Lombard towards the lakes of his enchanted land—
may surely be remembered by you with regretful piety, when you stand by the blank stones which at once restrain and disgrace your native river, as the final worship rendered to it by modern philosophy. But a little incident which I saw last summer on its bridge at Wallingford, may put the contrast of ancient and modern feeling before you still more forcibly.
may surely be remembered by you with regretful respect when you stand by the blank stones that both constrain and shame your local river, as the final tribute paid to it by modern thought. However, a small incident I witnessed last summer on its bridge at Wallingford may illustrate the contrast between ancient and modern feelings even more clearly.
89. Those of you who have read with attention (none of us can read with too much attention), Molière's most perfect work, the Misanthrope, must remember Celiméne's description of her lovers, and her excellent reason for being unable to regard with any favour, "notre grand flandrin de vicomte,—depuis que je l'ai vu, trois quarts d'heure durant, cracher dans un puits pour faire des ronds." That sentence is worth noting, both in contrast to the reverence paid by the ancients to wells and springs, and as one of the most interesting traces of the[Pg 341] extension of the loathsome habit among the upper classes of Europe and America, which now renders all external grace, dignity, and decency, impossible in the thoroughfares of their principal cities. In connection with that sentence of Molière's you may advisably also remember this fact, which I chanced to notice on the bridge of Wallingford. I was walking from end to end of it, and back again, one Sunday afternoon of last May, trying to conjecture what had made this especial bend and ford of the Thames so important in all the Anglo-Saxon wars. It was one of the few sunny afternoons of the bitter spring, and I was very thankful for its light, and happy in watching beneath it the flow and the glittering of the classical river, when I noticed a well-dressed boy, apparently just out of some orderly Sunday-school, leaning far over the parapet; watching, as I conjectured, some bird or insect on the bridge-buttress. I went up to him to see what he was looking at; but just as I got close to him, he started over to the opposite parapet, and put himself there into the same position, his object being, as I then perceived, to spit from both sides upon the heads of a pleasure party who were passing in a boat below.
89. Those of you who have paid attention (and honestly, none of us can read too intently) to Molière's finest work, the Misanthrope, must remember Celiméne's take on her lovers and her spot-on reason for not liking "our big flander of a viscount—ever since I saw him spitting into a well for three quarters of an hour to make circles." That line is worth noting, especially compared to the respect the ancients had for wells and springs, and as a significant indication of the disgusting habit that’s spread among the upper classes of Europe and America, which now makes it impossible to have any grace, dignity, or decency in the main streets of their biggest cities. In connection with that line from Molière, you might also want to keep in mind this detail I happened to notice on the bridge at Wallingford. I was walking back and forth across it one Sunday afternoon last May, trying to figure out why this particular bend and crossing of the Thames was so crucial in all the Anglo-Saxon wars. It was one of the few sunny afternoons of that harsh spring, and I appreciated the light, feeling happy watching the flow and shimmer of the classic river below, when I spotted a well-dressed boy, seemingly just out of some orderly Sunday school, leaning over the parapet; I guessed he was watching a bird or insect on the bridge’s support. I approached him to see what he was looking at; but just as I got close, he moved over to the opposite side and took the same position, clearly intent on spitting from both sides onto the heads of a group enjoying a boat ride below.
90. The incident may seem to you too trivial to be noticed in this place. To me, gentlemen, it was by no means trivial. It meant, in the depth of it, such absence of all true χαρις, reverence, and intellect, as it is very dreadful to trace in the mind of any human creature, much more in that of a child educated with apparently every advantage of circumstance in a beautiful English country town, within ten miles of our University. Most of all, is it terrific when we regard it as the exponent (and this, in truth, it is), of the temper which, as distinguished from former methods, either of discipline or recreation, the present tenor of our general teaching fosters in the mind of youth;—teaching which asserts liberty to be a right, and obedience a degradation; and which, regardless alike of the fairness of nature and the grace of behaviour, leaves the insolent spirit and degraded senses to find their only occupation in malice, and their only satisfaction in shame.[Pg 342]
90. You might think the incident is too minor to be worth mentioning here. To me, gentlemen, it was anything but minor. At its core, it shows a complete lack of genuine grace, respect, and understanding, which is terrifying to see in any human, especially in a child raised with seemingly every advantage in a lovely English town just ten miles from our University. It's especially alarming when we see it as a reflection (and indeed it is) of the attitude that, unlike past approaches to discipline or play, our current style of teaching promotes among young people; teaching that claims freedom is a right and obedience is a shame; and which, ignoring the fairness of nature and the beauty of behavior, leaves a proud spirit and degraded senses to find only trouble and derive satisfaction from disgrace.[Pg 342]
91. You will, I hope, proceed with me, not scornfully any more, to trace, in the early art of a noble heathen nation, the feeling of what was at least a better childishness than this of ours; and the efforts to express, though with hands yet failing, and minds oppressed by ignorant phantasy, the first truth by which they knew that they lived; the birth of wisdom and of all her powers of help to man, as the reward of his resolute labour.
91. I hope you'll continue with me, not with disdain anymore, to explore, in the early art of a noble pagan nation, the sense of what was at least a better innocence than ours; and the attempts to express, even with their clumsy hands and minds burdened by ignorance, the first truth by which they understood that they lived; the emergence of wisdom and all its abilities to assist humanity, as the result of his determined effort.
92. "Αφαιστου τεχναισι." Note that word of Pindar in the Seventh Olympic. This axe-blow of Vulcan's was to the Greek mind truly what Clytemnestra falsely asserts hers to have been "της δε δεξιας χερος εργον δικαιας τεκτονος"; physically, it meant the opening of the blue through the rent clouds of heaven, by the action of local terrestrial heat of Hephæstus as opposed to Apollo, who shines on the surface of the upper clouds, but cannot pierce them; and, spiritually, it meant the first birth of prudent thought out of rude labour, the clearing-axe in the hand of the woodman being the practical elementary sign of his difference from the wild animals of the wood. Then he goes on, "From the high head of her Father, Athenaia rushing forth, cried with her great and exceeding cry; and the Heaven trembled at her, and the Earth Mother." The cry of Athena, I have before pointed out, physically distinguishes her, as the spirit of the air, from silent elemental powers; but in this grand passage of Pindar it is again the mythic cry of which he thinks; that is to say, the giving articulate words, by intelligence, to the silence of Fate. "Wisdom crieth aloud, she uttereth her voice in the streets," and Heaven and Earth tremble at her reproof.
92. "By the arts of Hephaestus." Note this line from Pindar in the Seventh Olympic. This blow from Vulcan was, for the ancient Greeks, truly what Clytemnestra falsely claims hers to be "the work of the right hand of a just craftsman"; physically, it represented the blue sky breaking through the torn clouds, due to the local heat created by Hephaestus, unlike Apollo, who shines on the upper clouds but cannot touch them; and, symbolically, it signified the first emergence of wise thought from rough labor, with the clearing-axe in the woodworker's hand serving as the basic sign of his distinction from the wild animals in the forest. Then he continues, "From the high head of her Father, Athena sprang forth, crying out with her mighty and overwhelming voice; and Heaven trembled at her, along with Mother Earth." Athena's cry, as I've pointed out before, physically sets her apart as the spirit of the air, differentiating her from the silent elemental forces; but in this powerful passage from Pindar, it is again the mythic cry he refers to; that is, giving spoken words, through intelligence, to the silence of Fate. "Wisdom calls out, she raises her voice in the streets," and Heaven and Earth tremble at her reprimand.
93. Uttereth her voice in "the streets." For all men, that is to say; but to what work did the Greeks think that her voice was to call them? What was to be the impulse communicated by her prevailing presence; what the sign of the people's obedience to her?
93. She raises her voice in "the streets." For everyone, that is to say; but what did the Greeks believe her voice was meant to summon them for? What kind of motivation was supposed to come from her dominant presence; what would be the sign of the people's loyalty to her?
This was to be the sign—"But she, the goddess herself, gave to them to prevail over the dwellers upon earth, with best-labouring hands in every art. And by their paths there were the likenesses of living and of creeping things; and the glory[Pg 343] was deep. For to the cunning workman, greater knowledge comes, undeceitful."
This was to be the sign—"But she, the goddess herself, gave them the ability to succeed over the people on earth, with hardworking hands in every craft. And along their paths were the images of living and crawling creatures; and the glory[Pg 343] was profound. For to the skilled worker, greater knowledge comes, without deception."
94. An infinitely pregnant passage, this, of which to-day you are to note mainly these three things: First, that Athena is the goddess of Doing, not at all of sentimental inaction. She is begotten, as it were, of the woodman's axe; her purpose is never in a word only, but in a word and a blow. She guides the hands that labour best, in every art.
94. This is a deeply meaningful passage, and today you should focus on three main points: First, Athena is the goddess of action, not of emotional inactivity. She is born, in a sense, from the woodcutter's axe; her intent is never just in words but in both words and actions. She directs the hands that excel in every craft.
95. Secondly. The victory given by Wisdom, the worker, to the hands that labour best, is that the streets and ways, κελευθοι, shall be filled by likenesses of living and creeping things?
95. Secondly. The victory awarded by Wisdom, the worker, to the hands that work the hardest, is that the streets and pathways, κελευθοι, will be filled with representations of living and crawling creatures?
Things living, and creeping! Are the Reptile things not alive then? You think Pindar wrote that carelessly? or that, if he had only known a little modern anatomy, instead of "reptile" things, he would have said "monochondylous" things? Be patient, and let us attend to the main points first.
Things that are alive and crawling! Are the reptilian creatures not alive then? Do you think Pindar wrote that without thought? Or that if he had just known a bit about modern anatomy, instead of "reptile" he would have used "monochondylous"? Be patient and let's focus on the main points first.
Sculpture, it thus appears, is the only work of wisdom that the Greeks care to speak of; they think it involves and crowns every other. Image-making art; this is Athena's, as queenliest of the arts. Literature, the order and the strength of word, of course belongs to Apollo and the Muses; under Athena are the Substances and the Forms of things.
Sculpture, it seems, is the only art that the Greeks want to talk about; they believe it encompasses and elevates all others. Image-making art; this is Athena's, as the most distinguished of the arts. Literature, with its organization and power of words, naturally belongs to Apollo and the Muses; under Athena are the substances and forms of things.
96, Thirdly. By this forming of Images there is to be gained a "deep"—that is to say—a weighty, and prevailing, glory; not a floating nor fugitive one. For to the cunning workman, greater knowledge comes, "undeceitful."
96, Thirdly. By creating images, one can achieve a "deep"—meaning a significant and lasting glory; not a superficial or fleeting one. For the skilled craftsman, greater knowledge is attained, "without deception."
"916()#;αεντι" I am forced to use two English words to translate that single Greek one. The "cunning" workman, thoughtful in experience, touch, and vision of the thing to be done; no machine, witless, and of necessary motion; yet not cunning only, but having perfect habitual skill of hand also; the confirmed reward of truthful doing. Recollect, in connection with this passage of Pindar, Homer's three verses about getting the lines of ship-timber true, (Il. xv. 410)
"916()#;αεντι" I have to use two English words to translate that one Greek word. The "cunning" worker is thoughtful, experienced, and aware of what needs to be done; unlike a machine, which is mindless and moves only as required; yet this worker is not just clever, but also possesses perfect, habitual skill in their hands, which is the earned reward of honest work. Remember, in relation to this part of Pindar, Homer's three lines about ensuring the ship-timber is straight, (Il. xv. 410)
[Pg 344]and the beautiful epithet of Persephone, "δαειρα," as the Tryer and Knower of good work; and remembering these, trust Pindar for the truth of his saying, that to the cunning workman—(and let me solemnly enforce the words by adding—that to him only,) knowledge comes undeceitful.
[Pg 344]and the beautiful title of Persephone, "δαειρα," known as the Tryer and Knower of good work; and keeping this in mind, trust Pindar for the truth of his statement, that for the skilled craftsman—(and let me emphasize this by adding—that for him only,) knowledge comes without deception.
97. You may have noticed, perhaps, and with a smile, as one of the paradoxes you often hear me blamed for too fondly stating, what I told you in the close of my Third Introductory Lecture, that "so far from art's being immoral, little else except art is moral." I have now farther to tell you, that little else, except art, is wise; that all knowledge, unaccompanied by a habit of useful action, is too likely to become deceitful, and that every habit of useful action must resolve itself into some elementary practice of manual labour. And I would, in all sober and direct earnestness advise you, whatever may be the aim, predilection, or necessity of your lives, to resolve upon this one thing at least, that you will enable yourselves daily to do actually with your hands, something that is useful to mankind. To do anything well with your hands, useful or not;—to be, even in trifling, ραλαμησι δαημων is already much;—when we come to examine the art of the middle ages I shall be able to show you that the strongest of all influences of right then brought to bear upon character was the necessity for exquisite manual dexterity in the management of the spear and bridle; and in your own experience most of you will be able to recognize the wholesome effect, alike on body and mind, of striving, within proper limits of time, to become either good batsmen, or good oarsmen. But the bat and the racer's oar are children's toys. Resolve that you will be men in usefulness, as well as in strength; and you will find that then also, but not till then, you can become men in understanding; and that every fine vision and subtle theorem will present itself to you thenceforward undeceitfully, ὑροθημοσυνησιν Αθηνης.
97. You might have noticed, with a smile, one of the paradoxes that people often blame me for stating too affectionately, what I mentioned at the end of my Third Introductory Lecture: that "rather than art being immoral, little else besides art is moral." I also want to tell you that little else, apart from art, is wise; that all knowledge, without a habit of useful action, is likely to become misleading, and that every useful action habit must translate into some basic practice of manual labor. I seriously advise you, no matter what your goals, preferences, or necessities in life may be, to commit to at least one thing: to enable yourselves every day to do something with your hands that is genuinely useful to people. Doing anything well with your hands, whether useful or not—being, even in trivialities, ραλαμησι δαημων is already significant; when we look at the art of the Middle Ages, I'll show you that the strongest influence on character was the need for skillful manual dexterity in handling the spear and bridle; and most of you can probably recognize the beneficial effects, both physically and mentally, of striving, within reasonable time limits, to become good batsmen or good oarsmen. But the bat and the racer’s oar are just children's toys. Commit to being useful as well as strong; and you’ll find that only then can you also become wise, and that every beautiful vision and intricate theory will present itself to you honestly from that point forward, ὑροθημοσυνησιν Αθηνης.
98. But there is more to be gathered yet from the words of Pindar. He is thinking, in his brief, intense way, at once of Athena's work on the soul, and of her literal power on the dust of the Earth. His "κελευθοι" is a wide word meaning all[Pg 345] the paths of sea and land. Consider, therefore, what Athena's own work actually is—in the literal fact of it. The blue, clear air is the sculpturing power upon the earth and sea. Where the surface of the earth is reached by that, and its matter and substance inspired with, and filled by that, organic form becomes possible. You must indeed have the sun, also, and moisture; the kingdom of Apollo risen out of the sea: but the sculpturing of living things, shape by shape, is Athena's, so that under the brooding spirit of the air, what was without form, and void brings forth the moving creature that hath life.
98. But there’s more to be learned from Pindar's words. He is reflecting, in his concise and intense manner, on both Athena's influence on the soul and her tangible power over the earth. His "κελευθοι" is a broad term that encompasses all the paths of sea and land. So, let's consider what Athena's true work actually is—in its literal sense. The blue, clear air is the shaping force on the earth and sea. Where the surface of the earth is touched by it, and its matter and substance are inspired and infused with it, organic form becomes possible. You also need the sun and moisture; the domain of Apollo emerging from the sea: but the crafting of living beings, shape by shape, is Athena's work, so that under the nurturing spirit of the air, what was formless and void gives rise to the living creature that has life.
99. That is her work then—the giving of Form; then the separately Apolline work is the giving of Light; or, more strictly, Sight: giving that faculty to the retina to which we owe not merely the idea of light, but the existence of it; for light is to be defined only as the sensation produced in the eye of an animal, under given conditions; those same conditions being, to a stone, only warmth or chemical influence, but not light. And that power of seeing, and the other various personalities and authorities of the animal body, in pleasure and pain, have never, hitherto, been, I do not say, explained, but in any wise touched or approached by scientific discovery. Some of the conditions of mere external animal form and of muscular vitality have been shown; but for the most part that is true, even of external form, which I wrote six years ago. "You may always stand by Form against Force. To a painter, the essential character of anything is the form of it, and the philosophers cannot touch that. They come and tell you, for instance, that there is as much heat, or motion, or calorific energy (or whatever else they like to call it), in a tea-kettle, as in a gier-eagle. Very good: that is so; and it is very interesting. It requires just as much heat as will boil the kettle, to take the gier-eagle up to his nest, and as much more to bring him down again on a hare or a partridge. But we painters, acknowledging the equality and similarity of the kettle and the bird in all scientific respects, attach, for our part, our principal interest to the difference in their forms. For us, the primarily cognisable facts, in the two things, are,[Pg 346] that the kettle has a spout, and the eagle a beak; the one a lid on its back, the other a pair of wings; not to speak of the distinction also of volition, which the philosophers may properly call merely a form or mode of force—but, then to an artist, the form or mode is the gist of the business."
99. So, that’s her role—shaping Form; then the separate Apolline role is about giving Light; or, more accurately, Sight: providing that ability to the retina which gives us not just the concept of light, but its very existence. Light should really be described as the sensation in an animal’s eye under certain conditions; for a stone, those conditions are simply warmth or chemical reaction, but not light. That capacity for sight, along with the various experiences and functions of an animal's body, in joy and pain, hasn't been explained or even significantly addressed by scientific discovery until now. Some aspects of external animal form and muscle vitality have been demonstrated; however, it’s mostly still true, even about external form, what I wrote six years ago. "You can always stand by Form against Force. For a painter, the essential characteristic of anything is its form, and philosophers can’t really touch that. They come and tell you, for example, that there’s the same amount of heat, motion, or calorific energy (or whatever else they want to call it) in a tea kettle as in a gier-eagle. That’s true, and it’s quite interesting. It takes just as much heat to boil the kettle as it does to lift the gier-eagle to its nest, and even more to bring it down again after catching a hare or a partridge. But we painters, recognizing the equality and similarity between the kettle and the bird in all scientific respects, focus mainly on the differences in their forms. For us, the most noticeable facts about the two are that the kettle has a spout and the eagle has a beak; the kettle has a lid on its back, while the eagle has wings; not to mention the difference in volition, which philosophers can rightly refer to as merely a form or mode of force—but, for an artist, that form or mode is the essence of the matter."
100. As you will find that it is, not to the artist only, but to all of us. The laws under which matter is collected and constructed are the same throughout the universe: the substance so collected, whether for the making of the eagle, or the worm, may be analyzed into gaseous identity; a diffusive vital force, apparently so closely related to mechanically measurable heat as to admit the conception of its being itself mechanically measurable, and unchanging in total quantity, ebbs and flows alike through the limbs of men, and the fibres of insects. But, above all this, and ruling every grotesque or degraded accident of this, are two laws of beauty in form, and of nobility in character, which stand in the chaos of creation between the Living and the Dead, to separate the things that have in them a sacred and helpful, from those that have in them an accursed and destroying, nature; and the power of Athena, first physically put forth in the sculpturing of these ζωα and ερπατα, these living and reptile things, is put forth, finally, in enabling the hearts of men to discern the one from the other; to know the unquenchable fires of the Spirit from the unquenchable fires of Death; and to choose, not unaided, between submission to the Love that cannot end, or to the Worm that cannot die.
100. As you will see, this applies not just to the artist, but to all of us. The laws that govern how matter is gathered and formed are the same across the universe: the material collected, whether for creating an eagle or a worm, can be broken down into gaseous components; a widespread vital force that is seemingly so related to measurable heat that it suggests it could itself be measured mechanically, remaining constant in total quantity, flows through the bodies of humans and the fibers of insects alike. But above all of this, and governing every strange or degraded aspect of it, are two laws of beauty in form and nobility in character, which exist amidst the chaos of creation, separating the Living from the Dead, distinguishing those things that possess a sacred and beneficial nature from those that harbor a cursed and destructive essence; and the power of Athena, initially expressed physically through the sculpting of these ζωα and ερπατα, these living and reptilian beings, ultimately enables human hearts to differentiate between the two; to recognize the unquenchable fires of the Spirit from the unquenchable fires of Death; and to choose, not without guidance, between surrendering to the Love that can never end or to the Worm that can never die.
101. The unconsciousness of their antagonism is the most notable characteristic of the modern scientific mind; and I believe no credulity or fallacy admitted by the weakness (or it may sometimes rather have been the strength) of early imagination, indicates so strange a depression beneath the due scale of human intellect, as the failure of the sense of beauty in form, and loss of faith in heroism of conduct, which have become the curses of recent science,[122] art, and policy.
101. The lack of awareness about their opposition is the most striking feature of today's scientific mindset; and I believe no belief or mistake allowed by the frailty (or maybe even the strength) of early imagination shows such an unusual decline below the normal level of human intelligence as the inability to appreciate beauty in form and the loss of faith in heroic actions, which have become the burdens of recent science,[122] art, and policy.
102. That depression of intellect has been alike exhibited in the mean consternation confessedly felt on one side, and the mean triumph apparently felt on the other, during the course of the dispute now pending as to the origin of man. Dispute for the present, not to be decided, and of which the decision is to persons in the modern temper of mind, wholly without significance: and I earnestly desire that you, my pupils, may have firmness enough to disengage your energies from investigation so premature and so fruitless, and sense enough to perceive that it does not matter how you have been made, so long as you are satisfied with being what you are. If you are dissatisfied with yourselves, it ought not to console, but humiliate you, to imagine that you were once seraphs; and if you are pleased with yourselves, it is not any ground of reasonable shame to you if, by no fault of your own, you have passed through the elementary condition of apes.
102. That decline in thinking has been equally shown in the common anxiety clearly felt on one side and the petty triumph apparently felt on the other, during the ongoing debate about the origin of humanity. This debate, which is currently unresolved, is considered by those with a modern perspective to be completely insignificant: and I sincerely wish for you, my students, to have enough strength to pull your energies away from such a hasty and pointless investigation, and enough wisdom to realize that it doesn't matter how you were created, as long as you are content with who you are. If you're unhappy with yourselves, it shouldn't bring you comfort, but rather shame, to think that you were once being as divine as seraphs; and if you're happy with yourselves, there is no reasonable shame in the fact that, through no fault of your own, you have once gone through the basic state of apes.
103. Remember, therefore, that it is of the very highest importance that you should know what you are, and determine to be the best that you may be; but it is of no importance whatever, except as it may contribute to that end, to know what you have been. Whether your Creator shaped you with fingers, or tools, as a sculptor would a lump of clay, or gradually raised you to manhood through a series of inferior forms, is only of moment to you in this respect—that in the one case you cannot expect your children to be nobler creatures than you are yourselves—in the other, every act and thought of your present life may be hastening the advent of a race which will look back to you, their fathers (and you ought at least to have attained the dignity of desiring that it may be so), with incredulous disdain.
103. Remember, therefore, that it's extremely important for you to understand what you are and strive to be the best version of yourself. However, it doesn’t really matter, except as it helps you achieve that goal, to know what you have been. Whether your Creator formed you with hands, like a sculptor with a block of clay, or gradually developed you into adulthood through a series of simpler forms, only matters in this way: in the first case, you can’t expect your children to be greater than you are; in the second, every action and thought in your current life may be speeding up the arrival of a future generation that will look back at you, their ancestors (and you should at least hope to reach the point of wanting this), with disbelief and disdain.
104. But that you are yourselves capable of that disdain and dismay; that you are ashamed of having been apes, if you ever were so; that you acknowledge instinctively, a relation of better and worse, and a law respecting what is noble and base, which makes it no question to you that the man is worthier than the baboon—this is a fact of infinite significance. This law of preference in your hearts is the true[Pg 348] essence of your being, and the consciousness of that law is a more positive existence than any dependent on the coherence or forms of matter.
104. But the fact that you are capable of that disdain and fear; that you feel ashamed of having been apes, if you ever were; that you instinctively recognize a relationship of better and worse, and a standard regarding what is noble and what is base, which leaves no doubt in your mind that a man is worth more than a baboon—this is an incredibly significant fact. This inner law of preference is the true[Pg 348] essence of your being, and being aware of that law is a more real existence than anything tied to the arrangement or forms of matter.
105. Now, but a few words more of mythology, and I have done. Remember that Athena holds the weaver's shuttle, not merely as an instrument of texture, but as an instrument of picture; the ideas of clothing, and of the warmth of life, being thus inseparably connected with those of graphic beauty and the brightness of life. I have told you that no art could be recovered among us without perfectness in dress, nor without the elementary graphic art of women, in divers colours of needlework. There has been no nation of any art-energy, but has strenuously occupied and interested itself in this household picturing, from the web of Penelope to the tapestry of Queen Matilda, and the meshes of Arras and Gobelins.
105. Now, just a few more words about mythology, and I'll be done. Remember that Athena holds the weaver's shuttle, not just as a tool for texture, but as a tool for picture; the ideas of clothing and the warmth of life being closely linked with those of visual beauty and the vibrancy of life. I've mentioned that no art can be truly revived among us without perfecting our attire, nor without the fundamental graphic skills of women, showcased in various colors of embroidery. Every nation with a strong sense of artistry has dedicated itself to this domestic imagery, from the web of Penelope to the tapestries of Queen Matilda, and the fabrics of Arras and Gobelins.
106. We should then naturally ask what kind of embroidery Athena put on her own robe; "περλον ἑανον, ροικιλον ὁυ ρ αυτη ροιησατο και καμε χερσιν."
106. We should then naturally ask what kind of embroidery Athena added to her own robe; "περλον ἑανον, ροικιλον ὁυ ρ αυτη ροιησατο και καμε χερσιν."
The subject of that ροικιλια of hers, as you know, was the war of the giants and gods. Now the real name of these giants, remember, is that used by Hesiod, "πηλοχονοι," "mud-begotten," and the meaning of the contest between these and Zeus, πηλογονων ελατηρ, is, again, the inspiration of life into the clay, by the goddess of breath; and the actual confusion going on visibly before you, daily, of the earth, heaping itself into cumbrous war with the powers above it.
The topic of her story, as you know, was the war between the giants and the gods. Now, the real name for these giants, remember, is the one used by Hesiod, "mud-begotten," and the meaning of the conflict between them and Zeus, "earth-born battle," is, once again, the spark of life given to the clay by the goddess of breath; and the actual chaos happening right in front of you every day, of the earth piling itself up in a heavy struggle against the higher powers.
107. Thus briefly, the entire material of Art, under Athena's hand, is the contest of life with clay; and all my task in explaining to you the early thought of both the Athenian and Tuscan schools will only be the tracing of this battle of the giants into its full heroic form, when, not in tapestry only—but in sculpture—and on the portal of the Temple of Delphi itself, you have the "κλονος εν τειχεσι λαινοισι γιγαντων," and their defeat hailed by the passionate cry of delight from the Athenian maids, beholding Pallas in her full power, "κλονος εν τειχεσι λαινοισι γιγαντω Παλλαδ' εμαν θεον," my own goddess. All our work, I repeat, will be nothing but the inquiry into the development of this the subject, and the pressing fully home the question of Plato[Pg 349] about that embroidery—"And think you that there is verily war with each other among the Gods? and dreadful enmities and battle, such as the poets have told, and such as our painters set forth in graven scripture, to adorn all our sacred rites and holy places; yes, and in the great Panathenaea themselves, the Peplus, full of such wild picturing, is carried up into the Acropolis—shall we say that these things are true, oh Euthuphron, right-minded friend?"
107. So, to sum it up, the whole essence of Art, under Athena’s guidance, is the struggle of life with clay; and my job in explaining the early ideas of both the Athenian and Tuscan schools will simply be to trace this epic battle into its full heroic form. Not just in tapestry, but in sculpture as well, and on the entrance of the Temple of Delphi itself, you have the "κλονος εν τειχεσι λαινοισι γιγαντων," and their defeat celebrated by the joyful cries of Athenian maidens, witnessing Pallas at her full strength, "κλονος εν τειχεσι λαινοισι γιγαντω Παλλαδ' εμαν θεον," my own goddess. All of our work, I emphasize, will be nothing more than an exploration of the development of this subject, and a thorough examination of the question from Plato[Pg 349] about that embroidery—“Do you really think there’s a war among the Gods? And dreadful enmities and battles, as the poets have told, and as our painters portray in engraved art, to decorate all our sacred rituals and holy places? Yes, even at the great Panathenaea, the Peplus, full of such wild imagery, is carried up to the Acropolis—should we say that these things are true, oh Euthyphron, my thoughtful friend?”
108. Yes, we say, and know, that these things are true; and true for ever: battles of the gods, not among themselves, but against the earth-giants. Battle prevailing age by age, in nobler life and lovelier imagery; creation, which no theory of mechanism, no definition of force, can explain, the adoption and completing of individual form by individual animation, breathed out of the lips of the Father of Spirits. And to recognize the presence in every knitted shape of dust, by which it lives and moves and has its being—to recognize it, revere, and show it forth, is to be our eternal Idolatry.
108. Yes, we say, and understand, that these things are true; and true forever: battles of the gods, not against each other, but against the earth-giants. Battles that have prevailed through the ages, in a nobler life and more beautiful imagery; creation, which no mechanical theory or definition of force can explain, the taking on and completion of individual form by individual spirit, breathed into existence by the Father of Spirits. To recognize the presence in every interconnected shape of dust, by which it lives and moves and has its being—to acknowledge it, respect it, and express it, is to be our everlasting Idolatry.
"Thou shalt not bow down to them, nor worship them."
"You should not bow down to them or worship them."
"Assuredly no," we answered once, in our pride; and through porch and aisle, broke down the carved work thereof, with axes and hammers.
"Definitely not," we replied confidently, and we smashed the intricate carvings with axes and hammers throughout the porch and aisle.
Who would have thought the day so near when we should bow down to worship, not the creatures, but their atoms,—not the forces that form, but those that dissolve them? Trust me, gentlemen, the command which is stringent against adoration of brutality, is stringent no less against adoration of chaos, nor is faith in an image fallen from heaven to be reformed by a faith only in the phenomenon of decadence. We have ceased from the making of monsters to be appeased by sacrifice;—it is well,—if indeed we have also ceased from making them in our thoughts. We have learned to distrust the adorning of fair phantasms, to which we once sought for succour;—it is well, if we learn to distrust also the adorning of those to which we seek, for temptation; but the verity of gains like these can only be known by our confession of the divine seal of strength and beauty upon the tempered frame, and honour in the fervent heart, by which, increasing visibly, may[Pg 350] yet be manifested to us the holy presence, and the approving love, of the Loving God, who visits the iniquities of the Fathers upon the Children, unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate Him, and shows mercy unto thousands in them that love Him, and keep His Commandments.
Who would have thought the day was so close when we would bow down to worship, not the creatures, but their atoms— not the forces that create, but those that break them down? Trust me, everyone, the command against worshipping brutality is just as strict against worshipping chaos, and faith in an image fallen from heaven can’t be reformed by only believing in the decay of things. We have stopped creating monsters to be appeased by sacrifice; that’s good— if indeed we have also stopped making them in our thoughts. We’ve learned to distrust the decoration of pretty illusions, which we once sought for help; that’s good, if we also learn to distrust the decoration of those we pursue for temptation. But the truth of these gains can only be known through our acknowledgment of the divine mark of strength and beauty on the tempered body, and honor in the passionate heart, by which, visibly growing, may[Pg 350] still be revealed to us the holy presence, and the approving love, of the Loving God, who visits the sins of the fathers upon their children, down to the third and fourth generation of those who hate Him, and shows mercy to thousands of those who love Him and follow His commandments.
FOOTNOTES:
[118] I shall be obliged in future lectures, as hitherto in my other writings, to use the terms, Idolatry and Imagination in a more comprehensive sense; but here I use them for convenience sake, limitedly, to avoid the continual occurrence of the terms, noble and ignoble, or false and true, with reference to modes of conception.
[118] In future lectures, just like in my previous writings, I will need to use the terms Idolatry and Imagination in a broader sense; however, in this context, I am using them in a limited way for convenience, to avoid constantly repeating the terms noble and ignoble, or false and true, when discussing ways of thinking.
[119] "And in sum, he himself (Prometheus) was the master-maker, and Athena worked together with him, breathing into the clay, and caused the moulded things to have soul (psyche) in them."—Lucian, Prometheus.
[119] "In short, he (Prometheus) was the master creator, and Athena collaborated with him, giving life to the clay and instilling the crafted forms with a soul."—Lucian, Prometheus.
[120] His relations with the two great Titans, Themis and Mnemosyne, belong to another group of myths. The father of Athena is the lower and nearer physical Zeus, from whom Metis, the mother of Athena, long withdraws and disguises herself.
[120] His connections with the two major Titans, Themis and Mnemosyne, are part of a different set of myths. The father of Athena is the more immediate and tangible Zeus, from whom Metis, Athena's mother, often hides and keeps a low profile.
[122] The best modern illustrated scientific works show perfect faculty of representing monkeys, lizards, and insects; absolute incapability of representing either a man, a horse, or a lion.
[122] The best modern illustrated scientific works perfectly depict monkeys, lizards, and insects, but completely fail to capture the likeness of a man, a horse, or a lion.
LECTURE IV.
LIKENESS.
November, 1870.
109. You were probably vexed, and tired, towards the close of my last lecture, by the time it took us to arrive at the apparently simple conclusion, that sculpture must only represent organic form, and the strength of life in its contest with matter. But it is no small thing to have that "λευσσω Παλλαδα" fixed in your minds, as the one necessary sign by which you are to recognize right sculpture, and believe me you will find it the best of all things, if you can take for yourselves the saying from the lips of the Athenian maids, in its entirety, and say also—λευσσω Παλλαδ' εμαν θεον. I proceed to-day into the practical appliance of this apparently speculative, but in reality imperative, law.
109. You might have felt frustrated and exhausted by the end of my last lecture, given how long it took us to reach the seemingly simple conclusion that sculpture should only depict organic forms and the vitality of life in its struggle against matter. However, it's quite significant to have "λευσσω Παλλαδα" etched in your minds as the essential marker for identifying true sculpture. Believe me, you'll find it incredibly valuable if you can adopt the full saying from the Athenian maidens and also say—λευσσω Παλλαδ' εμαν θεον. Today, I will move on to the practical application of this seemingly theoretical, but actually crucial, principle.
110. You observe, I have hitherto spoken of the power of Athena, as over painting no less than sculpture. But her rule over both arts is only so far as they are zoographic;—representative, that is to say, of animal life, or of such order and discipline among other elements, as may invigorate and purify it. Now there is a speciality of the art of painting beyond this, namely, the representation of phenomena of colour and shadow, as such, without question of the nature of the things that receive them. I am now accordingly obliged to speak of sculpture and painting as distinct arts, but the laws which bind sculpture, bind no less the painting of the higher schools which has, for its main purpose, the showing beauty in human or animal form; and which is therefore placed by the Greeks[Pg 351] equally under the rule of Athena, as the Spirit, first, of Life, and then of Wisdom in conduct.
110. As you can see, I’ve talked about Athena’s influence over both painting and sculpture so far. However, her control over these arts is only in terms of representing life—specifically, animal life, or creating order and discipline that can enhance and cleanse it. There’s a specific aspect of painting that goes beyond this, which is the portrayal of colors and shadows in themselves, without considering the nature of the objects that bear them. Because of this, I now need to discuss sculpture and painting as separate arts, but the principles that apply to sculpture also apply to the higher-level painting focused on showcasing beauty in human or animal form. Thus, the Greeks[Pg 351] place both under Athena’s guidance as the embodiment, first, of Life, and then of Wisdom in action.
111. First, I say, you are to "see Pallas" in all such work, as the Queen of Life; and the practical law which follows from this, is one of enormous range and importance, namely, that nothing must be represented by sculpture, external to any living form, which does not help to enforce or illustrate the conception of life. Both dress and armour may be made to do this, by great sculptors, and are continually so used by the greatest. One of the essential distinctions between the Athenian and Florentine schools is dependent on their treatment of drapery in this respect; an Athenian always sets it to exhibit the action of the body, by flowing with it, or over it, or from it, so as to illustrate both its form and gesture; a Florentine, on the contrary, always uses his drapery to conceal or disguise the forms of the body, and exhibit mental emotion: but both use it to enhance the life, either of the body or soul; Donatello and Michael Angelo, no less than the sculptors of Gothic chivalry, ennoble armour in the same way; but base sculptors carve drapery and armour for the sake of their folds and picturesqueness only, and forget the body beneath. The rule is so stern that all delight in mere incidental beauty, which painting often triumphs in, is wholly forbidden to sculpture;—for instance, in painting the branch of a tree, you may rightly represent and enjoy the lichens and moss on it, but a sculptor must not touch one of them: they are inessential to the tree's life,—he must give the flow and bending of the branch only, else he does not enough "see Pallas" in it.
111. First, I say, you are to "see Pallas" in all such work, as the Queen of Life; and the practical law that follows from this is of enormous range and importance, namely, that nothing must be represented by sculpture, external to any living form, that doesn’t help to reinforce or illustrate the concept of life. Both clothing and armor can be designed to do this by great sculptors, and the best artists continuously apply this principle. One of the key differences between the Athenian and Florentine schools is how they handle drapery in this regard; an Athenian always uses it to show the action of the body, flowing with it, over it, or from it, illustrating both its form and gesture; a Florentine, on the other hand, always uses his drapery to conceal or disguise the forms of the body and express mental emotions: but both utilize it to enhance the life, whether of the body or soul; Donatello and Michelangelo, just like the sculptors of Gothic chivalry, elevate armor in the same way; but lesser sculptors carve drapery and armor only for their folds and visual appeal, forgetting the body beneath. The rule is so strict that all enjoyment of mere incidental beauty, which painting often excels at, is completely forbidden to sculpture;—for example, in painting a branch of a tree, you can accurately represent and appreciate the lichens and moss on it, but a sculptor must not touch any of them: they are unessential to the tree's life,—he must only capture the flow and bending of the branch; otherwise, he doesn’t sufficiently "see Pallas" in it.
Or to take a higher instance, here is an exquisite little painted poem, by Edward Frere; a cottage interior, one of the thousands which within the last two months[123] have been laid desolate in unhappy France. Every accessory in the painting is of value—the fireside, the tiled floor, the vegetables lying upon it, and the basket hanging from the roof. But not one of these accessories would have been admissible[Pg 352] in sculpture. You must carve nothing but what has life. "Why"? you probably feel instantly inclined to ask me.—You see the principle we have got, instead of being blunt or useless, is such an edged tool that you are startled the moment I apply it. "Must we refuse every pleasant accessory and picturesque detail, and petrify nothing but living creatures"?—Even so: I would not assert it on my own authority. It is the Greeks who say it, but whatever they say of sculpture, be assured, is true.
Or to give a more elevated example, here's a beautiful little painted poem by Edward Frere; a cottage interior, one of the thousands that have become desolate in unfortunate France over the past two months[123]. Every element in the painting matters—the fireside, the tiled floor, the vegetables on it, and the basket hanging from the ceiling. But none of these elements would be acceptable[Pg 352] in sculpture. You can only carve what is alive. “Why?” you might be tempted to ask.—The principle we have is such a sharp tool that you are taken aback the moment I apply it. “Do we have to reject every nice accessory and picturesque detail, and only freeze living beings?”—Yes, that's right: I wouldn't claim it solely on my own authority. It's the Greeks who say it, and whatever they say about sculpture is definitely true.
112. That then is the first law—you must see Pallas as the Lady of Life—the second is, you must see her as the Lady of Wisdom; or σοφια—and this is the chief matter of all. I cannot but think, that after the considerations into which we have now entered, you will find more interest than hitherto in comparing the statements of Aristotle, in the Ethics, with those of Plato in the Polity, which are authoritative as Greek definitions of goodness in art, and which you may safely hold authoritative as constant definitions of it. You remember, doubtless, that the σοφια or αρετη τεχνης, for the sake of which Phidias is called σοφος as a sculptor, and Polyclitus as an image-maker, Eth. 6. 7. (the opposition is both between ideal and portrait sculpture, and between working in stone and bronze) consists in the "νους των τιμιωτατων τη φυσει" "the mental apprehension of the things that are most honourable in their nature." Therefore what is, indeed, most lovely, the true image-maker will most love; and what is most hateful, he will most hate, and in all things discern the best and strongest part of them, and represent that essentially, or, if the opposite of that, then with manifest detestation and horror. That is his art wisdom; the knowledge of good and evil, and the love of good, so that you may discern, even in his representation of the vilest thing, his acknowledgment of what redemption is possible for it, or latent power exists in it; and, contrariwise, his sense of its present misery. But for the most part, he will idolize, and force us also to idolize, whatever is living, and virtuous, and victoriously right; opposing to it in some definite mode the image of the conquered ἑρπετον.
112. So, the first rule is to see Pallas as the Lady of Life—the second is to see her as the Lady of Wisdom; or σοφια—and this is the most important point of all. I can’t help but think that after the discussions we've just had, you’ll find it more interesting than before to compare Aristotle's ideas in the Ethics with Plato's in the Polity, which are respected as Greek definitions of goodness in art, and you can confidently consider them as consistent definitions of it. You probably remember that the σοφια or αρετη τεχνης, for which Phidias is called σοφος as a sculptor, and Polyclitus as an image-maker (Eth. 6. 7.), highlights the contrast between ideal and portrait sculpture, along with the difference between working in stone and bronze. This involves the "νους των τιμιωτατων τη φυσει," or "the mental grasp of the things that are most honorable by nature." Therefore, what is truly beautiful is what the true artist will love the most; and what is most detestable, he will hate the most, always identifying the best and strongest parts of everything and expressing that essence, or if it’s the opposite, representing it with clear disdain and horror. That is his artistic wisdom; understanding good and evil, and loving what is good, so that even in his portrayal of something vile, you can see his recognition of the potential for redemption or the inherent power within it; and, on the flip side, his awareness of its current misery. But mostly, he will glorify, and compel us to glorify, whatever is alive, virtuous, and rightly triumphant; placing before it a defined image of the defeated ἑρπετον.
113. This is generally true of both the great arts; but in[Pg 353] severity and precision, true of sculpture. To return to our illustration: this poor little girl was more interesting to Edward Frere, he being a painter, because she was poorly dressed, and wore these clumsy shoes, and old red cap, and patched gown. May we sculpture her so? No. We may sculpture her naked, if we like; but not in rags.
113. This is usually true for both major arts; but in[Pg 353] terms of severity and precision, it holds true for sculpture. To go back to our example: this poor little girl caught Edward Frere's attention, as he was a painter, because she was dressed poorly, wearing clunky shoes, an old red cap, and a patched gown. Can we sculpt her like that? No. We can sculpt her naked if we want, but not in rags.
But if we may not put her into marble in rags, may we give her a pretty frock with ribands and flounces to it, and put her into marble in that? No. We may put her simplest peasant's dress, so it be perfect and orderly, into marble; anything finer than that would be more dishonourable in the eyes of Athena than rags. If she were a French princess, you might carve her embroidered robe and diadem; if she were Joan of Arc you might carve her armour—for then these also would be "των τιμιωτατων," not otherwise.
But if we can’t dress her in ragged marble, can we put her in a nice dress with ribbons and frills and create a marble version of that? No. We can put her in the simplest peasant dress, as long as it's perfect and tidy; anything fancier than that would be seen as more dishonorable in Athena's eyes than rags. If she were a French princess, you could carve her embroidered gown and crown; if she were Joan of Arc, you could carve her armor—because those would be among the most noble representations, and nothing else would qualify.
114. Is not this an edge-tool we have got hold of, unawares? and a subtle one too; so delicate and scimitar-like in decision. For note, that even Joan of Arc's armour must be only sculptured, if she has it on; it is not the honourableness or beauty of it that are enough, but the direct bearing of it by her body. You might be deeply, even pathetically, interested by looking at a good knight's dinted coat of mail, left in his desolate hall. May you sculpture it where it hangs? No; the helmet for his pillow, if you will—no more.
114. Isn’t this an edge-tool we've unexpectedly come across? And a clever one at that; so delicate and curved in its decisions. Just consider that even Joan of Arc's armor must be merely sculpted, if she is wearing it; it's not just its honor or beauty that matter, but how it directly relates to her body. You might feel deeply, even touchingly, fascinated by looking at a good knight's dented suit of armor, left in his empty hall. Can you create a sculpture of it where it hangs? No; the helmet as his pillow, if you want—nothing more.
You see we did not do our dull work for nothing in last lecture. I define what we have gained once more, and then we will enter on our new ground.
You see, we didn’t do our boring work for nothing in the last lecture. I'll summarize what we've gained one more time, and then we'll dive into our new material.
115. The proper subject of sculpture, we have determined, is the spiritual power seen in the form of any living thing, and so represented as to give evidence that the sculptor has loved the good of it and hated the evil.
115. The right subject for sculpture, as we've concluded, is the spiritual essence reflected in the shape of any living being, portrayed in a way that shows the sculptor has appreciated its goodness and rejected its flaws.
"So represented," we say; but how is that to be done? Why should it not be represented, if possible, just as it is seen? What mode or limit of representation may we adopt? We are to carve things that have life;—shall we try so to imitate them that they may indeed seem living,—or only half living, and like stone instead of flesh?
"So represented," we say; but how do we do that? Why shouldn't it be shown exactly as we see it? What approach or boundaries of representation can we take? We are to shape things that are alive;—should we try to copy them so closely that they actually appear to be living, or just partially alive, like stone instead of flesh?
It will simplify this question if I show you three examples[Pg 354] of what the Greeks actually did: three typical pieces of their sculpture, in order of perfection.
It will simplify this question if I show you three examples[Pg 354] of what the Greeks actually did: three typical pieces of their sculpture, ranked by how perfect they are.
116. And now, observe that in all our historical work, I will endeavour to do, myself, what I have asked you to do in your drawing exercises; namely, to outline firmly in the beginning, and then fill in the detail more minutely. I will give you first, therefore, in a symmetrical form, absolutely simple and easily remembered, the large chronology of the Greek school; within that unforgettable scheme we will place, as we discover them, the minor relations of arts and times.
116. And now, notice that in all our historical work, I will strive to do what I’ve asked you to do in your drawing exercises; specifically, to clearly outline things at the start and then add the details more carefully. Therefore, I will first present to you the large timeline of the Greek school in a symmetrical, straightforward, and memorable way; within that unforgettable framework, we will insert the smaller connections of arts and eras as we uncover them.
I number the nine centuries before Christ thus, upwards, and divide them into three groups of three each.
I count the nine centuries before Christ like this, from the bottom up, and break them into three groups of three.
{ | 9 | |
A. archaic. | { | 8 |
{ | 7 | |
—— | ||
{ | 6 | |
B. best. | { | 5 |
{ | 4 | |
—— | ||
{ | 3 | |
C. corrupt. | { | 2 |
{ | 1 |
Then the ninth, eighth, and seventh centuries are the period of Archaic Greek Art, steadily progressive wherever it existed.
Then the ninth, eighth, and seventh centuries are the period of Archaic Greek Art, consistently advancing wherever it existed.
The sixth, fifth, and fourth are the period of central Greek Art; the fifth, or central century producing the finest. That is easily recollected by the battle of Marathon. And the third, second, and first centuries are the period of steady decline.
The sixth, fifth, and fourth centuries mark the peak of central Greek Art; the fifth century, in particular, produced the best work. This is easily remembered by the battle of Marathon. In contrast, the third, second, and first centuries represent a time of steady decline.

Learn this A B C thoroughly, and mark, for yourselves, what you, at present, think the vital events in each century. As you know more, you will think other events the vital ones; but the best historical knowledge only approximates to true thought in that matter; only be sure that what is truly vital in the character which governs events, is always expressed by the art of the century; so that if you could interpret that art rightly, the better part of your task in reading history would be done to your hand.
Learn this A B C thoroughly, and take note of what you currently believe are the key events in each century. As you learn more, you'll likely identify different events as the crucial ones; however, the best historical understanding only gets us close to real insight on this matter. Just remember that what truly matters in the character that shapes events is always reflected in the art of that century. So, if you can interpret that art correctly, a significant part of your work in studying history will already be accomplished.
117. It is generally impossible to date with precision art of the archaic period—often difficult to date even that of the central three hundred years. I will not weary you with futile minor divisions of time; here are three coins (Plate VII.) roughly, but decisively, characteristic of the three ages. The first is an early coin of Tarentum. The city was founded as you know, by the Spartan Phalanthus, late in the eighth century. I believe the head is meant for that of Apollo Archegetes, it may however be Taras, the son of Poseidon; it is no matter to us at present whom it is meant for, but the fact that we cannot know, is itself of the greatest import. We cannot say, with any certainty, unless by discovery of some collateral evidence, whether this head is intended for that of a god, or demi-god, or a mortal warrior. Ought not that to disturb some of your thoughts respecting Greek idealism? Farther, if by investigation we discover that the head is meant for that of Phalanthus, we shall know nothing of the character of Phalanthus from the face; for there is no portraiture at this early time.
117. It's usually impossible to accurately date art from the archaic period—it's often tricky to even date the central three hundred years. I won’t bore you with unnecessary minor subdivisions of time; here are three coins (Plate VII.) that are roughly, but clearly, representative of the three ages. The first is an early coin from Tarentum. As you know, the city was founded by the Spartan Phalanthus in the late eighth century. I believe the head is meant to represent Apollo Archegetes, but it could also be Taras, the son of Poseidon; at this moment, it doesn't really matter who it's supposed to represent, but the fact that we can't know is actually very significant. We can't say with any certainty, unless we find some supporting evidence, whether this head depicts a god, a demigod, or a mortal warrior. Shouldn't that challenge some of your ideas about Greek idealism? Furthermore, if through investigation we find out that the head is meant to be Phalanthus, we still won't learn anything about his character from the face; there are no portraits from this early period.
118. The second coin is of Ænus in Macedonia; probably of the fifth or early fourth century, and entirely characteristic of the central period. This we know to represent the face of a god—Hermes. The third coin is a king's, not a city's. I will not tell you, at this moment, what king's; but only that it is a late coin of the third period, and that it is as distinct in purpose as the coin of Tarentum is obscure. We know of this coin, that it represents no god nor demi-god, but a mere mortal; and we know precisely, from the portrait, what that mortal's face was like.
118. The second coin is from Ænus in Macedonia, likely from the fifth or early fourth century, and is totally typical of the central period. This coin clearly shows the face of a god—Hermes. The third coin is from a king, not a city. I won’t tell you which king right now, just that it’s a late coin from the third period, and it’s as clear in purpose as the coin from Tarentum is unclear. We know this coin depicts no god or demi-god, but an ordinary person; and from the portrait, we know exactly what that person's face looked like.
119. A glance at the three coins, as they are set side by side, will now show you the main differences in the three great Greek styles. The archaic coin is sharp and hard; every line decisive and numbered, set unhesitatingly in its place; nothing[Pg 356] is wrong, though everything incomplete, and, to us who have seen finer art, ugly. The central coin is as decisive and clear in arrangement of masses, but its contours are completely rounded and finished. There is no character in its execution so prominent that you can give an epithet to the style. It is not hard, it is not soft, it is not delicate, it is not coarse, it is not grotesque, it is not beautiful; and I am convinced, unless you had been told that this is fine central Greek art, you would have seen nothing at all in it to interest you. Do not let yourselves be anywise forced into admiring it; there is, indeed, nothing more here, than an approximately true rendering of a healthy youthful face, without the slightest attempt to give an expression of activity, cunning, nobility, or any other attribute of the Mercurial mind. Extreme simplicity, unpretending vigour of work, which claims no admiration either for minuteness or dexterity, and suggests no idea of effort at all; refusal of extraneous ornament, and perfectly arranged disposition of counted masses in a sequent order, whether in the beads, or the ringlets of hair; this is all you have to be pleased with; neither will you ever find, in the best Greek Art, more. You might at first suppose that the chain of beads round the cap was an extraneous ornament; but I have little doubt that it is as definitely the proper fillet for the head of Hermes, as the olive for Zeus, or corn for Triptolemus. The cap or petasus cannot have expanded edges, there is no room for them on the coin; these must be understood, therefore; but the nature of the cloud-petasus is explained by edging it with beads, representing either dew or hail. The shield of Athena often bears white pellets for hail, in like manner.
119. A look at the three coins lined up side by side will show you the main differences in the three major Greek styles. The archaic coin is sharp and hard; every line is clear and defined, set confidently in its place; nothing[Pg 356] is wrong, though everything is incomplete and, to us who have seen better art, unattractive. The middle coin is just as clear and precise in its arrangement, but its shapes are completely rounded and finished. There’s nothing in its execution so distinctive that you could label the style. It’s not hard, it’s not soft, it’s not delicate, it’s not coarse, it’s not grotesque, it’s not beautiful; and I'm convinced that if you hadn’t been told this is fine central Greek art, you wouldn’t have found anything interesting about it at all. Don’t feel pressured to admire it; there’s really nothing more here than a fairly accurate representation of a healthy youthful face, with no attempt to convey any expression of activity, cleverness, nobility, or any other trait of a quick-minded person. It shows extreme simplicity, unassuming strength of work that doesn’t seek admiration for detail or skill, and suggests no idea of effort; there’s no unnecessary ornament, and a perfectly organized arrangement of counted shapes in a sequential order, whether in the beads or the curls of hair; this is all you have to appreciate; and you won’t find anything more in the best Greek Art. You might initially think that the chain of beads around the cap is unnecessary decoration; but I have little doubt that it is as much the right headband for Hermes as the olive is for Zeus or grain for Triptolemus. The cap or petasus can't have flaring edges, since there's no room for them on the coin; these must be implied; however, the nature of the cloud-petasus is indicated by the beads around it, representing either dew or hail. Similarly, the shield of Athena often has white dots for hail.
120. The third coin will, I think, at once strike you by what we moderns should call its "vigour of character." You may observe also that the features are finished with great care and subtlety, but at the cost of simplicity and breadth. But the essential difference between it and the central art, is its disorder in design—you see the locks of hair cannot be counted any longer—they are entirely dishevelled and irregular. Now the individual character may, or may not[Pg 357] be, a sign of decline; but the licentiousness, the casting loose of the masses in the design, is an infallible one. The effort at portraiture is good for art if the men to be portrayed are good men, not otherwise. In the instance before you, the head is that of Mithridates VI. of Pontus, who had, indeed, the good qualities of being a linguist and a patron of the arts; but as you will remember, murdered, according to report, his mother, certainly his brother, certainly his wives and sisters, I have not counted how many of his children, and from a hundred to a hundred and fifty thousand persons besides; these last in a single day's massacre. The effort to represent this kind of person is not by any means a method of study from life ultimately beneficial to art.
120. The third coin will probably catch your attention right away with what we nowadays would call its "strong character." You might also notice that the details are crafted with great care and subtlety, but this comes at the expense of simplicity and boldness. However, the key difference between it and the central art is the chaos in the design—you can see that the locks of hair can no longer be counted—they are completely unkempt and uneven. Now, the individual character could be a sign of decline, or it might not[Pg 357], but the lack of order among the elements in the design is definitely a sign. The attempt at portraiture is beneficial for art only if the subjects being portrayed are good individuals; otherwise, it’s not. In this case, the head belongs to Mithridates VI of Pontus, who had some good traits, like being a linguist and a supporter of the arts; however, as you might recall, he reportedly murdered his mother, certainly his brother, and definitely his wives and sisters, along with an unknown number of his children, and from one hundred to one hundred and fifty thousand people in total; those last casualties in a single day's slaughter. Attempting to depict this kind of person is not really a method of studying life that is ultimately positive for art.
121. This however is not the point I have to urge to-day. What I want you to observe is that, though the master of the great time does not attempt portraiture, he does attempt animation. And as far as his means will admit, he succeeds in making the face—you might almost think—vulgarly animated; as like a real face, literally, "as it can stare." Yes: and its sculptor meant it to be so; and that was what Phidias meant his Jupiter to be, if he could manage it. Not, indeed, to be taken for Zeus himself; and yet, to be as like a living Zeus as art could make it. Perhaps you think he tried to make it look living only for the sake of the mob, and would not have tried to do so for connoisseurs. Pardon me; for real connoisseurs, he would, and did; and herein consists a truth which belongs to all the arts, and which I will at once drive home in your minds, as firmly as I can.
121. However, that's not the point I want to make today. What I want you to notice is that, while the master of the great time doesn't try to create a portrait, he does attempt to bring it to life. And as much as his resources allow, he succeeds in making the face—you might even think—vulgarly animated; as much like a real face as it can possibly be. Yes, and the sculptor intended it that way; that was what Phidias wanted his Jupiter to be, if he could pull it off. Not, of course, to be mistaken for Zeus himself; yet to resemble a living Zeus as closely as art could achieve. Maybe you think he only tried to make it look alive for the masses and wouldn't have bothered for connoisseurs. Forgive me; for true connoisseurs, he would and did; and this holds a truth relevant to all the arts, which I will now impress upon you as strongly as I can.
122. All second-rate artists—(and remember, the second-rate ones are a loquacious multitude, while the great come only one or two in a century; and then, silently)—all second-rate artists will tell you that the object of fine art is not resemblance, but some kind of abstraction more refined than reality. Put that out of your heads at once. The object of the great Resemblant Arts is, and always has been, to resemble; and to resemble as closely as possible. It is the function of a good portrait to set the man before you in habit as he lived, and I would we had a few more that did so. It is the function[Pg 358] of a good landscape to set the scene before you in its reality, to make you, if it may be, think the clouds are flying, and the streams foaming. It is the function of the best sculptor—the true Dædalus—to make stillness look like breathing, and marble look like flesh.
122. All mediocre artists—(and keep in mind, the mediocre ones are a chatty crowd, while the truly great only come along once in a while; and then, quietly)—all mediocre artists will tell you that the purpose of fine art is not to mimic reality, but to capture some kind of abstract idea that's more refined than what we see. Forget that idea right now. The aim of the great Representational Arts is, and has always been, to mimic; and to mimic as closely as possible. A good portrait should present the person in the way they lived, and I wish we had a few more that did that. A good landscape should show the scene as it really is, making you feel as if the clouds are moving and the streams are bubbling. The best sculptor—the true Dædalus—should make stillness look alive and marble look like flesh.
123. And in all great times of art, this purpose is as naïvely expressed as it is steadily held. All the talk about abstraction belongs to periods of decadence. In living times, people see something living that pleases them; and they try to make it live for ever, or to make it something as like it as possible, that will last for ever. They paint their statues, and inlay the eyes with jewels, and set real crowns on their heads; they finish, in their pictures, every thread of embroidery, and would fain, if they could, draw every leaf upon the trees. And their only verbal expression of conscious success is, that they have made their work "look real."
123. Throughout all major art movements, this purpose is as simply stated as it is consistently upheld. All the chatter about abstraction comes from times of decline. In thriving periods, people see something alive that brings them joy; they try to make it endure forever or to create something as similar as possible that will last for eternity. They paint their statues, set jewels in the eyes, and place real crowns on their heads; they detail every stitch of embroidery in their paintings and would love to draw every individual leaf on the trees if they could. Their only way of verbalizing their success is by saying that they’ve made their work "look real."
124. You think all that very wrong. So did I, once; but it was I that was wrong. A long time ago, before ever I had seen Oxford, I painted a picture of the Lake of Como, for my father. It was not at all like the Lake of Como; but I thought it rather the better for that. My father differed with me; and objected particularly to a boat with a red and yellow awning, which I had put into the most conspicuous corner of my drawing. I declared this boat to be "necessary to the composition." My father not the less objected, that he had never seen such a boat, either at Como or elsewhere; and suggested that if I would make the lake look a little more like water, I should be under no necessity of explaining its nature by the presence of floating objects. I thought him at the time a very simple person for his pains; but have since learned, and it is the very gist of all practical matters, which, as professor of fine art, I have now to tell you, that the great point in painting a lake is—to get it to look like water.
124. You think all that is very wrong. So did I, once; but I was the one who was wrong. A long time ago, before I ever saw Oxford, I painted a picture of Lake Como for my father. It didn't look anything like Lake Como, but I thought it was better that way. My father disagreed and specifically objected to a boat with a red and yellow awning that I had placed in the most noticeable corner of my drawing. I insisted that the boat was "necessary to the composition." My father still disagreed, saying he had never seen such a boat, either at Como or anywhere else, and suggested that if I made the lake look a bit more like water, I wouldn’t need to explain its nature by adding floating objects. At the time, I thought he was being very simple-minded for his troubles; but I've since learned, and it's the main point in all practical matters that I, as a professor of fine art, need to share with you, that the key to painting a lake is to make it look like water.
125. So far, so good. We lay it down for a first principle, that our graphic art, whether painting or sculpture, is to produce something which shall look as like Nature as possible. But now we must go one step farther, and say that it is to produce what shall look like Nature to people who know what[Pg 359] Nature is like! You see this is at once a great restriction, as well as a great exaltation of our aim. Our business is not to deceive the simple; but to deceive the wise! Here, for instance, is a modern Italian print, representing, to the best of its power, St. Cecilia, in a brilliantly realistic manner. And the fault of the work is not in its earnest endeavour to show St. Cecilia in habit as she lived, but in that the effort could only be successful with persons unaware of the habit St. Cecilia lived in. And this condition of appeal only to the wise increases the difficulty of imitative resemblance so greatly, that, with only average skill or materials, we must surrender all hope of it, and be content with an imperfect representation, true as far as it reaches, and such as to excite the imagination of a wise beholder to complete it; though falling very far short of what either he or we should otherwise have desired. For instance, here is a suggestion, by Sir Joshua Reynolds, of the general appearance of a British Judge—requiring the imagination of a very wise beholder indeed, to fill it up, or even at first to discover what it is meant for. Nevertheless, it is better art than the Italian St. Cecilia, because the artist, however little he may have done to represent his knowledge, does, indeed, know altogether what a Judge is like, and appeals only to the criticism of those who know also.
125. So far, so good. We establish as our first principle that our graphic art, whether it’s painting or sculpture, should create something that resembles Nature as closely as possible. But now we need to go a step further and say it should look like Nature to those who actually know what[Pg 359] Nature is like! This, as you can see, both limits and elevates our goal significantly. Our task isn’t to fool the simple-minded; it’s to impress the knowledgeable! For example, here’s a modern Italian print that depicts St. Cecilia as realistically as it can. The flaw in this work isn’t its earnest attempt to portray St. Cecilia in her actual attire, but that such an effort would only resonate with those unaware of the attire she wore. This condition of appealing only to the knowledgeable makes achieving true resemblance much harder, so that, with only average skill or materials, we have to give up on perfect representation and settle for something that’s imperfect yet true as far as it goes, one that inspires the imagination of a knowledgeable viewer to fill in the gaps, though it still falls far short of what either they or we would have ideally wanted. For instance, here's a suggestion by Sir Joshua Reynolds of what a British Judge generally looks like—requiring the imagination of a truly wise observer to complete the picture, or even to initially identify what it represents. Still, it’s better art than the Italian St. Cecilia because the artist, no matter how little he may have done to convey his knowledge, does indeed know what a Judge really looks like and appeals only to those who also understand.
126. There must be, therefore, two degrees of truth to be looked for in the good graphic arts; one, the commonest, which, by any partial or imperfect sign conveys to you an idea which you must complete for yourself; and the other, the finest, a representation so perfect as to leave you nothing to be farther accomplished by this independent exertion; but to give you the same feeling of possession and presence which you would experience from the natural object itself. For instance of the first, in this representation of a rainbow,[124] the artist has no hope that, by the black lines of engraving, he can deceive you into any belief of the rainbow's being there, but he gives indication enough of what he intends, to enable you to supply the rest of the idea yourself, providing always you know beforehand what a rainbow is like. But in this drawing[Pg 360] of the falls of Terni,[125] the painter has strained his skill to the utmost to give an actually deceptive resemblance of the iris, dawning and fading among the foam. So far as he has not actually deceived you, it is not because he would not have done so if he could; but only because his colours and science have fallen short of his desire. They have fallen so little short that, in a good light, you may all but believe the foam and the sunshine are drifting and changing among the rocks.
126. There are, therefore, two levels of truth to look for in great visual art; one is the most common, where an incomplete or imperfect sign gives you an idea that you need to finish yourself; the other is the finest, a representation so accurate that it leaves you nothing more to achieve independently, giving you the same sense of ownership and presence that you would feel with the actual object. For example, in this representation of a rainbow,[124] the artist doesn’t expect that the black lines of engraving will trick you into believing the rainbow is actually there, but he gives enough indication of what he means to allow you to fill in the rest of the idea yourself, as long as you already know what a rainbow looks like. However, in this drawing[Pg 360] of the falls of Terni,[125] the painter has pushed his skill to the limit to create a genuinely deceptive likeness of the rainbow, appearing and disappearing among the foam. The reason he hasn’t actually deceived you isn’t that he wouldn’t have tried if he could; it’s only because his colors and technique fell short of his ambition. They fell short just enough that, in good light, you might almost believe the foam and sunlight are moving and shifting among the rocks.
127. And after looking a little while, you will begin to regret that they are not so: you will feel that, lovely as the drawing is, you would like far better to see the real place, and the goats skipping among the rocks, and the spray floating above the fall. And this is the true sign of the greatest art—to part voluntarily with its greatness;—to make itself poor and unnoticed; but so to exalt and set forth its theme that you may be fain to see the theme instead of it. So that you have never enough admired a great workman's doing till you have begun to despise it. The best homage that could be paid to the Athena of Phidias would be to desire rather to see the living goddess; and the loveliest Madonnas of Christian art fall short of their due power, if they do not make their beholders sick at heart to see the living Virgin.
127. And after looking for a little while, you’ll start to wish they weren’t just pictures: you’ll feel that, as beautiful as the drawing is, you’d much rather see the real place, with the goats jumping among the rocks and the mist rising above the waterfall. This is the true sign of the greatest art—to willingly give up its own greatness;—to make itself seem ordinary and overlooked; but to elevate and showcase its subject so well that you would prefer to see the subject instead of the artwork. You haven’t truly appreciated a great artist's work until you’ve begun to take it for granted. The highest compliment that could be paid to the Athena of Phidias would be to wish to see the living goddess instead; and the most beautiful Madonnas in Christian art fall short of their potential if they don’t leave viewers longing to see the living Virgin.
128. We have then, for our requirement of the finest art (sculpture, or anything else), that it shall be so like the thing it represents as to please those who best know or can conceive the original; and, if possible, please them deceptively—its final triumph being to deceive even the wise; and (the Greeks thought) to please even the Immortals, who were so wise as to be undeceivable. So that you get the Greek, thus far entirely true, idea of perfectness in sculpture, expressed to you by what Phalaris says, at first sight of the bull of Perilaus, "It only wanted motion and bellowing to seem alive; and as soon as I saw it, I cried out, it ought to be sent to the god." To Apollo, for only he, the undeceivable, could thoroughly understand such sculpture, and perfectly delight in it.
128. So, for our need of the finest art (whether it's sculpture or something else), it should resemble what it represents so closely that it pleases those who know or can imagine the original best; and, if possible, to fool them—its ultimate success being to even trick the wise. The Greeks believed it should also please the Immortals, who were wise enough to never be fooled. This captures the completely accurate Greek idea of perfection in sculpture, illustrated by what Phalaris said at his first sight of the bull made by Perilaus: "It just needed movement and bellowing to seem alive; and as soon as I saw it, I shouted that it should be sent to the god." To Apollo, because only he, the unfooled one, could fully grasp such sculpture and truly enjoy it.
129. And with this expression of the Greek ideal of sculpture,[Pg 361] I wish you to join the early Italian, summed in a single line by Dante—"non vide me' di me, chi vide 'l vero." Read the 12th canto of the "Purgatory," and learn that whole passage by heart; and if ever you chance to go to Pistoja, look at La Robbia's coloured porcelain bas-reliefs of the seven works of Mercy on the front of the hospital there; and note especially the faces of the two sick men—one at the point of death, and the other in the first peace and long-drawn breathing of health after fever—and you will know what Dante meant by the preceding line, "Morti li morti, e i vivi parèn vivi."
129. With this expression of the Greek ideal of sculpture,[Pg 361] I want you to connect it to the early Italian perspective, summed up in a single line by Dante—"non vide me' di me, chi vide 'l vero." Read the 12th canto of the "Purgatory," and memorize that entire passage; and if you ever happen to visit Pistoja, check out La Robbia's colored porcelain bas-reliefs of the seven works of Mercy on the front of the hospital there; pay special attention to the faces of the two sick men—one at death's door, and the other just starting to recover and breathe steadily after fever—and you'll understand what Dante meant by the earlier line, "Morti li morti, e i vivi parèn vivi."
130. But now, may we not ask farther,—is it impossible for art such as this, prepared for the wise, to please the simple also? Without entering on the awkward questions of degree, how many the wise can be, or how much men should know, in order to be rightly called wise, may we not conceive an art to be possible, which would deceive everybody, or everybody worth deceiving? I showed you at my first lecture, a little ringlet of Japan ivory, as a type of elementary bas-relief touched with colour; and in your rudimentary series you have a drawing by Mr. Burgess, of one of the little fishes enlarged, with every touch of the chisel facsimiled on the more visible scale; and showing the little black bead inlaid for the eye, which in the original is hardly to be seen without a lens. You may, perhaps be surprised, when I tell you, that (putting the question of subject aside for the moment, and speaking only of the mode of execution and aim at resemblance), you have there a perfect example of the Greek ideal of method in sculpture. And you will admit that, to the simplest person whom we could introduce as a critic, that fish would be a satisfactory, nay, almost a deceptive fish; while to any one caring for subtleties of art, I need not point out that every touch of the chisel is applied with consummate knowledge, and that it would be impossible to convey more truth and life with the given quantity of workmanship.
130. But now, can we not ask further—is it impossible for art like this, created for the wise, to also appeal to the simple? Without getting into the awkward debates about how many people can truly be considered wise or how much knowledge someone should have to earn that label, can we not imagine an art that would fool everyone, or at least everyone worth fooling? I showed you in my first lecture a small ringlet made of Japan ivory, as a representation of basic bas-relief enhanced with color; and in your introductory series, there's a drawing by Mr. Burgess of one of the little fish blown up, with every chisel mark perfectly replicated on the larger scale, and you can see the tiny black bead inlaid for the eye, which in the original is barely visible without a lens. You might be surprised when I tell you that, setting aside the question of subject and focusing solely on the execution and aim for resemblance, this piece is a perfect example of the Greek ideal of method in sculpture. And you would agree that, for the simplest person we could introduce as a critic, that fish would be a satisfying, even a deceptive fish; while for anyone who cares about the nuances of art, I need not point out that every stroke of the chisel is executed with exceptional skill, and that it's impossible to convey more truth and life given the amount of work.

131. Here is, indeed, a drawing by Turner, (Edu. 131), in which with some fifty times the quantity of labour, and[Pg 362] far more highly educated faculty of sight, the artist has expressed some qualities of lustre and colour which only very wise persons indeed could perceive in a John Dory; and this piece of paper contains, therefore, much more, and more subtle, art, than the Japan ivory; but are we sure that it is therefore greater art? or that the painter was better employed in producing this drawing, which only one person can possess, and only one in a hundred enjoy, than he would have been in producing two or three pieces on a larger scale, which should have been at once accessible to, and enjoyable by, a number of simpler persons? Suppose for instance, that Turner, instead of faintly touching this outline, on white paper, with his camel's hair pencil, had struck the main forms of his fish into marble, thus (Fig. 7): and instead of colouring the white paper so delicately that, perhaps, only a few of the most keenly observant artists in England can see it at all, had,[Pg 363] with his strong hand, tinted the marble with a few colours, deceptive to the people, and harmonious to the initiated; suppose that he had even conceded so much to the spirit of popular applause as to allow of a bright glass bead being inlaid for the eye, in the Japanese manner; and that the enlarged, deceptive, and popularly pleasing work had been carved on the outside of a great building,—say Fishmongers' Hall,—where everybody commercially connected with Billingsgate could have seen it, and ratified it with the wisdom of the market;—might not the art have been greater, worthier, and kinder in such use?
131. Here is a drawing by Turner, (Edu. 131), in which with about fifty times the effort, and[Pg 362] a much more advanced ability to see, the artist has captured some qualities of light and color that only very insightful people could notice in a John Dory; and this piece of paper therefore holds much more, and more nuanced, art than the Japan ivory; but are we sure that this makes it therefore greater art? Or that the painter was better off creating this drawing, which only one person can own and only one in a hundred can appreciate, than he would have been making two or three larger pieces that could be enjoyed and appreciated by many simpler people? For instance, what if Turner, instead of lightly outlining this shape on white paper with his camel’s hair brush, had carved the main forms of his fish into marble, like this (Fig. 7): and instead of delicately coloring the white paper so that, perhaps, only a few of the most observant artists in England can see it at all, had,[Pg 363] with his strong hand, painted the marble with a few colors that might mislead the public but look good to those in the know; what if he had even given in a bit to the need for popular approval by embedding a bright glass bead for the eye, in the Japanese style; and that the enhanced, misleading, and crowd-pleasing piece had been carved on the side of a big building—let’s say Fishmongers' Hall—where everyone involved in trade at Billingsgate could see it, and give it the thumbs up with the wisdom of the market;—could the art not have been greater, more worthy, and kinder in that context?
132. Perhaps the idea does not once approve itself to you of having your public buildings covered with ornaments like this; but pray, remember that the choice of subject is an ethical question, not now before us. All I ask you to decide is whether the method is right, and would be pleasant in giving the distinctiveness to pretty things, which it has here given to what, I suppose it may be assumed, you feel to be an ugly thing. Of course, I must note parenthetically, such realistic work is impossible in a country where the buildings are to be discoloured by coal-smoke; but so is all fine sculpture, whatsoever; and the whiter, the worse its chance. For that which is prepared for private persons, to be kept under cover, will, of necessity, degenerate into the copyism of past work, or merely sensational and sensual forms of present life, unless there be a governing school addressing the populace, for their instruction, on the outside of buildings. So that, as I partly warned you in my third lecture, you can simply have no sculpture in a coal country. Whether you like coals or carvings best, is no business of mine. I merely have to assure you of the fact that they are incompatible.
132. You might not agree with the idea of decorating public buildings like this, but remember, the choice of subject is an ethical issue that we aren't discussing right now. All I’m asking you to consider is whether the method is appropriate and would add distinctiveness to lovely objects, as it has done here for what I assume you see as an unattractive one. I should point out, though, that this kind of realistic work doesn’t work well in a place where buildings get stained by coal smoke; but the same goes for all fine sculpture. The whiter it is, the worse its chances. Anything made for private use and kept indoors will likely end up mimicking past works or being just flashy and superficial forms of modern life unless there’s a strong artistic approach aimed at educating the public through exterior designs. As I mentioned in my third lecture, you simply can’t have any sculpture in a coal region. Whether you prefer coal or carvings is not my concern. I just want to make it clear that they don’t mix.
But, assuming that we are again, some day, to become a civilized and governing race, deputing ironmongery, coal-digging, and lucre-digging, to our slaves in other countries, it is quite conceivable that, with an increasing knowledge of natural history, and desire for such knowledge, what is now done by careful, but inefficient, woodcuts, and in ill-coloured engravings, might be put in quite permanent sculptures, with[Pg 364] inlay of variegated precious stones, on the outside of buildings, where such pictures would be little costly to the people; and in a more popular manner still, by Robbia ware and Palissy ware, and inlaid majolica, which would differ from the housewives' present favourite decoration of plates above her kitchen dresser, by being every piece of it various, instructive, and universally visible.
But, assuming that one day we will become a civilized and governing society, delegating tasks like metalworking, coal mining, and profit-making to our workers in other countries, it's quite possible that, with a growing understanding of natural history and a desire for knowledge, what is currently done through careful yet ineffective woodcuts and poorly colored engravings could be represented in permanent sculptures, with[Pg 364] inlays of colorful precious stones on the exteriors of buildings, where such art would be affordable for the public; and even more popularly, through Robbia ware, Palissy ware, and inlaid majolica, which would be distinct from the current favorite decorative plates above kitchen dressers, as every piece would be unique, educational, and visible to everyone.
133. You hardly know, I suppose, whether I am speaking in jest or earnest. In the most solemn earnest, I assure you; though such is the strange course of our popular life that all the irrational arts of destruction are at once felt to be earnest; while any plan for those of instruction on a grand scale, sounds like a dream or jest. Still, I do not absolutely propose to decorate our public buildings with sculpture wholly of this character; though beast, and fowl, and creeping things, and fishes, might all find room on such a building as the Solomon's House of a New Atlantis; and some of them might even become symbolic of much to us again. Passing through the Strand, only the other day, for instance, I saw four highly finished and delicately coloured pictures of cock-fighting, which, for imitative quality, were nearly all that could be desired, going far beyond the Greek cock of Himera; and they would have delighted a Greek's soul, if they had meant as much as a Greek cock-fight; but they were only types of the "ενδομαχας αλεκτωρ," and of the spirit of home contest, which has been so fatal lately to the Bird of France; and not of the defence of one's own barnyard, in thought of which the Olympians set the cock on the pillars of their chariot course; and gave it goodly alliance in its battle, as you may see here, in what is left of the angle of mouldering marble in the chair of the priest of Dionusos. The cast of it, from the centre of the theatre under the Acropolis, is in the British Museum; and I wanted its spiral for you, and this kneeling Angel of Victory;—it is late Greek art, but nobly systematic flat bas-relief. So I set Mr. Burgess to draw it; but neither he nor I for a little while, could make out what the Angel of Victory was kneeling for. His attitude is an ancient and grandly conventional one among the Egyptians;[Pg 365] and I was tracing it back to a kneeling goddess of the greatest dynasty of the Pharaohs—a goddess of Evening, or Death, laying down the sun out of her right hand;—when, one bright day, the shadows came out clear on the Athenian throne, and I saw that my Angel of Victory was only backing a cock at a cock-fight.
133. You probably can't tell whether I'm joking or being serious. I assure you, I'm being completely serious; however, it seems that in today's world, all the crazy ways of destruction are taken seriously, while any ambitious plan for education sounds like a fantasy or a joke. Still, I don't actually intend to cover our public buildings entirely with this kind of art, although animals, birds, reptiles, and fish could all find a place on something like the Solomon's House of the New Atlantis; and some might even take on deep meaning for us again. Just the other day, as I walked through the Strand, I saw four beautifully detailed and vibrantly colored paintings of cockfighting, which were remarkably lifelike, surpassing even the Greek rooster from Himera. They would have thrilled a Greek, had they held the same significance as a Greek cockfight; but they were merely representations of the "ενδομαχας αλεκτωρ," and the spirit of rivalry at home, which has recently been damaging to the Bird of France; and not about protecting one's own backyard, something the Olympians honored by placing the rooster on the pillars of their racing chariots; giving it a noble role in battle, as you can see in the remaining corner of crumbling marble in the chair of the priest of Dionysus. A cast of it, from the center of the theater under the Acropolis, is in the British Museum; and I wanted its spiral for you, along with this kneeling Angel of Victory;—it is late Greek art, but so beautifully systematic in its flat bas-relief. So I got Mr. Burgess to draw it; but neither he nor I could initially figure out why the Angel of Victory was kneeling. Her pose is an ancient and grandly traditional one from the Egyptians; and I was connecting it back to a kneeling goddess from the greatest dynasty of the Pharaohs—a goddess of Evening or Death, laying the sun down from her right hand;—when, one sunny day, the shadows defined the Athenian throne clearly, and I realized my Angel of Victory was just supporting a rooster at a cockfight.
134. Still, as I have said, there is no reason why sculpture, even for simplest persons, should confine itself to imagery of fish, or fowl, or four-footed things.
134. Still, as I’ve said, there’s no reason why sculpture, even for the simplest people, should limit itself to images of fish, birds, or four-legged animals.
We go back to our first principle: we ought to carve nothing but what is honourable. And you are offended, at this moment, with my fish, (as I believe, when the first sculptures appeared on the windows of this museum, offence was taken at the unnecessary introduction of cats), these dissatisfactions being properly felt by your "νους των τιμιωτατων." For indeed, in all cases, our right judgment must depend on our wish to give honour only to things and creatures that deserve it.
We return to our primary principle: we should only create what is honorable. And right now, you’re upset with my fish, (just as I believe people were offended when the first sculptures appeared in this museum, taken aback by the unnecessary addition of cats), these frustrations being genuinely felt by your "νους των τιμιωτατων." In every case, our ability to judge rightly must rely on our desire to honor only those things and beings that truly deserve it.
135. And now I must state to you another principle of veracity, both in sculpture, and all following arts, of wider scope than any hitherto examined. We have seen that sculpture is to be a true representation of true external form. Much more is it to be a representation of true internal emotion. You must carve only what you yourself see as you see it; but, much more, you must carve only what you yourself feel, as you feel it. You may no more endeavour to feel through other men's souls, than to see with other men's eyes. Whereas generally now in Europe and America, every man's energy is bent upon acquiring some false emotion, not his own, but belonging to the past, or to other persons, because he has been taught that such and such a result of it will be fine. Every attempted sentiment in relation to art is hypocritical; our notions of sublimity, of grace, or pious serenity, are all second hand; and we are practically incapable of designing so much as a bell-handle or a door-knocker without borrowing the first notion of it from those who are gone—where we shall not wake them with our knocking. I would we could.[Pg 366]
135. Now I need to share another principle of truthfulness, both in sculpture and in all subsequent arts, which is broader than anything we've looked at so far. We’ve established that sculpture should accurately represent true external form. Even more importantly, it should embody true internal emotion. You should only create what you genuinely see and experience as you see it; even more so, you should only express what you truly feel, as you feel it. You shouldn’t try to experience emotions through someone else’s perspective any more than you would try to see through someone else’s eyes. Yet, in Europe and America today, most people are focused on acquiring some false emotion that's not their own, but from the past or from others, because they’ve been taught that certain outcomes will look impressive. Any attempted sentiment connected to art is insincere; our ideas of greatness, elegance, or serene spirituality are all borrowed; we are almost incapable of designing something as simple as a doorbell or a door knocker without taking the first idea from those who came before us— where we wouldn’t disturb them with our knocking. I wish we could.[Pg 366]
136. In the midst of this desolation we have nothing to count on for real growth, but what we can find of honest liking and longing, in ourselves and in others. We must discover, if we would healthily advance, what things are verily τιμιωτατα among us; and if we delight to honour the dishonourable, consider how, in future, we may better bestow our likings. Now it appears to me from all our popular declarations, that we, at present, honour nothing so much as liberty and independence; and no person so much as the Free man and Self-made man, who will be ruled by no one, and has been taught, or helped, by no one. And the reason I chose a fish for you as the first subject of sculpture, was that in men who are free and self-made, you have the nearest approach, humanly possible, to the state of the fish, and finely organized ἑρπετον. You get the exact phrase in Habakkuk, if you take the Septuagint text.—"ροιησεις τους ανθρωπους ὡς τους ιχθυας της θαλασσης, και ὡς τα ἑρπετα τα ουκ εχοντα ἡγουμενον."] "Thou wilt make men as the fishes of the sea, and as the reptile things, that have no ruler over them." And it chanced that as I was preparing this lecture, one of our most able and popular prints gave me a woodcut of the "self-made man," specified as such, so vigorously drawn, and with so few touches, that Phidias or Turner himself could scarcely have done it better; so that I had only to ask my assistant to enlarge it with accuracy, and it became comparable with my fish at once. Of course it is not given by the caricaturist as an admirable face; only, I am enabled by his skill to set before you, without any suspicion of unfairness on my part, the expression to which the life we profess to think most honourable, naturally leads. If we were to take the hat off, you see how nearly the profile corresponds with that of the typical fish.
136. In the middle of this emptiness, we have nothing to rely on for real growth, except what we can genuinely like and desire in ourselves and in others. We need to figure out, if we want to move forward in a healthy way, what things are truly the most valuable among us; and if we enjoy honoring what’s dishonorable, we should think about how we can better direct our affections in the future. Right now, it seems to me that in all our public statements, we honor nothing as much as freedom and independence; and no one more than the free and self-made person, who isn’t ruled by anyone and hasn’t been taught or helped by anyone. The reason I picked a fish as the first subject for you in sculpture is that, in free and self-made people, you find the closest human resemblance to a fish and a finely organized reptile. You get the exact phrase in Habakkuk if you look at the Septuagint text.—"Thou wilt make men as the fishes of the sea, and as the reptile things, that have no ruler over them." And it just so happened that while I was preparing this lecture, one of our most skilled and popular prints gave me a woodcut of the "self-made man," labeled as such, so powerfully drawn, with so few lines, that even Phidias or Turner couldn’t have done it better; so I only had to ask my assistant to enlarge it accurately, and it immediately became comparable to my fish. Of course, the caricaturist doesn’t present it as an admirable face; however, thanks to his skill, I can show you, without any suspicion of unfairness on my part, the expression that the life we claim to find most honorable naturally leads to. If we take off the hat, you can see how closely the profile matches that of the typical fish.

137. Such, then, being the definition by your best popular art, of the ideal of feature at which we are gradually arriving by self-manufacture; when I place opposite to it (in Plate VIII.) the profile of a man not in any wise self-made, neither by the law of his own will, nor by the love of his own interest—nor capable, for a moment, of any kind of "Independence," or of the idea of independence; but wholly dependent upon, and subjected to, external influence of just law, wise teaching, and trusted love and truth, in his fellow-spirits;—setting before you, I say, this profile of a God-made instead of a self-made, man, I know that you will feel, on the instant, that you are brought into contact with the vital elements of human art; and that this, the sculpture of the good, is indeed the only permissible sculpture.
137. So, with that being the definition by your best popular art of the ideal features we’re gradually creating ourselves, when I show you (in Plate VIII.) the profile of a man who isn't self-made at all—not by his own will or for his own benefit—nor is he capable, even for a moment, of any sort of "Independence" or the idea of independence; but completely dependent on and influenced by external factors like just laws, wise guidance, and the love and truth of his fellow beings;—when I present to you this profile of a God-made rather than a self-made man, I know you will immediately feel that you're connecting with the essential elements of human art; and that this, the sculpture of the good, is truly the only acceptable sculpture.
138. A God-made man, I say. The face, indeed, stands as a symbol of more than man in its sculptor's mind. For as I gave you, to lead your first effort in the form of leaves, the sceptre of Apollo, so this, which I give you as the first type of rightness in the form of flesh, is the countenance of the holder of that sceptre, the Sun-God of Syracuse. But there is nothing in the face (nor did the Greek suppose there was) more perfect than might be seen in the daily beauty of the creatures the Sun-God shone upon, and whom his strength and honour animated. This is not an ideal, but a quite literally true, face of a Greek youth; nay, I will undertake to show you that it is not supremely beautiful, and even to surpass it altogether with the literal portrait of an Italian one. It is in verity no more than the form habitually taken by the features of a well educated young Athenian or Sicilian citizen; and the one requirement for the sculptors of to-day is not, as it has been thought, to invent the same ideal, but merely to see the same reality.
138. A God-made man, I say. The face really symbolizes more than just a man in its creator's vision. Just as I gave you the sceptre of Apollo to guide your first attempt at capturing leaves, this, which I present as the first representation of righteousness in a human form, is the face of the holder of that sceptre, the Sun-God of Syracuse. However, there’s nothing in the face (nor did the Greek believe there was) more perfect than what can be seen in the daily beauty of the beings the Sun-God illuminated, and whom his power and honor inspired. This is not an ideal, but a completely true depiction of a Greek youth; indeed, I can even show you that it’s not extraordinarily beautiful, and I could surpass it entirely with a literal portrait of an Italian youth. It is genuinely no more than the typical features of a well-educated young Athenian or Sicilian citizen; and the only requirement for today's sculptors is not, as has been thought, to create the same ideal, but simply to recognize the same reality.
Now, you know I told you in my fourth lecture, that the beginning of art was in getting our country clean and our people beautiful, and you supposed that to be a statement irrelevant to my subject; just as, at this moment, you perhaps think, I am quitting the great subject of this present lecture—the method of likeness-making—and letting myself branch into the discussion of what things we are to make likeness of. But you shall see hereafter that the method of imitating a beautiful thing must be different from the method of imitating an ugly one; and that, with the change in subject from what is dishonourable to what is honourable, there will be involved a parallel change in the management of tools, of lines,[Pg 368] and of colours. So that before I can determine for you how you are to imitate, you must tell me what kind of face you wish to imitate. The best draughtsmen in the world could not draw this Apollo in ten scratches, though he can draw the self-made man. Still less this nobler Apollo of Ionian Greece, (Plate IX.) in which the incisions are softened into a harmony like that of Correggio's painting. So that you see the method itself,—the choice between black incision or fine sculpture, and perhaps, presently, the choice between colour or no colour, will depend on what you have to represent. Colour may be expedient for a glistening dolphin or a spotted fawn;—perhaps inexpedient for white Poseidon, and gleaming Dian. So that, before defining the laws of sculpture, I am compelled to ask you, what you mean to carve; and that, little as you think it, is asking you how you mean to live, and what the laws of your State are to be, for they determine those of your statue. You can only have this kind of face to study from, in the sort of state that produced it. And you will find that sort of state described in the beginning of the fourth book of the laws of Plato; as founded, for one thing, on the conviction that of all the evils that can happen to a state, quantity of money is the greatest! μειζον κακον, ως επος ειρειν, ρολει ουδεν αν γιγνοιτο, εις γενναιων και δικαιων ηθων κτησιν, "for, to speak shortly, no greater evil, matching each against each, can possibly happen to a city, as adverse to its forming just or generous character," than its being full of silver and gold.
Now, you know I mentioned in my fourth lecture that the start of art lies in cleaning up our country and enhancing the beauty of our people. You might have thought that was irrelevant to my topic; just like now, you might think I'm straying from the main subject of this lecture—the method of creating likenesses—and drifting into a conversation about what we should make likenesses of. But you'll see later that the way we depict something beautiful will differ from how we depict something ugly. As the topic shifts from what is disreputable to what is honorable, there will also be a necessary change in how we use tools, lines, and colors. So before I can explain to you how to imitate, you need to tell me what kind of face you want to replicate. The best artists in the world couldn't capture this Apollo in just a few strokes, although they can depict a self-made man. Even less so can they capture this nobler Apollo of Ionian Greece, where the lines blend into a harmony reminiscent of Correggio's artwork. So, you see, the method itself—the choice between bold lines or refined sculpture, and maybe soon the decision between color or no color—will depend on what you are representing. Color might work well for a shiny dolphin or a spotted fawn, but it might not be suitable for white Poseidon and radiant Diana. Thus, before I can outline the principles of sculpture, I need to ask you what you intend to carve. And that question, as minor as it seems to you, is really asking how you plan to live and what the principles of your society will be, because they influence those of your statue. You can only study this kind of face in a society that produces it. You'll find that kind of society described at the beginning of the fourth book of Plato's laws, which is based on the belief that the biggest evil that can befall a state is an abundance of money! "For, to put it briefly, no greater evil, comparing one to another, can happen to a city that is contrary to its development of just or generous character than being filled with silver and gold."
139. Of course, the Greek notion may be wrong, and ours right, only—ως επος ειρειν—you can have Greek sculpture only on that Greek theory: shortly expressed by the words put into the mouth of Poverty herself, in the Plutus of Aristophanes "Του πλουτου παρεχω βελτιονας ανδρας, και την γνωμην, και την ιδεαν," "I deliver to you better men than the God of Money can, both in imagination and feature." So on the other hand, this ichthyoid, reptilian, or mono-chondyloid ideal of the self-made man can only be reached, universally, by a nation which holds that poverty, either of purse or spirit,—but especially the spiritual character of being πτωχοι τω πνευματι, is the lowest of degradations; and which believes that the desire of wealth is the first of manly and moral sentiments. As I have been able to get the popular ideal represented by its own living art, so I can give you this popular faith in its own living words; but in words meant seriously and not at all as caricature, from one of our leading journals, professedly æsthetic also in its very name, the Spectator, of August 6th, 1870.
139. Of course, the Greek idea might be wrong and ours might be right, but you can only have Greek sculpture based on that Greek theory: summed up in the words spoken by Poverty herself in Aristophanes' Plutus, "I give you better men than the God of Money can, both in imagination and appearance." On the other hand, this fish-like, reptilian, or mono-chondyloid ideal of the self-made man can only be achieved by a nation that believes that poverty, whether in finances or spirit—especially the spiritual aspect of being spiritually poor, is the lowest form of degradation; and which considers the desire for wealth as the foremost of manly and moral sentiments. Just as I’ve been able to show the popular ideal represented by its own living art, I can present this popular belief in its own living words; but in terms meant seriously and not as a caricature, from one of our leading journals, which is also aesthetically focused in its very name, the Spectator, from August 6th, 1870.

"Mr. Ruskin's plan," it says, "would make England poor, in order that she might be cultivated, and refined and artistic. A wilder proposal was never broached by a man of ability; and it might be regarded as a proof that the assiduous study of art emasculates the intellect, and even the moral sense. Such a theory almost warrants the contempt with which art is often regarded by essentially intellectual natures, like Proudhon" (sic). "Art is noble as the flower of life, and the creations of a Titian are a great heritage of the race; but if England could secure high art and Venetian glory of colour only by the sacrifice of her manufacturing supremacy, and by the acceptance of national poverty, then the pursuit of such artistic achievements would imply that we had ceased to possess natures of manly strength, or to know the meaning of moral aims. If we must choose between a Titian and a Lancashire cotton mill, then, in the name of manhood and of morality, give us the cotton mill. Only the dilettantism of the studio; that dilettantism which loosens the moral no less than the intellectual fibre, and which is as fatal to rectitude of action as to correctness of reasoning power, would make a different choice."
"Mr. Ruskin's plan," it says, "would make England poor so that she could be cultured, refined, and artistic. A more outrageous proposal was never put forward by a capable person; and it could be seen as evidence that the intense study of art weakens the intellect, and even the moral sense. Such a theory nearly justifies the disdain with which art is often viewed by fundamentally intellectual individuals, like Proudhon" (sic). "Art is noble like the flower of life, and the works of a Titian are a significant legacy of humanity; but if England could achieve high art and the Venetian brilliance of color only by sacrificing her manufacturing dominance, and by accepting national poverty, then pursuing such artistic achievements would mean we no longer had strong, manly character or understood the importance of moral goals. If we must choose between a Titian and a Lancashire cotton mill, then, in the name of manhood and morality, give us the cotton mill. Only the dilettantism of the studio; that same dilettantism which weakens both moral and intellectual strength, and which is as harmful to ethical action as it is to logical reasoning, would make a different choice."
You see also, by this interesting and most memorable passage, how completely the question is admitted to be one of ethics—the only real point at issue being, whether this face or that is developed on the truer moral principle.
You can also see from this fascinating and memorable passage how completely the issue is recognized as one of ethics—the only real question being whether this face or that one is developed based on a truer moral principle.
140. I assume, however, for the present, that this Apolline type is the kind of form you wish to reach and to represent. And now observe, instantly, the whole question of manner of imitation is altered for us. The fins of the fish, the plumes of the swan, and the flowing of the Sun-God's hair are all represented by incisions—but the incisions do sufficiently represent the fin and feather,—they insufficiently represent the[Pg 372] hair. If I chose, with a little more care and labor, I could absolutely get the surface of the scales and spines of the fish, and the expression of its mouth; but no quantity of labor would obtain the real surface of a tress of Apollo's hair, and the full expression of his mouth. So that we are compelled at once to call the imagination to help us, and say to it, You know what the Apollo Chrysocomes must be like; finish all this for yourself. Now, the law under which imagination works, is just that of other good workers. "You must give me clear orders; show me what I have to do, and where I am to begin, and let me alone." And the orders can be given, quite clearly, up to a certain point, in form; but they cannot be given clearly in color, now that the subject is subtle. All beauty of this high kind depends on harmony; let but the slightest discord come into it, and the finer the thing is, the more fatal will be the flaw. Now, on a flat surface, I can command my color to be precisely what and where I mean it to be; on a round one I cannot. For all harmony depends, first, on the fixed proportion of the color of the light to that of the relative shadow; and therefore if I fasten my color, I must fasten my shade. But on a round surface the shadow changes at every hour of the day; and therefore all coloring which is expressive of form, is impossible; and if the form is fine, (and here there is nothing but what is fine,) you may bid farewell to color.
140. For now, I'm assuming that this Apolline style is what you want to achieve and represent. Notice how the entire issue of imitation changes for us. The fins of the fish, the feathers of the swan, and the flowing hair of the Sun-God are all depicted with incisions—but while the incisions adequately represent the fin and feather, they do not effectively represent the[Pg 372] hair. If I put in a bit more care and effort, I could perfectly capture the surface of the fish’s scales and spines, as well as the expression of its mouth; but no amount of effort would recreate the real texture of a lock of Apollo's hair or the full expression of his mouth. So, we must immediately turn to our imagination for assistance and say, You know what Apollo Chrysocomes should look like; finish the rest on your own. The principle that guides imagination is the same as that of other skilled creators: "You need to give me clear instructions; show me what I need to do and where to start, and then let me be." These instructions can be given, quite clearly, up to a point, in regards to form; however, they cannot be clearly articulated in color, especially when the subject is nuanced. All beauty of this elevated kind relies on harmony; if even the slightest dissonance occurs, the more delicate the piece, the more serious the flaw will be. On a flat surface, I can dictate my color precisely where I want it; on a round surface, I cannot. All harmony relies first on the fixed relationship between the color of the light and that of the corresponding shadow; therefore, if I set my color, I must also set my shade. But on a round surface, the shadow shifts throughout the day; hence, any coloring that attempts to convey form is impossible; and if the form is refined (and here, everything is refined), you can say goodbye to color.
141. Farewell to color; that is to say, if the thing is to be seen distinctly, and you have only wise people to show it to; but if it is to be seen indistinctly, at a distance, color may become explanatory; and if you have simple people to show it to, color may be necessary to excite their imaginations, though not to excite yours. And the art is great always by meeting its conditions in the straightest way; and if it is to please a multitude of innocent and bluntly-minded persons, must express itself in the terms that will touch them; else it is not good. And I have to trace for you through the history of the past, and possibilities of the future, the expedients used by great sculptors to obtain clearness, impressiveness, or splendor; and the manner of their appeal to the people, under various light and shadow, and with reference to different degrees of public intelligence: such investigation resolving itself again and again, as we proceed, into questions absolutely ethical; as, for instance, whether color is to be bright or dull,—that is to say, for a populace cheerful or heartless;—whether it is to be delicate or strong,—that is to say, for a populace attentive or careless; whether it is to be a background like the sky, for a procession of young men and maidens, because your populace revere life—or the shadow of the vault behind a corpse stained with drops of blackened blood, for a populace taught to worship Death. Every critical determination of rightness depends on the obedience to some ethic law, by the most rational and, therefore, simplest means. And you see how it depends most, of all things, on whether you are working for chosen persons, or for the mob; for the joy of the boudoir, or of the Borgo. And if for the mob, whether the mob of Olympia, or of St. Antoine. Phidias, showing his Jupiter for the first time, hides behind the temple door to listen, resolved afterwards "ρὑθμιζειν το αγαλμα προς το τοις πλειστοις δοκουν, ου γαρ ἡγειτο μικραν ειναι συμβουλην δημου τοσουτου," and truly, as your people is, in judgment, and in multitude, so must your sculpture be, in glory. An elementary principle which has been too long out of mind.
141. Goodbye to color; that is, if what you’re making needs to be clearly seen and you're only showing it to smart people. But if it's meant to be viewed from afar and not in detail, color can help convey meaning. And if you're showing it to simple folks, color might be important to spark their imaginations, even if it doesn’t excite yours. Great art always thrives by meeting its conditions directly. If it's supposed to appeal to a crowd of innocent and straightforward people, it should express itself in ways that resonate with them; otherwise, it’s not effective. I need to guide you through the history of the past and the possibilities of the future, looking at the techniques used by great sculptors to achieve clarity, impact, or beauty. We’ll explore how they connected with the public under different lighting and shadow, while also considering various levels of public understanding. This investigation will repeatedly lead us to ethical questions; for example, whether colors should be bright or dull—for a cheerful or cold audience; whether they should be delicate or bold—for an attentive or indifferent crowd; whether the background should be like the sky for a procession of young men and women, signifying that your audience values life—or a dark backdrop behind a corpse, stained with dried blood, indicating a culture that venerates death. Each critical decision about what is right hinges on adherence to some ethical principle, achieved through the most rational and simplest means. As you can see, it heavily depends on whether you’re creating for a select few or for the masses; whether it's for the pleasure of an intimate setting or for the broader community. And if for the masses, whether it's the crowd of Olympia or that of St. Antoine. When Phidias unveiled his statue of Jupiter for the first time, he hid behind the temple door to listen, determined later to "adjust the statue to what seems right to the most people, for he did not think it to be a small council for such a large populace," and indeed, your sculpture should reflect the glory of the people, both in their judgments and numbers. This fundamental principle has been overlooked for too long.
142. I leave you to consider it, since, for some time, we shall not again be able to take up the inquiries to which it leads. But, ultimately, I do not doubt that you will rest satisfied in these following conclusions:
142. I'm letting you think about it, since we won't be able to revisit the questions it raises for a while. However, in the end, I'm sure you will be content with the following conclusions:
1. Not only sculpture, but all the other fine arts, must be for the people.
1. Not just sculpture, but all the other fine arts, should be for the people.
2. They must be didactic to the people, and that as their chief end. The structural arts, didactic in their manner; the graphic arts, in their matter also.
2. They have to be educational for the people, and that is their main purpose. The structural arts are instructional in how they are designed; the graphic arts are educational in what they represent.
3. And chiefly the great representative and imaginative arts—that is to say, the drama and sculpture—are to teach what is noble in past history, and lovely in existing human and organic life.
3. The main artistic forms that represent and inspire us—specifically, drama and sculpture—are meant to teach us about the nobility found in history and the beauty present in human and organic life today.
4. And the test of right manner of execution in these arts, is that they strike, in the most emphatic manner, the rank of popular minds to which they are addressed.
4. The true measure of how well these arts are executed is whether they strongly resonate with the general audience they are aimed at.
5. And the test of utmost fineness in execution in these arts, is that they make themselves be forgotten in what they represent; and so fulfil the words of their greatest Master,
5. The highest level of skill in these arts is that they let themselves be forgotten in what they show; and in doing so, they fulfill the words of their greatest Master,
FOOTNOTES:
[124] In Durer's "Melencholia."
[125] Turner's, in the Hakewill series.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Turner's, in the Hakewill series.
LECTURE V.
STRUCTURE.
December, 1870.
143. On previous occasions of addressing you, I have endeavoured to show you, first, how sculpture is distinguished from other arts; then its proper subjects, then its proper method in the realization of these subjects. To-day, we must, in the fourth place, consider the means at its command for the accomplishment of these ends; the nature of its materials; and the mechanical or other difficulties of their treatment.
143. In past discussions with you, I’ve tried to explain, first, how sculpture is different from other arts; then its appropriate subjects, and finally the right techniques to bring these subjects to life. Today, we need to look at the tools available to achieve these goals, the nature of its materials, and the mechanical or other challenges in handling them.
And however doubtful we may have remained, as to the justice of Greek ideals, or propriety of Greek methods of representing them, we may be certain that the example of the Greeks will be instructive in all practical matters relating to this great art, peculiarly their own. I think even the evidence I have already laid before you is enough to convince you, that it was by rightness and reality, not by idealism or delightfulness only, that their minds were finally guided; and I am sure that, before closing the present course, I shall be able so far to complete that evidence, as to prove to you that the commonly received notions of classic art are, not only unfounded, but even in many respects, directly contrary to the truth. You are constantly told that Greece idealized whatever she contemplated. She did the exact contrary: she realized and verified it. You are constantly told she sought only the beautiful. She sought, indeed, with all her heart; but[Pg 373] she found, because she never doubted that the search was to be consistent with propriety and common sense. And the first thing you will always discern in Greek work is the first which you ought to discern in all work; namely, that the object of it has been rational, and has been obtained by simple and unostentatious means.
And no matter how doubtful we might have been about the fairness of Greek ideals or the appropriateness of their methods of representing them, we can be sure that the Greeks' example will be helpful in all practical aspects of this great art, which is uniquely theirs. I believe that even the evidence I've already presented to you is enough to convince you that it was through accuracy and authenticity, not just idealism or charm, that their thinking was ultimately guided. I'm confident that by the end of this course, I'll be able to further support that claim and show you that commonly held beliefs about classic art are not only unfounded but often directly opposite to the truth. You're often told that Greece idealized everything it looked at. In fact, it did the exact opposite: it realized and confirmed it. You're frequently told that the Greeks only pursued beauty. They indeed sought it with all their heart; but[Pg 373] they found it because they never doubted that their search should be consistent with propriety and common sense. The first thing you'll always notice in Greek work is the first thing you should notice in all work: that its purpose has been rational and achieved through simple and unpretentious means.
144. "That the object of the work has been rational!" Consider how much that implies. That it should be by all means seen to have been determined upon, and carried through, with sense and discretion; these being gifts of intellect far more precious than any knowledge of mathematics, or of the mechanical resources of art. Therefore, also, that it should be a modest and temperate work, a structure fitted to the actual state of men; proportioned to their actual size, as animals,—to their average strength,—to their true necessities,—and to the degree of easy command they have over the forces and substances of nature.
144. "The goal of the work has been rational!" Think about what that means. It should clearly show that it was carefully planned and executed with common sense and good judgment; these are abilities much more valuable than any knowledge of math or technical skills. It should also be a modest and reasonable project, designed to match the real condition of people; sized appropriately for their actual stature as human beings—aligned with their average strength—reflecting their true needs—and suited to the level of control they have over the forces and materials in nature.
145. You see how much this law excludes! All that is fondly magnificent, insolently ambitious, or vainly difficult. There is, indeed, such a thing as Magnanimity in design, but never unless it be joined also with modesty and Equanimity. Nothing extravagant, monstrous, strained, or singular, can be structurally beautiful. No towers of Babel envious of the skies; no pyramids in mimicry of the mountains of the earth; no streets that are a weariness to traverse, nor temples that make pigmies of the worshippers.
145. Look at how much this law leaves out! Everything that's impressively grand, arrogantly ambitious, or unnecessarily complicated. There is such a thing as generosity in design, but only when it’s paired with humility and balance. Nothing excessive, unnatural, forced, or unique can be beautifully constructed. No towers of Babel reaching for the heavens; no pyramids copying the earth's mountains; no streets that are exhausting to walk through, nor temples that dwarf the worshippers.
It is one of the primal merits and decencies of Greek work that it was, on the whole, singularly small in scale, and wholly within reach of sight, to its finest details. And, indeed, the best buildings that I know are thus modest; and some of the best are minute jewel cases for sweet sculpture. The Parthenon would hardly attract notice, if it were set by the Charing Cross Railway Station: the Church of the Miracoli, at Venice, the Chapel of the Rose, at Lucca, and the Chapel of the Thorn, at Pisa, would not, I suppose, all three together, fill the tenth part, cube, of a transept of the Crystal Palace. And they are better so.
One of the key strengths and virtues of Greek work is that it was, for the most part, remarkably small-scale and completely within view, even in its finest details. In fact, the best buildings I know are modest; some of the best are tiny jewel boxes for beautiful sculpture. The Parthenon wouldn't really stand out if it were placed next to the Charing Cross Railway Station: the Church of the Miracoli in Venice, the Chapel of the Rose in Lucca, and the Chapel of the Thorn in Pisa, combined, wouldn't even fill a tenth of a transept of the Crystal Palace. And that's better that way.
146. In the chapter on Power in the "Seven Lamps of Architecture,"[Pg 374] I have stated what seems, at first, the reverse of what I am saying now; namely, that it is better to have one grand building than any number of mean ones. And that is true, but you cannot command grandeur by size till you can command grace in minuteness; and least of all, remember, will you so command it to-day, when magnitude has become the chief exponent of folly and misery, co-ordinate in the fraternal enormities of the Factory and Poorhouse,—the Barracks and Hospital. And the final law in this matter is, that if you require edifices only for the grace and health of mankind, and build them without pretence and without chicanery, they will be sublime on a modest scale, and lovely with little decoration.
146. In the chapter on Power in the "Seven Lamps of Architecture,"[Pg 374] I mentioned what seems, at first, to contradict what I’m saying now; namely, that it’s better to have one impressive building than many mediocre ones. And that’s true, but you can’t achieve greatness solely through size until you can achieve beauty in small details; and especially today, keep in mind that size often represents foolishness and suffering, just like the overwhelming issues of factories and poorhouses, and barracks and hospitals. The ultimate rule here is that if you design buildings solely for the beauty and well-being of people, and you create them honestly and without deceit, they will be beautifully simple and charming with minimal decoration.
147. From these principles of simplicity and temperance, two very severely fixed laws of construction follow; namely, first, that our structure, to be beautiful, must be produced with tools of men; and secondly, that it must be composed of natural substances. First, I say, produced with tools of men. All fine art requires the application of the whole strength and subtlety of the body, so that such art is not possible to any sickly person, but involves the action and force of a strong man's arm from the shoulder, as well as the delicatest touch of his finger: and it is the evidence that this full and fine strength has been spent on it which makes the art executively noble; so that no instrument must be used, habitually, which is either too heavy to be delicately restrained, or too small and weak to transmit a vigorous impulse; much less any mechanical aid, such as would render the sensibility of the fingers ineffectual.[126]
147. From these principles of simplicity and moderation, two strict laws of construction emerge: first, our structure must be crafted with human tools to be beautiful; and second, it must be made of natural materials. First, I emphasize that it must be crafted with human tools. All fine art requires the full strength and skill of the human body, making it impossible for anyone physically weak; it demands the power of a strong person's arm as well as the finest touch of their fingers. The proof that this full and refined strength has been applied is what makes the art truly noble. Therefore, no instrument should be regularly used that is either too heavy to handle delicately or too small and weak to convey strong energy; even more so, no mechanical aid should be used that would dull the sensitivity of the fingers.[126]
148. Of course, any kind of work in glass, or in metal, on a[Pg 375] large scale, involves some painful endurance of heat; and working in clay, some habitual endurance of cold; but the point beyond which the effort must not be carried is marked by loss of power of manipulation. As long as the eyes and fingers have complete command of the material (as a glass blower has, for instance, in doing fine ornamental work)—the law is not violated; but all our great engine and furnace work, in gun-making and the like, is degrading to the intellect; and no nation can long persist in it without losing many of its human faculties. Nay, even the use of machinery, other than the common rope and pully, for the lifting of weights, is degrading to architecture; the invention of expedients for the raising of enormous stones has always been a characteristic of partly savage or corrupted races. A block of marble not larger than a cart with a couple of oxen could carry, and a cross-beam, with a couple of pulleys, raise, is as large as should generally be used in any building. The employment of large masses is sure to lead to vulgar exhibitions of geometrical arrangement,[127] and to draw away the attention from the sculpture. In general, rocks naturally break into such pieces as the human beings that have to build with them can easily lift, and no larger should be sought for.
148. Of course, working with glass or metal on a large scale always requires some level of enduring heat, while working with clay often means putting up with cold. However, there's a limit to how far you should push your efforts, as going beyond that can result in a loss of control over your skills. As long as your eyes and hands can fully manage the material—like a glassblower does when creating intricate designs—the process remains valid. But all the heavy machinery and furnace work in industries like gun manufacturing can be mentally degrading, and no nation can keep doing it for long without sacrificing many of its mental abilities. In fact, even using machinery beyond the basic pulley system to lift heavy loads can diminish the quality of architecture. The ability to lift massive stones has historically been a trait of societies that were either partially primitive or morally compromised. A block of marble no bigger than what a cart pulled by two oxen can carry, using a beam and a couple of pulleys, is about the maximum size that should generally be used in construction. Using overly large materials tends to lead to crass displays of geometric patterns and distracts from the sculpture itself. Typically, rocks break into sizes that are manageable for the people who need to work with them, and no larger sizes should be pursued.
149. In this respect, and in many other subtle ways, the law that the work is to be with tools of men is connected with the farther condition of its modesty, that it is to be wrought in substance provided by Nature, and to have a faithful respect to all the essential qualities of such substance.
149. In this regard, and in many other subtle ways, the principle that the work should be done with human tools is linked to the deeper requirement of its modesty, meaning it should be created from materials provided by Nature and should faithfully consider all the essential qualities of those materials.
And here I must ask your attention to the idea, and, more than idea,—the fact, involved in that infinitely misused term, "Providentia," when applied to the Divine Power. In its truest sense and scholarly use, it is a human virtue, Προμηθεια; the personal type of it is in Prometheus, and all the first power of τεχνη, is from him, as compared to the weakness of days when men without foresight "εφυρον εικη παντα." But, so far as we use the word "Providence" as an attribute of the Maker and Giver of all things, it does not mean that in a[Pg 376] shipwreck He takes care of the passengers who are to be saved and takes none of those who are to be drowned; but it does mean that every race of creatures is born into the world under circumstances of approximate adaptation to its necessities; and, beyond all others, the ingenious and observant race of man is surrounded with elements naturally good for his food, pleasant to his sight, and suitable for the subjects of his ingenuity;—the stone, metal, and clay of the earth he walks upon lending themselves at once to his hand, for all manner of workmanship.
And here I must draw your attention to the idea, and more than just the idea—the fact—wrapped up in that often-misused term "Providence" when referring to Divine Power. In its most accurate sense and scholarly usage, it is a human virtue, Προμηθεια; the personal example of it is Prometheus, and all the foundational power of τεχνη comes from him, especially when compared to the weakness of times when people without foresight “εφυρον εικη παντα.” But when we use the word "Providence" to describe the Maker and Giver of all things, it doesn't mean that in a[Pg 376] shipwreck, He saves some passengers while leaving others to drown; rather, it means that every species of creatures is born into the world under conditions that are generally suited to their needs. Furthermore, the clever and observant human race is surrounded by elements that are naturally good for their food, pleasing to their eyes, and suited for their creativity—the stone, metal, and clay of the earth they walk on all lend themselves to their hands for all kinds of craftsmanship.
150. Thus, his truest respect for the law of the entire creation is shown by his making the most of what he can get most easily; and there is no virtue of art, nor application of common sense, more sacredly necessary than this respect to the beauty of natural substance, and the ease of local use; neither are there any other precepts of construction so vital as these—that you show all the strength of your material, tempt none of its weaknesses, and do with it only what can be simply and permanently done.
150. Thus, his deepest respect for the law of all creation is shown by making the most of what he can get easily; and there is no artistic virtue or common sense application more sacredly important than this respect for the beauty of natural materials and the ease of local use; nor are there any other construction guidelines as essential as these—that you showcase all the strength of your material, avoid its weaknesses, and only do what can be done simply and permanently.
151. Thus, all good building will be with rocks, or pebbles, or burnt clay, but with no artificial compound; all good painting, with common oils and pigments on common canvas, paper, plaster, or wood,—admitting, sometimes for precious work, precious things, but all applied in a simple and visible way. The highest imitative art should not, indeed, at first sight, call attention to the means of it; but even that, at length, should do so distinctly, and provoke the observer to take pleasure in seeing how completely the workman is master of the particular material he has used, and how beautiful and desirable a substance it was, for work of that kind. In oil painting its unctious quality is to be delighted in; in fresco, its chalky quality; in glass, its transparency; in wood, its grain; in marble, its softness; in porphyry, its hardness; in iron, its toughness. In a flint country, one should feel the delightfulness of having flints to pick up, and fasten together into rugged walls. In a marble country one should be always more and more astonished at the exquisite colour and structure of marble; in a slate country one should feel as if every rock cleft itself only for the sake of being built with conveniently.
151. So, all good buildings should be made with stones, pebbles, or fired clay, but without any artificial materials; all good painting should use regular oils and pigments on standard canvas, paper, plaster, or wood—allowing, occasionally for special projects, the use of high-quality materials, but always applied in a straightforward and obvious way. The best imitative art shouldn’t, at first glance, draw attention to the methods used, but ultimately, it should invite the viewer to appreciate how skillfully the artist handles the specific materials and how beautiful and appealing those materials are for that kind of work. In oil painting, the rich texture should be enjoyed; in fresco, its chalky finish; in glass, its clarity; in wood, its grain; in marble, its smoothness; in porphyry, its hardness; and in iron, its strength. In a flint-rich area, one should appreciate the joy of collecting flints to create sturdy walls. In a marble-rich area, one should continually be amazed by the stunning color and texture of marble; in a slate-rich area, one should feel as if every rock naturally splits just to be conveniently built with.

152. Now, for sculpture, there are, briefly, two materials—Clay, and Stone; for glass is only a clay that gets clear and brittle as it cools, and metal a clay that gets opaque and tough as it cools. Indeed, the true use of gold in this world is only as a very pretty and very ductile clay, which you can spread as flat as you like, spin as fine as you like, and which will neither crack, nor tarnish.
152. Now, when it comes to sculpture, there are basically two materials—clay and stone; glass is just a type of clay that becomes clear and brittle as it cools, and metal is a type of clay that turns opaque and tough as it cools. In fact, the real purpose of gold in this world is simply as a beautiful and very workable clay, which you can spread as thin as you want, spin as fine as you want, and which won’t crack or tarnish.
All the arts of sculpture in clay may be summed up under the word "Plastic," and all of those in stone, under the word "Glyptic."
All the arts of sculpting in clay can be grouped under the term "Plastic," and all those in stone can be grouped under the term "Glyptic."
153. Sculpture in clay will accordingly include all cast brick-work, pottery, and tile-work[128]—a somewhat important branch of human skill. Next to the potter's work, you have all the arts in porcelain, glass, enamel, and metal; everything, that is to say, playful and familiar in design, much of what is most felicitously inventive, and, in bronze or gold, most precious and permanent.
153. Sculpture in clay includes all kinds of brickwork, pottery, and tile work[128]—a significant area of human skill. Following pottery, you have all the arts in porcelain, glass, enamel, and metal; everything that is playful and accessible in design, much of what is most creatively innovative, and, in bronze or gold, the most valuable and lasting.
154. Sculpture in stone, whether granite, gem, or marble, while we accurately use the general term "glyptic" for it, may be thought of with, perhaps, the most clear force under the English word "engraving." For, from the mere angular incision which the Greek consecrated in the triglyphs of his greatest order of architecture, grow forth all the arts of bas-relief, and methods of localized groups of sculpture connected with each other and with architecture: as, in another direction, the arts of engraving and wood-cutting themselves.
154. Sculpture in stone, whether it's granite, gem, or marble, is commonly referred to as "glyptic," but we can think of it most clearly using the English word "engraving." From the basic angular cuts that the Greeks used in the triglyphs of their most significant architectural style, all the arts of bas-relief and the techniques for creating connected sculptures that relate to each other and to architecture emerge. This also includes the arts of engraving and wood-cutting.
155. Over all this vast field of human skill the laws which I have enunciated to you rule with inevitable authority, embracing the greatest, and consenting to the humblest, exertion; strong to repress the ambition of nations, if fantastic and vain, but gentle to approve the efforts of children, made in accordance with the visible intention of the Maker of all flesh, and[Pg 378] the Giver of all Intelligence. These laws, therefore, I now repeat, and beg of you to observe them as irrefragable.
155. Throughout this vast realm of human skills, the principles I've shared with you hold undeniable authority, encompassing both the highest ambitions and the simplest efforts. They are powerful enough to curb the ambitions of nations when they are fanciful and misguided, yet they kindly support the endeavors of children, provided those efforts align with the clear intent of the Creator of all beings, and[Pg 378] the Source of all Knowledge. Therefore, I repeat these principles now and urge you to regard them as unchallengeable.
1. That the work is to be with tools of men.
1. That the work is to be done with human tools.
2. That it is to be in natural materials.
2. It should be made from natural materials.
3. That it is to exhibit the virtues of those materials, and aim at no quality inconsistent with them.
3. It’s about showcasing the strengths of those materials and striving for qualities that are consistent with them.
4. That its temper is to be quiet and gentle, in harmony with common needs, and in consent to common intelligence.
4. That its nature is to be calm and kind, in tune with common needs, and in agreement with shared understanding.
We will now observe the bearing of these laws on the elementary conditions of the art at present under discussion.
We will now look at how these laws affect the basic principles of the art we are currently discussing.
156. There is, first, work in baked clay, which contracts as it dries, and is very easily frangible. Then you must put no work into it requiring niceness in dimension, nor any so elaborate that it would be a great loss if it were broken, but as the clay yields at once to the hand, and the sculptor can do anything with it he likes, it is a material for him to sketch with and play with,—to record his fancies in, before they escape him—and to express roughly, for people who can enjoy such sketches, what he has not time to complete in marble. The clay, being ductile, lends itself to all softness of line; being easily frangible, it would be ridiculous to give it sharp edges, so that a blunt and massive rendering of graceful gesture will be its natural function; but as it can be pinched, or pulled, or thrust in a moment into projection which it would take hours of chiselling to get in stone, it will also properly be used for all fantastic and grotesque form, not involving sharp edges. Therefore, what is true of chalk and charcoal, for painters, is equally true of clay, for sculptors; they are all most precious materials for true masters, but tempt the false ones into fatal license; and to judge rightly of terra-cotta work is a far higher reach of skill in sculpture-criticism than to distinguish the merits of a finished statue.
156. First, there’s work with baked clay, which shrinks as it dries and is very fragile. So, you shouldn’t create anything that needs precise dimensions or anything too intricate that it would be a big loss if it broke. The clay is easy to manipulate, allowing the sculptor to experiment and express ideas before they slip away. It’s ideal for making quick, rough sketches that convey what he doesn’t have time to finish in marble. Since clay is pliable, it allows for smooth lines; and because it breaks easily, giving it sharp edges would be silly. Its natural function is to create broad and solid representations of graceful movements. Additionally, since it can be pinched, pulled, or shaped quickly—something that would take hours to achieve in stone—it’s great for all sorts of whimsical and grotesque forms that don’t require sharp edges. Thus, what applies to chalk and charcoal for painters equally applies to clay for sculptors; they are valuable tools for true artists, but they can lead less skilled ones to make serious mistakes. Evaluating terra-cotta work requires a much higher level of skill in sculpture critique than simply recognizing the merits of a finished statue.
157. We have, secondly, work in bronze, iron, gold, and other metals; in which the laws of structure are still more definite.
157. We also have work in bronze, iron, gold, and other metals, where the laws of structure are even more specific.
All kinds of twisted and wreathen work on every scale become delightful when wrought in ductile or tenacious metal, but metal which is to be hammered into form separates itself into two great divisions—solid, and flat.
All kinds of twisted and woven designs in every size become appealing when crafted in flexible or strong metal, but metal that is to be hammered into shape falls into two main categories—solid and flat.

Engraved Outline and Open Space.
(A.) In solid metal work, i. e., metal cast thick enough to resist bending, whether it be hollow or not, violent and various projection may be admitted, which would be offensive in marble; but no sharp edges, because it is difficult to produce them with the hammer. But since the permanence of the material justifies exquisiteness of workmanship, whatever delicate ornamentation can be wrought with rounded surfaces may be advisedly introduced; and since the colour of bronze or any other metal is not so pleasantly representative of flesh as that of marble, a wise sculptor will depend less on flesh contour, and more on picturesque accessories, which, though they would be vulgar if attempted in stone, are rightly entertaining in bronze or silver. Verrochio's statue of Colleone at Venice, Cellini's Perseus at Florence, and Ghiberti's gates at Florence, are models of bronze treatment.
(A.) In solid metal work, i. e., metal cast thick enough to withstand bending, whether it’s hollow or solid, various bold projections can be included that would be inappropriate in marble; however, sharp edges are not allowed because they’re hard to achieve with a hammer. But since the durability of the material justifies high-quality craftsmanship, any delicate ornamentation that can be created with rounded surfaces should be included. And since the color of bronze or any other metal doesn’t represent flesh as nicely as marble does, a skilled sculptor will rely less on flesh shapes and more on attractive details that, while they might seem cheap in stone, are appropriately engaging in bronze or silver. Verrochio's statue of Colleone in Venice, Cellini's Perseus in Florence, and Ghiberti's gates in Florence are great examples of how to work with bronze.
(B.) When metal is beaten thin, it becomes what is technically called "plate," (the flattened thing) and may be treated advisably in two ways; one, by beating it out into bosses, the other by cutting it into strips and ramifications. The vast schools of goldsmith's work and of iron decoration, founded on these two principles, have had the most powerful influences over general taste in all ages and countries. One of the simplest and most interesting elementary examples of the treatment of flat metal by cutting is the common branched iron bar, Fig. 8, used to close small apertures in countries possessing any good primitive style of iron-work, formed by alternate cuts on its sides, and the bending down of the several portions. The ordinary domestic window balcony of Verona is formed by mere ribands of iron, bent into curves as studiously refined as those of a Greek vase, and decorated merely by their own terminations in spiral volutes.
(B.) When metal is hammered thin, it turns into what’s technically called "plate" (the flattened thing) and can be processed in two main ways: one, by shaping it into raised patterns, and the other by cutting it into strips and branches. The extensive schools of goldsmithing and iron decoration based on these two techniques have significantly influenced general taste throughout history and across cultures. One of the simplest and most fascinating basic examples of working with flat metal through cutting is the common branched iron bar, Fig. 8, used to close small openings in regions with a strong primitive style of ironwork, created by making alternating cuts on its sides and bending down the various parts. The typical domestic window balcony in Verona is made from simple iron ribbons, bent into curves as carefully refined as those of a Greek vase, and decorated only by their ends curling into spiral shapes.

All cast work in metal, unfinished by hand, is inadmissible[Pg 380] in any school of living art, since it cannot possess the perfection of form due to a permanent substance; and the continual sight of it is destructive of the faculty of taste: but metal stamped with precision, as in coins, is to sculpture what engraving is to painting.
All metal castings that haven't been finished by hand are unacceptable[Pg 380] in any school of living art because they lack the perfection of form that comes from a permanent material. Constantly seeing them diminishes our sense of taste. However, metal that is stamped with precision, like coins, is to sculpture what engraving is to painting.
158. Thirdly. Stone-sculpture divides itself into three schools: one in very hard material; one in very soft, and one in that of centrally useful consistence.
158. Thirdly, stone sculpture is divided into three categories: one using very hard materials, one using very soft materials, and one using materials with a moderately useful consistency.
A. The virtue of work in hard material is the expression of form in shallow relief, or in broad contours; deep cutting in hard material is inadmissible, and the art, at once pompous and trivial, of gem engraving, has been in the last degree destructive of the honour and service of sculpture.
A. The value of working with hard materials lies in creating shapes that are detailed but not overly deep, showcasing form in shallow relief or bold outlines; deep carving in tough materials isn't acceptable, and the flashy yet superficial craft of gem engraving has severely undermined the respect and purpose of sculpture.
B. The virtue of work in soft material is deep cutting, with studiously graceful disposition of the masses of light and shade. The greater number of flamboyant churches of France are cut out of an adhesive chalk; and the fantasy of their latest decoration was, in great part, induced by the facility of obtaining contrast of black space, undercut, with white tracery easily left in sweeping and interwoven rods—the lavish use of wood in domestic architecture materially increasing the habit of delight in branched complexity of line. These points, however, I must reserve for illustration in my lectures on architecture. To-day, I shall limit myself to the illustration of elementary sculptural structure in the best material;—that is to say, in crystalline marble, neither soft enough to encourage the caprice of the workman, nor hard enough to resist his will.
B. The beauty of working with soft material lies in creating deep cuts and a carefully graceful arrangement of light and shadow. Most of the striking churches in France are made from a soft chalk, and the creativity in their recent decoration was largely driven by the ease of achieving a contrast between deep black spaces and the white patterns formed by smoothly interconnected rods. The abundant use of wood in residential buildings has also enhanced the enjoyment of complex, branched lines. However, I will save these points for my lectures on architecture. Today, I will focus on illustrating the basic structure of sculpture using the best material—specifically, crystalline marble, which is neither too soft to allow the worker's whims nor too hard to resist his effort.
159. C. By the true "Providence" of Nature, the rock which is thus submissive has been in some places stained with the fairest colours, and in others blanched into the fairest absence of colour, that can be found to give harmony to inlaying, or dignity to form. The possession by the Greeks of their λευκος λιθος was indeed the first circumstance regulating the development of their art; it enabled them at once to express their passion for light by executing the faces, hands, and feet of their dark wooden statues in white marble, so that what we look upon only with pleasure for fineness of texture[Pg 381] was to them an imitation of the luminous body of the deity shining from behind its dark robes; and ivory afterwards is employed in their best statues for its yet more soft and flesh-like brightness, receptive also of the most delicate colour—(therefore to this day the favourite ground of miniature painters). In like manner, the existence of quarries of peach-coloured marble within twelve miles of Verona, and of white marble and green serpentine between Pisa and Genoa, defined the manner both of sculpture and architecture for all the Gothic buildings of Italy. No subtlety of education could have formed a high school of art without these materials.
159. C. Through the true "Providence" of Nature, the rock that is so compliant has been beautifully colored in some places and completely colorless in others, providing harmony for inlaying and elegance for form. The Greeks' possession of their white stone was indeed the primary factor shaping the development of their art; it allowed them to express their love for light by crafting the faces, hands, and feet of their dark wooden statues in white marble. What we admire today for its fine texture[Pg 381] was for them an imitation of the glowing body of the deity shining through its dark garments; later, ivory was used in their best sculptures for its even softer, skin-like brightness, which also holds delicate colors—making it a favorite choice for miniature painters even to this day. Similarly, the availability of peach-colored marble within twelve miles of Verona and white marble and green serpentine between Pisa and Genoa shaped the styles of both sculpture and architecture for all the Gothic buildings in Italy. No level of refined education could have created a major art movement without these materials.
160. Next to the colour, the fineness of substance which will take a perfectly sharp edge, is essential; and this not merely to admit fine delineation in the sculpture itself, but to secure a delightful precision in placing the blocks of which it is composed. For the possession of too fine marble, as far as regards the work itself, is a temptation instead of an advantage to an inferior sculptor; and the abuse of the facility of undercutting, especially of undercutting so as to leave profiles defined by an edge against shadow, is one of the chief causes of decline of style in such encrusted bas-reliefs as those of the Certosa of Pavia and its contemporary monuments. But no undue temptation ever exists as to the fineness of block fitting; nothing contributes to give so pure and healthy a tone to sculpture as the attention of the builder to the jointing of his stones; and his having both the power to make them fit so perfectly as not to admit of the slightest portion of cement showing externally, and the skill to insure, if needful, and to suggest always, their stability in cementless construction. Plate X. represents a piece of entirely fine Lombardic building, the central portion of the arch in the Duomo of Verona, which corresponds to that of the porch of San Zenone, represented in Plate I. In both these pieces of building, the only line that traces the architrave round the arch, is that of the masonry joint; yet this line is drawn with extremest subtlety, with intention of delighting the eye by its relation of varied curvature to the arch itself; and it is just as much considered as the finest pen-line of a Raphael drawing. Every joint of[Pg 382] the stone is used, in like manner, as a thin black line, which the slightest sign of cement would spoil like a blot. And so proud is the builder of his fine jointing, and so fearless of any distortion or strain spoiling the adjustment afterwards, that in one place he runs his joint quite gratuitously through a bas-relief, and gives the keystone its only sign of pre-eminence by the minute inlaying of the head of the Lamb, into the stone of the course above.
160. Next to color, the quality of the material that can take a perfectly sharp edge is crucial; this is not just to allow detailed work in the sculpture itself, but also to ensure a pleasing precision in arranging the blocks that make it up. Having marble that is too fine can be more of a challenge than an advantage for a less skilled sculptor; the misuse of the ability to undercut—especially in a way that creates edges defined by shadows—has been a major factor in the decline of style in ornate bas-reliefs like those of the Certosa of Pavia and similar monuments of that era. However, there's no excessive temptation regarding how well the blocks fit together; nothing enhances the quality of sculpture more than the builder’s attention to the jointing of the stones. The builder should have both the ability to make them fit so perfectly that not a trace of cement shows on the surface, and the skill to ensure, if necessary, and to always suggest, their stability in structures that don’t use cement. Plate X shows an example of fine Lombard architecture, specifically the central portion of the arch in the Duomo of Verona, which corresponds to that of the porch of San Zenone, shown in Plate I. In both of these architectural pieces, the only line that traces the architrave around the arch is the masonry joint; yet this line is drawn with the utmost subtlety, designed to please the eye with its varied curvature in relation to the arch itself, just as seriously as the finest pen-line in a Raphael drawing. Each joint of the stone is likewise treated as a delicate black line, where even the slightest hint of cement would ruin the effect like a smudge. The builder takes great pride in his precise jointing and is so confident that nothing will distort or strain the fit later that in one instance, he runs his joint right through a bas-relief, marking the keystone’s significance only through the fine inlay of the head of the Lamb into the stone of the course above.
161. Proceeding from this fine jointing to fine draughtsmanship, you have, in the very outset and earliest stage of sculpture, your flat stone surface given you as a sheet of white paper, on which you are required to produce the utmost effect you can with the simplest means, cutting away as little of the stone as may be, to save both time and trouble; and, above all, leaving the block itself, when shaped, as solid as you can, that its surface may better resist weather, and the carved parts be as much protected as possible by the masses left around them.
161. Starting with this precise jointing and moving to detailed drawing, at the very beginning of sculpture, you have your flat stone surface presented to you like a blank sheet of white paper. Your goal is to create the maximum impact using the simplest techniques, removing as little stone as possible to save time and effort. Above all, you should aim to keep the block itself as solid as you can, so its surface can withstand the elements, and the carved sections are as well-protected as possible by the surrounding mass.
162. The first thing to be done is clearly to trace the outline of subject with an incision approximating in section to that of the furrow of a plough, only more equal-sided. A fine sculptor strikes it, as his chisel leans, freely, on marble; an Egyptian, in hard rock, cuts it sharp, as in cuneiform inscriptions. In any case, you have a result somewhat like the upper figure, Plate XI., in which I show you the most elementary indication of form possible, by cutting the outline of the typical archaic Greek head with an incision like that of a Greek triglyph, only not so precise in edge or slope, as it is to be modified afterwards.
162. The first thing to do is clearly outline the subject with a cut that resembles the section of a plow's furrow, but with more equal sides. A skilled sculptor carves it, letting his chisel glide freely across marble; an Egyptian, working in hard stone, makes it sharp, like cuneiform inscriptions. In any case, you’ll end up with something somewhat like the upper figure in Plate XI., where I show you the most basic indication of form possible by outlining the typical archaic Greek head with a cut similar to that of a Greek triglyph, though not as precise in edge or slope, since it will be refined later.
163. Now, the simplest thing we can do next, is to round off the flat surface within the incision, and put what form we can get into the feebler projection of it thus obtained. The Egyptians do this, often with exquisite skill, and then, as I showed you in a former lecture, colour the whole—using the incision as an outline. Such a method of treatment is capable of good service in representing, at little cost of pains, subjects in distant effect, and common, or merely picturesque, subjects even near. To show you what it is capable of, and what[Pg 383] coloured sculpture would be in its rudest type, I have prepared the coloured relief of the John Dory[129] as a natural history drawing for distant effect. You know, also, that I meant him to be ugly—as ugly as any creature can well be. In time, I hope to show you prettier things—peacocks and kingfishers,—butterflies and flowers, on grounds of gold, and the like, as they were in Byzantine work. I shall expect you, in right use of your æsthetic faculties, to like those better than what I show you to-day. But it is now a question of method only; and if you will look, after the lecture, first at the mere white relief, and then see how much may be gained by a few dashes of colour, such as a practised workman could lay in a quarter of an hour,—the whole forming, if well done, almost a deceptive image—you will, at least, have the range of power in Egyptian sculpture clearly expressed to you.
163. The easiest thing we can do next is to round off the flat surface inside the incision and shape whatever we can from the weaker projection that we create. The Egyptians often do this with incredible skill, and as I mentioned in a previous lecture, they color the entire piece—using the incision as an outline. This technique is quite effective for representing distant subjects with minimal effort, as well as common or simply picturesque subjects up close. To demonstrate its potential and what colored sculpture would look like in its most basic form, I have prepared a colored relief of the John Dory[129] as a natural history drawing for distant effect. You also know that I intended for him to be ugly—uglier than any creature can be. Eventually, I hope to show you more beautiful things—peacocks and kingfishers, butterflies and flowers on golden backgrounds, and so on, like those in Byzantine art. I expect that you will, in the proper use of your aesthetic senses, prefer those over what I show you today. However, right now, it’s just about the method; and if you look, after the lecture, first at the plain white relief, and then see how much can be improved with a few strokes of color—something a skilled worker could apply in about fifteen minutes—the whole piece can form, if done well, an almost deceptive image. You will, at the very least, have the power of Egyptian sculpture clearly illustrated.
164. But for fine sculpture, we must advance by far other methods. If we carve the subject with real delicacy, the cast shadow of the incision will interfere with its outline, so that, for representation of beautiful things, you must clear away the ground about it, at all events for a little distance. As the law of work is to use the least pains possible, you clear it only just as far back as you need, and then for the sake of order and finish, you give the space a geometrical outline. By taking, in this case, the simplest I can,—a circle,—I can clear the head with little labor in the removal of surface round it; (see the lower figure in Plate XI.)
164. But for fine sculpture, we need to use completely different methods. If we carve the subject with true delicacy, the cast shadow from the incision will disrupt its outline. So, to represent beautiful things, you have to remove the surrounding material, at least for a short distance. Following the principle of working with minimal effort, you only clear it as far back as necessary, and then, for the sake of organization and finish, you give the space a geometric shape. Taking the simplest example—a circle—I can clear the area around the head with minimal work in removing the surface; (see the lower figure in Plate XI.)
165. Now, these are the first terms of all well-constructed bas-relief. The mass you have to treat consists of a piece of stone, which, however you afterwards carve it, can but, at its most projecting point, reach the level of the external plane surface out of which it was mapped, and defined by a depression round it; that depression being at first a mere trench, then a moat of certain width, of which the outer sloping bank is in contact, as a limiting geometrical line, with the laterally salient portions of sculpture. This, I repeat, is the primal [Pg 384]construction of good bas-relief, implying, first, perfect protection to its surface from any transverse blow, and a geometrically limited space to be occupied by the design, into which it shall pleasantly (and as you shall ultimately see, ingeniously,) contract itself: implying, secondly, a determined depth of projection, which it shall rarely reach, and never exceed: and implying, finally, the production of the whole piece with the least possible labor of chisel and loss of stone.
165. Now, these are the basic principles of all well-made bas-relief. The material you’re working with is a piece of stone, which, no matter how you carve it, can only extend to the level of the outer plane surface it was cut from, defined by a groove around it; that groove starts as a simple trench, then becomes a moat of a certain width, with the outer sloping bank touching, as a limiting line, the raised parts of the sculpture. This, I emphasize, is the fundamental [Pg 384]structure of good bas-relief, requiring, first, perfect protection for its surface from any impact, and a geometrically defined area for the design to fit into comfortably (and as you will ultimately see, cleverly): second, it requires a specific depth of projection that it will rarely reach, and never exceed: and finally, it calls for creating the entire piece with the least possible effort in chiseling and stone waste.
166. And these, which are the first, are very nearly the last constructive laws of sculpture. You will be surprised to find how much they include, and how much of minor propriety in treatment their observance involves.
166. These first laws of sculpture are almost the final constructive laws as well. You’ll be amazed at how much they cover and how much careful attention to detail their adherence requires.
In a very interesting essay on the architecture of the Parthenon, by the professor of architecture of the Ecole Polytechnique, M. Emile Boutmy, you will find it noticed that the Greeks do not usually weaken, by carving, the constructive masses of their building; but put their chief sculpture in the empty spaces between the triglyphs, or beneath the roof. This is true; but in so doing, they merely build their panel instead of carving it; they accept no less than the Goths, the laws of recess and limitation, as being vital to the safety and dignity of their design; and their noblest recumbent statues are, constructively, the fillings of the acute extremity of a panel in the form of an obtusely summitted triangle.
In a very interesting essay on the architecture of the Parthenon by Professor Emile Boutmy from the École Polytechnique, it's pointed out that the Greeks typically don't compromise the structural elements of their buildings with carvings; instead, they place their main sculptures in the empty spaces between the triglyphs or under the roof. This is true, but by doing so, they are essentially building their panels rather than carving them; they adhere to the same principles of depth and boundaries as the Goths, which are essential for the safety and elegance of their design. Their most impressive reclining statues are, from a structural standpoint, the fill-ins for the sharp tip of a panel shaped like an obtusely pointed triangle.
167. In gradual descent from that severest type, you will find that an immense quantity of sculpture of all times and styles may be generally embraced under the notion of a mass hewn out of, or, at least, placed in, a panel or recess, deepening, it may be, into a niche; the sculpture being always designed with reference to its position in such recess; and, therefore, to the effect of the building out of which the recess is hewn.
167. In a gradual decline from that strictest form, you'll see that a huge amount of sculpture from all periods and styles can generally be categorized as a mass carved out of, or at least set in, a panel or recess, which may extend into a niche. The sculptures are always created with their placement in that recess in mind, and thus, with consideration for the impact of the building from which the recess is carved.
But, for the sake of simplifying our inquiry, I will at first suppose no surrounding protective ledge to exist, and that the area of stone we have to deal with is simply a flat slab, extant from a flat surface depressed all round it.
But to make our investigation easier, I will initially assume that there is no protective ledge around it and that the stone we’re dealing with is just a flat slab, existing on a flat surface that dips down around it.
168. A flat slab, observe. The flatness of surface is essential to the problem of bas-relief. The lateral limit of the[Pg 385] panel may, or may not, be required; but the vertical limit of surface must be expressed; and the art of bas-relief is to give the effect of true form on that condition. For observe, if nothing more were needed than to make first a cast of a solid form, then cut it in half, and apply the half of it to the flat surface;—if, for instance, to carve a bas-relief of an apple, all I had to do was to cut my sculpture of the whole apple in half, and pin it to the wall, any ordinary trained sculptor, or even a mechanical workman, could produce bas-relief; but the business is to carve a round thing out of flat thing; to carve an apple out of a biscuit!—to conquer, as a subtle Florentine has here conquered,[130] his marble, so as not only to get motion into what is most rigidly fixed, but to get boundlessness into what is most narrowly bounded; and carve Madonna and Child, rolling clouds, flying angels, and space of heavenly air behind all, out of a film of stone not the third of an inch thick where it is thickest.
168. A flat slab, take note. The flatness of the surface is crucial to the issue of bas-relief. The side boundary of the[Pg 385] panel may or may not be necessary; however, the vertical limit of the surface must be defined; and the art of bas-relief is to create the illusion of true form on that basis. For consider, if all that was required was to create a cast of a solid form, then cut it in half, and attach half of it to the flat surface;—for example, to carve a bas-relief of an apple, if all I had to do was split my sculpture of the entire apple in half and affix it to the wall, any skilled sculptor, or even a mechanical worker, could produce bas-relief; but the challenge is to carve a round object from a flat one; to carve an apple out of a biscuit!—to achieve, as a clever Florentine has achieved here,[130] his marble, not only to bring movement into what is most rigidly fixed, but to create an illusion of infinity within what is most narrowly confined; and to carve Madonna and Child, swirling clouds, flying angels, and the expanse of heavenly air behind it all, from a slab of stone that is not even a third of an inch thick at its thickest.
169. Carried, however, to such a degree of subtlety as this, and with so ambitious and extravagant aim, bas-relief becomes a tour-de-force; and, you know, I have just told you all tours-de-force are wrong. The true law of bas-relief is to begin with a depth of incision proportioned justly to the distance of the observer and the character of the subject, and out of that rationally determined depth, neither increased for ostentation of effect, nor diminished for ostentation of skill, to do the utmost that will be easily visible to an observer, supposing him to give an average human amount of attention, but not to peer into, or critically scrutinize the work.
169. However, when taken to such a level of detail and with such an ambitious and extravagant goal, bas-relief becomes a showcase piece; and, as I just mentioned, all showcase pieces are flawed. The real guideline for bas-relief is to start with a depth of incision that’s appropriately matched to the viewer's distance and the nature of the subject. From that logically determined depth, which shouldn't be exaggerated for the sake of effect or reduced to show off skill, you should do the most that will be easily noticeable to an average viewer who pays a typical amount of attention, without trying to examine or critically analyze the art.
170. I cannot arrest you to-day by the statement of any of the laws of sight and distance which determine the proper depth of bas-relief. Suppose that depth fixed; then observe what a pretty problem, or, rather, continually varying cluster of problems, will be offered to us. You might, at first, imagine that, given what we may call our scale of solidity, or scale of depth, the diminution from nature would be in regular[Pg 386] proportion, as for instance, if the real depth of your subject be, suppose a foot, and the depth of your bas-relief an inch, then the parts of the real subject which were six inches round the side of it would be carved, you might imagine, at the depth of half-an-inch, and so the whole thing mechanically reduced to scale. But not a bit of it. Here is a Greek bas-relief of a chariot with two horses (upper figure, Plate XXI). Your whole subject has therefore the depth of two horses side by side, say six or eight feet. Your bas-relief has, on the scale,[131] say the depth of the third of an inch. Now, if you gave only the sixth of an inch for the depth of the off horse, and, dividing him again, only the twelfth of an inch for that of each foreleg, you would make him look a mile away from the other, and his own forelegs a mile apart. Actually, the Greek has made the near leg of the off horse project much beyond the off leg of the near horse; and has put nearly the whole depth and power of his relief into the breast of the off horse, while for the whole distance from the head of the nearest to the neck of the other, he has allowed himself only a shallow line; knowing that, if he deepened that, he would give the nearest horse the look of having a thick nose; whereas, by keeping that line down, he has not only made the head itself more delicate, but detached it from the other by giving no cast shadow, and left the shadow below to serve for thickness of breast, cutting it as sharp down as he possibly can, to make it bolder.
170. I can't explain to you today the laws of sight and distance that define the right depth for bas-relief. Let’s assume that depth is established; then notice what an interesting problem, or rather, a constantly changing set of problems, we have to consider. You might initially think that, based on what we could call our scale of solidity or depth, the reduction from reality would be in a consistent proportion. For example, if the actual depth of your subject is a foot, and the depth of your bas-relief is an inch, you could assume that the parts of the real subject that are six inches wide would be carved at a depth of half an inch, mechanically scaling everything down. But that's not the case at all. Look at this Greek bas-relief of a chariot with two horses (upper figure, Plate XXI). The entire subject thus has the depth of two horses side by side, let’s say six or eight feet. In the bas-relief, on this scale, it’s about a third of an inch deep. If you only gave a sixth of an inch for the depth of the off horse, and then split that again to just a twelfth of an inch for each foreleg, you would make it appear a mile away from the other, with its forelegs looking a mile apart. In reality, the Greek artist has made the near leg of the off horse stick out much farther than the off leg of the near horse, and has channeled almost all the depth and significance of his relief into the chest of the off horse. For the distance between the head of the nearest horse and the neck of the other, he limited himself to a shallow line; knowing that if he deepened that line, he would give the nearest horse the appearance of having a bulky nose. Instead, by keeping that line shallow, he not only made the head look more delicate but also separated it from the other horse by avoiding any cast shadow, letting the shadow underneath create the impression of a thick chest, cutting it as sharply as possible to make it stand out.
171. Here is a fine piece of business we have got into!—even supposing that all this selection and adaptation were to be contrived under constant laws, and related only to the expression of given forms. But the Greek sculptor, all this while, is not only debating and deciding how to show what he wants, but, much more, debating and deciding what, as he can't show everything, he will choose to show at all. Thus, being himself interested, and supposing that you will be, in[Pg 387] the manner of the driving, he takes great pains to carve the reins, to show you where they are knotted, and how they are fastened round the driver's waist (you recollect how Hippolytus was lost by doing that), but he does not care the least bit about the chariot, and having rather more geometry than he likes in the cross and circle of one wheel of it, entirely omits the other!
171. Here’s a great situation we’ve gotten ourselves into!—even if all this selection and adaptation were done under strict rules and were only about expressing specific forms. But the Greek sculptor, all this time, is not just deciding how to represent what he wants, but even more importantly, debating what, since he can’t show everything, he will choose to display at all. So, being personally invested, and assuming you will be too, in[Pg 387] the way the driving looks, he works hard to carve the reins, showing you where they are knotted and how they are fastened around the driver’s waist (you remember how Hippolytus was lost by doing that), but he doesn’t care at all about the chariot and, having a bit more geometry than he prefers in the cross and circle of one wheel, completely leaves out the other!
172. I think you must see by this time that the sculptor's is not quite a trade which you can teach like brickmaking; nor its produce an article of which you can supply any quantity "demanded" for the next railroad waiting-room. It may perhaps, indeed, seem to you that, in the difficulties thus presented by it, bas-relief involves more direct exertion of intellect than finished solid sculpture. It is not so, however. The questions involved by bas-relief are of a more curious and amusing kind, requiring great variety of expedients; though none except such as a true workmanly instinct delights in inventing and invents easily; but design in solid sculpture involves considerations of weight in mass, of balance, of perspective and opposition, in projecting forms, and of restraint for those which must not project, such as none but the greatest masters have ever completely solved; and they, not always; the difficulty of arranging the composition so as to be agreeable from points of view on all sides of it, being, itself, arduous enough.
172. By now, you probably see that being a sculptor isn't just a craft you can teach like brickmaking, and its creations aren't something you can produce in bulk for the next train station waiting room. It might seem to you that the challenges of bas-relief require more intellectual effort than completed solid sculpture. However, that's not the case. The issues in bas-relief are of a more interesting and entertaining nature, demanding a wide range of solutions; yet only those with a true craftsman's instinct can readily invent them. On the other hand, designing in solid sculpture requires thinking about mass weight, balance, perspective, how forms project, and controlling those that shouldn’t project—all challenges that only the greatest masters have managed to resolve completely, and even they don’t always succeed. The task of arranging the composition to look good from all angles is difficult enough on its own.
173. Thus far, I have been speaking only of the laws of structure relating to the projection of the mass which becomes itself the sculpture. Another most interesting group of constructive laws governs its relation to the line that contains or defines it.
173. So far, I've only talked about the structural laws related to the projection of the mass that ultimately forms the sculpture. Another really interesting set of constructive laws regulates its relationship to the line that contains or defines it.
In your Standard Series I have placed a photograph of the south transept of Rouen Cathedral. Strictly speaking, all standards of Gothic are of the thirteenth century; but, in the fourteenth, certain qualities of richness are obtained by the diminution of restraint; out of which we must choose what is best in their kinds. The pedestals of the statues which once occupied the lateral recesses are, as you see, covered with groups of figures, enclosed each in a quatrefoil panel; the[Pg 388] spaces between this panel and the enclosing square being filled with sculptures of animals.
In your Standard Series, I've included a photograph of the south transept of Rouen Cathedral. To be precise, all Gothic standards are from the thirteenth century; however, in the fourteenth century, certain rich qualities emerge from a decrease in restraint, from which we must select the best examples. The pedestals of the statues that once filled the side recesses are, as you can see, adorned with groups of figures, each contained within a quatrefoil panel; the[Pg 388] spaces between this panel and the surrounding square are filled with sculptures of animals.
You cannot anywhere find a more lovely piece of fancy, or more illustrative of the quantity of result that may be obtained with low and simple chiselling. The figures are all perfectly simple in drapery, the story told by lines of action only in the main group, no accessories being admitted. There is no undercutting anywhere, nor exhibition of technical skill, but the fondest and tenderest appliance of it; and one of the principal charms of the whole is the adaptation of every subject to its quaint limit. The tale must be told within the four petals of the quatrefoil, and the wildest and playfullest beasts must never come out of their narrow corners. The attention with which spaces of this kind are filled by the Gothic designers is not merely a beautiful compliance with architectural requirements, but a definite assertion of their delight in the restraint of law; for, in illuminating books, although, if they chose it, they might have designed floral ornaments, as we now usually do, rambling loosely over the leaves, and although, in later works, such license is often taken by them, in all books of the fine time the wandering tendrils are enclosed by limits approximately rectilinear, and in gracefullest branching often detach themselves from the right line only by curvature of extreme severity.
You can't find a more beautiful piece of art or one that better shows the results achievable with simple and straightforward carving. The figures have very simple drapery, and the story is conveyed through the main group's action lines, with no extra elements included. There's no undercutting or display of technical skill, but rather a loving and gentle use of it. One of the main attractions of the whole piece is how each subject fits perfectly within its quaint limits. The story must be told within the four petals of the quatrefoil, and the wildest, most playful beasts must stay tightly within their narrow corners. The care with which Gothic designers fill these types of spaces isn't just a beautiful compliance with architectural needs; it's a clear expression of their joy in the discipline of form. In illuminated books, while they could have designed floral patterns that meander loosely over the pages as we typically do now, and even though later works often took such liberties, in all fine-period books, the wandering tendrils are enclosed by limits that are roughly straight, and in their most graceful branches, they often only deviate from the straight line through very sharp curves.
174 Since the darkness and extent of shadow by which the sculpture is relieved necessarily vary with the depth of the recess, there arise a series of problems, in deciding which the wholesome desire for emphasis by means of shadow is too often exaggerated by the ambition of the sculptor to show his skill in undercutting. The extreme of vulgarity is usually reached when the entire bas-relief is cut hollow underneath, as in much Indian and Chinese work, so as to relieve its forms against an absolute darkness; but no formal law can ever be given; for exactly the same thing may be beautifully done for a wise purpose, by one person, which is basely done, and to no purpose, or to a bad one, by another. Thus, the desire for emphasis itself may be the craving of a deadened imagination, or the passion of a vigorous one; and relief against shadow[Pg 389] may be sought by one man only for sensation, and by another for intelligibility. John of Pisa undercuts fiercely, in order to bring out the vigour of life which no level contour could render; the Lombardi of Venice undercut delicately, in order to obtain beautiful lines, and edges of faultless precision; but the base Indian craftsmen undercut only that people may wonder how the chiselling was done through the holes, or that they may see every monster white against black.
174 Since the darkness and depth of shadow used to highlight the sculpture vary, it creates a range of challenges. Often, the healthy desire for emphasis through shadow is overstated by the sculptor's eagerness to showcase their undercutting skills. The extreme of bad taste is usually reached when the entire bas-relief is hollowed out underneath, as seen in much of Indian and Chinese work, to present its forms against absolute darkness. However, there are no strict rules for this; the same technique can be skillfully applied for a meaningful purpose by one artist, while misapplied, or for a poor purpose, by another. Thus, the desire for emphasis itself can stem from a dull imagination or a passionate one. One person may seek relief against shadow purely for effect, while another might pursue it for clarity. John of Pisa undercuts aggressively to express the vitality that flat contours cannot convey, while the Lombardi of Venice undercut delicately to achieve beautiful lines and precisely defined edges. In contrast, some Indian craftsmen undercut merely to leave people in awe of how the chiseling was done through the holes or to make every creature stand out in white against black.
175. Yet, here again we are met by another necessity for discrimination. There may be a true delight in the inlaying of white on dark, as there is a true delight in vigorous rounding. Nevertheless, the general law is always, that, the lighter the incisions, and the broader the surface, the grander, cæteris paribus, will be the work. Of the structural terms of that work you now know enough to understand that the schools of good sculpture, considered in relation to projection, divide themselves into four entirely distinct groups:—
175. Yet again, we encounter the need for discrimination. There can be real joy in placing white on dark, just as there is genuine pleasure in bold curves. However, the general rule is that the lighter the cuts and the wider the surface, the more impressive the work will be, all else being equal. With the basic concepts of that work you've learned, you can understand that the schools of good sculpture, in terms of projection, split into four completely distinct groups:—
1st. Flat Relief, in which the surface is, in many places, absolutely flat; and the expression depends greatly on the lines of its outer contour, and on fine incisions within them.
1st. Flat Relief, where the surface is, in many places, completely flat; and the expression relies heavily on the lines of its outer shape and on fine cuts within them.
2nd. Round Relief, in which, as in the best coins, the sculptured mass projects so as to be capable of complete modulation into form, but is not anywhere undercut. The formation of a coin by the blow of a die necessitates, of course, the severest obedience to this law.
2nd. Round Relief, where, similar to the finest coins, the sculpted mass stands out enough to allow for complete shaping into form, but is not undercut anywhere. The process of creating a coin using a die requires strict adherence to this principle.
3rd. Edged Relief. Undercutting admitted, so as to throw out the forms against a background of shadow.
3rd. Edged Relief. Undercutting allowed, so that the forms stand out against a shadowy background.
4th. Full Relief. The statue completely solid in form, and unreduced in retreating depth of it, yet connected locally with some definite part of the building, so as to be still dependent on the shadow of its background and direction of protective line.
4th. Full Relief. The statue is fully solid in shape and maintains its depth without any reductions, yet it is locally connected to a specific part of the building, remaining reliant on the shadow of its backdrop and the direction of the protective line.
176. Let me recommend you at once to take what pains may be needful to enable you to distinguish these four kinds of sculpture, for the distinctions between them are not founded on mere differences in gradation of depth. They are truly four species, or orders, of sculpture, separated from each other[Pg 390] by determined characters. I have used, you may have noted, hitherto in my Lectures, the word "bas-relief" almost indiscriminately for all, because the degree of lowness or highness of relief is not the question, but the method of relief. Observe again, therefore—
176. Let me suggest that you take the necessary steps to understand these four types of sculpture, because the differences between them aren't just about how deep they look. They really are four distinct types or categories of sculpture, each defined by specific characteristics. You might have noticed that I've been using the term "bas-relief" quite loosely in my Lectures up to this point, since it's not about how low or high the relief is, but rather the method of relief. So pay attention again—
A. If a portion of the surface is absolutely flat, you have the first order—Flat Relief.
A. If part of the surface is completely flat, you have the first order—Flat Relief.
B. If every portion of the surface is rounded, but none undercut, you have Round Relief—essentially that of seals and coins.
B. If every part of the surface is curved, but none is carved back, you have Round Relief—essentially like that of seals and coins.
C. If any part of the edges be undercut, but the general projection of solid form reduced, you have what I think you may conveniently call Foliate Relief,—the parts of the design overlapping each other in places, like edges of leaves.
C. If any part of the edges is undercut, but the overall projection of the solid form is reduced, you have what I think you can conveniently call Foliate Relief—the parts of the design overlapping each other in some places, like the edges of leaves.
D. If the undercutting is bold and deep, and the projection of solid form unreduced, you have full relief.
D. If the undercutting is strong and deep, and the solid form remains fully intact, you have complete relief.
Learn these four names at once by heart:—
Learn these four names by heart right away:—
Complete Relief.
And whenever you look at any piece of sculpture, determine first to which of these classes it belongs; and then consider how the sculptor has treated it with reference to the necessary structure—that reference, remember, being partly to the mechanical conditions of the material, partly to the means of light and shade at his command.
And whenever you look at any sculpture, first decide which category it fits into; then think about how the sculptor has approached it regarding its essential structure—noting that this consideration involves both the mechanical properties of the material and the tools for light and shadow they have available.

177. To take a single instance. You know, for these many years, I have been telling our architects with all the force of voice I had in me, that they could design nothing until they could carve natural forms rightly. Many imagine that work was easy; but judge for yourselves whether it be or not. In Plate XII., I have drawn, with approximate accuracy, a cluster of Phillyrea leaves as they grow. Now, if we wanted to cut them in bas-relief, the first thing we should have to consider would be the position of their outline on the marble;—here it is, as far down as the spring of the leaves. But do you suppose that is what an ordinary sculptor could either lay for his first sketch, or contemplate as a limit to be worked down to? Then consider how the interlacing and springing of the leaves can be expressed within this outline. It must be done by leaving such projection in the marble as will take the light in the same proportion as the drawing does;—and a Florentine workman could do it, for close sight, without driving one incision deeper, or raising a single surface higher, than the eighth of an inch. Indeed, no sculptor of the finest time would design such a complex cluster of leaves as this, except for bronze or iron work; they would take simpler contours for marble; but the laws of treatment would, under these conditions, remain just as strict: and you may, perhaps, believe me now when I tell you that, in any piece of fine structural sculpture by the great masters, there is more subtlety and noble obedience to lovely laws than could be explained to you if I took twenty lectures to do it in, instead of one.
177. To take a single example. For many years now, I’ve been telling our architects, with all the passion I could muster, that they couldn’t design anything until they could accurately carve natural shapes. Many people think this work is easy; but judge for yourselves if it really is. In Plate XII., I’ve drawn, with reasonable accuracy, a bunch of Phillyrea leaves as they grow. Now, if we wanted to carve them in bas-relief, the first thing we’d need to consider is how their outline appears on the marble;—here it is, all the way down to where the leaves sprout. But do you think an ordinary sculptor could either sketch that out or envision it as a goal to work towards? Then think about how the intertwining and bouncing of the leaves can be represented within this outline. It needs to be done by maintaining such projection in the marble that it captures light in the same way as the drawing does;—and a skilled Florentine artisan could achieve that, even with close inspection, without making any incision deeper or raising any surface higher than a quarter of an inch. In fact, no sculptor from the finest period would attempt to design such a complex arrangement of leaves as this, except for bronze or ironwork; they would prefer simpler shapes for marble; but the principles of treatment would, in those cases, still be just as strict: and you might just believe me when I say that, in any piece of great structural sculpture by the master artists, there’s more subtlety and elegant adherence to beautiful principles than I could convey even if I gave twenty lectures instead of just one.

178. There remains yet a point of mechanical treatment, on which I have not yet touched at all; nor that the least important,—namely,[Pg 392] the actual method and style of handling. A great sculptor uses his tools exactly as a painter his pencil, and you may recognize the decision of his thought, and glow of his temper, no less in the workmanship than the design. The modern system of modelling the work in clay, getting it into form by machinery, and by the hands of subordinates, and touching it at last, if indeed the (so called) sculptor touch it at all, only to correct their inefficiencies, renders the production of good work in marble a physical impossibility. The first result of it is that the sculptor thinks in clay instead of marble, and loses his instinctive sense of the proper treatment of a brittle substance. The second is that neither he nor the public recognize the touch of the chisel as expressive of personal feeling or power, and that nothing is looked for except mechanical polish.
178. There's still an aspect of the technical process that I haven't addressed yet, and it's quite important: the actual method and style of handling. A great sculptor uses their tools just like a painter uses a brush, and you can see their thought process and passion both in the craftsmanship and the design. The current approach of shaping the work in clay, getting it in form through machines and assistants, and finally touching it up—if the so-called sculptor even does that—only to fix their errors, makes it physically impossible to create good marble work. The first outcome is that the sculptor thinks in clay rather than marble, losing their instinctive understanding of how to work with a fragile material. The second outcome is that neither the sculptor nor the audience recognizes the chisel marks as expressions of personal emotion or skill, and all that’s expected is a mechanical polish.
179. The perfectly simple piece of Greek relief represented in Plate XIII., will enable you to understand at once,—examination of the original, at your leisure, will prevent you, I trust, from ever forgetting—what is meant by the virtue of handling in sculpture.
179. The clearly simple piece of Greek relief shown in Plate XIII will help you understand right away—taking some time to examine the original will hopefully ensure that you never forget—what is meant by the skill of crafting in sculpture.

The projection of the heads of the four horses, one behind the other, is certainly not more, altogether, than three-quarters of an inch from the flat ground, and the one in front does not in reality project more than the one behind it, yet, by mere drawing,[132] you see the sculptor has got them to appear to recede in due order, and by the soft rounding of the flesh surfaces, and modulation of the veins, he has taken away all look of flatness from the necks. He has drawn the eyes and nostrils with dark incision, careful as the finest touches of a painter's pencil: and then, at last, when he comes to the manes, he has let fly hand and chisel with their full force, and where a base workman, (above all, if he had modelled the thing in clay first,) would have lost himself in laborious imitation of hair, the Greek has struck the tresses out with angular incisions, deep driven, every one in appointed place and deliberate curve, yet flowing so free under his noble hand that you cannot alter, without harm, the bending of any single ridge, nor contract, nor extend, a point of them. And if you will look back to Plate IX. you will see the difference between this sharp incision, used to express horse-hair, and the soft incision with intervening rounded ridge, used to express the hair of Apollo Chrysocomes; and, beneath, the obliquely ridged incision used to express the plumes of his swan; in both these cases the handling being much more slow, because the engraving is in metal; but the structural importance of incision, as the means of effect, never lost sight of. Finally, here are two actual examples of the work in marble of the two great schools of the world; one, a little Fortune, standing tiptoe on the globe of the Earth, its surface traced with lines in hexagons; not chaotic under Fortune's feet; Greek, this, and by a trained workman;—dug up in the temple of Neptune at Corfu;—and here, a Florentine portrait-marble, found in the recent alterations, face downwards, under the pavement of Sta Maria Novella;[133] both of them first-rate of their kind; and both of them, while exquisitely finished at the telling points, showing, on all their unregarded surfaces, the rough furrow of the fast-driven chisel, as distinctly as the edge of a common paving-stone.
The projection of the heads of the four horses, lined up one behind the other, is barely three-quarters of an inch above the flat ground. The front horse doesn't actually stick out more than the one behind it, yet through the drawing,[132] the sculptor has made them look like they're receding properly. By softly shaping the flesh and detailing the veins, he has completely removed any flat appearance from the necks. He has crafted the eyes and nostrils with dark lines, careful as the finest touches of a painter’s brush. Then, when he gets to the manes, he goes all out with hand and chisel. Where a less skilled worker—especially one who might have modeled it in clay first—would have gotten lost in trying to imitate hair painstakingly, the Greek artist has created the tresses with sharp, deep cuts, each in the right spot and deliberate curve, yet flowing so freely under his skilled hand that you couldn't change the bend of any single ridge without ruining it, nor could you shrink or stretch any part of it. If you look back at Plate IX, you'll notice the difference between this sharp cut used to represent horsehair and the softer cut with rounded edges used for Apollo's hair; and below it, the diagonally ridged cut used to represent the feathers of his swan. In both cases, the work is much slower since it's engraved in metal, but the importance of incision as a means of effect is never overlooked. Finally, here are two actual examples of the marble work from the two great schools of the world: one, a small figure of Fortune standing on tiptoe on a globe of the Earth, its surface marked with hexagonal lines—not chaotic under Fortune's feet; this is Greek work by a skilled craftsman, unearthed from the temple of Neptune in Corfu; and here, a Florentine portrait marble found recently face down under the pavement of Sta Maria Novella;[133] both are top-notch examples of their type, and while exquisitely finished in the important areas, they show the rough cuts from the fast-moving chisel on all their less noticed surfaces, as clearly as the edge of a common paving stone.
180. Let me suggest to you, in conclusion, one most interesting point of mental expression in these necessary aspects of finely executed sculpture. I have already again and again pressed on your attention the beginning of the arts of men in the make and use of the ploughshare. Read more carefully—you might indeed do well to learn at once by heart,—the twenty-seven lines of the Fourth Pythian, which describe the ploughing of Jason. There is nothing grander extant in human fancy, nor set down in human words: but this great mythical expression of the conquest of the earth-clay, and brute-force, by vital human energy, will become yet more interesting to you when you reflect what enchantment has been cut, on whiter clay, by the tracing of finer furrows;—what[Pg 394] the delicate and consummate arts of man have done by the ploughing of marble, and granite, and iron. You will learn daily more and more, as you advance in actual practice, how the primary manual art of engraving, in the steadiness, clearness, and irrevocableness of it, is the best art-discipline that can be given either to mind or hand;[134] you will recognize one law of right, pronouncing itself in the well-resolved work of every age; you will see the firmly traced and irrevocable incision determining not only the forms, but, in great part, the moral temper, of all vitally progressive art; you will trace the same principle and power in the furrows which the oblique sun shows on the granite of his own Egyptian city,—in the white scratch of the stylus through the colour on a Greek vase—in the first delineation, on the wet wall, of the groups of an Italian fresco; in the unerring and unalterable touch of the great engraver of Nüremberg,—and in the deep driven and deep bitten ravines of metal by which Turner closed, in embossed limits, the shadows of the Liber Studiorum.
180. In closing, let me point out one fascinating aspect of mental expression found in the essential features of finely crafted sculpture. I've repeatedly emphasized the origins of human arts in the creation and use of the ploughshare. Take a closer look—you might even want to memorize—the twenty-seven lines of the Fourth Pythian that describe Jason's ploughing. There's nothing more impressive in human imagination or language: this powerful mythical representation of how vital human energy conquers earth, clay, and brute force will become even more intriguing when you consider the magic that has been carved into whiter clay by the creation of finer furrows;—what[Pg 394] the delicate and refined arts of humanity have accomplished by ploughing marble, granite, and iron. As you continue to practice, you will learn more every day how the foundational manual art of engraving—with its steadiness, clarity, and permanence—is the best discipline for both mind and hand;[134] you will recognize one universal truth reflected in the well-crafted works of every era; you will see the clearly defined and unchangeable incision shaping not only the forms but largely the moral character of all vital progressive art; you will trace the same principle and power in the furrows illuminated by the low sun in his own Egyptian city—in the fine line made by the stylus through paint on a Greek vase—in the initial sketch on the wet wall of the groups in an Italian fresco; in the exact and unalterable stroke of the great engraver from Nuremberg—and in the deeply carved and bitten grooves in metal that Turner used to frame, in embossed limits, the shadows of the Liber Studiorum.
Learn, therefore, in its full extent, the force of the great Greek word, χαρασσω;—and, give me pardon—if you think pardon needed, that I ask you also to learn the full meaning of the English word derived from it. Here, at the Ford of the Oxen of Jason, are other furrows to be driven than these in the marble of Pentelicus. The fruitfullest, or the fatallest of all ploughing is that by the thoughts of your youth, on the white field of its imagination. For by these, either down to the disturbed spirit, "κεκοπται και χαρασσεται πεδον;" or around the quiet spirit, and on all the laws of conduct that hold it, as a fair vase its frankincense, are ordained the pure colours, and engraved the just Characters, of Æonian life.
Learn, then, the full meaning of the great Greek word, χαρασσω;—and please forgive me—if you think forgiveness is needed, that I ask you to also understand the full meaning of the English word derived from it. Here, at the Ford of Jason’s Oxen, there are other paths to carve out besides these in the marble of Pentelicus. The most fruitful, or the most fateful of all ploughing, is that done by your youthful thoughts on the blank canvas of your imagination. For through these, either down to the troubled spirit, "κεκοπται και χαρασσεται πεδον;" or surrounding the peaceful spirit, and on all the principles of conduct that uphold it, like a beautiful vase holding its incense, the pure colors are ordered, and the true characters of eternal life are engraved.
FOOTNOTES:
[126] Nothing is more wonderful, or more disgraceful among the forms of ignorance engendered by modern vulgar occupations in pursuit of gain, than the unconsciousness, now total, that fine art is essentially Athletic. I received a letter from Birmingham, some little time since, inviting me to see how much, in glass manufacture, "machinery excelled rude hand work." The writer had not the remotest conception that he might as well have asked me to come and see a mechanical boat-race rowed by automata, and "how much machinery excelled rude arm-work."
[126] Nothing is more amazing, or more shameful among the kinds of ignorance created by today’s superficial jobs in the chase for profit, than the complete lack of awareness that fine art is fundamentally physical. Not long ago, I got a letter from Birmingham inviting me to see how much glass manufacturing "machines surpassed basic handwork." The writer had no idea that it would have been just as logical to invite me to watch a mechanical boat race rowed by robots, and to see "how much machinery outperformed basic arm work."
[128] It is strange, at this day, to think of the relation of the Athenian Ceramicus to the French Tile-fields, Tileries, or Tuileries; and how these last may yet become—have already partly become—"the Potter's field," blood-bought (December, 1870.)
[128] It’s odd, today, to consider the connection between the Athenian Ceramicus and the French Tile-fields, Tileries, or Tuileries; and how these places might eventually become—have already somewhat become—“the Potter’s field,” purchased with blood (December, 1870.)
[131] The actual bas-relief is on a coin, and the projection not above the twentieth of an inch, but I magnified it in photograph, for this Lecture, so as to represent a relief with about the third of an inch for maximum projection.
[131] The actual bas-relief is on a coin, and the projection is not more than a twentieth of an inch, but I enlarged it in the photograph for this lecture to show a relief with about a third of an inch for maximum projection.
[132] This plate has been executed from a drawing by Mr. Burgess, in which he has followed the curves of incision with exquisite care, and preserved the effect of the surface of the stone, where a photograph would have lost it by exaggerating accidental stains.
[132] This plate was created from a drawing by Mr. Burgess, who meticulously followed the curves of the incisions and captured the stone's surface textures, which a photograph would have exaggerated by highlighting random stains.
[134] That it was also, in, some cases, the earliest that the Greeks gave, is proved by Lucian's account of his first lesson at his uncle's; the ενκοπευς, literally "in-cutter"—being the first tool put into his hand, and an earthenware tablet to cut upon, which the boy pressing too hard, presently breaks;—gets beaten—goes home crying, and becomes, after his dream above quoted, a philosopher instead of a sculptor.
[134] It was also, in some cases, the earliest that the Greeks provided, as shown in Lucian's story about his first lesson at his uncle's. The ενκοπευς, which means "in-cutter," was the first tool given to him, along with a clay tablet to carve on. When the boy pressed too hard, he broke it, got punished, went home crying, and, after the dream mentioned earlier, decided to become a philosopher instead of a sculptor.
LECTURE VI.
THE SCHOOL OF ATHENS.
December, 1870.
181. It can scarcely be needful for me to tell even the younger members of my present audience, that the conditions necessary for the production of a perfect school of sculpture have only twice been met in the history of the world, and then for a short time; nor for short time only, but also in narrow districts, namely, in the valleys and islands of Ionian Greece, and in the strip of land deposited by the Arno, between the Apennine crests and the sea.
181. I hardly need to tell even the younger members of my audience that the conditions necessary to create a perfect school of sculpture have only been met twice in history, and then for a brief period; and not just for a short time, but also in limited areas, specifically in the valleys and islands of Ionian Greece, and in the area along the Arno River, between the Apennine mountains and the sea.
All other schools, except these two, led severally by Athens in the fifth century before Christ, and by Florence in the fifteenth of our own era, are imperfect; and the best of them are derivative: these two are consummate in themselves, and the origin of what is best in others.
All other schools, except for these two, which were each led by Athens in the fifth century BC and by Florence in the fifteenth century AD, are flawed; and the best among them are just adaptations. These two are complete on their own and are the source of what is greatest in others.
182. And observe, these Athenian and Florentine schools are both of equal rank, as essentially original and independent. The Florentine, being subsequent to the Greek, borrowed much from it; but it would have existed just as strongly—and, perhaps, in some respects, more nobly—had it been the first, instead of the latter of the two. The task set to each of these mightiest of the nations was, indeed, practically the same, and as hard to the one as to the other. The Greeks found Phœnician and Etruscan art monstrous, and had to make them human. The Italians found Byzantine and Norman art monstrous, and had to make them human. The original power in the one case is easily traced; in the other it has partly to be unmasked, because the change at Florence was, in many points, suggested and stimulated by the former school. But we mistake in supposing that Athens taught Florence the laws of design; she taught her, in reality, only the duty of truth.
182. Notice that the Athenian and Florentine schools are both equally significant, as they are fundamentally original and independent. The Florentine school, which came after the Greek, borrowed a lot from it; however, it would have thrived just as strongly—and perhaps even more nobly—in some ways, if it had come first instead of second. The challenge faced by each of these great civilizations was essentially the same and just as difficult for one as it was for the other. The Greeks found Phoenician and Etruscan art to be monstrous and had to make it more human. The Italians faced Byzantine and Norman art, which they also deemed monstrous, and had to humanize it. The original creativity in the first case is easy to identify; in the second, it has to be partially revealed because the transformation in Florence was prompted and motivated by the earlier school. But we're wrong to think that Athens taught Florence the rules of design; it really taught her only the importance of truth.
183. You remember that I told you the highest art could[Pg 396] do no more than rightly represent the human form. This is the simple test, then, of a perfect school,—that it has represented the human form, so that it is impossible to conceive of its being better done. And that, I repeat, has been accomplished twice only: once in Athens, once in Florence. And so narrow is the excellence even of these two exclusive schools, that it cannot be said of either of them that they represented the entire human form. The Greeks perfectly drew, and perfectly moulded the body and limbs; but there is, so far as I am aware, no instance of their representing the face as well as any great Italian. On the other hand, the Italian painted and carved the face insuperably; but I believe there is no instance of his having perfectly represented the body, which, by command of his religion, it became his pride to despise, and his safety to mortify.
183. You remember I mentioned that the highest art can[Pg 396] do no more than accurately represent the human form. This is the basic measure of a perfect school—that it has depicted the human form so well that it’s hard to imagine it being done better. And I emphasize, this has been achieved only twice: once in Athens and once in Florence. The excellence of these two elite schools is so specific that you can't say either fully represented the entire human form. The Greeks perfectly illustrated and sculpted the body and limbs, but to my knowledge, there’s no example of them representing the face as well as any great Italian artist did. On the flip side, the Italians painted and carved the face exceptionally well, but I don't think there’s an example of them having accurately depicted the body, which, due to their religious beliefs, they took pride in disregarding and found it safer to conceal.
184. The general course of your study here renders it desirable that you should be accurately acquainted with the leading principles of Greek sculpture; but I cannot lay these before you without giving undue prominence to some of the special merits of that school, unless I previously indicate the relation it holds to the more advanced, though less disciplined, excellence of Christian art.
184. The overall approach to your studies here makes it important for you to have a clear understanding of the key principles of Greek sculpture. However, I can't present these to you without highlighting some of the specific strengths of that school, unless I first explain how it relates to the more advanced, though less structured, excellence of Christian art.
In this and the last lecture of the present course,[135] I shall endeavour, therefore, to mass for you, in such rude and diagram-like outline as may be possible or intelligible, the main characteristics of the two schools, completing and correcting the details of comparison afterwards; and not answering, observe, at present, for any generalization I give you, except as a ground for subsequent closer and more qualified statements.
In this and the last lecture of the current course,[135] I will try to provide you with a rough and clear outline of the main features of the two schools. I will fill in and refine the details of the comparison later, and please note that I will not be providing any definitive answers to the generalizations I present now, except as a basis for more precise and nuanced statements to come.
And in carrying out this parallel, I shall speak indifferently of works of sculpture, and of the modes of painting which[Pg 397] propose to themselves the same objects as sculpture. And this indeed Florentine, as opposed to Venetian, painting, and that of Athens in the fifth century, nearly always did.
And in making this comparison, I will talk about both sculpture and the types of painting that[Pg 397] aim for the same subjects as sculpture. This is especially true for Florentine painting, as opposed to Venetian painting, and also for the artwork from Athens in the fifth century, which almost always had this focus.
185. I begin, therefore, by comparing two designs of the simplest kind—engravings, or, at least, linear drawings, both; one on clay, one on copper, made in the central periods of each style, and representing the same goddess—Aphrodite. They are now set beside each other in your Rudimentary Series. The first is from a patera lately found at Camirus, authoritatively assigned by Mr. Newton, in his recent catalogue, to the best period of Greek art. The second is from one of the series of engravings executed, probably, by Baccio Baldini, in 1485, out of which I chose your first practical exercise—the Sceptre of Apollo. I cannot, however, make the comparison accurate in all respects, for I am obliged to set the restricted type of the Aphrodite Urania of the Greeks beside the universal Deity conceived by the Italian as governing the air, earth, and sea; nevertheless the restriction in the mind of the Greek, and expatiation in that of the Florentine, are both characteristic. The Greek Venus Urania is flying in heaven, her power over the waters symbolized by her being borne by a swan, and her power over the earth by a single flower in her right hand; but the Italian Aphrodite is rising out of the actual sea, and only half risen: her limbs are still in the sea, her merely animal strength filling the waters with their life; but her body to the loins is in the sunshine, her face raised to the sky; her hand is about to lay a garland of flowers on the earth.
185. I’ll start by comparing two simple designs—both engravings or linear drawings; one is on clay, the other on copper, from the peak periods of each style, and they depict the same goddess—Aphrodite. They are now displayed next to each other in your Rudimentary Series. The first comes from a patera recently discovered at Camirus, which Mr. Newton has definitively assigned in his recent catalogue to the finest period of Greek art. The second is from a series of engravings likely created by Baccio Baldini in 1485, from which I selected your first practical exercise—the Sceptre of Apollo. However, I can't make the comparison completely accurate because I have to place the limited concept of the Aphrodite Urania of the Greeks alongside the universal Deity envisioned by the Italian, who governs the air, earth, and sea; nonetheless, the limited perspective of the Greek and the expansive one of the Florentine are both defining features. The Greek Venus Urania is soaring in the sky, her dominion over the waters represented by being carried by a swan, and her dominion over the earth indicated by a single flower in her right hand; in contrast, the Italian Aphrodite is emerging from the sea, only partially risen: her limbs are still submerged, her mere animal strength bringing life to the waters; yet her body up to her waist is in the sunlight, her face turned toward the sky; her hand is about to place a garland of flowers on the earth.
186. The Venus Urania of the Greeks, in her relation to men, has power only over lawful and domestic love; therefore, she is fully dressed, and not only quite dressed, but most daintily and trimly: her feet delicately sandalled, her gown spotted with little stars, her hair brushed exquisitely smooth at the top of her head, trickling in minute waves down her forehead; and though, because there's such a quantity of it, she can't possibly help having a chignon, look how tightly she has fastened it in with her broad fillet. Of course she is married, so she must wear a cap with pretty minute pendant jewels at the border; and a very small necklace, all that her[Pg 398] husband can properly afford, just enough to go closely round the neck, and no more. On the contrary, the Aphrodite of the Italian, being universal love, is pure-naked; and her long hair is thrown wild to the wind and sea.
186. The Venus Urania of the Greeks, when it comes to her relationships with men, only holds sway over lawful and domestic love; that's why she is fully dressed, and not just dressed, but very elegantly and neatly: her feet are delicately sandal-clad, her gown is dotted with little stars, and her hair is perfectly smooth on top, cascading in tiny waves down her forehead; and although she has so much hair that she can't avoid having a chignon, just look how tightly she’s secured it with her wide headband. Naturally, she's married, so she wears a cap with pretty little dangling jewels along the edge; and a very small necklace, just enough to fit snugly around her neck, and no more, all that her[Pg 398] husband can reasonably afford. In contrast, the Aphrodite of the Italians, representing universal love, is completely bare; her long hair is thrown wildly to the wind and sea.
These primal differences in the symbolism, observe, are only because the artists are thinking of separate powers: they do not necessarily involve any national distinction in feeling. But the differences I have next to indicate are essential, and characterize the two opposed national modes of mind.
These basic differences in symbolism, you see, are only because the artists are considering different powers: they don’t necessarily mean there’s a national distinction in feelings. However, the differences I’m about to point out are crucial and define the two opposing national ways of thinking.
187. First, and chiefly. The Greek Aphrodite is a very pretty person, and the Italian a decidedly plain one. That is because a Greek thought no one could possibly love any but pretty people; but an Italian thought that love could give dignity to the meanest form that it inhabited, and light to the poorest that it looked upon. So his Aphrodite will not condescend to be pretty.
187. First and foremost, the Greek Aphrodite is really beautiful, while the Italian version is quite ordinary. This is because a Greek believed that only pretty people could be loved; however, an Italian believed that love could bring dignity to even the simplest form and shine light on the humblest appearance. So, his Aphrodite refuses to just be pretty.
188. Secondly. In the Greek Venus the breasts are broad and full, though perfectly severe in their almost conical profile;—(you are allowed on purpose to see the outline of the right breast, under the chiton:)—also the right arm is left bare, and you can just see the contour of the front of the right limb and knee; both arm and limb pure and firm, but lovely. The plant she holds in her hand is a branching and flowering one, the seed vessel prominent. These signs all mean that her essential function is child-bearing.
188. Secondly. In the Greek Venus, her breasts are broad and full, yet maintain a perfectly elegant almost conical shape;—(you can intentionally see the outline of her right breast, beneath the chiton:)—also, her right arm is exposed, and you can just make out the shape of her right leg and knee; both arm and leg are pure and strong, but beautiful. The plant she holds in her hand is branching and flowering, with the seed pod clearly visible. All of these features indicate that her primary role is child-bearing.
On the contrary, in the Italian Venus the breasts are so small as to be scarcely traceable; the body strong, and almost masculine in its angles; the arms meagre and unattractive, and she lays a decorative garland of flowers on the earth. These signs mean that the Italian thought of love as the strength of an eternal spirit, for ever helpful; and for ever crowned with flowers, that neither know seed-time nor harvest, and bloom where there is neither death, nor birth.
On the other hand, in the Italian Venus, the breasts are so small they’re barely noticeable; the body is strong and has almost masculine angles; the arms are thin and unappealing, and she lays a decorative garland of flowers on the ground. These symbols suggest that the Italian view of love is about the strength of an eternal spirit, always supportive; and forever adorned with flowers that neither experience planting nor harvest, and bloom where there is neither death nor birth.
189. Thirdly. The Greek Aphrodite is entirely calm, and looks straight forward. Not one feature of her face is disturbed, or seems ever to have been subject to emotion. The Italian Aphrodite looks up, her face all quivering and burning[Pg 399] with passion and wasting anxiety. The Greek one is quiet, self-possessed, and self-satisfied; the Italian incapable of rest, she has had no thought nor care for herself; her hair has been bound by a fillet like the Greeks; but it is now all fallen loose, and clotted with the sea, or clinging to her body; only the front tress of it is caught by the breeze from her raised forehead, and lifted, in the place where the tongues of fire rest on the brows, in the early Christian pictures of Pentecost, and the waving fires abide upon the heads of Angelico's seraphim.
189. Thirdly. The Greek Aphrodite is completely calm and looks straight ahead. Not a single feature of her face is disturbed or seems to have ever shown any emotion. The Italian Aphrodite looks up, her face all trembling and burning[Pg 399] with passion and restless anxiety. The Greek one is composed, self-assured, and content; the Italian, unable to find peace, has had no thought or care for herself; her hair is tied back with a band like the Greeks, but it’s now all fallen loose, tangled with the sea, or clinging to her body; only the front strand is caught by the breeze from her raised forehead, lifted in the same way as the tongues of fire rest on the brows in early Christian pictures of Pentecost, and the waving flames appear above the heads of Angelico's seraphim.
190. There are almost endless points of interest, great and small, to be noted in these differences of treatment. This binding of the hair by the single fillet marks the straight course of one great system of art method, from that Greek head which I showed you on the archaic coin of the seventh century before Christ, to this of the fifteenth of our own era—nay, when you look close, you will see the entire action of the head depends on one lock of hair falling back from the ear, which it does in compliance with the old Greek observance of its being bent there by the pressure of the helmet. That rippling of it down her shoulders comes from the Athena of Corinth; the raising of it on her forehead, from the knot of the hair of Diana, changed into the vestal fire of the angels. But chiefly, the calmness of the features in the one face, and their anxiety in the other, indicate first, indeed, the characteristic difference in every conception of the schools, the Greek never representing expression, the Italian primarily seeking it; but far more, mark for us here the utter change in the conception of love; from the tranquil guide and queen of a happy terrestrial domestic life, accepting its immediate pleasures and natural duties, to the agonizing hope of an infinite good, and the ever mingled joy and terror of a love divine in jealousy, crying, "Set me as a seal upon thine heart, as a seal upon thine arm; for love is strong as death, jealousy is cruel as the grave."
190. There are nearly endless points of interest, big and small, to note in these differences in treatment. This binding of the hair with a single band shows the straight path of one major artistic method, from that Greek head I showed you on the archaic coin from the seventh century BC, to this one from the fifteenth century AD—actually, if you look closely, you'll see that the whole expression of the head relies on one lock of hair falling back from the ear, which it does because of the old Greek practice of it being bent there by the weight of the helmet. That flowing hair down her shoulders comes from the Athena of Corinth; the way it's styled on her forehead comes from Diana's hair, transformed into the vestal fire of angels. But mainly, the calmness of the features in one face and the anxiety in the other highlight the fundamental difference in artistic approaches, where the Greeks never depicted expression and the Italians primarily sought it; but even more, they mark a complete change in the idea of love, shifting from the serene guide and queen of a happy, grounded domestic life, embracing its immediate joys and natural responsibilities, to the intense longing for an infinite good, and the ever-present mix of joy and fear of divine love in jealousy, crying out, "Set me as a seal upon your heart, as a seal upon your arm; for love is as strong as death, jealousy is as harsh as the grave."
The vast issues dependent on this change in the conception of the ruling passion of the human soul, I will endeavour to show you, on a future occasion: in my present lecture, I[Pg 400] shall limit myself to the definition of the temper of Greek sculpture, and of its distinctions from Florentine in the treatment of any subject whatever, be it love or hatred, hope or despair.
The important topics linked to this shift in understanding the main driving forces of the human soul will be explored later. In this lecture, I[Pg 400] will focus solely on defining the character of Greek sculpture and how it differs from Florentine sculpture in its portrayal of any theme, whether it’s love or hate, hope or despair.
These great differences are mainly the following.
These significant differences are mainly the following.
191. 1. A Greek never expresses momentary passion; a Florentine looks to momentary passion as the ultimate object of his skill.
191. 1. A Greek never shows fleeting emotions; a Florentine views fleeting emotions as the highest goal of his art.
When you are next in London, look carefully in the British Museum at the casts from the statues in the pediment of the Temple of Minerva at Ægina. You have there Greek work of definite date;—about 600 b.c., certainly before 580—of the purest kind; and you have the representation of a noble ideal subject, the combats of the Æacidæ at Troy, with Athena herself looking on. But there is no attempt whatever to represent expression in the features, none to give complexity of action or gesture; there is no struggling, no anxiety, no visible temporary exertion of muscles. There are fallen figures, one pulling a lance out of his wound, and others in attitudes of attack and defence; several kneeling to draw their bows. But all inflict and suffer, conquer or expire, with the same smile.
When you're next in London, take a good look at the casts of the statues from the pediment of the Temple of Minerva at Ægina in the British Museum. These works are definitely Greek and date back to about 600 B.C., surely before 580—of the purest form; and they depict a noble ideal subject, the battles of the Æacidæ at Troy, with Athena herself watching. However, there's no effort at all to show expression in the faces, no complexity in the actions or gestures; there’s no struggle, no anxiety, no visible strain in their muscles. You can see fallen figures, one pulling a lance out of his wound, and others in poses of attack and defense; several are kneeling to draw their bows. Yet, they all inflict pain and suffer, conquer or die, with the same smile.
192. Plate XIV. gives you examples, from more advanced art, of true Greek representation; the subjects being the two contests of leading import to the Greek heart—that of Apollo with the Python, and of Hercules with the Nemean Lion. You see that in neither case is there the slightest effort to represent the λυσσα or agony of contest. No good Greek artist would have you behold the suffering, either of gods, heroes, or men; nor allow you to be apprehensive of the issue of their contest with evil beasts, or evil spirits. All such lower sources of excitement are to be closed to you; your interest is to be in the thoughts involved by the fact of the war; and in the beauty or rightness of form, whether active or inactive. I have to work out this subject with you afterwards, and to compare with the pure Greek method of thought, that of modern dramatic passion, engrafted on it, as typically in Turner's contest of Apollo and the Python: in the meantime, be content with the statement of this first great principle—that a Greek, as such, never expresses momentary passion.
192. Plate XIV. shows you examples from more advanced art of authentic Greek representation; the subjects being the two contests that mattered most to the Greek heart—Apollo versus the Python, and Hercules versus the Nemean Lion. You’ll notice that in neither case is there any effort to depict the frenzy or struggle of the fight. No good Greek artist would show you the suffering of gods, heroes, or men; nor would they let you worry about the outcome of their battles with evil creatures or dark forces. All such lower sources of excitement are kept from you; your focus should be on the ideas surrounding the conflict and on the beauty or appropriateness of the form, whether it’s in motion or at rest. I will explore this topic further with you later and compare the pure Greek method of thought to the modern dramatic passion that’s been added to it, as seen in Turner’s depiction of Apollo’s contest with the Python. For now, just understand this first great principle—that a Greek, as such, never expresses fleeting passion.

Heracles and the Nemean Lion.

193. Secondly. The Greek, as such, never expresses personal character, while a Florentine holds it to be the ultimate condition of beauty. You are startled, I suppose, at my saying this, having had it often pointed out to you, as a transcendent piece of subtlety in Greek art, that you could distinguish Hercules from Apollo by his being stout, and Diana from Juno by her being slender. That is very true; but those are general distinctions of class, not special distinctions of personal character. Even as general, they are bodily, not mental. They are the distinctions, in fleshly aspect, between an athlete and a musician,—between a matron and a huntress; but in no wise distinguish the simple-hearted hero from the subtle Master of the Muses, nor the wilful and fitful girl-goddess from the cruel and resolute matron-goddess. But judge for yourselves;—In the successive plates, XV.—XVIII., I show you,[136] typically represented as the protectresses of nations, the Argive, Cretan, and Lacinian Hera, the Messenian Demeter, the Athena of Corinth, the Artemis of Syracuse, the fountain Arethusa of Syracuse, and the Sirem Ligeia of Terina. Now, of these heads, it is true that some are more delicate in feature than the rest, and some softer in expression: in other respects, can you trace any distinction between the Goddesses of Earth and Heaven, or between the Goddess of Wisdom and the Water Nymph of Syracuse? So little can you do so, that it would have remained a disputed question—had not the name luckily been inscribed on some Syracusan coins—whether the head upon them was meant for Arethusa at all; and, continually, it becomes a question respecting finished statues, if without attributes, "Is this Bacchus or Apollo—Zeus or Poseidon?" There is a fact for you; noteworthy, I think! There is no personal character in[Pg 402] true Greek art:—abstract ideas of youth and age, strength and swiftness, virtue and vice,—yes: but there is no individuality; and the negative holds down to the revived conventionalism of the Greek school by Leonardo, when he tells you how you are to paint young women, and how old ones; though a Greek would hardly have been so discourteous to age as the Italian is in his canon of it,—"old women should be represented as passionate and hasty, after the manner of Infernal Furies."
193. Secondly, the Greeks, in general, don’t express personal character, while a Florentine considers it the ultimate aspect of beauty. You might be surprised by this assertion, especially since you’ve often been told that it’s a subtlety of Greek art that you can tell Hercules from Apollo because Hercules is muscular and Diana from Juno because Diana is slender. That’s true, but those are general class distinctions, not specific personal characteristics. Even as general distinctions, they are physical, not mental. They highlight the differences in appearance between an athlete and a musician or between a matron and a huntress, but they don’t differentiate the straightforward hero from the clever Master of the Muses or the willful and unpredictable goddess from the harsh and determined matron-goddess. But see for yourselves—In the following plates, XV.—XVIII., I show you, [136] represented as the protectresses of nations: the Argive, Cretan, and Lacinian Hera, the Messenian Demeter, the Athena of Corinth, the Artemis of Syracuse, the fountain Arethusa of Syracuse, and the Sirem Ligeia of Terina. It’s true that some of these heads have more delicate features than others, and some show softer expressions. In other ways, can you find any real distinction between the Goddesses of Earth and Heaven, or between the Goddess of Wisdom and the Water Nymph of Syracuse? So little can you do so that it would have remained a debatable issue—if it weren’t for the lucky inscribing of names on some Syracusan coins—whether the head on them was intended to represent Arethusa at all; and it’s often questioned about finished statues without attributes, "Is this Bacchus or Apollo—Zeus or Poseidon?" There’s a fact for you; I think it’s noteworthy! There’s no personal character in [Pg 402] true Greek art:—abstract ideas of youth and age, strength and speed, virtue and vice—yes: but there’s no individuality. The negative aspect ties back to the revived conventionalism of the Greek school by Leonardo, who instructs how to paint young women and how to paint old ones; although a Greek would hardly have been as rude about age as the Italian is in his guidelines—"old women should be depicted as passionate and hasty, like Infernal Furies."
194. "But at least, if the Greeks do not give character, they give ideal beauty?" So it is said, without contradiction. But will you look again at the series of coins of the best time of Greek art, which I have just set before you? Are any of these goddesses or nymphs very beautiful? Certainly the Junos are not. Certainly the Demeters are not. The Siren, and Arethusa, have well-formed and regular features; but I am quite sure that if you look at them without prejudice, you will think neither reach even the average standard of pretty English girls. The Venus Urania suggests at first, the idea of a very charming person, but you will find there is no real depth nor sweetness in the contours, looked at closely. And remember, these are chosen examples; the best I can find of art current in Greece at the great time; and if even I were to take the celebrated statues, of which only two or three are extant, not one of them excels the Venus of Melos; and she, as I have already asserted, in The Queen of the Air, has nothing notable in feature except dignity and simplicity. Of Athena I do not know one authentic type of great beauty; but the intense ugliness which the Greeks could tolerate in their symbolism of her will be convincingly proved to you by the coin represented in Plate VI. You need only look at two or three vases of the best time, to assure yourselves that beauty of feature was, in popular art, not only unattained, but unattempted; and finally,—and this you may accept as a conclusive proof of the Greek insensitiveness to the most subtle beauty—there is little evidence even in their literature, and none in their art, of their having ever perceived any beauty in infancy, or early childhood.
194. "But at least, if the Greeks don't convey character, they convey ideal beauty?" That's the claim, and no one disagrees. But take another look at the collection of coins from the peak of Greek art that I just showed you. Are any of these goddesses or nymphs truly beautiful? The Junos definitely aren't. The Demeters definitely aren't either. The Sirens and Arethusa have well-formed and symmetrical features, but I'm pretty sure that if you look at them objectively, you'll find they don't even match the average looks of pretty English girls. The Venus Urania initially suggests the idea of a very charming person, but if you examine her closely, you'll see there's no real depth or sweetness in her features. Remember, these are selected examples; the best I could find from the art of Greece during its golden age. Even if I were to consider the famous statues, of which only two or three still exist, none surpass the Venus of Melos; and she, as I previously mentioned in The Queen of the Air, has nothing remarkable in her features except for dignity and simplicity. I don't know of a single authentic representation of great beauty for Athena; however, the intense ugliness that the Greeks could accept in their symbolic depiction of her will be vividly illustrated by the coin shown in Plate VI. You only need to look at a couple of the best vases to confirm that beauty in features was not just unattained in popular art, but even attempted. Lastly—and you can take this as clear evidence of the Greek insensitivity to the most subtle beauty—there's little indication in their literature, and none in their art, that they ever recognized beauty in infancy or early childhood.


Series Ligeia of Terina
195. The Greeks, then, do not give passion, do not give character, do not give refined or naïve beauty. But you may think that the absence of these is intended to give dignity to the gods and nymphs; and that their calm faces would be found, if you long observed them, instinct with some expression of divine mystery or power.
195. The Greeks don’t show passion, character, or either refined or simple beauty. But you might think that their lack of these qualities is meant to give dignity to the gods and nymphs; and that if you looked at their calm faces for a long time, you would sense some expression of divine mystery or power.
I will convince you of the narrow range of Greek thought in these respects, by showing you, from the two sides of one and the same coin, images of the most mysterious of their Deities, and the most powerful,—Demeter and Zeus.
I will show you the limited scope of Greek thinking in these areas by presenting images of their most mysterious and powerful deities, Demeter and Zeus, from two different perspectives of the same coin.
Remember, that just as the west coasts of Ireland and England catch first on their hills the rain of the Atlantic, so the western Peloponnese arrests, in the clouds of the first mountain ranges of Arcadia, the moisture of the Mediterranean; and over all the plains of Elis, Pylos, and Messene, the strength and sustenance of men was naturally felt to be granted by Zeus; as, on the east coast of Greece, the greater clearness of the air by the power of Athena. If you will recollect the prayer of Rhea, in the single line of Callimachus—"Γαια φιλη, τεκε και συ τεαι δ' ωδινες ελαφραι," (compare Pausanias iv. 33, at the beginning,)—it will mark for you the connection, in the Greek mind, of the birth of the mountain springs of Arcadia with the birth of Zeus. And the centres of Greek thought on this western coast are necessarily Elis, and, (after the time of Epaminondas,) Messene.
Remember that just like the west coasts of Ireland and England are the first to catch the Atlantic rain on their hills, the western Peloponnese captures the moisture of the Mediterranean in the clouds of the first mountain ranges of Arcadia. Over all the plains of Elis, Pylos, and Messene, people naturally felt that their strength and livelihood were granted by Zeus; just as, on the east coast of Greece, the clearer air was attributed to the power of Athena. If you think of Rhea's prayer in that single line from Callimachus—"Γαια φιλη, τεκε και συ τεαι δ' ωδινες ελαφραι," (compare Pausanias iv. 33, at the beginning)—it highlights the Greek belief that the birth of the mountain springs of Arcadia is linked to the birth of Zeus. And the centers of Greek thought on this western coast are naturally Elis and, after the time of Epaminondas, Messene.
196. I show you the coin of Messene, because the splendid height and form of Mount Ithome were more expressive of the physical power of Zeus than the lower hills of Olympia; and also because it was struck just at the time of the most finished and delicate Greek art—a little after the main strength of Phidias, but before decadence had generally pronounced itself. The coin is a silver didrachm, bearing on one side a head of Demeter (Plate XVI., at the top); on the other a full figure of Zeus Aietophoros (Plate XIX., at the top); the two together signifying the sustaining strength of the earth and heaven. Look first at the head of Demeter. It is merely meant to personify fulness of harvest; there is no mystery in it, no sadness, no vestige of the expression which[Pg 404] we should have looked for in any effort to realize the Greek thoughts of the Earth Mother, as we find them spoken by the poets. But take it merely as personified abundance;—the goddess of black furrow and tawny grass—how commonplace it is, and how poor! The hair is grand, and there is one stalk of wheat set in it, which is enough to indicate the goddess who is meant; but, in that very office, ignoble, for it shows that the artist could only inform you that this was Demeter by such a symbol. How easy it would have been for a great designer to have made the hair lovely with fruitful flowers, and the features noble in mystery of gloom, or of tenderness. But here you have nothing to interest you, except the common Greek perfections of a straight nose and a full chin.
196. I’m showing you the coin from Messene because the impressive height and shape of Mount Ithome represent Zeus's physical power better than the lower hills of Olympia. Also, it was minted right when Greek art was at its peak—shortly after Phidias’s main contributions but before the decline became obvious. The coin is a silver didrachm, featuring a head of Demeter on one side (Plate XVI., at the top) and a full figure of Zeus Aietophoros on the other (Plate XIX., at the top); together, they symbolize the sustaining strength of the earth and sky. First, look at the head of Demeter. It just represents the abundance of the harvest; there's no mystery, no sadness, and none of the expressions we’d expect to convey the Greek ideas of the Earth Mother as described by poets. But think of it simply as personified abundance—the goddess of fertile soil and golden grass—how ordinary it is, and how lacking in depth! The hair is impressive, with a single stalk of wheat tucked in, enough to identify the goddess, but that very detail is quite trivial, showing that the artist could only tell us this was Demeter with such a simple symbol. How easy it would have been for a talented designer to adorn the hair with beautiful flowers and give the features an air of noble mystery, whether somber or tender. But here, there’s nothing to captivate you except the typical Greek traits of a straight nose and a full chin.
197. We pass, on the reverse of the die, to the figure of Zeus Aietophoros. Think of the invocation to Zeus in the Suppliants, (525), "King of Kings, and Happiest of the Happy, Perfectest of the Perfect in strength, abounding in all things, Jove—hear us and be with us;" and then, consider what strange phase of mind it was, which, under the very mountain-home of the god, was content with this symbol of him as a well-fed athlete, holding a diminutive and crouching eagle on his fist. The features and the right hand have been injured in this coin, but the action of the arms shows that it held a thunderbolt, of which, I believe, the twisted rays were triple. In the, presumably earlier, coin engraved by Millingen, however,[137] it is singly pointed only; and the added inscription "ΙΘΩΜ," in the field, renders the conjecture of Millingen probable, that this is a rude representation of the statue of Zeus Ithomates, made by Ageladas, the master of Phidias; and I think it has, indeed, the aspect of the endeavour, by a workman of more advanced knowledge, and more vulgar temper, to put the softer anatomy of later schools into the simple action of an archaic figure. Be that as it may, here is one of the most refined cities of Greece content with the figure of an athlete as the representative of their own mountain god; marked as a divine power merely by the attributes of the eagle and thunderbolt.
197. On the back of the die, we see the image of Zeus Aietophoros. Think about the invocation to Zeus in the Suppliants (525), "King of Kings, Happiest of the Happy, most Perfect in strength, rich in all things, Jove—hear us and be with us;" and then consider what strange mindset it was that, right beneath the mountain home of the god, was satisfied with this symbol of him as a well-fed athlete, holding a small, crouching eagle on his fist. The features and the right hand on this coin are damaged, but the positioning of the arms indicates it was holding a thunderbolt, which I believe had three twisted rays. However, in the presumably earlier coin engraved by Millingen,[137] it has only a single point; and the additional inscription "ΙΘΩΜ" in the field makes Millingen's idea plausible that this is a rough representation of the statue of Zeus Ithomates, created by Ageladas, the master of Phidias. I believe it does have the look of an attempt by a craftsman with more advanced knowledge and a more common approach to incorporate the softer anatomy of later styles into the straightforward pose of an archaic figure. Regardless, here is one of the most sophisticated cities of Greece satisfied with the image of an athlete as the representation of their mountain god; recognized as a divine power only by the attributes of the eagle and thunderbolt.

Hera of Lacinian Cape.

198. Lastly. The Greeks have not, it appears, in any supreme way, given to their statues character, beauty, or divine strength. Can they give divine sadness? Shall we find in their artwork any of that pensiveness and yearning for the dead, which fills the chants of their tragedy? I suppose if anything like nearness or firmness of faith in afterlife is to be found in Greek legend, you might look for it in the stories about the Island of Leuce, at the mouth of the Danube, inhabited by the ghosts of Achilles, Patroclus, Ajax the son of Oïleus, and Helen; and in which the pavement of the Temple of Achilles was washed daily by the sea-birds with their wings, dipping them in the sea.
198. Lastly, it seems that the Greeks haven't really instilled in their statues any supreme sense of character, beauty, or divine strength. Can they evoke divine sadness? Will we see in their artwork any of that reflective melancholy and longing for the dead, which permeates their tragic chants? I guess if there's any sense of closeness or strong belief in an afterlife in Greek mythology, you might find it in the tales of the Island of Leuce, at the mouth of the Danube, where the spirits of Achilles, Patroclus, Ajax the son of Oïleus, and Helen reside; and where the surf washes the pavement of the Temple of Achilles daily as sea-birds dip their wings into the sea.
Now it happens that we have actually on a coin of the Locrians the representation of the ghost of the Lesser Ajax. There is nothing in the history of human imagination more lovely, than their leaving always a place for his spirit, vacant in their ranks of battle. But here is their sculptural representation of the phantom; (lower figure, Plate XIX.), and I think you will at once agree with me in feeling that it would be impossible to conceive anything more completely unspiritual. You might more than doubt that it could have been meant for the departed soul, unless you were aware of the meaning of this little circlet between the feet. On other coins you find his name inscribed there, but in this you have his habitation, the haunted Island of Leuce itself, with the waves flowing round it.
Now, it turns out that we actually have a coin from the Locrians depicting the ghost of the Lesser Ajax. There's nothing in human imagination more beautiful than the way they always left a spot for his spirit empty in their battle lines. But here is their artistic depiction of the phantom; (lower figure, Plate XIX.), and I think you will agree with me that it would be impossible to imagine anything more entirely lacking in spirit. You might doubt that it was meant to represent the departed soul, unless you know what this small circle between the feet signifies. On other coins, you see his name inscribed there, but on this one, you have his home, the haunted Island of Leuce itself, with the waves flowing around it.
199. Again and again, however, I have to remind you, with respect to these apparently frank and simple failures, that the Greek always intends you to think for yourself, and understand, more than he can speak. Take this instance at our hands, the trim little circlet for the Island of Leuce. The workman knows very well it is not like the island, and that he could not make it so; that at its best, his sculpture can be little more than a letter; and yet, in putting this circlet, and its encompassing fretwork of minute waves, he does more than if he had merely given you a letter L, or written "Leuce." If you know anything of beaches and sea, this symbol will set your imagination at work in recalling them;[Pg 406] then you will think of the temple service of the novitiate sea-birds, and of the ghosts of Achilles and Patroclus appearing, like the Dioscuri, above the storm-clouds of the Euxine. And the artist, throughout his work, never for an instant loses faith in your sympathy and passion being ready to answer his;—if you have none to give, he does not care to take you into his counsel; on the whole, would rather that you should not look at his work.
199. Again and again, I have to remind you that, regarding these seemingly straightforward failures, the Greek always wants you to think for yourself and understand more than he can express. Take this example of the neat little circle representing the Island of Leuce. The craftsman knows very well that it doesn't resemble the island and that he couldn't make it look exactly like it; that at its best, his sculpture can be little more than a symbol; and yet, by presenting this circle and its delicate outline of small waves, he accomplishes more than if he had just given you the letter L or written "Leuce." If you know anything about beaches and the sea, this symbol will spark your imagination to recall them; then you will think of the temple rituals of the young sea-birds and the spirits of Achilles and Patroclus appearing, like the Dioscuri, above the storm clouds of the Euxine. Throughout his work, the artist never loses faith that your empathy and passion will resonate with his; if you have none to give, he doesn't care to include you in his vision; overall, he would prefer that you not look at his work.
200. But if you have this sympathy to give, you may be sure that whatever he does for you will be right, as far as he can render it so. It may not be sublime, nor beautiful, nor amusing; but it will be full of meaning, and faithful in guidance. He will give you clue to myriads of things that he cannot literally teach; and, so far as he does teach, you may trust him. Is not this saying much?
200. But if you have this compassion to share, you can be confident that whatever he does for you will be right, as much as he is able to make it so. It might not be extraordinary, beautiful, or entertaining; but it will be meaningful and reliable in its guidance. He will provide you with hints about countless things that he can't literally teach; and in whatever ways he does teach, you can trust him. Isn't that saying a lot?
And as he strove only to teach what was true, so, in his sculptured symbol, he strove only to carve what was—Right. He rules over the arts to this day, and will for ever, because he sought not first for beauty, nor first for passion, or for invention, but for Rightness; striving to display, neither himself nor his art, but the thing that he dealt with, in its simplicity. That is his specific character as a Greek. Of course, every nation's character is connected with that of others surrounding or preceding it; and in the best Greek work you will find some things that are still false, or fanciful; but whatever in it is false or fanciful, is not the Greek part of it—it is the Phœnician, or Egyptian, or Pelasgian part. The essential Hellenic stamp is veracity:—Eastern nations drew their heroes with eight legs, but the Greeks drew them with two;—Egyptians drew their deities with cats' heads, but the Greeks drew them with men's; and out of all fallacy, disproportion, and indefiniteness, they were, day by day, resolvedly withdrawing and exalting themselves into restricted and demonstrable truth.
And just as he aimed to teach what was true, he also aimed to carve what was—Right—in his sculptures. He continues to influence the arts even today and will forever, because he didn’t primarily seek beauty, passion, or invention but rather sought Rightness; he endeavored to showcase not himself or his art but the subject he was working with, in its simplicity. That’s his defining quality as a Greek. Naturally, every nation’s character is linked to that of its surrounding or preceding nations; in the best Greek works, you’ll find elements that are still false or fanciful. However, anything false or fanciful in them isn't part of the Greek essence—it comes from the Phoenician, Egyptian, or Pelasgian influences. The core Hellenic quality is truth: Eastern nations depicted their heroes with eight legs, while the Greeks portrayed them with two; Egyptians showed their gods with cat heads, whereas the Greeks depicted them with human heads. And from all fallacy, disproportion, and vagueness, they were gradually moving towards and elevating themselves into clear and demonstrable truth.
201. And now, having cut away the misconceptions which encumbered our thoughts, I shall be able to put the Greek school into some clearness of its position for you, with respect to the art of the world. That relation is strangely duplicate; for on one side, Greek art is the root of all simplicity; and on the other, of all complexity.
201. Now that we've cleared away the misconceptions that burdened our thoughts, I can clarify the position of the Greek school for you in relation to the art of the world. This relationship is oddly dual; on one hand, Greek art is the source of all simplicity, and on the other, of all complexity.

On one side I say, it is the root of all simplicity. If you were for some prolonged period to study Greek sculpture exclusively in the Elgin Room of the British Museum, and were then suddenly transported to the Hôtel de Cluny, or any other museum of Gothic and barbarian workmanship, you would imagine the Greeks were the masters of all that was grand, simple, wise, and tenderly human, opposed to the pettiness of the toys of the rest of mankind.
On one hand, I argue that it represents the essence of simplicity. If you were to spend a long time only studying Greek sculpture in the Elgin Room of the British Museum, and then were suddenly taken to the Hôtel de Cluny or another museum showcasing Gothic and primitive art, you would think that the Greeks were the true masters of everything that is impressive, straightforward, wise, and deeply human, in contrast to the triviality of the creations of everyone else.
202. On one side of their work they are so. From all vain and mean decoration—all weak and monstrous error, the Greeks rescue the forms of man and beast, and sculpture them in the nakedness of their true flesh, and with the fire of their living soul. Distinctively from other races, as I have now, perhaps to your weariness, told you, this is the work of the Greek, to give health to what was diseased, and chastisement to what was untrue. So far as this is found in any other school, hereafter, it belongs to them by inheritance from the Greeks, or invests them with the brotherhood of the Greek. And this is the deep meaning of the myth of Dædalus as the giver of motion to statues. The literal change from the binding together of the feet to their separation, and the other modifications of action which took place, either in progressive skill, or often, as the mere consequence of the transition from wood to stone, (a figure carved out of one wooden log must have necessarily its feet near each other, and hands at its sides), these literal changes are as nothing, in the Greek fable, compared to the bestowing of apparent life. The figures of monstrous gods on Indian temples have their legs separate enough; but they are infinitely more dead than the rude figures at Branchidæ sitting with their hands on their knees. And, briefly, the work of Dædalus is the giving of deceptive life, as that of Prometheus the giving of real life; and I can put the relation of Greek to all other art, in this function, before you in easily compared and remembered examples.
202. On one side of their work, they are like that. They take away all the unnecessary and cheap decoration—all the weak and crazy mistakes—and the Greeks showcase the forms of humans and animals in the rawness of their true flesh, igniting them with the spark of their living spirit. Distinctively different from other cultures, as I might have bored you with already, this is the Greeks' mission: to restore health to what is flawed and correct what is false. If any other school reflects this quality in the future, it inherits it from the Greeks or shares in their legacy. This is the deeper meaning of the myth of Dædalus, the one who brings motion to statues. The literal change from feet being bound together to being apart, along with other shifts in action that happen either through advancing technique or simply from moving from wood to stone (a figure carved from a single piece of wood must have its feet close together and its arms at its sides), these literal changes are insignificant in the Greek myth compared to the gift of seeming to come alive. The figures of strange gods on Indian temples may have their legs spread far apart, but they are far more lifeless than the crude figures at Branchidæ sitting with their hands on their knees. In short, the work of Dædalus is to give the illusion of life, while Prometheus's work is to give actual life; I can easily present the connection of Greek art to all other art in this aspect using straightforward and memorable examples.
203. Here, on the right, in Plate XX., is an Indian bull, colossal, and elaborately carved, which you may take as a[Pg 408] sufficient type of the bad art of all the earth. False in form, dead in heart, and loaded with wealth, externally. We will not ask the date of this; it may rest in the eternal obscurity of evil art, everywhere and for ever. Now, besides this colossal bull, here is a bit of Dædalus work, enlarged from a coin not bigger than a shilling: look at the two together, and you ought to know, henceforward, what Greek art means, to the end of your days.
203. Here, on the right, in Plate XX., is a giant Indian bull, intricately carved, which you can consider as a[Pg 408] prime example of the poor art found all over the world. It's inaccurate in its shape, lifeless in spirit, and superficially wealthy. We won't inquire about its age; it can remain in the endless shadows of bad art, everywhere and always. Now, in addition to this massive bull, there's a piece of work by Dædalus, scaled up from a coin no larger than a shilling: compare the two, and you should understand what Greek art truly represents for the rest of your life.
204. In this aspect of it then, I say, it is the simplest and nakedest of lovely veracities. But it has another aspect, or rather another pole, for the opposition is diametric. As the simplest, so also it is the most complex of human art. I told you in my fifth Lecture, showing you the spotty picture of Velasquez, that an essential Greek character is a liking for things that are dappled. And you cannot but have noticed how often and how prevalently the idea which gave its name to the Porch of Polygnotus, "στοα ποικιλη," occurs to the Greeks as connected with the finest art. Thus, when the luxurious city is opposed to the simple and healthful one, in the second book of Plato's Polity, you find that, next to perfumes, pretty ladies, and dice, you must have in it "ποικιλια," which observe, both in that place and again in the third book, is the separate art of joiners' work, or inlaying; but the idea of exquisitely divided variegation or division, both in sight and sound—the "ravishing division to the lute," as in Pindar's "ροικιλοι ὑμνοι"—runs through the compass of all Greek art-description; and if, instead of studying that art among marbles you were to look at it only on vases of a fine time, (look back, for instance, to Plate IV. here), your impression of it would be, instead of breadth and simplicity, one of universal spottiness and chequeredness, "εν ανγεων Ἑρκεσιν παμποικιλοις;" and of the artist's delighting in nothing so much as in crossed or starred or spotted things; which, in right places, he and his public both do unlimitedly. Indeed they hold it complimentary even to a trout, to call him a "spotty." Do you recollect the trout in the tributaries of the Ladon, which Pausanias says were spotted, so that they were like thrushes and which, the Arcadians told him, could speak? In this last ποικιλια, however, they disappointed him. "I, indeed, saw some of them caught," he says, "but I did not hear any of them speak, though I waited beside the river till sunset."
204. In this way, I say, it is the simplest and most straightforward of beautiful truths. But it has another side, or rather another aspect, because the opposition is completely opposite. As it is the simplest, it is also the most complex of human art. I told you in my fifth Lecture, showing you the spotted picture of Velasquez, that an essential Greek trait is a fondness for things that are dappled. You must have noticed how often and how prominently the concept that gave its name to the Porch of Polygnotus, "στοα ποικιλη," appears among the Greeks in connection with the finest art. So, when the lavish city is contrasted with the simple and healthy one in the second book of Plato's Polity, you find that alongside perfumes, pretty ladies, and dice, you must have "ποικιλια" in it, which note, in that context and again in the third book, refers to the distinct art of joiners’ work or inlaying; but the idea of exquisitely crafted variety or division, both in sight and sound—the "mesmerizing division to the lute," as in Pindar's "ροικιλοι ὑμνοι"—pervades all Greek art description; and if, instead of studying that art among marbles, you look at it only on fine vases (for instance, look back to Plate IV here), your impression would not be one of breadth and simplicity but rather one of overall speckledness and pattern, "εν ανγεων Ἑρκεσιν παμποικιλοις;" and the artist's delight would be evident in nothing more than crossed or starred or spotted things, which, in the right places, both he and his audience appreciate endlessly. In fact, it's even considered a compliment to call a trout "spotty." Do you remember the trout in the tributaries of the Ladon, which Pausanias said were spotted, so that they looked like thrushes and which, the Arcadians told him, could speak? In this last variety, however, they let him down. "I did see some of them caught," he says, "but I didn’t hear any of them speak, even though I waited by the river until sunset."

205. I must sum roughly now, for I have detained you too long.
205. I need to wrap things up now, because I've kept you here too long.
The Greeks have been thus the origin not only of all broad, mighty, and calm conception, but of all that is divided, delicate, and tremulous; "variable as the shade, by the light quivering aspen made." To them, as first leaders of ornamental design, belongs, of right, the praise of glistenings in gold, piercings in ivory, stainings in purple, burnishings in dark blue steel; of the fantasy of the Arabian roof—quartering of the Christian shield,—rubric and arabesque of Christian scripture; in fine, all enlargement, and all diminution of adorning thought, from the temple to the toy, and from the mountainous pillars of Agrigentum to the last fineness of fretwork in the Pisan Chapel of the Thorn.
The Greeks have been the source of not only all broad, powerful, and calm ideas but also everything that is intricate, delicate, and unsteady; "variable as the shade, by the light quivering aspen made." As the pioneers of decorative design, they rightfully deserve recognition for their work with shining gold, carved ivory, rich purple dyes, and polished dark blue steel; for the imagination behind the Arabian arch and the divisions of the Christian shield, as well as the red lettering and arabesque of Christian scripture. In short, they encompass all aspects of decorative thought, from grand temples to small toys, and from the towering columns of Agrigentum to the exquisite detailing in the Pisan Chapel of the Thorn.
And in their doing all this, they stand as masters of human order and justice, subduing the animal nature guided by the spiritual one, as you see the Sicilian Charioteer stands, holding his horse-reins, with the wild lion racing beneath him, and the flying angel above, on the beautiful coin of early Syracuse; (lowest in Plate XXI).
And while doing all this, they act as masters of human order and justice, controlling the animal instincts with spiritual guidance, much like the Sicilian Charioteer depicted on the beautiful coin from early Syracuse, who holds the reins of his horse while a wild lion races beneath him and a flying angel hovers above; (lowest in Plate XXI).
And the beginnings of Christian chivalary were in that Greek bridling of the dark and the white horses.
And the origins of Christian chivalry were in that Greek control of the dark and white horses.
206. Not that a Greek never made mistakes. He made as many as we do ourselves, nearly;—he died of his mistakes at last—as we shall die of them; but so far he was separated from the herd of more mistaken and more wretched nations—so far as he was Greek—it was by his rightness. He lived, and worked, and was satisfied with the fatness of his land, and the fame of his deeds, by his justice, and reason, and modesty. He became Græculus esuriens, little, and hungry, and every man's errand-boy, by his iniquity, and his competition, and his love of talk. But his Græcism was in having done, at least at one period of his dominion, more than anybody else, what was modest, useful, and eternally true; and as a workman, he[Pg 410] verily did, or first suggested the doing of, everything possible to man.
206. Not that a Greek never made mistakes. He made just as many as we do, almost;—he eventually paid for his mistakes with his life—just like we will; but he was set apart from the crowd of more mistaken and miserable nations—at least as far as he was Greek—by his correctness. He lived, worked, and was content with the richness of his land and the renown of his actions, through his fairness, logic, and humility. He became Græculus esuriens, little and hungry, and everyone’s errand boy, due to his wrongdoing, his competitiveness, and his love for chatter. But his Græcism lay in the fact that, at least during one period of his rule, he accomplished more than anyone else in doing what was simple, beneficial, and eternally true; and as a craftsman, he[Pg 410] truly did, or first proposed doing, everything that was possible for humanity.
Take Dædalus, his great type of the practically executive craftsman, and the inventor of expedients in craftsmanship, (as distinguished from Prometheus, the institutor of moral order in art). Dædalus invents,—he, or his nephew,—
Take Daedalus, the ultimate example of a skilled craftsman and the innovator of practical solutions in his craft, unlike Prometheus, who established a moral framework in art. Daedalus invents—either he or his nephew—
The potter's wheel, and all work in clay;
The potter's wheel and everything related to working with clay;
The saw, and all work in wood;
The saw, and all work with wood;
The masts and sails of ships, and all modes of motion; (wings only proving too dangerous!)
The masts and sails of ships, and all methods of movement; (wings just being too risky!)
The entire art of minute ornament;
The whole skill of detailed decoration;
And the deceptive life of statues.
And the misleading life of statues.
By his personal toil, he involves the fatal labyrinth for Minos; builds an impregnable fortress for the Agrigentines; adorns healing baths among the wild parsley fields of Selinus; buttresses the precipices of Eryx, under the temple of Aphrodite; and for her temple itself—finishes in exquisiteness the golden honeycomb.
By his hard work, he creates the deadly maze for Minos; builds an unassailable fortress for the people of Agrigento; sets up healing baths among the wild parsley fields of Selinunte; supports the cliffs of Eryx, beneath the temple of Aphrodite; and for her temple itself—completes the golden honeycomb with exquisite detail.
207. Take note of that last piece of his art: it is connected with many things which I must bring before you when we enter on the study of architecture. That study we shall begin at the foot of the Baptistery of Florence, which, of all buildings known to me, unites the most perfect symmetry with the quaintest ροικιλια. Then, from the tomb of your own Edward the Confessor, to the farthest shrine of the opposite Arabian and Indian world, I must show you how the glittering and iridescent dominion of Dædalus prevails; and his ingenuity in division, interposition, and labyrinthine sequence, more widely still. Only this last summer I found the dark red masses of the rough sandstone of Furness Abbey had been fitted by him, with no less pleasure than he had in carving them, into wedged hexagons—reminiscences of the honeycomb of Venus Erycina. His ingenuity plays around the framework of all the noblest things; and yet the brightness of it has a lurid shadow. The spot of the fawn, of the bird, and the moth, may be harmless. But Dædalus reigns no less over the spot of the leopard and snake. That cruel and venomous power of his art is marked, in the legends of him, by[Pg 411] his invention of the saw from the serpent's tooth; and his seeking refuge, under blood-guiltiness, with Minos, who can judge evil, and measure, or remit, the penalty of it, but not reward good: Rhadamanthus only can measure that; but Minos is essentially the recognizer of evil deeds "conoscitor delle peccata," whom, therefore, you find in Dante under the form of the ερπετον. "Cignesi con la coda tante volte, quantunque gradi vuol che giu sia messa."
207. Pay attention to that last piece of his art: it's connected to many things that I need to discuss with you when we start studying architecture. We'll begin that study at the base of the Baptistery of Florence, which, of all the buildings I know, combines the most perfect symmetry with the quirkiest details. Then, from the tomb of your own Edward the Confessor to the farthest shrine of the Arabian and Indian regions, I’ll show you how the dazzling and colorful realm of Dædalus dominates; and his skill in division, layering, and intricate sequences even more broadly. Just last summer, I discovered that the dark red blocks of rough sandstone at Furness Abbey were arranged by him, with just as much joy as he had while carving them, into wedged hexagons—echoes of the honeycomb of Venus Erycina. His creativity surrounds the structure of all the noblest things; yet its brilliance carries a grim shadow. The spots of the fawn, the bird, and the moth may be harmless. But Dædalus also rules over the spots of the leopard and the snake. That brutal and poisonous element of his art is marked in the legends about him, by his invention of the saw from the serpent's tooth; and his seeking refuge, burdened with guilt, with Minos, who can judge evil, and measure, or reduce, its consequences, but cannot reward good: only Rhadamanthus can measure that; but Minos is primarily the recognizer of evil deeds "conoscitor delle peccata," which is why you find him in Dante in the form of the ερπετον. "Cignesi con la coda tante volte, quantunque gradi vuol che giu sia messa."
And this peril of the influence of Dædalus is twofold; first in leading us to delight in glitterings and semblances of things, more than in their form, or truth;—admire the harlequin's jacket more than the hero's strength; and love the gilding of the missal more than its words;—but farther, and worse, the ingenuity of Dædalus may even become bestial, an instinct for mechanical labour only, strangely involved with a feverish and ghastly cruelty:—(you will find this distinct in the intensely Dædal work of the Japanese); rebellious, finally, against the laws of nature and honour, and building labyrinths for monsters,—not combs for bees.
And the danger of Dædalus's influence is twofold; first, it leads us to take pleasure in flashy appearances rather than in their true form or reality—admiring the clown's costume more than the hero's strength, and valuing the decoration of the book more than its words; but worse than that, Dædalus’s cleverness can even turn into something beastly, becoming just an instinct for mechanical work, strangely intertwined with a feverish and gruesome cruelty—(you can see this clearly in the intensely Dædalus-inspired work of the Japanese); ultimately rebellious against the laws of nature and honor, constructing mazes for monsters instead of hives for bees.
208. Gentlemen, we of the rough northern race may never, perhaps, be able to learn from the Greek his reverence for beauty: but we may at least learn his disdain of mechanism:—of all work which he felt to be monstrous and inhuman in its imprudent dexterities.
208. Gentlemen, we from the tough northern race might never be able to learn from the Greeks their respect for beauty; but we can at least learn from them their contempt for mechanical work—everything they considered monstrous and inhuman in its thoughtless skill.
We hold ourselves, we English, to be good workmen. I do not think I speak with light reference to recent calamity, (for I myself lost a young relation, full of hope and good purpose, in the foundered ship London,) when I say that either an Æginetan or Ionian shipwright built ships that could be fought from, though they were under water; and neither of them would have been proud of having built one that would fill and sink helplessly if the sea washed over her deck, or turn upside down if a squall struck her topsail.
We, the English, see ourselves as skilled craftsmen. I'm not taking the recent tragedy lightly (since I lost a young relative, full of hope and promise, in the wrecked ship London) when I say that either an Æginetan or Ionian shipbuilder would construct ships that could be fought from, even while submerged; and neither of them would be proud to have built a ship that would fill with water and sink helplessly if the sea washed over its deck, or tip over if a strong wind hit its topsail.
Believe me, gentlemen, good workmanship consists in continence [Pg 414]and common sense, more than in frantic expatiation of mechanical ingenuity; and if you would be continent and rational, you had better learn more of Art than you do now, and less of Engineering. What is taking place at this very[Pg 412] hour,[138] among the streets, once so bright, and avenues once so pleasant, of the fairest city in Europe, may surely lead us all to feel that the skill of Dædalus, set to build impregnable fortresses, is not so wisely applied as in framing the τρητον πονου—the golden honeycomb.
Believe me, gentlemen, good craftsmanship relies more on self-restraint and common sense than on wild displays of technical skill. If you want to be both self-disciplined and sensible, you should learn more about Art and less about Engineering than you currently do. What is happening right now in the streets, once vibrant, and avenues, once pleasant, of the most beautiful city in Europe, surely suggests that the talents of Dædalus, designed to create impenetrable fortresses, are better used in creating the golden honeycomb. [Pg 414] What is taking place at this very[Pg 412] hour,[138]
FOOTNOTES:
[135] The closing Lecture, on the religious temper of the Florentine, though necessary for the complete explanation of the subject to my class, at the time, introduced new points of inquiry which I do not choose to lay before the general reader until they can be examined in fuller sequence. The present volume, therefore, closes with the Sixth Lecture, and that on Christian art will be given as the first of the published course on Florentine Sculpture.
[135] The final lecture, focused on the religious mindset of the Florentine, was essential for fully explaining the topic to my class at the time. However, it raised new questions that I prefer not to present to the general reader until they can be explored in more detail. Therefore, this volume concludes with the Sixth Lecture, and the one on Christian art will serve as the first in the published series on Florentine Sculpture.
[136] These plates of coins are given for future reference and examination, not merely for the use made of them in this place. The Lacinian Hera, if a coin could be found unworn in surface, would be very noble; her hair is thrown free because she is the goddess of the cape of storms though in her temple, there, the wind never moved the ashes on its altar. (Livy, xxiv. 3.)
[136] These sets of coins are provided for future reference and study, not just for the purposes they serve here. The Lacinian Hera, if an unworn coin could be found, would be quite impressive; her hair is let down because she is the goddess of the cape of storms, even though in her temple, the wind never disturbed the ashes on the altar. (Livy, xxiv. 3.)
THE FUTURE OF ENGLAND.
(Delivered at the R. A. Institution, Woolwich, December 14, 1869.)
I would fain have left to the frank expression of the moment, but fear I could not have found clear words—I cannot easily find them, even deliberately,—to tell you how glad I am, and yet how ashamed, to accept your permission to speak to you. Ashamed of appearing to think that I can tell you any truth which you have not more deeply felt than I; but glad in the thought that my less experience, and way of life sheltered from the trials, and free from the responsibilities of yours, may have left me with something of a child's power of help to you; a sureness of hope, which may perhaps be the one thing that can be helpful to men who have done too much not to have often failed in doing all that they desired. And indeed, even the most hopeful of us, cannot but now be in many things apprehensive. For this at least we all know too well, that we are on the eve of a great political crisis, if not of political change. That a struggle is approaching between the newly-risen power of democracy and the apparently departing power of feudalism; and another struggle, no less imminent, and far more dangerous, between wealth and pauperism. These two quarrels are constantly thought of as the same. They are being fought together, and an apparently common interest unites for the most part the millionaire with the noble, in resistance to a multitude, crying, part of it for bread and part of it for liberty.
I would have liked to leave things up to the honest feelings of the moment, but I fear I wouldn’t have found the right words—I can’t easily find them, even when I try deliberately—to express how happy I am, and yet how embarrassed, to accept your permission to speak with you. Embarrassed because it seems like I think I can share any truth that you haven’t already felt more deeply than I have; but happy in the thought that my lesser experience and a life sheltered from the trials and responsibilities you face might have given me some childlike ability to help you; a certainty of hope, which might be the one thing that’s truly helpful to those who have achieved so much only to have often fallen short of their desires. And indeed, even the most hopeful among us can’t help but feel anxious about many things right now. For at least this, we all know all too well: we are on the brink of a significant political crisis, if not a political shift. A struggle is coming between the newly risen power of democracy and the seemingly fading power of feudalism; and another struggle, equally urgent and much more dangerous, between wealth and poverty. These two conflicts are often seen as one and the same. They are being fought together, and a seemingly common interest usually brings the millionaire and the noble together in opposition to a multitude, some shouting for bread and others for freedom.
And yet no two quarrels can be more distinct. Riches—so far from being necessary to noblesse—are adverse to it. So utterly adverse, that the first character of all the Nobilities which have founded great dynasties in the world is to be[Pg 416] poor;—often poor by oath—always poor by generosity. And of every true knight in the chivalric ages, the first thing history tells you is, that he never kept treasure for himself.
And yet no two arguments could be more different. Wealth—far from being essential to nobility—is actually opposed to it. So completely opposed, that the defining trait of all the nobility that has established great dynasties in the world is to be[Pg 416] poor;—often poor by choice—always poor by generosity. And of every true knight in the chivalric times, the first thing history tells you is that he never stored wealth for himself.
Thus the causes of wealth and noblesse are not the same; but opposite. On the other hand, the causes of anarchy and of the poor are not the same, but opposite. Side by side, in the same rank, are now indeed set the pride that revolts against authority, and the misery that appeals against avarice. But, so far from being a common cause, all anarchy is the forerunner of poverty, and all prosperity begins in obedience. So that thus, it has become impossible to give due support to the cause of order, without seeming to countenance injury; and impossible to plead justly the claims of sorrow, without seeming to plead also for those of license.
The reasons for wealth and nobility are not the same; they are actually opposites. Similarly, the reasons for anarchy and poverty are not the same, but are also opposites. Right now, we see pride rebelling against authority standing next to misery protesting against greed. However, rather than sharing a common cause, anarchy always leads to poverty, while all prosperity starts with obedience. Therefore, it's become impossible to properly support the cause of order without appearing to endorse harm, and it's impossible to justly advocate for those in sorrow without seeming to also support those seeking freedom from restraint.
Let me try, then, to put in very brief terms, the real plan of this various quarrel, and the truth of the cause on each side. Let us face that full truth, whatever it may be, and decide what part, according to our power, we should take in the quarrel.
Let me try to summarize the real plan behind this ongoing argument and the truth of each side's position. Let's confront that full truth, no matter what it is, and decide what role we should play in this conflict, based on our abilities.
First. For eleven hundred years, all but five, since Charlemagne set on his head the Lombard crown, the body of European people have submitted patiently to be governed; generally by kings—always by single leaders of some kind. But for the last fifty years they have begun to suspect, and of late they have many of them concluded, that they have been on the whole ill-governed, or misgoverned, by their kings. Whereupon they say, more and more widely, "Let us henceforth have no kings; and no government at all."
First. For eleven hundred years, except for five, since Charlemagne crowned himself with the Lombard crown, the people of Europe have patiently allowed themselves to be ruled; usually by kings—always by a single leader of some sort. But in the last fifty years, they have started to suspect, and recently many have decided, that they have generally been poorly governed, or misgoverned, by their kings. Consequently, they are increasingly saying, "Let’s have no kings from now on; and no government at all."
Now we said, we must face the full truth of the matter, in order to see what we are to do. And the truth is that the people have been misgoverned;—that very little is to be said, hitherto, for most of their masters—and that certainly in many places they will try their new system of "no masters:"—and as that arrangement will be delightful to all foolish persons, and, at first, profitable to all wicked ones,—and as these classes are not wanting or unimportant in any human society,—the experiment is likely to be tried extensively. And the world may be quite content to endure much suffering[Pg 417] with this fresh hope, and retain its faith in anarchy, whatever comes of it, till it can endure no more.
Now we said we need to confront the full truth of the situation to figure out what to do next. The truth is that people have been poorly governed; there’s not much to commend most of their leaders until now—and certainly in many places they will attempt their new system of "no leaders." This setup will be appealing to all foolish people and initially beneficial to all wicked ones—and since these groups aren’t lacking or unimportant in any society, the experiment is likely to be widely tested. The world might be willing to endure a lot of suffering with this new hope, continuing to believe in anarchy, no matter the outcome, until it can no longer bear it.
Then, secondly. The people have begun to suspect that one particular form of this past misgovernment has been, that their masters have set them to do all the work, and have themselves taken all the wages. In a word, that what was called governing them, meant only wearing fine clothes, and living on good fare at their expense. And I am sorry to say, the people are quite right in this opinion also. If you inquire into the vital fact of the matter, this you will find to be the constant structure of European society for the thousand years of the feudal system; it was divided into peasants who lived by working; priests who lived by begging; and knights who lived by pillaging; and as the luminous public mind becomes gradually cognizant of these facts, it will assuredly not suffer things to be altogether arranged that way any more; and the devising of other ways will be an agitating business; especially because the first impression of the intelligent populace is, that whereas, in the dark ages, half the nation lived idle, in the bright ages to come, the whole of it may.
Then, secondly. People have started to suspect that one specific aspect of past misrule has been that their leaders have made them do all the work while keeping all the pay for themselves. In short, what was called governing them simply meant wearing nice clothes and enjoying good food at their expense. And I regret to say, the people are quite right in this belief as well. If you look into the essential truth of the matter, you'll see that this has been the consistent structure of European society for the thousand years of the feudal system; it was divided into peasants who worked for a living, priests who survived by begging, and knights who thrived by plundering. As the enlightened public gradually becomes aware of these facts, it surely won’t allow things to be arranged like that any longer; finding new ways will be a contentious issue, especially because the initial impression of the informed populace is that while in the dark ages, half the nation lived idly, in the brighter days ahead, everyone could.
Now, thirdly—and here is much the worst phase of the crisis. This past system of misgovernment, especially during the last three hundred years, has prepared, by its neglect, a class among the lower orders which it is now peculiarly difficult to govern. It deservedly lost their respect—but that was the least part of the mischief. The deadly part of it was, that the lower orders lost their habit, and at last their faculty, of respect;—lost the very capability of reverence, which is the most precious part of the human soul. Exactly in the degree in which you can find creatures greater than yourself, to look up to, in that degree, you are ennobled yourself, and, in that degree, happy. If you could live always in the presence of archangels, you would be happier than in that of men; but even if only in the company of admirable knights and beautiful ladies, the more noble and bright they were, and the more you could reverence their virtue the happier you would be. On the contrary, if you were condemned to live among a multitude of idiots, dumb, distorted and[Pg 418] malicious, you would not be happy in the constant sense of your own superiority. Thus all real joy and power of progress in humanity depend on finding something to reverence; and all the baseness and misery of humanity begin in a habit of disdain. Now, by general misgovernment, I repeat, we have created in Europe a vast populace, and out of Europe a still vaster one, which has lost even the power and conception of reverence;[139]—which exists only in the worship of itself—which can neither see anything beautiful around it, nor conceive anything virtuous above it; which has, towards all goodness and greatness, no other feelings than those of the lowest creatures—fear, hatred, or hunger a populace which has sunk below your appeal in their nature, as it has risen beyond your power in their multitude;—whom you can now no more charm than you can the adder, nor discipline, than you can the summer fly.
Now, thirdly—and this is the worst part of the crisis. The past system of bad governance, especially over the last three hundred years, has neglected a class among the lower orders, making it particularly difficult to govern them now. They've rightfully lost respect for that system—but that’s just the beginning of the problem. The real issue is that the lower classes have lost their ability, and eventually their habit, of respect; they’ve lost the very capacity for reverence, which is one of the most valuable aspects of being human. The more you find beings greater than yourself to look up to, the more you grow and find happiness. If you could always be around archangels, you’d feel happier than among humans; even being with noble knights and beautiful ladies would bring you joy, the more admirable and virtuous they were. On the flip side, if you had to live among a crowd of fools—ignorant, twisted, and malicious—simply being aware of your own superiority wouldn’t bring you joy. Thus, all true happiness and the potential for progress in humanity depend on finding something to respect; all the degradation and suffering in humanity begin with a habit of disdain. Now, because of widespread misgovernance, I repeat, we’ve created a large population in Europe, and an even larger one outside of Europe, that has lost any ability or concept of reverence; it only exists in self-worship—unable to see anything beautiful around them or conceive of anything virtuous above them; they respond to all goodness and greatness with feelings akin to the lowest creatures—fear, hatred, or greed—a population that has sunk below your reach in their nature, as it has risen beyond your control in their numbers; you can no more charm them than you can a serpent, nor discipline them like you can a summer fly.
It is a crisis, gentlemen; and time to think of it. I have roughly and broadly put it before you in its darkness. Let us look what we may find of light.
It’s a crisis, guys; and it’s time to think about it. I’ve laid it out for you, without holding back. Let’s see what we can find that brings some light.
Only the other day, in a journal which is a fairly representative exponent of the Conservatism of our day, and for the most part not at all in favor of strikes or other popular proceedings; only about three weeks since, there was a leader, with this, or a similar, title—"What is to become of the House of Lords?" It startled me, for it seemed as if we were going even faster than I had thought, when such a question was put as a subject of quite open debate, in a journal meant chiefly for the reading of the middle and upper classes. Open or not—the debate is near. What is to become of them? And the answer to such question depends first on their being able to answer another question—"What is the use of them!" For some time back, I think the theory of the nation has been, that they are useful as impediments to business, so as to give time for second thoughts. But the nation is getting impatient of impediments to business; and certainly, sooner or later, will think it needless to maintain these[Pg 419] expensive obstacles to its humors. And I have not heard, either in public, or from any of themselves, a clear expression of their own conception of their use. So that it seems thus to become needful for all men to tell them, as our one quite clear-sighted teacher, Carlyle, has been telling us for many a year, that the use of the Lords of a country is to govern the country. If they answer that use, the country will rejoice in keeping them; if not, that will become of them which must of all things found to have lost their serviceableness.
Just the other day, in a magazine that represents today's Conservatism and is mostly against strikes or popular movements, there was an editorial titled something like—"What’s going to happen to the House of Lords?" It caught me off guard, as it felt like we were moving faster than I realized when such a question becomes a topic for open debate in a publication aimed mainly at the middle and upper classes. Whether the debate is open or not, it's approaching. What is going to happen to them? The answer hinges on their ability to respond to another question—"What’s the point of them?" For some time now, I think the general view has been that they’re useful as obstacles to business, giving people time for a rethink. But the public is growing impatient with these business hurdles; sooner or later, they’ll see no reason to keep these[Pg 419]govern the country. If they fulfill that role, the country will be glad to keep them; if not, they’ll face the fate of anything deemed unhelpful.
Here, therefore, is the one question, at this crisis, for them, and for us. Will they be lords indeed, and give us laws—dukes indeed, and give us guiding—princes indeed, and give us beginning, of truer dynasty, which shall not be soiled by covetousness, nor disordered by iniquity? Have they themselves sunk so far as not to hope this? Are there yet any among them who can stand forward with open English brows, and say,—So far as in me lies, I will govern with my might, not for Dieu et mon Droit, but for the first grand reading of the war cry, from which that was corrupted, "Dieu et Droit?" Among them I know there are some—among you, soldiers of England, I know there are many, who can do this; and in you is our trust. I, one of the lower people of your country, ask of you in their name—you whom I will not any more call soldiers, but by the truer name of Knights;—Equites of England. How many yet of you are there, knights errant now beyond all former fields of danger—knights patient now beyond all former endurance; who still retain the ancient and eternal purpose of knighthood, to subdue the wicked, and aid the weak? To them, be they few or many, we English people call for help to the wretchedness, and for rule over the baseness, of multitudes desolate and deceived, shrieking to one another this new gospel of their new religion. "Let the weak do as they can, and the wicked as they will."
Here is the essential question for them and for us at this crucial moment. Will they truly be leaders and create laws for us—will they be dukes who offer guidance—will they be princes who establish a new dynasty that isn't tainted by greed or chaos? Have they fallen so low that they no longer hold out hope for this? Are there still some among them who can step forward with open minds and say, "As far as I’m able, I will govern with strength, not for God and my Right, but for the original meaning of the battle cry from which that was twisted, 'God and Right?'" I know there are some among them—among you, England's soldiers, I know there are many—who can do this; and in you lies our hope. I, one of the ordinary people of your country, ask you on their behalf—you whom I will now refer to not as soldiers, but by the truer title of Knights—Knights of England. How many of you remain as knights errant, beyond all previous fields of danger—knights who are more patient now than ever before; who still hold onto the ancient and timeless purpose of knighthood, which is to vanquish the wicked and assist the weak? To them, whether few or many, we—the people of England—ask for help against the misery and for control over the vile, of the masses who are lost and misled, crying out to one another this new message of their new belief. "Let the weak do as they can, and the wicked as they will."
I can hear you saying in your hearts, even the bravest of you, "The time is past for all that." Gentlemen, it is not so. The time has come for more than all that. Hitherto,[Pg 420] soldiers have given their lives for false fame, and for cruel power. The day is now when they must give their lives for true fame, and for beneficent power: and the work is near every one of you—close beside you—the means of it even thrust into your hands. The people are crying to you for command, and you stand there at pause, and silent. You think they don't want to be commanded; try them; determine what is needful for them—honorable for them; show it them, promise to bring them to it, and they will follow you through fire. "Govern us," they cry with one heart, though many minds. They can be governed still, these English; they are men still; not gnats, nor serpents. They love their old ways yet, and their old masters, and their old land. They would fain live in it, as many as may stay there, if you will show them how, there, to live;—or show them even, how, there, like Englishmen, to die.
I can hear you thinking, even the bravest among you, "That time has passed." Gentlemen, that's not true. The moment has come for something greater than all that. Until now, soldiers have sacrificed their lives for false glory and tyrannical power. Today, they must lay down their lives for true honor and benevolent authority: and this opportunity is right in front of each of you—it's even been handed to you. The people are calling for you to lead, yet you stand there hesitating and silent. You might think they don’t want leadership; but test them; figure out what they truly need—what is honorable for them; show them the way, promise to lead them there, and they will follow you through anything. "Lead us," they shout with one voice, despite their many different thoughts. They can still be led, these English; they are still human beings, not pests or monsters. They still cherish their traditions, their former leaders, and their homeland. They would love to continue living there, as many as are willing to stay, if you show them the way to live there; or even show them how to die there, like true Englishmen.
"To live in it, as many as may!" How many do you think may? How many can? How many do you want to live there? As masters, your first object must be to increase your power; and in what does the power of a country consist? Will you have dominion over its stones, or over its clouds, or over its souls? What do you mean by a great nation, but a great multitude of men who are true to each other, and strong, and of worth? Now you can increase the multitude only definitely—your island has only so much standing room—but you can increase the worth indefinitely. It is but a little island;—suppose, little as it is, you were to fill it with friends? You may, and that easily. You must, and that speedily; or there will be an end to this England of ours, and to all its loves and enmities.
"To live there, as many as possible!" How many do you think that is? How many can? How many do you want to live there? As leaders, your main goal should be to boost your power; but what does a country’s power actually consist of? Will you have control over its land, its skies, or its people? What do you mean by a great nation, if not a large group of people who are loyal to one another, strong, and valuable? You can only definitely increase the population—your island has limited space—but you can increase the value indefinitely. It’s just a small island;—imagine if, despite its size, you filled it with friends? You can, and it’s easy. You must, and you need to act quickly; otherwise, there will be an end to this England of ours, along with all its loves and conflicts.
To fill this little island with true friends—men brave, wise, and happy! Is it so impossible, think you, after the world's eighteen hundred years of Christianity, and our own thousand years of toil, to fill only this little white gleaming crag with happy creatures, helpful to each other? Africa, and India, and the Brazilian wide-watered plain, are these not wide enough for the ignorance of our race? have they not space enough for its pain? Must we remain here also[Pg 421] savage,—here at enmity with each other,—here foodless, houseless, in rags, in dust, and without hope, as thousands and tens of thousands of us are lying? Do not think it, gentlemen. The thought that it is inevitable is the last infidelity; infidelity not to God only, but to every creature and every law that He has made. Are we to think that the earth was only shaped to be a globe of torture; and that there cannot be one spot of it where peace can rest, or justice reign? Where are men ever to be happy, if not in England? by whom shall they ever be taught to do right, if not by you? Are we not of a race first among the strong ones of the earth; the blood in us incapable of weariness, unconquerable by grief? Have we not a history of which we can hardly think without becoming insolent in our just pride of it? Can we dare, without passing every limit of courtesy to other nations, to say how much more we have to be proud of in our ancestors than they? Among our ancient monarchs, great crimes stand out as monstrous and strange. But their valor, and, according to their understanding, their benevolence, are constant. The Wars of the Roses, which are as a fearful crimson shadow on our land, represent the normal condition of other nations; while from the days of the Heptarchy downwards we have had examples given us, in all ranks, of the most varied and exalted virtue; a heap of treasure that no moth can corrupt, and which even our traitorship, if we are to become traitors to it, cannot sully.
To fill this small island with true friends—brave, wise, and happy people! Is it really so impossible, do you think, after eighteen hundred years of Christianity around the world and our own thousand years of hard work, to fill just this little white, shining rock with joyful beings who support one another? Africa, India, and the vast plains of Brazil, aren’t they large enough for our race’s ignorance? Is there not enough space for our suffering? Must we remain here as savages—here at odds with each other—here starving, homeless, in rags, covered in dust, and without hope, as thousands upon thousands of us are? Don’t believe it, gentlemen. The idea that this is unavoidable is the ultimate betrayal; a betrayal not just to God, but to every being and every law He has created. Are we to think that the earth was only formed to be a globe of torment; that there cannot be even one spot where peace can settle, or justice exist? Where will people ever find happiness if not in England? Who will teach them to do what’s right if not you? Aren’t we among the strongest races on earth; the blood in us tireless, unbreakable by sorrow? Don’t we have a history that makes it hard not to feel proud? Can we dare, without offending other nations, to claim that we have more to be proud of in our ancestors than they do? Among our ancient kings, terrible crimes stand out as extraordinary and strange. But their bravery, and their goodwill to the best of their understanding, remain constant. The Wars of the Roses, which cast a dark crimson shadow over our land, reflect the usual state of other nations; while since the times of the Heptarchy, we have been given countless examples of the highest virtues across all classes—a treasure that can’t be ruined by moths, and which our betrayal, if we choose to betray it, cannot tarnish.
And this is the race, then, that we know not any more how to govern! and this the history which we are to behold broken off by sedition! and this is the country, of all others, where life is to become difficult to the honest, and ridiculous to the wise! And the catastrophe, forsooth, is to come just when we have been making swiftest progress beyond the wisdom and wealth of the past. Our cities are a wilderness of spinning wheels instead of palaces; yet the people have not clothes. We have blackened every leaf of English greenwood with ashes, and the people die of cold; our harbors are a forest of merchant ships, and the people die of hunger.
And this is the race that we no longer know how to govern! This is the history that we will see disrupted by rebellion! And this is the country, more than any other, where life is becoming hard for the good and absurd for the wise! And the disaster will come just as we’ve been making the fastest progress beyond the wisdom and wealth of the past. Our cities are full of spinning wheels instead of grand buildings; yet the people have no clothes. We’ve covered every leaf of English greenwood with ashes, and people are dying of cold; our ports are filled with merchant ships, and people are dying of hunger.
Whose fault is it? Yours, gentlemen; yours only. You[Pg 422] alone can feed them, and clothe, and bring into their right minds, for you only can govern—that is to say, you only can educate them.
Whose fault is it? It’s your fault, gentlemen; just yours. You[Pg 422] alone can provide for them, dress them, and help them think clearly, because only you can lead—that is to say, only you can educate them.
Educate, or govern, they are one and the same word. Education does not mean teaching people to know what they do not know. It means teaching them to behave as they do not behave. And the true "compulsory education" which the people now ask of you is not catechism, but drill. It is not teaching the youth of England the shapes of letters and the tricks of numbers; and then leaving them to turn their arithmetic to roguery, and their literature to lust. It is, on the contrary, training them into the perfect exercise and kingly continence of their bodies and souls. It is a painful, continual, and difficult work; to be done by kindness, by watching, by warning, by precept, and by praise,—but above all—by example.
Educate or govern, they are essentially the same thing. Education doesn't just mean teaching people what they don't know; it means teaching them to act in ways they currently don’t. The real "compulsory education" that people expect from you isn’t about memorizing facts, but about discipline. It’s not just about teaching the youth of England how to read and do math, then allowing them to misuse their knowledge for dishonesty or inappropriate behavior. Instead, it’s about training them to properly develop and control both their bodies and minds. It’s a challenging, ongoing, and tough job that requires kindness, attention, caution, guidance, and encouragement—but most importantly—setting a good example.
Compulsory! Yes, by all means! "Go ye out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in." Compulsory! Yes, and gratis also. Dei Gratia, they must be taught, as, Dei Gratia, you are set to teach them. I hear strange talk continually, "how difficult it is to make people pay for being educated!" Why, I should think so! Do you make your children pay for their education, or do you give it them compulsorily, and gratis? You do not expect them to pay you for their teaching, except by becoming good children. Why should you expect a peasant to pay for his, except by becoming a good man?—payment enough, I think, if we knew it. Payment enough to himself, as to us. For that is another of our grand popular mistakes—people are always thinking of education as a means of livelihood. Education is not a profitable business, but a costly one; nay, even the best attainments of it are always unprofitable, in any terms of coin. No nation ever made its bread either by its great arts, or its great wisdoms. By its minor arts or manufactures, by its practical knowledges, yes: but its noble scholarship, its noble philosophy, and its noble art, are always to be bought as a treasure, not sold for a livelihood. You do not learn that you may live—you live that you may learn.[Pg 423] You are to spend on National Education, and to be spent for it, and to make by it, not more money, but better men;—to get into this British Island the greatest possible number of good and brave Englishmen. They are to be your "money's worth."
Compulsory! Yes, absolutely! "Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in." Compulsory! Yes, and free as well. Dei Gratia, they must be educated, just as, Dei Gratia, you are meant to educate them. I keep hearing strange comments about "how hard it is to get people to pay for education!" Well, of course it is! Do you make your kids pay for their education, or do you provide it to them for free? You don’t expect them to pay you for teaching them, except by being good kids. Why would you expect a farmer to pay for his education, except by becoming a good person?—that’s payment enough, I think, if we realize it. Payment enough for him and for us. This is one of our major misconceptions—people often see education as a way to make a living. Education isn't a money-making business; it's an expensive one. In fact, even its best outcomes are never profitable in monetary terms. No country has ever prospered from its great arts or profound wisdom. It might thrive from its minor arts or manufacturing, or its practical knowledge, sure; but its noble scholarship, noble philosophy, and noble art are always treasures to be valued, not sold for a living. You learn not to survive—you survive so you can learn.[Pg 423] You need to invest in National Education, support it, and aim to produce not just more money, but better people; to bring into this British Island as many good and brave Englishmen as possible. They are your "value for money."
But where is the money to come from? Yes, that is to be asked. Let us, as quite the first business in this our national crisis, look not only into our affairs, but into our accounts, and obtain some general notion how we annually spend our money, and what we are getting for it. Observe, I do not mean to inquire into the public revenue only; of that some account is rendered already. But let us do the best we can to set down the items of the national private expenditure; and know what we spend altogether, and how.
But where will the money come from? Yes, that's a valid question. Let's, as our first step in this national crisis, not only examine our situation but also our finances, and get a clear idea of how we spend our money each year and what we gain from it. Keep in mind, I'm not just looking into public funds; there's already some information available about that. Instead, let’s do our best to list out the details of national private spending, so we can understand what we’re spending in total and how we are doing it.
To begin with this matter of education. You probably have nearly all seen the admirable lecture lately given by Captain Maxse, at Southampton. It contains a clear statement of the facts at present ascertained as to our expenditure in that respect. It appears that of our public moneys, for every pound that we spend on education we spend twelve either in charity or punishment;—ten millions a year in pauperism and crime, and eight hundred thousand in instruction. Now Captain Maxse adds to this estimate of ten millions public money spent on crime and want, a more or less conjectural sum of eight millions for private charities. My impression is that this is much beneath the truth, but at all events it leaves out of consideration much the heaviest and saddest form of charity—the maintenance, by the working members of families, of the unfortunate or ill-conducted persons whom the general course of misrule now leaves helpless to be the burden of the rest.
To start with the issue of education. You’ve probably all seen the impressive lecture recently delivered by Captain Maxse in Southampton. It provides a clear overview of the current facts regarding our spending in this area. It seems that for every pound we spend on education, we spend twelve on either charity or punishment—ten million a year on poverty and crime, and eight hundred thousand on education. Captain Maxse also adds to this estimate of ten million public funds spent on crime and need a somewhat speculative amount of eight million for private charities. I believe this is much lower than the reality, but in any case, it overlooks one of the most significant and heartbreaking aspects of charity—the support provided by working family members for unfortunate or poorly-behaved individuals who, due to the overall state of mismanagement, are left helpless and a burden to others.
Now I want to get first at some, I do not say approximate, but at all events some suggestive, estimate of the quantity of real distress and misguided life in this country. Then next, I want some fairly representative estimate of our private expenditure in luxuries. We won't spend more, publicly, it appears, than eight hundred thousand a year, on educating men gratis. I want to know, as nearly as possible, what we[Pg 424] spend privately a year, in educating horses gratis. Let us, at least, quit ourselves in this from the taunt of Rabshakeh, and see that for every horse we train also a horseman; and that the rider be at least as high-bred as the horse, not jockey, but chevalier. Again, we spend eight hundred thousand, which is certainly a great deal of money, in making rough minds bright. I want to know how much we spend annually in making rough stones bright; that is to say, what may be the united annual sum, or near it, of our jewellers' bills. So much we pay for educating children gratis;—how much for educating diamonds gratis? and which pays best for brightening, the spirit or the charcoal? Let us get those two items set down with some sincerity, and a few more of the same kind. Publicly set down. We must not be ashamed of the way we spend our money. If our right hand is not to know what our left does, it must not be because it would be ashamed if it did.
Now I want to get a good idea of the actual amount of real suffering and misguided lives in this country. Next, I want a decent estimate of our private spending on luxuries. It seems we won’t spend more than eight hundred thousand a year on free education for men. I want to know, as closely as possible, how much we spend privately each year on free education for horses. Let’s at least avoid the criticism from Rabshakeh and make sure that for every horse we train, we also train a rider; and that the rider is at least as high-class as the horse—not a jockey, but a knight. Again, we spend eight hundred thousand, which is definitely a lot of money, on making unrefined minds sharp. I want to know how much we spend each year on making rough stones shine; that is, what the total annual amount might be from our jewelers' bills. We pay so much for free education for children—how much do we pay for free education for diamonds? And which is more profitable to brighten, the spirit or the charcoal? Let's get those two items documented with some honesty, along with a few more like them. Publicly documented. We shouldn’t be ashamed of how we spend our money. If our right hand isn’t supposed to know what our left hand is doing, it shouldn’t be because it would be embarrassed if it did.
That is, therefore, quite the first practical thing to be done. Let every man who wishes well to his country, render it yearly an account of his income, and of the main heads of his expenditure; or, if he is ashamed to do so, let him no more impute to the poor their poverty as a crime, nor set them to break stones in order to frighten them from committing it. To lose money ill is indeed often a crime; but to get it ill is a worse one, and to spend it ill, worst of all. You object, Lords of England, to increase, to the poor, the wages you give them, because they spend them, you say, unadvisedly. Render them, therefore, an account of the wages which they give you; and show them, by your example, how to spend theirs, to the last farthing advisedly.
So, the first practical thing to do is this: Every person who cares about their country should report their income and major expenses each year. If someone feels embarrassed about doing that, then they shouldn’t blame the poor for being poor, nor should they make them do hard labor just to frighten them into behaving. Losing money poorly is often a crime, but earning it poorly is worse, and wasting it is the worst of all. You, the Lords of England, object to raising the wages for the poor because you claim they spend their money foolishly. So, show them how much they pay you, and by your example, teach them how to spend their money wisely, down to the last penny.
It is indeed time to make this an acknowledged subject of instruction, to the workingman,—how to spend his wages. For, gentlemen, we must give that instruction, whether we will or no, one way or the other. We have given it in years gone by; and now we find fault with our peasantry for having been too docile, and profited too shrewdly by our tuition. Only a few days since I had a letter from the wife of a village rector, a man of common sense and kindness, who[Pg 425] was greatly troubled in his mind because it was precisely the men who got highest wages in summer that came destitute to his door in the winter. Destitute, and of riotous temper—for their method of spending wages in their period of prosperity was by sitting two days a week in the tavern parlor, ladling port wine, not out of bowls, but out of buckets. Well, gentlemen, who taught them that method of festivity? Thirty years ago, I, a most inexperienced freshman, went to my first college supper; at the head of the table sat a nobleman of high promise and of admirable powers, since dead of palsy; there also we had in the midst of us, not buckets, indeed, but bowls as large as buckets; there also, we helped ourselves with ladles. There (for this beginning of college education was compulsory), I choosing ladlefuls of punch instead of claret, because I was then able, unperceived to pour them into my waistcoat instead of down my throat, stood it out to the end, and helped to carry four of my fellow-students, one of them the son of the head of a college, head foremost, down stairs and home.
It's definitely time to recognize this as an important topic of discussion for workers—how to manage their wages. We have to provide that guidance, whether we like it or not. We've done it in the past, and now we criticize our laborers for being too compliant and taking our lessons too seriously. Just a few days ago, I received a letter from the wife of a village rector, a sensible and kind man, who[Pg 425] was really worried because it was precisely the men who earn the highest wages in summer who come to him empty-handed in the winter. They’re broke, and in bad spirits—because during their prosperous times, they spent their pay by lounging for two days a week in the tavern, pouring port wine not from bowls but from buckets. So, who taught them this way of celebrating? Thirty years ago, I was an inexperienced freshman at my first college supper. At the head of the table sat a promising nobleman with great skills, who has since died from a stroke; there, we had not buckets but bowls the size of buckets, and we served ourselves with ladles. I, choosing ladles full of punch instead of claret so I could discreetly pour them into my waistcoat instead of drinking them, managed to stay until the end and helped carry four of my fellow students, one of whom was the son of the college head, headfirst down the stairs and home.
Such things are no more; but the fruit of them remains, and will for many a day to come. The laborers whom you cannot now shut out of the ale-house are only the too faithful disciples of the gentlemen who were wont to shut themselves into the dining-room. The gentlemen have not thought it necessary, in order to correct their own habits, to diminish their incomes; and, believe me, the way to deal with your drunken workman is not to lower his wages,—but to mend his wits.[140]
Such things are gone now; but the results of those times still linger, and will for a long time to come. The workers you can’t keep out of the pub are just loyal followers of the gentlemen who used to isolate themselves in the dining room. Those gentlemen haven’t felt the need to change their spending habits to fix their own issues; and trust me, the solution for your drunken worker isn’t to cut his pay—but to help him regain his senses.[140]
And if indeed we do not yet see quite clearly how to deal with the sins of our poor brother, it is possible that our dimness of sight may still have other causes that can be cast out. There are two opposite cries of the great liberal and conservative parties, which are both most right, and worthy to be rallying cries. On their side "let every man have his chance;" on yours "let every man stand in his place." Yes, indeed, let that be so, every man in his place, and[Pg 426] every man fit for it. See that he holds that place from Heaven's Providence; and not from his family's Providence. Let the Lords Spiritual quit themselves of simony, we laymen will look after the heretics for them. Let the Lords Temporal quit themselves of nepotism, and we will take care of their authority for them. Publish for us, you soldiers, an army gazette, in which the one subject of daily intelligence shall be the grounds of promotion; a gazette which shall simply tell us, what there certainly can be no detriment to the service in our knowing, when any officer is appointed to a new command,—what his former services and successes have been,—whom he has superseded,—and on what ground. It will be always a satisfaction to us; it may sometimes be an advantage to you: and then, when there is really necessary debate respecting reduction of wages, let us always begin not with the wages of the industrious classes, but with those of the idle ones. Let there be honorary titles, if people like them; but let there be no honorary incomes.
And if we still don't clearly see how to address the mistakes of our unfortunate brother, it's possible that our lack of clarity might have other reasons that can be fixed. There are two opposing cries from the major liberal and conservative groups, both of which are entirely valid and worthy of being rallying calls. On their side, "let everyone have their chance;" on yours, "let everyone stay in their role." Yes, let that be the case—every person in their role, and every person suitable for it. Make sure they hold that role by Heaven's Providence, and not by their family's influence. Let the spiritual leaders rid themselves of wrongdoing; we'll handle the heretics for them. Let the temporal leaders do away with favoritism, and we’ll manage their authority. Soldiers, publish an army newsletter for us where the main topic of daily updates is the reasons behind promotions; a newsletter that simply informs us, which can’t harm the service, when any officer is assigned to a new position—what their previous achievements have been, whom they replaced, and on what basis. It will always satisfy us; it may sometimes benefit you: and when it's time to seriously discuss wage cuts, let’s always start with the wages of the idle, not the hard-working. If people want honorary titles, fine; but let's not have honorary paychecks.
So much for the master's motto, "Every man in his place." Next for the laborer's motto, "Every man his chance." Let us mend that for them a little, and say, "Every man his certainty"—certainty, that if he does well, he will be honored, and aided, and advanced in such degree as may be fitting for his faculty and consistent with his peace; and equal certainty that if he does ill, he will by sure justice be judged, and by sure punishment be chastised; if it may be, corrected; and if that may not be, condemned. That is the right reading of the Republican motto, "Every man his chance." And then, with such a system of government, pure, watchful and just, you may approach your great problem of national education, or in other words, of national employment. For all education begins in work. What we think, or what we know; or what we believe, is in the end, of little consequence. The only thing of consequence is what we do; and for man, woman, or child, the first point of education is to make them do their best. It is the law of good economy to make the best of everything. How much more to make the best of every creature! Therefore, when your[Pg 427] pauper comes to you and asks for bread, ask of him instantly—What faculty have you? What can you do best? Can you drive a nail into wood? Go and mend the parish fences. Can you lay a brick? Mend the walls of the cottages where the wind comes in. Can you lift a spadeful of earth? Turn this field up three feet deep all over. Can you only drag a weight with your shoulders? Stand at the bottom of this hill and help up the overladen horses. Can you weld iron and chisel stone? Fortify this wreck-strewn coast into a harbor; and change these shifting sands into fruitful ground. Wherever death was, bring life; that is to be your work; that your parish refuge; that your education. So and no otherwise can we meet existent distress. But for the continual education of the whole people, and for their future happiness, they must have such consistent employment as shall develop all the powers of the fingers, and the limbs, and the brain: and that development is only to be obtained by hand-labor, of which you have these four great divisions—hand-labor on the earth, hand-labor on the sea, hand-labor in art, hand-labor in war. Of the last two of these I cannot speak to-night, and of the first two only with extreme brevity.
So much for the master's motto, "Every man in his place." Next comes the laborer's motto, "Every man his chance." Let's tweak that a bit and say, "Every man his certainty"—certainty that if he works hard, he will be recognized, supported, and promoted in a way that suits his abilities and respects his well-being; and equal certainty that if he does poorly, he will be judged fairly, and receive appropriate punishment; if possible, correction; and if that’s not feasible, condemnation. That’s how we properly interpret the Republican motto, "Every man his chance." With a government that is pure, vigilant, and fair, you can tackle the important issue of national education, or, in other words, national employment. Because all education starts with work. What we think, what we know, or what we believe ultimately doesn’t matter much. The only thing that truly matters is what we do; and for everyone—man, woman, or child—the first step in education is to encourage them to do their best. It’s essential to make the most of everything. How much more important it is to make the best of every individual! So, when a[Pg 427] poor person comes to you asking for food, immediately ask them—What skills do you have? What can you do well? Can you drive a nail into wood? Go repair the parish fences. Can you lay bricks? Fix the walls of the cottages where the wind gets in. Can you lift a shovel of dirt? Turn this field over three feet deep all around. Can you only pull something heavy? Stand at the bottom of this hill and help the overloaded horses. Can you weld iron and carve stone? Fortify this coast littered with wreckage into a harbor; and turn these shifting sands into fertile land. Wherever there was death, bring life; that’s your job; that’s your parish's support; that’s your education. This is the only way we can address current hardship. However, for the ongoing education of the entire population and for their future happiness, they need consistent work that develops all their physical and mental abilities. And that development can only be achieved through manual labor, which breaks down into these four major areas—manual labor on land, manual labor at sea, manual labor in the arts, and manual labor in warfare. I can't discuss the last two tonight, and I’ll only touch briefly on the first two.
I. Hand-labor on the earth, the work of the husbandman and of the shepherd;—to dress the earth and to keep the flocks of it—the first task of man, and the final one—the education always of noblest lawgivers, kings and teachers; the education of Hesiod, of Moses, of David, of all the true strength of Rome; and all its tenderness: the pride of Cincinnatus, and the inspiration of Virgil. Hand-labor on the earth, and the harvest of it brought forth with singing:—not steam-piston labor on the earth, and the harvest of it brought forth with steam-whistling. You will have no prophet's voice accompanied by that shepherd's pipe, and pastoral symphony. Do you know that lately, in Cumberland, in the chief pastoral district of England—in Wordsworth's own home—a procession of villagers on their festa day provided for themselves, by way of music, a steam-plough whistling at the head of them.
I. Manual labor on the land, the work of the farmer and the shepherd—to cultivate the earth and tend to its flocks—is both the first and the last task of humanity. It has always shaped the greatest lawmakers, leaders, and teachers; the education of Hesiod, Moses, David, and all the great strength of Rome, along with its compassion: the pride of Cincinnatus and the inspiration of Virgil. Manual labor on the land, and the harvest brought in with song—not machine-driven labor on the land, with the harvest produced alongside mechanical noise. You won’t hear a prophet’s voice mingled with a shepherd’s pipe and pastoral music. Recently, in Cumberland, England's main pastoral area—Wordsworth's own home—a procession of villagers on their festival day included, as their music, a steam plow whistling at the front of the parade.
Give me patience while I put the principle of machine[Pg 428] labor before you, as clearly and in as short compass as possible; it is one that should be known at this juncture. Suppose a farming proprietor needs to employ a hundred men on his estate, and that the labor of these hundred men is enough, but not more than enough, to till all his land, and to raise from it food for his own family, and for the hundred laborers. He is obliged, under such circumstances, to maintain all the men in moderate comfort, and can only by economy accumulate much for himself. But, suppose he contrive a machine that will easily do the work of fifty men, with only one man to watch it. This sounds like a great advance in civilization. The farmer of course gets his machine made, turns off the fifty men, who may starve or emigrate at their choice, and now he can keep half of the produce of his estate, which formerly went to feed them, all to himself. That is the essential and constant operation of machinery among us at this moment.
Give me a moment to clearly explain the principle of machine[Pg 428] labor in a straightforward way; it's important to understand this now. Imagine a farm owner needs to hire a hundred workers for his land, and their labor is just enough to cultivate all his fields and produce food for his family and the hundred workers. In this situation, he has to support all the workers with a decent living, and he can only save a little for himself by being frugal. Now, suppose he invents a machine that can do the work of fifty men, requiring only one person to oversee it. This seems like a major breakthrough in civilization. The farmer gets the machine built, lets go of the fifty workers who might either starve or move away, and now he can keep half of the produce from his estate, which he used to share with them, all for himself. This is the fundamental and ongoing effect of machinery in our society right now.
Nay, it is at first answered; no man can in reality keep half the produce of an estate to himself, nor can he in the end keep more than his own human share of anything; his riches must diffuse themselves at some time; he must maintain somebody else with them, however he spends them. That is mainly true (not altogether so), for food and fuel are in ordinary circumstances personally wasted by rich people, in quantities which would save many lives. One of my own great luxuries, for instance, is candlelight—and I probably burn, for myself alone, as many candles during the winter, as would comfort the old eyes, or spare the young ones, of a whole rushlighted country village. Still, it is mainly true, that it is not by their personal waste that rich people prevent the lives of the poor. This is the way they do it. Let me go back to my farmer. He has got his machine made, which goes creaking, screaming, and occasionally exploding, about modern Arcadia. He has turned off his fifty men to starve. Now, at some distance from his own farm, there is another on which the laborers were working for their bread in the same way, by tilling the land. The machinist sends over to these, saying—"I have got food enough for you without your digging or ploughing any more. I can maintain you in other occupations instead[Pg 429] of ploughing that land; if you rake in its gravel you will find some hard stones—you shall grind those on mills till they glitter; then, my wife shall wear a necklace of them. Also, if you turn up the meadows below you will find some fine white clay, of which you shall make a porcelain service for me: and the rest of the farm I want for pasture for horses for my carriage—and you shall groom them, and some of you ride behind the carriage with staves in your hands, and I will keep you much fatter for doing that than you can keep yourselves by digging."
No, to start with, it’s clear that no one can truly keep half the output of a property to themselves, nor can anyone ultimately hold on to more than their fair share of anything; their wealth has to spread out at some point; they have to support someone else with it, no matter how they spend it. This is mostly true (though not entirely), because the wealthy often personally waste food and fuel in such large amounts that they could save many lives. For example, one of my own major luxuries is using candles—and I probably burn enough candles just for myself during the winter to light up a whole village that relies on rushlights. Still, it’s mostly true that it's not just their personal waste that keeps the poor from surviving. Here’s how it happens. Let me return to my farmer. He’s got this machine that creaks, screams, and sometimes even explodes as it moves through modern Arcadia. He’s let go of fifty men, leaving them to starve. Now, not far from his own farm, there’s another farm where the laborers were just trying to make a living by working the land. The machinist reaches out to them, saying—“I have enough food for you without you needing to dig or plow anymore. I can support you in other jobs instead of farming this land; if you sift through the gravel, you’ll find some hard stones—you can grind those on mills until they shine; then my wife will have a necklace made from them. Also, if you dig up the meadows below, you’ll find some fine white clay, which you can turn into a porcelain set for me: and I need the rest of the farm for pasture for horses for my carriage—and you’ll take care of them, and some of you will ride behind the carriage with sticks in your hands, and I will keep you much better fed doing that than you could by digging.”
Well—but it is answered, are we to have no diamonds, nor china, nor pictures, nor footmen, then—but all to be farmers? I am not saying what we ought to do, I want only to show you with perfect clearness first what we are doing; and that, I repeat, is the upshot of machine-contriving in this country. And observe its effect on the national strength. Without machines, you have a hundred and fifty yeomen ready to join for defence of the land. You get your machine, starve fifty of them, make diamond-cutters or footmen of as many more, and for your national defence against an enemy, you have now, and can have, only fifty men, instead of a hundred and fifty; these also now with minds much alienated from you as their chief,[141] and the rest, lapidaries or footmen; and a steam plough.
Well—but it's been answered: are we really going to have no diamonds, no china, no art, and no footmen, just to become all farmers? I’m not saying what we should do; I just want to show you clearly what we are doing; and that, I repeat, is the result of machine making in this country. And notice how it affects our national strength. Without machines, you have one hundred and fifty farmers ready to defend the land. You get your machine, starve fifty of them, turn as many more into diamond-cutters or footmen, and for your national defense against an enemy, you now have, and can have, only fifty men instead of one hundred and fifty; these men also now have minds that are much more disconnected from you as their leader,[141] and the rest, lapidaries or footmen; and a steam plow.
That is one effect of machinery; but at all events, if we have thus lost in men, we have gained in riches; instead of happy human souls, we have at least got pictures, china, horses, and are ourselves better off than we were before. But very often, and in much of our machine-contriving, even that result does not follow. We are not one whit the richer for the machine, we only employ it for our amusement. For observe, our gaining in riches depends on the men who are out of employment consenting to be starved, or sent out of the country. But suppose they do not consent passively to be starved, but some of them become criminals, and have to be taken charge of and fed at a much greater cost than if[Pg 430] they were at work, and, others, paupers, rioters, and the like, then you attain the real outcome of modern wisdom and ingenuity. You have your hundred men honestly at country work; but you don't like the sight of human beings in your fields; you like better to see a smoking kettle. You pay, as an amateur, for that pleasure, and you employ your fifty men in picking oakum, or begging, rioting, and thieving.
That’s one consequence of machinery; but regardless, if we’ve lost people, we’ve gained wealth. Instead of having joyful human beings, we at least have paintings, china, horses, and are overall better off than we were before. However, often in designing our machines, we don’t even see that benefit. We aren’t any richer from the machines; we just use them for our entertainment. Notice that our increase in wealth relies on the unemployed agreeing to be starved or sent out of the country. But what if they don’t willingly accept being starved? Some might turn to crime, which costs much more to manage and feed than if[Pg 430] they were working. Others might become impoverished, riotous, and so on; then you see the true result of modern wisdom and ingenuity. You have your hundred men diligently working in the country, but you prefer not to see people in your fields; you'd rather watch a steaming kettle. You pay for that pleasure as a hobby, employing your fifty men to pick oakum, or to beg, riot, and steal.
By hand-labor, therefore, and that alone, we are to till the ground. By hand-labor also to plough the sea; both for food, and in commerce, and in war: not with floating kettles there neither, but with hempen bridle, and the winds of heaven in harness. That is the way the power of Greece rose on her Egean, the power of Venice on her Adria, of Amalfi in her blue bay, of the Norman sea-riders from the North Cape to Sicily:—so, your own dominion also of the past. Of the past mind you. On the Baltic and the Nile, your power is already departed. By machinery you would advance to discovery; by machinery you would carry your commerce;—you would be engineers instead of sailors; and instantly in the North seas you are beaten among the ice, and before the very Gods of Nile, beaten among the sand. Agriculture, then, by the hand or by the plough drawn only by animals; and shepherd and pastoral husbandry, are to be the chief schools of Englishmen. And this most royal academy of all academies you have to open over all the land, purifying your heaths and hills, and waters, and keeping them full of every kind of lovely natural organism, in tree, herb, and living creature. All land that is waste and ugly, you must redeem into ordered fruitfulness; all ruin, desolateness, imperfectness of hut or habitation, you must do away with; and throughout every village and city of your English dominion there must not be a hand that cannot find a helper, nor a heart that cannot find a comforter.
By manual labor, and that alone, we are to cultivate the land. By manual labor, we also plow the sea; both for food, commerce, and war: not with floating pots, but with hemp ropes and the winds of the sky. That’s how the power of Greece grew on the Aegean, the power of Venice on the Adriatic, of Amalfi in her blue bay, and of the Norman sea riders from the North Cape to Sicily:—so, too, your own dominion of the past. Of the past, mind you. On the Baltic and the Nile, your power has already faded. Through machinery, you would progress to discovery; through machinery, you would transport your goods;—you would be engineers instead of sailors; and immediately in the North seas, you are overwhelmed by the ice, and before the very gods of the Nile, defeated in the sand. Agriculture, then, should be done by hand or by plows drawn only by animals; and shepherding and pastoral farming are to be the main foundations for Englishmen. And this most royal academy of all academies you have to establish across the land, purifying your heaths and hills and waters, and keeping them filled with every kind of beautiful living organism—trees, herbs, and creatures. All land that is barren and ugly, you must transform into productive beauty; all ruin, desolation, and imperfection of huts or homes, you must eliminate; and throughout every village and city of your English dominion, there must not be a hand that cannot find help, nor a heart that cannot find comfort.
"How impossible!" I know, you are thinking. Ah! So far from impossible, it is easy, it is natural, it is necessary, and I declare to you that, sooner or later, it must be done, at our peril. If now our English lords of land will fix this idea steadily before them; take the people to their hearts, trust[Pg 431] to their loyalty, lead their labor;—then indeed there will be princes again in the midst of us, worthy of the island throne,
"How impossible!" I know what you're thinking. Ah! It's actually far from impossible; it’s easy, it’s natural, it’s necessary, and I assure you that, sooner or later, it must be done, or it will be to our detriment. If our English landowners now keep this idea firmly in mind; embrace the people, trust[Pg 431] their loyalty, lead their efforts;—then truly, there will be princes among us once again, deserving of the island throne,
This natural fortress created by nature for herself
Against infection and the threat of war; This precious stone set in the silver sea; This joyful group of people—this small world:
This other Eden—Demi-Paradise.
But if they refuse to do this, and hesitate and equivocate, clutching through the confused catastrophe of all things only at what they can still keep stealthily for themselves—their doom is nearer than even their adversaries hope, and it will be deeper than even their despisers dream.
But if they refuse to do this, and hesitate and avoid making a decision, desperately trying to hold on to whatever they can still secretly keep for themselves—their end is closer than their enemies expect, and it will be worse than even their haters can imagine.
That, believe me, is the work you have to do in England; and out of England you have room for everything else you care to do. Are her dominions in the world so narrow that she can find no place to spin cotton in but Yorkshire? We may organize emigration into an infinite power. We may assemble troops of the more adventurous and ambitious of our youth; we may send them on truest foreign service, founding new seats of authority, and centres of thought, in uncultivated and unconquered lands; retaining the full affection to the native country no less in our colonists than in our armies, teaching them to maintain allegiance to their fatherland in labor no less than in battle; aiding them with free hand in the prosecution of discovery, and the victory over adverse natural powers; establishing seats of every manufacture in the climates and places best fitted for it, and bringing ourselves into due alliance and harmony of skill with the dexterities of every race, and the wisdoms of every tradition and every tongue.
That, believe me, is the work you need to do in England; and outside of England, you have space for everything else you want to do. Are her territories in the world so small that she can only find a place to spin cotton in Yorkshire? We can organize emigration into an immense force. We can gather groups of the more adventurous and ambitious young people; we can send them on true foreign missions, establishing new centers of authority and thought in untamed and unconquered lands; keeping the same love for their homeland in our settlers as in our armies, teaching them to remain loyal to their country through work just as much as through battle; supporting them generously in the pursuit of discovery and victories over tough natural challenges; setting up manufacturing hubs in climates and locations best suited for it, and connecting ourselves with the skills of every race, and the wisdom of every tradition and language.
And then you may make England itself the centre of the learning, of the arts, of the courtesies and felicities of the world. Yon may cover her mountains with pasture; her plains with corn, her valleys with the lily, and her gardens with the rose. You may bring together there in peace the[Pg 434][Pg 432] wise and the pure, and the gentle of the earth, and by their word, command through its farthest darkness the birth of "God's first creature, which was Light." You know whose words those are; the words of the wisest of Englishmen. He, and with him the wisest of all other great nations, have spoken always to men of this hope, and they would not hear. Plato, in the dialogue of Critias, his last, broken off at his death—Pindar, in passionate singing of the fortunate islands—Virgil, in the prophetic tenth eclogue—Bacon, in his fable of the New Atlantis—More, in the book which, too impatiently wise, became the bye-word of fools—these, all, have told us with one voice what we should strive to attain; they not hopeless of it, but for our follies forced, as it seems, by heaven, to tell us only partly and in parables, lest we should hear them and obey.
And then you could make England the center of learning, the arts, and the kindness and happiness of the world. You can cover her mountains with pastures, her plains with crops, her valleys with lilies, and her gardens with roses. You can bring together the wise, the pure, and the gentle people of the earth in peace, and through their words, command the emergence of "God's first creature, which was Light," even in its darkest corners. You know whose words those are; they're the words of the wisest Englishman. He, along with the wisest from all other great nations, have always spoken to humanity about this hope, yet they wouldn't listen. Plato, in his final dialogue, Critias, which was cut short by his death—Pindar, in his passionate songs of the fortunate islands—Virgil, in the prophetic tenth eclogue—Bacon, in his fable of the New Atlantis—More, in the book that was too impatiently wise, becoming the catchphrase of fools—these figures have all told us in unison what we should strive to achieve; they are not without hope, but it seems we are forced by heaven to hear only part of the message and in parables, lest we actually listen and act on it.
Shall we never listen to the words of these wisest of men? Then listen at least to the words of your children—let us in the lips of babes and sucklings find our strength; and see that we do not make them mock instead of pray, when we teach them, night and morning, to ask for what we believe never can be granted;—that the will of the Father,—which is, that His creatures may be righteous and happy—should be done, on earth, as it is in Heaven.
Shall we never pay attention to the words of these wisest men? Then at least listen to the words of your children—let's find our strength in the mouths of little ones; and make sure we don't turn them into skeptics instead of believers when we teach them, night and morning, to ask for what we think can never be given;—that the will of the Father—which is for His creatures to be righteous and happy—should be done, on earth, as it is in Heaven.
FOOTNOTES:
NOTES ON THE POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PRUSSIA.
I am often accused of inconsistency; but believe myself defensible against the charge with respect to what I have said on nearly every subject except that of war. It is impossible for me to write consistently of war, for the groups of facts I have gathered about it lead me to two precisely opposite conclusions.
I often get accused of being inconsistent; however, I think I can defend myself against that accusation regarding almost every topic except for war. It's impossible for me to write consistently about war because the facts I've collected about it lead me to two completely opposite conclusions.
When I find this the case, in other matters, I am silent, till I can choose my conclusion: but, with respect to war, I am forced to speak, by the necessities of the time; and forced to act, one way or another. The conviction on which I act is, that it causes an incalculable amount of avoidable human suffering, and that it ought to cease among Christian nations; and if therefore any of my boy-friends desire to be soldiers, I try my utmost to bring them into what I conceive to be a better mind. But, on the other hand, I know certainly that the most beautiful characters yet developed among men have been formed in war;—that all great nations have been warrior nations, and that the only kinds of peace which we are likely to get in the present age are ruinous alike to the intellect, and the heart.
When I find this to be the case in other matters, I usually stay quiet until I can decide my conclusion. But when it comes to war, I feel compelled to speak up because of the urgent circumstances, and I have to take some action. My belief is that war brings about an unimaginable amount of unnecessary human suffering, and it should end among Christian nations. So, if any of my young friends want to become soldiers, I do my best to persuade them to think differently. However, I also understand that some of the most admirable people have emerged from war—that all great nations have been warrior nations—and that the only types of peace we’re likely to see today are detrimental to both the intellect and the heart.
The lecture on "War," in this volume, addressed to young soldiers, had for its object to strengthen their trust in the virtue of their profession. It is inconsistent with itself, in its closing appeal to women, praying them to use their influence to bring wars to an end. And I have been hindered from completing my long intended notes on the economy of the Kings of Prussia by continually increasing doubt how far the machinery[Pg 436] and discipline of war, under which they learned the art of government, was essential for such lesson; and what the honesty and sagacity of the Friedrich who so nobly repaired his ruined Prussia, might have done for the happiness of his Prussia, unruined.
The lecture on "War" in this volume, aimed at young soldiers, was meant to boost their confidence in the value of their profession. However, it contradicts itself in its final appeal to women, urging them to use their influence to stop wars. I've also been unable to finish my long-planned notes on the economy of the Kings of Prussia because of growing uncertainty about how necessary the systems[Pg 436] and discipline of war were for learning governance, and what the integrity and insight of Friedrich, who so commendably restored his devastated Prussia, could have achieved for the happiness of his Prussia, had it remained untouched.
In war, however, or in peace, the character which Carlyle chiefly loves him for, and in which Carlyle has shown him to differ from all kings up to this time succeeding him, is his constant purpose to use every power entrusted to him for the good of his people; and be, not in name only, but in heart and hand, their king.
In both war and peace, the quality Carlyle admires most in him, and which sets him apart from all previous kings, is his unwavering commitment to use every power he has for the benefit of his people; to genuinely be their king, not just in title but in spirit and action.
Not in ambition, but in natural instinct of duty. Friedrich, born to govern, determines to govern to the best of his faculty. That "best" may sometimes be unwise; and self-will, or love of glory, may have their oblique hold on his mind, and warp it this way or that; but they are never principal with him. He believes that war is necessary, and maintains it; sees that peace is necessary, and calmly persists in the work of it to the day of his death, not claiming therein more praise than the head of any ordinary household, who rules it simply because it is his place, and he must not yield the mastery of it to another.
Not out of ambition, but from a natural sense of duty. Friedrich, born to lead, decides to lead to the best of his ability. That "best" might sometimes be unwise, and stubbornness, or a desire for glory, might influence his thoughts, swaying them this way or that; but they are never his main focus. He believes that war is necessary and follows through on it; he recognizes that peace is essential and steadily works towards it until the end of his life, not seeking any more praise than the head of an average household, who manages it simply because it is his role, and he must not let anyone else take charge.
How far, in the future, it may be possible for men to gain the strength necessary for kingship without either fronting death, or inflicting it, seems to me not at present determinable. The historical facts are that, broadly speaking, none but soldiers, or persons with a soldierly faculty, have ever yet shown themselves fit to be kings; and that no other men are so gentle, so just, or so clear-sighted. Wordsworth's character of the happy warrior cannot be reached in the height of it but by a warrior; nay, so much is it beyond common strength that I had supposed the entire meaning of it to be metaphorical, until one of the best soldiers of England himself read me the poem,[142] and taught me, what I might have known, had I enough watched his own life, that it was entirely literal. There is nothing of so high reach distinctly demonstrable in Friedrich: but I see more and more, as I[Pg 437] grow older, that the things which are the most worth, encumbered among the errors and faults of every man's nature, are never clearly demonstrable; and are often most forcible when they are scarcely distinct to his own conscience,—how much less, clamorous for recognition by others!
How far into the future it may be possible for people to gain the strength needed for kingship without facing death or causing it is something I can't determine right now. Historically speaking, it seems that only soldiers or those with soldier-like qualities have ever truly proven themselves worthy of being kings; no other group of people is as gentle, just, or clear-sighted. Wordsworth's description of the happy warrior can only be attained at its fullest by a warrior; in fact, it's such a high standard that I once believed the entire idea was metaphorical until one of England's best soldiers read me the poem,[142] and revealed to me, something I should have realized had I paid enough attention to his own life, that it was completely literal. There's nothing of such high reach that can be clearly shown in Friedrich: but as I[Pg 437] get older, I notice more and more that the things which are truly valuable, weighed down by the faults and flaws of human nature, are never clearly demonstrable; and they are often most powerful when they are hardly even recognized by one’s own conscience—let alone clamoring for acknowledgment from others!
Nothing can be more beautiful than Carlyle's showing of this, to any careful reader of Friedrich. But careful readers are but one in the thousand; and by the careless, the masses of detail with which the historian must deal are insurmountable.
Nothing is more beautiful than Carlyle's presentation of this to any attentive reader of Friedrich. However, attentive readers are rare, and for the careless, the overwhelming amounts of detail that the historian has to manage are insurmountable.
My own notes, made for the special purpose of hunting down the one point of economy, though they cruelly spoil Carlyle's own current and method of thought, may yet be useful in enabling readers, unaccustomed to books involving so vast a range of conception, to discern what, on this one subject only, may be gathered from that history. On any other subject of importance, similar gatherings might be made of other passages. The historian has to deal with all at once.
My notes, created specifically to pinpoint a single aspect of economy, might disrupt Carlyle's current thoughts and methods, but they could still help readers who aren't used to books with such a broad range of ideas understand what can be learned about this one topic from that history. Similar insights could be drawn from other passages on different important subjects. The historian has to address everything simultaneously.
I therefore have determined to print here, as a sequel to the Essay on War, my notes from the first volume of Friedrich, on the economies of Brandenburg, up to the date of the establishment of the Prussian monarchy. The economies of the first three Kings of Prussia I shall then take up in Fors Clavigera, finding them fitter for examination in connection with the subject of that book than of this.
I have decided to publish my notes from the first volume of Friedrich on the economies of Brandenburg here, as a follow-up to the Essay on War, covering the period up to the establishment of the Prussian monarchy. I will discuss the economies of the first three Kings of Prussia in Fors Clavigera, as they are more suitable for that book's topic than for this one.
I assume, that the reader will take down his first volume of Carlyle, and read attentively the passages to which I refer him. I give the reference first to the largest edition, in six volumes (1858-1865); then, in parenthesis, to the smallest or "people's edition" (1872-1873). The pieces which I have quoted in my own text are for the use of readers who may not have ready access to the book; and are enough for the explanation of the points to which I wish them to direct their thoughts in reading such histories of soldiers or soldier-kingdoms.[Pg 438]
I expect that the reader will pick up the first volume of Carlyle and carefully read the sections I reference. I first mention the largest edition, which consists of six volumes (1858-1865); then, in parentheses, I note the smallest or "people's edition" (1872-1873). The excerpts I included in my text are for readers who might not have easy access to the book and are sufficient to clarify the points I want them to consider while reading about histories of soldiers or soldier-kingdoms.[Pg 438]
I.
Year 928 to 936.—Dawn of Order in Christian Germany.
Year 928 to 936.—The Beginning of Order in Christian Germany.
Book II. Chap. i. p. 67 (47).
Book II. Chap. i. p. 67 (47).
Henry the Fowler, "the beginning of German kings," is a mighty soldier in the cause of peace; his essential work the building and organization of fortified towns for the protection of men.
Henry the Fowler, "the beginning of German kings," is a powerful soldier for the sake of peace; his main achievement is the construction and organization of fortified towns for the safety of people.
Read page 72 with utmost care (51), "He fortified towns," to end of small print. I have added some notes on the matter in my lecture on Giovanni Pisano; but whether you can glance at them or not, fix in your mind this institution of truly civil or civic building in Germany, as distinct from the building of baronial castles for the security of robbers: and of a standing army consisting of every ninth man, called a "burgher" ("townsman")—a soldier, appointed to learn that profession that he may guard the walls—the exact reverse of our notion of a burgher.
Read page 72 carefully (51), "He fortified towns," to the end of the small print. I've added some notes on this topic in my lecture on Giovanni Pisano; but whether you can check them out or not, make sure to remember this concept of true civic building in Germany, which is different from the construction of baronial castles meant for the safety of thieves: and a standing army made up of every ninth man, called a "burgher" ("townsman")—a soldier trained for that role so he can protect the walls—which is the complete opposite of our idea of a burgher.
Frederick's final idea of his army is, indeed, only this.
Frederick's last thought about his army is really just this.
Brannibor, a chief fortress of the Wends, is thus taken, and further strengthened by Henry the Fowler; wardens appointed for it; and thus the history of Brandenburg begins. On all frontiers, also, this "beginning of German kings" has his "Markgraf." "Ancient of the marked place." Read page 73, measuredly, learning it by heart, if it may be. (51-2.)
Brannibor, a key stronghold of the Wends, is taken and further reinforced by Henry the Fowler; appointed wardens oversee it; and so the history of Brandenburg begins. Along all borders, this "beginning of German kings" has his "Markgraf." "Ancient of the marked place." Read page 73 carefully, trying to memorize it if possible. (51-2.)
II.
936-1000.—History of Nascent Brandenburg.
936-1000.—History of Early Brandenburg.
The passage I last desired you to read ends with this sentence: "The sea-wall you build, and what main floodgates you establish in it, will depend on the state of the outer sea."
The passage I last asked you to read ends with this sentence: "The sea wall you build and the main floodgates you set up will depend on the condition of the outer sea."
From this time forward you have to keep clearly separate[Pg 439] in your minds, (A) the history of that outer sea, Pagan Scandinavia, Russia, and Bor-Russia, or Prussia proper; (B) the history of Henry the Fowler's Eastern and Western Marches; asserting themselves gradually as Austria and the Netherlands; and (C) the history of this inconsiderable fortress of Brandenburg, gradually becoming considerable, and the capital city of increasing district between them. That last history, however, Carlyle is obliged to leave vague and gray for two hundred years after Henry's death. Absolutely dim for the first century, in which nothing is evident but that its wardens or Markgraves had no peaceable possession of the place. Read the second paragraph in page 74 (52-3), "in old books" to "reader," and the first in page 83 (59) "meanwhile" to "substantial," consecutively. They bring the story of Brandenburg itself down, at any rate, from 936 to 1000.
From now on, you need to keep separate in your minds[Pg 439] (A) the history of that outer sea, Pagan Scandinavia, Russia, and Bor-Russia, or Prussia proper; (B) the history of Henry the Fowler's Eastern and Western Marches, which gradually became Austria and the Netherlands; and (C) the history of this small fortress of Brandenburg, which slowly became significant and the capital city of the expanding region between them. However, Carlyle has to leave the last history vague and uncertain for two hundred years after Henry's death. The first century is completely unclear, with nothing evident except that its wardens or Markgraves had no peaceful control of the area. Read the second paragraph on page 74 (52-3), from "in old books" to "reader," and the first on page 83 (59), from "meanwhile" to "substantial," sequentially. They provide the story of Brandenburg itself, at least, from 936 to 1000.
III.
936-1000.—State of the Outer Sea.
936-1000.—Condition of the Outer Sea.
Read now Chapter II. beginning at page 76 (54), wherein you will get account of the beginning of vigorous missionary work on the outer sea, in Prussia proper; of the death of St. Adalbert, and of the purchase of his dead body by the Duke of Poland.
Read now Chapter II, starting on page 76 (54), where you'll find the account of the start of strong missionary efforts on the open sea, in Prussia proper; the death of St. Adalbert; and the Duke of Poland's purchase of his body.
You will not easily understand Carlyle's laugh in this chapter, unless you have learned yourself to laugh in sadness, and to laugh in love.
You won’t easily get Carlyle's laugh in this chapter unless you’ve learned to laugh through sadness and to laugh with love.
"No Czech blows his pipe in the woodlands without certain precautions and preliminary fuglings of a devotional nature." (Imagine St. Adalbert, in spirit, at the railway station in Birmingham!)
"No Czech plays his pipe in the woods without taking some precautions and doing some warm-up tunes that have a spiritual vibe." (Imagine St. Adalbert, in spirit, at the train station in Birmingham!)
My own main point for notice in the chapter is the purchase of his body for its "weight in gold." Swindling angels held it up in the scales; it did not weigh so much as a web of gossamer. "Had such excellent odor, too, and came for a mere nothing of gold," says Carlyle. It is one of the first commercial transactions of Germany, but I regret the conduct[Pg 440] of the angels on the occasion. Evangelicalism has been proud of ceasing to invest in relics, its swindling angels helping it to better things, as it supposes. For my own part, I believe Christian Germany could not have bought at this time any treasure more precious; nevertheless, the missionary work itself you find is wholly vain. The difference of opinion between St. Adalbert and the Wends, on Divine matters, does not signify to the Fates. They will not have it disputed about; and end the dispute adversely, to St. Adalbert—adversely, even, to Brandenburg and its civilizing power, as you will immediately see.
My main takeaway from this chapter is the idea of purchasing his body for its "weight in gold." Deceitful angels weighed it in the scales, and it didn't even measure up to a strand of gossamer. "It had such a wonderful scent, too, and cost next to nothing in gold," says Carlyle. This is one of the earliest commercial transactions in Germany, but I dislike how the angels behaved during this event. Evangelicalism has taken pride in moving away from investing in relics, believing that these deceitful angels are leading them to better things. Personally, I think Christian Germany couldn't have acquired anything more valuable at this time; however, you'll find that the missionary work itself is completely pointless. The disagreement between St. Adalbert and the Wends over divine matters doesn't matter to the Fates. They won't allow for any disputes and will settle the conflict unfavorably for St. Adalbert — even unfavorably for Brandenburg and its civilizing influence, as you will soon see.
IV.
1000-1030.—History of Brandenburg in Trouble.
1000-1030.—Brandenburg's History in Trouble.
Book II. Chap. iii. p. 83 (59).
Book II. Chap. iii. p. 83 (59).
The adventures of Brandenburg in contest with Pagan Prussia, irritated, rather than amended, by St. Adalbert. In 1023, roughly, a hundred years after Henry the Fowler's death, Brandenburg is taken by the Wends, and its first line of Markgraves ended; its population mostly butchered, especially the priests; and the Wends' God, Triglaph, "something like three whales' cubs combined by boiling," set up on the top of St. Mary's Hill.
The adventures of Brandenburg in its struggle against Pagan Prussia, aggravated rather than resolved by St. Adalbert. Around 1023, about a hundred years after Henry the Fowler's death, the Wends took Brandenburg, marking the end of its first line of Markgraves; its population was mostly massacred, particularly the priests; and the Wends' God, Triglaph, "something like three whale cubs combined by boiling," was erected on top of St. Mary's Hill.
Here is an adverse "Doctrine of the Trinity" which has its supporters! It is wonderful,—this Tripod and Triglyph—three-footed, three-cut faith of the North and South, the leaf of the oxalis, and strawberry, and clover, fostering the same in their simple manner. I suppose it to be the most savage and natural of notions about Deity; a prismatic idol-shape of Him, rude as a triangular log, as a trefoil grass. I do not find how long Triglaph held his state on St. Mary's Hill. "For a time," says Carlyle, "the priests all slain or fled—shadowy Markgraves the like—church and state lay in ashes, and Triglaph, like a triple porpoise under the influence of laudanum, stood, I know not whether on his head or his tail, aloft on the Harlungsberg, as the Supreme of this Universe for the time being."[Pg 441]
Here is an opposing "Doctrine of the Trinity" that has its supporters! It's amazing—this Tripod and Triglyph—three-legged, three-part belief from the North and South, like the leaves of oxalis, strawberries, and clover, nurturing the same in their simple way. I think it's one of the most primitive and natural concepts of God; a colorful idol shape of Him, as rough as a triangular log or clover. I don’t know how long Triglaph ruled on St. Mary's Hill. "For a time," says Carlyle, "the priests all slain or fled—shadowy Markgraves the like—church and state lay in ashes, and Triglaph, like a triple porpoise under the influence of laudanum, stood, I don’t know whether on his head or his tail, up high on the Harlungsberg, as the Supreme of this Universe for the time being."[Pg 441]
V.
1030-1130.—Brandenburg under the Ditmarsch Markgraves, or Ditmarsch-Stade Markgraves.
1030-1130.—Brandenburg under the Ditmarsch Markgraves, or Ditmarsch-Stade Markgraves.
Book II. Chap. iii. p. 85 (60).
Book II. Chap. iii. p. 85 (60).
Of Anglish, or Saxon breed. They attack Brandenburg, under its Triglyphic protector, take it—dethrone him, and hold the town for a hundred years, their history "stamped beneficially on the face of things, Markgraf after Markgraf getting killed in the business. 'Erschlagen,' 'slain,' fighting with the Heathen—say the old books, and pass on to another." If we allow seven years to Triglaph—we get a clear century for these—as above indicated. They die out in 1130.
Of English or Saxon descent. They attack Brandenburg, under its Triglyphic protector, take it, dethrone him, and hold the town for a hundred years, their history "marked positively on the face of things, Markgraf after Markgraf dying in the process. 'Erschlagen,' 'slain,' battling with the Heathen—say the old books, and move on to another." If we allow seven years for Triglaph, we get a clear century for these, as mentioned above. They die out in 1130.
VI.
1130-1170.—Brandenburg under Albert the Bear.
1130-1170.—Brandenburg under Albert the Bear.
Book II. Chap iv. p. 91 (64).
Book II. Chap iv. p. 91 (64).
He is the first of the Ascanien Markgraves, whose castle of Ascanica is on the northern slope of the Hartz Mountains, "ruins still dimly traceable."
He is the first of the Ascanian Margraves, whose castle Ascanica is on the northern slope of the Harz Mountains, "ruins still vaguely visible."
There had been no soldier or king of note among the Ditmarsch Markgraves, so that you will do well to fix in your mind successively the three men, Henry the Fowler, St. Adalbert, and Albert the Bear. A soldier again, and a strong one. Named the Bear only from the device on his shield, first wholly definite Markgraf of Brandenburg that there is, "and that the luckiest of events for Brandenburg." Read page 93 (66) carefully, and note this of his economies.
There hadn't been any notable soldier or king among the Ditmarscher Markgraves, so it's important to remember the three men: Henry the Fowler, St. Adalbert, and Albert the Bear. Another soldier, and a strong one. He's called the Bear only because of the design on his shield, and he was the first clear Markgraf of Brandenburg, "which was the best fortune for Brandenburg." Read page 93 (66) closely, and pay attention to his economic strategies.
Nothing better is known to me of Albert the Bear than his introducing large numbers of Dutch Netherlanders into those countries; men thrown out of work, who already knew how[Pg 442] to deal with bog and sand, by mixing and delving, and who first taught Brandenburg what greenness and cow-pasture was. The Wends, in presence of such things, could not but consent more and more to efface themselves—either to become German, and grow milk and cheese in the Dutch manner, or to disappear from the world.
Nothing more is known to me about Albert the Bear than that he brought a lot of Dutch people into those regions; workers who were out of jobs and already knew how[Pg 442] to handle swamps and sand by mixing and digging. They were the ones who first showed Brandenburg what greenery and pastures were. The Wends, faced with these changes, couldn’t help but increasingly agree to fade away—either to become German and produce milk and cheese the Dutch way, or to vanish from existence.
After two-hundred and fifty years of barking and worrying, the Wends are now finally reduced to silence; their anarchy well buried and wholesome Dutch cabbage planted over it; Albert did several great things in the world; but this, for posterity, remains his memorable feat. Not done quite easily, but done: big destinies of nations or of persons are not founded gratis in this world, He had a sore, toilsome time of it, coercing, warring, managing among his fellow-creatures, while his day's work lasted—fifty years or so, for it began early. He died in his castle of Ballenstädt, peaceably among the Hartz Mountains at last, in the year 1170, age about sixty-five.
After two hundred and fifty years of barking and worrying, the Wends have finally fallen silent; their chaos is well buried, replaced by healthy Dutch cabbage. Albert accomplished many great things in the world, but this remains his most notable achievement for future generations. It wasn't done easily, but it was done: the significant destinies of nations or individuals aren’t established without struggle in this world. He had a tough, laborious time managing, warring, and coercing his fellow humans while he worked—about fifty years, as it started early. He died peacefully in his castle at Ballenstädt, nestled among the Harz Mountains, in 1170, at around sixty-five years old.
Now, note in all this the steady gain of soldiership enforcing order and agriculture, with St. Adalbert giving higher strain to the imagination. Henry the Fowler establishes walled towns, fighting for mere peace. Albert the Bear plants the country with cabbages, fighting for his cabbage-fields. And the disciples of St. Adalbert, generally, have succeeded in substituting some idea of Christ for the idea of Triglaph. Some idea only; other ideas than of Christ haunt even to this day those Hartz Mountains among which Albert the Bear dies so peacefully. Mephistopheles, and all his ministers, inhabit there, commanding mephitic clouds and earth-born dreams.[Pg 443]
Now, notice in all this the steady growth of soldiers enforcing order and farming, with St. Adalbert inspiring greater imagination. Henry the Fowler creates walled towns, fighting just for peace. Albert the Bear cultivates the land with cabbages, fighting for his cabbage fields. And the followers of St. Adalbert have mostly succeeded in replacing the idea of Triglaph with some concept of Christ. Just some concept; other ideas besides Christ still linger to this day in those Harz Mountains where Albert the Bear dies so peacefully. Mephistopheles and all his minions dwell there, commanding toxic clouds and earth-born dreams.[Pg 443]
VII.
1170-1320.—Brandenburg 150 years under the Ascanien Markgraves.
1170-1320.—Brandenburg 150 years under the Ascanian Margraves.
Vol. I. Book II Chap. viii. p. 135 (96).
Vol. I. Book II Chap. viii. p. 135 (96).
"Wholesome Dutch cabbages continued to be more and more planted by them in the waste sand: intrusive chaos, and Triglaph held at bay by them," till at last in 1240, seventy years after the great Bear's death, they fortify a new Burg, a "little rampart," Wehrlin, diminutive of Wehr (or vallum), gradually smoothing itself, with a little echo of the Bear in it too, into Ber-lin, the oily river Spree flowing by, "in which you catch various fish;" while trade over the flats and by the dull streams, is widely possible. Of the Ascanien race, the notablest is Otto with the Arrow, whose story see, pp. 138-141 (98-100), noting that Otto is one of the first Minnesingers; that, being a prisoner to the Archbishop of Magdeburg, his wife rescues him, selling her jewels to bribe the canons; and that the Knight, set free on parole and promise of farther ransom, rides back with his own price in his hand; holding himself thereat cheaply bought, though no angelic legerdemain happens to the scales now. His own estimate of his price—"Rain gold ducats on my war-horse and me, till you cannot see the point of my spear atop."
"Wholesome Dutch cabbages were increasingly planted by them in the barren sand: disruptive chaos, with Triglaph kept at bay by them," until finally in 1240, seventy years after the great Bear's death, they built a new Burg, a "little rampart," Wehrlin, which is a diminutive of Wehr (or vallum), gradually evolving, with a bit of the Bear's spirit in it, into Ber-lin, with the oily river Spree flowing by, "where you can catch various fish;" while trade across the flats and along the dull streams became widely possible. Among the Ascanien family, the most notable is Otto with the Arrow, whose story can be found on pages 138-141 (98-100), noting that Otto is one of the first Minnesingers; that, while being imprisoned by the Archbishop of Magdeburg, his wife saves him by selling her jewels to bribe the canons; and that the Knight, released on parole and with the promise of further ransom, rides back with his own price in hand; considering himself to be bought cheaply, even though no miraculous tricks alter the scales now. His own assessment of his worth—"Rain gold ducats on my war-horse and me, until you can't see the tip of my spear."
Emptiness of utter pride, you think?
Emptiness of total pride, you think?
Not so. Consider with yourself, reader, how much you dare to say, aloud, you are worth. If you have no courage to name any price whatsoever for yourself, believe me, the cause is not your modesty, but that in very truth you feel in your heart there would be no bid for you at Lucian's sale of lives, were that again possible, at Christie and Manson's.
Not at all. Think about this, reader: how much do you really think you’re worth? If you don’t have the confidence to put a price on yourself, trust me, it’s not because you’re humble. It’s because deep down, you know that nobody would want to bid for you at Lucian's auction of lives if it were possible again, at Christie and Manson's.
Finally (1319 exactly; say 1320, for memory), the Ascanien line expired in Brandenburg, and the little town and its electorate lapsed to the Kaiser: meantime other economical arrangements had been in progress; but observe first how far we have got.[Pg 444]
Finally (1319 exactly; say 1320, for memory), the Ascanien line ended in Brandenburg, and the small town and its electorate fell to the Kaiser; meanwhile, other financial arrangements had been happening, but first, let’s take note of where we are.[Pg 444]
The Fowler, St. Adalbert and the Bear have established order, and some sort of Christianity; but the established persons begin to think somewhat too well of themselves. On quite honest terms, a dead saint or a living knight ought to be worth their true "weight in gold." But a pyramid, with only the point of the spear seen at top, would be many times over one's weight in gold. And although men were yet far enough from the notion of modern days, that the gold is better than the flesh, and from buying it with the clay of one's body, and even the fire of one's soul, instead of soul and body with it, they were beginning to fight for their own supremacy, or for their own religious fancies, and not at all to any useful end, until an entirely unexpected movement is made in the old useful direction forsooth, only by some kind ship-captains of Lübeck!
The Fowler, St. Adalbert, and the Bear have created order and some version of Christianity; however, those in power are starting to have a bit too high an opinion of themselves. Honestly, a dead saint or a living knight should be worth their true "weight in gold." But a pyramid, with just the tip of the spear visible at the top, would be worth many times one's weight in gold. Although people were still far from the modern understanding that gold is more valuable than flesh—and from trading it with the clay of one’s body, or even the fire of one’s soul, instead of trading soul and body for it—they were beginning to compete for their own dominance, or for their own religious beliefs, without any real purpose, until an entirely unexpected shift occurred in the old, useful direction, surprisingly, only by some kind ship-captains from Lübeck!
VIII.
1210-1320.—Civil work, aiding military, during the Ascanien period.
1210-1320.—Civil work that supports the military during the Ascanian period.
Vol. I. Book II. Chap. vi. p. 109 (77).
Vol. I. Book II. Chap. vi. p. 109 (77).
In the year 1190, Acre not yet taken, and the crusading army wasting by murrain on the shore, the German soldiers especially having none to look after them, certain compassionate ship-captains of Lübeck, one Walpot von Bassenheim taking the lead, formed themselves into an union for succor of the sick and the dying, set up canvas tents from the Lübeck ship stores, and did what utmost was in them silently in the name of mercy and heaven. Finding its work prosper, the little medicinal and weather-fending company took vows on itself, strict chivalry forms, and decided to become permanent "Knights Hospitallers of our dear Lady of Mount Zion," separate from the former Knights Hospitallers, as being entirely German: yet soon, as the German Order of St. Mary, eclipsing in importance Templars, Hospitallers, and every other chivalric order then extant; no purpose of battle in them, but much strength for it; their purpose only the helping[Pg 445] of German pilgrims. To this only they are bound by their vow, "gelübde," and become one of the usefullest of clubs in all the Pall Mall of Europe.
In 1190, with Acre still not captured and the crusading army suffering from disease along the shore, particularly the German soldiers who had no one to take care of them, some compassionate ship captains from Lübeck, led by one Walpot von Bassenheim, formed a group to help the sick and dying. They set up canvas tents from the Lübeck ship supplies and did everything they could quietly in the name of mercy and heaven. As their efforts thrived, this small medical and sheltering team made vows following strict chivalric traditions and decided to become the permanent "Knights Hospitallers of our dear Lady of Mount Zion," separate from the earlier Knights Hospitallers, as they identified as entirely German. Soon, they became known as the German Order of St. Mary, surpassing the importance of the Templars, Hospitallers, and all other existing chivalric orders; their focus was not war, but they had significant strength for it, with their only aim being to assist German pilgrims. This was the sole purpose of their vow, "gelübde," and they became one of the most useful organizations in all of Pall Mall, Europe.
Finding pilgrimage in Palestine falling slack, and more need for them on the homeward side of the sea, their Hochmeister, Hermann of the Salza, goes over to Venice in 1210. There the titular bishop of still unconverted Preussen advises him of that field of work for his idle knights. Hermann thinks well of it: sets his St. Mary's riders at Triglaph, with the sword in one hand and a missal in the other.
Finding pilgrimage in Palestine decreasing, and with a greater need for them on the homeward side of the sea, their Grand Master, Hermann of the Salza, travels to Venice in 1210. There, the titular bishop of still unconverted Prussia informs him about a field of work for his idle knights. Hermann considers it a good idea: he assigns his St. Mary's riders at Triglaph, with a sword in one hand and a prayer book in the other.
Not your modern way of affecting conversion! Too illiberal, you think; and what would Mr. J. S. Mill say?
Not your typical way of influencing change! Too narrow-minded, you think; and what would Mr. J. S. Mill say?
But if Triglaph had been verily "three whales' cubs combined by boiling," you would yourself have promoted attack upon him for the sake of his oil, would not you? The Teutsch Ritters, fighting him for charity, are they so much inferior to you?
But if Triglaph had really been "three whale cubs combined by boiling," you would have started an attack on him for his oil, wouldn't you? The Teutsch Ritters, fighting him for charity, are they really so much worse than you?
They built, and burnt, innumerable stockades for and against; built wooden forts which are now stone towns. They fought much and prevalently; galloped desperately to and fro, ever on the alert. In peaceabler ulterior times, they fenced in the Nogat and the Weichsel with dams, whereby unlimited quagmire might become grassy meadow—as it continues to this day. Marienburg (Mary's Burg), with its grand stone Schloss still visible and even habitable: this was at length their headquarter. But how many Burgs of wood and stone they built, in different parts; what revolts, surprisals, furious fights in woody, boggy places they had, no man has counted.
They built and burned countless stockades, both for and against; constructed wooden forts that are now stone towns. They fought often and fiercely, galloping back and forth, always on high alert. In more peaceful times, they created dikes along the Nogat and the Vistula, turning endless swamps into grassy meadows—as it still is today. Marienburg (Mary's Burg), with its impressive stone castle still standing and even livable, eventually became their headquarters. But no one has ever counted how many wooden and stone castles they built in various locations, nor the revolts, ambushes, and fierce battles they waged in wooded and marshy areas.
But always some preaching by zealous monks, accompanied the chivalrous fighting. And colonists came in from Germany; trickling in, or at times streaming. Victorious Ritterdom offers terms to the beaten heathen: terms not of tolerant nature, but which will be punctually kept by Ritterdom. When the flame of revolt or general conspiracy burnt up again too extensively, high personages came on crusade to them. Ottocar, King of Bohemia, with his extensive far-shining chivalry, "conquered Samland in a month;" tore up the Romova where Adalbert had been massacred, and burned it from the face of the earth. A certain fortress was founded at that time, in Ottocar's presence; and in honor of him they named it King's[Pg 446] Fortress, "Königsberg." Among King Ottocar's esquires, or subaltern junior officials, on this occasion, is one Rudolf, heir of a poor Swiss lordship and gray hill castle, called Hapsburg, rather in reduced circumstances, whom Ottocar likes for his prudent, hardy ways; a stout, modest, wise young man, who may chance to redeem Hapsburg a little, if he lives.
But there was always some preaching by passionate monks that accompanied the noble fighting. Colonists came in from Germany, sometimes trickling in and at other times streaming. Victorious knights offered terms to the defeated pagans: terms that weren’t very forgiving, but which will be strictly adhered to by the knights. When the flames of revolt or widespread conspiracy flared up too intensely, prominent figures came on crusade to them. Ottocar, King of Bohemia, with his impressive shining knights, "conquered Samland in a month;" destroyed the Romova where Adalbert had been killed, and wiped it off the map. A certain fortress was established at that time, in Ottocar's presence; and in his honor, they named it King's[Pg 446] Fortress, "Königsberg." Among King Ottocar's attendants, or junior officials, during this event was one Rudolf, heir to a poor Swiss lordship and gray hill castle known as Hapsburg, who was in rather tough circumstances. Ottocar appreciated him for his sensible, brave demeanor; a strong, humble, wise young man who might just elevate Hapsburg a bit if he survives.
Conversion, and complete conquest once come, there was a happy time for Prussia; ploughshare instead of sword: busy sea-havens, German towns, getting built; churches everywhere rising; grass growing, and peaceable cows, where formerly had been quagmire and snakes, and for the Order a happy time. On the whole, this Teutsch Ritterdom, for the first century and more, was a grand phenomenon, and flamed like a bright blessed beacon through the night of things, in those Northern countries. For above a century, we perceive, it was the rallying place of all brave men who had a career to seek on terms other than vulgar. The noble soul, aiming beyond money, and sensible to more than hunger in this world, had a beacon burning (as we say), if the night chanced to overtake it, and the earth to grow too intricate, as is not uncommon. Better than the career of stump-oratory, I should fancy, and its Hesperides apples, golden, and of gilt horse-dung. Better than puddling away one's poor spiritual gift of God (loan, not gift), such as it may be, in building the lofty rhyme, the lofty review article, for a discerning public that has sixpence to spare! Times alter greatly.[143]
Once conversion and complete conquest were achieved, it was a joyful time for Prussia; farming took over from fighting: bustling ports, new German towns being built; churches rising everywhere; grass growing, and peaceful cows where there used to be swamps and snakes, marking a happy era for the Order. Overall, this German Order of Knights, for over a century, was an extraordinary phenomenon, shining like a bright, blessed beacon during the dark times in those Northern countries. For over a century, it served as a gathering place for all brave men looking for a path that wasn't ordinary. The noble individual, aiming for something beyond money and aware of more than just basic needs, had a light to guide them (as we say) if they found themselves lost in the complexities of the world, which is often the case. It was surely better than the life of a mere speechmaker, selling false promises of golden apples and gilded nonsense. It was better than wasting one’s precious spiritual gift from God (a loan, not a giveaway), however small it might be, by crafting lofty poetry or reviews for a discerning audience with just a bit of change to spare! Times change significantly.[143]
We must pause here again for a moment to think where we are, and who is with us. The Teutsch Ritters have been fighting, independently of all states, for their own hand, or St. Adalbert's; partly for mere love of fight, partly for love of order, partly for love of God. Meantime, other Riders have been fighting wholly for what they could get by it; and other persons, not Riders, have not been fighting at all, but in their own towns peacefully manufacturing and selling.
We need to take a moment to reflect on where we are and who is with us. The Teutsch Ritters have been battling on their own, independent of any states, either for personal gain or in honor of St. Adalbert; some fight simply for the thrill of it, others for the sake of order, and some out of love for God. Meanwhile, other Riders have been fighting only for what they can gain from it, and there are others, not Riders, who haven't fought at all, instead focusing on peacefully manufacturing and selling in their own towns.
Of Henry the Fowler's Marches, Austria has become a military power, Flanders a mercantile one, pious only in the degree consistent with their several occupations. Prussia is now a[Pg 447] practical and farming country, more Christian than its longer-converted neighbors.
Of Henry the Fowler's march, Austria has turned into a military power, Flanders a trading one, religious only to the extent that matches their respective roles. Prussia is now a[Pg 447] practical and agricultural country, more Christian than its longer-converted neighbors.
Towns are built, Königsberg (King Ottocar's town), Thoren (Thorn, City of the Gates), with many others; so that the wild population and the tame now lived tolerably together, under Gospel and Lübeck law; and all was ploughing and trading.
Towns are established, Königsberg (King Ottocar's town), Thoren (Thorn, City of the Gates), along with many others; so that the wild population and the settled now lived reasonably well together, under Gospel and Lübeck law; and everything was about farming and trading.
But Brandenburg itself, what of it?
But what about Brandenburg?
The Ascanien Markgraves rule it on the whole prosperously down to 1320, when their line expires, and it falls into the power of Imperial Austria.
The Ascanian Margraves govern it successfully until 1320, when their line ends, and it comes under the control of Imperial Austria.
IX.
1320-1415.—Brandenburg under the Austrians.
1320-1415.—Brandenburg under Austrian rule.
A century—the fourteenth—of miserable anarchy and decline for Brandenburg, its Kurfürsts, in deadly succession, making what they can out of it for their own pockets. The city itself and its territory utterly helpless. Read pp. 180, 181 (129, 130). "The towns suffered much, any trade they might have had going to wreck. Robber castles flourished, all else decayed, no highway safe. What are Hamburg pedlars made for but to be robbed?"
A century—the fourteenth—of miserable chaos and decline for Brandenburg, with its electors in a constant, deadly struggle, looking to profit personally. The city and its lands were completely defenseless. Read pp. 180, 181 (129, 130). "The towns suffered greatly, any trade they might have had fell apart. Bandit strongholds thrived, everything else fell apart, and no road was safe. What are Hamburg peddlers there for if not to be robbed?"
X.
1415-1440.—Brandenburg under Friedrich of Nüremberg.
1415-1440.—Brandenburg under Friedrich of Nuremberg.
This is the fourth of the men whom you are to remember as creators of the Prussian monarchy, Henry the Fowler, St. Adalbert, Albert the Bear, of Ascanien, and Friedrich of Nüremberg; (of Hohenzollern, by name, and by country, of the Black Forest, north of the Lake of Constance).
This is the fourth of the men you should remember as founders of the Prussian monarchy: Henry the Fowler, St. Adalbert, Albert the Bear from Ascanien, and Friedrich from Nüremberg; (of Hohenzollern, by name, and from the Black Forest, north of Lake Constance).
Brandenburg is sold to him at Constance, during the great Council, for about 200,000l. of our money, worth perhaps a million in that day; still, with its capabilities, "dog cheap." Admitting, what no one at the time denied, the general[Pg 448] marketableness of states as private property, this is the one practical result, thinks Carlyle (not likely to think wrong), of that œcumenical deliberation, four years long, of the "elixir of the intellect and dignity of Europe. And that one thing was not its doing; but a pawnbroking job, intercalated," putting, however, at last, Brandenburg again under the will of one strong man. On St. John's day, 1412, he first set foot in his town, "and Brandenburg, under its wise Kurfürst, begins to be cosmic again." The story of Heavy Peg, pages 195-198 (138, 140), is one of the most brilliant and important passages of the first volume; page 199, specially to our purpose, must be given entire:—
Brandenburg is sold to him at Constance, during the great Council, for about 200,000 l. of our money, which would be worth around a million back then; still, with its potential, "dirt cheap." Acknowledging, as everyone at the time accepted, the general[Pg 448] marketability of states as private property, this is the one practical outcome, believes Carlyle (who’s unlikely to be mistaken), of that four-year-long œcumenical discussion, the "elixir of intellect and dignity of Europe." And that one thing was not its doing; rather, it was a pawnbroking deal, interjected," ultimately putting Brandenburg back under the control of one strong leader. On St. John's Day, 1412, he first arrived in his town, "and Brandenburg, under its wise Kurfürst, begins to be vibrant again." The story of Heavy Peg, pages 195-198 (138, 140), is one of the most brilliant and significant sections of the first volume; page 199, particularly relevant to our discussion, must be presented in full:—
The offer to be Kaiser was made him in his old days; but he wisely declined that too. It was in Brandenburg, by what he silently founded there, that he did his chief benefit to Germany and mankind. He understood the noble art of governing men; had in him the justness, clearness, valor, and patience needed for that. A man of sterling probity, for one thing. Which indeed is the first requisite in said art:—if you will have your laws obeyed without mutiny, see well that they be pieces of God Almighty's law; otherwise all the artillery in the world will not keep down mutiny.
The offer to become Kaiser was made to him in his later years, but he wisely turned it down. It was in Brandenburg, through what he quietly established there, that he made his greatest contribution to Germany and humanity. He grasped the noble art of leading people; he possessed the fairness, clarity, courage, and patience needed for that. He was a man of true integrity, for one thing. Which is, in fact, the most important quality in that art:—if you want your laws to be followed without rebellion, ensure that they align with God's laws; otherwise, no amount of military power will suppress dissent.
Friedrich "travelled much over Brandenburg;" looking into everything with his own eyes; making, I can well fancy, innumerable crooked things straight; reducing more and more that famishing dog-kennel of a Brandenburg into a fruitful arable field. His portraits represent a square-headed, mild-looking, solid gentleman, with a certain twinkle of mirth in the serious eyes of him. Except in those Hussite wars for Kaiser Sigismund and the Reich, in which no man could prosper, he may be defined as constantly prosperous. To Brandenburg he was, very literally, the blessing of blessings; redemption out of death into life. In the ruins of that old Friesack Castle, battered down by Heavy Peg, antiquarian science (if it had any eyes) might look for the taproot of the Prussian nation, and the beginning of all that Brandenburg has since grown to under the sun.
Friedrich "traveled a lot around Brandenburg," observing everything firsthand and, I can easily imagine, straightening out countless crooked things, transforming that starving dog-kennel of a Brandenburg into a productive farmland. His portraits show a square-headed, gentle-looking, sturdy man, with a certain sparkle of humor in his serious eyes. Except for those Hussite wars for Kaiser Sigismund and the Empire, in which no one could thrive, he could be described as consistently successful. To Brandenburg, he was, quite literally, the greatest blessing; a rescue from death into life. In the ruins of that old Friesack Castle, brought down by Heavy Peg, history (if it had any vision) might look for the roots of the Prussian nation and the start of all that Brandenburg has grown to be in the sunlight since then.
Which growth is now traced by Carlyle in its various budding and withering, under the succession of the twelve Electors,[Pg 449] of whom Friedrich, with his heavy Peg, is first, and Friedrich, first King of Prussia, grandfather of Friedrich the Great, the twelfth.
Which growth is now traced by Carlyle in its various beginnings and decline, under the succession of the twelve Electors,[Pg 449] of whom Friedrich, with his heavy Peg, is first, and Friedrich, the first King of Prussia, grandfather of Friedrich the Great, the twelfth.
XI.
1416-1701.—Brandenburg under the Hohenzollern Kurfürsts.
1416-1701.—Brandenburg under the Hohenzollern Electors.
Book III.
Book 3.
Who the Hohenzollerns were, and how they came to power in Nüremberg, is told in Chap. v. of Book II.
Who the Hohenzollerns were and how they rose to power in Nuremberg is detailed in Chap. v. of Book II.
Their succession in Brandenburg is given in brief at page 377 (269). I copy it, in absolute barrenness of enumeration, for our momentary convenience, here:
Their succession in Brandenburg is summarized briefly on page 377 (269). I’m copying it here, without any details in the list, for our quick reference:
Friedrich 1st of Brandenburg (6th of Nüremberg), | 1412-1440 |
Friedrich II., called "Iron Teeth," | 1440-1472 |
Albert, | 1472-1486 |
Johann, | 1486-1499 |
Joachim I., | 1499-1535 |
Joachim II., | 1535-1571 |
Johann George, | 1571-1598 |
Joachim Friedrich, | 1598-1608 |
Johann Sigismund, | 1608-1619 |
George Wilhelm, | 1619-1640 |
Friedrich Wilhelm (the Great Elector), | 1640-1688 |
Friedrich, first King; crowned 18th January,1701 |
Of this line of princes we have to say they followed generally in their ancestor's steps, and had success of the like kind more or less; Hohenzollerns all of them, by character and behaviour as well as by descent. No lack of quiet energy, of thrift, sound sense. There was likewise solid fair-play in general, no founding of yourself on ground that will not carry, and there was instant, gentle, but inexorable crushing of mutiny, if it showed itself, which after the Second Elector, or at most the Third, it had altogether ceased to do.
Of this line of princes, we can say they mostly followed in their ancestor's footsteps, achieving similar kinds of success to varying degrees; all Hohenzollerns, both in character and behavior as well as in lineage. They displayed a steady determination, thriftiness, and common sense. There was also a strong sense of fair play overall, with no reliance on shaky foundations, and there was an immediate, gentle, yet relentless suppression of any rebellion that emerged, which, after the Second Elector, or at most the Third, completely disappeared.
This is the general account of them; of special matters note the following:—
This is the overall summary of them; for specific points, note the following:—
II. Friedrich, called "Iron-teeth," from his firmness, proves[Pg 450] a notable manager and governor. Builds the palace at Berlin in its first form, and makes it his chief residence. Buys Neumark from the fallen Teutsch Ritters, and generally establishes things on securer footing.
II. Friedrich, known as "Iron-teeth" because of his determination, proves[Pg 450] to be an effective manager and ruler. He builds the palace in Berlin in its initial form and makes it his main residence. He purchases Neumark from the defeated Teutonic Knights and generally puts everything on a more stable foundation.
III. Albert, "a fiery, tough old Gentlemen," called the Achilles of Germany in his day; has half-a-century of fighting with his own Nürembergers, with Bavaria, France, Burgundy, and its fiery Charles, besides being head constable to the Kaiser among any disorderly persons in the East. His skull, long shown on his tomb, "marvellous for strength and with no visible sutures."
III. Albert, "a fiery, tough old gentleman," known as the Achilles of Germany in his time; has spent fifty years battling with his own Nürembergers, as well as with Bavaria, France, Burgundy, and its fierce Charles, in addition to serving as head constable to the Kaiser dealing with any unruly individuals in the East. His skull, which has long been displayed on his tomb, is "remarkable for its strength and shows no visible sutures."
IV. John, the orator of his race; (but the orations unrecorded). His second son, Archbishop of Maintz, for whose piece of memorable work see page 223 (143) and read in connection with that the history of Margraf George, pp. 237-241 (152-154), and the 8th chapter of the third book.
IV. John, the speaker of his people; (but the speeches are not documented). His second son, the Archbishop of Mainz, for whose notable work see page 223 (143) and read alongside the history of Margrave George, pp. 237-241 (152-154), and the 8th chapter of the third book.
V. Joachim I., of little note; thinks there has been enough Reformation, and checks proceedings in a dull stubbornness, causing him at least grave domestic difficulties.—Page 271 (173).
V. Joachim I., not particularly significant; believes there has been enough Reformation, and halts actions with a dull stubbornness, leading to serious domestic troubles for him.—Page 271 (173).
VI. Joachim II. Again active in the Reformation, and staunch,
VI. Joachim II. Once more involved in the Reformation, and steadfast,
though generally in a cautious, weighty, never in a rash, swift way, to the great cause of Protestantism and to all good causes. He was himself a solemnly devout man; deep, awe-stricken reverence dwelling in his view of this universe. Most serious, though with a jocose dialect, commonly having a cheerful wit in speaking to men. Luther's books he called his Seelenschatz, (soul's treasure); Luther and the Bible were his chief reading. Fond of profane learning, too, and of the useful or ornamental arts; given to music, and "would himself sing aloud" when he had a melodious leisure hour.
though generally in a cautious, serious, and never in a hasty, quick manner, to the great cause of Protestantism and to all good causes. He was a deeply devout man; a profound, awestruck reverence filled his perspective of this universe. Most serious, though with a joking tone, he usually maintained a cheerful wit when speaking to others. He referred to Luther's books as his Seelenschatz (soul's treasure); Luther and the Bible were his main readings. He also enjoyed secular knowledge and the useful or decorative arts; he was into music and "would often sing aloud" when he had a melodic free moment.
VII. Johann George, a prudent thrifty Herr; no mistresses, no luxuries allowed; at the sight of a new-fashioned coat he would fly out on an unhappy youth and pack him from his presence. Very strict in point of justice; a peasant once appealing to him in one of his inspection journeys through the country[Pg 451]—
VII. Johann George, a careful and frugal man; no mistresses, no luxuries allowed; when he saw a new-style coat, he would lash out at an unfortunate young man and send him away. He was very strict about fairness; once, during one of his inspection trips through the countryside, a peasant appealed to him[Pg 451]—
"Grant me justice, Durchlaucht, against so and so; I am your Highness's born subject." "Thou shouldst have it, man, wert thou a born Turk!" answered Johann George.
"Give me justice, Your Highness, against so and so; I am your loyal subject." "You would get it, man, even if you were a born Turk!" replied Johann George.
Thus, generally, we find this line of Electors representing in Europe the Puritan mind of England in a somewhat duller, but less dangerous, form; receiving what Protestantism could teach of honesty and common sense, but not its anti-Catholic fury, or its selfish spiritual anxiety. Pardon of sins is not to be had from Tetzel; neither, the Hohenzollern mind advises with itself, from even Tetzel's master, for either the buying, or the asking. On the whole, we had better commit as few as possible, and live just lives and plain ones.
Thus, generally, we see this group of Electors representing in Europe the Puritan mindset of England in a somewhat duller, but less dangerous, form; accepting what Protestantism had to offer in terms of honesty and common sense, but not its anti-Catholic rage, or its selfish spiritual worries. Forgiveness of sins isn’t something you can get from Tetzel; nor, the Hohenzollern mindset suggests, from even Tetzel's master, whether through purchasing or asking. Overall, it’s better to commit as few sins as possible and to lead honest and simple lives.
A conspicuous thrift, veracity, modest solidity, looks through the conduct of this Herr; a determined Protestant he too, as indeed all the following were and are.
A noticeable frugality, honesty, and understated strength are evident in this man's behavior; he is also a committed Protestant, just like all those who came after him.
VIII. Joachim Friedrich. Gets hold of Prussia, which hitherto, you observe, has always been spoken of as a separate country from Brandenburg. March 11, 1605—"squeezed his way into the actual guardianship of Preussen and its imbecile Duke, which was his by right."
VIII. Joachim Friedrich. Takes control of Prussia, which, as you can see, has always been regarded as a separate territory from Brandenburg. March 11, 1605—"managed to get into the official guardianship of Prussia and its incompetent Duke, which he was entitled to."
For my own part, I do not trouble myself much about these rights, never being able to make out any single one, to begin with, except the right to keep everything and every place about you in as good order as you can—Prussia, Poland, or what else. I should much like, for instance, just now, to hear of any honest Cornish gentleman of the old Drake breed taking a fancy to land in Spain, and trying what he could make of his rights as far round Gibraltar as he could enforce them. At all events, Master Joachim has somehow got hold of Prussia; and means to keep it.
For my part, I don’t really worry about these rights much, since I can’t identify any specific one, to start with, except the right to keep everything and everywhere around you as tidy as possible—whether it’s Prussia, Poland, or anywhere else. I would love to hear about any honest Cornish gentleman from the old Drake lineage wanting to settle in Spain and trying to claim his rights around Gibraltar as far as he could enforce them. In any case, Master Joachim has somehow managed to take control of Prussia; and he intends to keep it.
IX. Johann Sigismund. Only notable for our economical purposes, as getting the "guardianship" of Prussia confirmed to him. The story at page 317 (226), "a strong flame of choler," indicates a new order of things among the knights of Europe—"princely etiquettes melting all into smoke." Too[Pg 452] literally so, that being one of the calamitous functions of the plain lives we are living, and of the busy life our country is living. In the Duchy of Cleve, especially, concerning which legal dispute begins in Sigismund's time. And it is well worth the lawyers' trouble, it seems.
IX. Johann Sigismund. Only important for our financial purposes, as he had the "guardianship" of Prussia officially approved. The story on page 317 (226), "a strong flame of anger," points to a new situation among the knights of Europe—"princely etiquette turning to smoke." Too[Pg 452] literally so, which reflects one of the unfortunate aspects of our simple lives and the hectic pace of our country. In the Duchy of Cleve, particularly, where a legal dispute begins during Sigismund's rule. And it seems it's worth the lawyers' time.
It amounted, perhaps, to two Yorkshires in extent. A naturally opulent country of fertile meadows, shipping capabilities, metalliferous hills, and at this time, in consequence of the Dutch-Spanish war, and the multitude of Protestant refugees, it was getting filled with ingenious industries, and rising to be what it still is, the busiest quarter of Germany. A country lowing with kine; the hum of the flax-spindle heard in its cottages in those old days—"much of the linen called Hollands is made in Jülich, and only bleached, stamped, and sold by the Dutch," says Büsching. A country in our days which is shrouded at short intervals with the due canopy of coal-smoke, and loud with sounds of the anvil and the loom.
It was about the size of two Yorkshires. A naturally rich land with fertile fields, shipping facilities, and mineral hills. Because of the Dutch-Spanish war and the influx of Protestant refugees, it was becoming filled with innovative industries and was becoming what it still is today, the busiest area in Germany. A region filled with cattle; the sound of flax-spinning could be heard in its cottages back then—"much of the linen called Hollands is made in Jülich, and only bleached, stamped, and sold by the Dutch," says Büsching. Nowadays, it's often covered by a blanket of coal smoke and filled with the sounds of anvils and looms.
The lawyers took two hundred and six years to settle the question concerning this Duchy, and the thing Johann Sigismund had claimed legally in 1609 was actually handed over to Johann Sigismund's descendant in the seventh generation. "These litigated duchies are now the Prussian provinces, Jülich, Berg, Cleve, and the nucleus of Prussia's possessions in the Rhine country."
The lawyers took two hundred and six years to resolve the issue regarding this Duchy, and what Johann Sigismund had legally claimed in 1609 was finally transferred to Johann Sigismund's descendant seven generations later. "These disputed duchies are now the Prussian provinces of Jülich, Berg, Cleve, and the core of Prussia's holdings in the Rhine region."
X. George Wilhelm. Read pp. 325 to 327 (231, 233) on this Elector and German Protestantism, now fallen cold, and somewhat too little dangerous. But George Wilhelm is the only weak prince of all the twelve. For another example how the heart and life of a country depend upon its prince, not on its council, read this, of Gustavus Adolphus, demanding the cession of Spandau and Küstrin:
X. George Wilhelm. Read pp. 325 to 327 (231, 233) about this Elector and German Protestantism, which has now cooled off and is somewhat less threatening. But George Wilhelm is the only weak prince among the twelve. For another example of how the spirit and well-being of a country rely on its prince, not its council, read this, about Gustavus Adolphus, demanding the transfer of Spandau and Küstrin:
Which cession Kurfürst George Wilhelm, though giving all his prayers to the good cause, could by no means grant. Gustav had to insist, with more and more emphasis, advancing at last with military menace upon Berlin itself. He was[Pg 453] met by George Wilhelm and his Council, "in the woods of Cöpenick," short way to the east of that city; there George Wilhelm and his Council wandered about, sending messages, hopelessly consulting, saying among each other, "Que faire? ils ont des canons." For many hours so, round the inflexible Gustav, who was there like a fixed mile-stone, and to all questions and comers had only one answer.
Which cession Kurfürst George Wilhelm, despite all his efforts to support the good cause, could absolutely not agree to. Gustav had to keep insisting, becoming increasingly forceful, eventually threatening military action on Berlin itself. He was[Pg 453] met by George Wilhelm and his Council "in the woods of Cöpenick," just east of the city; there, George Wilhelm and his Council wandered around, sending messages, hopelessly consulting, saying to one another, "What to do? They have cannons." For many hours, this continued around the unyielding Gustav, who stood firm like a fixed milestone, giving only one answer to all questions and visitors.
On our special question of war and its consequences, read this of the Thirty Years' one:
On our specific topic of war and its consequences, take a look at this from the Thirty Years' War:
But on the whole, the grand weapon in it, and towards the latter times, the exclusive one, was hunger. The opposing armies tried to starve one another; at lowest, tried each not to starve. Each trying to eat the country or, at any rate, to leave nothing eatable in it; what that will mean for the country we may consider. As the armies too frequently, and the Kaiser's armies habitually, lived without commissariat, often enough without pay, all horrors of war and of being a seat of war, that have been since heard of, are poor to those then practised, the detail of which is still horrible to read. Germany, in all eatable quarters of it, had to undergo the process; tortured, torn to pieces, wrecked, and brayed as in a mortar, under the iron mace of war. Brandenburg saw its towns seized and sacked, its country populations driven to despair by the one party and the other. Three times—first in the Wallenstein-Mecklenburg times, while fire and sword were the weapons, and again, twice over, in the ultimate stages of the struggle, when starvation had become the method—Brandenburg fell to be the principal theatre of conflict, where all forms of the dismal were at their height. In 1638, three years after that precious "Peace of Prag,"... the ravages of the starving Gallas and his Imperialists excelled all precedent,... men ate human flesh, nay, human creatures ate their own children. "Que faire? ils ont des canons!"
But overall, the main weapon in this situation, especially towards the end, was hunger. The opposing armies tried to starve each other; at the very least, they aimed not to starve themselves. Each side attempted to consume the country's resources or, at the very least, to leave nothing edible behind; we can think about what that means for the country. Since the armies often lived without supply lines, and the Kaiser’s armies typically went without pay, the horror of war and being a war zone that we've heard about since is nothing compared to what was experienced back then, the details of which are still horrifying to read. Germany, in all its food-scarce areas, had to endure this process; it was tortured, torn apart, wrecked, and crushed under the brutal weight of war. Brandenburg saw its towns occupied and looted, and its rural populations pushed to despair by both sides. Three times—first during the Wallenstein-Mecklenburg era, when fire and sword were the weapons, and then twice more in the final phases of the conflict, when starvation became the method—Brandenburg was the main battleground, where all forms of misery reached their peak. In 1638, three years after that precious "Peace of Prag," the destruction caused by the starving Gallas and his Imperialists surpassed all that came before... people resorted to cannibalism, even parents turned on their own children. "What to do? They have cannons!"
"We have now arrived at the lowest nadir point" (says Carlyle) "of the history of Brandenburg under the Hohenzollerns." Is this then all that Heavy Peg and our nine Kurfürsts have done for us?[Pg 454]
"We have now hit the absolute lowest point" (says Carlyle) "in the history of Brandenburg under the Hohenzollerns." Is that really all that Heavy Peg and our nine Electors have done for us?[Pg 454]
Carlyle does not mean that; but even he, greatest of historians since Tacitus, is not enough careful to mark for us the growth of national character, as distinct from the prosperity of dynasties.
Carlyle doesn’t mean that; but even he, the greatest historian since Tacitus, isn’t careful enough to show us the development of national character, separate from the success of dynasties.
A republican historian would think of this development only, and suppose it to be possible without any dynasties.
A republican historian would only consider this development and assume it could happen without any dynasties.
Which is indeed in a measure so, and the work now chiefly needed in moral philosophy, as well as history, is an analysis of the constant and prevalent, yet unthought of, influences, which, without any external help from kings, and in a silent and entirely necessary manner, form, in Sweden, in Bavaria, in the Tyrol, in the Scottish border, and on the French sea-coast, races of noble peasants; pacific, poetic, heroic, Christian-hearted in the deepest sense, who may indeed perish by sword or famine in any cruel thirty years' war, or ignoble thirty years' peace, and yet leave such strength to their children that the country, apparently ravaged into hopeless ruin, revives, under any prudent king, as the cultivated fields do under the spring rain. How the rock to which no seed can cling, and which no rain can soften, is subdued into the good ground which can bring forth its hundredfold, we forget to watch, while we follow the footsteps of the sower, or mourn the catastrophes of storm. All this while, the Prussian earth—the Prussian soul—has been thus dealt upon by successive fate; and now, though laid, as it seems, utterly desolate, it can be revived by a few years of wisdom and of peace.
Which is true to some extent, and what we really need in moral philosophy and history is an analysis of the constant and prevalent yet unrecognized influences that, without any help from kings, quietly and inevitably shape, in Sweden, Bavaria, the Tyrol, the Scottish border, and along the French coast, a class of noble peasants—peaceful, poetic, heroic, and deeply Christian-hearted. These individuals may indeed perish in war or famine during a brutal thirty years' conflict or an ignoble thirty years' peace, yet they leave behind such strength for their children that, even if the land seems to be left in hopeless ruin, it can revive under any wise king, just as cultivated fields do after spring rain. We often forget to notice how the barren rock, which no seed can attach to and which no rain can soften, is transformed into fertile ground capable of yielding a hundredfold, while we focus on the sower's footsteps or lament the disasters of storms. All this time, the Prussian earth—the Prussian soul—has been shaped by successive fate; and now, while it appears utterly desolate, it can be restored with just a few years of wisdom and peace.
Vol. I. Book III. Chap, xviii.—The Great Elector, Friedrich Wilhelm. Eleventh of the dynasty:—
Vol. I. Book III. Chap, xviii.—The Great Elector, Friedrich Wilhelm. Eleventh of the dynasty:—
There hardly ever came to sovereign power a young man of twenty under more distressing, hopeless-looking circumstances. Political significance Brandenburg had none; a mere Protestant appendage, dragged about by a Papist Kaiser. His father's Prime Minister, as we have seen, was in the interest of his enemies; not Brandenburg's servant, but Austria's. The very commandants of his fortresses, Commandant of Spandau more especially, refused to obey Friedrich[Pg 455] Wilhelm on his accession; "were bound to obey the Kaiser in the first place."
There rarely came to power a young man of twenty under more distressing and hopeless circumstances. Politically, Brandenburg had no significance; it was just a Protestant extension, being dragged around by a Papist emperor. His father’s Prime Minister, as we've seen, was working for his enemies; not serving Brandenburg, but Austria's interests. Even the commanders of his fortresses, especially the Commandant of Spandau, refused to follow Friedrich[Pg 455] Wilhelm when he took over; "they were obligated to obey the emperor first."
For twenty years past Brandenburg had been scoured by hostile armies, which, especially the Kaiser's part of which, committed outrages new in human history. In a year or two hence, Brandenburg became again the theatre of business, Austrian Gallas advancing thither again (1644) with intent "to shut up Torstenson and his Swedes in Jutland." Gallas could by no means do what he intended; on the contrary, he had to run from Torstenson—what feet could do; was hunted, he and his Merode Brüder (beautiful inventors of the "marauding" art), till they pretty much all died (crepirten) says Köhler. No great loss to society, the death of these artists, but we can fancy what their life, and especially what the process of their dying, may have cost poor Brandenburg again!
For the past twenty years, Brandenburg had been ravaged by enemy armies, particularly those of the Kaiser, who committed atrocities unprecedented in human history. In a year or two, Brandenburg once again became a site of conflict, as the Austrian Gallas advanced there again in 1644 with the aim of "trapping Torstenson and his Swedes in Jutland." However, Gallas was unable to achieve his goal; instead, he was forced to flee from Torstenson—running as fast as he could. He and his Merode Brüder (the skillful inventors of the "marauding" tactic) were pursued until nearly all of them died, as Köhler notes. Their deaths weren't a significant loss to society, but we can imagine the toll their existence and especially their dying took on the unfortunate people of Brandenburg once more!
Friedrich Wilhelm's aim, in this as in other emergencies, was sun-clear to himself, but for most part dim to everybody else. He had to walk very warily, Sweden on one hand of him, suspicious Kaiser on the other: he had to wear semblances, to be ready with evasive words, and advance noiselessly by many circuits. More delicate operation could not be imagined. But advance he did; advance and arrive. With extraordinary talent, diligence, and felicity the young man wound himself out of this first fatal position, got those foreign armies pushed out of his country, and kept them out. His first concern had been to find some vestige of revenue, to put that upon a clear footing, and by loans or otherwise to scrape a little ready-money together. On the strength of which a small body of soldiers could be collected about him, and drilled into real ability to fight and obey. This as a basis: on this followed all manner of things, freedom from Swedish-Austrian invasions, as the first thing. He was himself, as appeared by-and-by, a fighter of the first quality, when it came to that; but never was willing to fight if he could help it. Preferred rather to shift, manœuvre, and negotiate, which he did in most vigilant, adroit, and masterly manner. But by degrees he had grown to have, and could maintain it, an army of twenty-four thousand men, among the best troops then in being.
Friedrich Wilhelm's goal, in this and other situations, was clear to him but mostly unclear to everyone else. He had to tread carefully, with Sweden on one side and a suspicious Kaiser on the other; he needed to project different appearances, be ready with vague responses, and move quietly through many paths. It was a delicate operation, but he managed to advance and succeed. With remarkable skill, hard work, and a bit of luck, the young man extricated himself from this dangerous position, pushed foreign armies out of his country, and kept them out. His first priority was to find some source of revenue, establish it clearly, and through loans or other means, scrape together a little cash. This would allow him to gather a small number of soldiers and train them to effectively fight and follow orders. With this foundation, he focused on various issues, starting with freedom from Swedish-Austrian invasions. As time went on, it became clear that he was a top-notch fighter when necessary, but he preferred to avoid battle if possible. He favored maneuvering, strategy, and negotiation, which he executed with great vigilance and skill. Gradually, he managed to build and sustain an army of twenty-four thousand men, among the best troops available at the time.
To wear semblances, to be ready with evasive words, how is this, Mr. Carlyle? thinks perhaps the rightly thoughtful reader.[Pg 456]
To put on appearances, to have evasive replies ready—what’s the deal with that, Mr. Carlyle? thinks the thoughtful reader. [Pg 456]
Yes, such things have to be; There are lies and lies, and there are truths and truths. Ulysses cannot ride on the ram's back, like Phryxus; but must ride under his belly. Read also this, presently following:
Yes, that's just how it is; there are lies of all kinds, and there are truths of all kinds. Ulysses can't ride on the ram's back like Phryxus; instead, he has to ride beneath it. Check this out as well, coming up next:
Shortly after which, Friedrich Wilhelm, who had shone much in the battle of Warsaw, into which he was dragged against his will, changed sides. An inconsistent, treacherous man? Perhaps not, O reader! perhaps a man advancing "in circuits," the only way he has; spirally, face now to east, now to west, with his own reasonable private aim sun-clear to him all the while?
Shortly after that, Friedrich Wilhelm, who had excelled in the battle of Warsaw, which he was pulled into against his will, switched sides. An inconsistent, treacherous man? Maybe not, dear reader! Perhaps he is a man moving "in circuits," the only way he knows how; spirally, facing east at one moment, west the next, with his personal goal crystal clear to him all along?
The battle of Warsaw, three days long, fought with Gustavus, the grandfather of Charles XII., against the Poles, virtually ends the Polish power:
The three-day Battle of Warsaw, fought against Gustavus, who was the grandfather of Charles XII, marks the effective end of Polish power.
Old Johann Casimir, not long after that peace of Oliva, getting tired of his unruly Polish chivalry and their ways, abdicated—retired to Paris, and "and lived much with Ninon de l'Enclos and her circle," for the rest of his life. He used to complain of his Polish chivalry, that there was no solidity in them; nothing but outside glitter, with tumult and anarchic noise; fatal want of one essential talent, the talent of obeying; and has been heard to prophesy that a glorious Republic, persisting in such courses, would arrive at results which would surprise it.
Old Johann Casimir, shortly after the peace of Oliva, grew tired of his unruly Polish nobility and their behavior, so he abdicated—moved to Paris, and "spent much time with Ninon de l'Enclos and her circle" for the rest of his life. He often complained about his Polish nobility, saying they lacked substance; it was all just flashy appearances, filled with chaos and disorder; a serious deficiency of one crucial skill, the skill of obeying; and he has been heard to predict that a glorious Republic, continuing on such a path, would face surprising outcomes.
Onward from this time, Friedrich Wilhelm figures in the world; public men watching his procedure; kings anxious to secure him—Dutch print-sellers sticking up his portraits for a hero-worshipping public. Fighting hero, had the public known it, was not his essential character, though he had to fight a great deal. He was essentially an industrial man; great in organizing, regulating, in constraining chaotic heaps to become cosmic for him. He drains bogs, settles colonies in the waste places of his dominions, cuts canals; unweariedly encourages trade and work. The Friedrich Wilhelm's Canal, which still carries tonnage from the Oder to the Spree, is a monument of his zeal in this way; creditable with the means he had. To the poor French Protestants in the Edict-of-Nantes affair, he was like an express benefit of Heaven; one helper appointed to whom the help itself was profitable.[Pg 457] He munificently welcomed them to Brandenburg; showed really a noble piety and human pity, as well as judgment; nor did Brandenburg and he want their reward. Some twenty thousand nimble French souls, evidently of the best French quality, found a home there; made "waste sands about Berlin into potherb gardens;" and in spiritual Brandenburg, too, did something of horticulture which is still noticeable.
From this point on, Friedrich Wilhelm becomes a significant figure in the world; public figures observe his actions, and kings are eager to gain his favor—Dutch print-sellers displaying his portraits for a hero-worshiping audience. The fighting hero, as the public perceived, was not his true essence, even though he had to engage in many battles. At heart, he was an industrial leader; adept at organizing, regulating, and transforming chaotic piles into something structured. He drained swamps, established colonies in the uninhabited regions of his territories, and built canals; tirelessly promoting trade and productivity. The Friedrich Wilhelm's Canal, which still transports goods from the Oder to the Spree, stands as a testament to his dedication in this respect; commendable given the resources he had. To the poor French Protestants affected by the Edict of Nantes, he was like a direct blessing from Heaven; a designated helper whose assistance was genuinely beneficial. He generously welcomed them to Brandenburg, showing not only noble piety and human compassion but also sound judgment; and neither he nor Brandenburg sought any reward in return. About twenty thousand nimble French individuals, clearly of the finest quality, found a home there; transforming “waste sands around Berlin into herb gardens;” and in the spiritual realm of Brandenburg, they also contributed to horticulture in ways that are still evident today.[Pg 457]
Now read carefully the description of the man, p. 352 (224-5); the story of the battle of Fehrbellin, "the Marathon of Brandenburg," p. 354 (225); and of the winter campaign of 1679, p. 356 (227), beginning with its week's marches at sixty miles a day; his wife, as always, being with him;
Now read carefully the description of the man, p. 352 (224-5); the story of the battle of Fehrbellin, "the Marathon of Brandenburg," p. 354 (225); and the winter campaign of 1679, p. 356 (227), starting with its weekly marches of sixty miles a day; his wife, as always, being with him;
Louisa, honest and loving Dutch girl, aunt to our William of Orange, who trimmed up her own "Orange-burg" (country-house), twenty miles north of Berlin, into a little jewel of the Dutch type, potherb gardens, training-schools for young girls, and the like, a favorite abode of hers when she was at liberty for recreation. But her life was busy and earnest; she was helpmate, not in name only, to an ever busy man. They were married young; a marriage of love withal. Young Friedrich Wilhelm's courtship; wedding in Holland; the honest, trustful walk and conversation of the two sovereign spouses, their journeyings together, their mutual hopes, fears, and manifold vicissitudes, till death, with stern beauty, shut it in; all is human, true, and wholesome in it, interesting to look upon, and rare among sovereign persons.
Louisa, an honest and loving Dutch girl, the aunt of our William of Orange, who turned her "Orange-burg" (country house), twenty miles north of Berlin, into a little gem of Dutch style, complete with herb gardens and training schools for young girls. It was one of her favorite places to relax when she had the chance. But her life was busy and purposeful; she was a true partner, not just in name, to a constantly active man. They married young in a love-filled union. Young Friedrich Wilhelm's courtship, their wedding in Holland, the genuine, trusting interactions of the two sovereign spouses, their travels together, their shared hopes, fears, and numerous ups and downs until death, with its solemn beauty, brought it to a close; everything is human, genuine, and wholesome, captivating to observe, and rare among royalty.
Louisa died in 1667, twenty-one years before her husband, who married again—(little to his contentment)—died in 1688; and Louisa's second son, Friedrich, ten years old at his mother's death, and now therefore thirty-one, succeeds, becoming afterwards Friedrich I. of Prussia.
Louisa died in 1667, twenty-one years before her husband, who remarried—(not that it brought him much happiness)—and died in 1688; Louisa's second son, Friedrich, who was ten years old when his mother died and is now thirty-one, succeeds and later becomes Friedrich I of Prussia.
And here we pause on two great questions. Prussia is assuredly at this point a happier and better country than it was, when inhabited by Wends. But is Friedrich I. a happier and better man than Henry the Fowler? Have all these kings thus improved their country, but never themselves?[Pg 458] Is this somewhat expensive and ambitious Herr, Friedrich I. buttoned in diamonds, indeed the best that Protestantism can produce, as against Fowlers, Bears, and Red Beards? Much more, Friedrich Wilhelm, orthodox on predestination; most of all, his less orthodox son;—have we, in these, the highest results which Dr. Martin Luther can produce for the present, in the first circles of society? And if not, how is it that the country, having gained so much in intelligence and strength, lies more passively in their power than the baser country did under that of nobler men?
And here we pause on two big questions. At this point, Prussia is definitely a happier and better place than it was when it was inhabited by the Wends. But is Friedrich I. a happier and better person than Henry the Fowler? Have all these kings improved their country but not themselves?[Pg 458] Is this somewhat extravagant and ambitious Herr, Friedrich I., adorned with diamonds, really the best that Protestantism has to offer compared to Fowlers, Bears, and Red Beards? What about Friedrich Wilhelm, who is orthodox on predestination, or his less orthodox son?—Are these the best outcomes that Dr. Martin Luther can deliver for now, in the upper echelons of society? And if not, how is it that the country, having gained so much in knowledge and strength, is more passively under their control than the lesser country was under nobler men?
These, and collateral questions, I mean to work out as I can, with Carlyle's good help;—but must pause for this time; in doubt, as heretofore. Only of this one thing I doubt not, that the name of all great kings, set over Christian nations, must at last be, in fufilment, the hereditary one of these German princes, "Rich in Peace;" and that their coronation will be with Wild olive, not with gold.
These, along with related questions, I plan to figure out as best as I can with Carlyle's valuable assistance;—but I must stop here for now, still uncertain as before. One thing I am sure of, though, is that the name of all great kings ruling over Christian nations will ultimately be, in fulfillment, the hereditary title of these German princes, "Rich in Peace;" and that their coronation will involve Wild olive, rather than gold.
FOOTNOTES:
[142] The late Sir Herbert Edwardes.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The late Sir Herbert Edwardes.
[143] I would much rather print these passages of Carlyle in large golden letters than small black ones; but they are only here at all for unlucky people who can't read them with the context.
[143] I would much rather display these passages from Carlyle in big, bold letters than in tiny black ones; but they’re included here for those unfortunate enough to miss the context.
THE
ETHICS OF THE DUST
TEN LECTURES
TO
LITTLE HOUSEWIVES
ON
THE ELEMENTS OF CRYSTALLISATION
CONTENTS.
ETHICS OF THE DUST.
LECTURE I. PAGE
The Valley of Diamonds 11
LECTURE II.
The Pyramid Builders 21
LECTURE III.
The Crystal Life 31
LECTURE IV.
The Crystal Orders 43
LECTURE V.
Crystal Virtues 56
LECTURE VI.
Crystal Quarrels 70
LECTURE VII.
Home Virtues 82
LECTURE VIII.
Crystal Caprice 98
LECTURE IX.
Crystal Sorrows 111
LECTURE X.
The Crystal Rest 125
Notes 143
Fiction—Fair and Foul 153
ELEMENTS OF DRAWING.
LETTER I.
On First Practice 233
LETTER II.
Sketching From Nature 293
LETTER III.
On Colour and Composition 331
Appendix: Things To Be Studied 403
ETHICS OF THE DUST.
LECTURE I. PAGE
The Diamond Valley 11
LECTURE II.
The Pyramid Constructors 21
LECTURE III.
The Crystal Life 31
LECTURE IV.
The Crystal Orders 43
LECTURE V.
Crystal Values 56
LECTURE VI.
Crystal Conflicts 70
LECTURE VII.
Home Values 82
LECTURE VIII.
Crystal Caprice 98
LECTURE IX.
Crystal Sorrows 111
LECTURE X.
The Crystal Lounge 125
Notes 143
Fiction—Fair and Unfair 153
ELEMENTS OF DRAWING.
LETTER I.
Inaugural Practice 233
LETTER II.
Sketching from Nature 293
LETTER III.
On Color and Composition 331
Appendix: Topics to Study 403
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
ELEMENTS OF DRAWING.
FIGURE PAGE
1. Squares 237
2. Gradated Spaces 241
3. Outline of Letter 245
4. Outline of Bough of Tree 248
5. Charred Log 257
6. Shoot of Lilac 272
7. Leaf 274
8. Bough of Phillyrea 275
9. Spray of Phillyrea 276
10. Trunk of Tree, by Titian 284
11. Sketch from Raphael 285
12. Outlines of a Ball 287
13. Woodcut of Durer's 289
14, 15, 16. Masses of Leaves 290, 291
17, 18, 19. Curvatures in Leaves 295, 296
20. From an Etching, by Turner 297
21. Alpine Bridge 307
22. Alpine Bridge as it Appears at Various Distances 308
23. Outlines Expressive of Foliage 314
24. Shoot of Spanish Chestnut 315
25. Young Shoot of Oak 316
26, 27, 28. Woodcuts after Titian 321, 322
29. Diagram of Window 339
30. Swiss Cottage 355
31. Groups of Leave 350
32. Painting, by Turner 361
33. Sketch on Calais Sands, by Turner 365
34. Drawing of an Ideal Bridge, by Turner 369
35. Profile of the Towers of Ehrenbreitstein 370
36. Curves 371
37, 38, 39. Curves Found in Leaves 372
40. Outlines of a Tree Trunk 373
41-44. Tree Radiation 374, 375
45, 46. Woodcuts of Leaf 376
47. Leaf of Columbine 378
48. Top of an Old Tower 385
ELEMENTS OF DRAWING.
FIGURE PAGE
1. Squares 237
2. Shaded Zones 241
3. Letter Outline 245
4. Branch Overview 248
5. Burned Log 257
6. Lilac Sprout 272
7. Leaf 274
8. Phillyrea Branch 275
9. Phillyrea Mist 276
10. Tree Trunk, by Titian 284
11. Raphael's sketch 285
12. Ball Outlines 287
13. Woodcut by Dürer 289
14, 15, 16. Leaf Clusters __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
17, 18, 19. Leaf Shapes __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
20. From an etching, by Turner 297
21. Mountain Bridge 307
22. Mountain Bridge Viewed from Various Distances 308
23. Leaf Shapes 314
24. Spanish Chestnut Sprout 315
25. Young Oak Sapling 316
26, 27, 28. Woodcuts Inspired by Titian __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
29. Window Chart 339
30. Swiss Cottage 355
31. Bunches of Leaves 350
32. Art, by Turner 361
33. Sketch on Calais Beach, by Turner 365
34. Bridge Concept, by Turner 369
35. Profile of Ehrenbreitstein Fortifications 370
36. Curves 371
37, 38, 39. Leaf Curves 372
40. Tree Trunk Shapes 373
41-44. Tree Glow __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
45, 46. Leaf Woodcuts 376
47. Columbine Leaf 378
48. Top of a Vintage Tower 385
PERSONÆ.
Old Lecturer (of incalculable age) | |
Florrie, on astronomical evidence presumed to be | aged 9. |
Isabel | " 11. |
May | " 11. |
Lily | " 12. |
Kathleen | " 14. |
Lucilla | " 15. |
Violet | " 16. |
Dora (who has the keys and is housekeeper) | " 17. |
Egypt (so called from her dark eyes) | " 17. |
Jessie (who somehow always makes the room look brighter when she is in it) | " 18. |
Mary (of whom everybody, including the Old Lecturer, is in great awe) | " 20. |
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.
I have seldom been more disappointed by the result of my best pains given to any of my books, than by the earnest request of my publisher, after the opinion of the public had been taken on the 'Ethics of the Dust,' that I would "write no more in dialogue!" However, I bowed to public judgment in this matter at once, (knowing also my inventive powers to be of the feeblest,); but in reprinting the book, (at the prevailing request of my kind friend, Mr. Henry Willett,) I would pray the readers whom it may at first offend by its disconnected method, to examine, nevertheless, with care, the passages in which the principal speaker sums the conclusions of any dialogue: for these summaries were written as introductions, for young people, to all that I have said on the same matters in my larger books; and, on re-reading them, they satisfy me better, and seem to me calculated to be more generally useful, than anything else I have done of the kind.
I have rarely felt more let down by the feedback on my efforts for any of my books than by my publisher's serious request, after gauging public opinion on 'Ethics of the Dust,' that I should "stop writing in dialogue!" I accepted public opinion on this right away, (especially knowing how limited my creativity is); however, in reprinting the book, (at the repeated request of my good friend, Mr. Henry Willett,) I ask that readers who might initially be bothered by its disjointed format take a closer look at the sections where the main speaker summarizes the points of any dialogue: these summaries were intended as introductions for young readers to everything I've discussed on the same topics in my larger works; upon rereading them, they satisfy me more and seem to be more generally useful than anything else I’ve produced in this style.
The summary of the contents of the whole book, beginning, "You may at least earnestly believe," at p. 130, is thus the clearest exposition I have ever yet given of the general conditions under which the Personal Creative Power manifests itself in the forms of matter; and the analysis of heathen conceptions of Deity, beginning at p. 131, and closing at p. 138, not only prefaces, but very nearly supersedes, all that in more lengthy terms I have since asserted, or pleaded for, in 'Aratra Pentelici,' and the 'Queen of the Air.'[Pg 6]
The summary of the entire book, starting with "You may at least earnestly believe," on page 130, is the clearest explanation I've ever provided about the general conditions under which Personal Creative Power shows up in physical forms. The analysis of pagan beliefs about Deity, which begins on page 131 and wraps up on page 138, not only sets the stage but almost completely replaces everything I've more elaborately stated or argued for in 'Aratra Pentelici' and 'Queen of the Air.'[Pg 6]
And thus, however the book may fail in its intention of suggesting new occupations or interests to its younger readers, I think it worth reprinting, in the way I have also reprinted 'Unto this Last,'—page for page; that the students of my more advanced works may be able to refer to these as the original documents of them; of which the most essential in this book are these following.
And so, even if the book doesn’t succeed in suggesting new activities or interests to younger readers, I believe it’s worth reprinting, just like I have reprinted 'Unto this Last'—page for page—so that the students of my more advanced works can reference these as the original sources. The most important parts of this book are the following.
I. The explanation of the baseness of the avaricious functions of the Lower Pthah, p. 39, with his beetle-gospel, p. 41, "that a nation can stand on its vices better than on its virtues," explains the main motive of all my books on Political Economy.
I. The explanation of the unworthiness of the greedy actions of the Lower Pthah, p. 39, with his beetle-gospel, p. 41, "that a nation can rely on its vices more than on its virtues," clarifies the primary motivation behind all my books on Political Economy.
II. The examination of the connexion between stupidity and crime, pp. 57-62, anticipated all that I have had to urge in Fors Clavigera against the commonly alleged excuse for public wickedness,—"They don't mean it—they don't know any better."
II. The examination of the connection between stupidity and crime, pp. 57-62, anticipated everything I needed to argue in Fors Clavigera against the usual excuse for public wrongdoing—"They didn't mean it—they just didn’t know any better."
III. The examination of the roots of Moral Power, pp. 90-92, is a summary of what is afterwards developed with utmost care in my inaugural lecture at Oxford on the relation of Art to Morals; compare in that lecture, §§ 83-85, with the sentence in p. 91 of this book, "Nothing is ever done so as really to please our Father, unless we would also have done it, though we had had no Father to know of it."
III. The exploration of the foundations of Moral Power, pp. 90-92, summarizes what is later elaborated in detail in my inaugural lecture at Oxford about the connection between Art and Morals; see in that lecture, §§ 83-85, alongside the statement on p. 91 of this book, "Nothing is ever done in a way that truly pleases our Father, unless we would also have done it, even if we had no Father to be aware of it."
This sentence, however, it must be observed, regards only the general conditions of action in the children of God, in consequence of which it is foretold of them by Christ that they will say at the Judgment, "When saw we thee?" It does not refer to the distinct cases in which virtue consists in faith given to command, appearing to foolish human judgment inconsistent with the Moral Law, as in the sacrifice of Isaac; nor to those in which any directly-given command requires nothing more of virtue than obedience.[Pg 7]
This sentence, however, should be noted, refers only to the general conditions of action in the children of God, which is why Christ predicts that they will say at the Judgment, "When did we see you?" It doesn’t pertain to the specific cases where virtue consists of faith in a command that might seem, to limited human understanding, inconsistent with the Moral Law, like in the sacrifice of Isaac; nor does it deal with situations where any direct command demands nothing more from virtue than obedience.[Pg 7]
IV. The subsequent pages, 92-97, were written especially to check the dangerous impulses natural to the minds of many amiable young women, in the direction of narrow and selfish religious sentiment: and they contain, therefore, nearly everything which I believe it necessary that young people should be made to observe, respecting the errors of monastic life. But they in nowise enter on the reverse, or favourable side: of which indeed I did not, and as yet do not, feel myself able to speak with any decisiveness; the evidence on that side, as stated in the text, having "never yet been dispassionately examined."
IV. The following pages, 92-97, were specifically written to address the dangerous impulses that many kind young women naturally experience, leaning towards narrow and selfish religious feelings. They include nearly everything I think young people should be aware of regarding the mistakes of monastic life. However, they do not cover the opposite or positive side, which I honestly haven't felt ready to discuss decisively; the evidence on that side, as mentioned in the text, has "never yet been dispassionately examined."
V. The dialogue with Lucilla, beginning at p. 63, is, to my own fancy, the best bit of conversation in the book, and the issue of it, at p. 67, the most practically and immediately useful. For on the idea of the inevitable weakness and corruption of human nature, has logically followed, in our daily life, the horrible creed of modern "Social science," that all social action must be scientifically founded on vicious impulses. But on the habit of measuring and reverencing our powers and talents that we may kindly use them, will be founded a true Social science, developing, by the employment of them, all the real powers and honourable feelings of the race.
V. The conversation with Lucilla, starting on p. 63, is, in my opinion, the best dialogue in the book, and the conclusion of it, on p. 67, is the most practically and immediately useful. From the idea of the unavoidable weakness and corruption of human nature has come, in our daily lives, the disturbing belief of modern "Social science," that all social actions must be based on negative impulses. However, by measuring and appreciating our abilities and talents so that we can use them kindly, a true Social science will emerge, advancing all the genuine strengths and honorable feelings of humanity through their application.
VI. Finally, the account given in the second and third lectures, of the real nature and marvellousness of the laws of crystallization, is necessary to the understanding of what farther teaching of the beauty of inorganic form I may be able to give, either in 'Deucalion,' or in my 'Elements of Drawing.' I wish however that the second lecture had been made the beginning of the book; and would fain now cancel the first altogether, which I perceive to be both obscure and dull. It was meant for a metaphorical description of the pleasures and dangers in the kingdom of Mammon, or of[Pg 8] worldly wealth; its waters mixed with blood, its fruits entangled in thickets of trouble, and poisonous when gathered; and the final captivity of its inhabitants within frozen walls of cruelty and disdain. But the imagery is stupid and ineffective throughout; and I retain this chapter only because I am resolved to leave no room for any one to say that I have withdrawn, as erroneous in principle, so much as a single sentence of any of my books written since 1860.
VI. Finally, the explanation given in the second and third lectures about the true nature and wonder of crystallization laws is essential for understanding the further lessons on the beauty of inorganic forms that I may present in 'Deucalion' or in my 'Elements of Drawing.' However, I wish the second lecture had been the opening of the book, and I would now prefer to remove the first one entirely, as I find it both unclear and tedious. It was intended as a metaphorical description of the pleasures and dangers in the realm of Mammon, or worldly wealth; its waters mixed with blood, its fruits caught in thickets of trouble, and toxic when harvested; and the ultimate captivity of its inhabitants within frozen walls of cruelty and disregard. But the imagery is dull and ineffective throughout; I keep this chapter only because I want to ensure that no one can claim I have retracted, as fundamentally wrong, even a single sentence from any of my books written since 1860.
One license taken in this book, however, though often permitted to essay-writers for the relief of their dulness, I never mean to take more,—the relation of composed metaphor as of actual dream, pp. 23 and 104. I assumed, it is true, that in these places the supposed dream would be easily seen to be an invention; but must not any more, even under so transparent disguise, pretend to any share in the real powers of Vision possessed by great poets and true painters.
One license used in this book, though often allowed for essay writers to lighten their dullness, I don’t intend to take again—the comparison of a crafted metaphor to a real dream, pp. 23 and 104. I did think that in these sections, it would be clear that the imagined dream was just an invention; however, I can no longer, even under such a transparent disguise, claim to have any of the genuine visionary powers that great poets and true artists possess.
Brantwood:
10th October, 1877.
Brantwood:
October 10, 1877.
PREFACE.
The following lectures were really given, in substance, at a girls' school (far in the country); which in the course of various experiments on the possibility of introducing some better practice of drawing into the modern scheme of female education, I visited frequently enough to enable the children to regard me as a friend. The lectures always fell more or less into the form of fragmentary answers to questions; and they are allowed to retain that form, as, on the whole, likely to be more interesting than the symmetries of a continuous treatise. Many children (for the school was large) took part, at different times, in the conversations; but I have endeavoured, without confusedly multiplying the number of imaginary[144] speakers, to represent, as far as I could, the general tone of comment and enquiry among young people.
The following lectures were actually given, in essence, at a girls' school (deep in the countryside); during various experiments aimed at introducing better drawing practices into modern female education, I visited often enough for the students to see me as a friend. The lectures generally took the form of fragmentary answers to questions, and I’ve kept that structure because it’s likely to be more engaging than the rigid flow of a continuous essay. Many students (since the school was large) participated in the discussions at different times, but I’ve tried to capture the overall tone of comments and questions from young people without overly complicating the number of imaginary[144] speakers.
It will be at once seen that these Lectures were not intended for an introduction to mineralogy. Their purpose was merely to awaken in the minds of young girls, who were ready to work earnestly and systematically, a vital interest in the subject of their study. No science can be learned in play; but it is often possible, in play, to bring good fruit out of past labour, or show sufficient reasons for the labour of the future.[Pg 10]
It’s clear that these Lectures weren’t meant to be an introduction to mineralogy. Their aim was simply to spark a genuine interest in the subject among young girls who were prepared to engage seriously and systematically. You can’t really learn any science through play; however, it’s often possible to draw valuable insights from past efforts or provide solid reasons for future endeavors.[Pg 10]
The narrowness of this aim does not, indeed, justify the absence of all reference to many important principles of structure, and many of the most interesting orders of minerals; but I felt it impossible to go far into detail without illustrations; and if readers find this book useful, I may, perhaps, endeavour to supplement it by illustrated notes of the more interesting phenomena in separate groups of familiar minerals;—flints of the chalk;—agates of the basalts;—and the fantastic and exquisitely beautiful varieties of the vein-ores of the two commonest metals, lead and iron. But I have always found that the less we speak of our intentions, the more chance there is of our realizing them; and this poor little book will sufficiently have done its work, for the present, if it engages any of its young readers in study which may enable them to despise it for its shortcomings.
The narrow focus of this aim doesn't justify ignoring many important structural principles and some of the most fascinating types of minerals. However, I felt it was impossible to dive deep into details without visuals. If readers find this book helpful, I might try to add illustrated notes on more interesting phenomena in separate groups of familiar minerals—like flint from chalk, agates from basalt, and the stunningly beautiful varieties of ore for the two most common metals, lead and iron. I've always thought that the less we talk about our plans, the more likely we are to achieve them. This little book will have done its job if it inspires any of its young readers to study so deeply that they see its shortcomings.
Denmark Hill:
Christmas, 1865.
Denmark Hill:
Christmas 1865.
FOOTNOTES:
[144] I do not mean, in saying 'imaginary,' that I have not permitted to myself, in several instances, the affectionate discourtesy of some reminiscence of personal character; for which I must hope to be forgiven by my old pupils and their friends, as I could not otherwise have written the book at all. But only two sentences in all the dialogues, and the anecdote of 'Dotty,' are literally 'historical.'
[144] When I say 'imaginary,' I don’t mean that I haven’t occasionally allowed myself the affectionate rudeness of recalling some personal memories. I hope my former students and their friends can forgive me for this, as I wouldn’t have been able to write the book otherwise. However, only two sentences in all the dialogues and the story of 'Dotty' are actually 'historical.'
THE ETHICS OF THE DUST.
LECTURE I.
THE VALLEY OF DIAMONDS.
A very idle talk, by the dining-room fire, after raisin-and-almond time.
A very casual conversation by the dining room fireplace, after snack time with raisins and almonds.
Old Lecturer; Florrie, Isabel, May, Lily, and Sibyl.
Old Lecturer; Florrie, Isabel, May, Lily, and Sibyl.
Old Lecturer (L.). Come here, Isabel, and tell me what the make-believe was, this afternoon.
Old Professor (L.). Come over here, Isabel, and tell me what the pretend story was this afternoon.
Isabel (arranging herself very primly on the foot-stool). Such a dreadful one! Florrie and I were lost in the Valley of Diamonds.
Isabelle (settling herself very neatly on the footstool). What a terrible experience! Florrie and I got stuck in the Valley of Diamonds.
L. What! Sindbad's, which nobody could get out of?
L. What! Sindbad's, which no one could escape from?
Isabel. Yes; but Florrie and I got out of it.
Isabelle. Yeah; but Florrie and I managed to escape it.
L. So I see. At least, I see you did; but are you sure Florrie did?
L. I get it. Well, I see you did; but are you sure Florrie did?
Isabel. Quite sure.
Isabel. Absolutely sure.
Florrie (putting her head round from behind L.'s sofa-cushion). Quite sure. (Disappears again.)
Florrie (peeking out from behind L.'s sofa cushion). Absolutely sure. ( vanishes again.)
L. I think I could be made to feel surer about it.
L. I think I could be made to feel more confident about it.
(Florrie reappears, gives L. a kiss, and again exit.)
(Florrie returns, kisses L. and leaves again.)
L. I suppose it's all right; but how did you manage it?
L. I guess it's fine; but how did you pull it off?
Isabel. Well, you know, the eagle that took up Sindbad was very large—very, very large—the largest of all the eagles.
Isabel. Well, you know, the eagle that picked up Sindbad was huge—really, really huge—the biggest of all the eagles.
L. How large were the others?
L. How big were the others?
Isabel. I don't quite know—they were so far off. But this one was, oh, so big! and it had great wings, as wide as—twice over the ceiling. So, when it was picking up Sindbad, Florrie and I thought it wouldn't know if we got on its back too: so I got up first, and then I pulled up Florrie, and we put our arms round its neck, and away it flew.[Pg 12]
Isabel. I'm not really sure—they were so far away. But this one was just, oh, so big! It had huge wings, as wide as—twice the ceiling. So, when it was picking up Sindbad, Florrie and I thought it wouldn’t notice if we jumped on its back too: so I climbed up first, then I helped up Florrie, and we wrapped our arms around its neck, and off it went.[Pg 12]
L. But why did you want to get out of the valley? and why haven't you brought me some diamonds?
L. But why did you want to leave the valley? And why haven't you brought me any diamonds?
Isabel. It was because of the serpents. I couldn't pick up even the least little bit of a diamond, I was so frightened.
Isabel. It was because of the snakes. I couldn't even pick up the smallest diamond; I was so scared.
L. You should not have minded the serpents.
L. You shouldn't have worried about the snakes.
Isabel. Oh, but suppose that they had minded me?
Isabel. Oh, but what if they actually cared about me?
L. We all of us mind you a little too much, Isabel, I'm afraid.
L. I'm afraid we all care a bit too much, Isabel.
Isabel. No—no—no, indeed.
Isabel. No—no—no, really.
L. I tell you what, Isabel—I don't believe either Sindbad, or Florrie, or you, ever were in the Valley of Diamonds.
L. I'm telling you, Isabel—I don't think Sindbad, Florrie, or you ever went to the Valley of Diamonds.
Isabel. You naughty! when I tell you we were!
Isabel. You little troublemaker! When I say we were!
L. Because you say you were frightened at the serpents.
L. Because you said you were scared of the snakes.
Isabel. And wouldn't you have been?
Isabel. And wouldn't you?
L. Not at those serpents. Nobody who really goes into the valley is ever frightened at them—they are so beautiful.
L. Not at those snakes. Anyone who truly ventures into the valley isn’t scared of them—they're so beautiful.
Isabel (suddenly serious). But there's no real Valley of Diamonds, is there?
Isabel (suddenly serious). But there isn't actually a Valley of Diamonds, right?
L. Yes, Isabel; very real indeed.
Yes, Isabel; very real indeed.
Florrie (reappearing). Oh, where? Tell me about it.
Florrie (reappearing). Oh, where? What’s it like?
L. I cannot tell you a great deal about it; only I know it is very different from Sindbad's. In his valley, there was only a diamond lying here and there; but, in the real valley, there are diamonds covering the grass in showers every morning, instead of dew: and there are clusters of trees, which look like lilac trees; but, in spring, all their blossoms are of amethyst.
L. I can't tell you much about it; I just know it's really different from Sindbad's. In his valley, there were just a few diamonds scattered around; but in the real valley, diamonds cover the grass like morning dew every day: and there are groups of trees that look like lilac trees; but in spring, all their blossoms are made of amethyst.
Florrie. But there can't be any serpents there, then?
Florrie. So there can't be any snakes there, right?
L. Why not?
L. Why not?
Florrie. Because they don't come into such beautiful places.
Florrie. Because they don't visit such beautiful places.
L. I never said it was a beautiful place.
L. I never said it was a nice place.
Florrie. What! not with diamonds strewed about it like dew?
Florrie. What! Not with diamonds scattered around it like drops of dew?
L. That's according te your fancy, Florrie. For myself, I like dew better.
L. That's up to you, Florrie. As for me, I prefer dew.
Isabel. Oh, but the dew won't stay; it all dries!
Isabel. Oh, but the dew won't last; it all dries up!
L. Yes; and it would be much nicer if the diamonds dried[Pg 13] too, for the people in the valley have to sweep them off the grass, in heaps, whenever they want to walk on it; and then the heaps glitter so, they hurt one's eyes.
L. Yes; and it would be much nicer if the diamonds dried[Pg 13] too, because the people in the valley have to sweep them off the grass in piles whenever they want to walk on it. Those piles sparkle so much that they hurt your eyes.
Florrie. Now you're just playing, you know.
Florrie. Now you’re just messing around, you know.
L. So are you, you know.
So are you, you know.
Florrie. Yes, but you mustn't play.
Florrie. Yeah, but you can't joke around.
L. That's very hard, Florrie; why mustn't I, if you may?
L. That's really tough, Florrie; why can't I if you can?
Florrie. Oh, I may, because I'm little, but you mustn't, because you're—(hesitates for a delicate expression of magnitude).
Florrie. Oh, I might, since I'm small, but you shouldn't, because you're—(pauses to find a polite way to say it).
L. (rudely taking the first that comes). Because I'm big? No; that's not the way of it at all, Florrie. Because you're little, you should have very little play; and because I'm big I should have a great deal.
L. (rudely taking the first that comes). Just because I'm bigger? No, that's not how it is at all, Florrie. Since you're small, you should have very little freedom; and because I'm big, I should have a lot more.
Isabel and Florrie (both). No—no—no—no. That isn't it at all. (Isabel sola, quoting Miss Ingelow.) 'The lambs play always—they know no better.' (Putting her head very much on one side.) Ah, now—please—please—tell us true; we want to know.
Isabel and Florrie (both). No—no—no—no. That’s not it at all. (Isabel alone, quoting Miss Ingelow.) 'The lambs always play—they don’t know any better.' (Tilting her head to the side.) Ah, now—please—please—tell us the truth; we want to know.
L. But why do you want me to tell you true, any more than the man who wrote the 'Arabian Nights?'
L. But why do you want me to tell you the truth any more than the guy who wrote the 'Arabian Nights?'
Isabel. Because—because we like to know about real things; and you can tell us, and we can't ask the man who wrote the stories.
Isabel. Because—we like to learn about real stuff; and you can share with us, and we can't ask the guy who wrote the stories.
L. What do you call real things?
L. What do you refer to as real things?
Isabel. Now, you know! Things that really are.
Isabelle. Now you know! Things that actually exist.
L. Whether you can see them or not?
L. Can you see them or not?
Isabel. Yes, if somebody else saw them.
Isabel. Yeah, if someone else saw them.
L. But if nobody has ever seen them?
L. But what if no one has ever seen them?
Isabel (evading the point.) Well, but, you know, if there were a real Valley of Diamonds, somebody must have seen it.
Isabel (evading the point.) Well, you know, if there was actually a Valley of Diamonds, someone must have seen it.
L. You cannot be so sure of that, Isabel. Many people go to real places, and never see them; and many people pass through this valley, and never see it.
L. You can't be so sure about that, Isabel. A lot of people visit real places and never actually see them, and many people travel through this valley and never really notice it.
Florrie. What stupid people they must be!
Florrie. What dumb people they must be!
L. No, Florrie. They are much wiser than the people who do see it.
L. No, Florrie. They know a lot more than the people who do see it.
May. I think I know where it is.
May. I believe I know where it is.
Isabel. Tell us more about it, and then we'll guess.[Pg 14]
Isabel. Share more details, and then we'll make our guesses.[Pg 14]
L. Well. There's a great broad road, by a river-side, leading up into it.
L. Well. There's a wide road by the river that leads up into it.
May (gravely cunning, with emphasis on the last word). Does the road really go up?
May (seriously clever, with emphasis on the last word). Does the road really go up?
L. You think it should go down into a valley? No, it goes up; this is a valley among the hills, and it is as high as the clouds, and is often full of them; so that even the people who most want to see it, cannot, always.
L. Do you think it should go down into a valley? No, it goes up; this is a valley among the hills, and it’s as high as the clouds, often filled with them; so even those who want to see it the most can’t always.
Isabel. And what is the river beside the road like?
Isabel. So, what's the river next to the road like?
L. It ought to be very beautiful, because it flows over diamond sand—only the water is thick and red.
L. It should be really beautiful, since it flows over diamond sand—only the water is thick and red.
Isabel. Red water?
Isabel. Red liquid?
L. It isn't all water.
It’s not all water.
May. Oh, please never mind that, Isabel, just now; I want to hear about the valley.
May. Oh, don’t worry about that right now, Isabel; I want to hear about the valley.
L. So the entrance to it is very wide, under a steep rock; only such numbers of people are always trying to get in, that they keep jostling each other, and manage it but slowly. Some weak ones are pushed back, and never get in at all; and make great moaning as they go away: but perhaps they are none the worse in the end.
L. The entrance to it is really wide, situated beneath a steep rock; however, there are so many people trying to get in that they keep bumping into each other and moving in very slowly. Some weaker ones get pushed back and never make it inside at all, and they leave feeling really upset: but maybe they end up being better off in the long run.
May. And when one gets in, what is it like?
May. And when someone enters, what is it like?
L. It is up and down, broken kind of ground: the road stops directly; and there are great dark rocks, covered all over with wild gourds and wild vines; the gourds, if you cut them, are red, with black seeds, like water-melons, and look ever so nice; and the people of the place make a red pottage of them: but you must take care not to eat any if you ever want to leave the valley (though I believe putting plenty of meal in it makes it wholesome). Then the wild vines have clusters of the colour of amber; and the people of the country say they are the grape of Eshcol; and sweeter than honey; but, indeed, if anybody else tastes them, they are like gall. Then there are thickets of bramble, so thorny that they would be cut away directly, anywhere else; but here they are covered with little cinque-foiled blossoms of pure silver; and, for berries, they have clusters of rubies. Dark rubies, which you only see are red after gathering them. But you may[Pg 15] fancy what blackberry parties the children have! Only they get their frocks and hands sadly torn.
L. The ground is uneven and broken: the road just stops; and there are big dark rocks, completely covered with wild gourds and vines; the gourds, when you cut them open, are red with black seeds, similar to watermelons, and look really nice; and the locals make a red stew from them: but you have to be careful not to eat any if you ever want to leave the valley (though I hear adding a lot of meal makes it safe to eat). Then the wild vines produce clusters that are amber in color; and the locals claim they are the grape of Eshcol; and they're sweeter than honey; but honestly, if anyone else tries them, they taste terrible. Then there are thickets of brambles so prickly that they would be cleared away right away anywhere else; but here they are adorned with little five-petaled blossoms that are pure silver; and for berries, they have clusters of dark rubies. These rubies only show their red color after you pick them. But you can imagine the blackberry picking parties the kids have! Unfortunately, they often end up with their dresses and hands pretty torn up.
Lily. But rubies can't spot one's frocks as blackberries do?
Lily. But rubies don’t stain your clothes like blackberries do?
L. No; but I'll tell you what spots them—the mulberries. There are great forests of them, all up the hills, covered with silkworms, some munching the leaves so loud that it is like mills at work; and some spinning. But the berries are the blackest you ever saw; and, wherever they fall, they stain a deep red; and nothing ever washes it out again. And it is their juice, soaking through the grass, which makes the river so red, because all its springs are in this wood. And the boughs of the trees are twisted, as if in pain, like old olive branches; and their leaves are dark. And it is in these forests that the serpents are; but nobody is afraid of them. They have fine crimson crests, and they are wreathed about the wild branches, one in every tree, nearly; and they are singing serpents, for the serpents are, in this forest, what birds are in ours.
L. No; but I'll tell you what makes them easy to spot—the mulberries. There are huge forests of them all up the hills, filled with silkworms, some munching the leaves so loudly that it sounds like mills at work; and some spinning. But the berries are the blackest you’ve ever seen; and wherever they fall, they leave a deep red stain that never comes out. It’s their juice, soaking through the grass, that turns the river so red, because all its springs are in this wood. The branches of the trees are twisted, as if in pain, like old olive branches; and their leaves are dark. This is where the snakes are, but nobody is afraid of them. They have beautiful crimson crests and are wrapped around the wild branches, one in almost every tree; and they are singing snakes, because in this forest, the snakes are what birds are in ours.
Florrie. Oh, I don't want to go there at all, now.
Florrie. Oh, I really don't want to go there at all, now.
L. You would like it very much indeed, Florrie, if you were there. The serpents would not bite you; the only fear would be of your turning into one!
L. You would really enjoy it, Florrie, if you were there. The snakes wouldn’t bite you; the only worry would be that you might turn into one!
Florrie. Oh, dear, but that's worse.
Florrie. Oh no, that's even worse.
L. You wouldn't think so if you really were turned into one, Florrie; you would be very proud of your crest. And as long as you were yourself (not that you could get there if you remained quite the little Florrie you are now), you would like to hear the serpents sing. They hiss a little through it, like the cicadas in Italy; but they keep good time, and sing delightful melodies; and most of them have seven heads, with throats which each take a note of the octave; so that they can sing chords—it is very fine indeed. And the fire-flies fly round the edge of the forests all the night long; you wade in fire-flies, they make the fields look like a lake trembling with reflection of stars; but you must take care not to touch them, for they are not like Italian fireflies, but burn, like real sparks.[Pg 16]
L. You wouldn't think that way if you actually became one, Florrie; you'd be really proud of your crest. And as long as you were still yourself (not that you'd get there if you stayed just the little Florrie you are now), you'd enjoy hearing the serpents sing. They hiss a bit, like the cicadas in Italy; but they keep good rhythm and sing beautiful melodies. Most of them have seven heads, each capable of hitting a note in the octave; so they can sing harmonies—it’s really impressive. And the fireflies dance around the edges of the forests all night long; you wade through fireflies, and they make the fields look like a lake shimmering with star reflections; but you have to be careful not to touch them, because they're not like Italian fireflies; they burn like real sparks.[Pg 16]
Florrie. I don't like it at all; I'll never go there.
Florrie. I really don’t like it; I’ll never go there.
L. I hope not, Florrie; or at least that you will get out again if you do. And it is very difficult to get out, for beyond these serpent forests there are great cliffs of dead gold, which form a labyrinth, winding always higher and higher, till the gold is all split asunder by wedges of ice; and glaciers, welded, half of ice seven times frozen, and half of gold seven times frozen, hang down from them, and fall in thunder, cleaving into deadly splinters, like the Cretan arrowheads; and into a mixed dust of snow and gold, ponderous, yet which the mountain whirlwinds are able to lift and drive in wreaths and pillars, hiding the paths with a burial cloud, fatal at once with wintry chill, and weight of golden ashes. So the wanderers in the labyrinth fall, one by one, and are buried there:—yet, over the drifted graves, those who are spared climb to the last, through coil on coil of the path;—for at the end of it they see the king of the valley, sitting on his throne: and beside him (but it is only a false vision), spectra of creatures like themselves, set on thrones, from which they seem to look down on all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them. And on the canopy of his throne there is an inscription in fiery letters, which they strive to read, but cannot; for it is written in words which are like the words of all languages, and yet are of none. Men say it is more like their own tongue to the English than it is to any other nation; but the only record of it is by an Italian, who heard the King himself cry it as a war cry, 'Pape Satan, Pape Satan Aleppe.'[145]
L. I hope not, Florrie; or at least I hope you can escape if you do. It’s really hard to get out, because beyond these snake-like forests, there are massive cliffs of dead gold that create a maze, always winding higher and higher, until the gold is all split apart by ice; and glaciers, made of ice frozen seven times on one side and gold frozen seven times on the other, hang down from them and crash down violently, breaking into deadly shards like Cretan arrowheads; and into a heavy mix of snow and gold dust, which can be lifted and blown into swirling clouds and pillars by mountain winds, obscuring the paths with a shroud that’s both chillingly cold and heavy with golden ashes. So the travelers in the maze fall, one by one, and are buried there:—yet, those who survive climb upwards, navigating the twisting paths;—because at the end, they see the king of the valley sitting on his throne: and beside him (though it’s just an illusion), are ghostly figures like themselves, seated on thrones, appearing to look down on all the kingdoms of the world and their grandeur. And above the canopy of his throne is an inscription in glowing letters that they try to read, but can’t; because it’s written in words that resemble languages, yet belong to none. People say it sounds more like English than any other language; but the only record of it comes from an Italian, who heard the King himself shout it as a battle cry, 'Pape Satan, Pape Satan Aleppe.'[145]
Sibyl. But do they all perish there? You said there was a way through the valley, and out of it.
Sibyl. But do they all die there? You mentioned there was a path through the valley and out of it.
L. Yes; but few find it. If any of them keep to the grass paths, where the diamonds are swept aside; and hold their hands over their eyes so as not to be dazzled, the grass paths lead forward gradually to a place where one sees a little opening in the golden rocks. You were at Chamouni last year, Sibyl; did your guide chance to show you the pierced rock of the Aiguille du Midi?
L. Yes; but few manage to find it. If any of them stick to the grass paths, where the diamonds are pushed aside; and cover their eyes so they aren’t blinded by the light, the grass paths slowly lead to a spot where you can see a small opening in the golden rocks. You were at Chamouni last year, Sibyl; did your guide happen to show you the hole in the rock of the Aiguille du Midi?
Sibyl. No, indeed, we only got up from Geneva on Monday[Pg 17] night; and it rained all Tuesday; and we had to be back at Geneva again, early on Wednesday morning.
Sibyl. No, we just left Geneva on Monday[Pg 17] night; it rained all Tuesday; and we had to be back in Geneva early Wednesday morning.
L. Of course. That is the way to see a country in a Sibylline manner, by inner consciousness: but you might have seen the pierced rock in your drive up, or down, if the clouds broke: not that there is much to see in it; one of the crags of the aiguille-edge, on the southern slope of it, is struck sharply through, as by an awl, into a little eyelet hole; which you may see, seven thousand feet above the valley (as the clouds flit past behind it, or leave the sky), first white, and then dark blue. Well, there's just such an eyelet hole in one of the upper crags of the Diamond Valley; and, from a distance, you think that it is no bigger than the eye of a needle. But if you get up to it, they say you may drive a loaded camel through it, and that there are fine things on the other side, but I have never spoken with anybody who had been through.
L. Of course. That's the way to experience a country in a mystical way, through inner awareness: but you might have spotted the hole in the rock during your drive up or down if the clouds cleared up. Not that there’s much to see; one of the peaks on its southern slope is punctured sharply, like with an awl, creating a small eyelet hole that you can see, seven thousand feet above the valley (as the clouds move past it or clear from the sky), first appearing white, then dark blue. There’s a similar eyelet hole in one of the upper peaks of the Diamond Valley; from a distance, it looks no bigger than a needle's eye. But if you get close, they say you could fit a loaded camel through it, and that there are amazing things on the other side, but I’ve never met anyone who has gone through.
Sibyl. I think we understand it now. We will try to write it down, and think of it.
Sibyl. I think we get it now. We'll try to write it down and reflect on it.
L. Meantime, Florrie, though all that I have been telling you is very true, yet you must not think the sort of diamonds that people wear in rings and necklaces are found lying about on the grass. Would you like to see how they really are found?
L. In the meantime, Florrie, while everything I’ve told you is absolutely true, you shouldn't believe that the kind of diamonds people wear in rings and necklaces can just be found lying around on the grass. Would you like to see how they are actually discovered?
Florrie. Oh, yes—yes.
Florrie. Oh, yes—yes.
L. Isabel—or Lily—run up to my room and fetch me the little box with a glass lid, out of the top drawer of the chest of drawers. (Race between Lily and Isabel.)
L. Lily—or Isabel—run up to my room and grab the small box with a glass lid from the top drawer of the chest of drawers. (Race between Lily and Isabella.)
(Re-enter Isabel with the box, very much out of breath. Lily behind.)
(Re-enter Isabel with the box, clearly out of breath. Lily following her.)
L. Why, you never can beat Lily in a race on the stairs, can you, Isabel?
L. You know you can never beat Lily in a race up the stairs, right, Isabel?
Isabel (panting). Lily—beat me—ever so far—but she gave me—the box—to carry in.
Isabel (panting). Lily—totally ahead of me—but she handed me—the box—to carry in.
L. Take off the lid, then; gently.
L. Lift the lid off, then; carefully.
Florrie (after peeping in, disappointed). There's only a great ugly brown stone!
Florrie (after looking in, disappointed). There's just a huge ugly brown rock!
L. Not much more than that, certainly, Florrie, if people were wise. But look, it is not a single stone; but a knot of[Pg 18] pebbles fastened together by gravel; and in the gravel, or compressed sand, if you look close, you will see grains of gold glittering everywhere, all through; and then, do you see these two white beads, which shine, as if they had been covered with grease?
L. Not much more than that, really, Florrie, if people were smart. But look, it's not just one stone; it's a cluster of [Pg 18] pebbles stuck together by gravel. And in the gravel, or packed sand, if you look closely, you’ll see grains of gold glittering everywhere, all throughout; and then, do you see these two white beads that shine as if they've been coated in grease?
Florrie. May I touch them?
Florrie. Can I touch them?
L. Yes; you will find they are not greasy, only very smooth. Well, those are the fatal jewels; native here in their dust with gold, so that you may see, cradled here together, the two great enemies of mankind,—the strongest of all malignant physical powers that have tormented our race.
L. Yes; you’ll see they’re not greasy, just very smooth. Well, those are the deadly jewels; found here in their dust with gold, so you can see, nestled together, the two great enemies of humanity—the strongest of all harmful physical forces that have tormented our kind.
Sibyl. Is that really so? I know they do great harm; but do they not also do great good?
Sibyl. Is that really true? I know they can cause a lot of damage; but don't they also do a lot of good?
L. My dear child, what good? Was any woman, do you suppose, ever the better for possessing diamonds? but how many have been made base, frivolous, and miserable by desiring them? Was ever man the better for having coffers full of gold? But who shall measure the guilt that is incurred to fill them? Look into the history of any civilised nations; analyse, with reference to this one cause of crime and misery, the lives and thoughts of their nobles, priests, merchants, and men of luxurious life. Every other temptation is at last concentrated into this; pride, and lust, and envy, and anger all give up their strength to avarice. The sin of the whole world is essentially the sin of Judas. Men do not disbelieve their Christ; but they sell Him.
L. My dear child, what good does it do? Do you think any woman has ever been happier just because she had diamonds? But how many have become shallow, petty, and unhappy because they wanted them? Has any man ever been better off having chests full of gold? But who can measure the guilt that comes from trying to fill them? Look at the history of any civilized nation; examine, regarding this one source of crime and suffering, the lives and thoughts of their nobles, priests, merchants, and those living in luxury. Every other temptation eventually combines into this one; pride, lust, envy, and anger all give way to greed. The sin of the entire world is fundamentally the sin of Judas. People don’t disbelieve in their Christ; they sell Him.
Sibyl. But surely that is the fault of human nature? it is not caused by the accident, as it were, of there being a pretty metal, like gold, to be found by digging. If people could not find that, would they not find something else, and quarrel for it instead?
Sibyl. But isn’t that a flaw in human nature? It's not just because we can dig up something valuable like gold. If we couldn’t find gold, wouldn’t we just fight over something else?
L. No. Wherever legislators have succeeded in excluding, for a time, jewels and precious metals from among national possessions, the national spirit has remained healthy. Covetousness is not natural to man—generosity is; but covetousness must be excited by a special cause, as a given disease by a given miasma; and the essential nature of a material for the excitement of covetousness is, that it shall be a beautiful thing[Pg 19] which can be retained without a use. The moment we can use our possessions to any good purpose ourselves, the instinct of communicating that use to others rises side by side with our power. If you can read a book rightly, you will want others to hear it; if you can enjoy a picture rightly, you will want others to see it: learn how to manage a horse, a plough, or a ship, and you will desire to make your subordinates good horsemen, ploughmen, or sailors; you will never be able to see the fine instrument you are master of, abused; but, once fix your desire on anything useless, and all the purest pride and folly in your heart will mix with the desire, and make you at last wholly inhuman, a mere ugly lump of stomach and suckers, like a cuttle-fish.
L. No. Whenever lawmakers have managed to temporarily keep jewels and precious metals out of national wealth, the national spirit has stayed strong. Greed isn’t natural to people—generosity is; but greed must be triggered by a specific cause, like a specific disease needs a certain miasma. The key quality of something that incites greed is that it should be beautiful[Pg 19] and can be kept without a purpose. The moment we can find a good use for our belongings ourselves, the instinct to share that purpose with others arises alongside our ability. If you can read a book well, you'll want others to hear it; if you can appreciate a painting, you'll want others to see it. Master how to handle a horse, a plow, or a ship, and you'll want to make your subordinates good horse riders, farmers, or sailors; you won’t be able to stand seeing the fine tool you master being misused. But once you fix your desire on something useless, all the purest pride and foolishness in your heart will mix with that desire, turning you into something totally inhuman, just a lumpy mass, like a cuttlefish.
Sibyl. But surely, these two beautiful things, gold and diamonds, must have been appointed to some good purpose?
Sibyl. But surely, these two beautiful things, gold and diamonds, must have been chosen for some good purpose?
L. Quite conceivably so, my dear: as also earthquakes and pestilences; but of such ultimate purposes we can have no sight. The practical, immediate office of the earthquake and pestilence is to slay us, like moths; and, as moths, we shall be wise to live out of their way. So, the practical, immediate office of gold and diamonds is the multiplied destruction of souls (in whatever sense you have been taught to understand that phrase); and the paralysis of wholesome human effort and thought on the face of God's earth: and a wise nation will live out of the way of them. The money which the English habitually spend in cutting diamonds would, in ten years, if it were applied to cutting rocks instead, leave no dangerous reef nor difficult harbour round the whole island coast. Great Britain would be a diamond worth cutting, indeed, a true piece of regalia. (Leaves this to their thoughts for a little while.) Then, also, we poor mineralogists might sometimes have the chance of seeing a fine crystal of diamond unhacked by the jeweller.
L. That's quite possible, my dear: just like earthquakes and diseases; but we can't really see the ultimate reasons behind them. The immediate purpose of earthquakes and diseases is to kill us, like moths, and just like moths, we would be smart to stay out of their path. Similarly, the immediate purpose of gold and diamonds is the widespread destruction of souls (in whatever way you've been taught to interpret that phrase); and the stifling of healthy human effort and thought on God's earth: a wise nation will steer clear of them. The money that people in England typically spend on cutting diamonds could, in ten years, if it were used for cutting rock instead, eliminate every dangerous reef and challenging harbor around the entire island coast. Great Britain would be a diamond worth refining, indeed, a true piece of royal treasure. (Leaves this to their thoughts for a little while.) Then, we poor mineralogists might occasionally get the chance to see a beautiful diamond crystal untouched by the jeweler.
Sibyl. Would it be more beautiful uncut?
Sibyl. Would it look better if it wasn't cut?
L. No; but of infinite interest. We might even come to know something about the making of diamonds.
L. No; but it's incredibly interesting. We might even learn something about how diamonds are created.
Sibyl. I thought the chemists could make them already?
Sibyl. I thought the chemists could already make them?
L. In very small black crystals, yes; but no one knows how[Pg 20] they are formed where they are found; or if indeed they are formed there at all. These, in my hand, look as if they had been swept down with the gravel and gold; only we can trace the gravel and gold to their native rocks, but not the diamonds. Read the account given of the diamond in any good work on mineralogy;—you will find nothing but lists of localities of gravel, or conglomerate rock (which is only an old indurated gravel). Some say it was once a vegetable gum; but it may have been charred wood; but what one would like to know is, mainly, why charcoal should make itself into diamonds in India, and only into black lead in Borrowdale.
L. In very small black crystals, yes; but no one knows how[Pg 20] they are formed or where they come from; or if they even form there at all. These, in my hand, look like they were gathered with the gravel and gold; we can trace the gravel and gold back to their original rocks, but not the diamonds. Check out the account of diamonds in any good book on mineralogy; you’ll just find lists of places where gravel or conglomerate rock (which is just old hardened gravel) can be found. Some say it used to be a vegetable gum; others think it could have been burned wood; but what we really want to know is, primarily, why charcoal turns into diamonds in India, but only turns into black lead in Borrowdale.
Sibyl. Are they wholly the same, then?
Sibyl. Are they exactly the same, then?
L. There is a little iron mixed with our black lead but nothing to hinder its crystallisation. Your pencils in fact are all pointed with formless diamond, though they would be HHH pencils to purpose, if it crystallised.
L. There’s a small amount of iron mixed with our black lead, but it doesn’t affect its ability to crystallize. Your pencils are actually all made with shapeless diamond tips, although they would be HHH pencils if they crystallized.
Subyl. But what is crystallisation?
Subyl. But what is crystallization?
L. A pleasant question, when one's half asleep, and it has been tea time these two hours. What thoughtless things girls are!
L. It's a nice question when you're half asleep, and it's been tea time for the last two hours. How thoughtless girls can be!
Sibyl. Yes, we are; but we want to know, for all that.
Sibyl. Yes, we are; but we still want to know.
L. My dear, it would take a week to tell you.
L. My dear, it would take a week to explain it to you.
Sibyl. Well, take it, and tell us.
Sibyl. Alright, go ahead and tell us.
L. But nobody knows anything about it.
L. But no one knows anything about it.
Sibyl. Then tell us something that nobody knows.
Sibyl. So, share something that no one else knows.
L. Get along with you, and tell Dora to make tea.
L. Go on, and ask Dora to make some tea.
(The house rises; but of course the Lecturer wanted to be forced to lecture again, and was.)
(The house rises; but of course the Instructor wanted to be forced to lecture again, and was.)
FOOTNOTES:
[145] Dante, Inf. 7. 1.
LECTURE II.
THE PYRAMID BUILDERS.
In the large Schoolroom, to which everybody has been summoned by ringing of the great bell.
In the big classroom, where everyone has been called by the ringing of the big bell.
L. So you have all actually come to hear about crystallisation! I cannot conceive why, unless the little ones think that the discussion may involve some reference to sugar-candy.
L. So you all actually came to hear about crystallization! I can't imagine why, unless the kids think the discussion might include something about candy.
(Symptoms of high displeasure among the younger members of council. Isabel frowns severely at L., and shakes her head violently.)
(Signs of strong dissatisfaction among the younger members of the council. Isabel glares at L. and shakes her head aggressively.)
My dear children, if you knew it, you are yourselves, at this moment, as you sit in your ranks, nothing, in the eye of a mineralogist, but a lovely group of rosy sugar-candy, arranged by atomic forces. And even admitting you to be something more, you have certainly been crystallising without knowing it. Did I not hear a great hurrying and whispering, ten minutes ago, when you were late in from the playground; and thought you would not all be quietly seated by the time I was ready:—besides some discussion about places—something about 'it's not being fair that the little ones should always be nearest?' Well, you were then all being crystallised. When you ran in from the garden, and against one another in the passages, you were in what mineralogists would call a state of solution, and gradual confluence; when you got seated in those orderly rows, each in her proper place, you became crystalline. That is just what the atoms of a mineral do, if they can, whenever they get disordered: they get into order again as soon as may be.
My dear kids, if you knew, you are right now, as you sit in your seats, nothing more than a beautiful group of rosy sugar candy, arranged by atomic forces. And even if you’re something more than that, you’ve definitely been crystallizing without realizing it. Didn’t I hear a lot of rushing and whispering ten minutes ago when you were late coming in from the playground? And thought you wouldn’t all be seated quietly by the time I was ready—plus some chatter about seating arrangements—something like 'it’s not fair the little ones always sit closest?' Well, you were all crystallizing at that moment. When you ran in from the garden and bumped into each other in the hallways, you were in what mineralogists call a state of solution and gradual merging. When you settled into those neat rows, each in your right spot, you became crystalline. That’s just like what atoms of a mineral do; whenever they get out of order, they organize themselves again as quickly as they can.
I hope you feel inclined to interrupt me, and say, 'But we know our places; how do the atoms know theirs? And sometimes[Pg 22] we dispute about our places; do the atoms—(and, besides, we don't like being compared to atoms at all)—never dispute about theirs?' Two wise questions these, if you had a mind to put them! it was long before I asked them myself, of myself. And I will not call you atoms any more. May I call you—let me see—'primary molecules?' (General dissent, indicated in subdued but decisive murmurs.) No! not even, in familiar Saxon, 'dust?'
I hope you feel free to interrupt me and say, 'But we know our places; how do the atoms know theirs? And sometimes[Pg 22] we argue about our places; do the atoms—(and, besides, we really don't like being compared to atoms at all)—never argue about theirs?' Those are two smart questions if you wanted to ask them! It took me a long time to ask them myself. And I won’t call you atoms anymore. Can I call you—let me think—'primary molecules?' (General dissent, indicated in subdued but decisive murmurs.) No! Not even in good old English, 'dust?'
(Pause, with expression on faces of sorrowful doubt; Lily gives voice to the general sentiment in a timid 'Please don't.')
(Pause, with expressions of sorrowful doubt on their faces; Lily voices the general feeling in a hesitant 'Please don't.')
No, children, I won't call you that; and mind, as you grow up, that you do not get into an idle and wicked habit of calling yourselves that. You are something better than dust, and have other duties to do than ever dust can do; and the bonds of affection you will enter into are better than merely 'getting into order.' But see to it, on the other hand, that you always behave at least as well as 'dust;' remember, it is only on compulsion, and while it has no free permission to do as it likes, that it ever gets out of order; but sometimes, with some of us, the compulsion has to be the other way—hasn't it? (Remonstratory whispers, expressive of opinion that the Lecturer is becoming too personal.) I'm not looking at anybody in particular—indeed I am not. Nay, if you blush so, Kathleen, how can one help looking? We'll go back to the atoms.
No, kids, I won’t call you that; and as you grow up, make sure you don’t get into the lazy and bad habit of calling yourselves that. You’re better than dust and have responsibilities that exceed anything dust can do; and the bonds of love you form will be more meaningful than just “getting organized.” But make sure, on the flip side, that you always behave at least as well as “dust;” remember, dust only gets out of order when it’s forced to, and because it doesn’t have the freedom to do what it wants; but sometimes, with some of us, the push has to go the other way—doesn't it? (Remonstratory whispers, expressing the opinion that the Instructor is getting a bit too personal.) I'm not looking at anyone in particular—really, I’m not. But if you’re blushing like that, Kathleen, how can anyone not look? Let’s get back to the atoms.
'How do they know their places?' you asked, or should have asked. Yes, and they have to do much more than know them: they have to find their way to them, and that quietly and at once, without running against each other.
'How do they know where to go?' you asked, or should have asked. Yes, and they need to do much more than just know: they have to navigate to those places quietly and immediately, without bumping into each other.
We may, indeed, state it briefly thus:—Suppose you have to build a castle, with towers and roofs and buttresses, out of bricks of a given shape, and that these bricks are all lying in a huge heap at the bottom, in utter confusion, upset out of carts at random. You would have to draw a great many plans, and count all your bricks, and be sure you had enough for this and that tower, before you began, and then you[Pg 23] would have to lay your foundation, and add layer by layer, in order, slowly.
We can put it simply like this: Imagine you need to build a castle, complete with towers, roofs, and buttresses, using bricks of a specific shape, which are all piled up in a massive heap, totally mixed up and dumped from carts randomly. You’d have to create multiple plans, count all your bricks, and make sure you had enough for each tower before starting. Then, you[Pg 23] would need to lay the foundation and add layers one by one, slowly and in order.
But how would you be astonished, in these melancholy days, when children don't read children's books, nor believe any more in fairies, if suddenly a real benevolent fairy, in a bright brick-red gown, were to rise in the midst of the red bricks, and to tap the heap of them with her wand, and say: 'Bricks, bricks, to your places!' and then you saw in an instant the whole heap rise in the air, like a swarm of red bees, and—you have been used to see bees make a honeycomb, and to think that strange enough, but now you would see the honeycomb make itself!—You want to ask something, Florrie, by the look of your eyes.
But how would you be surprised, in these gloomy times, when kids don’t read children’s books or believe in fairies anymore, if suddenly a real kind fairy, in a bright red dress, were to appear among the red bricks, tap the pile with her wand, and say: 'Bricks, bricks, get into place!' and then you saw the whole pile lift into the air, like a swarm of red bees, and—you’ve seen bees build a honeycomb and thought that was strange enough, but now you’d see the honeycomb create itself!—You want to ask something, Florrie, judging by the look in your eyes.
Florrie. Are they turned into real bees, with stings?
Florrie. Are they transformed into actual bees, with stingers?
L. No, Florrie; you are only to fancy flying bricks, as you saw the slates flying from the roof the other day in the storm; only those slates didn't seem to know where they were going, and, besides, were going where they had no business: but my spell-bound bricks, though they have no wings, and what is worse, no heads and no eyes, yet find their way in the air just where they should settle, into towers and roofs, each flying to his place and fastening there at the right moment, so that every other one shall fit to him in his turn.
L. No, Florrie; you’re just imagining flying bricks, like the slates that flew off the roof during the storm the other day; those slates didn’t seem to know where they were headed, and besides, they were going places they shouldn’t have been. But my enchanted bricks, even though they have no wings and, even worse, no heads or eyes, still manage to navigate through the air exactly where they need to go—into towers and roofs—each one flying to its spot and securing itself perfectly at the right moment, so that every other one fits into place in turn.
Lily. But who are the fairies, then, who build the crystals?
Lily. But who are the fairies that create the crystals?
L. There is one great fairy, Lily, who builds much more than crystals; but she builds these also. I dreamed that I saw her building a pyramid, the other day, as she used to do, for the Pharaohs.
L. There’s this amazing fairy, Lily, who creates way more than just crystals; but she makes those too. I had a dream the other day where I saw her building a pyramid, just like she used to do for the Pharaohs.
Isabel. But that was only a dream?
Isabel. But was that just a dream?
L. Some dreams are truer than some wakings, Isabel; but I won't tell it you unless you like.
L. Some dreams are more real than some wakeful moments, Isabel; but I won't share it with you unless you want me to.
Isabel. Oh, please, please.
Isabel. Oh, please, please.
L. You are all such wise children, there's no talking to you; you won't believe anything.
L. You all are so smart, there's no point in talking to you; you won’t believe anything.
Lily. No, we are not wise, and we will believe anything, when you say we ought.
Lily. No, we aren't wise, and we'll believe anything you say we should.
L. Well, it came about this way. Sibyl, do you recollect[Pg 24] that evening when we had been looking at your old cave by Cumæ, and wondering why you didn't live there still; and then we wondered how old you were; and Egypt said you wouldn't tell, and nobody else could tell but she; and you laughed—I thought very gaily for a Sibyl—and said you would harness a flock of cranes for us, and we might fly over to Egypt if we liked, and see.
L. So, here's how it happened. Sibyl, do you remember[Pg 24] that night when we were looking at your old cave near Cumæ, and we were curious about why you didn’t still live there? Then we started to wonder how old you were; Egypt said you wouldn’t tell, and no one else could tell but her; and you laughed—I thought rather cheerfully for a Sibyl—and said you would get us a flock of cranes, and we could fly over to Egypt if we wanted to and see.
Sibyl. Yes, and you went, and couldn't find out after all!
Sibyl. Yes, and you went but still couldn’t figure it out!
L. Why, you know, Egypt had been just doubling that third pyramid of hers;[146] and making a new entrance into it; and a fine entrance it was! First, we had to go through an ante-room, which had both its doors blocked up with stones; and then we had three granite portcullises to pull up, one after another; and the moment we had got under them, Egypt signed to somebody above; and down they came again behind us, with a roar like thunder, only louder; then we got into a passage fit for nobody but rats, and Egypt wouldn't go any further herself, but said we might go on if we liked; and so we came to a hole in the pavement, and then to a granite trap-door—and then we thought we had gone quite far enough, and came back, and Egypt laughed at us.
L. So, you know, Egypt had just finished creating that third pyramid of hers; [146] and it had a great new entrance! First, we had to go through a room that had both its doors blocked with stones; then we had to lift three granite portcullises, one after the other. As soon as we got under them, Egypt signaled to someone above, and they crashed down behind us with a sound like thunder, but even louder. Next, we entered a passage that was only suitable for rats, and Egypt wouldn’t go any further herself, but said we could continue if we wanted. So we reached a hole in the floor, then a granite trap-door—and that’s when we decided we’d gone far enough and turned back, and Egypt laughed at us.
Egypt. You would not have had me take my crown off, and stoop all the way down a passage fit only for rats?
Egypt. You wouldn't have wanted me to take off my crown and bend all the way down a passage meant only for rats?
L. It was not the crown, Egypt—you know that very well. It was the flounces that would not let you go any farther. I suppose, however, you wear them as typical of the inundation of the Nile, so it is all right.
L. It wasn't the crown, Egypt—you know that for sure. It was the flounces that held you back. I guess you wear them as a symbol of the Nile's flooding, so that's fine.
Isabel. Why didn't you take me with you? Where rats can go, mice can. I wouldn't have come back.
Isabel. Why didn't you take me with you? If rats can go, then mice can too. I wouldn’t have come back.
L. No, mousie; you would have gone on by yourself, and you might have waked one of Pasht's cats.[147] and it would have eaten you. I was very glad you were not there. But after all this, I suppose the imagination of the heavy granite blocks and the underground ways had troubled me, and dreams are often shaped in a strange opposition to the impressions that have caused them; and from all that we had[Pg 25] been reading in Bunsen about stones that couldn't be lifted with levers, I began to dream about stones that lifted themselves with wings.
L. No, little mouse; you would have continued on your own, and you might have disturbed one of Pasht's cats.[147] and it would have attacked you. I was really glad you weren't there. But after everything, I guess the idea of the heavy granite blocks and the underground passages had unsettled me, and dreams often form in a weird contrast to the experiences that inspired them; and from all we’d been reading in Bunsen about stones that couldn’t be moved with levers, I started dreaming about stones that lifted themselves with wings.
Sibyl. Now you must just tell us all about it.
Sibyl. Now you have to spill the beans and tell us everything.
L. I dreamed that I was standing beside the lake, out of whose clay the bricks were made for the great pyramid of Asychis.[148] They had just been all finished, and were lying by the lake margin, in long ridges, like waves. It was near evening; and as I looked towards the sunset, I saw a thing like a dark pillar standing where the rock of the desert stoops to the Nile valley. I did not know there was a pillar there, and wondered at it; and it grew larger, and glided nearer, becoming like the form of a man, but vast, and it did not move its feet, but glided like a pillar of sand. And as it drew nearer, I looked by chance past it, towards the sun; and saw a silver cloud, which was of all the clouds closest to the sun (and in one place crossed it), draw itself back from the sun, suddenly. And it turned, and shot towards the dark pillar; leaping in an arch, like an arrow out of a bow. And I thought it was lightning; but when it came near the shadowy pillar, it sank slowly down beside it, and changed into the shape of a woman, very beautiful, and with a strength of deep calm in her blue eyes. She was robed to the feet with a white robe; and above that, to her knees, by the cloud which I had seen across the sun; but all the golden ripples of it had become plumes, so that it had changed into two bright wings like those of a vulture, which wrapped round her to her knees. She had a weaver's shuttle hanging over her shoulder, by the thread of it, and in her left hand, arrows, tipped with fire.
L. I dreamed I was standing by the lake where the clay was used to make the bricks for the great pyramid of Asychis.[148] They had just been finished and were lying along the lake's edge in long ridges that looked like waves. It was near evening, and as I gazed towards the sunset, I noticed a dark pillar standing where the desert rock slopes toward the Nile valley. I didn’t know there was a pillar there, and I was intrigued; it grew larger and glided closer, taking on the shape of a massive man, though it didn’t move its feet and instead slid like a column of sand. As it approached, I glanced past it towards the sun and saw a silver cloud that was the closest to the sun (it even crossed it at one point) suddenly pull away from the sun. It turned and shot towards the dark pillar, arching like an arrow from a bow. I thought it was lightning, but as it neared the shadowy pillar, it slowly sank down beside it and transformed into a beautiful woman with a deep calmness in her blue eyes. She was dressed in a flowing white robe down to her feet, and above that, up to her knees, she wore the cloud I had seen crossing the sun, but all the golden ripples had changed into plumes, forming two bright wings like those of a vulture that wrapped around her to her knees. She had a weaver's shuttle hanging over her shoulder by its thread, and in her left hand were arrows tipped with fire.
Isabel (clapping her hands). Oh! it was Neith, it was Neith! I know now.
Isabel (clapping her hands). Oh! it was Neith, it was Neith! I get it now.
L. Yes; it was Neith herself; and as the two great spirits came nearer to me, I saw they were the Brother and Sister—the pillared shadow was the Greater Pthah.[149] And I heard them speak, and the sound of their words was like a distant singing. I could not understand the words one by one; yet[Pg 26] their sense came to me; and so I knew that Neith had come down to see her brother's work, and the work that he had put into the mind of the king to make his servants do. And she was displeased at it; because she saw only pieces of dark clay: and no porphyry, nor marble, nor any fair stone that men might engrave the figures of the gods upon. And she blamed her brother, and said, 'Oh, Lord of truth! is this then thy will, that men should mould only four-square pieces of clay: and the forms of the gods no more?' Then the Lord of truth sighed, and said, 'Oh! sister, in truth they do not love us; why should they set up our images? Let them do what they may, and not lie—let them make their clay four-square; and labour; and perish.'
L. Yes; it was Neith herself; and as the two great spirits approached me, I realized they were the Brother and Sister—the towering shadow was the Greater Pthah.[149] I heard them speak, and the sound of their words was like distant singing. I couldn’t understand each word individually; however, their meaning reached me, and I realized that Neith had come down to see her brother's work and the plans he had inspired in the king’s mind for his servants to execute. She was not pleased with it; because all she saw were blobs of dark clay: no porphyry, marble, or any beautiful stone for artisans to carve the images of the gods on. She criticized her brother, saying, 'Oh, Lord of truth! Is this really your will, that humans should only shape square pieces of clay and nothing more of the gods?' Then the Lord of truth sighed and said, 'Oh! sister, they truly do not love us; why should they create our images? Let them do as they wish, and let their actions be honest—let them make their clay square; and toil; and fade away.'
Then Neith's dark blue eyes grew darker, and she said, 'Oh, Lord of truth! why should they love us? their love is vain; or fear us? for their fear is base. Yet let them testify of us, that they knew we lived for ever.'
Then Neith's dark blue eyes became even darker, and she said, 'Oh, Lord of truth! Why should they love us? Their love is empty; or fear us? For their fear is worthless. Yet let them bear witness of us, that they knew we lived forever.'
But the Lord of truth answered, 'They know, and yet they know not. Let them keep silence; for their silence only is truth.'
But the Lord of truth answered, 'They know, and yet they don't. Let them be silent; for their silence is the only truth.'
But Neith answered, 'Brother, wilt thou also make league with Death, because Death is true? Oh! thou potter, who hast cast these human things from thy wheel, many to dishonour, and few to honour; wilt thou not let them so much as see my face; but slay them in slavery?'
But Neith replied, 'Brother, are you really going to side with Death just because it’s real? Oh! You potter, who have shaped these humans from your wheel, many brought to shame and few brought to honor; won’t you at least let them see my face instead of killing them in bondage?'
But Pthah only answered, 'Let them build, sister, let them build.'
But Pthah just replied, 'Let them build, sister, let them build.'
And Neith answered, 'What shall they build, if I build not with them?'
And Neith replied, "What will they build if I don't build with them?"
And Pthah drew with his measuring rod upon the sand. And I saw suddenly, drawn on the sand, the outlines of great cities, and of vaults, and domes, and aqueducts, and bastions, and towers, greater than obelisks, covered with black clouds. And the wind blew ripples of sand amidst the lines that Pthah drew, and the moving sand was like the marching of men. But I saw that wherever Neith looked at the lines, they faded, and were effaced.
And Pthah drew with his measuring rod on the sand. Suddenly, I saw the outlines of huge cities, vaults, domes, aqueducts, bastions, and towers—bigger than obelisks—drawn in the sand, covered with dark clouds. The wind blew ripples of sand over the lines that Pthah drew, and the shifting sand looked like soldiers marching. But I noticed that wherever Neith gazed at the lines, they disappeared and faded away.
'Oh, Brother!' she said at last, 'what is this vanity? If I,[Pg 27] who am Lady of wisdom, do not mock the children of men, why shouldst thou mock them, who art Lord of truth?' But Pthah answered, 'They thought to bind me; and they shall be bound. They shall labour in the fire for vanity.'
'Oh, Brother!' she said finally, 'what is this nonsense? If I,[Pg 27] who am the Lady of wisdom, don’t ridicule the children of men, why should you mock them, who are the Lord of truth?' But Pthah replied, 'They thought they could bind me; and they will be bound. They will toil in the fire for nothing.'
And Neith said, looking at the sand, 'Brother, there is no true labour here—there is only weary life and wasteful death.'
And Neith said, looking at the sand, "Brother, there's no real work here—only tired living and pointless dying."
And Pthah answered, 'Is it not truer labour, sister, than thy sculpture of dreams?'
And Pthah replied, 'Isn't it a more genuine effort, sister, than your sculpture of dreams?'
Then Neith smiled; and stopped suddenly.
Then Neith smiled, but then she abruptly stopped.
She looked to the sun; its edge touched the horizon-edge of the desert. Then she looked to the long heaps of pieces of clay, that lay, each with its blue shadow, by the lake shore.
She gazed at the sun; its edge met the horizon of the desert. Then she turned to the long piles of clay pieces, each casting its blue shadow by the lakeshore.
'Brother,' she said, 'how long will this pyramid of thine be in building?'
'Brother,' she said, 'how long will this pyramid of yours be under construction?'
'Thoth will have sealed the scroll of the years ten times, before the summit is laid.'
'Thoth will have sealed the scroll of the years ten times before the summit is established.'
'Brother, thou knowest not how to teach thy children to labour,' answered Neith. 'Look! I must follow Phre beyond Atlas; shall I build your pyramid for you before he goes down?' And Pthah answered, 'Yea, sister, if thou canst put thy winged shoulders to such work.' And Neith drew herself to her height; and I heard a clashing pass through the plumes of her wings, and the asp stood up on her helmet, and fire gathered in her eyes. And she took one of the flaming arrows out of the sheaf in her left hand, and stretched it out over the heaps of clay. And they rose up like flights of locusts, and spread themselves in the air, so that it grew dark in a moment. Then Neith designed them places with her arrow point; and they drew into ranks, like dark clouds laid level at morning. Then Neith pointed with her arrow to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and to the west, and the flying motes of earth drew asunder into four great ranked crowds; and stood, one in the north, and one in the south, and one in the east, and one in the west—one against another. Then Neith spread her wings wide for an instant, and closed them with a sound like the sound of[Pg 28] a rushing sea; and waved her hand towards the foundation of the pyramid, where it was laid on the brow of the desert. And the four flocks drew together and sank down, like sea-birds settling to a level rock; and when they met, there was a sudden flame, as broad as the pyramid, and as high as the clouds; and it dazzled me; and I closed my eyes for an instant; and when I looked again, the pyramid stood on its rock, perfect; and purple with the light from the edge of the sinking sun.
'Brother, you don't know how to teach your children to work,' answered Neith. 'Look! I must follow Phre beyond Atlas; should I build your pyramid for you before he sets?' And Pthah replied, 'Yes, sister, if you can put your winged shoulders to such labor.' Neith stood tall; I heard a clash pass through the feathers of her wings, and the asp stood up on her helmet, fire sparking in her eyes. She took one of the flaming arrows from the sheaf in her left hand and pointed it over the piles of clay. They rose up like swarms of locusts, filling the air, darkening everything in an instant. Then Neith directed them with her arrow tip, forming them into ranks, like dark clouds laid flat at dawn. Neith aimed with her arrow to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and to the west, and the flying particles of earth spread out into four large groups, one in the north, one in the south, one in the east, and one in the west—facing each other. Then Neith spread her wings wide for a moment and folded them with a sound like a rushing sea; she waved her hand toward the foundation of the pyramid, resting on the edge of the desert. The four groups gathered together and settled down like seabirds landing on a flat rock; when they met, there was a sudden flame as wide as the pyramid and as high as the clouds; it dazzled me, and I shut my eyes for a moment; when I opened them again, the pyramid stood on its base, perfect; and glowing with the light from the edge of the setting sun.
The younger children (variously pleased). I'm so glad! How nice! But what did Pthah say?
The little kids (variously pleased). I’m so happy! That’s great! But what did Pthah say?
L. Neith did not wait to hear what he would say. When I turned back to look at her, she was gone; and I only saw the level white cloud form itself again, close to the arch of the sun as it sank. And as the last edge of the sun disappeared, the form of Pthah faded into a mighty shadow, and so passed away.
L. Neith didn’t wait to hear what he would say. When I turned back to look at her, she was gone; all I saw was the flat, white cloud taking shape again, close to the arch of the sun as it set. And as the last sliver of the sun vanished, the form of Pthah turned into a huge shadow, and then faded away.
Egypt. And was Neith's pyramid left?
Egypt. Was Neith's pyramid left behind?
L. Yes; but you could not think, Egypt, what a strange feeling of utter loneliness came over me when the presence of the two gods passed away. It seemed as if I had never known what it was to be alone before; and the unbroken line of the desert was terrible.
L. Yes; but you can't imagine, Egypt, how overwhelming the feeling of complete loneliness was when the two gods disappeared. It felt like I had never really experienced being alone before, and the endless stretch of the desert was frightening.
Egypt. I used to feel that, when I was queen: sometimes I had to carve gods, for company, all over my palace. I would fain have seen real ones, if I could.
Egypt. I used to feel that, when I was queen: sometimes I had to carve gods for company all over my palace. I would have loved to see real ones if I could.
L. But listen a moment yet, for that was not quite all my dream. The twilight drew swiftly to the dark, and I could hardly see the great pyramid; when there came a heavy murmuring sound in the air; and a horned beetle, with terrible claws, fell on the sand at my feet, with a blow like the beat of a hammer. Then it stood up on its hind claws, and waved its pincers at me: and its fore claws became strong arms, and hands; one grasping real iron pincers, and the other a huge hammer; and it had a helmet on its head, without any eyelet holes, that I could see. And its two hind claws became strong crooked legs, with feet bent inwards. And so there stood by me a dwarf, in glossy black armour,[Pg 29] ribbed and embossed like a beetle's back, leaning on his hammer. And I could not speak for wonder; but he spoke with a murmur like the dying away of a beat upon a bell. He said, 'I will make Neith's great pyramid small. I am the lower Pthah; and have power over fire. I can wither the strong things, and strengthen the weak; and everything that is great I can make small, and everything that is little I can make great.' Then he turned to the angle of the pyramid and limped towards it. And the pyramid grew deep purple; and then red like blood, and then pale rose-colour, like fire. And I saw that it glowed with fire from within. And the lower Pthah touched it with the hand that held the pincers; and it sank down like the sand in an hour-glass,—then drew itself together, and sank, still, and became nothing, it seemed to me; but the armed dwarf stooped down, and took it into his hand, and brought it to me, saying, 'Everything that is great I can make like this pyramid; and give into men's hands to destroy.' And I saw that he had a little pyramid in his hand, with as many courses in it as the large one; and built like that, only so small. And because it glowed still, I was afraid to touch it; but Pthah said, 'Touch it—for I have bound the fire within it, so that it cannot burn.' So I touched it, and took it into my own hand; and it was cold; only red, like a ruby. And Pthah laughed, and became like a beetle again, and buried himself in the sand, fiercely; throwing it back over his shoulders. And it seemed to me as if he would draw me down with him into the sand; and I started back, and woke, holding the little pyramid so fast in my hand that it hurt me.
L. But listen for a moment, because that wasn't the whole of my dream. The twilight quickly turned to darkness, and I could barely see the huge pyramid when a heavy murmuring sound filled the air. A horned beetle with fearsome claws fell onto the sand at my feet with a force like a hammer strike. It then stood up on its hind claws and waved its pincers at me, while its fore claws transformed into strong arms and hands—one holding real iron pincers and the other a massive hammer. It wore a helmet without any visible eye holes that I could see. Its two hind claws morphed into strong, crooked legs with feet bent inward. There stood beside me a dwarf in shiny black armor, ribbed and embossed like a beetle's back, leaning on his hammer. I was so amazed I couldn't speak, but he murmured with a sound like the fading toll of a bell. He said, 'I will make Neith's great pyramid small. I am the lower Pthah; I wield power over fire. I can wither what is strong and empower what is weak; everything great I can reduce, and everything small I can enlarge.' Then he turned toward the corner of the pyramid and limped over to it. The pyramid shifted to deep purple, then to blood-red, and finally to a pale rose color, like fire. I saw that it glowed from within. The lower Pthah touched it with the hand holding the pincers; it sank down like sand in an hourglass, then pulled together and disappeared completely, it seemed. But the armored dwarf bent down, picked it up, and brought it to me, saying, 'Everything great I can reduce to this size, giving it into human hands for destruction.' I saw he held a small pyramid in his hand, with as many layers as the large one but built on a smaller scale. Since it still glowed, I was afraid to touch it, but Pthah said, 'Touch it—I've contained the fire inside so it can't burn.' So I touched it and took it into my hand; it felt cold, yet glowed red like a ruby. Pthah laughed, transformed back into a beetle, and burrowed fiercely into the sand, tossing it over his shoulders. It felt as if he wanted to drag me down with him into the sand; I jumped back and woke up, gripping the little pyramid tightly in my hand until it hurt.
Egypt. Holding what in your hand?
Egypt. What's in your hand?
L. The little pyramid.
The small pyramid.
Egypt. Neith's pyramid?
Egypt. Neith's pyramid?
L. Neith's, I believe; though not built for Asychis. I know only that it is a little rosy transparent pyramid, built of more courses of bricks than I can count, it being made so small. You don't believe me, of course, Egyptian infidel; but there it is. (Giving crystal of rose Fluor.)[Pg 30]
L. I think it belongs to Neith, but it wasn't built for Asychis. All I know is that it's a small, rosy transparent pyramid made of more layers of bricks than I can count, since it's so tiny. You probably don't believe me, of course, Egyptian nonbeliever; but there it is. (Giving crystal of rose Fluor.)[Pg 30]
(Confused examination by crowded audience, over each other's shoulders and under each other's arms. Disappointment begins to manifest itself.)
(People in the audience are confused as they try to examine what's happening, leaning over each other's shoulders and reaching under each other's arms. Disappointment starts to show.)
Sibyl (not quite knowing why she and others are disappointed). But you showed us this the other day!
Sibyl (not entirely sure why she and others feel let down). But you showed us this the other day!
L. Yes; but you would not look at it the other day.
L. Yes; but you wouldn't look at it the other day.
Sibyl. But was all that fine dream only about this?
Sibyl. But was that amazing dream really just about this?
L. What finer thing could a dream be about than this! It is small, if you will; but when you begin to think of things rightly, the ideas of smallness and largeness pass away. The making of this pyramid was in reality just as wonderful as the dream I have been telling you, and just as incomprehensible. It was not, I suppose, as swift, but quite as grand things are done as swiftly. When Neith makes crystals of snow, it needs a great deal more marshalling of the atoms, by her flaming arrows, than it does to make crystals like this one; and that is done in a moment.
L. What could be a better topic for a dream than this! It may seem small, but once you start to think about things in the right way, the concepts of smallness and greatness fade away. Creating this pyramid was just as amazing as the dream I’ve been sharing with you, and equally hard to understand. It might not have happened as quickly, but just as magnificent things can be accomplished quickly. When Neith creates snowflakes, it requires a lot more organizing of atoms, with her fiery arrows, than it does to form crystals like this one; and that happens in an instant.
Egypt. But how you do puzzle us! Why do you say Neith does it? You don't mean that she is a real spirit, do you?
Egypt. But you really confuse us! Why do you say Neith is the one doing it? You can't mean that she's actually a real spirit, right?
L. What I mean, is of little consequence. What the Egyptians meant, who called her 'Neith,'—or Homer, who called her 'Athena,'—or Solomon, who called her by a word which the Greeks render as 'Sophia,' you must judge for yourselves. But her testimony is always the same, and all nations have received it: 'I was by Him as one brought up with Him, and I was daily His delight; rejoicing in the habitable parts of the earth, and my delights were with the sons of men.'
L. What I mean doesn't matter much. What the Egyptians called her 'Neith,' or what Homer named her 'Athena,' or what Solomon referred to her as, which the Greeks translate as 'Sophia,' is for you to decide. But her message remains consistent, and all nations have accepted it: 'I was with Him as someone raised alongside Him, and I was His daily joy; celebrating in the inhabitable areas of the earth, and my joys were with humanity.'
Mary. But is not that only a personification?
Mary. But isn't that just a personification?
L. If it be, what will you gain by unpersonifying it, or what right have you to do so? Cannot you accept the image given you, in its life; and listen, like children, to the words which chiefly belong to you as children: 'I love them that love me, and those that seek me early shall find me?'
L. If it is, what do you gain by taking away its personality, or what right do you have to do that? Can’t you embrace the image presented to you, in its vitality; and listen, like kids, to the words that truly belong to you as kids: 'I love those who love me, and those who seek me early will find me?'
(They are all quiet for a minute or two; questions begin to appear in their eyes.)
(They all stay silent for a minute or two; questions start to show in their eyes.)
I cannot talk to you any more to-day. Take that rose-crystal away with you and think.
I can’t talk to you anymore today. Take that rose crystal with you and think about it.
FOOTNOTES:
[146] Note i.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 1.
[147] Note iii.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 3.
[148] Note ii.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 2.
[149] Note iii.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 3.
LECTURE III.
THE CRYSTAL LIFE.
A very dull Lecture, wilfully brought upon themselves by the elder children. Some of the young ones have, however, managed to get in by mistake. Scene, the Schoolroom.
A really boring lecture, intentionally created by the older kids. However, some of the younger ones have accidentally wandered in. Scene, the Schoolroom.
L. So I am to stand up here merely to be asked questions, to-day, Miss Mary, am I?
L. So I’m just supposed to stand up here and answer questions today, Miss Mary, am I?
Mary. Yes; and you must answer them plainly; without telling us any more stories. You are quite spoiling the children: the poor little things' heads are turning round like kaleidoscopes; and they don't know in the least what you mean. Nor do we old ones, either, for that matter: to-day you must really tell us nothing but facts.
Mary. Yes; and you need to answer them clearly; no more stories. You’re really confusing the kids: their heads are spinning like kaleidoscopes, and they have no idea what you’re talking about. And honestly, we adults don’t understand it either, so today you must just tell us the facts.
L. I am sworn; but you won't like it, a bit.
L. I'm committed; but you're not going to like it, at all.
Mary. Now, first of all, what do you mean by 'bricks?'—Are the smallest particles of minerals all of some accurate shape, like bricks?
Mary. First of all, what do you mean by 'bricks?'—Are the tiniest particles of minerals all perfectly shaped, like bricks?
L. I do not know, Miss Mary; I do not even know if anybody knows. The smallest atoms which are visibly and practically put together to make large crystals, may better be described as 'limited in fixed directions' than as 'of fixed forms.' But I can tell you nothing clear about ultimate atoms: you will find the idea of little bricks, or, perhaps, of little spheres, available for all the uses you will have to put it to.
L. I don’t know, Miss Mary; I’m not sure if anyone really does. The tiniest atoms that visibly come together to form large crystals are better described as 'limited in fixed directions' rather than 'of fixed shapes.' But I can’t provide any clear information about ultimate atoms: you’ll find the concept of tiny bricks or maybe little spheres useful for anything you need to apply it to.
Mary. Well, it's very provoking; one seems always to be stopped just when one is coming to the very thing one wants to know.
Mary. Well, it's really frustrating; it feels like you're always interrupted just when you're about to find out the exact thing you want to know.
L. No, Mary, for we should not wish to know anything but what is easily and assuredly knowable. There's no end to it If I could show you, or myself, a group of ultimate atoms,[Pg 32] quite clearly, in this magnifying glass, we should both be presently vexed because we could not break them in two pieces, and see their insides.
L. No, Mary, because we shouldn't want to know anything except what is clear and definitely knowable. There’s no end to it. If I could show you, or even myself, a group of ultimate atoms,[Pg 32] clearly through this magnifying glass, we would both be frustrated because we couldn't split them in half and see what’s inside.
Mary. Well then, next, what do you mean by the flying of the bricks? What is it the atoms do, that is like flying?
Mary. So, what do you mean by the bricks flying? What is it that atoms do that resembles flying?
L. When they are dissolved, or uncrystallised, they are really separated from each other, like a swarm of gnats in the air, or like a shoal of fish in the sea;—generally at about equal distances. In currents of solutions, or at different depths of them, one part may be more full of the dissolved atoms than another; but on the whole, you may think of them as equidistant, like the spots in the print of your gown. If they are separated by force of heat only, the substance is said to be melted; if they are separated by any other substance, as particles of sugar by water, they are said to be 'dissolved.' Note this distinction carefully, all of you.
L. When they are dissolved or uncrystallized, they are genuinely separated from each other, like a swarm of gnats in the air or a school of fish in the sea—usually at about equal distances. In solutions, or at different depths of them, some areas may contain more dissolved particles than others; but overall, you can think of them as evenly spaced, like the spots on your dress. If they are separated by heat alone, the substance is considered melted; if they are separated by another substance, like particles of sugar in water, they are called "dissolved." Pay close attention to this distinction, everyone.
Dora. I will be very particular. When next you tell me there isn't sugar enough in your tea, I will say, 'It is not yet dissolved, sir.'
Dora. I will be very specific. The next time you tell me there isn't enough sugar in your tea, I'll respond, 'It hasn't dissolved yet, sir.'
L. I tell you what shall be dissolved, Miss Dora; and that's the present parliament, if the members get too saucy.
L. I'll tell you what will be dissolved, Miss Dora; and that's the current parliament, if the members get too arrogant.
(Dora folds her hands and casts down her eyes.)
(Dora puts her hands together and looks down.)
L. (proceeds in state). Now, Miss Mary, you know already, I believe, that nearly everything will melt, under a sufficient heat, like wax. Limestone melts (under pressure); sand melts; granite melts; the lava of a volcano is a mixed mass of many kinds of rocks, melted: and any melted substance nearly always, if not always, crystallises as it cools; the more slowly the more perfectly. Water melts at what we call the freezing, but might just as wisely, though not as conveniently, call the melting, point; and radiates as it cools into the most beautiful of all known crystals. Glass melts at a greater heat, and will crystallise, if you let it cool slowly enough, in stars, much like snow. Gold needs more heat to melt it, but crystallises also exquisitely, as I will presently show you. Arsenic and sulphur crystallise from their vapours. Now in any of these cases, either of melted, dissolved, or vaporous bodies,[Pg 33] the particles are usually separated from each other, either by heat, or by an intermediate substance; and in crystallising they are both brought nearer to each other, and packed, so as to fit as closely as possible: the essential part of the business being not the bringing together, but the packing. Who packed your trunk for you, last holidays, Isabel?
L. (proceeds in state). Now, Miss Mary, you already know, I believe, that almost everything will melt under enough heat, like wax. Limestone melts (under pressure); sand melts; granite melts; the lava from a volcano is a mixed mass of many types of rocks, melted: and any melted substance nearly always, if not always, crystallizes as it cools; the slower it cools, the more perfect the crystals. Water melts at what we call the freezing point, but we could just as well, though less conveniently, call it the melting point; and it radiates as it cools into the most beautiful crystals known. Glass melts at a higher temperature and can crystallize, if you let it cool slowly enough, in star shapes, much like snow. Gold requires more heat to melt, but it also crystallizes beautifully, as I will show you shortly. Arsenic and sulfur crystallize from their vapors. In any of these cases, whether melted, dissolved, or vaporized bodies,[Pg 33] the particles are usually separated from one another, either by heat or by an intermediate substance; and in crystallizing, they get closer together and are packed in a way that allows them to fit as closely as possible: the key part of this process isn't just bringing them together, but the packing itself. Who packed your trunk for you during the last holidays, Isabel?
Isabel. Lily does, always.
Isabel. Lily always does.
L. And how much can you allow for Lily's good packing, in guessing what will go into the trunk?
L. And how much can you count on Lily's good packing skills when it comes to figuring out what will fit in the trunk?
Isabel. Oh! I bring twice as much as the trunk holds. Lily always gets everything in.
Isabella. Oh! I’m bringing twice as much as the trunk can hold. Lily always manages to fit everything in.
Lily. Ah! but, Isey, if you only knew what a time it takes! and since you've had those great hard buttons on your frocks, I can't do anything with them. Buttons won't go anywhere, you know.
Lily. Ah! but, Isey, if you only knew how long it takes! And since you've had those big, hard buttons on your dresses, I can't do anything with them. Buttons just don't cooperate, you know.
L. Yes, Lily, it would be well if she only knew what a time it takes; and I wish any of us knew what a time crystallisation takes, for that is consummately fine packing. The particles of the rock are thrown down, just as Isabel brings her things—in a heap; and innumerable Lilies, not of the valley, but of the rock, come to pack them. But it takes such a time!
L. Yes, Lily, it would be great if she only understood how long it takes; and I wish any of us knew how long crystallization takes, because that's incredibly precise packing. The particles of the rock settle down, just like Isabel brings her things—in a pile; and countless Lilies, not of the valley, but of the rock, come to organize them. But it takes such a long time!
However, the best—out and out the best—way of understanding the thing, is to crystallise yourselves.
However, the best—by far the best—way to understand it is to clarify your thoughts.
The Audience. Ourselves!
The Audience. Ourselves!
L. Yes; not merely as you did the other day, carelessly, on the schoolroom forms; but carefully and finely, out in the playground. You can play at crystallisation there as much as you please.
L. Yes; not just like you did the other day, thoughtlessly, on the classroom benches; but thoughtfully and skillfully, out in the playground. You can practice crystallization there for as long as you want.
Kathleen and Jessie. Oh! how?—how?
Kathleen and Jessie. Oh! how?—how?
L. First, you must put yourselves together, as close as you can, in the middle of the grass, and form, for first practice any figure you like.
L. First, you need to gather yourselves as closely as possible in the middle of the grass and create any figure you like for your first practice.
Jessie. Any dancing figure, do you mean?
Jessie. Are you talking about a dancing figure?
L. No; I mean a square, or a cross, or a diamond. Any figure you like, standing close together. You had better outline it first on the turf, with sticks, or pebbles, so as to see that it is rightly drawn; then get into it and enlarge or diminish[Pg 34] it at one side, till you are all quite in it, and no empty space left.
L. No; I mean a square, a cross, or a diamond. Any shape you like, packed tightly together. You should first mark it out on the grass with sticks or pebbles to make sure it’s drawn correctly; then step inside and adjust its size on one side until you’re all comfortably inside with no empty space left.
Dora. Crinoline and all?
Dora. Crinoline and everything?
L. The crinoline may stand eventually for rough crystalline surface, unless you pin it in; and then you may make a polished crystal of yourselves.
L. The crinoline might eventually represent a rough crystalline surface, unless you secure it; and then you can transform yourselves into a polished crystal.
Lily. Oh, we'll pin it in—we'll pin it in!
Lily. Oh, we'll attach it—we'll attach it!
L. Then, when you are all in the figure, let every one note her place, and who is next her on each side; and let the outsiders count how many places they stand from the corners.
L. Then, when you all have formed the shape, let everyone take note of their position and who is next to them on either side; and let those on the outside count how many spots they are from the corners.
Kathleen. Yes, yes,—and then?
Kathleen. Yeah, yeah—what happened next?
L. Then you must scatter all over the playground—right over it from side to side, and end to end; and put yourselves all at equal distances from each other, everywhere. You needn't mind doing it very accurately, but so as to be nearly equidistant; not less than about three yards apart from each other, on every side.
L. Then you need to spread out all over the playground—across it from side to side, and from one end to the other; and position yourselves at equal distances from each other, everywhere. You don’t have to be super precise, but try to be nearly even in distance; make sure you’re no less than about three yards apart from each other on all sides.
Jessie. We can easily cut pieces of string of equal length, to hold. And then?
Jessie. We can easily cut pieces of string to the same length to hold. And then?
L. Then, at a given signal, let everybody walk, at the same rate, towards the outlined figure in the middle. You had better sing as you walk; that will keep you in good time. And as you close in towards it, let each take her place, and the next comers fit themselves in beside the first ones, till you are all in the figure again.
L. Then, at a specific signal, let everyone walk at the same pace toward the outlined shape in the center. It’s a good idea to sing as you walk; it will help you stay in rhythm. As you get closer, let each person take their spot, and the newcomers should fit in next to the ones who arrived first, until you're all back in the shape.
Kathleen. Oh! how we shall run against each other! What fun it will be!
Kathleen. Oh! how we’ll bump into each other! It’s going to be so much fun!
L. No, no, Miss Katie; I can't allow any running against each other. The atoms never do that, whatever human creatures do. You must all know your places, and find your way to them without jostling.
L. No, no, Miss Katie; I can't let you all compete against each other. Atoms never do that, no matter what people do. You all need to know your roles and navigate to them without crowding each other.
Lily. But how ever shall we do that?
Lily. But how are we going to do that?
Isabel. Mustn't the ones in the middle be the nearest, and the outside ones farther off—when we go away to scatter, I mean?
Isabel. Shouldn't the ones in the middle be the closest, and the ones on the outside be farther away—when we leave to spread out, I mean?
L. Yes; you must be very careful to keep your order; you will soon find out how to do it; it is only like soldiers forming square, except that each must stand still in her place[Pg 35] as she reaches it, and the others come round her; and you will have much more complicated figures, afterwards, to form, than squares.
L. Yes, you need to be very careful to maintain your formation; you’ll quickly learn how to do it. It’s similar to soldiers forming a square, except that each person must stay in her spot as she arrives, while the others move around her. Later on, you'll have to create much more complex shapes than just squares.[Pg 35]
Isabel. I'll put a stone at my place: then I shall know it.
Isabel. I'll leave a stone in my spot: that way, I'll remember it.
L. You might each nail a bit of paper to the turf, at your place, with your name upon it: but it would be of no use, for if you don't know your places, you will make a fine piece of business of it, while you are looking for your names. And, Isabel, if with a little head, and eyes, and a brain (all of them very good and serviceable of their kind, as such things go), you think you cannot know your place without a stone at it, after examining it well,—how do you think each atom knows its place, when it never was there before, and there's no stone at it?
L. You could each tack a piece of paper with your name on it to the ground at your spot, but it wouldn’t help, because if you can’t find your spots, you’ll create quite a mess trying to look for your names. And, Isabel, if you think you can’t figure out your place without a marker after checking it thoroughly—with a little common sense, eyes, and a brain (which are all pretty useful in their own way)—how do you expect every tiny particle to know where it belongs if it’s never been there before and there’s no marker?
Isabel. But does every atom know its place?
Isabelle. But does every atom know where it belongs?
L. How else could it get there?
L. How else could it have gotten there?
Mary. Are they not attracted to their places?
Mary. Aren't they drawn to their own homes?
L. Cover a piece of paper with spots, at equal intervals; and then imagine any kind of attraction you choose, or any law of attraction, to exist between the spots, and try how, on that permitted supposition, you can attract them into the figure of a Maltese cross, in the middle of the paper.
L. Mark a piece of paper with dots, spaced evenly apart; then imagine any kind of attraction you want, or any principle of attraction, that exists between the dots, and see how, based on that assumption, you can pull them into the shape of a Maltese cross in the center of the paper.
Mary (having tried it). Yes; I see that I cannot:—one would need all kinds of attractions, in different ways, at different places. But you do not mean that the atoms are alive?
Mary (having tried it). Yes; I realize that I can't:—one would need all sorts of attractions, in various ways, in different locations. But you don't mean that the atoms are alive, do you?
L. What is it to be alive?
L. What does it mean to be alive?
Dora. There now; you're going to be provoking, I know.
Dora. There you go; I know you're going to be annoying.
L. I do not see why it should be provoking to be asked what it is to be alive. Do you think you don't know whether you are alive or not?
L. I don't understand why being asked what it means to be alive should annoy you. Do you honestly think you're unsure about whether you're alive or not?
(Isabel skips to the end of the room and back.)
(Isabel runs to the end of the room and back.)
L. Yes, Isabel, that's all very fine; and you and I may call that being alive: but a modern philosopher calls it being in a 'mode of motion.' It requires a certain quantity of heat to take you to the sideboard; and exactly the same quantity to bring you back again. That's all.
L. Yes, Isabel, that's all well and good; and you and I might consider that being alive: but a modern philosopher refers to it as being in a 'state of motion.' It takes a specific amount of energy to walk to the sideboard; and exactly the same amount to come back again. That's all.
Isabel. No, it isn't. And besides, I'm not hot.[Pg 36]
Isabella. No, it isn't. And besides, I'm not attractive.[Pg 36]
L. I am, sometimes, at the way they talk. However, you know, Isabel, you might have been a particle of a mineral, and yet have been carried round the room, or anywhere else, by chemical forces, in the liveliest way.
L. I am sometimes surprised by the way they talk. But you know, Isabel, you could have been a tiny piece of a mineral and still been moved around the room, or anywhere else, by chemical forces in the most lively way.
Isabel. Yes; but I wasn't carried: I carried myself.
Isabel. Yes; but I didn't get carried away: I handled it myself.
L. The fact is, mousie, the difficulty is not so much to say what makes a thing alive, as what makes it a Self. As soon as you are shut off from the rest of the universe into a Self, you begin to be alive.
L. The truth is, mousie, the challenge isn't really about defining what brings a thing to life, but rather what defines it as a Self. Once you become separated from the rest of the universe and identify as a Self, that's when you truly start to live.
Violet (indignant). Oh, surely—surely that cannot be so. Is not all the life of the soul in communion, not separation?
Violet (indignant). Oh, surely—that can't be true. Isn't the essence of the soul found in connection, not separation?
L. There can be no communion where there is no distinction. But we shall be in an abyss of metaphysics presently, if we don't look out; and besides, we must not be too grand, to-day, for the younger children. We'll be grand, some day, by ourselves, if we must. (The younger children are not pleased, and prepare to remonstrate; but, knowing by experience, that all conversations in which the word 'communion' occurs, are unintelligible, think better of it.) Meantime, for broad answer about the atoms. I do not think we should use the word 'life,' of any energy which does not belong to a given form. A seed, or an egg, or a young animal are properly called 'alive' with respect to the force belonging to those forms, which consistently develops that form, and no other. But the force which crystallises a mineral appears to be chiefly external, and it does not produce an entirely determinate and individual form, limited in size, but only an aggregation, in which some limiting laws must be observed.
L. There can't be any connection where there's no distinction. But we’re about to dive deep into metaphysics if we’re not careful; and besides, we shouldn't be too sophisticated today, considering the younger kids. We can be sophisticated another time, just us, if we really need to. (The younger kids are not happy and get ready to protest; but knowing from experience that any discussion with the word 'connection' is usually confusing, they think better of it.) In the meantime, to give a straightforward answer about the atoms. I don’t think we should use the word 'life' for any energy that doesn't belong to a specific form. A seed, an egg, or a young animal can rightly be called 'alive' in relation to the force that belongs to those forms, which consistently develops that form and no other. But the force that crystallizes a mineral seems to be mainly external, and it doesn’t create a completely defined and individual form that is limited in size, but rather just a collection, where some limiting laws have to be followed.
Mary. But I do not see much difference, that way, between a crystal and a tree.
Mary. But I don't really see much difference between a crystal and a tree that way.
L. Add, then, that the mode of the energy in a living thing implies a continual change in its elements; and a period for its end. So you may define life by its attached negative, death; and still more by its attached positive, birth. But I won't be plagued any more about this, just now; if you choose to think the crystals alive, do, and welcome. Rocks have always been called 'living' in their native place.[Pg 37]
L. In addition, the way energy works in a living being suggests that its components are constantly changing and that it has a definite ending. Therefore, you can define life by its contrary, death, and even more so by its opposite, birth. But I’m not going to get into that right now; if you want to believe that crystals are alive, go ahead and enjoy that thought. Rocks have always been referred to as 'living' in their natural environment.[Pg 37]
Mary. There's one question more; then I've done.
Mary. There's one more question, and then I'm done.
L. Only one?
L. Just one?
Mary. Only one.
Mary. The only one.
L. But if it is answered, won't it turn into two?
L. But if it gets answered, won't it become two?
Mary. No; I think it will remain single, and be comfortable.
Mary. No; I think it will stay single, and be just fine.
L. Let me hear it.
L. Let me know.
Mary. You know, we are to crystallise ourselves out of the whole playground. Now, what playground have the minerals? Where are they scattered before they are crystallised; and where are the crystals generally made?
Mary. You know, we need to separate ourselves from the entire playground. So, what playground do the minerals belong to? Where are they spread out before they form crystals, and where do the crystals usually form?
L. That sounds to me more like three questions than one, Mary. If it is only one, it is a wide one.
L. That sounds to me more like three questions than just one, Mary. If it's only one, it's a broad one.
Mary. I did not say anything about the width of it.
Mary. I didn’t mention anything about how wide it is.
L. Well, I must keep it within the best compass I can. When rocks either dry from a moist state, or cool from a heated state, they necessarily alter in bulk; and cracks, or open spaces, form in them in all directions. These cracks must be filled up with solid matter, or the rock would eventually become a ruinous heap. So, sometimes by water, sometimes by vapour, sometimes nobody knows how, crystallisable matter is brought from somewhere, and fastens itself in these open spaces, so as to bind the rock together again, with crystal cement. A vast quantity of hollows are formed in lavas by bubbles of gas, just as the holes are left in bread well baked. In process of time these cavities are generally filled with various crystals.
L. Well, I have to keep it as concise as possible. When rocks dry out from being wet or cool down from being hot, they change in size; cracks or gaps appear in all directions. These cracks need to be filled with solid material, or the rock will eventually break apart. Sometimes water, sometimes vapor, and sometimes in ways no one understands, crystallizable material is brought in from somewhere and fills these gaps, effectively binding the rock back together with crystal cement. A lot of hollow spaces are created in lava due to gas bubbles, similar to the holes left in well-baked bread. Over time, these cavities usually fill up with different kinds of crystals.
Mary. But where does the crystallising substance come from?
Mary. But where does the crystallizing substance come from?
L. Sometimes out of the rock itself; sometimes from below or above, through the veins. The entire substance of the contracting rock may be filled with liquid, pressed into it so as to fill every pore;—or with mineral vapour;—or it may be so charged at one place, and empty at another. There's no end to the 'may be's.' But all that you need fancy, for our present purpose, is that hollows in the rocks, like the caves in Derbyshire, are traversed by liquids or vapour containing certain elements in a more or less free or separate state, which crystallise on the cave walls.[Pg 38]
L. Sometimes directly from the rock itself; sometimes from above or below, through the veins. The entire mass of the contracting rock could be filled with liquid, squeezed in to occupy every pore;—or with mineral vapor;—or it might be densely packed in one area and empty in another. There are countless possibilities. But for what we need to consider right now, just think of the hollows in the rocks, like the caves in Derbyshire, being filled with liquids or vapors that contain certain elements in a more or less free or separate state, which crystallize on the walls of the caves.[Pg 38]
Sibyl. There now;—Mary has had all her questions answered: it's my turn to have mine.
Sibyl. There we go;—Mary has gotten all her questions answered: now it's my turn to ask mine.
L. Ah, there's a conspiracy among you, I see. I might have guessed as much.
L. Ah, I see there's a plot among you. I could have figured that out.
Dora. I'm sure you ask us questions enough! How can you have the heart, when you dislike so to be asked them yourself?
Dora. I'm sure you ask us questions all the time! How can you be so heartless when you hate being asked them yourself?
L. My dear child, if people do not answer questions, it does not matter how many they are asked, because they've no trouble with them. Now, when I ask you questions, I never expect to be answered; but when you ask me, you always do; and it's not fair.
L. My dear child, it doesn’t matter how many questions people are asked if they don’t answer them, because they aren’t bothered by them. Now, when I ask you questions, I never expect an answer; but when you ask me, you always expect one, and that’s not fair.
Dora. Very well, we shall understand, next time.
Dora. Alright, we'll make sure to understand next time.
Sibyl. No, but seriously, we all want to ask one thing more, quite dreadfully.
Sibyl. No, but really, we all want to ask one more thing, pretty badly.
L. And I don't want to be asked it, quite dreadfully; but you'll have your own way, of course.
L. And I really don’t want to be asked about it, not at all; but you’ll do what you want, of course.
Sibyl. We none of us understand about the lower Pthah. It was not merely yesterday; but in all we have read about him in Wilkinson, or in any book, we cannot understand what the Egyptians put their god into that ugly little deformed shape for.
Sibyl. None of us get the lower Pthah. It wasn't just yesterday; but in everything we've read about him in Wilkinson or any other book, we can't figure out why the Egyptians made their god look like that ugly little deformed figure.
L. Well, I'm glad it's that sort of question; because I can answer anything I like, to that.
L. Well, I’m glad it’s that kind of question; because I can answer whatever I want to that.
Egypt. Anything you like will do quite well for us; we shall be pleased with the answer, if you are.
Egypt. Anything you choose will be just fine for us; we’ll be happy with your answer, as long as you are.
L. I am not so sure of that, most gracious queen; for I must begin by the statement that queens seem to have disliked all sorts of work, in those days, as much as some queens dislike sewing to-day.
L. I'm not so sure about that, your majesty; I have to start by saying that queens back then seemed to dislike all kinds of work just as some queens today dislike sewing.
Egypt. Now, it's too bad! and just when I was trying to say the civillest thing I could!
Egypt. What a shame! Just when I was attempting to say the politest thing I could!
L. But, Egypt, why did you tell me you disliked sewing so?
L. But, Egypt, why did you say you hated sewing so much?
Egypt. Did not I show you how the thread cuts my fingers? and I always get cramp, somehow, in my neck, if I sew long.
Egypt. Didn't I show you how the thread bites into my fingers? And I always seem to get a cramp in my neck if I sew for too long.
L. Well, I suppose the Egyptian queens thought every[Pg 39] body got cramp in their neck, if they sewed long; and that thread always cut people's fingers. At all events, every kind of manual labour was despised both by them, and the Greeks; and, while they owned the real good and fruit of it, they yet held it a degradation to all who practised it. Also, knowing the laws of life thoroughly, they perceived that the special practice necessary to bring any manual art to perfection strengthened the body distortedly; one energy or member gaining at the expense of the rest. They especially dreaded and despised any kind of work that had to be done near fire: yet, feeling what they owed to it in metal-work, as the basis of all other work, they expressed this mixed reverence and scorn in the varied types of the lame Hephæstus, and the lower Pthah.
L. Well, I guess the Egyptian queens believed that everyone got cramps in their necks if they sewed for too long, and that thread always cut people's fingers. In any case, all forms of manual labor were looked down upon by them and the Greeks. Even though they benefited from it, they considered it beneath anyone who did it. They understood the laws of life very well and recognized that the specific practice needed to master any manual skill would disproportionately strengthen certain parts of the body, causing some areas to develop at the expense of others. They particularly feared and scorned any work that had to be done near fire; however, since they knew how important it was for metalwork, which was the foundation of all other crafts, they expressed this mixed feeling of respect and disdain through the various representations of the lame Hephaestus and the lower Pthah.
Sibyl. But what did you mean by making him say 'everything great I can make small, and everything small great?'
Sibyl. But what did you mean when you made him say, 'I can make everything big small, and everything small big?'
L. I had my own separate meaning in that. We have seen in modern times the power of the lower Pthah developed in a separate way, which no Greek nor Egyptian could have conceived. It is the character of pure and eyeless manual labour to conceive everything as subjected to it: and, in reality, to disgrace and diminish all that is so subjected; aggrandising itself, and the thought of itself, at the expense of all noble things. I heard an orator, and a good one too, at the Working Men's College, the other day, make a great point in a description of our railroads; saying, with grandly conducted emphasis, 'They have made man greater, and the world less.' His working audience were mightily pleased; they thought it so very fine a thing to be made bigger themselves; and all the rest of the world less. I should have enjoyed asking them (but it would have been a pity—they were so pleased), how much less they would like to have the world made;—and whether, at present, those of them really felt the biggest men, who lived in the least houses.
L. I had my own unique interpretation of that. We’ve seen in recent times the power of the lower Pthah develop in a way that no Greek or Egyptian could have imagined. It’s typical of pure and mindless manual labor to see everything as beneath it: and, in reality, to belittle and diminish everything that is so subordinate; inflating its own importance and self-image at the cost of all noble things. I heard a skilled orator the other day at the Working Men's College make a strong point about our railroads, saying with great emphasis, 'They have made man greater, and the world smaller.' His working-class audience was really impressed; they thought it was wonderful to be made greater while the rest of the world became lesser. I would have enjoyed asking them (though it would have been a shame—they were so happy) how much smaller they would prefer the world to be; and whether those among them who currently lived in the smallest homes truly felt like the biggest people.
Sibyl. But then, why did you make Pthah say that he could make weak things strong, and small things great?
Sibyl. But then, why did you have Pthah say that he could make weak things strong and small things great?
L. My dear, he is a boaster and self-assertor, by nature; but it is so far true. For instance, we used to have a fair[Pg 40] in our neighbourhood—a very fine fair we thought it. You never saw such an one; but if you look at the engraving of Turner's 'St. Catherine's Hill,' you will see what it was like. There were curious booths, carried on poles; and peep-shows; and music, with plenty of drums and cymbals; and much barley-sugar and gingerbread, and the like: and in the alleys of this fair the London populace would enjoy themselves, after their fashion, very thoroughly. Well, the little Pthah set to work upon it one day; he made the wooden poles into iron ones, and put them across, like his own crooked legs, so that you always fall over them if you don't look where you are going; and he turned all the canvas into panes of glass, and put it up on his iron cross-poles; and made all the little booths into one great booth; and people said it was very fine, and a new style of architecture; and Mr. Dickens said nothing was ever like it in Fairyland, which was very true. And then the little Pthah set to work to put fine fairings in it; and he painted the Nineveh bulls afresh, with the blackest eyes he could paint (because he had none himself), and he got the angels down from Lincoln choir, and gilded their wings like his gingerbread of old times; and he sent for everything else he could think of, and put it in his booth. There are the casts of Niobe and her children; and the Chimpanzee; and the wooden Caffres and New-Zealanders; and the Shakespeare House; and Le Grand Blondin, and Le Petit Blondin; and Handel; and Mozart; and no end of shops, and buns, and beer; and all the little-Pthah-worshippers say, never was anything so sublime!
L. My dear, he is naturally a braggart and loves to assert himself; but there's some truth to it. For example, we used to have a fair[Pg 40] in our neighborhood—a pretty amazing fair, we thought. You’ve never seen anything like it; if you look at Turner's engraving of 'St. Catherine's Hill,' you’ll get a sense of what it was like. There were interesting booths held up by poles, peep-shows, and music with lots of drums and cymbals, along with plenty of barley sugar and gingerbread, and so on. The local people would enjoy themselves there in their own way, really having a great time. One day, the little Pthah decided to take on this fair; he transformed the wooden poles into iron ones, setting them up in a way that resembled his crooked legs, making them easy to trip over if you weren’t careful; he turned all the canvas into glass panes and hung them on his iron cross-poles; and he combined all the tiny booths into one large booth. People said it looked fantastic and was a new kind of architecture; even Mr. Dickens remarked that nothing had ever compared to it in Fairyland, which was absolutely true. Then the little Pthah started filling it with fancy goods; he repainted the Nineveh bulls with the blackest eyes he could create (since he had none himself), got the angels down from Lincoln choir, and gilded their wings like his old gingerbread; he ordered everything he could think of and placed it in his booth. There are casts of Niobe and her children, a Chimpanzee, wooden figures of Caffres and New Zealanders, the Shakespeare House, Le Grand Blondin, and Le Petit Blondin, as well as Handel, and Mozart, along with endless shops, buns, and beer; and all the little Pthah devotees say nothing has ever been so sublime!
Sibyl. Now, do you mean to say you never go to these Crystal Palace concerts? They're as good as good can be.
Sibyl. So, are you telling me you never go to these Crystal Palace concerts? They're really great!
L. I don't go to the thundering things with a million of bad voices in them. When I want a song, I get Julia Mannering and Lucy Bertram and Counsellor Pleydell to sing 'We be three poor Mariners' to me; then I've no headache next morning. But I do go to the smaller concerts, when I can; for they are very good, as you say, Sibyl: and I always get a reserved seat somewhere near the orchestra, where I am sure I can see the kettle-drummer drum.[Pg 41]
L. I don't go to those loud events with a bunch of annoying voices. When I want to hear a song, I ask Julia Mannering and Lucy Bertram, along with Counsellor Pleydell, to sing 'We be three poor Mariners' for me; that way, I wake up headache-free the next morning. But I do attend the smaller concerts when I can because they’re really good, as you mentioned, Sibyl: and I always make sure to get a reserved seat close to the orchestra, so I can definitely see the kettle-drummer play.[Pg 41]
Sibyl. Now do be serious, for one minute.
Sibyl. Now please be serious, for one minute.
L. I am serious—never was more so. You know one can't see the modulation of violinists' fingers, but one can see the vibration of the drummer's hand; and it's lovely.
L. I’m serious—I've never been more so. You know that you can’t really see how violinists move their fingers, but you can see the drummer's hand vibrate; and it’s beautiful.
Sibyl. But fancy going to a concert, not to hear, but to see!
Sibyl. But just imagine going to a concert, not to listen, but to watch!
L. Yes, it is very absurd. The quite right thing, I believe, is to go there to talk. I confess, however, that in most music, when very well done, the doing of it is to me the chiefly interesting part of the business. I'm always thinking how good it would be for the fat, supercilious people, who care so little for their half-crown's worth, to be set to try and do a half-crown's worth of anything like it.
L. Yes, it’s really ridiculous. I think the right thing to do is to go there and talk. I have to admit, though, that in most music, when it’s done really well, the performance is the most interesting part for me. I often think how great it would be for the arrogant, overweight people who don’t care much for their two and sixpence worth to try and produce anything like it.
Mary. But surely that Crystal Palace is a great good and help to the people of London?
Mary. But surely the Crystal Palace is a great benefit and support to the people of London?
L. The fresh air of the Norwood hills is, or was, my dear; but they are spoiling that with smoke as fast as they can. And the palace (as they call it) is a better place for them, by much, than the old fair; and it is always there, instead of for three days only; and it shuts up at proper hours of night. And good use may be made of the things in it, if you know how: but as for its teaching the people, it will teach them nothing but the lowest of the lower Pthah's work—nothing but hammer and tongs. I saw a wonderful piece, of his doing, in the place, only the other day. Some unhappy metal-worker—I am not sure if it was not a metal-working firm—had taken three years to make a Golden eagle.
L. The fresh air of the Norwood hills is, or was, my dear; but they are ruining that with smoke as quickly as they can. And the palace (as they call it) is a much better place for them than the old fair; plus, it’s always there instead of just for three days, and it closes at reasonable hours at night. And good use can be made of the things in it, if you know how: but as for teaching the people, it will teach them nothing but the most basic labor—nothing but hammer and tongs. I saw an amazing piece of work, done by him, in the place just the other day. Some unfortunate metal-worker—I’m not sure if it was even a metal-working firm—had taken three years to make a golden eagle.
Sibyl. Of real gold?
Sibyl. Made of real gold?
L. No; of bronze, or copper, or some of their foul patent metal—it is no matter what. I meant a model of our chief British eagle. Every feather was made separately; and every filament of every feather separately, and so joined on; and all the quills modelled of the right length and right section, and at last the whole cluster of them fastened together. You know, children, I don't think much of my own drawing; but take my proud word for once, that when I go to the Zoological Gardens, and happen to have a bit of chalk in my pocket, and the Gray Harpy will sit, without screwing his[Pg 42] head round, for thirty seconds,—I can do a better thing of him in that time than the three years' work of this industrious firm. For, during the thirty seconds, the eagle is my object,—not myself; and during the three years, the firm's object, in every fibre of bronze it made, was itself, and not the eagle. That is the true meaning of the little Pthah's having no eyes—he can see only himself. The Egyptian beetle was not quite the full type of him; our northern ground beetle is a truer one. It is beautiful to see it at work, gathering its treasures (such as they are) into little round balls; and pushing them home with the strong wrong end of it,—head downmost all the way,—like a modern political economist with his ball of capital, declaring that a nation can stand on its vices better than on its virtues. But away with you, children, now, for I'm getting cross.
L. No; whether it's made of bronze, copper, or some cheap metal doesn’t really matter. I was talking about a model of our main British eagle. Every feather was crafted individually; each strand of every feather was made separately and then attached; and all the quills were shaped to the right length and thickness, finally all secured together. You know, kids, I don't think very highly of my own drawing, but trust me for once: when I go to the Zoological Gardens and happen to have a piece of chalk in my pocket, if the Gray Harpy sits still, without turning his[Pg 42] head for thirty seconds, I can create a better representation of him in that time than this diligent firm's three years of work. Because during those thirty seconds, the eagle is my focus—not me; and during those three years, the firm's focus in every piece of bronze it created was itself, not the eagle. That’s the real meaning behind the little Pthah not having eyes—he can only see himself. The Egyptian beetle wasn’t the perfect example; our northern ground beetle fits the description better. It’s fascinating to watch it at work, gathering its treasures (whatever they may be) into small round balls and pushing them home with the strong end—head down the whole way—like a modern economist with his ball of capital, saying that a nation can rely on its vices more than its virtues. But enough of that, kids, now, because I'm starting to get irritated.
Dora. I'm going down-stairs; I shall take care, at any rate, that there are no little Pthahs in the kitchen cupboards.
Dora. I'm going downstairs; I'll make sure, at the very least, that there are no little Pthahs in the kitchen cabinets.
LECTURE IV.
THE CRYSTAL ORDERS.
A working Lecture, in the large Schoolroom; with experimental Interludes The great bell has rung unexpectedly.
A live lecture in the big classroom; with hands-on demonstrations. The big bell has rung unexpectedly.
Kathleen (entering disconsolate, though first at the summons). Oh dear, oh dear, what a day! Was ever anything so provoking! just when we wanted to crystallise ourselves;—and I'm sure it's going to rain all day long.
Kathleen (entering upset, though first at the call). Oh no, oh no, what a day! Is there anything more frustrating? Just when we wanted to settle ourselves;—and I’m sure it’s going to rain all day long.
L. So am I, Kate. The sky has quite an Irish way with it But I don't see why Irish girls should also look so dismal. Fancy that you don't want to crystallise yourselves: you didn't, the day before yesterday, and you were not unhappy when it rained then.
L. Me too, Kate. The sky definitely feels very Irish. But I don't understand why Irish girls have to look so gloomy. Just think, you don't want to trap yourselves in that mindset: you didn't feel that way the day before yesterday, and you weren't unhappy when it rained then.
Florrie. Ah! but we do want to-day; and the rain's so tiresome.
Florrie. Ah! but we really need today; and the rain is so annoying.
L. That is to say, children, that because you are all the richer by the expectation of playing at a new game, you choose to make yourselves unhappier than when you had nothing to look forward to, but the old ones.
L. In other words, kids, even though you're all excited about the chance to play a new game, you've decided to make yourselves less happy than when you had nothing to anticipate except for the old ones.
Isabel. But then, to have to wait—wait—wait; and before we've tried it;—and perhaps it will rain to-morrow, too!
Isabel. But then, having to wait—wait—wait; and before we've even tried it;—and maybe it will rain tomorrow, too!
L. It may also rain the day after to-morrow. We can make ourselves uncomfortable to any extent with perhapses, Isabel. You may stick perhapses into your little minds, like pins, till you are as uncomfortable as the Lilliputians made Gulliver with their arrows, when he would not lie quiet.
L. It might also rain the day after tomorrow. We can make ourselves as uncomfortable as we want with what-ifs, Isabel. You can stick those what-ifs into your little minds like pins until you feel as uncomfortable as Gulliver did when the Lilliputians shot their arrows at him because he wouldn't lie still.
Isabel. But what are we to do to-day?
Isabelle. But what are we going to do today?
L. To be quiet, for one thing, like Gulliver when he saw there was nothing better to be done. And to practise patience. I can tell you children, that requires nearly as much practising as music; and we are continually losing our lessons when the master comes. Now, to-day, here's a nice little adagio lesson for us, if we play it properly.[Pg 44]
L. To be quiet, for one thing, like Gulliver when he realized there was nothing better to do. And to practice patience. I can tell you kids, that takes almost as much practice as music; and we keep forgetting what we've learned when the teacher shows up. Now, today, here's a nice little adagio lesson for us, if we play it right.[Pg 44]
Isabel. But I don't like that sort of lesson. I can't play it properly.
Isabel. But I don’t like that kind of lesson. I can’t play it right.
L. Can you play a Mozart sonata yet, Isabel? The more need to practise. All one's life is a music, if one touches the notes rightly, and in time. But there must be no hurry.
L. Can you play a Mozart sonata yet, Isabel? You really need to practice more. Life is like music if you hit the right notes at the right time. But there’s no need to rush.
Kathleen. I'm sure there's no music in stopping in on a rainy day.
Kathleen. I'm sure there's no joy in dropping by on a rainy day.
L. There's no music in a 'rest,' Katie, that I know of: but there's the making of music in it. And people are always missing that part of the life-melody; and scrambling on without counting—not that it's easy to count; but nothing on which so much depends ever is easy. People are always talking of perseverance, and courage, and fortitude; but patience is the finest and worthiest part of fortitude,—and the rarest, too. I know twenty persevering girls for one patient one: but it is only that twenty-first who can do her work, out and out, or enjoy it. For patience lies at the root of all pleasures, as well as of all powers. Hope herself ceases to be happiness, when Impatience companions her.
L. There's no music in a 'rest,' Katie, that I know of: but there's the creation of music in it. And people are always overlooking that part of the life-melody; and rushing on without taking notice—not that it's easy to notice; but nothing on which so much depends ever is easy. People always talk about perseverance, courage, and strength; but patience is the finest and most admirable part of strength—and the rarest, too. I know twenty persevering girls for every one patient girl: but it's only that twenty-first who can truly do her work or enjoy it. Patience is at the core of all pleasures, as well as all abilities. Hope herself stops being happiness when Impatience accompanies her.
(Isabel and Lily sit down on the floor, and fold their hands. The others follow their example.)
(Isabel and Lily sit on the floor and clasp their hands together. The others imitate them.)
Good children! but that's not quite the way of it, neither. Folded hands are not necessarily resigned ones. The Patience who really smiles at grief usually stands, or walks, or even runs: she seldom sits; though she may sometimes have to do it, for many a day, poor thing, by monuments; or like Chaucer's, 'with facë pale, upon a hill of sand.' But we are not reduced to that to-day. Suppose we use this calamitous forenoon to choose the shapes we are to crystallise into? we know nothing about them yet.
Good kids! But that’s not exactly how it works, either. Folded hands aren’t necessarily resigned. The Patience that truly smiles at sorrow usually stands, walks, or even runs; she rarely sits. But sometimes she might have to, for many days, poor thing, by monuments; or like Chaucer's, 'with a pale face, on a hill of sand.' But we don’t have to settle for that today. How about we use this tough morning to decide what shapes we want to take? We don’t know anything about them yet.
(The pictures of resignation rise from the floor, not in the patientest manner. General applause.)
(The images of giving up emerge from the floor, not very patiently. General applause.)
Mary (with one or two others). The very thing we wanted to ask you about!
Mary (with one or two others). That's exactly what we wanted to ask you about!
Lily. We looked at the books about crystals, but they are so dreadful.[Pg 45]
Lily. We checked out the books on crystals, but they're really awful.[Pg 45]
L. Well, Lily, we must go through a little dreadfulness, that's a fact: no road to any good knowledge is wholly among the lilies and the grass; there is rough climbing to be done always. But the crystal-books are a little too dreadful, most of them, I admit; and we shall have to be content with very little of their help. You know, as you cannot stand on each other's heads, you can only make yourselves into the sections of crystals,—the figures they show when they are cut through; and we will choose some that will be quite easy. You shall make diamonds of yourselves——
L. Well, Lily, we have to get through some tough stuff, that's for sure: no path to real understanding is completely smooth and easy; there’s always some hard work involved. But I have to say, the crystal-books can be a bit too intense for most of them, and we’ll have to rely on just a little of what they offer. You know, since you can’t stand on each other’s heads, you can only turn yourselves into the parts of crystals—those shapes they show when they’re sliced; and we’ll pick some that are quite simple. You’ll turn yourselves into diamonds——
Isabel. Oh, no, no! we won't be diamonds, please.
Isabel. Oh, no, no! Let's not be diamonds, please.
L. Yes, you shall, Isabel; they are very pretty things, if the jewellers, and the kings and queens, would only let them alone. You shall make diamonds of yourselves, and rubies of yourselves, and emeralds; and Irish diamonds; two of those—with Lily in the middle of one, which will be very orderly, of course; and Kathleen in the middle of the other, for which we will hope the best;—and you shall make Derbyshire spar of yourselves, and Iceland spar, and gold, and silver, and—Quicksilver there's enough of in you, without any making.
L. Yes, you will, Isabel; they are beautiful things, if only the jewelers and the kings and queens would leave them alone. You will become diamonds and rubies and emeralds; and Irish diamonds; two of those—with Lily in the middle of one, which will be very neat, of course; and Kathleen in the middle of the other, for which we will hope for the best;—and you will turn into Derbyshire spar, and Iceland spar, and gold, and silver, and—there's already enough quicksilver in you, without any help.
Mary. Now, you know, the children will be getting quite wild: we must really get pencils and paper, and begin properly.
Mary. You know the kids are going to get pretty crazy: we really need to grab some pencils and paper and start this the right way.
L. Wait a minute, Miss Mary; I think as we've the school room clear to-day, I'll try to give you some notion of the three great orders or ranks of crystals, into which all the others seem more or less to fall. We shall only want one figure a day, in the playground; and that can be drawn in a minute: but the general ideas had better be fastened first. I must show you a great many minerals; so let me have three tables wheeled into the three windows, that we may keep our specimens separate;—we will keep the three orders of crystals on separate tables.
L. Hold on a second, Miss Mary; since we have the classroom free today, I’d like to give you an overview of the three main categories or types of crystals, into which all the others seem to fit. We’ll only need one figure a day in the playground, and that can be sketched in a minute; but it’s better to grasp the general concepts first. I’ll be showing you a lot of minerals, so please bring three tables to the three windows, so we can keep our specimens organized—let’s keep the three types of crystals on separate tables.
(First Interlude, of pushing and pulling, and spreading of baize covers. Violet, not particularly minding what she is about, gets herself jammed into a corner, and bid to stand out of the way; on which she devotes herself to meditation.)
(First Interlude, of pushing and pulling, and spreading of baize covers. Violet, not really paying attention to what she's doing, gets herself stuck in a corner and is told to stay out of the way; so she focuses on her thoughts.)
Violet (after interval of meditation). How strange it is that everything seems to divide into threes!
Purple (after a moment of reflection). How weird it is that everything seems to break down into threes!
L. Everything doesn't divide into threes. Ivy won't, though shamrock will; and daisies won't, though lilies will.
L. Not everything divides into threes. Ivy won't, but shamrock will; and daisies won't, but lilies will.
Violet. But all the nicest things seem to divide into threes.
Violet. But all the best things seem to come in threes.
L. Violets won't.
Violets won't grow.
Violet. No; I should think not, indeed! But I mean the great things.
Violet. No, I really don’t think so! But I'm talking about the big things.
L. I've always heard the globe had four quarters.
L. I’ve always heard that the world is divided into four parts.
Isabel. Well; but you know you said it hadn't any quarters at all. So mayn't it really be divided into three?
Isabel. Well, you said it didn't have any quarters at all. So, can’t it actually be divided into three?
L. If it were divided into no more than three, on the outside of it, Isabel, it would be a fine world to live in; and if it were divided into three in the inside of it, it would soon be no world to live in at all.
L. If it were split into no more than three parts on the outside, Isabel, it would be a great world to live in; but if it were divided into three parts on the inside, it wouldn't be a world to live in at all.
Dora. We shall never get to the crystals, at this rate. (Aside to Mary.) He will get off into political economy before we know where we are. (Aloud.) But the crystals are divided into three, then?
Dora. At this rate, we’ll never make it to the crystals. (Aside to Mary.) He'll start talking about political economy before we even realize it. (Aloud.) So, the crystals are split into three parts, right?
L. No; but there are three general notions by which we may best get hold of them. Then between these notions there are other notions.
L. No; but there are three main ideas that will help us understand them better. Then, within these ideas, there are other related concepts.
Lily (alarmed). A great many? And shall we have to learn them all?
Lily (worried). A lot? Do we have to learn every single one?
L. More than a great many—a quite infinite many. So you cannot learn them all.
L. More than a lot—an absolutely endless amount. So you can't learn them all.
Lily (greatly relieved). Then may we only learn the three?
Lily (feeling very relieved). So can we just learn the three?
L. Certainly; unless, when you have got those three notions, you want to have some more notions;—which would not surprise me. But we'll try for the three, first. Katie, you broke your coral necklace this morning?
L. Definitely; unless, after getting those three ideas, you want to have some additional ones—which wouldn’t surprise me. But let’s focus on the three first. Katie, you broke your coral necklace this morning?
Kathleen. Oh! who told you? It was in jumping. I'm so sorry!
Kathleen. Oh! Who told you? It was during jumping. I'm really sorry!
L. I'm very glad. Can you fetch me the beads of it?
L. I'm really happy. Can you get me the beads for it?
Kathleen. I've lost some; here are the rest in my pocket, if I can only get them out.
Kathleen. I've lost some; here are the rest in my pocket, if I can just get them out.
L. You mean to get them out some day, I suppose; so try now. I want them.[Pg 47]
L. I guess you plan to get them out eventually, so go ahead and try now. I need them.[Pg 47]
(Kathleen empties her pocket on the floor. The beads disperse. The School disperses also. Second Interlude—hunting piece.)
(Kathleen empties her pocket onto the floor. The beads scatter. The School scatters too. Second Interlude—hunting scene.)
L. (after waiting patiently for a quarter of an hour, to Isabel, who comes up from under the table with her hair all about her ears, and the last findable beads in her hand). Mice are useful little things sometimes. Now, mousie, I want all those beads crystallised. How many ways are there of putting them in order?
L. (after waiting patiently for fifteen minutes, to Isabel, who emerges from under the table with her hair disheveled and the last beads she could find in her hand). Mice can be pretty handy sometimes. Now, little mouse, I want all those beads organized. How many ways can we arrange them?
Isabel. Well, first one would string them, I suppose?
Isabel. Well, I guess the first step would be to string them, right?
L. Yes, that's the first way. You cannot string ultimate atoms; but you can put them in a row, and then they fasten themselves together, somehow, into a long rod or needle. We will call these 'Needle-crystals.' What would be the next way?
L. Yes, that's the first way. You can't connect ultimate atoms in a line, but you can arrange them in a row, and they somehow bond together into a long rod or needle. We'll call these 'Needle-crystals.' What would be the next way?
Isabel. I suppose, as we are to get together in the playground, when it stops raining, in different shapes?
Isabel. I guess, since we’re going to meet up in the playground when it stops raining, in different forms?
L. Yes; put the beads together, then, in the simplest form you can, to begin with. Put them into a square, and pack them close.
L. Yes; start by putting the beads together in the simplest way possible. Arrange them into a square and pack them tightly.
Isabel (after careful endeavour). I can't get them closer.
Isabel (after putting in a lot of effort). I can't bring them any closer.
L. That will do. Now you may see, beforehand, that if you try to throw yourselves into square in this confused way, you will never know your places; so you had better consider every square as made of rods, put side by side. Take four beads of equal size, first, Isabel; put them into a little square. That, you may consider as made up of two rods of two beads each. Then you can make a square a size larger, out of three rods of three. Then the next square may be a size larger. How many rods, Lily?
L. That's enough. Now you can see that if you try to jump into a square like this all mixed up, you’ll never figure out where you belong. So, it’s best to think of each square as being made up of rods placed side by side. First, Isabel, take four beads of the same size and arrange them in a small square. You can see that as being made of two rods with two beads each. Then you can create a square a size larger using three rods with three beads. After that, the next square can be even larger. How many rods, Lily?
Lily. Four rods of four beads each, I suppose.
Lily. Four sticks with four beads on each, I guess.
L. Yes, and then five rods of five, and so on. But now, look here; make another square of four beads again. You see they leave a little opening in the centre.
L. Yes, and then five sticks of five, and so on. But now, check this out; create another square of four beads again. You see they leave a small gap in the center.
Isabel (pushing two opposite ones closer together). Now they don't.
Isabel (bringing two opposing ones closer together). Now they don't.
L. No; but now it isn't a square; and by pushing the two together you have pushed the two others farther apart.[Pg 48]
L. No; but now it’s not a square; and by pushing the two together, you’ve pushed the other two farther apart.[Pg 48]
Isabel. And yet, somehow, they all seem closer than they were!
Isabel. And yet, somehow, they all feel closer than they did!
L. Yes; for before, each of them only touched two of the others, but now each of the two in the middle touches the other three. Take away one of the outsiders, Isabel; now you have three in a triangle—the smallest triangle you can make out of the beads. Now put a rod of three beads on at one side. So, you have a triangle of six beads; but just the shape of the first one. Next a rod of four on the side of that; and you have a triangle of ten beads: then a rod of five on the side of that; and you have a triangle of fifteen. Thus you have a square with five beads on the side, and a triangle with five beads on the side; equal-sided, therefore, like the square. So, however few or many you may be, you may soon learn how to crystallise quickly into these two figures, which are the foundation of form in the commonest, and therefore actually the most important, as well as in the rarest, and therefore, by our esteem, the most important, minerals of the world. Look at this in my hand.
L. Yes; because before, each of them only touched two others, but now each of the two in the middle touches the other three. Remove one of the outsiders, Isabel; now you have three in a triangle—the smallest triangle you can create with the beads. Now add a rod of three beads on one side. So, you have a triangle of six beads; it's just the shape of the first one. Next, add a rod of four on that side; and you have a triangle of ten beads. Then add a rod of five on that side; and you have a triangle of fifteen. Thus, you have a square with five beads on each side, and a triangle with five beads on each side; they are equal-sided, just like the square. So, no matter how few or many you are, you can quickly learn to create these two shapes, which are the foundation of form in both the most common and, thus, the most important, as well as in the rarest, and therefore, by our standards, the most significant, minerals in the world. Look at this in my hand.
Violet. Why, it is leaf-gold!
Violet. Wow, it's leaf gold!
L. Yes; but beaten by no man's hammer; or rather, not beaten at all, but woven. Besides, feel the weight of it. There is gold enough there to gild the walls and ceiling, if it were beaten thin.
L. Yes; but not shaped by any man's hammer; or rather, not shaped at all, but woven. Plus, feel how heavy it is. There's enough gold there to cover the walls and ceiling, if it were flattened out.
Violet. How beautiful! And it glitters like a leaf covered with frost.
Violet. So beautiful! And it sparkles like a leaf coated in frost.
L. You only think it so beautiful because you know it is gold. It is not prettier, in reality, than a bit of brass: for it is Transylvanian gold; and they say there is a foolish gnome in the mines there, who is always wanting to live in the moon, and so alloys all the gold with a little silver. I don't know how that may be: but the silver always is in the gold; and if he does it, it's very provoking of him, for no gold is woven so fine anywhere else.
L. You only think it looks so beautiful because you know it’s gold. In reality, it’s not any prettier than a piece of brass: it’s Transylvanian gold; and they say there’s a silly gnome in the mines there who always wants to live on the moon, so he mixes all the gold with a bit of silver. I don’t know if that’s true, but the silver is definitely in the gold; and if he does it, it’s really annoying, because no gold is woven as finely anywhere else.
Mary (who has been looking through her magnifying glass). But this is not woven. This is all made of little triangles.
Mary (who has been looking through her magnifying glass). But this isn't woven. This is all made up of little triangles.
L. Say 'patched,' then, if you must be so particular. But if you fancy all those triangles, small as they are (and many[Pg 49] of them are infinitely small), made up again of rods, and those of grains, as we built our great triangle of the beads, what word will you take for the manufacture?
L. Say 'patched,' then, if you have to be so specific. But if you think all those triangles, small as they are (and many[Pg 49] of them are infinitely small), are made up again of rods, and those of grains, like we created our great triangle of the beads, what term will you use for the process?
May. There's no word—it is beyond words.
May. There are no words—it goes beyond words.
L. Yes; and that would matter little, were it not beyond thoughts too. But, at all events, this yellow leaf of dead gold, shed, not from the ruined woodlands, but the ruined rocks, will help you to remember the second kind of crystals, Leaf-crystals, or Foliated crystals; though I show you the form in gold first only to make a strong impression on you, for gold is not generally, or characteristically, crystallised in leaves; the real type of foliated crystals is this thing, Mica; which if you once feel well, and break well, you will always know again; and you will often have occasion to know it, for you will find it everywhere, nearly, in hill countries.
L. Yes; and that wouldn't matter much if it weren't beyond our thoughts too. But, anyway, this yellow leaf of dead gold, fallen not from the ruined woods but the ruined rocks, will help you remember the second type of crystals, Leaf-crystals, or Foliated crystals; although I show you the gold form first just to make a strong impression on you, because gold isn’t typically crystallized in leaves. The real example of foliated crystals is this material, Mica; once you touch it and break it well, you’ll always recognize it again; and you’ll often need to identify it, as you’ll find it nearly everywhere in hilly regions.
Kathleen. If we break it well! May we break it?
Kathleen. If we do it right! Can we do it?
L. To powder, if you like.
L. You can powder it if you want.
(Surrenders plate of brown mica to public investigation. Third Interlude. It sustains severely philosophical treatment at all hands.)
(Surrenders a plate of brown mica for public examination. Third Interlude. It undergoes intense philosophical analysis by everyone.)
Florrie. (to whom the last fragments have descended) Always leaves, and leaves, and nothing but leaves, or white dust!
Florrie. (to whom the last bits have come down) Always leaves, and leaves, and nothing but leaves, or white dust!
L. That dust itself is nothing but finer leaves.
L. That dust is just tiny bits of leaves.
(Shows them to Florrie through magnifying glass.)
(Shows them to Florrie with a magnifying glass.)
Isabel. (peeping over Florrie's shoulder). But then this bit under the glass looks like that bit out of the glass! If we could break this bit under the glass, what would it be like?
Isabel. (peeking over Florrie's shoulder). But this part under the glass looks just like that part outside the glass! If we could break this part under the glass, what would it be like?
L. It would be all leaves still.
L. It would be all leaves still.
Isabel. And then if we broke those again?
Isabel. And what if we broke those again?
L. All less leaves still.
L. All fewer leaves still.
Isabel (impatient). And if we broke them again, and again, and again, and again, and again?
Isabel (impatient). What if we break them over and over again?
L. Well, I suppose you would come to a limit, if you could only see it. Notice that the little flakes already differ somewhat from the large ones: because I can bend them up and down, and they stay bent; while the large flake, though it bent easily a little way, sprang back when you let it go, and[Pg 50] broke, when you tried to bend it far. And a large mass would not bend at all.
L. Well, I guess you would reach a limit if you could only see it. Notice that the small flakes already differ a bit from the large ones: because I can bend them up and down, and they stay bent; while the large flake, although it bent easily a little, snapped back when you let it go, and[Pg 50] broke when you tried to bend it too far. And a big mass wouldn’t bend at all.
Mary. Would that leaf gold separate into finer leaves, in the same way?
Mary. I wish that leaf gold could split into thinner sheets, just like that.
L. No; and therefore, as I told you, it is not a characteristic specimen of a foliated crystallisation. The little triangles are portions of solid crystals, and so they are in this, which looks like a black mica; but you see it is made up of triangles like the gold, and stands, almost accurately, as an intermediate link, in crystals, between mica and gold. Yet this is the commonest, as gold the rarest, of metals.
L. No; and so, as I mentioned, this is not a typical example of foliated crystallization. The small triangles are parts of solid crystals, just like this, which resembles black mica; but you'll notice it is made up of triangles like gold and serves, almost perfectly, as a middle step in the crystal formation between mica and gold. Still, this is the most common, while gold is the rarest, of metals.
Mary. Is it iron? I never saw iron so bright.
Mary. Is that iron? I've never seen iron shine like that.
L. It is rust of iron, finely crystallised: from its resemblance to mica, it is often called micaceous iron.
L. It is rust of iron, finely crystallized; because it looks like mica, it is often called micaceous iron.
Kathleen. May we break this, too?
Kathleen. Can we break this, too?
L. No, for I could not easily get such another crystal; besides, it would not break like the mica; it is much harder. But take the glass again, and look at the fineness of the jagged edges of the triangles where they lap over each other. The gold has the same: but you see them better here, terrace above terrace, countless, and in successive angles, like superb fortified bastions.
L. No, because I couldn’t easily find another crystal like this one; besides, it wouldn’t break like the mica; it’s much tougher. But take the glass again and look at the sharp edges of the triangles where they overlap. The gold has the same effect, but you can see them better here, tiered one above the other, countless, and at different angles, like amazing fortified walls.
May. But all foliated crystals are not made of triangles?
May. But not all leafy crystals are made up of triangles?
L. Far from it: mica is occasionally so, but usually of hexagons; and here is a foliated crystal made of squares, which will show you that the leaves of the rock-land have their summer green, as well as their autumnal gold.
L. Not at all: mica can be that way sometimes, but it's usually in hexagon shapes; and here is a layered crystal made of squares, which will show you that the leaves of the rocky ground have their summer green as well as their autumn gold.
Florrie. Oh! oh! oh! (jumps for joy).
Florrie. Oh my! Oh my! Oh my! (jumps for joy).
L. Did you never see a bit of green leaf before, Florrie?
L. Have you never seen a green leaf before, Florrie?
Florrie. Yes, but never so bright as that, and not in a stone.
Florrie. Yeah, but never as bright as that, and not in a stone.
L. If you will look at the leaves of the trees in sunshine after a shower, you will find they are much brighter than that; and surely they are none the worse for being on stalks instead of in stones?
L. If you look at the leaves of the trees in the sunshine after a rain, you'll see they're much brighter than that; and surely they’re not any worse for being on stalks instead of in stones?
Florrie. Yes, but then there are so many of them, one never looks, I suppose.
Florrie. Yeah, but there are so many of them that you probably just overlook them.
Violet (sighing). There are so many beautiful things we never see!
Violet (sighing). There are so many beautiful things we miss out on!
L. You need not sigh for that, Violet; but I will tell you what we should all sigh for,—that there are so many ugly things we never see.
L. You don't have to sigh for that, Violet; but I'll tell you what we should all sigh for—there are so many ugly things we never see.
Violet. But we don't want to see ugly things!
Violet. But we don't want to see anything ugly!
L. You had better say, 'We don't want to suffer them.' You ought to be glad in thinking how much more beauty God has made, than human eyes can ever see; but not glad in thinking how much more evil man has made, than his own soul can ever conceive, much more than his hands can ever heal.
L. You should say, 'We don't want to put up with them.' You should be happy thinking about how much more beauty God has created than human eyes can ever see; but don’t be happy thinking about how much more evil humanity has created than his own soul can ever understand, much more than his hands can ever fix.
Violet. I don't understand;—how is that like the leaves?
Violet. I don’t get it;—how is that similar to the leaves?
L. The same law holds in our neglect of multiplied pain, as in our neglect of multiplied beauty. Florrie jumps for joy at sight of half an inch of a green leaf in a brown stone; and takes more notice of it than of all the green in the wood: and you, or I, or any of us, would be unhappy if any single human creature beside us were in sharp pain; but we can read, at breakfast, day after day, of men being killed, and of women and children dying of hunger, faster than the leaves strew the brooks in Vallombrosa;—and then go out to play croquet, as if nothing had happened.
L. The same principle applies to our disregard for overwhelming pain as it does to our disregard for overwhelming beauty. Florrie jumps for joy at the sight of half an inch of a green leaf in a brown stone and pays more attention to it than to all the greenery in the woods. Yet you, I, or any of us would feel miserable if even one person nearby was in intense pain; but we can read, at breakfast, day after day, about men being killed and women and children dying of hunger, happening faster than the leaves fall in Vallombrosa—and then go outside to play croquet as if nothing has happened.
May. But we do not see the people being killed or dying.
May. But we don’t see the people getting killed or dying.
L. You did not see your brother, when you got the telegram the other day, saying he was ill, May; but you cried for him and played no croquet. But we cannot talk of these things now; and what is more, you must let me talk straight on, for a little while; and ask no questions till I've done: for we branch ('exfoliate,' I should say, mineralogically) always into something else,—though that's my fault more than yours; but I must go straight on now. You have got a distinct notion, I hope, of leaf-crystals; and you see the sort of look they have: you can easily remember that 'folium' is Latin for a leaf, and that the separate flakes of mica, or any other such stones, are called 'folia;' but, because mica is the most characteristic of these stones, other things that are like it in structure are called 'micas;' thus we have Uran-mica, which[Pg 52] is the green leaf I showed you; and Copper-mica, which is another like it, made chiefly of copper; and this foliated iron is called 'micaceous iron.' You have then these two great orders, Needle-crystals, made (probably) of grains in rows; and Leaf-crystals, made (probably) of needles interwoven; now, lastly, there are crystals of a third order, in heaps, or knots, or masses, which may be made, either of leaves laid one upon another, or of needles bound like Roman fasces; and mica itself, when it is well crystallised, puts itself into such masses, as if to show us how others are made. Here is a brown six-sided crystal, quite as beautifully chiselled at the sides as any castle tower; but you see it is entirely built of folia of mica, one laid above another, which break away the moment I touch the edge with my knife. Now, here is another hexagonal tower, of just the same size and colour, which I want you to compare with the mica carefully; but as I cannot wait for you to do it just now, I must tell you quickly what main differences to look for. First, you will feel it is far heavier than the mica. Then, though its surface looks quite micaceous in the folia of it, when you try them with the knife, you will find you cannot break them away——
L. You didn’t see your brother when you got the telegram the other day saying he was sick, May; but you cried for him and skipped croquet. We can’t talk about those things right now; and besides, you need to let me speak freely for a bit and not ask questions until I’m done: we always end up going off on a tangent (or “exfoliating,” as I might say in a mineralogy sense) — although that's more my fault than yours; but I need to stay on track now. I hope you have a clear idea of leaf-crystals and can visualize what they look like: it’s easy to remember that “folium” is Latin for leaf, and the separate flakes of mica or similar stones are referred to as “folia;” but since mica is the most typical of these stones, similar structured materials are termed “micas;” hence we have Uran-mica, which[Pg 52] is the green leaf I showed you, and Copper-mica, another similar one made mostly of copper; and this foliated iron is known as “micaceous iron.” You have these two main categories, Needle-crystals, likely formed from grains in rows, and Leaf-crystals, likely made from interwoven needles; finally, there’s a third category of crystals that form in heaps, knots, or masses, which could be made either of leaves stacked on top of each other or needles bound like Roman fasces; and mica, when well crystallized, assembles into such masses, almost demonstrating how others are constructed. Here’s a brown six-sided crystal, beautifully shaped at the sides like a castle tower; but you can see it’s entirely composed of mica folia, one layered on another, which break away the moment I touch the edge with my knife. Now, here’s another hexagonal tower, of the same size and color, that I want you to compare with the mica closely; but since I can’t wait for you to do that right now, I’ll quickly point out the main differences to look for. First, you’ll notice it feels much heavier than the mica. Then, although its surface appears quite micaceous due to its folia, when you test them with the knife, you’ll find you can’t break them off—
Kathleen. May I try?
Kathleen. Can I give it a go?
L. Yes, you mistrusting Katie. Here's my strong knife for you. (Experimental pause. Kathleen, doing her best.) You'll have that knife shutting on your finger presently, Kate; and I don't know a girl who would like less to have her hand tied up for a week.
L. Yes, you don't trust Katie. Here’s my sharp knife for you. (Experimental pause. Kathleen, trying her hardest.) You’ll end up getting that knife on your finger soon, Kate; and I don’t know any girl who would want to have her hand wrapped up for a week.
Kathleen (who also does not like to be beaten—giving up the knife despondently). What can the nasty hard thing be?
Kathleen (who also hates to lose—putting down the knife with a sigh). What could this horrible, tough thing be?
L. It is nothing but indurated clay, Kate: very hard set certainly, yet not so hard as it might be. If it were thoroughly well crystallised, you would see none of those micaceous fractures; and the stone would be quite red and clear, all through.
L. It's just hardened clay, Kate: definitely tough, but not as tough as it could be. If it were fully crystallized, you wouldn’t see any of those shiny fractures; the stone would be completely red and clear all the way through.
Kathleen. Oh, cannot you show us one?
Kathleen. Oh, can't you show us one?
L. Egypt can, if you ask her; she has a beautiful one in the clasp of her favourite bracelet.
L. Egypt can, if you ask her; she has a beautiful one in the clasp of her favorite bracelet.
L. Well, so is that thing you've been scratching at.
L. Well, so is that thing you've been picking at.
Kathleen. My goodness!
Kathleen. Wow!
(Takes up the stone again, very delicately; and drops it. General consternation.)
(Picks up the stone again, very carefully; and drops it. General shock.)
L. Never mind, Katie; you might drop it from the top of the house, and do it no harm. But though you really are a very good girl, and as good-natured as anybody can possibly be, remember, you have your faults, like other people; and, if I were you, the next time I wanted to assert anything energetically, I would assert it by 'my badness,' not 'my goodness.'
L. It’s okay, Katie; you could drop it from the top of the house and it wouldn’t get hurt. But even though you’re a really good girl and as kind-hearted as anyone could be, don’t forget you have your flaws like everyone else; and if I were you, the next time I wanted to make a strong point, I would use ‘my badness’ instead of ‘my goodness.’
Kathleen. Ah, now, it's too bad of you!
Kathleen. Oh, come on, that's really unfair!
L. Well, then, I'll invoke, on occasion, my 'too-badness.' But you may as well pick up the ruby, now you have dropped it; and look carefully at the beautiful hexagonal lines which gleam on its surface; and here is a pretty white sapphire (essentially the same stone as the ruby), in which you will see the same lovely structure, like the threads of the finest white cobweb. I do not know what is the exact method of a ruby's construction; but you see by these lines, what fine construction there is, even in this hardest of stones (after the diamond), which usually appears as a massive lump or knot. There is therefore no real mineralogical distinction between needle crystals and knotted crystals, but, practically, crystallised masses throw themselves into one of the three groups we have been examining to-day; and appear either as Needles, as Folia, or as Knots; when they are in needles (or fibres), they make the stones or rocks formed out of them 'fibrous;' when they are in folia, they make them 'foliated;' when they are in knots (or grains), 'granular.' Fibrous rocks are comparatively rare, in mass; but fibrous minerals are innumerable; and it is often a question which really no one but a young lady could possibly settle, whether one should call the fibres composing them 'threads' or 'needles.' Here is amianthus, for instance, which is quite as fine and soft as any cotton thread you ever sewed with; and here is sulphide of bismuth, with sharper points and brighter lustre than your finest[Pg 54] needles have; and fastened in white webs of quartz more delicate than your finest lace; and here is sulphide of antimony, which looks like mere purple wool, but it is all of purple needle crystals; and here is red oxide of copper (you must not breathe on it as you look, or you may blow some of the films of it off the stone), which is simply a woven tissue of scarlet silk. However, these finer thread forms are comparatively rare, while the bolder and needle-like crystals occur constantly; so that, I believe, 'Needle-crystal' is the best word (the grand one is 'Acicular crystal,' but Sibyl will tell you it is all the same, only less easily understood; and therefore more scientific). Then the Leaf-crystals, as I said, form an immense mass of foliated rocks; and the Granular crystals, which are of many kinds, form essentially granular, or granitic and porphyritic rocks; and it is always a point of more interest to me (and I think will ultimately be to you), to consider the causes which force a given mineral to take any one of these three general forms, than what the peculiar geometrical limitations are, belonging to its own crystals.[150] It is more interesting to me, for instance, to try and find out why the red oxide of copper, usually crystallising in cubes or octahedrons, makes itself exquisitely, out of its cubes, into this red silk in one particular Cornish mine, than what are the absolutely necessary angles of the octahedron, which is its common form. At all events, that mathematical part of crystallography is quite beyond girls' strength; but these questions of the various tempers and manners of crystals are not only comprehensible by you, but full of the most curious teaching for you. For in the fulfilment, to the best of their power, of their adopted form under given circumstances, there are conditions entirely resembling those of human virtue; and indeed expressible under no term so proper as that of the Virtue, or Courage of crystals:—which, if you are not afraid of the crystals making you ashamed of yourselves, we will try to get some notion of, to-morrow. But it will be a bye-lecture, and more about yourselves than the minerals, Don't come unless you like.
L. Well, I’ll occasionally use my ‘too-bad’ excuse. But you might as well pick up the ruby you just dropped and take a close look at the beautiful hexagonal lines sparkling on its surface; and here’s a lovely white sapphire (essentially the same stone as the ruby), where you’ll see the same gorgeous structure, like the threads of the finest white spider silk. I’m not sure about the exact way a ruby is formed, but these lines show how well-structured it is, even in this hardest stone (after diamonds), which often looks like just a solid lump or knot. So, there’s no real mineralogical difference between needle crystals and knotted crystals, but practically, crystallized masses fall into one of the three groups we’ve been discussing today: they appear either as Needles, as Sheets, or as Knots; when they’re in needle (or fiber) form, the stones or rocks made from them are called ‘fibrous;’ when they’re in sheets, they’re called ‘foliated;’ and when they’re in knots (or grains), ‘granular.’ Fibrous rocks are relatively rare in bulk, but fibrous minerals are countless; and it’s often a question that only a young lady could possibly answer, whether the fibers in them should be called ‘threads’ or ‘needles.’ For instance, here’s asbestos, which is as fine and soft as any cotton thread you've ever sewn with; and here’s bismuth sulfide, with sharper points and a brighter shine than your finest needles have; and it’s set in white quartz webs more delicate than your finest lace; and here’s antimony sulfide, which looks like just purple wool, but it’s made entirely of purple needle crystals; and here’s red copper oxide (don’t breathe on it while you look, or you might knock some of the films off the stone), which is basically a woven fabric of scarlet silk. However, these finer thread-like forms are relatively rare, while the thicker, needle-like crystals show up all the time; so I think ‘Needle-crystal’ is the best term (the fancy one is ‘Acicular crystal,’ but Sibyl will tell you it’s the same thing, just less understandable; and therefore more technical). Then the Leaf-crystals, as I mentioned, form a huge mass of foliated rocks; and the Granular crystals, which come in many types, form mainly granular, or granitic and porphyritic rocks; and I find it much more interesting (and I think you will too) to consider why a specific mineral takes any one of these three general forms than to focus on the exact geometric properties of its crystals. For example, I find it more fascinating to figure out why red copper oxide, which usually crystallizes in cubes or octahedrons, takes on this beautiful red silk form in one specific Cornish mine, rather than concentrating on the exact angles of the octahedron, its typical shape. Anyway, that math part of crystallography is beyond what girls can handle; but these questions about the different characteristics and behaviors of crystals are not only understandable to you but also full of intriguing lessons for you. Because, in fulfilling their forms as best as they can under certain conditions, there are similarities to human virtues; and honestly, it expresses something best described as the Virtue, or Courage of crystals:—which, if you’re not worried about crystals making you feel embarrassed, we’ll try to explore tomorrow. But it will be a side lecture, and more about yourselves than about the minerals. Don’t come unless you want to.
Mary. I'm sure the crystals will make us ashamed of ourselves; but we'll come, for all that.
Mary. I’m sure the crystals will make us feel embarrassed, but we’ll come anyway.
L. Meantime, look well and quietly over these needle, or thread crystals, and those on the other two tables, with magnifying glasses, and see what thoughts will come into your little heads about them. For the best thoughts are generally those which come without being forced, one does not know how. And so I hope you will get through your wet day patiently.
L. In the meantime, carefully and quietly examine these needle or thread crystals, as well as those on the other two tables, with magnifying glasses, and see what ideas pop into your heads about them. The best ideas usually come naturally, without any pressure, and it's hard to say why. So, I hope you can get through your rainy day with patience.
FOOTNOTES:
[150] Note iv.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note iv.
LECTURE V.
CRYSTAL VIRTUES.
A quiet talk, in the afternoon, by the sunniest window of the Drawing-room. Present, Florrie, Isabel, May, Lucilla, Kathleen, Dora, Mary, and some others, who have saved time for the bye-Lecture.
A quiet chat in the afternoon by the sunniest window in the living room. Attending, Florrie, Isabel, May, Lucilla, Kathleen, Dora, Mary, and a few others who have set aside time for the discussion.
L. So you have really come, like good girls, to be made ashamed of yourselves?
L. So you actually showed up, like good girls, to feel ashamed of yourselves?
Dora (very meekly). No, we needn't be made so; we always are.
Dora (very softly). No, we don't need to be made that way; we always are.
L. Well, I believe that's truer than most pretty speeches: but you know, you saucy girl, some people have more reason to be so than others. Are you sure everybody is, as well as you?
L. Well, I think that's more honest than a lot of sweet talk: but you know, you cheeky girl, some people have more reasons to be like that than others. Are you really sure everyone is, like you?
The General Voice. Yes, yes; everybody.
The General Voice. Yep, yep; everyone.
L. What! Florrie ashamed of herself?
L. What! Florrie is embarrassed about herself?
(Florrie hides behind the curtain.)
Florrie hides behind the curtain.
L. And Isabel?
L. And Isabel?
(Isabel hides under the table.)
(Isabel crouches under the table.)
L. And May?
L. And May?
(May runs into the corner behind the piano.)
(May runs to the corner behind the piano.)
L. And Lucilla?
L. And Lucy?
(Lucilla hides her face in her hands.)
(Lucilla covers her face with her hands.)
L. Dear, dear; but this will never do. I shall have to tell you of the faults of the crystals, instead of virtues, to put you in heart again.
L. Oh dear; this just won't work. I need to tell you about the flaws of the crystals, not their virtues, to lift your spirits again.
May (coming out of her corner). Oh! have the crystals faults, like us?
May (coming out of her corner). Oh! Do crystals have flaws, just like we do?
L. Certainly, May. Their best virtues are shown in fighting their faults. And some have a great many faults; and some are very naughty crystals indeed.
L. Definitely, May. Their greatest strengths come out when they tackle their flaws. Some have quite a few flaws, and some are really quite naughty crystals, for sure.
Florrie (from behind her curtain). As naughty as me?
Florrie (from behind her curtain). As mischievous as I am?
Isabel (peeping from under the table cloth). Or me?[Pg 57]
Isabel (looking out from under the tablecloth). Or me?[Pg 57]
L. Well, I don't know. They never forget their syntax, children, when once they've been taught it. But I think some of them are, on the whole, worse than any of you. Not that it's amiable of you to look so radiant, all in a minute, on that account.
L. Well, I’m not sure. They never forget their grammar, kids, once they’ve learned it. But I think some of them are, overall, worse than any of you. Not that it’s nice of you to suddenly look so cheerful because of that.
Dora. Oh! but it's so much more comfortable.
Dora. Oh! but it's way more comfortable.
(Everybody seems to recover their spirits. Eclipse of Florrie and Isabel terminates.)
(Everyone seems to lift their spirits. The eclipse of Florrie and Isabella comes to an end.)
L. What kindly creatures girls are, after all, to their neighbours' failings! I think you may be ashamed of yourselves indeed, now, children! I can tell you, you shall hear of the highest crystalline merits that I can think of, to-day: and I wish there were more of them; but crystals have a limited, though a stern, code of morals; and their essential virtues are but two;—the first is to be pure, and the second to be well shaped.
L. What kind-hearted creatures girls are, after all, when it comes to their neighbors' flaws! I believe you should feel quite ashamed of yourselves now, kids! I can assure you, you'll hear about the highest qualities I can think of today, and I wish there were more of them; but crystals follow a strict, albeit tough, moral code, and they really only have two essential virtues: the first is to be pure, and the second is to be well-shaped.
Mary. Pure! Does that mean clear—transparent?
Mary. Pure! Does that mean clear—see-through?
L. No; unless in the case of a transparent substance. You cannot have a transparent crystal of gold; but you may have a perfectly pure one.
L. No; unless it’s a transparent substance. You can’t have a transparent crystal of gold, but you can have a perfectly pure one.
Isabel. But you said it was the shape that made things be crystals; therefore, oughtn't their shape to be their first virtue, not their second?
Isabel. But you said it was the shape that made things crystals; so, shouldn't their shape be their primary quality, not their secondary one?
L. Right, you troublesome mousie. But I call their shape only their second virtue, because it depends on time and accident, and things which the crystal cannot help. If it is cooled too quickly, or shaken, it must take what shape it can; but it seems as if, even then, it had in itself the power of rejecting impurity, if it has crystalline life enough. Here is a crystal of quartz, well enough shaped in its way; but it seems to have been languid and sick at heart; and some white milky substance has got into it, and mixed itself up with it, all through. It makes the quartz quite yellow, if you hold it up to the light, and milky blue on the surface. Here is another, broken into a thousand separate facets, and out of all traceable shape; but as pure as a mountain spring. I like this one best.[Pg 58]
L. Right, you annoying little mouse. But I call their shape only their second quality because it relies on time and chance, and factors beyond the crystal's control. If it cools too quickly or gets shaken, it has to settle for whatever shape it can manage; yet it seems like, even then, it has the ability to reject impurities if it has enough crystalline vitality. Here’s a quartz crystal, shaped decently in its own way; but it appears to be sluggish and troubled deep down, and some white milky substance has infiltrated it and mixed throughout. It makes the quartz look quite yellow when you hold it up to the light, and milky blue on the surface. Here’s another, shattered into a thousand separate facets, with no recognizable shape left; but it’s as pure as a mountain spring. I like this one the most.[Pg 58]
The Audience. So do I—and I—and I.
The Crowd. I do too—and I—and I.
Mary. Would a crystallographer?
Mary. Would a crystal scientist?
L. I think so. He would find many more laws curiously exemplified in the irregularly grouped but pure crystal. But it is a futile question, this of first or second. Purity is in most cases a prior, if not a nobler, virtue; at all events it is most convenient to think about it first.
L. I think so. He would discover a lot more laws interestingly demonstrated in the oddly arranged but pure crystal. But this question of first or second is pointless. Purity is often a more fundamental, if not a more admirable, quality; in any case, it’s generally easier to consider it first.
Mary. But what ought we to think about it? Is there much to be thought—I mean, much to puzzle one?
Mary. But what should we think about it? Is there really much to think about—I mean, is there a lot to confuse us?
L. I don't know what you call 'much.' It is a long time since I met with anything in which there was little. There's not much in this, perhaps. The crystal must be either dirty or clean,—and there's an end. So it is with one's hands, and with one's heart—only you can wash your hands without changing them, but not hearts, nor crystals. On the whole, while you are young, it will be as well to take care that your hearts don't want much washing; for they may perhaps need wringing also, when they do.
L. I don't know what you mean by 'much.' It's been a while since I've come across anything that had little to it. There's probably not much here, either. The crystal has to be either dirty or clean—there’s no in-between. It’s the same with hands and hearts—though you can wash your hands without altering them, you can’t say the same for hearts or crystals. Overall, while you're young, it's best to ensure that your hearts don't require much cleaning; because when they do, they might also need a good squeeze.
(Audience doubtful and uncomfortable. Lucilla at last takes courage.)
(Audience skeptical and uneasy. Lucilla finally gathers her courage.)
Lucilla. Oh! but surely, sir, we cannot make our hearts clean?
Lucilla. Oh! but surely, sir, we can't purify our hearts?
L. Not easily, Lucilla; so you had better keep them so when they are.
L. Not easily, Lucilla; so you had better keep them that way when they are.
Lucilla. When they are! But, sir—
Lucilla. When they are! But, sir—
L. Well?
L. So?
Lucilla. Sir—surely—are we not told that they are all evil?
Lucilla. Sir—surely—aren't we told that they're all bad?
L. Wait a little, Lucilla; that is difficult ground you are getting upon; and we must keep to our crystals, till at least we understand what their good and evil consist in; they may help us afterwards to some useful hints about our own. I said that their goodness consisted chiefly in purity of substance, and perfectness of form: but those are rather the effects of their goodness, than the goodness itself. The inherent virtues of the crystals, resulting in these outer conditions, might really seem to be best described in the words we should[Pg 59] use respecting living creatures—'force of heart' and steadiness of purpose.' There seem to be in some crystals, from the beginning, an unconquerable purity of vital power, and strength of crystal spirit. Whatever dead substance, unacceptant of this energy, comes in their way, is either rejected, or forced to take some beautiful subordinate form; the purity of the crystal remains unsullied, and every atom of it bright with coherent energy. Then the second condition is, that from the beginning of its whole structure, a fine crystal seems to have determined that it will be of a certain size and of a certain shape; it persists in this plan, and completes it. Here is a perfect crystal of quartz for you. It is of an unusual form, and one which it might seem very difficult to build—a pyramid with convex sides, composed of other minor pyramids. But there is not a flaw in its contour throughout; not one of its myriads of component sides but is as bright as a jeweller's facetted work (and far finer, if you saw it close). The crystal points are as sharp as javelins; their edges will cut glass with a touch. Anything more resolute, consummate, determinate in form, cannot be conceived. Here, on the other hand, is a crystal of the same substance, in a perfectly simple type of form—a plain six-sided prism; but from its base to its point,—and it is nine inches long,—it has never for one instant made up its mind what thickness it will have. It seems to have begun by making itself as thick as it thought possible with the quantity of material at command. Still not being as thick as it would like to be, it has clumsily glued on more substance at one of its sides. Then it has thinned itself, in a panic of economy; then puffed itself out again; then starved one side to enlarge another; then warped itself quite out of its first line. Opaque, rough-surfaced, jagged on the edge, distorted in the spine, it exhibits a quite human image of decrepitude and dishonour; but the worst of all the signs of its decay and helplessness, is that half-way up, a parasite crystal, smaller, but just as sickly, has rooted itself in the side of the larger one, eating out a cavity round its root, and then growing backwards, or downwards, contrary to the direction of the main crystal. Yet I cannot trace the least difference in[Pg 60] purity of substance between the first most noble stone, and this ignoble and dissolute one. The impurity of the last is in its will, or want of will.
L. Hold on a second, Lucilla; you're stepping into tricky territory. We should stick to our crystals until we at least grasp what their good and bad qualities are; they might later give us some useful insights about ourselves. I mentioned that their goodness mainly lies in their pure materials and perfect shapes, but those are more like the results of their goodness rather than the goodness itself. The inherent qualities of the crystals, which lead to these outer features, could actually be best described using the terms we would apply to living creatures—'strength of heart' and 'steadfastness of purpose.' Some crystals seem to possess an unstoppable purity of vital energy and a strong crystal spirit right from the start. Any lifeless substance that resists this energy is either cast aside or compelled to take on a beautiful lesser form; the crystal's purity stays intact, and every particle is vibrant with coherent energy. The next point is that from the very beginning of their structure, a fine crystal appears to have decided on a specific size and shape; it follows through on this plan and completes it. Here’s a perfect quartz crystal. It has an unusual shape that might seem very challenging to create—a pyramid with curved sides, made up of smaller pyramids. Yet, there isn’t a single imperfection in its outline; every one of its countless sides is as bright as a jeweler's cut work (even finer if you saw it up close). The crystal points are as sharp as spears; their edges can cut glass with just a touch. You couldn't imagine something more determined, refined, or precise in shape. On the flip side, here’s another crystal of the same material, in a perfectly simple shape—a plain six-sided prism; but from its base to its tip—and it's nine inches long—it has never once decided what thickness it should be. It seems to have started by making itself as thick as possible with the material it had. Yet, still not satisfied with its thickness, it clumsily added more material on one side. Then it thinned itself out in a frantic attempt to save resources; then it puffed back up again; then it starved one side to expand another; and finally, it warped away from its original form. Opaque, rough on the surface, jagged at the edges, crooked in the spine, it displays a deeply human image of frailty and disgrace; but the worst sign of its decay and helplessness is that halfway up, a smaller parasite crystal, just as sickly, has anchored itself to the side of the larger one, creating a cavity around its root, then growing backward or downward, opposite the direction of the main crystal. Yet, I can't detect any difference in the purity of the material between the first noble stone and this unrefined, decayed one. The impurity of the latter lies in its will, or lack thereof.
Mary. Oh, if we could but understand the meaning of it all!
Mary. Oh, if only we could understand what it all means!
L. We can understand all that is good for us. It is just as true for us, as for the crystal, that the nobleness of life depends on its consistency,—clearness of purpose,—quiet and ceaseless energy. All doubt, and repenting, and botching, and retouching, and wondering what it will be best to do next, are vice, as well as misery.
L. We can grasp everything that’s good for us. Just like a crystal, the greatness of life hinges on its consistency—clarity of purpose—steady and relentless energy. All doubt, regret, mistakes, redoing things, and second-guessing what to do next are not just misery; they are also flaws.
Mary (much wondering). But must not one repent when one does wrong, and hesitate when one can't see one's way?
Mary (thinking hard). But shouldn't someone regret when they make a mistake and pause when they're uncertain?
L. You have no business at all to do wrong; nor to get into any way that you cannot see. Your intelligence should always be far in advance of your act. Whenever you do not know what you are about, you are sure to be doing wrong.
L. You should never do anything wrong or go down a path that you can’t see. Your judgment should always be ahead of your actions. Whenever you don’t know what you’re doing, you’re likely making a mistake.
Kathleen. Oh, dear, but I never know what I am about!
Kathleen. Oh, man, I just never know what I'm doing!
L. Very true, Katie, but it is a great deal to know, if you know that. And you find that you have done wrong afterwards; and perhaps some day you may begin to know, or at least, think, what you are about.
L. You're right, Katie, but it's a lot to realize, if you realize that. And you realize afterward that you've made a mistake; and maybe one day you’ll start to understand, or at least think, about what you're doing.
Isabel. But surely people can't do very wrong if they don't know, can they? I mean, they can't be very naughty. They can be wrong, like Kathleen or me, when we make mistakes; but not wrong in the dreadful way. I can't express what I mean; but there are two sorts of wrong are there not?
Isabel. But surely people can't do something really bad if they don't know better, can they? I mean, they can't be that bad. They can be mistaken, like Kathleen or me, when we mess up; but not wrong in a terrible way. I can't explain what I mean; but there are two kinds of wrong, aren't there?
L. Yes, Isabel; but you will find that the great difference is between kind and unkind wrongs, not between meant and unmeant wrong. Very few people really mean to do wrong,—in a deep sense, none. They only don't know what they are about. Cain did not mean to do wrong when he killed Abel.
L. Yes, Isabel; but you'll see that the real difference is between kind and unkind wrongs, not between intentional and unintentional wrongs. Very few people actually intend to do wrong—on a deeper level, none do. They just don’t understand what they're doing. Cain didn't intend to do wrong when he killed Abel.
(Isabel draws a deep breath, and opens her eyes very wide.)
(Isabelle takes a deep breath and opens her eyes wide.)
L. No, Isabel; and there are countless Cains among us now, who kill their brothers by the score a day, not only for less provocation than Cain had, but for no provocation,—and[Pg 61] merely for what they can make of their bones,—yet do not think they are doing wrong in the least. Then sometimes you have the business reversed, as over in America these last years, where you have seen Abel resolutely killing Cain, and not thinking he is doing wrong. The great difficulty is always to open people's eyes: to touch their feelings, and break their hearts, is easy; the difficult thing is to break their heads. What does it matter, as long as they remain stupid, whether you change their feelings or not? You cannot be always at their elbow to tell them what is right: and they may just do as wrong as before, or worse; and their best intentions merely make the road smooth for them,—you know where, children. For it is not the place itself that is paved with them, as people say so often. You can't pave the bottomless pit; but you may the road to it.
L. No, Isabel; and there are countless Cains among us now, who kill their brothers by the dozens every day, not only for less provocation than Cain had, but for no provocation at all,—and[Pg 61] merely for what they can get from their bones,—yet they don't think they're doing anything wrong. Then sometimes you get the situation flipped, like in America these past few years, where you see Abel relentlessly killing Cain, convinced he’s not doing anything wrong. The real challenge is always getting people to see things clearly: making them feel something and breaking their hearts is easy; the tough part is getting through to their minds. What does it matter, as long as they stay clueless, whether you change their feelings or not? You can’t always be right there to guide them on what’s right: they might keep making the same mistakes, or even worse; and their best intentions just make it easier for them,—you know where, kids. Because it’s not the actual place that’s filled with those intentions, as people often claim. You can’t pave the bottomless pit; but you can pave the road leading to it.
May. Well, but if people do as well as they can see how, surely that is the right for them, isn't it?
May. Well, if people do their best based on what they understand, then that’s the right thing for them, right?
L. No, May, not a bit of it; right is right, and wrong is wrong. It is only the fool who does wrong, and says he 'did it for the best.' And if there's one sort of person in the world that the Bible speaks harder of than another, it is fools. Their particular and chief way of saying 'There is no God' is this, of declaring that whatever their 'public opinion' may be, is right: and that God's opinion is of no consequence.
L. No, May, not at all; right is right, and wrong is wrong. Only a fool does wrong and claims he 'did it for the best.' And if there's one type of person the Bible criticizes more than others, it's fools. Their main way of asserting 'There is no God' is by saying that whatever their 'public opinion' is, is right: and that God's opinion doesn't matter.
May. But surely nobody can always know what is right?
May. But can anyone really always know what's right?
L. Yes, you always can, for to-day; and if you do what you see of it to-day, you will see more of it, and more clearly, to-morrow. Here, for instance, you children are at school, and have to learn French, and arithmetic, and music, and several other such things. That is your 'right' for the present; the 'right' for us, your teachers, is to see that you learn as much as you can, without spoiling your dinner, your sleep, or your play; and that what you do learn, you learn well. You all know when you learn with a will, and when you dawdle. There's no doubt of conscience about that, I suppose?
L. Yes, you always can, for today; and if you focus on what you have today, you’ll understand more of it, and more clearly, tomorrow. Here, for example, you kids are at school and have to learn French, math, music, and several other subjects. That’s your current 'right'; our 'right' as your teachers is to ensure you learn as much as you can, without messing up your dinner, sleep, or playtime; and that what you do learn, you master well. You all know when you’re putting in effort to learn and when you’re just wasting time. There's no doubt about that, right?
Violet. No; but if one wants to read an amusing book, instead of learning one's lesson?
Violet. No; but what if someone wants to read a funny book instead of studying?
L. You don't call that a 'question,' seriously, Violet? You[Pg 62] are then merely deciding whether you will resolutely do wrong or not.
L. You don't really think that's a 'question,' do you, Violet? You[Pg 62] are just figuring out if you're going to do something wrong or not.
Mary. But, in after life, how many fearful difficulties may arise, however one tries to know or to do what is right!
Mary. But later in life, how many daunting challenges can come up, no matter how hard one tries to understand or do what’s right!
L. You are much too sensible a girl, Mary, to have felt that, whatever you may have seen. A great many of young ladies' difficulties arise from their falling in love with a wrong person: but they have no business to let themselves fall in love, till they know he is the right one.
L. You’re way too sensible, Mary, to have felt that, no matter what you might have seen. A lot of young women’s problems come from falling for the wrong person: but they shouldn’t allow themselves to fall in love until they know he’s the right one.
Dora. How many thousands ought he to have a year?
Dora. How many thousands should he have each year?
L. (disdaining reply). There are, of course, certain crises of fortune when one has to take care of oneself, and mind shrewdly what one is about. There is never any real doubt about the path, but you may have to walk very slowly.
L. (disdaining reply). There are, of course, times of crisis when you have to look out for yourself and be smart about your actions. The right path is usually clear, but you might have to move at a snail's pace.
Mary. And if one is forced to do a wrong thing by some one who has authority over you?
Mary. What if someone who has power over you makes you do something wrong?
L. My dear, no one can be forced to do a wrong thing, for the guilt is in the will: but you may any day be forced to do a fatal thing, as you might be forced to take poison; the remarkable law of nature in such cases being, that it is always unfortunate you who are poisoned, and not the person who gives you the dose. It is a very strange law, but it is a law. Nature merely sees to the carrying out of the normal operation of arsenic. She never troubles herself to ask who gave it you. So also you may be starved to death, morally as well as physically, by other people's faults. You are, on the whole, very good children sitting here to-day;—do you think that your goodness comes all by your own contriving? or that you are gentle and kind because your dispositions are naturally more angelic than those of the poor girls who are playing, with wild eyes, on the dustheaps in the alleys of our great towns; and who will one day fill their prisons,—or, better, their graves? Heaven only knows where they, and we who have cast them there, shall stand at last. But the main judgment question will be, I suppose, for all of us, 'Did you keep a good heart through it?' What you were, others may answer for;—what you tried to be, you must answer for, yourself. Was the heart pure and true—tell us that?[Pg 63]
L. My dear, no one can be forced to do something wrong because guilt comes from your own will. However, you could be forced to do something harmful, like taking poison; the strange thing in these situations is that it's always you who gets hurt, not the person who gives you the poison. It's an odd rule, but it is a rule. Nature just oversees the normal effects of arsenic without caring who administered it. Similarly, you can be morally and physically starved by the mistakes of others. You’re all pretty good kids sitting here today—do you think your goodness is entirely your doing? Or are you gentle and kind because you're naturally more virtuous than the unfortunate girls who are playing with wild eyes on the trash piles in the alleys of our big cities; girls who will one day end up in prison—or worse, in their graves? Only heaven knows where they'll end up, along with those of us who have disregarded them. But I suppose the main question we’ll all face in judgment will be, 'Did you keep a good heart through it all?' What you were, others can judge; but what you aimed to be, you alone must account for. Was your heart genuine and true—can you tell us that?[Pg 63]
And so we come back to your sorrowful question, Lucilla, which I put aside a little ago. You would be afraid to answer that your heart was pure and true, would not you?
And so we return to your sad question, Lucilla, which I put aside a little while ago. You’d be afraid to say that your heart was pure and true, wouldn’t you?
Lucilla. Yes, indeed, sir.
Lucilla. Yes, absolutely, sir.
L. Because you have been taught that it is all evil—'only evil continually.' Somehow, often as people say that, they never seem, to me, to believe it? Do you really believe it?
L. Because you’ve been taught that it’s all bad—‘only bad all the time.’ Still, no matter how often people say that, they don’t seem to actually believe it, do they? Do you really believe it?
Lucilla. Yes, sir; I hope so.
Lucilla. Yes, I hope so.
L. That you have an entirely bad heart?
L. Do you have a completely bad heart?
Lucilla (a little uncomfortable at the substitution of the monosyllable for the dissyllable, nevertheless persisting in her orthodoxy). Yes, sir.
Lucilla (a bit uneasy about swapping the one-syllable word for the two-syllable word, but still holding on to her beliefs). Yes, sir.
L. Florrie, I am sure you are tired; I never like you to stay when you are tired; but, you know, you must not play with the kitten while we're talking.
L. Florrie, I’m sure you’re tired; I don’t like it when you stay if you’re worn out; but, you know, you shouldn’t play with the kitten while we’re talking.
Florrie. Oh! but I'm not tired; and I'm only nursing her. She'll be asleep in my lap directly.
Florrie. Oh! I'm not tired at all; I’m just taking care of her. She'll be asleep in my lap any minute now.
L. Stop! that puts me in mind of something I had to show you, about minerals that are like hair. I want a hair out of Tittie's tail.
L. Stop! That reminds me of something I wanted to show you about minerals that resemble hair. I need a hair from Tittie's tail.
Florrie (quite rude, in her surprise, even to the point of repeating expressions). Out of Tittie's tail!
Florrie (pretty rude, in her surprise, even to the point of repeating phrases). Out of Tittie's tail!
L. Yes; a brown one: Lucilla, you can get at the tip of it nicely, under Florrie's arm; just pull one out for me.
L. Yes; a brown one: Lucilla, you can reach the tip of it easily, under Florrie's arm; just pull one out for me.
Lucilla. Oh! but, sir, it will hurt her so!
Lucilla. Oh! But, sir, that's going to hurt her so much!
L. Never mind; she can't scratch you while Florrie is holding her. Now that I think of it, you had better pull out two.
L. It's fine; she can't scratch you while Florrie is holding her. Now that I think about it, you should probably pull out two.
Lucilla. But then she may scratch Florrie! and it will hurt her so, sir! if you only want brown hairs, wouldn't two of mine do?
Lucilla. But then she might scratch Florrie! That would hurt her so much, sir! If you just want brown hairs, couldn't you use two of mine?
L. Would you really rather pull out your own than Tittie's?
L. Would you seriously prefer to pull out your own instead of Tittie's?
Lucilla. Oh, of course, if mine will do.
Lucilla. Oh, sure, if mine works.
L. But that's very wicked, Lucilla!
L. But that's really wrong, Lucilla!
Lucilla. Wicked, sir?
Lucilla. You're wicked, right?
L. Yes; if your heart was not so bad, you would much rather pull all the cat's hairs out, than one of your own.
L. Yes; if your heart weren't so bad, you'd much rather pull out all the cat's hairs than one of your own.
Lucilla. Oh! but sir, I didn't mean bad, like that.[Pg 64]
Lucilla. Oh! But sir, I didn't mean anything bad like that.[Pg 64]
L. I believe, if the truth were told, Lucilla, you would like to tie a kettle to Tittie's tail, and hunt her round the playground.
L. I believe, if the truth were known, Lucilla, you would want to tie a kettle to Tittie's tail and chase her around the playground.
Lucilla. Indeed, I should not, sir.
Lucilla. No, I shouldn't, sir.
L. That's not true, Lucilla; you know it cannot be.
L. That's not true, Lucilla; you know it can't be.
Lucilla. Sir?
Lucilla. Yes, sir?
L. Certainly it is not;—how can you possibly speak any truth out of such a heart as you have? It is wholly deceitful.
L. Definitely not;—how can you possibly speak any truth with a heart like yours? It’s completely deceitful.
Lucilla. Oh! no, no; I don't mean that way; I don't mean that it makes me tell lies, quite out.
Lucilla. Oh! no, no; I don't mean it like that; I don't mean that it forces me to lie, not at all.
L. Only that it tells lies within you?
L. Only that it tells lies inside you?
Lucilla. Yes.
Lucilla. Yes.
L. Then, outside of it, you know what is true, and say so; and I may trust the outside of your heart; but within, it is all foul and false. Is that the way?
L. Then, outside of it, you know what's true and say it; and I can trust the outside of your heart; but inside, it's all rotten and false. Is that how it is?
Lucilla. I suppose so: I don't understand it, quite.
Lucilla. I guess so: I don't really get it.
L. There is no occasion for understanding it; but do you feel it? Are you sure that your heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked?
L. There’s no need to understand it; but do you feel it? Are you sure that your heart is the most deceitful of all things and desperately wicked?
Lucilla (much relieved by finding herself among phrases with which she is acquainted). Yes, sir. I'm sure of that.
Lucilla (greatly relieved to be surrounded by familiar phrases). Yes, sir. I'm certain of that.
L. (pensively). I'm sorry for it, Lucilla.
L. (thinking deeply). I'm sorry about that, Lucilla.
Lucilla. So am I, indeed.
Lucilla. Same here, for sure.
L. What are you sorry with, Lucilla?
L. What are you sorry about, Lucilla?
Lucilla. Sorry with, sir?
Lucilla. Sorry, sir?
L. Yes; I mean, where do you feel sorry? in your feet?
L. Yeah; I mean, where do you feel pain? In your feet?
Lucilla (laughing a little). No, sir, of course.
Lucilla (laughing a little). No, sir, of course not.
L. In your shoulders, then?
L. In your shoulders, right?
Lucilla. No, sir.
Lucilla. No way, sir.
L. You are sure of that? Because, I fear, sorrow in the shoulders would not be worth much.
L. Are you sure about that? Because I'm afraid that sadness in the shoulders wouldn't mean much.
Lucilla. I suppose I feel it in my heart, if I really am sorry.
Lucilla. I guess I can feel it in my heart if I truly am sorry.
L. If you really are! Do you mean to say that you are sure you are utterly wicked, and yet do not care?
L. If you really are! Are you saying you’re totally bad, and you just don’t care?
Lucilla. No, indeed; I have cried about it often.
Lucilla. No, really; I've cried about it many times.
L. Well, then, you are sorry in your heart?
L. So, are you truly sorry in your heart?
Lucilla. Yes, when the sorrow is worth anything.[Pg 65]
Lucilla. Yeah, when the sadness actually means something.[Pg 65]
L. Even if it be not, it cannot be anywhere else but there. It is not the crystalline lens of your eyes which is sorry, when you cry?
L. Even if it's not, it can only be there. Isn’t it your eyes' crystalline lens that feels sorry when you cry?
Lucilla. No, sir, of course.
Lucilla. No, sir, definitely not.
L. Then, have you two hearts; one of which is wicked, and the other grieved? or is one side of it sorry for the other side?
L. So, do you have two hearts; one that's evil and the other one that's sad? Or is one side of it feeling sorry for the other side?
Lucilla (weary of cross-examination, and a little vexed). Indeed, sir, you know I can't understand it; but you know how it is written—'another law in my members, warring against the law of my mind.'
Lucilla (tired of being questioned, and somewhat annoyed). Honestly, sir, I really can't get it; but you know what it says—'another law in my body, fighting against the law of my mind.'
L. Yes, Lucilla, I know how it is written; but I do not see that it will help us to know that, if we neither understand what is written, nor feel it. And you will not get nearer to the meaning of one verse, if, as soon as you are puzzled by it, you escape to another, introducing three new words—'law,' 'members,' and 'mind'; not one of which you at present know the meaning of; and respecting which, you probably never will be much wiser; since men like Montesquieu and Locke have spent great part of their lives in endeavouring to explain two of them.
L. Yes, Lucilla, I know how it's written, but I don't see how knowing that will help us if we don't understand what it says or feel it. You won't get any closer to the meaning of a verse if, as soon as you're confused by it, you jump to another one, introducing three new words—'law,' 'members,' and 'mind'—none of which you currently understand; and you probably won't get much wiser about them, since thinkers like Montesquieu and Locke have spent a large part of their lives trying to explain two of them.
Lucilla. Oh! please, sir, ask somebody else.
Lucilla. Oh! Please, sir, ask someone else.
L. If I thought anyone else could answer better than you, Lucilla, I would; but suppose I try, instead, myself, to explain your feelings to you?
L. If I thought anyone else could explain your feelings better than you, Lucilla, I would; but how about I try to explain them to you myself instead?
Lucilla. Oh, yes; please do.
Lucilla. Oh, yes; go ahead.
L. Mind, I say your 'feelings,' not your 'belief.' For I cannot undertake to explain anybody's beliefs. Still I must try a little, first, to explain the belief also, because I want to draw it to some issue. As far as I understand what you say, or any one else, taught as you have been taught, says, on this matter,—you think that there is an external goodness, a whited-sepulchre kind of goodness, which appears beautiful outwardly, but is within full of uncleanness: a deep secret guilt, of which we ourselves are not sensible; and which can only be seen by the Maker of us all. (Approving murmurs from audience.)
L. Keep in mind, I'm talking about your 'feelings,' not your 'beliefs.' I can't explain anyone's beliefs for them. However, I need to make an attempt to clarify the belief too, because I want to bring it to a conclusion. From what I understand of what you say, or what anyone else taught as you have been taught, on this issue—you think there's an external goodness, a kind of goodness that looks nice on the outside but is filled with filth on the inside: a deep secret guilt that we're not aware of; and it can only be seen by our Creator. (Approving murmurs from audience.)
L. Is it not so with the body as well as the soul?
L. Isn't it the same with the body as it is with the soul?
(Looked notes of interrogation.)
Looked over interrogation notes.
L. A skull, for instance, is not a beautiful thing?
L. A skull, for example, isn't a pretty thing?
(Grave faces, signifying 'Certainly not,' and 'What next?')
(Serious expressions, meaning 'Definitely not,' and 'What's next?')
L. And if you all could see in each other, with clear eyes, whatever God sees beneath those fair faces of yours, you would not like it?
L. And if you all could see in each other, with clear eyes, whatever God sees beneath those beautiful faces of yours, you wouldn't like it?
(Murmured 'No's.')
(Whispered 'No's.')
L. Nor would it be good for you?
L. Nor would it be good for you?
(Silence.)
Silence.
L. The probability being that what God does not allow you to see, He does not wish you to see; nor even to think of?
L. The likelihood is that what God doesn't let you see, He doesn't want you to see or even think about?
(Silence prolonged.)
(Silence extended.)
L. It would not at all be good for you, for instance, whenever you were washing your faces, and braiding your hair, to be thinking of the shapes of the jawbones, and of the cartilage of the nose, and of the jagged sutures of the scalp?
L. It wouldn't be good for you, for example, when you're washing your face and braiding your hair, to be thinking about the shapes of jawbones, the cartilage in your nose, and the jagged sutures on your scalp?
(Resolutely whispered No's.)
(Firmly whispered No's.)
L. Still less, to see through a clear glass the daily processes of nourishment and decay?
L. Even less so, to watch through a clear glass the daily processes of growth and decay?
(No.)
No.
L. Still less if instead of merely inferior and preparatory conditions of structure, as in the skeleton,—or inferior offices of structure, as in operations of life and death,—there were actual disease in the body; ghastly and dreadful. You would try to cure it; but having taken such measures as were necessary, you would not think the cure likely to be promoted by perpetually watching the wounds, or thinking of them. On the contrary, you would be thankful for every moment of forgetfulness: as, in daily health, you must be thankful that your Maker has veiled whatever is fearful in your frame under a sweet and manifest beauty; and has made it your duty, and your only safety, to rejoice in that, both in yourself and in others:—not indeed concealing, or refusing to believe in sickness, if it come; but never dwelling on it.
L. Even less so if there was actual disease in the body, something truly horrifying. You would try to treat it; but after taking the necessary steps, you wouldn’t think that constantly focusing on the wounds or worrying about them would help the healing process. Instead, you would appreciate every moment of forgetting about them: just like in everyday health, you should be grateful that your Creator has hidden the frightening aspects of your body behind a lovely and obvious beauty; and that it's your duty, as well as your only safety, to celebrate that, both in yourself and in others—without denying or ignoring sickness if it arises; but also not fixating on it.
Now, your wisdom and duty touching soul-sickness are just the same. Ascertain clearly what is wrong with you; and so[Pg 67] far as you know any means of mending it, take those means, and have done: when you are examining yourself, never call yourself merely a 'sinner,' that is very cheap abuse; and utterly useless. You may even get to like it, and be proud of it. But call yourself a liar, a coward, a sluggard, a glutton, or an evil-eyed jealous wretch, if you indeed find yourself to be in any wise any of these. Take steady means to check yourself in whatever fault you have ascertained, and justly accused yourself of. And as soon as you are in active way of mending, you will be no more inclined to moan over an undefined corruption. For the rest, you will find it less easy to uproot faults, than to choke them by gaining virtues. Do not think of your faults; still less of others' faults: in every person who comes near you, look for what is good and strong: honour that; rejoice in it; and, as you can, try to imitate it: and your faults will drop off, like dead leaves, when their time comes. If, on looking back, your whole life should seem rugged as a palm tree stem; still, never mind, so long as it has been growing; and has its grand green shade of leaves, and weight of honied fruit, at top. And even if you cannot find much good in yourself at last, think that it does not much matter to the universe either what you were, or are; think how many people are noble, if you cannot be; and rejoice in their nobleness. An immense quantity of modern confession of sin, even when honest, is merely a sickly egotism; which will rather gloat over its own evil, than lose the centralisation of its interest in itself.
Now, your understanding and responsibility regarding spiritual struggles are basically the same. Figure out what’s bothering you, and as far as you know how to fix it, do that and move on. When you reflect on yourself, don’t just label yourself as a 'sinner'; that's lazy criticism and completely pointless. You might even start to like that title and take pride in it. Instead, call yourself a liar, a coward, a slacker, a glutton, or a jealous person if you honestly recognize any of those traits in yourself. Make a consistent effort to address whatever flaw you’ve identified and honestly criticized yourself for. Once you start actively working on improving yourself, you won’t feel as inclined to dwell on vague issues. Besides, you’ll find it’s harder to eliminate faults than to suppress them by cultivating virtues. Don’t focus on your faults, and even less on others' faults: in everyone you encounter, look for the good and strong aspects; honor that; celebrate it; and, as you can, try to emulate it: your flaws will drop away like dead leaves when the time comes. If, upon reflection, your entire life appears as rough as a palm tree trunk, don’t worry, as long as it has been growing and has its lush green leaves and sweet fruit at the top. And even if you can’t find much good in yourself in the end, remember it doesn’t really matter to the universe what you were or are; think about how many people are noble if you can’t be; and take joy in their nobility. A lot of modern confessions of sin, even when sincere, are just a form of sickly self-absorption; they tend to revel in their own faults rather than relinquish the focus on themselves.
Mary. But then, if we ought to forget ourselves so much, how did the old Greek proverb 'Know thyself' come to be so highly esteemed?
Mary. But if we should forget ourselves so much, how did the old Greek saying "Know thyself" become so valued?
L. My dear, it is the proverb of proverbs; Apollo's proverb, and the sun's;—but do you think you can know yourself by looking into yourself? Never. You can know what you are, only by looking out of yourself. Measure your own powers with those of others; compare your own interests with those of others; try to understand what you appear to them, as well as what they appear to you; and judge of yourselves, in all things, relatively and subordinately; not positively:[Pg 68] starting always with a wholesome conviction of the probability that there is nothing particular about you. For instance, some of you perhaps think you can write poetry. Dwell on your own feelings and doings:—and you will soon think yourselves Tenth Muses; but forget your own feelings; and try, instead, to understand a line or two of Chaucer or Dante: and you will soon begin to feel yourselves very foolish girls—which is much like the fact.
L. My dear, it's the ultimate saying; Apollo's saying, and the sun's;—but do you really think you can know yourself by looking inside yourself? Never. You can only understand what you are by looking outside of yourself. Measure your own abilities against those of others; compare your own interests with those of others; try to grasp how you come across to them, just as you see them. Judge yourselves, in everything, relatively and with humility; not absolutely:[Pg 68] always start with the healthy belief that there’s probably nothing special about you. For example, some of you might think you can write poetry. Focus on your own feelings and actions:—and you'll soon see yourselves as the Tenth Muse; but forget your own feelings; and instead, try to understand a line or two of Chaucer or Dante: and you'll quickly realize how foolish you really are—which is pretty much the truth.
So, something which befalls you may seem a great misfortune;—you meditate over its effects on you personally; and begin to think that it is a chastisement, or a warning, or a this or that or the other of profound significance; and that all the angels in heaven have left their business for a little while, that they may watch its effects on your mind. But give up this egotistic indulgence of your fancy; examine a little what misfortunes, greater a thousandfold, are happening, every second, to twenty times worthier persons: and your self-consciousness will change into pity and humility; and you will know yourself, so far as to understand that 'there hath nothing taken thee but what is common to man.'
So, when something bad happens to you, it might seem like a huge misfortune. You focus on how it affects you personally and start to think that it's a punishment, or a warning, or something else of great importance; and that all the angels in heaven have paused their work just to observe how it impacts your mind. But stop this self-centered daydreaming; take a moment to realize the much worse misfortunes that are occurring every second to people who are a thousand times more deserving than you. This shift in perspective will turn your self-obsession into compassion and humility, and you'll come to understand that "nothing has happened to you that isn't common to humanity."
Now, Lucilla, these are the practical conclusions which any person of sense would arrive at, supposing the texts which relate to the inner evil of the heart were as many, and as prominent, as they are often supposed to be by careless readers. But the way in which common people read their Bibles is just like the way that the old monks thought hedgehogs ate grapes. They rolled themselves (it was said), over and over, where the grapes lay on the ground. What fruit stuck to their spines, they carried off, and ate. So your hedgehoggy readers roll themselves over and over their Bibles, and declare that whatever sticks to their own spines is Scripture; and that nothing else is. But you can only get the skins of the texts that way. If you want their juice, you must press them in cluster. Now, the clustered texts about the human heart, insist, as a body, not on any inherent corruption in all hearts, but on the terrific distinction between the bad and the good ones. 'A good man, out of the good treasure of his heart, bringeth forth that which is good; and an evil man, out of[Pg 69] the evil treasure, bringeth forth that which is evil.' 'They on the rock are they which, in an honest and good heart, having heard the word, keep it.' 'Delight thyself in the Lord, and He shall give thee the desires of thine heart.' 'The wicked have bent their bow, that they may privily shoot at him that is upright in heart.' And so on; they are countless, to the same effect. And, for all of us, the question is not at all to ascertain how much or how little corruption there is in human nature; but to ascertain whether, out of all the mass of that nature, we are of the sheep or the goat breed; whether we are people of upright heart, being shot at, or people of crooked heart, shooting. And, of all the texts bearing on the subject, this, which is a quite simple and practical order, is the one you have chiefly to hold in mind. 'Keep thy heart with all diligence, for out of it are the issues of life.'
Now, Lucilla, these are the practical conclusions that anyone with common sense would come to if they thought the verses about the inner evil of the heart were as numerous and as obvious as careless readers often assume. But the way most people read their Bibles is like how the old monks believed hedgehogs ate grapes. They would roll around where the grapes lay on the ground, and whatever stuck to their spines, they would take and eat. Similarly, your hedgehoggy readers roll over their Bibles and claim that whatever sticks to them is Scripture, and that nothing else counts. But that way, you only get the surface of the verses. If you want the deeper meaning, you have to press them in clusters. Now, the clustered verses about the human heart emphasize, as a whole, not any inherent corruption in all hearts, but the significant difference between good and bad ones. 'A good person, out of the good treasure of their heart, brings forth good things; and an evil person, out of the evil treasure, brings forth evil things.' 'Those on the rock are those who, with an honest and good heart, having heard the word, keep it.' 'Delight yourself in the Lord, and He will give you the desires of your heart.' 'The wicked have bent their bow to secretly shoot at the upright in heart.' And so forth; there are countless verses conveying the same message. For all of us, the question isn't really about how much or how little corruption exists in human nature; it's about determining whether we belong to the sheep or goat type; whether we are people of upright heart, being targeted, or people of crooked heart, doing the targeting. And, among all the verses on this topic, the key one to remember is this straightforward and practical command: 'Keep your heart with all diligence, for out of it spring the issues of life.'
Lucilla. And yet, how inconsistent the texts seem!
Lucilla. And yet, the texts seem so inconsistent!
L. Nonsense, Lucilla! do you think the universe is bound to look consistent to a girl of fifteen? Look up at your own room window;—you can just see it from where you sit. I'm glad that it is left open, as it ought to be, in so fine a day. But do you see what a black spot it looks, in the sunlighted wall?
L. Nonsense, Lucilla! Do you really think the universe needs to make sense to a girl who's fifteen? Look at your own window; you can just see it from where you are sitting. I'm glad it's left open, as it should be, on such a nice day. But do you see how it looks like a dark spot on the sunlit wall?
Lucilla. Yes, it looks as black as ink.
Lucilla. Yeah, it looks pitch black.
L. Yet you know it is a very bright room when you are inside of it; quite as bright as there is any occasion for it to be, that its little lady may see to keep it tidy. Well, it is very probable, also, that if you could look into your heart from the sun's point of view, it might appear a very black hole indeed; nay, the sun may sometimes think good to tell you that it looks so to Him; but He will come into it, and make it very cheerful for you, for all that, if you don't put the shutters up. And the one question for you, remember, is not 'dark or light?' but 'tidy or untidy?' Look well to your sweeping and garnishing; and be sure it is only the banished spirit, or some of the seven wickeder ones at his back, who will still whisper to you that it is all black.
L. But you know it’s a really bright room when you’re in it; just as bright as it needs to be so that its little lady can keep it tidy. Well, it’s also very likely that if you could look into your heart from the sun's perspective, it might seem like a very dark hole; indeed, the sun might sometimes feel it’s necessary to tell you that it looks that way to Him. However, He will come in and make it cheerful for you, no matter what, if you don’t close the shutters. And the one question for you, remember, isn’t 'dark or light?' but 'tidy or untidy?' Pay attention to your cleaning and decorating; and make sure it’s only the expelled spirit, or some of the seven even worse ones behind him, who will still whisper to you that it’s all black.
LECTURE VI.
CRYSTAL QUARRELS.
Full conclave, in Schoolroom. There has been a game at crystallisation in the morning, of which various account has to be rendered. In particular, everybody has to explain why they were always where they were not intended to be.
Full meeting in the classroom. There was a game about crystallization this morning, and different explanations need to be given. In particular, everyone has to explain why they were always where they weren't supposed to be.
L. (having received and considered the report). You have got on pretty well, children: but you know these were easy figures you have been trying. Wait till I have drawn you out the plans of some crystals of snow!
L. (having received and considered the report). You've done quite well, kids: but these were simple figures you were working with. Just wait until I show you the designs of some snow crystals!
Mary. I don't think those will be the most difficult:—they are so beautiful that we shall remember our places better; and then they are all regular, and in stars: it is those twisty oblique ones we are afraid of.
Mary. I don't think those will be the hardest:—they're so beautiful that we'll remember our spots better; and they're all regular and in stars: it's the twisty, angled ones we're worried about.
L. Read Carlyle's account of the battle of Leuthen, and learn Freidrich's 'oblique order.' You will 'get it done for once, I think, provided you can march as a pair of compasses would.' But remember, when you can construct the most difficult single figures, you have only learned half the game—nothing so much as the half, indeed, as the crystals themselves play it.
L. Read Carlyle's description of the battle of Leuthen, and understand Friedrich's 'oblique order.' You should be able to 'make it happen for once, I think, as long as you can move like a pair of compasses.' But keep in mind, when you can create the hardest individual shapes, you've only mastered half of the game—it's nowhere near as complete as the crystals play it.
Mary. Indeed; what else is there?
Mary. Seriously, what else is there?
L. It is seldom that any mineral crystallises alone. Usually two or three, under quite different crystalline laws, form together. They do this absolutely without flaw or fault, when they are in fine temper: and observe what this signifies. It signifies that the two, or more, minerals of different natures agree, somehow, between themselves, how much space each will want;—agree which of them shall give away to the other at their junction; or in what measure each will accommodate itself to the other's shape! And then each takes its permitted shape, and allotted share of space; yielding, or being[Pg 71] yielded to, as it builds, till each crystal has fitted itself perfectly and gracefully to its differently-natured neighbour. So that, in order to practise this, in even the simplest terms, you must divide into two parties, wearing different colours; each must choose a different figure to construct; and you must form one of these figures through the other, both going on at the same time.
L. It's rare for any mineral to crystallize by itself. Usually, two or three different minerals come together, following their own crystalline rules. They do this flawlessly when they’re in good condition, and pay attention to what this means. It means that the different minerals somehow agree on how much space each will need; they agree on which one will yield to the other at their connection or how much each will adapt to the other's shape! Then, each mineral takes its designated shape and allotted space, yielding or being yielded to as it forms, until each crystal fits perfectly and gracefully alongside its differently-composed neighbor. So, to practice this, even in simple terms, you need to split into two groups, wearing different colors; each group should choose a different shape to create, and you must construct one shape through the other while both are being built simultaneously.
Mary. I think we may, perhaps, manage it; but I cannot at all understand how the crystals do. It seems to imply so much preconcerting of plan, and so much giving way to each other, as if they really were living.
Mary. I think we might be able to pull it off; but I really don't understand how the crystals do it. It seems like there's a lot of planning involved and a lot of compromise between them, as if they were actually alive.
L. Yes, it implies both concurrence and compromise, regulating all wilfulness of design: and, more curious still, the crystals do not always give way to each other. They show exactly the same varieties of temper that human creatures might. Sometimes they yield the required place with perfect grace and courtesy; forming fantastic, but exquisitely finished groups: and sometimes they will not yield at all; but fight furiously for their places, losing all shape and honour, and even their own likeness, in the contest.
L. Yes, it suggests both agreement and compromise, managing all stubbornness of design: and, even more interesting, the crystals do not always accommodate one another. They display exactly the same types of temperament that humans do. Sometimes they give way to the needed position with complete grace and politeness, creating fantastic but beautifully crafted groups; and other times they refuse to budge at all, fiercely battling for their spots, losing all shape and dignity, and even their own resemblance, in the struggle.
Mary. But is not that wholly wonderful? How is it that one never sees it spoken of in books?
Mary. But isn't that completely amazing? Why is it that you never see it mentioned in books?
L. The scientific men are all busy in determining the constant laws under which the struggle takes place; these indefinite humours of the elements are of no interest to them. And unscientific people rarely give themselves the trouble of thinking at all when they look at stones. Not that it is of much use to think; the more one thinks, the more one is puzzled.
L. The scientists are all focused on figuring out the constant laws that govern the struggle; these vague quirks of the elements don't interest them at all. And non-scientific people hardly bother to think when they look at stones. Not that thinking is particularly useful; the more you think, the more confused you become.
Mary. Surely it is more wonderful than anything in botany?
Mary. It must be more amazing than anything in botany, right?
L. Everything has its own wonders; but, given the nature of the plant, it is easier to understand what a flower will do, and why it does it, than, given anything we as yet know of stone-nature, to understand what a crystal will do, and why it does it. You at once admit a kind of volition and choice, in the flower, but we are not accustomed to attribute anything of the kind to the crystal. Yet there is, in reality, more likeness[Pg 72] to some conditions of human feeling among stones than among plants. There is a far greater difference between kindly-tempered and ill-tempered crystals of the same mineral, than between any two specimens of the same flower: and the friendships and wars of crystals depend more definitely and curiously on their varieties of disposition, than any associations of flowers. Here, for instance, is a good garnet, living with good mica; one rich red, and the other silver white: the mica leaves exactly room enough for the garnet to crystallise comfortably in; and the garnet lives happily in its little white house; fitted to it, like a pholas in its cell. But here are wicked garnets living with wicked mica. See what ruin they make of each other! You cannot tell which is which; the garnets look like dull red stains on the crumbling stone. By the way, I never could understand, if St. Gothard is a real saint, why he can't keep his garnets in better order. These are all under his care; but I suppose there are too many of them for him to look after. The streets of Airolo are paved with them.
L. Everything has its own wonders; but, because of how plants work, it's easier to understand what a flower will do and why it does it than it is to understand what a crystal will do and why it does it, given what we currently know about stones. You immediately see some sort of will and choice in the flower, but we're not used to thinking that way about crystals. Still, there’s actually more similarity to certain human feelings in stones than in plants. The difference between friendly and unfriendly crystals of the same mineral is much greater than between any two specimens of the same flower: and the friendships and conflicts among crystals depend more specifically and intriguingly on their different dispositions than any connections among flowers. For example, here is a good garnet living with good mica; one rich red and the other silver white: the mica leaves just enough room for the garnet to crystallize comfortably, and the garnet thrives in its little white house, snug like a pholas in its cell. But then there are nasty garnets living with nasty mica. Look at the destruction they cause each other! You can’t tell which is which; the garnets just look like dull red stains on the crumbling stone. By the way, I’ve never understood, if St. Gothard is a real saint, why he can’t keep his garnets in better shape. These are all his responsibility, but I guess there are too many for him to manage. The streets of Airolo are paved with them.
May. Paved with garnets?
May. Paved with garnets?
L. With mica-slate and garnets; I broke this bit out of a paving stone. Now garnets and mica are natural friends, and generally fond of each other; but you see how they quarrel when they are ill brought up. So it is always. Good crystals are friendly with almost all other good crystals, however little they chance to see of each other, or however opposite their habits may be; while wicked crystals quarrel with one another, though they may be exactly alike in habits, and see each other continually. And of course the wicked crystals quarrel with the good ones.
L. With mica slate and garnets; I broke this piece off a paving stone. Now garnets and mica are natural companions and generally get along well; but you can see how they argue when they're poorly treated. It’s just like that. Good crystals are friendly with almost all other good crystals, no matter how seldom they encounter each other or how different their behaviors may be; while bad crystals fight with one another, even if they are exactly alike in behavior and see each other all the time. And of course, the bad crystals clash with the good ones.
Isabel. Then do the good ones get angry?
Isabel. So, do the good people get angry?
L. No, never: they attend to their own work and life; and live it as well as they can, though they are always the sufferers. Here, for instance, is a rock-crystal of the purest race and finest temper, who was born, unhappily for him, in a bad neighbourhood, near Beaufort in Savoy; and he has had to fight with vile calcareous mud all his life. See here, when he was but a child, it came down on him, and nearly buried him; a[Pg 73] weaker crystal would have died in despair; but he only gathered himself together, like Hercules against the serpents, and threw a layer of crystal over the clay; conquered it,—imprisoned it,—and lived on. Then, when he was a little older, came more clay; and poured itself upon him here, at the side; and he has laid crystal over that, and lived on, in his purity. Then the clay came on at his angles, and tried to cover them, and round them away; but upon that he threw out buttress-crystals at his angles, all as true to his own central line as chapels round a cathedral apse; and clustered them round the clay; and conquered it again. At last the clay came on at his summit, and tried to blunt his summit; but he could not endure that for an instant; and left his flanks all rough, but pure; and fought the clay at his crest, and built crest over crest, and peak over peak, till the clay surrendered at last; and here is his summit, smooth and pure, terminating a pyramid of alternate clay and crystal, half a foot high!
L. No, never: they focus on their own work and life, and live it as best as they can, even though they always suffer. Here’s an example: this is a rock crystal of the purest kind and finest quality, who, unfortunately, was born in a bad neighborhood near Beaufort in Savoy; and he’s had to struggle with nasty calcareous mud his whole life. Look here, when he was just a child, it fell on him and nearly buried him; a[Pg 73] weaker crystal would have given up in despair; but he just gathered himself together, like Hercules against the serpents, and covered the clay with a layer of crystal; he overcame it, imprisoned it, and continued to thrive. Then, as he got a little older, more clay came and poured down on him here at the side, and he laid crystal over that and kept living in his purity. Then the clay attacked his angles, trying to cover and wear them away; but he responded by growing buttress crystals at his angles, all aligned with his own central line like chapels around a cathedral apse; and he clustered them around the clay and defeated it again. Finally, the clay came at his peak and tried to dull it; but he couldn’t stand that for a second; he left his flanks rough but pure, fought the clay at his crest, and built crest over crest, peak over peak, until the clay finally surrendered; and here’s his peak, smooth and pure, completing a pyramid of alternating clay and crystal, half a foot high!
Lily. Oh, how nice of him! What a dear, brave crystal! But I can't bear to see his flanks all broken, and the clay within them.
Lily. Oh, how sweet of him! What a lovely, brave crystal! But I can't stand to see his sides all cracked, with the clay inside.
L. Yes; it was an evil chance for him, the being born to such contention; there are some enemies so base that even to hold them captive is a kind of dishonour. But look, here has been quite a different kind of struggle: the adverse power has been more orderly, and has fought the pure crystal in ranks as firm as its own. This is not mere rage and impediment of crowded evil: here is a disciplined hostility; army against army.
L. Yes; it was a bad stroke of fate for him to be born into such conflict; some enemies are so low that even keeping them captive feels like a dishonor. But look, this has been a very different kind of battle: the opposing force has been more organized and has fought the pure crystal in ranks as solid as its own. This isn't just chaotic anger and the hindrance of overwhelming evil: this is a disciplined hostility; army against army.
Lily. Oh, but this is much more beautiful!
Lily. Oh, this is so much more beautiful!
L. Yes, for both the elements have true virtue in them; it is a pity they are at war, but they war grandly.
L. Yes, because both elements have real virtue in them; it's a shame they're in conflict, but they fight nobly.
Mary. But is this the same clay as in the other crystal?
Mary. But is this the same clay as in the other crystal?
L. I used the word clay for shortness. In both, the enemy is really limestone; but in the first, disordered, and mixed with true clay; while, here, it is nearly pure, and crystallises into its own primitive form, the oblique six-sided one, which you know: and out of these it makes regiments; and then[Pg 74] squares of the regiments, and so charges the rock crystal literally in square against column.
L. I used the word clay for brevity. In both cases, the enemy is actually limestone; but in the first, it's disordered and mixed with real clay; while here, it's almost pure and crystallizes into its original form, the oblique six-sided shape you know: and from these, it creates regiments; and then[Pg 74] squares of those regiments, and so it literally charges the rock crystal in a square formation against a column.
Isabel. Please, please, let me see. And what does the rock crystal do?
Isabel. Please, please, let me see. And what does the rock crystal do?
L. The rock crystal seems able to do nothing. The calcite cuts it through at every charge. Look here,—and here! The loveliest crystal in the whole group is hewn fairly into two pieces.
L. The rock crystal doesn’t seem to do anything. The calcite breaks through it with every strike. Look here—and here! The most beautiful crystal in the whole group is cut cleanly in two.
Isabel. Oh, dear; but is the calcite harder than the crystal then?
Isabel. Oh no; is the calcite harder than the crystal?
L. No, softer. Very much softer.
L. No, softer. Much softer.
Mary. But then, how can it possibly cut the crystal?
Mary. But how can it possibly cut through the crystal?
L. It did not really cut it, though it passes through it. The two were formed together, as I told you; but no one knows how. Still, it is strange that this hard quartz has in all cases a good-natured way with it, of yielding to everything else. All sorts of soft things make nests for themselves in it; and it never makes a nest for itself in anything. It has all the rough outside work; and every sort of cowardly and weak mineral can shelter itself within it. Look; these are hexagonal plates of mica; if they were outside of this crystal they would break, like burnt paper; but they are inside of it,—nothing can hurt them,—the crystal has taken them into its very heart, keeping all their delicate edges as sharp as if they were under water, instead of bathed in rock. Here is a piece of branched silver: you can bend it with a touch of your finger, but the stamp of its every fibre is on the rock in which it lay, as if the quartz had been as soft as wool.
L. It doesn't really do the job, even though it goes right through it. The two were formed together, as I mentioned; but no one knows how. Still, it's strange that this hard quartz always seems to be accommodating to everything else. All kinds of soft materials find a home inside it, while it never seems to make a home for itself in anything. It does all the tough exterior work, and every kind of timid and weak mineral can hide within it. Look; these are hexagonal plates of mica; if they were outside this crystal, they would shatter like burnt paper; but being inside it—nothing can harm them—the crystal has embraced them, keeping all their delicate edges as sharp as if they were submerged in water instead of trapped in rock. Here’s a piece of branched silver: you can bend it with just a touch, but the imprint of every fiber is on the rock it rested in, as if the quartz had been as soft as wool.
Lily. Oh, the good, good quartz! But does it never get inside of anything?
Lily. Oh, the amazing quartz! But does it never get inside anything?
L. As it is a little Irish girl who asks, I may perhaps answer, without being laughed at, that it gets inside of itself sometimes. But I don't remember seeing quartz make a nest for itself in anything else.
L. Since it's a little Irish girl asking, I might be able to answer without being laughed at—sometimes it gets inside itself. But I don't recall ever seeing quartz make a nest for itself in anything else.
Isabel. Please, there was something I heard you talking about, last term, with Miss Mary. I was at my lessons, but I heard something about nests; and I thought it was birds'[Pg 75] nests; and I couldn't help listening; and then, I remember, it was about 'nests of quartz in granite.' I remember, because I was so disappointed!
Isabel. Please, I overheard you talking about something with Miss Mary last term. I was in my lessons, but I caught something about nests, and I thought you meant bird nests[Pg 75]; I couldn’t help but eavesdrop. Then I realized it was about 'nests of quartz in granite.' I remember because I was really let down!
L. Yes, mousie, you remember quite rightly; but I can't tell you about those nests to-day, nor perhaps to-morrow: but there's no contradiction between my saying then, and now; I will show you that there is not, some day. Will you trust me meanwhile?
L. Yes, mousie, you're absolutely right; but I can't share details about those nests today, or maybe even tomorrow. However, there’s no conflict between what I said then and what I’m saying now; I’ll show you that there isn’t, someday. Will you trust me in the meantime?
Isabel. Won't I!
Isabel. You bet I will!
L. Well, then, look, lastly, at this piece of courtesy in quartz; it is on a small scale, but wonderfully pretty. Here is nobly born quartz living with a green mineral, called epidote; and they are immense friends. Now, you see, a comparatively large and strong quartz-crystal, and a very weak and slender little one of epidote, have begun to grow, close by each other, and sloping unluckily towards each other, so that they at last meet. They cannot go on growing together; the quartz crystal is five times as thick, and more than twenty times as strong,[151] as the epidote; but he stops at once, just in the very crowning moment of his life, when he is building his own summit! He lets the pale little film of epidote grow right past him; stopping his own summit for it; and he never himself grows any more.
L. Alright, let’s take one last look at this piece of quartz—it’s small but really beautiful. Here we have noble quartz coexisting with a green mineral called epidote, and they’re great companions. Now, you see how a fairly large and sturdy quartz crystal and a delicate little epidote have started to grow near each other, unfortunately slanting towards one another, until they finally meet. They can't keep growing together; the quartz crystal is five times as thick and over twenty times as strong, but it stops right at the peak moment of its growth, just as it's about to build its summit! It allows the fragile little epidote to grow right past it, pausing its own summit for this, and it never grows anymore.
Lily (after some silence of wonder). But is the quartz never wicked then?
Lily (after a moment of wondering). So, is the quartz never bad then?
L. Yes, but the wickedest quartz seems good-natured, compared to other things. Here are two very characteristic examples; one is good quartz, living with good pearlspar, and the other, wicked quartz, living with wicked pearlspar. In both, the quartz yields to the soft carbonate of iron: but, in the first place, the iron takes only what it needs of room; and is inserted into the planes of the rock crystal with such precision, that you must break it away before you can tell whether it really penetrates the quartz or not; while the crystals of iron are perfectly formed, and have a lovely bloom on their surface besides. But here, when the two minerals[Pg 76] quarrel, the unhappy quartz has all its surfaces jagged and torn to pieces; and there is not a single iron crystal whose shape you can completely trace. But the quartz has the worst of it, in both instances.
L. Yes, but even the most troublesome quartz seems friendly compared to other things. Here are two clear examples: one is friendly quartz, paired with friendly pearlspar, and the other is troublesome quartz, paired with troublesome pearlspar. In both cases, the quartz gives way to the soft carbonate of iron: however, in the first scenario, the iron only takes the space it requires and is embedded into the planes of the rock crystal so accurately that you have to break it apart to see if it really reaches into the quartz or not; meanwhile, the iron crystals are perfectly shaped and have a beautiful sheen on their surface. But here, when the two minerals[Pg 76] clash, the poor quartz has all its surfaces jagged and shattered; and there isn’t a single iron crystal whose shape you can fully identify. Ultimately, the quartz comes out worse in both situations.
Violet. Might we look at that piece of broken quartz again, with the weak little film across it? it seems such a strange lovely thing, like the self-sacrifice of a human being.
Violet. Can we take another look at that broken piece of quartz with the delicate film on it? It feels like such a strangely beautiful thing, similar to the self-sacrifice of a person.
L. The self-sacrifice of a human being is not a lovely thing, Violet. It is often a necessary and noble thing; but no form nor degree of suicide can be ever lovely.
L. The self-sacrifice of a person isn't a beautiful thing, Violet. It can be a necessary and honorable act, but no type or degree of suicide can ever be beautiful.
Violet. But self-sacrifice is not suicide!
Violet. But self-sacrifice isn't suicide!
L. What is it then?
L. What's that then?
Violet. Giving up one's self for another.
Violet. Self-sacrifice for others.
L. Well; and what do you mean by 'giving up one's self?'
L. Well; what do you mean by 'giving up yourself?'
Violet. Giving up one's tastes, one's feelings, one's time, one's happiness, and so on, to make others happy.
Violet. Sacrificing your preferences, emotions, time, happiness, and so on, to make others happy.
L. I hope you will never marry anybody, Violet, who expects you to make him happy in that way.
L. I hope you never marry anyone, Violet, who expects you to make him happy like that.
Violet (hesitating). In what way?
Violet (hesitating). How so?
L. By giving up your tastes, and sacrificing your feelings, and happiness.
L. By giving up your preferences, sacrificing your emotions, and your happiness.
Violet. No, no, I don't mean that; but you know, for other people, one must.
Violet. No, no, I don’t mean that; but you know, for other people, one has to.
L. For people who don't love you, and whom you know nothing about? Be it so; but how does this 'giving up' differ from suicide then?
L. For people who don’t love you and that you know nothing about? Fine; but how is this 'giving up' any different from suicide then?
Violet. Why, giving up one's pleasures is not killing one's self?
Violet color. Why, giving up your pleasures isn't like killing yourself?
L. Giving up wrong pleasure is not; neither is it self-sacrifice, but self-culture. But giving up right pleasure is. If you surrender the pleasure of walking, your foot will wither; you may as well cut it off: if you surrender the pleasure of seeing, your eyes will soon be unable to bear the light; you may as well pluck them out. And to maim yourself is partly to kill yourself. Do but go on maiming, and you will soon slay.
L. Giving up unhealthy pleasures isn’t self-sacrifice; it’s about personal growth. But giving up healthy pleasures is. If you give up the joy of walking, your foot will become useless; you might as well cut it off. If you stop enjoying the beauty of sight, your eyes will soon struggle with light; you might as well remove them. And to harm yourself is a step toward harming your well-being. If you keep harming yourself, you’ll soon bring about your own demise.
Violet. But why do you make me think of that verse then about the foot and the eye?[Pg 77]
Violet. But why do you remind me of that line about the foot and the eye?[Pg 77]
L. You are indeed commanded to cut off and to pluck out, if foot or eye offend you; but why should they offend you?
L. You're definitely told to cut off and remove whatever causes you to sin, whether it's a foot or an eye; but why would they cause you to sin?
Violet. I don't know; I never quite understood that.
Violet. I don't know; I never really got that.
L. Yet it is a sharp order; one needing to be well understood if it is to be well obeyed! When Helen sprained her ancle the other day, you saw how strongly it had to be bandaged: that is to say, prevented from all work, to recover it. But the bandage was not 'lovely.'
L. Yet it is a strict command; one that needs to be fully understood if it is to be followed properly! When Helen sprained her ankle the other day, you saw how tightly it had to be wrapped: in other words, it had to be kept from doing any work to heal. But the wrapping was not 'pretty.'
Violet. No, indeed.
Violet. No way.
L. And if her foot had been crushed, or diseased, or snake-bitten, instead of sprained, it might have been needful to cut it off. But the amputation would not have been 'lovely.'
L. And if her foot had been crushed, infected, or bitten by a snake, instead of just sprained, it might have been necessary to amputate it. But the amputation wouldn't have been 'lovely.'
Violet. No.
Violet. No.
L. Well, if eye and foot are dead already, and betray you—if the light that is in you be darkness, and your feet run into mischief, or are taken in the snare,—it is indeed time to pluck out, and cut off, I think: but, so crippled, you can never be what you might have been otherwise. You enter into life, at best, halt or maimed; and the sacrifice is not beautiful, though necessary.
L. Well, if your eye and foot are already useless and leading you astray—if the light within you is actually darkness, and your feet lead you into trouble or get caught in a trap—then it’s definitely time to remove them, I think. But, being so impaired, you can never become what you could have been otherwise. You enter life, at best, limping or damaged; and the sacrifice isn’t pretty, even though it’s needed.
Violet (after a pause). But when one sacrifices one's self for others?
Violet (after a pause). But what about when someone sacrifices themselves for others?
L. Why not rather others for you?
L. Why not let others do it for you?
Violet. Oh! but I couldn't bear that.
Violet. Oh! I just couldn't handle that.
L. Then why should they bear it?
L. Then why should they put up with it?
Dora (bursting in, indignant). And Thermopylæ, and Protesilaus, and Marcus Curtius, and Arnold de Winkelried, and Iphigenia, and Jephthah's daughter?
Dora (bursting in, upset). And Thermopylae, and Protesilaus, and Marcus Curtius, and Arnold de Winkelried, and Iphigenia, and Jephthah's daughter?
L. (sustaining the indignation unmoved). And the Samaritan woman's son?
L. (sustaining the indignation unmoved). And what about the son of the Samaritan woman?
Dora. Which Samaritan woman's?
Dora. Which Samaritan woman’s?
L. Read 2 Kings vi. 29.
L. Read 2 Kings 6:29.
Dora (obeys). How horrid! As if we meant anything like that!
Dora (obeys). How awful! As if we meant anything like that!
L. You don't seem to me to know in the least what you do mean, children. What practical difference is there between 'that,' and what you are talking about? The Samaritan children had no voice of their own in the business, it is true; but[Pg 78] neither had Iphigenia: the Greek girl was certainly neither boiled, nor eaten; but that only makes a difference in the dramatic effect; not in the principle.
L. You don't seem to really know what you mean, kids. What practical difference is there between 'that' and what you're talking about? The Samaritan children didn't have a say in the matter, it's true; but[Pg 78] neither did Iphigenia: the Greek girl was definitely neither boiled nor eaten; but that only changes the dramatic effect, not the principle.
Dora (biting her lip). Well, then, tell us what we ought to mean. As if you didn't teach it all to us, and mean it yourself, at this moment, more than we do, if you wouldn't be tiresome!
Dora (biting her lip). Well, then, tell us what we should mean. As if you didn't teach us everything, and feel it yourself right now, even more than we do, if you weren't being annoying!
L. I mean, and have always meant, simply this, Dora;—that the will of God respecting us is that we shall live by each other's happiness, and life; not by each other's misery, or death. I made you read that verse which so shocked you just now, because the relations of parent and child are typical of all beautiful human help. A child may have to die for its parents; but the purpose of Heaven is that it shall rather live for them;—that, not by its sacrifice, but by its strength, its joy, its force of being, it shall be to them renewal of strength; and as the arrow in the hand of the giant. So it is in all other right relations. Men help each other by their joy, not by their sorrow. They are not intended to slay themselves for each other, but to strengthen themselves for each other. And among the many apparently beautiful things which turn, through mistaken use, to utter evil, I am not sure but that the thoughtlessly meek and self-sacrificing spirit of good men must be named as one of the fatallest. They have so often been taught that there is a virtue in mere suffering, as such; and foolishly to hope that good may be brought by Heaven out of all on which Heaven itself has set the stamp of evil, that we may avoid it,—that they accept pain and defeat as if these were their appointed portion; never understanding that their defeat is not the less to be mourned because it is more fatal to their enemies than to them. The one thing that a good man has to do, and to see done, is justice; he is neither to slay himself nor others causelessly: so far from denying himself, since he is pleased by good, he is to do his utmost to get his pleasure accomplished. And I only wish there were strength, fidelity, and sense enough, among the good Englishmen of this day, to render it possible for them to band together in a vowed brotherhood, to enforce, by strength of[Pg 79] heart and hand, the doing of human justice among all who came within their sphere. And finally, for your own teaching, observe, although there may be need for much self-sacrifice and self-denial in the correction of faults of character, the moment the character is formed, the self-denial ceases. Nothing is really well done, which it costs you pain to do.
L. I mean, and have always meant, simply this, Dora: that God wants us to live by making each other happy, not by causing each other misery or death. I had you read that verse that shocked you just now because the relationship between parents and children represents all the beautiful ways humans can help each other. A child may have to die for their parents, but God's plan is for them to live for them—through their strength, joy, and vitality, they should rejuvenate their parents, like an arrow in the hand of a giant. This is true in all healthy relationships. People uplift each other through their joy, not their sorrow. They aren’t meant to harm themselves for one another but to empower each other. Among the many seemingly beautiful things that can turn into genuine evil through misguidance, I think the unthinkingly meek and self-sacrificing nature of good people could be one of the most dangerous. They've often been taught that there's virtue in merely suffering, and foolishly hope that good can come from all that Heaven has marked as evil, which we should avoid—that they accept pain and defeat as if that’s their destined lot; never realizing that their defeat is still tragic, even if it hurts their enemies more than it hurts them. The one thing a good person must do and ensure is justice; they shouldn’t needlessly harm themselves or others. Instead of denying themselves, since they find joy in goodness, they should do everything they can to achieve that joy. I only wish there was enough strength, loyalty, and wisdom among the good people of England today for them to unite in a brotherhood, to enforce, with strength of heart and hand, the establishment of human justice for all who come into their sphere. And finally, for your own understanding, note that while there may be a need for self-sacrifice and self-denial in correcting character flaws, once character is formed, self-denial should stop. Nothing is truly accomplished if it causes you pain to do it.
Violet. But surely, sir, you are always pleased with us when we try to please others, and not ourselves?
Purple. But surely, sir, you’re always happy with us when we try to make others happy, not just ourselves?
L. My dear child, in the daily course and discipline of right life, we must continually and reciprocally submit and surrender in all kind and courteous and affectionate ways: and these submissions and ministries to each other, of which you all know (none better) the practice and the preciousness, are as good for the yielder as the receiver: they strengthen and perfect as much as they soften and refine. But the real sacrifice of all our strength, or life, or happiness to others (though it may be needed, and though all brave creatures hold their lives in their hand, to be given, when such need comes, as frankly as a soldier gives his life in battle), is yet always a mournful and momentary necessity; not the fulfilment of the continuous law of being. Self-sacrifice which is sought after, and triumphed in, is usually foolish; and calamitous in its issue: and by the sentimental proclamation and pursuit of it, good people have not only made most of their own lives useless, but the whole framework of their religion so hollow, that at this moment, while the English nation, with its lips, pretends to teach every man to 'love his neighbour as himself,' with its hands and feet it clutches and tramples like a wild beast; and practically lives, every soul of it that can, on other people's labour. Briefly, the constant duty of every man to his fellows is to ascertain his own powers and special gifts; and to strengthen them for the help of others. Do you think Titian would have helped the world better by denying himself, and not painting; or Casella by denying himself, and not singing? The real virtue is to be ready to sing the moment people ask us; as he was, even in purgatory. The very word 'virtue' means not 'conduct' but 'strength,' vital energy in the heart. Were not you reading about that group of words[Pg 80] beginning with V,—vital, virtuous, vigorous, and so on,—in Max Muller, the other day, Sibyl? Can't you tell the others about it?
L. My dear child, in our daily lives and the way we live rightly, we must continually and mutually submit and give in to each other in kind, courteous, and affectionate ways: and these acts of giving and serving each other, which you all know well, are just as beneficial for the one giving as they are for the one receiving. They strengthen and perfect just as much as they soften and refine. However, the real sacrifice of all our strength, life, or happiness for others—though it may be necessary, and even though all brave individuals hold their lives in their hands to be given freely when the need arises, like a soldier giving his life in battle—is always a sad and momentary necessity; it isn’t the fulfillment of the ongoing law of existence. Self-sacrifice that is pursued and celebrated is often unwise and has disastrous results; and through the sentimental promotion of it, good people have not only rendered most of their lives pointless, but they’ve made the entire framework of their religion so empty that right now, while the English nation pretends to tell everyone to ‘love their neighbor as themselves,’ it actually grips and tramples like a wild animal; and practically everyone who can lives off the labor of others. In short, the constant responsibility of each person towards others is to understand their own abilities and unique gifts; and to enhance them for the benefit of others. Do you think Titian would have contributed more to the world by denying himself and not painting, or Casella by denying himself and not singing? The true virtue is to be ready to sing as soon as people ask us; as he did, even in purgatory. The very word ‘virtue’ means not ‘behavior’ but ‘strength,’ the vital energy within the heart. Weren't you reading about that group of words[Pg 80] starting with V—vital, virtuous, vigorous, and so on—in Max Muller the other day, Sibyl? Can’t you tell the others about it?
Sibyl. No, I can't; will you tell us, please?
Sibyl. No, I can't; could you please tell us?
L. Not now, it is too late. Come to me some idle time to-morrow, and I'll tell you about it, if all's well. But the gist of it is, children, that you should at least know two Latin words; recollect that 'mors' means death and delaying; and 'vita' means life and growing: and try always, not to mortify yourselves, but to vivify yourselves.
L. Not now, it’s too late. Come to me during some free time tomorrow, and I’ll tell you about it if everything’s okay. But the main point is, kids, that you should at least know two Latin words; remember that 'mors' means death and delaying, and 'vita' means life and growing: and always try not to bring yourselves down, but to uplift yourselves.
Violet. But, then, are we not to mortify our earthly affections? and surely we are to sacrifice ourselves, at least in God's service, if not in man's?
Violet. But, then, aren’t we supposed to suppress our earthly feelings? And surely we should be willing to sacrifice ourselves, at least for God, if not for others?
L. Really, Violet, we are getting too serious. I've given you enough ethics for one talk, I think! Do let us have a little play. Lily, what were you so busy about, at the ant-hill in the wood, this morning?
L. Seriously, Violet, we're getting a bit too serious. I think I've given you enough ethics for one conversation! Let's have a little fun. Lily, what were you so busy with at the ant hill in the woods this morning?
Lily. Oh, it was the ants who were busy, not I; I was only trying to help them a little.
Lily. Oh, it was the ants who were busy, not me; I was just trying to help them a bit.
L. And they wouldn't be helped, I suppose?
L. And they wouldn't get any help, I guess?
Lily. No, indeed. I can't think why ants are always so tiresome, when one tries to help them! They were carrying bits of stick, as fast as they could, through a piece of grass; and pulling and pushing, so hard; and tumbling over and over,—it made one quite pity them; so I took some of the bits of stick, and carried them forward a little, where I thought they wanted to put them; but instead of being pleased, they left them directly, and ran about looking quite angry and frightened; and at last ever so many of them got up my sleeves, and bit me all over, and I had to come away.
Lily. No, really. I can't understand why ants are always so annoying when you try to help them! They were carrying little pieces of stick as quickly as they could through a patch of grass, pulling and pushing so hard, and tumbling over and over—it made me feel sorry for them. So, I picked up some of the sticks and moved them a bit farther along, thinking that’s where they wanted them. But instead of being grateful, they dropped what I had moved and started running around, looking really angry and scared. Eventually, a bunch of them crawled up my sleeves and bit me all over, so I had to leave.
L. I couldn't think what you were about. I saw your French grammar lying on the grass behind you, and thought perhaps you had gone to ask the ants to hear you a French verb.
L. I couldn't figure out what you were doing. I saw your French grammar book lying on the grass behind you, and thought maybe you had gone to ask the ants to help you with a French verb.
Isabel. Ah! but you didn't, though!
Isabel. Ah! But you didn't!
L. Why not, Isabel? I knew, well enough, Lily couldn't learn that verb by herself.
L. Why not, Isabel? I knew very well that Lily couldn't learn that verb on her own.
Isabel. No; but the ants couldn't help her.[Pg 81]
Isabella. No; but the ants were unable to assist her.[Pg 81]
L. Are you sure the ants could not have helped you, Lily?
L. Are you sure the ants couldn't have helped you, Lily?
Lily (thinking). I ought to have learned something from them, perhaps.
Lily (thinking). I should have learned something from them, maybe.
L. But none of them left their sticks to help you through the irregular verb?
L. But none of them put aside their sticks to help you with the irregular verb?
Lily. No, indeed. (Laughing, with some others.)
Lily. No way. (Laughing, along with a few others.)
L. What are you laughing at, children? I cannot see why the ants should not have left their tasks to help Lily in her's,—since here is Violet thinking she ought to leave her tasks, to help God in His. Perhaps, however, she takes Lily's more modest view, and thinks only that 'He ought to learn something from her.'
L. What are you laughing at, kids? I don’t see why the ants shouldn't have paused their work to help Lily with hers—especially since here’s Violet thinking she should put aside her own tasks to assist God with His. Maybe, however, she holds a more humble perspective like Lily and believes that 'He should learn something from her.'
(Tears in Violet's eyes.)
Tears in Violet's eyes.
Dora (scarlet). It's too bad—it's a shame:—poor Violet!
Dora (scarlet). It's unfortunate—what a pity:—poor Violet!
L. My dear children, there's no reason why one should be so red, and the other so pale, merely because you are made for a moment to feel the absurdity of a phrase which you have been taught to use, in common with half the religious world. There is but one way in which man can ever help God—that is, by letting God help him: and there is no way in which his name is more guiltily taken in vain, than by calling the abandonment of our own work, the performance of His.
L. My dear children, there’s no reason for one of you to be so angry and the other so sad, just because you momentarily feel the ridiculousness of a phrase you’ve been taught to use, just like so many in the religious world. There’s only one way for people to truly help God—and that’s by allowing God to help them. And there’s no way that His name is more disrespectfully used than when we call giving up our own efforts the same as doing His work.
God is a kind Father. He sets us all in the places where He wishes us to be employed; and that employment is truly 'our Father's business.' He chooses work for every creature which will be delightful to them, if they do it simply and humbly. He gives us always strength enough, and sense enough, for what He wants us to do; if we either tire ourselves or puzzle ourselves, it is our own fault. And we may always be sure, whatever we are doing, that we cannot be pleasing Him, if we are not happy ourselves. Now, away with you, children; and be as happy as you can. And when you cannot, at least don't plume yourselves upon pouting.
God is a caring Father. He places us all in the roles where He wants us to work; and that work is genuinely 'our Father's business.' He picks tasks for each of us that can be enjoyable if we approach them with simplicity and humility. He always gives us enough strength and wisdom for what He wants us to achieve; if we exhaust ourselves or become confused, that’s on us. And we can always be sure that, no matter what we’re doing, we can't be pleasing Him if we aren’t happy ourselves. Now, go on, kids; and be as happy as you can. And when you can’t, at least don’t take pride in sulking.
FOOTNOTES:
LECTURE VII.
HOME VIRTUES.
By the fireside, in the Drawing-room. Evening.
By the fireplace, in the living room. Evening.
Dora. Now, the curtains are drawn, and the fire's bright and here's your arm-chair—and you're to tell us all about what you promised.
Dora. Now, the curtains are closed, the fire's glowing, and here's your armchair—and you're going to tell us everything you promised.
L. All about what?
L. What’s this about?
Dora. All about virtue.
Dora. All about being virtuous.
Kathleen. Yes, and about the words that begin with V.
Kathleen. Yes, and about the words that start with V.
L. I heard you singing about a word that begins with V, in the playground, this morning, Miss Katie.
L. I heard you singing about a word that starts with V, in the playground, this morning, Miss Katie.
Kathleen. Me singing?
Kathleen. Me sing?
May. Oh tell us—tell us.
May. Oh, tell us!
L. 'Vilikens and his——'
L. 'Vilikens and his——'
Kathleen (stopping his mouth). Oh! please don't. Where were you?
Kathleen (covering his mouth). Oh! please don't. Where were you?
Isabel. I'm sure I wish I had known where he was! We lost him among the rhododendrons, and I don't know where he got to; oh, you naughty—naughty—(climbs on his knee).
Isabel. I really wish I had known where he was! We lost him among the rhododendrons, and I have no idea where he went; oh, you naughty—naughty—(climbs on his knee).
Dora. Now, Isabel, we really want to talk.
Dora. Alright, Isabel, we really need to have a conversation.
L. I don't.
L. I don't.
Dora. Oh, but you must. You promised, you know.
Dora. Oh, but you have to. You promised, remember?
L. Yes, if all was well; but all's ill. I'm tired, and cross; and I won't.
L. Yes, if everything was okay; but everything's wrong. I'm tired and irritable; and I refuse to do it.
Dora. You're not a bit tired, and you're not crosser than two sticks; and we'll make you talk, if you were crosser than six. Come here, Egypt; and get on the other side of him.
Dora. You’re not tired at all, and you’re not grumpier than usual; and we’ll get you to talk, even if you were in a terrible mood. Come here, Egypt; and stand on the other side of him.
(Egypt takes up a commanding position near the hearth-brush.)
(Egypt holds a strong position by the hearth brush.)
Dora (reviewing her forces). Now, Lily, come and sit on the rug in front.
Dora (reviewing her forces). Now, Lily, come and sit on the rug in front.
(Lily does as she is bid.)
(Lily does what she's told.)
L. (seeing he has no chance against the odds.) Well, well; but I'm really tired. Go and dance a little, first; and let me think.
L. (seeing he has no chance against the odds.) Alright, but I’m really worn out. Go dance for a bit first; I need to think.
Dora. No; you mustn't think. You will be wanting to make us think next; that will be tiresome.
Dora. No; you shouldn’t think. You’ll want us to think next; that will be annoying.
L. Well, go and dance first, to get quit of thinking; and then I'll talk as long as you like.
L. Well, go dance first to clear your mind, and then I'll talk as long as you want.
Dora. Oh, but we can't dance to-night. There isn't time; and we want to hear about virtue.
Dora. Oh, but we can't dance tonight. There's no time; and we want to hear about virtue.
L. Let me see a little of it first. Dancing is the first of girl's virtues.
L. Let me check it out first. Dancing is one of a girl's most important qualities.
Egypt. Indeed! And the second?
Egypt. Yes! And what about the second?
L. Dressing.
L. Outfitting.
Egypt. Now, you needn't say that! I mended that tear the first thing before breakfast this morning.
Egypt. You don't have to mention that! I fixed that tear first thing this morning before breakfast.
L. I cannot otherwise express the ethical principle, Egypt; whether you have mended your gown or not.
L. I can't express the ethical principle any other way, Egypt; whether you've fixed your gown or not.
Dora. Now don't be tiresome. We really must hear about virtue, please; seriously.
Dora. Please, don’t be a pain. We really need to talk about virtue, okay? Seriously.
L. Well. I'm telling you about it, as fast as I can.
L. Well. I'm letting you know about it as quickly as I can.
Dora. What! the first of girls' virtues is dancing?
Dora. What! The number one virtue of girls is dancing?
L. More accurately, it is wishing to dance, and not wishing to tease, nor hear about virtue.
L. More accurately, it wants to dance, not to tease, or to hear about virtue.
Dora (to Egypt). Isn't he cross?
Dora (to Egypt). Isn't he angry?
Egypt. How many balls must we go to in the season, to be perfectly virtuous?
Egypt. How many parties do we have to attend this season to be truly virtuous?
L. As many as you can without losing your colour. But I did not say you should wish to go to balls. I said you should be always wanting to dance.
L. As many as you can without losing your color. But I didn't say you should want to go to parties. I said you should always want to dance.
Egypt. So we do; but everybody says it is very wrong.
Egypt. So we do; but everyone says it's really wrong.
L. Why, Egypt, I thought—
L. Why, Egypt, I thought—
That wouldn't be a queen—that's not who she is,
"For all the mud in Egypt."
You were complaining the other day of having to go out a great deal oftener than you liked.[Pg 84]
You were saying the other day that you had to go out way more often than you wanted.[Pg 84]
Egypt. Yes, so I was; but then, it isn't to dance. There's no room to dance: it's—(Pausing to consider what it is for).
Egypt. Yes, that's where I was; but then, it's not for dancing. There's no space to dance: it's—(Pausing to think about what it is for).
L. It is only to be seen, I suppose. Well, there's no harm in that. Girls ought to like to be seen.
L. I guess it’s just meant to be seen. Well, there’s no harm in that. Girls should enjoy being seen.
Dora (her eyes flashing). Now, you don't mean that; and you're too provoking; and we won't dance again, for a month.
Dora (her eyes flashing). Come on, you don’t really mean that; you’re being way too annoying; and we’re not dancing again for a month.
L. It will answer every purpose of revenge, Dora, if you only banish me to the library; and dance by yourselves: but I don't think Jessie and Lily will agree to that. You like me to see you dancing, don't you Lily?
L. It will serve every purpose of revenge, Dora, if you just send me off to the library; and dance without me: but I don't think Jessie and Lily will go for that. You like it when I watch you dance, right Lily?
Lily. Yes, certainly,—when we do it rightly.
Lily. Yes, of course, —when we do it the right way.
L. And besides, Miss Dora, if young ladies really do not want to be seen, they should take care not to let their eyes flash when they dislike what people say; and, more than that, it is all nonsense from beginning to end, about not wanting to be seen. I don't know any more tiresome flower in the borders than your especially 'modest' snowdrop; which one always has to stoop down and take all sorts of tiresome trouble with, and nearly break its poor little head off, before you can see it; and then, half of it is not worth seeing. Girls should be like daisies; nice and white, with an edge of red, if you look close; making the ground bright wherever they are; knowing simply and quietly that they do it, and are meant to do it, and that it would be very wrong if they didn't do it. Not want to be seen, indeed! How long were you in doing your back hair, this afternoon, Jessie?
L. And besides, Miss Dora, if young ladies really don’t want to be seen, they should be careful not to let their eyes show when they dislike what people are saying; and honestly, it’s all nonsense from start to finish, this idea of not wanting to be seen. I can’t think of a more tiresome flower than your so-called 'modest' snowdrop; you always have to bend down and deal with all sorts of hassle just to see it, and then, half of it isn’t even worth the effort. Girls should be like daisies; nice and white, with a hint of red if you look closely, brightening up the ground wherever they are; knowing simply and quietly that they do this, that they’re meant to do this, and that it would be very wrong if they didn’t. Not want to be seen, really! How long did it take you to do your hair this afternoon, Jessie?
(Jessie not immediately answering, Dora comes to her assistance.)
(Jess not responding right away, Dora steps in to help her.)
Dora. Not above three-quarters of an hour, I think, Jess?
Dora. It’s been less than an hour, right Jess?
Jessie (putting her finger up). Now, Dorothy, you needn't talk, you know!
Jessie (raising her finger). Now, Dorothy, you don't need to say anything, you know!
L. I know she needn't, Jessie; I shall ask her about those dark plaits presently. (Dora looks round to see if there is any way open for retreat.) But never mind; it was worth the time, whatever it was; and nobody will ever mistake that golden wreath for a chignon; but if you don't want it to be seen, you had better wear a cap.[Pg 85]
L. I know she doesn't have to, Jessie; I'll ask her about those dark braids soon. (Dora looks around to see if there's any way to escape.) But it’s okay; it was worth the time, no matter what; and no one will ever confuse that golden wreath with a chignon; but if you don’t want it to be noticed, you should probably wear a cap.[Pg 85]
Jessie. Ah, now, are you really going to do nothing but play? And we all have been thinking, and thinking, all day; and hoping you would tell us things; and now—!
Jessie. So, are you really just going to sit there and play? We've all been thinking and hoping all day that you would share some things with us, and now—!
L. And now I am telling you things, and true things, and things good for you; and you won't believe me. You might as well have let me go to sleep at once, as I wanted to.
L. And now I’m sharing things with you, true things, and things that are good for you; yet you won’t believe me. You might as well have just let me fall asleep right away, like I wanted to.
(Endeavours again to make himself comfortable.)
(Tries once more to get comfortable.)
Isabel. Oh, no, no, you sha'n't go to sleep, you naughty—Kathleen, come here.
Isabel. Oh, no, no, you can't go to sleep, you naughty—Kathleen, come here.
L. (knowing what he has to expect if Kathleen comes). Get away, Isabel, you're too heavy. (Sitting up.) What have I been saying?
L. (knowing what he has to expect if Kathleen comes). Go away, Isabel, you're too much. (Sitting up.) What have I been saying?
Dora. I do believe he has been asleep all the time! You never heard anything like the things you've been saying.
Dora. I really think he’s been asleep this whole time! You’ve never said anything like what you’ve been saying.
L. Perhaps not. If you have heard them, and anything like them, it is all I want.
L. Maybe not. If you've heard them, or anything similar, that's all I want.
Egypt. Yes, but we don't understand, and you know we don't; and we want to.
Egypt. Yes, but we don't get it, and you know we don't; and we want to.
L. What did I say first?
L. What did I say first?
Dora. That the first virtue of girls was wanting to go to balls.
Dora. That the top quality of girls was their desire to go to parties.
L. I said nothing of the kind.
L. I didn't say anything like that.
Jessie. 'Always wanting to dance,' you said.
Jessie. 'Always wanting to dance,' you said.
L. Yes, and that's true. Their first virtue is to be intensely happy;—so happy that they don't know what to do with themselves for happiness,—and dance, instead of walking. Don't you recollect 'Louisa,'
L. Yes, that's true. Their first quality is to be incredibly happy—so happy that they don’t know how to manage their joy, and they dance instead of walking. Don’t you remember 'Louisa,'
Ever tripped with foot so free; She appeared as happy as a wave. That dances on the ocean.'
A girl is always like that, when everything's right with her.
A girl is always like that when everything is going well for her.
Violet. But, surely, one must be sad sometimes?
Violet. But, surely, doesn’t one have to feel sad sometimes?
L. Yes, Violet; and dull sometimes, and stupid sometimes, and cross sometimes. What must be, must; but it is always[Pg 86] either our own fault, or somebody else's. The last and worst thing that can be said of a nation is, that it has made its young girls sad, and weary.
L. Yes, Violet; and dull sometimes, and stupid sometimes, and grumpy sometimes. What has to happen, happens; but it's always[Pg 86] either our own fault or someone else's. The worst thing that can be said about a nation is that it has made its young girls sad and exhausted.
May. But I am sure I have heard a great many good people speak against dancing?
May. But I'm pretty sure I've heard a lot of good people talk against dancing?
L. Yes, May; but it does not follow they were wise as well as good. I suppose they think Jeremiah liked better to have to write Lamentations for his people, than to have to write that promise for them, which everybody seems to hurry past, that they may get on quickly to the verse about Rachel weeping for her children; though the verse they pass is the counter-blessing to that one: 'Then shall the virgin rejoice in the dance; and both young men and old together; and I will turn their mourning into joy.'
L. Yes, May; but that doesn’t mean they were wise along with being good. I guess they think Jeremiah preferred writing Lamentations for his people instead of writing that promise for them, which everyone seems to rush past so they can quickly get to the verse about Rachel weeping for her children; even though the verse they skip is the counter-blessing to that one: 'Then the virgin will rejoice in the dance; both young men and old will come together; I will turn their mourning into joy.'
(The children get very serious, but look at each other, as if pleased.)
(The kids get really serious, but they look at each other, like they're pleased.)
Mary. They understand now: but, do you know what you said next?
Mary. They get it now: but, do you know what you said next?
L. Yes; I was not more than half asleep. I said their second virtue was dressing.
L. Yeah; I was barely half asleep. I mentioned that their second virtue was how they dress.
Mary. Well! what did you mean by that?
Mary. Well! What did you mean by that?
L. What do you mean by dressing?
L. What do you mean by style?
Mary. Wearing fine clothes.
Mary. Dressed in stylish clothes.
L. Ah! there's the mistake. I mean wearing plain ones.
L. Ah! there’s the mistake. I mean wearing solid ones.
Mary. Yes, I daresay! but that's not what girls understand by dressing, you know.
Mary. Yes, I definitely agree! But that's not what girls mean by dressing, you know.
L. I can't help that. If they understand by dressing, buying dresses, perhaps they also understand by drawing, buying pictures. But when I hear them say they can draw, I understand that they can make a drawing; and when I hear them say they can dress, I understand that they can make a dress and—which is quite as difficult—wear one.
L. I can’t help that. If they think dressing means buying dresses, maybe they also think drawing means buying pictures. But when I hear them say they can draw, I know they can create a drawing; and when they say they can dress, I know they can make a dress and—which is just as challenging—wear one.
Dora. I'm not sure about the making; for the wearing, we can all wear them—out, before anybody expects it.
Dora. I'm not certain about the making; as for wearing them, we can all wear them out before anyone sees it coming.
Egypt (aside, to L., piteously). Indeed I have mended that torn flounce quite neatly; look if I haven't!
Egypt (aside, to L., complainingly). Honestly, I've fixed that ripped flounce very well; check and see if I haven't!
L. (aside, to Egypt). All right; don't be afraid. (Aloud to[Pg 87] Dora.) Yes, doubtless; but you know that is only a slow way of undressing.
L. (aside, to Egypt). It's okay; don't worry. (Aloud to[Pg 87] Dora.) Yes, of course; but you know that's just a slow way of un
Dora. Then, we are all to learn dress-making, are we?
Dora. So, we're all supposed to learn how to sew, right?
L. Yes; and always to dress yourselves beautifully—not finely, unless on occasion; but then very finely and beautifully too. Also, you are to dress as many other people as you can; and to teach them how to dress, if they don't know; and to consider every ill-dressed woman or child whom you see anywhere, as a personal disgrace; and to get at them, somehow, until everybody is as beautifully dressed as birds.
L. Yes; and always dress beautifully—not extravagantly, unless it's a special occasion; but when you do, make it really nice and beautiful too. Also, try to help as many other people as you can with their outfits; teach them how to dress if they don’t know how; and view every poorly dressed woman or child you see as a personal failure; and find a way to help them, until everyone is as well-dressed as birds.
(Silence; the children drawing their breaths hard, as if they had come from under a shower bath.)
(Silence; the children were breathing heavily, as if they had just come out of a cold shower.)
L (seeing objections begin to express themselves in the eyes). Now you needn't say you can't; for you can: and it's what you were meant to do, always; and to dress your houses, and your gardens, too; and to do very little else, I believe, except singing; and dancing, as we said, of course; and—one thing more.
L (seeing objections begin to express themselves in the eyes). Now you don't need to say you can't; because you can: and it's what you were always meant to do; and to decorate your homes, and your gardens, too; and to do very little else, I believe, except singing; and dancing, as we mentioned, of course; and—one more thing.
Dora. Our third and last virtue, I suppose?
Dora. Is this our third and final virtue, I guess?
L. Yes; on Violet's system of triplicities.
L. Yes; on Violet's system of triplicities.
Dora. Well, we are prepared for anything now. What is it?
Dora. Alright, we’re ready for anything now. What’s up?
L. Cooking.
Cooking.
Dora. Cardinal, indeed! If only Beatrice were here with her seven handmaids, that she might see what a fine eighth we had found for her!
Dora. Absolutely! If only Beatrice were here with her seven handmaids, she would see what a great eighth we’ve found for her!
Mary. And the interpretation? What does 'cooking' mean?
Mary. So, what’s the interpretation? What does 'cooking' mean?
L. It means the knowledge of Medea, and of Circe, and of Calypso, and of Helen, and of Rebekah, and of the Queen of Sheba. It means the knowledge of all herbs, and fruits, and balms, and spices; and of all that is healing and sweet in fields and groves, and savoury in meats; it means carefulness, and inventiveness, and watchfulness, and willingness, and readiness of appliance; it means the economy of your great-grandmothers, and the science of modern chemists; it means much tasting, and no wasting; it means English thoroughness, and French art, and Arabian hospitality; and it means, in fine, that you are to be perfectly and always[Pg 88] 'ladies'—'loaf-givers;' and, as you are to see, imperatively that everybody has something pretty to put on,—so you are to see, yet more imperatively, that everybody has something nice to eat.
L. It represents the knowledge of Medea, Circe, Calypso, Helen, Rebekah, and the Queen of Sheba. It includes the knowledge of all herbs, fruits, balms, and spices; everything healing and sweet in nature, and delicious in food; it signifies attentiveness, creativity, vigilance, enthusiasm, and readiness to use what you have; it embodies the resourcefulness of your great-grandmothers and the expertise of modern chemists; it involves lots of tasting and no wasting; it showcases English thoroughness, French artistry, and Arabian hospitality; and ultimately, it means you are to be perfectly and consistently[Pg 88] 'ladies'—'loaf-givers;' and just as importantly, you must ensure that everyone has something nice to wear—and even more importantly, that everyone has something yummy to eat.
(Another pause, and long drawn breath.)
(Another pause, and a long drawn breath.)
Dora (slowly recovering herself) to Egypt. We had better have let him go to sleep, I think, after all!
Dora (slowly getting herself together) to Egypt. I think we should have just let him go to sleep after all!
L. You had better let the younger ones go to sleep now: for I haven't half done.
L. You should probably let the kids go to sleep now because I’m not finished yet.
Isabel (panic-struck). Oh! please, please! just one quarter of an hour.
Isabel (panic-struck). Oh! Please, please! Just fifteen minutes.
L. No, Isabel; I cannot say what I've got to say, in a quarter of an hour; and it is too hard for you, besides:—you would be lying awake, and trying to make it out, half the night. That will never do.
L. No, Isabel; I can’t say what I need to in just fifteen minutes, and it’s too difficult for you anyway: you’d be lying awake, trying to figure it out, half the night. That won’t work.
Isabel. Oh, please!
Isabel. Oh, come on!
L. It would please me exceedingly, mousie: but there are times when we must both be displeased; more's the pity. Lily may stay for half an hour, if she likes.
L. I’d really like that, mousie: but there are times when we both have to be unhappy; what a shame. Lily can stay for half an hour if she wants.
Lily. I can't; because Isey never goes to sleep, if she is waiting for me to come.
Lily. I can't; because Isey never goes to sleep if she's waiting for me to come.
Isabel. Oh, yes, Lily; I'll go to sleep to-night, I will, indeed.
Isabel. Oh, yes, Lily; I’ll definitely go to sleep tonight.
Lily. Yes, it's very likely, Isey, with those fine round eyes! (To L.) You'll tell me something of what you've been saying, to-morrow, won't you?
Lily. Yes, it’s very likely, Isey, with those pretty round eyes! (To L.) You'll tell me some of what you've been talking about tomorrow, right?
L. No, I won't, Lily. You must choose. It's only in Miss Edgeworth's novels that one can do right, and have one's cake and sugar afterwards, as well (not that I consider the dilemma, to-night, so grave).
L. No, I won’t, Lily. You have to decide. It’s only in Miss Edgeworth’s novels that you can do the right thing and have your cake and eat it too, as well (not that I think tonight’s dilemma is that serious).
(Lily, sighing, takes Isabel's hand.)
(Lily, sighing, takes Isabel's hand.)
Yes, Lily dear, it will be better, in the outcome of it, so, than if you were to hear all the talks that ever were talked, and all the stories that ever were told. Good night.
Yes, Lily dear, it will turn out better in the end than if you were to hear all the gossip that's ever been shared and all the stories that have ever been told. Good night.
(The door leading to the condemned cells of the Dormitory closes on Lily, Isabel, Florrie, and other diminutive and submissive victims.)
(The door to the condemned cells of the Dormitory closes on Lily, Isabel, Florrie, and other small and submissive victims.)
Jessie (after a pause). Why, I thought you were so fond of Miss Edgeworth!
Jess (after a pause). Why did I think you liked Miss Edgeworth so much?
L. So I am; and so you ought all to be. I can read her over and over again, without ever tiring; there's no one whose every page is so full, and so delightful; no one who brings you into the company of pleasanter or wiser people; no one who tells you more truly how to do right. And it is very nice, in the midst of a wild world, to have the very ideal of poetical justice done always to one's hand:—to have everybody found out, who tells lies; and everybody decorated with a red riband, who doesn't; and to see the good Laura, who gave away her half sovereign, receiving a grand ovation from an entire dinner party disturbed for the purpose; and poor, dear, little Rosamond, who chooses purple jars instead of new shoes, left at last without either her shoes or her bottle. But it isn't life: and, in the way children might easily understand it, it isn't morals.
L. That's true; and you all should feel the same. I can read her works over and over without getting bored; there’s no one whose every page is so rich and enjoyable; no one who introduces you to more pleasant or wise people; no one who teaches you more accurately how to do the right thing. And it’s really reassuring, in the chaos of life, to have the perfect representation of poetic justice right at your fingertips: to see everyone who lies get exposed; and everyone who doesn’t gets a red ribbon; and to witness the good Laura, who donated her half-sovereign, receiving a grand applause from an entire dinner party gathered for that reason; while poor, sweet little Rosamond, who opts for purple jars instead of new shoes, ends up without either her shoes or her jar. But that’s not real life: and, in a way that children could easily grasp, it’s not morality either.
Jessie. How do you mean we might understand it?
Jessie. What do you mean we could understand it?
L. You might think Miss Edgeworth meant that the right was to be done mainly because one was always rewarded for doing it. It is an injustice to her to say that: her heroines always do right simply for its own sake, as they should; and her examples of conduct and motive are wholly admirable. But her representation of events is false and misleading. Her good characters never are brought into the deadly trial of goodness,—the doing right, and suffering for it, quite finally. And that is life, as God arranges it. 'Taking up one's cross' does not at all mean having ovations at dinner parties, and being put over everybody else's head.
L. You might think Miss Edgeworth was suggesting that doing the right thing is mainly about getting rewarded for it. That’s unfair to her; her heroines always do what’s right just for its own sake, which they should. The way she portrays behavior and motives is completely admirable. However, her depiction of events is misleading. Her good characters never truly face the harsh challenge of goodness—actually doing the right thing and suffering for it in a real way. That’s what life is like, as God intends. ‘Taking up one's cross’ does not mean receiving praise at dinner parties and being placed above everyone else.
Dora. But what does it mean then? That is just what we couldn't understand, when you were telling us about not sacrificing ourselves, yesterday.
Dora. But what does it mean then? That's exactly what we couldn't understand when you were explaining to us about not sacrificing ourselves yesterday.
L. My dear, it means simply that you are to go the road which you see to be the straight one; carrying whatever you find is given you to carry, as well and stoutly as you can; without making faces, or calling people to come and look at you. Above all, you are neither to load, nor unload, yourself; nor cut your cross to your own liking. Some people[Pg 90] think it would be better for them to have it large; and many, that they could carry it much faster if it were small; and even those who like it largest are usually very particular about its being ornamental, and made of the best ebony. But all that you have really to do is to keep your back as straight as you can; and not think about what is upon it—above all, not to boast of what is upon it. The real and essential meaning of 'virtue' is in that straightness of back. Yes; you may laugh, children, but it is. You know I was to tell about the words that began with V. Sibyl, what does 'virtue' mean, literally?
L. My dear, it simply means that you should take the path you see as the straight one, carrying whatever you’re given to carry as well and strongly as you can, without making faces or calling people over to look at you. Above all, don’t load or unload yourself; nor should you adjust your burden to suit your own taste. Some people[Pg 90] think it would be better if it were larger, and many believe they could carry it faster if it were smaller; even those who prefer it the largest often have specific ideas about it being decorative and made of the finest ebony. But all you really need to do is keep your back as straight as possible and not worry about what’s on it—especially, don’t brag about it. The true essence of 'virtue' lies in that straightness of back. Yes; you can laugh, children, but it really does. You know I was supposed to explain the words that start with V. Sibyl, what does 'virtue' mean, literally?
Sibyl. Does it mean courage?
Sibyl. Does it mean bravery?
L. Yes; but a particular kind of courage. It means courage of the nerve; vital courage. That first syllable of it, if you look in Max Müller, you will find really means 'nerve,' and from it come 'vis,' and 'vir,' and 'virgin' (through vireo), and the connected word 'virga'—'a rod;'—the green rod, or springing bough of a tree, being the type of perfect human strength, both in the use of it in the Mosaic story, when it becomes a serpent, or strikes the rock; or when Aaron's bears its almonds; and in the metaphorical expressions, the 'Rod out of the stem of Jesse,' and the 'Man whose name is the Branch,' and so on. And the essential idea of real virtue is that of a vital human strength, which instinctively, constantly, and without motive, does what is right. You must train men to this by habit, as you would the branch of a tree; and give them instincts and manners (or morals) of purity, justice, kindness, and courage. Once rightly trained, they act as they should, irrespectively of all motive, of fear, or of reward. It is the blackest sign of putrescence in a national religion, when men speak as if it were the only safeguard of conduct; and assume that, but for the fear of being burned, or for the hope of being rewarded, everybody would pass their lives in lying, stealing, and murdering. I think quite one of the notablest historical events of this century (perhaps the very notablest), was that council of clergymen, horror-struck at the idea of any diminution in our dread of hell, at which the last of English[Pg 91] clergymen whom one would have expected to see in such a function, rose as the devil's advocate; to tell us how impossible it was we could get on without him.
L. Yes; but it's a specific kind of courage. It means courage of the nerve; vital courage. The first syllable of it, if you check Max Müller, actually means 'nerve,' and from it come 'vis,' 'vir,' and 'virgin' (through vireo), along with the related word 'virga'—'a rod;'—the green rod or budding branch of a tree symbolizing perfect human strength, both in its use in the Mosaic story, when it becomes a serpent or strikes the rock; or when Aaron's rod bears almonds; and in metaphorical phrases like 'Rod out of the stem of Jesse' and 'The Man whose name is the Branch,' and so forth. The core idea of true virtue is that of vital human strength, which instinctively, constantly, and without motive, does what is right. You need to train men to this through habit, just like you would with the branch of a tree; and instill in them instincts and manners (or morals) of purity, justice, kindness, and courage. Once properly trained, they will act as they should, regardless of any motive, fear, or reward. It’s a clear sign of decay in a national religion when people talk as if it’s the only thing keeping conduct in check; and assume that without the fear of being punished or the hope of being rewarded, everyone would lead lives filled with lying, stealing, and murdering. I think one of the most significant historical events of this century (perhaps the most significant) was that meeting of clergymen, shocked at the thought of any decrease in our fear of hell, where the last English clergyman you’d expect to see in such a position rose as the devil’s advocate to tell us how impossible it would be to manage without him.
Violet (after a pause). But, surely, if people weren't afraid—(hesitates again).
Violet (after a pause). But, come on, if people weren't scared—(hesitates again).
L. They should be afraid of doing wrong, and of that only, my dear. Otherwise, if they only don't do wrong for fear of being punished, they have done wrong in their hearts, already.
L. They should be afraid of doing something wrong, and that’s all, my dear. Otherwise, if they only avoid doing wrong out of fear of punishment, they’ve already done wrong in their hearts.
Violet. Well, but surely, at least one ought to be afraid of displeasing God; and one's desire to please Him should be one's first motive?
Violet. Well, surely, one should at least be concerned about upsetting God; and wanting to please Him should be one's main motivation, right?
L. He never would be pleased with us, if it were, my dear. When a father sends his son out into the world—suppose as an apprentice—fancy the boy's coming home at night, and saying, 'Father, I could have robbed the till to-day; but I didn't, because I thought you wouldn't like it.' Do you think the father would be particularly pleased?
L. He would never be happy with us, my dear. When a father sends his son out into the world—let’s say as an apprentice—imagine the boy coming home at night and saying, 'Dad, I could have stolen from the register today, but I didn't, because I thought you wouldn't approve.' Do you think the father would be particularly happy?
(Violet is silent.)
(Violet is quiet.)
He would answer, would he not, if he were wise and good, 'My boy, though you had no father, you must not rob tills'? And nothing is ever done so as really to please our Great Father, unless we would also have done it, though we had had no Father to know of it.
He would answer, wouldn’t he, if he were wise and good, 'My boy, even though you didn’t have a father, you shouldn’t steal'? And nothing is ever done to truly please our Great Father unless we would have done it even if we didn’t know we had a Father.
Violet (after long pause). But, then, what continual threatenings, and promises of reward there are!
Violet (after a long pause). But, then, what constant threats and promises of reward there are!
L. And how vain both! with the Jews, and with all of us. But the fact is, that the threat and promise are simply statements of the Divine law, and of its consequences. The fact is truly told you,—make what use you may of it: and as collateral warning, or encouragement, or comfort, the knowledge of future consequences may often be helpful to us; but helpful chiefly to the better state when we can act without reference to them. And there's no measuring the poisoned influence of that notion of future reward on the mind of Christian Europe, in the early ages. Half the monastic system rose out of that, acting on the occult pride and ambition[Pg 92] of good people (as the other half of it came of their follies and misfortunes). There is always a considerable quantity of pride, to begin with, in what is called 'giving one's self to God.' As if one had ever belonged to anybody else!
L. And how vain both! with the Jews, and with all of us. But the truth is, the threats and promises are just expressions of Divine law and its consequences. The truth is clearly stated to you—do whatever you wish with it: and as additional warning, or motivation, or comfort, knowing the future outcomes can often be beneficial for us; but it's mainly helpful for a better state when we can act without thinking about them. And you can't underestimate the damaging effect of the idea of future rewards on the minds of Christian Europe in the early years. Half of the monastic system emerged from that, feeding on the hidden pride and ambition of well-meaning people (while the other half came from their mistakes and misfortunes). There’s always a fair amount of pride involved in what’s called 'giving oneself to God.' As if anyone ever truly belonged to anyone else!
Dora. But, surely, great good has come out of the monastic system—our books,—our sciences—all saved by the monks?
Dora. But, for sure, a lot of good has come from the monastic system—our books,—our sciences—all preserved by the monks?
L. Saved from what, my dear? From the abyss of misery and ruin which that false Christianity allowed the whole active world to live in. When it had become the principal amusement, and the most admired art, of Christian men, to cut one another's throats, and burn one another's towns; of course the few feeble or reasonable persons left, who desired quiet, safety, and kind fellowship, got into cloisters; and the gentlest, thoughtfullest, noblest men and women shut themselves up, precisely where they could be of least use. They are very fine things, for us painters, now,—the towers and white arches upon the tops of the rocks; always in places where it takes a day's climbing to get at them; but the intense tragi-comedy of the thing, when one thinks of it, is unspeakable. All the good people of the world getting themselves hung up out of the way of mischief, like Bailie Nicol Jarvie;—poor little lambs, as it were, dangling there for the sign of the Golden Fleece; or like Socrates in his basket in the 'Clouds'! (I must read you that bit of Aristophanes again, by the way.) And believe me, children, I am no warped witness, as far as regards monasteries; or if I am, it is in their favour. I have always had a strong leaning that way; and have pensively shivered with Augustines at St. Bernard; and happily made hay with Franciscans at Fesolé; and sat silent with Carthusians in their little gardens, south of Florence; and mourned through many a day-dream, at Melrose and Bolton. But the wonder is always to me, not how much, but how little, the monks have, on the whole, done, with all that leisure, and all that goodwill! What nonsense monks characteristically wrote;—what little progress they made in the sciences to which they devoted themselves as a duty,—medicine especially;—and, last and worst, what depths of degradation they can sometimes see one another,[Pg 93] and the population round them, sink into; without either doubting their system, or reforming it!
L. Saved from what, my dear? From the pit of misery and destruction that that false Christianity let the whole active world live in. When it became the main entertainment and the most admired skill of Christian men to kill each other and burn each other's towns, it’s no surprise that the few weak or reasonable people left who wanted peace, safety, and friendship retreated to cloisters. The kindest, most thoughtful, and noblest men and women isolated themselves in places where they couldn’t be of much help. Those towers and white arches perched on the cliffs look beautiful to us artists now—they're always in spots that require a day's climb to reach—but the tragicomedy of it all, when you really think about it, is unimaginable. All the good people of the world hiding away from trouble, like Bailie Nicol Jarvie; poor little lambs, so to speak, dangling there for the sign of the Golden Fleece; or like Socrates in his basket in the 'Clouds'! (I need to read you that part of Aristophanes again, by the way.) And believe me, kids, I'm not a biased witness when it comes to monasteries; or if I am, it's in their favor. I’ve always been drawn to that way of life; I’ve reflectively shivered with Augustines at St. Bernard; happily made hay with Franciscans at Fesolé; sat quietly with Carthusians in their little gardens south of Florence; and dreamt mournfully at Melrose and Bolton. But what amazes me is not how much the monks have achieved with all their leisure and goodwill, but how little! The nonsense they typically wrote—what little progress they made in the sciences they pledged to study, especially medicine—and, worst of all, the depths of degradation they sometimes witness each other and the people around them sink into without ever questioning or improving their system![Pg 93]
(Seeing questions rising to lips.) Hold your little tongues, children; it's very late, and you'll make me forget what I've to say. Fancy yourselves in pews, for five minutes. There's one point of possible good in the conventual system, which is always attractive to young girls; and the idea is a very dangerous one;—the notion of a merit, or exalting virtue, consisting in a habit of meditation on the 'things above,' or things of the next world. Now it is quite true, that a person of beautiful mind, dwelling on whatever appears to them most desirable and lovely in a possible future will not only pass their time pleasantly, but will even acquire, at last, a vague and wildly gentle charm of manner and feature, which will give them an air of peculiar sanctity in the eyes of others. Whatever real or apparent good there may be in this result, I want you to observe, children, that we have no real authority for the reveries to which it is owing. We are told nothing distinctly of the heavenly world; except that it will be free from sorrow, and pure from sin. What is said of pearl gates, golden floors, and the like, is accepted as merely figurative by religious enthusiasts themselves; and whatever they pass their time in conceiving, whether of the happiness of risen souls, of their intercourse, or of the appearance and employment of the heavenly powers, is entirely the product of their own imagination; and as completely and distinctly a work of fiction, or romantic invention, as any novel of Sir Walter Scott's. That the romance is founded on religious theory or doctrine;—that no disagreeable or wicked persons are admitted into the story;—and that the inventor fervently hopes that some portion of it may hereafter come true, does not in the least alter the real nature of the effort or enjoyment.
(Seeing questions rising to lips.) Hold your little tongues, kids; it’s really late, and you’ll make me forget what I have to say. Picture yourselves in church pews for five minutes. There's one aspect of the convent school system that always attracts young girls, but it’s a very dangerous idea—the notion that merit, or the elevation of virtue, comes from a habit of thinking about 'higher things,' or the next world. Now, it’s true that a person with a beautiful mind, focusing on whatever seems most desirable and lovely in a possible future, will not only spend their time happily, but will also develop a vague and soft charm in their manner and features, which will give them an air of unique sanctity in the eyes of others. Whatever real or apparent good can come from this result, I want you to notice, kids, that we have no real authority for the daydreams that lead to it. We aren’t given any clear information about the heavenly world, except that it will be free of sorrow and pure from sin. What is mentioned about pearl gates, golden floors, and so on, is accepted as merely figurative even by the most religious enthusiasts; and whatever they imagine—whether about the happiness of souls in heaven, their interactions, or the appearances and roles of heavenly beings—is entirely the product of their imagination; it’s as much a work of fiction or romantic invention as any novel by Sir Walter Scott. The fact that the romance is based on religious theory or doctrine; that no unpleasant or wicked people are included in the story; and that the creator fervently hopes some part of it may eventually come true doesn’t change the fundamental nature of the effort or enjoyment.
Now, whatever indulgence may be granted to amiable people for pleasing themselves in this innocent way, it is beyond question, that to seclude themselves from the rough duties of life, merely to write religious romances, or, as in most cases, merely to dream them, without taking so much[Pg 94] trouble as is implied in writing, ought not to be received as an act of heroic virtue. But, observe, even in admitting thus much, I have assumed that the fancies are just and beautiful, though fictitious. Now, what right have any of us to assume that our own fancies will assuredly be either the one or the other? That they delight us, and appear lovely to us, is no real proof of its not being wasted time to form them: and we may surely be led somewhat to distrust our judgment of them by observing what ignoble imaginations have sometimes sufficiently, or even enthusiastically, occupied the hearts of others. The principal source of the spirit of religious contemplation is the East; now I have here in my hand a Byzantine image of Christ, which, if you will look at it seriously, may, I think, at once and for ever render you cautious in the indulgence of a merely contemplative habit of mind. Observe, it is the fashion to look at such a thing only as a piece of barbarous art; that is the smallest part of its interest. What I want you to see, is the baseness and falseness of a religious state of enthusiasm, in which such a work could be dwelt upon with pious pleasure. That a figure, with two small round black beads for eyes; a gilded face, deep cut into horrible wrinkles; an open gash for a mouth, and a distorted skeleton for a body, wrapped about, to make it fine, with striped enamel of blue and gold;—that such a figure, I say, should ever have been thought helpful towards the conception of a Redeeming Deity, may make you, I think, very doubtful, even of the Divine approval,—much more of the Divine inspiration,—of religious reverie in general. You feel, doubtless, that your own idea of Christ would be something very different from this; but in what does the difference consist? Not in any more divine authority in your imagination; but in the intellectual work of six intervening centuries; which, simply, by artistic discipline, has refined this crude conception for you, and filled you, partly with an innate sensation, partly with an acquired knowledge, of higher forms,—which render this Byzantine crucifix as horrible to you, as it was pleasing to its maker. More is required to excite your fancy; but your fancy is of[Pg 95] no more authority than his was: and a point of national art-skill is quite conceivable, in which the best we can do now will be as offensive to the religious dreamers of the more highly cultivated time, as this Byzantine crucifix is to you.
Now, whatever leeway might be given to nice people for enjoying themselves in this innocent way, it’s clear that isolating themselves from the tough responsibilities of life just to write religious stories, or, in most cases, just to daydream about them, without putting in the effort that actual writing requires, shouldn’t be seen as a noble act. But notice, even acknowledging this much, I’ve assumed that the ideas are good and beautiful, even though they’re imaginary. What right do any of us have to assume that our own ideas will definitely be either? Just because they please us and seem lovely doesn’t really prove that it’s not a waste of time to create them: and we can surely start to question our judgment by observing the unrefined imaginations that have occasionally captured the hearts of others. The main source of religious contemplation is the East; now I have here in my hand a Byzantine image of Christ, which, if you look at it carefully, can, I believe, make you cautious about indulging in a purely contemplative mindset. Notice, it’s common to see something like this merely as a piece of crude art; that’s the least significant part of its interest. What I want you to recognize is the unworthiness and false nature of a state of religious enthusiasm in which such a work could be appreciated with pious pleasure. That a figure, with two small round black beads for eyes; a gilded face, deeply etched with horrifying wrinkles; an open gash for a mouth, and a twisted skeleton for a body, wrapped up, to make it look nice, with striped enamel of blue and gold;—that such a figure should ever have been considered helpful for understanding a Redeeming Deity may certainly make you question, I think, even the Divine approval,—let alone the Divine inspiration,—of religious daydreaming in general. You likely feel that your own vision of Christ would be something very different from this; but what does that difference come down to? Not any more divine authority in your imagination; but the intellectual work of six centuries in between, which, through artistic discipline, has polished this raw idea for you, and filled you, partly with an innate feeling, partly with acquired knowledge, of higher forms,—which makes this Byzantine crucifix as grotesque to you as it was beautiful to its creator. More is needed to stir your imagination; but your imagination holds no more authority than his did: and it’s entirely possible to imagine a level of national artistic skill where the best we can do now will be as off-putting to the religious dreamers of a more cultured era as this Byzantine crucifix is to you.
Mary. But surely, Angelico will always retain his power over everybody?
Mary. But surely, Angelico will always have control over everyone?
L. Yes, I should think, always; as the gentle words of a child will: but you would be much surprised, Mary, if you thoroughly took the pains to analyse, and had the perfect means of analysing, that power of Angelico,—to discover its real sources. Of course it is natural, at first, to attribute it to the pure religious fervour by which he was inspired; but do you suppose Angelico was really the only monk, in all the Christian world of the middle ages, who laboured, in art, with a sincere religious enthusiasm?
L. Yes, I think so, always; just like the sweet words of a child do. But you would be very surprised, Mary, if you really took the time to analyze and had the perfect tools to examine that power of Angelico—to find out where it truly comes from. Of course, it’s normal at first to link it to the pure religious passion that inspired him; but do you really think Angelico was the only monk in the whole Christian world of the Middle Ages who worked in art with genuine religious enthusiasm?
Mary. No, certainly not.
Mary. No way.
L. Anything more frightful, more destructive of all religious faith whatever, than such a supposition, could not be. And yet, what other monk ever produced such work? I have myself examined carefully upwards of two thousand illuminated missals, with especial view to the discovery of any evidence of a similar result upon the art, from the monkish devotion; and utterly in vain.
L. There couldn't be anything more terrifying or damaging to all forms of religious belief than this idea. Yet, what other monk has ever created such work? I've personally examined over two thousand illuminated missals, specifically to find any evidence of a similar impact on the art from monastic devotion; and I've found nothing at all.
Mary. But then, was not Fra Angelico a man of entirely separate and exalted genius?
Mary. But was Fra Angelico not a man of completely different and exceptional talent?
L. Unquestionably; and granting him to be that, the peculiar phenomenon in his art is, to me, not its loveliness, but its weakness. The effect of 'inspiration,' had it been real, on a man of consummate genius, should have been, one would have thought, to make everything that he did faultless and strong, no less than lovely. But of all men, deserving to be called 'great,' Fra Angelico permits to himself the least pardonable faults, and the most palpable follies. There is evidently within him a sense of grace, and power of invention, as great as Ghiberti's:—we are in the habit of attributing those high qualities to his religious enthusiasm; but, if they were produced by that enthusiasm in him, they ought to be produced by the same feelings in others; and we see they[Pg 96] are not. Whereas, comparing him with contemporary great artists, of equal grace and invention, one peculiar character remains notable in him—which, logically, we ought therefore to attribute to the religious fervour;—and that distinctive character is, the contented indulgence of his own weaknesses, and perseverance in his own ignorances.
L. Absolutely; and if we accept that, the unique aspect of his art isn't its beauty, but its flaws. One would expect that genuine 'inspiration' from someone with exceptional talent would result in everything they created being not only beautiful but also flawless and strong. However, among all those who deserve to be called 'great,' Fra Angelico allows himself the least forgivable mistakes and the most obvious foolishness. Clearly, he possesses a sense of grace and creative power as significant as Ghiberti's; we usually credit those high qualities to his deep religious passion. But if that enthusiasm produced those qualities in him, it should also do the same for others who share those feelings, and we see that it doesn't. When comparing him to other contemporary great artists with equal grace and creativity, one distinct trait stands out in him, which we should logically attribute to religious fervor; and that trait is his willingness to embrace his own flaws and persist in his own ignorance.
Mary. But that's dreadful! And what is the source of the peculiar charm which we all feel in his work?
Mary. But that's awful! And what *is* the source of the unique charm we all feel in his work?
L. There are many sources of it, Mary; united and seeming like one. You would never feel that charm but in the work of an entirely good man; be sure of that; but the goodness is only the recipient and modifying element, not the creative one. Consider carefully what delights you in any original picture of Angelico's. You will find, for one minor thing, an exquisite variety and brightness of ornamental work. That is not Angelico's inspiration. It is the final result of the labour and thought of millions of artists, of all nations; from the earliest Egyptian potters downwards—Greeks, Byzantines, Hindoos, Arabs, Gauls, and Northmen—all joining in the toil; and consummating it in Florence, in that century, with such embroidery of robe and inlaying of armour as had never been seen till then; nor, probably, ever will be seen more. Angelico merely takes his share of this inheritance, and applies it in the tenderest way to subjects which are peculiarly acceptant of it. But the inspiration, if it exist anywhere, flashes on the knight's shield quite as radiantly as on the monk's picture. Examining farther into the sources of your emotion in the Angelico work, you will find much of the impression of sanctity dependent on a singular repose and grace of gesture, consummating itself in the floating, flying, and above all, in the dancing groups. That is not Angelico's inspiration. It is only a peculiarly tender use of systems of grouping which had been long before developed by Giotto, Memmi, and Orcagna; and the real root of it all is simply—What do you think, children? The beautiful dancing of the Florentine maidens!
L. There are many sources of it, Mary; united and appearing as one. You would only feel that charm in the work of a truly good person; trust me on that. But the goodness is just the receiving and modifying element, not the creative one. Think carefully about what you find delightful in any original painting by Angelico. For one, you’ll notice an exquisite variety and brightness in the decorative work. That’s not Angelico’s inspiration. It’s the result of the effort and thought of millions of artists from all around the world; from the earliest Egyptian potters onward—Greeks, Byzantines, Hindus, Arabs, Gauls, and Northmen—all contributing to the effort; culminating in Florence during that century, showcasing embroidery and armor in ways that had never been seen before and likely won’t be seen again. Angelico simply takes his share of this legacy and applies it tenderly to subjects that are especially receptive to it. But the inspiration, if it exists anywhere, shines just as brightly on the knight's shield as it does on the monk's painting. If you dig deeper into what moves you in Angelico's work, you’ll discover that much of the feeling of sanctity comes from a unique calmness and grace of gesture, especially present in the floating, flying, and most importantly, in the dancing groups. That’s not Angelico’s inspiration either. It’s just a particularly tender use of grouping techniques that had been developed long before by Giotto, Memmi, and Orcagna; and the real root of it all is simply—What do you think, kids? The beautiful dancing of the Florentine maidens!
Dora (indignant again). Now, I wonder what next! Why not say it all depended on Herodias' daughter, at once?[Pg 97]
Dora (indignant again). Now, I wonder what’s next! Why not just say it all depended on Herodias' daughter right now?[Pg 97]
L. Yes; it is certainly a great argument against singing, that there were once sirens.
L. Yes; it's definitely a strong point against singing that there were once sirens.
Dora. Well, it may be all very fine and philosophical, but shouldn't I just like to read you the end of the second volume of 'Modern Painters'!
Dora. It might all sound nice and philosophical, but shouldn't I just read you the end of the second volume of 'Modern Painters'?
L. My dear, do you think any teacher could be worth your listening to, or anybody else's listening to, who had learned nothing, and altered his mind in nothing, from seven and twenty to seven and forty? But that second volume is very good for you as far as it goes. It is a great advance, and a thoroughly straight and swift one, to be led, as it is the main business of that second volume to lead you, from Dutch cattle pieces, and ruffian-pieces, to Fra Angelico. And it is right for you also, as you grow older, to be strengthened in the general sense and judgment which may enable you to distinguish the weaknesses from the virtues of what you love: else you might come to love both alike; or even the weaknesses without the virtues. You might end by liking Overbeck and Cornelius as well as Angelico. However, I have perhaps been leaning a little too much to the merely practical side of things, in to-night's talk; and you are always to remember, children, that I do not deny, though I cannot affirm, the spiritual advantages resulting, in certain cases, from enthusiastic religious reverie, and from the other practices of saints and anchorites. The evidence respecting them has never yet been honestly collected, much less dispassionately examined: but assuredly, there is in that direction a probability, and more than a probability, of dangerous error, while there is none whatever in the practice of an active, cheerful, and benevolent life. The hope of attaining a higher religious position, which induces us to encounter, for its exalted alternative, the risk of unhealthy error, is often, as I said, founded more on pride than piety; and those who, in modest usefulness, have accepted what seemed to them here the lowliest place in the kingdom of their Father, are not, I believe, the least likely to receive hereafter the command, then unmistakable, 'Friend, go up higher.'
L. My dear, do you really think any teacher could be worth listening to, whether by you or anyone else, who hasn’t learned or changed at all from age 27 to 47? But that second volume is definitely good for you as far as it goes. It’s a significant improvement, and it effectively guides you from Dutch cattle pieces and rough art to Fra Angelico. As you get older, it's also important for you to develop a stronger sense and judgment that helps you tell the weaknesses apart from the strengths of what you love; otherwise, you might end up loving them both equally, or even preferring the weaknesses over the strengths. You could end up liking Overbeck and Cornelius just as much as you like Angelico. However, I may have focused a bit too much on the practical side of things in tonight’s discussion; and you should always remember, children, that I don’t deny, even though I can’t confirm, the spiritual benefits that might come from intense religious contemplation and the other practices of saints and hermits. The evidence about these practices has never really been collected honestly, let alone examined fairly: but there is definitely a chance, and more than a chance, of falling into dangerous errors in that area, while there is none at all in living an active, cheerful, and kind life. The hope of reaching a higher spiritual state, which pushes us to take the risk of unhealthy error for its more exalted alternative, is often based more on pride than on true piety; and I believe that those who, with humility and usefulness, have accepted what seems to be the lowest place here in their Father’s kingdom are often the ones most likely to hear the clear command later, 'Friend, go up higher.'
LECTURE VIII.
CRYSTAL CAPRICE.
Formal Lecture in Schoolroom, after some practical examination of minerals.
L. We have seen enough, children, though very little of what might be seen if we had more time, of mineral structures produced by visible opposition, or contest among elements; structures of which the variety, however great, need not surprise us: for we quarrel, ourselves, for many and slight causes;—much more, one should think, may crystals, who can only feel the antagonism, not argue about it. But there is a yet more singular mimicry of our human ways in the varieties of form which appear owing to no antagonistic force; but merely to the variable humour and caprice of the crystals themselves: and I have asked you all to come into the schoolroom to-day, because, of course, this is a part of the crystal mind which must be peculiarly interesting to a feminine audience. (Great symptoms of disapproval on the part of said audience.) Now, you need not pretend that it will not interest you; why should it not? It is true that we men are never capricious; but that only makes us the more dull and disagreeable. You, who are crystalline in brightness, as well as in caprice, charm infinitely, by infinitude of change. (Audible murmurs of 'Worse and worse!' 'As if we could be got over that way!' &c. The Lecturer, however, observing the expression of the features to be more complacent, proceeds.) And the most curious mimicry, if not of your changes of fashion, at least of your various modes (in healthy periods) of national costume, takes place among the crystals of different countries. With a little experience, it is quite possible to say at a glance, in what districts certain crystals have been[Pg 99] found; and although, if we had knowledge extended and accurate enough, we might of course ascertain the laws and circumstances which have necessarily produced the form peculiar to each locality, this would be just as true of the fancies of the human mind. If we could know the exact circumstances which affect it, we could foretell what now seems to us only caprice of thought, as well as what now seems to us only caprice of crystal: nay, so far as our knowledge reaches, it is on the whole easier to find some reason why the peasant girls of Berne should wear their caps in the shape of butterflies; and the peasant girls of Munich their's in the shape of shells, than to say why the rock-crystals of Dauphiné should all have their summits of the shape of lip-pieces of flageolets, while those of St. Gothard are symmetrical; or why the fluor of Chamouni is rose-coloured, and in octahedrons, while the fluor of Weardale is green, and in cubes. Still farther removed is the hope, at present, of accounting for minor differences in modes of grouping and construction. Take, for instance, the caprices of this single mineral, quartz;—variations upon a single theme. It has many forms; but see what it will make out of this one, the six-sided prism. For shortness' sake, I shall call the body of the prism its 'column,' and the pyramid at the extremities its 'cap.' Now, here, first you have a straight column, as long and thin as a stalk of asparagus, with two little caps at the ends; and here you have a short thick column, as solid as a haystack, with two fat caps at the ends; and here you have two caps fastened together, and no column at all between them! Then here is a crystal with its column fat in the middle, and tapering to a little cap; and here is one stalked like a mushroom, with a huge cap put on the top of a slender column! Then here is a column built wholly out of little caps, with a large smooth cap at the top. And here is a column built of columns and caps; the caps all truncated about half way to their points. And in both these last, the little crystals are set anyhow, and build the large one in a disorderly way; but here is a crystal made of columns and truncated caps, set in regular terraces all the way up.[Pg 100]
L. We've seen enough, kids, though we’ve only scratched the surface of what we could discover with more time—mineral structures created by visible opposition or competition among elements. We shouldn’t be surprised by their variety, no matter how vast it is; after all, we argue among ourselves over many trivial matters—much more, one would think, can crystals, which can only sense conflict but not debate it. But there’s an even stranger imitation of our human nature in the forms that appear not due to any conflicting force, but simply from the changing moods and whims of the crystals themselves. I gathered you all in the classroom today because, naturally, this aspect of the crystal mind should be particularly interesting to a female audience. (Great signs of disapproval from said audience.) Now, you don’t need to pretend that this won’t interest you; why wouldn’t it? It’s true that we men aren’t capricious, but that just makes us dull and unpleasant. You, who shine with the brilliance and whimsy of crystals, enchant with your endless variety. (Audible murmurs of 'Worse and worse!' 'As if we could be swayed that way!' &c. The Instructor, noticing that the expressions are becoming slightly more agreeable, continues.) The most fascinating imitation, if not of your fashion changes, then at least of your various styles (during healthy times) of traditional dress, is seen among the crystals from different regions. With a bit of experience, you can often tell instantly where certain crystals have been[Pg 99] found; and while we could determine the laws and conditions that create the unique forms of each place with enough knowledge, this is just as true for the whims of the human mind. If we could uncover the exact factors that influence us, we could predict what now appears to be mere whims of thought, just like those of crystals: indeed, based on what we currently know, it seems easier to explain why the peasant girls of Berne wear their caps shaped like butterflies, while the peasant girls of Munich wear theirs shaped like shells, than to explain why the rock crystals of Dauphiné all have tops that look like the mouthpieces of flageolets, while those from St. Gothard are symmetrical, or why the fluorite from Chamouni is pink and octahedral while the fluorite from Weardale is green and cubic. It’s even more challenging to account for minor differences in their grouping and structure. Take, for example, the variations of a single mineral, quartz;—variations on a single theme. It has many shapes; but look at what it can create from this one, the six-sided prism. To keep it simple, I’ll refer to the body of the prism as its 'column,' and the pyramids at the ends as its 'caps.' Now, here you have a straight column, as long and thin as an asparagus stalk, with two small caps at the ends; and here is a short, thick column, as solid as a haystack, with two plump caps at the ends; then you have two caps stuck together, with no column at all between them! Here’s a crystal with a plump column in the middle, tapering to a small cap; and here’s one that looks like a mushroom, with a huge cap on top of a slender column! Then this one is a column made entirely of small caps, with a big smooth cap on top. And here’s a column built of other columns and caps; the caps are all cut off about halfway to their points. In both of these last examples, the little crystals are placed haphazardly, combining to form a larger one in disarray; but here is a crystal created from columns and truncated caps arranged in regular terraces all the way up.[Pg 100]
Mary. But are not these, groups of crystals, rather than one crystal?
Mary. But aren't these groups of crystals, instead of just one crystal?
L. What do you mean by a group, and what by one crystal?
L. What do you mean by a group, and what do you mean by one crystal?
Dora (audibly aside, to Mary, who is brought to pause). You know you are never expected to answer, Mary.
Dora (quietly to Mary, who stops for a moment). You know you're not actually supposed to respond, Mary.
L. I'm sure this is easy enough. What do you mean by a group of people?
L. I'm sure this is simple enough. What do you mean by a group of people?
Mary. Three or four together, or a good many together, like the caps in these crystals.
Mary. Three or four together, or quite a few together, like the caps in these crystals.
L. But when a great many persons get together they don't take the shape of one person?
L. But when a lot of people come together, they don't act like a single person?
(Mary still at pause.)
(Mary still waiting.)
Isabel. No, because they can't; but, you know the crystals can; so why shouldn't they?
Isabel. No, because they can't; but, you know the crystals can; so why shouldn't they?
L. Well, they don't; that is to say, they don't always, nor even often. Look here, Isabel.
L. Well, they don't; that is to say, they don't always, nor even often. Look here, Isabel.
Isabel. What a nasty ugly thing!
Isabel. What an ugly thing!
L. I'm glad you think it so ugly. Yet it is made of beautiful crystals; they are a little grey and cold in colour, but most of them are clear.
L. I'm glad you find it so ugly. But it's made of beautiful crystals; they're a bit gray and cold in color, but most of them are clear.
Isabel. But they're in such horrid, horrid disorder!
Isabel. But they're in such terrible, terrible chaos!
L. Yes; all disorder is horrid, when it is among things that are naturally orderly. Some little girl's rooms are naturally disorderly, I suppose; or I don't know how they could live in them, if they cry out so when they only see quartz crystals in confusion.
L. Yes; all chaos is terrible when it disrupts things that are supposed to be neat. Some little girls' rooms are just naturally messy, I guess; otherwise, I don’t understand how they could handle living in them if they complain so much when they see quartz crystals all mixed up.
Isabel. Oh! but how come they to be like that?
Isabel. Oh! But how did they end up like that?
L. You may well ask. And yet you will always hear people talking as if they thought order more wonderful than disorder! It is wonderful—as we have seen; but to me, as to you, child, the supremely wonderful thing is that nature should ever be ruinous or wasteful, or deathful! I look at this wild piece of crystallisation with endless astonishment.
L. You might wonder. Yet, you'll often hear people discussing as if they believe order is more amazing than disorder! It is amazing—as we've seen; but to me, like you, kid, the most incredible thing is that nature can ever be destructive or wasteful, or lead to death! I gaze at this wild piece of crystallization with endless amazement.
Mary. Where does it come from?
Mary. Where's it from?
L. The Tête Noire of Chamonix. What makes it more strange is that it should be in a vein of fine quartz rock. If it[Pg 101] were in a mouldering rock, it would be natural enough; but in the midst of so fine substance, here are the crystals tossed in a heap; some large, myriads small (almost as small as dust), tumbling over each other like a terrified crowd, and glued together by the sides, and edges, and backs, and heads; some warped, and some pushed out and in, and all spoiled and each spoiling the rest.
L. The Tête Noire of Chamonix. What's even stranger is that it should be found in a vein of fine quartz rock. If it[Pg 101] were in decaying rock, that would be completely normal; but in the middle of such a fine substance, here are the crystals piled up chaotically; some large, countless others tiny (almost like dust), tumbling over one another like a scared crowd, and stuck together by their sides, edges, backs, and tops; some twisted, and some pushed in and out, and all damaged, with each one ruining the others.
Mary. And how flat they all are!
Mary. And they all seem so dull!
L. Yes; that's the fashion at the Tête Noire.
L. Yes; that's the trend at the Tête Noire.
Mary. But surely this is ruin, not caprice?
Mary. But this has to be destruction, not just a whim?
L. I believe it is in great part misfortune; and we will examine these crystal troubles in next lecture. But if you want to see the gracefullest and happiest caprices of which dust is capable, you must go to the Hartz; not that I ever mean to go there myself, for I want to retain the romantic feeling about the name; and I have done myself some harm already by seeing the monotonous and heavy form of the Brocken from the suburbs of Brunswick. But whether the mountains be picturesque or not, the tricks which the goblins (as I am told) teach the crystals in them, are incomparably pretty. They work chiefly on the mind of a docile, bluish coloured, carbonate of lime; which comes out of a grey limestone. The goblins take the greatest possible care of its education, and see that nothing happens to it to hurt its temper; and when it may be supposed to have arrived at the crisis which is, to a well brought up mineral, what presentation at court is to a young lady—after which it is expected to set fashions—there's no end to its pretty ways of behaving. First it will make itself into pointed darts as fine as hoar-frost; here, it is changed into a white fur as fine as silk; here into little crowns and circlets, as bright as silver; as if for the gnome princesses to wear; here it is in beautiful little plates, for them to eat off; presently it is in towers which they might be imprisoned in; presently in caves and cells, where they may make nun-gnomes of themselves, and no gnome ever hear of them more; here is some of it in sheaves, like corn; here, some in drifts, like snow; here, some in rays, like stars: and, though these are, all of them, necessarily, shapes that the mineral[Pg 102] takes in other places, they are all taken here with such a grace that you recognise the high caste and breeding of the crystals wherever you meet them; and know at once they are Hartz-born.
L. I think it’s mostly bad luck, and we’ll look into these crystal troubles in the next lecture. But if you want to see the most elegant and joyful variations that dust can create, you need to go to the Hartz. Not that I ever plan to go there myself since I want to keep the romantic feeling associated with the name; I've already spoiled it a bit by seeing the dull and heavy shape of the Brocken from the outskirts of Brunswick. But whether the mountains are scenic or not, the tricks that the goblins (or so I've been told) teach the crystals there are incredibly beautiful. They primarily focus on the mind of a friendly, bluish-colored carbonate of lime that comes from grey limestone. The goblins take great care in its upbringing, ensuring nothing happens to ruin its disposition; and when it reaches what is akin to a coming-out party for a well-raised mineral—after which it’s expected to set trends—there's no end to its charming behaviors. First, it will form into pointed darts as delicate as hoar-frost; next, it turns into a white fur as smooth as silk; then it becomes little crowns and circlets, as shiny as silver, as if for the gnome princesses to wear; it will take the shape of lovely little plates for them to eat from; soon it’s in towers where they could be trapped; then it transforms into caves and cells, where they might become nun-gnomes and no gnome would ever hear from them again; some appear in sheaves, like corn; others in drifts, like snow; and some in rays, like stars: and even though these shapes are, of course, forms the mineral takes in other places, they all emerge here with such grace that you recognize the high status and refinement of the crystals wherever you encounter them, knowing right away they are Hartz-born.
Of course, such fine things as these are only done by crystals which are perfectly good, and good-humoured; and of course, also, there are ill-humoured crystals who torment each other, and annoy quieter crystals, yet without coming to anything like serious war. Here (for once) is some ill-disposed quartz, tormenting a peaceable octahedron of fluor, in mere caprice. I looked at it the other night so long, and so wonderingly, just before putting my candle out, that I fell into another strange dream. But you don't care about dreams.
Of course, such nice things as these are only done by crystals that are perfectly fine and friendly; and of course, there are also unfriendly crystals that bother each other and disturb quieter crystals, yet without escalating into something that resembles actual war. Here (for once) is some grumpy quartz, teasing a peaceful octahedron of fluorite, just for fun. I stared at it for so long the other night, full of wonder, just before I blew out my candle, that I drifted into another strange dream. But you don't care about dreams.
Dora. No; we didn't, yesterday; but you know we are made up of caprice; so we do, to-day: and you must tell it us directly.
Dora. No, we didn't yesterday; but you know we can be unpredictable; so we will today: and you have to tell us right away.
L. Well, you see, Neith and her work were still much in my mind; and then, I had been looking over these Hartz things for you, and thinking of the sort of grotesque sympathy there seemed to be in them with the beautiful fringe and pinnacle work of Northern architecture. So, when I fell asleep, I thought I saw Neith and St. Barbara talking together.
L. Well, you see, Neith and her work were still very much on my mind; and then, I had been going through these Hartz things for you, and thinking about the strange connection they seemed to have with the beautiful fringe and pinnacle work of Northern architecture. So, when I fell asleep, I thought I saw Neith and St. Barbara chatting together.
Dora. But what had St. Barbara to do with it?[152]
Dora. But what did St. Barbara have to do with it?[152]
L. My dear, I am quite sure St. Barbara is the patroness of good architects: not St. Thomas, whatever the old builders thought. It might be very fine, according to the monks' notions, in St. Thomas, to give all his employer's money away to the poor: but breaches of contract are bad foundations; and I believe, it was not he, but St. Barbara, who overlooked the work in all the buildings you and I care about. However that may be, it was certainly she whom I saw in my dream with Neith. Neith was sitting weaving, and I thought she looked sad, and threw her shuttle slowly; and St. Barbara was standing at her side, in a stiff little gown, all ins and outs, and angles; but so bright with embroidery that it dazzled me whenever she moved; the train of it was just like a heap of broken[Pg 103] jewels, it was so stiff, and full of corners, and so many-coloured, and bright. Her hair fell over her shoulders in long, delicate waves, from under a little three pinnacled crown, like a tower. She was asking Neith about the laws of architecture in Egypt and Greece; and when Neith told her the measures of the pyramids, St. Barbara said she thought they would have been better three-cornered: and when Neith told her the measures of the Parthenon, St. Barbara said she thought it ought to have had two transepts. But she was pleased when Neith told her of the temple of the dew, and of the Caryan maidens bearing its frieze: and then she thought that perhaps Neith would like to hear what sort of temples she was building herself, in the French valleys, and on the crags of the Rhine. So she began gossiping, just as one of you might to an old lady: and certainly she talked in the sweetest way in the world to Neith; and explained to her all about crockets and pinnacles: and Neith sat, looking very grave; and always graver as St. Barbara went on; till at last, I'm sorry to say, St. Barbara lost her temper a little.
L. My dear, I’m pretty sure St. Barbara is the patroness of great architects, not St. Thomas, despite what the old builders believed. It might have seemed noble, in the monks' view, for St. Thomas to give all his employer's money to the poor, but breaking contracts is a bad foundation; and I think it wasn't him but St. Barbara who oversaw the work in all the buildings we care about. Regardless, it was definitely her I saw in my dream with Neith. Neith was sitting there weaving, and I thought she looked sad as she slowly threw her shuttle; and St. Barbara was standing next to her, in a stiff little gown, all ins and outs and angles; but it was so bright with embroidery that it dazzled me whenever she moved. Her train looked like a pile of broken jewels: it was stiff, full of corners, and so colorful and bright. Her hair fell over her shoulders in long, delicate waves from under a little three-crowned tower-like crown. She was asking Neith about the laws of architecture in Egypt and Greece; and when Neith told her the measurements of the pyramids, St. Barbara said she thought they would have been better as triangles. And when Neith told her the measurements of the Parthenon, St. Barbara said she thought it should have had two transepts. But she was happy when Neith told her about the temple of the dew and the Caryan maidens carrying its frieze: and then she thought maybe Neith would like to hear about the kinds of temples she was building herself in the French valleys and on the cliffs of the Rhine. So she started chatting, just like one of you might with an older woman: and she certainly spoke to Neith in the sweetest way possible, explaining all about crockets and pinnacles; and Neith sat there, looking very serious, getting graver as St. Barbara continued; until, sadly, St. Barbara lost her temper a little.
May (very grave herself). 'St. Barbara?'
May (very serious herself). 'St. Barbara?'
L. Yes, May. Why shouldn't she? It was very tiresome of Neith to sit looking like that.
L. Yes, May. Why shouldn’t she? It was really annoying for Neith to just sit there looking like that.
May. But, then, St. Barbara was a saint!
May. But, then, St. Barbara was a saint!
L. What's that, May?
L. What's that, May?
May. A saint! A saint is—I am sure you know!
May. A saint! A saint is—I’m sure you know!
L. If I did, it would not make me sure that you knew too, May: but I don't.
L. If I did, it wouldn't guarantee that you knew too, May: but I don't.
Violet (expressing the incredulity of the audience). Oh,—sir!
Violet (showing the audience's disbelief). Oh, sir!
L. That is to say, I know that people are called saints who are supposed to be better than others: but I don't know how much better they must be, in order to be saints; nor how nearly anybody may be a saint, and yet not be quite one; nor whether everybody who is called a saint was one; nor whether everybody who isn't called a saint, isn't one.
L. In other words, I know that people called saints are expected to be better than others: but I don’t know how much better they need to be to qualify as saints; or how close someone can be to being a saint without actually being one; or if everyone labeled a saint truly is one; or if everyone not labeled a saint isn't one.
(General silence; the audience feeling themselves on the verge of the Infinities—and a little shocked—and much puzzled by so many questions at once.)
(General silence; the audience felt themselves on the edge of the Infinite—and a bit shocked—and very puzzled by so many questions at once.)
L. Besides, did you never hear that verse about being 'called to be saints'?
L. Besides, have you never heard that line about being 'called to be saints'?
May (repeats Rom. i. 7.)
May (repeats Rom. 1:7)
L. Quite right, May. Well, then, who are called to be that? People in Rome only?
L. You're right, May. So, who gets to be that? Just people in Rome?
May. Everybody, I suppose, whom God loves.
May. Everyone, I guess, whom God loves.
L. What! little girls as well as other people?
L. What! Little girls just like everyone else?
May. All grown-up people, I mean.
May. All grown-ups, I mean.
L. Why not little girls? Are they wickeder when they are little?
L. Why not little girls? Are they worse when they're young?
May. Oh, I hope not.
May. Oh, I really hope not.
L. Why not little girls, then?
L. Why not young girls, then?
(Pause.)
Pause.
Lily. Because, you know, we can't be worth anything if we're ever so good;—I mean, if we try to be ever so good; and we can't do difficult things—like saints.
Lily. Because, you know, we can't be worth anything if we’re trying so hard to be good;—I mean, if we try to be incredibly good; and we can't do tough things—like saints.
L. I am afraid, my dear, that old people are not more able or willing for their difficulties than you children are for yours. All I can say is, that if ever I see any of you, when you are seven or eight and twenty, knitting your brows over any work you want to do or to understand, as I saw you, Lily, knitting your brows over your slate this morning, I should think you very noble women. But—to come back to my dream—St. Barbara did lose her temper a little; and I was not surprised. For you can't think how provoking Neith looked, sitting there just like a statue of sandstone; only going on weaving, like a machine; and never quickening the cast of her shuttle; while St. Barbara was telling her so eagerly all about the most beautiful things, and chattering away, as fast as bells ring on Christmas Eve, till she saw that Neith didn't care; and then St. Barbara got as red as a rose, and stopped, just in time;—or I think she would really have said something naughty.
L. I'm afraid, my dear, that old people aren't any more capable or willing to face their challenges than you kids are with yours. All I can say is, if I ever see any of you, when you’re in your late twenties, frowning over some work you’re trying to do or understand, like I saw you, Lily, frowning over your slate this morning, I’d think you were very noble women. But—to get back to my dream—St. Barbara did lose her temper a bit; and I wasn’t surprised. You can’t imagine how frustrating Neith looked, sitting there like a sandstone statue; just weaving away like a machine; never speeding up the throw of her shuttle; while St. Barbara eagerly shared all about the most beautiful things, chattering away like bells ringing on Christmas Eve, until she realized that Neith didn’t care; then St. Barbara turned as red as a rose and stopped just in time; or I think she would have really said something rude.
Isabel. Oh, please, but didn't Neith say anything then?
Isabel. Oh, come on, didn't Neith say anything back then?
L. Yes. She said, quite quietly, 'It may be very pretty, my love; but it is all nonsense.'
L. Yes. She said softly, "It might be very pretty, my love, but it's all nonsense."
Isabel. Oh dear, oh dear; and then?
Isabel. Oh no, oh no; and then?
L. Well; then I was a little angry myself, and hoped St.[Pg 105] Barbara would be quite angry; but she wasn't. She bit her lips first; and then gave a great sigh—such a wild, sweet sigh—and then she knelt down and hid her face on Neith's knees. Then Neith smiled a little, and was moved.
L. Well, I got a bit angry too, and I hoped St.[Pg 105] Barbara would be really upset; but she wasn’t. She bit her lips at first, then let out a big sigh—such a wild, sweet sigh—and then she knelt down and buried her face in Neith’s lap. Neith smiled a little and felt touched.
Isabel. Oh, I am so glad!
Isabel. Oh, I'm so glad!
L. And she touched St. Barbara's forehead with a flower of white lotus; and St. Barbara sobbed once or twice, and then said: 'If you only could see how beautiful it is, and how much it makes people feel what is good and lovely; and if you could only hear the children singing in the Lady chapels!' And Neith smiled,—but still sadly,—and said, 'How do you know what I have seen, or heard, my love? Do you think all those vaults and towers of yours have been built without me? There was not a pillar in your Giotto's Santa Maria del Fiore which I did not set true by my spearshaft as it rose. But this pinnacle and flame work which has set your little heart on fire, is all vanity; and you will see what it will come to, and that soon; and none will grieve for it more than I. And then every one will disbelieve your pretty symbols and types. Men must be spoken simply to, my dear, if you would guide them kindly, and long.' But St. Barbara answered, that, 'Indeed she thought every one liked her work,' and that 'the people of different towns were as eager about their cathedral towers as about their privileges or their markets;' and then she asked Neith to come and build something with her, wall against tower; and 'see whether the people will be as much pleased with your building as with mine.' But Neith answered, 'I will not contend with you, my dear. I strive not with those who love me; and for those who hate me, it is not well to strive with me, as weaver Arachne knows. And remember, child, that nothing is ever done beautifully, which is done in rivalship; nor nobly, which is done in pride.'
L. She touched St. Barbara's forehead with a white lotus flower; St. Barbara sobbed a couple of times and then said, "If only you could see how beautiful it is, and how much it makes people feel what is good and lovely; if you could only hear the children singing in the Lady chapels!" Neith smiled, though sadly, and replied, "How do you know what I've seen or heard, my love? Do you think all those vaults and towers of yours were built without me? Not a single pillar in your Giotto's Santa Maria del Fiore went up without me ensuring it was straight with my spear shaft. But this pinnacle and flame work that has set your little heart on fire is all vanity; you'll see what it leads to, and soon; no one will mourn it more than I. And then everyone will stop believing in your pretty symbols and types. People need to be spoken to simply, my dear, if you want to guide them kindly and for a long time." St. Barbara replied, "Honestly, I think everyone likes my work," and that "people from different towns are just as enthusiastic about their cathedral towers as they are about their privileges or their markets;" then she invited Neith to come and build something with her, wall against tower, and "let’s see if people will be as pleased with your building as they are with mine." But Neith replied, "I won’t compete with you, my dear. I don’t fight with those who love me; and for those who hate me, it’s not wise to challenge me, as Arachne the weaver knows. And remember, child, that nothing is ever done beautifully when it’s done out of rivalry; nor is anything done nobly when it’s driven by pride."
Then St. Barbara hung her head quite down, and said she was very sorry she had been so foolish; and kissed Neith; and stood thinking a minute: and then her eyes got bright again, and she said, she would go directly and build a chapel with five windows in it; four for the four cardinal virtues,[Pg 106] and one for humility, in the middle, bigger than the rest. And Neith very nearly laughed quite out, I thought; certainly her beautiful lips lost all their sternness for an instant; then she said, 'Well, love, build it, but do not put so many colours into your windows as you usually do; else no one will be able to see to read, inside: and when it is built, let a poor village priest consecrate it, and not an archbishop.' St. Barbara started a little, I thought, and turned as if to say something; but changed her mind, and gathered up her train, and went out. And Neith bent herself again to her loom, in which she was weaving a web of strange dark colours, I thought; but perhaps it was only after the glittering of St. Barbara's embroidered train: and I tried to make out the figures in Neith's web, and confused myself among them, as one always does in dreams; and then the dream changed altogether, and I found myself, all at once, among a crowd of little Gothic and Egyptian spirits, who were quarrelling: at least the Gothic ones were trying to quarrel; for the Egyptian ones only sat with their hands on their knees, and their aprons sticking out very stiffly; and stared. And after a while I began to understand what the matter was. It seemed that some of the troublesome building imps, who meddle and make continually, even in the best Gothic work, had been listening to St. Barbara's talk with Neith; and had made up their minds that Neith had no workpeople who could build against them. They were but dull imps, as you may fancy by their thinking that; and never had done much, except disturbing the great Gothic building angels at their work, and playing tricks to each other; indeed, of late they had been living years and years, like bats, up under the cornices of Strasbourg and Cologne cathedrals, with nothing to do but to make mouths at the people below. However, they thought they knew everything about tower building; and those who had heard what Neith said, told the rest; and they all flew down directly, chattering in German, like jackdaws, to show Neith's people what they could do. And they had found some of Neith's old workpeople somewhere near Sais, sitting in the sun, with their hands on their knees; and[Pg 107] abused them heartily: and Neith's people did not mind at first, but, after a while, they seemed to get tired of the noise; and one or two rose up slowly, and laid hold of their measuring rods, and said, 'If St. Barbara's people liked to build with them, tower against pyramid, they would show them how to lay stones.' Then the little Gothic spirits threw a great many double somersaults for joy; and put the tips of their tongues out slily to each other, on one side; and I heard the Egyptians say, 'they must be some new kind of frog—they didn't think there was much building in them.' However, the stiff old workers took their rods, as I said, and measured out a square space of sand; but as soon as the German spirits saw that, they declared they wanted exactly that bit of ground to build on, themselves. Then the Egyptian builders offered to go farther off, and the Germans ones said, 'Ja wohl.' But as soon as the Egyptians had measured out another square, the little Germans said they must have some of that too. Then Neith's people laughed; and said, 'they might take as much as they liked, but they would not move the plan of their pyramid again.' Then the little Germans took three pieces, and began to build three spires directly; one large, and two little. And when the Egyptians saw they had fairly begun, they laid their foundation all round, of large square stones: and began to build, so steadily that they had like to have swallowed up the three little German spires. So when the Gothic spirits saw that, they built their spires leaning, like the tower of Pisa, that they might stick out at the side of the pyramid. And Neith's people stared at them; and thought it very clever, but very wrong; and on they went, in their own way, and said nothing. Then the little Gothic spirits were terribly provoked because they could not spoil the shape of the pyramid; and they sat down all along the ledges of it to make faces; but that did no good. Then they ran to the corners, and put their elbows on their knees, and stuck themselves out as far as they could, and made more faces; but that did no good, neither. Then they looked up to the sky, and opened their mouths wide, and gobbled, and said it was too hot for work, and wondered[Pg 108] when it would rain; but that did no good, neither. And all the while the Egyptian spirits were laying step above step, patiently. But when the Gothic ones looked, and saw how high they had got, they said, 'Ach, Himmel!' and flew down in a great black cluster to the bottom; and swept out a level spot in the sand with their wings, in no time, and began building a tower straight up, as fast as they could. And the Egyptians stood still again to stare at them; for the Gothic spirits had got quite into a passion, and were really working very wonderfully. They cut the sandstone into strips as fine as reeds; and put one reed on the top of another, so that you could not see where they fitted: and they twisted them in and out like basket work, and knotted them into likenesses of ugly faces, and of strange beasts biting each other; and up they went, and up still, and they made spiral staircases at the corners, for the loaded workers to come up by (for I saw they were but weak imps, and could not fly with stones on their backs), and then they made traceried galleries for them to run round by; and so up again; with finer and finer work, till the Egyptians wondered whether they meant the thing for a tower or a pillar: and I heard them saying to one another, 'It was nearly as pretty as lotus stalks; and if it were not for the ugly faces, there would be a fine temple, if they were going to build it all with pillars as big as that!' But in a minute afterwards,—just as the Gothic spirits had carried their work as high as the upper course, but three or four, of the pyramid—the Egyptians called out to them to 'mind what they were about, for the sand was running away from under one of their tower corners.' But it was too late to mind what they were about; for, in another instant, the whole tower sloped aside; and the Gothic imps rose out of it like a flight of puffins, in a single cloud; but screaming worse than any puffins you ever heard: and down came the tower, all in a piece, like a falling poplar, with its head right on the flank of the pyramid; against which it snapped short off. And of course that waked me!
Then St. Barbara hung her head and said she was really sorry for being so foolish; she kissed Neith and stood there thinking for a minute. Then her eyes lit up again, and she said she’d go right away and build a chapel with five windows in it—four for the four cardinal virtues, [Pg 106] and one larger one for humility in the middle. I thought Neith almost laughed out loud; definitely her beautiful lips lost their strictness for a moment. Then she said, "Well, sweetheart, build it, but try not to use so many colors in your windows like you usually do; otherwise, no one will be able to read inside. And when it’s built, let a village priest consecrate it, not an archbishop." St. Barbara flinched a little, I thought, and turned as if she wanted to say something, but changed her mind, gathered her train, and walked out. Neith returned to her loom, where she was weaving a web of strange dark colors, I thought; but maybe it was just reflecting the glitter of St. Barbara's embroidered train. I tried to make out the figures in Neith's web and got confused among them, as one always does in dreams; then the dream completely changed, and suddenly I found myself among a crowd of little Gothic and Egyptian spirits who were arguing. The Gothic ones were trying to fight, but the Egyptian ones just sat there with their hands on their knees, their aprons sticking out stiffly, and stared. After a while, I started to understand what was going on. It seemed that some troublesome building imps, who constantly meddle even in the best Gothic work, had been listening to St. Barbara's conversation with Neith; and they decided that Neith had no workers capable of competing with them. They were pretty dull imps, as you can imagine from that assumption, and hadn’t accomplished much except disturbing the great Gothic building angels at work and playing tricks on each other. In fact, lately, they had been living for years up under the cornices of Strasbourg and Cologne cathedrals, with nothing to do but make faces at the people below. However, they believed they knew everything about tower building; and those who heard what Neith said told the others, and they all flew down immediately, chattering in German like jackdaws, to show Neith's people what they could do. They found some of Neith's old workers sitting nearby in the sun with their hands on their knees; and [Pg 107] verbally abused them. Neith's workers didn’t mind at first, but after a while, they seemed to get tired of the noise. One or two stood up slowly, picked up their measuring rods, and said, "If St. Barbara's people want to build with us, tower against pyramid, we’ll show them how to lay stones." The little Gothic spirits were filled with joy and did somersaults; they slyly stuck their tongues out at each other, and I heard the Egyptians saying, "They must be some new kind of frog—they didn’t think there was much building in them." Despite that, the stiff old workers took their rods and measured out a square patch of sand; but as soon as the German spirits saw that, they proclaimed they wanted exactly that piece of ground to build on. The Egyptian builders offered to move farther away, and the German ones said, "Ja wohl." But as soon as the Egyptians measured out another square, the little Germans claimed they wanted a piece of that too. Then Neith's workers laughed and said they could take as much as they wanted, but they wouldn’t move their pyramid plans again. The little Germans grabbed three pieces and began building three spires right away—one large and two small. When the Egyptians saw they had started, they laid a foundation all around, using large square stones, and began to build so steadily that they nearly swallowed the three little German spires. When the Gothic spirits saw that, they built their spires leaning, like the Leaning Tower of Pisa, so they would stick out next to the pyramid. Neith's people watched them and thought it was clever but very wrong, and kept on with their own work without saying anything. The little Gothic spirits were furious because they couldn’t ruin the shape of the pyramid, so they sat on the ledges making faces, but that didn’t work. Then they ran to the corners, propped their elbows on their knees, and stuck out as far as they could to make more faces, but that didn’t help either. They looked up at the sky, opened their mouths wide, gobbled, and complained it was too hot to work, wondering [Pg 108] when it would rain; but that didn’t do any good either. Meanwhile, the Egyptian spirits were steadily laying step upon step. But when the Gothic spirits looked up and saw how high they had gotten, they exclaimed, "Ach, Himmel!" and flew down in a big black swarm to the bottom and quickly swept a level spot in the sand with their wings, starting to build a tower straight up as fast as they could. The Egyptians stood still again to watch them because the Gothic spirits had gotten really worked up and were actually doing some impressive work. They cut the sandstone into strips as fine as reeds; and stacked one reed on top of another so you couldn’t see where they fit together. They twisted them in and out like basket weaving and knotted them into shapes resembling ugly faces and strange beasts biting each other; and they kept going up and up while making spiral staircases at the corners, so the workers could come up by (I noticed they were weak imps and couldn’t fly with stones on their backs), then they made traceried galleries for them to run around. Higher and higher they went, making finer and finer work until the Egyptians wondered whether they were building a tower or a pillar; I heard them saying to each other, "It's nearly as pretty as lotus stalks; and if it weren’t for the ugly faces, that would make a fine temple if they were going to build it with columns as big as that!" But just a minute later—just as the Gothic spirits had raised their work as high as the upper course of the pyramid, but three or four layers—the Egyptians called out for them to "watch what they were doing because the sand was shifting from under one of their tower corners." But it was too late for them to pay attention to what they were doing; in the next moment, the whole tower tilted over, and the Gothic imps erupted from it like a swarm of puffins, but screeching worse than any puffins you’ve ever heard: and down came the tower, all in one piece, like a falling poplar, smashing right into the side of the pyramid; which snapped it right off. And of course, that woke me up!
Mary. What a shame of you to have such a dream, after all you have told us about Gothic architecture![Pg 109]
Mary. It's such a shame you had that dream, especially after everything you've shared with us about Gothic architecture![Pg 109]
L. If you have understood anything I ever told you about it, you know that no architecture was ever corrupted more miserably; or abolished more justly by the accomplishment of its own follies. Besides, even in its days of power, it was subject to catastrophes of this kind. I have stood too often, mourning, by the grand fragment of the apse of Beauvais, not to have that fact well burnt into me. Still, you must have seen, surely, that these imps were of the Flamboyant school; or, at least, of the German schools correspondent with it in extravagance.
L. If you understood anything I've ever told you about it, you know that no architecture has ever been more miserable corrupted or deserved to be taken down due to its own mistakes. Even at its height, it faced disasters like this. I've stood by the grand remaining part of the apse of Beauvais too many times, grieving, to forget that. Still, you must have noticed, surely, that these little demons were from the Flamboyant style, or at least from the German styles that were similarly extravagant.
Mary. But, then, where is the crystal about which you dreamed all this?
Mary. But, where is the crystal that you dreamed about?
L. Here; but I suppose little Pthah has touched it again, for it is very small. But, you see, here is the pyramid, built of great square stones of fluor spar, straight up; and here are the three little pinnacles of mischievous quartz, which have set themselves, at the same time, on the same foundation; only they lean like the tower of Pisa, and come out obliquely at the side: and here is one great spire of quartz which seems as if it had been meant to stand straight up, a little way off; and then had fallen down against the pyramid base, breaking its pinnacle away. In reality, it has crystallised horizontally, and terminated imperfectly: but, then, by what caprice does one crystal form horizontally, when all the rest stand upright? But this is nothing to the phantasies of fluor, and quartz, and some other such companions, when they get leave to do anything they like. I could show you fifty specimens, about every one of which you might fancy a new fairy tale. Not that, in truth, any crystals get leave to do quite what they like; and many of them are sadly tried, and have little time for caprices—poor things!
L. Here; but I guess little Pthah has messed with it again, because it's really small. But, you see, here’s the pyramid made of large square stones of fluorite, standing straight up; and here are the three little peaks of mischievous quartz that have all set themselves on the same base at the same time; they just lean like the Leaning Tower of Pisa and jut out at the side. And here’s one big quartz spire that looks like it was meant to stand upright from a little distance but then fell against the pyramid’s base, breaking off its point. In reality, it crystallized horizontally and ended imperfectly. But why does one crystal form horizontally while all the others stand tall? This is nothing compared to the oddities of fluorite, quartz, and some other characters when they get the chance to do whatever they want. I could show you fifty specimens, each of which could inspire a new fairy tale. Not that, in truth, any crystals get to do exactly as they please; many of them suffer a lot and don't have much time for whims—poor things!
Mary. I thought they always looked as if they were either in play or in mischief! What trials have they?
Mary. I always felt like they looked like they were either having fun or causing trouble! What challenges do they face?
L. Trials much like our own. Sickness, and starvation; fevers, and agues, and palsy; oppression; and old age, and the necessity of passing away in their time, like all else. If there's any pity in you, you must come to-morrow, and take some part in these crystal griefs.[Pg 110]
L. Trials much like ours. Illness, and hunger; fevers, and chills, and paralysis; oppression; and old age, and the need to pass away in their time, just like everything else. If you have any compassion, you must come tomorrow and share in these clear sorrows.[Pg 110]
Dora. I am sure we shall cry till our eyes are red.
Dora. I'm sure we'll cry until our eyes are red.
L. Ah, you may laugh, Dora: but I've been made grave, not once, nor twice, to see that even crystals 'cannot choose but be old' at last. It may be but a shallow proverb of the Justice's; but it is a shrewdly wide one.
L. Ah, you can laugh, Dora, but it's made me serious, not once or twice, to see that even crystals 'cannot help but age' in the end. It might just be a simple saying from the Justice, but it holds a surprisingly deep truth.
Dora (pensive, for once). I suppose it is very dreadful to be old! But then (brightening again), what should we do without our dear old friends, and our nice old lecturers?
Dora (thoughtful, for a change). I guess it’s really terrible to be old! But then (cheering up again), what would we do without our beloved old friends and our wonderful old professors?
L. If all nice old lecturers were minded as little as one I know of——
L. If all the nice old professors were as indifferent as one I know of——
Dora. And if they all meant as little what they say, would they not deserve it? But we'll come—we'll come, and cry.
Dora. And if their words meant as little as they seem, wouldn’t they deserve it? But we’ll come—we’ll come and cry.
FOOTNOTES:
[152] Note v.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note vs.
LECTURE IX.
CRYSTAL SORROWS.
Working Lecture in Schoolroom.
L. We have been hitherto talking, children, as if crystals might live, and play, and quarrel, and behave ill or well, according to their characters, without interruption from anything else. But so far from this being so, nearly all crystals, whatever their characters, have to live a hard life of it, and meet with many misfortunes. If we could see far enough, we should find, indeed, that, at the root, all their vices were misfortunes: but to-day I want you to see what sort of troubles the best crystals have to go through, occasionally, by no fault of their own.
L. Up until now, we’ve been discussing, kids, as if crystals could live, play, argue, and act good or bad based on their personalities, without any outside interference. But that’s not the case at all; almost all crystals, no matter their traits, have to deal with a tough life and face many challenges. If we could look deep enough, we would realize that, at the core, all their flaws are really just unfortunate circumstances: but today, I want you to understand the kinds of troubles even the best crystals have to endure, sometimes through no fault of their own.
This black thing, which is one of the prettiest of the very few pretty black things in the world, is called 'Tourmaline.' It may be transparent, and green, or red, as well as black; and then no stone can be prettier (only, all the light that gets into it, I believe, comes out a good deal the worse; and is not itself again for a long while). But this is the commonest state of it,—opaque, and as black as jet.
This black object, which is one of the most beautiful among the very few pretty black things in the world, is called 'Tourmaline.' It can be transparent and come in green or red, in addition to black; and in those forms, no stone can be more beautiful (though all the light that enters it seems to come out looking much worse; it takes a long time to recover). But this is its most common form—opaque and as black as jet.
Mary. What does 'Tourmaline' mean?
Mary. What does 'Tourmaline' mean?
L. They say it is Ceylanese, and I don't know Ceylanese; but we may always be thankful for a graceful word, whatever it means.
L. They say it's Ceylonese, and I don't know Ceylonese; but we can always be grateful for an elegant word, no matter what it means.
Mary. And what is it made of?
Mary. And what is it made from?
L. A little of everything; there's always flint, and clay, and magnesia in it; and the black is iron, according to its fancy; and there's boracic acid, if you know what that is; and if you don't, I cannot tell you to-day; and it doesn't signify; and there's potash, and soda; and, on the whole, the chemistry of it is more like a mediæval doctor's prescription, than[Pg 112] the making of a respectable mineral: but it may, perhaps, be owing to the strange complexity of its make, that it has a notable habit which makes it, to me, one of the most interesting of minerals. You see these two crystals are broken right across, in many places, just as if they had been shafts of black marble fallen from a ruinous temple; and here they lie, imbedded in white quartz, fragment succeeding fragment, keeping the line of the original crystal, while the quartz fills up the intervening spaces. Now tourmaline has a trick of doing this, more than any other mineral I know: here is another bit which I picked up on the glacier of Macugnaga; it is broken, like a pillar built of very flat broad stones, into about thirty joints, and all these are heaved and warped away from each other sideways, almost into a line of steps; and then all is filled up with quartz paste. And here, lastly, is a green Indian piece, in which the pillar is first disjointed, and then wrung round into the shape of an S.
L. A little bit of everything; there's always flint, clay, and magnesia in it; and the black stuff is iron, depending on how you look at it; and there's boracic acid, if you know what that is; if you don’t, I can’t explain it today; but it doesn’t really matter; there’s potash and soda too; and overall, the chemistry of it resembles more of a medieval doctor's recipe than[Pg 112] the process of creating a respectable mineral: but maybe it's because of its oddly complex composition that it has a unique characteristic, making it one of the most fascinating minerals to me. You see, these two crystals are broken in many places, just like shafts of black marble that fell from a crumbling temple; and here they are, embedded in white quartz, with fragment after fragment following the original crystal's outline, while the quartz fills in the gaps. Now tourmaline has a tendency to do this more than any other mineral I know: here’s another piece I picked up on the Macugnaga glacier; it’s broken, like a pillar made of very flat, broad stones, into about thirty sections, and all these are pushed and twisted away from each other sideways, almost forming a staircase; and then everything is filled with quartz paste. And finally, here’s a green Indian piece, where the pillar is first disjointed, then twisted into an S shape.
Mary. How can this have been done?
Mary. How could this happen?
L. There are a thousand ways in which it may have been done; the difficulty is not to account for the doing of it; but for the showing of it in some crystals, and not in others. You never by any chance get a quartz crystal broken or twisted in this way. If it break or twist at all, which it does sometimes, like the spire of Dijon, it is by its own will or fault; it never seems to have been passively crushed. But, for the forces which cause this passive ruin of the tourmaline,—here is a stone which will show you multitudes of them in operation at once. It is known as 'brecciated agate,' beautiful, as you see; and highly valued as a pebble: yet, so far as I can read or hear, no one has ever looked at it with the least attention. At the first glance, you see it is made of very fine red striped agates, which have been broken into small pieces, and fastened together again by paste, also of agate. There would be nothing wonderful in this, if this were all. It is well known that by the movements of strata, portions of rock are often shattered to pieces:—well known also that agate is a deposit of flint by water under certain conditions of heat and pressure: there is, therefore, nothing wonderful in an agate's[Pg 113] being broken; and nothing wonderful in its being mended with the solution out of which it was itself originally congealed. And with this explanation, most people, looking at a brecciated agate, or brecciated anything, seem to be satisfied. I was so myself, for twenty years; but, lately happening to stay for some time at the Swiss Baden, where the beach of the Limmat is almost wholly composed of brecciated limestones, I began to examine them thoughtfully; and perceived, in the end, that they were, one and all, knots of as rich mystery as any poor little human brain was ever lost in. That piece of agate in your hand, Mary, will show you many of the common phenomena of breccias; but you need not knit your brows over it in that way; depend upon it, neither you nor I shall ever know anything about the way it was made, as long as we live.
L. There are countless ways it could have happened; the challenge isn't in figuring out how it was done, but in understanding why it appears in some crystals and not in others. You never really find a quartz crystal that's broken or twisted like this. If it does break or twist at all—sometimes, like the spire of Dijon—it’s due to its own natural changes; it never looks like it was just crushed. However, the forces that cause this passive destruction in tourmaline show many of them working at once in one stone. This stone is known as 'brecciated agate,' which is beautiful, as you can see, and highly prized as a pebble. Yet, as far as I can tell, no one has ever really studied it closely. At first glance, it’s made up of very fine, red-striped agates that have been broken into small pieces and glued back together with agate paste. There wouldn’t be anything remarkable about this if that was all there was to it. It’s well-known that the movement of rock layers can shatter pieces of rock. It’s also known that agate is a type of flint deposited by water under specific heat and pressure conditions; so, there’s nothing surprising about an agate being broken or about it being repaired with the same material it was originally formed from. With this explanation, most people seem satisfied when looking at brecciated agate or anything brecciated. I was too, for twenty years, but recently, while staying for a while at the Swiss Baden—where the beach of the Limmat is almost entirely made up of brecciated limestones—I started to think about them more deeply. In the end, I realized that each one holds a rich mystery as intricate as anything a person could get lost in. That piece of agate in your hand, Mary, will show you many common features of breccias; but don’t worry too much about it. Trust me, neither you nor I will ever truly understand how it was made, as long as we live.
Dora. That does not seem much to depend upon.
Dora. That doesn't seem like a lot to rely on.
L. Pardon me, puss. When once we gain some real notion of the extent and the unconquerableness of our ignorance, it is a very broad and restful thing to depend upon: you can throw yourself upon it at ease, as on a cloud, to feast with the gods. You do not thenceforward trouble yourself,—nor any one else,—with theories, or the contradiction of theories; you neither get headache nor heartburning; and you never more waste your poor little store of strength, or allowance of time.
L. Excuse me, kitty. Once we truly understand how vast and unbreakable our ignorance is, it feels liberating to rely on it: you can lean into it comfortably, like resting on a cloud, enjoying the company of the gods. You won’t bother yourself—or anyone else—with theories or debating them; you won’t get headaches or heartburn, and you’ll stop wasting your limited energy or time.
However, there are certain facts, about this agate-making, which I can tell you; and then you may look at it in a pleasant wonder as long as you like; pleasant wonder is no loss of time.
However, there are some facts about making this agate that I can share with you; then you can admire it in a delightful way for as long as you want; a delightful wonder isn't a waste of time.
First, then, it is not broken freely by a blow; it is slowly wrung, or ground, to pieces. You can only with extreme dimness conceive the force exerted on mountains in transitional states of movement. You have all read a little geology; and you know how coolly geologists talk of mountains being raised or depressed. They talk coolly of it, because they are accustomed to the fact; but the very universality of the fact prevents us from ever conceiving distinctly the conditions of force involved. You know I was living last year[Pg 114] in Savoy; my house was on the back of a sloping mountain which rose gradually for two miles, behind it; and then fell at once in a great precipice towards Geneva, going down three thousand feet in four or five cliffs, or steps. Now that whole group of cliffs had simply been torn away by sheer strength from the rocks below, as if the whole mass had been as soft as biscuit. Put four or five captains' biscuits on the floor, on the top of one another; and try to break them all in half, not by bending, but by holding one half down, and tearing the other halves straight up;—of course you will not be able to do it, but you will feel and comprehend the sort of force needed. Then, fancy each captains' biscuit a bed of rock, six or seven hundred feet thick; and the whole mass torn straight through; and one half heaved up three thousand feet, grinding against the other as it rose,—and you will have some idea of the making of the Mont Saléve.
First, it’s not broken easily by a single hit; it’s gradually twisted or ground into pieces. You can only vaguely imagine the force acting on mountains during moments of movement. You’ve all read a bit about geology, and you know how casually geologists discuss mountains being lifted or lowered. They speak casually about it because they’re used to it, but the very commonness of the fact makes it hard for us to clearly understand the forces involved. You know I was living last year[Pg 114] in Savoy; my house was on the back of a sloping mountain that rose smoothly for two miles behind it and then dropped suddenly in a steep cliff towards Geneva, going down three thousand feet in four or five ledges. That entire group of cliffs had simply been ripped away by sheer force from the rocks below, as if the whole mass were as soft as a biscuit. Imagine stacking four or five captains' biscuits on the floor; now try to break them all in half, not by bending, but by pressing one half down and pulling the other halves straight up;—of course, you won’t be able to do it, but you’ll grasp the kind of force needed. Now, imagine each captain's biscuit as a bed of rock, six or seven hundred feet thick, and the whole mass torn straight through; and one half pushed up three thousand feet, grinding against the other as it rose,—then you’ll get a sense of how the Mont Saléve was formed.
May. But it must crush the rocks all to dust!
May. But it has to crush the rocks down to dust!
L. No; for there is no room for dust. The pressure is too great; probably the heat developed also so great that the rock is made partly ductile; but the worst of it is, that we never can see these parts of mountains in the state they were left in at the time of their elevation; for it is precisely in these rents and dislocations that the crystalline power principally exerts itself. It is essentially a styptic power, and wherever the earth is torn, it heals and binds; nay, the torture and grieving of the earth seem necessary to bring out its full energy; for you only find the crystalline living power fully in action, where the rents and faults are deep and many.
L. No; there's no place for dust. The pressure is too high; probably the heat generated is so intense that the rock becomes somewhat flexible. But the worst part is that we can never see these areas of mountains in the state they were in at the time they were raised; it’s exactly in these cracks and disruptions that the crystalline energy mainly shows itself. It’s essentially a healing force, and wherever the earth is torn apart, it mends and binds itself; in fact, the earth’s suffering and distress seem necessary to unleash its full potential; because you can only see the crystalline life force fully active where the cracks and faults are deep and numerous.
Dora. If you please, sir,—would you tell us—what are 'faults'?
Dora. If you don’t mind, sir,—could you explain to us—what are 'faults'?
L. You never heard of such things?
L. You've never heard of stuff like that?
Dora. Never in all our lives.
Dora. Never in our lives.
L. When a vein of rock which is going on smoothly, is interrupted by another troublesome little vein, which stops it, and puts it out, so that it has to begin again in another place—that is called a fault. I always think it ought to be called the fault of the vein that interrupts it; but the miners always call it the fault of the vein that is interrupted.[Pg 115]
L. When a smooth vein of rock is disrupted by another pesky little vein that blocks it, forcing it to start over somewhere else—that's called a fault. I always think it should be referred to as the fault of the disturbing vein; however, the miners always call it the fault of the vein that gets interrupted.[Pg 115]
Dora. So it is, if it does not begin again where it left off.
Dora. That's how it is, if it doesn’t pick up again from where it stopped.
L. Well, that is certainly the gist of the business: but, whatever good-natured old lecturers may do, the rocks have a bad habit, when they are once interrupted, of never asking 'Where was I?'
L. Well, that definitely sums it up: but no matter how friendly old professors may be, rocks have a tendency, once they're interrupted, to never ask, 'Where was I?'
Dora. When the two halves of the dining table came separate, yesterday, was that a 'fault'?
Dora. When the two parts of the dining table came apart yesterday, was that a 'fault'?
L. Yes; but not the table's. However, it is not a bad illustration, Dora. When beds of rock are only interrupted by a fissure, but remain at the same level, like the two halves of the table, it is not called a fault, but only a fissure; but if one half of the table be either tilted higher than the other, or pushed to the side, so that the two parts will not fit, it is a fault. You had better read the chapter on faults in Jukes's Geology; then you will know all about it. And this rent that I am telling you of in the Saléve, is one only of myriads, to which are owing the forms of the Alps, as, I believe, of all great mountain chains. Wherever you see a precipice on any scale of real magnificence, you will nearly always find it owing to some dislocation of this kind; but the point of chief wonder to me, is the delicacy of the touch by which these gigantic rents have been apparently accomplished. Note, however, that we have no clear evidence, hitherto, of the time taken to produce any of them. We know that a change of temperature alters the position and the angles of the atoms of crystals, and also the entire bulk of rocks. We know that in all volcanic, and the greater part of all subterranean, action, temperatures are continually changing, and therefore masses of rock must be expanding or contracting, with infinite slowness, but with infinite force. This pressure must result in mechanical strain somewhere, both in their own substance, and in that of the rocks surrounding them; and we can form no conception of the result of irresistible pressure, applied so as to rend and raise, with imperceptible slowness of gradation, masses thousands of feet in thickness. We want some experiments tried on masses of iron and stone; and we can't get them tried, because Christian creatures never will seriously and sufficiently spend money, except to find out the shortest ways[Pg 116] of killing each other. But, besides this slow kind of pressure, there is evidence of more or less sudden violence, on the same terrific scale; and, through it all, the wonder, as I said, is always to me the delicacy of touch. I cut a block of the Saléve limestone from the edge of one of the principal faults which have formed the precipice; it is a lovely compact limestone, and the fault itself is filled up with a red breccia formed of the crushed fragments of the torn rock, cemented by a rich red crystalline paste. I have had the piece I cut from it smoothed, and polished across the junction; here it is; and you may now pass your soft little fingers over the surface, without so much as feeling the place where a rock which all the hills of England might have been sunk in the body of, and not a summit seen, was torn asunder through that whole thickness, as a thin dress is torn when you tread upon it.
L. Yes; but not the table’s. Still, it’s not a bad example, Dora. When layers of rock are only interrupted by a crack but stay at the same level, like the two halves of the table, it’s called a fissure, not a fault. But if one half of the table is tilted higher or pushed to the side so that the two parts don’t fit, then it’s a fault. You should read the chapter on faults in Jukes’s Geology; then you'll understand all about it. And this crack I’m telling you about in the Saléve is just one of many that create the shapes of the Alps, as I believe all major mountain ranges do. Whenever you see a cliff of real grandeur, it’s usually due to some kind of dislocation like this; but what amazes me most is the delicate way these huge cracks seem to have formed. However, we still have no clear evidence of how long it took to create any of them. We know that temperature changes affect the position and angles of crystal atoms, as well as the overall volume of rocks. We know that in all volcanic activity and most underground actions, temperatures are constantly changing, meaning rock masses must be expanding or contracting, albeit incredibly slowly, but with immense force. This pressure must cause mechanical strain somewhere, both in their own substance and in the surrounding rocks; and we can’t even conceive of the result of unstoppable pressure applied to rip and raise masses thousands of feet thick with imperceptible gradualness. We need to conduct some experiments on blocks of iron and stone, but we can’t do that because people never seem willing to invest money seriously, except to figure out the quickest ways to kill each other. But beyond this slow kind of pressure, there’s also evidence of more abrupt violence on the same terrifying scale; and through it all, as I said, what amazes me is always that delicate touch. I cut a block of Saléve limestone from the edge of one of the main faults that formed the cliff; it’s a beautiful, compact limestone, and the fault itself is filled with a red breccia made from the crushed fragments of the torn rock, bound together by a rich red crystalline paste. I had the piece I cut smoothed and polished across the junction; here it is, and you can now run your soft little fingers over the surface without even feeling where a rock, in which all the hills of England could have been hidden without being seen, was torn apart through its entire thickness, as easily as a thin dress is ripped when you step on it.
(The audience examine the stone, and touch it timidly; but the matter remains inconceivable to them.)
(The audience examines the stone and touches it hesitantly, but it still doesn't make sense to them.)
Mary (struck by the beauty of the stone). But this is almost marble?
Mary (captivated by the beauty of the stone). But is this almost marble?
L. It is quite marble. And another singular point in the business, to my mind, is that these stones, which men have been cutting into slabs, for thousands of years, to ornament their principal buildings with,—and which, under the general name of 'marble,' have been the delight of the eyes, and the wealth of architecture, among all civilised nations,—are precisely those on which the signs and brands of these earth agonies have been chiefly struck; and there is not a purple vein nor flaming zone in them, which is not the record of their ancient torture. What a boundless capacity for sleep, and for serene stupidity, there is in the human mind! Fancy reflective beings, who cut and polish stones for three thousand years, for the sake of the pretty stains upon them; and educate themselves to an art at last (such as it is), of imitating these veins by dexterous painting; and never a curious soul of them, all that while, asks, 'What painted the rocks?'
L. It’s really marble. Another interesting point to me is that these stones, which people have been cutting into slabs for thousands of years to decorate their main buildings, and which, under the general name of 'marble,' have captivated eyes and fueled architecture across all civilized nations, are precisely those that bear the marks and brands of these earthly struggles. Every purple vein and fiery zone in them is a testament to their ancient pain. What a vast capacity for sleep and blissful ignorance there is in the human mind! Imagine thoughtful beings who have been cutting and polishing stones for three thousand years just for the sake of their pretty patterns, and who eventually train themselves in an art (whatever it may be) to imitate these veins with clever painting; yet not a single curious person among them ever asks, 'What made the colors on the rocks?'
(The audience look dejected, and ashamed of themselves.)
(The audience looks dejected and ashamed of themselves.)
The fact is, we are all, and always, asleep, through our lives; and it is only by pinching ourselves very hard that we ever come to see, or understand, anything. At least, it is not always we who pinch ourselves; sometimes other people pinch us; which I suppose is very good of them,—or other things, which I suppose is very proper of them. But it is a sad life; made up chiefly of naps and pinches.
The truth is, we're all kind of asleep throughout our lives, and the only time we really wake up or understand anything is when we give ourselves a hard pinch. At least, it isn’t always us doing the pinching; sometimes other people do it, which I guess is nice of them—or other things, which I suppose is their role. But it’s a pretty bleak existence, mostly filled with naps and pinches.
(Some of the audience, on this, appearing to think that the others require pinching, the Lecturer changes the subject.)
(Some members of the audience, on seeing this, seemed to believe that the others needed a nudge, so the Instructor switches topics.)
Now, however, for once, look at a piece of marble carefully, and think about it. You see this is one side of the fault; the other side is down or up, nobody knows where; but, on this side, you can trace the evidence of the dragging and tearing action. All along the edge of this marble, the ends of the fibres of the rock are torn, here an inch, and there half an inch, away from each other; and you see the exact places where they fitted, before they were torn separate; and you see the rents are now all filled up with the sanguine paste, full of the broken pieces of the rock; the paste itself seems to have been half melted, and partly to have also melted the edge of the fragments it contains, and then to have crystallised with them, and round them. And the brecciated agate I first showed you contains exactly the same phenomena; a zoned crystallisation going on amidst the cemented fragments, partly altering the structure of those fragments themselves, and subject to continual change, either in the intensity of its own power, or in the nature of the materials submitted to it;—so that, at one time, gravity acts upon them, and disposes them in horizontal layers, or causes them to droop in stalactites; and at another, gravity is entirely defied, and the substances in solution are crystallised in bands of equal thickness on every side of the cell. It would require a course of lectures longer than these (I have a great mind,—you have behaved so saucily—to stay and give them) to describe to you the phenomena of this kind, in agates and chalcedonies only;—nay, there is a single sarcophagus in the British Museum, covered with grand sculpture of the 18th dynasty[Pg 118], which contains in the magnificent breccia (agates and jaspers imbedded in porphyry), out of which it is hewn, material for the thought of years; and record of the earth-sorrow of ages in comparison with the duration of which, the Egyptian letters tell us but the history of the evening and morning of a day.
Now, however, for once, look at a piece of marble carefully, and think about it. You see this is one side of the fault; the other side is either above or below—nobody knows where; but on this side, you can see the evidence of the dragging and tearing action. All along the edge of this marble, the ends of the rock fibers are torn, some an inch apart, and others half an inch apart; and you can see the exact spots where they fit together before they were separated. The gaps are now filled with a reddish paste, full of broken pieces of rock; the paste itself seems to have been partially melted, and it has also partially melted the edges of the fragments it contains, then crystallized around them. The brecciated agate I first showed you shows exactly the same phenomena: a zoned crystallization occurring among the cemented fragments, partially changing their structure and continually subject to change, either in the intensity of its own force or in the nature of the materials involved;—so that, at one moment, gravity affects them by layering them horizontally or causing them to form stalactites; while at another moment, gravity is completely defied, and the substances in solution crystallize in bands of equal thickness around every side of the cell. It would take a series of lectures longer than these (I really want to stay and give them since you’ve been so cheeky) to explain to you these phenomena in agates and chalcedonies alone;—in fact, there is a single sarcophagus in the British Museum, adorned with grand sculptures from the 18th dynasty[Pg 118], which contains in the magnificent breccia (agates and jaspers embedded in porphyry) enough material for years of thought; it holds the record of the earth’s sorrow over ages, which, in comparison, the Egyptian letters tell us is just the history of the evening and morning of a day.
Agates, I think, of all stones, confess most of their past history; but all crystallisation goes on under, and partly records, circumstances of this kind—circumstances of infinite variety, but always involving difficulty, interruption, and change of condition at different times. Observe, first, you have the whole mass of the rock in motion, either contracting itself, and so gradually widening the cracks; or being compressed, and thereby closing them, and crushing their edges;—and, if one part of its substance be softer, at the given temperature, than another, probably squeezing that softer substance out into the veins. Then the veins themselves, when the rock leaves them open by its contraction, act with various power of suction upon its substance;—by capillary attraction when they are fine,—by that of pure vacuity when they are larger, or by changes in the constitution and condensation of the mixed gases with which they have been originally filled. Those gases themselves may be supplied in all variation of volume and power from below; or, slowly, by the decomposition of the rocks themselves; and, at changing temperatures, must exert relatively changing forces of decomposition and combination on the walls of the veins they fill; while water, at every degree of heat and pressure (from beds of everlasting ice, alternate with cliffs of native rock, to volumes of red hot, or white hot, steam), congeals, and drips, and throbs, and thrills, from crag to crag; and breathes from pulse to pulse of foaming or fiery arteries, whose beating is felt through chains of the great islands of the Indian seas, as your own pulses lift your bracelets, and makes whole kingdoms of the world quiver in deadly earthquake, as if they were light as aspen leaves. And, remember, the poor little crystals have to live their lives, and mind their own affairs, in the midst of all this, as best they may. They are wonderfully like human[Pg 119] creatures,—forget all that is going on if they don't see it, however dreadful; and never think what is to happen to-morrow. They are spiteful or loving, and indolent or painstaking, and orderly or licentious, with no thought whatever of the lava or the flood which may break over them any day; and evaporate them into air-bubbles, or wash them into a solution of salts. And you may look at them, once understanding the surrounding conditions of their fate, with an endless interest. You will see crowds of unfortunate little crystals, who have been forced to constitute themselves in a hurry, their dissolving element being fiercely scorched away; you will see them doing their best, bright and numberless, but tiny. Then you will find indulged crystals, who have had centuries to form themselves in, and have changed their mind and ways continually; and have been tired, and taken heart again; and have been sick, and got well again; and thought they would try a different diet, and then thought better of it; and made but a poor use of their advantages, after all. And others you will see, who have begun life as wicked crystals; and then have been impressed by alarming circumstances, and have become converted crystals, and behaved amazingly for a little while, and fallen away again, and ended, but discreditably, perhaps even in decomposition; so that one doesn't know what will become of them. And sometimes you will see deceitful crystals, that look as soft as velvet, and are deadly to all near them; and sometimes you will see deceitful crystals, that seem flint-edged, like our little quartz-crystal of a housekeeper here, (hush! Dora,) and are endlessly gentle and true wherever gentleness and truth are needed. And sometimes you will see little child-crystals put to school like school-girls, and made to stand in rows; and taken the greatest care of, and taught how to hold themselves up, and behave: and sometimes you will see unhappy little child-crystals left to lie about in the dirt, and pick up their living, and learn manners, where they can. And sometimes you will see fat crystals eating up thin ones, like great capitalists and little labourers; and politico-economic crystals teaching the stupid ones how to eat each other, and cheat each other; and foolish crystals getting in the way of wise[Pg 120] ones; and impatient crystals spoiling the plans of patient ones, irreparably; just as things go on in the world. And sometimes you may see hypocritical crystals taking the shape of others, though they are nothing like in their minds; and vampire crystals eating out the hearts of others; and hermit-crab crystals living in the shells of others; and parasite crystals living on the means of others; and courtier crystals glittering in attendance upon others; and all these, besides the two great companies of war and peace, who ally themselves, resolutely to attack, or resolutely to defend. And for the close, you see the broad shadow and deadly force of inevitable fate, above all this: you see the multitudes of crystals whose time has come; not a set time, as with us, but yet a time, sooner or later, when they all must give up their crystal ghosts:—when the strength by which they grew, and the breath given them to breathe, pass away from them; and they fail, and are consumed, and vanish away; and another generation is brought to life, framed out of their ashes.
Agates, I believe, of all stones, reveal the most of their past history; but all crystallization happens under, and partly records, situations like this—situations of endless variety, but always involving challenges, interruptions, and changes in conditions over time. First, notice that the whole mass of the rock is in motion, either contracting and gradually widening the cracks, or being compressed, which closes them and crushes their edges;—and if one part of its material is softer at a given temperature than another, it likely squeezes that softer substance out into the veins. Then the veins themselves, when the rock leaves them open due to its contraction, exert varying degrees of suction on their contents;—through capillary attraction when they are fine,—by pure vacuum when they are larger, or by changes in the composition and condensation of the mixed gases with which they were originally filled. Those gases may vary significantly in volume and pressure from below; or, slowly, from the decomposition of the rocks themselves; and at changing temperatures, they must exert constantly shifting forces of decomposition and combination on the walls of the veins they occupy; while water, at every temperature and pressure (from layers of everlasting ice, alternating with cliffs of native rock, to volumes of red-hot or white-hot steam), freezes, drips, pulses, and moves from crag to crag; and flows from the rhythm of foaming or fiery arteries, whose beating is felt through chains of the great islands of the Indian seas, just as your own pulses lift your bracelets, making entire kingdoms of the world tremble in deadly earthquakes as if they were as light as aspen leaves. And remember, the poor little crystals have to live their lives, and take care of their own affairs, in the midst of all this, as best as they can. They are oddly similar to humans—oblivious to everything happening around them if they don’t see it, no matter how dreadful; and never considering what might happen tomorrow. They can be spiteful or loving, lazy or diligent, organized or chaotic, with no thought for the lava or flood that could wash over them any day; potentially evaporating them into air bubbles, or dissolving them in salt solutions. You can observe them, once you understand the conditions affecting their fate, with endless fascination. You’ll see crowds of unfortunate little crystals forced to form quickly, the element that dissolves them fiercely scorched away; watching them strive, bright and countless, but tiny. Then you’ll find indulged crystals that have had centuries to develop, continuously changing their mind and habits; having grown tired, gathering strength again; becoming sick, then recovering; contemplating trying a different approach, only to reconsider; and ultimately making poor use of their opportunities. And sometimes, you’ll spot crystals that began as mischievous; then faced alarming circumstances that transformed them into well-behaved crystals, performing astonishingly for a time, only to fall back into their old ways, possibly ending in disgraceful decomposition; leaving their future uncertain. Occasionally, you’ll come across deceptive crystals that appear soft like velvet, and are lethal to those nearby; and at other times, you’ll see false crystals that seem flint-like, similar to our little quartz-crystal housekeeper here, (shh! Dora,) and are endlessly gentle and true where kindness and honesty are needed. Sometimes you’ll see child-crystals studying like schoolgirls, lined up in rows; meticulously cared for, taught how to stand tall and behave. Other times, you’ll see unfortunate little child-crystals left to scavenge in dirt, learning survival and etiquette as best they can. Occasionally, you’ll observe hefty crystals consuming the slimmer ones, like big capitalists and small laborers; and politically minded crystals instructing the naive on how to consume each other and trick one another; foolish crystals stumbling into the paths of wise ones; and impatient crystals ruining the plans of patient ones, irreparably; just as things progress in the world. Sometimes you might see hypocritical crystals mimicking the shape of others while being completely different in essence; and vampire crystals draining the energy from others; and hermit-crab crystals inhabiting the shells of others; and parasite crystals exploiting the resources of others; and courtier crystals glimmering in attendance on others; all aside from the two major factions of war and peace, who firmly position themselves to attack or defend. Finally, you witness the broad shadow and deadly grip of unavoidable fate looming over all this: you see the masses of crystals whose time has arrived; not a scheduled time, like ours, but eventually, when they all must abandon their crystal forms:—when the strength that allowed them to grow and the breath they received to live, leave them; and they fail, become consumed, and vanish; only for another generation to rise, formed from their ashes.
Mary. It is very terrible. Is it not the complete fulfilment, down into the very dust, of that verse: 'The whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain'?
Mary. It's really awful. Isn't it the ultimate realization, all the way down to the ground, of that line: 'The whole creation groans and suffers in pain'?
L. I do not know that it is in pain, Mary: at least, the evidence tends to show that there is much more pleasure than pain, as soon as sensation becomes possible.
L. I don't know if it's in pain, Mary: at least, the evidence suggests that there's a lot more pleasure than pain as soon as sensation becomes possible.
Lucilla. But then, surely, if we are told that it is pain, it must be pain?
Lucilla. But then, if we're told that it's pain, it has to be pain, right?
L. Yes; if we are told; and told in the way you mean, Lucilla; but nothing is said of the proportion to pleasure. Unmitigated pain would kill any of us in a few hours; pain equal to our pleasures would make us loathe life; the word itself cannot be applied to the lower conditions of matter, in its ordinary sense. But wait till to-morrow to ask me about this. To-morrow is to be kept for questions and difficulties; let us keep to the plain facts to-day. There is yet one group of facts connected with this rending of the rocks, which I especially want you to notice. You know, when you have mended a very old dress, quite meritoriously, till it won't mend any more—[Pg 121]—
L. Yes; if we’re informed; and informed in the way you mean, Lucilla; but nothing is said about the balance of pleasure. Endless pain would kill any of us in just a few hours; pain equal to our pleasures would make us hate life; the term itself can't be applied to the lower states of matter in its usual sense. But wait until tomorrow to ask me about this. Tomorrow is meant for questions and challenges; let’s stick to the straightforward facts today. There’s still one set of facts related to this breaking of the rocks that I really want you to pay attention to. You know, when you’ve repaired an old dress so well that it can’t be fixed anymore—[Pg 121]—
Egypt (interrupting). Could not you sometimes take gentlemen's work to illustrate by?
Egypt (interrupting). Could you sometimes use gentlemen's work as examples?
L. Gentlemen's work is rarely so useful as yours, Egypt; and when it is useful, girls cannot easily understand it.
L. Men’s work is rarely as useful as yours, Egypt; and when it is useful, girls can’t easily understand it.
Dora. I am sure we should understand it better than gentlemen understand about sewing.
Dora. I'm sure we would understand it better than men understand sewing.
L. My dear, I hope I always speak modestly, and under correction, when I touch upon matters of the kind too high for me; and besides, I never intend to speak otherwise than respectfully of sewing;—though you always seem to think I am laughing at you. In all seriousness, illustrations from sewing are those which Neith likes me best to use; and which young ladies ought to like everybody to use. What do you think the beautiful word 'wife' comes from?
L. My dear, I hope I always speak humbly and with respect when I talk about topics that are beyond me; and I never mean to speak anything but kindly about sewing—though you always seem to think I’m mocking you. Seriously, examples from sewing are the ones Neith prefers I use, and they’re ones that young women should appreciate too. What do you think the lovely word 'wife' comes from?
Dora (tossing her head). I don't think it is a particularly beautiful word.
Dora (tossing her head). I don't think it's a very beautiful word.
L. Perhaps not. At your ages you may think 'bride' sounds better; but wife's the word for wear, depend upon it. It is the great word in which the English and Latin languages conquer the French and the Greek. I hope the French will some day get a word for it, yet, instead of their dreadful 'femme.' But what do you think it comes from?
L. Maybe not. At your age, you might think 'bride' sounds better; but 'wife' is the real term, trust me. It's the powerful word that puts English and Latin ahead of French and Greek. I hope the French will eventually find a term for it, rather than their awful 'femme.' But what do you think it comes from?
Dora. I never did think about it.
Dora. I never thought about it.
L. Nor you, Sibyl?
L. Nor you, Sybil?
Sibyl. No; I thought it was Saxon, and stopped there.
Sibyl. No; I thought it was Saxon and left it at that.
L. Yes; but the great good of Saxon words is, that they usually do mean something. Wife means 'weaver.' You have all the right to call yourselves little 'housewives,' when you sew neatly.
L. Yes; but the great advantage of Saxon words is that they typically have a clear meaning. Wife means 'weaver.' You have every right to call yourselves little 'housewives' when you sew neatly.
Dora. But I don't think we want to call ourselves 'little housewives.'
Dora. But I don't think we want to refer to ourselves as 'little housewives.'
L. You must either be house-Wives, or house-Moths; remember that. In the deep sense, you must either weave men's fortunes, and embroider them; or feed upon, and bring them to decay. You had better let me keep my sewing illustration, and help me out with it.
L. You have to choose to be either homemakers or just hanging around. Keep that in mind. On a deeper level, you either create men's destinies and enhance them, or you consume them and lead them to ruin. It would be better if you let me stick with my sewing metaphor and support me with it.
Dora. Well we'll hear it, under protest.
Dora. Alright, we'll listen to it, but not happily.
L. You have heard it before; but with reference to other[Pg 122] matters. When it is said, 'no man putteth a piece of new cloth on an old garment, else it taketh from the old,' does it not mean that the new piece tears the old one away at the sewn edge?
L. You've heard it before, but in relation to other[Pg 122] matters. When we say, 'no one patches an old garment with new fabric, or else it pulls away from the old,' doesn't that mean the new piece tears at the seam?
Dora. Yes; certainly.
Dora. Yes; definitely.
L. And when you mend a decayed stuff with strong thread, does not the whole edge come away sometimes, when it tears again?
L. And when you fix a worn-out fabric with strong thread, doesn’t the whole edge sometimes come apart when it tears again?
Dora. Yes; and then it is of no use to mend it any more.
Dora. Yes; and then there's no point in fixing it anymore.
L. Well, the rocks don't seem to think that: but the same thing happens to them continually. I told you they were full of rents, or veins. Large masses of mountain are sometimes as full of veins as your hand is; and of veins nearly as fine (only you know a rock vein does not mean a tube, but a crack or cleft). Now these clefts are mended, usually, with the strongest material the rock can find; and often literally with threads; for the gradually opening rent seems to draw the substance it is filled with into fibres, which cross from one side of it to the other, and are partly crystalline; so that, when the crystals become distinct, the fissure has often exactly the look of a tear, brought together with strong cross stitches. Now when this is completely done, and all has been fastened and made firm, perhaps some new change of temperature may occur, and the rock begin to contract again. Then the old vein must open wider; or else another open elsewhere. If the old vein widen, it may do so at its centre; but it constantly happens, with well filled veins, that the cross stitches are too strong to break; the walls of the vein, instead, are torn away by them; and another little supplementary vein—often three or four successively—will be thus formed at the side of the first.
L. Well, the rocks don’t seem to agree, but the same thing keeps happening to them. I mentioned they're filled with cracks or veins. Large sections of mountains can be as full of these veins as your hand is, and they can be almost as fine too (just keep in mind that a rock vein is not a tube, but rather a crack or split). These cracks usually repair themselves with the strongest material the rock can find, often even with threads; the gradually opening crack seems to pull the material filling it into fibers that cross from one side to the other, and some of those fibers are crystalline. So, when the crystals become distinct, the fissure can look just like a tear stitched together with strong cross stitches. Once everything is fully set and secure, it’s possible for a new temperature change to happen, causing the rock to start contracting again. Then either the old vein will open wider, or another one will form somewhere else. If the old vein widens, it can do so at the center; however, with well-filled veins, it often happens that the cross stitches are too strong to break, so instead of the walls of the vein giving way, they get torn apart by them, and a new little vein—sometimes three or four successively—forms next to the first one.
Mary. That is really very much like our work. But what do the mountains use to sew with?
Mary. That’s definitely similar to what we do. But what do the mountains use to stitch with?
L. Quartz, whenever they can get it: pure limestones are obliged to be content with carbonate of lime; but most mixed rocks can find some quartz for themselves. Here is a piece of black slate from the Buet: it looks merely like dry dark mud;—you could not think there was any quartz in it; but,[Pg 123] you see, its rents are all stitched together with beautiful white thread, which is the purest quartz, so close drawn that you can break it like flint, in the mass; but, where it has been exposed to the weather, the fine fibrous structure is shown: and, more than that, you see the threads have been all twisted and pulled aside, this way and the other, by the warpings and shifting of the sides of the vein as it widened.
L. Quartz, whenever they can get it: pure limestones have to settle for carbonate of lime; but most mixed rocks can find some quartz for themselves. Here’s a piece of black slate from the Buet: it looks just like dry dark mud; you wouldn’t think there was any quartz in it; but,[Pg 123] you can see that its cracks are all stitched together with beautiful white threads, which are the purest quartz, so tightly packed that you can break it like flint in the bulk; but, where it’s been exposed to the weather, the fine fibrous structure is visible: and, even more, you can see that the threads have all been twisted and pulled apart, this way and that, by the warping and shifting of the sides of the vein as it widened.
Mary. It is wonderful! But is that going on still? Are the mountains being torn and sewn together again at this moment?
Mary. That's amazing! But is that still happening? Are the mountains being torn apart and stitched back together right now?
L. Yes, certainly, my dear: but I think, just as certainly (though geologists differ on this matter), not with the violence, or on the scale, of their ancient ruin and renewal. All things seem to be tending towards a condition of at least temporary rest; and that groaning and travailing of the creation, as, assuredly, not wholly in pain, is not, in the full sense, 'until now.'
L. Yes, of course, my dear: but I believe, just as surely (although geologists disagree on this), not with the violence or on the scale of their ancient destruction and rebirth. Everything seems to be moving towards a state of at least temporary calm; and that groaning and suffering of creation, which is definitely not entirely in pain, is not, in the full sense, 'until now.'
Mary. I want so much to ask you about that!
Mary. I really want to ask you about that!
Sibyl. Yes; and we all want to ask you about a great many other things besides.
Sibyl. Yes; and we all want to ask you about a lot of other things too.
L. It seems to me that you have got quite as many new ideas as are good for any of you at present: and I should not like to burden you with more; but I must see that those you have are clear, if I can make them so; so we will have one more talk, for answer of questions, mainly. Think over all the ground, and make your difficulties thoroughly presentable. Then we'll see what we can make of them.
L. It seems to me that you have just about as many new ideas as is useful for you right now, and I wouldn't want to overwhelm you with more. However, I want to ensure that the ideas you have are clear, if I can help clarify them. So, we’ll have one more discussion, mainly to answer questions. Consider everything thoroughly and make your challenges easy to present. Then we’ll see what we can do with them.
Dora. They shall all be dressed in their very best; and curtsey as they come in.
Dora. They will all be dressed in their finest clothes and curtsy as they enter.
L. No, no, Dora; no curtseys, if you please. I had enough of them the day you all took a fit of reverence, and curtsied me out of the room.
L. No, no, Dora; no curtsies, please. I had enough of them the day you all decided to be respectful and curtsied me out of the room.
Dora. But, you know, we cured ourselves of the fault, at once, by that fit. We have never been the least respectful since. And the difficulties will only curtsey themselves out of the room, I hope;—come in at one door—vanish at the other.
Dora. But, you know, we fixed that problem immediately with that outburst. We've never shown any respect since. And I hope the difficulties just bow out of the room;—come in one door—disappear out the other.
L. What a pleasant world it would be, if all its difficulties were taught to behave so! However, one can generally make[Pg 124] something, or (better still) nothing, or at least less, of them, if they thoroughly know their own minds; and your difficulties—I must say that for you, children,—generally do know their own minds, as you do yourselves.
L. What a nice world it would be if all its challenges acted that way! However, you can usually make[Pg 124] something, or (even better) nothing, or at least less of them if they really know what they want; and your challenges—I have to say this for you, kids—generally do know what they want, just like you do.
Dora. That is very kindly said for us. Some people would not allow so much as that girls had any minds to know.
Dora. That’s really nice of you to say to us. Some people wouldn’t even believe that girls have minds of their own.
L. They will at least admit that you have minds to change, Dora.
L. They will at least acknowledge that you have minds to change, Dora.
Mary. You might have left us the last speech, without a retouch. But we'll put our little minds, such as they are, in the best trim we can, for to-morrow.
Mary. You might have left us the final speech as it is, without any edits. But we’ll do our best to polish our small minds for tomorrow.
LECTURE X.
THE CRYSTAL REST.
Evening. The fireside. L's arm-chair in the comfortablest corner.
Evening. The fireside. L's armchair in the coziest corner.
L. (perceiving various arrangements being made of foot-stool, cushion, screen, and the like). Yes, yes, it's all very fine! and I am to sit here to be asked questions till supper-time, am I?
L. (noticing the different setups with footstools, cushions, screens, and so on). Yes, yes, it looks nice! So, I'm just going to sit here and answer questions until dinner, right?
Dora. I don't think you can have any supper to-night:—we've got so much to ask.
Dora. I don't think you can have any dinner tonight:—we have so much to ask.
Lily. Oh, Miss Dora! We can fetch it him here, you know, so nicely!
Lily. Oh, Miss Dora! We can bring it to him here, you know, so nicely!
L. Yes, Lily, that will be pleasant, with competitive examination going on over one's plate; the competition being among the examiners. Really, now that I know what teasing things girls are, I don't so much wonder that people used to put up patiently with the dragons who took them for supper. But I can't help myself, I suppose;—no thanks to St. George. Ask away, children, and I'll answer as civilly as may be.
L. Yes, Lily, that sounds nice, with the competitive exam happening right in front of us; the real competition is among the examiners. Honestly, now that I realize how tricky girls can be, I’m not surprised that people used to put up with the dragons that thought them would make a good meal. But I guess I can’t help myself;—it’s not St. George’s fault. Go ahead and ask, kids, and I’ll respond as politely as I can.
Dora. We don't so much care about being answered civilly, as about not being asked things back again.
Dora. We don't really care about getting polite answers, but we do want to avoid being asked the same questions in return.
L. 'Ayez seulement la patience que je le parle.' There shall be no requitals.
L. 'Just have the patience for me to say it.' There will be no retellings.
Dora. Well, then, first of all—What shall we ask first, Mary?
Dora. Okay, so first of all—What should we ask first, Mary?
Mary. It does not matter. I think all the questions come into one, at last, nearly.
Mary. It doesn’t matter. I think all the questions come down to one, in the end, almost.
Dora. You know, you always talk as if the crystals were alive; and we never understand how much you are in play, and how much in earnest. That's the first thing.
Dora. You know, you always speak as if the crystals are alive; and we can never tell how much of it is just for fun and how much is serious. That's the first point.
L. Neither do I understand, myself, my dear, how much I am in earnest. The stones puzzle me as much as I puzzle you. They look as if they were alive, and make me speak as if they were; and I do not in the least know how much truth[Pg 126] there is in the appearance. I'm not to ask things back again to-night, but all questions of this sort lead necessarily to the one main question, which we asked, before, in vain, 'What is it to be alive?'
L. I really don’t get it either, my dear, how serious I am about this. The stones confuse me just as much as I confuse you. They seem almost alive, and make me talk like they are; and I have no idea how much truth[Pg 126] there is in that. I’m not supposed to bring things up again tonight, but all these kinds of questions inevitably lead back to the main question we asked before, without any answers: 'What does it mean to be alive?'
Dora. Yes; but we want to come back to that: for we've been reading scientific books about the 'conservation of forces,' and it seems all so grand, and wonderful; and the experiments are so pretty; and I suppose it must be all right: but then the books never speak as if there were any such thing as 'life.'
Dora. Yes; but we want to come back to that: we've been reading scientific books about the 'conservation of energy,' and it all seems so grand and amazing; the experiments are so cool; and I guess it must be true: but the books never mention anything like 'life.'
L. They mostly omit that part of the subject, certainly, Dora; but they are beautifully right as far as they go; and life is not a convenient element to deal with. They seem to have been getting some of it into and out of bottles, in their 'ozone' and 'antizone' lately; but they still know little of it: and, certainly, I know less.
L. They usually skip that part of the topic, for sure, Dora; but they're definitely on point with what they do cover; and life isn't an easy thing to manage. They've been trying to capture some of it in their 'ozone' and 'antizone' lately; but they still understand very little about it: and honestly, I know even less.
Dora. You promised not to be provoking, to-night.
Dora. You promised not to be annoying tonight.
L. Wait a minute. Though, quite truly, I know less of the secrets of life than the philosophers do; I yet know one corner of ground on which we artists can stand, literally as 'Life Guards' at bay, as steadily as the Guards at Inkermann; however hard the philosophers push. And you may stand with us, if once you learn to draw nicely.
L. Wait a minute. While it's true that I understand less about life's secrets than philosophers do, I still know one area where we artists can firmly establish ourselves, like 'Life Guards' standing our ground, just as steadily as the Guards at Inkermann, no matter how much pressure the philosophers apply. And you can join us once you learn to draw well.
Dora. I'm sure we are all trying! but tell us where we may stand.
Dora. I'm sure we're all trying our best! But can you let us know where we stand?
L. You may always stand by Form, against Force. To a painter, the essential character of anything is the form of it; and the philosophers cannot touch that. They come and tell you, for instance, that there is as much heat, or motion, or calorific energy (or whatever else they like to call it), in a tea-kettle as in a Gier-eagle. Very good; that is so; and it is very interesting. It requires just as much heat as will boil the kettle, to take the Gier-eagle up to his nest; and as much more to bring him down again on a hare or a partridge. But we painters, acknowledging the equality and similarity of the kettle and the bird in all scientific respects, attach, for our part, our principal interest to the difference in their forms. For us, the primarily cognisable facts, in the two[Pg 127] things, are, that the kettle has a spout, and the eagle a beak; the one a lid on its back, the other a pair of wings;—not to speak of the distinction also of volition, which the philosophers may properly call merely a form or mode of force;—but then, to an artist, the form, or mode, is the gist of the business. The kettle chooses to sit still on the hob; the eagle to recline on the air. It is the fact of the choice, not the equal degree of temperature in the fulfilment of it, which appears to us the more interesting circumstance;—though the other is very interesting too. Exceedingly so! Don't laugh, children; the philosophers have been doing quite splendid work lately, in their own way: especially, the transformation of force into light is a great piece of systematised discovery; and this notion about the sun's being supplied with his flame by ceaseless meteoric hail is grand, and looks very likely to be true. Of course, it is only the old gun-lock,—flint and steel,—on a large scale: but the order and majesty of it are sublime. Still, we sculptors and painters care little about it. 'It is very fine,' we say, 'and very useful, this knocking the light out of the sun, or into it, by an eternal cataract of planets. But you may hail away, so, for ever, and you will not knock out what we can. Here is a bit of silver, not the size of half-a-crown, on which, with a single hammer stroke, one of us, two thousand and odd years ago, hit out the head of the Apollo of Clazomenæ. It is merely a matter of form; but if any of you philosophers, with your whole planetary system to hammer with, can hit out such another bit of silver as this,—we will take off our hats to you. For the present, we keep them on.'
L. You can always stand by form against force. For a painter, the essential quality of anything is its form; philosophers can't change that. They come and say, for example, that there's the same amount of heat, motion, or energy (or whatever they want to call it) in a kettle as in a golden eagle. That's true, and it's interesting. It takes just as much heat to boil the kettle as it does to get the eagle to its nest; and even more to bring it down again on a hare or a partridge. But we painters, while acknowledging the scientific similarities between the kettle and the bird, focus our main interest on their differences in form. For us, the most noticeable facts in these two things are that the kettle has a spout while the eagle has a beak; one has a lid on its back, and the other has a pair of wings—not to mention the difference in choice, which philosophers might call just a form or way of force; but to an artist, the form or way is the essence of the matter. The kettle chooses to sit still on the stove; the eagle chooses to soar in the air. It's the act of choosing, not the equal temperature in how it happens, that strikes us as the more interesting point—even though the other is fascinating too. Very much so! Don't laugh, kids; philosophers have been doing some amazing work lately in their own way: especially, transforming force into light is a remarkable systematic discovery; and the idea that the sun gets its flame from constant meteoric hail is grand and likely true. Of course, it's just the old gun-lock—flint and steel—on a large scale: but the order and majesty of it are sublime. Still, we sculptors and painters care little about it. 'It's great,' we say, 'and very useful, this process of drawing light out of the sun—or putting it in, through an endless shower of planets. But you can keep hammering on that forever, and you won't create what we can. Here’s a piece of silver, not bigger than a half-crown, on which, with a single hammer stroke, one of us, over two thousand years ago, sculpted the head of the Apollo of Clazomenae. It’s just a matter of form; but if any of you philosophers, with your whole planetary system at your disposal, can create another piece of silver like this—we'll take off our hats to you. For now, we’re keeping them on.
Mary. Yes, I understand; and that is nice; but I don't think we shall any of us like having only form to depend upon.
Mary. Yes, I get it; and that's nice; but I don't think any of us will like relying solely on form.
L. It was not neglected in the making of Eve, my dear.
L. They certainly paid attention when creating Eve, my dear.
Mary. It does not seem to separate us from the dust of the ground. It is that breathing of the life which we want to understand.
Mary. It doesn’t seem to distance us from the dust of the earth. It’s that essence of life that we’re trying to comprehend.
L. So you should: but hold fast to the form, and defend that first, as distinguished from the mere transition of forces. Discern the moulding hand of the potter commanding the[Pg 128] clay, from his merely beating foot, as it turns the wheel. If you can find incense, in the vase, afterwards,—well: but it is curious how far mere form will carry you ahead of the philosophers. For instance, with regard to the most interesting of all their modes of force—light;—they never consider how far the existence of it depends on the putting of certain vitreous and nervous substances into the formal arrangement which we call an eye. The German philosophers began the attack, long ago, on the other side, by telling us, there was no such thing as light at all, unless we chose to see it: now, German and English, both, have reversed their engines, and insist that light would be exactly the same light that it is, though nobody could ever see it. The fact being that the force must be there, and the eyes there; and 'light' means the effect of the one on the other;—and perhaps, also—(Plato saw farther into that mystery than any one has since, that I know of),—on something a little way within the eyes; but we may stand quite safe, close behind the retina, and defy the philosophers.
L. You really should: but stick to the form, and defend that first, as separate from just the change of forces. Notice the shaping hand of the potter controlling the[Pg 128] clay, rather than just his foot tapping as it turns the wheel. If you can find incense in the vase later on—great; but it’s interesting how far mere form can take you beyond the philosophers. For example, when it comes to the most fascinating of their forces—light—they never think about how much its existence relies on the arrangement of certain clear and sensitive substances in what we call an eye. German philosophers began questioning this long ago by claiming that light doesn't exist unless we choose to see it; now, both German and English philosophers have switched gears and argue that light would be exactly the same even if no one could ever see it. The truth is that the force has to be there, and the eyes have to be there; and 'light' means the effect of one on the other;—and maybe, also—(Plato understood this deeper than anyone I know of since)—on something slightly inside the eyes; but we can safely stand right behind the retina and challenge the philosophers.
Sibyl. But I don't care so much about defying the philosophers, if only one could get a clear idea of life, or soul, for one's self.
Sibyl. But I don't really mind going against the philosophers, as long as I can get a clear understanding of life or the soul for myself.
L. Well, Sibyl, you used to know more about it, in that cave of yours, than any of us. I was just going to ask you about inspiration, and the golden bough, and the like; only I remembered I was not to ask anything. But, will not you, at least, tell us whether the ideas of Life, as the power of putting things together, or 'making' them; and of Death, as the power of pushing things separate, or 'unmaking' them, may not be very simply held in balance against each other?
L. Well, Sibyl, you used to know more about it in that cave of yours than any of us. I was just about to ask you about inspiration and the golden bough, and all that, but then I remembered I wasn't supposed to ask anything. But will you at least tell us if the concepts of Life, as the ability to bring things together or 'create' them, and of Death, as the ability to push things apart or 'destroy' them, might not be simply balanced against each other?
Sibyl. No, I am not in my cave to-night; and cannot tell you anything.
Sibyl. No, I'm not in my cave tonight, and I can't tell you anything.
L. I think they may. Modern Philosophy is a great separator; it is little more than the expansion of Molière's great sentence, 'Il s'ensuit de là, que tout ce qu'il y a de beau est dans les dictionnaires; il n'y a que les mots qui sont transposés.' But when you used to be in your cave, Sibyl, and to be inspired, there was (and there remains still in some small[Pg 129] measure), beyond the merely formative and sustaining power, another, which we painters call 'passion'—I don't know what the philosophers call it; we know it makes people red, or white; and therefore it must be something, itself; and perhaps it is the most truly 'poetic' or 'making' force of all, creating a world of its own out of a glance, or a sigh: and the want of passion is perhaps the truest death, or 'unmaking' of everything;—even of stones. By the way, you were all reading about that ascent of the Aiguille Verte, the other day?
L. I think they might. Modern philosophy really sets things apart; it’s just an extension of Molière’s famous line, 'It follows that all that is beautiful is in the dictionaries; only the words are rearranged.' But when you used to be in your cave, Sibyl, and feeling inspired, there was (and still is to some degree[Pg 129]), beyond just the creative and sustaining energy, another force that we artists call 'passion'—I’m not sure what the philosophers refer to it as; we know it makes people turn red or white; so it must mean something, itself; and it might be the most genuinely 'poetic' or 'creative' force of all, generating a world from nothing more than a glance or a sigh: and lacking passion might be the most accurate form of death, or 'unmaking' of everything—even stones. By the way, were you all reading about that climb up the Aiguille Verte the other day?
Sibyl. Because you had told us it was so difficult, you thought it could not be ascended.
Sibyl. Since you mentioned it was so challenging, you believed it couldn't be climbed.
L. Yes; I believed the Aiguille Verte would have held its own. But do you recollect what one of the climbers exclaimed, when he first felt sure of reaching the summit?
L. Yes; I thought the Aiguille Verte would have been fine. But do you remember what one of the climbers shouted when he first felt confident about reaching the summit?
Sibyl. Yes, it was, 'Oh, Aiguille Verte, vous êtes morte, vous êtes morte!'
Sibyl. Yes, it was, 'Oh, Aiguille Verte, you are dead, you are dead!'
L. That was true instinct. Real philosophic joy. Now can you at all fancy the difference between that feeling of triumph in a mountain's death; and the exultation of your beloved poet, in its life—
L. That was true instinct. Real philosophical joy. Now, can you even imagine the difference between that feeling of triumph in a mountain's death and the excitement of your beloved poet in its life—
Dora. You must translate for us mere house-keepers, please,—whatever the cave-keepers may know about it.
Dora. You need to translate for us regular housekeepers, please—no matter what the cave keepers might know about it.
Mary. Will Dryden do?
Mary. Is Dryden good enough?
L. No. Dryden is a far way worse than nothing, and nobody will 'do.' You can't translate it. But this is all you need know, that the lines are full of a passionate sense of the Apennines' fatherhood, or protecting power over Italy; and of sympathy with their joy in their snowy strength in heaven; and with the same joy, shuddering through all the leaves of their forests.
L. No. Dryden is much worse than nothing, and no one will 'do.' You can't translate it. But here's what you need to know: the lines are filled with a passionate sense of the Apennines' fatherly presence or protective power over Italy; and they resonate with the joy of their snowy majesty in the sky; and with that same joy, trembling through all the leaves in their forests.
Mary. Yes, that is a difference indeed! but then, you know, one can't help feeling that it is fanciful. It is very delightful to imagine the mountains to be alive; but then,—are they alive?[Pg 130]
Mary. Yes, that truly is a difference! But, you know, one can't help but feel it's a bit fanciful. It's really lovely to think of the mountains as being alive; but then—are they alive?[Pg 130]
L. It seems to me, on the whole, Mary, that the feelings of the purest and most mightily passioned human souls are likely to be the truest. Not, indeed, if they do not desire to know the truth, or blind themselves to it that they may please themselves with passion; for then they are no longer pure: but if, continually seeking and accepting the truth as far as it is discernible, they trust their Maker for the integrity of the instincts He has gifted them with, and rest in the sense of a higher truth which they cannot demonstrate, I think they will be most in the right, so.
L. Overall, it seems to me, Mary, that the feelings of the purest and most passionately driven people are likely to be the most genuine. Not, of course, if they don't want to know the truth or if they blind themselves to it just to satisfy their passions; because in that case, they are no longer pure. But if they are always seeking and accepting the truth as much as they can see it, trusting their Creator for the integrity of the instincts He has given them, and finding peace in a higher truth that they can't fully prove, I believe they will be the most correct.
Dora and Jessie (clapping their hands). Then we really may believe that the mountains are living?
Dora and Jessie (clapping their hands). So we can actually believe that the mountains are alive?
L. You may at least earnestly believe, that the presence of the spirit which culminates in your own life, shows itself in dawning, wherever the dust of the earth begins to assume any orderly and lovely state. You will find it impossible to separate this idea of gradated manifestation from that of the vital power. Things are not either wholly alive, or wholly dead. They are less or more alive. Take the nearest, most easily examined instance—the life of a flower. Notice what a different degree and kind of life there is in the calyx and the corolla. The calyx is nothing but the swaddling clothes of the flower; the child-blossom is bound up in it, hand and foot; guarded in it, restrained by it, till the time of birth. The shell is hardly more subordinate to the germ in the egg, than the calyx to the blossom. It bursts at last; but it never lives as the corolla does. It may fall at the moment its task is fulfilled, as in the poppy; or wither gradually, as in the buttercup; or persist in a ligneous apathy, after the flower is dead, as in the rose; or harmonise itself so as to share in the aspect of the real flower, as in the lily; but it never shares in the corolla's bright passion of life. And the gradations which thus exist between the different members of organic creatures, exist no less between the different ranges of organism. We know no higher or more energetic life than our own; but there seems to me this great good in the idea of gradation of life—it admits the idea of a life above us, in other creatures, as much nobler than ours, as ours is nobler than that of the dust.[Pg 131]
L. You can at least sincerely believe that the spirit represented in your own life becomes evident wherever the earth begins to show any organized and beautiful state. You’ll find it impossible to separate the idea of varying degrees of manifestation from that of vital energy. Things are not entirely alive or entirely dead; they exist somewhere in between. Consider the closest, easiest example—the life of a flower. Notice the different degrees and types of life present in the calyx and corolla. The calyx is just the protective covering of the flower; the budding blossom is enclosed in it, held tightly, safeguarded, and restrained until it’s time to bloom. The shell in an egg is hardly more limited to the germ than the calyx is to the blossom. It eventually bursts open, but it never lives with the same vibrancy as the corolla. It might fall away as soon as its role is done, like in the poppy; or gradually wither, as seen in the buttercup; or remain in a dull state after the flower has died, like the rose; or adapt to resemble the real flower’s appearance, as in the lily; but it never shares in the corolla’s vibrant passion for life. And the variations that exist within the different parts of living organisms also exist among the different types of organisms. We don’t know any life that’s greater or more intense than our own; however, I believe the concept of life’s gradation allows for the idea of a life that’s even higher than ours in other creatures, as much nobler than ours as ours is above that of dust.[Pg 131]
Mary. I am glad you have said that; for I know Violet and Lucilla and May want to ask you something; indeed, we all do; only you frightened Violet so about the ant-hill, that she can't say a word; and May is afraid of your teasing her, too: but I know they are wondering why you are always telling them about heathen gods and goddesses, as if you half believed in them; and you represent them as good; and then we see there is really a kind of truth in the stories about them; and we are all puzzled: and, in this, we cannot even make our difficulty quite clear to ourselves;—it would be such a long confused question, if we could ask you all we should like to know.
Mary. I'm really glad you said that because I know Violet, Lucilla, and May want to ask you something; actually, we all do. The problem is, you scared Violet so much about the ant-hill that she can't say anything, and May is worried you'll tease her too. But I can tell they're curious about why you keep talking about ancient gods and goddesses as if you sort of believe in them. You portray them as good, and then we find there's actually some truth in the stories about them, which leaves us all confused. We can't even express our confusion clearly because it would be such a long and tangled question if we tried to ask you everything we want to know.
L. Nor is it any wonder, Mary; for this is indeed the longest, and the most wildly confused question that reason can deal with; but I will try to give you, quickly, a few clear ideas about the heathen gods, which you may follow out afterwards, as your knowledge increases.
L. It's no surprise, Mary; this is truly the longest and most chaotic question that reason can tackle. But I'll try to give you a few clear ideas about the pagan gods, which you can explore further as you learn more.
Every heathen conception of deity in which you are likely to be interested, has three distinct characters:—
Every non-religious idea of a god that you might find interesting has three distinct traits:—
I. It has a physical character. It represents some of the great powers or objects of nature—sun or moon, or heaven, or the winds, or the sea. And the fables first related about each deity represent, figuratively, the action of the natural power which it represents; such as the rising and setting of the sun, the tides of the sea, and so on.
I. It has a physical form. It symbolizes some of the major forces or elements of nature—like the sun or moon, the sky, the winds, or the ocean. The myths told about each deity metaphorically illustrate the influence of the natural power they embody; for example, the rising and setting of the sun, the ocean tides, and so forth.
II. It has an ethical character, and represents, in its history, the moral dealings of God with man. Thus Apollo is first, physically, the sun contending with darkness; but morally, the power of divine life contending with corruption. Athena is, physically, the air; morally, the breathing of the divine spirit of wisdom. Neptune is, physically, the sea; morally, the supreme power of agitating passion; and so on.
II. It has an ethical nature and shows, through its history, the moral interactions of God with humanity. So, Apollo is primarily the sun fighting against darkness; but on a moral level, he represents the power of divine life battling against corruption. Athena is, in a physical sense, the air; morally, she embodies the essence of the divine spirit of wisdom. Neptune is, on a physical level, the sea; morally, he represents the ultimate power of turbulent passion; and so forth.
III. It has, at last, a personal character; and is realised in the minds of its worshippers as a living spirit, with whom men may speak face to face, as a man speaks to his friend.
III. It finally has a personal quality; and is experienced in the minds of its followers as a living spirit, with whom people can communicate directly, like one speaks to a friend.
Now it is impossible to define exactly, how far, at any period of a national religion, these three ideas are mingled; or how far one prevails over the other. Each enquirer[Pg 132] usually takes up one of these ideas, and pursues it, to the exclusion of the others: no impartial effort seems to have been made to discern the real state of the heathen imagination in its successive phases. For the question is not at all what a mythological figure meant in its origin; but what it became in each subsequent mental development of the nation inheriting the thought. Exactly in proportion to the mental and moral insight of any race, its mythological figures mean more to it, and become more real. An early and savage race means nothing more (because it has nothing more to mean) by its Apollo, than the sun; while a cultivated Greek means every operation of divine intellect and justice. The Neith, of Egypt, meant, physically, little more than the blue of the air; but the Greek, in a climate of alternate storm and calm, represented the wild fringes of the storm-cloud by the serpents of her ægis; and the lightning and cold of the highest thunder-clouds, by the Gorgon on her shield: while morally, the same types represented to him the mystery and changeful terror of knowledge, as her spear and helm its ruling and defensive power. And no study can be more interesting, or more useful to you, than that of the different meanings which have been created by great nations, and great poets, out of mythological figures given them, at first, in utter simplicity. But when we approach them in their third, or personal, character (and, for its power over the whole national mind, this is far the leading one), we are met at once by questions which may well put all of you at pause. Were they idly imagined to be real beings? and did they so usurp the place of the true God? Or were they actually real beings—evil spirits,—leading men away from the true God? Or is it conceivable that they might have been real beings,—good spirits,—entrusted with some message from the true God? These were the questions you wanted to ask; were they not, Lucilla?
Now it's impossible to pinpoint exactly how intertwined these three ideas are at any time in a national religion, or which one dominates the others. Each researcher[Pg 132] typically focuses on one of these ideas and ignores the others: no unbiased attempt seems to have been made to understand the actual state of the pagan imagination through its various stages. The key question isn't what a mythological figure originally signified, but what it evolved into with each new mental development of the nation carrying that thought. The richer the mental and moral understanding of a people, the more significance their mythological figures hold and the more real they become. An early, primitive society sees nothing more in its Apollo than the sun; while a sophisticated Greek sees every aspect of divine intellect and justice. Neith of Egypt represented little more physically than the blue of the sky; but to the Greek, in a climate of alternating storms and calm, the wild edges of storm clouds were symbolized by the serpents on her aegis, and the lightning and chill of the highest thunderheads were represented by the Gorgon on her shield. Morally, the same symbols represented the mystery and fluctuating terror of knowledge, while her spear and helmet conveyed its ruling and protective power. There's no study more fascinating or valuable for you than exploring the different meanings that great nations and poets have crafted from mythological figures originally presented in complete simplicity. Yet, when we examine them in their third, or personal, aspect (which significantly influences the entire national psyche), we immediately face questions that may leave you all pondering. Were these figures merely imagined to be real beings, thus taking the place of the true God? Or were they real beings—evil spirits—misleading people away from the true God? Or could it be possible that they were real beings—good spirits—given some message from the true God? These were the questions you wanted to ask, weren’t they, Lucilla?
Lucilla. Yes, indeed.
Lucilla. Yes, for sure.
L. Well, Lucilla, the answer will much depend upon the clearness of your faith in the personality of the spirits which are described in the book of your own religion;—their personality, observe, as distinguished from merely symbolical visions.[Pg 133] For instance, when Jeremiah has the vision of the seething pot with its mouth to the north, you know that this which he sees is not a real thing; but merely a significant dream. Also, when Zechariah sees the speckled horses among the myrtle trees in the bottom, you still may suppose the vision symbolical;—you do not think of them as real spirits, like Pegasus, seen in the form of horses. But when you are told of the four riders in the Apocalypse, a distinct sense of personality begins to force itself upon you. And though you might, in a dull temper, think that (for one instance of all) the fourth rider on the pale horse was merely a symbol of the power of death,—in your stronger and more earnest moods you will rather conceive of him as a real and living angel. And when you look back from the vision of the Apocalypse to the account of the destruction of the Egyptian first-born, and of the army of Sennacherib, and again to David's vision at the threshing floor of Araunah, the idea of personality in this death-angel becomes entirely defined, just as in the appearance of the angels to Abraham, Manoah, or Mary.
L. Well, Lucilla, the answer will largely depend on how clearly you believe in the personalities of the spirits described in the book of your own religion—real personalities, not just symbolic visions.[Pg 133] For example, when Jeremiah sees the boiling pot facing north, you know that what he sees isn't real; it’s just a meaningful dream. Similarly, when Zechariah sees the spotted horses among the myrtle trees, you might still think of the vision as symbolic—you don’t think of them as actual spirits, like Pegasus, taking the form of horses. But when you read about the four riders in the Apocalypse, a real sense of personality starts to come through. And although you might, in a dull mood, think that the fourth rider on the pale horse is just a symbol of death’s power—in your stronger and more serious moments, you’re more likely to picture him as a real and living angel. When you look back from the Apocalypse to the account of the destruction of the Egyptian firstborn, and the army of Sennacherib, and again to David's vision at the threshing floor of Araunah, the idea of personality in this death-angel becomes very clear, just like the angels who appeared to Abraham, Manoah, or Mary.
Now, when you have once consented to this idea of a personal spirit, must not the question instantly follow: 'Does this spirit exercise its functions towards one race of men only, or towards all men? Was it an angel of death to the Jew only, or to the Gentile also?' You find a certain Divine agency made visible to a King of Israel, as an armed angel, executing vengeance, of which one special purpose was to lower his kingly pride. You find another (or perhaps the same) agency, made visible to a Christian prophet as an angel standing in the sun, calling to the birds that fly under heaven to come, that they may eat the flesh of kings. Is there anything impious in the thought that the same agency might have been expressed to a Greek king, or Greek seer, by similar visions?—that this figure, standing in the sun, and armed with the sword, or the bow (whose arrows were drunk with blood), and exercising especially its power in the humiliation of the proud, might, at first, have been called only 'Destroyer,' and afterwards, as the light, or sun, of justice, was recognised in the chastisement, called also 'Physician' or[Pg 134] 'Healer?' If you feel hesitation in admitting the possibility of such a manifestation, I believe you will find it is caused, partly indeed by such trivial things as the difference to your ear between Greek and English terms; but, far more, by uncertainty in your own mind respecting the nature and truth of the visions spoken of in the Bible. Have any of you intently examined the nature of your belief in them? You, for instance, Lucilla, who think often, and seriously, of such things?
Now that you've agreed with the idea of a personal spirit, doesn't the question immediately arise: 'Does this spirit only function for one race of people, or for everyone? Was it a death angel for the Jew only, or for the Gentile as well?' You see a certain divine force made visible to a King of Israel as an armed angel executing vengeance, with the specific aim of diminishing his royal pride. You also see another (or maybe the same) force shown to a Christian prophet as an angel standing in the sun, calling to the birds flying in the sky to come and eat the flesh of kings. Is it wrong to think that the same force could have been revealed to a Greek king or seer through similar visions?—that this figure standing in the sun, armed with the sword or the bow (whose arrows were soaked in blood), and especially exercising power in humiliating the proud, might have initially been called just 'Destroyer,' and later, as justice shone through in the punishment, also called 'Physician' or 'Healer?' If you hesitate to accept the possibility of such a manifestation, I think you'll find it's partly due to trivial things like the difference between Greek and English terms in your ear; but more significantly, it's because you're unsure about the nature and truth of the visions mentioned in the Bible. Have any of you deeply considered what you truly believe about them? You, for instance, Lucilla, who often and seriously reflects on these matters?
Lucilla. No; I never could tell what to believe about them. I know they must be true in some way or other; and I like reading about them.
Lucilla. No; I could never figure out what to believe about them. I know they must be true in some way or another, and I enjoy reading about them.
L. Yes; and I like reading about them too, Lucilla; as I like reading other grand poetry. But, surely, we ought both to do more than like it? Will God be satisfied with us, think you, if we read His words merely for the sake of an entirely meaningless poetical sensation?
L. Yes; and I enjoy reading about them too, Lucilla; just like I enjoy reading other great poetry. But, surely, we should do more than just enjoy it? Do you think God will be satisfied with us if we read His words only for the sake of a completely empty poetic thrill?
Lucilla. But do not the people who give themselves to seek out the meaning of these things, often get very strange, and extravagant?
Lucilla. But don’t the people who dedicate themselves to finding the meaning of these things often become quite strange and extreme?
L. More than that, Lucilla. They often go mad. That abandonment of the mind to religious theory, or contemplation, is the very thing I have been pleading with you against. I never said you should set yourself to discover the meanings; but you should take careful pains to understand them, so far as they are clear; and you should always accurately ascertain the state of your mind about them. I want you never to read merely for the pleasure of fancy; still less as a formal religious duty (else you might as well take to repeating Paters at once; for it is surely wiser to repeat one thing we understand, than read a thousand which we cannot). Either, therefore, acknowledge the passages to be, for the present, unintelligible to you; or else determine the sense in which you at present receive them; or, at all events, the different senses between which you clearly see that you must choose. Make either your belief, or your difficulty, definite; but do not go on, all through your life, believing nothing intelligently, and yet supposing that your having read the words[Pg 135] of a divine book must give you the right to despise every religion but your own. I assure you, strange as it may seem, our scorn of Greek tradition depends, not on our belief, but our disbelief, of our own traditions. We have, as yet, no sufficient clue to the meaning of either; but you will always find that, in proportion to the earnestness of our own faith, its tendency to accept a spiritual personality increases: and that the most vital and beautiful Christian temper rests joyfully in its conviction of the multitudinous ministry of living angels, infinitely varied in rank and power. You all know one expression of the purest and happiest form of such faith, as it exists in modern times, in Richter's lovely illustrations of the Lord's Prayer. The real and living death-angel, girt as a pilgrim for journey, and softly crowned with flowers, beckons at the dying mother's door; child-angels sit talking face to face with mortal children, among the flowers;—hold them by their little coats, lest they fall on the stairs;—whisper dreams of heaven to them, leaning over their pillows; carry the sound of the church bells for them far through the air; and even descending lower in service, fill little cups with honey, to hold out to the weary bee. By the way, Lily, did you tell the other children that story about your little sister, and Alice, and the sea?
L. More than that, Lucilla. They often go crazy. That complete surrender of the mind to religious theory or contemplation is exactly what I've been warning you about. I never said you should try to figure out all the meanings; but you should take care to understand them as much as they are clear; and you should always accurately determine your mindset about them. I want you never to read just for the enjoyment of imagination; even less as a strict religious duty (otherwise, you might as well just start reciting prayers; because it’s definitely wiser to repeat something we understand than to read a thousand things we don’t). So, either recognize that the passages are, for now, unclear to you; or decide the sense in which you currently understand them; or at least clarify the different meanings you know you have to choose between. Make your belief or your confusion clear; but don't spend your life believing nothing clearly, while thinking that just having read the words[Pg 135] of a holy book gives you the right to look down on any religion except your own. I assure you, strange as it may sound, our disdain for Greek tradition comes not from our belief, but from our disbelief in our own traditions. We still have no good clue to the meaning of either; but you'll always find that the stronger our own faith, the more likely it is to accept a spiritual being: and that the most vital and beautiful Christian spirit rests joyfully in its belief in the many ways living angels serve us, each varying in rank and power. You all know one expression of the purest and happiest form of such faith as it exists today, in Richter's beautiful illustrations of the Lord's Prayer. The real and living angel of death, dressed like a traveler, softly crowned with flowers, beckons at the dying mother’s door; child-angels sit chatting face to face with mortal kids among the flowers;—they hold them by their little coats to keep them from falling on the stairs;—whisper dreams of heaven to them, leaning over their pillows; carry the sound of church bells for them far through the air; and even lower themselves in service, filling little cups with honey to offer the tired bee. By the way, Lily, did you tell the other kids that story about your little sister, and Alice, and the sea?
Lily. I told it to Alice, and to Miss Dora. I don't think I did to anybody else. I thought it wasn't worth.
Lily. I told Alice and Miss Dora. I don't think I told anyone else. I didn't think it was worth it.
L. We shall think it worth a great deal now, Lily, if you will tell it us. How old is Dotty, again? I forget.
L. We would really appreciate it now, Lily, if you could tell us. How old is Dotty again? I can't remember.
Lily. She is not quite three; but she has such odd little old ways, sometimes.
Lily. She's not quite three yet, but she has these quirky little old-fashioned ways sometimes.
L. And she was very fond of Alice?
L. And she really liked Alice?
Lily. Yes; Alice was so good to her always!
Lily. Yes; Alice was always so kind to her!
L. And so when Alice went away?
L. So what happened when Alice left?
Lily. Oh, it was nothing, you know, to tell about; only it was strange at the time.
Lily Oh, it was nothing really worth mentioning; it just felt weird at the time.
L. Well; but I want you to tell it.
L. Well, I want you to tell it.
Lily. The morning after Alice had gone, Dotty was very sad and restless when she got up; and went about, looking into all the corners, as if she could find Alice in them, and at last she came to me, and said, 'Is Alie gone over the great sea?'[Pg 136] And I said, 'Yes, she is gone over the great, deep sea, but she will come back again some day.' Then Dotty looked round the room; and I had just poured some water out into the basin; and Dotty ran to it, and got up on a chair, and dashed her hands through the water, again and again; and cried, 'Oh, deep, deep sea! send little Alie back to me.'
Lily. The morning after Alice left, Dotty woke up feeling very sad and restless. She walked around, checking all the nooks and crannies, as if she might find Alice hiding there. Eventually, she came to me and asked, 'Is Alie gone across the big sea?' [Pg 136] I told her, 'Yes, she has gone across the big, deep sea, but she will come back someday.' Then Dotty looked around the room; I had just poured some water into the basin, and Dotty ran over to it, climbed onto a chair, and splashed her hands in the water over and over, crying, 'Oh, deep, deep sea! send little Alie back to me.'
L. Isn't that pretty, children? There's a dear little heathen for you! The whole heart of Greek mythology is in that; the idea of a personal being in the elemental power;—of its being moved by prayer;—and of its presence everywhere, making the broken diffusion of the element sacred.
L. Isn't that pretty, kids? There's an adorable little heathen for you! The essence of Greek mythology is right there; the idea of a personal being in elemental power—being influenced by prayer—and its presence everywhere, making the scattered elements feel sacred.
Now, remember, the measure in which we may permit ourselves to think of this trusted and adored personality, in Greek, or in any other, mythology, as conceivably a shadow of truth, will depend on the degree in which we hold the Greeks, or other great nations, equal, or inferior, in privilege and character, to the Jews, or to ourselves. If we believe that the great Father would use the imagination of the Jew as an instrument by which to exalt and lead him; but the imagination of the Greek only to degrade and mislead him: if we can suppose that real angels were sent to minister to the Jews and to punish them; but no angels, or only mocking spectra of angels, or even devils in the shapes of angels, to lead Lycurgus and Leonidas from desolate cradle to hopeless grave:—and if we can think that it was only the influence of spectres, or the teaching of demons, which issued in the making of mothers like Cornelia, and of sons like Cleobis and Bito, we may, of course, reject the heathen Mythology in our privileged scorn: but, at least, we are bound to examine strictly by what faults of our own it has come to pass, that the ministry of real angels among ourselves is occasionally so ineffectual, as to end in the production of Cornelias who entrust their child-jewels to Charlotte Winsors for the better keeping of them; and of sons like that one who, the other day, in France, beat his mother to death with a stick; and was brought in by the jury, 'guilty, with extenuating circumstances.'
Now, remember, how much we allow ourselves to view this trusted and beloved figure, in Greek or any other mythology, as possibly a shadow of truth will depend on how we regard the Greeks or other great nations as equal to or lesser than the Jews or ourselves. If we think that the great Father would use the imagination of the Jew to uplift and guide him, but the imagination of the Greek only to degrade and mislead him; if we can imagine that real angels were sent to serve the Jews and to punish them, but there were no angels, or only mocking apparitions of angels, or even devils disguised as angels, to lead Lycurgus and Leonidas from a desolate life to a hopeless death:—and if we believe that it was only the influence of apparitions or the teachings of demons that resulted in the creation of mothers like Cornelia and sons like Cleobis and Bito, then, of course, we can dismiss the pagan mythology with our arrogant scorn. But at the very least, we must closely examine what faults of our own have led to the fact that the ministry of real angels among us is sometimes so ineffective, resulting in Cornelias who trust their precious children to Charlotte Winsors for safekeeping, and sons like the one who, just the other day in France, beat his mother to death with a stick and was found by the jury 'guilty, with extenuating circumstances.'
May. Was that really possible?
May. Is that really possible?
L. Yes, my dear. I am not sure that I can lay my hand[Pg 137] on the reference to it (and I should not have said 'the other day'—it was a year or two ago), but you may depend on the fact; and I could give you many like it, if I chose. There was a murder done in Russia, very lately, on a traveller. The murderess's little daughter was in the way, and found it out, somehow. Her mother killed her, too, and put her into the oven. There is a peculiar horror about the relations between parent and child, which are being now brought about by our variously degraded forms of European white slavery. Here is one reference, I see, in my notes on that story of Cleobis and Bito; though I suppose I marked this chiefly for its quaintness, and the beautifully Christian names of the sons; but it is a good instance of the power of the King of the Valley of Diamonds[153] among us.
L. Yes, my dear. I'm not sure I can pinpoint the reference to it (and I shouldn’t have said 'the other day'—it was a year or two ago), but you can trust that it’s true; I could share many similar stories if I wanted. Recently, there was a murder in Russia involving a traveler. The murderer's young daughter got in the way and somehow found out about it. Her mother killed her too and put her in the oven. There's a unique horror in the relationship between parent and child, which is now being highlighted by the various forms of European white slavery. Here is one reference, I see, in my notes on that story of Cleobis and Bito; though I think I marked this mainly for its oddity and the beautifully Christian names of the sons; but it’s a good example of the influence of the King of the Valley of Diamonds[153].
In 'Galignani' of July 21-22, 1862, is reported a trial of a farmer's son in the department of the Yonne. The father, two years ago, at Malay le Grand, gave up his property to his two sons, on condition of being maintained by them. Simon fulfilled his agreement, but Pierre would not. The tribunal of Sens condemns Pierre to pay eighty-four francs a year to his father. Pierre replies, 'he would rather die than pay it.' Actually, returning home, he throws himself into the river, and the body is not found till next day.
In the 'Galignani' issue from July 21-22, 1862, a trial involving a farmer's son in the Yonne department is reported. Two years ago, at Malay le Grand, the father transferred his property to his two sons with the condition that they would take care of him. Simon honored his part of the agreement, but Pierre did not. The Sens court ordered Pierre to pay eighty-four francs a year to his father. Pierre responded that he would rather die than pay it. After returning home, he jumped into the river, and his body was not discovered until the next day.
Mary. But—but—I can't tell what you would have us think. Do you seriously mean that the Greeks were better than we are; and that their gods were real angels?
Mary. But—but—I can't figure out what you want us to believe. Are you really saying that the Greeks were better than we are, and that their gods were actual angels?
L. No, my dear. I mean only that we know, in reality, less than nothing of the dealings of our Maker with our fellow-men; and can only reason or conjecture safely about them, when we have sincerely humble thoughts of ourselves and our creeds.
L. No, my dear. I mean only that we really know less than nothing about how our Creator interacts with other people; and we can only think or guess about it safely when we have genuinely humble views of ourselves and our beliefs.
We owe to the Greeks every noble discipline in literature; every radical principle of art; and every form of convenient beauty in our household furniture and daily occupations of life. We are unable, ourselves, to make rational use of half that we have received from them: and, of our own, we have nothing but discoveries in science, and fine mechanical adaptations[Pg 138] of the discovered physical powers. On the other hand, the vice existing among certain classes, both of the rich and poor, in London, Paris, and Vienna, could have been conceived by a Spartan or Roman of the heroic ages only as possible in a Tartarus, where fiends were employed to teach, but not to punish, crime. It little becomes us to speak contemptuously of the religion of races to whom we stand in such relations; nor do I think any man of modesty or thoughtfulness will ever speak so of any religion, in which God has allowed one good man to die, trusting.
We owe the Greeks every noble discipline in literature, every groundbreaking principle of art, and every form of practical beauty in our home decor and daily activities. We struggle to make smart use of even half of what they've given us, and from our own efforts, we have only discoveries in science and impressive mechanical innovations of the physical laws we’ve uncovered[Pg 138]. Conversely, the moral decay among certain groups, both affluent and impoverished, in London, Paris, and Vienna could only be imagined by a Spartan or Roman of the heroic ages as occurring in a hell where demons were used to teach but not punish crime. It isn't right for us to speak disdainfully about the faiths of races with whom we share such connections; nor do I believe any thoughtful or humble person would ever deride any religion in which God has permitted a good person to die in faith.
The more readily we admit the possibility of our own cherished convictions being mixed with error, the more vital and helpful whatever is right in them will become: and no error is so conclusively fatal as the idea that God will not allow us to err, though He has allowed all other men to do so. There may be doubt of the meaning of other visions, but there is none respecting that of the dream of St. Peter; and you may trust the Rock of the Church's Foundation for true interpreting, when he learned from it that, 'in every nation, he that feareth God and worketh righteousness, is accepted with Him.' See that you understand what that righteousness means; and set hand to it stoutly: you will always measure your neighbors' creed kindly, in proportion to the substantial fruits of your own. Do not think you will ever get harm by striving to enter into the faith of others, and to sympathise, in imagination, with the guiding principles of their lives. So only can you justly love them, or pity them, or praise. By the gracious effort you will double, treble—nay, indefinitely multiply, at once the pleasure, the reverence, and the intelligence with which you read: and, believe me, it is wiser and holier, by the fire of your own faith to kindle the ashes of expired religions, than to let your soul shiver and stumble among their graves, through the gathering darkness, and communicable cold.
The more easily we accept that our own beliefs might contain mistakes, the more meaningful and helpful the parts that are true will become. No mistake is more dangerous than thinking that God won’t let us make mistakes while allowing everyone else to. There may be uncertainty about the meanings of other visions, but there’s no doubt about the dream of St. Peter; you can trust the foundation of the Church for a true interpretation when he learned that, 'in every nation, whoever fears God and does what is right is accepted by Him.' Make sure you understand what that righteousness means and commit to it fully: you will always judge your neighbors’ beliefs kindly, based on the real results of your own. Don’t think you’ll ever be harmed by trying to understand the faith of others and imagining what guides their lives. Only then can you truly love them, feel compassion for them, or give them praise. With this generous effort, you will multiply your pleasure, respect, and understanding as you read: and believe me, it’s wiser and more sacred to use the warmth of your own faith to revive the remnants of past religions than to let your spirit freeze and falter among their graves in the deepening darkness and spreading chill.
Mary (after some pause). We shall all like reading Greek history so much better after this! but it has put everything else out of our heads that we wanted to ask.
Mary (after some pause). We're going to enjoy reading Greek history so much more now! But it's made us forget everything else we wanted to ask.
L. I can tell you one of the things; and I might take[Pg 139] credit for generosity in telling you; but I have a personal reason—Lucilla's verse about the creation.
L. I can share one thing with you; and I might deserve some[Pg 139] credit for being generous in doing so; but I have a personal reason—Lucilla's poem about creation.
Dora. Oh, yes—yes; and its 'pain together, until now.'
Dora. Oh, yes—yes; and its 'pain together, until now.'
L. I call you back to that, because I must warn you against an old error of my own. Somewhere in the fourth volume of 'Modern Painters,' I said that the earth seemed to have passed through its highest state: and that, after ascending by a series of phases, culminating in its habitation by man, it seems to be now gradually becoming less fit for that habitation.
L. I bring this up again because I need to caution you about an old mistake of mine. Somewhere in the fourth volume of 'Modern Painters,' I mentioned that the earth appeared to have gone through its peak state; and that after rising through a series of stages, culminating in being inhabited by humans, it now seems to be slowly becoming less suitable for that habitation.
Mary. Yes, I remember.
Mary. Yes, I remember.
L. I wrote those passages under a very bitter impression of the gradual perishing of beauty from the loveliest scenes which I knew in the physical world;—not in any doubtful way, such as I might have attributed to loss of sensation in myself—but by violent and definite physical action; such as the filling up of the Lac de Chêde by landslips from the Rochers des Fiz;—the narrowing of the Lake Lucerne by the gaining delta of the stream of the Muotta-Thal, which, in the course of years, will cut the lake into two, as that of Brientz has been divided from that of Thun;—the steady diminishing of the glaciers north of the Alps, and still more, of the sheets of snow on their southern slopes, which supply the refreshing streams of Lombardy:—the equally steady increase of deadly maremma round Pisa and Venice; and other such phenomena, quite measurably traceable within the limits even of short life, and unaccompanied, as it seemed, by redeeming or compensatory agencies. I am still under the same impression respecting the existing phenomena; but I feel more strongly, every day, that no evidence to be collected within historical periods can be accepted as any clue to the great tendencies of geological change; but that the great laws which never fail, and to which all change is subordinate, appear such as to accomplish a gradual advance to lovelier order, and more calmly, yet more deeply, animated Rest. Nor has this conviction ever fastened itself upon me more distinctly, than during my endeavour to trace the laws which govern the lowly framework of the dust. For, through all the phases of its transition and[Pg 140] dissolution, there seems to be a continual effort to raise itself into a higher state; and a measured gain, through the fierce revulsion and slow renewal of the earth's frame, in beauty, and order, and permanence. The soft white sediments of the sea draw themselves, in process of time, into smooth knots of sphered symmetry; burdened and strained under increase of pressure, they pass into a nascent marble; scorched by fervent heat, they brighten and blanch into the snowy rock of Paros and Carrara. The dark drift of the inland river, or stagnant slime of inland pool and lake, divides, or resolves itself as it dries, into layers of its several elements; slowly purifying each by the patient withdrawal of it from the anarchy of the mass in which it was mingled. Contracted by increasing drought, till it must shatter into fragments, it infuses continually a finer ichor into the opening veins, and finds in its weakness the first rudiments of a perfect strength. Bent at last, rock from rock, nay, atom from atom, and tormented in lambent fire, it knits, through the fusion, the fibres of a perennial endurance; and, during countless subsequent centuries, declining, or rather let me say, rising to repose, finishes the infallible lustre of its crystalline beauty, under harmonies of law which are wholly beneficent, because wholly inexorable.
L. I wrote those passages feeling very bitter about the slow loss of beauty from the loveliest scenes I knew in the natural world; not in a vague way, like I might blame it on my own fading senses, but due to clear and violent physical changes, like the filling up of the Lac de Chêde by landslips from the Rochers des Fiz; the shrinking of Lake Lucerne by the growing delta of the Muotta-Thal stream, which over the years will split the lake into two, similar to how Lake Brienz has been divided from Lake Thun; the steady retreat of the glaciers north of the Alps, and even more so, the shrinking snowfields on their southern slopes that provide the refreshing streams for Lombardy; and the increasing health issues caused by the deadly marshlands around Pisa and Venice; along with other phenomena, all of which can be tracked over a relatively short lifespan, and seem to happen without any redeeming or compensating factors. I still feel the same way about the current phenomena, but I realize more each day that no evidence collected within historical times can act as a real clue to the major trends of geological change. Instead, the great laws that always hold true, to which all changes are subject, seem to lead to a gradual movement towards a more beautiful order and a calmer yet more deeply animated state of rest. I've never felt this conviction more clearly than when trying to understand the laws behind the simple structure of dust. Because throughout all its changes and breakdown, there's a constant effort striving for a higher state; and a deliberate gain, through the intense upheaval and slow renewal of the earth's structure, in beauty, order, and permanence. The soft white sediments of the sea gradually form into smooth spheres of symmetry; under pressure, they turn into budding marble; heated fiercely, they become the bright white rocks of Paros and Carrara. The dark sediment of rivers or stagnant pools separates, or breaks down as it dries, into layers of its various elements; slowly purifying each element through the careful extraction from the disorder of the whole mass it was once part of. As it contracts under increasing dryness, until it shatters into bits, it continuously infuses a finer essence into its opening channels, finding in its weakness the first signs of perfect strength. Eventually, with the rock separating from the rock, and even atoms from atoms, and being tortured in flickering fire, it weaves together, through melting, fibers of lasting endurance; and over countless centuries, declining, or rather, let me say, rising to rest, it achieves the undeniable brilliance of its crystalline beauty, under laws that are entirely benevolent, because completely relentless.
(The children seem pleased, but more inclined to think over these matters than to talk.)
(The kids look happy, but they seem more focused on thinking about these things than on talking.)
L. (after giving them a little time). Mary, I seldom ask you to read anything out of books of mine; but there is a passage about the Law of Help, which I want you to read to the children now, because it is of no use merely to put it in other words for them. You know the place I mean, do not you?
L. (after giving them a little time). Mary, I rarely ask you to read anything from my books, but there's a section about the Law of Help that I want you to read to the kids now. It won't help to just rephrase it for them. You know which part I'm talking about, right?
Mary. Yes (presently finding it); where shall I begin?
Mary. Yes (currently figuring it out); where should I start?
L. Here; but the elder ones had better look afterwards at the piece which comes just before this.
L. Here; but the older ones should check the section that comes right before this.
Mary (reads):
Mary (is reading):
'A pure or holy state of anything is that in which all its parts are helpful or consistent. The highest and first law of the universe, and the other name of life, is therefore, "help." The other name of death is "separation." Government and[Pg 141] co-operation are in all things, and eternally, the laws of life. Anarchy and competition, eternally, and in all things, the laws of death.
'A pure or holy state of anything is one where all its parts are supportive or in harmony. The ultimate and primary law of the universe, which is also another term for life, is therefore, "help." The term for death is "separation." Governance and[Pg 141] cooperation are always, in everything, the laws of life. Anarchy and competition are always, and in all things, the laws of death.'
'Perhaps the best, though the most familiar, example we could take of the nature and power of consistence, will be that of the possible changes in the dust we tread on.
'Perhaps the best, though the most familiar, example we could take of the nature and power of consistency will be that of the possible changes in the dust we walk on.'
'Exclusive of animal decay, we can hardly arrive at a more absolute type of impurity, than the mud or slime of a damp, over-trodden path, in the outskirts of a manufacturing town. I do not say mud of the road, because that is mixed with animal refuse; but take merely an ounce or two of the blackest slime of a beaten footpath, on a rainy day, near a manufacturing town. That slime we shall find in most cases composed of clay (or brickdust, which is burnt clay), mixed with soot, a little sand and water. All these elements are at helpless war with each other, and destroy reciprocally each other's nature and power: competing and fighting for place at every tread of your foot; sand squeezing out clay, and clay squeezing out water, and soot meddling everywhere, and defiling the whole. Let us suppose that this ounce of mud is left in perfect rest, and that its elements gather together, like to like, so that their atoms may get into the closest relations possible.
'Aside from animal decay, we can hardly find a more extreme type of impurity than the mud or slime of a damp, heavily used path on the outskirts of a manufacturing town. I don’t mean the mud from the road, since that’s mixed with animal waste; instead, just take an ounce or two of the blackest slime from a worn footpath on a rainy day near a manufacturing town. This slime is usually made up of clay (or brick dust, which is burnt clay), mixed with soot, a bit of sand, and water. All these elements are in a constant battle with each other, destroying each other's nature and properties in the process: competing and clashing with every step you take; sand forcing out clay, clay pushing out water, and soot getting involved everywhere, tainting everything. Let's imagine that this ounce of mud is left completely still, allowing its elements to group together, like attracting like, so their atoms can get as close as possible to one another.'
'Let the clay begin. Ridding itself of all foreign substance, it gradually becomes a white earth, already very beautiful, and fit, with help of congealing fire, to be made into finest porcelain, and painted on, and be kept in kings' palaces. But such artificial consistence is not its best. Leave it still quiet, to follow its own instinct of unity, and it becomes, not only white but clear; not only clear, but hard; nor only clear and hard, but so set that it can deal with light in a wonderful way, and gather out of it the loveliest blue rays only, refusing the rest. We call it then a sapphire.
'Let the clay begin. Freeing itself from all impurities, it slowly turns into a beautiful white earth, ready to be transformed into fine porcelain with the aid of intense heat, painted on, and displayed in royal palaces. But that manufactured solidity isn’t its true potential. If left undisturbed to follow its natural instinct for harmony, it becomes not only white but also clear; not just clear, but also hard; and not only clear and hard, but structured in a way that allows it to interact with light in an amazing manner, filtering out and capturing the most stunning blue rays while rejecting the rest. We then call it a sapphire.
'Such being the consummation of the clay, we give similar permission of quiet to the sand. It also becomes, first, a white earth; then proceeds to grow clear and hard, and at last arranges itself in mysterious, infinitely fine parallel lines, which have the power of reflecting, not merely the blue rays, but the blue, green, purple, and red rays, in the greatest beauty in which they can be seen through any hard material whatsoever. We call it then an opal.
'Such being the final form of the clay, we also grant a similar sense of tranquility to the sand. It first turns into white earth, then becomes clear and hard, and finally aligns itself in mysterious, infinitely fine parallel lines that have the ability to reflect not just the blue rays, but also the blue, green, purple, and red rays, in the most beautiful way they can be seen through any hard material. We then call it an opal.
'In next order the soot sets to work. It cannot make itself white at first; but, instead of being discouraged, tries harder and harder; and comes out clear at last; and the hardest[Pg 142] thing in the world: and for the blackness that it had, obtains in exchange the power of reflecting all the rays of the sun at once, in the vividest blaze that any solid thing can shoot. We call it then a diamond.
'Next, the soot gets to work. It can't become white right away, but instead of getting discouraged, it keeps trying harder and harder. Eventually, it comes out clear at last, and the hardest[Pg 142] thing in the world: and for the blackness it had, it gains the ability to reflect all the rays of the sun at once, in the brightest blaze that any solid object can produce. We then call it a diamond.'
'Last of all, the water purifies, or unites itself; contented enough if it only reach the form of a dewdrop: but, if we insist on its proceeding to a more perfect consistence, it crystallises into the shape of a star. And, for the ounce of slime which we had by political economy of competition, we have, by political economy of co-operation, a sapphire, an opal, and a diamond, set in the midst of a star of snow.'
'Finally, the water purifies or combines; it's happy enough if it just becomes a dewdrop. But if we push for it to take a more perfect form, it crystallizes into a star shape. And for the bit of sludge we got from the competitive economy, we now have, through the cooperative economy, a sapphire, an opal, and a diamond, surrounded by a star of snow.'
L. I have asked you to hear that, children, because, from all that we have seen in the work and play of these past days, I would have you gain at least one grave and enduring thought. The seeming trouble,—the unquestionable degradation,—of the elements of the physical earth, must passively wait the appointed time of their repose, or their restoration. It can only be brought about for them by the agency of external law. But if, indeed, there be a nobler life in us than in these strangely moving atoms;—if, indeed, there is an eternal difference between the fire which inhabits them, and that which animates us,—it must be shown, by each of us in his appointed place, not merely in the patience, but in the activity of our hope; not merely by our desire, but our labour, for the time when the Dust of the generations of men shall be confirmed for foundations of the gates of the city of God. The human clay, now trampled and despised, will not be,—cannot be,—knit into strength and light by accident or ordinances of unassisted fate. By human cruelty and iniquity it has been afflicted;—by human mercy and justice it must be raised: and, in all fear or questioning of what is or is not, the real message of creation, or of revelation, you may assuredly find perfect peace, if you are resolved to do that which your Lord has plainly required,—and content that He should indeed require no more of you,—than to do Justice, to love Mercy, and to walk humbly with Him.
L. I’ve asked you to listen, kids, because from everything we’ve seen in the work and play of these past days, I want you to take away at least one serious and lasting idea. The apparent trouble—the undeniable decline—of the elements of the physical earth must simply wait for the right time to either rest or be restored. This can only happen through the influence of external laws. But if we indeed have a higher life within us than these oddly moving atoms; if there truly is an eternal difference between the fire that lives in them and the fire that drives us, it must be demonstrated by each of us in our own way—not just in the patience of our hope, but in the active pursuit of it; not just through our desire, but through our efforts, for the time when the Dust of generations will be laid as the foundation for the gates of the city of God. The human clay, currently trampled and scorned, will not be—cannot be—formed into strength and light by chance or the dictates of fate alone. It has been damaged by human cruelty and injustice; it must be lifted by human compassion and fairness. And amidst any fear or doubt about what is true or false regarding creation or revelation, you will undoubtedly find perfect peace if you are determined to do what your Lord has clearly asked—content that He requires nothing more of you than to seek Justice, love Mercy, and walk humbly with Him.
FOOTNOTES:
[153] Note vi.
NOTES.
Note I.
Page 24.
Page 24.
'That third pyramid of hers.'
'That third pyramid of hers.'
Throughout the dialogues, it must be observed that 'Sibyl' is addressed (when in play) as having once been the Cumæan Sibyl; and 'Egypt' as having been queen Nitocris,—the Cinderella, and 'the greatest heroine and beauty' of Egyptian story. The Egyptians called her 'Neith the Victorious' (Nitocris), and the Greeks 'Face of the Rose' (Rhodope). Chaucer's beautiful conception of Cleopatra in the 'Legend of Good Women,' is much more founded on the traditions of her than on those of Cleopatra; and, especially in its close, modified by Herodotus's terrible story of the death of Nitocris, which, however, is mythologically nothing more than a part of the deep monotonous ancient dirge for the fulfilment of the earthly destiny of Beauty; 'She cast herself into a chamber full of ashes.'
Throughout the dialogues, it's important to note that 'Sibyl' is referred to as having once been the Cumæan Sibyl when in the play, and 'Egypt' is referred to as Queen Nitocris—the Cinderella and 'the greatest heroine and beauty' of Egyptian lore. The Egyptians named her 'Neith the Victorious' (Nitocris), while the Greeks called her 'Face of the Rose' (Rhodope). Chaucer's beautiful portrayal of Cleopatra in the 'Legend of Good Women' relies more on her traditions than on those of Cleopatra, especially in its conclusion, which is influenced by Herodotus's frightening tale of Nitocris's death. However, this story is essentially just part of the deep, haunting ancient lament for the inevitable fate of Beauty: 'She cast herself into a chamber full of ashes.'
I believe this Queen is now sufficiently ascertained to have either built, or increased to double its former size, the third pyramid of Gizeh: and the passage following in the text refers to an imaginary endeavour, by the Old Lecturer and the children together, to make out the description of that pyramid in the 167th page of the second volume of Bunsen's 'Egypt's Place in Universal History'—ideal endeavour,—which ideally terminates as the Old Lecturer's real endeavours to the same end always have terminated. There are, however, valuable notes respecting Nitocris at page 210 of the same volume: but the 'Early Egyptian History for the Young,' by the author of Sidney Gray, contains, in a pleasant form, as much information as young readers will usually need.
I believe this Queen has now been confirmed to have either built or doubled the size of the third pyramid of Giza. The following passage refers to a fictional attempt by the Old Lecturer and the children to figure out the description of that pyramid on page 167 of the second volume of Bunsen's 'Egypt's Place in Universal History'—a typical endeavor, which ends as all of the Old Lecturer's real attempts to achieve the same have. However, there are useful notes about Nitocris on page 210 of the same volume. But the 'Early Egyptian History for the Young,' by the author of Sidney Gray, has as much information as young readers usually need, presented in an engaging way.
Note 2.
Page 25.
Page 25.
'Pyramid of Asychis.'
'Pyramid of Asychis.'
This pyramid, in mythology, divides with the Tower of Babel the shame, or vain glory, of being presumptuously, and first among great edifices, built with 'brick for stone.' This was the inscription on it, according to Herodotus:[Pg 144]—
This pyramid, in mythology, shares with the Tower of Babel the disgrace, or empty pride, of being the first among great buildings, constructed with 'brick for stone.' This was the inscription on it, according to Herodotus:[Pg 144]—
'Despise me not, in comparing me with the pyramids of stone; for I have the pre-eminence over them, as far as Jupiter has pre-eminence over the gods. For, striking with staves into the pool, men gathered the clay which fastened itself to the staff, and kneaded bricks out of it, and so made me.'
'Do not look down on me by comparing me to the stone pyramids; I am superior to them, just like Jupiter is superior to the other gods. For, by striking the pool with sticks, people collected the clay that stuck to the sticks, molded it into bricks, and thus created me.'
The word I have translated 'kneaded' is literally 'drew;' in the sense of drawing, for which the Latins used 'duco;' and thus gave us our 'ductile' in speaking of dead clay, and Duke, Doge, or leader, in speaking of living clay. As the asserted pre-eminence of the edifice is made, in this inscription, to rest merely on the quantity of labour consumed in it, this pyramid is considered, in the text, as the type, at once, of the base building, and of the lost labour, of future ages, so far at least as the spirits of measured and mechanical effort deal with it: but Neith, exercising her power upon it, makes it a type of the work of wise and inspired builders.
The word I translated as 'kneaded' actually means 'drew,' in the sense of drawing, which the Latins expressed with 'duco;' this gave us 'ductile' when talking about dead clay, and Duke, Doge, or leader when referring to living clay. Since the supposed superiority of the building is based solely on the amount of labor that went into it, this pyramid is viewed in the text as a symbol of both the basic structure and the wasted effort of future generations, at least in terms of how those focused on measured and mechanical work perceive it. However, Neith, using her power over it, turns it into a symbol of the work done by wise and inspired builders.
Note 3.
Page 25.
Page 25.
'The Greater Pthah.'
'The Greater Pthah.'
It is impossible, as yet, to define with distinctness the personal agencies of the Egyptian deities. They are continually associated in function, or hold derivative powers, or are related to each other in mysterious triads; uniting always symbolism of physical phenomena with real spiritual power. I have endeavoured partly to explain this in the text of the tenth Lecture: here, it is only necessary for the reader to know that the Greater Pthah more or less represents the formative power of order and measurement: he always stands on a four-square pedestal, 'the Egyptian cubit, metaphorically used as the hieroglyphic for truth;' his limbs are bound together, to signify fixed stability, as of a pillar; he has a measuring-rod in his hand; and at Philæ, is represented as holding an egg on a potter's wheel; but I do not know if this symbol occurs in older sculptures. His usual title is the 'Lord of Truth.' Others, very beautiful: 'King of the Two Worlds, of Gracious Countenance,' 'Superintendent of the Great Abode,' &c., are given by Mr. Birch in Arundale's 'Gallery of Antiquities,' which I suppose is the book of best authority easily accessible. For the full titles and utterances of the gods, Rosellini is as yet the only—and I believe, still a very questionable—authority; and Arundale's little book, excellent in the text, has this great defect, that its drawings give the statues invariably a ludicrous or ignoble character. Readers who have not access to the originals must be warned against this frequent fault in modern illustration (especially existing also in some of the painted casts of Gothic and Norman[Pg 145] work at the Crystal Palace). It is not owing to any wilful want of veracity: the plates in Arundale's book are laboriously faithful: but the expressions of both face and body in a figure depend merely on emphasis of touch; and, in barbaric art, most draughtsmen emphasise what they plainly see—the barbarism; and miss conditions of nobleness, which they must approach the monument in a different temper before they will discover, and draw with great subtlety before they can express.
It’s still tough to clearly define the personal roles of the Egyptian gods. They're often connected in their functions, share certain powers, or form mysterious triads; they consistently combine symbols of physical phenomena with true spiritual power. I’ve tried to explain this somewhat in the text of the tenth Lecture: here, it’s only important for the reader to understand that the Greater Pthah represents the creative force of order and measurement: he always stands on a square base, ‘the Egyptian cubit, metaphorically used as the hieroglyph for truth;’ his limbs are tied together to symbolize the fixed stability of a pillar; he holds a measuring-rod in his hand; and at Philæ, he’s depicted with an egg on a potter's wheel, though I'm not sure if this symbol appears in older sculptures. His common title is the 'Lord of Truth.' Other beautiful titles, like 'King of the Two Worlds, of Gracious Countenance,' and 'Superintendent of the Great Abode,' are provided by Mr. Birch in Arundale's 'Gallery of Antiquities,' which I assume is the most reliable book readily available. For complete titles and phrases of the gods, Rosellini is still the only—though still quite questionable—source; and Arundale's small book, which has excellent text, has the major flaw that its illustrations often make the statues look ridiculous or unrefined. Readers without access to the originals should be cautious about this common problem in modern illustrations (which also appears in some of the painted casts of Gothic and Norman work at the Crystal Palace). It’s not due to any intentional inaccuracy: the images in Arundale's book are painstakingly accurate. However, the expressions of both the face and body in a figure depend solely on the emphasis of the artist's touch; and in primitive art, many artists stress what they can clearly see—the rawness—and overlook the elements of nobility, which require a different mindset to approach the monument in order to notice them, and to draw with great subtlety in order to express them.
The character of the Lower Pthah, or perhaps I ought rather to say, of Pthah in his lower office, is sufficiently explained in the text of the third Lecture; only the reader must be warned that the Egyptian symbolism of him by the beetle was not a scornful one; it expressed only the idea of his presence in the first elements of life. But it may not unjustly be used, in another sense, by us, who have seen his power in new development; and, even as it was, I cannot conceive that the Egyptians should have regarded their beetle-headed image of him (Champollion, 'Pantheon,' pl. 12), without some occult scorn. It is the most painful of all their types of any beneficent power; and even among those of evil influences, none can be compared with it, except its opposite, the tortoise-headed demon of indolence.
The character of Lower Pthah, or maybe I should say Pthah in his lower role, is explained in the text of the third Lecture; however, readers should note that the Egyptian symbolism of him represented by the beetle was not meant to be mocking; it simply conveyed his presence in the basic elements of life. Yet, we might use it in another way, having witnessed his power in new developments; still, I can't imagine the Egyptians viewed their beetle-headed image of him (Champollion, 'Pantheon,' pl. 12) without some hidden contempt. It is the most painful representation of any benevolent power they had; and among those representing evil influences, only its opposite, the tortoise-headed demon of laziness, can compare to it.
Pasht (p. 24, line 32) is connected with the Greek Artemis, especially in her offices of judgment and vengeance. She is usually lioness-headed; sometimes cat-headed; her attributes seeming often trivial or ludicrous unless their full meaning is known; but the enquiry is much too wide to be followed here. The cat was sacred to her; or rather to the sun, and secondarily to her. She is alluded to in the text because she is always the companion of Pthah (called 'the beloved of Pthah,' it may be as Judgment, demanded and longed for by Truth); and it may be well for young readers to have this fixed in their minds, even by chance association. There are more statues of Pasht in the British Museum than of any other Egyptian deity; several of them fine in workmanship; nearly all in dark stone, which may be, presumably, to connect her, as the moon, with the night; and in her office of avenger, with grief.
Pasht (p. 24, line 32) is linked to the Greek goddess Artemis, particularly in her roles of judgment and revenge. She is usually depicted with a lioness head; sometimes with a cat head. Her symbols often seem insignificant or silly unless you know their deeper meaning, but that's too broad a topic to explore here. The cat was sacred to her—or more accurately, to the sun, and to her as a secondary figure. She's mentioned in the text because she is always alongside Pthah (referred to as 'the beloved of Pthah,' possibly representing Judgment, sought after and desired by Truth); it might be useful for young readers to remember this connection, even if just by chance. There are more statues of Pasht in the British Museum than any other Egyptian god; many of them are beautifully crafted, mostly in dark stone, which could symbolize her connection to the moon and the night, as well as her role as an avenger associated with grief.
Thoth (p. 27, line 17), is the Recording Angel of Judgment; and the Greek Hermes Phre (line 20), is the Sun.
Thoth (p. 27, line 17) is the Recording Angel of Judgment, and the Greek Hermes Phre (line 20) is the Sun.
Neith is the Egyptian spirit of divine wisdom; and the Athena of the Greeks. No sufficient statement of her many attributes, still less of their meanings, can be shortly given; but this should be noted respecting the veiling of the Egyptian image of her by vulture wings—that as she is, physically, the goddess of the air, this bird, the most powerful creature of the air known to the Egyptians, naturally became her symbol. It had other significations; but certainly this, when in connection with Neith. As representing her, it was the most important sign, next to the winged sphere, in Egyptian sculpture; and, just as in Homer, Athena[Pg 146] herself guides her heroes into battle, this symbol of wisdom, giving victory, floats over the heads of the Egyptian kings. The Greeks, representing the goddess herself in human form, yet would not lose the power of the Egyptian symbol, and changed it into an angel of victory. First seen in loveliness on the early coins of Syracuse and Leontium, it gradually became the received sign of all conquest, and the so-called 'Victory' of later times; which, little by little, loses its truth, and is accepted by the moderns only as a personification of victory itself,—not as an actual picture of the living Angel who led to victory. There is a wide difference between these two conceptions,—all the difference between insincere poetry, and sincere religion. This I have also endeavoured farther to illustrate in the tenth Lecture; there is however one part of Athena's character which it would have been irrelevant to dwell upon there; yet which I must not wholly leave unnoticed.
Neith is the Egyptian goddess of divine wisdom, similar to Athena in Greek mythology. It's challenging to briefly describe her many attributes and their meanings, but it's worth noting that the Egyptian depiction of her is veiled by vulture wings. This is significant because she is physically the goddess of the air, and the vulture, being the most powerful bird known to the Egyptians, naturally became her symbol. While it has other meanings, this connection with Neith is key. In Egyptian sculpture, the vulture wings were one of the most important symbols representing her, second only to the winged sphere. Just as Athena guides her heroes into battle in Homer’s tales, the symbol of wisdom and victory hovers over the heads of the Egyptian kings. The Greeks depicted the goddess in human form but didn’t want to lose the power of the Egyptian symbol, transforming it into an angel of victory. First appearing beautifully on the early coins of Syracuse and Leontium, it gradually became recognized as a sign of all conquests, evolving into the so-called 'Victory' of later times, which increasingly lost its original meaning. Today, it’s often viewed merely as a personification of victory rather than an actual representation of the living Angel who led to triumph. There’s a significant difference between these two interpretations—it's the difference between insincere poetry and sincere religion. I've explored this further in the tenth Lecture, but there’s one aspect of Athena's character that's relevant to mention here, even if it seems a bit out of place.
As the goddess of the air, she physically represents both its beneficent calm, and necessary tempest: other storm-deities (as Chrysaor and Æolus) being invested with a subordinate and more or less malignant function, which is exclusively their own, and is related to that of Athena as the power of Mars is related to hers in war. So also Virgil makes her able to wield the lightning herself, while Juno cannot, but must pray for the intervention of Æolus. She has precisely the correspondent moral authority over calmness of mind, and just anger. She soothes Achilles, as she incites Tydides; her physical power over the air being always hinted correlatively. She grasps Achilles by his hair—as the wind would lift it—softly,
As the goddess of the air, she embodies both its peaceful calm and its essential storms: other storm gods (like Chrysaor and Æolus) have a lesser and often more harmful role that is unique to them, much like how the power of Mars relates to Athena in war. Virgil also depicts her as capable of wielding lightning herself, whereas Juno cannot and must rely on Æolus's help. She has a corresponding moral authority over mental tranquility and righteous anger. She calms Achilles while stirring up Tydides; her influence over the air is always subtly referenced. She gently pulls Achilles by his hair—as the wind would lift it—softly,
Like a spring breeze in a meadow.
She does not merely turn the lance of Mars from Diomed; but seizes it in both her hands, and casts it aside, with a sense of making it vain, like chaff in the wind;—to the shout of Achilles, she adds her own voice of storm in heaven—but in all cases the moral power is still the principal one—most beautifully in that seizing of Achilles by the hair, which was the talisman of his life (because he had vowed it to the Sperchius if he returned in safety), and which, in giving at Patroclus' tomb, he, knowingly, yields up the hope of return to his country, and signifies that he will die with his friend. Achilles and Tydides are, above all other heroes, aided by her in war, because their prevailing characters are the desire of justice, united in both with deep affections; and, in Achilles, with a passionate tenderness, which is the real root of his passionate anger. Ulysses is her favourite chiefly in her office as the goddess of conduct and design.[Pg 147]
She doesn't just deflect Mars's spear from Diomed; she grabs it with both hands and throws it aside, like dust in the wind, making it worthless. Along with Achilles' shout, she adds her own powerful voice from the skies—but throughout, the true strength comes from moral power. This is most beautifully shown when she seizes Achilles by the hair, which symbolizes his life (since he vowed to the Sperchius river that he would do so if he returned safely). By giving it up at Patroclus' tomb, he consciously gives up the hope of returning home and shows that he will die alongside his friend. Among all the heroes, Achilles and Tydides are especially supported by her in battle, as their main trait is the pursuit of justice, deeply intertwined with strong emotions; in Achilles' case, it's a passionate tenderness that fuels his fierce anger. Ulysses is her favorite mainly because of her role as the goddess of strategy and planning.[Pg 147]
NOTE IV.
Page 54.
Page 54.
'Geometrical limitations.'
'Geometric limitations.'
It is difficult, without a tedious accuracy, or without full illustration, to express the complete relations of crystalline structure, which dispose minerals to take, at different times, fibrous, massive, or foliated forms; and I am afraid this chapter will be generally skipped by the reader: yet the arrangement itself will be found useful, if kept broadly in mind; and the transitions of state are of the highest interest, if the subject is entered upon with any earnestness. It would have been vain to add to the scheme of this little volume any account of the geometrical forms of crystals: an available one, though still far too difficult and too copious, has been arranged by the Rev. Mr. Mitchell, for Orr's 'Circle of the Sciences'; and, I believe, the 'nets' of crystals, which are therein given to be cut out with scissors and put prettily together, will be found more conquerable by young ladies than by other students. They should also, when an opportunity occurs, be shown, at any public library, the diagram of the crystallisation of quartz referred to poles, at p. 8 of Cloizaux's 'Manuel de Minéralogie': that they may know what work is; and what the subject is.
It’s challenging, without getting overly detailed or providing complete illustrations, to describe the full relationships of crystalline structure that lead minerals to form fibrous, massive, or foliated shapes at different times. I worry that most readers will skip this chapter, but the overall arrangement will still be helpful if kept in mind. The changes in state are quite fascinating if you dive into the topic earnestly. It would have been pointless to include a detailed account of the geometric forms of crystals in this little book. A more accessible, though still complicated and extensive, version has been put together by Rev. Mr. Mitchell for Orr's 'Circle of the Sciences.' I believe the crystal "nets" he provides, meant to be cut out and assembled, will be easier for young ladies to handle than for other students. They should also, when they get the chance, check out the diagram of quartz crystallization related to poles on page 8 of Cloizaux's 'Manuel de Minéralogie,' so they can understand what real work looks like and what this subject entails.
With a view to more careful examination of the nascent states of silica, I have made no allusion in this volume to the influence of mere segregation, as connected with the crystalline power. It has only been recently, during the study of the breccias alluded to in page 113, that I have fully seen the extent to which this singular force often modifies rocks in which at first its influence might hardly have been suspected; many apparent conglomerates being in reality formed chiefly by segregation, combined with mysterious brokenly-zoned structures, like those of some malachites. I hope some day to know more of these and several other mineral phenomena (especially of those connected with the relative sizes of crystals), which otherwise I should have endeavoured to describe in this volume.
To better examine the early forms of silica, I haven't mentioned in this book the effects of simple segregation in relation to crystalline structure. It’s only recently, while studying the breccias mentioned on page 113, that I’ve realized how much this unique force often alters rocks where its effects might initially seem unlikely; many rocks that look like conglomerates are actually formed mainly through segregation, combined with strangely patterned structures, similar to those found in some malachites. I hope to learn more about these and other mineral phenomena (especially those related to the varying sizes of crystals), which I would have tried to describe in this book if time had allowed.
NOTE V.
Page 102.
Page 102.
'St. Barbara.'
Saint Barbara.
I would have given the legends of St. Barbara, and St. Thomas, if I had thought it always well for young readers to have everything at once told them which they may wish to know. They will remember the stories better after taking some trouble to find them: and the text is intelligible[Pg 148] enough as it stands. The idea of St. Barbara, as there given is founded partly on her legend in Peter de Natalibus, partly on the beautiful photograph of Van Eyck's picture of her at Antwerp: which was some time since published at Lille.
I would have shared the stories of St. Barbara and St. Thomas if I believed it was always a good idea for young readers to be given all the information they might want right away. They'll remember the tales better if they put in some effort to discover them: and the text is clear enough as it is. The portrayal of St. Barbara here is based partly on her story in Peter de Natalibus, and partly on the stunning photograph of Van Eyck's painting of her in Antwerp, which was published some time ago in Lille.[Pg 148]
NOTE VI.
Page 137.
Page 137.
'King of the Valley of Diamonds.'
'King of the Valley of Diamonds.'
Isabel interrupted the Lecturer here, and was briefly bid to hold her tongue; which gave rise to some talk, apart, afterwards, between L. and Sibyl, of which a word or two may be perhaps advisably set down.
Isabel cut in on the Lecturer at this point and was quickly told to be quiet; this led to some conversation later between L. and Sibyl, and a word or two about that might be worth noting.
Sibyl. We shall spoil Isabel, certainly, if we don't mind: I was glad you stopped her, and yet sorry; for she wanted so much to ask about the Valley of Diamonds again, and she has worked so hard at it, and made it nearly all out by herself. She recollected Elisha's throwing in the meal, which nobody else did.
Sibyl. We'll definitely spoil Isabel if we're not careful: I was happy you stopped her, but also a bit sad; she really wanted to ask about the Valley of Diamonds again, and she's put in so much effort to figure it out on her own. She remembered Elisha throwing in the meal, which no one else did.
L. But what did she want to ask?
L. But what did she want to ask?
Sibyl. About the mulberry trees and the serpents; we are all stopped by that. Won't you tell us what it means?
Sibyl. Regarding the mulberry trees and the snakes; that's something that holds us all back. Can you explain what it means?
L. Now, Sibyl, I am sure you, who never explained yourself, should be the last to expect others to do so. I hate explaining myself.
L. Now, Sibyl, I’m sure you, who never clarify your thoughts, should be the last to expect others to do so. I really dislike explaining myself.
Sibyl. And yet how often you complain of other people for not saying what they meant. How I have heard you growl over the three stone steps to purgatory; for instance!
Sibyl. And yet how often you complain about other people not saying what they really mean. I've heard you grumble about the three stone steps to purgatory, for example!
L. Yes; because Dante's meaning is worth getting at; but mine matters nothing: at least, if ever I think it is of any consequence, I speak it as clearly as may be. But you may make anything you like of the serpent forests. I could have helped you to find out what they were, by giving a little more detail, but it would have been tiresome.
L. Yes; because getting to the bottom of Dante's meaning is important; but mine doesn’t really matter: at least, if I ever think it’s significant, I express it as clearly as possible. But you can interpret the serpent forests however you want. I could have helped you understand what they were by providing a bit more detail, but that would have been boring.
Sibyl. It is much more tiresome not to find out. Tell us, please, as Isabel says, because we feel so stupid.
Oracle. It's way more exhausting not knowing. Please tell us, like Isabel says, because we feel so dumb.
L. There is no stupidity; you could not possibly do more than guess at anything so vague. But I think, you, Sibyl, at least, might have recollected what first dyed the mulberry?
L. There’s no such thing as stupidity; you really can only make guesses about something so unclear. But I think, Sibyl, you could at least remember what first colored the mulberry?
Sibyl. So I did; but that helped little; I thought of Dante's forest of suicides, too, but you would not simply have borrowed that?
Sibyl. I did, but it didn’t really help; I also thought about Dante’s forest of suicides, but you wouldn’t have just borrowed that, would you?
L. No. If I had had strength to use it, I should have stolen it, to beat into another shape; not borrowed it. But that idea of souls in trees is as old as the world; or at least, as the world of man. And I did mean that there were souls in those dark branches; the souls of all those who had perished in misery through the pursuit of riches; and that the river was of their blood, gathering gradually, and flowing out[Pg 149] of the valley. That I meant the serpents for the souls of those who had lived carelessly and wantonly in their riches; and who have all their sins forgiven by the world, because they are rich: and therefore they have seven crimson crested heads, for the seven mortal sins; of which they are proud: and these, and the memory and report of them, are the chief causes of temptation to others, as showing the pleasantness and absolving power of riches; so that thus they are singing serpents. And the worms are the souls of the common money-getters and traffickers, who do nothing but eat and spin: and who gain habitually by the distress or foolishness of others (as you see the butchers have been gaining out of the panic at the cattle plague, among the poor),—so they are made to eat the dark leaves, and spin, and perish.
L. No. If I had the power to use it, I would have stolen it to reshape it; not borrowed it. But the idea of souls in trees is ancient; or at least as old as humanity. And I did mean that there were souls in those dark branches; the souls of those who suffered and died in misery while chasing wealth; and that the river was filled with their blood, gradually gathering and flowing out[Pg 149] of the valley. I meant the serpents to represent the souls of those who lived recklessly and indulgently with their riches; and who have all their sins overlooked by society because they are wealthy: and so they have seven crimson crested heads, symbolizing the seven deadly sins; of which they are proud: and these, along with the memories and reports of them, are the main sources of temptation for others, showcasing the allure and forgiving nature of wealth; thus, they are singing serpents. And the worms are the souls of the everyday money-makers and traders, who do nothing but consume and spin: and who consistently profit from the suffering or foolishness of others (as you see butchers profiting from the panic over the cattle plague among the poor)—so they are forced to eat the dark leaves, spin, and ultimately perish.
Sibyl. And the souls of the great, cruel, rich people who oppress the poor, and lend money to government to make unjust war, where are they?
Sibyl. And what about the souls of those powerful, ruthless, wealthy people who oppress the poor and lend money to the government to wage unfair wars? Where are they?
L. They change into the ice, I believe, and are knit with the gold; and make the grave dust of the valley. I believe so, at least, for no one ever sees those souls anywhere.
L. They turn into the ice, I think, and are combined with the gold; and create the grave dust of the valley. I think so, at least, because no one ever sees those souls anywhere.
(Sibyl ceases questioning.)
(Sibyl stops asking.)
Isabel (who has crept up to her side without any one's seeing). Oh, Sibyl, please ask him about the fire-flies!
Isabelle (who has quietly approached her without anyone noticing). Oh, Sibyl, can you please ask him about the fireflies!
L. What, you there, mousie! No; I won't tell either Sibyl or you about the fire-flies; nor a word more about anything else. You ought to be little fire-flies yourselves, and find your way in twilight by your own wits.
L. What, you there, little mouse! No; I won’t tell either Sibyl or you about the fireflies; not a single word about anything else. You should be like little fireflies yourselves and find your way in the twilight using your own cleverness.
Isabel. But you said they burned, you know?
Isabel. But you said they were burned, right?
L. Yes; and you may be fire-flies that way too, some of you, before long, though I did not mean that. Away with you, children. You have thought enough for to-day.
L. Yes; and some of you might become fireflies that way too, soon enough, though that’s not what I meant. Go on, kids. You’ve thought enough for today.
NOTE TO SECOND EDITION.
Sentence out of letter from May (who is staying with Isabel just now at Cassel), dated 15th June, 1877:—
Sentence from a letter dated June 15, 1877, from May (who is currently staying with Isabel at Cassel):—
"I am reading the Ethics with a nice Irish girl who is staying here, and she's just as puzzled as I've always been about the fire-flies, and we both want to know so much.—Please be a very nice old Lecturer, and tell us, won't you?"
"I’m reading the Ethics with a lovely Irish girl who’s here with me, and she’s just as confused as I’ve always been about the fireflies, and we both want to know a lot. —Please be a really nice old Lecturer and tell us, okay?"
Well, May, you never were a vain girl; so could scarcely guess that I [Pg 150]meant them for the light, unpursued vanities, which yet blind us, confused among the stars. One evening, as I came late into Siena, the fire-flies were flying high on a stormy sirocco wind,—the stars themselves no brighter, and all their host seeming, at moments, to fade as the insects faded.
Well, May, you were never a vain girl, so you could hardly guess that I [Pg 150]meant them for the light, unchased distractions, which still blind us, mixed up with the stars. One evening, as I arrived late in Siena, the fireflies were dancing high on a stormy sirocco wind—the stars themselves no brighter, and all their number seeming, at times, to fade as the insects faded.
FICTION—FAIR AND FOUL.
On the first mild—or, at least, the first bright—day of March, in this year, I walked through what was once a country lane, between the hostelry of the Half-moon at the bottom of Herne Hill, and the secluded College of Dulwich.
On the first mild—or at least the first bright—day of March this year, I walked through what used to be a country lane, between the Half-moon Inn at the bottom of Herne Hill and the quiet College of Dulwich.
In my young days, Croxsted Lane was a green bye-road traversable for some distance by carts; but rarely so traversed, and, for the most part, little else than a narrow strip of untilled field, separated by blackberry hedges from the better cared-for meadows on each side of it: growing more weeds, therefore, than they, and perhaps in spring a primrose or two—white archangel—daisies plenty, and purple thistles in autumn. A slender rivulet, boasting little of its brightness, for there are no springs at Dulwich, yet fed purely enough by the rain and morning dew, here trickled—there loitered—through the long grass beneath the hedges, and expanded itself, where it might, into moderately clear and deep pools, in which, under their veils of duck-weed, a fresh-water shell or two, sundry curious little skipping shrimps, any quantity of tadpoles in their time, and even sometimes a tittlebat, offered themselves to my boyhood's pleased, and not inaccurate, observation. There, my mother and I used to gather the first buds of the hawthorn; and there, in after years, I used to walk in the summer shadows, as in a place wilder and sweeter than our garden, to think over any passage I wanted to make better than usual in Modern Painters.
In my younger days, Croxsted Lane was a green back road that could be traveled for some distance by carts, though it was rarely used this way. For the most part, it was just a narrow stretch of uncultivated land, separated by blackberry bushes from the well-maintained meadows on either side. It grew more weeds than those meadows and maybe a couple of primroses in the spring—white archangel flowers—plenty of daisies, and purple thistles in the autumn. A thin little stream, not very bright since there are no springs at Dulwich, was sufficiently fed by rain and morning dew. Here it trickled and there it lingered through the long grass under the hedges, expanding into moderately clear and deep pools wherever it could. In those pools, hidden beneath duckweed, there were sometimes a couple of freshwater shells, various little skipping shrimp, a lot of tadpoles in their season, and even the occasional tiny bat, all of which delighted my youthful and fairly accurate observations. My mother and I would gather the first hawthorn buds there, and as the years passed, I would walk there in the summer shade, in a place wilder and sweeter than our garden, to think about any section I wanted to improve in Modern Painters.
So, as aforesaid, on the first kindly day of this year, being thoughtful more than usual of those old times, I went to look again at the place.[Pg 154]
So, like I mentioned before, on the first nice day of this year, feeling more nostalgic than usual about those old times, I went to check out the place again.[Pg 154]
Often, both in those days, and since, I have put myself hard to it, vainly, to find words wherewith to tell of beautiful things; but beauty has been in the world since the world was made, and human language can make a shift, somehow, to give account of it, whereas the peculiar forces of devastation induced by modern city life have only entered the world lately; and no existing terms of language known to me are enough to describe the forms of filth, and modes of ruin, that varied themselves along the course of Croxsted Lane. The fields on each side of it are now mostly dug up for building, or cut through into gaunt corners and nooks of blind ground by the wild crossings and concurrencies of three railroads. Half a dozen handfuls of new cottages, with Doric doors, are dropped about here and there among the gashed ground: the lane itself, now entirely grassless, is a deep-rutted, heavy-hillocked cart-road, diverging gatelessly into various brick-fields or pieces of waste; and bordered on each side by heaps of—Hades only knows what!—mixed dust of every unclean thing that can crumble in drought, and mildew of every unclean thing that can rot or rust in damp: ashes and rags, beer-bottles and old shoes, battered pans, smashed crockery, shreds of nameless clothes, door-sweepings, floor-sweepings, kitchen garbage, back-garden sewage, old iron, rotten timber jagged with out-torn nails, cigar-ends, pipe-bowls, cinders, bones, and ordure, indescribable; and, variously kneaded into, sticking to, or fluttering foully here and there over all these,—remnants broadcast, of every manner of newspaper, advertisement or big-lettered bill, festering and flaunting out their last publicity in the pits of stinking dust and mortal slime.
Often, both back then and since, I've struggled to find the right words to describe beautiful things; but beauty has existed in the world since its creation, and language can manage to express it somehow. Meanwhile, the unique destructive forces of modern city life have only recently emerged, and no words I know are sufficient to capture the filth and decay found along Croxsted Lane. The fields on either side are now mostly cleared for construction or broken up into awkward corners and hidden patches by the chaotic intersections of three railroads. A few clusters of new cottages with Doric doors are scattered among the scarred land: the lane itself, completely devoid of grass, has become a deeply rutted, heavily mounded cart road, endlessly leading into various brick fields or wastelands; it’s flanked by piles of—who knows what!—a mix of every unclean thing that can crumble in dry conditions, and mildew from everything that can rot or rust in dampness: ashes and rags, beer bottles and old shoes, battered pans, broken dishes, scraps of unrecognizable clothing, dust from doorways, floor sweepings, kitchen waste, back-garden sewage, scrap metal, rotten wood jagged with nails, cigar butts, pipe bowls, cinders, bones, and indescribable waste; and, variously mixed into, stuck to, or foully fluttering here and there over everything, remnants of all kinds of newspapers, advertisements, or large billboards, festering and showcasing their last messages amid the stinking dust and filthy sludge.
The lane ends now where its prettiest windings once began; being cut off by a cross-road leading out of Dulwich to a minor railway station: and on the other side of this road, what was of old the daintiest intricacy of its solitude is changed into a straight, and evenly macadamised carriage drive, between new houses of extreme respectability, with good attached gardens and offices—most of these tenements being larger—all more pretentious, and many, I imagine, held at greatly higher rent than my father's, tenanted for twenty years at Herne Hill.[Pg 155] And it became matter of curious meditation to me what must here become of children resembling my poor little dreamy quondam self in temper, and thus brought up at the same distance from London, and in the same or better circumstances of worldly fortune; but with only Croxsted Lane in its present condition for their country walk. The trimly kept road before their doors, such as one used to see in the fashionable suburbs of Cheltenham or Leamington, presents nothing to their study but gravel, and gas-lamp posts; the modern addition of a vermilion letter-pillar contributing indeed to the splendour, but scarcely to the interest of the scene; and a child of any sense or fancy would hastily contrive escape from such a barren desert of politeness, and betake itself to investigation, such as might be feasible, of the natural history of Croxsted Lane.
The lane now ends where its most beautiful curves used to start; it's blocked off by a crossroad leading from Dulwich to a small railway station. On the other side of this road, what used to be a charmingly intricate solitude has turned into a straight, well-paved driveway between new houses that are very respectable, with nice attached gardens and offices—most of these properties being larger, all more impressive, and many, I guess, rented for a lot more than my father's place, which had been rented for twenty years at Herne Hill.[Pg 155] It made me think curiously about what would happen to kids like my poor little dreamy self back in the day, raised at the same distance from London, and in similar or better financial situations; but now only having Croxsted Lane in its current state for their country walks. The neatly maintained road in front of their homes, much like those seen in the trendy suburbs of Cheltenham or Leamington, offers nothing for them to explore other than gravel and gas lamp posts; the new addition of a bright red letterbox adds to the showiness, but hardly to the interest of the scene. A child with any sense or imagination would quickly figure out how to escape such a dull expanse of politeness and would seek out whatever exploration they could do regarding the natural history of Croxsted Lane.
But, for its sense or fancy, what food, or stimulus, can it find, in that foul causeway of its youthful pilgrimage? What would have happened to myself, so directed, I cannot clearly imagine. Possibly, I might have got interested in the old iron and wood-shavings; and become an engineer or a carpenter: but for the children of to-day, accustomed from the instant they are out of their cradles, to the sight of this infinite nastiness, prevailing as a fixed condition of the universe, over the face of nature, and accompanying all the operations of industrious man, what is to be the scholastic issue? unless, indeed, the thrill of scientific vanity in the primary analysis of some unheard-of process of corruption—or the reward of microscopic research in the sight of worms with more legs, and acari of more curious generation than ever vivified the more simply smelling plasma of antiquity.
But what inspiration or motivation can it find in that disgusting path of its early journey? I can’t quite picture what might have happened to me if I had followed that path. Maybe I would have gotten interested in the old metal scraps and wood shavings and become an engineer or carpenter. But for today's kids, who are used from the moment they leave their cribs to this constant exposure to filth as a norm in the world, what will their education lead to? Unless, of course, it's the excitement of scientific pride from analyzing some strange process of decay—or the satisfaction of microscopic research seeing worms with extra legs and tiny creatures with more bizarre reproductions than what ever existed in the simpler smells of the past.
One result of such elementary education is, however, already certain; namely, that the pleasure which we may conceive taken by the children of the coming time, in the analysis of physical corruption, guides, into fields more dangerous and desolate, the expatiation of imaginative literature: and that the reactions of moral disease upon itself, and the conditions of languidly monstrous character developed in an atmosphere of low vitality, have become the most valued material of modern[Pg 156] fiction, and the most eagerly discussed texts of modern philosophy.
One outcome of this basic education is already clear: the enjoyment that future children might find in analyzing moral decay leads imaginative literature into more perilous and bleak territories. The way moral corruption affects itself, along with the traits of lethargically grotesque characters shaped in a low-energy environment, have become the most sought-after subjects in modern[Pg 156] fiction and the most hotly debated topics in contemporary philosophy.
The many concurrent reasons for this mischief may, I believe, be massed under a few general heads.
The various reasons for this trouble can, I think, be grouped under a few broad categories.
I. There is first the hot fermentation and unwholesome secrecy of the population crowded into large cities, each mote in the misery lighter, as an individual soul, than a dead leaf, but becoming oppressive and infectious each to his neighbour, in the smoking mass of decay. The resulting modes of mental ruin and distress are continually new; and in a certain sense, worth study in their monstrosity: they have accordingly developed a corresponding science of fiction, concerned mainly with the description of such forms of disease, like the botany of leaf-lichens.
I. First, there's the intense chaos and unhealthy secrecy of the population packed into big cities. Each person, lonely in their suffering, feels lighter than a fallen leaf, but their pain becomes heavy and contagious to those around them in this smoldering mess of decay. The ways in which people's minds break down and suffer are constantly evolving, and in a way, they deserve to be studied for their bizarre nature. As a result, there's now a whole genre of fiction focused mainly on illustrating these kinds of psychological issues, similar to the study of leaf-lichen in botany.
In De Balzac's story of Father Goriot, a grocer makes a large fortune, of which he spends on himself as much as may keep him alive; and on his two daughters, all that can promote their pleasures or their pride. He marries them to men of rank, supplies their secret expenses, and provides for his favourite a separate and clandestine establishment with her lover. On his deathbed, he sends for this favourite daughter, who wishes to come, and hesitates for a quarter of an hour between doing so, and going to a ball at which it has been for the last month her chief ambition to be seen. She finally goes to the ball.
In De Balzac's story of Father Goriot, a grocer makes a huge fortune, of which he spends just enough on himself to stay alive; and he spends the rest on his two daughters, doing everything he can to support their pleasures or boost their pride. He marries them off to wealthy men, covers their secret expenses, and even sets up a separate, discreet place for his favorite daughter and her lover. On his deathbed, he asks to see this favorite daughter, who wants to come but hesitates for fifteen minutes, torn between visiting him or going to a ball where she's been dying to be seen for the past month. In the end, she chooses to go to the ball.
This story is, of course, one of which the violent contrasts and spectral catastrophe could only take place, or be conceived, in a large city. A village grocer cannot make a large fortune, cannot marry his daughters to titled squires, and cannot die without having his children brought to him, if in the neighbourhood, by fear of village gossip, if for no better cause.
This story is, of course, one where the extreme contrasts and haunting disaster could only happen, or be imagined, in a big city. A village grocer can't make a huge fortune, can't marry his daughters off to wealthy gentlemen, and can't pass away without having his kids brought to him, if they're nearby, out of fear of small-town gossip, if for no better reason.
II. But a much more profound feeling than this mere curiosity of science in morbid phenomena is concerned in the production of the carefullest forms of modern fiction. The disgrace and grief resulting from the mere trampling pressure and electric friction of town life, become to the sufferers peculiarly mysterious in their undeservedness, and frightful[Pg 157] in their inevitableness. The power of all surroundings over them for evil; the incapacity of their own minds to refuse the pollution, and of their own wills to oppose the weight, of the staggering mass that chokes and crushes them into perdition, brings every law of healthy existence into question with them, and every alleged method of help and hope into doubt. Indignation, without any calming faith in justice, and self-contempt, without any curative self-reproach, dull the intelligence, and degrade the conscience, into sullen incredulity of all sunshine outside the dunghill, or breeze beyond the wafting of its impurity; and at last a philosophy develops itself, partly satiric, partly consolatory, concerned only with the regenerative vigour of manure, and the necessary obscurities of fimetic Providence; showing how everybody's fault is somebody else's, how infection has no law, digestion no will, and profitable dirt no dishonour.
II. However, a much deeper feeling than mere curiosity about strange scientific phenomena drives the creation of the most carefully crafted modern fiction. The shame and sorrow that come from the harsh realities and electric tensions of city life become strangely mysterious to those who suffer, seeming undeserved and terrifying in their inevitability. The negative influence of their environment on them; their own minds' inability to escape the pollution, and their wills' powerlessness against the overwhelming force that smothers and crushes them into despair, challenge every principle of healthy living and bring every supposed method of help and hope into question. Anger, without any reassuring belief in justice, and self-loathing, without any healing self-criticism, dull their minds and tarnish their consciences, leading to a gloomy disbelief in any brightness beyond the filth, or fresh air beyond the stench of their misery; eventually, a philosophy emerges that is partly mocking and partly comforting, focused solely on the life-giving power of waste and the inevitable mysteries of grim fate; it illustrates how everyone’s faults belong to someone else, how disease follows no rules, digestion has no control, and beneficial filth holds no shame.
And thus an elaborate and ingenious scholasticism, in what may be called the Divinity of Decomposition, has established itself in connection with the more recent forms of romance, giving them at once a complacent tone of clerical dignity, and an agreeable dash of heretical impudence; while the inculcated doctrine has the double advantage of needing no laborious scholarship for its foundation, and no painful self-denial for its practice.
And so, a complex and clever system of thought, which could be called the Divinity of Decomposition, has emerged in relation to newer forms of storytelling. This system adds a pleasing mix of religious respectfulness and a bit of rebellious boldness to these stories. Plus, the teachings have the perk of not requiring any difficult studying to understand and no harsh sacrifices to apply.
III. The monotony of life in the central streets of any great modern city, but especially in those of London, where every emotion intended to be derived by men from the sight of nature, or the sense of art, is forbidden for ever, leaves the craving of the heart for a sincere, yet changeful, interest, to be fed from one source only. Under natural conditions the degree of mental excitement necessary to bodily health is provided by the course of the seasons, and the various skill and fortune of agriculture. In the country every morning of the year brings with it a new aspect of springing or fading nature; a new duty to be fulfilled upon earth, and a new promise or warning in heaven. No day is without its innocent hope, its special prudence, its kindly gift, and its sublime danger; and in every process of wise husbandry, and every[Pg 158] effort of contending or remedial courage, the wholesome passions, pride, and bodily power of the labourer are excited and exerted in happiest unison. The companionship of domestic, the care of serviceable, animals, soften and enlarge his life with lowly charities, and discipline him in familiar wisdoms and unboastful fortitudes; while the divine laws of seed-time which cannot be recalled, harvest which cannot be hastened, and winter in which no man can work, compel the impatiences and coveting of his heart into labour too submissive to be anxious, and rest too sweet to be wanton. What thought can enough comprehend the contrast between such life, and that in streets where summer and winter are only alternations of heat and cold; where snow never fell white, nor sunshine clear; where the ground is only a pavement, and the sky no more than the glass roof of an arcade; where the utmost power of a storm is to choke the gutters, and the finest magic of spring, to change mud into dust: where—chief and most fatal difference in state, there is no interest of occupation for any of the inhabitants but the routine of counter or desk within doors, and the effort to pass each other without collision outside; so that from morning to evening the only possible variation of the monotony of the hours, and lightening of the penalty of existence, must be some kind of mischief, limited, unless by more than ordinary godsend of fatality, to the fall of a horse, or the slitting of a pocket.
III. The monotony of life in the central streets of any major modern city, especially in London, where all emotions that people might experience from nature or art are completely blocked, leaves the heart's craving for genuine, yet changing, interest to be satisfied from just one source. Under natural conditions, the mental stimulation needed for good health is provided by the changing seasons and the varying challenges and successes of farming. In the countryside, every morning of the year brings a new perspective on nature's growth or decline; a new duty to be done on earth, and a new promise or warning from the heavens. No day is without its innocent hope, its unique caution, its kind gift, and its grand danger; and in every act of thoughtful farming, and every effort of brave endurance, the healthy passions, pride, and physical strength of the worker are stirred and energized in the happiest harmony. The companionship of domestic animals and the care for useful ones enrich his life with simple kindness, while teaching him practical wisdom and humble bravery; while the divine laws of planting, harvesting which cannot be rushed, and winter when no one can work, force the impatience and desires of his heart into labor that is too humble to be anxious, and rest that is too sweet to be indulgent. What thought can truly capture the contrast between such a life and the life in streets where summer and winter are just cycles of heat and cold; where snow never falls white, nor sunshine ever clear; where the ground is only concrete, and the sky is just the glass ceiling of a shopping arcade; where the greatest power of a storm is to block the drains, and the most magical aspect of spring is transforming mud into dust: where—most critically and painfully—there is no engaging occupation for any of the residents other than the daily grind at a counter or desk indoors, and the effort to navigate past each other without bumping into one another outside; so that from morning to evening, the only possible change to the monotony of the hours, and the lightening of life's burdens, must be some kind of trouble, confined, unless by an extraordinary twist of fate, to the falling of a horse, or the tearing of a pocket.
I said that under these laws of inanition, the craving of the human heart for some kind of excitement could be supplied from one source only. It might have been thought by any other than a sternly tentative philosopher, that the denial of their natural food to human feelings would have provoked a reactionary desire for it; and that the dreariness of the street would have been gilded by dreams of pastoral felicity. Experience has shown the fact to be otherwise; the thoroughly trained Londoner can enjoy no other excitement than that to which he has been accustomed, but asks for that in continually more ardent or more virulent concentration; and the ultimate power of fiction to entertain him is by varying to his fancy the modes, and defining for his dulness the horrors, of[Pg 159] Death. In the single novel of Bleak House there are nine deaths (or left for death's, in the drop scene) carefully wrought out or led up to, either by way of pleasing surprise, as the baby's at the brickmaker's, or finished in their threatenings and sufferings, with as much enjoyment as can be contrived in the anticipation, and as much pathology as can be concentrated in the description. Under the following varieties of method:—
I said that according to these laws of lack, the human heart's craving for excitement can only be satisfied from one source. Anyone other than a particularly cautious philosopher might think that depriving human feelings of their natural sustenance would spark a strong desire for it; and that the bleakness of the street would be brightened by dreams of pastoral happiness. However, experience has shown this to be untrue; the fully acclimated Londoner can find enjoyment only in the excitement they are used to, and they increasingly demand that with greater intensity and fervor. The ultimate power of fiction to entertain them lies in its ability to vary the scenarios and illustrate the terrors of[Pg 159] Death for their numbness. In the single novel of Bleak House, there are nine deaths (or situations leading to death, in the drop scene) carefully developed or set up, either as satisfying surprises, like the baby's at the brickmaker's, or fully realized in their threats and suffering, with as much enjoyment as can be squeezed from the anticipation, and as much emotional depth as can be packed into the description. Under the following varieties of method:—
One by assassination | Mr. Tulkinghorn. |
One by starvation, with phthisis | Joe. |
One by chagrin | Richard. |
One by spontaneous combustion | Mr. Krook. |
One by sorrow | Lady Dedlock's lover. |
One by remorse | Lady Dedlock. |
One by insanity | Miss Flite. |
One by paralysis | Sir Leicester. |
Besides the baby, by fever, and a lively young Frenchwoman left to be hanged.
Besides the baby, due to fever, and a vibrant young Frenchwoman left to be hanged.
And all this, observe, not in a tragic, adventurous, or military story, but merely as the further enlivenment of a narrative intended to be amusing; and as a properly representative average of the statistics of civilian mortality in the centre of London.
And all this, notice, not in a tragic, adventurous, or military tale, but just as an added excitement to a story meant to be entertaining; and as a true representation of the statistics of civilian deaths in the heart of London.
Observe further, and chiefly. It is not the mere number of deaths (which, if we count the odd troopers in the last scene, is exceeded in Old Mortality, and reached, within one or two, both in Waverley and Guy Mannering) that marks the peculiar tone of the modern novel. It is the fact that all these deaths, but one, are of inoffensive, or at least in the world's estimate respectable persons; and that they are all grotesquely either violent or miserable, purporting thus to illustrate the modern theology that the appointed destiny of a large average of our population is to die like rats in a drain, either by trap or poison. Not, indeed, that a lawyer in full practice can be usually supposed as faultless in the eye of heaven as a dove or a woodcock; but it is not, in former divinities, thought the[Pg 160] will of Providence that he should be dropped by a shot from a client behind his fire-screen, and retrieved in the morning by his housemaid under the chandelier. Neither is Lady Dedlock less reprehensible in her conduct than many women of fashion have been and will be: but it would not therefore have been thought poetically just, in old-fashioned morality, that she should be found by her daughter lying dead, with her face in the mud of a St. Giles's churchyard.
Look closer, especially at this: it’s not just the number of deaths (which, if we include the few soldiers in the last scene, is surpassed in Old Mortality, and nearly matches in Waverley and Guy Mannering) that defines the specific tone of modern novels. It’s the fact that all these deaths, except one, involve harmless or at least socially respectable people; and that they all die in either a grotesquely violent or miserable way, illustrating the modern belief that a large part of our population is destined to die like rats in a drain, whether by traps or poison. It’s true that a lawyer in active practice isn’t usually seen as blameless in the eyes of heaven, like a dove or a woodcock; but it’s not considered the[Pg 160] will of Providence for him to be shot by a client while hiding behind his fire-screen, only to be found in the morning by his maid under the chandelier. Similarly, Lady Dedlock's behavior may be as questionable as that of many fashionable women past and present; however, it wouldn’t have seemed poetically fair, in traditional morals, for her to be discovered dead by her daughter, face down in the mud of a St. Giles's churchyard.
In the work of the great masters death is always either heroic, deserved, or quiet and natural (unless their purpose be totally and deeply tragic, when collateral meaner death is permitted, like that of Polonius or Roderigo). In Old Mortality, four of the deaths, Bothwell's, Ensign Grahame's, Macbriar's, and Evandale's, are magnificently heroic; Burley's and Oliphant's long deserved, and swift; the troopers', met in the discharge of their military duty, and the old miser's, as gentle as the passing of a cloud, and almost beautiful in its last words of—now unselfish—care.
In the work of the great masters, death is always portrayed as either heroic, deserved, or peaceful and natural (unless the story is meant to be completely and profoundly tragic, in which case lesser, more ordinary deaths are allowed, like those of Polonius or Roderigo). In Old Mortality, four of the deaths—Bothwell's, Ensign Grahame's, Macbriar's, and Evandale's—are impressively heroic; Burley's and Oliphant's are long overdue and swift; the troopers' die while fulfilling their military duty, and the old miser's is as gentle as a cloud passing by, almost beautiful in its last words of now selfless concern.
'Ailie' (he aye ca'd me Ailie, we were auld acquaintance,) 'Ailie, take ye care and haud the gear weel thegither; for the name of Morton of Milnwood's gane out like the last sough of an auld sang.' And sae he fell out o' ae dwam into another, and ne'er spak a word mair, unless it were something we cou'dna mak out, about a dipped candle being gude eneugh to see to dee wi'. He cou'd ne'er bide to see a moulded ane, and there was ane, by ill luck, on the table.
'Ailie' (he always called me Ailie, we were old friends), 'Ailie, take care and keep the stuff together well; for the name of Morton of Milnwood is fading away like the last whisper of an old song.' And so he slipped from one moment into another, and never spoke another word, unless it was something we couldn't understand, about a dipped candle being good enough to see to die with. He could never stand to see a molded one, and there was one, unfortunately, on the table.
In Guy Mannering, the murder, though unpremeditated, of a single person, (himself not entirely innocent, but at least by heartlessness in a cruel function earning his fate,) is avenged to the uttermost on all the men conscious of the crime; Mr. Bertram's death, like that of his wife, brief in pain, and each told in the space of half-a-dozen lines; and that of the heroine of the tale, self-devoted, heroic in the highest, and happy.
In Guy Mannering, the murder of a single person, although not planned in advance, is avenged completely on all those aware of the crime; Mr. Bertram's death, like his wife's, is swift and painless, each described in just a few lines; and the heroine of the story, self-sacrificing, remarkably brave, and ultimately happy.
Nor is it ever to be forgotten, in the comparison of Scott's with inferior work, that his own splendid powers were, even in early life, tainted, and in his latter years destroyed, by modern conditions of commercial excitement, then first, but[Pg 161] rapidly, developing themselves. There are parts even in his best novels coloured to meet tastes which he despised; and many pages written in his later ones to lengthen his article for the indiscriminate market.
Nor should we ever forget, when comparing Scott's work to lesser ones, that his amazing talents were, even early in his life, affected, and in his later years ruined, by the modern pressures of commercialism that were just beginning to take shape, but[Pg 161] quickly became prominent. There are sections in even his best novels altered to cater to tastes he looked down upon; and many pages in his later works were added just to extend his writing for the general market.
But there was one weakness of which his healthy mind remained incapable to the last. In modern stories prepared for more refined or fastidious audiences than those of Dickens, the funereal excitement is obtained, for the most part, not by the infliction of violent or disgusting death; but in the suspense, the pathos, and the more or less by all felt, and recognised, mortal phenomena of the sick-room. The temptation, to weak writers, of this order of subject is especially great, because the study of it from the living—or dying—model is so easy, and to many has been the most impressive part of their own personal experience; while, if the description be given even with mediocre accuracy, a very large section of readers will admire its truth, and cherish its melancholy: Few authors of second or third rate genius can either record or invent a probable conversation in ordinary life; but few, on the other hand, are so destitute of observant faculty as to be unable to chronicle the broken syllables and languid movements of an invalid. The easily rendered, and too surely recognised, image of familiar suffering is felt at once to be real where all else had been false; and the historian of the gestures of fever and words of delirium can count on the applause of a gratified audience as surely as the dramatist who introduces on the stage of his flagging action a carriage that can be driven or a fountain that will flow. But the masters of strong imagination disdain such work, and those of deep sensibility shrink from it.[154] Only under conditions of personal weakness, presently to be noted, would Scott comply with the cravings of his lower audience in scenes of terror like the death of Front-de-Bœuf. But he never once withdrew the[Pg 162] sacred curtain of the sick-chamber, nor permitted the disgrace of wanton tears round the humiliation of strength, or the wreck of beauty.
But there was one weakness that his healthy mind couldn't overcome until the very end. In modern tales aimed at more sophisticated or critical audiences than those of Dickens, the gripping excitement usually comes not from violent or gruesome deaths, but from the tension, the emotion, and the universally recognized realities of the sickroom. For weaker writers, the allure of this type of subject is particularly tempting because studying it from real—either living or dying—models is easy, and for many, it has been the most impactful part of their own experiences. Even if described with only average accuracy, a large number of readers will appreciate its authenticity and embrace its sadness. Few authors of lesser talent can accurately depict or create a believable conversation in everyday life; however, very few are so lacking in observational skills that they cannot capture the fragmented words and slow movements of a sick person. The easily conveyed and readily identifiable image of familiar suffering is instantly recognized as real where everything else might seem false; and the chronicler of feverish gestures and delirious words can count on the approval of a satisfied audience just as surely as a playwright who introduces a carriage that can be driven or a fountain that actually flows. Yet, great imaginative writers look down on such work, and those with deep sensitivity avoid it. Only under conditions of personal weakness, which will be noted later, would Scott cater to the desires of his lesser audience in scenes of terror like the death of Front-de-Bœuf. But he never once lifted the sacred curtain of the sickroom, nor allowed the shame of needless tears to mar the dignity of strength or the beauty that has been lost.
IV. No exception to this law of reverence will be found in the scenes in Cœur de Lion's illness introductory to the principal incident in the Talisman. An inferior writer would have made the king charge in imagination at the head of his chivalry, or wander in dreams by the brooks of Aquitaine; but Scott allows us to learn no more startling symptoms of the king's malady than that he was restless and impatient, and could not wear his armour. Nor is any bodily weakness, or crisis of danger, permitted to disturb for an instant the royalty of intelligence and heart in which he examines, trusts and obeys the physician whom his attendants fear.
IV. There’s no exception to this law of reverence in the scenes depicting Cœur de Lion's illness that lead up to the main event in the Talisman. A lesser writer might have had the king fantasizing about leading his knights into battle or dreaming by the streams of Aquitaine. But Scott shows us that the only notable signs of the king's sickness are his restlessness and impatience, along with his inability to wear his armor. Moreover, no physical weakness or critical danger disrupts the royal intelligence and spirit with which he assesses, trusts, and follows the physician that his attendants fear.
Yet the choice of the main subject in this story and its companion—the trial, to a point of utter torture, of knightly faith, and several passages in the conduct of both, more especially the exaggerated scenes in the House of Baldringham, and hermitage of Engedi, are signs of the gradual decline in force of intellect and soul which those who love Scott best have done him the worst injustice in their endeavours to disguise or deny. The mean anxieties, moral humiliations, and mercilessly demanded brain-toil, which killed him, show their sepulchral grasp for many and many a year before their final victory; and the states of more or less dulled, distorted, and polluted imagination which culminate in Castle Dangerous, cast a Stygian hue over St. Ronan's Well, The Fair Maid of Perth, and Anne of Geierstein, which lowers them, the first altogether, the other two at frequent intervals, into fellowship with the normal disease which festers throughout the whole body of our lower fictitious literature.
Yet the choice of the main subject in this story and its companion—the trial, to the point of utter torture, of knightly faith, and several moments in the behavior of both characters, especially the exaggerated scenes in the House of Baldringham and the hermitage of Engedi, indicate the gradual decline in the strength of intellect and spirit that those who love Scott most have done him the greatest disservice in their attempts to disguise or deny. The petty anxieties, moral humiliations, and relentlessly demanded mental effort that ultimately defeated him show their suffocating grip for many years before their final victory; and the states of increasingly dulled, distorted, and tainted imagination that culminate in Castle Dangerous cast a dark shadow over St. Ronan's Well, The Fair Maid of Perth, and Anne of Geierstein, which diminish them—altogether for the first, and at frequent intervals for the other two—into a state of the common illness that festers throughout the entire body of our lower fictional literature.
Fictitious! I use the ambiguous word deliberately; for it is impossible to distinguish in these tales of the prison-house how far their vice and gloom are thrown into their manufacture only to meet a vile demand, and how far they are an integral condition of thought in the minds of men trained from their youth up in the knowledge of Londinian and Parisian misery. The speciality of the plague is a delight in the[Pg 163] exposition of the relations between guilt and decrepitude; and I call the results of it literature 'of the prison-house,' because the thwarted habits of body and mind, which are the punishment of reckless crowding in cities, become, in the issue of that punishment, frightful subjects of exclusive interest to themselves; and the art of fiction in which they finally delight is only the more studied arrangement and illustration, by coloured firelights, of the daily bulletins of their own wretchedness, in the prison calendar, the police news, and the hospital report.
Fictitious! I choose that vague word intentionally; because it’s impossible to tell in these stories of the prison how much of their vice and gloom is created just to satisfy a terrible market, and how much is a fundamental part of thinking for people who have grown up aware of the misery in London and Paris. The focus of the plague is a fascination with the connection between guilt and decay; and I refer to the outcomes of it as literature 'of the prison-house,' because the suppressed habits of body and mind, which are the consequences of overcrowding in cities, become, as a result of that punishment, distressing topics of exclusive interest to themselves; and the form of fiction that they ultimately enjoy is merely a more crafted arrangement and illustration, by colored lights, of the daily reports of their own misery, in the prison calendar, the police news, and the hospital report.
The reader will perhaps be surprised at my separating the greatest work of Dickens, Oliver Twist, with honour, from the loathsome mass to which it typically belongs. That book is an earnest and uncaricatured record of states of criminal life, written with didactic purpose, full of the gravest instruction, nor destitute of pathetic studies of noble passion. Even the Mysteries of Paris and Gaboriau's Crime d'Augival are raised, by their definiteness of historical intention and forewarning anxiety, far above the level of their order, and may be accepted as photographic evidence of an otherwise incredible civilisation, corrupted in the infernal fact of it, down to the genesis of such figures as the Vicomte d'Augival, the Stabber,[155] the Skeleton, and the She-wolf. But the effectual head of the whole cretinous school is the renowned novel in which the hunchbacked lover watches the execution of his[Pg 164] mistress from the tower of Notre-Dame; and its strength passes gradually away into the anatomical preparations, for the general market, of novels like Poor Miss Finch, in which the heroine is blind, the hero epileptic, and the obnoxious brother is found dead with his hands dropped off, in the Arctic regions.[156]
The reader might be surprised that I distinguish Dickens's greatest work, Oliver Twist, with praise, from the awful collection it usually belongs to. That book is a serious and realistic portrayal of a life of crime, written with a purpose to educate, full of serious lessons, and not lacking in touching depictions of noble emotion. Even The Mysteries of Paris and Gaboriau's Crime d'Augival rise, due to their clear historical intentions and anxious warnings, well above the standard of their genre, and can be seen as photographic evidence of an otherwise unbelievable civilization, corrupted by the terrifying truth of it, down to the origins of characters like the Vicomte d'Augival, the Stabber,[155] the Skeleton, and the She-wolf. However, the leading figure of this entire foolish school is the famous novel in which the hunchbacked lover watches the execution of his[Pg 164] mistress from the tower of Notre-Dame; and its strength gradually diminishes into the simplified versions, meant for the general public, of novels like Poor Miss Finch, where the heroine is blind, the hero has epilepsy, and the unpleasant brother is found dead with his hands cut off, in the Arctic regions.[156]
This literature of the Prison-house, understanding by the word not only the cell of Newgate, but also and even more definitely the cell of the Hôtel-Dieu, the Hôpital des Fous, and the grated corridor with the dripping slabs of the Morgue,[Pg 166] having its central root thus in the Ile de Paris—or historically and pre-eminently the 'Cité de Paris'—is, when understood deeply, the precise counter-corruption of the religion of the Sainte Chapelle, just as the worst forms of bodily and mental ruin are the corruption of love. I have therefore called it 'Fiction mécroyante,' with literal accuracy and precision; according to the explanation of the word which the reader may find in any good French dictionary,[157] and round its Arctic pole in the Morgue, he may gather into one Caina of gelid putrescence the entire product of modern infidel imagination, amusing itself with destruction of the body, and busying itself with aberration of the mind.
This literature of the Prison-house, referring not just to the cell of Newgate but also, and even more clearly, to the cell of the Hôtel-Dieu, the Hôpital des Fous, and the barred corridor with the dripping slabs of the Morgue,[Pg 166] having its main roots in the Ile de Paris—or historically and primarily the 'Cité de Paris'—is, when examined closely, the exact opposite corruption of the faith of the Sainte Chapelle, just as the worst forms of physical and mental decay are the corruption of love. I have therefore referred to it as 'Fiction mécroyante,' with literal accuracy and precision; following the definition of the term which the reader can find in any good French dictionary,[157] and around its Arctic pole in the Morgue, one may gather together into one Caina of icy decay the entire output of modern godless imagination, playing with the destruction of the body and preoccupied with the distortion of the mind.
Aberration, palsy, or plague, observe, as distinguished from normal evil, just as the venom of rabies or cholera differs from that of a wasp or a viper. The life of the insect and serpent deserves, or at least permits, our thoughts; not so, the stages of agony in the fury-driven hound. There is some excuse, indeed, for the pathologic labour of the modern novelist in the fact that he cannot easily, in a city population, find a healthy mind to vivisect: but the greater part of such amateur surgery is the struggle, in an epoch of wild literary competition, to obtain novelty of material. The varieties of aspect and colour in healthy fruit, be it sweet or sour, may be within certain limits described exhaustively. Not so the blotches of its conceivable blight: and while the symmetries of integral human character can only be traced by harmonious and tender skill, like the branches of a living tree, the faults and gaps of one gnawed away by corroding accident can be shuffled into senseless change like the wards of a Chubb lock.
Abnormality, paralysis, or disease, notice, as different from normal evil, just like the poison from rabies or cholera is distinct from that of a wasp or a snake. The lives of insects and snakes deserve, or at least allow, our consideration; not so, the phases of torment in a crazed dog. There is some justification, indeed, for the pathological efforts of the modern novelist in that he cannot easily find a healthy mind to analyze in a city population: but most of this amateur analysis is the attempt, in a time of fierce literary competition, to find fresh material. The different aspects and colors of healthy fruit, whether sweet or sour, can be described in great detail within certain limits. However, the spots of its potential decay cannot be. While the harmonious and gentle skills needed to outline the balanced human character resemble the branches of a living tree, the flaws and gaps of one eaten away by accidental decay can be randomly mixed into chaotic change like the tumblers of a Chubb lock.
V. It is needless to insist on the vast field for this dice-cast or card-dealt calamity which opens itself in the ignorance, money-interest, and mean passion, of city marriage. Peasants know each other as children—meet, as they grow up in testing labour; and if a stout farmer's son marries a handless girl, it is his own fault. Also in the patrician families of the field, the young people know what they are doing, and marry[Pg 167] a neighbouring estate, or a covetable title, with some conception of the responsibilities they undertake. But even among these, their season in the confused metropolis creates licentious and fortuitous temptation before unknown; and in the lower middle orders, an entirely new kingdom of discomfort and disgrace has been preached to them in the doctrines of unbridled pleasure which are merely an apology for their peculiar forms of illbreeding. It is quite curious how often the catastrophe, or the leading interest, of a modern novel, turns upon the want, both in maid and bachelor, of the common self-command which was taught to their grandmothers and grandfathers as the first element of ordinarily decent behaviour. Rashly inquiring the other day the plot of a modern story from a female friend, I elicited, after some hesitation, that it hinged mainly on the young people's 'forgetting themselves in a boat;' and I perceive it to be accepted as nearly an axiom in the code of modern civic chivalry that the strength of amiable sentiment is proved by our incapacity on proper occasions to express, and on improper ones to control it. The pride of a gentleman of the old school used to be in his power of saying what he meant, and being silent when he ought, (not to speak of the higher nobleness which bestowed love where it was honourable, and reverence where it was due); but the automatic amours and involuntary proposals of recent romance acknowledge little further law of morality than the instinct of an insect, or the effervescence of a chemical mixture.
V. It’s unnecessary to emphasize the huge issues that arise in city marriages due to ignorance, financial interests, and petty emotions. Peasants know each other from childhood and grow up working together; if a strong farmer’s son marries a girl without arms, it’s on him. In patrician families in the countryside, young people are aware of what they’re doing when they marry a neighboring estate or a desirable title, understanding the responsibilities they take on. However, even among them, their time in a chaotic city introduces them to temptations they’ve never faced before. In the lower middle class, a whole new realm of discomfort and shame has been preached to them through the ideas of unrestrained pleasure, which only serve as excuses for their bad behavior. It’s interesting how often the disaster or main theme of a modern novel revolves around the lack of self-control in both young men and women, something their grandparents were taught was essential for decent behavior. When I casually asked a female friend about the plot of a modern story, I learned, after some hesitation, that it mainly revolved around the young characters 'losing themselves in a boat.' It seems almost like a given in today’s code of social conduct that the strength of romantic sentiment is shown by our inability to express it at the right times and our lack of control at inappropriate ones. The pride of a gentleman from the old days was in his ability to say what he meant and to be quiet when necessary, not to mention the higher virtue of loving where it was honorable and showing respect where it was deserved. In contrast, the spontaneous romances and unintentional proposals of recent stories seem to follow no greater moral law than the instincts of an insect or the reaction of a chemical reaction.
There is a pretty little story of Alfred de Musset's,—La Mouche, which, if the reader cares to glance at it, will save me further trouble in explaining the disciplinarian authority of mere old-fashioned politeness, as in some sort protective of higher things. It describes, with much grace and precision, a state of society by no means pre-eminently virtuous, or enthusiastically heroic; in which many people do extremely wrong, and none sublimely right. But as there are heights of which the achievement is unattempted, there are abysses to which fall is barred; neither accident nor temptation will make any of the principal personages swerve from an adopted[Pg 168] resolution, or violate an accepted principle of honour; people are expected as a matter of course to speak with propriety on occasion, and to wait with patience when they are bid: those who do wrong, admit it; those who do right don't boast of it; everybody knows his own mind, and everybody has good manners.
There’s a nice little story by Alfred de Musset called La Mouche, which, if you take a look at it, will save me the trouble of explaining how traditional politeness acts as a protective measure for greater values. It elegantly and precisely describes a society that is definitely not virtuous or heroic; where many people do very wrong things, and none do anything truly great. However, while there are things that are never attempted, there are also pitfalls that cannot be fallen into; neither accidents nor temptations will lead the main characters to stray from their chosen resolutions or break their principles of honor. People are expected to speak properly when necessary and to wait patiently when asked; those who do wrong acknowledge it, and those who do right don’t brag about it; everyone knows their own mind, and everyone has good manners.
Nor must it be forgotten that in the worst days of the self-indulgence which destroyed the aristocracies of Europe, their vices, however licentious, were never, in the fatal modern sense, 'unprincipled.' The vainest believed in virtue; the vilest respected it. 'Chaque chose avait son nom,'[158] and the severest of English moralists recognises the accurate wit, the lofty intellect, and the unfretted benevolence, which redeemed from vitiated surroundings the circle of d'Alembert and Marmontel.[159]
Nor should we forget that during the worst days of self-indulgence that led to the downfall of Europe's aristocracies, their vices, no matter how immoral, were never, in the truly modern sense, 'unprincipled.' The most self-absorbed believed in virtue; the most corrupt still respected it. 'Chaque chose avait son nom,'[158] and the strictest English moralists recognize the sharp wit, the high intellect, and the genuine kindness that lifted the circle of d'Alembert and Marmontel above their flawed surroundings.[159]
I have said, with too slight praise, that the vainest, in those days, 'believed' in virtue. Beautiful and heroic examples of it were always before them; nor was it without the secret significance attaching to what may seem the least accidents in the work of a master, that Scott gave to both his heroines of the age of revolution in England the name of the queen of the highest order of English chivalry.[160]
I have said, with too little appreciation, that the vainest people back then 'believed' in virtue. Inspiring and admirable examples of it were always present; nor was it without the hidden meaning connected to what may seem like the smallest details in the work of a master, that Scott named both his heroines from the English Revolution after the queen of the highest class of English chivalry.[160]
It is to say little for the types of youth and maid which alone Scott felt it a joy to imagine, or thought it honourable to portray, that they act and feel in a sphere where they are never for an instant liable to any of the weaknesses which disturb the calm, or shake the resolution, of chastity and courage in a modern novel. Scott lived in a country and time,[Pg 169] when, from highest to lowest, but chiefly in that dignified and nobly severe[161] middle class to which he himself belonged, a habit of serene and stainless thought was as natural to the people as their mountain air. Women like Rose Bradwardine and Ailie Dinmont were the grace and guard of almost every household (God be praised that the race of them is not yet extinct, for all that Mall or Boulevard can do), and it has perhaps escaped the notice of even attentive readers that the comparatively uninteresting character of Sir Walter's heroes had always been studied among a class of youths who were simply incapable of doing anything seriously wrong; and could only be embarrassed by the consequences of their levity or imprudence.
Scott found joy in imagining and portraying a specific type of youth and young woman who operate in a world where they are never vulnerable to the weaknesses that disrupt the calm or undermine the resolve of purity and bravery in modern novels. He lived in a time and place, [Pg 169] where, from the highest to the lowest social classes, especially in the dignified and noble middle class to which he belonged, a habit of serene and pure thought was as natural as the mountain air. Women like Rose Bradwardine and Ailie Dinmont were the pride and protection of nearly every household (thankfully, their kind is not yet extinct, despite what the mall or boulevard may try to do), and it may have slipped past even the most observant readers that the relatively less interesting characters in Scott's stories were always depicted among a group of young men who simply couldn't do anything truly wrong; they could only be caught off guard by the results of their carefree or reckless actions.
But there is another difference in the woof of a Waverley novel from the cobweb of a modern one, which depends on Scott's larger view of human life. Marriage is by no means, in his conception of man and woman, the most important business of their existence;[162] nor love the only reward to be proposed to their virtue or exertion. It is not in his reading of the laws of Providence a necessity that virtue should, either by love or any other external blessing, be rewarded at all;[163] and marriage is in all cases thought of as a constituent of the happiness of life, but not as its only interest, still less its only aim. And upon analysing with some care the motives of his principal stories, we shall often find that the love in them is merely a light by which the sterner features of character are to be irradiated, and that the marriage of the hero is as subordinate to the main bent of the story as Henry the Fifth's[Pg 170] courtship of Katherine is to the battle of Agincourt. Nay, the fortunes of the person who is nominally the subject of the tale are often little more than a background on which grander figures are to be drawn, and deeper fates forth-shadowed. The judgments between the faith and chivalry of Scotland at Drumclog and Bothwell bridge owe little of their interest in the mind of a sensible reader to the fact that the captain of the Popinjay is carried a prisoner to one battle, and returns a prisoner from the other: and Scott himself, while he watches the white sail that bears Queen Mary for the last time from her native land, very nearly forgets to finish his novel, or to tell us—and with small sense of any consolation to be had out of that minor circumstance,—that 'Roland and Catherine were united, spite of their differing faiths.'
But there's another difference between the fabric of a Waverley novel and the web of a modern one, which stems from Scott's broader view of human life. In his understanding, marriage isn't the most significant aspect of a man's or woman's existence; nor is love the only reward for their virtue or efforts. According to his interpretation of the laws of Providence, it's not necessary for virtue to be rewarded at all, whether through love or any other external blessing; and marriage is always seen as part of life's happiness, but not its sole focus or goal. If we closely examine the motives behind his main stories, we'll often find that love serves merely as a lens to highlight the more serious aspects of character, and the hero's marriage is as secondary to the primary storyline as Henry the Fifth's courtship of Katherine is to the battle of Agincourt. In fact, the fate of the person who is ostensibly the main subject of the tale often acts as a backdrop against which larger themes and deeper destinies are revealed. The struggles between faith and chivalry in Scotland at Drumclog and Bothwell Bridge are of little interest to a thoughtful reader because the captain of the Popinjay is taken prisoner in one battle and returns a prisoner from the other. Even Scott, while observing the white sail carrying Queen Mary away from her homeland for the last time, nearly forgets to finish his novel or to tell us—with little sense that there's real comfort in this minor detail—that 'Roland and Catherine were united, despite their differing faiths.'
Neither let it be thought for an instant that the slight, and sometimes scornful, glance with which Scott passes over scenes which a novelist of our own day would have analysed with the airs of a philosopher, and painted with the curiosity of a gossip, indicate any absence in his heart of sympathy with the great and sacred elements of personal happiness. An era like ours, which has with diligence and ostentation swept its heart clear of all the passions once known as loyalty, patriotism, and piety, necessarily magnifies the apparent force of the one remaining sentiment which sighs through the barren chambers, or clings inextricably round the chasms of ruin; nor can it but regard with awe the unconquerable spirit which still tempts or betrays the sagacities of selfishness into error or frenzy which is believed to be love.
Don't let anyone think for a moment that Scott's brief, often scornful glance at scenes that a modern novelist would dissect with the seriousness of a philosopher and embellish with the intrigue of a gossip shows any lack of sympathy for the true and important aspects of personal happiness. In an era like ours, which has worked hard to rid itself of all the passions once known as loyalty, patriotism, and piety, the remaining sentiment that lingers through the empty spaces, or clings tightly around the ruins, appears so much more powerful; we can't help but regard with awe the indomitable spirit that still leads or misleads the cleverness of selfishness into errors or madness mistaken for love.
That Scott was never himself, in the sense of the phrase as employed by lovers of the Parisian school, 'ivre d'amour,' may be admitted without prejudice to his sensibility,[164] and that he never knew 'l'amor che move 'l sol e l'altre stelle,' was the chief, though unrecognised, calamity of his deeply chequered life. But the reader of honour and feeling will not therefore suppose that the love which Miss Vernon sacrifices, stooping for an instant from her horse, is of less noble stamp, or less[Pg 171] enduring faith, than that which troubles and degrades the whole existence of Consuelo; or that the affection of Jeanie Deans for the companion of her childhood, drawn like a field of soft blue heaven beyond the cloudy wrack of her sorrow, is less fully in possession of her soul than the hesitating and self-reproachful impulses under which a modern heroine forgets herself in a boat, or compromises herself in the cool of the evening.
That Scott was never truly himself, in the sense used by the lovers of the Parisian school, 'drunk with love,' can be accepted without affecting his emotional depth,[164] and the fact that he never understood 'the love that moves the sun and the other stars,' was the main, though unrecognized, tragedy of his complicated life. However, a reader with honor and sensitivity should not assume that the love Miss Vernon gives up, leaning down from her horse for a moment, is of lesser quality or less enduring faith than the love that consumes and degrades Consuelo's entire existence; or that Jeanie Deans's affection for her childhood companion, which shines like a soft blue sky beyond the turbulent clouds of her sadness, is less deeply rooted in her soul than the uncertain and self-critical feelings that lead a modern heroine to lose herself in a boat or compromise herself during a cool evening.
I do not wish to return over the waste ground we have traversed, comparing, point by point, Scott's manner with those of Bermondsey and the Faubourgs; but it may be, perhaps, interesting at this moment to examine, with illustration from those Waverley novels which have so lately retracted the attention of a fair and gentle public, the universal conditions of 'style,' rightly so called, which are in all ages, and above all local currents or wavering tides of temporary manners, pillars of what is for ever strong, and models of what is for ever fair.
I don't want to go back over the ground we've already covered, comparing Scott's style to that of Bermondsey and the Faubourgs point by point. However, it might be interesting right now to look at some illustrations from those Waverley novels that have recently captured the attention of a kind and gentle audience, examining the timeless qualities of "style," as it should rightly be called, which stand firm through all ages, beyond the local trends or shifting tides of temporary fashions, and serve as enduring pillars of strength and examples of lasting beauty.
But I must first define, and that within strict horizon, the works of Scott, in which his perfect mind may be known, and his chosen ways understood.
But I must first define, and do so within strict limits, the works of Scott, in which his brilliant mind can be seen, and his preferred methods understood.
His great works of prose fiction, excepting only the first half-volume of Waverley, were all written in twelve years, 1814-26 (of his own age forty-three to fifty-five), the actual time employed in their composition being not more than a couple of months out of each year; and during that time only the morning hours and spare minutes during the professional day. 'Though the first volume of Waverley was begun long ago, and actually lost for a time, yet the other two were begun and finished between the 4th of June and the first of July, during all which I attended my duty in court, and proceeded without loss of time or hindrance of business.'[165]
His major works of prose fiction, with the exception of the first half-volume of Waverley, were all written in twelve years, from 1814 to 1826 (during which he was aged forty-three to fifty-five). The actual time spent on writing was no more than a couple of months each year, and during that time, it was mostly just the morning hours and spare moments throughout his workday. 'Although I started the first volume of Waverley long ago and even lost it for a period, the other two volumes were started and completed between June 4th and July 1st, during which I fulfilled my duties in court without any delay or interruption to my work.'[165]
Few of the maxims for the enforcement of which, in Modern Painters, long ago, I got the general character of a lover of paradox, are more singular, or more sure, than the statement, apparently so encouraging to the idle, that if a great[Pg 172] thing can be done at all, it can be done easily. But it is in that kind of ease with which a tree blossoms after long years of gathered strength, and all Scott's great writings were the recreations of a mind confirmed in dutiful labour, and rich with organic gathering of boundless resource.
Few of the maxims I once championed in Modern Painters, which earned me a reputation as a lover of paradox, are more distinct or more certain than the statement, seemingly encouraging to the lazy, that if something really big can be achieved, it can be done easily. But that kind of ease is like a tree blooming after years of accumulated strength. All of Scott's great works were the result of a mind deeply committed to diligent work and enriched by a vast reservoir of resources.
Omitting from our count the two minor and ill-finished sketches of the Black Dwarf and Legend of Montrose, and, for a reason presently to be noticed, the unhappy St. Ronan's, the memorable romances of Scott are eighteen, falling into three distinct groups, containing six each.
Omitting the two minor and poorly finished sketches of the Black Dwarf and Legend of Montrose, and, for a reason that will be mentioned shortly, the unfortunate St. Ronan's, the notable romances of Scott total eighteen, divided into three distinct groups of six each.
The first group is distinguished from the other two by characters of strength and felicity which never more appeared after Scott was struck down by his terrific illness in 1819. It includes Waverley, Guy Mannering, The Antiquary, Rob Roy, Old Mortality, and The Heart of Midlothian.
The first group stands out from the other two because of qualities of strength and happiness that never appeared again after Scott was hit by his serious illness in 1819. It includes Waverley, Guy Mannering, The Antiquary, Rob Roy, Old Mortality, and The Heart of Midlothian.
The composition of these occupied the mornings of his happiest days, between the ages of 43 and 48. On the 8th of April, 1819 (he was 48 on the preceding 15th of August) he began for the first time to dictate—being unable for the exertion of writing—The Bride of Lammermuir, 'the affectionate Laidlaw beseeching him to stop dictating, when his audible suffering filled every pause. "Nay, Willie," he answered "only see that the doors are fast. I would fain keep all the cry as well as all the wool to ourselves; but as for giving over work, that can only be when I am in woollen."'[166] From this time forward the brightness of joy and sincerity of inevitable humour, which perfected the imagery of the earlier novels, are wholly absent, except in the two short intervals of health unaccountably restored, in which he wrote Redgauntlet and Nigel.
The writing of these occupied the mornings of his happiest days, between the ages of 43 and 48. On April 8, 1819 (he turned 48 on the previous August 15), he began dictating for the first time—since he was unable to write himself—The Bride of Lammermuir, with the caring Laidlaw begging him to stop dictating because his audible suffering filled every pause. "No, Willie," he replied, "just make sure the doors are locked. I want to keep all the noise as well as all the wool for ourselves; but as for stopping work, that can only happen when I'm in a coffin." [166] From this point on, the brightness of joy and the sincerity of inevitable humor that enriched the imagery of his earlier novels were completely absent, except during the two brief periods of unexpectedly restored health, when he wrote Redgauntlet and Nigel.
It is strange, but only a part of the general simplicity of Scott's genius, that these revivals of earlier power were unconscious, and that the time of extreme weakness in which he wrote St. Ronan's Well, was that in which he first asserted his own restoration.
It’s odd, but part of Scott's straightforward genius is that these comebacks to earlier strength were unintentional, and the period of deep decline during which he wrote St. Ronan's Well was when he first claimed his own comeback.
It is also a deeply interesting characteristic of his noble nature that he never gains anything by sickness; the whole[Pg 173] man breathes or faints as one creature; the ache that stiffens a limb chills his heart, and every pang of the stomach paralyses the brain. It is not so with inferior minds, in the workings of which it is often impossible to distinguish native from narcotic fancy, and throbs of conscience from those of indigestion. Whether in exaltation or languor, the colours of mind are always morbid, which gleam on the sea for the 'Ancient Mariner,' and through the casements on 'St. Agnes' Eve;' but Scott is at once blinded and stultified by sickness; never has a fit of the cramp without spoiling a chapter, and is perhaps the only author of vivid imagination who never wrote a foolish word but when he was ill.
It’s also really interesting about his noble nature that he never benefits from being sick; the whole man either breathes or faints as one being. The pain that stiffens a limb also chills his heart, and every stomach ache paralyzes his mind. This isn’t the case with lesser minds, where it’s often hard to tell the difference between genuine thoughts and those influenced by substances, or between guilt and just bad digestion. Whether he’s feeling uplifted or drained, a lesser mind’s perspective is always unhealthy, similar to the supernatural imagery in 'The Rime of the Ancient Mariner' or the romanticism of 'St. Agnes' Eve.' But Scott is both blinded and hindered by illness; he never has a cramp without ruining a chapter, and he may be the only author with a vivid imagination who only wrote foolish things when he was sick.
It remains only to be noticed on this point that any strong natural excitement, affecting the deeper springs of his heart, would at once restore his intellectual powers in all their fullness, and that, far towards their sunset: but that the strong will on which he prided himself, though it could trample upon pain, silence grief, and compel industry, never could warm his imagination, or clear the judgment in his darker hours.
It’s important to note that any intense natural excitement that touches the deeper emotions of his heart would instantly revive his full intellectual abilities, even as they were nearing the end of their function. However, the strong will he took pride in, while it could overcome pain, suppress grief, and force himself to work, could never ignite his imagination or clarify his judgment during his tougher times.
I believe that this power of the heart over the intellect is common to all great men: but what the special character of emotion was, that alone could lift Scott above the power of death, I am about to ask the reader, in a little while, to observe with joyful care.
I believe that the heart's power over the mind is something that all great people share. But what specific aspect of emotion allowed Scott to rise above the finality of death is something I will soon ask the reader to pay close attention to with joy.
The first series of romances then, above named, are all that exhibit the emphasis of his unharmed faculties. The second group, composed in the three years subsequent to illness all but mortal, bear every one of them more or less the seal of it.
The first series of romances mentioned above are all that show the strength of his undamaged abilities. The second group, created in the three years following his near-fatal illness, each bear some mark of that experience.
They consist of the Bride of Lammermuir, Ivanhoe, the Monastery, the Abbot, Kenilworth, and the Pirate.[167] The marks of broken health on all these are essentially twofold—prevailing melancholy, and fantastic improbability. Three of the tales are agonizingly tragic, the Abbot scarcely less so in its main event, and Ivanhoe deeply wounded through all its[Pg 174] bright panoply; while even in that most powerful of the series, the impossible archeries and axestrokes, the incredibly opportune appearances of Locksley, the death of Ulrica, and the resuscitation of Athelstane, are partly boyish, partly feverish. Caleb in the Bride, Triptolemus and Halcro in the Pirate, are all laborious, and the first incongruous; half a volume of the Abbot is spent in extremely dull detail of Roland's relations with his fellow-servants and his mistress, which have nothing whatever to do with the future story; and the lady of Avenel herself disappears after the first volume, 'like a snaw wreath when it's thaw, Jeanie.' The public has for itself pronounced on the Monastery, though as much too harshly as it has foolishly praised the horrors of Ravenswood and the nonsense of Ivanhoe; because the modern public finds in the torture and adventure of these, the kind of excitement which it seeks at an opera, while it has no sympathy whatever with the pastoral happiness of Glendearg, or with the lingering simplicities of superstition which give historical likelihood to the legend of the White Lady.
They include the Bride of Lammermuir, Ivanhoe, The Monastery, The Abbot, Kenilworth, and The Pirate.[167] The signs of poor health in all these are basically twofold—widespread sadness and outlandish improbability. Three of the stories are painfully tragic, The Abbot is almost as tragic in its main event, and Ivanhoe is deeply scarred throughout its[Pg 174] bright surface; while even in the strongest of the series, the impossible archery and axe strokes, the incredibly convenient appearances of Locksley, the death of Ulrica, and the revival of Athelstane, all feel partly childish and partly feverish. Caleb in the Bride, Triptolemus and Halcro in the Pirate, all feel forced, and the first character is completely out of place; half of The Abbot is consumed with extremely dull details about Roland's relationships with his coworkers and his love interest, which have nothing to do with the future story; plus, the lady of Avenel herself vanishes after the first volume, 'like a snow wreath when it thaws, Jeanie.' The public has spoken out about The Monastery, but it's been as overly critical as it has been foolishly complimentary towards the horrors of Ravenswood and the absurdities of Ivanhoe; because modern audiences find the torture and adventure in these stories the kind of excitement they look for at an opera, while they have zero empathy for the pastoral happiness of Glendearg, or for the lingering simplicities of superstition that lend historical credibility to the legend of the White Lady.
But both this despised tale and its sequel have Scott's heart in them. The first was begun to refresh himself in the intervals of artificial labour on Ivanhoe. 'It was a relief,' he said, 'to interlay the scenery most familiar to me[168] with the strange world for which I had to draw so much on imagination.'[169] Through all the closing scenes of the second he is[Pg 175] raised to his own true level by his love for the queen. And within the code of Scott's work to which I am about to appeal for illustration of his essential powers, I accept the Monastery and Abbot, and reject from it the remaining four of this group.
But both this overlooked story and its sequel carry Scott's passion within them. He started the first one to unwind during breaks from the strenuous work on Ivanhoe. "It was a relief," he said, "to blend the scenery I knew so well[168] with the unfamiliar world that required so much imagination."[169] Throughout the final scenes of the second, he is[Pg 175] elevated to his true self by his affection for the queen. And within the framework of Scott's work that I will reference to illustrate his core abilities, I include Monastery and Abbot, while excluding the other four works from this set.
The last series contains two quite noble ones, Redgauntlet and Nigel; two of very high value, Durward and Woodstock; the slovenly and diffuse Peveril, written for the trade; the sickly Tales of the Crusaders, and the entirely broken and diseased St. Ronan's Well. This last I throw out of count altogether, and of the rest, accept only the four first named as sound work; so that the list of the novels in which I propose to examine his methods and ideal standards, reduces itself to these following twelve (named in order of production): Waverley, Guy Mannering, the Antiquary, Rob Roy, Old Mortality, the Heart of Midlothian, the Monastery, the Abbot, the Fortunes of Nigel, Quentin Durward, and Woodstock.[170]
The last series includes two quite noble ones, Redgauntlet and Nigel; two of very high value, Durward and Woodstock; the messy and aimless Peveril, written for profit; the weak Tales of the Crusaders, and the completely flawed and struggling St. Ronan's Well. I disregard the last one entirely, and of the rest, I only consider the first four as solid work; so the list of the novels where I plan to examine his methods and ideal standards is reduced to these twelve (listed in order of production): Waverley, Guy Mannering, The Antiquary, Rob Roy, Old Mortality, The Heart of Midlothian, The Monastery, The Abbot, The Fortunes of Nigel, Quentin Durward, and Woodstock.[170]
It is, however, too late to enter on my subject in this article, which I may fitly close by pointing out some of the merely verbal characteristics of his style, illustrative in little ways of the questions we have been examining, and chiefly of the one which may be most embarrassing to many readers, the difference, namely, between character and disease.
It’s too late to dive into my topic in this article, so I’ll wrap up by highlighting some of the simple verbal features of his style, which subtly reflect the issues we’ve been discussing, especially the one that might confuse many readers: the difference between character and disease.
One quite distinctive charm in the Waverleys is their modified use of the Scottish dialect; but it has not generally been observed, either by their imitators, or the authors of different taste who have written for a later public, that there is a difference between the dialect of a language, and its corruption.
One unique charm in the Waverleys is their nuanced use of the Scottish dialect; however, it hasn’t typically been recognized, either by those who imitate them or by authors with different tastes who have written for later audiences, that there’s a difference between the dialect of a language and its corruption.
A dialect is formed in any district where there are persons of intelligence enough to use the language itself in all its fineness and force, but under the particular conditions of life, climate, and temper, which introduce words peculiar to the scenery, forms of word and idioms of sentence peculiar to the race, and pronunciations indicative of their character and disposition.[Pg 176]
A dialect develops in any area where there are smart people who can use the language in all its depth and strength, but shaped by their specific life situations, climate, and temperament. These factors bring in unique words related to the landscape, distinct ways of constructing phrases, and pronunciations that reflect their personality and behavior.[Pg 176]
Thus 'burn' (of a streamlet) is a word possible only in a country where there are brightly running waters, 'lassie,' a word possible only where girls are as free as the rivulets, and 'auld,' a form of the southern 'old,' adopted by a race of finer musical ear than the English.
Thus 'burn' (of a streamlet) is a word that can only exist in a country with clear, flowing waters, 'lassie,' a term that makes sense only where girls are as carefree as the streams, and 'auld,' a variation of the southern 'old,' taken on by a people with a more refined musical ear than the English.
On the contrary, mere deteriorations, or coarse, stridulent, and, in the ordinary sense of the phrase, 'broad' forms of utterance, are not dialects at all, having nothing dialectic in them, and all phrases developed in states of rude employment, and restricted intercourse, are injurious to the tone and narrowing to the power of the language they affect. Mere breadth of accent does not spoil a dialect as long as the speakers are men of varied idea and good intelligence; but the moment the life is contracted by mining, millwork, or any oppressive and monotonous labour, the accents and phrases become debased. It is part of the popular folly of the day to find pleasure in trying to write and spell these abortive, crippled, and more or less brutal forms of human speech.
On the contrary, simple declines or rough, harsh, and, in a general sense, 'broad' ways of speaking are not dialects at all. They lack any dialectical quality, and all phrases that come from situations of crude work and limited interaction harm the quality and restrict the potential of the language they influence. A broad accent doesn’t ruin a dialect as long as the speakers are diverse in thought and intelligent. However, once life becomes limited by mining, factory work, or any dull and grueling labor, the accents and phrases become degraded. It's part of the popular trend today to find enjoyment in trying to write and spell these awkward, flawed, and often brutal forms of communication.
Abortive, crippled, or brutal, are however not necessarily 'corrupted' dialects. Corrupt language is that gathered by ignorance, invented by vice, misused by insensibility, or minced and mouthed by affectation, especially in the attempt to deal with words of which only half the meaning is understood, or half the sound heard. Mrs. Gamp's 'aperiently so'—and the 'undermined' with primal sense of undermine, of—I forget which gossip, in the Mill on the Floss, are master- and mistress-pieces in this latter kind. Mrs. Malaprop's 'allegories on the banks of the Nile' are in a somewhat higher order of mistake: Miss Tabitha Bramble's ignorance is vulgarised by her selfishness, and Winifred Jenkins' by her conceit. The 'wot' of Noah Claypole, and the other degradations of cockneyism (Sam Weller and his father are in nothing more admirable than in the power of heart and sense that can purify even these); the 'trewth' of Mr. Chadband, and 'natur' of Mr. Squeers, are examples of the corruption of words by insensibility: the use of the word 'bloody' in modern low English is a deeper corruption, not altering the form of the word, but defiling the thought in it.[Pg 177]
Abortive, crippled, or brutal aren't necessarily 'corrupted' dialects. Corrupt language comes from ignorance, is created by bad behavior, misused by insensitivity, or distorted by pretension, especially when trying to use words that only have half their meaning understood or half their sound heard. Mrs. Gamp's 'aperiently so'—and the 'undermined' with the basic sense of undermine, from—I forget which gossip, in the Mill on the Floss, are prime examples of this kind. Mrs. Malaprop's 'allegories on the banks of the Nile' are a slightly higher level of mistake: Miss Tabitha Bramble's ignorance is made worse by her selfishness, and Winifred Jenkins' by her arrogance. The 'wot' of Noah Claypole, and the other variations of cockneyism (Sam Weller and his father show admirable heart and sense that can even purify these); the 'trewth' of Mr. Chadband, and 'natur' of Mr. Squeers, are examples of the corruption of words by insensitivity: the use of the word 'bloody' in modern low English is a deeper corruption, not changing the form of the word, but tainting the thought behind it.[Pg 177]
Thus much being understood, I shall proceed to examine thoroughly a fragment of Scott's Lowland Scottish dialect; not choosing it of the most beautiful kind; on the contrary, it shall be a piece reaching as low down as he ever allows Scotch to go—it is perhaps the only unfair patriotism in him, that if ever he wants a word or two of really villainous slang, he gives it in English or Dutch—not Scotch.
Thus much being understood, I'll move on to closely look at a part of Scott's Lowland Scottish dialect; I won't pick the most beautiful example. Instead, it will be a piece that goes as low as he ever lets Scotch go—it’s possibly the only unfair patriotism in him that when he needs a word or two of truly villainous slang, he gives it in English or Dutch—not in Scotch.
I had intended in the close of this paper to analyse and compare the characters of Andrew Fairservice and Richie Moniplies for examples, the former of innate evil, unaffected by external influences, and undiseased, but distinct from natural goodness as a nettle is distinct from balm or lavender; and the latter of innate goodness, contracted and pinched by circumstance, but still undiseased, as an oak-leaf crisped by frost, not by the worm. This, with much else in my mind, I must put off; but the careful study of one sentence of Andrew's will give us a good deal to think of.
I had planned to wrap up this paper by analyzing and comparing the characters of Andrew Fairservice and Richie Moniplies as examples. The former represents pure evil, untouched by outside influences, and healthy, but different from natural goodness, like a nettle is different from balm or lavender. The latter embodies innate goodness, hindered and constrained by circumstances, yet still healthy, like an oak leaf curled by frost, not affected by a worm. I’ll have to postpone this, along with many other thoughts I have in mind; however, a close examination of one sentence from Andrew will give us plenty to think about.
I take his account of the rescue of Glasgow Cathedral at the time of the Reformation.
I consider his story about the rescue of Glasgow Cathedral during the Reformation.
Ah! it's a brave kirk—nane o' yere whigmaleeries and curliewurlies and opensteek hems about it—a' solid, weel-jointed mason-wark, that will stand as lang as the warld, keep hands and gunpowther aff it. It had amaist a douncome lang syne at the Reformation, when they pu'd doun the kirks of St. Andrews and Perth, and thereawa', to cleanse them o' Papery, and idolatry, and image-worship, and surplices, and sic-like rags o' the muckle hure that sitteth on seven hills, as if ane wasna braid eneugh for her auld hinder end. Sae the commons o' Renfrew, and o' the Barony, and the Gorbals, and a' about, they behoved to come into Glasgow ae fair morning, to try their hand on purging the High Kirk o' Popish nicknackets. But the townsmen o' Glasgow, they were feared their auld edifice might slip the girths in gaun through siccan rough physic, sae they rang the common bell, and assembled the train-bands wi' took o' drum. By good luck, the worthy James Rabat was Dean o' Guild that year—(and a gude mason he was himsell, made him the keener to keep up the auld bigging), and the trades assembled, and offered downright battle to the commons, rather than their kirk should coup the crans, as others had done elsewhere. It wasna for luve o'[Pg 178] Paperie—na, na!—nane could ever say that o' the trades o' Glasgow—Sae they sune came to an agreement to take a' the idolatrous statues of sants (sorrow be on them!) out o' their neuks—And sae the bits o' stane idols were broken in pieces by Scripture warrant, and flung into the Molendinar burn, and the auld kirk stood as crouse as a cat when the flaes are kaimed aff her, and a'body was alike pleased. And I hae heard wise folk say, that if the same had been done in ilka kirk in Scotland, the Reform wad just hae been as pure as it is e'en now, and we wad hae mair Christian-like kirks; for I hae been sae lang in England, that naething will drived out o' my head, that the dog-kennel at Osbaldistone-Hall is better than mony a house o' God in Scotland.
Ah! it’s a strong church—none of your fancy decorations and frills about it—all solid, well-built masonry that will last as long as the world, as long as hands and gunpowder stay off it. It almost came down long ago during the Reformation, when they tore down the churches in St. Andrews and Perth, among others, to cleanse them of Catholicism, idolatry, image worship, robes, and such-like rags of the great whore that sits on seven hills, as if one wasn’t wide enough for her old backside. So the people of Renfrew, and the Barony, and the Gorbals, and all around, had to come into Glasgow one fair morning to try their hand at purging the High Kirk of Popish nonsense. But the townspeople of Glasgow were worried that their old building might fall apart going through such rough treatment, so they rang the common bell and assembled the militia with the sound of the drum. By good luck, the worthy James Rabat was Dean of Guild that year—and he was a fine mason himself, which made him more eager to maintain the old structure—and the tradespeople gathered and offered outright resistance to the commons, rather than let their church take a tumble like others had done elsewhere. It wasn’t out of love for [Pg 178] Catholicism—no, no!—no one could ever say that about the tradespeople of Glasgow. So they quickly agreed to remove all the idolatrous statues of saints (curse them!) from their corners—and so the bits of stone idols were smashed to pieces by Scripture justification and tossed into the Molendinar burn, and the old church stood proud as a cat when the fleas are combed off her, and everyone was pleased. And I have heard wise folks say that if the same had been done in every church in Scotland, the Reformation would have been just as pure as it is now, and we would have more Christian-like churches; for I have been so long in England that nothing will erase from my mind that the dog kennel at Osbaldistone Hall is better than many a house of God in Scotland.
Now this sentence is in the first place a piece of Scottish history of quite inestimable and concentrated value. Andrew's temperament is the type of a vast class of Scottish—shall we call it 'sow-thistlian'—mind, which necessarily takes the view of either Pope or saint that the thistle in Lebanon took of the cedar or lilies in Lebanon; and the entire force of the passions which, in the Scottish revolution, foretold and forearmed the French one, is told in this one paragraph; the coarseness of it, observe, being admitted, not for the sake of the laugh, any more than an onion in broth merely for its flavour, but for the meat of it; the inherent constancy of that coarseness being a fact in this order of mind, and an essential part of the history to be told.
Now, this sentence is primarily a piece of Scottish history that holds incredible and concentrated value. Andrew's temperament represents a large group of Scottish—should we say 'sow-thistlian'—minds, which inevitably view things like the Pope or a saint, similarly to how the thistle in Lebanon sees the cedar or lilies. The intense passions that anticipated and prepared for the French Revolution during the Scottish revolution are encapsulated in this one paragraph; note that the rawness of it is acknowledged not for humor’s sake, just like an onion is added to broth not just for its flavor but for substance; this inherent roughness is a characteristic of this mindset and a crucial part of the history being told.
Secondly, observe that this speech, in the religious passion of it, such as there may be, is entirely sincere. Andrew is a thief, a liar, a coward, and, in the Fair service from which he takes his name, a hypocrite; but in the form of prejudice, which is all that his mind is capable of in the place of religion, he is entirely sincere. He does not in the least pretend detestation of image worship to please his master, or any one else; he honestly scorns the 'carnal morality[171] as dowd and fusionless as rue-leaves at Yule' of the sermon in the upper cathedral; and when wrapt in critical attention to the 'real savour o' doctrine' in the crypt, so completely forgets the hypocrisy of[Pg 179] his fair service as to return his master's attempt to disturb him with hard punches of the elbow.
Secondly, notice that this speech, with its religious fervor, is completely sincere. Andrew is a thief, a liar, a coward, and in the Fair service he’s named after, a hypocrite; but in his prejudiced view, which is all his mind can grasp instead of true religion, he is wholly sincere. He doesn’t pretend to hate image worship to appease his master or anyone else; he genuinely scoffs at the 'carnal morality as dull and lifeless as rue leaves at Yule' from the sermon in the upper cathedral. And when he’s engrossed in critical thought about the 'real essence of doctrine' in the crypt, he forgets the hypocrisy of his fair service so much that he responds to his master's attempts to interrupt him with hard nudges of the elbow.
Thirdly. He is a man of no mean sagacity, quite up to the average standard of Scottish common sense, not a low one; and, though incapable of understanding any manner of lofty thought or passion, is a shrewd measurer of weaknesses, and not without a spark or two of kindly feeling. See first his sketch of his master's character to Mr. Hammorgaw, beginning: 'He's no a'thegither sae void o' sense, neither;' and then the close of the dialogue: 'But the lad's no a bad lad after a', and he needs some carefu' body to look after him.'
Thirdly. He is a man of considerable insight, quite in line with the average level of Scottish common sense, which isn’t low; and, although he can’t grasp any kind of lofty thought or passion, he’s good at spotting weaknesses and has a bit of kindness in him. First, look at his description of his master's character to Mr. Hammorgaw, starting with: 'He's not completely without sense, either;' and then the end of the conversation: 'But the kid's not a bad kid after all, and he needs someone careful to look out for him.'
Fourthly. He is a good workman; knows his own business well, and can judge of other craft, if sound, or otherwise.
Fourthly. He is a skilled worker; knows his trade well, and can assess other crafts, whether they are solid or not.
All these four qualities of him must be known before we can understand this single speech. Keeping them in mind, I take it up, word by word.
All four of these qualities need to be understood before we can grasp this particular speech. Keeping them in mind, I will analyze it, word by word.
You observe, in the outset, Scott makes no attempt whatever to indicate accents or modes of pronunciation by changed spelling, unless the word becomes a quite definitely new and scarcely writeable one. The Scottish way of pronouncing 'James,' for instance, is entirely peculiar, and extremely pleasant to the ear. But it is so, just because it does not change the word into Jeems, nor into Jims, nor into Jawms. A modern writer of dialects would think it amusing to use one or other of these ugly spellings. But Scott writes the name in pure English, knowing that a Scots reader will speak it rightly, and an English one be wise in letting it alone. On the other hand he writes 'weel' for 'well,' because that word is complete in its change, and may be very closely expressed by the double e. The ambiguous 'u's in 'gude' and 'sune' are admitted, because far liker the sound than the double o would be, and that in 'hure,' for grace' sake, to soften the word;—so also 'flaes' for 'fleas.' 'Mony' for 'many' is again positively right in sound, and 'neuk' differs from our 'nook' in sense, and is not the same word at all, as we shall presently see.
You notice that, at the beginning, Scott doesn’t try at all to show accents or pronunciation changes through altered spelling, except when the word becomes completely new and hard to spell. The Scottish way of saying 'James,' for example, is very unique and sounds really nice. But it stays that way because it doesn’t turn into Jeems, Jims, or Jawms. A modern dialect writer might find it funny to use one of these awkward spellings. However, Scott spells the name in standard English, knowing that a Scottish reader will pronounce it correctly while an English reader will wisely leave it as it is. On the other hand, he spells 'weel' instead of 'well' because it fully represents the change and can be closely expressed with the double e. The unclear 'u's in 'gude' and 'sune' are used because they sound much more like the original than the double o would, and 'hure' is softened for the sake of grace; similarly, 'flaes' is used for 'fleas.' 'Mony' instead of 'many' is also perfectly accurate in sound, and 'neuk' is different from our 'nook' in meaning, as we will see shortly.
Secondly, observe, not a word is corrupted in any indecent haste, slowness, slovenliness, or incapacity of pronunciation. There is no lisping, drawling, slobbering, or snuffling: the[Pg 180] speech is as clear as a bell and as keen as an arrow: and its elisions and contractions are either melodious, ('na,' for 'not,'—'pu'd,' for 'pulled,') or as normal as in a Latin verse. The long words are delivered without the slightest bungling; and 'bigging' finished to its last g.
Secondly, notice that there isn’t a single word messed up due to any rush, slowness, carelessness, or inability to pronounce properly. There’s no lisping, dragging, slurring, or sniffling: the[Pg 180] speech is as clear as a bell and sharp as an arrow: and its contractions and shortened forms are either musical, ('na,' for 'not,'—'pu'd,' for 'pulled,') or totally normal, like in Latin poetry. The long words are spoken without any stumbling; and 'bigging' is pronounced right to the last g.
I take the important words now in their places.
I now acknowledge the important words in their proper places.
Brave. The old English sense of the word in 'to go brave' retained, expressing Andrew's sincere and respectful admiration. Had he meant to insinuate a hint of the church's being too fine, he would have said 'braw.'
Brave. The old English meaning of the word in 'to go brave' is still present, showing Andrew's genuine and respectful admiration. If he had intended to suggest that the church was overly elaborate, he would have said 'braw.'
Kirk. This is of course just as pure and unprovincial a word as 'Kirche,' or 'église.'
Kirk. This is obviously just as pure and universal a word as 'Kirche' or 'église.'
Whigmaleerie. I cannot get at the root of this word, but it is one showing that the speaker is not bound by classic rules, but will use any syllables that enrich his meaning. 'Nipperty-tipperty' (of his master's 'poetry-nonsense') is another word of the same class. 'Curlieurlie' is of course just as pure as Shakespeare's 'Hurly-burly.' But see first suggestion of the idea to Scott at Blair-Adam (L. vi. 264).
Whigmaleerie. I can't figure out the origin of this word, but it shows that the speaker isn't restricted by traditional rules and will use any syllables that enhance his meaning. 'Nipperty-tipperty' (from his master's 'poetry-nonsense') is another word in this category. 'Curlieurlie' is just as legitimate as Shakespeare's 'Hurly-burly.' But look at the initial suggestion of the idea to Scott at Blair-Adam (L. vi. 264).
Opensteek hems. More description, or better, of the later Gothic cannot be put into four syllables. 'Steek,' melodious for stitch, has a combined sense of closing or fastening. And note that the later Gothic, being precisely what Scott knew best (in Melrose) and liked best, it is, here as elsewhere, quite as much himself[172] as Frank, that he is laughing at, when he laughs with Andrew, whose 'opensteek hems' are only a ruder metaphor for his own 'willow-wreaths changed to stone.'
Opensteek hems. There's no better way to describe the later Gothic in just four syllables. 'Steek,' which means stitch, implies both closing and fastening. It's important to note that the later Gothic, which Scott knew and appreciated most (in Melrose), is, just like in other instances, a reflection of himself[172] when he laughs with Andrew, whose 'opensteek hems' serve as a rougher metaphor for his own 'willow-wreaths changed to stone.'
Gunpowther. '-Ther' is a lingering vestige of the French '-dre.'
Gunpowder. '-Ther' is a leftover from the French '-dre.'
Syne. One of the melodious and mysterious Scottish words which have partly the sound of wind and stream in them, and partly the range of softened idea which is like a distance of blue hills over border land ('far in the distant Cheviot's blue'). Perhaps even the least sympathetic 'Englisher' might recognise this, if he heard 'Old Long Since' vocally substituted[Pg 181] for the Scottish words to the air. I do not know the root; but the word's proper meaning is not 'since,' but before or after an interval of some duration, 'as weel sune as syne.' 'But first on Sawnie gies a ca', Syne, bauldly in she enters.'
Syne. One of the musical and mysterious Scottish words that captures the sound of wind and streams, along with the gentle feeling of distant blue hills over the borderlands ('far in the distant Cheviot's blue'). Even the least sympathetic English speaker might recognize this if they heard 'Old Long Since' sung instead[Pg 181] of the Scottish words to the tune. I don’t know the origin, but the word doesn’t really mean 'since'; it refers to a time before or after an interval of some length, 'as well soon as syne.' 'But first, Sawnie gets a call; Syne, boldly she enters.'
Behoved (to come). A rich word, with peculiar idiom, always used more or less ironically of anything done under a partly mistaken and partly pretended notion of duty.
Behoved (to come). A meaningful word, with a unique expression, often used somewhat ironically for actions taken under a somewhat misguided and somewhat feigned sense of duty.
Siccan. Far prettier, and fuller in meaning than 'such.' It contains an added sense of wonder; and means properly 'so great' or 'so unusual.'
Siccan. Much more beautiful and richer in meaning than 'such.' It holds an extra sense of wonder and properly means 'so great' or 'so unusual.'
Took (o' drum). Classical 'tuck' from Italian 'toccata,' the preluding 'touch' or flourish, on any instrument (but see Johnson under word 'tucket,' quoting Othello). The deeper Scottish vowels are used here to mark the deeper sound of the bass drum, as in more solemn warning.
Took (o' drum). The classical 'tuck' comes from the Italian 'toccata,' which means a prelude or flourish played on any instrument (but see Johnson under the word 'tucket,' quoting Othello). The deeper Scottish vowels are used here to emphasize the lower sound of the bass drum, giving it a more serious tone.
Bigging. The only word in all the sentence of which the Scottish form is less melodious than the English, 'and what for no,' seeing that Scottish architecture is mostly little beyond Bessie Bell's and Mary Gray's? 'They biggit a bow're by yon burnside, and theekit it ow're wi rashes.' But it is pure Anglo-Saxon in roots; see glossary to Fairbairn's edition of the Douglas Virgil, 1710.
Bigging. The only word in the whole sentence whose Scottish form is less musical than the English, 'and why not,' considering that Scottish architecture is mostly nothing but Bessie Bell's and Mary Gray's? 'They built a shelter by that stream and covered it with rushes.' But it is purely Anglo-Saxon in origin; see the glossary in Fairbairn's edition of the Douglas Virgil, 1710.
Coup. Another of the much-embracing words; short for 'upset,' but with a sense of awkwardness as the inherent cause of fall; compare Richie Moniplies (also for sense of 'behoved'): 'Ae auld hirplin deevil of a potter behoved just to step in my way, and offer me a pig (earthern pot—etym. dub.), as he said "just to put my Scotch ointment in;" and I gave him a push, as but natural, and the tottering deevil coupit owre amang his own pigs, and damaged a score of them.' So also Dandie Dinmont in the postchaise: ''Od! I hope they'll no coup us.'
Coup. Another one of those all-encompassing words; it's short for 'upset,' but it carries a sense of awkwardness as the reason for the fall. Take Richie Moniplies (also for the sense of 'behoved'): 'One old, stumbling devil of a potter just had to step in my way and offer me a pig (earthen pot—etym. dub.), saying it was "just to put my Scotch ointment in"; so I gave him a shove, as was only natural, and the wobbling devil tumbled over his own pigs, damaging a bunch of them.' Similarly, Dandie Dinmont in the postchaise said: 'Oh! I hope they won't upset us.'
The Crans. Idiomatic; root unknown to me, but it means in this use, full, total, and without recovery.
The Crans. It's an idiom; I don't know the origin, but in this context, it means full, total, and irreversible.
Crouse. Courageous, softened with a sense of comfort.
Crouse. Brave, blended with a sense of reassurance.
Ilka. Again a word with azure distance, including the whole sense of 'each' and 'every.' The reader must carefully and reverently distinguish these comprehensive words, which gather two or more perfectly understood meanings into one chord of meaning, and are harmonies more than words, from the above-noted blunders between two half-hit meanings, struck as a bad piano-player strikes the edge of another note. In English we have fewer of these combined thoughts; so that Shakespeare rather plays with the distinct lights of his words, than melts them into one. So again Bishop Douglas spells, and doubtless spoke, the word 'rose,' differently, according to his purpose; if as the chief or governing ruler of flowers, 'rois,' but if only in her own beauty, rose.
Ilka. Once again, a term with a wide-reaching meaning that encompasses 'each' and 'every.' The reader must carefully and respectfully differentiate these all-encompassing words, which blend two or more clearly understood meanings into one chord of understanding, creating harmonies rather than mere words, from the previously mentioned mistakes that arise from two vaguely grasped meanings, like a poor piano player striking a neighboring note incorrectly. In English, we have fewer of these combined ideas; Shakespeare often plays with the distinct meanings of his words, rather than merging them into one. Similarly, Bishop Douglas spelled and surely pronounced the word 'rose' differently depending on his intention; as the primary or chief flower, 'rois,' but when referring simply to its beauty, 'rose.'
Christian-like. The sense of the decency and order proper to Christianity is stronger in Scotland than in any other country, and the word 'Christian' more distinctly opposed to 'beast.' Hence the back-handed cut at the English for their over-pious care of dogs.
Christian-like. The sense of decency and order associated with Christianity is stronger in Scotland than in any other country, and the term 'Christian' is much more clearly contrasted with 'beast.' Therefore, there's a sly jab at the English for their overly pious treatment of dogs.
I am a little surprised myself at the length to which this examination of one small piece of Sir Walter's first-rate work has carried us, but here I must end for this time, trusting, if the Editor of the Nineteenth Century permit me, yet to trespass, perhaps more than once, on his readers' patience; but, at all events, to examine in a following paper the technical characteristics of Scott's own style, both in prose and verse,[Pg 183] together with Byron's, as opposed to our fashionably recent dialects and rhythms; the essential virtues of language, in both the masters of the old school, hinging ultimately, little as it might be thought, on certain unalterable views of theirs concerning the code called 'of the Ten Commandments,' wholly at variance with the dogmas of automatic morality which, summed again by the witches' line, 'Fair is foul, and foul is fair,' hover through the fog and filthy air of our prosperous England.
I’m a bit surprised at how far this analysis of a small part of Sir Walter’s excellent work has taken us, but I have to wrap it up for now. I hope that if the Editor of the Nineteenth Century allows me, I can come back and perhaps write more than once, to explore in a future piece the technical features of Scott's own style, both in prose and poetry,[Pg 183] along with Byron’s, compared to our modern dialects and rhythms. The key qualities of language in both of these old-school masters ultimately depend, however little it may seem, on their unchangeable views about the code known as 'the Ten Commandments,' which clash completely with the beliefs in automatic morality that are best summed up by the witches’ line, 'Fair is foul, and foul is fair,' drifting through the mist and grime of our thriving England.
John Ruskin.
John Ruskin.
'He hated greetings in the market-place, and there were generally loiterers in the streets to persecute him either about the events of the day, or about some petty pieces of business.'
'He disliked greetings in the marketplace, and there were usually bystanders in the streets to bother him either about the day's happenings, or about some trivial matters.'
These lines, which the reader will find near the beginning of the sixteenth chapter of the first volume of the Antiquary, contain two indications of the old man's character, which, receiving the ideal of him as a portrait of Scott himself, are of extreme interest to me. They mean essentially that neither Monkbarns nor Scott had any mind to be called of men, Rabbi, in mere hearing of the mob; and especially that they hated to be drawn back out of their far-away thoughts, or forward out of their long-ago thoughts, by any manner of 'daily' news, whether printed or gabbled. Of which two vital characteristics, deeper in both the men, (for I must always speak of Scott's creations as if they were as real as himself,) than any of their superficial vanities, or passing enthusiasms, I have to speak more at another time. I quote the passage just now, because there was one piece of the daily news of the year 1815 which did extremely interest Scott, and materially direct the labour of the latter part of his life; nor is there any piece of history in this whole nineteenth century quite so pregnant with various instruction as the study of the reasons which influenced Scott and Byron in their opposite views of the glories of the battle of Waterloo.
These lines, which you’ll find near the start of the sixteenth chapter of the first volume of the Antiquary, reveal two aspects of the old man's character that intrigue me a lot, especially seeing him as a reflection of Scott himself. They basically mean that neither Monkbarns nor Scott wanted to be called Rabbi by the crowd; they particularly disliked being pulled away from their distant or past thoughts by any kind of ‘daily’ news, whether it was printed or just talked about. These two important traits run deeper in both men (since I always speak of Scott's creations as if they were as real as he is) than any of their superficial vanities or fleeting enthusiasms, and I’ll discuss them more later. I mention the passage now because there was one piece of news in 1815 that deeply interested Scott and significantly shaped the latter part of his life; indeed, there’s no moment in the entire nineteenth century quite as rich with multiple lessons as exploring what influenced Scott and Byron to have such different views on the glory of the Battle of Waterloo.
But I quote it for another reason also. The principal greeting which Mr. Oldbuck on this occasion receives in the market-place, being compared with the speech of Andrew[Pg 184] Fairservice, examined in my first paper, will furnish me with the text of what I have mainly to say in the present one.
But I mention it for another reason too. The main greeting that Mr. Oldbuck gets this time in the marketplace, when compared with Andrew[Pg 184] Fairservice's speech from my first paper, will provide the basis of what I mainly want to discuss in this one.
'"Mr. Oldbuck," said the town-clerk (a more important person, who came in front and ventured to stop the old gentleman), "the provost, understanding you were in town, begs on no account that you'll quit it without seeing him; he wants to speak to ye about bringing the water frae the Fairwell spring through a part o' your lands."
"Mr. Oldbuck," said the town clerk (a more important figure who stepped forward and dared to stop the old gentleman), "the provost, knowing you were in town, insists that you shouldn't leave without meeting him; he wants to discuss bringing the water from the Fairwell spring through part of your land."
'"What the deuce!—have they nobody's land but mine to cut and carve on?—I won't consent, tell them."
"What the heck! Do they think they can just use my land to cut and carve on? I won't agree to that, tell them."
'"And the provost," said the clerk, going on, without noticing the rebuff, "and the council, wad be agreeable that you should hae the auld stanes at Donagild's Chapel, that ye was wussing to hae."
"And the provost," said the clerk, continuing without acknowledging the dismissal, "and the council would agree that you could have the old stones at Donagild's Chapel that you were wishing to have."
'"Eh?—what?—Oho! that's another story—Well, well, I'll call upon the provost, and we'll talk about it."
"Eh?—what?—Oh! that's a different story—Alright, I'll go talk to the provost, and we'll discuss it."
'"But ye maun speak your mind on't forthwith, Monkbarns, if ye want the stanes; for Deacon Harlewalls thinks the carved through-stanes might be put with advantage on the front of the new council-house—that is, the twa cross-legged figures that the callants used to ca' Robbin and Bobbin, ane on ilka door-cheek; and the other stane, that they ca'd Ailie Dailie, abune the door. It will be very tastefu', the Deacon says, and just in the style of modern Gothic."
"But you need to share your thoughts on it right away, Monkbarns, if you want the stones; because Deacon Harlewalls believes the carved stones could be beneficially placed on the front of the new council house—that is, the two cross-legged figures that the kids used to call Robbin and Bobbin, one on each door post; and the other stone, that they called Ailie Dailie, above the door. The Deacon says it will look very tasteful and just fit the modern Gothic style."
'"Good Lord deliver me from this Gothic generation!" exclaimed the Antiquary,—"a monument of a knight-templar on each side of a Grecian porch, and a Madonna on the top of it!—O crimini!—Well, tell the provost I wish to have the stones, and we'll not differ about the water-course.—It's lucky I happened to come this way to-day."
'"Good Lord, get me away from this Gothic generation!" exclaimed the Antiquary,—"a monument of a knight templar on each side of a Greek porch, and a Madonna on top of it!—O crimini!—Well, tell the provost I want the stones, and we won't argue about the watercourse.—It's lucky I happened to come this way today."
'They parted mutually satisfied; but the wily clerk had most reason to exult in the dexterity he had displayed, since the whole proposal of an exchange between the monuments (which the council had determined to remove as a nuisance, because they encroached three feet upon the public road) and the privilege of conveying the water to the burgh, through the estate of Monkbarns, was an idea which had originated with himself upon the pressure of the moment.'[Pg 185]
They parted feeling satisfied, but the clever clerk had the most reason to feel pleased with the skill he had shown, since the entire idea of exchanging the monuments (which the council had decided to remove because they were three feet into the public road) and the right to supply water to the town through the Monkbarns estate was a suggestion he had come up with in the heat of the moment.[Pg 185]
In this single page of Scott, will the reader please note the kind of prophetic instinct with which the great men of every age mark and forecast its destinies? The water from the Fairwell is the future Thirlmere carried to Manchester; the 'auld stanes'[174] at Donagild's Chapel, removed as a nuisance,[Pg 186] foretell the necessary view taken by modern cockneyism, Liberalism, and progress, of all things that remind them of the noble dead, of their father's fame, or of their own duty; and the public road becomes their idol, instead of the saint's shrine. Finally, the roguery of the entire transaction—the mean man seeing the weakness of the honourable, and 'besting' him—in modern slang, in the manner and at the pace of modern trade—'on the pressure of the moment.'
In this single page of Scott, can the reader please notice the kind of prophetic instinct that great minds of every era use to mark and predict its destinies? The water from the Fairwell is the future Thirlmere brought to Manchester; the 'old stones' at Donagild's Chapel, removed as a nuisance, foretell how modern urban culture, liberalism, and progress view everything that reminds them of the noble dead, their fathers' legacy, or their own responsibilities; and the public road becomes their idol instead of the saint's shrine. Finally, the trickery of the whole situation—the petty person recognizing the honorable's vulnerability and taking advantage of it—in today's slang, in the style and pace of modern commerce—'in the heat of the moment.'
But neither are these things what I have at present quoted the passage for.
But those aren’t the reasons I quoted the passage in the first place.
I quote it, that we may consider how much wonderful and various history is gathered in the fact, recorded for us in this piece of entirely fair fiction, that in the Scottish borough of Fairport, (Montrose, really,) in the year 17— of Christ, the knowledge given by the pastors and teachers provided for its children by enlightened Scottish Protestantism, of their fathers' history, and the origin of their religion, had resulted in this substance and sum;—that the statues of two crusading knights had become, to their children, Robin and Bobbin; and the statue of the Madonna, Ailie Dailie.
I quote this so we can think about how much amazing and varied history is captured in the fact, noted for us in this completely fair fiction, that in the Scottish town of Fairport (actually Montrose) in the year 17— of Christ, the knowledge given by the pastors and teachers providing for its children through enlightened Scottish Protestantism, about their ancestors' history and the origins of their religion, led to this conclusion;—that the statues of two crusading knights had turned into, for their children, Robin and Bobbin; and the statue of the Madonna became Ailie Dailie.
A marvellous piece of history, truly: and far too comprehensive for general comment here. Only one small piece of it I must carry forward the readers' thoughts upon.
A truly amazing part of history, and way too detailed for general discussion here. I just want to highlight one small aspect for the readers to think about.
The pastors and teachers aforesaid, (represented typically in another part of this errorless book by Mr. Blattergowl) are[Pg 187] not, whatever else they may have to answer for, answerable for these names. The names are of the children's own choosing and bestowing, but not of the children's own inventing. 'Robin' is a classically endearing cognomen, recording the errant heroism of old days—the name of the Bruce and of Rob Roy. 'Bobbin' is a poetical and symmetrical fulfilment and adornment of the original phrase. 'Ailie' is the last echo of 'Ave,' changed into the softest Scottish Christian name familiar to the children, itself the beautiful feminine form of royal 'Louis;' the 'Dailie' again symmetrically added for kinder and more musical endearment. The last vestiges, you see, of honour for the heroism and religion of their ancestors, lingering on the lips of babes and sucklings.
The pastors and teachers mentioned earlier, (typically represented in another part of this errorless book by Mr. Blattergowl) are[Pg 187] not, whatever else they may be responsible for, accountable for these names. The names are chosen and given by the children themselves, but not invented by them. 'Robin' is a timeless and charming name, recalling the heroic tales of the past—the name of the Bruce and Rob Roy. 'Bobbin' is a poetic and balanced extension of the original term. 'Ailie' is the soft echo of 'Ave,' transformed into the most familiar Scottish name for girls, which is also a lovely feminine version of royal 'Louis;' and 'Dailie' is added for a sweeter and more melodic affection. These are the last remnants of respect for the bravery and faith of their ancestors, still heard on the lips of little ones.
But what is the meaning of this necessity the children find themselves under of completing the nomenclature rhythmically and rhymingly? Note first the difference carefully, and the attainment of both qualities by the couplets in question. Rhythm is the syllabic and quantitative measure of the words, in which Robin, both in weight and time, balances Bobbin; and Dailie holds level scale with Ailie. But rhyme is the added correspondence of sound; unknown and undesired, so far as we can learn, by the Greek Orpheus, but absolutely essential to, and, as special virtue, becoming titular of, the Scottish Thomas.
But what does it mean for the children to feel the need to complete the names in a rhythmic and rhyming way? First, pay attention to the differences and how both qualities are achieved in the couplets we’re discussing. Rhythm is the pattern of syllables and timing of the words, where Robin balances Bobbin in both weight and duration; similarly, Dailie matches Ailie in a level measure. Rhyme, on the other hand, is the matching of sounds; it was unknown and unwanted, as far as we can tell, for the Greek Orpheus, but it is absolutely essential and, as a unique quality, gives the title to the Scottish Thomas.
The 'Ryme,'[175] you may at first fancy, is the especially childish part of the work. Not so. It is the especially chivalric and Christian part of it. It characterises the Christian chant or canticle, as a higher thing than a Greek ode, melos, or hymnos, or than a Latin carmen.
The 'Ryme,'[175] may initially seem like the most childish part of the work. That's not the case. It's actually the most chivalric and Christian aspect of it. It defines the Christian chant or canticle as something greater than a Greek ode, melos, or hymnos, or a Latin carmen.
Think of it, for this again is wonderful! That these children of Montrose should have an element of music in their souls which Homer had not,—which a melos of David the Prophet and King had not,—which Orpheus and Amphion had not,—which Apollo's unrymed oracles became mute at the sound of.[Pg 188]
Think about it, because this is truly amazing! These kids from Montrose have a sense of music in their souls that Homer didn’t have—something that neither King David, the Prophet, nor Orpheus and Amphion possessed—something that even Apollo’s unrhymed oracles fell silent to.[Pg 188]
A strange new equity this,—melodious justice and judgment as it were,—in all words spoken solemnly and ritualistically by Christian human creatures;—Robin and Bobbin—by the Crusader's tomb, up to 'Dies iræ, dies illa,' at judgment of the crusading soul.
A strange new fairness this—melodious justice and judgment, as it were—in all words spoken solemnly and in ritual by Christian humans;—Robin and Bobbin—by the Crusader's tomb, up to 'Dies iræ, dies illa,' at the judgment of the crusading soul.
You have to understand this most deeply of all Christian minstrels, from first to last; that they are more musical, because more joyful, than any others on earth: ethereal minstrels, pilgrims of the sky, true to the kindred points of heaven and home; their joy essentially the sky-lark's, in light, in purity; but, with their human eyes, looking for the glorious appearing of something in the sky, which the bird cannot.
You need to deeply understand this most profound group of Christian musicians, from beginning to end; they are more musical because they are more joyous than anyone else on earth: celestial musicians, travelers of the sky, connected to the shared points of heaven and home; their joy is essentially like that of a skylark's, in brightness and purity; but, with their human eyes, they are searching for the glorious appearance of something in the sky that the bird cannot see.
This it is that changes Etruscan murmur into Terza rima—Horatian Latin into Provençal troubadour's melody; not, because less artful, less wise.
This is what turns Etruscan whispers into Terza rima—Horatian Latin into the melodies of Provençal troubadours; not because it’s less skillful or wise.
Here is a little bit, for instance, of French ryming just before Chaucer's time—near enough to our own French to be intelligible to us yet.
Here’s a bit of French rhyming from just before Chaucer's time—close enough to modern French that we can still understand it.
When someone is skilled and knowledgeable,
Wants to prove necessary, Ne paye for when he does not blame me. The life of Marthe, his beloved:
But he gave her a copy To live differently and to please greatly. To God; and it pleases to do good:
Pour se conclut-il que Marie Who was at his feet without a sound, And thought about hearing and silencing,
It's the healthiest part.
Who will not be taken from him now The car by truth was that one. Who was always fresh and new, Love God and be loved by Him; Car jusqu'au cœur fut entamée,
And passionately set on fire.[Pg 189] Let the spark always glow; What she was visited by And from God, first comforted; Carity car is too fast.
The only law of metre, observed in this song, is that each line shall be octosyllabic:
The only rule of metre followed in this song is that each line must have eight syllables:
D'autre | ment vi | vret de | bien (ben) plaire,
Et pen | soit den | tendret | de taire
But the reader must note that words which were two-syllabled in Latin mostly remain yet so in the French.
But the reader should note that words that had two syllables in Latin mostly still have two syllables in French.
although mie, which is pet language, loving abbreviation of amica through amie, remains monosyllabic. But vie elides its e before a vowel:
although mie, which is a cute way of saying it, is a loving short form of amica through amie, it still stays monosyllabic. But vie drops its e before a vowel:
And Ma- | ri-e | contemplative;
and custom endures many exceptions. Thus Marie may be three-syllabled as above, or answer to mie as a dissyllable; but vierge is always, I think, dissyllabic, vier-ge, with even stronger accent on the -ge, for the Latin -go.
and custom has many exceptions. So Marie can be pronounced as three syllables like mentioned above, or it can also be a dissyllable, pronounced mie; but vierge is always, I believe, dissyllabic, vier-ge, with an even stronger emphasis on the -ge, similar to the Latin -go.
Then, secondly, of quantity, there is scarcely any fixed law. The metres may be timed as the minstrel chooses—fast or slow—and the iambic current checked in reverted eddy, as the words chance to come.
Then, secondly, regarding quantity, there’s hardly any set rule. The meters can be paced however the poet likes—fast or slow—and the iambic flow can be interrupted as the words come up.
But, thirdly, there is to be rich ryming and chiming, no matter how simply got, so only that the words jingle and tingle together with due art of interlacing and answering in different parts of the stanza, correspondent to the involutions of tracery and illumination. The whole twelve-line stanza is thus constructed with two rymes only, six of each, thus arranged:
But, thirdly, there should be rich rhyming and chiming, no matter how simply it's done, as long as the words jingle and tingle together with proper art of intertwining and responding in different parts of the stanza, matching the intricacies of patterns and decorations. The whole twelve-line stanza is constructed with only two rhymes, six of each, arranged like this:
dividing the verse thus into four measures, reversed in ascent and descent, or descant more properly; and doubtless with[Pg 190] correspondent phases in the voice-given, and duly accompanying, or following, music; Thomas the Rymer's own precept, that 'tong is chefe in mynstrelsye,' being always kept faithfully in mind.[176]
dividing the verse into four measures, reversed in ascent and descent, or descant more accurately; and undoubtedly with[Pg 190] matching phases in the voice, and properly accompanying or following the music; Thomas the Rymer's own advice that 'the tongue is key in music' is always kept firmly in mind.[176]
Here then you have a sufficient example of the pure chant of the Christian ages; which is always at heart joyful, and divides itself into the four great forms, Song of Praise, Song of Prayer, Song of Love, and Song of Battle; praise, however, being the keynote of passion through all the four forms; according to the first law which I have already given in the laws of Fesolé; 'all great Art is Praise,' of which the contrary is also true, all foul or miscreant Art is accusation, διαβολη: 'She gave me of the tree and I did eat' being an entirely museless expression on Adam's part, the briefly essential contrary of Love-song.
Here you have a clear example of the pure chant from the Christian ages, which is always fundamentally joyful and breaks down into four main forms: Song of Praise, Song of Prayer, Song of Love, and Song of Battle. Praise, however, serves as the key theme throughout all four forms, in line with the first principle I mentioned in the laws of Fesolé: 'all great Art is Praise.' The opposite is also true: all bad or corrupt Art is accusation, like when Adam said, 'She gave me of the tree and I did eat,' which is a completely useless statement and the opposite of a Love-song.
With these four perfect forms of Christian chant, of which we may take for pure examples the 'Te Deum,' the 'Te Lucis Ante,' the 'Amor che nella mente,'[177] and the 'Chant de Roland,' are mingled songs of mourning, of Pagan origin (whether Greek or Danish), holding grasp still of the races that have once learned them, in times of suffering and sorrow; and songs of Christian humiliation or grief, regarding chiefly the sufferings of Christ, or the conditions of our own sin: while through the entire system of these musical complaints are interwoven moralities, instructions, and related histories, in illustration of both, passing into Epic and Romantic verse, which gradually, as the forms and learnings of society increase, becomes less joyful, and more didactic, or satiric, until the[Pg 191] last echoes of Christian joy and melody vanish in the 'Vanity of human wishes.'
With these four perfect forms of Christian chant, which can be exemplified by the 'Te Deum,' the 'Te Lucis Ante,' the 'Amor che nella mente,'[177] and the 'Chant de Roland,' are mixed songs of mourning, of Pagan origin (whether Greek or Danish), still holding on to the cultures that once embraced them during their times of suffering and sorrow; along with songs of Christian humility or grief, primarily focused on the sufferings of Christ or our own sinful conditions: while throughout this entire system of musical expressions, moral lessons, instructions, and related stories are woven in to illustrate both, evolving into Epic and Romantic verse, which gradually, as social structures and knowledge develop, becomes less joyful and more instructive or satirical, until the[Pg 191] last echoes of Christian joy and melody fade away in the 'Vanity of human wishes.'
And here I must pause for a minute or two to separate the different branches of our inquiry clearly from one another. For one thing, the reader must please put for the present out of his head all thought of the progress of 'civilisation'—that is to say, broadly, of the substitution of wigs for hair, gas for candles, and steam for legs. This is an entirely distinct matter from the phases of policy and religion. It has nothing to do with the British Constitution, or the French Revolution, or the unification of Italy. There are, indeed, certain subtle relations between the state of mind, for instance, in Venice, which makes her prefer a steamer to a gondola, and that which makes her prefer a gazetteer to a duke; but these relations are not at all to be dealt with until we solemnly understand that whether men shall be Christians and poets, or infidels and dunces, does not depend on the way they cut their hair, tie their breeches, or light their fires. Dr. Johnson might have worn his wig in fulness conforming to his dignity, without therefore coming to the conclusion that human wishes were vain; nor is Queen Antoinette's civilised hair-powder, as opposed to Queen Bertha's savagely loose hair, the cause of Antoinette's laying her head at last in scaffold dust, but Bertha in a pilgrim-haunted tomb.
And here I need to pause for a minute or two to clearly separate the different branches of our inquiry from one another. First, the reader should please set aside any thoughts about the progress of "civilization"—meaning the broad idea of replacing wigs with hair, gas with candles, and steam with legs. This is entirely separate from the topics of policy and religion. It has nothing to do with the British Constitution, the French Revolution, or the unification of Italy. There are, indeed, some subtle connections between the mindset in Venice, which makes her prefer a steamboat over a gondola, and that which makes her prefer a newspaper over a duke; but we shouldn't address these connections until we acknowledge that whether people are Christians and poets, or infidels and fools, doesn't depend on how they cut their hair, fasten their pants, or light their fires. Dr. Johnson could have worn his wig proudly in keeping with his dignity without concluding that human desires were futile; nor is Queen Antoinette's fashionable hair powder, as opposed to Queen Bertha's wild, untamed hair, the reason Antoinette ultimately lost her head to the guillotine, while Bertha rests in a tomb loved by pilgrims.
Again, I have just now used the words 'poet' and 'dunce,' meaning the degree of each quality possible to average human nature. Men are eternally divided into the two classes of poet (believer, maker, and praiser) and dunce (or unbeliever, unmaker, and dispraiser). And in process of ages they have the power of making faithful and formative creatures of themselves, or unfaithful and deformative. And this distinction between the creatures who, blessing, are blessed, and evermore benedicti, and the creatures who, cursing, are cursed, and evermore maledicti, is one going through all humanity; antediluvian in Cain and Abel, diluvian in Ham and Shem. And the question for the public of any given period is not whether they are a constitutional or unconstitutional vulgus, but whether they are a benignant or malignant vulgus. So also, whether it is[Pg 192] indeed the gods who have given any gentleman the grace to despise the rabble, depends wholly on whether it is indeed the rabble, or he, who are the malignant persons.
Again, I have just now used the terms 'poet' and 'dunce,' referring to the level of each trait that is possible for average human beings. People are always divided into two categories: poet (believer, creator, and admirer) and dunce (or nonbeliever, destroyer, and critic). Over time, they have the ability to make themselves into faithful and constructive beings, or unfaithful and destructive ones. This distinction between those who bless and are blessed, and are forever benedicti, and those who curse and are cursed, and are forever maledicti, runs throughout all of humanity; it existed in the story of Cain and Abel before the flood, and in Ham and Shem during it. The issue for the society of any given era isn’t whether they are a lawful or unlawful crowd, but whether they are a kind or harmful crowd. Similarly, whether it is[Pg 192] indeed the gods who have given any man the ability to look down on the masses depends entirely on whether it is truly the masses, or he, who are the harmful ones.
But yet again. This difference between the persons to whom Heaven, according to Orpheus, has granted 'the hour of delight,'[178] and those whom it has condemned to the hour of detestableness, being, as I have just said, of all times and nations,—it is an interior and more delicate difference which we are examining in the gift of Christian, as distinguished from unchristian, song. Orpheus, Pindar, and Horace are indeed distinct from the prosaic rabble, as the bird from the snake; but between Orpheus and Palestrina, Horace and Sidney, there is another division, and a new power of music and song given to the humanity which has hope of the Resurrection.
But yet again. This difference between the people to whom Heaven, according to Orpheus, has granted 'the hour of delight,'[178] and those it has condemned to the hour of misery, being, as I just mentioned, true of all times and nations,—it is an inner and more subtle difference that we are exploring in the gift of Christian, as opposed to unchristian, song. Orpheus, Pindar, and Horace are indeed distinct from the ordinary crowd, just like a bird is from a snake; but between Orpheus and Palestrina, Horace and Sidney, there is another divide, along with a new power of music and song given to humanity that has hope for the Resurrection.
This is the root of all life and all rightness in Christian harmony, whether of word or instrument; and so literally, that in precise manner as this hope disappears, the power of song is taken away, and taken away utterly. When the Christian falls back out of the bright hope of the Resurrection, even the Orpheus song is forbidden him. Not to have known the hope is blameless: one may sing, unknowing, as the swan, or Philomela. But to have known and fall away from it, and to declare that the human wishes, which are summed in that one—'Thy kingdom come'—are vain! The Fates ordain there shall be no singing after that denial.
This is the foundation of all life and everything right in Christian harmony, whether through words or music; so much so that as this hope fades, the power of song is completely lost. When a Christian strays from the bright hope of the Resurrection, even the song of Orpheus is denied to him. Not knowing this hope is not blameworthy; one can sing, unaware, like the swan or Philomela. But to have known it and then turn away, to claim that human desires, summed up in that one—'Thy kingdom come'—are meaningless! The Fates decree that there will be no singing after such denial.
For observe this, and earnestly. The old Orphic song, with its dim hope of yet once more Eurydice,—the Philomela song—granted after the cruel silence,—the Halcyon song—with its fifteen days of peace, were all sad, or joyful only in some vague vision of conquest over death. But the Johnsonian vanity of wishes is on the whole satisfactory to Johnson—accepted with gentlemanly resignation by Pope—triumphantly and with bray of penny trumpets and blowing of steam-whistles, proclaimed for the glorious discovery of the civilised ages, by Mrs. Barbauld, Miss Edgeworth, Adam Smith, and[Pg 193] Co. There is no God, but have we not invented gunpowder?—who wants a God, with that in his pocket?[179] There is no Resurrection, neither angel nor spirit; but have we not paper and pens, and cannot every blockhead print his opinions, and the Day of Judgment become Republican, with everybody for a judge, and the flat of the universe for the throne? There is no law, but only gravitation and congelation, and we are stuck together in an everlasting hail, and melted together in everlasting mud, and great was the day in which our worships were born. And there is no Gospel, but only, whatever we've got, to get more, and, wherever we are, to go somewhere else. And are not these discoveries, to be sung of, and drummed of, and fiddled of, and generally made melodiously indubitable in the eighteenth century song of praise?
For take note of this, seriously. The old Orphic song, with its faint hope of seeing Eurydice again—the Philomela song—granted after the harsh silence—the Halcyon song—with its fifteen days of peace, all carried sadness or joy only in some vague vision of overcoming death. But the Johnsonian pride in wishes is generally acceptable to Johnson—accepted with gentlemanly resignation by Pope—triumphantly announced, with the sound of penny trumpets and steam whistles, as the glorious discovery of civilized times by Mrs. Barbauld, Miss Edgeworth, Adam Smith, and[Pg 193] Co. There is no God, but haven't we invented gunpowder?—who needs a God with that in hand?[179] There is no Resurrection, neither angel nor spirit; but don’t we have paper and pens, and can't every fool print his opinions, making the Day of Judgment a Republican event, with everyone as a judge and the flat of the universe as the throne? There is no law, only gravitation and freezing, and we are stuck together in an endless hail and melted into everlasting mud, and it was a great day when we were born. And there’s no Gospel, just whatever we have to get more, and wherever we are, we’re headed somewhere else. And aren't these discoveries worth singing about, drumming about, fiddling about, and making melodiously undeniable in the praise songs of the eighteenth century?
The Fates will not have it so. No word of song is possible, in that century, to mortal lips. Only polished versification, sententious pentameter and hexameter, until, having turned out its toes long enough without dancing, and pattered with its lips long enough without piping, suddenly Astræa returns to the earth, and a Day of Judgment of a sort, and there bursts out a song at last again, a most curtly melodious triplet of Amphisbænic ryme. 'Ça ira.'
The Fates won’t allow it. No song can be sung by mortal lips in that century. Only refined poetry, with its pithy five and six-foot lines, until it’s been dormant for long enough without a dance and silent for long enough without singing. Suddenly, Astræa comes back to earth, and a kind of Day of Judgment arrives, and at last, a song breaks out again—a short, sweet triplet of Amphisbænic rhyme. 'Ça ira.'
Amphisbænic, fanged in each ryme with fire, and obeying Ercildoune's precept, 'Tong is chefe of mynstrelsye,' to the syllable.—Don Giovanni's hitherto fondly chanted 'Andiam, andiam,' become suddenly impersonal and prophetic: It shall go, and you also. A cry—before it is a song, then song and[Pg 194] accompaniment together—perfectly done; and the march 'towards the field of Mars. The two hundred and fifty thousand—they to the sound of stringed music—preceded by young girls with tricolor streamers, they have shouldered soldier-wise their shovels and picks, and with one throat are singing Ça ira.'[180]
Amphisbænic, with fangs in every rhyme like fire, and obeying Ercildoune's rule, 'Tong is the chief of minstrelsy,' right down to the syllable. Don Giovanni's once lovingly sung 'Andiam, andiam' suddenly turns impersonal and prophetic: It shall go, and you too. A cry—before it becomes a song, then both song and[Pg 194] accompaniment together—perfectly executed; and the march 'towards the field of Mars.' The two hundred and fifty thousand—they, to the sound of stringed music—preceded by young girls with tricolor banners, have shouldered their shovels and picks like soldiers, and are all singing Ça ira.'[180]
Through all the springtime of 1790, 'from Brittany to Burgundy, on most plains of France, under most city walls, there march and constitutionally wheel to the Ça-iraing mood of fife and drum—our clear glancing phalanxes;—the song of the two hundred and fifty thousand, virgin led, is in the long light of July.' Nevertheless, another song is yet needed, for phalanx, and for maid. For, two springs and summers having gone—amphisbænic,—on the 28th of August 1792, 'Dumouriez rode from the camp of Maulde, eastwards to Sedan.'[181]
Through all of spring in 1790, from Brittany to Burgundy, across most plains of France, and beneath most city walls, our bright and shining battalions march and wheel to the Ça-iraing beat of the fife and drum; the song of the two hundred and fifty thousand, led by pure hearts, resonates in the long light of July. However, another song is still needed, for both battalion and maid. After two springs and summers have passed—amphisbænic—on August 28, 1792, Dumouriez rode from the camp of Maulde, heading east toward Sedan.[181]
And Longwi has fallen basely, and Brunswick and the Prussian king will beleaguer Verdun, and Clairfait and the Austrians press deeper in over the northern marches, Cimmerian Europe behind. And on that same night Dumouriez assembles council of war at his lodgings in Sedan. Prussians here, Austrians there, triumphant both. With broad highway to Paris and little hindrance—we scattered, helpless here and there—what to advise? The generals advise retreating, and retreating till Paris be sacked at the latest day possible. Dumouriez, silent, dismisses them,—keeps only, with a sign, Thouvenot. Silent, thus, when needful, yet having voice, it appears, of what musicians call tenor-quality, of a rare kind. Rubini-esque, even, but scarcely producible to fastidious ears at opera. The seizure of the forest of Argonne follows—the cannonade of Valmy. The Prussians do not march on Paris this time, the autumnal hours of fate pass on—ça ira—and on the 6th of November, Dumouriez meets the Austrians also. 'Dumouriez wide-winged, they wide-winged—at and around Jemappes, its green heights fringed and maned with red fire. And Dumouriez is swept back on this wing and swept back[Pg 195] on that, and is like to be swept back utterly, when he rushes up in person, speaks a prompt word or two, and then, with clear tenor-pipe, uplifts the hymn of the Marseillaise, ten thousand tenor or bass pipes joining, or say some forty thousand in all, for every heart leaps up at the sound; and so, with rhythmic march melody, they rally, they advance, they rush death-defying, and like the fire whirlwind sweep all manner of Austrians from the scene of action.' Thus, through the lips of Dumouriez, sings Tyrtæus, Rouget de Lisle,[182] 'Aux armes—marchons!' Iambic measure with a witness! in what wide strophe here beginning—in what unthought-of antistrophe returning to that council chamber in Sedan!
And Longwi has fallen disgracefully, and Brunswick along with the Prussian king will lay siege to Verdun, while Clairfait and the Austrians push further into the northern territories, with a dark Europe behind. That same night, Dumouriez gathers a war council at his place in Sedan. The Prussians here, the Austrians there, both celebrating victory. With a clear road to Paris and little resistance—we scattered, vulnerable here and there—what should they decide? The generals suggest retreating, putting it off until Paris is sacked at the latest possible moment. Dumouriez remains quiet, dismissing them—only keeping Thouvenot with a nod. Silent when necessary, but apparently having a voice that some musicians would call tenor-quality, a rare kind. Even Rubini-like, but hardly something that would be appreciated by picky listeners at the opera. The capture of the Argonne forest follows—the cannon fire of Valmy. The Prussians do not head for Paris this time; the fateful autumn hours go by—ça ira—and on November 6th, Dumouriez meets the Austrians too. 'Dumouriez wide-winged, they wide-winged—at and around Jemappes, its green heights adorned and surrounded by red flames. And Dumouriez is pushed back on this side and pushed back on that, about to be completely overwhelmed, when he rushes in himself, speaks a quick word or two, and then, projecting his clear tenor voice, lifts up the Marseillaise hymn, ten thousand tenor or bass voices joining in, or let’s say around forty thousand in total, as every heart swells at the sound; and so, with a rhythmic march melody, they regroup, they move forward, they charge forth fearlessly, sweeping away all sorts of Austrians from the battlefield.' Thus, through Dumouriez's voice, Tyrtæus sings, Rouget de Lisle,[182] 'Aux armes—marchons!' Iambic measure as proof! in what extensive strophe here beginning—in what unexpected antistrophe returning to that council chamber in Sedan!
While these two great songs were thus being composed, and sung, and danced to in cometary cycle, by the French nation, here in our less giddy island there rose, amidst hours of business in Scotland and of idleness in England, three troubadours of quite different temper. Different also themselves, but not opponent; forming a perfect chord, and adverse all the three of them alike to the French musicians, in this main point—that while the Ça ira and Marseillaise were essentially songs of blame and wrath, the British bards wrote, virtually, always songs of praise, though by no means psalmody in the ancient keys. On the contrary, all the three are alike moved by a singular antipathy to the priests, and are pointed at with fear and indignation by the pietists, of their day;—not without latent cause. For they are all of them, with the most loving service, servants of that world which the Puritan and monk alike despised; and, in the triple chord of their song, could not but appear to the religious persons around them as respectively and specifically the praisers—Scott of the world, Burns of the flesh, and Byron of the devil.
While these two great songs were being composed, sung, and danced to in a festive spirit by the French nation, here in our less exuberant island, three troubadours of quite different temper emerged amidst busy moments in Scotland and leisurely hours in England. They were different individuals but not adversaries, creating a harmonious blend, and all three stood in opposition to the French musicians in one key aspect—that while the Ça ira and Marseillaise were fundamentally songs of blame and anger, the British bards primarily wrote songs of praise, though not in the traditional psalm style. In fact, all three shared a distinct disdain for the priests of their time and were criticized with fear and anger by the religious zealots of their day—not without good reason. They were all, with utmost dedication, servants of a world that was equally scorned by the Puritan and the monk; and in the harmony of their song, they inevitably appeared to those around them as the respective praisers—Scott of the world, Burns of the flesh, and Byron of the devil.
To contend with this carnal orchestra, the religious world, having long ago rejected its Catholic Psalms as antiquated and unscientific, and finding its Puritan melodies sunk into faint jar and twangle from their native trumpet-tone, had nothing to oppose but the innocent, rather than religious,[Pg 196] verses of the school recognised as that of the English Lakes; very creditable to them; domestic at once and refined; observing the errors of the world outside of the Lakes with a pitying and tender indignation, and arriving in lacustrine seclusion at many valuable principles of philosophy, as pure as the tarns of their mountains, and of corresponding depth.[183]
To deal with this carnal orchestra, the religious community, having long ago dismissed its Catholic Psalms as outdated and unscientific, and finding its Puritan melodies reduced to a faint jangle and twang instead of their original clarity, had nothing to counter it but the innocent, rather than religious, [Pg 196] verses from the school known as the English Lakes; quite admirable for them; both homey and refined; reflecting on the mistakes of the world beyond the Lakes with a compassionate and gentle indignation, and arriving at many valuable philosophical principles in their serene isolation, as pure as the mountain tarns, and of similar depth.[183]
I have lately seen, and with extreme pleasure, Mr. Matthew Arnold's arrangement of Wordsworth's poems; and read with sincere interest his high estimate of them. But a great poet's work never needs arrangement by other hands; and though it is very proper that Silver How should clearly understand and brightly praise its fraternal Rydal Mount, we must not forget that, over yonder, are the Andes, all the while.
I recently saw, and with great pleasure, Mr. Matthew Arnold's collection of Wordsworth's poems; and I read with genuine interest his strong appreciation of them. However, a great poet's work doesn’t require arrangement by others; and while it’s important for Silver How to clearly recognize and praise its sibling Rydal Mount, we must not forget that the Andes are over there all the while.
Wordsworth's rank and scale among poets were determined by himself, in a single exclamation:—
Wordsworth's status and standing among poets were defined by him in one brief statement:—
Mount Skiddaw?
Answer his question faithfully, and you have the relation between the great masters of the Muse's teaching, and the pleasant fingerer of his pastoral flute among the reeds of Rydal.
Answer his question honestly, and you will see the connection between the great masters of the Muse's teachings and the enjoyable player of his pastoral flute among the reeds of Rydal.
Wordsworth is simply a Westmoreland peasant, with considerably less shrewdness than most border Englishmen or Scotsmen inherit; and no sense of humour: but gifted (in this singularly) with vivid sense of natural beauty, and a pretty turn for reflections, not always acute, but, as far as they reach, medicinal to the fever of the restless and corrupted life around him. Water to parched lips may be better than Samian wine, but do not let us therefore confuse the qualities of wine and water. I much doubt there being many inglorious Miltons in our country churchyards; but I am very sure there are many Wordsworths resting there, who were inferior to the renowned one only in caring less to hear themselves talk.[Pg 197]
Wordsworth is just a peasant from Westmoreland, with much less shrewdness than most Englishmen or Scotsmen from the borderlands and no sense of humor. However, he is uniquely gifted with a vivid appreciation for natural beauty and a knack for reflections that aren't always sharp but are, as far as they go, soothing to the turmoil of the restless and corrupted life around him. Water may be better for dry lips than Samian wine, but let’s not confuse the qualities of wine and water. I seriously doubt there are many unnoticed Miltons in our country churchyards, but I am quite sure there are many Wordsworths resting there who only differ from the famous one in that they cared less about expressing their thoughts.[Pg 197]
With an honest and kindly heart, a stimulating egoism, a wholesome contentment in modest circumstances, and such sufficient ease, in that accepted state, as permitted the passing of a good deal of time in wishing that daisies could see the beauty of their own shadows, and other such profitable mental exercises, Wordsworth has left us a series of studies of the graceful and happy shepherd life of our lake country, which to me personally, for one, are entirely sweet and precious; but they are only so as the mirror of an existent reality in many ways more beautiful than its picture.
With a genuine and warm heart, a healthy sense of self, a fulfilling contentment in simple living, and a comfortable ease that allowed him to spend a lot of time wishing that daisies could appreciate the beauty of their own shadows, among other thoughtful musings, Wordsworth has given us a collection of observations on the charming and joyful shepherd life of our lake country. Personally, I find them completely delightful and valuable; however, they only reflect a reality that's in many ways even more beautiful than what he captures in his writing.
But the other day I went for an afternoon's rest into the cottage of one of our country people of old statesman class; cottage lying nearly midway between two village churches, but more conveniently for downhill walk towards one than the other. I found, as the good housewife made tea for me, that nevertheless she went up the hill to church. 'Why do not you go to the nearer church?' I asked. 'Don't you like the clergyman?' 'Oh no, sir,' she answered, 'it isn't that; but you know I couldn't leave my mother.' 'Your mother! she is buried at H—— then?' 'Yes, sir; and you know I couldn't go to church anywhere else.'
But the other day, I went for an afternoon break at the cottage of one of our longtime local folks from the old statesman class. The cottage is located almost halfway between two village churches but is more conveniently positioned for a downhill walk to one than the other. While the good housewife was making tea for me, I noticed that she still walked up the hill to church. "Why don’t you go to the closer church?" I asked. "Is it because you don’t like the clergyman?" "Oh no, sir," she replied, "it’s not that; but you see, I couldn’t leave my mother." "Your mother! She’s buried at H—— then?" "Yes, sir; and you know I couldn’t go to church anywhere else."
That feelings such as these existed among the peasants, not of Cumberland only, but of all the tender earth that gives forth her fruit for the living, and receives her dead to peace, might perhaps have been, to our great and endless comfort, discovered before now, if Wordsworth had been content to tell us what he knew of his own villages and people, not as the leader of a new and only correct school of poetry, but simply as a country gentleman of sense and feeling, fond of primroses, kind to the parish children, and reverent of the spade with which Wilkinson had tilled his lands: and I am by no means sure that his influence on the stronger minds of his time was anywise hastened or extended by the spirit of tunefulness under whose guidance he discovered that heaven rhymed to seven, and Foy to boy.
That feelings like these existed among the peasants, not just in Cumberland, but throughout all the fertile land that provides food for the living and lays to rest the dead, might have been, for our great and endless comfort, discovered by now if Wordsworth had simply shared what he knew about his own villages and people, not as the leader of a new and supposedly correct school of poetry, but as a thoughtful country gentleman who loved primroses, was kind to the parish kids, and respected the spade that Wilkinson used to farm his land. And I’m not at all sure that his impact on the stronger minds of his time was in any way accelerated or expanded by the musical spirit that led him to find that heaven rhymed with seven, and Foy rhymed with boy.
Tuneful nevertheless at heart, and of the heavenly choir, I gladly and frankly acknowledge him; and our English literature enriched with a new and a singular virtue in the [Pg 198]aërial purity and healthful rightness of his quiet song;—but aërial only,—not ethereal; and lowly in its privacy of light.
Tuneful at heart, and part of the heavenly choir, I happily and openly acknowledge him; and our English literature is enriched with a new and unique quality in the [Pg 198]airy purity and wholesome correctness of his gentle song;—but airy only,—not ethereal; and humble in its private light.
A measured mind, and calm; innocent, unrepentant; helpful to sinless creatures and scatheless, such of the flock as do not stray. Hopeful at least, if not faithful; content with intimations of immortality such as may be in skipping of lambs, and laughter of children,—incurious to see in the hands the print of the Nails.
A thoughtful and calm mind; innocent, unremorseful; supportive of pure beings and untouched, like those in the group who stay on course. Optimistic at least, if not truly faithful; satisfied with hints of immortality found in the playful leaps of lambs and the laughter of children—uninterested in seeing the marks of the nails on hands.
A gracious and constant mind; as the herbage of its native hills, fragrant and pure;—yet, to the sweep and the shadow, the stress and distress, of the greater souls of men, as the tufted thyme to the laurel wilderness of Tempe,—as the gleaming euphrasy to the dark branches of Dodona.
A kind and steady mind; like the grass on its native hills, fragrant and pure;—yet, affected by the challenges and struggles of greater souls, like tufted thyme among the vast laurel wilderness of Tempe,—like bright euphrasy among the dark branches of Dodona.
[I am obliged to defer the main body of this paper to next month,—revises penetrating all too late into my lacustrine seclusion; as chanced also unluckily with the preceding paper, in which the reader will perhaps kindly correct the consequent misprints, p. 29, l. 20, of 'scarcely' to 'securely,' and p. 31, l. 34, 'full,' with comma, to 'fall,' without one; noticing besides that Redgauntlet has been omitted in the italicised list, p. 25, l. 16; and that the reference to note 2 should not be at the word 'imagination,' p. 24, but at the word 'trade,' p. 25, l. 7. My dear old friend, Dr. John Brown, sends me, from Jamieson's Dictionary, the following satisfactory end to one of my difficulties:—'Coup the crans.' The language is borrowed from the 'cran,' or trivet on which small pots are placed in cookery, which is sometimes turned with its feet uppermost by an awkward assistant. Thus it signifies to be completely upset.]
[I have to push the main part of this paper to next month—revisions came too late into my quiet retreat; the same unfortunate timing happened with the previous paper as well, and I hope the reader will kindly note the correction of misprints: on p. 29, l. 20, change 'scarce' to 'secure,' and on p. 31, l. 34, change 'full,' with a comma, to 'fall,' without one; also, I noticed that Redgauntlet was left out of the italicized list on p. 25, l. 16, and that the reference to note 2 should be at the word 'trade,' p. 25, l. 7, not at 'imagination,' p. 24. My dear old friend, Dr. John Brown, sent me a helpful resolution from Jamieson's Dictionary for one of my issues:—'Coup the crans.' The phrase comes from the 'cran,' or trivet used in cooking to hold small pots, which can sometimes be awkwardly flipped over, making everything spill. So, it means to be completely upset.]
John Ruskin.
John Ruskin.
[Byron.]
To use this crystal properly;
Rain turns every stream into a rushing river,
Neither stain it, nor enhance.'
So was it, year by year, among the unthought-of hills. Little Duddon and child Rotha ran clear and glad; and laughed[Pg 199] from ledge to pool, and opened from pool to mere, translucent, through endless days of peace.
So it went, year after year, among the overlooked hills. Little Duddon and child Rotha flowed clear and happy; they laughed[Pg 199] from ledge to pool, and opened from pool to lake, transparent, through endless days of tranquility.
But eastward, between her orchard plains, Loire locked her embracing dead in silent sands; dark with blood rolled Iser; glacial-pale, Beresina-Lethe, by whose shore the weary hearts forgot their people, and their father's house.
But to the east, between her orchard fields, the Loire held her embracing dead in quiet sands; dark with blood flowed the Iser; glacial-pale, Beresina-Lethe, by whose banks the weary hearts forgot their kin and their father's home.
Nor unsullied, Tiber; nor unswoln, Arno and Aufidus; and Euroclydon high on Helle's wave; meantime, let our happy piety glorify the garden rocks with snowdrop circlet, and breathe the spirit of Paradise, where life is wise and innocent.
Nor untouched, Tiber; nor untroubled, Arno and Aufidus; and Euroclydon high on Helle's wave; in the meantime, let our joyful devotion beautify the garden rocks with a circle of snowdrops, and embody the spirit of Paradise, where life is wise and innocent.
Maps many have we, now-a-days clear in display of earth constituent, air current, and ocean tide. Shall we ever engrave the map of meaner research, whose shadings shall content themselves in the task of showing the depth, or drought,—the calm, or trouble, of Human Compassion?
Maps we have many nowadays, clearly showing the Earth's features, air currents, and ocean tides. Will we ever create a map of deeper exploration, one that focuses on revealing the depths or dryness—the calm or turmoil—of Human Compassion?
For this is indeed all that is noble in the life of Man, and the source of all that is noble in the speech of Man. Had it narrowed itself then, in those days, out of all the world, into this peninsula between Cockermouth and Shap?
For this is truly everything that is noble in human life and the source of all that is noble in human speech. Did it then limit itself, in those days, to this peninsula between Cockermouth and Shap?
Not altogether so; but indeed the Vocal piety seemed conclusively to have retired (or excursed?) into that mossy hermitage, above Little Langdale. The Unvocal piety, with the uncomplaining sorrow, of Man, may have had a somewhat wider range, for aught we know: but history disregards those items; and of firmly proclaimed and sweetly canorous religion, there really seemed at that juncture none to be reckoned upon, east of Ingleborough, or north of Criffel. Only under Furness Fells, or by Bolton Priory, it seems we can still write Ecclesiastical Sonnets, stanzas on the force of Prayer, Odes to Duty, and complimentary addresses to the Deity upon His endurance for adoration. Far otherwise, over yonder, by Spezzia Bay, and Ravenna Pineta, and in ravines of Hartz. There, the softest voices speak the wildest words; and Keats discourses of Endymion, Shelley of Demogorgon, Goethe of Lucifer, and Bürger of the Resurrection of Death unto Death—while even Puritan Scotland and Episcopal Anglia produce for us only these three minstrels of doubtful tone, who show but small respect for the 'unco guid,' put but limited faith in gifted[Pg 200] Gilfillan, and translate with unflinching frankness the Morgante Maggiore.[184]
Not entirely so; but indeed the Vocal devotion seems to have definitively retreated (or wandered?) into that mossy hermitage above Little Langdale. The Unvocal devotion, with the silent sadness of humanity, may have had a somewhat broader spectrum, for all we know: but history ignores those details; and of openly declared and sweetly melodious faith, there truly seemed to be none to count on, east of Ingleborough or north of Criffel. Only beneath Furness Fells or near Bolton Priory can we still create Ecclesiastical Sonnets, verses on the power of Prayer, Odes to Duty, and respectful addresses to the Deity about His enduring patience for worship. Quite the opposite, over there, by Spezzia Bay, Ravenna Pineta, and in the ravines of Hartz. There, the gentlest voices express the wildest thoughts; and Keats talks about Endymion, Shelley about Demogorgon, Goethe about Lucifer, and Bürger about the Resurrection of Death unto Death—while even Puritan Scotland and Episcopal England offer us only these three minstrels of questionable tone, who show little respect for the 'unco guid,' have limited faith in gifted[Pg 200] Gilfillan, and translate the Morgante Maggiore with unflinching honesty.[184]
Dismal the aspect of the spiritual world, or at least the sound of it, might well seem to the eyes and ears of Saints (such as we had) of the period—dismal in angels' eyes also assuredly! Yet is it possible that the dismalness in angelic sight may be otherwise quartered, as it were, from the way of mortal heraldry; and that seen, and heard, of angels,—again I say—hesitatingly—is it possible that the goodness of the Unco Guid, and the gift of Gilfillan, and the word of Mr. Blattergowl, may severally not have been the goodness of God, the gift of God, nor the word of God: but that in the much blotted and broken efforts at goodness, and in the careless gift which they themselves despised,[185] and in the sweet ryme and murmur of their unpurposed words, the Spirit of the Lord had, indeed, wandering, as in chaos days on lightless waters, gone forth in the hearts and from the lips of those other three strange prophets, even though they ate forbidden bread by the altar of the poured-out ashes, and even though the wild beast of the desert found them, and slew.
Dismal the aspect of the spiritual world, or at least the sound of it, might well seem to the eyes and ears of Saints (such as we had) of the period—dismal in angels' eyes also assuredly! Yet is it possible that the dismalness in angelic sight may be viewed differently than through the lens of human understanding; and that seen, and heard, by angels,—again I say—hesitantly—is it possible that the goodness of the Unco Guid, and the gift of Gilfillan, and the word of Mr. Blattergowl, may not have truly represented the goodness of God, the gift of God, or the word of God: but that in the many flawed and broken attempts at goodness, and in the thoughtless gift which they themselves overlooked,[185] and in the sweet rhyme and murmur of their unintentional words, the Spirit of the Lord had truly wandered, just like in the chaos when lightless waters existed, gone forth in the hearts and from the lips of those other three strange prophets, even though they consumed forbidden bread by the altar of the poured-out ashes, and even though the wild beast of the desert found them, and killed them.
This, at least, I know, that it had been well for England, though all her other prophets, of the Press, the Parliament, the Doctor's chair, and the Bishop's throne, had fallen silent; so only that she had been able to understand with her heart here and there the simplest line of these, her despised.[Pg 201]
This much I know: it would have been good for England, even if all her other voices—those from the Press, Parliament, the doctor's office, and the bishop's seat—had gone quiet; at least she could still grasp, with her heart, the simplest message from those she looked down on.[Pg 201]
I take one at mere chance:
I take one just by chance:
Well, I don't know; Mr. Wordsworth certainly did, and observed, with truth, that its clouds took a sober colouring in consequence of his experiences. It is much if, indeed, this sadness be unselfish, and our eyes have kept loving watch o'er Man's Mortality. I have found it difficult to make any one now-a-days believe that such sobriety can be; and that Turner saw deeper crimson than others in the clouds of Goldau. But that any should yet think the clouds brightened by Man's Immortality instead of dulled by his death,—and, gazing on the sky, look for the day when every eye must gaze also—for behold, He cometh with the clouds—this it is no more possible for Christian England to apprehend, however exhorted by her gifted and guid.
Well, I don't know; Mr. Wordsworth definitely did, and he noticed, rightly, that the clouds took on a serious tone because of his experiences. It’s a lot if, indeed, this sadness is unselfish, and our eyes have kept a loving watch over humanity's mortality. I’ve found it hard to make anyone nowadays believe that such seriousness can exist; and that Turner saw deeper reds than others in the clouds of Goldau. But for anyone to still think that the clouds are brightened by humanity's Immortality instead of being dimmed by death—and, looking at the sky, to expect the day when every eye must also look for Him—behold, He comes with the clouds—this is no longer something Christian England can understand, no matter how much she’s encouraged by her gifted and wise.
'But Byron was not thinking of such things!'—He, the reprobate! how should such as he think of Christ?
'But Byron wasn't thinking about stuff like that!'—He, the outcast! How could someone like him think about Christ?
Perhaps not wholly as you or I think of Him. Take, at chance, another line or two, to try:
Perhaps not entirely as you or I envision Him. Let's take another line or two, just to try:
If he is telling the truth, she is Christ's sister, and
Just now, acted like in the Holy Land.'
Blasphemy, cry you, good reader? Are you sure you understand it? The first line I gave you was easy Byron—almost shallow Byron—these are of the man in his depth, and you will not fathom them, like a tarn,—nor in a hurry.
Blasphemy, you say, dear reader? Are you sure you really get it? The first line I gave you was simple Byron—almost light—these are from the deeper side of the man, and you won’t grasp them quickly, like a deep mountain lake—nor will you do it in a rush.
'Just now behaved as in the Holy Land.' How did Carnage behave in the Holy Land then? You have all been greatly questioning, of late, whether the sun, which you find to be now going out, ever stood still. Did you in any lagging minute, on those scientific occasions, chance to reflect what he[Pg 202] was bid stand still for? or if not—will you please look—and what, also, going forth again as a strong man to run his course, he saw, rejoicing?
'Just now behaved as in the Holy Land.' How did Carnage act in the Holy Land then? You have all been wondering lately whether the sun, which you see is now fading, ever stood still. Did you happen to think, during those slow moments, about why he[Pg 202] was told to stand still for? Or if not—could you please check—and what, also, as he set out again like a strong man ready to run his race, he saw, rejoicing?
'Then Joshua passed from Makkedah unto Libnah—and fought against Libnah. And the Lord delivered it and the king thereof into the hand of Israel, and he smote it with the edge of the sword, and all the souls that were therein.' And from Lachish to Eglon, and from Eglon to Kirjath-Arba, and Sarah's grave in the Amorites' land, 'and Joshua smote all the country of the hills and of the south—and of the vale and of the springs, and all their kings; he left none remaining, but utterly destroyed all that breathed—as the Lord God of Israel commanded.'
'Then Joshua moved from Makkedah to Libnah and fought against Libnah. The Lord gave it and its king into the hands of Israel, and he struck it down with the sword, along with everyone who lived there. From Lachish to Eglon, and from Eglon to Kirjath-Arba, and Sarah's grave in the land of the Amorites, Joshua defeated all the regions in the hills, the south, the valleys, and the springs, along with all their kings; he left no one alive but completely destroyed all who breathed, just as the Lord God of Israel had commanded.'
Thus 'it is written:' though you perhaps do not so often hear these texts preached from, as certain others about taking away the sins of the world. I wonder how the world would like to part with them! hitherto it has always preferred parting first with its Life—and God has taken it at its word. But Death is not His Begotten Son, for all that; nor is the death of the innocent in battle carnage His 'instrument for working out a pure intent' as Mr. Wordsworth puts it; but Man's instrument for working out an impure one, as Byron would have you to know. Theology perhaps less orthodox, but certainly more reverent;—neither is the Woolwich Infant a Child of God; neither does the iron-clad 'Thunderer' utter thunders of God—which facts, if you had had the grace or sense to learn from Byron, instead of accusing him of blasphemy, it had been better at this day for you, and for many a savage soul also, by Euxine shore, and in Zulu and Afghan lands.
So, "it is written:" though you don't hear these texts as often preached from as some others about taking away the sins of the world. I wonder how the world would feel about letting them go! So far, it has always preferred to let go of its Life first—and God has taken it at its word. But Death isn't His Begotten Son, no matter what; nor is the innocent death in battle some divine tool for achieving a pure purpose, as Mr. Wordsworth puts it; it's actually Man's tool for achieving an impure purpose, as Byron would have you know. Theology may be less orthodox but certainly more respectful;—the Woolwich Infant is not a Child of God; and the ironclad 'Thunderer' does not roar the thunders of God—which facts, if you had the grace or awareness to learn from Byron, instead of accusing him of blasphemy, would have been better for you, and for many a savage soul too, by the Euxine shore and in Zulu and Afghan lands.
It was neither, however, for the theology, nor the use, of these lines that I quoted them; but to note this main point of Byron's own character. He was the first great Englishman who felt the cruelty of war, and, in its cruelty, the shame. Its guilt had been known to George Fox—its folly shown practically by Penn. But the compassion of the pious world had still for the most part been shown only in keeping its stock of Barabbases unhanged if possible: and, till Byron[Pg 203] came, neither Kunersdorf, Eylau, nor Waterloo, had taught the pity and the pride of men that
It wasn’t for the theology or the purpose of these lines that I quoted them, but to highlight this key aspect of Byron's character. He was the first significant Englishman to recognize the cruelty of war and, in that cruelty, its shame. George Fox had acknowledged its guilt, and Penn had practically demonstrated its foolishness. However, the compassion of the religious community had mostly been shown in trying to keep its share of criminals unhanged, if possible. Until Byron came along, neither Kunersdorf, Eylau, nor Waterloo had taught humanity the lessons of pity and pride.
Of honest fame rather than spilling oceans of blood.'[188]
Such pacific verse would not indeed have been acceptable to the Edinburgh volunteers on Portobello sands. But Byron can write a battle song too, when it is his cue to fight. If you look at the introduction to the Isles of Greece, namely the 85th and 86th stanzas of the 3rd canto of Don Juan,—you will find—what will you not find, if only you understand them! 'He' in the first line, remember, means the typical modern poet.
Such peaceful verse would not have been acceptable to the Edinburgh volunteers on Portobello sands. But Byron can write a battle song too, when it’s his turn to fight. If you check out the introduction to the Isles of Greece, specifically the 85th and 86th stanzas of the 3rd canto of Don Juan,—you will discover—what will you not find, if only you get what they mean! 'He' in the first line, remember, refers to the typical modern poet.
He gave the various nations something that represented their identity. It was all the same to him—"God save the King"
Or "It'll be okay" as it's commonly said; His muse sparked growth in anything From the high poetry to the simple logic:
If Pindar celebrated horse races, what should stop How can he avoid being as flexible as Pindar?
In England, a story in six cantos, in quarto format; In Spain, he would create a ballad or romance about The last war—pretty similar in Portugal; In Germany, the Pegasus would prance on It would be old Goethe's—(see what de Staël says)
In Italy, he'd imitate the 'Trecentisti;' In Greece, he’d sing a hymn like this to you.
Note first here, as we did in Scott, the concentrating and foretelling power. The 'God Save the Queen' in England, fallen hollow now, as the 'Ça ira' in France—not a man in[Pg 204] France knowing where either France or 'that' (whatever 'that' may be) is going to; nor the Queen of England daring, for her life, to ask the tiniest Englishman to do a single thing he doesn't like;—nor any salvation, either of Queen or Realm, being any more possible to God, unless under the direction of the Royal Society: then, note the estimate of height and depth in poetry, swept in an instant, 'high lyric to low rational.' Pindar to Pope (knowing Pope's height, too, all the while, no man better); then, the poetic power of France—resumed in a word—Béranger; then the cut at Marmion, entirely deserved, as we shall see, yet kindly given, for everything he names in these two stanzas is the best of its kind; then Romance in Spain on—the last war, (present war not being to Spanish poetical taste), then, Goethe the real heart of all Germany, and last, the aping of the Trecentisti which has since consummated itself in Pre-Raphaelitism! that also being the best thing Italy has done through England, whether in Rossetti's 'blessed damozels' or Burne Jones's 'days of creation.' Lastly comes the mock at himself—the modern English Greek—(followed up by the 'degenerate into hands like mine' in the song itself); and then—to amazement, forth he thunders in his Achilles voice. We have had one line of him in his clearness—five of him in his depth—sixteen of him in his play. Hear now but these, out of his whole heart:—
Note here, as we did with Scott, the focusing and predicting power. The 'God Save the Queen' in England rings hollow now, just like the 'Ça ira' in France—no one in [Pg 204] France knows where either France or 'that' (whatever 'that' might be) is headed; nor does the Queen of England dare, for her life, to ask even the tiniest Englishman to do anything he doesn’t want to;—and no salvation, for either Queen or Realm, is possible to God anymore, unless it’s under the direction of the Royal Society: then, notice the quick shift in poetry, 'high lyric to low rational.' From Pindar to Pope (knowing Pope’s stature all along, better than anyone); then, the poetic essence of France—summed up in one word—Béranger; then the jab at Marmion, completely deserved, as we’ll see, yet kindly given, because everything he mentions in these two stanzas is the best of its kind; then Romance in Spain on—the last war, since the current war isn’t to Spanish poetic taste; then, Goethe, the true heart of all Germany, and finally, the imitation of the Trecentisti that has since matured into Pre-Raphaelitism! That too being the best thing Italy has done through England, whether in Rossetti’s 'blessed damozels' or Burne-Jones’s 'days of creation.' Lastly, we see him mock himself—the modern English Greek—(followed by the 'degenerate into hands like mine' in the song itself); and then—to our amazement, he thunders forth in his Achilles voice. We’ve seen one line of him in his clarity—five of him in his depth—sixteen of him in his play. Now hear these, straight from his whole heart:—
Oh no, the voices of the dead
Sounds like the distant sound of a waterfall,
And answer, "Let one living head,
But one, rise—we're coming—we're coming: "Only the living are silent."
Resurrection, this, you see like Bürger's; but not of death unto death.
Resurrection, this, you see like Bürger's; but not from death to death.
'Sound like a distant torrent's fall.' I said the whole heart of Byron was in this passage. First its compassion, then its indignation, and the third element, not yet examined, that love of the beauty of this world in which the three—unholy—children,[Pg 205] of its Fiery Furnace were like to each other; but Byron the widest-hearted. Scott and Burns love Scotland more than Nature itself: for Burns the moon must rise over Cumnock Hills,—for Scott, the Rymer's glen divide the Eildons; but, for Byron, Loch-na-Gar with Ida, looks o'er Troy, and the soft murmurs of the Dee and the Bruar change into voices of the dead on distant Marathon.
'Sound like a distant waterfall.' I said the whole heart of Byron was in this passage. First its compassion, then its indignation, and the third element, not yet examined, that love of the beauty of this world where the three—unholy—children,[Pg 205] of its Fiery Furnace were similar to one another; but Byron had the biggest heart. Scott and Burns love Scotland more than Nature itself: for Burns, the moon must rise over Cumnock Hills,—for Scott, Rymer's Glen divides the Eildons; but for Byron, Loch-na-Gar with Ida, looks over Troy, and the gentle murmurs of the Dee and the Bruar turn into voices of the dead on distant Marathon.
Yet take the parallel from Scott, by a field of homelier rest:—
Yet consider the comparison from Scott, by a field of simpler tranquility:—
Send a thousand streams to the lake; In the summer season, they weep so softly, The sound gently puts the ear to sleep; The sound of your horse's hooves is too harsh,
So quiet is the solitude.
But I believe the dead are close; Even though, in feudal conflict, an enemy Has brought down our Lady's Chapel,
Yet still under the sacred soil,
The farmer takes a break from his work,
And, as he dies, asks for his bones to be buried Where his simple ancestors used to pray.'
And last take the same note of sorrow—with Burns's finger on the fall of it:
And finally, remember the same feeling of sorrow—with Burns's touch on its decline:
You hazy woods and thorny dens,
You burnies, rippling down your valleys With a bustling noise, Or foaming strong with hasty stones
From line to line.
As you read, one after another, these fragments of chant by the great masters, does not a sense come upon you of some element in their passion, no less than in their sound, different, specifically, from that of 'Parching summer hath no warrant'? Is it more profane, think you—or more tender—nay, perhaps, in the core of it, more true?[Pg 206]
As you read through these pieces of chants by the great masters, don't you feel a sense of some quality in their passion, just as much as in their sound, that’s distinct, especially, from that of 'Parching summer hath no warrant'? Do you think it’s more impolite, or more gentle—maybe, at its core, more genuine?[Pg 206]
For instance, when we are told that
For instance, when we hear that
A sad voice joined the morning prayers,
is this disposition of the river's mind to pensive psalmody quite logically accounted for by the previous statement (itself by no means rhythmically dulcet,) that
is this way of the river's mind leaning towards thoughtful song actually explained by the earlier statement (which is definitely not rhythmically sweet,) that
And choked by an unforgiving force?
Or, when we are led into the improving reflection,
Or, when we are guided into a thoughtful consideration,
—is the divinity of the extract assured to us by its being made at leisure, and in a reclining attitude—as compared with the meditations of otherwise active men, in an erect one? Or are we perchance, many of us, still erring somewhat in our notions alike of Divinity and Humanity,—poetical extraction, and moral position?
—is the divine quality of the extract guaranteed because it is created at a leisurely pace and in a relaxed position, as opposed to the reflections of more active individuals who are standing? Or are we perhaps, many of us, still mistaken in our ideas about both Divinity and Humanity—poetic inspiration and moral standing?
On the chance of its being so, might I ask hearing for just a few words more of the school of Belial?
On the chance that it is, could I ask to hear just a few more words about the school of Belial?
Their occasion, it must be confessed, is a quite unjustifiable one. Some very wicked people—mutineers, in fact—have retired, misanthropically, into an unfrequented part of the country, and there find themselves safe, indeed, but extremely thirsty. Whereupon Byron thus gives them to drink:
Their situation, it's worth admitting, is completely unjustifiable. Some very bad people—mutineers, to be exact—have withdrawn, anti-socially, into a remote area of the countryside, and there they are safe but incredibly thirsty. So Byron provides them with a drink:
Close to the vast wild ocean—still as pure And as fresh as innocence, and even more secure. Its silver stream sparkled over the deep As the shy chamois gazes over the steep slope,
While, far below, the huge and gloomy swell The ocean's deep blue rose and fell. [189]
Now, I beg, with such authority as an old workman may take concerning his trade, having also looked at a waterfall or two in my time, and not unfrequently at a wave, to assure the reader that here is entirely first-rate literary work. Though Lucifer himself had written it, the thing is itself good, and not only so, but unsurpassably good, the closing line being probably the best concerning the sea yet written by the race of the sea-kings.
Now, I ask, with the confidence of an experienced craftsman regarding his trade, having also seen a waterfall or two in my time, and often observing a wave, to assure the reader that here is truly outstanding literary work. Even if Lucifer himself had penned it, the work is genuinely excellent, and not just excellent, but exceptionally good, with the closing line likely being the best written about the sea by those who are known as the sea-kings.
But Lucifer himself could not have written it; neither any servant of Lucifer. I do not doubt but that most readers were surprised at my saying, in the close of my first paper, that Byron's 'style' depended in any wise on his views respecting the Ten Commandments. That so all-important a thing as 'style' should depend in the least upon so ridiculous a thing as moral sense: or that Allegra's father, watching her drive by in Count G.'s coach and six, had any remnant of so ridiculous a thing to guide,—or check,—his poetical passion, may alike seem more than questionable to the liberal and chaste philosophy of the existing British public. But, first of all, putting the question of who writes, or speaks, aside, do you, good reader, know good 'style' when you get it? Can you say, of half-a-dozen given lines taken anywhere out of a novel, or poem, or play, That is good, essentially, in style, or bad, essentially? and can you say why such half-dozen lines are good, or bad?
But Lucifer himself could not have written it; nor could any of Lucifer's followers. I’m sure many readers were surprised when I mentioned at the end of my first paper that Byron's 'style' was in any way influenced by his views on the Ten Commandments. The idea that something as crucial as 'style' could be affected by something as absurd as moral sense — or that Allegra's father, as he watched her pass by in Count G.'s fancy carriage, had any trace of such a ridiculous thing to guide or restrain his poetic passion — might seem highly questionable to the progressive and refined philosophy of today’s British public. But first and foremost, putting aside the question of who writes or speaks, do you, dear reader, know good 'style' when you see it? Can you determine, from a selection of six lines from any novel, poem, or play, whether they are good or bad in style? And can you explain why those six lines are good or bad?
I imagine that in most cases, the reply would be given with hesitation, yet if you will give me a little patience, and take some accurate pains, I can show you the main tests of style in the space of a couple of pages.
I think that in most situations, the response would come hesitantly, but if you can be patient with me and put in a bit of effort, I can show you the key tests of style in just a couple of pages.
I take two examples of absolutely perfect, and in manner highest, i. e. kingly, and heroic, style: the first example in expression of anger, the second of love.
I’ll give two examples that are completely perfect and the highest in kingly and heroic style: the first example expresses anger, and the second expresses love.
Thank you for his gift and your efforts. Once we've matched our rackets to these balls,
With God's grace, we will perform a set in France,
"Will put his father's crown at risk." [Pg 208]
Would you have laughed if I had come home in a coffin? Are you crying to see me succeed? Ah, my dear,
The widows in Corioli have such eyes,
And mothers who don't have sons.
Let us note, point by point, the conditions of greatness common to both these passages, so opposite in temper.
Let’s go through, step by step, the shared conditions of greatness in both of these passages, which are so different in mood.
A. Absolute command over all passion, however intense; this the first-of-first conditions, (see the King's own sentence just before, 'We are no tyrant, but a Christian King, Unto whose grace our passion is as subject As are our wretches fettered in our prisons'); and with this self-command, the supremely surveying grasp of every thought that is to be uttered, before its utterance; so that each may come in its exact place, time, and connection. The slightest hurry, the misplacing of a word, or the unnecessary accent on a syllable, would destroy the 'style' in an instant.
A. Complete control over all emotions, no matter how intense; this is the first and foremost requirement, (see the King's own statement just before, 'We are no tyrant, but a Christian King, Unto whose grace our passion is as subject As are our wretches fettered in our prisons'); and with this self-control, the ability to fully oversee every thought that is to be expressed before it is spoken; so that each can come in its exact place, time, and context. The slightest rush, the wrong placement of a word, or the unnecessary emphasis on a syllable, would ruin the 'style' in an instant.
B. Choice of the fewest and simplest words that can be found in the compass of the language, to express the thing meant: these few words being also arranged in the most straightforward and intelligible way; allowing inversion only when the subject can be made primary without obscurity; thus, 'his present, and your pains, we thank you for' is better than 'we thank you for his present and your pains,' because the Dauphin's gift is by courtesy put before the Ambassador's pains; but 'when to these balls our rackets we have matched' would have spoiled the style in a moment, because—I was going to have said, ball and racket are of equal rank, and therefore only the natural order proper; but also here the natural order is the desired one, the English racket to have precedence of the French ball. In the fourth line the 'in France' comes first, as announcing the most important resolution of action; the 'by God's grace' next, as the only condition rendering resolution possible; the detail of issue follows with the strictest limit in the final word. The King does not say 'danger,' far less 'dishonour,' but 'hazard' only; of that he is, humanly speaking, sure.
B. Choose the fewest and simplest words available in the language to convey the intended meaning. These words should be arranged in the most straightforward and clear manner, allowing for inversion only when the subject can be made primary without causing confusion. For instance, "we thank you for his present and your pains" is less effective than "his present, and your pains, we thank you for," because the Dauphin's gift is courteously prioritized over the Ambassador's efforts. However, "when to these balls our rackets we have matched" would immediately disrupt the style, because I was about to argue that ball and racket are of equal importance, and thus only the natural order is fitting. Additionally, in this case, the natural order is desirable, with the English racket taking precedence over the French ball. In the fourth line, "in France" comes first as it introduces the most crucial action decision; "by God's grace" follows, representing the only condition that makes the decision possible; the details of the outcome are presented with the strictest limitation in the final word. The King does not mention "danger," let alone "dishonor," but only "hazard"; of that, he is, humanly speaking, certain.
C. Perfectly emphatic and clear utterance of the chosen[Pg 209] words; slowly in the degree of their importance, with omission however of every word not absolutely required; and natural use of the familiar contractions of final dissyllable. Thus, 'play a set shall strike' is better than 'play a set that shall strike,' and 'match'd' is kingly short—no necessity could have excused 'matched' instead. On the contrary, the three first words, 'We are glad,' would have been spoken by the king more slowly and fully than any other syllables in the whole passage, first pronouncing the kingly 'we' at its proudest, and then the 'are' as a continuous state, and then the 'glad,' as the exact contrary of what the ambassadors expected him to be.[190]
C. Perfectly strong and clear delivery of the selected[Pg 209] words; spoken slowly based on their importance, leaving out any word that isn’t absolutely necessary; and naturally using familiar contractions for final syllables. So, 'play a set shall strike' is better than 'play a set that shall strike,' and 'match'd' sounds more regal—there's no reason to use 'matched' instead. On the other hand, the first three words, 'We are glad,' would have been said by the king more slowly and fully than any other words in the whole passage, first emphasizing the regal 'we' at its proudest, then the 'are' as a continuous state, and finally the 'glad,' as the exact opposite of what the ambassadors expected him to feel.[190]
D. Absolute spontaneity in doing all this, easily and necessarily as the heart beats. The king cannot speak otherwise than he does—nor the hero. The words not merely come to them, but are compelled to them. Even lisping numbers 'come,' but mighty numbers are ordained, and inspired.
D. Complete spontaneity in doing all this, effortlessly and inevitably like the heartbeat. The king cannot express himself any other way—neither can the hero. The words don’t just come to them; they're required to come. Even simple numbers 'arrive,' but significant numbers are destined and inspired.
E. Melody in the words, changeable with their passion fitted to it exactly and the utmost of which the language is capable—the melody in prose being Eolian and variable—in verse, nobler by submitting itself to stricter law. I will enlarge upon this point presently.
E. The melody in the words, adaptable to the passion perfectly matched to it and to the fullest extent of what the language can express—the melody in prose being wind-like and changeable—in verse, elevated by conforming to a stricter structure. I will elaborate on this point shortly.
F. Utmost spiritual contents in the words; so that each carries not only its instant meaning, but a cloudy companionship of higher or darker meaning according to the passion—nearly always indicated by metaphor: 'play a set'—sometimes by abstraction—(thus in the second passage 'silence' for silent one) sometimes by description instead of direct epithet ('coffined' for dead) but always indicative of there being more in the speaker's mind than he has said, or than he can say, full though his saying be. On the quantity of this attendant fulness depends the majesty of style; that is to[Pg 210] say, virtually, on the quantity of contained thought in briefest words, such thought being primarily loving and true: and this the sum of all—that nothing can be well said, but with truth, nor beautifully, but by love.
F. The words carry deep spiritual meaning, so each one represents not just its immediate definition but also a complex mix of deeper or darker significance based on the emotion involved—often conveyed through metaphor: 'play a set'—sometimes through abstraction (like using 'silence' instead of 'silent one'), or through description rather than direct description ('coffined' for 'dead'). There's always more in the speaker's mind than what they express, even if their expression is complete. The richness of this underlying meaning determines the power of the style; in other words, it hinges on how much thoughtful content can be conveyed in the fewest words, with that content primarily being loving and true: and ultimately, the key point is that nothing can be expressed well without truth, nor beautifully without love.
These are the essential conditions of noble speech in prose and verse alike, but the adoption of the form of verse, and especially rymed verse, means the addition to all these qualities of one more; of music, that is to say, not Eolian merely, but Apolline; a construction or architecture of words fitted and befitting, under external laws of time and harmony.
These are the essential conditions of great speech in both prose and poetry. However, using the form of verse, especially rhymed verse, adds one more quality to all these: music. This music is not just soothing like the winds, but also structured and harmonious; it involves a careful arrangement of words that fits within the external rules of time and harmony.
When Byron says 'rhyme is of the rude,'[191] he means that Burns needs it,—while Henry the Fifth does not, nor Plato, nor Isaiah—yet in this need of it by the simple, it becomes all the more religious: and thus the loveliest pieces of Christian language are all in ryme—the best of Dante, Chaucer, Douglas, Shakespeare, Spenser, and Sidney.
When Byron says 'rhyme is for the unrefined,'[191] he means that Burns relies on it, while Henry the Fifth, Plato, and Isaiah do not. However, this reliance on rhyme by the simple makes it even more sacred: and so the most beautiful pieces of Christian language are all in rhyme—the finest works of Dante, Chaucer, Douglas, Shakespeare, Spenser, and Sidney.
I am not now able to keep abreast with the tide of modern scholarship; (nor, to say the truth, do I make the effort, the[Pg 211] first edge of its waves being mostly muddy, and apt to make a shallow sweep of the shore refuse:) so that I have no better book of reference by me than the confused essay on the antiquity of ryme at the end of Turner's Anglo-Saxons. I cannot however conceive a more interesting piece of work, if not yet done, than the collection of sifted earliest fragments known of rymed song in European languages. Of Eastern I know nothing; but, this side Hellespont, the substance of the matter is all given in King Canute's impromptu
I can't keep up with the flow of modern scholarship; (to be honest, I don't even try, since the initial waves are mostly murky and tend to drag the shoreline down:) so I have no better reference than the jumbled essay on the history of rhyme at the end of Turner's Anglo-Saxons. However, I can't imagine a more fascinating project, if it hasn't been done already, than collecting the earliest known fragments of rhymed songs in European languages. I don't know anything about Eastern songs; but on this side of the Hellespont, the essence of it all is captured in King Canute's impromptu.
As King Knut sailed by;'
much to be noted by any who make their religion lugubrious, and their Sunday the eclipse of the week. And observe further, that if Milton does not ryme, it is because his faculty of Song was concerning Loss, chiefly; and he has little more than faculty of Croak, concerning Gain; while Dante, though modern readers never go further with him than into the Pit, is stayed only by Casella in the ascent to the Rose of Heaven. So, Gibbon can write in his manner the Fall of Rome; but Virgil, in his manner, the rise of it; and finally Douglas, in his manner, bursts into such rymed passion of praise both of Rome and Virgil, as befits a Christian Bishop, and a good subject of the Holy See.
There’s a lot to consider for anyone who turns their religion into something gloomy and makes Sunday the dreariest day of the week. Also, notice that if Milton doesn’t rhyme, it’s mainly because his gift for poetry was focused on Loss; he can barely manage to express anything positive in a cheerful way. Meanwhile, Dante, although modern readers only venture with him as far as the Pit, is only held back by Casella on his way to the Rose of Heaven. Similarly, Gibbon can write about the Fall of Rome in his own style, while Virgil portrays its rise in his style. Finally, Douglas passionately praises both Rome and Virgil in verse that suits a Christian bishop and a loyal servant of the Holy See.
Far and wide, your heavenly bell rings out everywhere;
With harsh words and a rude, barbaric tongue Assume to write, where your sweet bell is chimed,
Or fake your precious words, dear?
No, no—not like that; but kneel when I hear them. But furthermore—and lower to go down Forgive me, Virgil, if I offend you. Please forgive your student, let him rhyme. Since you were just a mortal man once. [Pg 212]
'Before honour is humility.' Does not clearer light come for you on that law after reading these nobly pious words? And note you whose humility? How is it that the sound of the bell comes so instinctively into his chiming verse? This gentle singer is the son of—Archibald Bell-the-Cat!
'Before honor is humility.' Doesn't clearer insight come to you about that principle after reading these noble, spiritual words? And do you notice whose humility it is? How does the sound of the bell instinctively flow into his rhythmic verse? This gentle singer is the son of—Archibald Bell-the-Cat!
And now perhaps you can read with right sympathy the scene in Marmion between his father and King James.
And now maybe you can appreciate the scene in Marmion between his father and King James with the right understanding.
Now, by Bruce's soul,
Angus, please forgive my rush, Surely, as his spirit lives As he mentioned about the Douglas old
I can definitely say about you,—
No king ever held that subject,
In speech more open, in battle more daring,
More caring and more genuine:
And while the king strained his hand The old man's tears streamed down like rain.
I believe the most infidel of scholastic readers can scarcely but perceive the relation between the sweetness, simplicity, and melody of expression in these passages, and the gentleness of the passions they express, while men who are not scholastic, and yet are true scholars, will recognise further in them that the simplicity of the educated is lovelier than the simplicity of the rude. Hear next a piece of Spenser's teaching how rudeness itself may become more beautiful even by its mistakes, if the mistakes are made lovingly.
I think even the least attentive readers can easily see the connection between the sweetness, simplicity, and musicality of these passages and the gentle emotions they convey. Meanwhile, those who aren't formal academics but are real scholars will also recognize that the simplicity found in educated individuals is more beautiful than that of the unrefined. Next, listen to a lesson from Spenser about how even rudeness can become more beautiful through its mistakes, as long as those mistakes come from a place of love.
Hey, are you there? Let only virgins come there. To enhance her elegance:
And when you arrive, while she is present,
Make sure your rudeness doesn’t bring you shame;
Tie your fillets securely,
And gird up your waist,
For more elegance, with a flashy lace.[Pg 213]
With gillyflowers;
Bring celebrations and drinks in wine,
Tired of lovers; Scatter the ground with daffodils
And cowslips, and kingcups, and cherished lilies;
The pretty pout And the checkout "Will match with the beautiful flowery delight." __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Two short pieces more only of master song, and we have enough to test all by.
Two more short pieces of masterful music, and we will have enough to test everything by.
Shall we ever bring shy brides to bed, No more, at annual festivals,
We cowslip balls Or chains of columbines will be made,
For the sake of this or that occasion. No, no! Our youthful joys are Wrapped in your winding sheet with you.'[193]
And the turtle's faithful heart
To eternity it rests.
Truth might appear to be, but it isn't; Beauty boasts, but it’s not her:
Truth and beauty should be hidden. [194]
If now, with the echo of these perfect verses in your mind, you turn to Byron, and glance over, or recall to memory, enough of him to give means of exact comparison, you will, or should, recognise these following kinds of mischief in him. First, if any one offends him—as for instance Mr. Southey, or Lord Elgin—'his manners have not that repose that marks the caste,' &c. This defect in his Lordship's style, being myself[Pg 214] scrupulously and even painfully reserved in the use of vituperative language, I need not say how deeply I deplore.[195]
If now, with the echo of these perfect verses in your mind, you turn to Byron and look over, or remember enough of him for an accurate comparison, you will, or should, recognize the following types of mischief in him. First, if anyone offends him—like Mr. Southey or Lord Elgin—'his manners lack the calmness that characterizes the elite,' etc. This flaw in his Lordship's style, being someone who is scrupulously and even painfully reserved in using harsh language, I cannot express how much I regret.
Secondly. In the best and most violet-bedded bits of his work there is yet, as compared with Elizabethan and earlier verse, a strange taint; and indefinable—evening flavour of Covent Garden, as it were;—not to say, escape of gas in the Strand. That is simply what it proclaims itself—London air. If he had lived all his life in Green-head Ghyll, things would of course have been different. But it was his fate to come to town—modern town—like Michael's son; and modern London (and Venice) are answerable for the state of their drains, not Byron.
Secondly. In the best and most vibrant parts of his work, there is still, compared to Elizabethan and earlier poetry, a strange taint; an indefinable, evening vibe of Covent Garden, so to speak; not to mention the smell of gas on the Strand. That’s just what it is—it’s London air. If he had spent his entire life in Green-head Ghyll, things would obviously have been different. But it was his fate to come to the city—modern city—like Michael's son; and modern London (and Venice) are responsible for their drains, not Byron.
Thirdly. His melancholy is without any relief whatsoever; his jest sadder than his earnest; while, in Elizabethan work, all lament is full of hope, and all pain of balsam.
Thirdly. His sadness has no relief at all; his jokes are sadder than his serious moments; while in Elizabethan works, all sorrow is filled with hope, and all pain is soothing.
Of this evil he has himself told you the cause in a single line, prophetic of all things since and now. 'Where he gazed, a gloom pervaded space.'[196]
Of this trouble, he has told you the reason in one line, predicting everything that has happened since and is happening now. 'Where he looked, a darkness filled the area.'[196]
So that, for instance, while Mr. Wordsworth, on a visit to town, being an exemplary early riser, could walk, felicitous, on Westminster Bridge, remarking how the city now did like a garment wear the beauty of the morning; Byron, rising somewhat later, contemplated only the garment which the beauty of the morning had by that time received for wear from the city: and again, while Mr. Wordsworth, in irrepressible religious rapture, calls God to witness that the houses seem asleep, Byron, lame demon as he was, flying smoke-drifted, unroofs the houses at a glance, and sees what the[Pg 215] mighty cockney heart of them contains in the still lying of it, and will stir up to purpose in the waking business of it,
So, for example, while Mr. Wordsworth, during a visit to the city and being an early riser, could happily walk on Westminster Bridge, noticing how the city wore the beauty of the morning like a garment; Byron, who got up a bit later, only saw the garment that the beauty of the morning had already put on the city. And again, while Mr. Wordsworth, in an unstoppable religious bliss, calls on God to witness that the houses seem to be asleep, Byron, despite being a bit of a troubled soul, quickly sees through the houses and recognizes what the mighty heart of the city holds in that stillness and what it will stir up when the day begins.
With all the passions that humanity's fall has established.[197]
Fourthly, with this steadiness of bitter melancholy, there is joined a sense of the material beauty, both of inanimate nature, the lower animals, and human beings, which in the iridescence, colour-depth, and morbid (I use the word deliberately) mystery and softness of it,—with other qualities indescribable by any single words, and only to be analysed by extreme care,—is found, to the full, only in five men that I know of in modern times; namely Rousseau, Shelley, Byron, Turner, and myself,—differing totally and throughout the entire group of us, from the delight in clear-struck beauty of Angelico and the Trecentisti; and separated, much more singularly, from the cheerful joys of Chaucer, Shakespeare, and Scott, by its unaccountable affection for 'Rokkes blak' and other forms of terror and power, such as those of the ice-oceans, which to Shakespeare were only Alpine rheum; and the Via Malas and Diabolic Bridges which Dante would have condemned none but lost souls to climb, or cross;—all this love of impending mountains, coiled thunder-clouds, and dangerous sea, being joined in us with a sulky, almost ferine, love of retreat in valleys of Charmettes, gulphs of Spezzia, ravines of Olympus, low lodgings in Chelsea, and close brushwood at Coniston.
Fourthly, along with this steady feeling of deep sadness, there's a sense of the material beauty in inanimate nature, the lower animals, and humans. This beauty, with its iridescence, rich colors, haunting mystery, and softness—along with other indescribable qualities that can only be understood with careful consideration—can be fully found in just five people I know of in modern times: Rousseau, Shelley, Byron, Turner, and myself. We are completely different from the clear beauty appreciated by Angelico and the Trecentisti; and we stand out even more from the joyful pleasures of Chaucer, Shakespeare, and Scott because of our strange attraction to “Rokkes blak” and other forms of terror and power, like the icy oceans, which to Shakespeare were just Alpine cold; and the Via Malas and Diabolic Bridges that Dante would have reserved for lost souls to navigate. Our love of looming mountains, swirling thunderclouds, and treacherous seas is mixed with a grumpy, almost wild, craving for retreat in the valleys of Charmettes, the depths of Spezzia, the ravines of Olympus, humble lodgings in Chelsea, and thick brush at Coniston.
And, lastly, also in the whole group of us, glows volcanic instinct of Astræan justice returning not to, but up out of, the earth, which will not at all suffer us to rest any more in Pope's serene 'whatever is, is right;' but holds, on the contrary, profound conviction that about ninety-nine hundredths of whatever at present is, is wrong: conviction making four of us,[Pg 216] according to our several manners, leaders of revolution for the poor, and declarers of political doctrine monstrous to the ears of mercenary mankind; and driving the fifth, less sanguine, into mere painted-melody of lament over the fallacy of Hope and the implacableness of Fate.
And finally, within our entire group, there burns a fierce instinct for Astræan justice rising not down to but up from the earth, which makes it impossible for us to settle for Pope's calm 'whatever is, is right;' instead, we deeply believe that about ninety-nine percent of what currently exists is wrong. This belief has made four of us,[Pg 216] each in our own way, leaders of a revolution for the underprivileged and proponents of a political doctrine that sounds outrageous to the ears of profit-driven people; while it pushes the fifth, who is less optimistic, into a mere colorful lament about the fallacy of Hope and the unyielding nature of Fate.
In Byron the indignation, the sorrow, and the effort are joined to the death: and they are the parts of his nature (as of mine also in its feebler terms), which the selfishly comfortable public have, literally, no conception of whatever; and from which the piously sentimental public, offering up daily the pure emotion of divine tranquillity, shrink with anathema not unembittered by alarm.
In Byron, the anger, the sadness, and the struggle are tied to death; these are aspects of his character (and mine, in a weaker form) that the self-satisfied public have, quite frankly, no understanding of at all. Meanwhile, the overly sentimental public, who daily embrace the pure emotion of divine peace, recoil in horror, not without some bitterness and fear.
Concerning which matters I hope to speak further and with more precise illustration in my next paper; but, seeing that this present one has been hitherto somewhat sombre, and perhaps, to gentle readers, not a little discomposing, I will conclude it with a piece of light biographic study, necessary to my plan, and as conveniently admissible in this place as afterwards;—namely, the account of the manner in which Scott—whom we shall always find, as aforesaid, to be in salient and palpable elements of character, of the World, worldly, as Burns is of the Flesh, fleshly, and Byron of the Deuce, damnable,—spent his Sunday.
Regarding these topics, I hope to discuss them further and with clearer examples in my next paper. However, since this current piece has been somewhat serious and perhaps a bit unsettling for gentle readers, I'll wrap it up with a lighter biographical note. This is essential to my plan and fits well here as it would later; specifically, it will be about how Scott—who, as mentioned before, is always evident in his strong and clear traits, much like Burns is in his earthly qualities and Byron in his provocative nature—spent his Sunday.
As usual, from Lockhart's farrago we cannot find out the first thing we want to know,—whether Scott worked after his week-day custom, on the Sunday morning. But, I gather, not; at all events his household and his cattle rested (L. iii. 108). I imagine he walked out into his woods, or read quietly in his study. Immediately after breakfast, whoever was in the house, 'Ladies and gentlemen, I shall read prayers at eleven, when I expect you all to attend' (vii. 306). Question of college and other externally unanimous prayers settled for us very briefly: 'if you have no faith, have at least manners.' He read the Church of England service, lessons and all, the latter, if interesting, eloquently (ibid.). After the service, one of Jeremy Taylor's sermons (vi. 188). After the sermon, if the weather was fine, walk with his family, dogs included and guests, to cold picnic (iii. 109), followed by short extempore[Pg 217] biblical novelettes; for he had his Bible, the Old Testament especially, by heart, it having been his mother's last gift to him (vi. 174). These lessons to his children in Bible history were always given, whether there was picnic or not. For the rest of the afternoon he took his pleasure in the woods with Tom Purdie, who also always appeared at his master's elbow on Sunday after dinner was over, and drank long life to the laird and his lady and all the good company, in a quaigh of whiskey or a tumbler of wine, according to his fancy (vi. 195). Whatever might happen on the other evenings of the week, Scott always dined at home on Sunday; and with old friends: never, unless inevitably, receiving any person with whom he stood on ceremony (v. 335). He came into the room rubbing his hands like a boy arriving at home for the holidays, his Peppers and Mustards gambolling about him, 'and even the stately Maida grinning and wagging his tail with sympathy.' For the usquebaugh of the less honoured week-days, at the Sunday board he circulated the champagne briskly during dinner, and considered a pint of claret each man's fair share afterwards (v. 339). In the evening, music being to the Scottish worldly mind indecorous, he read aloud some favourite author, for the amusement or edification of his little circle. Shakespeare it might be, or Dryden,—Johnson, or Joanna Baillie,—Crabbe, or Wordsworth. But in those days 'Byron was pouring out his spirit fresh and full, and if a new piece from his hand had appeared, it was sure to be read by Scott the Sunday evening afterwards; and that with such delighted emphasis as showed how completely the elder bard had kept up his enthusiasm for poetry at pitch of youth, and all his admiration of genius, free, pure, and unstained by the least drop of literary jealousy' (v. 341).
As usual, from Lockhart's jumble, we can't figure out the first thing we want to know—whether Scott worked on Sunday morning like he usually did during the week. But I gather he didn't; at least, his household and cattle took a break (L. iii. 108). I imagine he went for a walk in the woods or read quietly in his study. Right after breakfast, whoever was in the house would hear, "Ladies and gentlemen, I'll be reading prayers at eleven, and I expect you all to attend" (vii. 306). The question of college and other group prayers was settled quickly: "If you don't have faith, at least have good manners." He read the Church of England service, including all the lessons, which he read eloquently if they were interesting (ibid.). After the service, he would read one of Jeremy Taylor's sermons (vi. 188). If the weather was nice after the sermon, he would take a walk with his family, dogs included, and guests, to a cold picnic (iii. 109), followed by short, improvised biblical stories since he had the Old Testament memorized, a gift from his mother (vi. 174). These Bible history lessons for his children always happened, whether they had a picnic or not. For the rest of the afternoon, he enjoyed the woods with Tom Purdie, who always showed up by his side on Sundays after dinner and toasted the laird and his lady and all the good company with a quaigh of whiskey or a glass of wine, depending on his mood (vi. 195). No matter what happened on the other evenings of the week, Scott always had dinner at home on Sunday with old friends, rarely inviting anyone he had to be formal with (v. 335). He entered the room rubbing his hands like a kid coming home for the holidays, with his Peppers and Mustards frolicking around him, "and even the dignified Maida grinning and wagging his tail in sympathy." For the underwhelming drinks of the weekdays, he poured champagne enthusiastically during dinner and considered a pint of claret to be each person's fair share afterwards (v. 339). In the evening, since music was seen as inappropriate by the Scottish mindset, he would read aloud from some favorite author for the entertainment or education of his small group. It could be Shakespeare, or Dryden—Johnson, or Joanna Baillie—Crabbe, or Wordsworth. But during those days, "Byron was pouring out his spirit fresh and full, and if a new piece from his hand came out, it was sure to be read by Scott the Sunday evening afterwards; and he did so with such delight and emphasis that showed how thoroughly the older poet maintained his youthful enthusiasm for poetry and all his admiration for genius, free, pure, and unstained by even a hint of literary jealousy" (v. 341).
With such necessary and easily imaginable varieties as chanced in having Dandy Dinmont or Captain Brown for guests at Abbotsford, or Colonel Mannering, Counsellor Pleydell, and Dr. Robertson in Castle Street, such was Scott's habitual Sabbath: a day, we perceive, of eating the fat, (dinner, presumably not cold, being a work of necessity and mercy—thou also, even thou, Saint Thomas of Trumbull, hast[Pg 218] thine!) and drinking the sweet, abundant in the manner of Mr. Southey's cataract of Lodore,—'Here it comes, sparkling.' A day bestrewn with coronatiöns and sops in wine; deep in libations to good hope and fond memory; a day of rest to beast, and mirth to man, (as also to sympathetic beasts that can be merry,) and concluding itself in an Orphic hour of delight, signifying peace on Tweedside, and goodwill to men, there or far away;—always excepting the French, and Boney.
With such necessary and easily imagined guests as Dandy Dinmont or Captain Brown at Abbotsford, or Colonel Mannering, Counsellor Pleydell, and Dr. Robertson on Castle Street, that's how Scott typically spent his Sundays: a day, we see, of indulging in good food, (with dinner, surely not cold, being something important and kind—Saint Thomas of Trumbull, even you have yours!) and enjoying drink as plentiful as Mr. Southey's waterfall of Lodore,—'Here it comes, sparkling.' A day filled with celebrations and toastings; rich in toasts to good hopes and cherished memories; a day of rest for animals, and joy for people, (as well as for sympathetic creatures that can enjoy themselves,) ending in a magical hour of happiness, representing peace on Tweedside, and goodwill to everyone, there or far away;—always excluding the French, and Boney.
'Yes, and see what it all came to in the end.'
'Yes, and see what it all amounted to in the end.'
Not so, dark-virulent Minos-Mucklewrath; the end came of quite other things: of these, came such length of days and peace as Scott had in his Fatherland, and such immortality as he has in all lands.
Not so, dark-virulent Minos-Mucklewrath; the outcome came from completely different things: from these, came the long days and peace that Scott experienced in his homeland, and the kind of immortality he has in every country.
Nathless, firm, though deeply courteous, rebuke, for his sometimes overmuch light-mindedness, was administered to him by the more grave and thoughtful Byron. For the Lord Abbot of Newstead knew his Bible by heart as well as Scott, though it had never been given him by his mother as her dearest possession. Knew it, and, what was more, had thought of it, and sought in it what Scott had never cared to think, nor been fain to seek.
Nathless, a firm yet deeply respectful reprimand for his occasional frivolity was given to him by the more serious and reflective Byron. The Lord Abbot of Newstead knew his Bible as well as Scott did, even though it had never been passed down to him by his mother as her treasured possession. He knew it, and more importantly, had contemplated it, seeking out meanings that Scott had never bothered to consider or look for.
And loving Scott well, and always doing him every possible pleasure in the way he sees to be most agreeable to him—as, for instance, remembering with precision, and writing down the very next morning, every blessed word that the Prince Regent had been pleased to say of him before courtly audience,—he yet conceived that such cheap ryming as his own Bride of Abydos, for instance, which he had written from beginning to end in four days, or even the travelling reflections of Harold and Juan on men and women, were scarcely steady enough Sunday afternoon's reading for a patriarch-Merlin like Scott. So he dedicates to him a work of a truly religious tendency, on which for his own part he has done his best,—the drama of Cain. Of which dedication the virtual significance to Sir Walter might be translated thus. Dearest and last of Border soothsayers, thou hast indeed told us of Black Dwarfs, and of White Maidens, also of Grey Friars, and Green Fairies; also of sacred hollies by the well, and haunted crooks in the[Pg 219] glen. But of the bushes that the black dogs rend in the woods of Phlegethon; and of the crooks in the glen, and the bickerings of the burnie where ghosts meet the mightiest of us; and of the black misanthrope, who is by no means yet a dwarfed one, and concerning whom wiser creatures than Hobbie Elliot may tremblingly ask 'Gude guide us, what's yon?' hast thou yet known, seeing that thou hast yet told, nothing.
And loving Scott deeply, and always trying to please him in every way he thinks is best—like remembering exactly and writing down the very next morning every single word that the Prince Regent said about him in front of a royal audience—he still believed that his own easy rhymes, like the Bride of Abydos, which he wrote from start to finish in just four days, or even Harold and Juan's thoughts on people, weren’t serious enough for a Sunday afternoon's reading for someone as wise as Scott. So he dedicates to him a truly meaningful work, one he has put his all into—the play Cain. The real meaning of this dedication to Sir Walter could be interpreted like this: Dearest and final of Border prophets, you have told us about Black Dwarfs and White Maidens, as well as Grey Friars and Green Fairies; you've also shared stories of holy hollies by the well and haunted paths in the [Pg 219] glen. But about the bushes that the black dogs tear up in the woods of Phlegethon; and about the paths in the glen, and the babbling of the stream where ghosts meet the strongest among us; and about the dark misanthrope, who is definitely not a dwarf, and concerning whom wiser beings than Hobbie Elliot might nervously ask, 'Gude guide us, what's that?' you still haven’t spoken, since you have told us nothing.
Scott may perhaps have his answer. We shall in good time hear.
Scott might just have his answer. We'll hear about it soon.
John Ruskin
John Ruskin
FOOTNOTES:
[154] Nell, in the Old Curiosity Shop, was simply killed for the market, as a butcher kills a lamb (see Forster's Life), and Paul was written under the same conditions of illness which affected Scott—a part of the ominous palsies, grasping alike author and subject, both in Dombey and Little Dorrit.
[154] Nell, in the Old Curiosity Shop, was just taken out like a butcher takes a lamb (see Forster's Life), and Paul was created under the same illness that troubled Scott—a part of the foreboding afflictions that gripped both the writer and the subject in Dombey and Little Dorrit.
[155] Chourineur' not striking with dagger-point, but ripping with knife-edge. Yet I do him, and La Louve, injustice in classing them with the two others; they are put together only as parts in the same phantasm. Compare with La Louve, the strength of wild virtue in the 'Louvécienne' (Lucienne) of Gaboriau—she, province-born and bred; and opposed to Parisian civilisation in the character of her sempstress friend. 'De ce Paris, où elle était née, elle savait tout—elle connaissait tout. Rien ne l'étonnait, nul ne l'intimidait. Sa science des détails matériels de l'existence était inconcevable. Impossible de la duper!—Eh bien! cette fille si laborieuse et si économe n'avait même pas la plus vague notion des sentiments qui sont l'honneur de la femme. Je n'avais pas idée d'une si complète absence de sens moral; d'une si inconsciente dépravation, d'une impudence si effrontément naïve.'—L'Argent des autres, vol. i. p. 358.
[155] Chourineur isn't just striking with the point of a dagger; he's tearing with the edge of a knife. Still, I do him and La Louve a disservice by placing them with the other two; they are grouped only as elements in the same illusion. Compare La Louve to the raw strength of untamed virtue in the 'Louvécienne' (Lucienne) from Gaboriau—she’s someone who was born and raised in the provinces; she stands in contrast to Parisian civilization through her seamstress friend. 'From this Paris, where she was born, she knew everything—she was aware of it all. Nothing surprised her, no one intimidated her. Her understanding of the material details of existence was unimaginable. It was impossible to deceive her!—Well, this hardworking and frugal girl didn’t even have the faintest idea of the sentiments that honor a woman. I had no concept of such a complete absence of moral sense; such unconscious depravity, such boldly naive audacity.'—L'Argent des autres, vol. i. p. 358.
[156] The reader who cares to seek it may easily find medical evidence of the physical effects of certain states of brain disease in producing especially images of truncated and Hermes-like deformity, complicated with grossness. Horace, in the Epodes, scoffs at it, but not without horror. Luca Signorelli and Raphael in their arabesques are deeply struck by it: Durer, defying and playing with it alternately, is almost beaten down again and again in the distorted faces, hewing halberts, and suspended satyrs of his arabesques round the polyglot Lord's Prayer; it takes entire possession of Balzac in the Contes Drolatiques; it struck Scott in the earliest days of his childish 'visions' intensified by the axe-stroke murder of his grand aunt; L. i. 142, and see close of this note. It chose for him the subject of the Heart of Midlothian, and produced afterwards all the recurrent ideas of executions, tainting Nigel, almost spoiling Quentin Durward—utterly the Fair Maid of Perth: and culminating in Bizarro, L. x. 149. It suggested all the deaths by falling, or sinking, as in delirious sleep—Kennedy, Eveline Neville (nearly repeated in Clara Mowbray), Amy Robsart, the Master of Ravenswood in the quicksand, Morris, and Corporal Grace-be-here—compare the dream of Gride, in Nicholas Nickleby, and Dickens's own last words, on the ground, (so also, in my own inflammation of the brain, two years ago, I dreamed that I fell through the earth and came out on the other side). In its grotesque and distorting power, it produced all the figures of the Lay Goblin, Pacolet, Flibbertigibbet, Cockledemoy, Geoffrey Hudson, Fenella, and Nectabanus; in Dickens it in like manner gives Quilp, Krook, Smike, Smallweed, Miss Mowcher, and the dwarfs and wax-work of Nell's caravan; and runs entirely wild in Barnaby Rudge, where, with a corps de drame composed of one idiot, two madmen, a gentleman fool who is also a villain, a shop-boy fool who is also a blackguard, a hangman, a shrivelled virago, and a doll in ribands—carrying this company through riot and fire, till he hangs the hangman, one of the madmen, his mother, and the idiot, runs the gentleman-fool through in a bloody duel, and burns and crushes the shop-boy fool into shapelessness, he cannot yet be content without shooting the spare lover's leg off, and marrying him to the doll in a wooden one; the shapeless shop-boy being finally also married in two wooden ones. It is this mutilation, observe, which is the very sign manual of the plague; joined, in the artistic forms of it, with a love of thorniness—(in their mystic root, the truncation of the limbless serpent and the spines of the dragon's wing. Compare Modern Painters, vol. iv., 'Chapter on the Mountain Gloom,' s. 19); and in all forms of it, with petrifaction or loss of power by cold in the blood, whence the last Darwinian process of the witches' charm—'cool it with a baboon's blood, then the charm is firm and good.' The two frescoes in the colossal handbills which have lately decorated the streets of London (the baboon with the mirror, and the Maskelyne and Cooke decapitation) are the final English forms of Raphael's arabesque under this influence; and it is well worth while to get the number for the week ending April 3, 1880, of Young Folks—'A magazine of instructive and entertaining literature for boys and girls of all ages,' containing 'A Sequel to Desdichado' (the modern development of Ivanhoe), in which a quite monumental example of the kind of art in question will be found as a leading illustration of this characteristic sentence, "See, good Cerberus," said Sir Rupert, "my hand has been struck off. You must make me a hand of iron, one with springs in it, so that I can make it grasp a dagger." The text is also, as it professes to be, instructive; being the ultimate degeneration of what I have above called the 'folly' of Ivanhoe; for folly begets folly down, and down; and whatever Scott and Turner did wrong has thousands of imitators—their wisdom none will so much as hear, how much less follow!
[156] A reader who wants to find it can easily discover medical evidence showing the physical effects of certain brain diseases, especially how they create images of partial and distorted forms, often grotesque. Horace, in the Epodes, mocks this, though not without a sense of horror. Luca Signorelli and Raphael are profoundly affected by it in their arabesques. Durer alternately confronts and plays with these distortions, yet he's repeatedly overwhelmed by the twisted faces, axes, and hanging satyrs in his arabesques surrounding the varied Lord's Prayer; it completely consumes Balzac in the Contes Drolatiques; it struck Scott during his childhood “visions,” amplified by the axe murder of his great aunt; L. i. 142, and see the end of this note. It inspired the subject of the Heart of Midlothian, leading to recurring themes of executions that stained Nigel, almost ruined Quentin Durward—totally dominated The Fair Maid of Perth: culminating in Bizarro, L. x. 149. It suggested all the deaths by falling or sinking, like in delirious sleep—Kennedy, Eveline Neville (almost repeated in Clara Mowbray), Amy Robsart, the Master of Ravenswood in the quicksand, Morris, and Corporal Grace-be-here—compare the dream of Gride in Nicholas Nickleby, and Dickens's final words, on the ground, (similarly, during my own brain inflammation two years ago, I dreamed I fell through the earth and emerged on the other side). In its bizarre and distorting power, it formed all the characters of the Lay Goblin, Pacolet, Flibbertigibbet, Cockledemoy, Geoffrey Hudson, Fenella, and Nectabanus; in Dickens, it similarly creates Quilp, Krook, Smike, Smallweed, Miss Mowcher, and the dwarfs and wax figures in Nell's caravan; it goes wild in Barnaby Rudge, featuring a cast composed of one idiot, two madmen, a foolish gentleman who is also a villain, a foolish shop-boy who is also a scoundrel, a hangman, a shriveled old woman, and a doll in ribbons—leading them through chaos and fire, until he hangs the hangman, one madman, his mother, and the idiot, runs the gentleman fool through in a bloody duel, and burns and crushes the shop-boy fool into a shapeless form, yet cannot be satisfied without shooting off the spare lover's leg and marrying him to the doll with a wooden one; the shapeless shop-boy also ends up married with two wooden legs. Note that this mutilation is the signature of the plague; artistically, it’s linked with a fondness for sharpness—(in their deeper meaning, the truncation of the limbless serpent and the spines of a dragon's wing. See Modern Painters, vol. iv., 'Chapter on the Mountain Gloom,' s. 19); and in all its forms, it’s associated with petrification or loss of vitality due to cold blood, leading to the last Darwinian process of the witches' charm—'cool it with a baboon's blood, then the charm is strong and effective.' The two frescoes in the massive posters that have recently adorned the streets of London (the baboon with the mirror and the Maskelyne and Cooke decapitation) are the latest English expressions of Raphael's arabesque influenced by this theme; it's worth checking out the issue for the week ending April 3, 1880, of Young Folks—'A magazine of instructive and entertaining literature for boys and girls of all ages,' featuring 'A Sequel to Desdichado' (the modern take on Ivanhoe), where a striking example of this kind of art can be found illustrating the notable line, "Look, good Cerberus," said Sir Rupert, "my hand has been cut off. You must make me an iron hand, one with springs in it so I can grip a dagger." The text is also, as it claims to be, informative; it reflects the ultimate decline of what I referred to earlier as the 'foolishness' of Ivanhoe; for folly generates folly down the line, and whatever mistakes Scott and Turner made have thousands of imitators—no one pays any attention to their wisdom, let alone follows it!
In both of the Masters, it is always to be remembered that the evil and good are alike conditions of literal vision: and therefore also, inseparably connected with the state of the health. I believe the first elements of all Scott's errors were in the milk of his consumptive nurse, which all but killed him as an infant, L. i. 19—and was without doubt the cause of the teething fever that ended in his lameness (L. i. 20). Then came (if the reader cares to know what I mean by Fors, let him read the page carefully) the fearful accidents to his only sister, and her death, L. i. 17; then the madness of his nurse, who planned his own murder (21), then the stories continually told him of the executions at Carlisle (24), his aunt's husband having seen them; issuing, he himself scarcely knows how, in the unaccountable terror that came upon him at the sight of statuary, 31—especially Jacob's ladder; then the murder of Mrs. Swinton, and finally the nearly fatal bursting of the blood vessel at Kelso, with the succeeding nervous illness, 65-67—solaced, while he was being 'bled and blistered till he had scarcely a pulse left,' by that history of the Knights of Malta—fondly dwelt on and realised by actual modelling of their fortress, which returned to his mind for the theme of its last effort in passing away.
In both Masters, it's important to remember that both evil and good are simply states of literal vision: and are therefore closely linked to one's health. I believe the root of all Scott's issues was in the milk of his sickly nurse, which nearly killed him as a baby, L. i. 19—and was undoubtedly the cause of the teething fever that led to his lameness (L. i. 20). Then came (if the reader wants to know what I mean by Fors, let them read the page carefully) the horrific accidents that befell his only sister, resulting in her death, L. i. 17; followed by his nurse's madness, who plotted his own murder (21), and the stories he constantly heard about the executions in Carlisle (24), which his aunt's husband had witnessed; leading, he hardly knows how, to an inexplicable fear that struck him at the sight of statues, 31—especially Jacob's ladder; then the murder of Mrs. Swinton, and finally the near-fatal burst of a blood vessel at Kelso, along with the ensuing nervous illness, 65-67—comforted, while he was being 'bled and blistered till he had scarcely a pulse left,' by the history of the Knights of Malta—fondly recalled and brought to life by his actual modeling of their fortress, which came back to him as the theme of his last moments.
[158] 'A son nom,' properly. The sentence is one of Victor Cherbuliez's, in Prosper Randoce, which is full of other valuable ones. See the old nurse's 'ici bas les choses vont de travers, comme un chien qui va à vêpres, p. 93; and compare Prosper's treasures, 'la petite Vénus, et le petit Christ d'ivoire,' p. 121; also Madame Brehanne's request for the divertissement of 'quelque belle batterie à coups de couteau' with Didier's answer. 'Hélas! madame, vous jouez de malheur, ici dans la Drôme, l'on se massacre aussi peu que possible,' p. 33.
[158] 'His name,' correctly. This line is from Victor Cherbuliez's book, Prosper Randoce, which is filled with other insightful quotes. Check out the old nurse's saying, 'down here things are messed up, like a dog headed to vespers,' p. 93; and compare Prosper's treasures, 'the little Venus, and the little ivory Christ,' p. 121; also Madame Brehanne's request for some entertainment involving 'some beautiful knife-throwing' with Didier's response. 'Alas! madam, you're out of luck; here in the Drôme, we avoid violence as much as possible,' p. 33.
[161] Scott's father was habitually ascetic. 'I have heard his son tell that it was common with him, if any one observed that the soup was good, to taste it again, and say, "Yes—it is too good, bairns," and dash a tumbler of cold water into his plate.'—Lockhart's Life (Black, Edinburgh, 1869), vol. i. p. 312. In other places I refer to this book in the simple form of 'L.'
[161] Scott's father was usually very self-disciplined. 'I've heard his son say that it was common for him, whenever someone commented that the soup was good, to taste it again and say, "Yes—it’s too good, kids," and then pour a glass of cold water into his bowl.'—Lockhart's Life (Black, Edinburgh, 1869), vol. i. p. 312. In other places, I refer to this book simply as 'L.'
[162] A young lady sang to me, just before I copied out this page for press, a Miss Somebody's 'great song,' 'Live, and Love, and Die.' Had it been written for nothing better than silkworms, it should at least have added—Spin.
[162] A young woman sang to me right before I finished copying this page for publication, a Miss Somebody's 'famous song,' 'Live, Love, and Die.' If it had been written for nothing more than silkworms, it should at least have included—Spin.
[165] L. iv. 177.
[166] L. vi. 67.
[167] 'One other such novel, and there's an end; but who can last for ever? who ever lasted so long?'—Sydney Smith (of the Pirate) to Jeffrey, December 30, 1821. (Letters, vol. ii. p. 223.)
[167] 'One more novel like that, and that’s the end; but who can last forever? Who has ever lasted so long?'—Sydney Smith (of the Pirate) to Jeffrey, December 30, 1821. (Letters, vol. ii. p. 223.)
[169] All, alas! were now in a great measure so written. Ivanhoe, The Monastery, The Abbot and Kenilworth were all published between December 1819 and January 1821, Constable & Co. giving five thousand guineas for the remaining copyright of them, Scott clearing ten thousand before the bargain was completed; and before the Fortunes of Nigel issued from the press Scott had exchanged instruments and received his bookseller's bills for no less than four 'works of fiction,' not one of them otherwise described in the deeds of agreement, to be produced in unbroken succession, each of them to fill up at least three volumes, but with proper saving clauses as to increase of copy money in case any of them should run to four; and within two years all this anticipation had been wiped off by Peveril of the Peak, Quentin Durward, St. Ronan's Well, and Redgauntlet.
[169] Unfortunately, all were now mostly written that way. Ivanhoe, The Monastery, The Abbot, and Kenilworth were all published between December 1819 and January 1821, with Constable & Co. paying five thousand guineas for the remaining copyright of them. Scott made ten thousand before the deal was finalized; and before The Fortunes of Nigel came out, Scott had exchanged contracts and received his bookseller's bills for four 'works of fiction,' none of which were specifically described in the agreements, to be produced in uninterrupted succession, each intended to fill at least three volumes, but with proper saving clauses regarding increased royalties if any of them exceeded four; and within two years, all this expectation had been fulfilled by Peveril of the Peak, Quentin Durward, St. Ronan's Well, and Redgauntlet.
[170] Woodstock was finished 26th March 1826. He knew then of his ruin; and wrote in bitterness, but not in weakness. The closing pages are the most beautiful of the book. But a month afterwards Lady Scott died; and he never wrote glad word more.
[170] Woodstock was completed on March 26, 1826. He realized then that he was ruined and wrote with bitterness, but not with weakness. The final pages are the most beautiful in the book. However, a month later, Lady Scott passed away, and he never wrote another joyful word again.
[172] There are three definite and intentional portraits of himself, in the novels, each giving a separate part of himself: Mr. Oldbuck, Frank Osbaldistone, and Alan Fairford.
[172] There are three clear and intentional portrayals of himself in the novels, each revealing a different aspect of his personality: Mr. Oldbuck, Frank Osbaldistone, and Alan Fairford.
[173] Andrew knows Latin, and might have coined the word in his conceit; but, writing to a kind friend in Glasgow, I find the brook was called 'Molyndona' even before the building of the Sub-dean Mill in 1446. See also account of the locality in Mr. George's admirable volume, Old Glasgow, pp. 129, 149, &c. The Protestantism of Glasgow, since throwing that powder of saints into her brook Kidron, has presented it with other pious offerings; and my friend goes on to say that the brook, once famed for the purity of its waters (much used for bleaching), 'has for nearly a hundred years been a crawling stream of loathsomeness. It is now bricked over, and a carriage way made on the top of it; underneath the foul mess still passes through the heart of the city, till it falls into the Clyde close to the harbour.'
[173] Andrew knows Latin and might have created the word in his pride; however, in a letter to a kind friend in Glasgow, I find that the brook was called 'Molyndona' even before the Sub-dean Mill was built in 1446. See also the description of the area in Mr. George's excellent book, Old Glasgow, pp. 129, 149, &c. Since removing the relics of saints from her brook Kidron, Glasgow’s Protestant community has presented it with other pious offerings; and my friend continues by saying that the brook, once known for the clarity of its waters (often used for bleaching), 'has for nearly a hundred years been a dirty, crawling stream. It is now covered with bricks, and a road has been built on top; beneath it, the filthy water still flows through the city, eventually emptying into the Clyde near the harbor.'
[174] The following fragments out of the letters in my own possession, written by Scott to the builder of Abbotsford, as the outer decorations of the house were in process of completion, will show how accurately Scott had pictured himself in Monkbarns.
[174] The snippets from the letters I have, written by Scott to the builder of Abbotsford while the house’s outer decorations were being finished, will demonstrate how precisely Scott envisioned himself in Monkbarns.
'Dear Sir,—Nothing can be more obliging than your attention to the old stones. You have been as true as the sundial itself.' [The sundial had just been erected.] 'Of the two I would prefer the larger one, as it is to be in front of a parapet quite in the old taste. But in case of accidents it will be safest in your custody till I come to town again on the 12th of May. Your former favours (which were weighty as acceptable) have come safely out here, and will be disposed of with great effect.'
'Dear Sir,—Nothing could be more kind than your attention to the old stones. You've been as reliable as the sundial itself.' [The sundial had just been set up.] 'Of the two, I would prefer the larger one since it’s meant to go in front of a parapet that really captures the old style. However, to prevent any mishaps, it will be safest in your care until I come back to town on May 12th. Your previous favors (which were both significant and appreciated) have arrived safely here and will be put to good use.'
'I fancy the Tolbooth still keeps its feet, but, as it must soon descend, I hope you will remember me. I have an important use for the niche above the door; and though many a man has got a niche in the Tolbooth by building, I believe I am the first that ever got a niche out of it on such an occasion. For which I have to thank your kindness, and to remain very much your obliged humble servant,
'I think the Tolbooth is still standing, but since it’s about to come down, I hope you’ll keep me in mind. I have an important reason for wanting the spot above the door; and although many people have secured a spot in the Tolbooth by construction, I believe I’m the first person to get a spot out of it for such a reason. For this, I owe you my gratitude and remain your very grateful humble servant,
'My dear Sir,—I trouble you with this [sic] few lines to thank you for the very accurate drawings and measurements of the Tolbooth door, and for your kind promise to attend to my interest and that of Abbotsford in the matter of the Thistle and Fleur de Lis. Most of our scutcheons are now mounted, and look very well, as the house is something after the model of an old hall (not a castle), where such things are well in character.' [Alas—Sir Walter, Sir Walter!] 'I intend the old lion to predominate over a well which the children have christened the Fountain of the Lions. His present den, however, continues to be the hall at Castle Street.'
'My dear Sir, — I’m writing to thank you for the very accurate drawings and measurements of the Tolbooth door, and for your kind promise to look after my interests and those of Abbotsford regarding the Thistle and Fleur de Lis. Most of our shields are now mounted and look great, as the house is somewhat modeled after an old hall (not a castle), where such things suit the character well. [Alas—Sir Walter, Sir Walter!] I plan for the old lion to be featured prominently over a well that the kids have named the Fountain of the Lions. However, his current den remains the hall at Castle Street.'
'Dear Sir,—I am greatly obliged to you for securing the stone. I am not sure that I will put up the gate quite in the old form, but I would like to secure the means of doing so. The ornamental stones are now put up, and have a very happy effect. If you will have the kindness to let me know when the Tolbooth door comes down, I will send in my carts for the stones; I have an admirable situation for it. I suppose the door itself' [he means, the wooden one] 'will be kept for the new jail; if not, and not otherwise wanted, I would esteem it curious to possess it. Certainly I hope so many sore hearts will not pass through the celebrated door when in my possession as heretofore.'
Dear Sir,—Thank you so much for securing the stone. I'm not sure I'll install the gate exactly as it was before, but I want to have the option to do so. The decorative stones are now in place, and they look great. If you could let me know when the Tolbooth door comes down, I'll send my trucks for the stones; I have a perfect spot for them. I assume the door itself [meaning the wooden one] will be kept for the new jail; if not, and if it's not needed, I would be interested in having it. I certainly hope that not as many troubled souls will go through the famous door while it's in my possession as in the past.
'I should esteem it very fortunate if I could have the door also, though I suppose it is modern, having been burned down at the time of Porteous-mob.
'I would consider it very lucky if I could have the door too, although I guess it’s modern, since it was burned down during the Porteous mob incident.
'I am very much obliged to the gentlemen who thought these remains of the Heart of Midlothian are not ill bestowed on their intended possessor.'
'I really appreciate the gentlemen who believe these remains of the Heart of Midlothian are well placed in the hands of their intended owner.'
[176] L. ii. 278.
[177] 'Che nella mente mia ragiona.' Love—you observe, the highest Reasonableness, instead of French ivresse, or even Shakespearian 'mere folly'; and Beatrice as the Goddess of Wisdom in this third song of the Convito, to be compared with the Revolutionary Goddess of Reason; remembering of the whole poem chiefly the line:—
[177] 'In my mind, it thinks.' Love—you see, the ultimate Reasonableness, instead of French intoxication, or even Shakespearian 'simple foolishness'; and Beatrice as the Goddess of Wisdom in this third song of the Convito, to be likened to the Revolutionary Goddess of Reason; recalling from the entire poem mainly the line:—
(See Lyell's Canzoniere, p. 104.)
(See Lyell's Canzoniere, p. 104.)
[179] 'Gunpowder is one of the greatest inventions of modern times, and what has given such a superiority to civilised nations over barbarous'! (Evenings at Home—fifth evening.) No man can owe more than I both to Mrs. Barbauld and Miss Edgeworth; and I only wish that in the substance of what they wisely said, they had been more listened to. Nevertheless, the germs of all modern conceit and error respecting manufacture and industry, as rivals to Art and to Genius, are concentrated in 'Evenings at Home' and 'Harry and Lucy'—being all the while themselves works of real genius, and prophetic of things that have yet to be learned and fulfilled. See for instance the paper, 'Things by their Right Names,' following the one from which I have just quoted (The Ship), and closing the first volume of the old edition of the Evenings.
[179] 'Gunpowder is one of the greatest inventions of modern times, and it has given such an advantage to civilized nations over barbaric ones'! (Evenings at Home—fifth evening.) No one can owe more than I do to Mrs. Barbauld and Miss Edgeworth; I just wish that more people had paid attention to the valuable insights they shared. However, the roots of all modern arrogance and misconceptions regarding manufacturing and industry as competitors to Art and Genius are found in 'Evenings at Home' and 'Harry and Lucy'—and these works are true acts of genius, foreshadowing lessons yet to be learned and achieved. For example, consider the essay, 'Things by their Right Names,' which comes after the one I just quoted (The Ship), and concludes the first volume of the old edition of the Evenings.
[181] Ibid. iii. 26.
[183] I have been greatly disappointed, in taking soundings of our most majestic mountain pools, to find them, in no case, verge on the unfathomable.
[183] I have been very disappointed, after checking the depths of our grand mountain lakes, to discover that none of them come close to being bottomless.
[184] 'It must be put by the original, stanza for stanza, and verse for verse; and you will see what was permitted in a Catholic country and a bigoted age to Churchmen, on the score of Religion—and so tell those buffoons who accuse me of attacking the Liturgy.
[184] 'It should be compared to the original, stanza by stanza, and line by line; and you will see what was allowed in a Catholic country and a prejudiced time for Church officials, under the guise of Religion—and so inform those fools who claim that I am criticizing the Liturgy.
'I write in the greatest haste, it being the hour of the Corso, and I must go and buffoon with the rest. My daughter Allegra is just gone with the Countess G. in Count G.'s coach and six. Our old Cardinal is dead, and the new one not appointed yet—but the masquing goes on the same.' (Letter to Murray, 355th in Moore, dated Ravenna, Feb. 7, 1828.) 'A dreadfully moral place, for you must not look at anybody's wife, except your neighbour's.'
'I’m writing this as quickly as I can, since it’s the hour of the Corso, and I need to go have fun like everyone else. My daughter Allegra just left with the Countess G. in Count G.’s six-horse coach. Our old Cardinal died, and the new one hasn’t been appointed yet—but the masquerade continues as usual.' (Letter to Murray, 355th in Moore, dated Ravenna, Feb. 7, 1828.) 'It’s a place with a lot of strict morals, because you’re not allowed to look at anyone's wife, except your neighbor’s.'
[185] See quoted infra the mock, by Byron, of himself and all other modern poets, Juan, canto iii. stanza 86, and compare canto xiv. stanza 8. In reference of future quotations the first numeral will stand always for canto; the second for stanza; the third, if necessary, for line.
[185] See the referenced infra where Byron mocks himself and other modern poets in Juan, canto iii, stanza 86, and compare it with canto xiv, stanza 8. In future references, the first number will always indicate the canto, the second will indicate the stanza, and the third, if needed, will indicate the line.
[187] Juan, viii. 5; but, by your Lordship's quotation, Wordsworth says 'instrument'—not 'daughter.' Your Lordship had better have said 'Infant' and taken the Woolwich authorities to witness: only Infant would not have rymed.
[187] Juan, viii. 5; but, based on your Lordship's quote, Wordsworth uses 'instrument' instead of 'daughter.' It would have been better for you to say 'Infant' and brought in the Woolwich authorities as witnesses: the only problem is 'Infant' wouldn't have rhymed.
[188] Juan, viii. 3; compare 14 and 63, with all its lovely context 61—68: then 82, and afterwards slowly and with thorough attention, the Devil's speech, beginning, 'Yes, Sir, you forget' in scene 2 of The Deformed Transformed: then Sardanapalus's, act i. scene 2, beginning 'he is gone, and on his finger bears my signet,' and finally, the Vision of Judgment, stanzas 3 to 5.
[188] Juan, viii. 3; compare 14 and 63, with all its beautiful context 61—68: then 82, and afterward slowly and carefully, the Devil's speech, starting with, 'Yes, Sir, you forget' in scene 2 of The Deformed Transformed: then Sardanapalus's, act i. scene 2, starting 'he is gone, and on his finger bears my signet,' and finally, the Vision of Judgment, stanzas 3 to 5.
[190] A modern editor—of whom I will not use the expressions which occur to me—finding the 'we' a redundant syllable in the iambic line, prints 'we're.' It is a little thing—but I do not recollect, in the forty years of my literary experience, any piece of editor's retouch quite so base. But I don't read the new editions much; that must be allowed for.
[190] A modern editor—whose phrases I won't use—thinks the 'we' is an unnecessary syllable in the iambic line, so they print 'we're.' It’s a small thing—but in my forty years of literary experience, I don’t recall any editor's alteration that's quite so low. But I don’t read the new editions much; that should be taken into account.
[191] Island, ii. 5. I was going to say, 'Look to the context.' but am fain to give it here; for the stanza, learned by heart, ought to be our school-introduction to the literature of the world.
[191] Island, ii. 5. I was going to say, 'Check the context.' but I'm eager to share it here; because the stanza, memorized, should be our gateway to the world's literature.
Which brings a lasting reputation to the dead In song, where fame hasn't left any mark yet
Beyond the sound that's partly divine; Which leaves no evidence for the skeptical eye,
But young history gives everything to harmony; A boy Achilles, with the centaur's lyre To help him exceed his father. For one long-cherished ballad's simple verse Rung from the rock or mixed with the wave,
Or from the grassy edge of the bubbling stream, Or collecting mountain echoes as they soar,
Has greater power over every true heart and ear,
Than all the columns raised by Conquest's followers;
Invitations, when hieroglyphics are the theme
For the efforts of wise people or the aspirations of students;
Attracts, when the volumes of History are a struggle—
The first, the newest bud from the soil of Emotion. This was the crude verse—verse can be crude, But this inspired the Norseman's solitude,
Who came and conquered; like this, wherever they rise Lands that neither enemies ruin nor civilize, Exist; and what can our accomplished art Do verses do more than touch a awakened heart?
[192] Shepherd's Calendar. 'Coronatiön,' loyal-pastoral for Carnation; 'sops in wine,' jolly-pastoral for double pink; 'paunce,' thoughtless pastoral for pansy; 'chevisaunce' I don't know, (not in Gerarde); 'flowre-delice'—pronounce dellice—half made up of 'delicate' and 'delicious.'
[192] Shepherd's Calendar. 'Coronation,' loyal-pastoral for Carnation; 'sops in wine,' cheerful-pastoral for double pink; 'pansy,' easy-going pastoral for pansy; 'chevisaunce' I don't know, (not in Gerarde); 'flowe-delice'—pronounce delice—half made up of 'delicate' and 'delicious.'
[193] Herrick, Dirge for Jephthah's Daughter.
[194] Passionate Pilgrim.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Passionate Pilgrim.
[196] 'He,'—Lucifer; (Vision of Judgment, 24). It is precisely because Byron was not his servant, that he could see the gloom. To the Devil's true servants, their Master's presence brings both cheerfulness and prosperity;—with a delightful sense of their own wisdom and virtue; and of the 'progress' of things in general:—in smooth sea and fair weather,—and with no need either of helm touch, or oar toil: as when once one is well within the edge of Maelstrom.
[196] 'He,'—Lucifer; (Vision of Judgment, 24). It's exactly because Byron was not his follower that he could recognize the darkness. For the Devil's true followers, their Master's presence brings both happiness and success;—along with a pleasing sense of their own intelligence and goodness; and of the 'progress' of things overall:—in calm waters and good weather,—without the need for steering or rowing: just like when someone is deep within the edge of the Maelstrom.
[197] Island, ii. 4; perfectly orthodox theology, you observe; no denial of the fall,—nor substitution of Bacterian birth for it. Nay, nearly Evangelical theology, in contempt for the human heart; but with deeper than Evangelical humility, acknowledging also what is sordid in its civilisation.
[197] Island, ii. 4; totally traditional theology, you see; no denying the fall—nor replacing it with Bacterian birth. In fact, it's almost Evangelical theology, looking down on the human heart; but with a deeper kind of humility than Evangelicalism, recognizing what's dirty in its civilization.
THE
ELEMENTS OF DRAWING
IN
THREE LETTERS TO BEGINNERS
WITH ILLUSTRATIONS DRAWN BY THE AUTHOR
PREFACE.
It may perhaps be thought, that in prefacing a Manual of Drawing, I ought to expatiate on the reasons why drawing should be learned; but those reasons appear to me so many and so weighty, that I cannot quickly state or enforce them. With the reader's permission, as this volume is too large already, I will waive all discussion respecting the importance of the subject, and touch only on those points which may appear questionable in the method of its treatment.
It might be expected that in introducing a Manual of Drawing, I should elaborate on why drawing should be learned. However, the reasons seem so numerous and significant that I can't quickly summarize or justify them all. With the reader's permission, since this volume is already quite lengthy, I will skip any discussion on the importance of the subject and focus only on the points that may seem questionable in the approach taken.
In the first place, the book is not calculated for the use of children under the age of twelve or fourteen. I do not think it advisable to engage a child in any but the most voluntary practice of art. If it has talent for drawing, it will be continually scrawling on what paper it can get; and should be allowed to scrawl at its own free will, due praise being given for every appearance of care, or truth, in its efforts. It should be allowed to amuse itself with cheap colours almost as soon as it has sense enough to wish for them. If it merely daubs the paper with shapeless stains, the colour-box may be taken away till it knows better: but as soon as it begins painting red coats on soldiers, striped flags to ships, etc., it should have colours at command; and, without restraining its choice of subject in that imaginative and historical art, of a military tendency, which children delight in, (generally quite as valuable, by the way, as any historical art delighted in by their elders,) it should be gently led by the parents to try to draw, in such childish fashion as may be, the things it can see and[Pg 224] likes,—birds, or butterflies, or flowers, or fruit. In later years, the indulgence of using the colour should only be granted as a reward, after it has shown care and progress in its drawings with pencil. A limited number of good and amusing prints should always be within a boy's reach: in these days of cheap illustration he can hardly possess a volume of nursery tales without good woodcuts in it, and should be encouraged to copy what he likes best of this kind; but should be firmly restricted to a few prints and to a few books. If a child has many toys, it will get tired of them and break them; if a boy has many prints he will merely dawdle and scrawl over them; it is by the limitation of the number of his possessions that his pleasure in them is perfected, and his attention concentrated. The parents need give themselves no trouble in instructing him, as far as drawing is concerned, beyond insisting upon economical and neat habits with his colours and paper, showing him the best way of holding pencil and rule, and, so far as they take notice of his work, pointing out where a line is too short or too long, or too crooked, when compared with the copy; accuracy being the first and last thing they look for. If the child shows talent for inventing or grouping figures, the parents should neither check, nor praise it. They may laugh with it frankly, or show pleasure in what it has done, just as they show pleasure in seeing it well, or cheerful; but they must not praise it for being clever, any more than they would praise it for being stout. They should praise it only for what costs it self-denial, namely attention and hard work; otherwise they will make it work for vanity's sake, and always badly. The best books to put into its hands are those illustrated by George Cruikshank or by Richter. (See Appendix.) At about the age of twelve or fourteen, it is quite time enough to set youth or girl to serious work; and then this book will, I think, be useful to them; and I have good hope it may be so, likewise, to persons of more advanced age wishing to know something of the first principles of art.
First of all, this book isn't meant for kids under twelve or fourteen. I don't think it's a good idea to force a child into anything but the most voluntary practice of art. If a child has a talent for drawing, they'll be constantly doodling on any paper they can find, and they should be allowed to doodle freely, receiving praise for any sign of care or accuracy in their work. They should be able to play with inexpensive paints as soon as they have the sense to want them. If they just make random splashes of color, the paint can be taken away until they can use it better: but as soon as they start painting things like soldiers in red coats or flags on ships, they should have access to colors. Without limiting their choice of subject in that imaginative and historical art, which children love (and is just as valuable as any historical art that adults enjoy, by the way), parents should gently encourage them to try to draw whatever they see and like—like birds, butterflies, flowers, or fruit. As they get older, the use of color should be limited as a reward, after they show care and progress in their pencil drawings. A small selection of good and fun prints should always be available for a boy: in today's world of cheap illustration, it's hard to find nursery tales without nice woodcuts, and he should be encouraged to copy what he likes best; but he should be firmly limited to a few prints and a few books. If a child has too many toys, they will get bored and break them; if a boy has too many prints, he will just waste time and doodle on them. It's by limiting the number of his belongings that his enjoyment of them is enhanced and his focus sharpened. Parents shouldn't worry about teaching him drawing beyond stressing careful and tidy habits with his colors and paper, showing him the best way to hold a pencil and ruler, and, if they pay attention to his work, pointing out where a line is too short, too long, or too crooked compared to the original; accuracy is what they should look for above all. If the child shows talent for inventing or arranging figures, parents shouldn't hinder or overly praise it. They can laugh openly with the child or show joy in what they've created, just like they would when they see them happy or well; but they shouldn't praise them for being clever any more than they’d praise them for being heavy. They should only praise what requires self-discipline, like attention and hard work; otherwise, they might teach the child to create for the sake of vanity, and that can lead to poor work. The best books to give them are those illustrated by George Cruikshank or Richter. (See Appendix.) Around the age of twelve or fourteen, it's the right time to encourage serious work in a boy or girl; then this book will, I believe, be helpful to them, and I also hope it may be useful for older people wanting to learn the basics of art.
Yet observe, that the method of study recommended is not brought forward as absolutely the best, but only as the best which I can at present devise for an isolated student. It is[Pg 225] very likely that farther experience in teaching may enable me to modify it with advantage in several important respects; but I am sure the main principles of it are sound, and most of the exercises as useful as they can be rendered without a master's superintendence. The method differs, however, so materially from that generally adopted by drawing-masters, that a word or two of explanation may be needed to justify what might otherwise be thought wilful eccentricity.
Yet notice that the study method I suggest isn't presented as the absolute best, but rather as the best I can currently devise for someone studying on their own. It's[Pg 225] very likely that with more teaching experience, I'll be able to refine it in several important ways, but I’m confident that the main principles are sound and that most of the exercises are as useful as they can be without a teacher's oversight. However, this method differs significantly from what drawing instructors typically use, so a brief explanation may be needed to clarify what might otherwise seem like stubborn unconventionality.
The manuals at present published on the subject of drawing are all directed, as far as I know, to one or other of two objects. Either they propose to give the student a power of dexterous sketching with pencil or water-colour, so as to emulate (at considerable distance) the slighter work of our second-rate artists; or they propose to give him such accurate command of mathematical forms as may afterwards enable him to design rapidly and cheaply for manufactures. When drawing is taught as an accomplishment, the first is the aim usually proposed; while the second is the object kept chiefly in view at Marlborough House, and in the branch Government Schools of Design.
The manuals currently available on drawing generally focus on one of two goals. Either they aim to help students develop skillful sketching with pencil or watercolor, trying to replicate (from a distance) the simpler work of our lesser-known artists; or they seek to provide a solid understanding of mathematical shapes that will allow them to design quickly and affordably for manufacturing. When drawing is taught as a skill, the first goal is usually the primary focus; meanwhile, the second goal is what is mainly emphasized at Marlborough House and in the branch Government Schools of Design.
Of the fitness of the modes of study adopted in those schools, to the end specially intended, judgment is hardly yet possible; only, it seems to me, that we are all too much in the habit of confusing art as applied to manufacture, with manufacture itself. For instance, the skill by which an inventive workman designs and moulds a beautiful cup, is skill of true art; but the skill by which that cup is copied and afterwards multiplied a thousandfold, is skill of manufacture: and the faculties which enable one workman to design and elaborate his original piece, are not to be developed by the same system of instruction as those which enable another to produce a maximum number of approximate copies of it in a given time. Farther: it is surely inexpedient that any reference to purposes of manufacture should interfere with the education of the artist himself. Try first to manufacture a Raphael; then let Raphael direct your manufacture. He will design you a plate, or cup, or a house, or a palace, whenever you want it, and design them in the most convenient and rational way; but do[Pg 226] not let your anxiety to reach the platter and the cup interfere with your education of the Raphael. Obtain first the best work you can, and the ablest hands, irrespective of any consideration of economy or facility of production. Then leave your trained artist to determine how far art can be popularised, or manufacture ennobled.
It's hard to judge how suitable the study methods used in those schools are for their intended goals; however, it seems to me that we often confuse art as applied to manufacturing with manufacturing itself. For example, the talent that an inventive craftsman uses to design and shape a beautiful cup is genuine artistic skill; but the expertise involved in copying that cup and producing it a thousand times is manufacturing skill. The abilities that allow one worker to create and refine his original piece can't be developed through the same kind of training that enables another to churn out a high volume of similar copies in a set time. Furthermore, it’s certainly unwise for concerns about manufacturing to interfere with the artist’s education. First, try to create a Raphael; then let Raphael guide your creation. He will design a plate, cup, house, or palace whenever you need it, and do so in the most practical and sensible way; but do[Pg 226] not let your eagerness to produce the plate and cup compromise your education of the Raphael. First, achieve the best work you can with the most skilled hands, regardless of cost or ease of production. Then allow your trained artist to decide how far art can be made popular or manufacturing can be elevated.
Now, I believe that (irrespective of differences in individual temper and character) the excellence of an artist, as such, depends wholly on refinement of perception, and that it is this, mainly, which a master or a school can teach; so that while powers of invention distinguish man from man, powers of perception distinguish school from school. All great schools enforce delicacy of drawing and subtlety of sight: and the only rule which I have, as yet, found to be without exception respecting art, is that all great art is delicate.
Now, I believe that (regardless of personal temperaments and personalities) the quality of an artist, fundamentally, relies entirely on the refinement of perception, and that this is primarily what a master or school can teach; so while creative abilities set individuals apart, perceptual abilities distinguish one school from another. All great schools emphasize precision in drawing and subtlety in observation: and the only rule I have found to be universally true about art is that all great art is nuanced.
Therefore, the chief aim and bent of the following system is to obtain, first, a perfectly patient, and, to the utmost of the pupil's power, a delicate method of work, such as may ensure his seeing truly. For I am nearly convinced, that when once we see keenly enough, there is very little difficulty in drawing what we see; but, even supposing that this difficulty be still great, I believe that the sight is a more important thing than the drawing; and I would rather teach drawing that my pupils may learn to love Nature, than teach the looking at Nature that they may learn to draw. It is surely also a more important thing for young people and unprofessional students, to know how to appreciate the art of others, than to gain much power in art themselves. Now the modes of sketching ordinarily taught are inconsistent with this power of judgment. No person trained to the superficial execution of modern water-colour painting, can understand the work of Titian or Leonardo; they must for ever remain blind to the refinement of such men's pencilling, and the precision of their thinking. But, however slight a degree of manipulative power the student may reach by pursuing the mode recommended to him in these letters, I will answer for it that he cannot go once through the advised exercises without[Pg 227] beginning to understand what masterly work means; and, by the time he has gained some proficiency in them, he will have a pleasure in looking at the painting of the great schools, and a new perception of the exquisiteness of natural scenery, such as would repay him for much more labour than I have asked him to undergo.
Therefore, the main goal of the following system is to achieve, first, a completely patient and, as much as the student can, a refined approach to work, which ensures they truly see. I am almost convinced that once we see sharply enough, there's very little difficulty in drawing what we observe; however, even if that difficulty remains significant, I believe that sight is more important than drawing itself. I would prefer to teach drawing to help my students develop a love for Nature, rather than teach them how to look at Nature just so they can learn to draw. It’s certainly more valuable for young people and amateur students to appreciate the art of others than to gain a lot of skill in art themselves. The usual methods of sketching taught are at odds with this ability to judge. Anyone trained in the basic techniques of modern watercolor painting cannot truly understand the works of Titian or Leonardo; they will always be blind to the sophistication of these artists' brushwork and the precision of their thinking. However, no matter how minimal the student’s technical ability may be by following the approach recommended in these letters, I assure you that they cannot go through the suggested exercises even once without[Pg 227] beginning to grasp what masterful work means. By the time they have gained some skill in these exercises, they will take pleasure in viewing the paintings of the great schools and will have a new appreciation for the beauty of natural scenery, which would reward them for far more effort than I have asked them to put in.
That labour is, nevertheless, sufficiently irksome, nor is it possible that it should be otherwise, so long as the pupil works unassisted by a master. For the smooth and straight road which admits unembarrassed progress must, I fear, be dull as well as smooth; and the hedges need to be close and trim when there is no guide to warn or bring back the erring traveller. The system followed in this work will, therefore, at first, surprise somewhat sorrowfully those who are familiar with the practice of our class at the Working Men's College; for there, the pupil, having the master at his side to extricate him from such embarrassments as his first efforts may lead into, is at once set to draw from a solid object, and soon finds entertainment in his efforts and interest in his difficulties. Of course the simplest object which it is possible to set before the eye is a sphere; and practically, I find a child's toy, a white leather ball, better than anything else; as the gradations on balls of plaster of Paris, which I use sometimes to try the strength of pupils who have had previous practice, are a little too delicate for a beginner to perceive. It has been objected that a circle, or the outline of a sphere, is one of the most difficult of all lines to draw. It is so; but I do not want it to be drawn. All that his study of the ball is to teach the pupil, is the way in which shade gives the appearance of projection. This he learns most satisfactorily from a sphere; because any solid form, terminated by straight lines or flat surfaces, owes some of its appearance of projection to its perspective; but in the sphere, what, without shade, was a flat circle, becomes, merely by the added shade, the image of a solid ball; and this fact is just as striking to the learner, whether his circular outline be true or false. He is, therefore, never allowed to trouble himself about it; if he makes the ball look as oval as an egg, the degree of error is simply pointed out to him, and[Pg 228] he does better next time, and better still the next. But his mind is always fixed on the gradation of shade, and the outline left to take, in due time, care of itself. I call it outline, for the sake of immediate intelligibility,—strictly speaking, it is merely the edge of the shade; no pupil in my class being ever allowed to draw an outline, in the ordinary sense. It is pointed out to him, from the first, that Nature relieves one mass, or one tint, against another; but outlines none. The outline exercise, the second suggested in this letter, is recommended, not to enable the pupil to draw outlines, but as the only means by which, unassisted, he can test his accuracy of eye, and discipline his hand. When the master is by, errors in the form and extent of shadows can be pointed out as easily as in outline, and the handling can be gradually corrected in details of the work. But the solitary student can only find out his own mistakes by help of the traced limit, and can only test the firmness of his hand by an exercise in which nothing but firmness is required; and during which all other considerations (as of softness, complexity, &c.) are entirely excluded.
That work is, however, quite tedious, and it’s unlikely to be any different as long as the student is working without guidance from a teacher. The clear and straightforward path that allows for smooth progress is likely to be boring as well; the boundaries need to be well-defined and neat when there’s no guide to help or redirect the wandering traveler. The approach taken in this work will likely surprise those who are used to the methods we use at the Working Men's College, where the student has the teacher by their side to help them out of any difficulties that come up with their early attempts. There, the student is immediately set to draw from a solid object and soon finds enjoyment in their efforts and interest in their challenges. Obviously, the simplest object to focus on is a sphere; in practice, I find that a child's toy, like a white leather ball, works better than anything else. The gradations on plaster of Paris balls, which I sometimes use to test the skills of students with some prior experience, are a bit too subtle for a beginner to notice. Some have claimed that a circle or the outline of a sphere is one of the hardest lines to draw. That’s true, but I don’t want it to be drawn. All the study of the ball is meant to teach the student is how shading creates the illusion of projection. This lesson is learned most effectively from a sphere; any solid shape with straight lines or flat surfaces gets some of its shadowed appearance from perspective, but with the sphere, what was a flat circle without shade becomes, with just the addition of shade, the image of a solid ball. This transformation is just as clear to the learner, regardless of whether their circular outline is accurate or not. Therefore, they are never made to worry about it; if they make the ball look as oval as an egg, the level of error is simply noted, and they do better the next time, and even better the time after that. Their focus remains on the gradation of shade, while the outline is left to sort itself out in due time. I refer to it as an outline for clarity's sake—but technically, it’s just the edge of the shade; no student in my class is ever allowed to draw an outline in the usual sense. From the very beginning, they are made aware that nature defines one mass, or one tone, against another, but outlines nothing. The outline exercise, the second one mentioned in this letter, is suggested not to help the student draw outlines, but as the only way for them, without assistance, to test their eye accuracy and train their hand. When the teacher is present, errors in the shape and extent of shadows can be corrected just as easily as in outlines, and the techniques can be gradually refined in the details of the work. However, the solitary student can only discover their own mistakes through the traced limit and can only test the steadiness of their hand through an exercise that demands nothing but steadiness, excluding all other considerations like softness and complexity.
Both the system adopted at the Working Men's College, and that recommended here, agree, however, in one principle, which I consider the most important and special of all that are involved in my teaching: namely, the attaching its full importance, from the first, to local colour. I believe that the endeavour to separate, in the course of instruction, the observation of light and shade from that of local colour, has always been, and must always be, destructive of the student's power of accurate sight, and that it corrupts his taste as much as it retards his progress. I will not occupy the reader's time by any discussion of the principle here, but I wish him to note it as the only distinctive one in my system, so far as it is a system. For the recommendation to the pupil to copy faithfully, and without alteration, whatever natural object he chooses to study, is serviceable, among other reasons, just because it gets rid of systematic rules altogether, and teaches people to draw, as country lads learn to ride, without saddle or stirrups; my main object being, at first, not to get my[Pg 229] pupils to hold their reins prettily, but to "sit like a jackanapes, never off."
Both the system used at the Working Men's College and the one suggested here share one key principle that I believe is the most important aspect of my teaching: giving full importance from the very beginning to local color. I think that trying to separate the observation of light and shadow from that of local color during instruction has always been and will always be harmful to a student's ability to see accurately, and it damages their taste as much as it slows down their progress. I won't take up the reader's time discussing this principle here, but I want them to note it as the only distinctive feature of my approach, to the extent that it can be called a system. The recommendation for students to copy whatever natural object they choose to study faithfully and without changes is helpful for several reasons, one being that it eliminates rigid rules completely and teaches people to draw like country kids learn to ride, without a saddle or stirrups; my main goal, at first, is not to have my[Pg 229] students hold their reins nicely, but to "sit like a monkey, never off."
In these written instructions, therefore, it has always been with regret that I have seen myself forced to advise anything like monotonous or formal discipline. But, to the unassisted student, such formalities are indispensable, and I am not without hope that the sense of secure advancement, and the pleasure of independent effort, may render the following out of even the more tedious exercises here proposed, possible to the solitary learner, without weariness. But if it should be otherwise, and he finds the first steps painfully irksome, I can only desire him to consider whether the acquirement of so great a power as that of pictorial expression of thought be not worth some toil; or whether it is likely, in the natural order of matters in this working world, that so great a gift should be attainable by those who will give no price for it.
In these instructions, I've always felt regret in having to recommend any kind of dull or strict discipline. However, for students who are learning on their own, such structure is essential. I still hope that the feeling of making steady progress and the joy of working independently can make even the more tedious exercises outlined here manageable for a solo learner, without leading to frustration. But if that’s not the case and the initial steps feel painfully tedious, I can only urge him to consider whether gaining the significant skill of expressing thoughts visually is not worth some effort; or whether it's realistic, in the way things are in this practical world, to expect such a valuable gift to be available to those who won't invest anything in it.
One task, however, of some difficulty, the student will find I have not imposed upon him: namely, learning the laws of perspective. It would be worth while to learn them, if he could do so easily; but without a master's help, and in the way perspective is at present explained in treatises, the difficulty is greater than the gain. For perspective is not of the slightest use, except in rudimentary work. You can draw the rounding line of a table in perspective, but you cannot draw the sweep of a sea bay; you can foreshorten a log of wood by it, but you cannot foreshorten an arm. Its laws are too gross and few to be applied to any subtle form; therefore, as you must learn to draw the subtle forms by the eye, certainly you may draw the simple ones. No great painters ever trouble themselves about perspective, and very few of them know its laws; they draw everything by the eye, and, naturally enough, disdain in the easy parts of their work rules which cannot help them in difficult ones. It would take about a month's labour to draw imperfectly, by laws of perspective, what any great Venetian will draw perfectly in five minutes, when he is throwing a wreath of leaves round a head, or bending the curves of a pattern in and out among the folds of drapery. It is true that when perspective was[Pg 230] first discovered, everybody amused themselves with it; and all the great painters put fine saloons and arcades behind their madonnas, merely to show that they could draw in perspective: but even this was generally done by them only to catch the public eye, and they disdained the perspective so much, that though they took the greatest pains with the circlet of a crown, or the rim of a crystal cup, in the heart of their picture, they would twist their capitals of columns and towers of churches about in the background in the most wanton way, wherever they liked the lines to go, provided only they left just perspective enough to please the public. In modern days, I doubt if any artist among us, except David Roberts, knows so much perspective as would enable him to draw a Gothic arch to scale, at a given angle and distance. Turner, though he was professor of perspective to the Royal Academy, did not know what he professed, and never, as far as I remember, drew a single building in true perspective in his life; he drew them only with as much perspective as suited him. Prout also knew nothing of perspective, and twisted his buildings, as Turner did, into whatever shapes he liked. I do not justify this; and would recommend the student at least to treat perspective with common civility, but to pay no court to it. The best way he can learn it, by himself, is by taking a pane of glass, fixed in a frame, so that it can be set upright before the eye, at the distance at which the proposed sketch is intended to be seen. Let the eye be placed at some fixed point, opposite the middle of the pane of glass, but as high or as low as the student likes; then with a brush at the end of a stick, and a little body-colour that will adhere to the glass, the lines of the landscape may be traced on the glass, as you see them through it. When so traced they are all in true perspective. If the glass be sloped in any direction, the lines are still in true perspective, only it is perspective calculated for a sloping plane, while common perspective always supposes the plane of the picture to be vertical. It is good, in early practice, to accustom yourself to enclose your subject, before sketching it, with a light frame of wood held upright before you; it will show you what you may legitimately take[Pg 231] into your picture, and what choice there is between a narrow foreground near you, and a wide one farther off; also, what height of tree or building you can properly take in, &c.[198]
One task that may be a bit challenging for the student is learning the laws of perspective. It would be beneficial to learn them if it were easy, but without a teacher's guidance and considering how perspective is currently explained in books, the challenge is greater than the benefit. Perspective isn't really useful except for basic work. You can draw the curved line of a table in perspective, but you can't draw the curve of a bay; you can shorten a log of wood, but you can't shorten an arm. Its rules are too simple and limited to be applied to any complex form; therefore, since you need to learn to draw complex forms by eye, you can definitely draw the simple ones. Great painters never worry much about perspective, and very few of them actually understand its rules; they draw everything by eye and, understandably, ignore in the simpler parts of their work rules that won't help them in the more difficult areas. It would take about a month of work to draw poorly, using perspective laws, what any great Venetian would draw perfectly in five minutes, whether it's a wreath of leaves around a head or the curves of a pattern among drapery folds. It's true that when perspective was first discovered, everyone had fun with it; all the great painters placed beautiful salons and arcades behind their madonnas just to show that they could draw in perspective. But they mostly did this just to impress the public, and they ignored perspective so much that, even though they meticulously painted the crown’s circlet or the rim of a crystal cup right in the center of their pictures, they would wildly twist the columns and church towers in the background anywhere they liked, as long as there was just enough perspective left to satisfy the audience. Nowadays, I doubt any artist among us, except David Roberts, understands enough perspective to draw a Gothic arch to scale, at a specific angle and distance. Turner, despite being a professor of perspective at the Royal Academy, didn’t really grasp what he taught, and as far as I remember, he never drew a single building in proper perspective; he drew them with just enough perspective to suit his style. Prout also didn’t know much about perspective and shaped his buildings however he liked, just like Turner. I don’t condone this and would suggest that the student at least treat perspective with respect but not be overly concerned with it. The best way for him to learn it on his own is to take a pane of glass fitted in a frame so it can stand upright before the eye, at the distance he intends for the sketch. The eye should be set at a fixed point, opposite the center of the glass, placed as high or low as the student prefers; then, using a brush attached to a stick and a bit of body color that will stick to the glass, he can trace the lines of the landscape he sees through it. Once traced, they are all in true perspective. If the glass is tilted in any direction, the lines remain in true perspective, but it's perspective suited for a sloped plane, while basic perspective usually assumes the picture's plane is vertical. In early practice, it's beneficial to get used to enclosing your subject with a light wooden frame held upright in front of you before sketching; this will show you what you can legitimately include in your picture, the choice between a narrow foreground close to you and a wider one farther away, and the appropriate height of trees or buildings you can include, etc.
Of figure drawing, nothing is said in the following pages, because I do not think figures, as chief subjects, can be drawn to any good purpose by an amateur. As accessaries in landscape, they are just to be drawn on the same principles as anything else.
Of figure drawing, nothing is mentioned in the following pages because I don't believe that amateur artists can draw figures as their main subjects effectively. When it comes to landscapes, they should be drawn using the same principles as anything else.
Lastly: If any of the directions given subsequently to the student should be found obscure by him, or if at any stage of the recommended practice he finds himself in difficulties which I have not provided enough against, he may apply by letter to Mr. Ward, who is my under drawing-master at the Working Men's College (45 Great Ormond Street), and who will give any required assistance, on the lowest terms that can remunerate him for the occupation of his time. I have not leisure myself in general to answer letters of inquiry, however much I may desire to do so; but Mr. Ward has always the power of referring any question to me when he thinks it necessary. I have good hope, however, that enough guidance is given in this work to prevent the occurrence of any serious embarrassment; and I believe that the student who obeys its directions will find, on the whole, that the best answer of questions is perseverance; and the best drawing-masters are the woods and hills.
Lastly: If any of the instructions given later to the student are unclear to him, or if at any point during the recommended practice he encounters difficulties that I haven't adequately addressed, he can write to Mr. Ward, my assistant drawing teacher at the Working Men's College (45 Great Ormond Street), who will provide any needed help at the most minimal fee that compensates him for his time. I generally do not have the time to respond to inquiry letters, no matter how much I'd like to; however, Mr. Ward can always refer any question to me if he deems it necessary. I sincerely hope that enough guidance is provided in this work to avoid any major issues; and I believe that the student who follows these instructions will find, in general, that the best way to answer questions is perseverance, and the best drawing teachers are the woods and hills.
FOOTNOTES:
[198] If the student is fond of architecture, and wishes to know more of perspective than he can learn in this rough way, Mr. Runciman (of 40 Accacia Road, St. John's Wood), who was my first drawing-master, and to whom I owe many happy hours, can teach it him quickly, easily, and rightly.
[198] If the student loves architecture and wants to learn more about perspective than what he can pick up in this rough manner, Mr. Runciman (at 40 Acacia Road, St. John's Wood), who was my first drawing teacher and to whom I owe many enjoyable hours, can teach him quickly, easily, and correctly.
THE
ELEMENTS OF DRAWING.
LETTER I.
ON FIRST PRACTICE.
My Dear Reader:
Hey Reader:
Whether this book is to be of use to you or not, depends wholly on your reason for wishing to learn to draw. If you desire only to possess a graceful accomplishment, to be able to converse in a fluent manner about drawing, or to amuse yourself listlessly in listless hours, I cannot help you: but if you wish to learn drawing that you may be able to set down clearly, and usefully, records of such things as cannot be described in words, either to assist your own memory of them, or to convey distinct ideas of them to other people; if you wish to obtain quicker perceptions of the beauty of the natural world, and to preserve something like a true image of beautiful things that pass away, or which you must yourself leave; if, also, you wish to understand the minds of great painters, and to be able to appreciate their work sincerely, seeing it for yourself, and loving it, not merely taking up the thoughts of other people about it; then I can help you, or, which is better, show you how to help yourself.
Whether this book will be useful to you or not depends entirely on why you want to learn to draw. If you only want a nice skill to have, to be able to talk smoothly about art, or to kill time during boring hours, I'm afraid I can't help you. But if you're looking to learn drawing so you can clearly and effectively capture things that can't be described in words—either for your own memory or to share those ideas with others; if you want to get a better appreciation of the beauty in the natural world and to hold onto images of beautiful things that fade away or that you have to leave behind; if you also want to understand the minds of great artists and genuinely appreciate their work for yourself, not just repeat what others say about it—then I can help you, or better yet, show you how to help yourself.
Only you must understand, first of all, that these powers which indeed are noble and desirable, cannot be got without work. It is much easier to learn to draw well, than it is to learn to play well on any musical instrument; but you know that it takes three or four years of practice, giving three or[Pg 234] four hours a day, to acquire even ordinary command over the keys of a piano; and you must not think that a masterly command of your pencil, and the knowledge of what may be done with it, can be acquired without painstaking, or in a very short time. The kind of drawing which is taught, or supposed to be taught, in our schools, in a term or two, perhaps at the rate of an hour's practice a week, is not drawing at all. It is only the performance of a few dexterous (not always even that) evolutions on paper with a black-lead pencil; profitless alike to performer and beholder, unless as a matter of vanity, and that the smallest possible vanity. If any young person, after being taught what is, in polite circles, called "drawing," will try to copy the commonest piece of real work—suppose a lithograph on the title-page of a new opera air, or a woodcut in the cheapest illustrated newspaper of the day—they will find themselves entirely beaten. And yet that common lithograph was drawn with coarse chalk, much more difficult to manage than the pencil of which an accomplished young lady is supposed to have command; and that woodcut was drawn in urgent haste, and half spoiled in the cutting afterwards; and both were done by people whom nobody thinks of as artists, or praises for their power; both were done for daily bread, with no more artist's pride than any simple handicraftsmen feel in the work they live by.
You must realize, first of all, that these abilities, which are indeed admirable and sought after, can't be obtained without effort. It's much easier to learn how to draw well than to master a musical instrument, but you know it takes three or four years of practice, dedicating three or four hours each day, to gain even basic skill on the piano. Don't assume that a masterful control of your pencil and the understanding of its possibilities can be achieved without hard work or in a very short time. The type of drawing taught, or thought to be taught, in our schools over a term or two, at perhaps an hour of practice a week, isn't really drawing at all. It’s merely performing a few skillful (and not always even that) moves on paper with a graphite pencil; it benefits neither the performer nor the viewer, except as a matter of vanity, and even that is minimal. If any young person, after being taught what’s considered “drawing” in polite society, attempts to replicate a simple piece of real work—say, a lithograph on the title page of a new opera song, or a woodcut from the cheapest illustrated newspaper—they will find themselves completely outmatched. That simple lithograph was created with rough chalk, much harder to manage than the pencil that a supposedly skilled young lady is expected to handle; and that woodcut was made in a rush, often messed up during the cutting process afterward; both were done by people who aren't regarded as artists or praised for their skills. They were created for a living, with no more pride in their artistry than any ordinary craftspeople have for their work.
Do not, therefore, think that you can learn drawing, any more than a new language, without some hard and disagreeable labour. But do not, on the other hand, if you are ready and willing to pay this price, fear that you may be unable to get on for want of special talent. It is indeed true that the persons who have peculiar talent for art, draw instinctively and get on almost without teaching; though never without toil. It is true, also, that of inferior talent for drawing there are many degrees; it will take one person a much longer time than another to attain the same results, and the results thus painfully attained are never quite so satisfactory as those got with greater ease when the faculties are naturally adapted to the study. But I have never yet, in the experiments I have made, met with a person who could not learn to draw at all;[Pg 235] and, in general, there is a satisfactory and available power in every one to learn drawing if he wishes, just as nearly all persons have the power of learning French, Latin, or arithmetic, in a decent and useful degree, if their lot in life requires them to possess such knowledge.
Don't think that you can learn to draw any more than you can learn a new language without putting in some hard and unappealing work. However, if you are ready and willing to put in the effort, don’t worry about lacking special talent. It’s true that people with a natural talent for art tend to draw instinctively and make progress with little instruction, though they still put in a lot of hard work. It’s also true that there are various levels of drawing talent; one person might take much longer than another to achieve the same results, and those results, achieved with struggle, are often less satisfying than those gained more easily when someone's abilities align well with the study. Yet, in all my experiments, I have never encountered anyone who couldn't learn to draw at all;[Pg 235] and generally, everyone has the ability to learn drawing if they want to, just as most people can learn some French, Latin, or math to a reasonable degree if their circumstances require that knowledge.
Supposing then that you are ready to take a certain amount of pains, and to bear a little irksomeness and a few disappointments bravely, I can promise you that an hour's practice a day for six months, or an hour's practice every other day for twelve months, or, disposed in whatever way you find convenient, some hundred and fifty hours' practice, will give you sufficient power of drawing faithfully whatever you want to draw, and a good judgment, up to a certain point, of other people's work: of which hours, if you have one to spare at present, we may as well begin at once.
Assuming you’re willing to put in some effort and deal with a bit of frustration and a few setbacks, I can guarantee that practicing for an hour a day for six months, or an hour every other day for twelve months, or whatever arrangement suits you that adds up to about one hundred and fifty hours of practice, will give you enough skill to accurately draw whatever you wish and develop a decent understanding of others' work, to a certain extent. If you have an hour to spare right now, we might as well get started.
EXERCISE I.
Everything that you can see, in the world around you, presents itself to your eyes only as an arrangement of patches of different colours variously shaded.[199] Some of these patches of[Pg 236] colour have an appearance of lines or texture within them, as a piece of cloth or silk has of threads, or an animal's skin shows texture of hairs; but whether this be the case or not, the first broad aspect of the thing is that of a patch of some definite colour; and the first thing to be learned is, how to produce extents of smooth colour, without texture.
Everything you see in the world around you appears to your eyes just as a mix of patches in different colors, each with varying shades.[199] Some of these color patches may have an appearance of lines or texture, like a piece of cloth or silk shows threads, or an animal’s skin displays the texture of hairs. But whether that’s the case or not, the main thing to notice is that it looks like a patch of a specific color. The first thing you need to learn is how to create areas of smooth color without any texture.
This can only be done properly with a brush; but a brush, being soft at the point, causes so much uncertainty in the touch of an unpractised hand, that it is hardly possible to learn to draw first with it, and it is better to take, in early practice, some instrument with a hard and fine point, both that we may give some support to the hand, and that by working over the subject with so delicate a point, the attention may be properly directed to all the most minute parts of it. Even[Pg 237] the best artists need occasionally to study subjects with a pointed instrument, in order thus to discipline their attention: and a beginner must be content to do so for a considerable period.
This can only be done properly with a brush; however, because a brush has a soft tip, it makes it difficult for someone who hasn't practiced much to get a consistent feel for it. So, it’s better to start with a tool that has a hard, fine point during early practice; this way, we can support our hand better, and by working on the subject with such a delicate point, we can focus on the tiniest details. Even[Pg 237] the best artists occasionally need to study subjects with a pointed tool to train their focus, and beginners should be prepared to do the same for a significant amount of time.
Also, observe that before we trouble ourselves about differences of colour, we must be able to lay on one colour properly, in whatever gradations of depth and whatever shapes we want. We will try, therefore, first to lay on tints or patches of grey, of whatever depth we want, with a pointed instrument. Take any finely-pointed steel pen (one of Gillott's lithographic crow-quills is best), and a piece of quite smooth, but not shining, note-paper, cream-laid, and get some ink that has stood already some time in the inkstand, so as to be quite black, and as thick as it can be without clogging the pen. Take a rule, and draw four straight lines, so as to enclose a square or nearly a square, about as large as a, Fig. 1. I say nearly a square, because it does not in the least matter whether it is quite square or not, the object being merely to get a space enclosed by straight lines.
Also, keep in mind that before we worry about color differences, we need to be able to apply one color correctly, in whatever shades and shapes we want. Therefore, we'll start by applying tints or patches of grey, in any desired depth, using a pointed tool. Grab a fine-pointed steel pen (a Gillott lithographic crow-quill works best) and a piece of smooth but not shiny cream-laid note paper. Get some ink that has been sitting in your inkstand for a while, so it’s nice and black and thick without clogging the pen. Use a ruler to draw four straight lines to create a square or something close to it, about the size of a, Fig. 1. I say "close to a square" because it doesn't really matter if it’s perfectly square or not; the goal is just to have an area enclosed by straight lines.

Now, try to fill in that square space with crossed lines, so completely and evenly that it shall look like a square patch of grey silk or cloth, cut out and laid on the white paper, as at b. Cover it quickly, first with straightish lines, in any direction you like, not troubling yourself to draw them much closer or neater than those in the square a. Let them quite dry before retouching them. (If you draw three or four squares side by side, you may always be going on with one while the others are drying). Then cover these lines with others in a different direction, and let those dry; then in another direction still, and let those dry. Always wait long enough to run no risk of blotting, and then draw the lines as quickly as you can.[Pg 238] Each ought to be laid on as swiftly as the dash of the pen of a good writer; but if you try to reach this great speed at first you will go over the edge of the square, which is a fault in this exercise. Yet it is better to do so now and then than to draw the lines very slowly; for if you do, the pen leaves a little dot of ink at the end of each line, and these dots spoil your work. So draw each line quickly, stopping always as nearly as you can at the edge of the square. The ends of lines which go over the edge are afterwards to be removed with the penknife, but not till you have done the whole work, otherwise you roughen the paper, and the next line that goes over the edge makes a blot.
Now, try to fill that square space with crossed lines, so completely and evenly that it looks like a square patch of gray silk or cloth, cut out and laid on the white paper, as shown at b. Cover it quickly, first with straight lines, in any direction you like, without worrying too much about making them closer or neater than those in square a. Let them dry completely before touching them up. (If you draw three or four squares side by side, you can keep working on one while the others dry). Then cover these lines with others in a different direction, and let those dry; then in another direction still, and let those dry. Always wait long enough to avoid blotting, and then draw the lines as quickly as you can.[Pg 238] Each line should be laid down as swiftly as a good writer's pen stroke; but if you try to reach that speed right away, you might go over the edge of the square, which is a mistake in this exercise. However, it's better to do that occasionally than to draw the lines very slowly because if you do, the pen leaves a little dot of ink at the end of each line, and these dots ruin your work. So draw each line quickly, always stopping as close as possible to the edge of the square. The ends of lines that go over the edge should be trimmed with a penknife afterward, but not until you’ve completed the whole work, otherwise, you'll roughen the paper, and the next line that crosses the edge will make a blot.
When you have gone over the whole three or four times, you will find some parts of the square look darker than other parts. Now try to make the lighter parts as dark as the rest, so that the whole may be of equal depth or darkness. You will find, on examining the work, that where it looks darkest the lines are closest, or there are some much darker lines, than elsewhere; therefore you must put in other lines, or little scratches and dots, between the lines in the paler parts; and where there are very conspicuous dark lines, scratch them out lightly with the penknife, for the eye must not be attracted by any line in particular. The more carefully and delicately you fill in the little gaps and holes the better; you will get on faster by doing two or three squares perfectly than a great many badly. As the tint gets closer and begins to look even, work with very little ink in your pen, so as hardly to make any mark on the paper; and at last, where it is too dark, use the edge of your penknife very lightly, and for some time, to wear it softly into an even tone. You will find that the greatest difficulty consists in getting evenness: one bit will always look darker than another bit of your square; or there will be a granulated and sandy look over the whole. When you find your paper quite rough and in a mess, give it up and begin another square, but do not rest satisfied till you have done your best with every square. The tint at last ought at least to be as close and even as that in b, Fig. 1. You will find, however, that it is very difficult to get a pale tint; because,[Pg 239] naturally, the ink lines necessary to produce a close tint at all, blacken the paper more than you want. You must get over this difficulty not so much by leaving the lines wide apart as by trying to draw them excessively fine, lightly and swiftly; being very cautious in filling in; and, at last, passing the penknife over the whole. By keeping several squares in progress at one time, and reserving your pen for the light one just when the ink is nearly exhausted, you may get on better. The paper ought, at last, to look lightly and evenly toned all over, with no lines distinctly visible.
When you've gone over the whole thing three or four times, you'll notice that some parts of the square look darker than others. Now try to make the lighter areas as dark as the rest, so that everything has equal depth or darkness. If you look closely at the work, you'll see that where it appears darkest, the lines are closest together, or there are some much darker lines than elsewhere. So, you need to add in more lines, or little scratches and dots, between the lines in the lighter areas; and where the dark lines are very noticeable, gently scratch them out with a penknife, because you don’t want any particular line to stand out. The more carefully and delicately you fill in the little gaps and holes, the better. You'll progress more quickly by completing two or three squares perfectly than by doing a lot of them poorly. As the tint gets closer and starts to look even, work with very little ink in your pen, so it hardly makes any mark on the paper; and finally, where it's too dark, use the edge of your penknife very lightly and for a while to gradually blend it into an even tone. You’ll find that the biggest challenge is achieving an even color: one part will always look darker than another part of your square, or there will be a grainy and sandy appearance overall. If your paper gets too rough and messy, give up on it and start another square, but don’t settle for anything less than your best with each square. The tint should, at least, be as close and even as that in b, Fig. 1. However, you'll discover that getting a pale tint is quite difficult because, naturally, the ink lines needed to create a close tint darken the paper more than you'd like. You need to overcome this challenge not just by leaving the lines spaced wide apart but by trying to draw them very fine, lightly and quickly; being very careful while filling in; and finally, running the penknife over the whole thing. By keeping several squares going at once and saving your pen for the lighter one when the ink is nearly gone, you may find it easier. In the end, the paper should look lightly and evenly toned all over, with no lines distinctly visible.
EXERCISE II.
As this exercise in shading is very tiresome, it will be well to vary it by proceeding with another at the same time. The power of shading rightly depends mainly on lightness of hand and keenness of sight; but there are other qualities required in drawing, dependent not merely on lightness, but steadiness of hand; and the eye, to be perfect in its power, must be made accurate as well as keen, and not only see shrewdly, but measure justly.
As this shading exercise can be really tedious, it’s a good idea to switch it up by doing another one at the same time. The skill of shading effectively relies mainly on lightness of touch and sharpness of vision; however, there are other qualities needed in drawing that depend not just on lightness, but also on steadiness of hand. To have perfect vision, the eye must be made accurate as well as sharp, and it should not only see clearly but also measure correctly.
Possess yourself, therefore, of any cheap work on botany containing outline plates of leaves and flowers, it does not matter whether bad or good: "Baxter's British Flowering Plants" is quite good enough. Copy any of the simplest outlines, first with a soft pencil, following it, by the eye, as nearly as you can; if it does not look right in proportions, rub out and correct it, always by the eye, till you think it is right: when you have got it to your mind, lay tracing-paper on the book, on this paper trace the outline you have been copying, and apply it to your own; and having thus ascertained the faults, correct them all patiently, till you have got it as nearly accurate as may be. Work with a very soft pencil, and do not rub out so hard[200] as to spoil the surface of your paper; never[Pg 240] mind how dirty the paper gets, but do not roughen it; and let the false outlines alone where they do not really interfere with the true one. It is a good thing to accustom yourself to hew and shape your drawing out of a dirty piece of paper. When you have got it as right as you can, take a quill pen, not very fine at the point; rest your hand on a book about an inch and a half thick, so as to hold the pen long; and go over your pencil outline with ink, raising your pen point as seldom as possible, and never leaning more heavily on one part of the line than on another. In most outline drawings of the present day, parts of the curves are thickened to give an effect of shade; all such outlines are bad, but they will serve well enough for your exercises, provided you do not imitate this character: it is better, however, if you can, to choose a book of pure outlines. It does not in the least matter whether your pen outline be thin or thick; but it matters greatly that it should be equal, not heavier in one place than in another. The power to be obtained is that of drawing an even line slowly and in any direction; all dashing lines, or approximations to penmanship, are bad. The pen should, as it were, walk slowly over the ground, and you should be able at any moment to stop it, or to turn it in any other direction, like a well-managed horse.
Get yourself a basic botany book that has illustrations of leaves and flowers; it doesn’t matter if they're not the best. "Baxter's British Flowering Plants" works just fine. Start by copying the simplest outlines with a soft pencil, trying to follow them as closely as possible; if the proportions look off, rub it out and adjust it until you're happy with it. Once you're satisfied, place tracing paper over the book, trace the outline you've been copying, and then compare it with your own; patiently fix any mistakes until you get it as accurate as possible. Use a very soft pencil and be gentle when erasing so you don’t damage the paper. Don't worry about how messy the paper gets, but avoid roughing it up; ignore the incorrect outlines where they don’t interfere with the accurate one. It’s beneficial to learn to refine your drawing from a messy piece of paper. When you think it’s as right as you can get it, use a quill pen that isn’t too fine. Rest your hand on a book about an inch and a half thick to control the pen easily, and go over your pencil outline with ink, trying to lift the pen point as little as possible and keeping the pressure even along the line. Many modern outline drawings have parts that are thickened for shading, which is not ideal, but they can be useful for practice if you avoid copying that style; ideally, choose a book with pure outlines. Whether your pen outline is thick or thin isn’t that important, but it’s crucial for it to be even, with no part heavier than another. The goal is to draw a smooth line slowly in any direction; avoid quick lines or attempts at stylized handwriting. The pen should move slowly across the paper, and you should be able to stop or change its direction at any moment, just like a well-trained horse.
As soon as you can copy every curve slowly and accurately, you have made satisfactory progress; but you will find the difficulty is in the slowness. It is easy to draw what appears to be a good line with a sweep of the hand, or with what is called freedom;[201] the real difficulty and masterliness is in[Pg 241] never letting the hand be free, but keeping it under entire control at every part of the line.
As soon as you can replicate every curve slowly and accurately, you've made good progress; but you'll find that the challenge lies in the slowness. It's easy to draw what looks like a good line with a quick motion of your hand or what people call freedom; [201] the true challenge and skill comes from[Pg 241] never allowing your hand to feel free, but maintaining complete control over every section of the line.
EXERCISE III.
Meantime, you are always to be going on with your shaded squares, and chiefly with these, the outline exercises being taken up only for rest.
Meantime, you should keep working on your shaded squares, focusing mainly on those, with the outline exercises only being used for a break.

As soon as you find you have some command of the pen as a shading instrument, and can lay a pale or dark tint as you choose, try to produce gradated spaces like Fig. 2., the dark tint passing gradually into the lighter ones. Nearly all expression of form, in drawing, depends on your power of gradating delicately; and the gradation is always most skilful which passes from one tint into another very little paler. Draw, therefore, two parallel lines for limits to your work, as in Fig. 2., and try to gradate the shade evenly from white to black, passing over the greatest possible distance, yet so that every[Pg 242] part of the band may have visible change in it. The perception of gradation is very deficient in all beginners (not to say, in many artists), and you will probably, for some time, think your gradation skilful enough when it is quite patchy and imperfect. By getting a piece of grey shaded riband, and comparing it with your drawing, you may arrive, in early stages of your work, at a wholesome dissatisfaction with it. Widen your band little by little as you get more skilful, so as to give the gradation more lateral space, and accustom yourself at the same time to look for gradated spaces in Nature. The sky is the largest and the most beautiful; watch it at twilight, after the sun is down, and try to consider each pane of glass in the window you look through as a piece of paper coloured blue, or grey, or purple, as it happens to be, and observe how quietly and continuously the gradation extends over the space in the window, of one or two feet square. Observe the shades on the outside and inside of a common white cup or bowl, which make it look round and hollow;[202] and then on folds of white drapery; and thus gradually you will be led to observe the more subtle transitions of the light as it increases or declines on flat surfaces. At last, when your eye gets keen and true, you will see gradation on everything in Nature.
As soon as you get comfortable using a pen for shading and can apply a light or dark tint as you like, try to create gradated spaces like in Fig. 2, where the dark tint smoothly transitions into lighter ones. Almost all expression of form in drawing relies on your ability to gradate delicately; and the most skillful gradation is always the one that transitions to another tint that is barely lighter. So, draw two parallel lines to set the boundaries for your work, like in Fig. 2, and attempt to gradate the shade evenly from white to black across the widest possible distance, ensuring that every part of the band shows some visible change. Beginners often struggle with seeing gradation (not to mention, many artists do too), and you might think your gradation is good enough even when it's patchy and flawed. By comparing your drawing to a piece of grey shaded ribbon, you can develop a healthy dissatisfaction with your work in its early stages. Gradually widen your band as you improve, giving your gradation more lateral space, and start looking for gradated spaces in nature. The sky is the largest and most beautiful example; observe it at twilight after the sun sets and think of each pane of glass in your window as a piece of paper colored blue, grey, or purple, depending on the time, noticing how the gradation extends quietly and continuously over a space of one or two square feet. Look at the shades on the outside and inside of a typical white cup or bowl, which give it a rounded, hollow appearance;[202] and check the folds of white fabric; this way, you will gradually learn to see the more subtle light transitions as it changes on flat surfaces. Eventually, as your eye becomes more discerning, you'll notice gradation in everything in nature.
But it will not be in your power yet awhile to draw from any objects in which the gradations are varied and complicated; nor will it be a bad omen for your future progress, and for the use that art is to be made of by you, if the first thing at which you aim should be a little bit of sky. So take any narrow space of evening sky, that you can usually see, between the boughs of a tree, or between two chimneys, or through the corner of a pane in the window you like best to sit at, and try to gradate a little space of white paper as evenly as that is gradated—as tenderly you cannot gradate it without colour, no, nor with colour either; but you may do it as evenly; or, if you get impatient with your spots and lines of ink, when you look at the beauty of the sky, the sense you will have gained of that beauty is something to be thankful for. But[Pg 243] you ought not to be impatient with your pen and ink; for all great painters, however delicate their perception of colour, are fond of the peculiar effect of light which may be got in a pen-and-ink sketch, and in a woodcut, by the gleaming of the white paper between the black lines; and if you cannot gradate well with pure black lines, you will never gradate well with pale ones. By looking at any common woodcuts, in the cheap publications of the day, you may see how gradation is given to the sky by leaving the lines farther and farther apart; but you must make your lines as fine as you can, as well as far apart, towards the light; and do not try to make them long or straight, but let them cross irregularly in any direction easy to your hand, depending on nothing but their gradation for your effect. On this point of direction of lines, however, I shall have to tell you more presently; in the meantime, do not trouble yourself about it.
But for now, you won't be able to draw from objects with complex and varied shades. It won’t be a bad sign for your future progress or how you’ll use art if your first goal is just a bit of sky. So, find a small piece of evening sky that you can usually see, whether it’s between the branches of a tree, between two chimneys, or through the corner of your favorite window. Try to create a gradient on a piece of white paper that matches what you see in the sky—though you can't replicate its softness without color, nor even with color; but you can achieve evenness. If you get frustrated with your ink spots and lines while looking at the sky’s beauty, just remember that what you’ve learned about that beauty is worth appreciating. But you shouldn’t rush with your pen and ink; all great painters, no matter how sensitive they are to color, love the unique effect of light in a pen-and-ink sketch, as the white paper shines between the black lines. If you can’t create a good gradient with pure black lines, you won’t be able to do so with lighter ones. By studying any common woodcuts from today’s inexpensive publications, you can see how to create a gradient in the sky by spacing your lines further apart. You should make your lines as fine as possible and spaced out toward the light, and don't force them to be long or straight; let them cross in any direction that feels natural to you, relying solely on their gradation for effect. I’ll share more details about line direction later, but for now, don’t worry about it.
EXERCISE IV.
As soon as you find you can gradate tolerably with the pen, take an H. or HH. pencil, using its point to produce shade, from the darkest possible to the palest, in exactly the same manner as the pen, lightening, however, now with India-rubber instead of the penknife. You will find that all pale tints of shade are thus easily producible with great precision and tenderness, but that you cannot get the same dark power as with the pen and ink, and that the surface of the shade is apt to become glossy and metallic, or dirty-looking, or sandy. Persevere, however, in trying to bring it to evenness with the fine point, removing any single speck or line that may be too black, with the point of the knife: you must not scratch the whole with the knife as you do the ink. If you find the texture very speckled-looking, lighten it all over with India-rubber, and recover it again with sharp, and excessively fine touches of the pencil point, bringing the parts that are too pale to perfect evenness with the darker spots.
As soon as you realize you can shade reasonably well with a pen, grab an H or HH pencil. Use its tip to create shades from the darkest to the lightest, just like you did with the pen, but this time lighten it up with an eraser instead of a knife. You'll notice that all light shades can be produced easily with great precision and care, but you won’t achieve the same depth of darkness as with pen and ink, and the surface of the shade may turn glossy and metallic, look dirty, or feel gritty. Keep at it, though, trying to smooth it out using the fine point. If you see any specks or lines that are too dark, remove them with the knife’s tip; don’t scratch the whole area like you do with ink. If the texture looks very speckled, lighten the entire area with the eraser, then go back over it with sharp, very fine touches from the pencil point, ensuring the lighter areas match the darker ones evenly.
You cannot use the point too delicately or cunningly in doing this; work with it as if you were drawing the down on a butterfly's wing.[Pg 244]
You can't use the point too delicately or slyly when doing this; use it as if you're drawing the down on a butterfly's wing.[Pg 244]
At this stage of your progress, if not before, you may be assured that some clever friend will come in, and hold up his hands in mocking amazement, and ask you who could set you to that "niggling;" and if you persevere in it, you will have to sustain considerable persecution from your artistical acquaintances generally, who will tell you that all good drawing depends on "boldness." But never mind them. You do not hear them tell a child, beginning music, to lay its little hand with a crash among the keys, in imitation of the great masters; yet they might, as reasonably as they may tell you to be bold in the present state of your knowledge. Bold, in the sense of being undaunted, yes; but bold in the sense of being careless, confident, or exhibitory,—no,—no, and a thousand times no; for, even if you were not a beginner, it would be bad advice that made you bold. Mischief may easily be done quickly, but good and beautiful work is generally done slowly; you will find no boldness in the way a flower or a bird's wing is painted; and if Nature is not bold at her work, do you think you ought to be at yours? So never mind what people say, but work with your pencil point very patiently; and if you can trust me in anything, trust me when I tell you, that though there are all kinds and ways of art,—large work for large places, small work for narrow places, slow work for people who can wait, and quick work for people who cannot,—there is one quality, and, I think, only one, in which all great and good art agrees;—it is all delicate art. Coarse art is always bad art. You cannot understand this at present, because you do not know yet how much tender thought, and subtle care, the great painters put into touches that at first look coarse; but, believe me, it is true, and you will find it is so in due time.
At this point in your journey, if not earlier, you can be sure that some smart friend will come along, throw up their hands in fake surprise, and ask you who got you into that "nitpicking." And if you stick with it, you'll have to endure a lot of criticism from your artistic friends, who will tell you that great drawing is all about "boldness." But don’t worry about them. You never hear them tell a child, starting music, to crash their little hand on the keys trying to mimic great masters; yet they might as well, as it makes as much sense as telling you to be bold given your current level of knowledge. Be bold in the sense of being fearless, yes; but bold in the sense of being careless, overconfident, or showy—absolutely not. Even if you weren't just starting out, it would still be bad advice to simply be bold. You can mess things up quickly, but truly good and beautiful work typically takes time; you won't find boldness in how a flower or a bird's wing is painted. And if Nature isn’t bold in her craft, should you be in yours? So ignore what people say, and work with your pencil tip very carefully. And if you can trust me on anything, trust me when I tell you that even though there are all kinds of art—big work for large spaces, small work for tight spots, slow work for those who can wait, and quick work for those who can’t—there's one quality, and I believe only one, that all great and good art shares: it is all delicate art. Coarse art is always bad art. You might not get this right now because you don’t yet understand how much tender thought and careful attention great painters put into touches that may initially seem rough, but believe me, it’s true, and you will realize it in time.
You will be perhaps also troubled, in these first essays at pencil drawing, by noticing that more delicate gradations are got in an instant by a chance touch of the India-rubber, than by an hour's labour with the point; and you may wonder why I tell you to produce tints so painfully, which might, it appears, be obtained with ease. But there are two reasons: the first, that when you come to draw forms, you must be[Pg 245] able to gradate with absolute precision, in whatever place and direction you wish; not in any wise vaguely, as the India-rubber does it; and, secondly, that all natural shadows are more or less mingled with gleams of light. In the darkness of ground there is the light of the little pebbles or dust; in the darkness of foliage, the glitter of the leaves; in the darkness of flesh, transparency; in that of a stone, granulation: in every case there is some mingling of light, which cannot be represented by the leaden tone which you get by rubbing, or by an instrument known to artists as the "stump." When you can manage the point properly, you will indeed be able to do much also with this instrument, or with your fingers; but then you will have to retouch the flat tints afterwards, so as to put life and light into them, and that can only be done with the point. Labour on, therefore, courageously, with that only.
You might also find it frustrating, in these early attempts at pencil drawing, to see that you can easily achieve subtle gradations with a quick touch of the eraser, more so than with an hour's work on the pencil. You might be puzzled as to why I ask you to create tints so painstakingly when they seem so easily obtainable. But there are two reasons: first, when you start drawing forms, you need to gradate with complete precision, in any direction you choose; not in a vague manner like the eraser does. Second, all natural shadows are mixed with highlights. In the darkness of a surface, you can see the light of little pebbles or dust; in the darkness of leaves, there’s a shine from the foliage; in shadowed flesh, there’s a sense of transparency; and in stone, there’s granulation. In every instance, light blends with shadow, which can't be captured using the flat tone that comes from rubbing or with an artist tool known as a "stump." Once you control the pencil effectively, you'll also be able to do a lot with this tool or with your fingers; however, you'll need to refine the flat tones later to bring them to life, and that can only be achieved with the pencil. So keep working hard with just that.
EXERCISE V.

When you can manage to tint and gradate tenderly with the pencil point, get a good large alphabet, and try to tint the letters into shape with the pencil point. Do not outline them first, but measure their height and extreme breadth with the compasses, as a b, a c, Fig. 3., and then scratch in their shapes gradually; the letter A, enclosed within the lines, being in what Turner would have called a "state of forwardness."
When you can softly shade and blend with the pencil point, grab a nice large alphabet and try to shade the letters into shape using the pencil point. Don’t outline them first, but measure their height and width with a compass, like a b, a c, Fig. 3., and then gradually sketch their shapes in; the letter A, enclosed within the lines, should be what Turner would have called a "state of progression."
Then, when you are satisfied with the shape of the letter, draw pen and ink lines firmly round the tint, as at d, and remove[Pg 246] any touches outside the limit, first with the India-rubber, and then with the penknife, so that all may look clear and right. If you rub out any of the pencil inside the outline of the letter, retouch it, closing it up to the inked line. The straight lines of the outline are all to be ruled,[203] but the curved lines are to be drawn by the eye and hand; and you will soon find what good practice there is in getting the curved letters, such as Bs, Cs, &c., to stand quite straight, and come into accurate form.
Then, when you’re happy with the shape of the letter, draw firm pen and ink lines around the area, as shown at d, and clean up any marks outside the limits first with an eraser, and then with a craft knife, so everything looks clear and neat. If you erase any pencil marks inside the outline of the letter, touch it up, making sure it meets the inked line. The straight lines of the outline should be ruled, but the curved lines should be drawn freehand; you’ll quickly notice how beneficial it is to get the curved letters, like Bs, Cs, etc., to stand perfectly straight and take on the correct shape.
All these exercises are very irksome, and they are not to be persisted in alone; neither is it necessary to acquire perfect power in any of them. An entire master of the pencil or brush ought, indeed, to be able to draw any form at once, as Giotto his circle; but such skill as this is only to be expected of the consummate master, having pencil in hand all his life, and all day long, hence the force of Giotto's proof of his skill; and it is quite possible to draw very beautifully, without attaining even an approximation to such a power; the main point being, not that every line should be precisely what we intend or wish, but that the line which we intended or wished to draw should be right. If we always see rightly and mean rightly, we shall get on, though the hand may stagger a little; but if we mean wrongly, or mean nothing, it does not matter how firm the hand is. Do not, therefore, torment yourself because you cannot do as well as you would like; but work patiently, sure that every square and letter will give you a certain increase of power; and as soon as you can draw your letters pretty well, here is a more amusing exercise for you.
All these exercises can be really annoying, and you shouldn't try to do them on your own; it's not necessary to gain complete mastery of any of them. A true master of the pencil or brush should, in fact, be able to draw any shape instantly, like Giotto with his circle; but that level of skill is only expected from a true master who has had a pencil in hand all his life and all day long, which is the significance of Giotto's demonstration of his ability. It's entirely possible to draw very beautifully without even coming close to such a skill; the key point is not that every line should be exactly what we intend or wish, but that the line we intended or wished to draw should be right. As long as we see correctly and mean correctly, we will improve, even if our hand wavers a bit; but if our intentions are wrong, or if we don't mean anything, it doesn’t matter how steady our hand is. So, don’t stress yourself out because you can't perform as well as you'd like; just work patiently, knowing that every practice of squares and letters will give you some improvement; and as soon as you can draw your letters decently, here’s a more fun exercise for you.
EXERCISE VI.
Choose any tree that you think pretty, which is nearly bare of leaves, and which you can see against the sky, or against a pale wall, or other light ground: it must not be against strong light, or you will find the looking at it hurts your eyes; nor must it be in sunshine, or you will be puzzled by the lights on the boughs. But the tree must be in shade; and the sky blue, or grey, or dull white. A wholly grey or rainy day is the best for this practice.
Choose any tree that you find beautiful, which has few leaves, and which you can see clearly against the sky, a light wall, or another light background: it shouldn’t be against bright light, or it will hurt your eyes to look at it; nor should it be in direct sunshine, or the lights on the branches will confuse you. The tree should be in the shade, and the sky should be blue, gray, or a dull white. A completely gray or rainy day is best for this practice.
You will see that all the boughs of the tree are dark against the sky. Consider them as so many dark rivers, to be laid down in a map with absolute accuracy; and, without the least thought about the roundness of the stems, map them all out in flat shade, scrawling them in with pencil, just as you did the limbs of your letters; then correct and alter them, rubbing out and out again, never minding how much your paper is dirtied (only not destroying its surface), until every bough is exactly, or as near as your utmost power can bring it, right in curvature and in thickness. Look at the white interstices between them with as much scrupulousness as if they were little estates which you had to survey, and draw maps of, for some important lawsuit, involving heavy penalties if you cut the least bit of a corner off any of them, or gave the hedge anywhere too deep a curve; and try continually to fancy the whole tree nothing but a flat ramification on a white ground. Do not take any trouble about the little twigs, which look like a confused network or mist; leave them all out,[204] drawing only the main branches as far as you can see them distinctly, your object at present being not to draw a tree, but to learn how to do so. When you have got the thing as nearly right as you can—and it is better to make one good study than twenty left unnecessarily inaccurate—take your pen, and put a fine outline to all the boughs, as you did to your letter, taking[Pg 248] care, as far as possible, to put the outline within the edge of the shade, so as not to make the boughs thicker: the main use of the outline is to affirm the whole more clearly; to do away with little accidental roughnesses and excrescences, and especially to mark where boughs cross, or come in front of each other, as at such points their arrangement in this kind of sketch is unintelligible without the outline. It may perfectly well happen that in Nature it should be less distinct than your outline will make it; but it is better in this kind of sketch to mark the facts clearly. The temptation is always to be slovenly and careless, and the outline is like a bridle, and forces our indolence into attention and precision. The outline should be about the thickness of that in Fig. 4, which represents the ramification of a small stone pine, only I have not endeavoured to represent the pencil shading within the outline, as I could not easily express it in a woodcut; and you have nothing to do at present with the indication of the foliage above, of which in another place. You may also draw[Pg 249] your trees as much larger than this figure as you like; only, however large they may be, keep the outline as delicate, and draw the branches far enough into their outer sprays to give quite as slender ramification as you have in this figure, otherwise you do not get good enough practice out of them.
You will notice that all the branches of the tree are dark against the sky. Imagine them as numerous dark rivers, to be mapped out with total precision; and without worrying about the roundness of the trunks, sketch them all in flat shades, just like you crafted the strokes of your letters; then adjust and modify them, erasing as needed, without caring how much your paper gets smudged (just don't damage its surface), until each branch is as accurate as you can make it in both curvature and thickness. Pay careful attention to the white spaces between them as if they were small properties you had to measure and map for an important legal case, where even the slightest mistake could lead to serious consequences, so be sure not to cut any corners or overcurve the edges; and try to visualize the entire tree as a flat outline against a white background. Don’t worry too much about the tiny twigs, which resemble a tangled web or mist; just leave them out,[204] and only draw the main branches as clearly as you can see them, since your goal right now is not to create a tree but to learn how to draw one. Once you have the branches as accurately as possible—and it’s better to produce one good study than twenty that are needlessly inaccurate—take your pen and trace a fine outline around all the branches, like you did with your letters, ensuring that the outline stays within the edge of the shade, so it doesn’t make the branches look thicker: the main purpose of the outline is to clarify the structure; to eliminate minor accidental rough spots and bumps, and especially to indicate where branches overlap or intersect, since it's hard to understand their arrangement in this sketch without the outline. It may very well be that in nature it appears less distinct than your outline will show; however, it’s better in this kind of sketch to depict the facts clearly. There’s always a temptation to be sloppy and careless, and the outline acts like a guide, forcing our laziness into focus and accuracy. The outline should be about the same thickness as that in Fig. 4, which shows the branching of a small stone pine, but I haven’t tried to depict the pencil shading inside the outline, as that would be difficult to represent in a woodcut; and you don't need to worry about the foliage above, which will be covered elsewhere. You may also draw[Pg 249] your trees as much larger than this figure as you prefer; however, regardless of how large they are, keep the outline delicate, and draw the branches well into their outer sprays to achieve a slender branching structure similar to what you see in this figure, or else you won’t get enough quality practice from them.

You cannot do too many studies of this kind: every one will give you some new notion about trees: but when you are tired of tree boughs, take any forms whatever which are drawn in flat colour, one upon another; as patterns on any kind of cloth, or flat china (tiles, for instance), executed in two colours only; and practice drawing them of the right shape and size by the eye, and filling them in with shade of the depth required.
You can't do too many studies like this: each one will teach you something new about trees. But when you get bored with tree branches, try any shapes that are drawn in flat color, stacked on top of each other; like patterns on fabric or flat ceramics (like tiles), done in just two colors. Practice drawing them accurately in shape and size by eye, and shading them with the right depth.
In doing this, you will first have to meet the difficulty of representing depth of colour by depth of shade. Thus a pattern of ultramarine blue will have to be represented by a darker tint of grey than a pattern of yellow.
In doing this, you will first need to tackle the challenge of showing depth of color through depth of shade. So, a design in ultramarine blue will need to be represented by a darker shade of gray than a design in yellow.
And now it is both time for you to begin to learn the mechanical use of the brush, and necessary for you to do so in order to provide yourself with the gradated scale of colour which you will want. If you can, by any means, get acquainted with any ordinarily skilful water-colour painter, and prevail on him to show you how to lay on tints with a brush, by all means do so; not that you are yet, nor for a long while yet, to begin to colour, but because the brush is often more convenient than the pencil for laying on masses or tints of shade, and the sooner you know how to manage it as an instrument the better. If, however, you have no opportunity of seeing how water-colour is laid on by a workman of any kind, the following directions will help you:—
And now it's time for you to start learning how to use the brush, and it's important for you to do this so you can create the gradated color scale you'll need. If you can, get to know a skilled watercolor painter and convince them to show you how to apply colors with a brush; it’s definitely worth it. Even though you’re not ready to start coloring yet—and won’t be for quite a while—using a brush is often easier than a pencil for applying blocks of shade or color, and the sooner you learn to use it as a tool, the better. However, if you don’t have the chance to see how a professional applies watercolor, the following instructions will help you:—
EXERCISE VII.
Get a shilling cake of Prussian blue. Dip the end of it in water so as to take up a drop, and rub it in a white saucer till you cannot rub much more, and the colour gets dark, thick, and oily-looking. Put two teaspoonfuls of water to the colour you have rubbed down, and mix it well up with a camel's-hair brush about three quarters of an inch long.[Pg 250]
Get a shilling cake of Prussian blue. Dip the end in water to pick up a drop, and rub it in a white saucer until you can't rub much more and the color becomes dark, thick, and oily. Add two teaspoons of water to the color you've rubbed down, and mix it well with a camel's-hair brush about three-quarters of an inch long.[Pg 250]
Then take a piece of smooth, but not glossy, Bristol board or pasteboard; divide it, with your pencil and rule, into squares as large as those of the very largest chess-board: they need not be perfect squares, only as nearly so as you can quickly guess. Rest the pasteboard on something sloping as much as an ordinary desk; then, dipping your brush into the colour you have mixed, and taking up as much of the liquid as it will carry, begin at the top of one of the squares, and lay a pond or runlet of colour along the top edge. Lead this pond of colour gradually downwards, not faster at one place than another, but as if you were adding a row of bricks to a building, all along (only building down instead of up), dipping the brush frequently so as to keep the colour as full in that, and in as great quantity on the paper, as you can, so only that it does not run down anywhere in a little stream. But if it should, never mind; go on quietly with your square till you have covered it all in. When you get to the bottom, the colour will lodge there in a great wave. Have ready a piece of blotting-paper; dry your brush on it, and with the dry brush take up the superfluous colour as you would with a sponge, till it all looks even.
Then grab a piece of smooth, but not shiny, Bristol board or pasteboard; divide it, using your pencil and ruler, into squares as big as the largest squares on a chessboard: they don’t need to be perfect, just as close as you can guess quickly. Place the pasteboard on something tilted, similar to a regular desk; then, dip your brush into the color you mixed, picking up as much liquid as it can hold, and start at the top of one of the squares, laying a layer of color along the top edge. Gradually bring this layer of color downwards, not faster in one spot than another, but as if you were adding a row of bricks to a building, just going down instead of up. Dip the brush often to keep the color rich and in sufficient quantity on the paper, but make sure it doesn’t run down in a little stream. If it does, no worries; keep going with your square until it’s all filled in. When you reach the bottom, the color will settle there in a big wave. Have a piece of blotting paper ready; dry your brush on it and use the dry brush to pick up the excess color, just like you would with a sponge, until it all appears even.
In leading the colour down, you will find your brush continually go over the edge of the square, or leave little gaps within it. Do not endeavour to retouch these, nor take much care about them; the great thing is to get the colour to lie smoothly where it reaches, not in alternate blots and pale patches; try, therefore, to lead it over the square as fast as possible, with such attention to your limit as you are able to give. The use of the exercise is, indeed, to enable you finally to strike the colour up to the limit with perfect accuracy; but the first thing is to get it even, the power of rightly striking the edge comes only by time and practice; even the greatest artists rarely can do this quite perfectly.
When you paint the color down, you'll notice your brush often goes over the edge of the square or leaves small gaps inside it. Don’t worry about fixing these or stressing over them too much; the key is to get the color to lay down smoothly where it touches, rather than in uneven splotches and light spots. So, try to apply it over the square as quickly as you can, paying as much attention to the edge as you can manage. The purpose of this exercise is to help you eventually apply the color right to the edge with perfect precision; but first, you need to get it even. Developing the skill to accurately hit the edge takes time and practice; even the most skilled artists rarely achieve this perfectly.
When you have done one square, proceed to do another which does not communicate with it. When you have thus done all the alternate squares, as on a chess-board, turn the pasteboard upside down, begin again with the first, and put another coat over it, and so on over all the others. The use[Pg 251] of turning the paper upside down is to neutralise the increase of darkness towards the bottom of the squares, which would otherwise take place from the ponding of the colour.
When you finish one square, move on to another that isn't connected to it. After you've completed all the alternate squares, like on a chessboard, flip the pasteboard over, start again with the first square, and apply another coat of paint over it, continuing the same for all the others. Flipping the paper over helps balance out the darkening that can occur at the bottom of the squares due to color pooling.
Be resolved to use blotting-paper, or a piece of rag, instead of your lips, to dry the brush. The habit of doing so, once acquired, will save you from much partial poisoning. Take care, however, always to draw the brush from root to point, otherwise you will spoil it. You may even wipe it as you would a pen when you want it very dry, without doing harm, provided you do not crush it upwards. Get a good brush at first, and cherish it; it will serve you longer and better than many bad ones.
Be determined to use blotting paper or a cloth instead of your lips to dry the brush. Once you get into the habit of this, it will spare you from a lot of minor accidents. Make sure to always pull the brush from the base to the tip; otherwise, you could ruin it. You can even wipe it like you would a pen when you want it really dry, as long as you don’t press it up. Start with a good brush and take care of it; it will last longer and perform better than many cheap ones.
When you have done the squares all over again, do them a third time, always trying to keep your edges as neat as possible. When your colour is exhausted, mix more in the same proportions, two teaspoonfuls to as much as you can grind with a drop; and when you have done the alternate squares three times over, as the paper will be getting very damp, and dry more slowly, begin on the white squares, and bring them up to the same tint in the same way. The amount of jagged dark line which then will mark the limits of the squares will be the exact measure of your unskilfulness.
When you’ve gone over the squares again, do them a third time, always trying to keep your edges as tidy as possible. When your color runs out, mix more in the same proportions, using two teaspoons to however much you can grind with a drop; and once you’ve completed the alternate squares three times, since the paper will be getting very damp and drying slowly, start on the white squares and bring them up to the same shade in the same way. The amount of uneven dark lines that outline the squares will be the exact measure of your lack of skill.
As soon as you tire of squares draw circles (with compasses); and then draw straight lines irregularly across circles, and fill up the spaces so produced between the straight line and the circumference; and then draw any simple shapes of leaves, according to the exercise No. 2., and fill up those, until you can lay on colour quite evenly in any shape you want.
As soon as you get bored with squares, start drawing circles (using compasses); then draw straight lines randomly across the circles and fill in the spaces created between the straight lines and the edges; after that, draw some simple leaf shapes, following exercise No. 2, and fill those in until you can apply color evenly in any shape you desire.
You will find in the course of this practice, as you cannot always put exactly the same quantity of water to the colour, that the darker the colour is, the more difficult it becomes to lay it on evenly. Therefore, when you have gained some definite degree of power, try to fill in the forms required with a full brush, and a dark tint, at once, instead of laying several coats one over another; always taking care that the tint, however dark, be quite liquid; and that, after being laid on, so much of it is absorbed as to prevent its forming a black line[Pg 252] at the edge as it dries. A little experience will teach you how apt the colour is to do this, and how to prevent it; not that it needs always to be prevented, for a great master in water-colours will sometimes draw a firm outline, when he wants one, simply by letting the colour dry in this way at the edge.
In this practice, you'll notice that since you can't always use the same amount of water with the color, the darker the color, the harder it is to apply it evenly. So, once you've developed a certain level of skill, try to fill in the shapes needed with a full brush and a dark tint all at once, rather than layering several coats on top of each other. Always make sure that the tint, no matter how dark, is completely liquid, and that after applying it, enough of it gets absorbed to prevent it from creating a black line[Pg 252] at the edge as it dries. A bit of practice will show you how prone the color is to doing this and how to avoid it; although you don't always have to avoid it, as a great watercolor artist might sometimes create a solid outline when they want one, simply by letting the color dry this way at the edge.
When, however, you begin to cover complicated forms with the darker colour, no rapidity will prevent the tint from drying irregularly as it is led on from part to part. You will then find the following method useful. Lay in the colour very pale and liquid; so pale, indeed, that you can only just see where it is on the paper. Lead it up to all the outlines, and make it precise in form, keeping it thoroughly wet everywhere. Then, when it is all in shape, take the darker colour, and lay some of it into the middle of the liquid colour. It will spread gradually in a branchy kind of way, and you may now lead it up to the outlines already determined, and play it with the brush till it fills its place well; then let it dry, and it will be as flat and pure as a single dash, yet defining all the complicated forms accurately.
When you start to cover complicated shapes with a darker color, no matter how quickly you work, the paint will dry unevenly as you apply it from one area to another. You'll find the following method helpful. Apply the color very lightly and fluidly; so lightly, in fact, that you can barely see where it is on the paper. Bring it up to all the outlines, and make it sharp in shape, keeping it completely wet everywhere. Once everything is in shape, take the darker color and apply some of it into the center of the wet color. It will spread gradually in a branching manner, and you can then guide it to the outlines you've already defined, adjusting it with the brush until it fills its area well. Let it dry, and it will be as smooth and pure as a single stroke, while accurately outlining all the complex shapes.
Having thus obtained the power of laying on a tolerably flat tint, you must try to lay on a gradated one. Prepare the colour with three or four teaspoonfuls of water; then, when it is mixed, pour away about two-thirds of it, keeping a teaspoonful of pale colour. Sloping your paper as before, draw two pencil lines all the way down, leaving a space between them of the width of a square on your chess-board. Begin at the top of your paper, between the lines; and having struck on the first brushful of colour, and led it down a little, dip your brush deep in water, and mix up the colour on the plate quickly with as much more water as the brush takes up at that one dip: then, with this paler colour, lead the tint farther down. Dip in water again, mix the colour again, and thus lead down the tint, always dipping in water once between each replenishing of the brush, and stirring the colour on the plate well, but as quickly as you can. Go on until the colour has become so pale that you cannot see it; then wash your brush thoroughly in water, and carry the wave down a little[Pg 253] farther with that, and then absorb it with the dry brush, and leave it to dry.
Having learned how to apply a fairly even shade, you should try to create a gradient. Mix the color with three or four teaspoons of water; then, once it's mixed, pour out about two-thirds of it, leaving about a teaspoon of the lighter color. Tilt your paper as before, and draw two pencil lines down the page, leaving a space between them the same width as a square on your chess board. Start at the top of your paper, between the lines; after applying the first brush stroke of color and pulling it down a bit, dip your brush deep in water and quickly mix the color on your palette with as much water as the brush picks up in that one dip. Then, with this lighter color, continue to pull the tint down further. Dip in water again, mix the color again, and keep pulling the tint down, always dipping in water once between each brush reload, and mixing the color on the palette quickly. Continue until the color is so light that you can barely see it; then rinse your brush thoroughly in water and carry the wave down a little farther with that, and finally absorb it with the dry brush, leaving it to dry.
If you get to the bottom of your paper before your colour gets pale, you may either take longer paper, or begin, with the tint as it was when you left off, on another sheet; but be sure to exhaust it to pure whiteness at last. When all is quite dry, recommence at the top with another similar mixture of colour, and go down in the same way. Then again, and then again, and so continually until the colour at the top of the paper is as dark as your cake of Prussian blue, and passes down into pure white paper at the end of your column, with a perfectly smooth gradation from one into the other.
If you reach the bottom of your paper before your color fades, you can either use a longer piece of paper or continue with the same tint on a new sheet. Just make sure to use it until it’s completely white in the end. Once everything is dry, start at the top again with a similar mixture of colors and work your way down the same way. Repeat this process over and over until the color at the top of the paper is as dark as your Prussian blue cake, fading smoothly into pure white at the end of your column.
You will find at first that the paper gets mottled or wavy, instead of evenly gradated; this is because at some places you have taken up more water in your brush than at others, or not mixed it thoroughly on the plate, or led one tint too far before replenishing with the next. Practice only will enable you to do it well; the best artists cannot always get gradations of this kind quite to their minds; nor do they ever leave them on their pictures without after touching.
You may notice that at first the paper looks blotchy or wavy instead of smoothly blended. This happens because in some areas you’ve picked up more water in your brush than in others, or you haven’t mixed it well enough on the palette, or you’ve pushed one color too far before adding the next. Only practice will help you get it right; even the best artists don’t always achieve the gradations they want on the first try, and they often make adjustments to their work afterward.
As you get more power, and can strike the colour more quickly down, you will be able to gradate in less compass;[205] beginning with a small quantity of colour, and adding a drop of water, instead of a brushful; with finer brushes, also, you may gradate to a less scale. But slight skill will enable you to test the relations of colour to shade as far as is necessary for your immediate progress, which is to be done thus:—
As you gain more power and can apply color more quickly, you'll be able to create gradients over a smaller area;[205] starting with a small amount of color and adding a drop of water instead of a full brush; using finer brushes will also allow you to create gradients on a smaller scale. However, with some basic skill, you can explore the relationships between color and shade as needed for your immediate progress, which can be done this way:—
Take cakes of lake, of gamboge, of sepia, of blue-black, of cobalt, and vermilion; and prepare gradated columns (exactly as you have done with the Prussian blue) of the lake and blue-black.[206] Cut a narrow slip all the way down, of each gradated colour, and set the three slips side by side; fasten them down, and rule lines at equal distances across all the three, so as to divide them into fifty degrees, and number the degrees[Pg 254] of each, from light to dark, 1, 2, 3, &c. If you have gradated them rightly, the darkest part either of the red or blue will be nearly equal in power to the darkest part of the blue-black, and any degree of the black slip will also, accurately enough for our purpose, balance in weight the degree similarly numbered in the red or the blue slip. Then, when you are drawing from objects of a crimson or blue colour, if you can match their colour by any compartment of the crimson or blue in your scales, the grey in the compartment of the grey scale marked with the same number is the grey which must represent that crimson or blue in your light and shade drawing.
Take cakes of lake, gamboge, sepia, blue-black, cobalt, and vermilion; and create gradated columns (just like you did with the Prussian blue) of the lake and blue-black.[206] Cut a narrow strip all the way down of each gradated color, and place the three strips side by side; secure them, and draw lines at equal distances across all three to divide them into fifty degrees, numbering the degrees[Pg 254] of each from light to dark, like 1, 2, 3, etc. If you've graded them correctly, the darkest part of either the red or blue will be about equal in intensity to the darkest part of the blue-black, and any degree of the black strip will also, accurately enough for our purpose, correspond in weight to the similarly numbered degree in the red or the blue strip. Then, when you're drawing from objects that are crimson or blue, if you can match their color with any section of the crimson or blue in your scales, the gray from the gray scale marked with the same number is the gray that should represent that crimson or blue in your light and shade drawing.
Next, prepare scales with gamboge, cobalt, and vermilion. You will find that you cannot darken these beyond a certain point;[207] for yellow and scarlet, so long as they remain yellow and scarlet, cannot approach to black; we cannot have, properly speaking, a dark yellow or dark scarlet. Make your scales of full yellow, blue, and scarlet, half-way down; passing then gradually to white. Afterwards use lake to darken the upper half of the vermilion and gamboge; and Prussian blue to darken the cobalt. You will thus have three more scales, passing from white nearly to black, through yellow and orange, through sky-blue, and through scarlet. By mixing the gamboge and Prussian blue you may make another with green; mixing the cobalt and lake, another with violet; the sepia alone will make a forcible brown one; and so on, until you have as many scales as you like, passing from black to white through different colours. Then, supposing your scales properly gradated and equally divided, the compartment or degree No. 1. of the grey will represent in chiaroscuro the No. 1. of all the other colours; No. 2. of grey the No. 2. of the other colours, and so on.
Next, prepare scales with gamboge, cobalt, and vermilion. You’ll notice that you can’t darken these beyond a certain point; for yellow and scarlet, as long as they stay yellow and scarlet, can’t get close to black; we can’t really have a dark yellow or dark scarlet. Make your scales a full yellow, blue, and scarlet halfway down; then gradually mix in white. After that, use lake to darken the upper half of the vermilion and gamboge, and Prussian blue to darken the cobalt. This will give you three additional scales, moving from white nearly to black, through yellow and orange, through sky-blue, and through scarlet. By mixing gamboge and Prussian blue, you can create another scale in green; by mixing cobalt and lake, another one in violet; sepia on its own will create a strong brown; and so on, until you have as many scales as you want, moving from black to white through different colors. Then, assuming your scales are well graduated and evenly divided, compartment or degree No. 1 of the grey will represent in chiaroscuro No. 1 of all the other colors; No. 2 of grey will represent No. 2 of the other colors, and so forth.
It is only necessary, however, in this matter that you should understand the principle; for it would never be possible for you to gradate your scales so truly as to make them practically accurate and serviceable; and even if you could, unless you had about ten thousand scales, and were able to change[Pg 255] them faster than ever juggler changed cards, you could not in a day measure the tints on so much as one side of a frost-bitten apple: but when once you fully understand the principle, and see how all colours contain as it were a certain quantity of darkness, or power of dark relief from white—some more, some less; and how this pitch or power of each may be represented by equivalent values of grey, you will soon be able to arrive shrewdly at an approximation by a glance of the eye, without any measuring scale at all.
It's important for you to understand the principle in this matter. It wouldn't be feasible for you to create your scales so accurately that they would be practical and reliable. Even if you could, unless you had about ten thousand scales and could switch them out faster than a magician changes cards, you wouldn't be able to measure the shades on even one side of a frostbitten apple in a day. But once you grasp the principle and see how all colors contain a certain amount of darkness, or a degree of contrast from white—some with more, some with less—and how this intensity can be represented by equivalent values of grey, you'll quickly learn to make a good estimate just by looking, without needing any measuring scale at all.
You must now go on, again with the pen, drawing patterns, and any shapes of shade that you think pretty, as veinings in marble, or tortoise-shell, spots in surfaces of shells, &c., as tenderly as you can, in the darknesses that correspond to their colours; and when you find you can do this successfully, it is time to begin rounding.
You should now continue, again with the pen, creating patterns and any shapes of shading that you find appealing, like the veining in marble or the spots in tortoise-shell and shells, as delicately as you can, in the shades that match their colors; and when you realize that you can do this well, it’s time to start rounding.
EXERCISE VIII.
Go out into your garden, or into the road, and pick up the first round or oval stone you can find, not very white, nor very dark; and the smoother it is the better, only it must not shine. Draw your table near the window, and put the stone, which I will suppose is about the size of a in Fig. 5. (it had better not be much larger), on a piece of not very white paper, on the table in front of you. Sit so that the light may come from your left, else the shadow of the pencil point interferes with your sight of your work. You must not let the sun fall on the stone, but only ordinary light: therefore choose a window which the sun does not come in at. If you can shut the shutters of the other windows in the room it will be all the better; but this is not of much consequence.
Go outside to your garden or the street and find the first round or oval stone you can. It shouldn't be too white or too dark, and the smoother it is, the better, but it shouldn't shine. Set up your table near the window and place the stone, which I'll assume is about the size of a in Fig. 5 (it shouldn't be much larger), on a piece of not very white paper on the table in front of you. Sit so that the light comes from your left; otherwise, the shadow of the pencil point will interfere with your view of your work. Make sure the sun doesn't shine on the stone, just regular light, so choose a window that doesn't let in direct sunlight. If you can close the shutters of the other windows in the room, that will help, but it's not absolutely necessary.
Now, if you can draw that stone, you can draw anything: I mean, anything that is drawable. Many things (sea foam, for instance) cannot be drawn at all, only the idea of them more or less suggested; but if you can draw the stone rightly, every thing within reach of art is also within yours.
Now, if you can draw that stone, you can draw anything: I mean, anything that can be drawn. Many things (like sea foam, for example) can't be drawn at all, only the idea of them can be suggested to some extent; but if you can draw the stone correctly, everything that art can capture is also within your grasp.
For all drawing depends, primarily, on your power of representing Roundness. If you can once do that, all the rest is easy and straightforward; if you cannot do that, nothing[Pg 256] else that you may be able to do will be of any use. For Nature is all made up of roundnesses; not the roundness of perfect globes, but of variously curved surfaces. Boughs are rounded, leaves are rounded, stones are rounded, clouds are rounded, cheeks are rounded, and curls are rounded: there is no more flatness in the natural world than there is vacancy. The world itself is round, and so is all that is in it, more or less, except human work, which is often very flat indeed.
All drawing depends mainly on your ability to represent roundness. Once you can master that, everything else becomes easy and straightforward; if you can't, then nothing else you might do will be helpful. Nature is made up of round shapes; not perfect spheres, but variously curved surfaces. Branches are rounded, leaves are rounded, stones are rounded, clouds are rounded, cheeks are rounded, and curls are rounded: there's no more flatness in the natural world than there is emptiness. The world itself is round, as is everything in it, to varying degrees, except for human creations, which are often quite flat.
Therefore, set yourself steadily to conquer that round stone, and you have won the battle.
Therefore, focus on overcoming that challenge, and you’ve already won the fight.
Look your stone antagonist boldly in the face. You will see that the side of it next the window is lighter than most of the paper: that the side of it farthest from the window is darker than the paper; and that the light passes into the dark gradually, while a shadow is thrown to the right on the paper itself by the stone: the general appearance of things being more or less as in a, Fig. 5., the spots on the stone excepted, of which more presently.
Look at your stone opponent confidently. You'll notice that the side facing the window is lighter than most of the paper, while the side that's farther away from the window is darker than the paper. The light transitions gradually into the dark, and a shadow is cast to the right on the paper itself by the stone. Overall, things look pretty similar to a, Fig. 5., except for the spots on the stone, which we'll discuss more shortly.
Now, remember always what was stated in the outset, that every thing you can see in Nature is seen only so far as it is lighter or darker than the things about it, or of a different colour from them. It is either seen as a patch of one colour on a ground of another; or as a pale thing relieved from a dark thing, or a dark thing from a pale thing. And if you can put on patches of colour or shade of exactly the same size, shape, and gradations as those on the object and its ground, you will produce the appearance of the object and its ground. The best draughtsman—Titian and Paul Veronese themselves—could do no more than this; and you will soon be able to get some power of doing it in an inferior way, if you once understand the exceeding simplicity of what is to be done. Suppose you have a brown book on a white sheet of paper, on a red tablecloth. You have nothing to do but to put on spaces of red, white, and brown, in the same shape, and gradated from dark to light in the same degrees, and your drawing is done. If you will not look at what you see, if you try to put on brighter or duller colours than are there, if you try to put them on with a dash or a blot, or to cover[Pg 257] your paper with "vigorous" lines, or to produce anything, in fact, but the plain, unaffected, and finished tranquillity of the thing before you, you need not hope to get on. Nature will show you nothing if you set yourself up for her master. But forget yourself, and try to obey her, and you will find obedience easier and happier than you think.
Now, always remember what was mentioned at the beginning: everything you see in nature is visible only because it’s lighter or darker than the things around it, or a different color from them. It’s either seen as a patch of one color against another background, or as a light object against a dark one, or a dark object against a light one. If you can add patches of color or shade that are exactly the same size, shape, and gradation as those on the object and its background, you will create the appearance of the object and its background. The greatest artists—Titian and Paul Veronese themselves—could do no more than this; and you will soon be able to achieve a similar effect, even if it's not perfect, once you understand how surprisingly simple it is. Imagine you have a brown book on a white sheet of paper, on a red tablecloth. All you need to do is add shapes of red, white, and brown, in the same form, and faded from dark to light in the same way, and your drawing is complete. If you don’t observe what you see, if you try to use brighter or duller colors than are present, if you attempt to apply them with a dash or a blot, or cover your paper with “bold” lines, or create anything other than the plain, unaffected, and serene appearance of what’s in front of you, don’t expect to make progress. Nature won’t reveal anything to you if you try to dictate to her. But if you forget yourself and strive to follow her, you’ll find that obeying her is easier and more rewarding than you might think.
The real difficulties are to get the refinement of the forms and the evenness of the gradations. You may depend upon it, when you are dissatisfied with your work, it is always too coarse or too uneven. It may not be wrong—in all probability is not wrong, in any (so-called) great point. But its edges are not true enough in outline; and its shades are in blotches, or scratches, or full of white holes. Get it more tender and more true, and you will find it is more powerful.
The real challenges are achieving the refinement of the forms and the smoothness of the gradations. Trust me, when you’re unhappy with your work, it’s always too rough or inconsistent. It might not be wrong—in all likelihood, it isn’t wrong in any (so-called) great aspect. But its edges aren’t defined enough in shape; and its shades are splotchy, or scratched, or full of blank spots. Make it softer and more precise, and you’ll discover it has more impact.

Do not, therefore, think your drawing must be weak because you have a finely pointed pen in your hand. Till you can draw with that, you can draw with nothing; when you can draw with that, you can draw with a log of wood charred at the end. True boldness and power are only to be gained by care. Even in fencing and dancing, all ultimate ease depends on early precision in the commencement; much more in singing or drawing.[Pg 258]
Don't think your drawing has to be weak just because you have a finely pointed pen. Until you can draw with that, you won't be able to draw with anything else; once you can draw with that, you could draw with a charred log of wood. Real boldness and skill come from practice. Even in fencing and dancing, ultimate ease relies on early precision in the beginning; this is even more true for singing or drawing.[Pg 258]
Now, I do not want you to copy Fig. 5., but to copy the stone before you in the way that Fig. 5. is done. To which end, first measure the extreme length of the stone with compasses, and mark that length on your paper; then, between the points marked, leave something like the form of the stone in light, scrawling the paper all over, round it, as at b, Fig. 5. You cannot rightly see what the form of the stone really is till you begin finishing, so sketch it in quite rudely; only rather leave too much room for the high light, than too little: and then more cautiously fill in the shade, shutting the light gradually up, and putting in the dark cautiously on the dark side. You need not plague yourself about accuracy of shape, because, till you have practised a great deal, it is impossible for you to draw that shape quite truly, and you must gradually gain correctness by means of these various exercises: what you have mainly to do at present is, to get the stone to look solid and round, not much minding what its exact contour is—only draw it as nearly right as you can without vexation; and you will get it more right by thus feeling your way to it in shade, than if you tried to draw the outline at first. For you can see no outline; what you see is only a certain space of gradated shade, with other such spaces about it; and those pieces of shade you are to imitate as nearly as you can, by scrawling the paper over till you get them to the right shape, with the same gradations which they have in Nature. And this is really more likely to be done well, if you have to fight your way through a little confusion in the sketch, than if you have an accurately traced outline. For instance, I was going to draw, beside a, another effect on the stone; reflected light bringing its dark side out from the background: but when I had laid on the first few touches, I thought it would be better to stop, and let you see how I had begun it, at b. In which beginning it will be observed that nothing is so determined but that I can more or less modify, and add to or diminish the contour as I work on, the lines which suggest the outline being blended with the others if I do not want them; and the having to fill up the vacancies and conquer the irregularities of such a sketch, will probably secure a higher[Pg 259] completion at last, than if half an hour had been spent in getting a true outline before beginning.
Now, I don’t want you to copy Fig. 5., but to replicate the stone in front of you using the same approach as in Fig. 5. To start, measure the full length of the stone with a compass and mark that length on your paper; then, between the marked points, outline a rough shape of the stone, filling the paper around it lightly, as shown at b, Fig. 5. You won’t really see the stone's form until you start finishing it, so sketch it loosely; it’s better to leave a bit too much room for the highlight than too little. Then gradually fill in the shade, pulling the light in slowly, and cautiously adding the dark on the dark side. Don’t stress about being perfectly accurate with the shape, because until you practice a lot, it’s impossible to draw it perfectly, and you’ll develop accuracy through these exercises: what you mainly need to focus on now is making the stone appear solid and round, without worrying too much about its exact outline—just draw it as best as you can without getting frustrated; you’ll find it easier to get it right by feeling your way through the shading than if you tried to outline it perfectly at first. You can’t see any clear outline; what you see is just a gradient of shades, with other similar shades around it; and you should try to replicate those shades as closely as possible, scribbling on the paper until they take the right shape, capturing the same gradations you see in nature. This approach is likely to yield better results, even if you face a bit of confusion in your sketch, than if you spent half an hour perfecting an outline before starting. For example, I intended to draw, next to a, another effect on the stone with reflected light revealing its dark side against the background: but after making just a few initial touches, I decided it would be better to pause and let you see how I began at b. In this early stage, you’ll notice that nothing is set in stone, allowing me to adjust and refine the shape as I continue working; the lines suggesting the outline blend with others if I don’t want them, and having to fill in gaps and manage the irregularities of such a sketch is likely to produce a stronger final piece than if I spent thirty minutes getting a perfect outline beforehand.
In doing this, however, take care not to get the drawing too dark. In order to ascertain what the shades of it really are, cut a round hole, about half the size of a pea, in a piece of white paper, the colour of that you use to draw on. Hold this bit of paper, with the hole in it, between you and your stone; and pass the paper backwards and forwards, so as to see the different portions of the stone (or other subject) through the hole. You will find that, thus, the circular hole looks like one of the patches of colour you have been accustomed to match, only changing in depth as it lets different pieces of the stone be seen through it. You will be able thus actually to match the colour of the stone, at any part of it, by tinting the paper beside the circular opening. And you will find that this opening never looks quite black, but that all the roundings of the stone are given by subdued greys.[208]
In doing this, however, be careful not to make the drawing too dark. To figure out what the shades really are, cut a round hole about half the size of a pea in a piece of white paper, the same color as the paper you’re drawing on. Hold this piece of paper, with the hole in it, between you and your stone, and move the paper back and forth to see the different parts of the stone (or other subject) through the hole. You'll notice that the circular hole looks like one of the color patches you've been used to matching, only changing in depth as it allows different parts of the stone to show through. This way, you can actually match the color of the stone at any point by tinting the paper next to the circular opening. You'll find that this opening never looks completely black, but that all the contours of the stone are represented by soft greys.[208]
You will probably find, also, that some parts of the stone, or of the paper it lies on, look luminous through the opening, so that the little circle then tells as a light spot instead of a dark spot. When this is so, you cannot imitate it, for you have no means of getting light brighter than white paper: but by holding the paper more sloped towards the light, you will find that many parts of the stone, which before looked light through the hole, then look dark through it; and if you can place the paper in such a position that every part of the stone looks slightly dark, the little hole will tell always as a spot of shade, and if your drawing is put in the same light, you can imitate or match every gradation. You will be amazed to find, under these circumstances, how slight the differences of tint are, by which, through infinite delicacy of gradation, Nature can express form.
You’ll likely notice that some areas of the stone, or the paper it’s resting on, appear bright through the opening, making the small circle show up as a light spot instead of a dark one. When this happens, you can't replicate it because you can't get a light brighter than white paper. However, if you tilt the paper more towards the light, you’ll see that many parts of the stone, which seemed light through the hole before, now look dark through it. If you can adjust the paper so that every part of the stone appears slightly dark, the small hole will consistently show up as a shadow. If your drawing is in the same light, you can replicate every shade. You’ll be surprised to discover how subtle the differences in tone are, allowing Nature to convey form through an incredibly fine range of gradation.
If any part of your subject will obstinately show itself as a light through the hole, that part you need not hope to imitate. Leave it white, you can do no more.
If any part of your subject stubbornly shines through the hole, you shouldn't expect to imitate it. Leave it white; that’s all you can do.
When you have done the best you can to get the general[Pg 260] form, proceed to finish, by imitating the texture and all the cracks and stains of the stone as closely as you can; and note, in doing this, that cracks or fissures of any kind, whether between stones in walls, or in the grain of timber or rocks, or in any of the thousand other conditions they present, are never expressible by single black lines, or lines of simple shadow. A crack must always have its complete system of light and shade, however small its scale. It is in reality a little ravine, with a dark or shady side, and light or sunny side, and, usually, shadow in the bottom. This is one of the instances in which it may be as well to understand the reason of the appearance; it is not often so in drawing, for the aspects of things are so subtle and confused that they cannot in general be explained; and in the endeavour to explain some, we are sure to lose sight of others, while the natural overestimate of the importance of those on which the attention is fixed, causes us to exaggerate them, so that merely scientific draughtsmen caricature a third part of Nature, and miss two-thirds. The best scholar is he whose eye is so keen as to see at once how the thing looks, and who need not, therefore, trouble himself with any reasons why it looks so: but few people have this acuteness of perception; and to those who are destitute of it, a little pointing out of rule and reason will be a help, especially when a master is not near them. I never allow my own pupils to ask the reason of anything, because, as I watch their work, I can always show them how the thing is, and what appearance they are missing in it; but when a master is not by to direct the sight, science may, here and there, be allowed to do so in his stead.
When you’ve done your best to create the general form, go ahead and finish by closely mimicking the texture, cracks, and stains of the stone. Keep in mind that cracks or fissures of any kind—whether they’re between stones in walls, in the grain of timber or rocks, or in any of the many other forms they take—can’t be represented by just single black lines or simple shadows. A crack should always show a complete range of light and shadow, no matter how small it is. It’s actually like a little ravine, with a dark or shaded side and a light or sunny side, usually with shadow at the bottom. This is one of those cases where understanding why something looks a certain way can be beneficial; it’s not often the case in drawing, since the appearance of things is so subtle and complex that they can’t generally be explained. Trying to explain some aspects often causes us to overlook others, and the natural tendency to overestimate the importance of what grabs our attention leads us to exaggerate those aspects, so that merely scientific draftsmen capture only a third of nature and miss the other two-thirds. The best scholar is someone whose eye is sharp enough to see how things actually look, so they don’t need to worry about why they look that way. However, few people have this sharpness of perception, and for those who don’t, a little guidance on rules and reasons can be helpful, especially when a master isn’t around. I never allow my own students to ask why something is the way it is because I can always show them what they’re missing in their work as I observe it. But when a master isn’t present to direct their sight, some scientific explanation can help in their absence.
Generally, then, every solid illumined object—for instance, the stone you are drawing—has a light side turned towards the light, a dark side turned away from the light, and a shadow, which is cast on something else (as by the stone on the paper it is set upon). You may sometimes be placed so as to see only the light side and shadow, and sometimes only the dark side and shadow, and sometimes both, or either, without the shadow; but in most positions solid objects will show all the three, as the stone does here.[Pg 261]
Generally, every solid object that is lit up—like the stone you’re drawing—has a side that faces the light and appears bright, a side that faces away from the light and appears dark, and a shadow that falls on another surface (like the stone casting a shadow on the paper it’s on). Sometimes, you might find yourself in a position to only see the light side and the shadow, or just the dark side and the shadow, or you could see both the light and dark sides without the shadow. But most of the time, solid objects will display all three features, just like the stone does here.[Pg 261]
Hold up your hand with the edge of it towards you, as you sit now with your side to the window, so that the flat of your hand is turned to the window. You will see one side of your hand distinctly lighted, the other distinctly in shade. Here are light side and dark side, with no seen shadow; the shadow being detached, perhaps on the table, perhaps on the other side of the room; you need not look for it at present.
Hold up your hand with the edge facing you while you sit with your side to the window, so that the flat part of your hand is turned towards the window. You’ll see one side of your hand clearly illuminated and the other side clearly in shadow. Here you have a light side and a dark side, without any visible shadow; the shadow might be on the table or on the other side of the room, but you don’t need to look for it right now.
Take a sheet of note-paper, and holding it edgeways, as you hold your hand, wave it up and down past the side of your hand which is turned from the light, the paper being, of course, farther from the window. You will see, as it passes a strong gleam of light strike on your hand, and light it considerably on its dark side. This light is reflected light. It is thrown back from the paper (on which it strikes first in coming from the window) to the surface of your hand, just as a ball would be if somebody threw it through the window at the wall and you caught it at the rebound.
Take a piece of note paper, and holding it edgewise, like you would your hand, wave it up and down next to the side of your hand that's turned away from the light, with the paper positioned farther from the window. You'll notice that as it moves, a strong beam of light hits your hand and brightens its darker side significantly. This light is reflected light. It bounces back from the paper (where it hits first when coming from the window) to the surface of your hand, just like a ball would if someone threw it through the window at the wall and you caught it as it bounced back.
Next, instead of the note-paper, take a red book, or a piece of scarlet cloth. You will see that the gleam of light falling on your hand, as you wave the book is now reddened. Take a blue book, and you will find the gleam is blue. Thus every object will cast some of its own colour back in the light that it reflects.
Next, instead of the note-paper, grab a red book or a piece of red fabric. You'll notice that the light reflecting off your hand as you wave the book now has a reddish tint. Take a blue book, and you'll see that the light is blue. So, every object will reflect some of its own color back in the light it gives off.
Now it is not only these books or papers that reflect light to your hand: every object in the room, on that side of it, reflects some, but more feebly, and the colours mixing all together form a neutral[209] light, which lets the colour of your hand itself be more distinctly seen than that of any object which reflects light to it; but if there were no reflected light, that side of your hand would look as black as a coal.
Now it’s not just these books or papers that reflect light to your hand: every object in the room on that side reflects some light, but more weakly, and the colors mixing together create a neutral[209] light, which makes the color of your hand stand out more clearly than that of any object reflecting light to it; but if there were no reflected light, that side of your hand would look as black as coal.
Objects are seen, therefore in general, partly by direct light, and partly by light reflected from the objects around them, or from the atmosphere and clouds. The colour of their light sides depends much on that of the direct light, and that of the dark sides on the colours of the objects near them. It is[Pg 262] therefore impossible to say beforehand what colour an object will have at any point of its surface, that colour depending partly on its own tint, and partly on infinite combinations of rays reflected from other things. The only certain fact about dark sides is, that their colour will be changeful, and that a picture which gives them merely darker shades of the colour of the light sides must assuredly be bad.
Objects are generally seen partly by direct light and partly by light reflected from nearby objects, the atmosphere, and clouds. The color of their light sides is heavily influenced by the direct light, while the color of the dark sides depends on the colors of surrounding objects. It is[Pg 262] therefore impossible to predict the color of an object at any specific point on its surface, as this color relies partly on its own tint and partly on countless combinations of rays reflected from other items. The only reliable fact about dark sides is that their color will be variable, and a picture that represents them simply as darker shades of the light sides' color will definitely be poor.
Now, lay your hand flat on the white paper you are drawing on. You will see one side of each finger lighted, one side dark, and the shadow of your hand on the paper. Here, therefore, are the three divisions of shade seen at once. And although the paper is white, and your hand of a rosy colour somewhat darker than white, yet you will see that the shadow all along, just under the finger which casts it, is darker than the flesh, and is of a very deep grey. The reason of this is, that much light is reflected from the paper to the dark side of your finger, but very little is reflected from other things to the paper itself in that chink under your finger.
Now, place your hand flat on the white paper you're drawing on. You’ll notice that one side of each finger is lit, while the other side is dark, along with the shadow of your hand on the paper. So, here are the three areas of shade visible at once. Even though the paper is white and your hand is a rosy color somewhat darker than white, you’ll see that the shadow right beneath the finger casting it is darker than the flesh, showing a very deep gray. This happens because a lot of light reflects from the paper onto the dark side of your finger, but very little light reflects from other things to the paper in that space under your finger.
In general, for this reason, a shadow, or, at any rate, the part of the shadow nearest the object, is darker than the dark side of the object. I say in general, because a thousand accidents may interfere to prevent its being so. Take a little bit of glass, as a wine-glass, or the ink-bottle, and play it about a little on the side of your hand farthest from the window; you will presently find you are throwing gleams of light all over the dark side of your hand, and in some positions of the glass the reflection from it will annihilate the shadow altogether, and you will see your hand dark on the white paper. Now a stupid painter would represent, for instance, a drinking-glass beside the hand of one of his figures, and because he had been taught by rule that "shadow was darker than the dark side," he would never think of the reflection from the glass, but paint a dark grey under the hand, just as if no glass were there. But a great painter would be sure to think of the true effect, and paint it; and then comes the stupid critic, and wonders why the hand is so light on its dark side.
In general, for this reason, a shadow, or at least the part of the shadow closest to the object, is darker than the dark side of the object. I say "in general" because countless factors can interfere and change this. Take a small piece of glass, like a wine glass or an ink bottle, and move it around a bit on the side of your hand that is farthest from the window; you'll soon notice that you're creating reflections of light all over the dark side of your hand, and in some positions of the glass, the reflection can completely eliminate the shadow, making your hand appear dark against the white paper. Now, a clueless painter might depict, for instance, a drinking glass next to the hand of one of his figures, and because he learned by the rule that "shadows are darker than the dark side," he would never consider the reflection from the glass, but instead paint a dark gray beneath the hand, as if there were no glass present. But a skilled painter would definitely take the true effect into account and paint it accordingly; then here comes the oblivious critic, wondering why the hand looks so light on its dark side.
Thus it is always dangerous to assert anything as a rule in matters of art; yet it is useful for you to remember that, in[Pg 263] a general way, a shadow is darker than the dark side of the thing that casts it, supposing the colours otherwise the same; that is to say, when a white object casts a shadow on a white surface, or a dark object on a dark surface: the rule will not hold if the colours are different, the shadow of a black object on a white surface being, of course, not so dark, usually, as the black thing casting it. The only way to ascertain the ultimate truth in such matters is to look for it; but, in the meantime, you will be helped by noticing that the cracks in the stone are little ravines, on one side of which the light strikes sharply, while the other is in shade. This dark side usually casts a little darker shadow at the bottom of the crack; and the general tone of the stone surface is not so bright as the light bank of the ravine. And, therefore, if you get the surface of the object of a uniform tint, more or less indicative of shade, and then scratch out a white spot or streak in it of any shape; by putting a dark touch beside this white one, you may turn it, as you choose, into either a ridge or an incision, into either a boss or a cavity. If you put the dark touch on the side of it nearest the sun, or rather, nearest the place that the light comes from, you will make it a cut or cavity; if you put it on the opposite side, you will make it a ridge or mound: and the complete success of the effect depends less on depth of shade than on the rightness of the drawing; that is to say, on the evident correspondence of the form of the shadow with the form that casts it. In drawing rocks, or wood, or anything irregularly shaped, you will gain far more by a little patience in following the forms carefully, though with slight touches, than by laboured finishing of textures of surface and transparencies of shadow.
It’s always risky to make definitive statements about art, but it's helpful to keep in mind that, in a general sense, a shadow is darker than the darker side of the object that casts it, assuming the colors are the same. For instance, when a white object casts a shadow on a white surface, or a dark object on a dark surface, this principle holds true. However, this won’t apply if the colors are different; a shadow of a black object on a white surface usually isn’t as dark as the black object itself. The best way to find the ultimate truth in these matters is to actually observe, but for now, you can observe that the cracks in the stone resemble small ravines. One side of these cracks is brightly lit, while the other is shaded. The dark side typically casts a slightly darker shadow at the bottom of the crack, and the overall tone of the stone's surface is usually less bright than the illuminated side of the ravine. So, if you create a uniform color on the surface of an object that suggests a shadow and then scratch out a white spot or streak of any shape, by placing a dark mark beside this white area, you can make it appear as either a ridge or a dent. If you place the dark mark on the side closest to the light source, you’ll create the impression of a cavity; if you place it on the opposite side, you'll create a ridge or mound. Ultimately, the success of the effect relies more on the accuracy of the drawing than on the depth of the shadow; that is, on how well the shadow’s shape matches the shape of the object casting it. When drawing rocks, wood, or any irregular shape, you'll benefit far more from being patient and carefully following the forms, even if your touches are light, than from overworking the surfaces or shadows.
When you have got the whole well into shape, proceed to lay on the stains and spots with great care, quite as much as you gave to the forms. Very often, spots or bars of local colour do more to express form than even the light and shade, and they are always interesting as the means by which Nature carries light into her shadows, and shade into her lights, an art of which we shall have more to say hereafter, in speaking of composition. Fig. 5. is a rough sketch of a fossil sea-urchin,[Pg 264] in which the projections of the shell are of black flint, coming through a chalky surface. These projections form dark spots in the light; and their sides, rising out of the shadow, form smaller whitish spots in the dark. You may take such scattered lights as these out with the penknife, provided you are just as careful to place them rightly, as if you got them by a more laborious process.
Once you've got the whole well shaped up, start applying the stains and spots carefully, just as you did with the forms. Often, spots or lines of local color express form better than light and shade do, and they’re always fascinating because they show how Nature brings light into her shadows and shade into her highlights. We’ll discuss this art more later when we talk about composition. Fig. 5 is a rough sketch of a fossil sea urchin,[Pg 264] where the shell’s projections are made of black flint, standing out against a chalky surface. These projections create dark spots in the light, and their sides, emerging from the shadow, create smaller whitish spots in the dark. You can remove such scattered lights with a penknife, as long as you’re just as careful to place them correctly as if you were using a more complicated method.
When you have once got the feeling of the way in which gradation expresses roundness and projection, you may try your strength on anything natural or artificial that happens to take your fancy, provided it be not too complicated in form. I have asked you to draw a stone first, because any irregularities and failures in your shading will be less offensive to you, as being partly characteristic of the rough stone surface, than they would be in a more delicate subject; and you may as well go on drawing rounded stones of different shapes for a little while, till you find you can really shade delicately. You may then take up folds of thick white drapery, a napkin or towel thrown carelessly on the table is as good as anything, and try to express them in the same way; only now you will find that your shades must be wrought with perfect unity and tenderness, or you will lose the flow of the folds. Always remember that a little bit perfected is worth more than many scrawls; whenever you feel yourself inclined to scrawl, give up work resolutely, and do not go back to it till next day. Of course your towel or napkin must be put on something that may be locked up, so that its folds shall not be disturbed till you have finished. If you find that the folds will not look right, get a photograph of a piece of drapery (there are plenty now to be bought, taken from the sculpture of the cathedrals of Rheims, Amiens, and Chartres, which will at once educate your hand and your taste), and copy some piece of that; you will then ascertain what it is that is wanting in your studies from nature, whether more gradation, or greater watchfulness of the disposition of the folds. Probably for some time you will find yourself failing painfully in both, for drapery is very difficult to follow in its sweeps; but do not lose courage, for the greater the difficulty, the greater the gain in the effort. If[Pg 265] your eye is more just in measurement of form than delicate in perception of tint, a pattern on the folded surface will help you. Try whether it does or not; and if the patterned drapery confuses you, keep for a time to the simple white one; but if it helps you, continue to choose patterned stuffs (tartans, and simple chequered designs are better at first than flowered ones), and even though it should confuse you, begin pretty soon to use a pattern occasionally, copying all the distortions and perspective modifications of it among the folds with scrupulous care.
Once you grasp how shading conveys roundness and depth, you can challenge yourself with any natural or man-made object that catches your interest, as long as it's not too complex in shape. I've suggested you start with a stone because any imperfections in your shading will be less frustrating, since they're somewhat typical of a rough stone surface, than they would be with a more delicate subject. Keep drawing rounded stones of different shapes for a while until you feel confident in shading gently. After that, you can try to render folds in thick white fabric; even a napkin or towel casually placed on a table will work. Just remember that your shading needs to have perfect unity and subtlety, or you'll lose the flow of the folds. Always keep in mind that a little perfected detail is worth more than lots of messy sketches; if you feel tempted to rush through your work, step away and come back the next day. Make sure your towel or napkin is placed somewhere it can be secured, so its folds stay intact until you're done. If the folds don't look right, find a photograph of drapery (there are many available, especially from sculptures in the cathedrals of Rheims, Amiens, and Chartres that can help improve your technique and taste), and try copying from that; this will help you identify what’s missing in your natural studies, whether it's more gradation or better attention to how the folds are arranged. You may struggle for a while with both, since drapery can be very challenging to capture as it flows, but don't lose heart; the tougher the challenge, the greater the reward in your effort. If[Pg 265] your eye is better at measuring shapes than at detecting subtle colors, a pattern on the folded fabric might assist you. Try to see if it helps; if the patterned fabric confuses you, stick with simple white for the time being, but if it aids your understanding, start using patterns regularly (plaid or simple checks are easier to start with than floral designs), and even if it confuses you, begin to incorporate patterns soon, carefully copying every distortion and perspective change in the folds.
Neither must you suppose yourself condescending in doing this. The greatest masters are always fond of drawing patterns; and the greater they are, the more pains they take to do it truly.[210] Nor can there be better practice at any time, as introductory to the nobler complication of natural detail. For when you can draw the spots which follow the folds of a printed stuff, you will have some chance of following the spots which fall into the folds of the skin of a leopard as he leaps; but if you cannot draw the manufacture, assuredly you will never be able to draw the creature. So the cloudings on a piece of wood, carefully drawn, will be the best introduction to the drawing of the clouds of the sky, or the waves of the sea; and the dead leaf-patterns on a damask drapery, well rendered, will enable you to disentangle masterfully the living leaf-patterns of a thorn thicket, or a violet bank.
You shouldn't think of yourself as being condescending when you do this. The best artists always enjoy creating patterns; and the greater their skill, the more effort they put into doing it accurately.[210] There’s no better practice at any time as a way to prepare for the more complex details of nature. When you can draw the spots that follow the folds of a patterned fabric, you’ll have a better chance of capturing the spots that appear in the folds of a leopard's skin as it jumps; but if you can’t draw the fabric, you definitely won’t be able to draw the animal. Similarly, the patterns of shading on a piece of wood, drawn with care, will be the best way to prepare for drawing the clouds in the sky or the waves of the sea; and the patterns of dead leaves on a damask fabric, skillfully rendered, will help you masterfully depict the living leaf patterns in a thorn thicket or a patch of violets.
Observe, however, in drawing any stuffs, or bindings of books, or other finely textured substances, do not trouble yourself, as yet, much about the woolliness or gauziness of the thing; but get it right in shade and fold, and true in pattern. We shall see, in the course of after-practice, how the penned[Pg 266] lines may be made indicative of texture; but at present attend only to the light, and shade, and pattern. You will be puzzled at first by lustrous surfaces, but a little attention will show you that the expression of these depends merely on the right drawing of their light, and shade, and reflections. Put a small black japanned tray on the table in front of some books; and you will see it reflects the objects beyond it as in a little black rippled pond; its own colour mingling always with that of the reflected objects. Draw these reflections of the books properly, making them dark and distorted, as you will see that they are, and you will find that this gives the lustre to your tray. It is not well, however, to draw polished objects in general practice; only you should do one or two in order to understand the aspect of any lustrous portion of other things, such as you cannot avoid; the gold, for instance, on the edges of books, or the shining of silk and damask, in which lies a great part of the expression of their folds. Observe, also, that there are very few things which are totally without lustre: you will frequently find a light which puzzles you, on some apparently dull surface, to be the dim image of another object.
When drawing materials like book bindings or other finely textured items, don't worry too much about their softness or transparency just yet. Focus on getting the shades, folds, and patterns correct. Later, we'll learn how to make drawn lines suggest texture, but for now, concentrate on the light, shade, and pattern. You might find it confusing at first to draw shiny surfaces, but with a bit of practice, you'll see that capturing their shine relies on accurately depicting their light, shade, and reflections. Place a small black tray on the table in front of some books, and you'll notice it reflects the objects behind it like a little black rippled pond, blending its color with those around it. Draw these reflections of the books accurately, making them dark and distorted like they truly are, and this will give your tray its shine. However, drawing polished objects isn't essential in general practice; you might want to do one or two to understand how shiny parts of other things look, like the gold edges of books or the sheen of silk and damask, which adds a lot to the expression of their folds. Also, keep in mind that very few things are completely without shine: often, you'll find that light on a seemingly dull surface is just a faint reflection of another object.
And now, as soon as you can conscientiously assure me that with the point of the pen or pencil you can lay on any form and shade you like, I give you leave to use the brush with one colour,—sepia, or blue-black, or mixed cobalt and blue-black, or neutral tint; and this will much facilitate your study, and refresh you. But, preliminarily, you must do one or two more exercises in tinting.
And now, as soon as you can confidently tell me that you can create any shape and shading you want with a pen or pencil, I’ll let you use a brush with one color—sepia, blue-black, mixed cobalt and blue-black, or neutral tint; this will make your study much easier and invigorate you. However, before that, you need to complete one or two more exercises in tinting.
EXERCISE IX.
Prepare your colour as before directed. Take a brush full of it, and strike it on the paper in any irregular shape; as the brush gets dry sweep the surface of the paper with it as if you were dusting the paper very lightly; every such sweep of the brush will leave a number of more or less minute interstices in the colour. The lighter and faster every dash the better. Then leave the whole to dry, and as soon as it is dry, with little[Pg 267] colour in your brush, so that you can bring it to a fine point, fill up all the little interstices one by one, so as to make the whole as even as you can, and fill in the larger gaps with more colour, always trying to let the edges of the first and of the newly applied colour exactly meet, and not lap over each other. When your new colour dries, you will find it in places a little paler than the first. Retouch it, therefore, trying to get the whole to look quite one piece. A very small bit of colour thus filled up with your very best care, and brought to look as if it had been quite even from the first, will give you better practice and more skill than a great deal filled in carelessly; so do it with your best patience, not leaving the most minute spot of white; and do not fill in the large pieces first and then go to the small, but quietly and steadily cover in the whole up to a marked limit; then advance a little farther, and so on; thus always seeing distinctly what is done and what undone.
Get ready your paint as you did before. Grab a brush full of it and dab it onto the paper in any random shape. As the brush dries, lightly sweep across the surface, almost like you're dusting it off. Each sweep will create various small gaps in the paint. The lighter and quicker each stroke, the better. Let it all dry, and once it's dry, use a little[Pg 267] paint on your brush, enough to make a sharp point, and fill in each of the small gaps one by one to make everything as even as possible, using more paint for the larger gaps. Always aim to let the edges of the original color and the new color meet perfectly without overlapping. When the new paint dries, it may be slightly lighter than the first layer. Touch it up so that everything looks seamless. Filling in even a small area with great care will give you more practice and skill than carelessly covering large areas; so take your time, ensuring there's no tiny spot of white left. Don't tackle large areas first and then small ones; instead, carefully cover the whole area up to a marked limit, then move a little further, and continue like this, always clearly seeing what you’ve completed and what still needs attention.
EXERCISE X.
Lay a coat of the blue, prepared as usual, over a whole square of paper. Let it dry. Then another coat over four-fifths of the square, or thereabouts, leaving the edge rather irregular than straight, and let it dry. Then another coat over three-fifths; another over two-fifths; and the last over one-fifth; so that the square may present the appearance of gradual increase in darkness in five bands, each darker than the one beyond it. Then, with the brush rather dry (as in the former exercise, when filling up the interstices), try, with small touches, like those used in the pen etching, only a little broader, to add shade delicately beyond each edge, so as to lead the darker tints into the paler ones imperceptibly. By touching the paper very lightly, and putting a multitude of little touches, crossing and recrossing in every direction, you will gradually be able to work up to the darker tints, outside of each, so as quite to efface their edges, and unite them tenderly with the next tint. The whole square, when done, should look evenly shaded from dark to pale, with no bars;[Pg 268] only a crossing texture of touches, something like chopped straw, over the whole.[211]
Apply a coat of blue, prepared as usual, over the entire square of paper. Let it dry. Then add another coat over about four-fifths of the square, leaving the edge a bit irregular rather than straight, and let it dry. Next, apply another coat over three-fifths; then another over two-fifths; and the last one over one-fifth, so that the square shows a gradual shift in darkness in five bands, each darker than the one next to it. Then, with the brush fairly dry (as in the previous exercise, when filling the gaps), try to add subtle shading just beyond each edge with small touches, similar to those used in pen etching but slightly broader, to blend the darker tints into the lighter ones seamlessly. By lightly touching the paper and making a multitude of small touches, crossing and recrossing in all directions, you will gradually build up the darker tints outside each edge, effectively softening their edges and merging them gently with the next tint. When finished, the whole square should appear evenly shaded from dark to light, with no distinct lines; [Pg 268] just a textured pattern of touches, resembling chopped straw, over the entire surface.[211]
Next, take your rounded pebble; arrange it in any light and shade you like; outline it very loosely with the pencil. Put on a wash of colour, prepared very pale, quite flat over all of it, except the highest light, leaving the edge of your colour quite sharp. Then another wash, extending only over the darker parts, leaving the edge of that sharp also, as in tinting the square. Then another wash over the still darker parts, and another over the darkest, leaving each edge to dry sharp. Then, with the small touches, efface the edges, reinforce the darks, and work the whole delicately together, as you would with the pen, till you have got it to the likeness of the true light and shade. You will find that the tint underneath is a great help, and that you can now get effects much more subtle and complete than with the pen merely.
Next, take your rounded pebble; arrange it in any light and shadow you prefer; loosely outline it with a pencil. Apply a very pale, flat wash of color over the entire surface, except for the brightest highlight, keeping the edge of your color nice and sharp. Then apply another wash that covers only the darker areas, leaving that edge sharp as well, just like you did when tinting the square. Next, add another wash over the even darker areas, and one more over the darkest parts, making sure each edge dries sharp. After that, with small touches, soften the edges, deepen the dark areas, and blend everything gently together, just like you would with a pen, until you achieve a true representation of light and shadow. You'll find that the base tint is very helpful, allowing you to create effects that are much more subtle and complete than you could achieve with just a pen.
The use of leaving the edges always sharp is that you may not trouble or vex the colour, but let it lie as it falls suddenly on the paper; colour looks much more lovely when it has been laid on with a dash of the brush, and left to dry in its own way, than when it has been dragged about and disturbed; so that it is always better to let the edges and forms be a little wrong, even if one cannot correct them afterwards, than to lose this fresh quality of the tint. Very great masters in water-colour can lay on the true forms at once with a dash, and bad masters in water-colour lay on grossly false forms with a dash, and leave them false; for people in general, not knowing false from true, are as much pleased with the appearance of power in the irregular blot as with the presence of power in the determined one; but we, in our beginnings, must do as much as we can with the broad dash, and then correct with the point, till we are quite right. We must take care to be right, at whatever cost of pains; and then gradually we shall find we can be right with freedom.
Keeping the edges sharp is important because it allows you to avoid messing with the color and lets it settle naturally on the paper. Color looks so much better when it’s applied quickly with a brush and allowed to dry on its own, compared to when it's excessively manipulated; so it’s always preferable to have the edges and shapes be a little off, even if you can’t fix them later, rather than lose that fresh quality of the color. Great watercolor artists can capture the true shapes in one quick stroke, while bad watercolor artists create obviously incorrect shapes with a quick stroke and leave them as they are; because most people, not being able to tell right from wrong, can appreciate the sense of skill in an irregular splash just as much as in a precise one. However, in our early stages, we need to do as much as possible with the broad stroke and then refine it with fine details until we get it right. We must ensure we’re accurate, no matter how much effort it takes; and then, over time, we will discover we can achieve accuracy with more freedom.
I have hitherto limited you to colour mixed with two or[Pg 269] three teaspoonfuls of water; but in finishing your light and shade from the stone, you may, as you efface the edge of the palest coat towards the light, use the colour for the small touches with more and more water, till it is so pale as not to be perceptible. Thus you may obtain a perfect gradation to the light. And in reinforcing the darks, when they are very dark, you may use less and less water. If you take the colour tolerably dark on your brush, only always liquid (not pasty), and dash away the superfluous colour on blotting-paper, you will find that, touching the paper very lightly with the dry brush, you can, by repeated touches, produce a dusty kind of bloom, very valuable in giving depth to shadow; but it requires great patience and delicacy of hand to do this properly. You will find much of this kind of work in the grounds and shadows of William Hunt's drawings.[212]
I have so far limited you to mixing color with two or three teaspoonfuls of water; but when finalizing your light and shade from the stone, you can, as you blend the edge of the lightest color, use the paint with more and more water until it's so faint it can hardly be seen. This way, you can achieve a perfect gradation to the light. And when reinforcing the dark areas, if they are very dark, use less and less water. If you keep the color reasonably dark on your brush, always liquid (not thick), and wipe off any excess color on blotting paper, you'll notice that by lightly touching the paper with the dry brush and making repeated touches, you can create a dusty bloom that's really useful for adding depth to shadows. But this requires a lot of patience and a delicate touch to do properly. You'll see a lot of this technique in the grounds and shadows of William Hunt's drawings.[212]
As you get used to the brush and colour, you will gradually find out their ways for yourself, and get the management of them. Nothing but practice will do this perfectly; but you will often save yourself much discouragement by remembering what I have so often asserted,—that if anything goes wrong, it is nearly sure to be refinement that is wanting, not force; and connexion, not alteration. If you dislike the state your drawing is in, do not lose patience with it, nor dash at it, nor alter its plan, nor rub it desperately out, at the place you think wrong; but look if there are no shadows you can gradate more perfectly; no little gaps and rents you can fill; no forms you can more delicately define: and do not rush at any of the errors or incompletions thus discerned, but efface or supply slowly, and you will soon find your drawing take another look. A very useful expedient in producing some effects, is to wet the paper, and then lay the colour on it, more or less wet, according to the effect you want. You will soon see how prettily it gradates itself as it dries; when dry, you can reinforce it with delicate stippling when you want it darker. Also, while the colour is still damp on the paper, by drying your brush thoroughly, and touching the colour with the brush so dried, you may take out soft lights with great[Pg 270] tenderness and precision. Try all sorts of experiments of this kind, noticing how the colour behaves; but remembering always that your final results must be obtained, and can only be obtained, by pure work with the point, as much as in the pen drawing.
As you get used to the brush and color, you'll gradually discover how to manage them yourself. Only practice will help you master this completely; but you'll save yourself a lot of frustration by remembering what I've often said—that if something goes wrong, it's usually a matter of refinement that's needed, not force; and connection, not change. If you’re unhappy with how your drawing looks, don’t lose your patience with it, don’t attack it, don’t change its structure, and don’t erase it furiously from the parts you think are wrong; instead, check if there are any shadows you can blend more smoothly, any little gaps you can fill, or any shapes you can define more clearly. Don’t rush into fixing the errors or incomplete areas you notice, but take your time to either erase or add carefully, and you'll soon see your drawing transform. A really effective way to create certain effects is to wet the paper, then apply color to it, adjusting how wet it is based on the effect you want. You'll see how beautifully it blends as it dries; once dry, you can enhance it with delicate stippling if you want it to be darker. Also, while the color is still wet on the paper, you can dry your brush thoroughly and then touch it to the wet color to lift out soft highlights with great tenderness and precision. Experiment with all sorts of techniques like this, observing how the color reacts; but always keep in mind that your final results must come from pure work with the brush, just like in pen drawing.
You will find also, as you deal with more and more complicated subjects, that Nature's resources in light and shade are so much richer than yours, that you cannot possibly get all, or anything like all, the gradations of shadow in any given group. When this is the case, determine first to keep the broad masses of things distinct: if, for instance, there is a green book, and a white piece of paper, and a black inkstand in the group, be sure to keep the white paper as a light mass, the green book as a middle tint mass, the black inkstand as a dark mass; and do not shade the folds in the paper, or corners of the book, so as to equal in depth the darkness of the inkstand. The great difference between the masters of light and shade, and imperfect artists, is the power of the former to draw so delicately as to express form in a dark-coloured object with little light, and in a light-coloured object with little darkness; and it is better even to leave the forms here and there unsatisfactorily rendered than to lose the general relations of the great masses. And this observe, not because masses are grand or desirable things in your composition (for with composition at present you have nothing whatever to do), but because it is a fact that things do so present themselves to the eyes of men, and that we see paper, book, and inkstand as three separate things, before we see the wrinkles, or chinks, or corners of any of the three. Understand, therefore, at once, that no detail can be as strongly expressed in drawing as it is in the reality; and strive to keep all your shadows and marks and minor markings on the masses, lighter than they appear to be in Nature, you are sure otherwise to get them too dark. You will in doing this find that you cannot get the projection of things sufficiently shown; but never mind that; there is no need that they should appear to project, but great need that their relations of shade to each other should be preserved. All deceptive projection is obtained by partial exaggeration of[Pg 271] shadow; and whenever you see it, you may be sure the drawing is more or less bad; a thoroughly fine drawing or painting will always show a slight tendency towards flatness.
You will also notice, as you tackle more complex subjects, that Nature offers a much richer range of light and shadow than you can capture. You won’t be able to portray all, or even close to all, the subtle variations of shadow in any particular scene. When this happens, start by keeping the main elements distinct: for example, if you have a green book, a white piece of paper, and a black inkstand in your composition, make sure to represent the white paper as a light object, the green book as a mid-tone object, and the black inkstand as a dark object. Avoid shading the folds in the paper or the corners of the book to the same depth as the darkness of the inkstand. The key difference between masters of light and shadow and less skilled artists is how the former can delicately capture form in a dark object with minimal light and in a light object with minimal shadow. It’s actually better to leave some forms looking unfinished than to compromise the overall relationships of the major masses. Remember this, not because masses are necessarily impressive or desirable in your composition (since composition isn’t your focus right now), but because things do present themselves to our eyes as distinct entities. We see the paper, book, and inkstand as three separate items before we notice the details like wrinkles or corners. Therefore, understand immediately that no detail can be as vividly represented in drawing as it is in reality, and aim to keep all your shadows and markings on the masses lighter than they appear in Nature; otherwise, they will likely turn out too dark. By doing this, you might struggle to show the projection of objects adequately, but don’t worry about that; it’s less important for them to appear to project than it is to maintain their relative shades. All misleading projections come from exaggerating shadows, and whenever you spot this, you can be sure the drawing is flawed to some extent. A truly excellent drawing or painting will often lean towards a slight flatness.
Observe, on the other hand, that however white an object may be, there is always some small point of it whiter than the rest. You must therefore have a slight tone of grey over everything in your picture except on the extreme high lights; even the piece of white paper, in your subject, must be toned slightly down, unless (and there are a thousand chances to one against its being so) it should all be turned so as fully to front the light. By examining the treatment of the white objects in any pictures accessible to you by Paul Veronese or Titian, you will soon understand this.[213]
Notice that no matter how white an object is, there's always a tiny spot that’s whiter than the rest. Therefore, you need to add a slight grey tint to everything in your picture except for the brightest highlights; even the piece of white paper in your subject should be toned down a bit unless (and the odds are a thousand to one against this) it's perfectly facing the light. By looking at how white objects are treated in any paintings by Paul Veronese or Titian that you can find, you'll quickly grasp this concept.[213]
As soon as you feel yourself capable of expressing with the brush the undulations of surfaces and the relations of masses, you may proceed to draw more complicated and beautiful things.[214] And first, the boughs of trees, now not in mere dark relief, but in full rounding. Take the first bit of branch or stump that comes to hand, with a fork in it; cut off the ends of the forking branches, so as to leave the whole only about a foot in length; get a piece of paper the same size, fix your bit of branch in some place where its position will not be altered, and draw it thoroughly, in all its light and shade, full size; striving, above all things, to get an accurate expression of its structure at the fork of the branch. When once you[Pg 272] have mastered the tree at its armpits, you will have little more trouble with it.
As soon as you feel ready to express the curves of surfaces and the relationships of masses with your brush, you can start drawing more complex and beautiful things.[214] First, try drawing the branches of trees, not just in simple dark outlines, but in full depth. Take the first branch or stump you find that has a fork; trim the ends of the forked branches so that the whole piece is about a foot long. Get a piece of paper the same size, secure your branch in place so it won't move, and draw it carefully, capturing all its light and shadow, life-size. Focus especially on accurately depicting its structure at the fork of the branch. Once you’ve mastered the tree at its armpits, you won’t have much more difficulty with it.
Always draw whatever the background happens to be, exactly as you see it. Wherever you have fastened the bough, you must draw whatever is behind it, ugly or not, else you will never know whether the light and shade are right; they may appear quite wrong to you, only for want of the background. And this general law is to be observed in all your studies: whatever you draw, draw completely and unalteringly, else you never know if what you have done is right, or whether you could have done it rightly had you tried. There is nothing visible out of which you may not get useful practice.
Always draw whatever the background is, exactly as you see it. No matter where you’ve attached the branch, you must include whatever is behind it, whether it's ugly or not, otherwise, you’ll never know if the light and shadow are correct; they might seem off to you just because of the missing background. And this rule should be followed in all your studies: whatever you draw, draw it completely and exactly, or you’ll never know if what you’ve done is right or if you could have done it correctly if you had tried. There’s nothing visible that you can’t use for valuable practice.
Next, to put the leaves on your boughs. Gather a small twig with four or five leaves on it, put it into water, put a sheet of light-coloured or white paper behind it, so that all the leaves may be relieved in dark from the white field; then sketch in their dark shape carefully with pencil as you did the complicated boughs, in order to be sure that all their masses and interstices are right in shape before you begin shading, and complete as far as you can with pen and ink, in the manner of Fig. 6., which is a young shoot of lilac.
Next, to add the leaves to your branches. Take a small twig with four or five leaves, place it in water, and put a sheet of light-colored or white paper behind it so that the leaves stand out against the dark background. Then carefully sketch their dark shapes with a pencil, just like you did with the complex branches, to ensure that all their forms and gaps are accurate before you start shading. Complete it as much as you can with pen and ink, similar to Fig. 6, which shows a young lilac shoot.

You will probably, in spite of all your pattern drawings, be at first puzzled by leaf foreshortening; especially because the look of retirement or projection depends not so much on the perspective of the leaves themselves as on the double sight of the two eyes. Now there are certain artifices by which good[Pg 273] painters can partly conquer this difficulty; as slight exaggerations of force or colour in the nearer parts, and of obscurity in the more distant ones; but you must not attempt anything of this kind. When you are first sketching the leaves, shut one of your eyes, fix a point in the background, to bring the point of one of the leaves against, and so sketch the whole bough as you see it in a fixed position, looking with one eye only. Your drawing never can be made to look like the object itself, as you see that object with both eyes,[215] but it can be made perfectly like the object seen with one, and you must be content when you have got a resemblance on these terms.
You will likely find yourself confused by how leaves appear when you first try to draw them, despite all your practice. This confusion happens because how a leaf seems to be pushed back or pulled forward relies more on how each of your eyes views it rather than the leaves' perspective themselves. Skilled artists have methods to work around this issue, like slightly exaggerating brightness or color in the foreground and muting them in the background; however, you shouldn't try those techniques yet. When you start sketching the leaves, close one eye, focus on a point in the background to align with one of the leaves, and then sketch the entire branch as you see it from that one perspective. Your drawing will never look exactly like the object as you see it with both eyes, but it can be a close representation as seen with one eye, and you should be satisfied with that resemblance.
In order to get clearly at the notion of the thing to be done, take a single long leaf, hold it with its point towards you, and as flat as you can, so as to see nothing of it but its thinness, as if you wanted to know how thin it was; outline it so. Then slope it down gradually towards you, and watch it as it lengthens out to its full length, held perpendicularly down before you. Draw it in three or four different positions between these extremes, with its ribs as they appear in each position, and you will soon find out how it must be.
To understand the task at hand, take a long leaf, hold it with the tip facing you, and as flat as possible so that all you see is its thinness, as if you're trying to determine how thin it is; outline it that way. Then angle it down towards you, and observe how it stretches out to its full length, positioned vertically in front of you. Sketch it in three or four different positions between these extremes, including the ribs as they appear in each position, and you'll quickly figure out how it should look.
Draw first only two or three of the leaves; then larger clusters; and practise, in this way, more and more complicated pieces of bough and leafage, till you find you can master the most difficult arrangements, not consisting of more than ten or twelve leaves. You will find as you do this, if you have an opportunity of visiting any gallery of pictures, that you take a much more lively interest than before in the work of the great masters; you will see that very often their best backgrounds are composed of little more than a few sprays of leafage, carefully studied, brought against the distant sky; and that another wreath or two form the chief interest of their foregrounds. If you live in London you may test your progress accurately by the degree of admiration you feel for the leaves of vine round the head of the Bacchus, in Titian's Bacchus[Pg 274] and Ariadne. All this, however, will not enable you to draw a mass of foliage. You will find, on looking at any rich piece of vegetation, that it is only one or two of the nearer clusters that you can by any possibility draw in this complete manner. The mass is too vast, and too intricate, to be thus dealt with.
Start by drawing just two or three leaves; then move on to larger clusters. Practice like this, gradually working on more complex arrangements of branches and leaves until you can handle the most challenging compositions, which shouldn't have more than ten or twelve leaves. As you do this, if you get a chance to visit any art gallery, you’ll notice that you take a much greater interest in the works of the great masters. You'll see that often their best backgrounds consist of just a few thoughtfully painted sprays of leaves set against a distant sky, and one or two additional wreaths make up the main focus in their foregrounds. If you live in London, you can accurately measure your improvement by how much you admire the vine leaves around the head of Bacchus in Titian's Bacchus and Ariadne. However, this will not help you with drawing a large mass of foliage. When you look at any dense patch of plants, you’ll find that you can only fully capture one or two of the nearest clusters. The overall mass is too large and too complex to handle in that way.

You must now therefore have recourse to some confused mode of execution, capable of expressing the confusion of Nature. And, first, you must understand what the character of that confusion is. If you look carefully at the outer sprays of any tree at twenty or thirty yards' distance, you will see them defined against the sky in masses, which, at first, look quite definite; but if you examine them, you will see, mingled with the real shapes of leaves, many indistinct lines, which are, some of them, stalks of leaves, and some, leaves seen with the edge turned towards you, and coming into sight in a broken way; for, supposing the real leaf shape to be as at a, Fig. 7., this, when removed some yards from the eye, will appear dark against the sky, as at b; then, when removed some yards farther still, the stalk and point disappear altogether, the middle of the leaf becomes little more than a line; and the result is the condition at c, only with this farther subtlety in the look of it, inexpressible in the woodcut, that the stalk and point of the leaf, though they have disappeared to the eye, have yet some influence in checking the light at the places where they exist, and cause a slight dimness about the part of the leaf which remains visible, so that its perfect effect could only be rendered by two layers of colour, one subduing the sky tone[Pg 275] a little, the next drawing the broken portions of the leaf, as at c, and carefully indicating the greater darkness of the spot in the middle, where the under side of the leaf is.
You now need to adopt a somewhat chaotic way of executing this, capable of expressing Nature's confusion. First, you need to understand what that confusion actually is. If you take a good look at the outer branches of any tree from twenty or thirty yards away, you’ll see them outlined against the sky in clumps that initially seem clear. But if you examine them closely, you'll notice that mixed in with the actual shapes of leaves are many blurry lines—some are stalks of leaves, while others are leaves viewed edge-on, appearing in a fragmented way. For instance, if the actual shape of the leaf is like a, Fig. 7, then from a few yards away, it will show up dark against the sky, as in b. When viewed from even farther away, the stalk and tip fade out completely, and the middle of the leaf reduces to little more than a line; this results in the appearance at c, but with one additional subtlety that can’t be captured in the woodcut: even though the stalk and tip have vanished from sight, they still affect how the light interacts with the parts of the leaf that remain visible. This causes a slight dimness around the visible part, meaning the complete effect could only be achieved with two layers of color—one to slightly tone down the sky, and the other to depict the fragmented parts of the leaf as in c, while carefully highlighting the deeper shadow in the middle where the underside of the leaf is.
This is the perfect theory of the matter. In practice we cannot reach such accuracy; but we shall be able to render the general look of the foliage satisfactorily by the following mode of practice.
This is the ideal theory on the subject. In reality, we won't achieve that level of precision; however, we can successfully capture the overall appearance of the foliage using the following method.
Gather a spray of any tree, about a foot or eighteen inches long. Fix it firmly by the stem in anything that will support it steadily; put it about eight feet away from you, or ten if you are far-sighted. Put a sheet of not very white paper behind it, as usual. Then draw very carefully, first placing them with pencil, and then filling them up with ink, every leaf, mass and stalk of it in simple black profile, as you see them against the paper: Fig. 8. is a bough of Phillyrea so drawn. Do not be afraid of running the leaves into a black mass when they come together; this exercise is only to teach you what the actual shapes of such masses are when seen against the sky.
Gather a branch from any tree, about a foot or eighteen inches long. Secure it firmly by the stem in something that will support it steadily; position it about eight feet away from you, or ten if you're far-sighted. Place a sheet of not very white paper behind it, as usual. Then draw very carefully, first sketching with a pencil, and then filling in with ink, every leaf, mass, and stalk in simple black silhouette, as you see them against the paper: Fig. 8. shows a bough of Phillyrea drawn this way. Don’t worry about the leaves blending into a black shape when they come together; this exercise is just to help you understand the actual shapes of such forms when seen against the sky.

Make two careful studies of this kind of one bough of every common tree—oak, ash, elm, birch, beech, &c.; in fact, if you[Pg 276] are good, and industrious, you will make one such study carefully at least three times a week, until you have examples of every sort of tree and shrub you can get branches of. You are to make two studies of each bough, for this reason—all masses of foliage have an upper and under surface, and the side view of them, or profile, shows a wholly different organisation of branches from that seen in the view from above. They are generally seen more or less in profile, as you look at the whole tree, and Nature puts her best composition into the profile arrangement. But the view from above or below occurs not unfrequently, also, and it is quite necessary you should draw it if you wish to understand the anatomy of the tree. The difference between the two views is often far greater than you could easily conceive. For instance, in Fig. 9., a is the upper view, and b the profile, of a single spray of Phillyrea. Fig. 8. is an intermediate view of a larger bough; seen from beneath, but at some lateral distance also.
Make two detailed studies of one branch from every common tree—oak, ash, elm, birch, beech, etc. In fact, if you’re diligent and dedicated, you should aim to do this at least three times a week until you have examples of every type of tree and shrub you can find branches from. You need to create two studies for each branch for this reason: all clumps of leaves have a top and a bottom surface, and the side view of them, or profile, shows a completely different arrangement of branches than what you see from above. They are usually seen more or less from the side when you look at the entire tree, and Nature puts her best composition into the profile arrangement. However, views from above or below also happen fairly often, and it’s essential to draw them if you want to understand the tree's structure. The difference between the two views can be much more significant than you might think. For example, in Fig. 9, a is the top view, and b is the profile of a single sprig of Phillyrea. Fig. 8 is a mid-range view of a larger branch; seen from below but also from a slight distance.

When you have done a few branches in this manner, take one of the drawings, and put it first a yard away from you, then a yard and a half, then two yards; observe how the thinner stalks and leaves gradually disappear, leaving only a vague and slight darkness where they were, and make another study of the effect at each distance, taking care to draw nothing more than you really see, for in this consists all the difference between what would be merely a miniature drawing of the leaves seen near, and a full-size drawing of the same leaves at a distance. By full size, I mean the size which they would really appear of if their outline were traced through a pane of[Pg 277] glass held at the same distance from the eye at which you mean to hold your drawing. You can always ascertain this full size of any object by holding your paper upright before you, at the distance from your eye at which you wish your drawing to be seen. Bring its edge across the object you have to draw, and mark upon this edge the points where the outline of the object crosses, or goes behind, the edge of the paper. You will always find it, thus measured, smaller than you supposed.
When you’ve done a few branches like this, take one of the drawings and place it first a yard away from you, then a yard and a half, then two yards. Notice how the thinner stems and leaves gradually fade away, leaving just a faint shadow where they were, and make another study of how it looks at each distance, making sure to draw only what you actually see. This is what distinguishes a miniature drawing of the leaves viewed up close from a full-size drawing of the same leaves from farther away. By full size, I mean the size they would realistically appear if their outline were traced through a pane of[Pg 277] glass held at the same distance from your eye as your drawing will be. You can always find this full size for any object by holding your paper upright in front of you, at the distance from your eye at which you want your drawing to be viewed. Align the edge of the paper with the object you need to draw, and mark along this edge the points where the outline of the object crosses or goes behind the edge of the paper. You’ll always find that, when measured this way, it’s smaller than you thought.
When you have made a few careful experiments of this kind on your own drawings, (which are better for practice, at first, than the real trees, because the black profile in the drawing is quite stable, and does not shake, and is not confused by sparkles of lustre on the leaves,) you may try the extremities of the real trees, only not doing much at a time, for the brightness of the sky will dazzle and perplex your sight. And this brightness causes, I believe, some loss of the outline itself; at least the chemical action of the light in a photograph extends much within the edges of the leaves, and, as it were, eats them away so that no tree extremity, stand it ever so still, nor any other form coming against bright sky, is truly drawn by a photograph; and if you once succeed in drawing a few sprays rightly, you will find the result much more lovely and interesting than any photograph can be.
When you’ve done a few careful experiments like this on your own drawings, (which are better for practice at first than real trees, because the black outline in the drawing is stable, doesn’t shake, and isn’t affected by shimmers on the leaves,) you can try sketching the edges of real trees, but just take it slow, because the brightness of the sky can dazzle and confuse your eyes. This brightness also makes it hard to see the outlines clearly; at least, the way light reacts in a photograph spreads much beyond the edges of the leaves, kind of blurring them out, so no tree edge, no matter how still it is, nor any other shape against a bright sky, is accurately captured in a photograph; and if you manage to draw a few branches correctly, you’ll find the result is way more beautiful and interesting than any photograph could ever be.
All this difficulty, however, attaches to the rendering merely the dark form of the sprays as they come against the sky. Within those sprays, and in the heart of the tree, there is a complexity of a much more embarrassing kind; for nearly all leaves have some lustre, and all are more or less translucent (letting light through them); therefore, in any given leaf, besides the intricacies of its own proper shadows and foreshortenings, there are three series of circumstances which alter or hide its forms. First, shadows cast on it by other leaves—often very forcibly. Secondly, light reflected from its lustrous surface, sometimes the blue of the sky, sometimes the white of clouds, or the sun itself flashing like a star. Thirdly, forms and shadows of other leaves, seen as darkness through the translucent parts of the leaf; a most important[Pg 278] element of foliage effect, but wholly neglected by landscape artists in general.
All this difficulty, however, comes from the dark shapes of the sprays against the sky. Inside those sprays, and at the core of the tree, there's a complexity that’s even more challenging; almost all leaves have some shine, and all are somewhat translucent (allowing light to pass through them). So, in any single leaf, apart from its own shadows and angles, there are three sets of factors that change or obscure its shapes. First, shadows cast on it by other leaves—often quite strong. Second, light reflecting off its shiny surface, sometimes the blue of the sky, other times the white of clouds, or the sun itself shining like a star. Third, the shapes and shadows of other leaves, seen as darkness through the translucent areas of the leaf; a crucial[Pg 278] aspect of foliage appearance, but completely overlooked by most landscape artists.
The consequence of all this is, that except now and then by chance, the form of a complete leaf is never seen; but a marvellous and quaint confusion, very definite, indeed, in its evidence of direction of growth, and unity of action, but wholly indefinable and inextricable, part by part, by any amount of patience. You cannot possibly work it out in fac simile, though you took a twelvemonth's time to a tree; and you must therefore try to discover some mode of execution which will more or less imitate, by its own variety and mystery, the variety and mystery of Nature, without absolute delineation of detail.
The result of all this is that, except for the rare chance encounter, you never see a perfectly complete leaf. Instead, there's a fascinating and quirky mix that clearly shows how it grows and acts in harmony, but is completely impossible to define or untangle one part from another, no matter how much patience you have. You couldn't possibly recreate it exactly, even if you spent a year with a tree; so you’ll need to find a way to execute your work that somewhat imitates the variety and mystery of nature, without needing to detail every single aspect.
Now I have led you to this conclusion by observation of tree form only, because in that the thing to be proved is clearest. But no natural object exists which does not involve in some part or parts of it this inimitableness, this mystery of quantity, which needs peculiarity of handling and trick of touch to express it completely. If leaves are intricate, so is moss, so is foam, so is rock cleavage, so are fur and hair, and texture of drapery, and of clouds. And although methods and dexterities of handling are wholly useless if you have not gained first the thorough knowledge of the form of the thing; so that if you cannot draw a branch perfectly, then much less a tree; and if not a wreath of mist perfectly, much less a flock of clouds; and if not a single grass blade perfectly, much less a grass bank; yet having once got this power over decisive form, you may safely—and must, in order to perfection of work—carry out your knowledge by every aid of method and dexterity of hand.
Now I’ve guided you to this conclusion by looking at tree shapes only, because that’s where the proof is clearest. But no natural object exists that doesn’t include this uniqueness, this mystery of size, which requires a special approach and skillful touch to express fully. If leaves are complex, so is moss, so is foam, so is rock texture, so is fur and hair, and the fabric of clothing, and clouds. And while techniques and skills are completely useless if you haven’t first mastered the form of the object; if you can’t draw a branch perfectly, then you certainly can’t draw a tree well; and if you can’t render a single wisp of mist accurately, you definitely can’t depict a group of clouds; and if you can’t portray a single blade of grass perfectly, you can’t capture a whole grassy area. Yet, once you’ve gained control over the essential form, you can—and must, for the sake of perfecting your work—apply your knowledge using all methods and skillful hand techniques.
But, in order to find out what method can do, you must now look at Art as well as at Nature, and see what means painters and engravers have actually employed for the expression of these subtleties. Whereupon arises the question, what opportunity have you to obtain engravings? You ought, if it is at all in your power, to possess yourself of a certain number of good examples of Turner's engraved works: if this be not in your power, you must just make the best use you can[Pg 279] of the shop windows, or of any plates of which you can obtain a loan. Very possibly, the difficulty of getting sight of them may stimulate you to put them to better use. But, supposing your means admit of your doing so, possess yourself, first, of the illustrated edition either of Rogers's Italy or Rogers's Poems, and then of about a dozen of the plates named in the annexed lists. The prefixed letters indicate the particular points deserving your study in each engraving.[216] Be sure,[Pg 280] therefore, that your selection includes, at all events, one plate marked with each letter—of course the plates marked with two or three letters are, for the most part, the best. Do not get more than twelve of these plates, nor even all the twelve at first. For the more engravings you have, the less attention you will pay to them. It is a general truth, that the enjoyment derivable from art cannot be increased in quantity, beyond a certain point, by quantity of possession; it is only spread, as it were, over a larger surface, and very often dulled by finding ideas repeated in different works. Now, for a beginner, it is always better that his attention should be concentrated on one or two good things, and all his enjoyment founded on them, than that he should look at many, with divided thoughts. He has much to discover; and his best way of discovering it is to think long over few things, and watch them earnestly. It is one of the worst errors of this age to try to know and to see too much: the men who seem to know everything, never in reality know anything rightly. Beware of hand-book knowledge.
But to understand what a method can achieve, you need to look at both Art and Nature, and see the techniques that painters and engravers actually use to convey these subtleties. This raises the question: how can you obtain engravings? If possible, you should get a good collection of Turner's engraved works. If that’s not feasible, make the most of what you can find in shop windows or any plates you can borrow. The challenge of accessing them might motivate you to use them more effectively. However, if your means allow, start by acquiring the illustrated edition of either Rogers's Italy or Rogers's Poems, and then aim for about a dozen of the plates listed. The letters indicate specific aspects worth studying in each engraving. Be sure, then, that your selection includes at least one plate marked with each letter—plates marked with multiple letters tend to be the best. Don’t acquire more than twelve plates, or even all twelve at once. The more engravings you own, the less focused you will be on each one. It's a general truth that the enjoyment derived from art doesn't increase just because you own more; it becomes spread out over a larger area and often diluted by seeing similar ideas in different works. For beginners, it’s better to concentrate on one or two high-quality pieces, building appreciation from them, rather than spreading attention across many. There is much to uncover, and the best way to do that is to spend time thinking deeply about a few pieces and observing them closely. It’s a major mistake in this age to attempt to see and know too much: those who appear to know everything often truly don’t grasp anything correctly. Be cautious of mere hand-book knowledge.
These engravings are, in general, more for you to look at[Pg 281] than to copy; and they will be of more use to you when we come to talk of composition, than they are at present; still, it will do you a great deal of good, sometimes to try how far you can get their delicate texture, or gradations of tone; as your pen-and-ink drawing will be apt to incline too much to a scratchy and broken kind of shade. For instance, the texture of the white convent wall, and the drawing of its tiled roof, in the vignette at p. 227. of Rogers's Poems, is as exquisite as work can possibly be; and it will be a great and profitable achievement if you can at all approach it. In like manner, if you can at all imitate the dark distant country at p. 7., or the sky at p. 80., of the same volume, or the foliage at pp. 12. and 144., it will be good gain; and if you can once draw the rolling clouds and running river at p. 9. of the "Italy," or the city in the vignette of Aosta at p. 25., or the moonlight at p. 223., you will find that even Nature herself cannot afterwards very terribly puzzle you with her torrents, or towers, or moonlight.
These engravings are generally more for you to look at[Pg 281] than to copy; and they’ll be more helpful when we discuss composition than they are right now. Still, it’s really beneficial to sometimes see how closely you can match their fine textures or tones since your pen-and-ink drawings might tend to have a too scratchy and broken shading style. For example, the texture of the white convent wall and the drawing of its tiled roof in the vignette on p. 227 of Rogers's Poems is about as exquisite as it gets; getting close to that level would be a fantastic and rewarding achievement. Similarly, if you can imitate the dark distant landscape on p. 7, or the sky on p. 80 of the same book, or the foliage on pp. 12 and 144, that would be a significant accomplishment. If you manage to capture the rolling clouds and flowing river on p. 9 of "Italy," or the city in the vignette of Aosta on p. 25, or the moonlight on p. 223, you’ll find that even Nature herself won’t be too daunting afterwards with her storms, towers, or moonlight.
You need not copy touch for touch, but try to get the same effect. And if you feel discouraged by the delicacy required, and begin to think that engraving is not drawing, and that copying it cannot help you to draw, remember that it differs from common drawing only by the difficulties it has to encounter. You perhaps have got into a careless habit of thinking that engraving is a mere business, easy enough when one has got into the knack of it. On the contrary, it is a form of drawing more difficult than common drawing, by exactly so much as it is more difficult to cut steel than to move the pencil over paper. It is true that there are certain mechanical aids and methods which reduce it at certain stages either to pure machine work, or to more or less a habit of hand and arm; but this is not so in the foliage you are trying to copy, of which the best and prettiest parts are always etched—that is, drawn with a fine steel point and free hand: only the line made is white instead of black, which renders it much more difficult to judge of what you are about. And the trying to copy these plates will be good for you, because it will awaken you to the real labour and skill of the engraver, and make you[Pg 282] understand a little how people must work, in this world, who have really to do anything in it.
You don’t have to copy every detail exactly, but aim for the same overall effect. If you feel discouraged by the precision needed, and start to think that engraving isn’t drawing and that copying it won't help you improve your drawing skills, remember that it only differs from regular drawing in the challenges it presents. You might have fallen into the careless belief that engraving is just a simple task that becomes easy with practice. In reality, it’s a form of drawing that's more challenging than basic drawing, just as cutting steel is more difficult than moving a pencil across paper. It's true that there are certain mechanical tools and techniques that can simplify the process at various stages, making it almost like machine work or just a routine for your hand and arm; however, that’s not the case with the foliage you’re trying to replicate, where the best and most beautiful parts are always etched—that is, drawn with a fine steel point by hand. The lines created are white instead of black, which makes it much harder to judge your work. Trying to copy these prints will benefit you because it will make you aware of the real effort and skill needed in engraving, and help you understand a bit about how people must work in this world if they truly want to achieve anything.
Do not, however, suppose that I give you the engraving as a model—far from it; but it is necessary you should be able to do as well[217] before you think of doing better, and you will find many little helps and hints in the various work of it. Only remember that all engravers' foregrounds are bad; whenever you see the peculiar wriggling parallel lines of modern engravings become distinct, you must not copy; nor admire: it is only the softer masses, and distances; and portions of the foliage in the plates marked f, which you may copy. The best for this purpose, if you can get it, is the "Chain bridge over the Tees," of the England series; the thicket on the right is very beautiful and instructive, and very like Turner. The foliage in the "Ludlow" and "Powis" is also remarkably good.
Do not, however, think that I’m giving you the engraving as a model—far from it; but it’s important that you can match it before you aim to improve on it, and you’ll find plenty of tips and guidance in the various aspects of it. Just remember that all engravers' foregrounds are lacking; whenever you notice the distinctive wavy parallel lines of modern engravings becoming clear, don’t copy or admire it; focus instead on the softer shapes, backgrounds, and parts of the foliage in the plates marked f, which you can replicate. The best choice for this, if you can find it, is the "Chain bridge over the Tees," from the England series; the thicket on the right is very beautiful and instructive, and quite similar to Turner’s work. The foliage in the "Ludlow" and "Powis" is also exceptionally good.
Besides these line engravings, and to protect you from what harm there is in their influence, you are to provide yourself, if possible, with a Rembrandt etching, or a photograph of one (of figures, not landscape). It does not matter of what subject, or whether a sketchy or finished one, but the sketchy ones are generally cheapest, and will teach you most. Copy it as well as you can, noticing especially that Rembrandt's most rapid lines have steady purpose; and that they are laid with almost inconceivable precision when the object becomes at all interesting. The "Prodigal Son," "Death of the Virgin," "Abraham and Isaac," and such others, containing incident and character rather than chiaroscuro, will be the most instructive. You can buy one; copy it well; then exchange it, at little loss, for another; and so, gradually, obtain a good knowledge of his system. Whenever you have an opportunity of examining his work at museums, &c., do so with the greatest care, not looking at many things, but a long time at each. You must also provide yourself, if possible, with an engraving of Albert Durer's. This you will not be able to copy; but[Pg 283] you must keep it beside you, and refer to it as a standard of precision in line. If you can get one with a wing in it, it will be best. The crest with the cock, that with the skull and satyr, and the "Melancholy," are the best you could have, but any will do. Perfection in chiaroscuro drawing lies between these two masters, Rembrandt and Durer. Rembrandt is often too loose and vague; and Durer has little or no effect of mist or uncertainty. If you can see anywhere a drawing by Leonardo, you will find it balanced between the two characters; but there are no engravings which present this perfection, and your style will be best formed, therefore, by alternate study of Rembrandt and Durer. Lean rather to Durer; it is better for amateurs to err on the side of precision than on that of vagueness: and though, as I have just said, you cannot copy a Durer, yet try every now and then a quarter of an inch square or so, and see how much nearer you can come; you cannot possibly try to draw the leafly crown of the "Melancholia" too often.
Besides these line engravings, and to protect you from any negative influence they may have, you should try to get a Rembrandt etching or a photograph of one (preferably of figures, not landscapes). The subject doesn't matter, and whether it's a sketch or a finished piece is up to you, but the sketchy ones are usually cheaper and will teach you the most. Make sure to copy it as closely as you can, paying special attention to how Rembrandt's quickest lines have a strong purpose, and how they’re applied with incredible precision when the subject is interesting. Works like "The Prodigal Son," "Death of the Virgin," "Abraham and Isaac," and others that focus on story and character rather than light and shadow will be the most helpful. You can buy one, copy it well, then trade it for another with minimal loss, gradually building a solid understanding of his technique. Whenever you have the chance to look at his work in museums, do so carefully, focusing on fewer pieces but taking your time with each one. You should also try to get an engraving of Albert Dürer’s. You won’t be able to copy it, but you should keep it nearby and use it as a standard for line precision. If you can find one that features a wing, that's ideal. The crest with the rooster, the one with the skull and satyr, and "Melancholy" are the best options, but any will work. Mastery of chiaroscuro drawing lies between these two artists, Rembrandt and Dürer. Rembrandt can be too loose and vague, while Dürer lacks effects of mist or ambiguity. If you come across a drawing by Leonardo, you’ll see it strikes a balance between these two styles, but there are no engravings that capture this perfection. Therefore, your style will develop best through alternating studies of Rembrandt and Dürer. Lean more towards Dürer; it’s better for amateurs to err on the side of precision than vagueness. Even though you can’t copy a Dürer, try sketching small sections now and then, like a quarter of an inch square, and see how close you can get. You can never practice the leafy crown from "Melancholia" too often.
If you cannot get either a Rembrandt or a Durer, you may still learn much by carefully studying any of George Cruikshank's etchings, or Leech's woodcuts in Punch, on the free side; with Alfred Rethel's and Richter's[218] on the severe side. But in so doing you will need to notice the following points:
If you can’t get either a Rembrandt or a Durer, you can still learn a lot by closely studying any of George Cruikshank's etchings or Leech's woodcuts in Punch on the lighter side, along with Alfred Rethel's and Richter's[218] on the more serious side. However, while doing this, you should pay attention to the following points:
When either the material (as the copper or wood) or the time of an artist, does not permit him to make a perfect drawing,—that is to say, one in which no lines shall be prominently visible,—and he is reduced to show the black lines, either drawn by the pen, or on the wood, it is better to make these lines help, as far as may be, the expression of texture and form. You will thus find many textures, as of cloth or grass or flesh, and many subtle effects of light, expressed by Leech with zigzag or crossed or curiously broken lines; and you will see that Alfred Rethel and Richter constantly express the direction and rounding of surfaces by the direction of the lines which shade them. All these various means of expression will be useful to you, as far as you can learn them, provided[Pg 284] you remember that they are merely a kind of shorthand; telling certain facts, not in quite the right way, but in the only possible way under the conditions: and provided in any after use of such means, you never try to show your own dexterity; but only to get as much record of the object as you can in a given time; and that you continually make efforts to go beyond shorthand, and draw portions of the objects rightly.
When either the materials (like copper or wood) or the time available to an artist doesn’t allow for a perfect drawing—meaning one where no lines are clearly visible—and he ends up showing the black lines, whether drawn by a pen or on wood, it’s better to make those lines enhance the expression of texture and form as much as possible. You’ll find that many textures, like cloth, grass, or skin, and many subtle light effects are depicted by Leech using zigzag, crossed, or irregular lines; and you’ll notice that Alfred Rethel and Richter often show the direction and curve of surfaces through the direction of the lines that shade them. All these different methods of expression will be helpful to you as much as you can master them, as long as you remember that they are just a sort of shorthand; conveying certain facts, not in exactly the right way, but in the only way possible under the circumstances: and as long as, in any subsequent use of these techniques, you don’t try to showcase your own skill; but instead, focus on capturing as much of the object as you can in a limited time; and that you continuously strive to go beyond shorthand, and accurately draw parts of the objects.
And touching this question of direction of lines as indicating that of surface, observe these few points:
And regarding this question of direction of lines as indicating that of surface, consider these few points:

If lines are to be distinctly shown, it is better that, so far as they can indicate any thing by their direction, they should explain rather than oppose the general character of the object. Thus, in the piece of woodcut from Titian, Fig. 10., the lines are serviceable by expressing, not only the shade of the trunk, but partly also its roundness, and the flow of its grain. And Albert Durer, whose work was chiefly engraving, sets himself always thus to make his lines as valuable as possible; telling much by them, both of shade and direction of surface: and if you were always to be limited to engraving on copper (and did not want to express effects of mist or darkness, as well as delicate forms), Albert Durer's way of work would be the best example for you. But, inasmuch as the perfect way of drawing is by shade without lines, and the great painters always conceive their subject as complete, even when they are sketching[Pg 285] it most rapidly, you will find that, when they are not limited in means, they do not much trust to direction of line, but will often scratch in the shade of a rounded surface with nearly straight lines, that is to say, with the easiest and quickest lines possible to themselves. When the hand is free, the easiest line for it to draw is one inclining from the left upward to the right, or vice versâ, from the right downwards to the left; and when done very quickly, the line is hooked a little at the end by the effort at return to the next. Hence, you will always find the pencil, chalk, or pen sketch of a very great master full of these kind of lines; and even if he draws carefully, you will find him using simple straight lines from left to right, when an inferior master will have used curved ones. Fig. 11. is a fair facsimile of part of a sketch of Raphael's, which exhibits these characters very distinctly. Even the careful drawings of Leonardo da Vinci are shaded most commonly with straight lines; and you may always assume it as a point increasing the probability of a drawing being by a great master if you find rounded surfaces, such as those of cheeks or lips, shaded with straight lines.
If you want lines to be clearly visible, it's better that they support rather than contradict the overall character of the object. In the woodcut by Titian, Fig. 10, the lines are useful because they express not just the shade of the trunk but also its roundness and the flow of its grain. Albert Durer, known for his engraving work, always aims to make his lines as valuable as possible, conveying a lot about both the shade and the direction of the surface. If you were restricted to engraving on copper (and didn't want to express effects like mist or darkness, as well as delicate forms), Durer’s approach would be the best example for you. However, since the ideal way of drawing is through shade without lines, and great painters always envision their subject as complete—even when quickly sketching—you'll notice that when they have the freedom to do so, they don't rely much on the direction of lines. Instead, they often shade a rounded surface with nearly straight lines, using the simplest and quickest strokes possible. When the hand is free, the easiest line to draw tends to go from the lower left to the upper right, or vice versa, from the upper right to the lower left; and when done hastily, the line might curve a bit at the end due to the hand's quick return. Thus, you'll find that a sketch made with pencil, chalk, or pen by a very skilled master is full of these kinds of lines. Even if they draw carefully, you will often see them using simple straight lines from left to right, while a lesser artist might employ curved ones. Fig. 11 is a good example of part of a sketch by Raphael that clearly shows these characteristics. Even Leonardo da Vinci's meticulous drawings are usually shaded with straight lines; you can generally assume that if you see rounded surfaces, like cheeks or lips, shaded with straight lines, it increases the likelihood that the drawing is by a great master.

But you will also now understand how easy it must be for[Pg 286] dishonest dealers to forge or imitate scrawled sketches like Figure 11., and pass them for the work of great masters; and how the power of determining the genuineness of a drawing depends entirely on your knowing the facts of the object drawn, and perceiving whether the hasty handling is all conducive to the expression of those truths. In a great man's work, at its fastest, no line is thrown away, and it is not by the rapidity, but the economy of the execution that you know him to be great. Now to judge of this economy, you must know exactly what he meant to do, otherwise you cannot of course discern how far he has done it; that is, you must know the beauty and nature of the thing he was drawing. All judgment of art thus finally founds itself on knowledge of Nature.
But you will now understand how easy it must be for [Pg 286] dishonest dealers to forge or imitate quick sketches like Figure 11 and pass them off as the work of great masters. The ability to determine if a drawing is genuine relies entirely on your understanding of the facts of the subject being drawn and noticing whether the rushed style is all aimed at expressing those truths. In a great artist's work, even at its fastest, no line is wasted. It’s not about how quickly it’s done, but the economy of the execution that shows you he is great. To judge this economy, you must know exactly what he intended to create; otherwise, you won't be able to see how well he achieved it. In other words, you must understand the beauty and essence of what he was drawing. All art judgment ultimately rests on knowledge of Nature.
But farther observe, that this scrawled, or economic, or impetuous execution is never affectedly impetuous. If a great man is not in a hurry, he never pretends to be; if he has no eagerness in his heart, he puts none into his hand; if he thinks his effect would be better got with two lines, he never, to show his dexterity, tries to do it with one. Be assured, therefore (and this is a matter of great importance), that you will never produce a great drawing by imitating the execution of a great master. Acquire his knowledge and share his feelings, and the easy execution will fall from your hand as it did from his; but if you merely scrawl because he scrawled, or blot because he blotted, you will not only never advance in power, but every able draughtsman, and every judge whose opinion is worth having, will know you for a cheat, and despise you accordingly.
But pay attention to this: the way that a great artist scribbles or executes their work isn’t just for show. If a great person isn’t in a rush, they don’t pretend to be; if they don’t feel passionate about something, they won’t force it in their work; if they believe their point is better made in two lines, they won’t try to impress anyone by doing it in one. So, keep in mind (this is really important), you won't create a great drawing by simply copying how a great master works. Learn their knowledge and understand their feelings, and the effortless style will come to you naturally like it did for them; but if you just scribble because they did or make a mess because they made a mess, you won’t only fail to grow in skill, but every skilled artist and every expert whose opinion matters will see through you and look down on you.
Again, observe respecting the use of outline:
Again, take note regarding the use of the outline:
All merely outlined drawings are bad, for the simple reason, that an artist of any power can always do more, and tell more, by quitting his outlines occasionally, and scratching in a few lines for shade, than he can by restricting himself to outline only. Hence the fact of his so restricting himself, whatever may be the occasion, shows him to be a bad draughtsman, and not to know how to apply his power economically. This hard law, however, bears only on drawings meant to remain in the state in which you see them; not on those which were[Pg 287] meant to be proceeded with, or for some mechanical use. It is sometimes necessary to draw pure outlines, as an incipient arrangement of a composition, to be filled up afterwards with colour, or to be pricked through and used as patterns or tracings; but if, with no such ultimate object, making the drawing wholly for its own sake, and meaning it to remain in the state he leaves it, an artist restricts himself to outline, he is a bad draughtsman, and his work is bad. There is no exception to this law. A good artist habitually sees masses, not edges, and can in every case make his drawing more expressive (with any given quantity of work) by rapid shade than by contours; so that all good work whatever is more or less touched with shade, and more or less interrupted as outline.
All drawings that only have outlines are poor because a skilled artist can always do more and convey more by occasionally stepping away from outlines and adding a few lines for shading than by limiting themselves to just outlines. Therefore, if an artist limits themselves this way, regardless of the situation, it shows they are a bad draftsman and don’t know how to use their skills efficiently. However, this strict rule only applies to drawings meant to stay as they are; it doesn’t apply to those meant to be developed further or for some mechanical purpose. Sometimes it’s necessary to draw pure outlines as a starting point for a composition that will be filled in later with color, or to create patterns or tracings. But if an artist creates a drawing solely for its own sake and intends for it to remain as it is, and they restrict themselves to outlines, they are a poor draftsman, and their work is subpar. There are no exceptions to this rule. A good artist typically sees shapes, not edges, and can always make their drawing more expressive (for the same amount of effort) by adding quick shading rather than just focusing on the outlines. So all quality work incorporates shading to some degree and has outlines that are somewhat interrupted.

Hence, the published works of Retsch, and all the English imitations of them, and all outline engravings from pictures, are bad work, and only serve to corrupt the public taste, and of such outlines, the worst are those which are darkened in some part of their course by way of expressing the dark side, as Flaxman's from Dante, and such others; because an outline can only be true so long as it accurately represents the form of the given object with one of its edges. Thus, the outline a and the outline b, Fig. 12., are both true outlines of a ball; because, however thick the line may be, whether we take the interior or exterior edge of it, that edge of it always draws a true circle. But c is a false outline of a ball, because either the inner or outer edge of the black line must be an untrue circle, else the line could not be thicker in one place than another. Hence all "force," as it is called, is gained by falsification of the contours; so that no artist whose eye is true and fine could endure to look at it. It does indeed often happen that a painter, sketching rapidly, and trying again and again for some line which he cannot quite strike, blackens or loads the first line by setting others beside and across it; and then a careless observer supposes it has been thickened on purpose; or, sometimes also, at a place where shade is afterwards to enclose the form, the painter will strike a broad dash of this shade beside his outline at once, looking as if he meant[Pg 288] to thicken the outline; whereas this broad line is only the first instalment of the future shadow, and the outline is really drawn with its inner edge. And thus, far from good draughtsmen darkening the lines which turn away from the light, the tendency with them is rather to darken them towards the light, for it is there in general that shade will ultimately enclose them. The best example of this treatment that I know is Raphael's sketch, in the Louvre, of the head of the angel pursuing Heliodorus, the one that shows part of the left eye; where the dark strong lines which terminate the nose and forehead towards the light are opposed to tender and light ones behind the ear, and in other places towards the shade. You will see in Fig. 11. the same principle variously exemplified; the principal dark lines, in the head and drapery of the arms, being on the side turned to the light.
Therefore, Retsch's published works, along with all the English imitations and outline engravings derived from them, are poorly done and only serve to spoil public taste. Among these outlines, the worst are the ones partially darkened to represent the shadow side, like Flaxman's works inspired by Dante and similar pieces. An outline can only be true as long as it accurately depicts the form of the object with one of its edges. So, outline a and outline b in Fig. 12 are both true outlines of a ball; no matter how thick the line is, whether we consider the inner or outer edge, that edge always creates a true circle. However, c is a false outline of a ball, because either the inner or outer edge of the black line must form an inaccurate circle, as the line cannot be thicker in some areas than in others. Thus, all "force," as it's called, is achieved by distorting the contours; no artist with a keen eye could stand to look at it. Often, a painter, while quickly sketching and repeatedly attempting to get a line right, will darken or thicken the initial line by adding others beside and across it. A careless observer might think it was intentionally thickened; or sometimes, at a point where shade will later define the form, the painter will create a wide dash of shade next to the outline, making it appear as if they intended[Pg 288] to thicken the outline. In reality, this broad line is just the start of the future shadow, and the outline itself is drawn with its inner edge. Far from good draughtsmen darkening the lines that turn away from the light, their tendency is to darken them towards the light, as that is typically where shadow will eventually frame them. The best example of this method I know is Raphael's sketch in the Louvre of the angel's head chasing Heliodorus, showing part of the left eye; where the bold dark lines that outline the nose and forehead facing the light contrast with softer, lighter lines behind the ear and in other shaded areas. You will see in Fig. 11 the same principle applied in different ways; the main dark lines in the head and drapery of the arms are on the side facing the light.
All these refinements and ultimate principles, however, do not affect your drawing for the present. You must try to make your outlines as equal as possible; and employ pure outline only for the two following purposes: either (1.) to steady your hand, as in Exercise II., for if you cannot draw the line itself, you will never be able to terminate your shadow in the precise shape required, when the line is absent; or (2.) to give you shorthand memoranda of forms, when you are pressed for time. Thus the forms of distant trees in groups are defined, for the most part, by the light edge of the rounded mass of the nearer one being shown against the darker part of the rounded mass of a more distant one; and to draw this properly, nearly as much work is required to round each tree as to round the stone in Fig. 5. Of course you cannot often get time to do this; but if you mark the terminal line of each tree as is done by Durer in Fig. 13., you will get a most useful memorandum of their arrangement, and a very interesting drawing. Only observe in doing this, you must not, because the procedure is a quick one, hurry that procedure itself. You will find, on copying that bit of Durer, that every one of his lines is firm, deliberate, and accurately descriptive as far as it goes. It means a bush of such a size[Pg 289] and such a shape, definitely observed and set down; it contains a true "signalement" of every nut-tree, and apple-tree, and higher bit of hedge, all round that village. If you have not time to draw thus carefully, do not draw at all—you are merely wasting your work and spoiling your taste. When you have had four or five years' practice you may be able to make useful memoranda at a rapid rate, but not yet; except sometimes of light and shade, in a way of which I will tell you presently. And this use of outline, note farther, is wholly confined to objects which have edges or limits. You can outline line a tree or a stone, when it rises against another tree or stone; but you cannot outline folds in drapery, or waves in water; if these are to be expressed at all it must be by some sort of shade, and therefore the rule that no good drawing can consist throughout of pure outline remains absolute. You see, in that woodcut of Durer's, his reason for even limiting himself so much to outline as he has, in those distant woods and plains, is that he may leave them in bright light, to be thrown out still more by the dark sky and the dark village spire; and the scene becomes real and sunny only by the addition of these shades.
All these improvements and fundamental principles, however, do not impact your drawing right now. You should aim to make your outlines as even as possible and use pure outlines only for two main purposes: (1.) to steady your hand, as in Exercise II., because if you can't draw the line itself, you'll never be able to finish your shadow in the exact shape needed when the line is missing; or (2.) to create quick notes of forms when you're pressed for time. For example, the shapes of distant trees in groups are mostly defined by the light edge of the rounded mass of the closer tree being outlined against the darker part of the rounded mass of a farther one; and to draw this correctly, you need to put in almost as much effort to round each tree as you do to round the stone in Fig. 5. Of course, you won't often have enough time to do this, but if you mark the ending line of each tree, as Durer does in Fig. 13., you'll get a very useful reference for their arrangement, along with a very interesting drawing. Just remember, while doing this, not to rush the quick procedure itself because it's fast. You'll notice, when you copy that part of Durer, that every one of his lines is firm, intentional, and accurately descriptive to the extent it needs to be. It represents a bush of a certain size[Pg 289] and shape, carefully observed and recorded; it provides a true "signalement" of every nut tree, apple tree, and taller hedge around that village. If you don't have time to draw this carefully, then don't draw at all—you're just wasting your effort and ruining your taste. Once you have four or five years of practice, you might be able to make useful notes quickly, but not yet; except sometimes for light and shadow, in a way I will explain to you soon. Also, keep in mind that this use of outlines is completely limited to objects that have edges or boundaries. You can outline a tree or a stone when it stands against another tree or stone; but you can't outline folds in fabric or waves in water; if these need to be expressed at all, it must be through some kind of shading, which is why the rule that no good drawing can solely consist of pure outlines remains true. You see, in Durer's woodcut, his reasoning for sticking so closely to outlines in those distant woods and fields is to keep them in bright light, making them stand out even more against the dark sky and dark village spire; and the scene becomes vivid and sunny only by adding these shades.

Understanding, then, thus much of the use of outline, we will go back to our question about tree drawing left unanswered at page 60.
Understanding this much about the use of an outline, we'll return to our question about tree drawing that was left unanswered on page 60.


We were, you remember, in pursuit of mystery among the leaves. Now, it is quite easy to obtain mystery and disorder, to any extent; but the difficulty is to keep organisation in the midst of mystery. And you will never succeed in doing this unless you lean always to the definite side, and allow yourself rarely to become quite vague, at least through all your early practice. So, after your single groups of leaves, your first step must be to conditions like Figs. 14. and 15., which are careful facsimiles of two portions of a beautiful woodcut of Durer's, the Flight into Egypt. Copy these carefully,—never mind how little at a time, but thoroughly; then trace the Durer, and apply it to your drawing, and do not be content till the one fits the other, else your eye is not true enough to carry you safely through meshes of real leaves. And in the course of doing this, you will find that not a line nor dot of Durer's can be displaced without harm; that all add to[Pg 291] the effect, and either express something, or illumine something, or relieve something. If, afterwards, you copy any of the pieces of modern tree drawing, of which so many rich examples are given constantly in our cheap illustrated periodicals (any of the Christmas numbers of last year's Illustrated News or Times are full of them), you will see that, though good and forcible general effect is produced, the lines are thrown in by thousands without special intention, and might just as well go one way as another, so only that there be enough of them to produce all together a well-shaped effect of intricacy: and you will find that a little careless scratching about with your pen will bring you very near the same result without an effort; but that no scratching of pen, nor any fortunate chance, nor anything but downright skill and thought, will imitate so much as one leaf of Durer's. Yet[Pg 292] there is considerable intricacy and glittering confusion in the interstices of those vine leaves of his, as well as of the grass.
We were, remember, chasing mystery among the leaves. It’s pretty easy to create mystery and chaos, but the real challenge is keeping organization amidst the mystery. You won’t succeed unless you consistently lean towards clarity and rarely allow yourself to be completely vague, especially in the early stages. So, after your initial groups of leaves, your next step must be to look at conditions like Figs. 14 and 15, which carefully replicate two sections of a stunning woodcut by Durer, the Flight into Egypt. Copy these carefully—don’t worry about how little you do at a time, but make sure it’s thorough; then trace the Durer, apply it to your drawing, and don’t stop until one perfectly fits the other, otherwise your eye won’t be accurate enough to navigate through real leaves. As you do this, you'll realize that not a single line or dot of Durer’s can be moved without causing issues; everything contributes to the effect and either expresses something, illuminates something, or provides relief. Later on, if you copy any of the modern tree drawings that are frequently showcased in our affordable illustrated magazines (any of last year’s Christmas editions of the Illustrated News or Times have plenty), you’ll notice that, while they create a strong overall impression, the lines are tossed in carelessly by the thousands without a particular purpose, and they could just as easily go in any direction, as long as there are enough of them to collectively create a nice intricacy effect. You’ll find that a bit of random scratching with your pen could yield a similar result without much effort; however, nothing—no random strokes, no luck, and nothing but pure skill and thought—will replicate even a single leaf from Durer's work. Yet, there is significant intricacy and dazzling disorder in the spaces between those vine leaves, as well as in the grass.

When you have got familiarised to this firm manner, you may draw from Nature as much as you like in the same way, and when you are tired of the intense care required for this, you may fall into a little more easy massing of the leaves, as in Fig. 10. p. 66. This is facsimiled from an engraving after Titian, but an engraving not quite first-rate in manner, the leaves being a little too formal; still, it is a good enough model for your times of rest; and when you cannot carry the thing even so far as this, you may sketch the forms of the masses, as in Fig. 16.,[219] taking care always to have thorough command over your hand; that is, not to let the mass take a free shape because your hand ran glibly over the paper, but because in nature it has actually a free and noble shape, and you have faithfully followed the same.
Once you’re comfortable with this firm technique, you can take as much inspiration from Nature as you want in the same way. When you start to feel overwhelmed by the intense focus it requires, you can relax a bit and go for a looser grouping of the leaves, like in Fig. 10, p. 66. This comes from an engraving based on Titian, albeit it’s not the highest quality since the leaves appear a bit too structured; however, it’s a decent model for your more laid-back moments. And if you can't even manage that, you can sketch the shapes of the groups, as shown in Fig. 16.,[219] making sure you have complete control over your hand. This means not letting the group take a random shape just because your hand moved smoothly over the paper, but rather because in nature, it truly has a free and graceful form, and you’ve accurately captured that.
And now that we have come to questions of noble shape, as well as true shape, and that we are going to draw from nature at our pleasure, other considerations enter into the business, which are by no means confined to first practice, but extend to all practice; these (as this letter is long enough, I should think, to satisfy even the most exacting of correspondents) I will arrange in a second letter; praying you only to excuse the tiresomeness of this first one—tiresomeness inseparable from directions touching the beginning of any art,—and to believe me, even though I am trying to set you to dull and hard work.
And now that we’ve started talking about noble shapes as well as true shapes, and we’re going to draw from nature at our convenience, other factors come into play that aren’t limited to just the basics but apply to all practice. I’ll organize these thoughts in a second letter, since I believe this one is long enough to meet the demands of even the most discerning readers. Please just bear with me through the tediousness of this first letter—tediousness that comes with instructions for starting any art—and trust that I care for you, even as I push you into challenging and hard work.
Very faithfully yours,
J. Ruskin.
Best regards,
J. Ruskin.
FOOTNOTES:
[199] (N. B. This note is only for the satisfaction of incredulous or curious readers. You may miss it if you are in a hurry, or are willing to take the statement in the text on trust.)
[199] (Note: This note is just for the satisfaction of skeptical or curious readers. You might overlook it if you're in a rush or are willing to take the statement in the text at face value.)
The perception of solid Form is entirely a matter of experience. We see nothing but flat colours; and it is only by a series of experiments that we find out that a stain of black or grey indicates the dark side of a solid substance, or that a faint hue indicates that the object in which it appears is far away. The whole technical power of painting depends on our recovery of what may be called the innocence of the eye; that is to say, a sort of childish perception of these flat stains of colour, merely as such, without consciousness of what they signify, as a blind man would see them if suddenly gifted with sight.
The way we see solid shapes is completely based on our experience. We only see flat colors, and it’s through a series of experiments that we learn that a patch of black or gray shows the dark side of a solid object, or that a light color means the object is far away. The entire skill of painting relies on our ability to regain what could be called the innocence of the eye; meaning a kind of childlike perception of these flat patches of color, simply as they are, without awareness of what they represent, like a blind person would see them if they suddenly gained sight.
For instance; when grass is lighted strongly by the sun in certain directions, it is turned from green into a peculiar and somewhat dusty-looking yellow. If we had been born blind, and were suddenly endowed with sight on a piece of grass thus lighted in some parts by the sun, it would appear to us that part of the grass was green, and part a dusty yellow (very nearly of the colour of primroses); and, if there were primroses near, we should think that the sunlighted grass was another mass of plants of the same sulphur-yellow colour. We should try to gather some of them, and then find that the colour went away from the grass when we stood between it and the sun, but not from the primroses; and by a series of experiments we should find out that the sun was really the cause of the colour in the one,—not in the other. We go through such processes of experiment unconsciously in childhood; and having once come to conclusions touching the signification of certain colours, we always suppose that we see what we only know, and have hardly any consciousness of the real aspect of the signs we have learned to interpret. Very few people have any idea that sunlighted grass is yellow.
For example, when grass is illuminated intensely by the sun from certain angles, it changes from green to a strange, somewhat dusty-looking yellow. If we had been born blind and suddenly gained sight while looking at a patch of grass lit by the sun in certain areas, we would see some of the grass as green and some as a dusty yellow (almost the color of primroses). If there were primroses nearby, we might think that the sunlit grass was another group of plants with the same bright yellow color. We would try to pick some of them, only to discover that the color vanished from the grass when we stood between it and the sun, but remained on the primroses. Through a series of experiments, we would realize that the sun was really the reason for the color in the grass, but not in the primroses. We go through these kinds of experiments unconsciously during childhood, and once we draw conclusions about the meanings of certain colors, we tend to think we are actually “seeing” what we only understand, hardly aware of the real appearance of the signs we’ve learned to interpret. Very few people realize that sunlit grass is yellow.
Now, a highly accomplished artist has always reduced himself as nearly as possible to this condition of infantine sight. He sees the colours of nature exactly as they are, and therefore perceives at once in the sunlighted grass the precise relation between the two colours that form its shade and light. To him it does not seem shade and light, but bluish green barred with gold.
Now, a highly talented artist has always tried to see the world as a child would. He views the colors of nature just as they are and instantly recognizes the exact relationship between the hues that create the shade and light in the sunlit grass. To him, it doesn’t look like shade and light; it appears as bluish-green streaked with gold.
Strive, therefore, first of all, to convince yourself of this great fact about sight. This, in your hand, which you know by experience and touch to be a book, is to your eye nothing but a patch of white, variously gradated and spotted; this other thing near you, which by experience you know to be a table, is to your eye only a patch of brown, variously darkened and veined; and so on: and the whole art of Painting consists merely in perceiving the shape and depth of these patches of colour, and putting patches of the same size, depth, and shape on canvas. The only obstacle to the success of painting is, that many of the real colours are brighter and paler than it is possible to put on canvas: we must put darker ones to represent them.
Strive, therefore, first and foremost, to convince yourself of this important fact about sight. This thing in your hand, which you know from experience and touch to be a book, is to your eyes just a patch of white, varied in shade and spots; this other object near you, which you know from experience to be a table, is to your eyes just a patch of brown, varied in darkness and veins; and so on. The whole art of painting consists simply of understanding the shape and depth of these color patches and applying patches of the same size, depth, and shape on canvas. The only barrier to successful painting is that many real colors are brighter and lighter than can be represented on canvas, so we have to use darker ones to portray them.
[200] Stale crumb of bread is better, if you are making a delicate drawing, than India-rubber, for it disturbs the surface of the paper less: but it crumbles about the room and makes a mess; and, besides, you waste the good bread, which is wrong; and your drawing will not for a long while be worth the crumbs. So use India-rubber very lightly; or, if heavily pressing it only, not passing it over the paper, and leave what pencil marks that will not come away so, without minding them. In a finished drawing the uneffaced penciling is often serviceable, helping the general tone, and enabling you to take out little bright lights.
[200] A stale piece of bread is better when you're making a delicate drawing than an eraser, because it disturbs the paper's surface less. However, it crumbles all over the place and creates a mess, plus you're wasting good bread, which isn't right; and your drawing won't be worth the crumbs for a long time. So use an eraser very lightly; or if you must press hard, avoid dragging it across the paper, and leave any pencil marks that won't come off without worrying about them. In a finished drawing, the leftover pencil lines can often be helpful, enhancing the overall tone and allowing you to create small bright highlights.
[201] What is usually so much sought after under the term "freedom" is the character of the drawing of a great master in a hurry, whose hand is so thoroughly disciplined, that when pressed for time he can let it fly as it will, and it will not go far wrong. But the hand of a great master at real work is never free: its swiftest dash is under perfect government. Paul Veronese or Tintoret could pause within a hair's breadth of any appointed mark, in their fastest touches; and follow, within a hair's breadth, the previously intended curve. You must never, therefore, aim at freedom. It is not required of your drawing that it should be free, but that it should be right: in time you will be able to do right easily, and then your work will be free in the best sense; but there is no merit in doing wrong easily.
[201] What people usually seek when they talk about "freedom" is the skill of a great master who, in a rush, can unleash their hand in a way that feels effortless, yet remains accurate. However, a great master at true work is never free: even their quickest strokes are under complete control. Paul Veronese or Tintoret could stop just short of any specified point, even in their fastest movements; and stay within a hair's breadth of the curve they intended. Therefore, you should never aim for freedom. Your drawings don’t need to be free; they need to be right: eventually, you will be able to do right easily, and then your work will naturally feel free in the best sense; but there’s no value in doing wrong easily.
These remarks, however, do not apply to the lines used in shading, which, it will be remembered, are to be made as quickly as possible. The reason of this is, that the quicker a line is drawn, the lighter it is at the ends, and therefore the more easily joined with other lines, and concealed by them; the object in perfect shading being to conceal the lines as much as possible.
These comments, however, don’t apply to the lines used for shading, which, as a reminder, should be made as quickly as possible. The reason for this is that the faster a line is drawn, the lighter it is at the ends, making it easier to connect with other lines and cover them up; the goal in achieving perfect shading is to hide the lines as much as possible.
And observe, in this exercise, the object is more to get firmness of hand than accuracy of eye for outline; for there are no outlines in Nature, and the ordinary student is sure to draw them falsely if he draws them at all. Do not, therefore, be discouraged if you find mistakes continue to occur in your outlines; be content at present if you find your hand gaining command over the curves.
And note that in this exercise, the goal is more about developing a steady hand than having a precise eye for outlines; there are no outlines in Nature, and the typical student is likely to draw them incorrectly if they attempt to at all. So, don’t be discouraged if you keep making mistakes in your outlines; for now, just focus on getting better at controlling the curves with your hand.
[203] Artists who glance at this book may be surprised at this permission. My chief reason is, that I think it more necessary that the pupil's eye should be trained to accurate perception of the relations of curve and right lines, by having the latter absolutely true, than that he should practice drawing straight lines. But also, I believe, though I am not quite sure of this, that he never ought to be able to draw a straight line. I do not believe a perfectly trained hand ever can draw a line without some curvature in it, or some variety of direction. Prout could draw a straight line, but I do not believe Raphael could, nor Tintoret. A great draughtsman can, as far as I have observed, draw every line but a straight one.
[203] Artists who look at this book might be surprised by this permission. My main reason is that I think it's more important for a student to develop an accurate perception of the relationships between curves and straight lines by having the latter completely true, rather than focusing on practicing drawing straight lines. Additionally, I believe, although I'm not entirely sure, that they shouldn’t really be able to draw a straight line. I don’t think a perfectly trained hand can draw a line without some curvature or a change in direction. Prout could draw a straight line, but I doubt Raphael or Tintoret could. From what I’ve observed, a great draftsman can draw every line except a straight one.
[204] Or, if you feel able to do so, scratch them in with confused quick touches, indicating the general shape of the cloud or mist of twigs round the main branches; but do not take much trouble about them.
[204] Or, if you feel up to it, quickly sketch them in with some messy, fast strokes to show the general shape of the cloud or mist of twigs around the main branches; but don’t stress too much about them.
[205] It is more difficult, at first, to get, in colour, a narrow gradation than an extended one; but the ultimate difficulty is, as with the pen, to make the gradation go far.
[205] It's harder, at first, to achieve a narrow gradient in color than a wide one; but the real challenge, like with a pen, is making the gradient extend far.
[209] Nearly neutral in ordinary circumstances, but yet with quite different tones in its neutrality, according to the colours of the various reflected rays that compose it.
[209] Almost neutral in typical situations, but having distinctly different undertones in its neutrality, depending on the colors of the different reflected rays that make it up.
[210] If we had any business with the reasons of this, I might, perhaps, be able to show you some metaphysical ones for the enjoyment, by truly artistical minds, of the changes wrought by light, and shade, and perspective in patterned surfaces; but this is at present not to the point; and all that you need to know is that the drawing of such things is good exercise, and moreover a kind of exercise which Titian, Veronese, Tintoret, Giorgione, and Turner, all enjoyed, and strove to excel in.
[210] If we were to discuss the reasons behind this, I might be able to share some deep ideas about how artistic minds appreciate the effects of light, shadow, and perspective on patterned surfaces. But that's not the main focus right now. What you really need to know is that drawing these things is great practice and, in fact, a kind of practice that artists like Titian, Veronese, Tintoret, Giorgione, and Turner all enjoyed and aimed to master.
[211] The use of acquiring this habit of execution is that you may be able, when you begin to colour, to let one hue be seen in minute portions, gleaming between the touches of another.
[211] The benefit of developing this habit of execution is that when you start to add color, you can let one shade show in small amounts, shining through the strokes of another.
[213] At Marlborough House, among the four principal examples of Turner's later water-colour drawing, perhaps the most neglected is that of fishing-boats and fish at sunset. It is one of his most wonderful works, though unfinished. If you examine the larger white fishing-boat sail, you will find it has a little spark of pure white in its right-hand upper corner, about as large as a minute pin's head, and that all the surface of the sail is gradated to that focus. Try to copy this sail once or twice, and you will begin to understand Turner's work. Similarly, the wing of the Cupid in Correggio's large picture in the National Gallery is focussed to two little grains of white at the top of it. The points of light on the white flower in the wreath round the head of the dancing child-faun, in Titian's Bacchus and Ariadne, exemplify the same thing.
[213] At Marlborough House, among the four main examples of Turner's later watercolor drawings, the one that is perhaps the most overlooked is that of fishing boats and fish at sunset. It's one of his most amazing works, although unfinished. If you look closely at the larger white fishing boat sail, you'll notice a tiny spark of pure white in the upper right corner, about the size of a pinhead, and the entire surface of the sail is shaded towards that focal point. Try to replicate this sail once or twice, and you’ll start to grasp Turner's technique. Similarly, the wing of Cupid in Correggio's large painting in the National Gallery is highlighted with two tiny specks of white at the top. The highlights on the white flower in the wreath around the head of the dancing child-faun in Titian's Bacchus and Ariadne illustrate the same principle.
[214] I shall not henceforward number the exercises recommended; as they are distinguished only by increasing difficulty of subject, not by difference of method.
[214] I will no longer number the exercises suggested; they are only differentiated by the increasing difficulty of the subject, not by variations in method.
[215] If you understand the principle of the stereoscope you will know why; if not, it does not matter; trust me for the truth of the statement, as I cannot explain the principle without diagrams and much loss of time.
[215] If you get how the stereoscope works, you’ll understand why; if not, it’s not a big deal; just take my word for it, as I can’t explain the concept without diagrams and a lot of time.
[216] If you can, get first the plates marked with a star. The letters mean as follows:—
[216] If you can, first get the plates marked with a star. The letters mean the following:—
cottages, etc. c clouds, including fog and airborne effects.
f leaves.
g ground, including low hills, when not rocky.
l effects of light.
mountains, or rugged terrain. Power of general arrangement and effect. q calm water.
r running or rough water; or rivers, even if calm, when their path of flow is beautifully highlighted.
From the England Series.
From the England Series.
a f l. Ashby de la Zouche.
a l q r. Barnard Castle.*
f m r. Bolton Abbey.
f g r. Buckfastleigh.*
a l p. Caernarfon.
c l q. Upnor Castle.
a f l. Colchester.
l q. Cowes. C F P. Dartmouth Cove.
Flint Castle. a f g l. Knaresborough.*
Mr. High Force of Tees.* a f q. Trematon.
a f p. Lancaster.
c l m r. Lancaster Sands.*
a g f. Launceston.
c f l r. Leicester Abbey.
f r. Ludlow.
a f l. Margate.
a l q. Orford. Plymouth. Powis Castle. l m q. Prudhoe Castle. f l m r. Chain Bridge over the Tees.*
m q. Ulleswater. Valle Crucis.
From the Keepsake.
From the Keepsake.
Drachenfels. f l. Marley.*
p. Saint-Germain-en-Laye.
l p q. Florence.
l m. Ballyburgh Ness.*
From the Bible Series.
From the Bible Series.
Moses' Rock at Sinai. a l m. Jericho.
A C G. Joppa.
c l p q. Solomon's Pools.*
a l. Santa Saba.
Pool of Bethesda.
From Scott's Works.
From Scott's Writings.
f r. Dryburgh.*
c m. Glencoe. c m. Loch Coriskin.
a l. Caerlaverock.
From the "Rivers of France."
From the "Rivers of France."
l p r. Rouen, looking down the river, with poplars on the right.*
a l p. Rouen, featuring a cathedral and a rainbow, with an avenue on the left.
a p. Rouen Cathedral.
f p. Pont de l'Arche.
f l p. View of the Seine, with a street.
a c p. Meulan Bridge.
c g p r. Caudebec.*
[217] As well;—not as minutely: the diamond cuts finer lines on the steel than you can draw on paper with your pen; but you must be able to get tones as even, and touches as firm.
[217] As well;—not in such detail: the diamond carves finer lines on the steel than you can draw on paper with your pen; but you need to achieve even tones and solid touches.
LETTER II.
SKETCHING FROM NATURE.
My dear Reader:—
Dear Reader:—
The work we have already gone through together has, I hope, enabled you to draw with fair success, either rounded and simple masses, like stones, or complicated arrangements of form, like those of leaves; provided only these masses or complexities will stay quiet for you to copy, and do not extend into quantity so great as to baffle your patience. But if we are now to go out to the fields, and to draw anything like a complete landscape, neither of these conditions will any more be observed for us. The clouds will not wait while we copy their heaps or clefts; the shadows will escape from us as we try to shape them, each, in its stealthy minute march, still leaving light where its tremulous edge had rested the moment before, and involving in eclipse objects that had seemed safe from its influence; and instead of the small clusters of leaves which we could reckon point by point, embarrassing enough even though numerable, we have now leaves as little to be counted as the sands of the sea, and restless, perhaps, as its foam.
The work we've done together so far, I hope, has helped you draw relatively well, whether that’s simple, rounded shapes like stones or more complicated forms like leaves, as long as those shapes are still enough for you to copy and don’t overwhelm your patience. But if we’re going out into the fields to draw something like a full landscape, none of these conditions will apply anymore. The clouds won’t sit still while we sketch their shapes; shadows will slip away as we try to define them, each moving quietly and leaving light where its trembling edge rested just a moment ago, hiding objects that seemed safe from their shadow. Instead of the small clusters of leaves we could count one by one, we now face leaves that can’t be counted like the grains of sand on the beach, and they may be just as restless as the ocean foam.
In all that we have to do now, therefore, direct imitation becomes more or less impossible. It is always to be aimed at so far as it is possible; and when you have time and opportunity, some portions of a landscape may, as you gain greater skill, be rendered with an approximation almost to mirrored portraiture. Still, whatever skill you may reach, there will always be need of judgment to choose, and of speed to seize, certain things that are principal or fugitive; and you must give more and more effort daily to the observance of characteristic points, and the attainment of concise methods.
In everything we do now, direct imitation becomes pretty much impossible. It should always be a goal as much as it can be; and when you have time and opportunity, some parts of a landscape can, as you improve, be captured almost like a reflection. Still, no matter how skilled you become, you will always need the judgment to select and the quickness to catch certain key or fleeting elements; and you must put in more and more effort each day to notice distinctive details and to develop concise techniques.
I have directed your attention early to foliage for two reasons. First, that it is always accessible as a study; and secondly, that its modes of growth present simple examples[Pg 294] of the importance of leading or governing lines. It is by seizing these leading lines, when we cannot seize all, that likeness and expression are given to a portrait, and grace and a kind of vital truth to the rendering of every natural form. I call it vital truth, because these chief lines are always expressive of the past history and present action of the thing. They show in a mountain, first, how it was built or heaped up; and secondly, how it is now being worn away, and from what quarter the wildest storms strike it. In a tree, they show what kind of fortune it has had to endure from its childhood; how troublesome trees have come in its way, and pushed it aside, and tried to strangle or starve it; where and when kind trees have sheltered it, and grown up lovingly together with it, bending as it bent; what winds torment it most; what boughs of it behave best, and bear most fruit; and so on. In a wave or cloud, these leading lines show the run of the tide and of the wind, and the sort of change which the water or vapour is at any moment enduring in its form, as it meets shore, or counterwave, or melting sunshine. Now remember, nothing distinguishes great men from inferior men more than their always, whether in life or in art, knowing the way things are going. Your dunce thinks they are standing still, and draws them all fixed; your wise man sees the change or changing in them, and draws them so—the animal in its motion, the tree in its growth, the cloud in its course, the mountain in its wearing away. Try always, whenever you look at a form, to see the lines in it which have had power over its past fate, and will have power over its futurity. Those are its awful lines; see that you seize on those, whatever else you miss. Thus, the leafage in Fig. 16. (p. 291.) grew round the root of a stone pine, on the brow of a crag at Sestri, near Genoa, and all the sprays of it are thrust away in their first budding by the great rude root, and spring out in every direction round it, as water splashes when a heavy stone is thrown into it. Then, when they have got clear of the root, they begin to bend up again; some of them, being little stone pines themselves, have a great notion of growing upright, if they can; and this struggle of theirs to recover their straight[Pg 295] road towards the sky, after being obliged to grow sideways in their early years, is the effort that will mainly influence their future destiny, and determine if they are to be crabbed, forky pines, striking from that rock of Sestri, whose clefts nourish them, with bared red lightning of angry arms towards the sea; or if they are to be goodly and solemn pines, with trunks like pillars of temples, and the purple burning of their branches sheathed in deep globes of cloudy green. Those, then, are their fateful lines; see that you give that spring and resilience, whatever you leave ungiven: depend upon it, their chief beauty is in these.
I’ve drawn your attention to foliage early on for two reasons. First, it's always available to study; and second, the way it grows provides clear examples[Pg 294] of the significance of leading or guiding lines. It’s by capturing these leading lines, even when we can’t capture all of them, that we give likeness and expression to a portrait, and grace and a kind of vital truth to every natural form. I call it vital truth because these main lines always express the history and current state of the subject. They show, for a mountain, how it was formed and how it is now being worn down, including where the fiercest storms hit it. For a tree, they reveal what kind of challenges it has faced since it was young, how aggressive trees have crowded it, trying to strangle or starve it; where and when friendly trees have sheltered it, growing alongside it, bending as it bends; which winds torment it the most; which branches thrive best and produce the most fruit; and so on. In a wave or cloud, these leading lines demonstrate the flow of the tide and wind, and the changes the water or vapor are undergoing at any moment as they encounter the shore, opposing waves, or sunlight. Remember, nothing separates great individuals from lesser ones more than their ability to always recognize how things are progressing, whether in life or art. Your dullard believes everything is static and draws it all as fixed; your wise person observes the changes happening within them and depicts them accordingly—the animal in motion, the tree in growth, the cloud in its movement, the mountain eroding. Whenever you look at a form, try to see the lines that have shaped its past and will shape its future. Those are its awful lines; make sure you capture them, no matter what else you miss. Thus, the leafage in Fig. 16. (p. 291.) grew around the root of a stone pine on the edge of a crag at Sestri, near Genoa, with all its branches being pushed away in their early growth by the large, rough root, spreading out in every direction like water splashing when a heavy stone is thrown into it. Once they clear the root, they start to bend upward again; some, being small stone pines themselves, aspire to grow upright if they can. Their struggle to regain their straight[Pg 295] path to the sky after being forced to grow sideways during their early years is the main factor influencing their future and determining whether they’ll become twisted, forky pines, breaking free from that rock of Sestri with exposed, red, angry branches reaching toward the sea; or majestic, solemn pines with trunks resembling temple pillars, and the purple flames of their branches wrapped in deep, globular, cloudy green. Those are their fateful lines; ensure you give them that spring and resilience, regardless of what else you omit: you can count on it, their primary beauty lies in these.



So in trees in general and bushes, large or small, you will notice that, though the boughs spring irregularly and at various angles, there is a tendency in all to stoop less and less as they near the top of the tree. This structure, typified in the simplest possible terms at c, Fig. 17., is common to all trees, that I know of, and it gives them a certain plumy character, and aspect of unity in the hearts of their branches, which are essential to their beauty. The stem does not merely send off a wild branch here and there to take its own way, but all the branches share in one great fountain-like impulse; each has a curve and a path to take which fills a definite place, and each terminates all its minor branches at its outer extremity, so as to form a great outer curve, whose character and proportion are peculiar for each species; that is to say, the general type or idea of a tree is not as a, Fig. 17., but as b, in which, observe, the boughs all carry their minor divisions right out to the bounding curve; not but that smaller branches, by thousands, terminate in the heart of the tree, but the idea and main purpose in every branch are to carry all its child branches well out to the air and light, and let each of them, however small, take its part in filling the united flow of the bounding curve, so that the type of each separate bough is again not a[Pg 296] but b, Fig. 18.; approximating, that is to say, so far to the structure of a plant of broccoli as to throw the great mass of spray and leafage out to a rounded surface; therefore, beware of getting into a careless habit of drawing boughs with successive sweeps of the pen or brush, one hanging to the other, as in Fig. 19. If you look at the tree-boughs in any painting of Wilson's, you will see this structure, and nearly every other that is to be avoided, in their intensest types. You will also notice that Wilson never conceives a tree as a round mass, but flat, as if it had been pressed and dried. Most people, in drawing pines, seem to fancy, in the same way, that the boughs come out only on two sides of the trunk, instead of all round it; always, therefore, take more pains in trying to draw the boughs of trees that grow towards you, than those that go off to the sides; anybody can draw the latter, but the foreshortened ones are not so easy. It will help you in drawing them to observe that in most trees the ramification of each branch, though not of the tree itself, is more or less flattened, and approximates, in its position, to the look of a hand held out to receive something, or shelter something. If you take a looking-glass, and hold your hand before it slightly hollowed, with the palm upwards, and the fingers open, as if you were going to support the base of some great bowl, larger than you could easily hold, and sketch your hand as you see it in the glass, with the points of the fingers towards you, it will materially help you in understanding the way trees generally hold out their hands; and if then you will turn yours with its palm downwards, as if you were going to try to hide something, but with the fingers expanded, you will get a good type[Pg 297] of the action of the lower boughs in cedars and such other spreading trees.
So in trees and bushes, whether big or small, you'll notice that, although the branches grow at different angles and heights, they tend to lean less as they get closer to the top. This structure, shown simply at c, Fig. 17, is common to all trees I know of and gives them a certain feathery look and a sense of unity among their branches, which is essential to their beauty. The trunk doesn't just send off random branches to go their own way; instead, all the branches share in one strong, upward growth. Each branch has its own curve and path that fills a specific space, and each ends its smaller branches at its outer tip, forming a broad outer curve unique to each species. So, the general shape of a tree isn’t like a, Fig. 17, but more like b, where you can see that the branches extend their smaller divisions right out to the edge; smaller branches, of course, gather in the center of the tree, but the main idea of each branch is to reach its child branches out into the air and light, allowing even the tiniest ones to contribute to the overall shape. This means that the shape of each separate branch is not a[Pg 296] but b, Fig. 18, resembling the structure of a broccoli plant, which spreads its mass of foliage out into a rounded form. So, be careful not to fall into the habit of drawing branches with sweeping strokes, one hanging off the other, like in Fig. 19. If you look at the tree branches in any painting by Wilson, you’ll see this structure and many other things to avoid in their most intense forms. You’ll also notice that Wilson never depicts a tree as a round shape but rather flat, as if it has been pressed and dried. Most people, when drawing pines, seem to think that branches only grow from two sides of the trunk, rather than all around it; therefore, always make more effort to draw the branches of trees that are facing you than those that stretch to the sides; anyone can draw the latter, but the foreshortened ones are trickier. It helps to know that in most trees, the branches, while not the tree itself, are more or less flattened and look a bit like a hand held out to receive or protect something. If you look in a mirror and hold your hand out slightly cupped, palm up and fingers open, as if you were going to support a large bowl, and sketch your hand as you see it in the mirror, with the fingers pointing toward you, it will really help you understand how trees generally reach out. Then, if you turn your hand palm down, as if trying to hide something but with the fingers spread out, you'll get a good idea[Pg 297] of how the lower branches act in cedars and other spreading trees.

Fig. 20. will give you a good idea of the simplest way in which these and other such facts can be rapidly expressed; if you copy it carefully, you will be surprised to find how the touches all group together, in expressing the plumy toss of the tree branches, and the springing of the bushes out of the bank,[Pg 298] and the undulation of the ground: note the careful drawing of the footsteps made by the climbers of the little mound on the left.[220] It is facsimiled from an etching of Turner's, and is as good an example as you can have of the use of pure and firm lines; it will also show you how the particular action in foliage, or anything else to which you wish to direct attention, may be intensified by the adjuncts. The tall and upright trees are made to look more tall and upright still, because their line is continued below by the figure of the farmer with his stick; and the rounded bushes on the bank are made to look more rounded because their line is continued in one broad sweep by the black dog and the boy climbing the wall. These figures are placed entirely with this object, as we shall see more fully hereafter when we come to talk about composition; but, if you please, we will not talk about that yet awhile. What I have been telling you about the beautiful lines and action of foliage has nothing to do with composition, but only with fact, and the brief and expressive representation of fact. But there will be no harm in your looking forward, if you like to do so, to the account, in Letter III. of the "Law of Radiation," and reading what it said there about tree growth: indeed it would in some respects have been better to have said it here than there, only it would have broken up the account of the principles of composition somewhat awkwardly.
Fig. 20 gives you a clear idea of the easiest way to quickly express these and other similar facts; if you copy it carefully, you’ll be surprised at how the details all come together to illustrate the fluffy movement of the tree branches and the way the bushes spring from the bank,[Pg 298] as well as the undulating ground. Pay attention to the detailed drawing of the footprints made by the climbers on the small mound to the left.[220] This is a replica of an etching by Turner and serves as a great example of using strong, clear lines; it also shows how you can highlight specific actions in foliage or anything else you want to draw attention to by using supporting elements. The tall, straight trees appear even taller because their line is extended below by the figure of the farmer with his stick, and the rounded bushes on the bank look more rounded because their line is smoothly continued by the black dog and the boy climbing the wall. These figures are positioned entirely with this intention, as we will explore more in-depth later when we discuss composition; however, let’s hold off on that for now. What I’ve shared about the beautiful lines and movement of foliage relates solely to the facts and the concise, expressive representation of those facts. That said, there’s no harm in your looking ahead to the explanation in Letter III about the "Law of Radiation" and what it mentions regarding tree growth: in some ways, it would have been better to discuss it here rather than there, but it would have disrupted the flow of the composition principles somewhat awkwardly.
Now, although the lines indicative of action are not always quite so manifest in other things as in trees, a little attention will soon enable you to see that there are such lines in everything. In an old house roof, a bad observer and bad draughtsman will only see and draw the spotty irregularity of tiles or slates all over; but a good draughtsman will see all the bends of the under timbers, where they are weakest and the weight is telling on them most, and the tracks of the run of the water in time of rain, where it runs off fastest, and where it lies long and feeds the moss; and he will be careful, however few slates he draws, to mark the way they bend together towards those hollows (which have the future fate of the roof in them), and crowd gradually together at the top of the gable,[Pg 299] partly diminishing in perspective, partly, perhaps, diminished on purpose (they are so in most English old houses) by the slate-layer. So in ground, there is always the direction of the run of the water to be noticed, which rounds the earth and cuts it into hollows; and, generally, in any bank, or height worth drawing, a trace of bedded or other internal structure besides. The figure 20. will give you some idea of the way in which such facts may be expressed by a few lines. Do you not feel the depression in the ground all down the hill where the footsteps are, and how the people always turn to the left at the top, losing breath a little, and then how the water runs down in that other hollow towards the valley, behind the roots of the trees?
Now, even though the lines that show action aren't always as clear in other things as they are in trees, if you pay a bit of attention, you'll quickly notice that there are such lines in everything. In an old house roof, a careless observer and poor sketch artist will only see and draw the random irregularity of tiles or slates scattered everywhere. But a skilled artist will notice all the curves of the underlying beams, where they are weakest and where the weight has the most impact on them, as well as the paths of the water during rain, where it drains away fastest and where it pools for a long time, nourishing the moss. He will be sure, no matter how few slates he shows, to depict how they bend together toward those dips (which will determine the future fate of the roof) and gradually crowd together at the top of the gable,[Pg 299] partly appearing smaller due to perspective and partly, perhaps, intentionally reduced (as is common in most old English houses) by the slate layering. Similarly, in the landscape, there's always the direction of the water flow to consider, which shapes the land and creates hollows; and generally, in any bank or notable height worth illustrating, some indication of a layered or other internal structure as well. Figure 20 will give you an idea of how such details can be captured with a few lines. Can you sense the dip in the ground down the hill where the footsteps are, and how people always veer to the left at the top, catching their breath a bit, and then notice how the water flows down that other hollow toward the valley, behind the tree roots?
Now, I want you in your first sketches from nature to aim exclusively at understanding and representing these vital facts of form; using the pen—not now the steel, but the quill—firmly and steadily, never scrawling with it, but saying to yourself before you lay on a single touch,—"That leaf is the main one, that bough is the guiding one, and this touch, so long, so broad, means that part of it,"—point or side or knot, as the case may be. Resolve always, as you look at the thing, what you will take, and what miss of it, and never let your hand run away with you, or get into any habit or method of touch. If you want a continuous line, your hand should pass calmly from one end of it to the other, without a tremor; if you want a shaking and broken line, your hand should shake, or break off, as easily as a musician's finger shakes or stops on a note: only remember this, that there is no general way of doing any thing; no recipe can be given you for so much as the drawing of a cluster of grass. The grass may be ragged and stiff, or tender and flowing; sunburnt and sheep-bitten, or rank and languid; fresh or dry; lustrous or dull: look at it, and try to draw it as it is, and don't think how somebody "told you to do grass." So a stone may be round and angular, polished or rough, cracked all over like an ill-glazed teacup, or as united and broad as the breast of Hercules. It may be as flaky as a wafer, as powdery as a field puff-ball; it may be knotted like a ship's hawser, or kneaded like hammered iron, or knit like a Damascus[Pg 300] sabre, or fused like a glass bottle, or crystallised like a hoar-frost, or veined like a forest leaf: look at it, and don't try to remember how anybody told you to "do a stone."
Now, I want you, in your first sketches from nature, to focus entirely on understanding and capturing these essential aspects of form. Use the pen—not the metal one, but the quill—firmly and steadily. Never scrawl with it; instead, tell yourself before making any mark,—"That leaf is the main one, that bough is the guiding one, and this mark, so long, so broad, represents that part of it,"—whether it's a point, side, or knot, depending on the situation. Always determine, as you observe the subject, what you will include and what you will exclude, and never let your hand act impulsively or fall into a set way of drawing. If you want a continuous line, your hand should move smoothly from one end to the other without shaking; if you want a shaky and fragmented line, let your hand shake or stop just as effortlessly as a musician's finger may shake or halt on a note. Just remember, there’s no one-size-fits-all approach to anything; no standard guide can be given even for drawing a bunch of grass. Grass can be rough and stiff or soft and graceful; sunburned and chewed by sheep, or lush and droopy; fresh or dried; shiny or dull: observe it, and draw it as it is, without thinking about how someone told you to draw grass. Similarly, a stone can be round or angular, smooth or rough, cracked like a poorly glazed teacup or as solid and broad as Hercules's chest. It can be as thin as a wafer, as powdery as a puffball; it might be knotted like a ship's rope, or molded like hammered iron, or woven like a Damascus[Pg 300] sword, or melted like a glass bottle, or formed like frost, or streaked like a forest leaf: observe it, and don’t rely on how anyone told you to "draw a stone."
As soon as you find that your hand obeys you thoroughly and that you can render any form with a firmness and truth approaching that of Turner's and Durer's work,[221] you must add a simple but equally careful light and shade to your pen drawing, so as to make each study as complete as possible: for which you must prepare yourself thus. Get, if you have the means, a good impression of one plate of Turner's Liber Studiorum; if possible, one of the subjects named in the note below.[222]
As soon as you realize that your hand is completely under your control and that you can create any shape with a firmness and accuracy similar to that of Turner's and Durer's work,[221] you should add a simple yet careful light and shadow to your pen drawing, making each study as complete as possible. To prepare for this, get a good impression of one plate from Turner's Liber Studiorum, and if possible, choose one of the subjects mentioned in the note below.[222]
If you cannot obtain, or even borrow for a little while, any of these engravings, you must use a photograph instead (how, I will tell you presently); but, if you can get the Turner, it will be best. You will see that it is composed of a firm etching in line, with mezzotint shadow laid over it. You must first copy the etched part of it accurately; to which end put the print against the window, and trace slowly with the greatest care every black line; retrace this on smooth drawing-paper; and, finally, go over the whole with your pen, looking at the original plate always, so that if you err at all, it may be on the right side, not making a line which is too curved or too straight already in the tracing, more curved or more straight, as you go over it. And in doing this, never work after you are tired, nor to "get the thing done," for if it is badly done, it will be of no use to you. The true zeal and patience of a quarter of an hour are better than the sulky and inattentive labour of a whole day. If you have not made the touches right at the first going over with the pen, retouch them delicately, with little ink in your pen, thickening or reinforcing[Pg 302] them as they need: you cannot give too much care to the facsimile. Then keep this etched outline by you, in order to study at your ease the way in which Turner uses his line as preparatory for the subsequent shadow;[223] it is only in getting the two separate that you will be able to reason on this. Next, copy once more, though for the fourth time, any part of this etching which you like, and put on the light and shade with the brush, and any brown colour that matches that of the plate;[224] working it with the point of the brush as delicately as if you were drawing with pencil, and dotting and cross-hatching as lightly as you can touch the paper, till you get the gradations of Turner's engraving. In this exercise, as in the former one, a quarter of an inch worked to close resemblance of the copy is worth more than the whole subject carelessly done. Not that in drawing afterwards from nature, you are to be obliged to finish every gradation in this way, but that, once having fully accomplished the drawing something rightly, you will thenceforward feel and aim at a higher perfection than you could otherwise have conceived, and the brush will obey you, and bring out quickly and clearly the loveliest results, with a submissiveness which it would have wholly refused if you had not put it to severest work. Nothing is more strange in art than the way that chance and materials seem to favour you, when once you have thoroughly conquered them. Make yourself quite independent of chance, get your result in spite of it, and from that day forward all things will somehow fall as you would have them. Show the camel's-hair, and the colour in it, that no bending nor blotting are of any use to escape your will; that the touch and the shade shall finally be right, if it cost you a year's toil; and from that hour of corrective conviction, said camel's-hair will bend itself to all your wishes, and no blot will dare to transgress its appointed border. If you cannot obtain a print from the Liber Studiorum, get a photograph[225][Pg 303] of some general landscape subject, with high hills and a village, or picturesque town, in the middle distance, and some calm water of varied character (a stream with stones in it, if possible), and copy any part of it you like, in this same brown colour, working, as I have just directed you to do from the Liber, a great deal with the point of the brush. You are under a twofold disadvantage here, however; first, there are portions in every photograph too delicately done for you at present to be at all able to copy; and secondly, there are portions always more obscure or dark than there would be in the real scene, and involved in a mystery which you will not be able, as yet, to decipher. Both these characters will be advantageous to you for future study, after you have gained experience, but they are a little against you in early attempts at tinting; still you must fight through the difficulty, and get the power of producing delicate gradations with brown or grey, like those of the photograph.
If you can’t get or borrow any of these engravings, you’ll need to use a photograph instead (I’ll explain how in a moment); but if you can get the Turner, that would be best. You’ll notice that it consists of a solid etched line with mezzotint shading over it. First, you should accurately copy the etched part; to do this, hold the print against the window and carefully trace every black line with the greatest attention. Then retrace this on smooth drawing paper and finally go over everything with your pen, always looking at the original plate, so that if you make any mistakes, they’re on the right side, making a line that’s already in the tracing more curved or more straight as you go over it. Also, never work when you’re tired or just to "get it done," because if it’s done poorly, it won’t be helpful. A genuine effort of fifteen minutes is worth more than a day’s worth of careless work. If your touches aren’t right the first time with the pen, delicately retouch them with a little ink, thickening or reinforcing[Pg 302] as needed: you can’t pay too much attention to the facsimile. Keep this etched outline nearby so you can study how Turner uses his line in preparation for the shadows;[223] understanding the separation of these two will help you analyze it better. Next, copy any part of this etching again, this time for the fourth time, and add light and shadow with a brush, using a brown color that matches the plate;[224] work the brush as carefully as if you were drawing with a pencil, dotting and cross-hatching as lightly as possible until you achieve the gradations of Turner’s engraving. In this exercise, just like the previous one, a quarter of an inch worked to closely resemble the original is worth more than the entire subject done carelessly. While you don’t have to finish every detail this way when drawing from nature later on, getting the drawing something right will raise your standards and make the brush respond quicker and clearer to achieve beautiful results, which it would have refused to do if you hadn’t challenged it. It’s strange how luck and materials seem to work in your favor once you master them. Make yourself independent of chance; get the result regardless of it, and from then on, things will somehow align with your wishes. Show the camel's-hair brush and its color that bending or smudging won’t escape your control; that the touch and shade shall be right in the end, even if it takes you a year; and from that moment of conviction, the camel's-hair will bend to all your desires, and no smudge will dare cross its borders. If you can’t get a print from the Liber Studiorum, find a photograph[225][Pg 303] of a general landscape featuring high hills with a village or picturesque town in the middle distance, along with calm waters that have some variation (a stream with stones, if possible), and copy any part of it you like using the same brown color, working a lot with the brush point as I just instructed you to do with the Liber. However, you’re facing two disadvantages here: first, some parts of every photograph are too finely done for you to copy at your current skill level; and secondly, some areas are always darker or more obscure than they would be in real life, shrouded in a mystery you might not yet be able to understand. These characteristics will be beneficial for your future studies after you gain experience, but they can be challenging during your early attempts at tinting. Still, you must push through the difficulty and develop the ability to create delicate gradations in brown or gray like those in the photograph.
Now observe; the perfection of work would be tinted shadow, like photography, without any obscurity or exaggerated darkness; and as long as your effect depends in anywise on visible lines, your art is not perfect, though it may be first-rate of its kind. But to get complete results in tints merely, requires both long time and consummate skill; and you will find that a few well-put pen lines, with a tint dashed over or under them, get more expression of facts than you could reach in any other way, by the same expenditure of time. The use of the Liber Studiorum print to you is chiefly as an example of the simplest shorthand of this kind, a shorthand which is yet capable of dealing with the most subtle natural effects; for the firm etching gets at the expression of complicated details, as leaves, masonry, textures of ground, &c., while the overlaid tint enables you to express the most tender distances of sky, and forms of playing light, mist or cloud. Most of the best drawings by the old masters are executed on this principle, the touches of the pen being useful also to give a look of transparency to shadows, which could not otherwise be attained[Pg 304] but by great finish of tinting; and if you have access to any ordinarily good public gallery, or can make friends of any print-sellers who have folios of old drawings, or facsimiles of them, you will not be at a loss to find some example of this unity of pen with tinting. Multitudes of photographs also are now taken from the best drawings by the old masters, and I hope that our Mechanics' Institutes, and other societies organized with a view to public instruction, will not fail to possess themselves of examples of these, and to make them accessible to students of drawing in the vicinity; a single print from Turner's Liber, to show the unison of tint with pen etching, and the "St. Catherine," lately photographed by Thurston Thompson, from Raphael's drawing in the Louvre, to show the unity of the soft tinting of the stump with chalk, would be all that is necessary, and would, I believe, be in many cases more serviceable than a larger collection, and certainly than a whole gallery of second-rate prints. Two such examples are peculiarly desirable, because all other modes of drawing, with pen separately, or chalk separately, or colour separately, may be seen by the poorest student in any cheap illustrated book, or in shop windows. But this unity of tinting with line he cannot generally see but by some especial enquiry, and in some out of the way places he could not find a single example of it. Supposing that this should be so in your own case, and that you cannot meet with any example of this kind, try to make the matter out alone, thus:
Now look; the perfection of a piece of work would be shaded subtly, like a photograph, without any confusion or extreme darkness; and as long as your effect relies even slightly on visible lines, your art isn't truly perfect, even if it's top-notch for its genre. But achieving complete results in color alone takes both a lot of time and great skill; you'll find that a few well-placed pen lines, with a wash of color above or below them, convey more expression of reality than you could achieve by any other means in the same amount of time. The Liber Studiorum print serves mainly as an example of the simplest shorthand of this type, a shorthand that's still capable of capturing the most delicate natural effects; because the firm etching expresses complicated details, like leaves, brickwork, and ground textures, while the added color helps convey the gentlest distances of sky, and the effects of light, mist, or clouds. Many of the best drawings from the old masters follow this principle, where the pen marks are also good for creating a sense of transparency in shadows, which could only be achieved through painstaking coloring; and if you can visit a decent public gallery, or make friends with print sellers who have collections of old drawings or reproductions, you won't struggle to find examples of this combination of pen and color. Numerous photographs are now taken from the finest drawings of the old masters, and I hope that our Mechanics' Institutes and other organizations focused on public education will acquire these examples and make them available to local drawing students; a single print from Turner's Liber to show the harmony of color with pen etching, along with "St. Catherine," recently photographed by Thurston Thompson from Raphael's drawing in the Louvre, to demonstrate the unity of soft color with chalk, would be all you need, and I believe would often be more helpful than a larger collection or an entire gallery of mediocre prints. These two examples are particularly valuable because all other forms of drawing, whether done with pen alone, chalk alone, or color alone, can be seen by the most impoverished student in any inexpensive illustrated book or shop windows. However, this combination of color and line is generally not visible without special inquiry, and in many obscure places, one might not find a single example of it. If that's the case for you, and you can't find any examples of this type, try to work it out on your own, like this:
Take a small and simple photograph; allow yourself half an hour to express its subjects with the pen only, using some permanent liquid colour instead of ink, outlining its buildings or trees firmly, and laying in the deeper shadows, as you have been accustomed to do in your bolder pen drawings; then, when this etching is dry, take your sepia or grey, and tint it over, getting now the finer gradations of the photograph; and finally, taking out the higher lights with penknife or blotting-paper. You will soon find what can be done in this way; and by a series of experiments you may ascertain for yourself how far the pen may be made serviceable to reinforce shadows,[Pg 305] mark characters of texture, outline unintelligible masses, and so on. The more time you have, the more delicate you may make the pen drawing, blending it with the tint; the less you have, the more distinct you must keep the two. Practice in this way from one photograph, allowing yourself sometimes only a quarter of an hour for the whole thing, sometimes an hour, sometimes two or three hours; in each case drawing the whole subject in full depth of light and shade, but with such degree of finish in the parts as is possible in the given time. And this exercise, observe, you will do well to repeat frequently whether you can get prints and drawings as well as photographs, or not.
Take a small, simple photo and give yourself half an hour to capture its subjects using just a pen and some permanent color instead of ink. Firmly outline the buildings or trees and add in the deeper shadows like you usually do in your bolder pen drawings. Once your sketch is dry, use sepia or gray to add a tint, capturing the finer details of the photo. Finally, lift out the highlights with a penknife or blotting paper. You'll soon discover what can be done this way, and through a series of experiments, you can find out how effectively the pen can enhance shadows, define textures, outline unclear shapes, and more. The more time you have, the more intricate your pen drawing can be, blending it with the color; the less time you have, the clearer you'll need to keep the two elements. Practice this technique with one photo, sometimes allowing yourself only a quarter of an hour, other times an hour, or even two or three hours. In each case, aim to capture the entire subject with all its light and shadow while achieving as much detail as possible in the time you have. And it's a good idea to repeat this exercise frequently, whether you can access prints and drawings in addition to photos or not.
And now at last, when you can copy a piece of Liber Studiorum, or its photographic substitute, faithfully, you have the complete means in your power of working from nature on all subjects that interest you, which you should do in four different ways.
And now finally, when you can accurately replicate a piece of Liber Studiorum or its photographic version, you have all the tools at your disposal to work from nature on any subjects that interest you. You should approach this in four different ways.
First. When you have full time, and your subject is one that will stay quiet for you, make perfect light and shade studies, or as nearly perfect as you can, with grey or brown colour of any kind, reinforced and defined with the pen.
First. When you have plenty of time, and your subject is one that will remain still for you, create perfect light and shadow studies, or as close to perfect as you can get, using any shade of grey or brown, enhanced and defined with a pen.
Secondly. When your time is short, or the subject is so rich in detail that you feel you cannot complete it intelligibly in light and shade, make a hasty study of the effect, and give the rest of the time to a Dureresque expression of the details. If the subject seems to you interesting, and there are points about it which you cannot understand, try to get five spare minutes to go close up to it, and make a nearer memorandum; not that you are ever to bring the details of this nearer sketch into the farther one, but that you may thus perfect your experience of the aspect of things, and know that such and such a look of a tower or cottage at five hundred yards off means that sort of tower or cottage near; while, also, this nearer sketch will be useful to prevent any future misinterpretation of your own work. If you have time, however far your light and shade study in the distance may have been carried, it is always well, for these reasons, to make also your Dureresque and your near memoranda; for if your light and shade drawing[Pg 306] be good, much of the interesting detail must be lost in it, or disguised.
Secondly, when you're short on time, or if the topic is so detailed that you feel you can't cover it clearly in terms of light and shadow, quickly analyze the overall effect and spend the remaining time focusing on a Dureresque representation of the details. If you find the subject fascinating and there are aspects you don’t grasp fully, try to steal five minutes to get a closer look and take some detailed notes. This doesn't mean you'll bring the details from this closer sketch into the distant one, but it will help you refine your understanding of what you see, knowing that a certain appearance of a tower or cottage from five hundred yards away corresponds to that type of tower or cottage up close. Additionally, this close sketch will help you avoid misinterpreting your own work later on. However, if you have time, regardless of how far you've progressed with your light and shadow study from a distance, it’s always beneficial to create both your Dureresque notes and close observations. If your light and shadow drawing[Pg 306] is good, a lot of the captivating details are likely to be lost or obscured in it.
Your hasty study of effect may be made most easily and quickly with a soft pencil, dashed over when done with one tolerably deep tone of grey, which will fix the pencil. While this fixing colour is wet, take out the higher lights with the dry brush; and, when it is quite dry, scratch out the highest lights with the penknife. Five minutes, carefully applied, will do much by these means. Of course the paper is to be white. I do not like studies on grey paper so well; for you can get more gradation by the taking off your wet tint, and laying it on cunningly a little darker here and there, than you can with body-colour white, unless you are consummately skilful. There is no objection to your making your Dureresque memoranda on grey or yellow paper, and touching or relieving them with white; only, do not depend much on your white touches, nor make the sketch for their sake.
Your quick study of effects can be done most easily and quickly with a soft pencil, which you can later cover with a relatively deep tone of grey to set the pencil. While this fixing color is still wet, use a dry brush to lift out the highlights; and once it's completely dry, scratch out the brightest spots with a penknife. You can achieve a lot with just five minutes of careful application. Naturally, the paper should be white. I'm not a big fan of studying on grey paper because you can achieve better gradation by removing your wet tint and applying it a bit darker in certain areas than you can with body-color white, unless you have exceptional skill. There's no issue with making your Dureresque notes on grey or yellow paper and highlighting them with white; just don't rely too much on your white touches or create the sketch just for them.
Thirdly. When you have neither time for careful study nor for Dureresque detail, sketch the outline with pencil, then dash in the shadows with the brush boldly, trying to do as much as you possibly can at once, and to get a habit of expedition and decision; laying more colour again and again into the tints as they dry, using every expedient which your practice has suggested to you of carrying out your chiaroscuro in the manageable and moist material, taking the colour off here with the dry brush, scratching out lights in it there with the wooden handle of the brush, rubbing it in with your fingers, drying it off with your sponge, &c. Then, when the colour is in, take your pen and mark the outline characters vigorously, in the manner of the Liber Studiorum. This kind of study is very convenient for carrying away pieces of effect which depend not so much on refinement as on complexity, strange shapes of involved shadows, sudden effects of sky, &c.; and it is most useful as a safeguard against any too servile or slow habits which the minute copying may induce in you; for although the endeavour to obtain velocity merely for velocity's sake, and dash for display's sake, is as baneful as it is despicable; there are a velocity and a dash which not only are compatible[Pg 307] with perfect drawing, but obtain certain results which cannot be had otherwise. And it is perfectly safe for you to study occasionally for speed and decision, while your continual course of practice is such as to ensure your retaining an accurate judgment and a tender touch. Speed, under such circumstances, is rather fatiguing than tempting; and you will find yourself always beguiled rather into elaboration than negligence.
Thirdly, when you don't have time for detailed study or meticulous work, start by sketching the outline with a pencil. Then, boldly add in the shadows with a brush, trying to get as much done at once as you can, building a habit of speed and decisiveness. Layer more color into the tints as they dry, using every technique you've learned to manage your chiaroscuro with the wet material. You can lift color off with a dry brush, scratch out highlights with the wooden handle of the brush, rub it in with your fingers, and dry it off with a sponge, etc. Once the color is in, use your pen to mark the outline boldly, similar to the style of the Liber Studiorum. This approach is really useful for capturing effects that rely more on complexity than on refinement—like intricate shadow shapes or sudden sky effects—and it helps prevent you from developing overly meticulous or slow habits from minute copying. While seeking speed just for the sake of speed, or being hasty just to show off, is harmful and contemptible, there is a type of speed and boldness that can actually be combined with perfect drawing. This type can achieve certain results that you can't get otherwise. It's perfectly fine to study for speed and decisiveness occasionally, as long as your regular practice keeps your judgment sharp and your touch delicate. Under these circumstances, speed tends to be more tiring than enticing, and you'll often find yourself drawn more towards detail than carelessness.

Fourthly. You will find it of great use, whatever kind of landscape scenery you are passing through, to get into the habit of making memoranda of the shapes of shadows. You will find that many objects of no essential interest in themselves, and neither deserving a finished study, nor a Dureresque one, may yet become of singular value in consequence of the fantastic shapes of their shadows; for it happens often, in distant effect, that the shadow is by much a more important element than the substance. Thus, in the Alpine bridge, Fig. 21., seen within a few yards of it, as in the figure, the arrangement of timbers to which the shadows are owing is perceptible; but at half a mile's distance, in bright sunlight, the timbers would not be seen; and a good painter's expression of the bridge would be merely the large spot, and the crossed bars, of pure grey; wholly without indication of their[Pg 308] cause, as in Fig. 22. a; and if we saw it at still greater distances, it would appear, as in Fig. 22. b and c, diminishing at last to a strange, unintelligible, spider-like spot of grey on the light hill-side. A perfectly great painter, throughout his distances, continually reduces his objects to these shadow abstracts; and the singular, and to many persons unaccountable, effect of the confused touches in Turner's distances, is owing chiefly to this thorough accuracy and intense meaning of the shadow abstracts.
Fourthly. It’s really helpful, no matter what kind of landscape you’re in, to get into the habit of making notes on the shapes of shadows. You’ll notice that many objects, which might not seem important on their own and don't require a detailed study, can actually become very valuable because of the interesting shapes their shadows create. Often, in terms of visual impact, the shadow can be much more significant than the object itself. For example, in the Alpine bridge, Fig. 21., when you’re only a few yards away, you can see the arrangement of timbers that creates the shadows; but from half a mile away, in bright sunlight, you wouldn’t see the timbers, and a good painter’s depiction of the bridge would just be a large grey shape with crossed bars, completely without any indication of what caused it, as shown in Fig. 22. a. If you looked from even farther away, it would appear, as in Fig. 22. b and c, eventually reduced to a strange, unintelligible grey spot on the light hillside. A truly great painter, throughout their work, consistently simplifies their subjects to these shadow abstractions; and the unique, often perplexing effects of Turner's distant landscapes are mainly due to this deep accuracy and meaningful interpretation of shadow shapes.

Studies of this kind are easily made when you are in haste, with an F. or HB. pencil: it requires some hardness of the point to ensure your drawing delicately enough when the forms of the shadows are very subtle; they are sure to be so somewhere, and are generally so everywhere. The pencil is indeed a very precious instrument after you are master of the pen and brush, for the pencil, cunningly used, is both, and will draw a line with the precision of the one and the gradation of the other; nevertheless, it is so unsatisfactory to see the sharp touches, on which the best of the detail depends, getting gradually deadened by time, or to find the places where force was wanted look shiny, and like a fire-grate, that I should recommend rather the steady use of the pen, or brush, and colour, whenever time admits of it; keeping only a small memorandum-book in the breast-pocket, with its well-cut, sheathed pencil, ready for notes on passing opportunities: but never being without this.
Studies like this are easy to do when you're in a hurry, using an F or HB pencil. You need a hard point to capture the delicate forms of shadows, which are often subtle; they tend to be present somewhere and usually are everywhere. The pencil is a valuable tool once you’ve mastered the pen and brush because it can effectively combine the precision of the pen with the shading of the brush. However, it’s frustrating to see the sharp lines, which are essential for detail, fade over time or to notice shiny spots where more force was needed, making them look like a fireplace. So, I’d recommend using the pen or brush with color whenever you have the time. Keep a small notebook in your pocket with a well-sharpened pencil for quick notes on fleeting opportunities, but make sure you always have it with you.
Thus much, then, respecting the manner in which you are at first to draw from nature. But it may perhaps be serviceable to you, if I also note one or two points respecting your choice of subjects for study, and the best special methods of treating some of them; for one of by no means the least difficulties which you have at first to encounter is a peculiar instinct, common, as far as I have noticed, to all beginners, to[Pg 309] fix on exactly the most unmanageable feature in the given scene. There are many things in every landscape which can be drawn, if at all, only by the most accomplished artists; and I have noticed that it is nearly always these which a beginner will dash at; or, if not these, it will be something which, though pleasing to him in itself, is unfit for a picture, and in which, when he has drawn it, he will have little pleasure. As some slight protection against this evil genius of beginners, the following general warnings may be useful:
So, regarding the way you should initially draw from nature, I think it would be helpful to mention a couple of points about your choice of subjects for study and the best specific methods to approach some of them. One of the significant challenges you’ll face at the start is a strange instinct, which I’ve noticed is common among all beginners, to[Pg 309] focus on exactly the most difficult aspect of the scene. In every landscape, there are many elements that can only be captured by the most skilled artists. I’ve observed that beginners often try to tackle these challenging elements; or if not those, they might choose something that, while appealing to them, isn’t suitable for a drawing, resulting in little satisfaction once they’ve sketched it. As a slight defense against this tricky habit of beginners, the following general tips might be helpful:
1. Do not draw things that you love, on account of their associations; or at least do not draw them because you love them; but merely when you cannot get anything else to draw. If you try to draw places that you love, you are sure to be always entangled amongst neat brick walls, iron railings, gravel walks, greenhouses, and quickset hedges; besides that you will be continually led into some endeavour to make your drawing pretty, or complete, which will be fatal to your progress. You need never hope to get on, if you are the least anxious that the drawing you are actually at work upon should look nice when it is done. All you have to care about is to make it right, and to learn as much in doing it as possible. So then, though when you are sitting in your friend's parlour, or in your own, and have nothing else to do, you may draw any thing that is there, for practice; even the fire-irons or the pattern on the carpet: be sure that it is for practice, and not because it is a beloved carpet, nor a friendly poker and tongs, nor because you wish to please your friend by drawing her room.
1. Avoid drawing things you love because of their emotional connections; or at least, don’t draw them just because you love them; only do so when you can’t think of anything else to draw. If you attempt to capture places that you love, you’ll likely find yourself stuck with clean brick walls, iron railings, gravel paths, greenhouses, and neat hedges; not to mention, you’ll be constantly tempted to make your drawing look nice or complete, which will hinder your progress. You can never expect to improve if you care even a little about how nice your current drawing looks when it’s finished. Focus only on making it right and learning as much as you can in the process. So, when you’re sitting in your friend’s living room or your own, and have nothing else to do, feel free to draw anything around you for practice; even the fire tools or the carpet design: just make sure it is for practice, and not because it’s a treasured carpet, or a familiar poker and tongs, or because you want to impress your friend by drawing her room.
Also, never make presents of your drawings. Of course I am addressing you as a beginner—a time may come when your work will be precious to everybody; but be resolute not to give it away till you know that it is worth something (as soon as it is worth anything you will know that it is so). If any one asks you for a present of a drawing, send them a couple of cakes of colour and a piece of Bristol board: those materials are, for the present, of more value in that form than if you had spread the one over the other.
Also, don’t ever give away your drawings as gifts. I'm speaking to you as a beginner—there will come a time when your work is valuable to everyone; but be firm in not giving it away until you’re sure it’s worth something (once it’s worth anything, you’ll know it). If someone asks for a drawing as a gift, give them a couple of color cakes and a sheet of Bristol board instead: those materials are more valuable in that form right now than if you mixed them together.
The main reason for this rule is, however, that its observance[Pg 310] will much protect you from the great danger of trying to make your drawings pretty.
The primary reason for this rule is that following it[Pg 310] will help you avoid the significant risk of trying to make your drawings look nice.
2. Never, by choice, draw anything polished; especially if complicated in form. Avoid all brass rods and curtain ornaments, chandeliers, plate, glass, and fine steel. A shining knob of a piece of furniture does not matter if it comes in your way; but do not fret yourself if it will not look right, and choose only things that do not shine.
2. Never choose to draw anything shiny, especially if it’s complicated in shape. Stay away from all brass rods, curtain decorations, chandeliers, plates, glass, and fine steel. It’s okay if a shiny knob on a piece of furniture gets in your way; just don’t stress about it not looking good, and only pick things that are non-reflective.
3. Avoid all very neat things. They are exceedingly difficult to draw, and very ugly when drawn. Choose rough, worn, and clumsy-looking things as much as possible; for instance, you cannot have a more difficult or profitless study than a newly-painted Thames wherry, nor a better study than an old empty coal-barge, lying ashore at low-tide: in general, everything that you think very ugly will be good for you to draw.
3. Steer clear of anything that's too neat. They're really hard to draw and often look pretty bad when you do. Opt for things that are rough, worn, and have a clumsy appearance as much as you can; for example, you won't find a more challenging or unhelpful subject than a freshly painted Thames wherry, nor a better one than an old, empty coal barge sitting on the shore at low tide. In general, anything you consider really ugly will be great for you to draw.
4. Avoid, as much as possible, studies in which one thing is seen through another. You will constantly find a thin tree standing before your chosen cottage, or between you and the turn of the river; its near branches all entangled with the distance. It is intensely difficult to represent this; and though, when the tree is there, you must not imaginarily cut it down, but do it as well as you can, yet always look for subjects that fall into definite masses, not into network; that is, rather for a cottage with a dark tree beside it, than for one with a thin tree in front of it; rather for a mass of wood, soft, blue, and rounded, than for a ragged copse, or confusion of intricate stems.
4. Avoid, as much as possible, scenes where one thing is seen through another. You’ll often find a slender tree standing in front of your chosen cottage or blocking your view of the river's bend; its nearby branches all tangled up with the background. It’s really hard to capture this; and although, when the tree is there, you shouldn’t just imagine cutting it down, you should try to represent it as well as you can. Always look for subjects that have clear shapes, not tangled networks; that is, look for a cottage with a dark tree beside it, rather than one with a thin tree in front of it; prefer a solid mass of trees that are soft, blue, and rounded, over a messy thicket or a confusing mass of complicated stems.
5. Avoid, as far as possible, country divided by hedges. Perhaps nothing in the whole compass of landscape is so utterly unpicturesque and unmanageable as the ordinary English patchwork of field and hedge, with trees dotted over it in independent spots, gnawed straight at the cattle line.
5. Avoid, as much as possible, countryside divided by hedges. Maybe nothing in all of landscape is as completely unappealing and hard to manage as the typical English patchwork of fields and hedges, with trees scattered randomly and chewed down right at the edge of the cattle line.
Still, do not be discouraged if you find you have chosen ill, and that the subject overmasters you. It is much better that it should, than that you should think you had entirely mastered it. But at first, and even for some time, you must be prepared[Pg 311] for very discomfortable failure; which, nevertheless, will not be without some wholesome result.
Still, don't be discouraged if you feel like you've made a poor choice and that the subject overwhelms you. It's much better for it to do so than for you to believe you've completely mastered it. But at first, and for quite a while, you need to be ready[Pg 311] for some uncomfortable failures; however, they will still lead to valuable outcomes.
As, however, I have told you what most definitely to avoid, I may, perhaps, help you a little by saying what to seek. In general, all banks are beautiful things, and will reward work better than large landscapes. If you live in a lowland country, you must look for places where the ground is broken to the river's edges, with decayed posts, or roots of trees; or, if by great good luck there should be such things within your reach, for remnants of stone quays or steps, mossy mill-dams, &c. Nearly every other mile of road in chalk country will present beautiful bits of broken bank at its sides; better in form and colour than high chalk cliffs. In woods, one or two trunks, with the flowery ground below, are at once the richest and easiest kind of study: a not very thick trunk, say nine inches or a foot in diameter, with ivy running up it sparingly, is an easy, and always a rewarding subject.
As I’ve told you what to avoid, I might also help a bit by saying what to look for. Generally, all banks are lovely spots and will give you better results than large landscapes. If you live in a lowland area, search for places where the ground is uneven close to the riverbanks, with decayed posts or tree roots; or, if you’re really lucky, find remnants of stone quays or steps, mossy mill-dams, etc. Almost every other mile of road in chalk country will offer beautiful sections of broken bank along the sides; they’re often more interesting in shape and color than the tall chalk cliffs. In woods, one or two tree trunks with the flowering ground beneath are rich and easy subjects to study: a not too thick trunk, say about nine inches or a foot in diameter, with some ivy climbing up it, makes for an easy and always rewarding subject.
Large nests of buildings in the middle distance are always beautiful, when drawn carefully, provided they are not modern rows of pattern cottages; or villas with Ionic and Doric porticos. Any old English village, or cluster of farm-houses, drawn with all its ins and outs, and haystacks, and palings, is sure to be lovely; much more a French one. French landscape is generally as much superior to English as Swiss landscape is to French; in some respects, the French is incomparable. Such scenes as that avenue on the Seine, which I have recommended you to buy the engraving of, admit no rivalship in their expression of graceful rusticity and cheerful peace, and in the beauty of component lines.
Large groups of buildings in the distance are always beautiful when depicted carefully, as long as they aren't modern rows of cookie-cutter cottages or villas with Ionic and Doric porches. Any old English village or cluster of farmhouses, illustrated with all its nooks and crannies, haystacks, and fences, is guaranteed to be lovely; and even more so for a French one. French landscapes are generally far superior to English ones, just like Swiss landscapes are to French; in some ways, the French scenery is unmatched. Scenes like that avenue by the Seine, which I suggested you buy the engraving of, have no competition in their expression of graceful rusticity and cheerful tranquility, along with the beauty of their lines.
In drawing villages, take great pains with the gardens; a rustic garden is in every way beautiful. If you have time, draw all the rows of cabbages, and hollyhocks, and broken fences, and wandering eglantines, and bossy roses: you cannot have better practice, nor be kept by anything in purer thoughts.
In sketching villages, pay close attention to the gardens; a country garden is truly beautiful. If you have time, draw all the rows of cabbages, hollyhocks, broken fences, wandering wild roses, and showy roses: you'll find no better practice, and nothing will keep your mind in clearer thoughts.
Make intimate friends of all the brooks in your neighbourhood, and study them ripple by ripple.
Make close friends with all the streams in your area, and observe them ripple by ripple.
Village churches in England are not often good subjects;[Pg 312] there is a peculiar meanness about most of them, and awkwardness of line. Old manor-houses are often pretty. Ruins are usually, with us, too prim, and cathedrals too orderly. I do not think there is a single cathedral in England from which it is possible to obtain one subject for an impressive drawing. There is always some discordant civility, or jarring vergerism about them.
Village churches in England aren't usually great subjects; [Pg 312] they tend to have a certain simplicity and awkwardness in their design. Old manor houses can often be quite charming. Ruins usually come off as too neat, and cathedrals feel too structured. I don’t believe there’s a single cathedral in England that offers even one subject for a striking drawing. There’s always some awkward politeness or an irritating formality about them.
If you live in a mountain or hill country, your only danger is redundance of subject. Be resolved, in the first place, to draw a piece of rounded rock, with its variegated lichens, quite rightly, getting its complete roundings, and all the patterns of the lichen in true local colour. Till you can do this, it is of no use your thinking of sketching among hills; but when once you have done this, the forms of distant hills will be comparatively easy.
If you live in a mountainous or hilly area, your only challenge is being repetitive. First, make sure to accurately depict a rounded rock, showing its colorful lichens, capturing its full shape, and all the patterns of the lichen in local colors. Until you can do this, there's no point in trying to sketch in the hills; but once you've accomplished it, the shapes of faraway hills will be much easier to tackle.
When you have practised for a little time from such of these subjects as may be accessible to you, you will certainly find difficulties arising which will make you wish more than ever for a master's help: these difficulties will vary according to the character of your own mind (one question occurring to one person, and one to another), so that it is impossible to anticipate them all; and it would make this too large a book if I answered all that I can anticipate; you must be content to work on, in good hope that nature will, in her own time, interpret to you much for herself; that farther experience on your own part will make some difficulties disappear; and that others will be removed by the occasional observation of such artists' work as may come in your way. Nevertheless, I will not close this letter without a few general remarks, such as may be useful to you after you are somewhat advanced in power; and these remarks may, I think, be conveniently arranged under three heads, having reference to the drawing of vegetation, water, and skies.
Once you’ve practiced for a while with the subjects that are available to you, you'll definitely run into challenges that will make you wish you had a mentor's guidance even more. These challenges will differ based on your unique perspective—one person might have one question while someone else has another—so it’s impossible to predict them all. If I tried to address everything I think might come up, this would turn into a very large book. You’ll just have to keep working, trusting that nature will eventually reveal insights to you at the right time, that gaining more experience will help you overcome some obstacles, and that observing the work of other artists you come across will help with others. Still, I won’t end this letter without sharing a few general tips that could be helpful once you’ve gained some skill. I believe these tips can be grouped into three categories, focusing on drawing plants, water, and skies.
And, first, of vegetation. You may think, perhaps, we have said enough about trees already; yet if you have done as you were bid, and tried to draw them frequently enough, and carefully enough, you will be ready by this time to hear a little more of them. You will also recollect that we left our[Pg 313] question, respecting the mode of expressing intricacy of leafage, partly unsettled in the first letter. I left it so because I wanted you to learn the real structure of leaves, by drawing them for yourself, before I troubled you with the most subtle considerations as to method in drawing them. And by this time, I imagine, you must have found out two principal things, universal facts, about leaves; namely, that they always, in the main tendencies of their lines, indicate a beautiful divergence of growth, according to the law of radiation, already referred to;[226] and the second, that this divergence is never formal, but carried out with endless variety of individual line. I must now press both these facts on your attention a little farther.
And first, let's talk about plants. You might think we've covered enough about trees already; however, if you've been following my advice and practicing drawing them frequently and carefully, you should be ready to learn a bit more about them now. You may also remember that we left our[Pg 313] discussion about how to show the complexity of leaves somewhat unresolved in the first letter. I did this because I wanted you to understand the actual structure of leaves by drawing them yourself before diving into the more intricate methods of drawing them. By now, I imagine you’ve discovered two main truths about leaves; first, that they generally show a beautiful divergence in their growth patterns, following the principle of radiation I mentioned earlier;[226] and second, that this divergence is never rigid, but instead expressed with endless variations in individual lines. I now need to emphasize both of these points a bit further.
You may perhaps have been surprised that I have not yet spoken of the works of J. D. Harding, especially if you happen to have met with the passages referring to them in "Modern Painters," in which they are highly praised. They are deservedly praised, for they are the only works by a modern draughtsman which express in any wise the energy of trees, and the laws of growth, of which we have been speaking. There are no lithographic sketches which, for truth of general character, obtained with little cost of time, at all rival Harding's. Calame, Robert, and the other lithographic landscape sketchers are altogether inferior in power, though sometimes a little deeper in meaning. But you must not take even Harding for a model, though you may use his works for occasional reference; and if you can afford to buy his "Lessons on Trees,"[227] it will be serviceable to you in various ways, and will at present help me to explain the point under consideration. And it is well that I should illustrate this point by reference to Harding's works, because their great influence on young students renders it desirable that their real character should be thoroughly understood.
You might be surprised that I haven’t yet talked about the works of J. D. Harding, especially if you've come across the sections in "Modern Painters" where they're highly praised. And they deserve that praise because they’re the only modern drawings that really capture the energy of trees and the principles of growth we’ve been discussing. There are no lithographic sketches that, for the accuracy of their overall character and the time it takes to create them, can compete with Harding's. Calame, Robert, and other lithographic landscape sketch artists are significantly less powerful, even if they sometimes have a bit more depth in meaning. But don’t think of Harding as the ultimate model, even though his works can be useful for occasional reference. If you can afford to buy his "Lessons on Trees,"[227] it will be helpful to you in many ways and will assist me in explaining the topic we're discussing. It’s important to reference Harding’s works to illustrate this point since their significant influence on young students makes it essential to fully understand their true character.
You will find, first, in the title-page of the "Lessons on Trees," a pretty woodcut, in which the tree stems are drawn with great truth, and in a very interesting arrangement of lines. Plate 1. is not quite worthy of Mr. Harding, tending too much to make his pupil, at starting, think everything depends on black dots; still the main lines are good, and very characteristic of tree growth. Then, in Plate 2., we come to the point at issue. The first examples in that plate are given to the pupil that he may practise from them till his hand gets into the habit of arranging lines freely in a similar manner; and they are stated by Mr. Harding to be universal in application; "all outlines expressive of foliage," he says, "are but modifications of them." They consist of groups of lines, more or less resembling our Fig. 23.; and the characters especially insisted upon are, that they "tend at their inner ends to a common centre;" that "their ends terminate in [are enclosed by] ovoid curves;" and that "the outer ends are most emphatic."
You’ll see, first, on the title page of "Lessons on Trees," a nice woodcut where the tree trunks are depicted very accurately and with a really interesting arrangement of lines. Plate 1 isn’t quite up to Mr. Harding’s standards, as it tends to make his student think everything hinges on black dots; however, the main lines are good and really characteristic of how trees grow. Then, in Plate 2, we get to the main point. The first examples in that plate are provided for the student to practice on until they get used to arranging lines in a similar way; Mr. Harding states that they are universally applicable. “All outlines that express foliage,” he says, “are just modifications of these.” They consist of groups of lines that somewhat resemble our Fig. 23. The key characteristics emphasized are that they “tend at their inner ends to a common center,” that “their ends terminate in [are enclosed by] oval curves,” and that “the outer ends are the most pronounced.”

Now, as thus expressive of the great laws of radiation and enclosure, the main principle of this method of execution confirms, in a very interesting way, our conclusions respecting foliage composition. The reason of the last rule, that the outer end of the line is to be most emphatic, does not indeed at first appear; for the line at one end of a natural leaf is not more emphatic than the line at the other: but ultimately, in Harding's method, this darker part of the touch stands more or less for the shade at the outer extremity of the leaf mass; and, as Harding uses these touches, they express as much of tree character as any mere habit of touch can express. But, unfortunately, there is another law of tree growth, quite as fixed as the law of radiation, which this and all other conventional modes of execution wholly lose sight of. This second law is, that the radiating tendency shall be carried out only as a ruling spirit in reconcilement with perpetual individual caprice on the part of the separate leaves. So that the moment a touch is monotonous, it must be also false, the liberty[Pg 315] of the leaf individually being just as essential a truth, as its unity of growth with its companions in the radiating group.
Now, as it clearly reflects the important principles of radiation and enclosure, the core idea of this execution method interestingly supports our understanding of leaf composition. The reason behind the last rule, that the outer end of the line should stand out the most, isn't immediately obvious; the line at one end of a natural leaf isn't necessarily more pronounced than at the other. However, eventually, in Harding's technique, this darker part of the stroke represents the shade at the outer edge of the leaf mass. As Harding applies these strokes, they convey as much of the tree's character as any technique can express. Unfortunately, there's another principle of tree growth, just as constant as the principle of radiation, which this and all other traditional methods overlook. This second principle is that the radiating tendency should be balanced with the unique individual variations of the separate leaves. Therefore, the moment a stroke becomes monotonous, it also becomes inaccurate; the individuality of the leaf is just as essential a truth as its unity of growth with its fellow leaves in the radiating arrangement.

It does not matter how small or apparently symmetrical the cluster may be, nor how large or vague. You can hardly have a more formal one than b in Fig. 9. p. 276., nor a less formal one than this shoot of Spanish chestnut, shedding its leaves, Fig. 24.; but in either of them, even the general reader, unpractised in any of the previously recommended exercises, must see that there are wandering lines mixed with the radiating ones, and radiating lines with the wild ones: and if he takes the pen and tries to copy either of these examples, he will find that neither play of hand to left nor to right, neither a free touch nor a firm touch, nor any learnable or describable touch whatsoever, will enable him to produce, currently, a resemblance of it; but that he must either draw it slowly, or give it up. And (which makes the matter worse still) though gathering the bough, and putting it close to you, or seeing a piece of near foliage against the sky, you may draw the entire outline of the leaves, yet if the spray has light upon it, and is ever so little a way off, you will miss, as we have seen, a point of a leaf here, and an edge there; some of the surfaces will be confused by glitter, and some spotted with shade; and if you look carefully through this confusion for the edges or dark stems which you really can see, and put only those down, the result will be neither like Fig. 9. nor Fig. 24., but such an interrupted and puzzling piece of work as Fig. 25.[228]
It doesn't matter how small or seemingly symmetrical the cluster is, or how large or unclear. You can hardly find a more formal one than b in Fig. 9. p. 276., nor a less formal one than this shoot of Spanish chestnut, dropping its leaves, Fig. 24.; but in both examples, even the average reader, who hasn't practiced any of the earlier suggested exercises, will see that there are wandering lines mixed in with the radiating ones, and radiating lines mixed with the wild ones: and if they take a pen and try to copy either of these examples, they'll discover that neither a movement to the left nor to the right, neither a free touch nor a firm one, nor any learnable or describable technique will help them create a resemblance; instead, they will have to either draw it slowly or give up. And (which makes things even worse) although by gathering the bough and bringing it close to you, or seeing a piece of nearby foliage against the sky, you can outline the entire shape of the leaves, if the spray is lit and just a little way off, you will miss a point of a leaf here and an edge there; some surfaces will be confused by shine, and some spotted with shadow; and if you carefully sift through this confusion for the edges or dark stems that you can actually see, and only put those down, the result will be neither like Fig. 9. nor Fig. 24., but a fragmented and confusing piece of work like Fig. 25.[228]
Now, it is in the perfect acknowledgment and expression of these three laws that all good drawing of landscape consists. There is, first, the organic unity; the law, whether of radiation, or parallelism, or concurrent action, which rules the masses of herbs and trees, of rocks, and clouds, and waves; secondly, the individual liberty of the members subjected to these laws of unity; and, lastly, the mystery under which the separate character of each is more or less concealed.
Now, it is through the complete recognition and expression of these three laws that all quality landscape drawing is achieved. First, there is organic unity; the principle—whether of radiation, parallelism, or concurrent action—that governs the grouping of plants and trees, rocks, clouds, and waves. Secondly, there's the individual freedom of the components that adhere to these unity laws. Lastly, there's the mystery that cloaks the distinct character of each element to varying degrees.
I say, first, there must be observance of the ruling organic law. This is the first distinction between good artists and bad artists. Your common sketcher or bad painter puts his leaves on the trees as if they were moss tied to sticks; he cannot see the lines of action or growth; he scatters the shapeless clouds over his sky, not perceiving the sweeps of associated curves which the real clouds are following as they fly; and he breaks his mountain side into rugged fragments, wholly unconscious of the lines of force with which the real rocks have risen, or of the lines of couch in which they repose. On the contrary, it is the main delight of the great draughtsman to trace these laws of government; and his tendency to error is always in the exaggeration of their authority rather than in its denial.
I believe, first, that we must follow the fundamental rules of nature. This is the key difference between skilled artists and those who are not. A typical sketch artist or poor painter places leaves on trees as if they were just moss attached to sticks; they can't see the natural patterns of growth or movement. They scatter shapeless clouds across the sky, unaware of the graceful arcs that real clouds follow as they float by; and they break apart the mountains into jagged pieces, completely oblivious to the forces that formed the actual rocks or the way they rest. In contrast, the true master of drawing takes pleasure in understanding these natural laws; their mistakes usually come from overemphasizing these principles instead of ignoring them.

Secondly, I say, we have to show the individual character and liberty of the separate leaves, clouds, or rocks. And herein the great masters separate themselves finally from the inferior ones; for if the men of inferior genius ever express law at all, it is by the sacrifice of individuality. Thus, Salvator Rosa has great perception of the sweep of foliage and rolling of clouds, but never draws a single leaflet or mist[Pg 317] wreath accurately. Similarly, Gainsborough, in his landscape, has great feeling for masses of form and harmony of colour; but in the detail gives nothing but meaningless touches; not even so much as the species of tree, much less the variety of its leafage, being ever discernable. Now, although both these expressions of government and individuality are essential to masterly work, the individuality is the more essential, and the more difficult of attainment; and, therefore, that attainment separates the great masters finally from the inferior ones. It is the more essential, because, in these matters of beautiful arrangement in visible things, the same rules hold that hold in moral things. It is a lamentable and unnatural thing to see a number of men subject to no government, actuated by no ruling principle, and associated by no common affection: but it would be a more lamentable thing still, were it possible to see a number of men so oppressed into assimilation as to have no more any individual hope or character, no differences in aim, no dissimilarities of passion, no irregularities of judgment; a society in which no man could help another, since none would be feebler than himself; no man admire another, since none would be stronger than himself; no man be grateful to another, since by none he could be relieved; no man reverence another, since by none he could be instructed; a society in which every soul would be as the syllable of a stammerer instead of the word of a speaker, in which every man would walk as in a frightful dream, seeing spectres of himself, in everlasting multiplication, gliding helplessly around him in a speechless darkness. Therefore it is that perpetual difference, play, and change in groups of form are more essential to them even than their being subdued by some great gathering law: the law is needful to them for their perfection and their power, but the difference is needful to them for their life.
Secondly, I say, we need to showcase the unique character and freedom of individual leaves, clouds, or rocks. This is where the great masters truly distinguish themselves from the lesser ones; because if the less talented artists offer any sense of order at all, it often comes at the cost of individuality. For instance, Salvator Rosa has a great understanding of the flow of foliage and the movement of clouds, but he never draws a single leaf or mist wreath accurately. Similarly, Gainsborough, in his landscapes, has a strong feel for the shapes and harmony of colors, but in the details, he provides nothing but vague touches; you can't even tell what kind of tree it is, let alone the variety of its leaves. While both expressions of structure and individuality are vital to masterful work, individuality is the more essential and harder to achieve; and this achievement is what ultimately separates the great masters from the lesser ones. It is more essential because, in matters of beautiful arrangement in visible things, the same principles apply as in moral matters. It's a sad and unnatural sight to see a group of people with no leadership, driven by no guiding principle, and connected by no shared affection; but it would be even sadder if they were so forced into conformity that they lost all individual hope or character, lacking any unique goals, differing passions, or varied judgments; a society in which no one could help another, because none would be weaker than themselves; no one admire another, since none would be stronger than themselves; no one be grateful to another, since no one could provide relief; no one reverence another, since no one could offer guidance; a society where every soul would be like the stutter of a speaker rather than the words themselves, where every person would move through a terrifying dream, seeing endless reflections of themselves, helplessly floating in a speechless void. Therefore, it is the ongoing difference, play, and change in forms that are even more crucial for them than being governed by some overarching law: the law is necessary for their perfection and strength, but the difference is essential for their life.
And here it may be noted in passing, that if you enjoy the pursuit of analogies and types, and have any ingenuity of judgment in discerning them, you may always accurately ascertain what are the noble characters in a piece of painting, by merely considering what are the noble characters of man in his association with his fellows. What grace of[Pg 318] manner and refinement of habit are in society, grace of line and refinement of form are in the association of visible objects. What advantage or harm there may be in sharpness, ruggedness, or quaintness in the dealings or conversations of men; precisely that relative degree of advantage or harm there is in them as elements of pictorial composition. What power is in liberty or relaxation to strengthen or relieve human souls; that power, precisely in the same relative degree, play and laxity of line have to strengthen or refresh the expression of a picture. And what goodness or greatness we can conceive to arise in companies of men, from chastity of thought, regularity of life, simplicity of custom, and balance of authority; precisely that kind of goodness and greatness may be given to a picture by the purity of its colour, the severity of its forms, and the symmetry of its masses.
And it's worth mentioning that if you enjoy finding analogies and have a knack for spotting them, you can easily figure out the noble qualities in a painting by looking at the noble qualities of people in their interactions with each other. The grace of behavior and refinement of habits in society relate to the grace of lines and refinement of shapes in visual objects. Just as there can be benefits or drawbacks to sharpness, roughness, or uniqueness in communication and interaction among people, the same applies to those qualities as elements of artistic composition. The power that freedom or relaxation has to uplift or ease human spirits directly corresponds to how playfulness and looseness in lines can enhance or refresh the expression of a painting. Lastly, the goodness or greatness we perceive in groups of people, stemming from pure thoughts, orderly lives, simple customs, and balanced authority, can be mirrored in a painting through its pure colors, strict forms, and symmetrical arrangements.
You need not be in the least afraid of pushing these analogies too far. They cannot be pushed too far; they are so precise and complete, that the farther you pursue them, the clearer, the more certain, the more useful you will find them. They will not fail you in one particular, or in any direction of enquiry. There is no moral vice, no moral virtue, which has not its precise prototype in the art of painting; so that you may at your will illustrate the moral habit by the art, or the art by the moral habit. Affection and discord, fretfulness and quietness, feebleness and firmness, luxury and purity, pride and modesty, and all other such habits, and every conceivable modification and mingling of them, may be illustrated, with mathematical exactness, by conditions of line and colour; and not merely these definable vices and virtues, but also every conceivable shade of human character and passion, from the righteous or unrighteous majesty of the king, to the innocent or faultful simplicity of the shepherd boy.
You don’t need to worry about taking these analogies too far. They can't be pushed too far; they are so precise and complete that the more you explore them, the clearer, more certain, and more useful they become. They won’t let you down in any way or in any direction of inquiry. There’s no moral vice or moral virtue that doesn’t have its precise counterpart in the art of painting. You can easily illustrate moral habits through art or vice versa. Affection and discord, irritability and calm, weakness and strength, indulgence and purity, pride and humility, and all other similar traits, along with every possible variation and combination of them, can be illustrated with mathematical precision through elements of line and color. Not only these specific vices and virtues, but also every possible nuance of human character and emotion, from the righteous or wicked grandeur of a king to the innocent or flawed simplicity of a shepherd boy.
The pursuit of this subject belongs properly, however, to the investigation of the higher branches of composition, matters which it would be quite useless to treat of in this book; and I only allude to them here, in order that you may understand how the utmost nobleness of art are concerned in this minute work, to which I have set you in your beginning of it.[Pg 319] For it is only by the closest attention, and the most noble execution, that it is possible to express these varieties of individual character, on which all excellence of portraiture depends, whether of masses of mankind, or of groups of leaves.
The pursuit of this topic really falls under the study of advanced composition, which would be pointless to discuss in this book. I mention it here just so you can see how the highest levels of art are involved in this detailed work that I've introduced you to at the beginning.[Pg 319] It’s only through careful attention and the highest quality of execution that it's possible to convey these different aspects of individual character, which are essential for the excellence of portraiture, whether portraying crowds of people or clusters of leaves.
Now you will be able to understand, among other matters, wherein consists the excellence, and wherein the shortcoming, of the tree-drawing of Harding. It is excellent in so far as it fondly observes, with more truth than any other work of the kind, the great laws of growth and action in trees: it fails—and observe, not in a minor, but in a principal point—because it cannot rightly render any one individual detail or incident of foliage. And in this it fails, not from mere carelessness or incompletion, but of necessity; the true drawing of detail being for evermore impossible to a hand which has contracted a habit of execution. The noble draughtsman draws a leaf, and stops, and says calmly—That leaf is of such and such a character; I will give him a friend who will entirely suit him: then he considers what his friend ought to be, and having determined, he draws his friend. This process may be as quick as lightning when the master is great—one of the sons of the giants; or it may be slow and timid: but the process is always gone through, no touch or form is ever added to another by a good painter without a mental determination and affirmation. But when the hand has got into a habit, leaf No. 1. necessitates leaf No. 2.; you cannot stop, your hand is as a horse with the bit in its teeth; or rather is, for the time, a machine, throwing out leaves to order and pattern, all alike. You must stop that hand of yours, however painfully; make it understand that it is not to have its own way any more, that it shall never more slip from, one touch to another without orders; otherwise it is not you who are the master, but your fingers. You may therefore study Harding's drawing, and take pleasure in it;[229] and you may properly admire the dexterity which applies the habit of the hand so[Pg 320] well, and produces results on the whole so satisfactory: but you must never copy it, otherwise your progress will be at once arrested. The utmost you can ever hope to do, would be a sketch in Harding's manner, but of far inferior dexterity; for he has given his life's toil to gain his dexterity, and you, I suppose, have other things to work at besides drawing. You would also incapacitate yourself from ever understanding what truly great work was, or what Nature was; but by the earnest and complete study of facts, you will gradually come to understand the one and love the other more and more, whether you can draw well yourself or not.
Now you'll be able to understand, among other things, where the strengths and weaknesses of Harding's tree drawings lie. It excels because it closely observes, more truthfully than any other similar work, the fundamental principles of growth and movement in trees. However, it fails—not in a minor way but fundamentally—because it can't accurately portray any single detail or aspect of foliage. And this failure isn't due to carelessness or incompleteness but is a necessity; accurately depicting detail becomes forever impossible for a hand that has formed a habit of execution. The skilled artist draws a leaf, pauses, and calmly states—That leaf has this and that quality; I'll give it a companion that matches perfectly: then they think about what that companion should be and, once decided, they draw it. This process can happen in a flash when the artist is truly great—one of the giants—or it may be slow and hesitant. But this process is always followed; no stroke or shape is added by a good painter without careful thought and intention. When the hand falls into a pattern, drawing Leaf No. 1 requires Leaf No. 2; you can't stop, your hand is like a horse running wild; or rather, for the moment, it becomes a machine, churning out leaves in a set style, all identical. You must force that hand of yours to stop, no matter how hard it is; make it realize that it can't act freely anymore, that it must never move from one detail to the next without direction; otherwise, you aren't in control—your fingers are. Therefore, you can study Harding's drawings and appreciate them; and you can rightfully admire the skill that engages the hand's habit so effectively, producing results that are generally quite satisfying. But you must never copy it, or your growth will be instantly halted. The best you could hope for would be a sketch in Harding's style, but of far lesser skill; he has dedicated his life to mastering his technique, while you, I assume, have other pursuits beyond drawing. You would also hinder your ability to truly grasp what great work looks like, or what Nature is. But through earnest and thorough study of facts, you'll gradually come to understand one and love the other more and more, regardless of whether you can draw well yourself or not.
I have yet to say a few words respecting the third law above stated, that of mystery; the law, namely, that nothing is ever seen perfectly, but only by fragments, and under various conditions of obscurity.[230] This last fact renders the visible objects of Nature complete as a type of the human nature. We have, observe, first, Subordination; secondly, Individuality; lastly, and this not the least essential character, Incomprehensibility; a perpetual lesson in every serrated point and shining vein which escape or deceive our sight among the forest leaves, how little we may hope to discern clearly, or judge justly, the rents and veins of the human heart; how much of all that is round us, in men's actions or spirits, which we at first think we understand, a closer and more loving watchfulness would show to be full of mystery, never to be either fathomed or withdrawn.
I still need to share a few thoughts about the third law mentioned above, the law of mystery; specifically, the idea that we can never see anything perfectly, only in pieces and under different conditions of obscurity.[230] This last fact makes the visible aspects of nature a complete representation of human nature. We have, first, Subordination; second, Individuality; and finally, a very important characteristic, Incomprehensibility. There's a constant lesson in every jagged edge and glimmering vein that escapes or deceives our sight among the leaves of the forest, reminding us of how little we can hope to see clearly or judge fairly the complexities of the human heart. Much of what surrounds us, in others' actions or spirits, that we initially believe we understand, a closer and more compassionate observation would reveal to be full of mystery, never to be fully understood or removed.


The expression of this final character in landscape has never been completely reached by any except Turner; nor can you hope to reach it at all until you have given much time to the practice of art. Only try always when you are sketching any object with a view to completion in light and shade, to draw only those parts of it which you really see definitely; preparing for the after development of the forms by chiaroscuro. It is this preparation by isolated touches for a future arrangement of superimposed light and shade which renders the etchings of the Liber Studiorum so inestimable as examples and so[Pg 321] peculiar. The character exists more or less in them exactly in proportion to the pains that Turner has taken. Thus the Æsacus and Hespérie was wrought out with the greatest possible care; and the principal branch on the near tree is etched as in Fig. 26. The work looks at first like a scholar's instead of a master's; but when the light and shade are added, every touch falls into its place, and a perfect expression of grace and complexity results. Nay even before the light and shade are added, you ought to be able to see that these irregular and broken lines, especially where the expression is given of the way the stem loses itself in the leaves, are more true than the monotonous though graceful leaf-drawing which, before Turner's time, had been employed, even by the best masters, in their distant masses. Fig. 27. is sufficiently characteristic of the manner of the old woodcuts after Titian; in which, you see, the leaves are too much of one shape, like bunches of fruit; and the boughs too completely seen, besides being somewhat soft and leathery in aspect, owing to the want of angles in their outline. By great men like Titian, this somewhat conventional structure was only given in haste to distant masses; and their exquisite delineation of the foreground, kept their conventionalism from degeneracy: but in the drawing of the Caracci and other derivative masters, the conventionalism[Pg 322] prevails everywhere, and sinks gradually into scrawled work, like Fig. 28., about the worst which it is possible to get into the habit of using, though an ignorant person might perhaps suppose it more "free," and therefore better than Fig. 26. Note, also, that in noble outline drawing, it does not follow that a bough is wrongly drawn, because it looks contracted unnaturally somewhere, as in Fig. 26., just above the foliage. Very often the muscular action which is to be expressed by the line, runs into the middle of the branch, and the actual outline of the branch at that place may be dimly seen, or not at all; and it is then only by the future shade that its actual shape, or the cause of its disappearance, will be indicated.
The way this final character is shown in landscape has never been fully achieved by anyone except Turner; you can't expect to reach it until you've dedicated a lot of time to practicing art. Always aim, when sketching any object for a complete representation in light and shade, to only draw the parts you clearly see; preparing for the later development of forms through chiaroscuro. This preparation through isolated strokes for a future arrangement of layered light and shade makes the etchings from the Liber Studiorum so valuable and unique. The character in them exists more or less depending on the effort Turner put in. For instance, the Æsacus and Hespérie was crafted with the utmost care; and the main branch on the nearby tree is etched as shown in Fig. 26. At first glance, the work appears more like a student’s than a master’s; but once the light and shade are added, everything falls into place, resulting in a perfect expression of grace and complexity. Even before the light and shade are applied, you should notice that these irregular and broken lines, especially where the stem blends into the leaves, are more truthful than the uniform yet graceful leaf drawings that previous masters had used for distant masses. Fig. 27. reflects the style of old woodcuts after Titian, where you can see the leaves are too similar, resembling clusters of fruit; and the branches are too clearly defined, along with appearing somewhat soft and leathery due to lacking angles in their outlines. Great artists like Titian applied this somewhat conventional structure quickly to distant masses; but their exquisite detailing of the foreground stopped this conventionalism from becoming degenerate. In the works of the Caracci and other followers, conventionalism[Pg 322] dominates everywhere and gradually degrades into messy work, like Fig. 28., which is among the worst habits to fall into, although an uninformed person might mistakenly think it looks "freer" and therefore superior to Fig. 26. Also, note that in noble outline drawing, it's not always wrong for a branch’s outline to seem unnaturally constricted somewhere, as in Fig. 26., just above the foliage. Often, the muscular action expressed by the line becomes evident in the middle of the branch, and its actual outline at that point may be only vaguely visible or not visible at all; it’s only with future shading that its true shape or the reason for its disappearance will be shown.

One point more remains to be noted about trees, and I have done. In the minds of our ordinary water-colour artists, a distant tree seems only to be conceived as a flat green blot, grouping pleasantly with other masses, and giving cool colour to the landscape, but differing nowise, in texture, from the blots of other shapes, which these painters use to express stones, or water, or figures. But as soon as you have drawn trees carefully a little while, you will be impressed, and impressed more strongly the better you draw them, with the idea of their softness of surface. A distant tree is not a flat and even piece of colour, but a more or less globular mass of a downy or bloomy texture, partly passing into a misty vagueness. I find, practically, this lovely softness of far-away trees the most difficult of all characters to reach, because it cannot be got by mere scratching or roughening the surface, but is always associated with such delicate expressions of form and growth as are only imitable by very careful drawing. The penknife[Pg 323] passed lightly over this careful drawing, will do a good deal; but you must accustom yourself, from the beginning, to aim much at this softness in the lines of the drawing itself, by crossing them delicately, and more or less effacing and confusing the edges. You must invent, according to the character of tree, various modes of execution adapted to express its texture; but always keep this character of softness in your mind and in your scope of aim; for in most landscapes it is the intention of nature that the tenderness and transparent infinitude of her foliage should be felt, even at the far distance, in the most distinct opposition to the solid masses and flat surfaces of rocks or buildings.
One more thing to note about trees, and I’m done. In the minds of typical watercolor artists, a distant tree is just seen as a flat green shape, blending nicely with other areas and adding a cool color to the landscape, but it doesn’t really differ in texture from the other shapes that these painters use to depict stones, water, or figures. However, once you spend some time drawing trees carefully, you’ll be struck—more so the better you draw them—by the idea of their softness of surface. A distant tree isn’t just a flat and uniform color; it’s more like a globular mass with a downy or blooming texture, somewhat blending into a misty vagueness. I find this lovely softness of far-off trees to be the hardest quality to achieve because it can't be accomplished simply by scratching or roughening the surface. It’s always connected with delicate expressions of form and growth that can only be captured through very careful drawing. A penknife[Pg 323] lightly applied to this careful drawing can help a lot, but from the start, you should train yourself to focus on achieving this softness in the lines of the drawing itself by crossing them delicately and blurring the edges. You need to create different techniques based on the type of tree to express its texture, but always keep this softness in your mind and your goals. In most landscapes, nature intends for the tenderness and transparent infinity of its foliage to be felt even from a distance, standing in stark contrast to the solid masses and flat surfaces of rocks or buildings.
II. We were, in the second place, to consider a little the modes of representing water, of which important feature of landscape I have hardly said anything yet.
II. Secondly, we should briefly look at the ways of representing water, an important aspect of landscapes that I haven’t discussed much yet.
Water is expressed, in common drawings, by conventional lines, whose horizontality is supposed to convey the idea of its surface. In paintings, white dashes or bars of light are used for the same purpose.
Water is represented in typical drawings by flat lines, which are meant to suggest the idea of its surface. In paintings, white strokes or light bars are used for the same effect.
But these and all other such expedients are vain and absurd. A piece of calm water always contains a picture in itself, an exquisite reflection of the objects above it. If you give the time necessary to draw these reflections, disturbing them here and there as you see the breeze or current disturb them, you will get the effect of the water; but if you have not patience to draw the reflections, no expedient will give you a true effect. The picture in the pool needs nearly as much delicate drawing as the picture above the pool; except only that if there be the least motion on the water, the horizontal lines of the images will be diffused and broken, while the vertical ones will remain decisive, and the oblique ones decisive in proportion to their steepness.
But these and all other similar methods are pointless and ridiculous. A calm body of water always holds an image within itself, a stunning reflection of what's above it. If you take the time to capture these reflections, adjusting for the disturbances caused by the breeze or current, you'll achieve the true effect of the water. However, if you lack the patience to depict the reflections, no technique will yield an authentic effect. The image in the water requires almost as much careful drawing as the image above it; the only difference is that if there's any movement on the water, the horizontal lines of the reflections will be blurred and scattered, while the vertical lines will remain sharp, and the diagonal lines will be clear depending on how steep they are.
A few close studies will soon teach you this: the only thing you need to be told is to watch carefully the lines of disturbance on the surface, as when a bird swims across it, or a fish rises, or the current plays round a stone, reed, or other obstacle. Take the greatest pains to get the curves of these[Pg 324] lines true; the whole value of your careful drawing of the reflections may be lost by your admitting a single false curve of ripple from a wild duck's breast. And (as in other subjects) if you are dissatisfied with your result, always try for more unity and delicacy: if your reflections are only soft and gradated enough, they are nearly sure to give you a pleasant effect. When you are taking pains, work the softer reflections, where they are drawn out by motion in the water, with touches as nearly horizontal as may be; but when you are in a hurry, indicate the place and play of the images with vertical lines. The actual construction of a calm elongated reflection is with horizontal lines: but it is often impossible to draw the descending shades delicately enough with a horizontal touch; and it is best always when you are in a hurry, and sometimes when you are not, to use the vertical touch. When the ripples are large, the reflections become shaken, and must be drawn with bold undulatory descending lines.
A few focused studies will quickly teach you this: the only thing you really need to know is to carefully observe the lines of disturbance on the surface, like when a bird swims across it, or a fish jumps, or the current flows around a stone, reed, or other object. Make sure to accurately capture the curves of these[Pg 324] lines; the entire value of your detailed drawing of the reflections can be ruined by one incorrect curve from a duck's breast. And (like in other subjects), if you aren’t happy with your result, always aim for more harmony and subtlety: if your reflections are soft and blended enough, they are likely to create a pleasing effect. When you're taking your time, work on the softer reflections, where motion in the water stretches them out, with strokes that are as horizontal as possible; but when you're in a rush, use vertical lines to indicate the position and movement of the images. The actual construction of a calm, elongated reflection is with horizontal lines: however, it can often be difficult to draw the descending shades delicately enough with a horizontal stroke; it's generally best to use the vertical stroke when you're hurried, and sometimes even when you're not. When the ripples are large, the reflections become jittery and must be drawn with bold, wavy descending lines.
I need not, I should think, tell you that it is of the greatest possible importance to draw the curves of the shore rightly. Their perspective is, if not more subtle, at least more stringent than that of any other lines in Nature. It will not be detected by the general observer, if you miss the curve of a branch, or the sweep of a cloud, or the perspective of a building;[231] but every intelligent spectator will feel the difference between a rightly drawn bend of shore or shingle, and a false one. Absolutely right, in difficult river perspectives seen from heights, I believe no one but Turner ever has been yet; and observe, there is no rule for them. To develope the curve mathematically would require a knowledge of the exact quantity of water in the river, the shape of its bed, and the hardness of the rock or shore; and even with these data, the problem would be one which no mathematician could solve but approximatively. The instinct of the eye can do it; nothing else.
I shouldn't have to tell you that it's incredibly important to accurately draw the curves of the shoreline. Their perspective is, if not more subtle, at least stricter than that of any other lines in nature. The average observer might not notice if you miss the curve of a branch, the flow of a cloud, or the perspective of a building;[231] but any discerning viewer will definitely feel the difference between a correctly drawn curve of the shore or sand and an incorrect one. Truly getting it right in complex river perspectives viewed from above, I believe no one aside from Turner has achieved that so far; and keep in mind, there is no formula for them. Mathematically determining the curve would require knowing the exact amount of water in the river, the shape of its bed, and the hardness of the rock or shore; and even with those details, it would be a problem that no mathematician could solve exactly, only approximately. The instinct of the eye can do it; nothing else.
If, after a little study from Nature, you get puzzled by the[Pg 325] great differences between the aspect of the reflected image and that of the object casting it; and if you wish to know the law of reflection, it is simply this: Suppose all the objects above the water actually reversed (not in appearance, but in fact) beneath the water, and precisely the same in form and in relative position, only all topsy-turvy. Then, whatever you can see, from the place in which you stand, of the solid objects so reversed under the water, you will see in the reflection, always in the true perspective of the solid objects so reversed.
If, after studying nature for a bit, you get confused by the[Pg 325] big differences between the reflected image and the actual object creating it, and if you want to understand the law of reflection, it's pretty simple: Imagine that all the objects above the water are actually flipped upside down beneath the water, not just in appearance but for real, while still maintaining their shape and relative position. Then, whatever you can see of those solid objects flipped under the water from where you’re standing, you'll also see reflected, always in the correct perspective of those solid objects as they are flipped.
If you cannot quite understand this in looking at water, take a mirror, lay it horizontally on the table, put some books and papers upon it, and draw them and their reflections; moving them about, and watching how their reflections alter, and chiefly how their reflected colours and shades differ from their own colours and shades, by being brought into other oppositions. This difference in chiaroscuro is a more important character in water painting than mere difference in form.
If you’re having trouble understanding this by just looking at water, grab a mirror, lay it flat on the table, stack some books and papers on it, and sketch them along with their reflections. Move them around and notice how their reflections change, especially how the colors and shades in the reflections differ from those in real life because of the different angles. This difference in light and shadow is a more crucial aspect of water painting than just the differences in shape.
When you are drawing shallow or muddy water, you will see shadows on the bottom, or on the surface, continually modifying the reflections; and in a clear mountain stream, the most wonderful complications of effect resulting from the shadows and reflections of the stones in it, mingling with the aspect of the stones themselves seen through the water. Do not be frightened at the complexity; but, on the other hand, do not hope to render it hastily. Look at it well, making out everything that you see, and distinguishing each component part of the effect. There will be, first, the stones seen through the water, distorted always by refraction, so that if the general structure of the stone shows straight parallel lines above the water, you may be sure they will be bent where they enter it; then the reflection of the part of the stone above the water crosses and interferes with the part that is seen through it, so that you can hardly tell which is which; and wherever the reflection is darkest, you will see through the water best, and vice versâ. Then the real shadow of the stone crosses both these images, and where that shadow falls, it makes the water more reflective, and where the sunshine falls, you will[Pg 326] see more of the surface of the water, and of any dust or motes that may be floating on it: but whether you are to see, at the same spot, most of the bottom of the water, or of the reflection of the objects above, depends on the position of the eye. The more you look down into the water, the better you see objects through it; the more you look along it, the eye being low, the more you see the reflection of objects above it. Hence the colour of a given space of surface in a stream will entirely change while you stand still in the same spot, merely as you stoop or raise your head; and thus the colours with which water is painted are an indication of the position of the spectator, and connected inseparably with the perspective of the shores. The most beautiful of all results that I know in mountain streams is when the water is shallow, and the stones at the bottom are rich reddish-orange and black, and the water is seen at an angle which exactly divides the visible colours between those of the stones and that of the sky, and the sky is of clear, full blue. The resulting purple obtained by the blending of the blue and the orange-red, broken by the play of innumerable gradations in the stones, is indescribably lovely.
When you’re observing shallow or muddy water, you’ll notice shadows on the bottom or the surface that constantly change the reflections. In a clear mountain stream, you can see incredible effects created by the shadows and reflections of the stones beneath the water, mixing with how the stones themselves appear through the water. Don’t be intimidated by this complexity; however, don’t expect to capture it quickly. Take your time to study it closely, identifying everything you see and distinguishing each part of the effect. First, you see the stones through the water, always distorted by refraction. If the overall structure of the stone shows straight lines above the water, you can be sure they’ll be bent where they enter it. Then, the reflection of the part of the stone above the water overlaps and interacts with the part seen through the water, making it difficult to tell which is which; where the reflection is darkest, you can see through the water the best, and vice versa. The real shadow of the stone overlaps both images, and where that shadow falls, it makes the water look more reflective. Where the sunlight shines, you’ll see more of the water’s surface and any dust or particles floating on it. But whether you see more of the bottom of the water or the reflection of the objects above it depends on your eye position. The more you look down into the water, the better you see objects beneath it; the more you look along the water, with your eye low, the more you see the reflection of the objects above. As a result, the color of a certain area on the water's surface will completely change while you stay in the same spot, just by bending down or raising your head. Thus, the colors seen in water reflect the viewer's position and are inseparably tied to the perspective of the shores. The most beautiful effect I know in mountain streams happens when the water is shallow, and the stones at the bottom are a rich reddish-orange and black. If you view this water at an angle that perfectly balances the visible colors between the stones and the sky, which is a clear, deep blue, the resulting purple created by blending the blue and the orange-red, enriched by countless gradations in the stones, is indescribably stunning.
All this seems complicated enough already; but if there be a strong colour in the clear water itself, as of green or blue in the Swiss lakes, all these phenomena are doubly involved; for the darker reflections now become of the colour of the water. The reflection of a black gondola, for instance, at Venice, is never black, but pure dark green. And, farther, the colour of the water itself is of three kinds: one, seen on the surface, is a kind of milky bloom; the next is seen where the waves let light through them, at their edges; and the third, shown as a change of colour on the objects seen through the water. Thus, the same wave that makes a white object look of a clear blue, when seen through it, will take a red or violet-coloured bloom on its surface, and will be made pure emerald green by transmitted sunshine through its edges. With all this, however, you are not much concerned at present, but I tell it you partly as a preparation for what we have afterwards to say about colour, and partly that you may approach[Pg 327] lakes and streams with reverence, and study them as carefully as other things, not hoping to express them by a few horizontal dashes of white, or a few tremulous blots.[232] Not but that much may be done by tremulous blots, when you know precisely what you mean by them, as you will see by many of the Turner sketches, which are now framed at the National Gallery; but you must have painted water many and many a day—yes, and all day long—before you can hope to do anything like those.
All of this seems quite complicated already; but if there’s a strong color in the clear water itself, like green or blue in the Swiss lakes, all these phenomena become even more complex; because the darker reflections now take on the color of the water. The reflection of a black gondola, for instance, in Venice is never just black, but a deep dark green. Furthermore, the color of the water itself comes in three types: the first is seen on the surface, resembling a milky sheen; the second is visible where the waves allow light to pass through at their edges; and the third shows a change in color on the objects viewed through the water. Thus, the same wave that makes a white object look light blue when seen through it will take on a red or violet hue on its surface, and will appear pure emerald green when sunlight passes through its edges. With all this, however, you shouldn't be overly concerned right now, but I'm sharing it partly to prepare you for what we’ll discuss later about color, and partly so you can approach lakes and streams with respect, studying them as carefully as other subjects, rather than trying to capture them with just a few horizontal strokes of white or a few shaky blots.[232] That said, a lot can be achieved with shaky blots, once you clearly understand what they represent, as you’ll see in many of Turner’s sketches, which are now displayed at the National Gallery; but you need to have painted water many times—yes, and all day long—before you can hope to achieve anything close to those.
III. Lastly. You may perhaps wonder why, before passing to the clouds, I say nothing special about ground.[233] But there is too much to be said about that to admit of my saying it here. You will find the principal laws of its structure examined at length in the fourth volume of "Modern Painters;" and if you can get that volume, and copy carefully Plate 21., which I have etched after Turner with great pains, it will give you as much help as you need in the linear expression of ground-surface. Strive to get the retirement and succession of masses in irregular ground: much may be done in this way by careful watching of the perspective diminutions of its herbage, as well as by contour; and much also by shadows. If you draw the shadows of leaves and tree trunks on any undulating ground with entire carefulness, you will be surprised to find how much they explain of the form and distance of the earth on which they fall.
III. Lastly. You might wonder why, before moving on to the clouds, I don’t say anything specific about ground.[233] There’s just too much to cover to fit it all in here. You can find the key principles of its structure explored in detail in the fourth volume of "Modern Painters." If you can get that volume and carefully replicate Plate 21., which I etched after Turner with great effort, it will give you all the assistance you need in depicting ground surfaces. Aim to capture the depth and arrangement of shapes in uneven ground: you can achieve a lot by closely observing the way its vegetation diminishes in perspective and its outlines; shadows also play a significant role. If you meticulously draw the shadows of leaves and tree trunks on any uneven ground, you'll be surprised at how much they reveal about the shape and distance of the ground beneath them.
Passing then to skies, note that there is this great peculiarity about sky subject, as distinguished from earth subject;—that[Pg 328] the clouds, not being much liable to man's interference, are always beautifully arranged. You cannot be sure of this in any other features of landscape. The rock on which the effect of a mountain scene especially depends is always precisely that which the roadmaker blasts or the landlord quarries; and the spot of green which Nature left with a special purpose by her dark forest sides, and finished with her most delicate grasses, is always that which the farmer ploughs or builds upon. But the clouds, though we can hide them with smoke, and mix them with poison, cannot be quarried nor built over, and they are always therefore gloriously arranged; so gloriously, that unless you have notable powers of memory you need not hope to approach the effect of any sky that interests you. For both its grace and its glow depend upon the united influence of every cloud within its compass: they all move and burn together in a marvellous harmony; not a cloud of them is out of its appointed place, or fails of its part in the choir: and if you are not able to recollect (which in the case of a complicated sky it is impossible you should) precisely the form and position of all the clouds at a given moment, you cannot draw the sky at all; for the clouds will not fit if you draw one part of them three or four minutes before another. You must try therefore to help what memory you have, by sketching at the utmost possible speed the whole range of the clouds; marking, by any shorthand or symbolic work you can hit upon, the peculiar character of each, as transparent, or fleecy, or linear, or undulatory; giving afterwards such completion to the parts as your recollection will enable you to do. This, however, only when the sky is interesting from its general aspect; at other times, do not try to draw all the sky, but a single cloud: sometimes a round cumulus will stay five or six minutes quite steady enough to let you mark out his principal masses: and one or two white or crimson lines which cross the sunrise will often stay without serious change for as long. And in order to be the readier in drawing them, practise occasionally drawing lumps of cotton, which will teach you better than any other stable thing the kind of softness there is in clouds. For you will find when[Pg 329] you have made a few genuine studies of sky, and then look at any ancient or modern painting, that ordinary artists have always fallen into one of two faults: either, in rounding the clouds, they make them as solid and hard-edged as a heap of stones tied up in a sack, or they represent them not as rounded at all, but as vague wreaths of mist or flat lights in the sky; and think they have done enough in leaving a little white paper between dashes of blue, or in taking an irregular space out with the sponge. Now clouds are not as solid as flour-sacks; but, on the other hand, they are neither spongy nor flat. They are definite and very beautiful forms of sculptured mist; sculptured is a perfectly accurate word; they are not more drifted into form than they are carved into form, the warm air around them cutting them into shape by absorbing the visible vapour beyond certain limits; hence their angular and fantastic outlines, as different from a swollen, spherical, or globular formation, on the one hand, as from that of flat films or shapeless mists on the other. And the worst of all is, that while these forms are difficult enough to draw on any terms, especially considering that they never stay quiet, they must be drawn also at greater disadvantage of light and shade than any others, the force of light in clouds being wholly unattainable by art; so that if we put shade enough to express their form as positively as it is expressed in reality, we must make them painfully too dark on the dark sides. Nevertheless, they are so beautiful, if you in the least succeed with them, that you will hardly, I think, lose courage. Outline them often with the pen, as you can catch them here and there; one of the chief uses of doing this will be, not so much the memorandum so obtained as the lesson you will get respecting the softness of the cloud-outlines. You will always find yourself at a loss to see where the outline really is; and when drawn it will always look hard and false, and will assuredly be either too round or too square, however often you alter it, merely passing from the one fault to the other and back again, the real cloud striking an inexpressible mean between roundness and squareness in all its coils or battlements. I speak at present, of course, only of the cumulus cloud: the[Pg 330] lighter wreaths and flakes of the upper sky cannot be outlined—they can only be sketched, like locks of hair, by many lines of the pen. Firmly developed bars of cloud on the horizon are in general easy enough, and may be drawn with decision. When you have thus accustomed yourself a little to the placing and action of clouds, try to work out their light and shade, just as carefully as you do that of other things, looking exclusively for examples of treatment to the vignettes in Rogers's Italy and Poems, and to the Liber Studiorum, unless you have access to some examples of Turner's own work. No other artist ever yet drew the sky: even Titian's clouds, and Tintoret's, are conventional. The clouds in the "Ben Arthur," "Source of Arveron," and "Calais Pier," are among the best of Turner's storm studies; and of the upper clouds, the vignettes to Rogers's Poems furnish as many examples as you need.
Passing on to the skies, there’s a striking difference between sky subjects and earth subjects. The clouds, largely untouched by human hands, are always beautifully arranged. You can’t say that about any other landscape features. The rock that shapes a mountain scene is often blasted by roadmakers or quarried by landowners. The patch of green that nature left intentionally by the dark forest edges, adorned with delicate grasses, is usually the first place farmers choose to plow or build on. However, the clouds, while we can obscure them with smoke or mix them with pollution, can’t be quarried or built over, so they remain gloriously arranged. They’re so beautiful that unless you have a great memory, it’s almost impossible to recreate the effect of any sky that captivates you. Both the elegance and brilliance depend on the combined effect of every cloud in view; they all move and illuminate together in a stunning harmony. Not one cloud is out of place, nor does it miss its role in the ensemble. If you can't recall (which is practically impossible with a complex sky) the exact shape and position of all the clouds at a specific moment, you can’t accurately draw the sky; if you sketch one part of it three or four minutes before another, they won’t fit together. Therefore, try to assist your memory by quickly sketching the entire range of clouds, marking with any shorthand or symbols the unique characteristics of each, whether they’re transparent, fluffy, linear, or wavy; later, complete the parts as best as your recall allows you. This should only be done when the sky is interesting overall; at other times, focus on a single cloud: sometimes a round cumulus will remain steady for five or six minutes, allowing you to outline its main masses; and a few white or crimson lines crossing the sunrise may hold their form for just as long. To improve your ability to draw them, practice sketching lumps of cotton, as it will teach you the softness found in clouds better than anything else stable. After you’ve done a few genuine studies of the sky and then look at any historical or modern painting, you’ll notice that most artists have consistently made one of two mistakes: either when shaping the clouds, they make them as solid and harsh-edged as stones in a sack, or they depict them not as rounded forms at all, but as vague wisps of mist or flat patches of light in the sky, thinking they’ve done enough by leaving a bit of white paper between splotches of blue or by dabbing irregular shapes with a sponge. Clouds aren’t as solid as sacks of flour, but they aren’t spongy or flat either. They are definite and beautifully sculpted forms of mist; “sculpted” is the perfect term; they aren’t merely drifted into shape, but are also carved into form, the warm air around them shaping them by absorbing the visible vapor beyond certain limits, which gives them their angular and fantastical outlines—distinct from both bloated, spherical shapes and flat films of shapeless mist. The most challenging aspect is that while these forms are difficult enough to draw, especially since they rarely stay still and must also be captured with light and shade different from any other subjects, as the light in clouds is impossible to replicate artistically; thus, if we shade them to reflect their form as accurately as it appears in reality, we risk making them painfully dark on their shadowy sides. Yet, they are so beautiful that if you have even a slight amount of success with them, you’re unlikely to lose heart. Outline them frequently with a pen, whenever you catch them; one of the main benefits of doing this is not just the notes you take but the lessons learned about the softness of cloud outlines. You’ll struggle to see where the outline truly lies; when you draw it, it will always appear hard and unnatural, oscillating between being too round or too square, no matter how many times you adjust it, moving from one flaw to another. The real cloud strikes an indescribable balance between roundness and squareness in all its contours or ridges. I’m currently only discussing cumulus clouds; the lighter wisps and flakes in the upper sky can’t be outlined—they should only be sketched like strands of hair, with multiple pen strokes. Solid bands of cloud on the horizon are generally easier to draw and can be done with confidence. Once you’ve gotten a bit acquainted with the positioning and movement of clouds, practice their light and shade just as meticulously as you would with other subjects, looking specifically for examples in the vignettes of Rogers's Italy and Poems, and the Liber Studiorum, unless you have access to some of Turner’s own works. No other artist has ever truly captured the sky; even Titian’s and Tintoretto’s clouds are conventional. The clouds in "Ben Arthur," "Source of Arveron," and "Calais Pier" are among the best examples of Turner’s storm studies; and for upper clouds, the vignettes in Rogers's Poems provide as many examples as you need.
And now, as our first lesson was taken from the sky, so, for the present, let our last be. I do not advise you to be in any haste to master the contents of my next letter. If you have any real talent for drawing, you will take delight in the discoveries of natural loveliness, which the studies I have already proposed will lead you into, among the fields and hills; and be assured that the more quietly and single-heartedly you take each step in the art, the quicker, on the whole, will your progress be. I would rather, indeed, have discussed the subjects of the following letter at greater length, and in a separate work addressed to more advanced students; but as there are one or two things to be said on composition which may set the young artist's mind somewhat more at rest, or furnish him with defence from the urgency of ill-advisers, I will glance over the main heads of the matter here; trusting that my doing so may not beguile you, my dear reader, from your serious work, or lead you to think me, in occupying part of this book with talk not altogether relevant to it, less entirely or
And now, just as our first lesson came from the sky, let our last one do the same for now. I don’t recommend rushing to master what I’ll cover in my next letter. If you have a real talent for drawing, you’ll enjoy discovering the natural beauty that the studies I've suggested will lead you to in the fields and hills. Rest assured that the more patiently and sincerely you approach each step in your craft, the faster your progress will be overall. In fact, I would have preferred to discuss the topics in the next letter in more detail in a separate work aimed at more advanced students. However, since there are one or two points about composition that might help ease the minds of young artists or protect them from pressure from poorly informed advisors, I’ll briefly cover the main points here. I hope this doesn’t distract you, dear reader, from your serious work, or make you think I’m less focused by including topics here that aren’t entirely relevant.
Faithfully yours,
J. Ruskin.
Best regards,
J. Ruskin.
FOOTNOTES:
[221] I do not mean that you can approach Turner or Durer in their strength, that is to say, in their imagination or power of design. But you may approach them, by perseverance, in truth of manner.
[221] I don't mean that you can match Turner or Durer in their strength, which means their imagination or design skills. But you can get closer to them, through perseverance, in terms of accuracy in style.
[222] The following are the most desirable plates:
[222] The following are the most sought-after plates:
Hindhead Hill. Hedging and ditching.
Dumblane Abbey. Morpeth. Calais Pier. Pembury Mill. Little Devil's Bridge. River Wye (not Wye and Severn). Holy Island. Clyde. Lauffenbourg. Blair Athol. Alps near Grenoble.
Raglan. (Scene featuring a peaceful stream, trees, and a castle on the right.)
If you cannot get one of these, any of the others will be serviceable, except only the twelve following, which are quite useless:—
If you can't get one of these, any of the others will work, except for the twelve listed below, which are completely useless:—
1. Scene in Italy, with goats on a walled road, and trees above.
1. Scene in Italy, with goats along a walled road, and trees overhead.
2. Interior of church.
2. Church interior.
3. Scene with bridge, and trees above; figures on left, one playing a pipe.
3. Scene with a bridge and trees overhead; figures on the left, one playing a flute.
4. Scene with figure playing on tambourine.
4. Scene with a person playing the tambourine.
5. Scene on Thames with high trees, and a square tower of a church seen through them.
5. Scene on the Thames with tall trees and a church's square tower visible through them.
6. Fifth Plague of Egypt.
Fifth Plague of Egypt.
7. Tenth Plague of Egypt.
10th Plague of Egypt.
8. Rivaulx Abbey.
8. Rivaulx Abbey.
9. Wye and Severn.
9. Wye and Severn Rivers.
10. Scene with castle in centre, cows under trees on the left.
10. Scene with the castle in the center, cows underneath the trees on the left.
11. Martello Towers.
11. Martello Towers.
12. Calm.
12. Chill.
It is very unlikely that you should meet with one of the original etchings; if you should, it will be a drawing-master in itself alone, for it is not only equivalent to a pen-and-ink drawing by Turner, but to a very careful one: only observe, the Source of Arveron, Raglan, and Dumblane were not etched by Turner; and the etchings of those three are not good for separate study, though it is deeply interesting to see how Turner, apparently provoked at the failure of the beginnings in the Arveron and Raglan, took the plates up himself, and either conquered or brought into use the bad etching by his marvellous engraving. The Dumblane was, however, well etched by Mr. Lupton, and beautifully engraved by him. The finest Turner etching is of an aqueduct with a stork standing in a mountain stream, not in the published series; and next to it, are the unpublished etchings of the Via Mala and Crowhurst. Turner seems to have been so fond of these plates that he kept retouching and finishing them, and never made up his mind to let them go. The Via Mala is certainly, in the state in which Turner left it, the finest of the whole series: its etching is, as I said, the best after that of the aqueduct. Figure 20., above, is part of another fine unpublished etching, "Windsor, from Salt Hill." Of the published etchings, the finest are the Ben Arthur, Æsacus, Cephalus, and Stone Pines, with the Girl washing at a Cistern; the three latter are the more generally instructive. Hindhead Hill, Isis, Jason, and Morpeth, are also very desirable.
It’s very unlikely that you’ll come across one of the original etchings; if you do, it will be a masterpiece on its own because it’s not only like a pen-and-ink drawing by Turner, but a very detailed one. Just note that the Source of Arveron, Raglan, and Dumblane were not etched by Turner, and the etchings of those three aren’t great for individual study. However, it’s fascinating to see how Turner, seemingly frustrated with the failures of the early attempts for the Arveron and Raglan, took the plates back himself and either improved or made use of the poor etching with his amazing engraving skills. The Dumblane, though, was well etched and beautifully engraved by Mr. Lupton. The best Turner etching features an aqueduct with a stork standing in a mountain stream, not included in the published series; next to it are the unpublished etchings of the Via Mala and Crowhurst. Turner seemed so attached to these plates that he kept retouching and finishing them, never deciding to let them go. The Via Mala is definitely the most impressive of the entire series in the state that Turner left it; its etching is, as I said, second best after the aqueduct. Figure 20, above, is part of another amazing unpublished etching, "Windsor, from Salt Hill." Among the published etchings, the finest ones are the Ben Arthur, Æsacus, Cephalus, and Stone Pines, along with the Girl washing at a Cistern; the last three are more generally informative. Hindhead Hill, Isis, Jason, and Morpeth are also very desirable.
[227] Bogue, Fleet Street. If you are not acquainted with Harding's works (an unlikely supposition, considering their popularity), and cannot meet with the one in question, the diagrams given here will enable you to understand all that is needful for our purposes.
[227] Bogue, Fleet Street. If you're not familiar with Harding's works (which seems unlikely given how popular they are), and you can't get your hands on the specific one we're talking about, the diagrams provided here will help you grasp everything necessary for our purposes.
[228] I draw this figure (a young shoot of oak) in outline only, it being impossible to express the refinements of shade in distant foliage in a woodcut.
[228] I'm just sketching this figure (a young oak shoot) in outline because it's impossible to capture the subtle shading of the distant foliage in a woodcut.
[229] His lithographic sketches, those, for instance, in the Park and the Forest, and his various lessons on foliage, possess greater merit than the more ambitious engravings in his "Principles and Practice of Art." There are many useful remarks, however, dispersed through this latter work.
[229] His lithographic sketches, like those in the Park and the Forest, and his different lessons on foliage, hold more value than the more elaborate engravings in his "Principles and Practice of Art." However, there are many helpful comments scattered throughout this latter work.
[231] The student may hardly at first believe that the perspective of buildings is of little consequence: but he will find it so ultimately. See the remarks on this point in the Preface.
[231] The student might initially struggle to believe that the perspective of buildings doesn’t really matter, but they'll eventually realize it does. Check out the comments on this topic in the Preface.
[232] It is a useful piece of study to dissolve some Prussian blue in water, so as to make the liquid definitely blue: fill a large white basin with the solution, and put anything you like to float on it, or lie in it; walnut shells, bits of wood, leaves of flowers, &c. Then study the effects of the reflections, and of the stems of the flowers or submerged portions of the floating objects, as they appear through the blue liquid; noting especially how, as you lower your head and look along the surface, you see the reflections clearly; and how, as you raise your head, you lose the reflections, and see the submerged stems clearly.
[232] It's a great idea to mix some Prussian blue in water to create a bright blue liquid. Fill a large white basin with this solution and place anything you want to float on it or sink into it—like walnut shells, pieces of wood, or flower petals. Then observe how the reflections and the stems of the flowers or submerged parts of the floating objects appear through the blue liquid. Pay special attention to how, when you lower your head and look along the surface, the reflections become clear, while raising your head makes the reflections disappear, allowing you to see the submerged stems clearly.
LETTER III.
ON COLOUR AND COMPOSITION.
My Dear Reader:—
Dear Reader:—
If you have been obedient, and have hitherto done all that I have told you, I trust it has not been without much subdued remonstrance, and some serious vexation. For I should be sorry if, when you were led by the course of your study to observe closely such things as are beautiful in colour, you had not longed to paint them, and felt considerable difficulty in complying with your restriction to the use of black, or blue, or grey. You ought to love colour, and to think nothing quite beautiful or perfect without it; and if you really do love it, for its own sake, and are not merely desirous to colour because you think painting a finer thing than drawing, there is some chance you may colour well. Nevertheless, you need not hope ever to produce anything more than pleasant helps to memory, or useful and suggestive sketches in colour, unless you mean to be wholly an artist. You may, in the time which other vocations leave at your disposal, produce finished, beautiful, and masterly drawings in light and shade. But to colour well, requires your life. It cannot be done cheaper. The difficulty of doing right is increased—not twofold nor threefold, but a thousandfold, and more—by the addition of colour to your work. For the chances are more than a thousand to one against your being right both in form and colour with a given touch: it is difficult enough to be right in form, if you attend to that only; but when you have to attend, at the same moment, to a much more subtle thing than the form, the difficulty is strangely increased—and multiplied almost to infinity by this great fact, that, while form is absolute, so that you can say at the moment you draw any line that it is either right or wrong, colour is wholly relative. Every hue throughout your work is altered by every touch that you add in other places; so that what was warm a minute ago, becomes cold[Pg 332] when you have put a hotter colour in another place, and what was in harmony when you left it, becomes discordant as you set other colours beside it; so that every touch must be laid, not with a view to its effect at the time, but with a view to its effect in futurity, the result upon it of all that is afterwards to be done being previously considered. You may easily understand that, this being so, nothing but the devotion of life, and great genius besides, can make a colourist.
If you've been obedient and have followed everything I’ve told you so far, I hope it hasn't been without a lot of quiet disagreement and some real frustration. I would be sorry if, as you’ve been studying and noticing the beautiful colors around you, you didn’t feel the urge to paint them and found it tough to stick to the limitations of using only black, blue, or gray. You should love color and believe nothing is truly beautiful or perfect without it. If you genuinely appreciate color for its own sake and aren’t just trying to use it because you think painting is better than drawing, there's a chance you might color well. However, don’t expect to create anything more than pleasant reminders or useful sketches in color unless you fully commit to being an artist. In the time you have left after other jobs, you can create finished, beautiful, and skillful drawings in light and shade. But to color well, you need to dedicate your whole life to it. It cannot be done cheaply. The challenge of doing it right increases—not just two or three times, but a thousand times or more—when you add color to your work. The odds are more than a thousand to one against you getting both shape and color right with a single stroke. It's already tough enough to get the shape right if you only focus on that; but when you have to consider something much more delicate than shape all at once, the difficulty increases tremendously—multiplied almost to infinity by the fact that, while shape is absolute (you can tell at the moment you draw any line if it’s right or wrong), color is completely relative. Every hue in your work changes with every additional touch you make elsewhere; what was warm just a minute ago can feel cold once you add a hotter color elsewhere, and what harmonized before can become discordant once you place other colors next to it. Thus, every stroke must be made not just with its immediate effect in mind, but also considering how it will interact with everything else you plan to do later. You can understand that, given this situation, only the dedication of a lifetime and immense talent can make someone a true colorist.
But though you cannot produce finished coloured drawings of any value, you may give yourself much pleasure, and be of great use to other people, by occasionally sketching with a view to colour only; and preserving distinct statements of certain colour facts—as that the harvest-moon at rising was of such and such a red, and surrounded by clouds of such and such a rosy grey; that the mountains at evening were in truth so deep in purple; and the waves by the boat's side were indeed of that incredible green. This only, observe, if you have an eye for colour; but you may presume that you have this, if you enjoy colour.
But even if you can't create finished, valuable colored drawings, you can still have a lot of fun and be really helpful to others by occasionally sketching with color in mind. You can also keep clear notes on certain color facts—like how the harvest moon looked at rising, which was a particular shade of red surrounded by clouds of a rosy gray; how the mountains appeared in the evening, truly deep purple; and how the waves by the boat were that amazing shade of green. This is only if you have a good sense of color, but you can assume you do if you appreciate color.
And, though of course you should always give as much form to your subject as your attention to its colour will admit of, remember that the whole value of what you are about depends, in a coloured sketch, on the colour merely. If the colour is wrong, everything is wrong: just as, if you are singing, and sing false notes, it does not matter how true the words are. If you sing at all, you must sing sweetly; and if you colour at all, you must colour rightly. Give up all the form, rather than the slightest part of the colour: just as, if you felt yourself in danger of a false note, you would give up the word, and sing a meaningless sound, if you felt that so you could save the note. Never mind though your houses are all tumbling down—though your clouds are mere blots, and your trees mere knobs, and your sun and moon like crooked sixpences—so only that trees, clouds, houses, and sun or moon, are of the right colours. Of course, the discipline you have gone through will enable you to hint something of form, even in the fastest sweep of the brush; but do not let the thought of form hamper you in the least, when you begin to make coloured[Pg 333] memoranda. If you want the form of the subject, draw it in black and white. If you want its colour, take its colour, and be sure you have it, and not a spurious, treacherous, half-measured piece of mutual concession, with the colours all wrong, and the forms still anything but right. It is best to get into the habit of considering the coloured work merely as supplementary to your other studies; making your careful drawings of the subject first, and then a coloured memorandum separately, as shapeless as you like, but faithful in hue, and entirely minding its own business. This principle, however, bears chiefly on large and distant subjects; in foregrounds and near studies, the colour cannot be had without a good deal of definition of form. For if you do not map the mosses on the stones accurately, you will not have the right quantity of colour in each bit of moss pattern, and then none of the colours will look right; but it always simplifies the work much if you are clear as to your point of aim, and satisfied, when necessary, to fail of all but that.
And, while you should always give your subject as much shape as your attention to its color allows, remember that the entire value of a colored sketch relies on the color alone. If the color is off, everything is off, just like if you’re singing and hit the wrong notes, it doesn’t matter how accurate the words are. If you sing at all, you must sing beautifully; and if you add color, it must be correct. Better to forgo all the form than lose even a bit of the color: just as if you were at risk of hitting a false note, you would drop the word and sing a nonsensical sound if you felt it would save the note. Don’t worry if your houses are falling apart—if your clouds look like smudges, and your trees are just lumps, and your sun and moon resemble crooked coins—as long as the trees, clouds, houses, and sun or moon are the right colors. Of course, the training you’ve undergone will help you suggest some form, even with the fastest brushstrokes; but don’t let thoughts of form slow you down when starting to make colored memoranda. If you want the shape of the subject, draw it in black and white. If you want its color, capture that color, making sure you have it, not a fake, unreliable, half-measured compromise with the colors all wrong and the shapes still not right. It’s best to get used to thinking of colored work as merely an addition to your other studies; first making detailed drawings of the subject, then a separate colored note that can be as shapeless as needed, but true in hue, focusing completely on itself. This principle mainly applies to large and distant subjects; in foregrounds and close studies, color cannot be acquired without a fair amount of definition of form. If you don’t accurately map the moss on the stones, you’ll end up with the wrong amount of color in each moss pattern, and then none of the colors will look right; but it always makes the job easier if you’re clear about your goal and are okay with only achieving that when necessary.
Now, of course, if I were to enter into detail respecting colouring, which is the beginning and end of a painter's craft, I should need to make this a work in three volumes instead of three letters, and to illustrate it in the costliest way. I only hope at present to set you pleasantly and profitably to work, leaving you, within the tethering of certain leading-strings, to gather what advantages you can from the works of art of which every year brings a greater number within your reach;—and from the instruction which, every year, our rising artists will be more ready to give kindly, and better able to give wisely.
Now, if I were to dive deep into coloring, which is essential to a painter's craft, I would need to make this a three-volume work instead of just three letters, and I would have to illustrate it in the most expensive way possible. My main hope right now is to get you started on your work in a way that's both enjoyable and beneficial, while keeping you within certain guidelines, so you can gain as much as possible from the increasing number of artworks available to you each year. Also, our emerging artists will be more willing to offer valuable instruction, and they'll be better equipped to share their knowledge wisely.
And, first, of materials. Use hard cake colours, not moist colours: grind a sufficient quantity of each on your palette every morning, keeping a separate plate, large and deep, for colours to be used in broad washes, and wash both plate and palette every evening, so as to be able always to get good and pure colour when you need it; and force yourself into cleanly and orderly habits about your colours. The two best colourists of modern times, Turner and Rossetti,[234] afford us, I[Pg 334] am sorry to say, no confirmation of this precept by their practice. Turner was, and Rossetti is, as slovenly in all their procedures as men can well be; but the result of this was, with Turner, that the colours have altered in all his pictures, and in many of his drawings; and the result of it with Rossetti is, that, though his colours are safe, he has sometimes to throw aside work that was half done, and begin over again. William Hunt, of the Old Water-colour, is very neat in his practice; so, I believe, is Mulready; so is John Lewis; and so are the leading Pre-Raphaelites, Rossetti only excepted. And there can be no doubt about the goodness of the advice, if it were only for this reason, that the more particular you are about your colours the more you will get into a deliberate and methodical habit in using them, and all true speed in colouring comes of this deliberation.
And first, about materials: use hard cake colors, not moist ones. Grind a good amount of each on your palette every morning, and have a separate, large, deep plate for colors used in broad washes. Clean both the plate and palette every evening so you can always access good and pure color when needed. Get into the habit of keeping your colors clean and organized. Unfortunately, the two best colorists of modern times, Turner and Rossetti,[234] don't seem to follow this advice in their practice. Turner was, and Rossetti is, quite messy in all their procedures. Because of this, Turner's colors have changed in all his pictures and in many of his drawings. For Rossetti, although his colors are reliable, he sometimes has to abandon half-finished work and start over. William Hunt from the Old Water-color movement is very meticulous in his technique; I believe Mulready, John Lewis, and the leading Pre-Raphaelites, except for Rossetti, are too. There's no doubt that the advice is good, mainly because the more careful you are with your colors, the more you'll develop a deliberate and methodical approach to using them. True speed in coloring comes from this deliberation.
Use Chinese white, well ground, to mix with your colours in order to pale them, instead of a quantity of water. You will thus be able to shape your masses more quietly, and play the colours about with more ease; they will not damp your paper so much, and you will be able to go on continually, and lay forms of passing cloud and other fugitive or delicately shaped lights, otherwise unattainable except by time.
Use finely ground Chinese white to mix with your colors to lighten them instead of using a lot of water. This way, you can manipulate your shapes more smoothly and blend the colors more easily; they won't wet your paper as much, allowing you to keep working continuously and create forms of passing clouds and other transient or delicately shaped highlights that would otherwise be impossible to achieve without time.
This mixing of white with the pigments, so as to render them opaque, constitutes body-colour drawing as opposed to transparent-colour drawing and you will, perhaps, have it often said to you that this body-colour is "illegitimate." It is just as legitimate as oil-painting, being, so far as handling is concerned, the same process, only without its uncleanliness, its unwholesomeness, or its inconvenience; for oil will not dry quickly, nor carry safely, nor give the same effects of atmosphere without tenfold labour. And if you hear it said that the body-colour looks chalky or opaque, and, as is very likely, think so yourself, be yet assured of this, that though certain[Pg 335] effects of glow and transparencies of gloom are not to be reached without transparent colour, those glows and glooms are not the noblest aim of art. After many years' study of the various results of fresco and oil painting in Italy, and of body-colour and transparent colour in England, I am now entirely convinced that the greatest things that are to be done in art must be done in dead colour. The habit of depending on varnish or on lucid tints transparency, makes the painter comparatively lose sight of the nobler translucence which is obtained by breaking various colours amidst each other: and even when, as by Correggio, exquisite play of hue is joined with exquisite transparency, the delight in the depth almost always leads the painter into mean and false chiaroscuro; it leads him to like dark backgrounds instead of luminous ones,[235] and to enjoy, in general, quality of colour more than grandeur of composition, and confined light rather than open sunshine: so that the really greatest thoughts of the greatest men have always, so far as I remember, been reached in dead colour,[Pg 336] and the noblest oil pictures of Tintoret and Veronese are those which are likest frescos.
This combination of white with the pigments to make them opaque defines body-color drawing, as opposed to transparent-color drawing. You might often hear people say that this body color is "illegitimate." However, it is just as legitimate as oil painting, since it's essentially the same process in terms of technique, but without the messiness, unpleasantness, or inconveniences of oil; oil doesn’t dry quickly, is difficult to transport, and doesn’t produce the same atmospheric effects without significantly more effort. If you hear that body color appears chalky or opaque and possibly think that yourself, remember that while certain effects of brightness and transparency can't be achieved without transparent color, those effects are not the ultimate goal of art. After studying various outcomes of fresco and oil painting in Italy, as well as body color and transparent color in England for many years, I am completely convinced that the most significant works in art must be done in dead color. Relying on varnish or transparent tints makes painters lose sight of the more profound translucency that comes from blending colors together. And even when someone, like Correggio, combines beautiful hues with exquisite transparency, the enjoyment of depth often leads the painter into poor and misleading chiaroscuro; it tends to make them prefer dark backgrounds over bright ones, and they often value color quality more than compositional grandeur, opting for confined light instead of open sunshine. Thus, I believe that the most profound ideas of the greatest artists have consistently been expressed in dead color, and the finest oil paintings by Tintoretto and Veronese are those that resemble frescos most closely.[Pg 336]
Besides all this, the fact is, that though sometimes a little chalky and coarse-looking, body-colour is, in a sketch, infinitely liker nature than transparent colour: the bloom and mist of distance are accurately and instantly represented by the film of opaque blue (quite accurately, I think, by nothing else); and for ground, rocks, and buildings, the earthy and solid surface is, of course, always truer than the most finished and carefully wrought work in transparent tints can ever be.
Besides all this, the fact is that, although it can sometimes look a bit chalky and rough, body color is, in a sketch, so much closer to nature than transparent color: the atmospheric effects and haze of distance are accurately and instantly shown by the film of opaque blue (I think, nothing else captures it quite as well); and for the ground, rocks, and buildings, the earthy and solid appearance is, of course, always more truthful than the most refined and carefully crafted work in transparent shades could ever be.
Against one thing, however, I must steadily caution you. All kinds of colour are equally illegitimate, if you think they will allow you to alter at your pleasure, or blunder at your ease. There is no vehicle or method of colour which admits of alteration or repentance; you must be right at once, or never; and you might as well hope to catch a rifle bullet in your hand, and put it straight, when it was going wrong, as to recover a tint once spoiled. The secret of all good colour in oil, water, or anything else, lies primarily in that sentence spoken to me by Mulready: "Know what you have to do." The process may be a long one, perhaps: you may have to ground with one colour; to touch it with fragments of a second; to crumble a third into the interstices; a fourth into the interstices of the third; to glaze the whole with a fifth; and to reinforce in points with a sixth: but whether you have one, or ten, or twenty processes to go through, you must go straight through them, knowingly and foreseeingly all the way; and if you get the thing once wrong, there is no hope for you but in washing or scraping boldly down to the white ground, and beginning again.
Against one thing, however, I must keep warning you. All types of color are equally unacceptable if you think you can change them at will or make mistakes freely. There is no way or method of using color that allows for changes or second chances; you must be correct immediately, or not at all; and you might as well try to catch a bullet in your hand and fix it while it's in motion as to fix a color that's been ruined. The key to all good color in oil, water, or anything else lies primarily in that sentence Mulready told me: "Know what you have to do." The process might take a while, though: you may need to start with one color, then add bits of a second; crumble a third into the gaps; a fourth into the gaps of the third; glaze the whole thing with a fifth; and add details with a sixth: but whether you have one, or ten, or twenty steps to take, you must go straight through them, being fully aware and anticipating each step; and if you get it wrong once, your only option is to wash or scrape it down boldly to the white base and start over.
The drawing in body-colour will tend to teach you all this, more than any other method, and above all it will prevent you from falling into the pestilent habit of sponging to get texture; a trick which has nearly ruined our modern water-colour school of art. There are sometimes places in which a skilful artist will roughen his paper a little to get certain conditions of dusty colour with more ease than he could otherwise; and sometimes a skilfully rased piece of paper will, in the midst[Pg 337] of transparent tints, answer nearly the purpose of chalky body-colour in representing the surfaces of rocks or buildings. But artifices of this kind are always treacherous in a tyro's hands, tempting him to trust in them; and you had better always work on white or grey paper as smooth as silk;[236] and never disturb the surface of your colour or paper, except finally to scratch out the very highest lights if you are using transparent colours.
The drawing in body color will teach you all of this better than any other method, and most importantly, it will keep you from falling into the harmful habit of using sponges to create texture—a trick that has nearly ruined our modern watercolor art scene. There are times when a skilled artist might roughen their paper a little to achieve certain dusty color effects more easily than they could otherwise; and sometimes a carefully erased piece of paper can, amidst transparent tints, serve almost like chalky body color to represent the surfaces of rocks or buildings. But these kinds of tricks are always risky for beginners, tempting them to rely on them; it's best to work on white or gray paper that is as smooth as silk, and only disturb the surface of your color or paper to scratch out the highest lights if you're using transparent colors.
I have said above that body-colour drawing will teach you the use of colour better than working with merely transparent tints; but this is not because the process is an easier one, but because it is a more complete one, and also because it involves some working with transparent tints in the best way. You are not to think that because you use body-colour you may make any kind of mess that you like, and yet get out of it. But you are to avail yourself of the characters of your material, which enable you most nearly to imitate the processes of Nature. Thus, suppose you have a red rocky cliff to sketch, with blue clouds floating over it. You paint your cliff first firmly, then take your blue, mixing it to such a tint (and here is a great part of the skill needed), that when it is laid over the red, in the thickness required for the effect of the mist, the warm rock-colour showing through the blue cloud-colour, may bring it to exactly the hue you want; (your upper tint, therefore, must be mixed colder than you want it;) then you lay it on, varying it as you strike it, getting the forms of the mist at once, and, if it be rightly done, with exquisite quality of colour, from the warm tint's showing through and between the particles of the other. When it is dry, you may add a little colour to retouch the edges where they want shape, or heighten the lights where they want roundness, or put another tone over the whole; but you can[Pg 338] take none away. If you touch or disturb the surface, or by any untoward accident mix the under and upper colours together, all is lost irrecoverably. Begin your drawing from the ground again if you like, or throw it into the fire if you like. But do not waste time in trying to mend it.[237]
I mentioned earlier that using opaque watercolors will teach you color application better than just working with transparent tints; this isn’t because it’s easier, but because it’s a more complete method and it requires some use of transparent tints effectively. Don’t think that just because you’re using opaque colors you can make any kind of mess and still fix it. Instead, you should make use of the characteristics of your materials, which allow you to closely mimic the processes of Nature. For example, if you have a red rocky cliff to sketch and blue clouds above it, paint the cliff first with solid color. Then take your blue, mixing it to a shade (and this is where the skill comes in) that, when layered over the red at the right thickness for a mist effect, lets the warm color of the rock show through the blue cloud color to achieve the exact hue you want; (so your top color needs to be mixed cooler than you actually want it); then apply it, adjusting it as you go to capture the shapes of the mist right away, and if done well, you’ll get a beautiful quality of color from the warm tint showing through and between the particles of the blue. Once it’s dry, you can add a bit of color to touch up any edges that need definition, enhance the highlights where they lack dimension, or add another tone over everything, but you can’t take any color away. If you touch or disturb the surface, or accidentally mix the colors underneath and on top, it’s all ruined beyond repair. You can start your drawing from scratch if you want, or throw it in the fire if that’s your choice. But don’t waste your time trying to fix it.[Pg 338]
This discussion of the relative merits of transparent and opaque colour has, however, led us a little beyond the point where we should have begun; we must go back to our palette, if you please. Get a cake of each of the hard colours named in the note below[238] and try experiments on their simple combinations, by mixing each colour with every other. If you like to do it in an orderly way, you may prepare a squared piece of pasteboard, and put the pure colours in columns at[Pg 339] the top and side; the mixed tints being given at the intersections, thus (the letters standing for colours):
This talk about the benefits of transparent and opaque colors has taken us a bit off track; let's return to our palette, shall we? Get a cake of each of the hard colors mentioned in the note below[238] and experiment with their simple combinations by mixing each color with every other one. If you want to keep it organized, you can prepare a squared piece of cardboard and arrange the pure colors in columns at[Pg 339] the top and side; the mixed shades will be noted at the intersections, like this (the letters represent colors):
b | c | d | e | f | &c. | |
a | ab | ac | ad | ae | af | |
b | — | bc | bd | be | bf | |
c | — | — | cd | ce | cf | |
d | — | — | — | de | df | |
e | — | — | — | — | ef | |
&c. |
This will give you some general notion of the characters of mixed tints of two colours only, and it is better in practice to confine yourself as much as possible to these, and to get more complicated colours, either by putting a third over the first blended tint, or by putting the third into its interstices. Nothing but watchful practice will teach you the effects that colours have on each other when thus put over, or beside, each other.
This will give you a general idea of the mixed colors created by just two colors. It's usually best to stick to these as much as you can in practice. You can get more complex colors by layering a third color over the first blended tint or by placing the third color in the gaps between them. Only careful practice will show you how colors affect each other when layered or placed next to one another.

When you have got a little used to the principal combinations, place yourself at a window which the sun does not shine in at, commanding some simple piece of landscape; outline this landscape roughly; then take a piece of white cardboard, cut out a hole in it about the size of a large pea; and supposing R is the room, a d the window, and you are sitting at a, Fig. 29., hold this cardboard a little outside of the window, upright, and in the direction b d, parallel a little turned to the side of the window, or so as to catch more light, as at a d, never turned as at c d, or the paper will be dark. Then you will see the landscape, bit by bit, through the circular hole. Match the colours of each important bit as nearly as you can, mixing your tints with white, beside the aperture. When matched, put a touch of the same tint at the top of your paper, writing under it: "dark tree colour," "hill colour," "field colour," as the case may be. Then wash the tint[Pg 340] away from beside the opening, and the cardboard will be ready to match another piece of the landscape.[239] When you have got the colours of the principal masses thus indicated, lay on a piece of each in your sketch in its right place, and then proceed to complete the sketch in harmony with them, by your eye.
When you're somewhat familiar with the main combinations, position yourself at a window that isn’t directly lit by the sun, overlooking a simple landscape. Sketch this landscape roughly. Then take a piece of white cardboard and cut a hole in it about the size of a large pea. Assuming R is the room, a d is the window, and you are sitting at a, Fig. 29., hold this cardboard slightly outside the window, upright, facing b d, angled a bit towards the side of the window to catch more light, like at a d, and never angled like c d, or else the paper will appear dark. You’ll be able to see the landscape, piece by piece, through the circular hole. Try to match the colors of each significant part as closely as possible, mixing your tints with white next to the hole. Once matched, put a dot of the same tint at the top of your paper, labeling it "dark tree color," "hill color," "field color," as appropriate. Then wash away the tint from around the hole, and the cardboard will be ready to match another part of the landscape.[Pg 340][239] After you've indicated the colors of the main sections, add a piece of each to your sketch in the correct spots, and then continue to refine the sketch according to those colors by eye.
In the course of your early experiments, you will be much struck by two things: the first, the inimitable brilliancy of light in sky and in sunlighted things: and the second, that among the tints which you can imitate, those which you thought the darkest will continually turn out to be in reality the lightest. Darkness of objects is estimated by us, under ordinary circumstances, much more by knowledge than by sight; thus, a cedar or Scotch fir, at 200 yards off, will be thought of darker green than an elm or oak near us; because we know by experience that the peculiar colour they exhibit, at that distance, is the sign of darkness of foliage. But when we try them through the cardboard, the near oak will be found, indeed, rather dark green, and the distant cedar, perhaps, pale gray-purple. The quantity of purple and grey in Nature is, by the way, another somewhat surprising subject of discovery.
In your early experiments, you'll notice two things: first, the unique brilliance of light in the sky and on sunlit objects; and second, that among the shades you can replicate, those you thought were the darkest will often turn out to be the lightest. We tend to judge the darkness of objects more by knowledge than by sight in everyday situations; for example, a cedar or Scotch fir 200 yards away will be seen as darker green than a nearby elm or oak because we know from experience that the specific color they show at that distance indicates darker foliage. But when we check them with cardboard, we'll find that the nearby oak is actually a rather dark green, while the distant cedar might appear as a pale gray-purple. The amount of purple and gray in nature is, by the way, another somewhat surprising discovery.
Well, having ascertained thus your principal tints, you may proceed to fill up your sketch; in doing which observe these following particulars:
Well, now that you've figured out your main colors, you can go ahead and fill in your sketch. While doing that, pay attention to the following details:
1. Many portions of your subject appeared through the aperture in the paper brighter than the paper, as sky, sunlighted grass, &c. Leave these portions, for the present, white; and proceed with the parts of which you can match the tints.[Pg 341]
1. Many parts of your subject came through the hole in the paper brighter than the paper itself, like the sky, sunlit grass, etc. Leave these areas white for now, and continue with the sections where you can match the colors.[Pg 341]
2. As you tried your subject with the cardboard, you must have observed how many changes of hue took place over small spaces. In filling up your work, try to educate your eye to perceive these differences of hue without the help of the cardboard, and lay them deliberately, like a mosaic-worker, as separate colours, preparing each carefully on your palatte, and laying it as if it were a patch of coloured cloth, cut out, to be fitted neatly by its edge to the next patch; so that the fault of your work may be, not a slurred or misty look, but a patched bed-cover look, as if it had all been cut out with scissors. For instance, in drawing the trunk of a birch tree, there will be probably white high lights, then a pale rosy grey round them on the light side, then a (probably greenish) deeper grey on the dark side, varied by reflected colours, and over all, rich black strips of bark and brown spots of moss. Lay first the rosy grey, leaving white for the high lights and for the spots of moss, and not touching the dark side. Then lay the grey for the dark side, fitting it well up to the rosy grey of the light, leaving also in this darker grey the white paper in the places for the black and brown moss; then prepare the moss colours separately for each spot, and lay each in the white place left for it. Not one grain of white, except that purposely left for the high lights, must be visible when the work is done, even through a magnifying-glass, so cunningly must you fit the edges to each other. Finally, take your background colours, and put them on each side of the tree-trunk, fitting them carefully to its edge.
2. As you experimented with your subject using the cardboard, you probably noticed how many changes in color happened over small areas. When filling in your work, try to train your eye to see these color differences without relying on the cardboard, and place them intentionally, like a mosaic artist, as separate colors. Prepare each one carefully on your palette, and apply it as if it were a piece of colored fabric, cut out to fit neatly against the next piece; so that the flaw in your work is not a blended or blurry appearance, but a patchwork look, as if everything had been cut with scissors. For example, when drawing the trunk of a birch tree, there will likely be white highlights, then a pale rosy gray around them on the light side, then a (likely greenish) deeper gray on the dark side, varied by reflected colors, and over it all, rich black strips of bark and brown patches of moss. First, apply the rosy gray, leaving white for the highlights and the moss spots, while avoiding the dark side. Then apply the gray for the dark side, fitting it well up to the rosy gray on the light side, leaving also space in this darker gray for the black and brown moss. Prepare the moss colors separately for each spot, and apply each into the white space left for it. Not a single speck of white, except for what was intentionally left for the highlights, should be visible when the work is finished, even when viewed through a magnifying glass; you must fit the edges together very precisely. Finally, take your background colors and apply them on each side of the tree trunk, fitting them carefully to its edge.
Fine work you would make of this, wouldn't you, if you had not learned to draw first, and could not now draw a good outline for the stem, much less terminate a colour mass in the outline you wanted?
Fine work you would do with this, wouldn't you, if you hadn't learned to draw first and couldn't now create a good outline for the stem, let alone finish a color area in the outline you wanted?
Your work will look very odd for some time, when you first begin to paint in this way, and before you can modify it, as I shall tell you presently how; but never mind; it is of the greatest possible importance that you should practice this separate laying on of the hues, for all good colouring finally depends on it. It is, indeed, often necessary, and sometimes desirable, to lay one colour and form boldly over another: thus,[Pg 342] in laying leaves on blue sky, it is impossible always in large pictures, or when pressed for time, to fill in the blue through the interstices of the leaves; and the great Venetians constantly lay their blue ground first, and then, having let it dry, strike the golden brown over it in the form of the leaf, leaving the under blue to shine through the gold, and subdue it to the olive green they want. But in the most precious and perfect work each leaf is inlaid, and the blue worked round it: and, whether you use one or other mode of getting your result, it is equally necessary to be absolute and decisive in your laying the colour. Either your ground must be laid firmly first, and then your upper colour struck upon it in perfect form, for ever, thenceforward, unalterable; or else the two colours must be individually put in their places, and led up to each other till they meet at their appointed border, equally, thenceforward, unchangeable. Either process, you see, involves absolute decision. If you once begin to slur, or change, or sketch, or try this way and that with your colour, it is all over with it and with you. You will continually see bad copyists trying to imitate the Venetians, by daubing their colours about, and retouching, and finishing, and softening: when every touch and every added hue only lead them farther into chaos. There is a dog between two children in a Veronese in the Louvre, which gives the copyist much employment. He has a dark ground behind him, which Veronese has painted first, and then when it was dry, or nearly so, struck the locks of the dog's white hair over it with some half-dozen curling sweeps of his brush, right at once, and forever. Had one line or hair of them gone wrong, it would have been wrong forever; no retouching could have mended it. The poor copyists daub in first some background, and then some dog's hair; then retouch the background, then the hair, work for hours at it, expecting it always to come right to-morrow—"when it is finished." They may work for centuries at it, and they will never do it. If they can do it with Veronese's allowance of work, half a dozen sweeps of the hand over the dark background, well; if not, they may ask the dog himself whether it will ever come right, and get true answer from him—on Launce's conditions: "If he say[Pg 343] 'ay,' it will; if he say 'no,' it will; if he shake his tail and say nothing, it will."
Your work will look pretty strange for a while when you first start painting this way, and before you can figure out how to change it, but don’t worry; it’s really important that you practice applying the colors separately, since all good coloring relies on it. It’s often necessary, and sometimes even a good idea, to boldly lay one color over another: for example, when adding leaves against a blue sky, it's not always possible in large paintings, or when you’re short on time, to fill in the blue between the leaves. The great Venetian painters often applied their blue base first, let it dry, and then painted the golden brown on top in the form of the leaf, allowing the blue underneath to shine through and tone down to the olive green they wanted. However, in the most exquisite and perfect works, each leaf is carefully inlaid, and the blue is worked around it. Whether you choose one approach or the other to achieve your result, it’s crucial to be clear and decisive when applying color. Either your base must be laid firmly first, and then your top color must be applied in perfect form, made unchangeable from then on; or else both colors must be individually placed and blended until they meet at their borders, equally unchangeable moving forward. Each method requires absolute determination. If you ever start to smudge, change, sketch, or experiment with your colors, you're done for. You’ll often see bad copyists trying to mimic the Venetians by splattering their colors around, retouching, finishing, and softening; yet every additional touch and color only draws them deeper into chaos. There’s a dog between two children in a Veronese painting at the Louvre that keeps copyists busy. He has a dark background behind him, which Veronese painted first, and then, once it was dry or nearly dry, he struck the locks of the dog’s white hair over it with a few quick swipes of his brush—all at once and for good. If even one line or hair had gone wrong, it would have been permanently flawed; no touch-ups could fix it. In contrast, poor copyists first slap in a background, then some dog’s fur, then retouch the background, then the fur, working on it for hours, hoping it will magically come out right tomorrow—"when it’s finished." They could work on it for centuries and still never get it right. If they can achieve it with Veronese’s level of skill, with just those few strokes over the dark background, great; but if not, they might as well ask the dog himself if it will ever look right, and he’ll give them a clear answer—on Launce’s terms: "If he says 'yes,' it will; if he says 'no,' it won’t; if he wags his tail and says nothing, it definitely won’t."
Whenever you lay on a mass of colour, be sure that however large it may be, or however small, it shall be gradated. No colour exists in Nature under ordinary circumstances without gradation. If you do not see this, it is the fault of your inexperience; you will see it in due time, if you practise enough. But in general you may see it at once. In the birch trunk, for instance, the rosy grey must be gradated by the roundness of the stem till it meets the shaded side; similarly the shaded side is gradated by reflected, light. Accordingly, whether by adding water, or white paint, or by unequal force of touch (this you will do at pleasure, according to the texture you wish to produce), you must, in every tint you lay on, make it a little paler at one part than another, and get an even gradation between the two depths. This is very like laying down a formal law or recipe for you; but you will find it is merely the assertion of a natural fact. It is not indeed physically impossible to meet with an ungradated piece of colour, but it is so supremely improbable, that you had better get into the habit of asking yourself invariably, when you are going to copy a tint,—not "Is that gradated?" but "Which way is it gradated?" and at least in ninety-nine out of a hundred instances, you will be able to answer decisively after a careful glance, though the gradation may have been so subtle that you did not see it at first. And it does not matter how small the touch of colour may be, though not larger than the smallest pin's head, if one part of it is not darker than the rest, it is a bad touch; for it is not merely because the natural fact is so, that your colour should be gradated; the preciousness and pleasantness of the colour itself depends more on this than on any other of its qualities, for gradation is to colours just what curvature is to lines, both being felt to be beautiful by the pure instinct of every human mind, and both, considered as types, expressing the law of gradual change and progress in the human soul itself. What the difference is in mere beauty between a gradated and ungradated colour, may be seen easily by laying an even tint of rose-colour on paper, and putting a[Pg 344] rose leaf beside it. The victorious beauty of the rose as compared with other flowers, depends wholly on the delicacy and quantity of its colour gradations, all other flowers being either less rich in gradation, not having so many folds of leaf; or less tender, being patched and veined instead of flushed.
Whenever you apply a large area of color, make sure that no matter how big or small it is, it has a gradient. No color exists in nature, under normal circumstances, without a gradient. If you don't notice this, it's due to your lack of experience; you'll see it in time if you practice enough. But generally, you can see it right away. Take the birch trunk, for example—the rosy gray must gradient with the roundness of the trunk until it meets the shaded side; similarly, the shaded side is gradated by reflected light. So, whether you're adding water, white paint, or using different pressure (you can do this based on the texture you want to create), you must ensure that every color you apply is a little lighter in one area than another, achieving a smooth gradient between the two shades. This is similar to laying down a formal rule or recipe for you, but it’s simply stating a natural fact. It's not physically impossible to find a solid color that isn't gradated, but it's so unlikely that you should get into the habit of asking yourself, when you're about to replicate a color—not "Is that gradated?" but "Which way is it gradated?" In at least ninety-nine out of a hundred cases, you should be able to answer confidently after a careful look, even if the gradient is subtle and wasn't apparent at first. And it doesn't matter how tiny the bit of color is; if one part is not darker than the others, it’s a poor application. This isn't just because that’s how nature works; the value and appeal of the color itself rely heavily on this quality, as gradation in colors is to colors what curvature is to lines. Both are perceived as beautiful by the instinct of every human mind, and both, as concepts, express the law of gradual change and progress within the human soul itself. The difference in beauty between a gradated and an ungradated color is easy to see: lay a solid rose color on paper and place a rose leaf next to it. The exceptional beauty of the rose compared to other flowers is entirely based on the delicacy and variety of its color gradations, while other flowers are either less rich in gradation, lacking many leaf folds, or less delicate, being patched and veined instead of softly flushed.
4. But observe, it is not enough in general that colour should be gradated by being made merely paler or darker at one place than another. Generally colour changes as it diminishes, and is not merely darker at one spot, but also purer at one spot than anywhere else. It does not in the least follow that the darkest spot should be the purest; still less so that the lightest should be the purest. Very often the two gradations more or less cross each other, one passing in one direction from paleness to darkness, another in another direction from purity to dullness, but there will almost always be both of them, however reconciled; and you must never be satisfied with a piece of colour until you have got both: that is to say, every piece of blue that you lay on must be quite blue only at some given spot, nor that a large spot; and must be gradated from that into less pure blue—greyish blue, or greenish blue, or purplish blue, over all the rest of the space it occupies. And this you must do in one of three ways: either, while the colour is wet, mix it with the colour which is to subdue it, adding gradually a little more and a little more; or else, when the colour is quite dry, strike a gradated touch of another colour over it, leaving only a point of the first tint visible: or else, lay the subduing tints on in small touches, as in the exercise of tinting the chess-board. Of each of these methods I have something to tell you separately: but that is distinct from the subject of gradation, which I must not quit without once more pressing upon you the preëminent necessity of introducing it everywhere. I have profound dislike of anything like habit of hand, and yet, in this one instance, I feel almost tempted to encourage you to get into a habit of never touching paper with colour, without securing a gradation. You will not in Turner's largest oil pictures, perhaps six or seven feet long by four or five high, find one spot of colour as large[Pg 345] as a grain of wheat ungradated: and you will find in practice, that brilliancy of hue, and vigour of light, and even the aspect of transparency in shade, are essentially dependent on this character alone; hardness, coldness, and opacity resulting far more from equality of colour than from nature of colour. Give me some mud off a city crossing, some ochre out of a gravel pit, a little whitening, and some coal-dust, and I will paint you a luminous picture, if you give me time to gradate my mud, and subdue my dust: but though you had the red of the ruby, the blue of the gentian, snow for the light, and amber for the gold, you cannot paint a luminous picture, if you keep the masses of those colours unbroken in purity, and unvarying in depth.
4. But remember, it’s not enough for color to just be lighter or darker in one spot compared to another. Usually, color changes as it diminishes, and isn’t just darker in one area, but is also purer in one spot compared to others. It doesn’t necessarily mean that the darkest area is the purest; even less so that the lightest is the purest. Often, the two gradations intersect, with one moving from light to dark and the other from pure to dull, but both will almost always be present in some way. You should never be satisfied with a color until you have both: that is, every blue you apply must be completely blue at a specific point, and it doesn’t have to be a large area; it must gradate into less pure blue—like grayish blue, greenish blue, or purplish blue—in all the other areas it occupies. You can achieve this in one of three ways: either, while the color is wet, mix it with the color you want to soften by gradually adding more; or, when the color is dry, apply a gradated touch of another color over it, leaving just a hint of the first color visible; or, apply the softening colors in small touches, like when you’re tinting a chessboard. I’ll tell you more about each of these methods separately, but that’s a separate topic from gradation, which I must stress is absolutely essential everywhere. I have a strong dislike for anything resembling habit in painting, and yet, in this one case, I almost want to encourage you to make it a habit to never apply color to paper without achieving a gradation. In Turner’s largest oil paintings, which may be six or seven feet long and four or five feet high, you won’t find a spot of color as large[Pg 345] as a grain of wheat that isn’t gradated: and you’ll see that the brilliance of color, the intensity of light, and even the look of transparency in shadows depend fundamentally on this alone; hardness, coldness, and opacity come much more from an equality of color than from the nature of the color itself. Give me some mud from a city street, some ochre from a gravel pit, a bit of white paint, and some coal dust, and I can create a luminous painting, as long as I have the time to gradate my mud and soften my dust. But even if you had ruby red, gentian blue, snow for highlights, and amber for gold, you couldn’t create a luminous painting if you kept those colors pure and unchanging in depth.
5. Next note the three processes by which gradation and other characters are to be obtained:
5. Next, take note of the three processes through which gradation and other features can be achieved:
A. Mixing while the colour is wet.
A. Mixing while the color is wet.
You may be confused by my first telling you to lay on the hues in separate patches, and then telling you to mix hues together as you lay them on: but the separate masses are to be laid, when colours distinctly oppose each other at a given limit; the hues to be mixed, when they palpitate one through the other, or fade one into the other. It is better to err a little on the distinct side. Thus I told you to paint the dark and light sides of the birch trunk separately, though in reality, the two tints change, as the trunk turns away from the light, gradually one into the other: and, after being laid separately on, will need some farther touching to harmonize them: but they do so in a very narrow space, marked distinctly all the way up the trunk; and it is easier and safer, therefore, to keep them separate at first. Whereas it often happens that the whole beauty of two colours will depend on the one being continued well through the other, and playing in the midst of it: blue and green often do so in water: blue and grey, or purple and scarlet, in sky; in hundreds of such instances the most beautiful and truthful results may be obtained by laying one colour into the other while wet; judging wisely how far it will spread, or blending it with the brush in somewhat thicker consistence of wet body-colour; only observe, never[Pg 346] mix in this way two mixtures; let the colour you lay into the other be always a simple, not a compound tint.
You might be puzzled by my first instructing you to apply colors in separate areas, and then telling you to blend them together as you apply them. The separate areas should be applied when the colors clearly contrast at a certain point; the hues should be mixed when they flow into or fade into each other. It's better to err slightly on the side of distinction. That's why I suggested painting the dark and light sides of the birch trunk separately, even though, in reality, the two shades gradually blend as the trunk turns away from the light. After being applied separately, they'll need some further adjustments to harmonize, but this happens over a very narrow area that's clearly marked all the way up the trunk, making it easier and safer to keep them separate at first. On the other hand, the beauty of two colors often relies on one flowing smoothly into the other and interacting with it—for example, blue and green in water, blue and gray, or purple and scarlet in the sky. In many cases, the most beautiful and realistic results come from laying one color into the other while it's still wet, wisely gauging how far it will spread, or blending it with the brush using a slightly thicker consistency of wet paint. Just remember, never[Pg 346] mix two mixtures in this way; always make sure the color you blend into the other is a simple, not a compound shade.
B. Laying one colour over another.
B. Layering one color over another.
If you lay on a solid touch of vermilion, and, after it is quite dry, strike a little very wet carmine quickly over it, you will obtain a much more brilliant red than by mixing the carmine and vermilion. Similarly, if you lay a dark colour first, and strike a little blue or white body-colour lightly over it, you will get a more beautiful grey than by mixing the colour and the blue or white. In very perfect painting, artifices of this kind are continually used; but I would not have you trust much to them; they are apt to make you think too much of quality of colour. I should like you to depend on little more than the dead colours, simply laid on, only observe always this, that the less colour you do the work with, the better it will always be:[240] so that if you have laid a red colour, and you want a purple one above, do not mix the purple on your palette and lay it on so thick as to overpower the red, but take a little thin blue from your palette, and lay it lightly over the red, so as to let the red be seen through, and thus produce the required purple; and if you want a green hue over a blue one, do not lay a quantity of green on the blue, but a little yellow, and so on, always bringing the under colour into service as far as you possibly can. If, however, the colour beneath is wholly opposed to the one you have to lay on, as, suppose, if green is to be laid over scarlet, you must either remove the required parts of the under colour daintily first with your knife, or with water; or else, lay solid white over it massively, and leave that to dry, and then glaze the white with the upper colour. This is better, in general, than laying the upper colour itself so thick as to conquer the ground, which, in fact, if it be a transparent colour, you cannot do.[Pg 347] Thus, if you have to strike warm boughs and leaves of trees over blue sky, and they are too intricate to have their places left for them in laying the blue, it is better to lay them first in solid white, and then glaze with sienna and ochre, than to mix the sienna and white; though, of course, the process is longer and more troublesome. Nevertheless, if the forms of touches required are very delicate, the after glazing is impossible. You must then mix the warm colour thick at once, and so use it: and this is often necessary for delicate grasses, and such other fine threads of light in foreground work.
If you apply a solid layer of vermilion and, once it’s completely dry, quickly brush a bit of very wet carmine over it, you’ll get a much brighter red than if you mixed carmine and vermilion together. Likewise, if you start with a dark color and lightly apply some blue or white on top, you’ll achieve a prettier grey than by mixing the colors directly. In high-quality painting, techniques like this are frequently used; however, I wouldn’t rely too heavily on them, as they might lead you to focus too much on the quality of color. I’d prefer if you relied mostly on flat colors applied simply. Always remember this: the less color you use to do the work, the better it will be: [240] so if you apply a red color and want to add a purple one, don’t mix the purple on your palette and apply it thick enough to cover the red; instead, take a little thin blue and lightly apply it over the red, allowing the red to show through to create the desired purple. If you want a green hue over a blue one, don’t put a lot of green on the blue; use a little yellow instead, and so on, always making the underlying color work for you as much as possible. However, if the color underneath is completely opposite to the one you want to apply, like if you’re trying to put green over scarlet, you must either carefully remove the necessary parts of the underlying color with a knife or water, or apply a thick solid white layer over it, let it dry, and then glaze the white with the upper color. Generally, this approach is better than applying the upper color thick enough to cover the base, which, in fact, you can't do if it’s a transparent color.[Pg 347] So, if you need to paint warm branches and leaves over a blue sky and they're too detailed to leave their spaces when laying the blue, it’s better to first lay them in solid white and then glaze with sienna and ochre, rather than mixing sienna and white; although this method is longer and more complex. Nevertheless, if the strokes you need are very delicate, glazing afterward isn’t possible. In that case, you must mix the warm color thick right away and use it as is. This is often necessary for delicate grasses and similar fine details in foreground work.
C. Breaking one colour in small points through or over another.
C. Introducing one color in small dots on or over another.
This is the most important of all processes in good modern[241] oil and water-colour painting, but you need not hope to attain very great skill in it. To do it well is very laborious, and requires such skill and delicacy of hand as can only be acquired by unceasing practice. But you will find advantage in noting the following points:
This is the most important process in good modern [241] oil and watercolor painting, but you shouldn't expect to gain extraordinary skill in it. Doing it well is quite labor-intensive and requires a level of skill and precision that can only be achieved through constant practice. However, you'll benefit from keeping the following points in mind:
(a.) In distant effects of rich subjects, wood, or rippled water, or broken clouds, much may be done by touches or crumbling dashes of rather dry colour, with other colours afterwards put cunningly into the interstices. The more you practise this, when the subject evidently calls for it, the more your eye will enjoy the higher qualities of colour. The process is, in fact, the carrying out of the principle of separate colours to the utmost possible refinement; using atoms of colour in juxtaposition, instead of large spaces. And note, in filling up minute interstices of this kind, that if you want the colour you fill them with to show brightly, it is better to put a rather positive point of it, with a little white left beside or round it in the interstice, than to put a pale tint of the colour over the whole interstice. Yellow or orange will hardly show, if pale, in small spaces; but they show brightly in firm touches, however small, with white beside them.
(a.) In distant scenes with rich subjects like wood, rippling water, or broken clouds, you can achieve a lot with quick, dry dabs of color, adding other colors skillfully in the gaps later. The more you practice this when the subject clearly requires it, the more your eye will appreciate the finer qualities of color. Essentially, this method maximizes the principle of using separate colors to an extreme level; it involves placing tiny bits of color next to each other instead of using large areas. Also, when filling in these tiny gaps, if you want the color to stand out, it's better to use a strong dot of it and leave a little white nearby or around it, rather than applying a light wash of the color over the entire gap. Pale yellow or orange won’t show up well in small areas, but they appear vibrant as strong touches, no matter how small, with white next to them.
(b.) If a colour is to be darkened by superimposed portions[Pg 348] of another, it is, in many cases, better to lay the uppermost colour in rather vigorous small touches, like finely chopped straw, over the under one, than to lay it on as a tint, for two reasons: the first, that the play of the two colours together is pleasant to the eye; the second, that much expression of form may be got by wise administration of the upper dark touches. In distant mountains they may be made pines of, or broken crags, or villages, or stones, or whatever you choose; in clouds they may indicate the direction of the rain, the roll and outline of the cloud masses; and in water, the minor waves. All noble effects of dark atmosphere are got in good water-colour drawing by these two expedients, interlacing the colours, or retouching the lower one with fine darker drawing in an upper. Sponging and washing for dark atmospheric effect is barbarous, and mere tyro's work, though it is often useful for passages of delicate atmospheric light.
(b.) If a color is going to be darkened by layering portions[Pg 348] of another, it’s often better to apply the top color in vigorous small touches, like finely chopped straw, over the base color, rather than using it as a tint, for two reasons: first, the interaction of the two colors together is pleasing to the eye; second, much expression of form can be achieved by skillfully applying the upper dark touches. In distant mountains, they can resemble pines, jagged rocks, villages, or stones, or whatever you like; in clouds, they can show the direction of the rain, the shape and outline of the cloud masses; and in water, they can represent the smaller waves. All the impressive effects of dark atmosphere in good watercolor painting are achieved through these two methods: interlacing the colors or refining the lower one with fine darker details on top. Sponging and washing for a dark atmospheric effect is crude and basic work, though it can be useful for areas of delicate atmospheric light.
(c.) When you have time, practice the production of mixed tints by interlaced touches of the pure colours out of which they are formed, and use the process at the parts of your sketches where you wish to get rich and luscious effects. Study the works of William Hunt, of the Old Water-colour Society, in this respect, continually, and make frequent memoranda of the variegations in flowers; not painting the flower completely, but laying the ground colour of one petal, and painting the spots on it with studious precision: a series of single petals of lilies, geraniums, tulips, &c., numbered with proper reference to their position in the flower, will be interesting to you on many grounds besides those of art. Be careful to get the gradated distribution of the spots well followed in the calceolarias, foxgloves, and the like; and work out the odd, indefinite hues of the spots themselves with minute grains of pure interlaced colour, otherwise you will never get their richness of bloom. You will be surprised to find, as you do this, first the universality of the law of gradation we have so much insisted upon; secondly, that Nature is just as economical of her fine colours as I have told you to be of yours. You would think, by the way she paints, that her colours cost her something enormous: she will only give you a single pure touch[Pg 349] just where the petal turns into light; but down in the bell all is subdued, and under the petal all is subdued, even in the showiest flower. What you thought was bright blue is, when you look close, only dusty grey, or green, or purple, or every colour in the world at once, only a single gleam or streak of pure blue in the centre of it. And so with all her colours. Sometimes I have really thought her miserliness intolerable: in a gentian, for instance, the way she economises her ultramarine down in the bell is a little too bad.
(c.) When you have time, practice creating mixed colors by overlapping strokes of the pure colors that make them, and use this method in the areas of your sketches where you want to achieve rich and vibrant effects. Continuously study the works of William Hunt from the Old Water-colour Society in this regard, and frequently make notes on the variations in flowers; don’t paint the entire flower at once, but instead lay down the base color of one petal and paint the details on it with careful precision. A series of individual petals from lilies, geraniums, tulips, etc., numbered correctly to show their position in the flower, will be interesting to you for many reasons beyond just artistic ones. Be sure to accurately depict the graduated distribution of spots in calceolarias, foxgloves, and similar flowers; and work out the unique, subtle hues of the spots themselves using small bits of pure overlapping color, or else you won’t capture their richness. You'll be surprised to discover, as you go along, first the universality of the gradation principle that we've emphasized; second, that nature is just as careful with her beautiful colors as I’ve advised you to be with yours. You might think, by the way she paints, that her colors are incredibly costly: she’ll give you only one pure touch[Pg 349] right where the petal catches the light; but within the bell, everything is muted, and underneath the petal, everything is subdued, even in the most vibrant flowers. What appeared bright blue is, upon closer inspection, actually dusty gray, or green, or purple, or every color combined, with just a single glimmer or streak of pure blue at the center. And this applies to all her colors. Sometimes I honestly think her frugality is excessive: for instance, the way she conserves her ultramarine deep inside the bell of a gentian is a bit much.
Next, respecting general tone. I said, just now, that, for the sake of students, my tax should not be laid on black or on white pigments; but if you mean to be a colourist, you must lay a tax on them yourselves when you begin to use true colour; that is to say, you must use them little and make of them much. There is no better test of your colour tones being good, than your having made the white in your picture precious, and the black conspicuous.
Next, regarding the overall tone. I just mentioned that, for the benefit of students, my tax shouldn't be placed on black or white pigments; however, if you want to be a colorist, you need to impose a tax on them yourselves when you start using true color. In other words, you should use them sparingly and create a lot with them. There's no better way to test if your color tones are good than to make the white in your painting valuable and the black stand out.
I say, first, the white precious. I do not mean merely glittering or brilliant; it is easy to scratch white seagulls out of black clouds and dot clumsy foliage with chalky dew; but, when white is well managed, it ought to be strangely delicious—tender as well as bright—like inlaid mother of pearl, or white roses washed in milk. The eye ought to seek it for rest, brilliant though it may be; and to feel it as a space of strange, heavenly paleness in the midst of the flushing of the colours. This effect you can only reach by general depth of middle tint, by absolutely refusing to allow any white to exist except where you need it, and by keeping the white itself subdued by grey, except at a few points of chief lustre.
I say, first, the white precious. I don’t just mean shiny or bright; it’s easy to scratch white seagulls out of black clouds and scatter clumsy foliage with chalky dew; but when white is used well, it should be oddly delightful—soft as well as bright—like inlaid mother of pearl or white roses soaked in milk. The eye should seek it for rest, even though it’s brilliant; and feel it as a space of unusual, heavenly paleness in the midst of vibrant colors. You can only achieve this effect by having a strong overall depth of middle tones, by completely refusing to let any white exist except where it’s needed, and by keeping the white itself toned down with grey, except at a few focal points of high shine.
Secondly, you must make the black conspicuous. However small a point of black may be, it ought to catch the eye, otherwise your work is too heavy in the shadow. All the ordinary shadows should be of some colour—never black, nor approaching black, they should be evidently and always of a luminous nature, and the black should look strange among them; never occurring except in a black object, or in small points indicative of intense shade in the very centre of masses of shadow. Shadows of absolutely negative grey, however,[Pg 350] may be beautifully used with white, or with gold; but still though the black thus, in subdued strength, becomes spacious, it should always be conspicuous; the spectator should notice this grey neutrality with some wonder, and enjoy, all the more intensely on account of it, the gold colour and the white which it relieves. Of all the great colourists Velasquez is the greatest master of the black chords. His black is more precious than most other people's crimson.
Secondly, you need to make the black stand out. No matter how small a black point is, it should grab attention; otherwise, your work will feel too dark. All regular shadows should have some color—never black, or anything close to it—they should always look bright and luminous, and the black should appear unusual among them; it should only appear in black objects or as small spots indicating deep shade in the middle of shadowed areas. Shadows that are completely neutral grey, however,[Pg 350] can look great alongside white or gold; still, even if this black, in subtle strength, becomes expansive, it should always be noticeable; the viewer should observe this grey neutrality with some curiosity and appreciate the gold and white even more because of it. Among all the great colorists, Velasquez is the ultimate master of using black. His black is more valuable than most people’s crimson.
It is not, however, only white and black which you must make valuable; you must give rare worth to every colour you use; but the white and black ought to separate themselves quaintly from the rest, while the other colours should be continually passing one into the other, being all evidently companions in the same gay world; while the white, black, and neutral grey should stand monkishly aloof in the midst of them. You may melt your crimson into purple, your purple into blue and your blue into green, but you must not melt any of them into black. You should, however, try, as I said, to give preciousness to all your colours; and this especially by never using a grain more than will just do the work, and giving each hue the highest value by opposition. All fine colouring, like fine drawing, is delicate; and so delicate that if, at last, you see the colour you are putting on, you are putting on too much. You ought to feel a change wrought in the general tone, by touches of colour which individually are too pale to be seen; and if there is one atom of any colour in the whole picture which is unnecessary to it, that atom hurts it.
It’s not just white and black that you need to make valuable; you have to give every color you use a unique worth. However, white and black should distinctively stand out from the rest, while the other colors should seamlessly blend into one another, clearly belonging to the same vibrant world. Meanwhile, white, black, and neutral gray should remain somewhat detached from them. You can blend your crimson into purple, your purple into blue, and your blue into green, but you must avoid blending any of them into black. You should strive, as I mentioned, to give preciousness to all your colors, especially by never using more than what is absolutely necessary and achieving the highest value for each hue through contrast. All great coloring, like great drawing, is delicate; so delicate that if you can actually see the color you’re applying, then you’re applying too much. You should perceive a shift in the overall tone due to touches of color that are too faint to be noticed individually; and if there’s even one tiny bit of color in the entire picture that isn’t essential, that bit detracts from it.
Notice also, that nearly all good compound colours are odd colours. You shall look at a hue in a good painter's work ten minutes before you know what to call it. You thought it was brown, presently, you feel that it is red; next that there is, somehow, yellow in it; presently afterwards that there is blue in it. If you try to copy it you will always find your colour too warm or too cold—no colour in the box will seem to have any affinity with it; and yet it will be as pure as if it were laid at a single touch with a single colour.
Notice also that nearly all good compound colors are odd colors. You might look at a hue in a skilled painter's work for ten minutes before you figure out what to call it. You might think it's brown, then realize it's actually red; soon after, you notice there's somehow yellow in it; and then you discover there's blue in it too. If you try to copy it, you’ll always find your color too warm or too cold—no color in your palette will seem to match it; and yet it will be as pure as if it were applied in one stroke with a single color.
As to the choice and harmony of colours in general, if you[Pg 351] cannot choose and harmonize them by instinct, you will never do it at all. If you need examples of utterly harsh and horrible colour, you may find plenty given in treatises upon colouring, to illustrate the laws of harmony; and if you want to colour beautifully, colour as best pleases yourself at quiet times, not so as to catch the eye, nor to look as if it were clever or difficult to colour in that way, but so that the colour may be pleasant to you when you are happy, or thoughtful. Look much at the morning and evening sky, and much at simple flowers—dog-roses, wood hyacinths, violets, poppies, thistles, heather, and such like—as Nature arranges them in the woods and fields. If ever any scientific person tells you that two colours are "discordant," make a note of the two colours, and put them together whenever you can. I have actually heard people say that blue and green were discordant; the two colours which Nature seems to intend never to be separated and never to be felt, either of them, in its full beauty without the other!—a peacock's neck, or a blue sky through green leaves, or a blue wave with green lights though it, being precisely the loveliest things, next to clouds at sunrise, in this coloured world of ours. If you have a good eye for colours, you will soon find out how constantly Nature puts purple and green together, purple and scarlet, green and blue, yellow and neutral grey, and the like; and how she strikes these colour-concords for general tones, and then works into them with innumerable subordinate ones; and you will gradually come to like what she does, and find out new and beautiful chords of colour in her work every day. If you enjoy them, depend upon it you will paint them to a certain point right: or, at least, if you do not enjoy them, you are certain to paint them wrong. If colour does not give you intense pleasure, let it alone; depend upon it, you are only tormenting the eyes and senses of people who feel colour, whenever you touch it; and that is unkind and improper. You will find, also, your power of colouring depend much on your state of health and right balance of mind; when you are fatigued or ill you will not see colours well, and when you are ill-tempered you will not choose them well: thus, though not infallibly a test of character[Pg 352] in individuals, colour power is a great sign of mental health in nations; when they are in a state of intellectual decline, their colouring always gets dull.[242] You must also take great care not to be misled by affected talk about colour from people who have not the gift of it: numbers are eager and voluble about it who probably never in all their lives received one genuine colour-sensation. The modern religionists of the school of Overbeck are just like people who eat slate-pencil and chalk, and assure everybody that they are nicer and purer than strawberries and plums.
As for choosing and harmonizing colors in general, if you can’t do it by instinct, you probably never will. If you need examples of really harsh and terrible colors, you can find plenty in books about color theory to show the rules of harmony; and if you want to create beautiful colors, do it in a way that pleases you during your quiet times, not in a way that’s flashy or looks challenging, but in a way that feels nice to you when you’re happy or reflective. Spend time looking at the morning and evening sky, and at simple flowers—like dog-roses, wood hyacinths, violets, poppies, thistles, heather, and others—as Nature arranges them in woods and fields. If a scientist ever tells you that two colors clash, take note of those two colors and use them together whenever you can. I've actually heard people say that blue and green clash; those are the two colors that Nature seems to want together and that can’t be fully appreciated in their beauty without each other! A peacock’s neck, a blue sky seen through green leaves, or a blue wave with green lights shining through it are some of the most beautiful sights, next to clouds at sunrise, in our colorful world. If you have a good eye for colors, you'll soon realize how often Nature pairs purple and green, purple and scarlet, green and blue, yellow and neutral gray, and so on; how she creates these color harmonies for overall tones and then fills them with countless subordinate ones; and you’ll gradually start to like what she does and discover new and beautiful color combinations in her work every day. If you enjoy them, trust that you’ll paint them fairly accurately; or at least, if you don’t enjoy them, you’re bound to paint them poorly. If color doesn’t give you intense pleasure, leave it alone; you’ll only be annoying the eyes and senses of those who appreciate color every time you use it, and that’s unkind and inappropriate. You’ll also notice that your ability to work with color depends a lot on your health and state of mind; when you’re fatigued or unwell, you won’t perceive colors correctly, and when you’re in a bad mood, you won’t choose them well: so while it's not a perfect measure of character[Pg 352] in people, the ability to handle color is a strong indicator of mental health in societies; when they’re intellectually declining, their colors always become dull.[242] Be careful not to be misled by pretentious discussions about color from people who lack the talent for it: many people enthusiastically talk about it who likely never experienced a genuine color sensation in their lives. The modern followers of Overbeck are just like people who eat slate and chalk, claiming they’re tastier and purer than strawberries and plums.
Take care also never to be misled into any idea that colour can help or display form; colour[243] always disguises form, and is meant to do so.
Take care not to be misled into thinking that color can enhance or show form; color[243] always hides form, and that’s its purpose.
It is a favourite dogma among modern writers on colour that "warm colours" (reds and yellows) "approach" or express nearness, and "cold colours" (blue and grey) "retire" or express distance. So far is this from being the case, that no expression of distance in the world is so great as that of the gold and orange in twilight sky. Colours, as such, are absolutely inexpressive respecting distance. It is their quality (as depth, delicacy, &c.) which expresses distance, not their[Pg 353] tint. A blue bandbox set on the same shelf with a yellow one will not look an inch farther off, but a red or orange cloud, in the upper sky, will always appear to be beyond a blue cloud close to us, as it is in reality. It is quite true that in certain objects, blue is a sign of distance; but that is not because blue is a retiring colour, but because the mist in the air is blue, and therefore any warm colour which has not strength of light enough to pierce the mist is lost or subdued in its blue: but blue is no more, on this account, a "retiring colour," than brown is a retiring colour, because, when stones are seen through brown water, the deeper they lie the browner they look; or than yellow is a retiring colour, because when objects are seen through a London fog, the farther off they are the yellower they look. Neither blue, nor yellow, nor red, can have, as such, the smallest power of expressing either nearness or distance: they express them only under the peculiar circumstances which render them at the moment, or in that place, signs of nearness or distance. Thus, vivid orange in an orange is a sign of nearness, for if you put the orange a great way off, its colour will not look so bright; but vivid orange in sky is a sign of distance, because you cannot get the colour of orange in a cloud near you. So purple in a violet or a hyacinth is a sign of nearness, because the closer you look at them the more purple you see. But purple in a mountain is a sign of distance, because a mountain close to you is not purple, but green or grey. It may, indeed, be generally assumed that a tender or pale colour will more or less express distance, and a powerful or dark colour nearness; but even this is not always so. Heathery hills will usually give a pale and tender purple near, and an intense and dark purple far away; the rose colour of sunset on snow is pale on the snow at your feet, deep and full on the snow in the distance; and the green of a Swiss lake is pale in the clear waves on the beach, but intense as an emerald in the sunstreak, six miles from shore. And in any case, when the foreground is in strong light, with much water about it, or white surface, casting intense reflections, all its colours may be perfectly delicate, pale, and faint; while the distance, when it is in shadow, may relieve[Pg 354] the whole foreground with intense darks of purple, blue green, or ultramarine blue. So that, on the whole, it is quite hopeless and absurd to expect any help from laws of "aërial perspective." Look for the natural effects, and set them down as fully as you can, and as faithfully, and never alter a colour because it won't look in its right place. Put the colour strong, if it be strong, though far off; faint, if it be faint, though close to you. Why should you suppose that Nature always means you to know exactly how far one thing is from another? She certainly intends you always to enjoy her colouring, but she does not wish you always to measure her space. You would be hard put to it, every time you painted the sun setting, if you had to express his 95,000,000 miles of distance in "aërial perspective."
It’s a popular belief among contemporary writers on color that "warm colors" (reds and yellows) suggest proximity and "cool colors" (blues and grays) indicate distance. However, that's far from true; nothing conveys distance more dramatically than gold and orange in a twilight sky. Colors, as such, are fully unexpressive regarding distance. It’s their quality (like depth, delicacy, etc.) that communicates distance, not their[Pg 353] hue. A blue box placed on the same shelf as a yellow one won't appear any further away, but a red or orange cloud in the upper sky will always look farther away than a blue cloud nearby, just as it truly is. It’s accurate that in certain objects, blue can signify distance; but that’s not because blue is a "retiring color," but because the haze in the air is blue, causing any warm color without enough light to penetrate the haze to be muted or diminished in its blue: yet blue isn’t a "retiring color" any more than brown is a retiring color because, when we see stones through brown water, the deeper they lie, the browner they look; or than yellow is a retiring color because when objects are viewed through a London fog, the farther away they are, the yellower they appear. Neither blue, yellow, nor red has, as such, the slightest ability to express either proximity or distance: they only indicate these under specific circumstances that make them at that moment, or in that place, signs of closeness or distance. Thus, bright orange in an orange indicates nearness, as if you place the orange far away, its color won’t appear as bright; but bright orange in the sky signifies distance because you can’t see the color of orange in a nearby cloud. Similarly, purple in a violet or hyacinth indicates nearness, because the closer you examine them, the more purple you notice. But purple on a mountain signifies distance, as a mountain close to you doesn’t appear purple, but green or gray. It can be generally assumed that a soft or pale color will somewhat express distance, while a strong or dark color indicates proximity; but even this isn’t always true. Heathery hills often show a soft and delicate purple close up, and an intense and dark purple from afar; the rose color of sunset on snow appears pale on the snow at your feet but deep and rich on the distant snow; and the green of a Swiss lake is soft in the clear waves on the beach but intense as an emerald in the sunbeams, six miles from shore. Moreover, when the foreground is brightly lit, with lots of water or white surfaces casting strong reflections, all its colors may look delicate, pale, and faint; while the background, if in shadow, may contrast the entire foreground with deep darks of purple, blue-green, or ultramarine blue. So overall, it’s absolutely futile and ridiculous to expect any guidance from the rules of "aerial perspective." Look for the natural effects, and record them as fully and accurately as you can, and never change a color just because it doesn’t appear in its proper place. Use strong color if it's strong, even if it's far away; use faint color if it's faint, even if it's close to you. Why would you think that Nature always intends for you to know exactly how far one thing is from another? She certainly wants you to enjoy her coloring, but she doesn’t mean for you to always measure her space. You’d struggle every time you painted the setting sun if you had to express its 95,000,000 miles of distance in "aerial perspective."
There is, however, I think, one law about distance, which has some claims to be considered a constant one: namely, that dullness and heaviness of colour are more or less indicative of nearness. All distant colour is pure colour: it may not be bright, but it is clear and lovely, not opaque nor soiled; for the air and light coming between us and any earthy or imperfect colour, purify or harmonise it; hence a bad colourist is peculiarly incapable of expressing distance. I do not of course mean that you are to use bad colours in your foreground by way of making it come forward; but only that a failure in colour, there, will not put it out of its place; while a failure in colour in the distance will at once do away with its remoteness: your dull-coloured foreground will still be a foreground, though ill-painted; but your ill-painted distance will not be merely a dull distance,—it will be no distance at all.
There is one rule about distance that seems to hold true: dullness and heaviness of color usually indicate that something is nearby. All distant color is pure color; it might not be bright, but it is clear and beautiful, not dull or dirty. The air and light separating us from any earthly or imperfect color purify or harmonize it. Therefore, a poor colorist struggles to depict distance accurately. I don't mean to suggest you should use bad colors in your foreground to make it stand out; rather, if the colors there aren't great, it won't take away from its position. However, if the color in the distance fails, it will ruin its sense of remoteness entirely. Your dull-colored foreground can still function as a foreground, even if it’s poorly painted, but a badly painted distance won’t just look dull—it won’t convey distance at all.
I have only one thing more to advise you, namely, never to colour petulantly or hurriedly. You will not, indeed, be able, if you attend properly to your colouring, to get anything like the quantity of form you could in a chiaroscuro sketch; nevertheless, if you do not dash or rush at your work, nor do it lazily, you may always get enough form to be satisfactory. An extra quarter of an hour, distributed in quietness over the course of the whole study, may just make the difference[Pg 355] between a quite intelligible drawing, and a slovenly and obscure one. If you determine well beforehand what outline each piece of colour is to have; and, when it is on the paper, guide it without nervousness, as far as you can, into the form required; and then, after it is dry, consider thoroughly what touches are needed to complete it, before laying one of them on; you will be surprised to find how masterly the work will soon look, as compared with a hurried or ill-considered sketch. In no process that I know of—least of all in sketching—can time be really gained by precipitation. It is gained only by caution; and gained in all sorts of ways: for not only truth of form, but force of light, is always added by an intelligent and shapely laying of the shadow colours. You may often make a simple flat tint, rightly gradated and edged, express a complicated piece of subject without a single retouch. The two Swiss cottages, for instance, with their balconies, and glittering windows, and general character of shingly eaves, are expressed in Fig. 30., with one tint of grey, and a few dispersed spots and lines of it; all of which you ought to be able to lay on without more than thrice dipping your brush, and without a single touch after the tint is dry.
I have one more piece of advice for you: never rush or get frustrated when coloring. You won’t be able to achieve the same level of detail as you could in a chiaroscuro sketch, but if you take your time with your coloring and avoid being either too hasty or too lazy, you can still achieve a satisfactory amount of detail. Spending an extra fifteen minutes calmly throughout the study can make a big difference between a clear drawing and a sloppy, confusing one. If you plan ahead what shape each color will take, and then guide it carefully onto the paper without getting nervous, and finally take the time to think about what finishing touches are needed before applying them, you'll be amazed at how much more polished your work looks compared to a rushed, careless sketch. In no creative process, especially sketching, does rushing actually save time. Time is saved through careful consideration, which enhances not just the accuracy of form but also the quality of light, achieved by thoughtfully applying shadow colors. You can create a simple flat color, well-graded and neatly edged, that effectively represents a complex subject without needing to touch it up. For example, the two Swiss cottages shown in Fig. 30, with their balconies, sparkling windows, and characteristic shingled roofs, are depicted in one gray tint with a few scattered spots and lines of it. You should be able to apply this with just three dips of your brush and without needing to revisit it after the color dries.

Here, then, for I cannot without coloured illustrations tell you more, I must leave you to follow out the subject for yourself, with such help as you may receive from the water-colour drawings accessible to you; or from any of the little treatises on their art which have been published lately by our water-colour painters.[244] But do not trust much to works of this kind. You may get valuable hints from them as to mixture[Pg 356] of colours; and here and there you will find a useful artifice or process explained; but nearly all such books are written only to help idle amateurs to a meretricious skill, and they are full of precepts and principles which may, for the most part, be interpreted by their precise negatives, and then acted upon, with advantage. Most of them praise boldness, when the only safe attendant spirit of a beginner is caution;—advise velocity, when the first condition of success is deliberation;—and plead for generalisation, when all the foundations of power must be laid in knowledge of specialty.
Here, since I can't give you more without colored illustrations, I'll have to leave you to explore the topic on your own, with whatever help you can get from the watercolor drawings available to you or from the various little guides on their art that have recently been published by our watercolor painters.[244] However, don’t rely too heavily on these kinds of works. You might find some valuable tips on color mixing[Pg 356] and a few useful techniques or processes explained; but most of these books are mainly created to help casual amateurs gain superficial skill, and they are filled with rules and principles that can typically be understood by their exact opposites, which can then be applied for better results. Most of them encourage boldness when the only safe approach for a beginner is caution—advise speed when the first requirement for success is carefulness—and advocate for generalization when all fundamental skills should be built on specialized knowledge.
And now, in the last place, I have a few things to tell you respecting that dangerous nobleness of consummate art,—Composition. For though it is quite unnecessary for you yet awhile to attempt it, and it may be inexpedient for you to attempt it at all, you ought to know what it means, and to look for and enjoy it in the art of others.
And now, finally, I have a few things to share with you about that risky quality of masterful art—Writing. Although it’s not essential for you to try it just yet, and it might even be unwise for you to try it at all, you should understand what it means and appreciate it in the work of others.
Composition means, literally and simply, putting several things together, so as to make one thing out of them; the nature and goodness of which they all have a share in producing. Thus a musician composes an air, by putting notes together in certain relations; a poet composes a poem; by putting thoughts and words in pleasant order; and a painter a picture, by putting thoughts, forms, and colours in pleasant order.
Composition means, literally and simply, putting several things together to make one thing out of them, with each contributing to its nature and quality. A musician composes a melody by arranging notes in specific ways; a poet creates a poem by organizing thoughts and words nicely; and a painter makes a picture by combining ideas, shapes, and colors in an appealing layout.
In all these cases, observe, an intended unity must be the result of composition. A paviour cannot be said to compose the heap of stones which he empties from his cart, nor the sower the handful of seed which he scatters from his hand. It is the essence of composition that everything should be in a determined place, perform an intended part, and act, in that part, advantageously for everything that is connected with it.
In all these cases, you can see that a deliberate unity needs to come from composition. A paver can’t really be said to create the pile of stones he dumps from his cart, nor can a sower claim to compose the handful of seeds he throws from his hand. The core of composition is that everything should be in a specific spot, play a designated role, and work, in that role, to benefit everything linked to it.
Composition, understood in this pure sense, is the type, in the arts of mankind, of the Providential government of the world.[245] It is an exhibition, in the order given to notes, or colours, or forms, of the advantage of perfect fellowship, discipline,[Pg 357] and contentment. In a well-composed air, no note, however short or low, can be spared, but the least is as necessary as the greatest: no note, however prolonged, is tedious; but the others prepare for, and are benefited by, its duration; no note, however high, is tyrannous; the others prepare for and are benefited by, its exaltation: no note, however low, is overpowered, the others prepare for, and sympathise with, its humility: and the result is, that each and every note has a value in the position assigned to it, which by itself, it never possessed, and of which by separation from the others, it would instantly be deprived.
Composition, in its purest sense, represents how Divine governance manifests in the arts of humanity.[245] It showcases the benefits of perfect collaboration, discipline,[Pg 357] and satisfaction through the arrangement of notes, colors, or shapes. In a well-composed piece, no note, no matter how brief or low, can be omitted; even the smallest is just as essential as the largest. No note, regardless of its length, feels tedious; instead, the other notes prepare for it and gain from its presence. No note, no matter how high, is oppressive; the other notes prepare for and gain from its elevation. No note, no matter how low, is overwhelmed; the other notes prepare for and resonate with its modesty. As a result, every single note holds value in its designated position, a value it wouldn't have on its own and would lose immediately if separated from the others.
Similarly, in a good poem, each word and thought enhances the value of those which precede and follow it; and every syllable has a loveliness which depends not so much on its abstract sound as on its position. Look at the same word in a dictionary, and you will hardly recognise it.
Similarly, in a good poem, each word and thought adds to the value of those that come before and after it; and every syllable has a beauty that relies not so much on its abstract sound but on its placement. Look at the same word in a dictionary, and you will barely recognize it.
Much more in a great picture; every line and colour is so arranged as to advantage the rest. None are inessential, however slight; and none are independent, however forcible. It is not enough that they truly represent natural objects; but they must fit into certain places, and gather into certain harmonious groups: so that, for instance, the red chimney of a cottage is not merely set in its place as a chimney, but that it may affect, in a certain way pleasurable to the eye, the pieces of green or blue in other parts of the picture; and we ought to see that the work is masterly, merely by the positions and quantities of these patches of green, red, and blue, even at a distance which renders it perfectly impossible to determine what the colours represent: or to see whether the red is a chimney, or an old woman's cloak; and whether the blue is smoke, sky, or water.
A great picture has much more going on; every line and color is arranged to enhance the rest. None are unnecessary, no matter how small; and none stand alone, no matter how strong. It’s not enough for them to accurately represent natural objects; they also need to fit into specific spots and come together in harmonious groups. For example, the red chimney of a cottage isn’t just placed there as a chimney, but it should also impact, in a way that’s pleasing to the eye, the green or blue elements elsewhere in the picture. We should recognize the artistry simply by the arrangement and amounts of these patches of green, red, and blue, even from a distance that makes it impossible to tell what the colors represent or to see if the red is a chimney or an old woman’s cloak, and if the blue is smoke, sky, or water.
It seems to be appointed, in order to remind us, in all we do, of the great laws of Divine government and human polity, that composition in the arts should strongly affect every order of mind, however unlearned or thoughtless. Hence the popular delight in rhythm and metre, and in simple musical melodies. But it is also appointed that power of composition in the fine arts should be an exclusive attribute of great intellect[Pg 358] All men can more or less copy what they see, and, more or less, remember it: powers of reflection and investigation are also common to us all, so that the decision of inferiority in these rests only on questions of degree. A. has a better memory than B., and C. reflects more profoundly than D. But the gift of composition is not given at all to more than one man in a thousand; in its highest range, it does not occur above three or four times in a century.
It seems to be established, to remind us in everything we do, of the great principles of Divine governance and human organization, that composition in the arts should strongly impact every type of mind, no matter how uneducated or careless. This explains the widespread enjoyment of rhythm and meter, as well as simple musical tunes. However, it is also intended that the ability to compose in the fine arts should be a distinctive quality of great intellect[Pg 358] Anyone can more or less replicate what they see, and, to some extent, remember it: the abilities of reflection and inquiry are also common to all of us, so the judgment of inferiority in these areas rests solely on matters of degree. A. has a better memory than B., and C. thinks more deeply than D. But the talent for composition is not given at all to more than one person in a thousand; at its highest levels, it happens no more than three or four times in a century.
It follows, from these general truths, that it is impossible to give rules which will enable you to compose. You might much more easily receive rules to enable you to be witty. If it were possible to be witty by rule, wit would cease to be either admirable or amusing: if it were possible to compose melody by rule, Mozart and Cimarosa need not have been born: if it were possible to compose pictures by rule, Titian and Veronese would be ordinary men. The essence of composition lies precisely in the fact of its being unteachable, in its being the operation of an individual mind of range and power exalted above others.
It follows from these general truths that it's impossible to provide rules that would help you compose. You could much more easily get rules for being witty. If it were possible to be witty by following rules, wit would no longer be admirable or amusing: if it were possible to compose music by following rules, Mozart and Cimarosa wouldn’t have been necessary: if it were possible to paint by following rules, Titian and Veronese would be just ordinary people. The essence of composition is precisely that it can't be taught; it's the unique operation of an individual mind that stands out for its range and power.
But though no one can invent by rule, there are some simple laws of arrangement which it is well for you to know, because, though they will not enable you to produce a good picture, they will often assist you to set forth what goodness may be in your work in a more telling way than you could have done otherwise; and by tracing them in the work of good composers, you may better understand the grasp of their imagination, and the power it possesses over their materials I shall briefly state the chief of these laws.
But even though no one can create by following strict rules, there are some basic principles of arrangement that it's helpful for you to understand. While they won't guarantee a great picture, they can often help you present the strengths in your work more effectively than you might have otherwise. By examining these principles in the work of talented composers, you can gain a better insight into their imaginative skills and the control they have over their materials. Let me briefly outline the main principles.
1. THE LAW OF PRINCIPALITY.
The great object of composition being always to secure unity; that is, to make out of many things one whole; the first mode in which this can be effected is, by determining that one feature shall be more important than all the rest, and that the others shall group with it in subordinate positions.
The main goal of writing is always to achieve unity; that is, to create a single whole from many parts. The first way to achieve this is by deciding that one element will be more significant than all the others, with the rest positioned in supportive roles.
This is the simplest law of ordinary ornamentation. Thus the group of two leaves, a, Fig. 31., is unsatisfactory, because it has no leading leaf; but that at b is prettier, because it has[Pg 359] a head or master leaf; and c more satisfactory still, because the subordination of the other members to this head leaf is made more manifest by their gradual loss of size as they fall back from it. Hence part of the pleasure we have in the Greek honeysuckle ornament, and such others.
This is the simplest rule of everyday decoration. So, the pair of leaves, a, Fig. 31, isn't appealing because it lacks a prominent leaf; but the one at b is nicer, since it has[Pg 359] a main leaf; and c is even more satisfying because the way the other leaves are smaller shows their relationship to this main leaf. That's part of what makes the Greek honeysuckle design, and other similar designs, enjoyable.

Thus, also, good pictures have always one light larger or brighter than the other lights, or one figure more prominent than the other figures, or one mass of colour dominant over all the other masses; and in general you will find it much benefit your sketch if you manage that there shall be one light on the cottage wall, or one blue cloud in the sky, which may attract the eye as leading light, or leading gloom, above all others. But the observance of the rule is often so cunningly concealed by the great composers, that its force is hardly at first traceable; and you will generally find that they are vulgar pictures in which the law is strikingly manifest. This may be simply illustrated by musical melody; for instance, in such phrases as this:
Good pictures usually have one light that’s stronger or brighter than the others, or one figure that stands out more than the rest, or one color that dominates all the others. Generally, your sketch will benefit if you manage to have one light on the cottage wall or one blue cloud in the sky that draws the eye as the main focus, whether it’s a leading light or a leading shadow, above everything else. However, skilled artists often hide this rule so cleverly that its impact isn’t immediately obvious; you'll typically find that it’s cheap-looking pictures where this principle is obviously applied. This can be easily illustrated with musical melody; for example, in phrases like this:

one note (here the upper G) rules the whole passage, and has the full energy of it concentrated in itself. Such passages, corresponding to completely subordinated compositions in painting, are apt to be wearisome if often repeated. But in such a phrase as this:
one note (here the upper G) dominates the entire passage, holding all its energy within itself. These kinds of passages, similar to totally subservient compositions in painting, can become tedious if repeated too often. But in a phrase like this:

it is very difficult to say, which is the principal note. The A in the last bar is lightly dominant, but there is a very equal[Pg 360] current of power running through the whole; and such passages rarely weary. And this principle holds through vast scales of arrangement; so that in the grandest compositions, such as Paul Veronese's Marriage in Cana, or Raphael's Disputa, it is not easy to fix at once on the principal figure; and very commonly the figure which is really chief does not catch the eye at first, but is gradually felt to be more and more conspicuous as we gaze. Thus in Titian's grand composition of the Cornaro Family, the figure meant to be principal is a youth of fifteen or sixteen, whose portrait it was evidently the painter's object to make as interesting as possible. But a grand Madonna, and a St. George with a drifting banner, and many figures more, occupy the centre of the picture, and first catch the eye; little by little we are led away from them to a gleam of pearly light in the lower corner, and find that, from the head which it shines upon, we can turn our eyes no more.
It's really hard to identify the main note. The A in the last bar stands out a bit, but there's a consistent[Pg 360] flow of energy throughout the entire piece, and such sections rarely become tiresome. This principle applies across various scales of arrangement, so in the most impressive works, like Paul Veronese's Marriage in Cana or Raphael's Disputa, it's not easy to pinpoint the main figure right away. Often, the figure that is actually most important doesn't grab your attention initially but becomes more noticeable the longer you look. For example, in Titian's grand composition of the Cornaro Family, the figure intended to be the main highlight is a young man around fifteen or sixteen, whose portrait the artist clearly aimed to make as captivating as possible. However, a grand Madonna and a St. George with a billowing banner, along with many other figures, dominate the center of the painting and initially draw your gaze. Gradually, your attention shifts away from them to a glimmer of pearly light in the lower corner, and you realize that from the face it illuminates, you can't look away.
As, in every good picture, nearly all laws of design are more or less exemplified, it will, on the whole, be an easier way of explaining them to analyse one composition thoroughly, than to give instances from various works. I shall therefore take one of Turner's simplest; which will allow us, so to speak, easily to decompose it, and illustrate each law by it as we proceed.
As in every good painting, most design principles are demonstrated in some way, so it will generally be easier to explain them by thoroughly analyzing one composition rather than providing examples from different works. I will therefore choose one of Turner's simplest pieces, which will allow us, in a sense, to break it down easily and illustrate each principle as we go along.
Figure 32. is a rude sketch of the arrangement of the whole subject; the old bridge over the Moselle at Coblentz, the town of Coblentz on the right, Ehrenbreitstein on the left. The leading or master feature is, of course the tower on the bridge. It is kept from being too principal by an important group on each side of it; the boats, on the right, and Ehrenbreitstein beyond. The boats are large in mass, and more forcible in colour, but they are broken into small divisions, while the tower is simple, and therefore it still leads. Ehrenbreitstein is noble in its mass, but so reduced by aërial perspective of colour that it cannot contend with the tower, which therefore holds the eye, and becomes the key of the picture. We shall see presently how the very objects which seem at first to contend with it for the mastery are made, occultly to increase its preëminence.[Pg 361]
Figure 32 is a rough sketch showing the overall arrangement of the scene; the old bridge over the Moselle at Coblentz, the town of Coblentz on the right, and Ehrenbreitstein on the left. The main feature is, of course, the tower on the bridge. It's kept from being too dominant by an important grouping on each side of it: the boats on the right and Ehrenbreitstein in the background. The boats are substantial in size and more vibrant in color, but they are divided into smaller sections, while the tower is straightforward and therefore still stands out. Ehrenbreitstein has a majestic presence, but its colors are so lightened by atmospheric perspective that it can't compete with the tower, which captures the viewer's attention and becomes the focal point of the image. Soon, we'll see how the very objects that initially seem to compete with it actually serve to subtly enhance its prominence.[Pg 361]

2. THE LAW OF REPETITION.
Another important means of expressing unity is to mark some kind of sympathy among the different objects, and perhaps the pleasantest, because most surprising, kind of sympathy, is when one group imitates or repeats another; not in the way of balance or symmetry, but subordinately, like a far-away and broken echo of it. Prout has insisted much on this law in all his writings on composition; and I think it is even more authoritatively present in the minds of most great composers than the law of principality. It is quite curious to see the pains that Turner sometimes takes to echo an important passage of colour; in the Pembroke Castle for instance, there are two fishing-boats, one with a red, and another with a white sail. In a line with them, on the beach, are two fish in precisely the same relative positions; one red and one white. It is observable that he uses the artifice chiefly in pictures where he wishes to obtain an expression of repose: in my notice of the plate of Scarborough, in the series of the "Harbours of England," I have already had occasion to dwell on this point,[Pg 362] and I extract in the note[246] one or two sentences which explain the principle. In the composition I have chosen for our illustration, this reduplication is employed to a singular extent. The tower, or leading feature, is first repeated by the low echo of it to the left; put your finger over this lower tower, and see how the picture is spoiled. Then the spires of Coblentz are all arranged in couples (how they are arranged in reality does not matter; when we are composing a great picture, we must play the towers about till they come right, as fearlessly as if they were chessmen instead of cathedrals). The dual arrangement of these towers would have been too easily seen, were it not for a little one which pretends to make a triad of the last group on the right, but is so faint as hardly to be discernible: it just takes off the attention from the artifice, helped in doing so by the mast at the head of the boat, which, however, has instantly its own duplicate put at the stern.[247] Then there is the large boat near, and its echo beyond it. That echo is divided into two again, and each of those two smaller boats has two figures in it; while two figures are also sitting together on the great rudder that lies half in the water, and half aground. Then, finally, the great mass of Ehrenbreitstein, which appears at first to have no answering form, has almost its facsimile in the bank on which the girl is sitting; this bank is as absolutely essential to the completion of the picture as any object in the whole series. All this is done to deepen the effect of repose.
Another important way to show unity is to create some kind of connection between different elements, and perhaps the most enjoyable—because it’s also the most unexpected—kind of connection is when one group mimics or echoes another; not in a balanced or symmetrical way, but as a distant and fragmented echo of it. Prout emphasized this principle in all his writing about composition, and I believe it holds even more significance for most great composers than the concept of importance. It's interesting to see how much effort Turner sometimes puts into echoing a key color passage; for example, in Pembroke Castle, there are two fishing boats, one with a red sail and another with a white sail. Lined up with them on the beach are two fish in exactly the same relative positions; one is red and the other white. It’s noticeable that he mainly uses this technique in paintings where he aims to convey a sense of calm: in my review of the plate of Scarborough from the "Harbours of England" series, I have already pointed this out,[Pg 362] and I’ll include one or two sentences in the footnote[246] that explain the principle. In the composition I’ve selected for our example, this repetition is utilized to a remarkable degree. The tower, or main feature, is first echoed by a lower silhouette on the left; cover this lower tower with your finger, and you’ll see how the picture loses its impact. Then the spires of Coblentz are arranged in pairs (the actual arrangement doesn’t matter; when creating a great picture, we must rearrange the towers until they fit just right, as boldly as if they were chess pieces instead of cathedrals). The paired arrangement of these towers would be too obvious if it weren't for a small one that pretends to create a triad with the last group on the right, but it’s so faint that it’s hardly noticeable: it draws attention away from the device, aided by the mast at the front of the boat, which also has its own duplicate at the stern.[247] Then there’s the large boat nearby, and its echo beyond it. That echo splits into two again, and each of those two smaller boats has two figures in it; two figures are also seated together on the large rudder that’s half submerged and half resting on the ground. Finally, the massive structure of Ehrenbreitstein, which at first seems to lack a counterpart, has almost its duplicate in the bank where the girl is sitting; this bank is just as crucial to completing the picture as any object in the whole scene. All of this is done to enhance the sense of tranquility.
Symmetry or the balance of parts or masses in nearly equal opposition, is one of the conditions of treatment under the[Pg 363] law of Repetition. For the opposition, in a symmetrical object, is of like things reflecting each other; it is not the balance of contrary natures (like that of day and night) but of like natures or like forms; one side of a leaf being set like the reflection of the other in water.
Symmetry, or the balance of parts or masses in almost equal opposition, is one of the requirements of treatment under the[Pg 363] law of Repetition. In a symmetrical object, the opposition consists of similar things mirroring each other; it’s not the balance of opposing natures (like day and night) but of similar natures or forms; one side of a leaf is arranged like the reflection of the other in water.
Symmetry in Nature is, however, never formal nor accurate. She takes the greatest care to secure some difference between the corresponding things or parts of things; and an approximation to accurate symmetry is only permitted in animals because their motions secure perpetual difference between the balancing parts. Stand before a mirror; hold your arms in precisely the same position at each side, your head upright your body straight; divide your hair exactly in the middle, and get it as nearly as you can into exactly the same shape over each ear, and you will see the effect of accurate symmetry; you will see, no less, how all grace and power in the human form result from the interference of motion and life with symmetry, and from the reconciliation of its balance with its changefulness. Your position, as seen in the mirror, is the highest type of symmetry as understood by modern architects.
Symmetry in nature is never precise or exact. It carefully ensures that there are always some differences between similar things or parts. An almost perfect symmetry is only found in animals because their movements create constant variations between the balancing parts. Stand in front of a mirror; hold your arms exactly the same on both sides, keep your head straight and your body aligned; part your hair right down the middle and style it as similarly as possible over each ear. You’ll see the impact of perfect symmetry; you’ll also realize that all grace and strength in the human form come from the mix of motion and life with symmetry, and from balancing stability with change. Your reflection in the mirror represents the highest form of symmetry as it is understood by today’s architects.
In many sacred compositions, living symmetry, the balance of harmonious opposites, is one of the profoundest sources of their power: almost any works of the early painters, Angelico, Perugino, Giotto, &c., will furnish you with notable instances of it. The Madonna of Perugino in the National Gallery, with the angel Michael on one side and Raphael on the other, is as beautiful an example as you can have.
In many sacred artworks, living symmetry—the balance of harmonious opposites—is one of the deepest sources of their power. Almost any works by early painters like Angelico, Perugino, Giotto, etc., provide notable examples of this. Perugino's Madonna in the National Gallery, with the angel Michael on one side and Raphael on the other, is one of the most beautiful examples you can find.
In landscape, the principle of balance is more or less carried out in proportion to the wish of the painter to express disciplined calmness. In bad compositions as in bad architecture, it is formal, a tree on one side answering a tree on the other; but in good compositions, as in graceful statues, it is always easy, and sometimes hardly traceable. In the Coblentz, however, you cannot have much difficulty in seeing how the boats on one side of the tower and the figures on the other are set in nearly equal balance; the tower, as a central mass uniting both.[Pg 364]
In landscape design, the principle of balance is achieved to some extent based on the artist's desire to convey a sense of controlled tranquility. In poor compositions, similar to bad architecture, balance is often rigid, with a tree on one side mirroring a tree on the other. However, in well-executed compositions, like elegant statues, balance is typically more fluid and sometimes barely noticeable. In the Coblentz, though, it's easy to see how the boats on one side of the tower and the figures on the other are almost evenly balanced; the tower serves as a central element connecting both.[Pg 364]
3. THE LAW OF CONTINUITY.
Another important and pleasurable way of expressing unity is by giving some orderly succession to a number of objects more or less similar. And this succession is most interesting when it is connected with some gradual change in the aspect or character of the objects. Thus the succession of the pillars of a cathedral aisle is most interesting when they retire in perspective, becoming more and more obscure in distance; so the succession of mountain promontories one behind another, on the flanks of a valley; so the succession of clouds, fading farther and farther towards the horizon; each promontory and each cloud being of different shape, yet all evidently following in a calm and appointed order. If there be no change at all in the shape or size of the objects, there is no continuity; there is only repetition—monotony. It is the change in shape which suggests the idea of their being individually free, and able to escape, if they liked, from the law that rules them, and yet submitting to it. I will leave our chosen illustrative composition for a moment to take up another, still more expressive of this law. It is one of Turner's most tender studies, a sketch on Calais Sands at sunset; so delicate in the expression of wave and cloud, that it is of no use for me to try to reach it with any kind of outline in a woodcut; but the rough sketch, Fig. 33., is enough to give an idea of its arrangement. The aim of the painter has been to give the intensest expression of repose, together with the enchanted lulling, monotonous motion of cloud and wave. All the clouds are moving in innumerable ranks after the sun, meeting towards the point in the horizon where he has set; and the tidal waves gain in winding currents upon the sand, with that stealthy haste in which they cross each other so quietly, at their edges: just folding one over another as they meet, like a little piece of ruffled silk, and leaping up a little as two children kiss and clap their hands, and then going on again, each in its silent hurry, drawing pointed arches on the sand as their thin edges intersect in parting; but all this would not have been enough expressed without the line of the old pier-timbers, black with[Pg 365] weeds, strained and bent by the storm waves, and now seeming to stoop in following one another, like dark ghosts escaping slowly from the cruelty of the pursuing sea.
Another important and enjoyable way to express unity is by arranging a series of similar objects in a clear sequence. This sequence becomes most captivating when it involves a gradual change in the appearance or character of the objects. For example, the columns of a cathedral aisle are most interesting when they recede into the distance, becoming less visible; similarly, the range of mountain peaks in a valley or the clouds fading further towards the horizon; each peak and cloud has a different shape, yet they clearly follow a calm and deliberate order. If there’s no change in the shape or size of the objects, there's no continuity—just repetition, which leads to monotony. It is the change in shape that conveys the idea of them being individually free and able to escape from the rules governing them, yet choosing to submit. I will pause on our chosen illustration for a moment to discuss another one that expresses this concept even more evocatively. It’s one of Turner’s most tender studies, a sketch of Calais Sands at sunset; so delicately rendered in its depiction of waves and clouds that I can’t hope to capture it with any outline in a woodcut; however, the rough sketch, Fig. 33., is enough to convey its arrangement. The painter aimed to express the deepest sense of calm alongside the enchanting, lulling, repetitive motion of clouds and waves. All the clouds are moving in countless ranks toward the setting sun, converging at the point on the horizon where he has descended; meanwhile, the tidal waves gain in winding currents on the sand, quietly crossing each other at their edges: just folding over one another like a piece of ruffled silk, and playfully lifting a bit as two children kiss and clap their hands, then continuing on their way, each in its silent rush, drawing pointed arches on the sand where their thin edges intersect in parting; but none of this would be fully conveyed without the line of old pier-timbers, black with weeds, strained and bent by storm waves, now appearing to stoop as they follow one another like dark ghosts slowly escaping the relentless sea.
I need not, I hope, point out to the reader the illustration of this law of continuance in the subject chosen for our general illustration. It was simply that gradual succession of the retiring arches of the bridge which induced Turner to paint the subject at all; and it was this same principle which led him always to seize on subjects including long bridges where-ever he could find them; but especially, observe, unequal bridges, having the highest arch at one side rather than at the centre. There is a reason for this, irrespective of general laws of composition, and connected with the nature of rivers, which I may as well stop a minute to tell you about, and let you rest from the study of composition.
I hope I don’t need to point out to the reader how this law of continuity is illustrated by the topic we've chosen. It was just the gradual succession of the retiring arches of the bridge that inspired Turner to paint it in the first place; and this same idea made him always look for long bridges wherever he could find them. But pay attention, especially to those uneven bridges that have the highest arch on one side instead of in the center. There’s a reason for this, aside from general rules of composition, and it's related to the nature of rivers, which I’ll take a moment to explain so you can take a break from studying composition.

All rivers, small or large, agree in one character, they like to lean a little on one side: they cannot bear to have their channels deepest in the middle, but will always, if they can, have one bank to sun themselves upon, and another to get cool under; one shingly shore to play over, where they may be shallow, and foolish, and childlike, and another steep shore, under which they can pause, and purify themselves, and get[Pg 366] their strength of waves fully together for due occasion. Rivers in this way are just like wise men, who keep one side of their life for play, and another for work; and can be brilliant, and chattering, and transparent, when they are at ease, and yet take deep counsel on the other side when they set themselves to their main purpose. And rivers are just in this divided, also, like wicked and good men: the good rivers have serviceable deep places all along their banks, that ships can sail in; but the wicked rivers go scoopingly irregularly under their banks until they get full of strangling eddies, which no boat can row over without being twisted against the rocks; and pools like wells, which no one can get out of but the water-kelpie that lives at the bottom;—but, wicked or good, the rivers all agree in having two kinds of sides. Now the natural way in which a village stonemason therefore throws a bridge over a strong stream is, of course, to build a great door to let the cat through, and little doors to let the kittens through; a great arch for the great current, to give it room in flood time, and little arches for the little currents along the shallow shore. This, even without any prudential respect for the floods of the great current, he would do in simple economy of work and stone; for the smaller your arches are, the less material you want on their flanks. Two arches over the same span of river, supposing the butments are at the same depth, are cheaper than one, and that by a great deal; so that, where the current is shallow, the village mason makes his arches many and low; as the water gets deeper, and it becomes troublesome to build his piers up from the bottom, he throws his arches wider; at last he comes to the deep stream, and, as he cannot build at the bottom of that, he throws his largest arch over it with a leap, and with another little one or so gains the opposite shore. Of course as arches are wider they must be higher, or they will not stand; so the roadway must rise as the arches widen. And thus we have the general type of bridge, with its highest and widest arch towards one side, and a train of minor arches running over the flat shore on the other; usually a steep bank at the river-side next the large arch; always, of course, a flat shore on[Pg 367] the side of the small ones; and the bend of the river assuredly concave towards this flat, cutting round, with a sweep into the steep bank; or, if there is no steep bank, still assuredly cutting into the shore at the steep end of the bridge.
All rivers, big or small, share one characteristic: they tend to lean a bit to one side. They can't stand having their deepest channels in the center; instead, they'll always prefer to have one bank where they can soak up the sun and another where they can cool off. One shore may be shallow, playful, and carefree, while another is steep, providing a place to pause, cleanse themselves, and gather their wave strength for the right moment. In this way, rivers are like wise people who dedicate one part of their lives to fun and another to work; they can be lively, chatty, and transparent when they're relaxed, yet take serious consideration on the other side when focusing on important matters. Like good and bad people, rivers are divided: good rivers have deep, navigable spots along their banks for ships, while troubled rivers have unpredictable currents that create dangerous whirlpools, making it tough for any boat to pass without getting caught up against the rocks, alongside deep pools where only the water spirit at the bottom can escape. Regardless of being good or bad, rivers all have these two types of banks. Naturally, the way a village stonemason builds a bridge over a strong stream is to create a big arch for the main current, allowing space for it during floods, and smaller arches for the lighter currents along the shallow side. Even without considering the floods, this approach simplifies the work and saves materials; smaller arches require less stone. Building two arches for the same width of river, assuming the supports are at the same depth, is much cheaper than making one big arch. So, where the water is shallow, the village mason creates many small arches; as it gets deeper and harder to build up from the bottom, he makes his arches wider. When he reaches the deep water and can't construct at the bottom, he creates his largest arch with a single leap, along with a couple of smaller ones to reach the other side. Naturally, wider arches need to be taller or they won’t stand, so the roadway must rise as the arches expand. This gives us the typical bridge design, with its tallest and widest arch on one side and a series of smaller arches stretching across the flat shore on the other; there’s usually a steep bank beside the large arch and always a flat shore on the small-arch side; and the river bends into this flat area, curving around into the steep bank, or even if there’s no steep bank, it still curves into the shore at the steep end of the bridge.
Now this kind of bridge, sympathising, as it does, with the spirit of the river, and marking the nature of the thing it has to deal with and conquer, is the ideal of a bridge; and all endeavours to do the thing in a grand engineer's manner, with a level roadway and equal arches, are barbarous; not only because all monotonous forms are ugly in themselves, but because the mind perceives at once that there has been cost uselessly thrown away for the sake of formality.[248]
Now, this type of bridge, which connects with the spirit of the river and reflects the challenges it faces, is the ideal bridge. Any attempts to construct it in a grand engineering style, with a flat road and uniform arches, are misguided. Not only are all repetitive designs inherently unattractive, but it’s also obvious that money has been wasted on unnecessary formality.[248]
Well, to return to our continuity. We see that the Turnerian bridge in Fig. 32. is of the absolutely perfect type, and is still farther interesting by having its main arch crowned by a watch-tower. But as I want you to note especially what perhaps was not the case in the real bridge, but is entirely Turner's doing, you will find that though the arches diminish gradually, not one is regularly diminished—they are all of[Pg 368] different shapes and sizes: you cannot see this clearly in 32., but in the larger diagram, Fig. 34., opposite, you will with ease. This is indeed also part of the ideal of a bridge, because the lateral currents near the shore are of course irregular in size, and a simple builder would naturally vary his arches accordingly; and also, if the bottom was rocky, build his piers where the rocks came. But it is not as a part of bridge ideal, but as a necessity of all noble composition, that this irregularity is introduced by Turner. It at once raises the object thus treated from the lower or vulgar unity of rigid law to the greater unity of clouds, and waves, and trees, and human souls, each different, each obedient, and each in harmonious service.
Well, back to our main point. We see that the Turnerian bridge in Fig. 32 is the perfect example, and it’s even more interesting because its main arch is topped with a watchtower. But I want you to especially notice what might not have been true for the actual bridge, but is entirely Turner's creation: although the arches gradually shrink, none of them are regularly reduced—they all have[Pg 368] different shapes and sizes. You can’t see this clearly in Fig. 32, but in the larger diagram, Fig. 34, opposite, you will easily see it. This is also a part of the ideal of a bridge, since the side currents near the shore vary in size, and a straightforward builder would naturally adjust his arches accordingly; and if the bottom was rocky, he would place his piers where the rocks are. However, it’s not just a part of the bridge's ideal, but a requirement of all great composition that Turner introduces this irregularity. It immediately elevates the subject from the basic or crude uniformity of strict rules to the greater unity of clouds, waves, trees, and human souls, each distinct, each responsive, and each in harmonious service.
4. THE LAW OF CURVATURE.
There is, however, another point to be noticed in this bridge of Turner's. Not only does it slope away unequally at its sides, but it slopes in a gradual though very subtle curve. And if you substitute a straight line for this curve (drawing one with a rule from the base of the tower on each side to the ends of the bridge, in Fig. 34., and effacing the curve), you will instantly see that the design has suffered grievously. You may ascertain, by experiment, that all beautiful objects whatsoever are thus terminated by delicately curved lines, except where the straight line is indispensable to their use or stability: and that when a complete system of straight lines, throughout the form, is necessary to that stability, as in crystals, the beauty, if any exists, is in colour and transparency, not in form. Cut out the shape of any crystal you like, in white wax or wood, and put it beside a white lily, and you will feel the force of the curvature in its purity, irrespective of added colour, or other interfering elements of beauty.[Pg 369]
However, there’s another point to notice about Turner's bridge. Not only does it slope unevenly on both sides, but it also curves gently, though very subtly. If you replace this curve with a straight line (drawing one with a ruler from the base of the tower on each side to the ends of the bridge, as shown in Fig. 34, and removing the curve), you'll quickly realize that the design has been seriously compromised. You can experiment and find that all beautiful objects are defined by delicately curved lines, unless a straight line is essential for their function or stability. When a complete system of straight lines is necessary for stability, like in crystals, any beauty present is found in color and transparency, not in shape. Cut out the shape of any crystal you prefer, in white wax or wood, and place it next to a white lily, and you’ll understand the impact of the curvature in its purity, independent of added color or other distracting elements of beauty.[Pg 369]

Well, as curves are more beautiful than straight lines, it is necessary to a good composition that its continuities of object, mass, or colour should be, if possible, in curves, rather than straight lines or angular ones. Perhaps one of the simplest and prettiest examples of a graceful continuity of this kind is in the line traced at any moment by the corks of a net as it[Pg 370] is being drawn: nearly every person is more or less attracted by the beauty of the dotted line. Now it is almost always possible, not only to secure such a continuity in the arrangement or boundaries of objects which, like these bridge arches or the corks of the net, are actually connected with each other, but—and this is a still more noble and interesting kind of continuity—among features which appear at first entirely separate. Thus the towers of Ehrenbreitstein, on the left, in Fig. 32., appear at first independent of each other; but when I give their profile, on a larger scale, Fig. 35., the reader may easily perceive that there is a subtle cadence and harmony among them. The reason of this is, that they are all bounded by one grand curve, traced by the dotted line; out of the seven towers, four precisely touch this curve, the others only falling back from it here and there to keep the eye from discovering it too easily.
Well, since curves are more beautiful than straight lines, a good composition needs its continuity of object, mass, or color to be, if possible, in curves rather than straight or angular lines. One of the simplest and prettiest examples of graceful continuity is the line made by the corks of a net as it[Pg 370] is being drawn: almost everyone is drawn to the beauty of the dotted line. It's usually possible not only to achieve this kind of continuity in the arrangement or boundaries of objects like these bridge arches or the corks of the net that are physically connected but also—and this is a more noble and interesting form of continuity—among features that initially seem completely separate. For example, the towers of Ehrenbreitstein, on the left in Fig. 32, may appear independent of each other at first; however, when I show their profile on a larger scale in Fig. 35, readers can easily see there's a subtle rhythm and harmony among them. The reason for this is that they're all outlined by one grand curve, represented by the dotted line; out of the seven towers, four of them exactly touch this curve, while the others only pull back from it here and there to keep the eye from spotting it too quickly.

And it is not only always possible to obtain continuities of this kind: it is, in drawing large forest or mountain forms essential[Pg 371] to truth. The towers of Ehrenbreitstein might or might not in reality fall into such a curve, but assuredly the basalt rock on which they stand did; for all mountain forms not cloven into absolute precipice, nor covered by straight slopes of shales, are more or less governed by these great curves, it being one of the aims of Nature in all her work to produce them. The reader must already know this, if he has been able to sketch at all among the mountains; if not, let him merely draw for himself, carefully, the outlines of any low hills accessible to him, where they are tolerably steep, or of the woods which grow on them. The steeper shore of the Thames at Maidenhead, or any of the downs at Brighton or Dover, or, even nearer, about Croydon (as Addington Hills), are easily accessible to a Londoner; and he will soon find not only how constant, but how graceful the curvature is. Graceful curvature is distinguished from ungraceful by two characters: first, its moderation, that is to say, its close approach to straightness in some parts of its course;[249] and, secondly, by its variation, that is to say, its never remaining equal in degree at different parts of its course.
And it's not just always possible to achieve continuities like this; it's essential for accurately representing large forest or mountain shapes[Pg 371]. The towers of Ehrenbreitstein might or might not actually curve this way, but the basalt rock they sit on definitely does; because all mountain shapes that aren’t sheer cliffs or covered by straight slopes of shales are influenced by these big curves. One of Nature's goals in all her creations is to create these curves. The reader probably understands this if they have sketched in the mountains at all; if not, they should simply draw the outlines of any low hills they can reach, especially where the slopes are somewhat steep, or of the forests growing on them. The steeper banks of the Thames at Maidenhead, or any of the downs at Brighton or Dover, or even closer to home, around Croydon (like Addington Hills), are easily accessible to someone from London; and they will quickly see not only how consistent but also how beautiful the curvature is. Beautiful curvature is characterized by two features: first, its moderation, meaning its close resemblance to straightness in some sections; [249] and second, its variation, meaning it never stays the same degree throughout different parts of its path.
This variation is itself twofold in all good curves.
This variation has two sides in all good curves.

A. There is, first, a steady change through the whole line from less to more curvature, or more to less, so that no part of the line is a segment of a circle, or can be drawn by compasses in any way whatever. Thus, in Fig. 36., a is a bad curve, because it is part of a circle, and is therefore monotonous throughout; but b is a good curve, because it continually changes its direction as it proceeds.[Pg 372]
A. First, there’s a consistent change along the entire line from less curvature to more, or from more to less, so that no section of the line is a segment of a circle or can be drawn with a compass in any way. Therefore, in Fig. 36, a is a poor curve because it’s a part of a circle and is thus monotonous throughout; however, b is a good curve because it continuously changes its direction as it moves along.[Pg 372]

The first difference between good and bad drawing of tree boughs consists in observance of this fact. Thus, when I put leaves on the line b, as in Fig. 37., you can immediately feel the springiness of character dependent on the changefulness of the curve. You may put leaves on the other line for yourself, but you will find you cannot make a right tree spray of it. For all tree boughs, large or small, as well as all noble natural lines whatsoever, agree in this character; and it is a point of primal necessity that your eye should always seize and your hand trace it. Here are two more portions of good curves, with leaves put on them at the extremities instead of the flanks, Fig. 38.; and two showing the arrangement of masses of foliage seen a little farther off, Fig. 39., which you may in like manner amuse yourself by turning into segments of circles—you will see with what result. I hope, however, you have beside you by this time, many good studies of tree boughs carefully made, in which you may study variations of curvature in their most complicated and lovely forms.[250]
The first difference between good and bad drawing of tree branches is this: when I place leaves on line b, as shown in Fig. 37, you can immediately sense the springiness of the character based on the curve's variation. You can try putting leaves on the other line yourself, but you'll realize you can't create a proper tree branch from it. Because all tree branches, big or small, along with all elegant natural lines, share this quality; it’s essential for your eye to always recognize it and your hand to replicate it. Here are two more sections of good curves, with leaves at the ends instead of the sides, Fig. 38.; and two showing the arrangement of clusters of leaves seen from a bit farther away, Fig. 39., which you can also enjoy turning into segments of circles—you’ll see the results for yourself. I hope by now you have several well-made studies of tree branches nearby, where you can examine the variations in curvature in their most intricate and beautiful forms.[250]


B. Not only does every good curve vary in general tendency, but it is modulated, as it proceeds, by myriads of subordinate curves. Thus the outlines of a tree trunk are never as at a, Fig. 40, but as at b. So also in waves, clouds, and all other nobly formed masses. Thus another essential difference between good and bad drawing, or good and bad sculpture, depends on the quantity and refinement[Pg 373] of minor curvatures carried, by good work, into the great lines. Strictly speaking, however, this is not variation in large curves, but composition of large curves out of small ones; it is an increase in the quantity of the beautiful element, but not a change in its nature.
B. Not only does every good curve change in general direction, but it is influenced, as it develops, by countless smaller curves. So, the shapes of a tree trunk are never like a, Fig. 40, but like b. The same goes for waves, clouds, and all other beautifully formed structures. Another key difference between good and bad drawing, or good and bad sculpture, lies in the amount and refinement[Pg 373] of minor curves integrated, in good work, into the major lines. Strictly speaking, though, this isn’t variation in large curves, but rather the composition of large curves from smaller ones; it represents an increase in the quantity of the beautiful element, but not a change in its nature.
5. THE LAW OF RADIATION.

We have hitherto been concerned only with the binding of our various objects into beautiful lines or processions. The next point we have to consider is, how we may unite these lines or processions themselves, so as to make groups of them.
We have so far only focused on arranging our various objects into beautiful lines or processions. The next thing we need to think about is how we can join these lines or processions together to form groups of them.
Now, there are two kinds of harmonies of lines. One in which, moving more or less side by side, they variously, but evidently with consent, retire from or approach each other, intersect or oppose each other: currents of melody in music, for different voices, thus approach and cross, fall and rise, in harmony; so the waves of the sea, as they approach the shore, flow into one another or cross, but with a great unity through all; and so various lines of composition often flow harmoniously through and across each other in a picture. But the most simple and perfect connexion of lines is by radiation; that is, by their all springing from one point, or closing towards it: and this harmony is often, in Nature almost always, united with the other; as the boughs of trees, though they intersect and play amongst each other irregularly, indicate by their general tendency their origin from one root. An essential part of the beauty of all vegetable form is in this radiation: it is seen most simply in a single flower or leaf, as in a convolvulus[Pg 374] bell, or chestnut leaf; but more beautifully in the complicated arrangements of the large boughs and sprays. For a leaf is only a flat piece of radiation; but the tree throws its branches on all sides, and even in every profile view of it, which presents a radiation more or less correspondent to that of its leaves, it is more beautiful, because varied by the freedom of the separate branches. I believe it has been ascertained that, in all trees, the angle at which, in their leaves, the lateral ribs are set on their central rib is approximately the same at which the branches leave the great stem; and thus each section of the tree would present a kind of magnified view of its own leaf, were it not for the interfering force of gravity on the masses of foliage. This force in proportion to their age, and the lateral leverage upon them, bears them downwards at the extremities, so that, as before noticed, the lower the bough grows on the stem, the more it droops (Fig. 17, p. 295.); besides this, nearly all beautiful trees have a tendency to divide into two or more principal masses, which give a prettier and more complicated symmetry than if one stem ran all the way up the centre. Fig. 41. may thus be considered the simplest type of tree radiation, as opposed to leaf radiation. In this figure, however, all secondary ramification is unrepresented, for the sake of simplicity; but if we take one half of such a tree, and merely give two secondary branches to each main branch (as represented in the general branch structure shown at b, Fig. 18., p. 296), we shall have the form, Fig. 42. This I consider the perfect general type of tree structure; and it is curiously connected with certain forms of Greek, Byzantine, and Gothic ornamentation, into the discussion of which, however, we must not enter here. It will be observed, that both in Figs. 41. and 42. all the branches so spring from the main stem as very nearly to suggest their united radiation from the root R. This is by no means universally[Pg 375] the case; but if the branches do not bend towards a point in the root, they at least converge to some point or other. In the examples in Fig. 43., the mathematical centre of curvature, a, is thus, in one case, on the ground at some distance from the root, and in the other, near the top of the tree. Half, only, of each tree is given, for the sake of clearness: Fig. 44. gives both sides of another example, in which the origins of curvature are below the root. As the positions of such points may be varied without end, and as the arrangement of the lines is also farther complicated by the fact of the boughs springing for the most part in a spiral order round the tree, and at proportionate distances, the systems of curvature which regulate the form of vegetation are quite infinite. Infinite is a word easily said, and easily written, and people do not always mean it when they say it; in this case I do mean it; the number of systems is incalculable, and even to furnish any thing like a representative number of types, I should have to give several hundreds of figures such as Fig. 44.[251]
Now, there are two types of line harmonies. One type involves lines that move side by side, sometimes drawing closer or pulling away from each other, intersecting or opposing each other: musical melodies for different voices harmonize like this as they approach and cross each other, rising and falling; similarly, ocean waves flow into one another or cross as they reach the shore, maintaining a great unity throughout. Various lines in a artwork can also flow harmoniously through and across each other. However, the simplest and most perfect connection of lines is through radiation, where all lines originate from a single point or converge toward it. This type of harmony is often, and almost always in nature, combined with the first type; for instance, the branches of trees, while they intersect and play among each other in an irregular manner, generally indicate their origin from one root. An essential element of the beauty of all plant forms is in this radiation: it can be seen most clearly in a single flower or leaf, such as in a convolvulus bell or a chestnut leaf, but is even more beautiful in the intricate arrangements of larger branches and sprays. A leaf is merely a flat expression of radiation; however, a tree spreads its branches in all directions, and each profile view presents radiation that mirrors its leaves, which is more beautiful due to the variation introduced by the individual branches. It's been noted that in all trees, the angle at which the side ribs are attached to the central rib in their leaves is roughly the same angle at which the branches emerge from the main trunk; thus, each section of the tree would resemble a larger version of its own leaf if not for the effect of gravity on the heavy foliage. This force, relative to their age and the sideways leverage acting on them, causes the extremities to droop downwards, so that, as mentioned earlier, the lower the branch is on the trunk, the more it hangs down. Additionally, most attractive trees tend to split into two or more main sections, giving a more appealing and complex symmetry than if a single trunk rose straight up the center. Figure 41 can be seen as the simplest type of tree radiation, in contrast to leaf radiation. In this illustration, however, all secondary branching is omitted for simplicity; but if we take one half of such a tree and give two secondary branches to each main branch (as shown in the general branching structure at b, Fig. 18., p. 296), we would arrive at the form shown in Fig. 42. I see this as the perfect general type of tree structure, which is also interestingly linked to certain forms of Greek, Byzantine, and Gothic decoration, though I won't delve into that here. It should be noted that in both Figs. 41 and 42, all branches seem to spring from the main trunk in a way that suggests they radiate from the root R. This isn't always the case; if the branches don't incline toward a point at the root, they at least converge toward some point. In the examples shown in Fig. 43, the mathematical center of curvature, a, is, in one case, on the ground at a distance from the root and in the other, near the top of the tree. Only half of each tree is shown for clarity: Fig. 44 presents both sides of another example, in which the points of curvature are below the root. Since the positions of such points can vary infinitely, and because the arrangement of the lines is further complicated by the fact that branches mostly grow in a spiral pattern around the tree and at proportionate distances, the systems of curvature that determine the shape of vegetation are truly limitless. "Limitless" is a term tossed around easily, and people don't always mean it when they say it; in this case, I do mean it; the number of systems is incalculable, and to provide anything resembling a representative number of types, I would need to present several hundred figures similar to Fig. 44.




Thus far, however, we have only been speaking of the great relations of stem and branches. The forms of the branches themselves are regulated by still more subtle laws, for they occupy an intermediate position between the form of the tree and of the leaf. The leaf has a flat ramification; the tree a completely rounded one; the bough is neither rounded nor flat, but has a structure exactly balanced between the two, in a half-flattened, half-rounded flake, closely resembling in shape one of the thick leaves of an artichoke or the flake of a fir cone; by combination forming the solid mass of the tree, as the[Pg 376] leaves compose the artichoke head. I have before pointed out to you the general resemblance of these branch flakes to an extended hand; but they may be more accurately represented by the ribs of a boat. If you can imagine a very broad-headed and flattened boat applied by its keel to the end of a main branch,[252] as in Fig. 45., the lines which its ribs will take, and the general contour of it, as seen in different directions, from above and below; and from one side and another, will give you the closest approximation to the perspectives and foreshortenings of a well-grown branch-flake. Fig. 25. above, page 316., is an unharmed and unrestrained shoot of healthy young oak; and if you compare it with Fig. 45., you will understand at once the action of the lines of leafage; the boat only failing as a type in that its ribs are too nearly parallel to each other at the sides, while the bough sends all its ramification well forwards, rounding to the head, that it may accomplish its part in the outer form of the whole tree, yet always securing the compliance with the great universal law that the branches nearest the root bend most back; and, of course, throwing some always back as well as forwards; the appearance of reversed action being much increased, and rendered more striking and beautiful, by perspective. Figure 25. shows the perspective of such a bough as it is seen from below; Fig. 46. gives rudely the look it would have from above.
So far, we've only discussed the main relationships between the trunk and branches. The shapes of the branches themselves follow even more subtle rules, as they sit in between the shape of the tree and the leaf. The leaf is flat; the tree is completely rounded. The branch is neither fully rounded nor flat, but has a structure that perfectly balances the two, resembling a half-flattened, half-rounded flake, similar in shape to the thick leaves of an artichoke or the scales of a fir cone; together, they create the solid mass of the tree, just like the[Pg 376] leaves form the artichoke head. I've pointed out before how these branch flakes resemble an outstretched hand, but they can be more accurately compared to the ribs of a boat. If you can picture a wide, flat-bottomed boat placed keel-down onto the end of a main branch,[252] as shown in Fig. 45., the lines of its ribs and the overall shape from various angles—above, below, and from different sides—will give you the closest approximation to the perspectives and proportions of a well-developed branch-flake. Fig. 25. above, page 316., shows a healthy young oak shoot untouched and free to grow; if you compare this to Fig. 45., you'll quickly grasp how the lines of foliage work; the boat falls short as a model because its ribs are too parallel along the sides, whereas the branch extends its growth outwards, rounding at the tip, allowing it to fulfill its role in shaping the overall tree while still adhering to the universal principle that the branches closest to the trunk bend back the most; naturally, there are always some branches that bend both back and forward; this counteracting motion is emphasized and made more striking and beautiful by perspective. Figure 25. illustrates how such a branch appears when viewed from below; Fig. 46. roughly shows what it looks like from above.


You may suppose, if you have not already discovered, what[Pg 377] subtleties of perspective and light and shade are involved in the drawing of these branch-flakes, as you see them in different directions and actions; now raised, now depressed; touched on the edges by the wind, or lifted up and bent back so as to show all the white under surfaces of the leaves shivering in light, as the bottom of a boat rises white with spray at the surge-crest; or drooping in quietness towards the dew of the grass beneath them in windless mornings, or bowed down under oppressive grace of deep-charged snow. Snow time, by the way, is one of the best for practice in the placing of tree masses; but you will only be able to understand them thoroughly by beginning with a single bough and a few leaves placed tolerably even, as in Fig. 38. page 372. First one with three leaves, a central and two lateral ones, as at a; then with five, as at b, and so on; directing your whole attention to the expression, both by contour and light and shade, of the boat-like arrangements, which in your earlier studies, will have been a good deal confused, partly owing to your inexperience, and partly to the depth of shade, or absolute blackness of mass required in those studies.
You might guess, if you haven't already realized, what[Pg 377] complexities of perspective, light, and shadow are involved in drawing these branch formations, as you view them from different angles and actions; sometimes raised, sometimes lowered; touched on the edges by the wind, or lifted and bent back to reveal all the white under surfaces of the leaves shimmering in the light, like the bottom of a boat appearing white with spray at the peak of a wave; or drooping gently towards the dew on the grass below them on calm mornings, or weighed down under the heavy beauty of deep, packed snow. Winter, by the way, is one of the best times to practice arranging tree masses; but you'll only truly understand them by starting with a single branch and a few leaves placed fairly evenly, like in Fig. 38, page 372. First, try one with three leaves, one central and two lateral, as shown at a; then move on to five, as at b, and so forth; focusing all your attention on the expression, both in outline and light and shadow, of the boat-like shapes, which in your earlier studies may have been quite mixed up, partly due to your lack of experience and partly because of the deep shadows or intense darkness required in those studies.
One thing more remains to be noted, and I will let you out of the wood. You see that in every generally representative figure I have surrounded the radiating branches with a dotted line: such lines do indeed terminate every vegetable form; and you see that they are themselves beautiful curves, which, according to their flow, and the width or narrowness of the spaces they enclose, characterize the species of tree or leaf, and express its free or formal action, its grace of youth or weight of age. So that, throughout all the freedom of her wildest foliage, Nature is resolved on expressing an encompassing limit; and marking a unity in the whole tree, caused not only by the rising of its branches from a common root, but by their joining in one work, and being bound by a common law. And having ascertained this, let us turn back for a moment to a point in leaf structure which, I doubt not, you must already have observed in your earlier studies, but which it is well to state here, as connected with the unity of the branches in the great trees. You must have noticed, I should[Pg 378] think, that whenever a leaf is compound,—that is to say, divided into other leaflets which in any way repeat or imitate the form of the whole leaf,—those leaflets are not symmetrical as the whole leaf is, but always smaller on the side towards the point of the great leaf, so as to express their subordination to it, and show, even when they are pulled off, that they are not small independent leaves, but members of one large leaf.
One more thing needs to be noted, and then I’ll let you out of the woods. You can see that in every generally representative figure, I’ve surrounded the radiating branches with a dotted line: such lines do indeed mark the end of every plant structure; and you’ll notice that they are beautiful curves that, depending on their flow and the width or narrowness of the spaces they enclose, define the species of tree or leaf and express its lively action or heavy presence, its youthful grace or the weight of age. So, despite the wildness of her foliage, Nature is committed to expressing a clear limit; and indicating a unity in the whole tree, created not just by the branches rising from a common root, but by their joining together in one creation and following a shared law. And having established this, let’s take a moment to look back at a point in leaf structure that I’m sure you’ve noticed in your earlier studies, but which is important to mention here, as it relates to the unity of the branches in large trees. You must have observed, I should think, that whenever a leaf is compound—that is, divided into smaller leaflets that in some way repeat or imitate the shape of the whole leaf—those leaflets are not symmetrical like the whole leaf, but always smaller on the side closer to the tip of the larger leaf, to show their dependence on it and to indicate that even when they are separated, they are not small independent leaves, but parts of one large leaf.

Fig. 47., which is a block-plan of a leaf of columbine, without its minor divisions on the edges, will illustrate the principle clearly. It is composed of a central large mass, A, and two lateral ones, of which the one on the right only is lettered, B. Each of these masses is again composed of three others, a central and two lateral ones; but observe, the minor one, a of A, is balanced equally by its opposite; but the minor b1 of B is larger than its opposite b2. Again, each of these minor masses is divided into three; but while the central mass, A of A, is symmetrically divided, the B of B is unsymmetrical, its largest side-lobe being lowest. Again b2, the lobe c1 (its lowest lobe in relation to B) is larger than c2; and so also in b1. So that universally one lobe of a lateral leaf is always larger than the other, and the smaller lobe is that which is nearer the central mass; the lower leaf, as it[Pg 379] were by courtesy, subduing some of its own dignity or power, in the immediate presence of the greater or captain leaf; and always expressing, therefore, its own subordination and secondary character. This law is carried out even in single leaves. As far as I know, the upper half, towards the point of the spray, is always the smaller; and a slightly different curve, more convex at the springing, is used for the lower side, giving an exquisite variety to the form of the whole leaf; so that one of the chief elements in the beauty of every subordinate leaf throughout the tree, is made to depend on its confession of its own lowliness and subjection.
Fig. 47 shows a block plan of a columbine leaf, omitting its smaller edge divisions, which clearly illustrates the principle. It consists of a large central mass, A, and two lateral masses, with only the right one labeled, B. Each of these masses is made up of three smaller parts: a central part and two lateral ones. Notice that the smaller part, a of A, is balanced equally by its opposite, while the smaller part b1 of B is larger than its opposite b2. Each of these smaller parts is divided into three as well; however, while the central part, A of A, is symmetrically divided, B of B is not symmetrical, with its largest side lobe positioned lower. Furthermore, b2, the lobe c1 (the lowest lobe in relation to B) is larger than c2, and this also applies to b1. Thus, in general, one lobe of a lateral leaf is always larger than the other, and the smaller lobe is the one closer to the central mass; the lower leaf, almost deferentially, diminishes some of its own stature or power in the presence of the larger or dominant leaf, continuously expressing its own subordination and secondary nature. This principle even applies to single leaves. As far as I know, the upper half, towards the tip of the stem, is always smaller, and the lower side uses a slightly different curve, more convex at the base, creating a beautiful variety in the overall leaf shape. Consequently, one of the key elements of beauty in every subordinate leaf throughout the tree relies on its acknowledgment of its own humility and subjugation.
And now, if we bring together in one view the principles we have ascertained in trees, we shall find they may be summed under four great laws; and that all perfect[253] vegetable form is appointed to express these four laws in noble balance of authority.
And now, if we look at the principles we've identified in trees, we can see that they can be summarized in four main laws. All perfect[253] plant forms are designed to reflect these four laws in a harmonious balance of authority.
1. Support from one living root.
1. Support from one living root.
2. Radiation, or tendency of force from some one given point, either in the root, or in some stated connexion with it.
2. Radiation, or the tendency of force from a specific point, either at the root or in a specified connection with it.
3. Liberty of each bough to seek its own livelihood and happiness according to its needs, by irregularities of action both in its play and its work, either stretching out to get its required nourishment from light and rain, by finding some sufficient breathing-place among the other branches, or knotting and gathering itself up to get strength for any load which its fruitful blossoms may lay upon it, and for any stress of its storm-tossed luxuriance of leaves; or playing hither and thither as the fitful sunshine may tempt its young shoots, in their undecided states of mind about their future life.
3. The freedom of each branch to pursue its own growth and happiness based on its needs, acting unpredictably in both its play and work, whether reaching out for the necessary light and rain, finding enough space to breathe among the other branches, or twisting and gathering itself to gain strength for the weight of its blooming flowers and the strain of its stormy abundance of leaves; or moving about as the changing sunlight might encourage its young shoots, which are still uncertain about their future.
4. Imperative requirement of each bough to stop within certain limits, expressive of its kindly fellowship and fraternity[Pg 380] with the boughs in its neighborhood; and to work with them according to its power, magnitude, and state of health, to bring out the general perfectness of the great curve, and circumferent stateliness of the whole tree.
4. It's essential for each branch to stay within certain limits, showing its friendly connection and bond[Pg 380] with the nearby branches; and to cooperate with them based on its strength, size, and health, to contribute to the overall beauty of the grand curve and impressive stature of the entire tree.
I think I may leave you, unhelped, to work out the moral analogies of these laws; you may, perhaps, however, be a little puzzled to see the meeting of the second one. It typically expresses that healthy human actions should spring radiantly (like rays) from some single heart motive; the most beautiful systems of action taking place when this motive lies at the root of the whole life, and the action is clearly seen to proceed from it; while also many beautiful secondary systems of action taking place from motives not so deep or central, but in some beautiful subordinate connexion with the central or life motive.
I think I’ll leave you to figure out the moral implications of these laws on your own; you might be a bit confused about the second one, though. It usually means that positive human actions should come brightly (like rays) from a single core motive. The best systems of action happen when this motive is the foundation of a person’s entire life, and it’s obvious that the action comes from it. Additionally, there can be many great secondary actions that arise from motives that aren’t as deep or central but are still beautifully connected to the main life motive.
The other laws, if you think over them, you will find equally significative; and as you draw trees more and more in their various states of health and hardship, you will be every day more struck by the beauty of the types they present of the truths most essential for mankind to know;[254] and you will see what this vegetation of the earth, which is necessary to our life, first, as purifying the air for us and then as food, and just as necessary to our joy in all places of the earth,—what these trees and leaves, I say, are meant to teach us as we contemplate them, and read or hear their lovely language, written or spoken for us, not in frightful black letters, nor in dull sentences,[Pg 381] but in fair green and shadowy shapes of waving words, and blossomed brightness of odoriferous wit, and sweet whispers of unintrusive wisdom, and playful morality.
The other laws, if you think about them, are just as significant; and as you draw trees in their various states of health and struggle, you'll be increasingly amazed by the beauty of the lessons they offer about the truths most essential for humanity to understand;[254] and you'll realize what this vegetation on earth, which is vital for our life—first by purifying the air for us and then by providing food—and equally important for our happiness everywhere on earth—what these trees and leaves are meant to teach us as we observe them and read or hear their beautiful language, written or spoken for us, not in harsh black letters, or boring sentences,[Pg 381] but in lovely green and shadowy forms of flowing words, and bright blossoms of fragrant wit, and gentle whispers of subtle wisdom, and lighthearted morality.
Well, I am sorry myself to leave the wood, whatever my reader may be; but leave it we must, or we shall compose no more pictures to-day.
Well, I'm sorry to leave the woods, no matter what my reader thinks; but we have to leave, or we won't create any more pictures today.
This law of radiation, then, enforcing unison of action in arising from, or proceeding to, some given point, is perhaps, of all principles of composition, the most influential in producing the beauty of groups of form. Other laws make them forcible or interesting, but this generally is chief in rendering them beautiful. In the arrangement of masses in pictures, it is constantly obeyed by the great composers; but, like the law of principality, with careful concealment of its imperativeness, the point to which the lines of main curvature are directed being very often far away out of the picture. Sometimes, however, a system of curves will be employed definitely to exalt, by their concurrence, the value of some leading object, and then the law becomes traceable enough.
This law of radiation, which demands a unified action in coming from or moving toward a specific point, is perhaps the most significant of all composition principles in creating the beauty of groups of forms. Other laws make them strong or engaging, but this one is typically the primary factor in making them beautiful. In arranging masses in images, great composers always follow this law; however, like the law of prominence, its importance is often subtly hidden, with the point to which the main lines of curvature lead typically being far outside the picture. Sometimes, though, a system of curves is used purposefully to enhance, through their alignment, the importance of a key object, making the law much easier to identify.
In the instance before us, the principal object being, as we have seen, the tower on the bridge, Turner has determined that his system of curvature should have its origin in the top of this tower. The diagram Fig. 34. page 369, compared with Fig. 32. page 361, will show how this is done. One curve joins the two towers, and is continued by the back of the figure sitting on the bank into the piece of bent timber. This is a limiting curve of great importance, and Turner has drawn a considerable part of it with the edge of the timber very carefully, and then led the eye up to the sitting girl by some white spots and indications of a ledge in the bank; then the passage to the tops of the towers cannot be missed.
In the situation we're looking at, the main focus, as we've observed, is the tower on the bridge. Turner has decided that his curve should start from the top of this tower. The diagram in Fig. 34 on page 369, compared with Fig. 32 on page 361, illustrates how this is achieved. One curve connects the two towers and continues along the back of the figure sitting on the bank into the piece of bent timber. This is a crucial limiting curve, and Turner has carefully drawn a significant portion of it along the edge of the timber, then guided the viewer's eye up to the sitting girl using some white spots and hints of a ledge in the bank; this way, the passage to the tops of the towers is impossible to miss.
The next curve is begun and drawn carefully for half an inch of its course by the rudder; it is then taken up by the basket and the heads of the figures, and leads accurately to the tower angle. The gunwales of both the boats begin the next two curves, which meet in the same point; and all are centralised by the long reflection which continues the vertical lines.
The next curve is started and drawn carefully for half an inch by the rudder; then it’s picked up by the basket and the heads of the figures, leading precisely to the tower angle. The gunwales of both boats initiate the next two curves, which converge at the same point; and all of this is centralized by the long reflection that extends the vertical lines.
Subordinated to this first system of curves there is another,[Pg 382] begun by the small crossing bar of wood inserted in the angle behind the rudder; continued by the bottom of the bank on which the figure sits, interrupted forcibly beyond it,[255] but taken up again by the water-line leading to the bridge foot, and passing on in delicate shadows under the arches, not easily shown in so rude a diagram, towards the other extremity of the bridge. This is a most important curve, indicating that the force and sweep of the river have indeed been in old times under the large arches; while the antiquity of the bridge is told us by the long tongue of land, either of carted rubbish, or washed down by some minor stream, which has interrupted this curve, and is now used as a landing-place for the boats, and for embarkation of merchandise, of which some bales and bundles are laid in a heap, immediately beneath the great tower. A common composer would have put these bales to one side or the other, but Turner knows better; he uses them as a foundation for his tower, adding to its importance precisely as the sculptured base adorns a pillar; and he farther increases the aspect of its height by throwing the reflection of it far down in the nearer water. All the great composers have this same feeling about sustaining their vertical masses: you will constantly find Prout using the artifice most dexterously (see, for instance, the figure with the wheelbarrow under the great tower, in the sketch of St. Nicolas, at Prague, and the white group of figures under the tower in the sketch of Augsburg[256]); and Veronese, Titian, and Tintoret continually put their principal figures at bases of pillars. Turner found out their secret very early, the most prominent instance of his composition on this principle being the drawing of Turin from the Superga, in Hakewell's Italy.
Subordinated to this first set of curves is another one,[Pg 382] starting with the small wooden crossbar inserted in the angle behind the rudder; it continues along the bottom of the bank where the figure sits, is interrupted abruptly beyond it,[255] but resumes with the water-line leading to the bridge foot, moving on in delicate shadows under the arches, which aren’t easily depicted in such a rough diagram, toward the other end of the bridge. This is a crucial curve, indicating that the force and flow of the river once acted beneath the large arches; while the age of the bridge is reflected in the long stretch of land, either from carted debris or washed down by a smaller stream, which has disrupted this curve and is now utilized as a landing area for boats, as well as for loading merchandise, where some bales and bundles are piled up right below the great tower. A typical artist might have placed these bales to one side or the other, but Turner understands better; he uses them as a base for his tower, enhancing its significance just as a sculptured base enhances a pillar; he further amplifies its height by casting its reflection deep into the nearby water. All great artists share this understanding of supporting their vertical structures: you’ll often find Prout skillfully using similar techniques (for example, look at the figure with the wheelbarrow beneath the great tower in the sketch of St. Nicolas in Prague, and the white group of figures under the tower in the sketch of Augsburg[256]); and Veronese, Titian, and Tintoret frequently position their main figures at the bases of pillars. Turner discovered their trick early on, with one of his most prominent examples of this compositional principle being his drawing of Turin from the Superga, in Hakewell's Italy.
I chose Fig. 20., already given to illustrate foliage drawing, chiefly because, being another instance of precisely the same arrangement, it will serve to convince you of its being intentional. There, the vertical, formed by the larger tree, is continued by the figure of the farmer, and that of one of the smaller trees by his stick. The lines of the interior mass of the bushes radiate, under the law of radiation, from a point behind the farmer's head; but their outline curves are carried on and repeated, under the law of continuity, by the curves of the dog and boy—by the way, note the remarkable instance in these of the use of darkest lines towards the light;—all more or less guiding the eye up to the right, in order to bring it finally to the Keep of Windsor, which is the central object of the picture, as the bridge tower is in the Coblentz. The wall on which the boy climbs answers the purpose of contrasting, both in direction and character, with these greater curves; thus corresponding as nearly as possible to the minor tongue of land in the Coblentz. This, however, introduces us to another law, which we must consider separately.
I chose Fig. 20, already shown to illustrate foliage drawing, mainly because it’s another example of the same arrangement, which will help prove that it’s intentional. Here, the vertical line created by the larger tree continues with the farmer’s figure, and the smaller tree’s vertical is represented by his stick. The lines in the bush mass radiate from a point behind the farmer’s head, following the law of radiation; however, their curving outline is carried on and repeated, according to the law of continuity, by the curves of the dog and the boy—by the way, notice the striking example here of using the darkest lines against the light—all of which guide the eye upwards to the right, ultimately leading it to the Keep of Windsor, the central focus of the picture, just as the bridge tower is in Coblentz. The wall the boy is climbing contrasts in both direction and character with these larger curves, closely matching the minor tongue of land in Coblentz. However, this brings us to another principle that we need to discuss separately.
6. THE LAW OF CONTRAST.
Of course the character of everything is best manifested by Contrast. Rest can only be enjoyed after labour; sound, to be heard clearly, must rise out of silence; light is exhibited by darkness, darkness by light; and so on in all things. Now in art every colour has an opponent colour, which, if brought near it, will relieve it more completely than any other; so, also, every form and line may be made more striking to the eye by an opponent form or line near them; a curved line is set off by a straight one, a massy form by a slight one, and so on; and in all good work nearly double the value, which any given colour or form would have uncombined, is given to each by contrast.[257]
Of course, the character of everything is best shown through contrast. You can only enjoy rest after working; to hear sound clearly, it has to come from silence; light is seen through darkness, and darkness through light; and this applies to everything. In art, every color has a complementary color that, when placed nearby, enhances it more than any other would; likewise, every shape and line can be made more striking by an opposing shape or line close to them. A curved line stands out next to a straight one, a heavy form is highlighted by a light one, and so on. In all good work, nearly double the value that any specific color or form would have on its own is added through contrast.[257]
In this case again, however, a too manifest use of the artifice vulgarises a picture. Great painters do not commonly, or very visibly, admit violent contrast. They introduce it by stealth and with intermediate links of tender change; allowing, indeed, the opposition to tell upon the mind as a surprise, but not as a shock.[258]
In this case again, however, an obvious use of trickery makes the artwork less impressive. Great painters usually don’t openly show extreme contrasts. Instead, they introduce it subtly and with gentle transitions; allowing the opposition to impact the viewer's mind as a surprise, not as a shock.[258]
Thus in the rock of Ehrenbreitstein, Fig. 35., the main current of the lines being downwards, in a convex swell, they are suddenly stopped at the lowest tower by a counter series of beds, directed nearly straight across them. This adverse force sets off and relieves the great curvature, but it is reconciled to it by a series of radiating lines below, which at first sympathize with the oblique bar, then gradually get steeper, till they meet and join in the fall of the great curve. No passage, however intentionally monotonous, is ever introduced by a good artist without some slight counter current of this kind; so much, indeed, do the great composers feel the necessity of it, that they will even do things purposely ill or unsatisfactorily, in order to give greater value to their well-doing in other places. In a skilful poet's versification the so-called bad or inferior lines are not inferior because he could not do them better, but because he feels that if all were equally weighty, there would be no real sense of weight anywhere; if all were equally melodious, the melody itself would be fatiguing; and he purposely introduces the labouring or discordant verse, that the full ring may be felt in his main sentence, and the finished sweetness in his chosen rhythm.[259] And continually in painting, inferior artists destroy their work by giving too much[Pg 385] of all that they think is good, while the great painter gives just enough to be enjoyed, and passes to an opposite kind of enjoyment, or to an inferior state of enjoyment: he gives a passage of rich, involved, exquisitely wrought colour, then passes away into slight, and pale and simple colour; he paints for a minute or two with intense decision, then suddenly becomes, as the spectator thinks, slovenly; but he is not slovenly: you could not have taken any more decision from him just then; you have had as much as is good for you; he paints over a great space of his picture forms of the most rounded and melting tenderness, and suddenly, as you think by a freak, gives you a bit as jagged and sharp as a leafless blackthorn. Perhaps the most exquisite piece of subtle contrast in the world of painting is the arrow point, laid sharp against the white side and among the flowing hair of Correggio's Antiope. It is quite singular how very little contrast will sometimes serve to make an entire group of forms interesting which would otherwise have been valueless. There is a good deal of picturesque material, for instance, in this top of an old tower, Fig. 48., tiles and stones and sloping roof not disagreeably mingled; but all would have been unsatisfactory if there had not happened to be that iron ring on the inner wall, which by its[Pg 386] vigorous black circular line precisely opposes all the square and angular characters of the battlements and roof. Draw the tower without the ring, and see what a difference it will make.
So, in the rock of Ehrenbreitstein, Fig. 35, the main flow of the lines goes downward in a convex curve, but they're abruptly interrupted at the lowest tower by a series of layers that run almost horizontally across them. This opposing force counteracts and eases the strong curvature, but it's balanced by a series of radiating lines below, which initially align with the slanted bar and then gradually become steeper until they meet and connect in the descent of the large curve. No matter how deliberately dull a passage is, a skilled artist will always introduce some slight counter-current like this; indeed, great composers feel the need so strongly that they'll intentionally create something flawed or unsatisfactory to highlight the value of their successes elsewhere. In a talented poet's verse, the so-called weaker lines aren't inferior because they couldn't do better, but because they recognize that if everything had the same weight, there wouldn't be a real sense of weight anywhere; if all were equally melodic, the melody itself would become tiring; and they deliberately add laboring or discordant lines so that the full resonance can be felt in their main sentences and the refined sweetness in their chosen rhythms.[259] And consistently in painting, lesser artists ruin their work by overloading it with everything they think is good, while the great painter provides just enough to be appreciated and then shifts to a different kind of enjoyment or to a less satisfying state: he presents a passage of rich, intricate, beautifully crafted color, then transitions to muted, pale, and simple tones; he paints with intense confidence for a minute or two, then abruptly seems, in the viewer's eyes, careless; but he isn't careless: he couldn't have shown any more intensity just then; you've received as much as is good for you; he covers a large area of his painting with forms of the most rounded and soft tenderness, and suddenly, as you might think by accident, gives you a piece as jagged and sharp as a leafless blackthorn. Perhaps the most exquisite example of subtle contrast in the art of painting is the arrow tip, sharply defined against the white side and among the flowing hair of Correggio's Antiope. It's quite remarkable how very little contrast can sometimes make an entire group of forms interesting that would otherwise be worthless. For example, there’s quite a bit of picturesque material in the top of an old tower, Fig. 48, where tiles, stones, and a sloping roof are pleasantly mixed; but it all would have been unsatisfactory if not for that iron ring on the inner wall, which, due to its vigorous black circular line, directly opposes all the square and angular shapes of the battlements and roof. Draw the tower without the ring and see what a difference it makes.

One of the most important applications of the law of contrast is in association with the law of continuity, causing an unexpected but gentle break in a continuous series. This artifice is perpetual in music, and perpetual also in good illumination; the way in which little surprises of change are prepared in any current borders, or chains of ornamental design, being one of the most subtle characteristics of the work of the good periods. We take, for instance, a bar of ornament between two written columns of an early 14th Century MS., and at the first glance we suppose it to be quite monotonous all the way up, composed of a winding tendril, with alternately a blue leaf and a scarlet bud. Presently, however, we see that, in order to observe the law of principality there is one large scarlet leaf instead of a bud, nearly half-way up, which forms a centre to the whole rod; and when we begin to examine the order of the leaves, we find it varied carefully. Let a stand for scarlet bud, b for blue leaf, c for two blue leaves on one stalk, s for a stalk without a leaf, and r for the large red leaf. Then counting from the ground, the order begins as follows:
One of the key uses of the law of contrast is in connection with the law of continuity, creating an unexpected yet gentle interruption in a continuous series. This technique is constant in music and also in good lighting; the way little surprises of change are woven into any current patterns or chains of decorative design is one of the most subtle features of quality work from good periods. For example, consider a strip of ornamentation between two columns of text in an early 14th Century manuscript. At first glance, it seems completely monotonous, made up of a twisting tendril, alternating between a blue leaf and a scarlet bud. However, we soon notice that to follow the law of prominence, there’s one large scarlet leaf instead of a bud, almost halfway up, which serves as the focal point of the whole design; and when we start to examine the arrangement of the leaves, we see it’s been varied thoughtfully. Let a represent the scarlet bud, b for the blue leaf, c for two blue leaves on one stem, s for a stem without a leaf, and r for the large red leaf. So, starting from the bottom, the order goes as follows:
b, b, A; b, s, b, A; b, b, A; b, b, A; and we think we shall have two b's and an A all the way, when suddenly it becomes b, A; b, R; b, A; b, A; b, A; and we think we are going to have b, A continued; but no: here it becomes b, s; b, s; b, A; b, s; b, s; c, s; b, s; b, s; and we think we are surely going to have b, s continued, but behold it runs away to the end with a quick b, b, A; b, b, b, b![260] Very often, however, the designer is satisfied with one surprise, but I never saw a good illuminated border without one at least; and no series of any kind is ever introduced by a great composer in a painting without a snap somewhere. There is a pretty one in Turner's drawing of Rome, with the large balustrade for a foreground in the Hakewell's[Pg 387] Italy series: the single baluster struck out of the line, and showing the street below through the gap, simply makes the whole composition right, when otherwise, it would have been stiff and absurd.
b, b, A; b, s, b, A; b, b, A; b, b, A; and we think we’ll have two b's and an A all the way, when suddenly it switches to b, A; b, R; b, A; b, A; b, A; and we think we’re going to get b, A continued; but no: now it turns to b, s; b, s; b, A; b, s; b, s; c, s; b, s; b, s; and we’re sure we’re going to have b, s continued, but look, it rushes to the end with a quick b, b, A; b, b, b, b![260] Very often, though, the designer is happy with one surprise, but I’ve never seen a nice illuminated border without at least one; and no series of any kind is ever started by a great composer in a painting without a snap somewhere. There’s a nice example in Turner’s drawing of Rome, with the big balustrade acting as foreground in the Hakewell's[Pg 387] Italy series: the single baluster pulled out of the line, showing the street below through the gap, just makes the whole composition work, when otherwise, it would have been stiff and ridiculous.
If you look back to Fig. 48. you will see, in the arrangement of the battlements, a simple instance of the use of such variation. The whole top of the tower, though actually three sides of a square, strikes the eye as a continuous series of five masses. The first two, on the left, somewhat square and blank; then the next two higher and richer, the tiles being seen on their slopes. Both these groups being couples, there is enough monotony in the series to make a change pleasant; and the last battlement, therefore, is a little higher than the first two,—a little lower than the second two,—and different in shape from either. Hide it with your finger, and see how ugly and formal the other four battlements look.
If you look back to Fig. 48, you'll notice that the arrangement of the battlements is a straightforward example of using variation. The top of the tower, while actually three sides of a square, appears as a continuous series of five distinct shapes. The first two on the left are somewhat square and plain; then the next two are taller and more detailed, with their tiles visible on the slopes. Since both groups are pairs, the overall uniformity makes any change stand out, so the last battlement is slightly taller than the first two, a bit shorter than the second two, and shaped differently from either. Cover it with your finger and see how dull and rigid the other four battlements look.
There are in this figure several other simple illustrations of the laws we have been tracing. Thus the whole shape of the wall's mass being square, it is well, still for the sake of contrast, to oppose it not only by the element of curvature, in the ring, and lines of the roof below, but by that of sharpness; hence the pleasure which the eye takes in the projecting point of the roof. Also because the walls are thick and sturdy, it is well to contrast their strength with weakness; therefore we enjoy the evident decrepitude of this roof as it sinks between them. The whole mass being nearly white, we want a contrasting shadow somewhere; and get it, under our piece of decrepitude. This shade, with the tiles of the wall below, forms another pointed mass, necessary to the first by the law of repetition. Hide this inferior angle with your finger, and see how ugly the other looks. A sense of the law of symmetry, though you might hardly suppose it, has some share in the feeling with which you look at the battlements; there is a certain pleasure in the opposed slopes of their top, on one side down to the left, on the other to the right. Still less would you think the law of radiation had anything to do with the matter: but if you take the extreme point of the black shadow on the left for a centre and follow first the low curve[Pg 388] of the eaves of the wall, it will lead you, if you continue it, to the point of the tower cornice; follow the second curve, the top of the tiles of the wall, and it will strike the top of the right-hand battlement; then draw a curve from the highest point of the angle battlement on the left, through the points of the roof and its dark echo; and you will see how the whole top of the tower radiates from this lowest dark point. There are other curvatures crossing these main ones, to keep them from being too conspicuous. Follow the curve of the upper roof, it will take you to the top of the highest battlement; and the stones indicated at the right-hand side of the tower are more extended at the bottom, in order to get some less direct expression of sympathy, such as irregular stones may be capable of, with the general flow of the curves from left to right.
In this figure, there are several other straightforward illustrations of the principles we've been examining. Since the entire mass of the wall is square, it's beneficial, for contrast, to oppose it not just with the curved element of the ring and the lines of the roof below but also with sharpness; hence the pleasure our eyes find in the roof's projecting point. Additionally, because the walls are thick and strong, it’s effective to contrast their strength with something weak; thus, we appreciate the clear decrepitude of this roof as it sinks between them. The overall mass being nearly white calls for a contrasting shadow somewhere, which we find beneath our piece of decrepitude. This shadow, along with the tiles of the wall below, creates another pointed mass, necessary to the first due to the principle of repetition. Cover this lower angle with your finger, and you'll notice how unattractive the other side looks. The sense of symmetry, though it may not seem obvious, contributes to how you perceive the battlements; there's a certain pleasure in the opposing slopes at the top, one side sloping down to the left and the other to the right. You might find it hard to believe that the principle of radiation plays a role here: however, if you take the end point of the black shadow on the left as a center and follow the low curve of the eaves of the wall, it will guide you, if you extend it, to the tower's cornice. Following the second curve, the top of the wall’s tiles, will lead you to the top of the right-hand battlement; then, if you draw a curve from the highest point of the battlement on the left, through the points of the roof and its dark echo, you'll see how the whole top of the tower radiates from this lowest dark point. There are other curves intersecting these main ones to prevent them from standing out too much. Track the curve of the upper roof, and it will take you to the highest battlement; the stones indicated on the right side of the tower are broader at the bottom, creating a subtler expression of harmony, similar to how irregular stones may connect with the general flow of curves from left to right.
You may not readily believe, at first, that all these laws are indeed involved in so trifling a piece of composition. But as you study longer, you will discover that these laws, and many more, are obeyed by the powerful composers in every touch: that literally, there is never a dash of their pencil which is not carrying out appointed purposes of this kind in twenty various ways at once; and that there is as much difference, in way of intention and authority, between one of the great composers ruling his colours, and a common painter confused by them, as there is between a general directing the march of an army, and an old lady carried off her feet by a mob.
You might not initially believe that all these rules actually play a role in such a trivial piece of work. But as you delve deeper, you'll realize that these rules, plus many more, are followed by skilled composers in every touch: that every stroke of their pencil serves specific purposes in multiple ways at once; and that the difference in intention and control between a great composer managing their colors and an ordinary painter struggling with them is as significant as the difference between a general leading an army and a confused old lady swept away by a crowd.
7. THE LAW OF INTERCHANGE.
Closely connected with the law of contrast is a law which enforces the unity of opposite things, by giving to each a portion of the character of the other. If, for instance, you divide a shield into two masses of colour, all the way down—suppose blue and white, and put a bar, or figure of an animal, partly on one division, partly on the other, you will find it pleasant to the eye if you make the part of the animal blue which comes upon the white half, and white which comes upon the blue half. This is done in heraldry, partly for the sake of perfect intelligibility, but yet more for the sake of delight in interchange of colour, since, in all ornamentation[Pg 389] whatever, the practice is continual, in the ages of good design.
Closely related to the law of contrast is a principle that enforces the unity of opposites by giving each one some characteristics of the other. For example, if you divide a shield into two colored sections—let's say blue and white—and place a bar or an animal figure partly on one section and partly on the other, it will be visually appealing if you make the part of the animal that touches the white section blue, and the part that touches the blue section white. This technique is used in heraldry, not only for clarity but also for the enjoyment of the color interplay, as this practice has been a constant in the era of good design throughout decorative arts[Pg 389].
Sometimes this alternation is merely a reversal of contrasts; as that, after red has been for some time on one side, and blue on the other, red shall pass to blue's side and blue to red's. This kind of alternation takes place simply in four-quartered shields; in more subtle pieces of treatment, a little bit only of each colour is carried into the other, and they are as it were dovetailed together. One of the most curious facts which will impress itself upon you, when you have drawn some time carefully from Nature in light and shade, is the appearance of intentional artifice with which contrasts of this alternate kind are produced by her; the artistry with which she will darken a tree trunk as long as it comes against light sky, and throw sunlight on it precisely at the spot where it comes against a dark hill, and similarly treat all her masses of shade and colour, is so great, that if you only follow her closely, every one who looks at your drawing with attention will think that you have been inventing the most artifically and unnaturally delightful interchanges of shadow that could possibly be devised by human wit.
Sometimes this back-and-forth is just a switch-up of contrasts; like when red has been on one side for a while and blue on the other, red moves over to blue's side and blue moves to red's. This type of alternation happens simply in four-quartered shields; in more nuanced pieces, a little bit of each color blends into the other, and they fit together like puzzle pieces. One of the most interesting things you'll notice after you've spent time carefully drawing from nature in light and shadow is how intentional the contrasts of this alternating type seem to be created by it; the skill with which nature darkens a tree trunk whenever it’s against a bright sky, and highlights it exactly where it meets a dark hill, and similarly handles all her shades and colors, is so impressive that if you observe her closely, anyone who views your drawing attentively will think you've been creating the most intricately and unnaturally delightful shifts in shadow imaginable.
You will find this law of interchange insisted upon at length by Prout in his "Lessons on Light and Shade:" it seems, of all his principles of composition, to be the one he is most conscious of; many others he obeys by instinct, but this he formally accepts and forcibly declares.
You will find this law of interchange discussed in detail by Prout in his "Lessons on Light and Shade:" it seems to be the one principle of composition he is most aware of; many others he follows instinctively, but this one he explicitly embraces and strongly asserts.
The typical purpose of the law of interchange is, of course, to teach us how opposite natures may be helped and strengthened by receiving each, as far as they can, some impress or imparted power, from the other.
The usual goal of the law of interchange is to show us how opposing natures can be supported and enhanced by each taking in, as much as possible, some influence or power from the other.
8. THE LAW OF CONSISTENCY.
It is to be remembered, in the next place, that while contrast exhibits the characters of things, it very often neutralises or paralyses their power. A number of white things may be shown to be clearly white by opposition of a black thing, but if you want the full power of their gathered light, the black thing may be seriously in our way. Thus, while contrast[Pg 390] displays things, it is unity and sympathy which employ them, concentrating the power of several into a mass. And, not in art merely, but in all the affairs of life, the wisdom of man is continually called upon to reconcile these opposite methods of exhibiting, or using, the materials in his power. By change he gives them pleasantness, and by consistency value; by change he is refreshed, and by perseverence strengthened.
It’s important to remember that while contrast shows the characteristics of things, it often neutralizes or weakens their power. A bunch of white objects can be clearly seen as white when placed next to a black object, but to truly harness the full power of their combined light, the black object can actually obstruct us. So, while contrast[Pg 390] reveals things, it’s unity and harmony that truly utilize them, bringing together the strength of many into one. This isn’t just true in art, but in all aspects of life; human wisdom constantly works to balance these opposing ways of displaying or using the resources at hand. Through change, he adds enjoyment, and through consistency, he adds value; by changing, he finds renewal, and by sticking with it, he gains strength.
Hence many compositions address themselves to the spectator by aggregate force of colour or line, more than by contrasts of either; many noble pictures are painted almost exclusively in various tones of red, or grey, or gold, so as to be instantly striking by their breadth of flush, or glow, or tender coldness, these qualities being exhibited only by slight and subtle use of contrast. Similarly as to form; some compositions associate massive and rugged forms, others slight and graceful ones, each with few interruptions by lines of contrary character. And, in general, such compositions possess higher sublimity than those which are more mingled in their elements. They tell a special tale, and summon a definite state of feeling, while the grand compositions merely please the eye.
Many artworks engage the viewer more through the overall impact of color or shape than through contrasting elements. Many impressive paintings are created primarily in different shades of red, gray, or gold, making them immediately striking due to their boldness, warmth, or gentle coolness, with these effects achieved through subtle contrast. The same applies to form; some pieces combine heavy, rugged shapes, while others feature light, graceful ones, with minimal interruptions from opposing lines. Overall, such works tend to convey a greater sense of grandeur than those with more mixed elements. They communicate a specific message and evoke a definite emotional response, whereas grand compositions mainly please the eye.
This unity or breadth of character generally attaches most to the works of the greatest men; their separate pictures have all separate aims. We have not, in each, grey colour set against sombre, and sharp forms against soft, and loud passages against low; but we have the bright picture, with its delicate sadness; the sombre picture, with its single ray of relief; the stern picture, with only one tender group of lines; the soft and calm picture, with only one rock angle at its flank; and so on. Hence the variety of their work, as well as its impressiveness. The principal bearing of this law, however, is on the separate masses or divisions of a picture: the character of the whole composition may be broken or various, if we please, but there must certainly be a tendency to consistent assemblage in its divisions. As an army may act on several points at once, but can only act effectually by having somewhere formed and regular masses, and not wholly by skirmishers; so a picture may be various in its tendencies, but[Pg 391] must be somewhere united and coherent in its masses. Good composers are always associating their colours in great groups; binding their forms together by encompassing lines, and securing, by various dexterities of expedient, what they themselves call "breadth:" that is to say, a large gathering of each kind of thing into one place; light being gathered to light, darkness to darkness, and colour to colour. If, however, this be done by introducing false lights or false colours, it is absurd and monstrous; the skill of a painter consists in obtaining breadth by rational arrangement of his objects, not by forced or wanton treatment of them. It is an easy matter to paint one thing all white, and another all black or brown; but not an easy matter to assemble all the circumstances which will naturally produce white in one place, and brown in another. Generally speaking, however, breadth will result in sufficient degree from fidelity of study: Nature is always broad; and if you paint her colours in true relations, you will paint them in majestic masses. If you find your work look broken and scattered, it is, in all probability, not only ill composed, but untrue.
This unity or breadth of character usually characterizes the works of the greatest artists; each of their individual pieces has distinct goals. We don't see grey tones contrasted with dark shades, sharp shapes with soft ones, or loud sections with quiet ones; instead, we see a vibrant piece with its subtle sadness, a dark piece with a single ray of light, a stern piece with just one gentle group of lines, and a soft and calm piece with only one jagged rock on its side, and so forth. This creates variety and impact in their work. However, the main focus of this principle is on the separate sections or divisions of a piece: the overall composition may be disrupted or diverse if we wish, but there must certainly be a tendency for its divisions to be coherently assembled. Just as an army can operate in several areas simultaneously but can only function effectively if it has formed and organized units instead of relying solely on skirmishes; similarly, a piece can express various tendencies, but it must be united and cohesive in its sections. Good composers consistently group their colors in large formations, linking their shapes with surrounding lines, and achieving what they refer to as "breadth" through various clever strategies: that is, collecting each type of element into one area, aligning light with light, dark with dark, and color with color. However, if this is achieved through false lights or incorrect colors, it becomes absurd and grotesque; a painter's skill lies in achieving breadth through a logical arrangement of his subjects, not through forced or reckless treatments. It is easy to paint one thing entirely white and another entirely black or brown, but it's much harder to gather all the elements that will naturally create white in one area and brown in another. Generally, though, breadth will arise adequately from accurate observation: Nature is always broad; and if you paint her colors in proper relationships, they will form impressive groups. If your work appears broken and scattered, it most likely is not only poorly composed but also untrue.
The opposite quality to breadth, that of division or scattering of light and colour, has a certain contrasting charm, and is occasionally introduced with exquisite effect by good composers.[261] Still, it is never the mere scattering, but the order discernible through this scattering, which is the real source of pleasure; not the mere multitude, but the constellation of multitude. The broken lights in the work of a good painter wander like flocks upon the hills, not unshepherded; speaking of life and peace: the broken lights of a bad painter fall like hailstones, and are capable only of mischief, leaving it to be wished they were also of dissolution.
The opposite quality to breadth, which is the division or scattering of light and color, has a certain contrasting charm and is sometimes used effectively by skilled composers.[261] However, it’s not just the scattering itself, but the order that can be seen within this scattering that provides real enjoyment; it’s not merely the abundance, but the arrangement of that abundance. The broken lights in a good painter's work flow like flocks on the hills, not without guidance; they convey life and peace. In contrast, the broken lights of a bad painter fall like hailstones, only capable of causing chaos, making one wish they would disappear altogether.
9. THE LAW OF HARMONY.
This last law is not, strictly speaking, so much one of composition as of truth, but it must guide composition, and is properly, therefore, to be stated in this place.
This last rule isn't really about composition itself but rather about truth. However, it should guide composition, so it's worth mentioning here.
Good drawing is, as we have seen, an abstract of natural facts; you cannot represent all that you would, but must continually be falling short, whether you will or no, of the force, or quantity, of Nature. Now, suppose that your means and time do not admit of your giving the depth of colour in the scene, and that you are obliged to paint it paler. If you paint all the colours proportionately paler, as if an equal quantity of tint had been washed away from each of them, you still obtain a harmonious, though not an equally forcible statement of natural fact. But if you take away the colours unequally, and leave some tints nearly as deep as they are in Nature, while others are much subdued, you have no longer a true statement. You cannot say to the observer, "Fancy all those colours a little deeper, and you will have the actual fact." However he adds in imagination, or takes away, something is sure to be still wrong. The picture is out of harmony.
Good drawing is, as we've seen, an abstract of natural facts; you can't show everything you want to, and you will always fall short of the impact or richness of Nature. Now, let’s say you don’t have the resources or time to capture the full depth of color in a scene, and you have to paint it lighter. If you make all the colors proportionally lighter, as if an equal amount of tint has been washed off each one, you still achieve a harmonious, though not as powerful, representation of natural fact. However, if you lighten the colors unevenly, leaving some shades almost as vibrant as they are in Nature while muting others significantly, you no longer have an accurate representation. You can’t tell the viewer, “Imagine all those colors a little deeper, and you’ll see the real thing.” No matter how they adjust it in their mind, something will still feel off. The picture is out of balance.
It will happen, however, much more frequently, that you have to darken the whole system of colours, than to make them paler. You remember, in your first studies of colour from Nature, you were to leave the passages of light which were too bright to be imitated, as white paper. But, in completing the picture, it becomes necessary to put colour into them; and then the other colours must be made darker, in some fixed relation to them. If you deepen all proportionately, though the whole scene is darker than reality, it is only as if you were looking at the reality in a lower light: but if, while you darken some of the tints, you leave others undarkened, the picture is out of harmony, and will not give the impression of truth.
It will happen much more often that you need to darken the entire color scheme rather than making it lighter. Remember, in your early studies of color from nature, you were told to leave the areas of light that were too bright to replicate as white paper. But when finishing the picture, you need to add color to those areas; then the other colors must be made darker in a consistent relation to them. If you deepen all colors proportionately, even though the whole scene is darker than reality, it’s just like viewing reality in lower light. However, if you darken some shades while keeping others unchanged, the picture will be out of harmony and won’t convey a sense of truth.
It is not, indeed, possible to deepen all the colours so much as to relieve the lights in their natural degree; you would merely sink most of your colours, if you tried to do so, into a[Pg 393] broad mass of blackness: but it is quite possible to lower them harmoniously, and yet more in some parts of the picture than in others, so as to allow you to show the light you want in a visible relief. In well-harmonised pictures this is done by gradually deepening the tone of the picture towards the lighter parts of it, without materially lowering it in the very dark parts; the tendency in such pictures being, of course, to include large masses of middle tints. But the principal point to be observed in doing this, is to deepen the individual tints without dirtying or obscuring them. It is easy to lower the tone of the picture by washing it over with grey or brown; and easy to see the effect of the landscape, when its colours are thus universally polluted with black, by using the black convex mirror, one of the most pestilent inventions for falsifying nature and degrading art which ever was put into an artist's hand.[262] For the thing required is not to darken pale yellow by mixing grey with it, but to deepen the pure yellow; not to darken crimson by mixing black with it, but by making it deeper and richer crimson: and thus the required effect could only be seen in Nature, if you had pieces of glass of the colour of every object in your landscape, and of every minor hue that made up those colours, and then could see the real landscape through this deep gorgeousness of the varied glass. You cannot do this with glass, but you can do it for yourself as you work; that is to say, you can put deep blue for pale blue, deep gold for pale gold, and so on, in the proportion you need; and then you may paint as forcibly as you choose, but your work will still be in the manner of Titian, not of Caravaggio or Spagnoletto, or any other of the black slaves of painting.[263]
It’s not really possible to make all the colors deep enough to bring out the lights in their natural state; you’d just end up sinking most of your colors into a[Pg 393] mass of darkness. But you can definitely lower them harmoniously, and more in some areas of the picture than in others, so you can show the light you want in a visible way. In well-balanced paintings, this is achieved by gradually deepening the tone toward the lighter areas without significantly lowering it in the really dark spots; the aim is to include large areas of middle tones. The main thing to focus on while doing this is to deepen individual hues without making them look dirty or dull. It’s easy to lower the overall tone of a painting by washing it with gray or brown, and it’s apparent how the landscape appears when its colors are uniformly tainted with black, thanks to the black convex mirror, one of the most harmful inventions for distorting nature and degrading art ever given to an artist.[262] What you need to do is not darken pale yellow by mixing it with gray, but rather deepen the pure yellow; instead of darkening crimson by adding black, you should make it a deeper and richer crimson. The desired effect could only be observed in nature if you had pieces of glass in the exact colors of every object in your landscape, along with every minor hue that made up those colors, allowing you to see the true landscape through this rich, varied glass. You can’t do that with glass, but you can achieve this as you paint; that is to say, you can substitute deep blue for pale blue, deep gold for pale gold, and so on, in the proportions you need. Then you can paint as boldly as you like, but your work will still reflect the style of Titian, not that of Caravaggio or Spagnoletto, or any of the other dark practitioners of painting.[263]
Supposing those scales of colour, which I told you to prepare in order to show you the relations of colour to grey, were quite accurately made, and numerous enough, you would have nothing more to do, in order to obtain a deeper tone in any given mass of colour, than to substitute for each of its hues the hue as many degrees deeper in the scale as you wanted, that is to say, if you want to deepen the whole two degrees, substituting for the yellow No. 5. the yellow No. 7., and for the red No. 9. the red No. 11., and so on; but the hues of any object in Nature are far too numerous, and their degrees too subtle, to admit of so mechanical a process. Still, you may see the principle of the whole matter clearly by taking a group of colours out of your scale, arranging them prettily, and then washing them all over with grey: that represents the treatment of Nature by the black mirror. Then arrange the same group of colours, with the tints five or six degrees deeper in the scale; and that will represent the treatment of Nature by Titian.
Supposing those color scales I asked you to prepare to show the relationships between color and gray were made accurately and had enough variations, you would simply need to swap each hue for one that is as many degrees deeper on the scale as you wanted to go. For example, if you want to darken the whole thing by two degrees, you would replace yellow No. 5 with yellow No. 7 and red No. 9 with red No. 11, and so on. However, the colors of objects in nature are way too numerous and their variations too subtle for such a mechanical approach. Still, you can clearly see the principle by taking a group of colors from your scale, arranging them nicely, and then washing them all with gray: that shows how nature is treated by a black mirror. Then, arrange the same group of colors but use tints that are five or six degrees deeper on the scale; that will illustrate how Titian treated nature.
You can only, however, feel your way fully to the right of the thing by working from Nature.
You can only fully understand the essence of something by starting with Nature.
The best subject on which to begin a piece of study of this kind is a good thick tree trunk, seen against blue sky with some white clouds in it. Paint the clouds in true and tenderly gradated white; then give the sky a bold full blue, bringing them well out; then paint the trunk and leaves grandly dark against all, but in such glowing dark green and brown as you see they will bear. Afterwards proceed to more complicated studies, matching the colours carefully first by your old method; then deepening each colour with its own tint, and being careful, above all things, to keep truth of equal change when the colours are connected with each other, as in dark and light sides of the same object. Much more aspect and sense of harmony are gained by the precision with which you observe the relation of colours in dark sides and light sides, and the influence of modifying reflections, than by mere accuracy of added depth in independent colours.
The best topic to start studying this way is a thick tree trunk against a blue sky with some white clouds. Paint the clouds in a true, gently blended white; then give the sky a vibrant, deep blue to make them stand out; next, paint the trunk and leaves in a rich dark color, choosing a glowing dark green and brown that looks realistic. After that, move on to more complex studies, carefully matching the colors first using your old method; then deepen each color with its own shade, and above all, ensure that you keep the truth of equal change when the colors relate to one another, like in the dark and light sides of the same object. You can achieve a much better sense of harmony and balance by precisely observing how colors relate in the dark and light areas and the impact of reflecting light, rather than just focusing on achieving added depth in separate colors.
This harmony of tone, as it is generally called, is the most important of those which the artist has to regard. But there[Pg 395] are all kinds of harmonies in a picture, according to its mode of production. There is even a harmony of touch. If you paint one part of it very rapidly and forcibly, and another part slowly and delicately, each division of the picture may be right separately, but they will not agree together: the whole will be effectless and valueless, out of harmony. Similarly, if you paint one part of it by a yellow light in a warm day, and another by a grey light in a cold day, though both may have been sunlight, and both may be well toned, and have their relative shadows truly cast, neither will look like light: they will destroy each other's power, by being out of harmony. These are only broad and definable instances of discordance; but there is an extent of harmony in all good work much too subtle for definition; depending on the draughtsman's carrying everything he draws up to just the balancing and harmonious point, in finish, and colour, and depth of tone, and intensity of moral feeling, and style of touch, all considered at once; and never allowing himself to lean too emphatically on detached parts, or exalt one thing at the expense of another, or feel acutely in one place and coldly in another. If you have got some of Cruikshank's etchings, you will be able, I think, to feel the nature of harmonious treatment in a simple kind, by comparing them with any of Richter's illustrations to the numerous German story-books lately published at Christmas, with all the German stories spoiled. Cruikshank's work is often incomplete in character and poor in incident, but, as drawing, it is perfect in harmony. The pure and simple effects of daylight which he gets by his thorough mastery of treatment in this respect, are quite unrivalled, as far as I know, by any other work executed with so few touches. His vignettes to Grimm's German stories, already recommended, are the most remarkable in this quality. Richter's illustrations, on the contrary, are of a very high stamp as respects understanding of human character, with infinite playfulness and tenderness of fancy; but, as drawings, they are almost unendurably out of harmony, violent blacks in one place being continually opposed to trenchant white in another; and, as is almost sure to be the case with bad harmonists, the local colour hardly felt anywhere. All German[Pg 396] work is apt to be out of harmony, in consequence of its too frequent conditions of affectation, and its wilful refusals of fact; as well as by reason of a feverish kind of excitement, which dwells violently on particular points, and makes all the lines of thought in the picture to stand on end, as it were, like a cat's fur electrified; while good work is always as quiet as a couchant leopard, and as strong.
This balance of tone, as it's often called, is the most important aspect the artist needs to consider. But there[Pg 395] are all kinds of harmonies in a painting, depending on how it was created. There's even a harmony of touch. If you paint one section quickly and powerfully, and another part slowly and delicately, each area might look good on its own, but they won’t work together: the overall piece will end up ineffective and lacking value, out of sync. Likewise, if you paint one part in warm yellow light on a sunny day, and another in gray light on a cold day, even if both areas are lit by sunlight, well-toned, and have accurate shadows, they won’t convey light: they’ll cancel each other out by being out of harmony. These are just obvious and clear examples of disharmony; however, there’s a level of harmony in all great art that is too subtle to define. It hinges on the artist making sure everything they draw is balanced and harmonious in terms of finish, color, depth of tone, intensity of emotion, and style of touch, all at once; never letting themselves overly focus on isolated parts, elevate one aspect at the cost of another, or feel deeply in one area and coldly in another. If you have some of Cruikshank's etchings, you'll likely grasp the nature of harmonious treatment in a straightforward way by comparing them to Richter's illustrations from the many German storybooks recently published at Christmas, which often ruin the German tales. Cruikshank's work may sometimes be lacking in character and detail, but as drawings, they are perfect in harmony. The pure and simple effects of daylight he achieves through his mastery of treatment in this regard are unparalleled, as far as I know, given how few strokes he uses. His illustrations for Grimm's German stories, already mentioned, are the most notable in this aspect. On the other hand, Richter's illustrations have a high level of understanding of human character, with endless playfulness and tenderness of imagination; but as drawings, they are nearly unbearably out of harmony, with harsh blacks in one area continuously contrasted against sharp whites in another; and, as is often the case with poor harmonists, the local color is hardly noticeable anywhere. All German[Pg 396] work tends to be out of harmony, often due to excessive affectation and deliberate avoidance of reality; compounded by a frenzied kind of excitement that focuses intensely on specific points, making all the lines of thought in the picture seem electrified, like a cat's fur standing on end; while good work is always as calm as a resting leopard, yet just as strong.
I have now stated to you all the laws of composition which occur to me as capable of being illustrated or defined; but there are multitudes of others which, in the present state of my knowledge, I cannot define, and others which I never hope to define; and these the most important, and connected with the deepest powers of the art. Among those which I hope to be able to explain when I have thought of them more, are the laws which relate to nobleness and ignobleness; that ignobleness especially which we commonly call "vulgarity," and which, in its essence, is one of the most curious subjects of inquiry connected with human feeling. Among those which I never hope to explain, are chiefly laws of expression, and others bearing simply on simple matters; but, for that very reason, more influential than any others. These are, from the first, as inexplicable as our bodily sensations are; it being just as impossible, I think, to explain why one succession of musical notes[264] shall be noble and pathetic, and such as might have been sung by Casella to Dante, and why another succession is base and ridiculous, and would be fit only for the reasonably good ear of Bottom, as to explain why we like sweetness, and dislike bitterness. The best part of every great work is always inexplicable: it is good because it is good; and innocently gracious, opening as the green of the earth, or falling as the dew of heaven.
I have now shared with you all the rules of composition that come to mind as possible to illustrate or define; however, there are countless others that, given my current understanding, I cannot define, and some that I don't think I'll ever be able to define. Those are the most significant, tied to the deepest powers of the art. Among those I hope to explain further are the rules concerning nobleness and ignobleness, particularly the kind of ignobleness we often refer to as "vulgarity," which is fundamentally one of the most intriguing subjects related to human emotion. As for those I don't expect to explain, they mainly involve laws of expression and other straightforward matters; yet, precisely for that reason, they hold more influence than any others. These are, from the outset, as inexplicable as our physical sensations; it’s just as impossible to understand why one sequence of musical notes[264] is noble and moving, something Casella might have sung to Dante, whereas another sequence is low and ridiculous, only suitable for the reasonably good ear of Bottom, as it is to explain why we enjoy sweetness and detest bitterness. The best part of every great work is always beyond explanation: it is good simply because it is good, and it has an innocent grace, unfolding like the green of the earth or falling like the dew from heaven.
But though you cannot explain them, you may always render[Pg 397] yourself more and more sensitive to these higher qualities by the discipline which you generally give to your character, and this especially with regard to the choice of incidents; a kind of composition in some sort easier than the artistical arrangements of lines and colours, but in every sort nobler, because addressed to deeper feelings.
But even if you can't explain them, you can always make yourself more sensitive to these higher qualities through the discipline you usually apply to your character, especially when it comes to the choice of incidents. It's a kind of composition that's somewhat easier than the artistic arrangement of lines and colors, but in every way nobler because it appeals to deeper emotions.
For instance, in the "Datur Hora Quieti," the last vignette to Roger's Poems, the plough in the foreground has three purposes. The first purpose is to meet the stream of sunlight on the river, and make it brighter by opposition; but any dark object whatever would have done this. Its second purpose is by its two arms, to repeat the cadence of the group of the two ships, and thus give a greater expression of repose; but two sitting figures would have done this. Its third and chief, or pathetic, purpose is, as it lies abandoned in the furrow (the vessels also being moored, and having their sails down), to be a type of human labour closed with the close of day. The parts of it on which the hand leans are brought most clearly into sight; and they are the chief dark of the picture, because the tillage of the ground is required of man as a punishment; but they make the soft light of the setting sun brighter, because rest is sweetest after toil. These thoughts may never occur to us as we glance carelessly at the design; and yet their under current assuredly affects the feelings, and increases, as the painter meant it should, the impression of melancholy, and of peace.
For example, in the "Datur Hora Quieti," the last vignette of Roger's Poems, the plow in the foreground serves three purposes. The first purpose is to catch the stream of sunlight on the river and make it brighter by contrast; but any dark object would have accomplished this. Its second purpose is through its two arms, to echo the rhythm of the two ships, giving a stronger sense of calm; but two seated figures would have achieved the same effect. Its third and primary, or emotional, purpose is, as it lies abandoned in the furrow (with the ships also tied up and their sails lowered), to symbolize human labor ending with the day’s close. The parts of it where the hand rests are most clearly visible, and they are the darkest part of the picture, since the cultivation of the land is seen as a punishment for mankind; yet they enhance the soft light of the setting sun, as rest is most enjoyable after hard work. These thoughts may not cross our minds as we casually look at the artwork; however, this underlying current undoubtedly influences our feelings and, as the artist intended, amplifies the sense of melancholy and tranquility.
Again, in the "Lancaster Sands," which is one of the plates I have marked as most desirable for your possession; the stream of light which falls from the setting sun on the advancing tide stands similarly in need of some force of near object to relieve its brightness. But the incident which Turner has here adopted is the swoop of an angry seagull at a dog, who yelps at it, drawing back as the wave rises over his feet, and the bird shrieks within a foot of his face. Its unexpected boldness is a type of the anger of its ocean element, and warns us of the sea's advance just as surely as the abandoned plough told us of the ceased labour of the day.
Again, in the "Lancaster Sands," which is one of the pieces I’ve marked as most desirable for you to own; the stream of light from the setting sun on the incoming tide similarly needs some nearby object to balance its brightness. But the scene that Turner depicts here is the dive of an angry seagull at a dog, who yelps at it, pulling back as the wave rises over his feet, while the bird screams just inches from his face. Its unexpected daring reflects the fury of its ocean home and warns us of the sea’s approach just as clearly as the abandoned plow indicates the end of the day’s work.
It is not, however, so much in the selection of single incidents[Pg 398] of this kind as in the feeling which regulates the arrangement of the whole subject that the mind of a great composer is known. A single incident may be suggested by a felicitous chance, as a pretty motto might be for the heading of a chapter. But the great composers so arrange all their designs that one incident illustrates another, just as one colour relieves another. Perhaps the "Heysham," of the Yorkshire series which, as to its locality, may be considered a companion to the last drawing we have spoken of, the "Lancaster Sands," presents as interesting an example as we could find of Turner's feeling in this respect. The subject is a simple north-country village, on the shore of Morecambe Bay; not in the common sense, a picturesque village: there are no pretty bow-windows, or red roofs, or rocky steps of entrance to the rustic doors, or quaint gables; nothing but a single street of thatched and chiefly clay-built cottages, ranged in a somewhat monotonous line, the roofs so green with moss that at first we hardly discern the houses from the fields and trees. The village street is closed at the end by a wooden gate, indicating the little traffic there is on the road through it, and giving it something the look of a large farmstead, in which a right of way lies through the yard. The road which leads to this gate is full of ruts, and winds down a bad bit of hill between two broken banks of moor ground, succeeding immediately to the few enclosures which surround the village; they can hardly be called gardens; but a decayed fragment or two of fencing fill the gaps in the bank; and a clothes-line, with some clothes on it, striped blue and red, and a smock-frock, is stretched between the trunks of some stunted willows; a very small haystack and pigstye being seen at the back of the cottage beyond. An empty, two-wheeled, lumbering cart, drawn by a pair of horses with huge wooden collars, the driver sitting lazily in the sun, sideways on the leader, is going slowly home along the rough road, it being about country dinner-time. At the end of the village there is a better house, with three chimneys and a dormer window in its roof, and the roof is of stone shingle instead of thatch, but very rough. This house is no doubt the clergyman's; there is some smoke from one[Pg 399] of its chimneys, none from any other in the village; this smoke is from the lowest chimney at the back, evidently that of the kitchen, and it is rather thick, the fire not having been long lighted. A few hundred yards from the clergyman's house, nearer the shore, is the church, discernible from the cottage only by its low-arched belfry, a little neater than one would expect in such a village; perhaps lately built by the Puseyite incumbent;[265] and beyond the church, close to the sea, are two fragments of a border war-tower, standing on their circular mound, worn on its brow deep into edges and furrows by the feet of the village children. On the bank of moor, which forms the foreground, are a few cows, the carter's dog barking at a vixenish one: the milkmaid is feeding another, a gentle white one, which turns its head to her, expectant of a handful of fresh hay, which she has brought for it in her blue apron, fastened up round her waist; she stands with her pail on her head, evidently the village coquette, for she has a neat bodice, and pretty striped petticoat under the blue apron, and red stockings. Nearer us, the cowherd, barefooted, stands on a piece of the limestone rock (for the ground is thistly and not pleasurable to bare feet);—whether boy or girl we are not sure; it may be a boy, with a girl's worn-out bonnet on, or a girl with a pair of ragged trowsers on; probably the first, as the old bonnet is evidently useful to keep the sun out of our eyes when we are looking for strayed cows among the moorland hollows, and helps us at present to watch (holding the bonnet's edge down) the quarrel of the vixenish cow with the dog, which, leaning on our long stick, we allow to proceed without any interference. A little to the right the hay is being got in, of which the milkmaid has just taken her apronful to the white cow; but the hay is very thin, and cannot well be raked up because of the rocks; we must glean it[Pg 400] like corn, hence the smallness of our stack behind the willows, and a woman is pressing a bundle of it hard together, kneeling against the rock's edge, to carry it safely to the hay-cart without dropping any. Beyond the village is a rocky hill, deep set with brushwood, a square crag or two of limestone emerging here and there, with pleasant turf on their brows, heaved in russet and mossy mounds against the sky, which, clear and calm, and as golden as the moss, stretches down behind it towards the sea. A single cottage just shows its roof over the edge of the hill, looking seaward; perhaps one of the village shepherds is a sea captain now, and may have built it there, that his mother may first see the sails of his ship whenever it runs into the bay. Then under the hill, and beyond the border tower, is the blue sea itself, the waves flowing in over the sand in long curved lines, slowly; shadows of cloud and gleams of shallow water on white sand alternating—miles away; but no sail is visible, not one fisherboat on the beach, not one dark speck on the quiet horizon. Beyond all are the Cumberland mountains, clear in the sun, with rosy light on all their crags.
It’s not so much about picking individual events[Pg 398] as it is about the overall feeling that shapes how a great composer organizes the entire piece. A single event might come to mind through a happy coincidence, kind of like a clever motto for a chapter. But great composers arrange everything so that each event connects to another, just as one color enhances another. Take the “Heysham” from the Yorkshire series, which, in terms of location, can be seen as a companion to the last drawing we talked about, the “Lancaster Sands.” It provides a compelling example of Turner's sensitivity in this regard. The subject is a simple village in the north, located on the shore of Morecambe Bay; it’s not picturesque in the traditional sense; there are no charming bay windows, red roofs, or rocky steps leading to the rustic doors, nor any quirky gables—just a single street of thatched and mainly clay-built cottages lined up in a somewhat dull row, with roofs so covered in moss that at first glance, the houses blend into the fields and trees. The village street ends at a wooden gate, indicating how little traffic passes through, giving it somewhat of a rural farmstead vibe, as if a right of way runs through the yard. The road leading to this gate is bumpy and winds down a rough hill between two broken banks of moorland, right after the few enclosures surrounding the village; they're barely gardens, but a few decayed bits of fencing fill the gaps, and a clothesline, with blue and red striped clothing and a smock-frock, stretches between the trunks of some stunted willows; a very small haystack and pigsty can be seen behind the cottage. An empty, two-wheeled, rickety cart, pulled by a pair of horses wearing large wooden collars, with the driver lazily sitting sideways on the leading horse, is making its slow way home along the uneven road, probably around country dinner time. At the end of the village, there’s a nicer house with three chimneys and a dormer window in the roof, and instead of thatch, it has a rough stone shingle roof. This house likely belongs to the clergyman; there’s some smoke coming from one[Pg 399] of its chimneys but none from any other in the village; the smoke comes from the lowest chimney at the back, clearly the kitchen, and it’s a bit thick, suggesting the fire has only just been lit. A few hundred yards from the clergyman's house, closer to the shore, is the church, recognizable from the cottage only by its low-arched belfry, slightly neater than you'd expect in such a village; perhaps it was recently built by the Puseyite incumbent; and beyond the church, right by the sea, stand two remnants of a border war tower on their circular mound, worn down at the top by the feet of village children. In the foreground, on the moor, there are a few cows, and the carter's dog is barking at a feisty one; a milkmaid is feeding another gentle white cow, which is turning its head toward her, expecting a handful of fresh hay that she’s brought in her blue apron, tied around her waist; she’s balancing her pail on her head, clearly the village flirt, as she’s dressed in a neat bodice and a pretty striped petticoat under the blue apron, with red stockings. Closer to us, the cowherd, barefoot, stands on a piece of limestone rock (since the ground is weedy and uncomfortable for bare feet); we’re not sure if it’s a boy or a girl; it could be a boy wearing a girl's worn-out bonnet or a girl in ragged trousers; probably the former, since the old bonnet clearly helps shield our eyes from the sun while we look for lost cows among the moorland dips, and currently aids us in observing (holding down the bonnet’s edge) the spat between the sassy cow and the dog, which we let unfold while leaning on our long stick. A little to the right, they’re gathering hay, of which the milkmaid has just taken an apronful to the white cow; but the hay is sparse and hard to rake up because of the rocks; we must glean it[Pg 400] like corn, which explains the small size of our haystack behind the willows, and a woman is pressing a bundle tight against the rock’s edge, preparing to carry it to the hay cart without dropping any. Beyond the village, a rocky hill is densely set with brushwood, with a square crag or two of limestone popping up here and there, and pleasant grassy patches on their tops, rising in russet and mossy mounds against the sky, which, clear, calm, and as golden as the moss, stretches down toward the sea. A single cottage peeks its roof over the hill’s edge, facing the sea; perhaps one of the village shepherds is now a sea captain and built it there so that his mother could see the sails of his ship as soon as it enters the bay. Underneath the hill, beyond the border tower, lies the blue sea itself, with waves gently rolling in over the sand in long, smooth curves; shadows from clouds and glimmers of shallow water on white sand alternate—miles away; but there’s not a sail in sight, not a single fishing boat on the beach, nor a dark speck on the tranquil horizon. Beyond everything are the Cumberland mountains, clear in the sunlight, glowing with rosy light on all their peaks.
I should think the reader cannot but feel the kind of harmony there is in this composition; the entire purpose of the painter to give us the impression of wild, yet gentle, country life, monotonous as the succession of the noiseless waves, patient and enduring as the rocks; but peaceful, and full of health and quiet hope, and sanctified by the pure mountain air and baptismal dew of heaven, falling softly between days of toil and nights of innocence.
I believe the reader can't help but appreciate the harmony in this piece; the painter's goal is to convey the feeling of wild yet gentle country life, steady as the endless waves, patient and enduring like the rocks; yet peaceful, full of health and quiet hope, and blessed by the fresh mountain air and gentle dew from heaven, falling softly between days of hard work and nights of innocence.
All noble composition of this kind can be reached only by instinct: you cannot set yourself to arrange such a subject; you may see it, and seize it, at all times, but never laboriously invent it. And your power of discerning what is best in expression, among natural subjects, depends wholly on the temper in which you keep your own mind; above all, on your living so much alone as to allow it to become acutely sensitive in its own stillness. The noisy life of modern days is wholly incompatible with any true perception of natural beauty. If you go down into Cumberland by the railroad, live in some[Pg 401] frequented hotel, and explore the hills with merry companions, however much you may enjoy your tour or their conversation, depend upon it you will never choose so much as one pictorial subject rightly; you will not see into the depth of any. But take knapsack and stick, walk towards the hills by short day's journeys—ten or twelve miles a day—taking a week from some starting-place sixty or seventy miles away: sleep at the pretty little wayside inns, or the rough village ones; then take the hills as they tempt you, following glen or shore as your eye glances or your heart guides, wholly scornful of local fame or fashion, and of everything which it is the ordinary traveller's duty to see or pride to do. Never force yourself to admire anything when you are not in the humour; but never force yourself away from what you feel to be lovely, in search of anything better: and gradually the deeper scenes of the natural [Pg 402]world will unfold themselves to you in still increasing fulness of passionate power; and your difficulty will be no more to seek or to compose subjects, but only to choose one from among the multitude of melodious thoughts with which you will be haunted, thoughts which will of course be noble or original in proportion to your own depth of character and general power of mind: for it is not so much by the consideration you give to any single drawing, as by the previous discipline of your powers of thought, that the character of your composition will be determined. Simplicity of life will make you sensitive to the refinement and modesty of scenery, just as inordinate excitement and pomp of daily life will make you enjoy coarse colours and affected forms. Habits of patient comparison and accurate judgment will make your art precious, as they will make your actions wise; and every increase of noble enthusiasm in your living spirit will be measured by the reflection of its light upon the works of your hands.
All great writing like this comes from instinct; you can't just decide to tackle a subject like this. You can notice it and capture it anytime, but you can't just force it out. Your ability to discern the best expressions in natural subjects completely relies on your mindset, especially on how much time you spend alone, allowing your mind to become finely tuned to stillness. The busy life of today makes it impossible to truly appreciate natural beauty. If you take a train to Cumberland, stay in a popular hotel, and explore the hills with cheerful friends, no matter how enjoyable your trip or their conversation, you won't accurately capture even one pictorial subject; you won't see the depth of any. But if you take a backpack and a walking stick, trek towards the hills in short daily stages—ten to twelve miles a day—spending a week starting from a place sixty or seventy miles away: sleep at charming little inns or basic village lodgings; then take the hills as they call to you, following the valleys or shores as your eye wanders or your heart directs you, completely disregarding local fame or trends, and everything that an average traveler should see or take pride in doing. Never force yourself to admire something when you're not in the mood; but don't turn away from what you genuinely find beautiful in search of something better: gradually, the deeper scenes of the natural world will reveal themselves to you with increasing intensity; and your challenge will no longer be about finding or creating subjects, but simply choosing one from the many inspiring ideas that will fill your mind, which will naturally be noble or original based on your own character and mental strength: because it's not really about how much thought you put into any single drawing, but the overall development of your thinking skills that defines the character of your work. A simple lifestyle will make you more sensitive to the subtlety and elegance of scenery, whereas excessive excitement and showiness in daily life will lead you to enjoy rough colors and artificial shapes. Habits of patient comparison and accurate judgment will enhance your art as they will your actions; and every increase in noble passion within your spirit will be reflected in the quality of your work.
Faithfully yours,
J. Ruskin.
Best regards,
J. Ruskin.
FOOTNOTES:
[234] I give Rossetti this preëminence, because, though the leading Pre-Raphaelites have all about equal power over colour in the abstract, Rossetti and Holman Hunt are distinguished above the rest for rendering colour under effects of light; and of these two, Rossetti composes with richer fancy and with a deeper sense of beauty, Hunt's stern realism leading him continually into harshness. Rossetti's carelessness, to do him justice, is only in water-colour, never in oil.
[234] I give Rossetti this top spot because, while all the leading Pre-Raphaelites have a similar mastery of color in theory, Rossetti and Holman Hunt stand out for their ability to depict color under different lighting conditions. Among the two, Rossetti excels with a more imaginative and profound sense of beauty, whereas Hunt's strict realism often pushes him toward harshness. To be fair, Rossetti's lack of precision is only evident in watercolors, never in oils.
[235] All the degradation of art which was brought about, after the rise of the Dutch school, by asphaltum, yellow varnish, and brown trees, would have been prevented, if only painters had been forced to work in dead colour. Any colour will do for some people, if it is browned and shining; but fallacy in dead colour is detected on the instant. I even believe that whenever a painter begins to wish that he could touch any portion of his work with gum, he is going wrong.
[235] All the decline of art that happened after the rise of the Dutch school, caused by asphaltum, yellow varnish, and brown trees, could have been avoided if painters had been required to work in dead color. For some, any color is acceptable as long as it looks dark and shiny; however, flaws in dead color are immediately noticeable. I even believe that whenever a painter starts to wish they could apply gum to any part of their work, they are heading in the wrong direction.
It is necessary, however, in this matter, carefully to distinguish between translucency and lustre. Translucency, though, as I have said above, a dangerous temptation, is, in its place, beautiful; but lustre, or shininess, is always, in painting, a defect. Nay, one of my best painter-friends (the "best" being understood to attach to both divisions of that awkward compound word), tried the other day to persuade me thatlustre was an ignobleness in anything; and it was only the fear of treason to ladies' eyes, and to mountain streams, and to morning dew, which kept me from yielding the point to him. One is apt always to generalise too quickly in such matters; but there can be no question that lustre is destructive of loveliness in colour, as it is of intelligibility in form. Whatever may be the pride of a young beauty in the knowledge that her eyes shine (though perhaps even eyes are most beautiful in dimness), she would be sorry if her cheeks did; and which of us would wish to polish a rose?
It is important, however, in this matter, to clearly differentiate between translucency and shine. Translucency, as I mentioned earlier, can indeed be a tempting challenge, but in the right context, it is beautiful; however, shine, or shininess, is always a flaw in painting. In fact, one of my closest painter-friends (with "closest" referring to both parts of that tricky phrase) recently tried to convince me that shine is a mark of inferiority in anything; and it was only my fear of betraying the beauty of women's eyes, mountain streams, and morning dew that held me back from agreeing with him. We often tend to generalize too quickly in these discussions; but there’s no doubt that shine destroys the beauty of color, just as it obscures clarity in form. No matter how proud a young woman might feel about the shine in her eyes (even though eyes can be most beautiful when they are dim), she would be unhappy if her cheeks were shiny; and which of us would want to polish a rose?
[236] But not shiny or greasy. Bristol board, or hot-pressed imperial, or grey paper that feels slightly adhesive to the hand, is best. Coarse, gritty, and sandy papers are fit only for blotters and blunderers; no good draughtsman would lay a line on them. Turner worked much on a thin tough paper, dead in surface; rolling up his sketches in tight bundles that would go deep into his pockets.
[236] But not shiny or greasy. Bristol board, hot-pressed imperial, or grey paper that feels a bit tacky to the touch is ideal. Coarse, gritty, and sandy papers are only suitable for blotting and mistakes; no serious draughtsman would draw on those. Turner often worked on a thin, tough paper with a flat surface, rolling up his sketches into tight bundles that could easily fit into his pockets.
[237] I insist upon this unalterability of colour the more because I address you as a beginner, or an amateur; a great artist can sometimes get out of a difficulty with credit, or repent without confession. Yet even Titian's alterations usually show as stains on his work.
[237] I emphasize this unchangeability of color even more because I'm speaking to you as a beginner or an amateur; a talented artist may sometimes resolve a problem gracefully or feel remorse without admitting it. Still, even Titian's changes typically appear as blemishes on his artwork.
[238] It is, I think, a piece of affectation to try to work with few colours; it saves time to have enough tints prepared without mixing, and you may at once allow yourself these twenty-four. If you arrange them in your colour-box in the order I have set them down, you will always easily put your finger on the one you want.
[238] I believe it’s a bit pretentious to limit yourself to just a few colors; it's more efficient to have a range of shades ready without the need for mixing, so go ahead and use these twenty-four. If you organize them in your color box the way I've listed them, you'll always be able to quickly find the one you need.
Cobalt. | Smalt. | Antwerp blue. | Prussian blue. |
Black. | Gamboge. | Emerald green. | Hooker's green. |
Lemon yellow. | Cadmium yellow. | Yellow ochre. | Roman ochre. |
Raw sienna. | Burnt sienna. | Light red. | Indian red. |
Mars orange. | Ext't of vermilion. | Carmine. | Violet carmine. |
Brown madder. | Burnt umber. | Vandyke brown. | Sepia. |
Antwerp blue and Prussian blue are not very permanent colours, but you need not care much about permanence in your own work as yet, and they are both beautiful; while Indigo is marked by Field as more fugitive still, and is very ugly. Hooker's green is a mixed colour, put in the box merely to save you loss of time in mixing gamboge and Prussian blue. No. 1. is the best tint of it. Violet carmine is a noble colour for laying broken shadows with, to be worked into afterwards with other colours.
Antwerp blue and Prussian blue aren’t very long-lasting colors, but you don’t need to worry about permanence in your work just yet, and both are beautiful. Indigo is noted by Field as even less stable and quite ugly. Hooker's green is a mixed color included in the box to save you time from having to mix gamboge and Prussian blue. No. 1 is the best shade of it. Violet carmine is a great color for applying broken shadows, which can later be worked into with other colors.
If you wish to take up colouring seriously, you had better get Field's "Chromatography" at once; only do not attend to anything it says about principles or harmonies of colour; but only to its statements of practical serviceableness in pigments, and of their operations on each other when mixed, &c.
If you're serious about getting into coloring, you should grab Field's "Chromatography" right away; just ignore anything it says about the principles or harmonies of color. Focus instead on its practical advice regarding pigments and how they interact with each other when mixed, etc.
[239] A more methodical, though, under general circumstances, uselessly prolix way, is to cut a square hole, some half an inch wide, in the sheet of cardboard, and a series of small circular holes in a slip of cardboard an inch wide. Pass the slip over the square opening, and match each colour beside one of the circular openings. You will thus have no occasion to wash any of the colours away. But the first rough method is generally all you want, as after a little practice, you only need to look at the hue through the opening in order to be able to transfer it to your drawing at once.
[239] A more systematic, although generally unnecessary, detailed method is to cut a square hole about half an inch wide in a piece of cardboard, along with a series of small circular holes in a slip of cardboard that is an inch wide. Then, place the slip over the square opening and align each color next to one of the circular holes. This way, you won’t need to wash away any of the colors. However, the initial simple method is usually all you need; with a bit of practice, you’ll only have to look at the color through the opening to transfer it to your drawing instantly.
[240] If colours were twenty times as costly as they are, we should have many more good painters. If I were Chancellor of the Exchequer I would lay a tax of twenty shillings a cake on all colours except black, Prussian blue, Vandyke brown, and Chinese white, which I would leave for students. I don't say this jestingly; I believe such a tax would do more to advance real art than a great many schools of design.
[240] If colors were twenty times more expensive than they are now, we would have a lot more talented painters. If I were the Chancellor of the Exchequer, I would impose a tax of twenty shillings per color on all colors except black, Prussian blue, Vandyke brown, and Chinese white, which I would keep available for students. I'm not saying this as a joke; I truly believe such a tax would do more to promote real art than many design schools.
[241] I say modern, because Titian's quiet way of blending colours, which is the perfectly right one, is not understood now by any artist. The best colour we reach is got by stippling; but this not quite right.
[241] I say modern because Titian's subtle approach to blending colors, which is the right way, isn't appreciated by any artist today. The best color we achieve is through stippling, but that's still not quite right.
[242] The worst general character that colour can possibly have is a prevalent tendency to a dirty yellowish green, like that of a decaying heap of vegetables; this colour is accurately indicative of decline or paralysis in missal-painting.
[242] The worst general character that color can have is a strong tendency towards a dirty yellowish-green, similar to a pile of rotting vegetables; this color is precisely indicative of decline or paralysis in missal painting.
[243] That is to say, local colour inherent in the object. The gradations of colour in the various shadows belonging to various lights exhibit form, and therefore no one but a colourist can ever draw forms perfectly (see "Modern Painters," vol. iv. chap. iii. at the end); but all notions of explaining form by superimposed colour, as in architectural mouldings, are absurd. Colour adorns form, but does not interpret it. An apple is prettier, because it is striped, but it does not look a bit rounder; and a cheek is prettier because it is flushed, but you would see the form of the cheek bone better if it were not. Colour may, indeed, detach one shape from another, as in grounding a bas-relief, but it always diminishes the appearance of projection, and whether you put blue, purple, red, yellow, or green, for your ground, the bas-relief will be just as clearly or just as imperfectly relieved, as long as the colours are of equal depth. The blue ground will not retire the hundredth part of an inch more than the red one.
[243] In other words, local color is an inherent part of the object. The different shades in the various shadows of light display form, which means that only someone skilled in color can truly draw forms accurately (see "Modern Painters," vol. iv. chap. iii. at the end); however, any attempt to explain form through added color, like in architectural details, is ridiculous. Color enhances form but doesn’t clarify it. An apple looks nicer because it has stripes, but it doesn't appear any rounder; similarly, a cheek looks nicer when it's rosy, but you’d see the cheekbone better if it weren't. Color can separate one shape from another, like when creating a background for a bas-relief, but it always reduces the sense of depth. Whether you use blue, purple, red, yellow, or green for your background, the bas-relief will appear just as clearly or just as poorly defined, as long as the colors have the same intensity. The blue background won’t recess even a tiny bit more than the red one.
[246] "In general, throughout Nature, reflection and repetition are peaceful things, associated with the idea of quiet succession in events, that one day should be like another day, or one history the repetition of another history, being more or less results of quietness, while dissimilarity and non-succession are results of interference and disquietude. Thus, though an echo actually increases the quantity of sound heard, its repetition of the note or syllable gives an idea of calmness attainable in no other way; hence also the feeling of calm given to a landscape by the voice of a cuckoo."
[246] "Generally, in nature, reflection and repetition are soothing, linked to the idea of a peaceful flow of events, where one day resembles another, or one story mirrors another story, representing results of tranquility. In contrast, differences and interruptions lead to chaos and restlessness. So, even though an echo actually amplifies the sound, its repetition of a note or word creates a sense of calm that can't be found otherwise; similarly, the call of a cuckoo brings a sense of serenity to a landscape."
[247] This is obscure in the rude woodcut, the masts being so delicate that they are confused among the lines of reflection. In the original they have orange light upon them, relieved against purple behind.
[247] This is unclear in the rough woodcut, with the masts being so fine that they blend into the lines of reflection. In the original, they are highlighted with orange light, contrasting against a purple background.
[248] The cost of art in getting a bridge level is always lost, for you must get up to the height of the central arch at any rate, and you only can make the whole bridge level by putting the hill farther back, and pretending to have got rid of it when you have not, but have only wasted money in building an unnecessary embankment. Of course, the bridge should not be difficultly or dangerously steep, but the necessary slope, whatever it may be, should be in the bridge itself, as far as the bridge can take it, and not pushed aside into the approach, as in our Waterloo road; the only rational excuse for doing which is that when the slope must be long it is inconvenient to put on a drag at the top of the bridge, and that any restiveness of the horse is more dangerous on the bridge than on the embankment. To this I answer: first, it is not more dangerous in reality, though it looks so, for the bridge is always guarded by an effective parapet, but the embankment is sure to have no parapet, or only a useless rail; and secondly, that it is better to have the slope on the bridge, and make the roadway wide in proportion, so as to be quite safe, because a little waste of space on the river is no loss, but your wide embankment at the side loses good ground; and so my picturesque bridges are right as well as beautiful, and I hope to see them built again some day, instead of the frightful straight-backed things which we fancy are fine, and accept from the pontifical rigidities of the engineering mind.
[248] The cost of making a bridge level is always wasted, because you have to raise it to the height of the central arch anyway. You can only level the entire bridge by moving the hill further back and pretending you've gotten rid of it when you haven't; you've just spent money on building an unnecessary embankment. Naturally, the bridge shouldn't be too steep or dangerous, but the necessary slope—whatever it is—should be integrated into the bridge itself, as much as possible, not pushed into the approach like we see on our Waterloo road. The only reasonable justification for this is that if the slope has to be long, it’s inconvenient to add a drag at the top of the bridge, and any skittishness from the horse is riskier on the bridge than on the embankment. To this, I say: first, it's not actually more dangerous, even if it appears so, because the bridge always has a solid parapet, while the embankment usually has no parapet or just a useless railing; and second, it makes more sense to have the slope on the bridge and widen the roadway to ensure safety because a little space wasted over the river isn't a problem, but your wide embankment on the side takes away valuable land. Therefore, my picturesque bridges are correct as well as beautiful, and I hope to see them built again someday instead of the awful, rigid designs we mistakenly think are impressive, which we accept from the strict mindset of engineers.
[249] I cannot waste space here by reprinting what I have said in other books: but the reader ought, if possible, to refer to the notices of this part of our subject in "Modern Painters," vol. iv. chap. xviii., and "Stones of Venice," vol. iii. chap. i. § 8.
[249] I can’t take up space by repeating what I’ve said in other books, but the reader should, if possible, check the discussions on this topic in "Modern Painters," vol. iv. chap. xviii., and "Stones of Venice," vol. iii. chap. i. § 8.
[250] If you happen to be reading at this part of the book, without having gone through any previous practice, turn back to the sketch of the ramification of stone pine, Fig. 4. page 30., and examine the curves of its boughs one by one, trying them by the conditions here stated under the heads A. and B.
[250] If you're reading this part of the book without doing any earlier exercises, go back to the sketch of the stone pine branches, Fig. 4, page 30, and look at the curves of its limbs one by one, testing them against the conditions mentioned here under sections A. and B.
[252] I hope the reader understands that these woodcuts are merely facsimiles of the sketches I make at the side of my paper to illustrate my meaning as I write—often sadly scrawled if I want to get on to something else. This one is really a little too careless; but it would take more time and trouble to make a proper drawing of so odd a boat than the matter is worth. It will answer the purpose well enough as it is.
[252] I hope the reader gets that these woodcuts are just copies of the quick sketches I make on the side of my paper to help explain what I’m saying—often messy because I want to move on to other things. This one is actually a bit too sloppy; but it would take too much time and effort to create a proper drawing of such a strange boat than the topic deserves. It works just fine as it is.
[253] Imperfect vegetable form I consider that which is in its nature dependent, as in runners and climbers; or which is susceptible of continual injury without materially losing the power of giving pleasure by its aspect, as in the case of the smaller grasses. I have not, of course, space here to explain these minor distinctions, but the laws above stated apply to all the more important trees and shrubs likely to be familiar to the student.
[253] An imperfect vegetable form is one that relies on its surroundings, like vines and climbing plants; or one that can be damaged repeatedly yet still maintain its pleasing appearance, like some smaller grasses. I don't have enough space here to go into these finer details, but the principles mentioned apply to all the significant trees and shrubs that the student is likely to recognize.
[254] There is a very tender lesson of this kind in the shadows of leaves upon the ground; shadows which are the most likely of all to attract attention, by their pretty play and change. If you examine them, you will find that the shadows do not take the forms of the leaves, but that, through each interstice, the light falls, at a little distance, in the form of a round or oval spot; that is to say, it produces the image of the sun itself, cast either vertically or obliquely, in circle or ellipse according to the slope of the ground. Of course the sun's rays produce the same effect, when they fall through any small aperture: but the openings between leaves are the only ones likely to show it to an ordinary observer, or to attract his attention to it by its frequency, and lead him to think what this type may signify respecting the greater Sun; and how it may show us that, even when the opening through which the earth receives light is too small to let us see the Sun himself, the ray of light that enters, if it comes straight from Him, will still bear with it His image.
[254] There’s a very gentle lesson to be found in the shadows of leaves on the ground; shadows that are especially likely to catch our attention with their charming movements and variations. If you take a closer look, you’ll notice that the shadows don’t mirror the shapes of the leaves. Instead, light filters through the gaps, creating round or oval spots at a slight distance. This means it projects the image of the sun itself, either straight down or at an angle, forming circles or ellipses depending on the slope of the ground. Naturally, the sun's rays create the same effect when they pass through any small opening. However, the gaps between leaves are the only ones that can easily show this to the average observer or draw their attention to it because of how frequently it occurs, leading them to ponder what this symbol might mean regarding the greater Sun. It reminds us that even when the passage through which the earth gets light is too tiny for us to see the Sun directly, the ray of light that comes in, if it’s from Him, will still carry His image.
[255] In the smaller figure (32.), it will be seen that this interruption is caused by a cart coming down to the water's edge; and this object is serviceable as beginning another system of curves leading out of the picture on the right, but so obscurely drawn as not to be easily represented in outline. As it is unnecessary to the explanation of our point here, it has been omitted in the larger diagram, the direction of the curve it begins being indicated by the dashes only.
[255] In the smaller image (32.), you can see that this interruption is caused by a cart approaching the water's edge; this element helps to start another set of curves that extend out of the picture on the right, but it is drawn so faintly that it’s hard to outline clearly. Since it isn’t necessary for explaining our point here, it has been left out of the larger diagram, with the direction of the curve it initiates shown only by dashes.
[257] If you happen to meet with the plate of Durer's representing a coat of arms with a skull in the shield, note the value given to the concave curves and sharp point of the helmet by the convex leafage carried round it in front; and the use of the blank white part of the shield in opposing the rich folds of the dress.
[257] If you come across Durer's plate showing a coat of arms with a skull in the shield, pay attention to how the concave curves and sharp point of the helmet contrast with the convex leaves surrounding it in front; also, notice how the empty white section of the shield contrasts with the rich folds of the clothing.
[258] Turner hardly ever, as far as I remember, allows a strong light to oppose a full dark, without some intervening tint. His suns never set behind dark mountains without a film of cloud above the mountain's edge.
[258] Turner rarely, as far as I can recall, lets a bright light face a deep darkness without some kind of in-between shade. His suns never dip behind dark mountains without a layer of clouds above the mountain's peak.
His abilities are aligned equally and arranged fairly,
But with the event and the location in agreement,
Hide his strength; indeed, at times, pretend to retreat.
Often, those are strategies that mistakes appear to be,
"It's not Homer who is dozing off; it's us who are dreaming."
Essay on Criticism.
Essay on Criticism.
[261] One of the most wonderful compositions of Tintoret in Venice, is little more than a field of subdued crimson, spotted with flakes of scattered gold. The upper clouds in the most beautiful skies owe great part of their power to infinitude of division; order being marked through this division.
[261] One of the most amazing pieces by Tintoret in Venice is mostly just a field of soft red, scattered with patches of gold. The upper clouds in the loveliest skies owe a lot of their impact to the endless division; order is defined through this division.
[262] I fully believe that the strange grey gloom, accompanied by considerable power of effect, which prevails in modern French art must be owing to the use of this mischievous instrument; the French landscape always gives me the idea of Nature seen carelessly in the dark mirror, and painted coarsely, but scientifically, through the veil of its perversion.
[262] I truly think that the peculiar gray gloom, which has a strong impact, found in modern French art is due to this tricky tool; the French landscape always strikes me as Nature viewed carelessly in a dark mirror, and painted roughly, yet scientifically, through the haze of its distortion.
[263] Various other parts of this subject are entered into, especially in their bearing on the ideal of painting, in "Modern Painters," vol. iv. chap. iii.
[263] Several other aspects of this topic are discussed, particularly in relation to the ideal of painting, in "Modern Painters," vol. iv. chap. iii.
[264] In all the best arrangements of colour, the delight occasioned by their mode of succession is entirely inexplicable, nor can it be reasoned about; we like it just as we like an air in music, but cannot reason any refractory person into liking it, if they do not: and yet there is distinctly a right and a wrong in it, and a good taste and bad taste respecting it, as also in music.
[264] In all the best combinations of color, the joy we get from how they follow each other is completely mysterious and can't really be explained; we enjoy it just like we enjoy a melody in music, but we can't reason someone who doesn't like it into liking it. Still, there's definitely a right and wrong way to do it, along with good taste and bad taste, just like in music.
[265] "Puseyism" was unknown in the days when this drawing was made; but the kindly and helpful influences of what may be called ecclesiastical sentiment, which, in a morbidly exaggerated condition, forms one of the principal elements of "Puseyism,"—I use this word regretfully, no other existing which will serve for it,—had been known and felt in our wild northern districts long before.
[265] "Puseyism" wasn’t a term back when this drawing was created; however, the friendly and supportive vibes of what might be described as church sentiment, which, in an overly exaggerated form, makes up a key part of "Puseyism"—I mention this term reluctantly, as there’s no other word that fits—had already been recognized and experienced in our remote northern areas long before.
APPENDIX.
THINGS TO BE STUDIED.
The worst danger by far, to which a solitary student is exposed, is that of liking things that he should not. It is not so much his difficulties, as his tastes, which he must set himself to conquer; and although, under the guidance of a master, many works of art may be made instructive, which are only of partial excellence (the good and bad of them being duly distinguished), his safeguard, as long as he studies alone, will be in allowing himself to possess only things, in their way, so free from faults, that nothing he copies in them can seriously mislead him, and to contemplate only those works of art which he knows to be either perfect or noble in their errors. I will therefore set down in clear order, the names of the masters whom you may safely admire, and a few of the books which you may safely possess. In these days of cheap illustration, the danger is always rather of your possessing too much than too little. It may admit of some question, how far the looking at bad art may set off and illustrate the characters of the good; but, on the whole, I believe it is best to live always on quite wholesome food, and that our taste of it will not be made more acute by feeding, however temporarily, on ashes. Of course the works of the great masters can only be serviceable to the student after he has made considerable progress himself. It only wastes the time and dulls the feelings of young persons, to drag them through picture galleries; at least, unless they themselves wish to look at particular pictures. Generally, young people only care to enter a picture gallery when there is a chance of getting leave to run a race to the other end of[Pg 404] it; and they had better do that in the garden below. If, however, they have any real enjoyment of pictures, and want to look at this one or that, the principal point is never to disturb them in looking at what interests them, and never to make them look at what does not. Nothing is of the least use to young people (nor, by the way, of much use to old ones), but what interests them; and therefore, though it is of great importance to put nothing but good art into their possession, yet when they are passing through great houses or galleries, they should be allowed to look precisely at what pleases them: if it is not useful to them as art, it will be in some other way: and the healthiest way in which art can interest them is when they look at it, not as art, but because it represents something they like in nature. If a boy has had his heart filled by the life of some great man, and goes up thirstily to a Vandyck portrait of him, to see what he was like, that is the wholesomest way in which he can begin the study of portraiture; if he love mountains, and dwell on a Turner drawing because he sees in it a likeness to a Yorkshire scar, or an Alpine pass, that is the wholesomest way in which he can begin the study of landscape; and if a girl's mind is filled with dreams of angels and saints, and she pauses before an Angelico because she thinks it must surely be indeed like heaven, that is the wholesomest way for her to begin the study of religious art.
The biggest danger a solitary student faces is developing a preference for things they shouldn't like. It's not just their challenges, but their tastes that they need to work on; and while a teacher can make many works of art educational—even those that aren't perfect—his best protection, as long as he studies alone, will be to only engage with works that are so faultless that nothing he copies from them can lead him astray, and to look at only those artworks that he knows to be either flawless or noble in their mistakes. So, I’ll clearly list the masters you can safely admire, along with some books you can confidently own. Nowadays, with the abundance of cheap illustrations, the real risk is having too much rather than too little. It's debatable how much bad art can highlight and explain the good, but overall, I think it's best to stick with wholesome material, and that our appreciation for it won't improve by temporarily indulging in trash. Of course, the works of great masters are only useful to students after they've made significant progress themselves. Dragging young people through galleries just wastes their time and dulls their senses, unless they’re interested in seeing certain paintings. Usually, young people only want to enter a gallery if there’s a chance to race to the other end of[Pg 404], and they’d be better off doing that in the garden below. However, if they genuinely enjoy art and want to check out this or that piece, the main thing is to let them look at what interests them without disruption, and never force them to look at what doesn’t. Nothing is useful to young people (or for that matter, to older ones) except what truly captivates their interest; therefore, while it's crucial to only provide them with good art, when they’re in grand houses or galleries, they should be allowed to focus on what genuinely pleases them: if it’s not valuable to them as art, it will have merit in some other way. The best way for art to engage them is when they view it, not as art, but because it reflects something they appreciate in nature. If a boy is inspired by the life of a great man and eagerly approaches a Vandyck portrait to see what he looks like, that's the best way for him to start studying portraiture; if he loves mountains and is drawn to a Turner drawing because it reminds him of a Yorkshire scar or an Alpine pass, that's the best way for him to begin exploring landscapes; and if a girl is filled with visions of angels and saints and stops before an Angelico because she believes it must truly depict heaven, that’s the best way for her to start studying religious art.
When, however, the student has made some definite progress, and every picture becomes really a guide to him, false or true, in his own work, it is of great importance that he should never so much as look at bad art; and then, if the reader is willing to trust me in the matter, the following advice will be useful to him. In which, with his permission, I will quit the indirect and return to the epistolary address, as being the more convenient.
When the student has made noticeable progress, and every image genuinely serves as a guide for him, whether it's good or bad, it’s crucial that he never even glances at poor art. If the reader is willing to trust my opinion on this, the following advice will be helpful. With that said, I’ll move away from the indirect style and return to a more direct letter format, as it’s more convenient.
First, in Galleries of Pictures:
First, in Picture Galleries:
1. You may look, with trust in their being always right, at Titian, Veronese, Tintoret, Giorgione, John Bellini, and Velasquez; the authenticity of the picture being of course established for you by proper authority.
1. You can confidently trust that artists like Titian, Veronese, Tintoret, Giorgione, John Bellini, and Velasquez are always correct; the authenticity of the artwork is, of course, confirmed for you by proper authority.
2. You may look with admiration, admitting, however[Pg 405] question of right and wrong,[266] at Van Eyck, Holbein, Perugino, Francia, Angelico, Leonardo da Vinci, Correggio, Vandyck, Rembrandt, Reynolds, Gainsborough, Turner, and the modern Pre-Raphaelites.[267] You had better look at no other painters than these, for you run a chance, otherwise, of being led far off the road, or into grievous faults, by some of the other great ones, as Michael Angelo, Raphael, and Rubens; and of being, besides, corrupted in taste by the base ones, as Murillo, Salvator, Claude, Gasper Poussin, Teniers, and such others. You may look, however, for examples of evil, with safe universality of reprobation, being sure that everything you see is bad, at Domenichino, the Caracci, Bronzino, and the figure pieces of Salvator.
2. You can admire artists like Van Eyck, Holbein, Perugino, Francia, Angelico, Leonardo da Vinci, Correggio, Vandyck, Rembrandt, Reynolds, Gainsborough, Turner, and the modern Pre-Raphaelites. You should focus on these painters, as looking at others might lead you astray or cause serious errors in judgment from some of the other greats like Michelangelo, Raphael, and Rubens. Additionally, you risk developing a poor taste if you explore the lesser artists like Murillo, Salvator, Claude, Gaspar Poussin, Teniers, and others. However, if you're looking for clear examples of bad art, you can confidently view works by Domenichino, the Caracci, Bronzino, and the figure pieces by Salvator.
Among those named for study under question, you cannot look too much at, nor grow too enthusiastically fond of, Angelico, Correggio, Reynolds, Turner, and the Pre-Raphaelites; but, if you find yourself getting especially fond of any of the others, leave off looking at them, for you must be going wrong some way or other. If, for instance, you begin to like Rembrandt or Leonardo especially, you are losing your feeling for colour; if you like Van Eyck or Perugino especially, you must be getting too fond of rigid detail; and if you like Vandyck or Gainsborough especially, you must be too much attracted by gentlemanly flimsiness.
Among those recommended for study, you shouldn't obsess over or develop an overly strong affection for Angelico, Correggio, Reynolds, Turner, and the Pre-Raphaelites; however, if you find yourself particularly drawn to any of the others, you should stop looking at them, because something isn't right. For example, if you start to really like Rembrandt or Leonardo, you are losing your appreciation for color; if you gravitate towards Van Eyck or Perugino, you're likely becoming too focused on precise details; and if you find yourself especially attracted to Vandyck or Gainsborough, you may be drawn too much to superficial elegance.
Secondly, of published, or otherwise multiplied, art, such as you may be able to get yourself, or to see at private houses or in shops, the works of the following masters are the most desirable, after the Turners, Rembrandts, and Durers, which I have asked you to get first:
Secondly, of the published or otherwise widely available art, like what you can find for yourself or see in private homes or shops, the works of the following masters are the most sought after, after the Turners, Rembrandts, and Durers that I recommended you get first:
1. Samuel Prout.
Samuel Prout.
All his published lithographic sketches are of the greatest[Pg 406] value, wholly unrivalled in power of composition, and in love and feeling of architectural subject. His somewhat mannered linear execution, though not to be imitated in your own sketches from Nature, may be occasionally copied, for discipline's sake, with great advantage; it will give you a peculiar steadiness of hand, not quickly attainable in any other way; and there is no fear of your getting into any faultful mannerism as long as you carry out the different modes of more delicate study above recommended.
All his published lithographic sketches are extremely valuable, completely unmatched in their compositional strength and the passion and emotion they convey about architectural subjects. While his somewhat stylized technique shouldn’t be directly copied in your own sketches from nature, it can be beneficial to practice it occasionally for the sake of skill development; it will help you achieve a unique steadiness in your hand that’s hard to develop otherwise. Plus, as long as you focus on the various methods of more detailed study mentioned above, you won’t risk falling into any bad habits.
If you are interested in architecture, and wish to make it your chief study, you should draw much from photographs of it; and then from the architecture itself, with the same completion of detail and gradation, only keeping the shadows of due paleness, in photographs they are always about four times as dark as they ought to be; and treat buildings with as much care and love as artists do their rock foregrounds, drawing all the moss and weeds, and stains upon them. But if, without caring to understand architecture, you merely want the picturesque character of it, and to be able to sketch it fast, you cannot do better than take Prout for your exclusive master; only do not think that you are copying Prout by drawing straight lines with dots at the end of them. Get first his "Rhine," and draw the subjects that have most hills, and least architecture in them, with chalk on smooth paper, till you can lay on his broad flat tints, and get his gradations of light, which are very wonderful; then take up the architectural subjects in the "Rhine," and draw again and again the groups of figures, &c., in his "Microcosm," and "Lessons on Light and Shadow." After that, proceed to copy the grand subjects in the sketches in "Flanders and Germany;" or in "Switzerland and Italy," if you cannot get the Flanders; but the Switzerland is very far inferior. Then work from Nature, not trying to Proutise Nature, by breaking smooth buildings into rough ones, but only drawing what you see, with Prout's simple method and firm lines. Don't copy his coloured works. They are good, but not at all equal to his chalk and pencil drawings, and you will become a mere imitator, and a very feeble imitator, if you use colour at all in[Pg 407] Prout's method. I have not space to explain why this is so, it would take a long piece of reasoning; trust me for the statement.
If you're interested in architecture and want to make it your main focus, you should take a lot of inspiration from photographs of it. Then, draw from the actual buildings, including all the details and gradations, while keeping the shadows lighter; in photographs, they’re usually about four times darker than they should be. Treat buildings with as much care and affection as artists do their rocky foregrounds, capturing all the moss, weeds, and stains on them. But if you just want the picturesque quality without genuinely understanding architecture, and you want to sketch quickly, you can’t go wrong by making Prout your exclusive guide. Just don’t think you’re emulating Prout if you're just drawing straight lines with dots at the ends. Start with his "Rhine" and focus on the subjects that feature the most hills and the least architecture, using chalk on smooth paper until you can apply his broad flat tints and achieve those amazing light gradations. Then, tackle the architectural subjects from the "Rhine" and repeatedly draw the groups of figures, etc., from his "Microcosm" and "Lessons on Light and Shadow." After that, move on to copying the grand subjects in the sketches from "Flanders and Germany," or "Switzerland and Italy" if you can’t access "Flanders"; just know that "Switzerland" is much less impressive. Then draw from nature, but instead of trying to make nature fit Prout's style by roughing up smooth buildings, just draw what you see using Prout's straightforward technique and strong lines. Avoid copying his colored works. They’re good, but they don't compare to his chalk and pencil drawings, and using color in Prout's style will just make you a weak imitator. I can’t explain why that is now; it would require a lengthy explanation, so just trust me on this.
2. John Lewis.
John Lewis.
His sketches in Spain, lithographed by himself, are very valuable. Get them, if you can, and also some engravings (about eight or ten, I think, altogether) of wild beasts, executed by his own hand a long time ago; they are very precious in every way. The series of the "Alhambra" is rather slight, and few of the subjects are lithographed by himself; still it is well worth having.
His sketches from Spain, printed by himself, are very valuable. Try to get them if you can, along with some engravings (about eight or ten in total, I think) of wild animals that he made a long time ago; they are quite precious in every way. The series on the "Alhambra" is somewhat limited, and few of the subjects are lithographed by him; still, it’s definitely worth having.
But let no lithographic work come into the house, if you can help it, nor even look at any, except Prout's, and those sketches of Lewis's.
But let no lithographic work come into the house, if you can help it, nor even look at any, except Prout's and those sketches by Lewis.
3. George Cruikshank.
George Cruikshank.
If you ever happen to meet with the two volumes of "Grimm's German Stories," which were illustrated by him long ago, pounce upon them instantly; the etchings in them are the finest things, next to Rembrandt's, that, as far as I know, have been done since etching was invented. You cannot look at them too much, nor copy them too often.
If you ever come across the two volumes of "Grimm's German Stories," which he illustrated a long time ago, grab them immediately; the etchings in these books are the best things, besides Rembrandt's works, that I know of since etching was invented. You can never look at them too much or copy them too often.
All his works are very valuable, though disagreeable when they touch on the worst vulgarities of modern life; and often much spoiled by a curiously mistaken type of face, divided so as to give too much to the mouth and eyes, and leave too little for forehead, the eyes being set about two thirds up, instead of at half the height of the head. But his manner of work is always right; and his tragic power, though rarely developed, and warped by habits of caricature, is, in reality, as great as his grotesque power.
All of his works are very valuable, though unpleasant when they deal with the worst aspects of modern life; and they are often negatively affected by a strangely mistaken facial type, which gives too much emphasis to the mouth and eyes, while leaving too little for the forehead, with the eyes positioned about two-thirds up the face instead of at the halfway point of the head. However, his approach to his work is always correct; and his ability to convey tragedy, though rarely fully realized and distorted by habits of caricature, is actually as formidable as his ability to create the grotesque.
There is no fear of his hurting your taste, as long as your principal work lies among art of so totally different a character as most of that which I have recommended to you; and you may, therefore, get great good by copying almost anything of his that may come in your way; except only his illustrations lately published to "Cinderella," and "Jack and the[Pg 408] Beanstalk," and "Tom Thumb," which are much over-laboured, and confused in line. You should get them, but do not copy them.
You don't have to worry about him ruining your taste, as long as your main work focuses on art that's very different from most of what I've suggested to you; so you can actually benefit a lot by copying just about anything of his that you come across, except for his recent illustrations for "Cinderella," "Jack and the[Pg 408] Beanstalk," and "Tom Thumb," which are overly complicated and messy in design. You should check them out, but don’t copy them.
4. Alfred Rethel.
4. Alfred Rethel.
I only know two publications by him; one, the "Dance of Death," with text by Reinick, published in Leipsic, but to be had now of any London bookseller for the sum, I believe, of eighteen pence, and containing six plates full of instructive character; the other, of two plates only, "Death the Avenger," and "Death the Friend." These two are far superior to the "Todtentanz," and, if you can get them, will be enough in themselves, to show all that Rethel can teach you. If you dislike ghastly subjects, get "Death the Friend" only.
I only know two of his works; one is the "Dance of Death," with text by Reinick, published in Leipzig, but you can find it at any London bookstore for about eighteen pence. It has six plates that are really informative. The other one features just two plates: "Death the Avenger" and "Death the Friend." These two are way better than the "Todtentanz," and if you can get them, they’ll be enough to show you everything Rethel has to offer. If you're not into grim subjects, just get "Death the Friend."
5. Bewick.
Bewick.
The execution of the plumage in Bewick's birds is the most masterly thing ever yet done in wood-cutting; it is just worked as Paul Veronese would have worked in wood, had he taken to it. His vignettes, though too coarse in execution, and vulgar in types of form, to be good copies, show, nevertheless, intellectual power of the highest order; and there are pieces of sentiment in them, either pathetic or satirical, which have never since been equalled in illustrations of this simple kind; the bitter intensity of the feeling being just like that which characterises some of the leading Pre-Raphaelites. Bewick is the Burns of painting.
The way Bewick captured the feather details in his birds is the most impressive achievement in wood engraving ever. It's done with the same finesse that Paul Veronese would have used if he had worked in wood. His illustrations, although a bit rough and relying on common forms, still display a high level of intellectual skill. They contain elements of sentiment, whether touching or ironic, that have never been matched in this kind of straightforward artwork; the intense emotion mirrors that found in some of the top Pre-Raphaelites. Bewick is the Burns of painting.
6. Blake.
Blake.
The "Book of Job," engraved by himself, is of the highest rank in certain characters of imagination and expression; in the mode of obtaining certain effects of light it will also be a very useful example to you. In expressing conditions of glaring and flickering light, Blake is greater than Rembrandt.
The "Book of Job," created by him, stands out for its incredible imagination and expression. It's also a great example for you on how to achieve specific effects of light. When it comes to depicting intense and flickering light, Blake surpasses Rembrandt.
7. Richter.
7. Richter scale.
I have already told you what to guard against in looking at his works. I am a little doubtful whether I have done well in including them in this catalogue at all; but the fancies in them are so pretty and numberless, that I must risk, for their sake,[Pg 409] the chance of hurting you a little in judgment of style. If you want to make presents of story-books to children, his are the best you can now get.
I’ve already mentioned what to be careful of when looking at his works. I'm not entirely sure if it was a good idea to include them in this catalog at all, but the themes in them are so beautiful and countless that I have to take the risk, just for their sake, [Pg 409] of maybe leading you to a slightly off judgment of style. If you’re looking to buy storybooks for kids, his are the best ones available right now.
8. Rossetti.
8. Rossetti.
An edition of Tennyson, lately published, contains woodcuts from drawings by Rossetti and other chief Pre-Raphaelite masters. They are terribly spoiled in the cutting, and generally the best part, the expression of feature, entirely lost;[268] still they are full of instruction, and cannot be studied too closely. But observe, respecting these woodcuts, that if you have been in the habit of looking at much spurious work, in which sentiment, action, and style are borrowed or artificial, you will assuredly be offended at first by all genuine work, which is intense in feeling. Genuine art, which is merely art, such as Veronese's or Titian's, may not offend you, though the chances are that you will not care about it: but genuine works of feeling, such as Maude and Aurora Leigh in poetry, or the grand Pre-Raphaelite designs in painting, are sure to offend you; and if you cease to work hard, and persist in looking at vicious and false art, they will continue to offend you. It will be well, therefore, to have one type of entirely false art, in order to know what to guard against. Flaxman's outlines to Dante contain, I think, examples of almost every kind of falsehood and feebleness which it is possible for a trained artist, not base in thought, to commit or admit, both in design and execution. Base or degraded choice of subject, such as you will constantly find in Teniers and others of the Dutch painters, I need not, I hope, warn you against; you will simply turn away from it in disgust; while mere bad or feeble drawing, which makes mistakes in every direction at once, cannot teach you the particular sort of educated fallacy[Pg 410] in question. But, in these designs of Flaxman's, you have gentlemanly feeling, and fair knowledge of anatomy, and firm setting down of lines, all applied in the foolishest and worst possible way; you cannot have a more finished example of learned error, amiable want of meaning, and bad drawing with a steady hand.[269] Retsch's outlines have more real material in them than Flaxman's, occasionally showing true fancy and power; in artistic principle they are nearly as bad, and in taste worse. All outlines from statuary, as given in works on classical art, will be very hurtful to you if you in the least like them; and nearly all finished line engravings. Some particular prints I could name which possess instructive qualities, but it would take too long to distinguish them, and the best way is to avoid line engravings of figures altogether. If you happen to be a rich person, possessing quantities of them, and if you are fond of the large finished prints from Raphael, Correggio, &c., it is wholly impossible that you can make any[Pg 411] progress in knowledge of real art till you have sold them all—or burnt them, which would be a greater benefit to the world. I hope that some day, true and noble engravings will be made from the few pictures of the great schools, which the restorations undertaken by the modern managers of foreign galleries may leave us; but the existing engravings have nothing whatever in common with the good in the works they profess to represent, and if you like them, you like in the originals of them hardly anything but their errors.
A recent edition of Tennyson includes woodcuts based on drawings by Rossetti and other major Pre-Raphaelite artists. Unfortunately, they have been poorly executed in the cutting, resulting in the loss of the most important aspect—the expression in the features;[268] however, they are still very instructive and should be studied closely. That said, if you are used to looking at a lot of counterfeit work, where sentiment, action, and style are borrowed or fake, you will likely find genuine work, which is emotionally intense, quite off-putting at first. Genuine art, like that of Veronese or Titian, might not offend you, although you may be indifferent to it; but authentic works filled with emotion, like Maude and Aurora Leigh in poetry, or the grand Pre-Raphaelite designs in painting, are sure to disturb you. If you stop making an effort and continue to expose yourself to poor and false art, those genuine pieces will continue to annoy you. It's therefore useful to have a clear example of completely false art to know what to avoid. Flaxman’s outlines of Dante contain, I believe, examples of nearly every kind of error and weakness that a trained artist, who is not basely minded, might create or allow in both design and execution. I trust I don't need to warn you about the base or degraded choice of subject often found in Teniers and other Dutch painters; you would surely just turn away in disgust. Mere bad or weak drawing, which makes errors in every way, won't help you understand the specific educated fallacy[Pg 410] being discussed. However, in Flaxman’s designs, you see gentlemanly feeling, decent anatomical knowledge, and solid linework, all applied in the most foolish and ineffective way; you can’t find a more polished example of learned mistakes, charming lack of meaning, and poor drawing executed with a steady hand.[269] Retsch's outlines contain more genuine material than Flaxman’s, occasionally displaying real imagination and power; in artistic principles, they are nearly as flawed, though worse in taste. Any outlines from statuary, as shown in classical art books, will be very damaging to you if you like them at all; and nearly all finished line engravings will also be harmful. I could name specific prints that have instructive qualities, but that would take too long to detail, so it’s best to avoid line engravings of figures completely. If you're wealthy and have a lot of them, and if you enjoy the large, finished prints of Raphael, Correggio, etc., it’s totally impossible for you to make any[Pg 411] progress in understanding real art until you've sold them all—or burned them, which would be an even greater benefit to the world. I hope that one day, true and noble engravings will be created from the few paintings from the great schools that modern restorations in foreign galleries leave us; but the current engravings share nothing substantive with the value of the works they claim to represent, and if you like them, you are appreciating hardly anything in the originals but their mistakes.
Finally, your judgment will be, of course, much affected by your taste in literature. Indeed, I know many persons who have the purest taste in literature, and yet false taste in art, and it is a phenomenon which puzzles me not a little: but I have never known any one with false taste in books, and true taste in pictures. It is also of the greatest importance to you, not only for art's sake, but for all kinds of sake, in these days of book deluge, to keep out of the salt swamps of literature, and live on a rocky island of your own, with a spring and a lake in it, pure and good. I cannot, of course, suggest the choice of your library to you, every several mind needs different books; but there are some books which we all need, and assuredly, if you read Homer,[270] Plato, Æschylus, Herodotus, Dante,[271] Shakspeare, and Spenser, as much as you ought, you will not require wide enlargement of shelves to right and left of them for purposes of perpetual study. Among modern books, avoid generally magazine and review literature. Sometimes it may contain a useful abridgement or a wholesome piece of criticism; but the chances are ten to one it will either waste your time or mislead you. If you want to understand any subject whatever, read the best book upon it you can hear of; not a review of the book. If you don't like the first book you[Pg 412] try, seek for another; but do not hope ever to understand the subject without pains, by a reviewer's help. Avoid especially that class of literature which has a knowing tone; it is the most poisonous of all. Every good book, or piece of book, is full of admiration and awe; it may contain firm assertion or stern satire, but it never sneers coldly, nor asserts haughtily, and it always leads you to reverence or love something with your whole heart. It is not always easy to distinguish the satire of the venomous race of books from the satire of the noble and pure ones; but in general you may notice that the cold-blooded Crustacean and Batrachian books will sneer at sentiment; and the warm-blooded, human books, at sin. Then, in general, the more you can restrain your serious reading to reflective or lyric poetry, history, and natural history, avoiding fiction and the drama, the healthier your mind will become. Of modern poetry keep to Scott, Wordsworth, Keats, Crabbe, Tennyson, the two Brownings, Lowell, Longfellow, and Coventry Patmore, whose "Angel in the House" is a most finished piece of writing, and the sweetest analysis we possess of quiet modern domestic feeling; while Mrs. Browning's "Aurora Leigh" is, as far as I know, the greatest poem which the century has produced in any language. Cast Coleridge at once aside, as sickly and useless; and Shelley as shallow and verbose; Byron, until your taste is fully formed, and you are able to discern the magnificence in him from the wrong. Never read bad or common poetry, nor write any poetry yourself; there is, perhaps, rather too much than too little in the world already.
Finally, your judgment will definitely be influenced by your taste in literature. I actually know a lot of people who have great taste in literature but poor taste in art, which honestly puzzles me. However, I've never met anyone who has bad taste in books and good taste in art. It's super important, for art and other reasons, especially these days when there’s a flood of books, to stay away from the mediocre parts of literature and establish your own solid foundation, like a rocky island with a clean spring and a nice lake. I can’t really tell you what books to include in your library since everyone has different preferences, but there are certain books we all need. If you read Homer, [270] Plato, Aeschylus, Herodotus, Dante, [271] Shakespeare, and Spenser as much as you should, you won't need to expand your shelves too much for endless studying. Among modern books, try to steer clear of magazines and reviews. They might sometimes have a useful summary or a good critique, but more often than not, they’ll waste your time or mislead you. If you want to understand any topic, read the best book you can find on it, not a review of that book. If the first book you try isn’t to your liking, look for another one; but don’t think you can truly grasp the subject without putting in the effort and relying on a review. Especially avoid literature that has a condescending tone; it's the worst kind. Every good book is filled with admiration and awe; it might have strong assertions or sharp satire, but it doesn't sneer or assert pompously, and it always inspires you to respect or love something wholeheartedly. It can be tricky to tell apart the biting satire of bad books from that of noble and pure ones; generally, the cold-blooded books tend to mock sentiment, while the warm-blooded, human books confront sin. So, try to limit your serious reading to reflective or lyrical poetry, history, and natural history, while steering clear of fiction and drama; this will keep your mind healthier. Among modern poets, stick to Scott, Wordsworth, Keats, Crabbe, Tennyson, the two Brownings, Lowell, Longfellow, and Coventry Patmore, whose "Angel in the House" is an incredibly polished piece of writing and the sweetest analysis we have of modern domestic feelings. Meanwhile, Mrs. Browning's "Aurora Leigh" is, as far as I know, the greatest poem produced in any language in this century. Dismiss Coleridge outright as unhelpful and unhealthy, and Shelley as shallow and wordy; save Byron for later, once your taste is more developed so you can appreciate his greatness while avoiding the negatives. Never read bad or mediocre poetry, nor write any yourself; there might already be too much of it out there.
Of reflective prose, read chiefly Bacon, Johnson, and Helps. Carlyle is hardly to be named as a writer for "beginners," because his teaching, though to some of us vitally necessary, may to others be hurtful. If you understand and like him, read him; if he offends you, you are not yet ready for him, and perhaps may never be so; at all events, give him up, as you would sea-bathing if you found it hurt you, till you are stronger. Of fiction, read Sir Charles Grandison, Scott's novels, Miss Edgeworth's, and, if you are a young lady, Madame de Genlis', the French Miss Edgeworth; making[Pg 413] these, I mean, your constant companions. Of course you must, or will read other books for amusement, once or twice; but you will find that these have an element of perpetuity in them, existing in nothing else of their kind: while their peculiar quietness and repose of manner will also be of the greatest value in teaching you to feel the same characters in art. Read little at a time, trying to feel interest in little things, and reading not so much for the sake of the story as to get acquainted with the pleasant people into whose company these writers bring you. A common book will often give you much amusement, but it is only a noble book which will give you dear friends. Remember also that it is of less importance to you in your earlier years, that the books you read should be clever, than that they should be right. I do not mean oppressively or repulsively instructive; but that the thoughts they express should be just, and the feelings they excite generous. It is not necessary for you to read the wittiest or the most suggestive books: it is better, in general, to hear what is already known, and may be simply said. Much of the literature of the present day, though good to be read by persons of ripe age, has a tendency to agitate rather than confirm, and leaves its readers too frequently in a helpless or hopeless indignation, the worst possible state into which the mind of youth can be thrown. It may, indeed, become necessary for you, as you advance in life, to set your hand to things that need to be altered in the world, or apply your heart chiefly to what must be pitied in it, or condemned; but, for a young person, the safest temper is one of reverence, and the safest place one of obscurity. Certainly at present, and perhaps through all your life, your teachers are wisest when they make you content in quiet virtue, and that literature and art are best for you which point out, in common life and familiar things, the objects for hopeful labour, and for humble love.
For reflective writing, focus mainly on Bacon, Johnson, and Helps. Carlyle shouldn't really be considered a writer for "beginners" because his lessons, while crucial for some, might be detrimental to others. If you understand and appreciate him, read his work; if he bothers you, you’re not ready for him yet—maybe you never will be. In that case, set him aside, like you would skip going to the beach if it bothers you, until you are stronger. For fiction, read *Sir Charles Grandison*, Scott's novels, and works by Miss Edgeworth. If you're a young woman, include Madame de Genlis, the French equivalent of Miss Edgeworth, as your constant companions. Naturally, you'll read other books for fun from time to time, but you’ll find that these have a lasting quality that others lack. Their unique calmness and serenity will greatly help you appreciate similar qualities in art. Read a little at a time, looking for enjoyment in small details, reading not just for the plot but to get to know the lovely characters these authors share with you. A common book might entertain you, but only a great book will offer you cherished friendships. Remember, in your younger years, it’s less important for the books you choose to be clever than for them to be right. I don’t mean they should be excessively or unpleasantly instructive, but the ideas should be sound, and the emotions they provoke should be generous. It’s not necessary to read the wittiest or most thought-provoking books; it’s often better to hear what’s already known and simply expressed. Much of today’s literature, though beneficial for mature readers, tends to provoke rather than affirm, often leaving its audience feeling helpless or hopeless—this is the worst state for a young mind. As you grow older, you may need to engage with issues that require change in the world or focus your heart on what deserves pity or condemnation. However, for a young person, the best attitude is one of reverence, and the safest position is one of modesty. Right now, and likely throughout your life, your mentors will be most effective by helping you find contentment in quiet virtue, and the literature and art most suitable for you will highlight hopeful effort and humble love in everyday life and familiar things.
FOOTNOTES:
[266] I do not mean necessarily to imply inferiority of rank, in saying that this second class of painters have questionable qualities. The greatest men have often many faults, and sometimes their faults are a part of their greatness; but such men are not, of course, to be looked upon by the student with absolute implicitness of faith.
[266] I don't mean to suggest that they are of lower status when I say that this second group of painters has questionable qualities. The greatest artists often have many flaws, and sometimes those flaws are part of what makes them great; however, students should not view such individuals with complete and unquestioning faith.
[267] Including under this term, John Lewis, and William Hunt of the Old Water-colour, who, take him all in all, is the best painter of still life, I believe, that ever existed.
[267] This includes John Lewis and William Hunt of the Old Water-colour, who, overall, I believe is the best still life painter that has ever existed.
[268] This is especially the case in the St. Cecily, Rossetti's first illustration to the "palace of art," which would have been the best in the book had it been well engraved. The whole work should be taken up again, and done by line engraving, perfectly; and wholly from Pre-Raphaelite designs, with which no other modern work can bear the least comparison.
[268] This is particularly true for the St. Cecily, Rossetti's first illustration of the "palace of art," which would have been the best in the book if it had been properly engraved. The entire work should be revisited and executed with perfect line engraving, entirely based on Pre-Raphaelite designs, which no other modern work can compare to at all.
[269] The praise I have given incidentally to Flaxman's sculpture in the "Seven Lamps," and elsewhere, refers wholly to his studies from Nature, and simple groups in marble, which were always good and interesting. Still, I have overrated him, even in this respect; and it is generally to be remembered that, in speaking of artists whose works I cannot be supposed to have specially studied, the errors I fall into will always be on the side of praise. For, of course, praise is most likely to be given when the thing praised is above one's knowledge; and, therefore, as our knowledge increases, such things may be found less praiseworthy than we thought. But blame can only be justly given when the thing blamed is below one's level of sight; and, practically, I never do blame anything until I have got well past it, and am certain that there is demonstrable falsehood in it. I believe, therefore, all my blame to be wholly trustworthy, having never yet had occasion to repent of one depreciatory word that I have ever written, while I have often found that, with respect to things I had not time to study closely, I was led too far by sudden admiration, helped, perhaps, by peculiar associations, or other deceptive accidents; and this the more, because I never care to check an expression of delight, thinking the chances are, that, even if mistaken, it will do more good than harm; but I weigh every word of blame with scrupulous caution. I have sometimes erased a strong passage of blame from second editions of my books; but this was only when I found it offended the reader without convincing him, never because I repented of it myself.
[269] The praise I've casually given to Flaxman's sculpture in the "Seven Lamps," and elsewhere, mostly refers to his studies from nature and simple marble groups, which were always good and interesting. However, I've probably overrated him, even in this regard; and it's important to remember that when I talk about artists whose work I haven’t specifically studied, any mistakes I make will likely lean towards excessive praise. Of course, it's easier to praise something when it's beyond my understanding; as my knowledge grows, I might find those things less praiseworthy than I initially thought. On the other hand, I can only justly criticize something when it’s clearly below my level of understanding; practically, I don't criticize anything until I’ve moved past it and am sure there’s clear falsehood in it. Therefore, I trust that all my criticisms are reliable, as I’ve never regretted a negative comment I've made, while I often find that regarding things I didn’t have the time to study closely, I was swayed too much by sudden admiration, perhaps due to unique associations or other misleading factors; this is especially true because I don’t usually hold back my expressions of delight, thinking that even if I’m wrong, it’ll likely do more good than harm. However, I carefully weigh every word of criticism. I’ve sometimes removed strong criticisms from later editions of my books, but only when I found they upset readers without persuading them, never because I regretted my opinion.
[271] Carey's or Cayley's, if not the original. I do not know which are the best translations of Plato. Herodotus and Æschylus can only be read in the original. It may seem strange that I name books like these for "beginners:" but all the greatest books contain food for all ages; and an intelligent and rightly bred youth or girl ought to enjoy much, even in Plato, by the time they are fifteen or sixteen.
[271] Carey's or Cayley's, if not the original. I’m not sure which translations of Plato are the best. Herodotus and Aeschylus can only be read in the original language. It might seem odd that I mention these books for “beginners,” but all the greatest books have something valuable for everyone, regardless of age; and a smart, well-raised young person should be able to appreciate a lot, even in Plato, by the time they're fifteen or sixteen.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!